bsps/arm: Remove unused stm32f* files

This patch is a part of the BSP source reorganization.

Update #3285.

61 files changed, 0 insertions, 78270 deletions

diff --git a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal.c b/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 7e123518b6..0000000000
--- a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,504 +0,0 @@
-/**
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @file    stm32f7xx_hal.c
-  * @author  MCD Application Team
-  * @version V1.0.1
-  * @date    25-June-2015
-  * @brief   HAL module driver.
-  *          This is the common part of the HAL initialization
-  *
-  @verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                     ##### How to use this driver #####
-  ==============================================================================
-    [..]
-    The common HAL driver contains a set of generic and common APIs that can be
-    used by the PPP peripheral drivers and the user to start using the HAL.
-    [..]
-    The HAL contains two APIs' categories:
-         (+) Common HAL APIs
-         (+) Services HAL APIs
-
-  @endverbatim
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @attention
-  *
-  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
-  *
-  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
-  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
-  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
-  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
-  *      without specific prior written permission.
-  *
-  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
-  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
-  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
-  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
-  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
-  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
-  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
-  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
-  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
-  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-  *
-  ******************************************************************************
-  */
-
-/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
-
-/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup HAL HAL
-  * @brief HAL module driver.
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/** @addtogroup HAL_Private_Constants
-  * @{
-  */
-/**
- * @brief STM32F7xx HAL Driver version number V1.0.1
-   */
-#define __STM32F7xx_HAL_VERSION_MAIN   (0x01) /*!< [31:24] main version */
-#define __STM32F7xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB1   (0x00) /*!< [23:16] sub1 version */
-#define __STM32F7xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB2   (0x01) /*!< [15:8]  sub2 version */
-#define __STM32F7xx_HAL_VERSION_RC     (0x00) /*!< [7:0]  release candidate */
-#define __STM32F7xx_HAL_VERSION         ((__STM32F7xx_HAL_VERSION_MAIN << 24)\
-                                        |(__STM32F7xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB1 << 16)\
-                                        |(__STM32F7xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB2 << 8 )\
-                                        |(__STM32F7xx_HAL_VERSION_RC))
-
-#define IDCODE_DEVID_MASK    ((uint32_t)0x00000FFF)
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/** @addtogroup HAL_Private_Variables
-  * @{
-  */
-static __IO uint32_t uwTick;
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Functions HAL Exported Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization Functions
- *  @brief    Initialization and de-initialization functions
- *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-              ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
-      (+) Initializes the Flash interface the NVIC allocation and initial clock
-          configuration. It initializes the systick also when timeout is needed
-          and the backup domain when enabled.
-      (+) de-Initializes common part of the HAL
-      (+) Configure The time base source to have 1ms time base with a dedicated
-          Tick interrupt priority.
-        (++) Systick timer is used by default as source of time base, but user
-             can eventually implement his proper time base source (a general purpose
-             timer for example or other time source), keeping in mind that Time base
-             duration should be kept 1ms since PPP_TIMEOUT_VALUEs are defined and
-             handled in milliseconds basis.
-        (++) Time base configuration function (HAL_InitTick ()) is called automatically
-             at the beginning of the program after reset by HAL_Init() or at any time
-             when clock is configured, by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig().
-        (++) Source of time base is configured  to generate interrupts at regular
-             time intervals. Care must be taken if HAL_Delay() is called from a
-             peripheral ISR process, the Tick interrupt line must have higher priority
-            (numerically lower) than the peripheral interrupt. Otherwise the caller
-            ISR process will be blocked.
-       (++) functions affecting time base configurations are declared as __weak
-             to make  override possible  in case of other  implementations in user file.
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  This function is used to initialize the HAL Library; it must be the first
-  *         instruction to be executed in the main program (before to call any other
-  *         HAL function), it performs the following:
-  *           Configure the Flash prefetch, and instruction cache through ART accelerator.
-  *           Configures the SysTick to generate an interrupt each 1 millisecond,
-  *           which is clocked by the HSI (at this stage, the clock is not yet
-  *           configured and thus the system is running from the internal HSI at 16 MHz).
-  *           Set NVIC Group Priority to 4.
-  *           Calls the HAL_MspInit() callback function defined in user file
-  *           "stm32f7xx_hal_msp.c" to do the global low level hardware initialization
-  *
-  * @note   SysTick is used as time base for the HAL_Delay() function, the application
-  *         need to ensure that the SysTick time base is always set to 1 millisecond
-  *         to have correct HAL operation.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_Init(void)
-{
-  /* Configure Flash prefetch and Instruction cache through ART accelerator */
-#if (ART_ACCLERATOR_ENABLE != 0)
-   __HAL_FLASH_ART_ENABLE();
-#endif /* ART_ACCLERATOR_ENABLE */
-
-  /* Set Interrupt Group Priority */
-  HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping(NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4);
-
-  /* Use systick as time base source and configure 1ms tick (default clock after Reset is HSI) */
-  HAL_InitTick(TICK_INT_PRIORITY);
-
-  /* Init the low level hardware */
-  HAL_MspInit();
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  This function de-Initializes common part of the HAL and stops the systick.
-  *         This function is optional.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DeInit(void)
-{
-  /* Reset of all peripherals */
-  __HAL_RCC_APB1_FORCE_RESET();
-  __HAL_RCC_APB1_RELEASE_RESET();
-
-  __HAL_RCC_APB2_FORCE_RESET();
-  __HAL_RCC_APB2_RELEASE_RESET();
-
-  __HAL_RCC_AHB1_FORCE_RESET();
-  __HAL_RCC_AHB1_RELEASE_RESET();
-
-  __HAL_RCC_AHB2_FORCE_RESET();
-  __HAL_RCC_AHB2_RELEASE_RESET();
-
-  __HAL_RCC_AHB3_FORCE_RESET();
-  __HAL_RCC_AHB3_RELEASE_RESET();
-
-  /* De-Init the low level hardware */
-  HAL_MspDeInit();
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the MSP.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_MspInit(void)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  DeInitializes the MSP.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_MspDeInit(void)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief This function configures the source of the time base.
-  *        The time source is configured  to have 1ms time base with a dedicated
-  *        Tick interrupt priority.
-  * @note This function is called  automatically at the beginning of program after
-  *       reset by HAL_Init() or at any time when clock is reconfigured  by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig().
-  * @note In the default implementation, SysTick timer is the source of time base.
-  *       It is used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals.
-  *       Care must be taken if HAL_Delay() is called from a peripheral ISR process,
-  *       The the SysTick interrupt must have higher priority (numerically lower)
-  *       than the peripheral interrupt. Otherwise the caller ISR process will be blocked.
-  *       The function is declared as __weak  to be overwritten  in case of other
-  *       implementation  in user file.
-  * @param TickPriority: Tick interrupt priority.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-__weak HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_InitTick(uint32_t TickPriority)
-{
-  /*Configure the SysTick to have interrupt in 1ms time basis*/
-  HAL_SYSTICK_Config(HAL_RCC_GetHCLKFreq()/1000);
-
-  /*Configure the SysTick IRQ priority */
-  HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(SysTick_IRQn, TickPriority ,0);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Functions_Group2 HAL Control functions
- *  @brief    HAL Control functions
- *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-                      ##### HAL Control functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
-      (+) Provide a tick value in millisecond
-      (+) Provide a blocking delay in millisecond
-      (+) Suspend the time base source interrupt
-      (+) Resume the time base source interrupt
-      (+) Get the HAL API driver version
-      (+) Get the device identifier
-      (+) Get the device revision identifier
-      (+) Enable/Disable Debug module during SLEEP mode
-      (+) Enable/Disable Debug module during STOP mode
-      (+) Enable/Disable Debug module during STANDBY mode
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief This function is called to increment  a global variable "uwTick"
-  *        used as application time base.
-  * @note In the default implementation, this variable is incremented each 1ms
-  *       in Systick ISR.
- * @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
-  *      implementations in user file.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_IncTick(void)
-{
-  uwTick++;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Provides a tick value in millisecond.
-  * @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
-  *       implementations in user file.
-  * @retval tick value
-  */
-__weak uint32_t HAL_GetTick(void)
-{
-  return uwTick;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief This function provides accurate delay (in milliseconds) based
-  *        on variable incremented.
-  * @note In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base.
-  *       It is used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals where uwTick
-  *       is incremented.
-  * @note ThiS function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
-  *       implementations in user file.
-  * @param Delay: specifies the delay time length, in milliseconds.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_Delay(__IO uint32_t Delay)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-  while((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) < Delay)
-  {
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Suspend Tick increment.
-  * @note In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base. It is
-  *       used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals. Once HAL_SuspendTick()
-  *       is called, the the SysTick interrupt will be disabled and so Tick increment
-  *       is suspended.
-  * @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
-  *       implementations in user file.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_SuspendTick(void)
-{
-  /* Disable SysTick Interrupt */
-  SysTick->CTRL &= ~SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Msk;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Resume Tick increment.
-  * @note In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base. It is
-  *       used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals. Once HAL_ResumeTick()
-  *       is called, the the SysTick interrupt will be enabled and so Tick increment
-  *       is resumed.
-  * @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
-  *       implementations in user file.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_ResumeTick(void)
-{
-  /* Enable SysTick Interrupt */
-  SysTick->CTRL  |= SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Msk;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Returns the HAL revision
-  * @retval version : 0xXYZR (8bits for each decimal, R for RC)
-  */
-uint32_t HAL_GetHalVersion(void)
-{
- return __STM32F7xx_HAL_VERSION;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Returns the device revision identifier.
-  * @retval Device revision identifier
-  */
-uint32_t HAL_GetREVID(void)
-{
-   return((DBGMCU->IDCODE) >> 16);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Returns the device identifier.
-  * @retval Device identifier
-  */
-uint32_t HAL_GetDEVID(void)
-{
-   return((DBGMCU->IDCODE) & IDCODE_DEVID_MASK);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Enable the Debug Module during SLEEP mode
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGSleepMode(void)
-{
-  SET_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_SLEEP);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Disable the Debug Module during SLEEP mode
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGSleepMode(void)
-{
-  CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_SLEEP);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Enable the Debug Module during STOP mode
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStopMode(void)
-{
-  SET_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STOP);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Disable the Debug Module during STOP mode
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStopMode(void)
-{
-  CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STOP);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Enable the Debug Module during STANDBY mode
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStandbyMode(void)
-{
-  SET_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STANDBY);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Disable the Debug Module during STANDBY mode
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStandbyMode(void)
-{
-  CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STANDBY);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Enables the I/O Compensation Cell.
-  * @note   The I/O compensation cell can be used only when the device supply
-  *         voltage ranges from 2.4 to 3.6 V.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_EnableCompensationCell(void)
-{
-  SYSCFG->CMPCR |= SYSCFG_CMPCR_CMP_PD;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Power-down the I/O Compensation Cell.
-  * @note   The I/O compensation cell can be used only when the device supply
-  *         voltage ranges from 2.4 to 3.6 V.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_DisableCompensationCell(void)
-{
-  SYSCFG->CMPCR &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)SYSCFG_CMPCR_CMP_PD);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Enables the FMC Memory Mapping Swapping.
-  *
-  * @note   SDRAM is accessible at 0x60000000
-  *         and NOR/RAM is accessible at 0xC0000000
-  *
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_EnableFMCMemorySwapping(void)
-{
-  SYSCFG->MEMRMP |= SYSCFG_MEMRMP_SWP_FMC_0;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Disables the FMC Memory Mapping Swapping
-  *
-  * @note   SDRAM is accessible at 0xC0000000 (default mapping)
-  *         and NOR/RAM is accessible at 0x60000000 (default mapping)
-  *
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_DisableFMCMemorySwapping(void)
-{
-
-  SYSCFG->MEMRMP &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)SYSCFG_MEMRMP_SWP_FMC);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_adc.c b/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_adc.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 0c5f83b20c..0000000000
--- a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_adc.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1408 +0,0 @@
-/**
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @file    stm32f7xx_hal_adc.c
-  * @author  MCD Application Team
-  * @version V1.0.1
-  * @date    25-June-2015
-  * @brief   This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
-  *          functionalities of the Analog to Digital Convertor (ADC) peripheral:
-  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
-  *           + IO operation functions
-  *           + State and errors functions
-  *
-  @verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                    ##### ADC Peripheral features #####
-  ==============================================================================
-  [..]
-  (#) 12-bit, 10-bit, 8-bit or 6-bit configurable resolution.
-  (#) Interrupt generation at the end of conversion, end of injected conversion,
-      and in case of analog watchdog or overrun events
-  (#) Single and continuous conversion modes.
-  (#) Scan mode for automatic conversion of channel 0 to channel x.
-  (#) Data alignment with in-built data coherency.
-  (#) Channel-wise programmable sampling time.
-  (#) External trigger option with configurable polarity for both regular and
-      injected conversion.
-  (#) Dual/Triple mode (on devices with 2 ADCs or more).
-  (#) Configurable DMA data storage in Dual/Triple ADC mode.
-  (#) Configurable delay between conversions in Dual/Triple interleaved mode.
-  (#) ADC conversion type (refer to the datasheets).
-  (#) ADC supply requirements: 2.4 V to 3.6 V at full speed and down to 1.8 V at
-      slower speed.
-  (#) ADC input range: VREF(minus) = VIN = VREF(plus).
-  (#) DMA request generation during regular channel conversion.
-
-
-                     ##### How to use this driver #####
-  ==============================================================================
-  [..]
-  (#)Initialize the ADC low level resources by implementing the HAL_ADC_MspInit():
-       (##) Enable the ADC interface clock using __HAL_RCC_ADC_CLK_ENABLE()
-       (##) ADC pins configuration
-             (+++) Enable the clock for the ADC GPIOs using the following function:
-                   __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE()
-             (+++) Configure these ADC pins in analog mode using HAL_GPIO_Init()
-       (##) In case of using interrupts (e.g. HAL_ADC_Start_IT())
-             (+++) Configure the ADC interrupt priority using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority()
-             (+++) Enable the ADC IRQ handler using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ()
-             (+++) In ADC IRQ handler, call HAL_ADC_IRQHandler()
-       (##) In case of using DMA to control data transfer (e.g. HAL_ADC_Start_DMA())
-             (+++) Enable the DMAx interface clock using __HAL_RCC_DMAx_CLK_ENABLE()
-             (+++) Configure and enable two DMA streams stream for managing data
-                 transfer from peripheral to memory (output stream)
-             (+++) Associate the initialized DMA handle to the CRYP DMA handle
-                 using  __HAL_LINKDMA()
-             (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete
-                 interrupt on the two DMA Streams. The output stream should have higher
-                 priority than the input stream.
-
-    *** Configuration of ADC, groups regular/injected, channels parameters ***
-  ==============================================================================
-  [..]
-  (#) Configure the ADC parameters (resolution, data alignment, ...)
-      and regular group parameters (conversion trigger, sequencer, ...)
-      using function HAL_ADC_Init().
-
-  (#) Configure the channels for regular group parameters (channel number,
-      channel rank into sequencer, ..., into regular group)
-      using function HAL_ADC_ConfigChannel().
-
-  (#) Optionally, configure the injected group parameters (conversion trigger,
-      sequencer, ..., of injected group)
-      and the channels for injected group parameters (channel number,
-      channel rank into sequencer, ..., into injected group)
-      using function HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConfigChannel().
-
-  (#) Optionally, configure the analog watchdog parameters (channels
-      monitored, thresholds, ...) using function HAL_ADC_AnalogWDGConfig().
-
-  (#) Optionally, for devices with several ADC instances: configure the
-      multimode parameters using function HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeConfigChannel().
-
-                       *** Execution of ADC conversions ***
-  ==============================================================================
-  [..]
-  (#) ADC driver can be used among three modes: polling, interruption,
-      transfer by DMA.
-
-     *** Polling mode IO operation ***
-     =================================
-     [..]
-       (+) Start the ADC peripheral using HAL_ADC_Start()
-       (+) Wait for end of conversion using HAL_ADC_PollForConversion(), at this stage
-           user can specify the value of timeout according to his end application
-       (+) To read the ADC converted values, use the HAL_ADC_GetValue() function.
-       (+) Stop the ADC peripheral using HAL_ADC_Stop()
-
-     *** Interrupt mode IO operation ***
-     ===================================
-     [..]
-       (+) Start the ADC peripheral using HAL_ADC_Start_IT()
-       (+) Use HAL_ADC_IRQHandler() called under ADC_IRQHandler() Interrupt subroutine
-       (+) At ADC end of conversion HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback() function is executed and user can
-           add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback
-       (+) In case of ADC Error, HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
-           add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback
-       (+) Stop the ADC peripheral using HAL_ADC_Stop_IT()
-
-     *** DMA mode IO operation ***
-     ==============================
-     [..]
-       (+) Start the ADC peripheral using HAL_ADC_Start_DMA(), at this stage the user specify the length
-           of data to be transferred at each end of conversion
-       (+) At The end of data transfer by HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback() function is executed and user can
-           add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback
-       (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
-           add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback
-       (+) Stop the ADC peripheral using HAL_ADC_Stop_DMA()
-
-     *** ADC HAL driver macros list ***
-     =============================================
-     [..]
-       Below the list of most used macros in ADC HAL driver.
-
-      (+) __HAL_ADC_ENABLE : Enable the ADC peripheral
-      (+) __HAL_ADC_DISABLE : Disable the ADC peripheral
-      (+) __HAL_ADC_ENABLE_IT: Enable the ADC end of conversion interrupt
-      (+) __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT: Disable the ADC end of conversion interrupt
-      (+) __HAL_ADC_GET_IT_SOURCE: Check if the specified ADC interrupt source is enabled or disabled
-      (+) __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the ADC's pending flags
-      (+) __HAL_ADC_GET_FLAG: Get the selected ADC's flag status
-      (+) ADC_GET_RESOLUTION: Return resolution bits in CR1 register
-
-     [..]
-       (@) You can refer to the ADC HAL driver header file for more useful macros
-
-                      *** Deinitialization of ADC ***
-  ==============================================================================
-  [..]
-  (#) Disable the ADC interface
-     (++) ADC clock can be hard reset and disabled at RCC top level.
-     (++) Hard reset of ADC peripherals
-          using macro __HAL_RCC_ADC_FORCE_RESET(), __HAL_RCC_ADC_RELEASE_RESET().
-     (++) ADC clock disable using the equivalent macro/functions as configuration step.
-               (+++) Example:
-                   Into HAL_ADC_MspDeInit() (recommended code location) or with
-                   other device clock parameters configuration:
-               (+++) HAL_RCC_GetOscConfig(&RCC_OscInitStructure);
-               (+++) RCC_OscInitStructure.OscillatorType = RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI;
-               (+++) RCC_OscInitStructure.HSIState = RCC_HSI_OFF; (if not used for system clock)
-               (+++) HAL_RCC_OscConfig(&RCC_OscInitStructure);
-
-  (#) ADC pins configuration
-     (++) Disable the clock for the ADC GPIOs using macro __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_DISABLE()
-
-  (#) Optionally, in case of usage of ADC with interruptions:
-     (++) Disable the NVIC for ADC using function HAL_NVIC_DisableIRQ(ADCx_IRQn)
-
-  (#) Optionally, in case of usage of DMA:
-        (++) Deinitialize the DMA using function HAL_DMA_DeInit().
-        (++) Disable the NVIC for DMA using function HAL_NVIC_DisableIRQ(DMAx_Channelx_IRQn)
-
-    @endverbatim
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @attention
-  *
-  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
-  *
-  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
-  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
-  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
-  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
-  *      without specific prior written permission.
-  *
-  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
-  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
-  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
-  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
-  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
-  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
-  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
-  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
-  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
-  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-  *
-  ******************************************************************************
-  */
-
-/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
-
-/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup ADC ADC
-  * @brief ADC driver modules
-  * @{
-  */
-
-#ifdef HAL_ADC_MODULE_ENABLED
-
-/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/** @addtogroup ADC_Private_Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
-static void ADC_Init(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc);
-static void ADC_DMAConvCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
-static void ADC_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
-static void ADC_DMAHalfConvCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
-/** @defgroup ADC_Exported_Functions ADC Exported Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup ADC_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
- *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions
- *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-              ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
-      (+) Initialize and configure the ADC.
-      (+) De-initialize the ADC.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the ADCx peripheral according to the specified parameters
-  *         in the ADC_InitStruct and initializes the ADC MSP.
-  *
-  * @note   This function is used to configure the global features of the ADC (
-  *         ClockPrescaler, Resolution, Data Alignment and number of conversion), however,
-  *         the rest of the configuration parameters are specific to the regular
-  *         channels group (scan mode activation, continuous mode activation,
-  *         External trigger source and edge, DMA continuous request after the
-  *         last transfer and End of conversion selection).
-  *
-  * @param  hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for the specified ADC.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Init(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc)
-{
-  /* Check ADC handle */
-  if(hadc == NULL)
-  {
-     return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance));
-  assert_param(IS_ADC_CLOCKPRESCALER(hadc->Init.ClockPrescaler));
-  assert_param(IS_ADC_RESOLUTION(hadc->Init.Resolution));
-  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hadc->Init.ScanConvMode));
-  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hadc->Init.ContinuousConvMode));
-  assert_param(IS_ADC_EXT_TRIG(hadc->Init.ExternalTrigConv));
-  assert_param(IS_ADC_DATA_ALIGN(hadc->Init.DataAlign));
-  assert_param(IS_ADC_REGULAR_LENGTH(hadc->Init.NbrOfConversion));
-  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hadc->Init.DMAContinuousRequests));
-  assert_param(IS_ADC_EOCSelection(hadc->Init.EOCSelection));
-  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hadc->Init.DiscontinuousConvMode));
-
-  if(hadc->Init.ExternalTrigConv != ADC_SOFTWARE_START)
-  {
-    assert_param(IS_ADC_EXT_TRIG_EDGE(hadc->Init.ExternalTrigConvEdge));
-  }
-
-  if(hadc->State == HAL_ADC_STATE_RESET)
-  {
-    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
-    hadc->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
-    /* Init the low level hardware */
-    HAL_ADC_MspInit(hadc);
-  }
-
-  /* Initialize the ADC state */
-  hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Set ADC parameters */
-  ADC_Init(hadc);
-
-  /* Set ADC error code to none */
-  hadc->ErrorCode = HAL_ADC_ERROR_NONE;
-
-  /* Initialize the ADC state */
-  hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Release Lock */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Deinitializes the ADCx peripheral registers to their default reset values.
-  * @param  hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for the specified ADC.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_DeInit(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc)
-{
-  /* Check ADC handle */
-  if(hadc == NULL)
-  {
-     return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(hadc->Instance));
-
-  /* Change ADC state */
-  hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* DeInit the low level hardware */
-  HAL_ADC_MspDeInit(hadc);
-
-  /* Set ADC error code to none */
-  hadc->ErrorCode = HAL_ADC_ERROR_NONE;
-
-  /* Change ADC state */
-  hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_RESET;
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the ADC MSP.
-  * @param  hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for the specified ADC.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_ADC_MspInit(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_ADC_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  DeInitializes the ADC MSP.
-  * @param  hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for the specified ADC.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_ADC_MspDeInit(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_ADC_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup ADC_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
- *  @brief    IO operation functions
- *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-             ##### IO operation functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
-      (+) Start conversion of regular channel.
-      (+) Stop conversion of regular channel.
-      (+) Start conversion of regular channel and enable interrupt.
-      (+) Stop conversion of regular channel and disable interrupt.
-      (+) Start conversion of regular channel and enable DMA transfer.
-      (+) Stop conversion of regular channel and disable DMA transfer.
-      (+) Handle ADC interrupt request.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Enables ADC and starts conversion of the regular channels.
-  * @param  hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for the specified ADC.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Start(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc)
-{
-  __IO uint32_t counter = 0;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hadc->Init.ContinuousConvMode));
-  assert_param(IS_ADC_EXT_TRIG_EDGE(hadc->Init.ExternalTrigConvEdge));
-
-  /* Process locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hadc);
-
-  /* Check if an injected conversion is ongoing */
-  if(hadc->State == HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_INJ)
-  {
-    /* Change ADC state */
-    hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_INJ_REG;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    /* Change ADC state */
-    hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_REG;
-  }
-
-  /* Check if ADC peripheral is disabled in order to enable it and wait during
-  Tstab time the ADC's stabilization */
-  if((hadc->Instance->CR2 & ADC_CR2_ADON) != ADC_CR2_ADON)
-  {
-    /* Enable the Peripheral */
-    __HAL_ADC_ENABLE(hadc);
-
-    /* Delay for ADC stabilization time */
-    /* Compute number of CPU cycles to wait for */
-    counter = (ADC_STAB_DELAY_US * (SystemCoreClock / 1000000));
-    while(counter != 0)
-    {
-      counter--;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Process unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc);
-
-  /* Check if Multimode enabled */
-  if(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(ADC->CCR, ADC_CCR_MULTI))
-  {
-    /* if no external trigger present enable software conversion of regular channels */
-    if((hadc->Instance->CR2 & ADC_CR2_EXTEN) == RESET)
-    {
-      /* Enable the selected ADC software conversion for regular group */
-      hadc->Instance->CR2 |= (uint32_t)ADC_CR2_SWSTART;
-    }
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    /* if instance of handle correspond to ADC1 and  no external trigger present enable software conversion of regular channels */
-    if((hadc->Instance == ADC1) && ((hadc->Instance->CR2 & ADC_CR2_EXTEN) == RESET))
-    {
-      /* Enable the selected ADC software conversion for regular group */
-        hadc->Instance->CR2 |= (uint32_t)ADC_CR2_SWSTART;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Disables ADC and stop conversion of regular channels.
-  *
-  * @note   Caution: This function will stop also injected channels.
-  *
-  * @param  hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for the specified ADC.
-  *
-  * @retval HAL status.
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Stop(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc)
-{
-  /* Disable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_ADC_DISABLE(hadc);
-
-  /* Change ADC state */
-  hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Poll for regular conversion complete
-  * @param  hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for the specified ADC.
-  * @param  Timeout: Timeout value in millisecond.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_PollForConversion(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-
-  /* Verification that ADC configuration is compliant with polling for      */
-  /* each conversion:                                                       */
-  /* Particular case is ADC configured in DMA mode and ADC sequencer with   */
-  /* several ranks and polling for end of each conversion.                  */
-  /* For code simplicity sake, this particular case is generalized to       */
-  /* ADC configured in DMA mode and polling for end of each conversion.     */
-  if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hadc->Instance->CR2, ADC_CR2_EOCS) &&
-      HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hadc->Instance->CR2, ADC_CR2_DMA)    )
-  {
-    /* Update ADC state machine to error */
-    hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR;
-
-    /* Process unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc);
-
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Get tick */
-  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-  /* Check End of conversion flag */
-  while(!(__HAL_ADC_GET_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_EOC)))
-  {
-    /* Check for the Timeout */
-    if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
-    {
-      if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
-      {
-        hadc->State= HAL_ADC_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-        /* Process unlocked */
-        __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc);
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Check if an injected conversion is ready */
-  if(hadc->State == HAL_ADC_STATE_EOC_INJ)
-  {
-    /* Change ADC state */
-    hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_EOC_INJ_REG;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    /* Change ADC state */
-    hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_EOC_REG;
-  }
-
-  /* Return ADC state */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Poll for conversion event
-  * @param  hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for the specified ADC.
-  * @param  EventType: the ADC event type.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg ADC_AWD_EVENT: ADC Analog watch Dog event.
-  *            @arg ADC_OVR_EVENT: ADC Overrun event.
-  * @param  Timeout: Timeout value in millisecond.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_PollForEvent(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc, uint32_t EventType, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_ADC_EVENT_TYPE(EventType));
-
-  /* Get tick */
-  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-  /* Check selected event flag */
-  while(!(__HAL_ADC_GET_FLAG(hadc,EventType)))
-  {
-    /* Check for the Timeout */
-    if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
-    {
-      if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
-      {
-        hadc->State= HAL_ADC_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-        /* Process unlocked */
-        __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc);
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Check analog watchdog flag */
-  if(EventType == ADC_AWD_EVENT)
-  {
-     /* Change ADC state */
-     hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_AWD;
-
-     /* Clear the ADCx's analog watchdog flag */
-     __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_AWD);
-  }
-  else
-  {
-     /* Change ADC state */
-     hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR;
-
-     /* Clear the ADCx's Overrun flag */
-     __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_OVR);
-  }
-
-  /* Return ADC state */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Enables the interrupt and starts ADC conversion of regular channels.
-  * @param  hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for the specified ADC.
-  * @retval HAL status.
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Start_IT(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc)
-{
-  __IO uint32_t counter = 0;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hadc->Init.ContinuousConvMode));
-  assert_param(IS_ADC_EXT_TRIG_EDGE(hadc->Init.ExternalTrigConvEdge));
-
-  /* Process locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hadc);
-
-  /* Check if an injected conversion is ongoing */
-  if(hadc->State == HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_INJ)
-  {
-    /* Change ADC state */
-    hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_INJ_REG;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    /* Change ADC state */
-    hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_REG;
-  }
-
-  /* Set ADC error code to none */
-  hadc->ErrorCode = HAL_ADC_ERROR_NONE;
-
-  /* Check if ADC peripheral is disabled in order to enable it and wait during
-     Tstab time the ADC's stabilization */
-  if((hadc->Instance->CR2 & ADC_CR2_ADON) != ADC_CR2_ADON)
-  {
-    /* Enable the Peripheral */
-    __HAL_ADC_ENABLE(hadc);
-
-    /* Delay for ADC stabilization time */
-    /* Compute number of CPU cycles to wait for */
-    counter = (ADC_STAB_DELAY_US * (SystemCoreClock / 1000000));
-    while(counter != 0)
-    {
-      counter--;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Enable the ADC overrun interrupt */
-  __HAL_ADC_ENABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_OVR);
-
-  /* Enable the ADC end of conversion interrupt for regular group */
-  __HAL_ADC_ENABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_EOC);
-
-  /* Process unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc);
-
-  /* Check if Multimode enabled */
-  if(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(ADC->CCR, ADC_CCR_MULTI))
-  {
-    /* if no external trigger present enable software conversion of regular channels */
-    if((hadc->Instance->CR2 & ADC_CR2_EXTEN) == RESET)
-    {
-      /* Enable the selected ADC software conversion for regular group */
-      hadc->Instance->CR2 |= (uint32_t)ADC_CR2_SWSTART;
-    }
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    /* if instance of handle correspond to ADC1 and  no external trigger present enable software conversion of regular channels */
-    if((hadc->Instance == (ADC_TypeDef*)0x40012000) && ((hadc->Instance->CR2 & ADC_CR2_EXTEN) == RESET))
-    {
-      /* Enable the selected ADC software conversion for regular group */
-        hadc->Instance->CR2 |= (uint32_t)ADC_CR2_SWSTART;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Disables the interrupt and stop ADC conversion of regular channels.
-  *
-  * @note   Caution: This function will stop also injected channels.
-  *
-  * @param  hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for the specified ADC.
-  * @retval HAL status.
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Stop_IT(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc)
-{
-  /* Disable the ADC end of conversion interrupt for regular group */
-  __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_EOC);
-
-  /* Disable the ADC end of conversion interrupt for injected group */
-  __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_CR1_JEOCIE);
-
-  /* Enable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_ADC_DISABLE(hadc);
-
-  /* Change ADC state */
-  hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Handles ADC interrupt request
-  * @param  hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for the specified ADC.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_ADC_IRQHandler(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc)
-{
-  uint32_t tmp1 = 0, tmp2 = 0;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hadc->Init.ContinuousConvMode));
-  assert_param(IS_ADC_REGULAR_LENGTH(hadc->Init.NbrOfConversion));
-  assert_param(IS_ADC_EOCSelection(hadc->Init.EOCSelection));
-
-  tmp1 = __HAL_ADC_GET_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_EOC);
-  tmp2 = __HAL_ADC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hadc, ADC_IT_EOC);
-  /* Check End of conversion flag for regular channels */
-  if(tmp1 && tmp2)
-  {
-    /* Check if an injected conversion is ready */
-    if(hadc->State == HAL_ADC_STATE_EOC_INJ)
-    {
-      /* Change ADC state */
-      hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_EOC_INJ_REG;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      /* Change ADC state */
-      hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_EOC_REG;
-    }
-
-    if((hadc->Init.ContinuousConvMode == DISABLE) && ((hadc->Instance->CR2 & ADC_CR2_EXTEN) == RESET))
-    {
-      if(hadc->Init.EOCSelection == ADC_EOC_SEQ_CONV)
-      {
-        /* DISABLE the ADC end of conversion interrupt for regular group */
-        __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_EOC);
-
-        /* DISABLE the ADC overrun interrupt */
-        __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_OVR);
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        if (hadc->NbrOfCurrentConversionRank == 0)
-        {
-          hadc->NbrOfCurrentConversionRank = hadc->Init.NbrOfConversion;
-        }
-
-        /* Decrement the number of conversion when an interrupt occurs */
-        hadc->NbrOfCurrentConversionRank--;
-
-        /* Check if all conversions are finished */
-        if(hadc->NbrOfCurrentConversionRank == 0)
-        {
-          /* DISABLE the ADC end of conversion interrupt for regular group */
-          __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_EOC);
-
-          /* DISABLE the ADC overrun interrupt */
-          __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_OVR);
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Conversion complete callback */
-    HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback(hadc);
-
-   /* Clear the ADCx flag for regular end of conversion */
-    __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc,ADC_FLAG_EOC);
-  }
-
-  tmp1 = __HAL_ADC_GET_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_JEOC);
-  tmp2 = __HAL_ADC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hadc, ADC_IT_JEOC);
-  /* Check End of conversion flag for injected channels */
-  if(tmp1 && tmp2)
-  {
-    /* Check if a regular conversion is ready */
-    if(hadc->State == HAL_ADC_STATE_EOC_REG)
-    {
-      /* Change ADC state */
-      hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_EOC_INJ_REG;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      /* Change ADC state */
-      hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_EOC_INJ;
-    }
-
-    tmp1 = HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hadc->Instance->CR1, ADC_CR1_JAUTO);
-    tmp2 = HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hadc->Instance->CR2, ADC_CR2_JEXTEN);
-    if(((hadc->Init.ContinuousConvMode == DISABLE) || tmp1) && tmp2)
-    {
-      /* DISABLE the ADC end of conversion interrupt for injected group */
-      __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_JEOC);
-    }
-
-    /* Conversion complete callback */
-    HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConvCpltCallback(hadc);
-
-   /* Clear the ADCx flag for injected end of conversion */
-    __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc,ADC_FLAG_JEOC);
-  }
-
-  tmp1 = __HAL_ADC_GET_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_AWD);
-  tmp2 = __HAL_ADC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hadc, ADC_IT_AWD);
-  /* Check Analog watchdog flag */
-  if(tmp1 && tmp2)
-  {
-    /* Change ADC state */
-    hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_AWD;
-
-    /* Clear the ADCx's Analog watchdog flag */
-    __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc,ADC_FLAG_AWD);
-
-    /* Level out of window callback */
-    HAL_ADC_LevelOutOfWindowCallback(hadc);
-  }
-
-  tmp1 = __HAL_ADC_GET_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_OVR);
-  tmp2 = __HAL_ADC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hadc, ADC_IT_OVR);
-  /* Check Overrun flag */
-  if(tmp1 && tmp2)
-  {
-    /* Change ADC state to overrun state */
-    hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR;
-
-    /* Set ADC error code to overrun */
-    hadc->ErrorCode |= HAL_ADC_ERROR_OVR;
-
-    /* Clear the Overrun flag */
-    __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc,ADC_FLAG_OVR);
-
-    /* Error callback */
-    HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback(hadc);
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Enables ADC DMA request after last transfer (Single-ADC mode) and enables ADC peripheral
-  * @param  hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for the specified ADC.
-  * @param  pData: The destination Buffer address.
-  * @param  Length: The length of data to be transferred from ADC peripheral to memory.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Start_DMA(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc, uint32_t* pData, uint32_t Length)
-{
-  __IO uint32_t counter = 0;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hadc->Init.ContinuousConvMode));
-  assert_param(IS_ADC_EXT_TRIG_EDGE(hadc->Init.ExternalTrigConvEdge));
-
-  /* Process locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hadc);
-
-  /* Enable ADC overrun interrupt */
-  __HAL_ADC_ENABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_OVR);
-
-  /* Enable ADC DMA mode */
-  hadc->Instance->CR2 |= ADC_CR2_DMA;
-
-  /* Set the DMA transfer complete callback */
-  hadc->DMA_Handle->XferCpltCallback = ADC_DMAConvCplt;
-
-  /* Set the DMA half transfer complete callback */
-  hadc->DMA_Handle->XferHalfCpltCallback = ADC_DMAHalfConvCplt;
-
-  /* Set the DMA error callback */
-  hadc->DMA_Handle->XferErrorCallback = ADC_DMAError ;
-
-  /* Enable the DMA Stream */
-  HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hadc->DMA_Handle, (uint32_t)&hadc->Instance->DR, (uint32_t)pData, Length);
-
-  /* Change ADC state */
-  hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_REG;
-
-  /* Process unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc);
-
-  /* Check if ADC peripheral is disabled in order to enable it and wait during
-     Tstab time the ADC's stabilization */
-  if((hadc->Instance->CR2 & ADC_CR2_ADON) != ADC_CR2_ADON)
-  {
-    /* Enable the Peripheral */
-    __HAL_ADC_ENABLE(hadc);
-
-    /* Delay for ADC stabilization time */
-    /* Compute number of CPU cycles to wait for */
-    counter = (ADC_STAB_DELAY_US * (SystemCoreClock / 1000000));
-    while(counter != 0)
-    {
-      counter--;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* if no external trigger present enable software conversion of regular channels */
-  if((hadc->Instance->CR2 & ADC_CR2_EXTEN) == RESET)
-  {
-    /* Enable the selected ADC software conversion for regular group */
-    hadc->Instance->CR2 |= ADC_CR2_SWSTART;
-  }
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Disables ADC DMA (Single-ADC mode) and disables ADC peripheral
-  * @param  hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for the specified ADC.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_Stop_DMA(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc)
-{
-  /* Disable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_ADC_DISABLE(hadc);
-
-  /* Disable ADC overrun interrupt */
-  __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_OVR);
-
-  /* Disable the selected ADC DMA mode */
-  hadc->Instance->CR2 &= ~ADC_CR2_DMA;
-
-  /* Disable the ADC DMA Stream */
-  HAL_DMA_Abort(hadc->DMA_Handle);
-
-  /* Change ADC state */
-  hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Gets the converted value from data register of regular channel.
-  * @param  hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for the specified ADC.
-  * @retval Converted value
-  */
-uint32_t HAL_ADC_GetValue(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc)
-{
-  /* Return the selected ADC converted value */
-  return hadc->Instance->DR;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Regular conversion complete callback in non blocking mode
-  * @param  hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for the specified ADC.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Regular conversion half DMA transfer callback in non blocking mode
-  * @param  hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for the specified ADC.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_ADC_ConvHalfCpltCallback(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_ADC_ConvHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Analog watchdog callback in non blocking mode
-  * @param  hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for the specified ADC.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_ADC_LevelOutOfWindowCallback(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_ADC_LevelOoutOfWindowCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Error ADC callback.
-  * @param  hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for the specified ADC.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup ADC_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions
- *  @brief   	Peripheral Control functions
- *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-             ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
-      (+) Configure regular channels.
-      (+) Configure injected channels.
-      (+) Configure multimode.
-      (+) Configure the analog watch dog.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-  /**
-  * @brief  Configures for the selected ADC regular channel its corresponding
-  *         rank in the sequencer and its sample time.
-  * @param  hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for the specified ADC.
-  * @param  sConfig: ADC configuration structure.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_ConfigChannel(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc, ADC_ChannelConfTypeDef* sConfig)
-{
-  __IO uint32_t counter = 0;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_ADC_CHANNEL(sConfig->Channel));
-  assert_param(IS_ADC_REGULAR_RANK(sConfig->Rank));
-  assert_param(IS_ADC_SAMPLE_TIME(sConfig->SamplingTime));
-
-  /* Process locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hadc);
-
-  /* if ADC_Channel_10 ... ADC_Channel_18 is selected */
-  if (sConfig->Channel > ADC_CHANNEL_9)
-  {
-    /* Clear the old sample time */
-    hadc->Instance->SMPR1 &= ~ADC_SMPR1(ADC_SMPR1_SMP10, sConfig->Channel);
-
-    /* Set the new sample time */
-    hadc->Instance->SMPR1 |= ADC_SMPR1(sConfig->SamplingTime, sConfig->Channel);
-  }
-  else /* ADC_Channel include in ADC_Channel_[0..9] */
-  {
-    /* Clear the old sample time */
-    hadc->Instance->SMPR2 &= ~ADC_SMPR2(ADC_SMPR2_SMP0, sConfig->Channel);
-
-    /* Set the new sample time */
-    hadc->Instance->SMPR2 |= ADC_SMPR2(sConfig->SamplingTime, sConfig->Channel);
-  }
-
-  /* For Rank 1 to 6 */
-  if (sConfig->Rank < 7)
-  {
-    /* Clear the old SQx bits for the selected rank */
-    hadc->Instance->SQR3 &= ~ADC_SQR3_RK(ADC_SQR3_SQ1, sConfig->Rank);
-
-    /* Set the SQx bits for the selected rank */
-    hadc->Instance->SQR3 |= ADC_SQR3_RK(sConfig->Channel, sConfig->Rank);
-  }
-  /* For Rank 7 to 12 */
-  else if (sConfig->Rank < 13)
-  {
-    /* Clear the old SQx bits for the selected rank */
-    hadc->Instance->SQR2 &= ~ADC_SQR2_RK(ADC_SQR2_SQ7, sConfig->Rank);
-
-    /* Set the SQx bits for the selected rank */
-    hadc->Instance->SQR2 |= ADC_SQR2_RK(sConfig->Channel, sConfig->Rank);
-  }
-  /* For Rank 13 to 16 */
-  else
-  {
-    /* Clear the old SQx bits for the selected rank */
-    hadc->Instance->SQR1 &= ~ADC_SQR1_RK(ADC_SQR1_SQ13, sConfig->Rank);
-
-    /* Set the SQx bits for the selected rank */
-    hadc->Instance->SQR1 |= ADC_SQR1_RK(sConfig->Channel, sConfig->Rank);
-  }
-
-  /* if ADC1 Channel_18 is selected enable VBAT Channel */
-  if ((hadc->Instance == ADC1) && (sConfig->Channel == ADC_CHANNEL_VBAT))
-  {
-    /* Enable the VBAT channel*/
-    ADC->CCR |= ADC_CCR_VBATE;
-  }
-
-  /* if ADC1 Channel_16 or Channel_17 is selected enable TSVREFE Channel(Temperature sensor and VREFINT) */
-  if ((hadc->Instance == ADC1) && ((sConfig->Channel == ADC_CHANNEL_TEMPSENSOR) || (sConfig->Channel == ADC_CHANNEL_VREFINT)))
-  {
-    /* Enable the TSVREFE channel*/
-    ADC->CCR |= ADC_CCR_TSVREFE;
-
-    if((sConfig->Channel == ADC_CHANNEL_TEMPSENSOR))
-    {
-      /* Delay for temperature sensor stabilization time */
-      /* Compute number of CPU cycles to wait for */
-      counter = (ADC_TEMPSENSOR_DELAY_US * (SystemCoreClock / 1000000));
-      while(counter != 0)
-      {
-        counter--;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Process unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Configures the analog watchdog.
-  * @param  hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for the specified ADC.
-  * @param  AnalogWDGConfig : pointer to an ADC_AnalogWDGConfTypeDef structure
-  *         that contains the configuration information of ADC analog watchdog.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADC_AnalogWDGConfig(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc, ADC_AnalogWDGConfTypeDef* AnalogWDGConfig)
-{
-#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
-  uint32_t tmp = 0;
-#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT  */
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_ADC_ANALOG_WATCHDOG(AnalogWDGConfig->WatchdogMode));
-  assert_param(IS_ADC_CHANNEL(AnalogWDGConfig->Channel));
-  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(AnalogWDGConfig->ITMode));
-
-#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
-  tmp = ADC_GET_RESOLUTION(hadc);
-  assert_param(IS_ADC_RANGE(tmp, AnalogWDGConfig->HighThreshold));
-  assert_param(IS_ADC_RANGE(tmp, AnalogWDGConfig->LowThreshold));
-#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT  */
-
-  /* Process locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hadc);
-
-  if(AnalogWDGConfig->ITMode == ENABLE)
-  {
-    /* Enable the ADC Analog watchdog interrupt */
-    __HAL_ADC_ENABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_AWD);
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    /* Disable the ADC Analog watchdog interrupt */
-    __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_AWD);
-  }
-
-  /* Clear AWDEN, JAWDEN and AWDSGL bits */
-  hadc->Instance->CR1 &=  ~(ADC_CR1_AWDSGL | ADC_CR1_JAWDEN | ADC_CR1_AWDEN);
-
-  /* Set the analog watchdog enable mode */
-  hadc->Instance->CR1 |= AnalogWDGConfig->WatchdogMode;
-
-  /* Set the high threshold */
-  hadc->Instance->HTR = AnalogWDGConfig->HighThreshold;
-
-  /* Set the low threshold */
-  hadc->Instance->LTR = AnalogWDGConfig->LowThreshold;
-
-  /* Clear the Analog watchdog channel select bits */
-  hadc->Instance->CR1 &= ~ADC_CR1_AWDCH;
-
-  /* Set the Analog watchdog channel */
-  hadc->Instance->CR1 |= (uint32_t)((uint16_t)(AnalogWDGConfig->Channel));
-
-  /* Process unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup ADC_Exported_Functions_Group4 ADC Peripheral State functions
- *  @brief   ADC Peripheral State functions
- *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-            ##### Peripheral State and errors functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]
-    This subsection provides functions allowing to
-      (+) Check the ADC state
-      (+) Check the ADC Error
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  return the ADC state
-  * @param  hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for the specified ADC.
-  * @retval HAL state
-  */
-HAL_ADC_StateTypeDef HAL_ADC_GetState(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc)
-{
-  /* Return ADC state */
-  return hadc->State;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Return the ADC error code
-  * @param  hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for the specified ADC.
-  * @retval ADC Error Code
-  */
-uint32_t HAL_ADC_GetError(ADC_HandleTypeDef *hadc)
-{
-  return hadc->ErrorCode;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/** @defgroup ADC_Private_Functions ADC Private Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the ADCx peripheral according to the specified parameters
-  *         in the ADC_InitStruct without initializing the ADC MSP.
-  * @param  hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for the specified ADC.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void ADC_Init(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc)
-{
-  /* Set ADC parameters */
-  /* Set the ADC clock prescaler */
-  ADC->CCR &= ~(ADC_CCR_ADCPRE);
-  ADC->CCR |=  hadc->Init.ClockPrescaler;
-
-  /* Set ADC scan mode */
-  hadc->Instance->CR1 &= ~(ADC_CR1_SCAN);
-  hadc->Instance->CR1 |=  ADC_CR1_SCANCONV(hadc->Init.ScanConvMode);
-
-  /* Set ADC resolution */
-  hadc->Instance->CR1 &= ~(ADC_CR1_RES);
-  hadc->Instance->CR1 |=  hadc->Init.Resolution;
-
-  /* Set ADC data alignment */
-  hadc->Instance->CR2 &= ~(ADC_CR2_ALIGN);
-  hadc->Instance->CR2 |= hadc->Init.DataAlign;
-
-  /* Enable external trigger if trigger selection is different of software  */
-  /* start.                                                                 */
-  /* Note: This configuration keeps the hardware feature of parameter       */
-  /*       ExternalTrigConvEdge "trigger edge none" equivalent to           */
-  /*       software start.                                                  */
-  if(hadc->Init.ExternalTrigConv != ADC_SOFTWARE_START)
-  {
-    /* Select external trigger to start conversion */
-    hadc->Instance->CR2 &= ~(ADC_CR2_EXTSEL);
-    hadc->Instance->CR2 |= hadc->Init.ExternalTrigConv;
-
-    /* Select external trigger polarity */
-    hadc->Instance->CR2 &= ~(ADC_CR2_EXTEN);
-    hadc->Instance->CR2 |= hadc->Init.ExternalTrigConvEdge;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    /* Reset the external trigger */
-    hadc->Instance->CR2 &= ~(ADC_CR2_EXTSEL);
-    hadc->Instance->CR2 &= ~(ADC_CR2_EXTEN);
-  }
-
-  /* Enable or disable ADC continuous conversion mode */
-  hadc->Instance->CR2 &= ~(ADC_CR2_CONT);
-  hadc->Instance->CR2 |= ADC_CR2_CONTINUOUS(hadc->Init.ContinuousConvMode);
-
-  if(hadc->Init.DiscontinuousConvMode != DISABLE)
-  {
-    assert_param(IS_ADC_REGULAR_DISC_NUMBER(hadc->Init.NbrOfDiscConversion));
-
-    /* Enable the selected ADC regular discontinuous mode */
-    hadc->Instance->CR1 |= (uint32_t)ADC_CR1_DISCEN;
-
-    /* Set the number of channels to be converted in discontinuous mode */
-    hadc->Instance->CR1 &= ~(ADC_CR1_DISCNUM);
-    hadc->Instance->CR1 |=  ADC_CR1_DISCONTINUOUS(hadc->Init.NbrOfDiscConversion);
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    /* Disable the selected ADC regular discontinuous mode */
-    hadc->Instance->CR1 &= ~(ADC_CR1_DISCEN);
-  }
-
-  /* Set ADC number of conversion */
-  hadc->Instance->SQR1 &= ~(ADC_SQR1_L);
-  hadc->Instance->SQR1 |=  ADC_SQR1(hadc->Init.NbrOfConversion);
-
-  /* Enable or disable ADC DMA continuous request */
-  hadc->Instance->CR2 &= ~(ADC_CR2_DDS);
-  hadc->Instance->CR2 |= ADC_CR2_DMAContReq(hadc->Init.DMAContinuousRequests);
-
-  /* Enable or disable ADC end of conversion selection */
-  hadc->Instance->CR2 &= ~(ADC_CR2_EOCS);
-  hadc->Instance->CR2 |= ADC_CR2_EOCSelection(hadc->Init.EOCSelection);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  DMA transfer complete callback.
-  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void ADC_DMAConvCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc = ( ADC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
-
-  /* Check if an injected conversion is ready */
-  if(hadc->State == HAL_ADC_STATE_EOC_INJ)
-  {
-    /* Change ADC state */
-    hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_EOC_INJ_REG;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    /* Change ADC state */
-    hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_EOC_REG;
-  }
-
-  HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback(hadc);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  DMA half transfer complete callback.
-  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void ADC_DMAHalfConvCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc = ( ADC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
-  /* Conversion complete callback */
-  HAL_ADC_ConvHalfCpltCallback(hadc);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  DMA error callback
-  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void ADC_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc = ( ADC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
-  hadc->State= HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR;
-  /* Set ADC error code to DMA error */
-  hadc->ErrorCode |= HAL_ADC_ERROR_DMA;
-  HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback(hadc);
-}
-
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-#endif /* HAL_ADC_MODULE_ENABLED */
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_adc_ex.c b/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_adc_ex.c
deleted file mode 100644
index a5b4718cec..0000000000
--- a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_adc_ex.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,854 +0,0 @@
-/**
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @file    stm32f7xx_hal_adc_ex.c
-  * @author  MCD Application Team
-  * @version V1.0.1
-  * @date    25-June-2015
-  * @brief   This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
-  *          functionalities of the ADC extension peripheral:
-  *           + Extended features functions
-  *
-  @verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                    ##### How to use this driver #####
-  ==============================================================================
-    [..]
-    (#)Initialize the ADC low level resources by implementing the HAL_ADC_MspInit():
-       (##) Enable the ADC interface clock using __HAL_RCC_ADC_CLK_ENABLE()
-       (##) ADC pins configuration
-             (+++) Enable the clock for the ADC GPIOs using the following function:
-                   __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE()
-             (+++) Configure these ADC pins in analog mode using HAL_GPIO_Init()
-       (##) In case of using interrupts (e.g. HAL_ADC_Start_IT())
-             (+++) Configure the ADC interrupt priority using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority()
-             (+++) Enable the ADC IRQ handler using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ()
-             (+++) In ADC IRQ handler, call HAL_ADC_IRQHandler()
-      (##) In case of using DMA to control data transfer (e.g. HAL_ADC_Start_DMA())
-             (+++) Enable the DMAx interface clock using __HAL_RCC_DMAx_CLK_ENABLE()
-             (+++) Configure and enable two DMA streams stream for managing data
-                 transfer from peripheral to memory (output stream)
-             (+++) Associate the initialized DMA handle to the ADC DMA handle
-                 using  __HAL_LINKDMA()
-             (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete
-                 interrupt on the two DMA Streams. The output stream should have higher
-                 priority than the input stream.
-     (#) Configure the ADC Prescaler, conversion resolution and data alignment
-         using the HAL_ADC_Init() function.
-
-     (#) Configure the ADC Injected channels group features, use HAL_ADC_Init()
-         and HAL_ADC_ConfigChannel() functions.
-
-     (#) Three operation modes are available within this driver :
-
-     *** Polling mode IO operation ***
-     =================================
-     [..]
-       (+) Start the ADC peripheral using HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStart()
-       (+) Wait for end of conversion using HAL_ADC_PollForConversion(), at this stage
-           user can specify the value of timeout according to his end application
-       (+) To read the ADC converted values, use the HAL_ADCEx_InjectedGetValue() function.
-       (+) Stop the ADC peripheral using HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStop()
-
-     *** Interrupt mode IO operation ***
-     ===================================
-     [..]
-       (+) Start the ADC peripheral using HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStart_IT()
-       (+) Use HAL_ADC_IRQHandler() called under ADC_IRQHandler() Interrupt subroutine
-       (+) At ADC end of conversion HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConvCpltCallback() function is executed and user can
-            add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConvCpltCallback
-       (+) In case of ADC Error, HAL_ADCEx_InjectedErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
-            add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_ADCEx_InjectedErrorCallback
-       (+) Stop the ADC peripheral using HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStop_IT()
-
-
-     *** DMA mode IO operation ***
-     ==============================
-     [..]
-       (+) Start the ADC peripheral using HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStart_DMA(), at this stage the user specify the length
-           of data to be transferred at each end of conversion
-       (+) At The end of data transfer ba HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConvCpltCallback() function is executed and user can
-            add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConvCpltCallback
-       (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_ADCEx_InjectedErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
-            add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_ADCEx_InjectedErrorCallback
-        (+) Stop the ADC peripheral using HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStop_DMA()
-
-     *** Multi mode ADCs Regular channels configuration ***
-     ======================================================
-     [..]
-       (+) Select the Multi mode ADC regular channels features (dual or triple mode)
-          and configure the DMA mode using HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeConfigChannel() functions.
-       (+) Start the ADC peripheral using HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeStart_DMA(), at this stage the user specify the length
-           of data to be transferred at each end of conversion
-       (+) Read the ADCs converted values using the HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeGetValue() function.
-
-
-    @endverbatim
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @attention
-  *
-  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
-  *
-  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
-  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
-  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
-  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
-  *      without specific prior written permission.
-  *
-  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
-  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
-  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
-  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
-  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
-  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
-  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
-  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
-  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
-  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-  *
-  ******************************************************************************
-  */
-
-/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
-
-/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup ADCEx ADCEx
-  * @brief ADC Extended driver modules
-  * @{
-  */
-
-#ifdef HAL_ADC_MODULE_ENABLED
-
-/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
-/** @addtogroup ADCEx_Private_Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-static void ADC_MultiModeDMAConvCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
-static void ADC_MultiModeDMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
-static void ADC_MultiModeDMAHalfConvCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/** @defgroup ADCEx_Exported_Functions ADC Exported Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup ADCEx_Exported_Functions_Group1  Extended features functions
- *  @brief    Extended features functions
- *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-                 ##### Extended features functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
-      (+) Start conversion of injected channel.
-      (+) Stop conversion of injected channel.
-      (+) Start multimode and enable DMA transfer.
-      (+) Stop multimode and disable DMA transfer.
-      (+) Get result of injected channel conversion.
-      (+) Get result of multimode conversion.
-      (+) Configure injected channels.
-      (+) Configure multimode.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Enables the selected ADC software start conversion of the injected channels.
-  * @param  hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for the specified ADC.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStart(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc)
-{
-  __IO uint32_t counter = 0;
-  uint32_t tmp1 = 0, tmp2 = 0;
-
-  /* Process locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hadc);
-
-  /* Check if a regular conversion is ongoing */
-  if(hadc->State == HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_REG)
-  {
-    /* Change ADC state */
-    hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_INJ_REG;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    /* Change ADC state */
-    hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_INJ;
-  }
-
-  /* Check if ADC peripheral is disabled in order to enable it and wait during
-     Tstab time the ADC's stabilization */
-  if((hadc->Instance->CR2 & ADC_CR2_ADON) != ADC_CR2_ADON)
-  {
-    /* Enable the Peripheral */
-    __HAL_ADC_ENABLE(hadc);
-
-    /* Delay for temperature sensor stabilization time */
-    /* Compute number of CPU cycles to wait for */
-    counter = (ADC_STAB_DELAY_US * (SystemCoreClock / 1000000));
-    while(counter != 0)
-    {
-      counter--;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Check if Multimode enabled */
-  if(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(ADC->CCR, ADC_CCR_MULTI))
-  {
-    tmp1 = HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hadc->Instance->CR2, ADC_CR2_JEXTEN);
-    tmp2 = HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hadc->Instance->CR1, ADC_CR1_JAUTO);
-    if(tmp1 && tmp2)
-    {
-      /* Enable the selected ADC software conversion for injected group */
-      hadc->Instance->CR2 |= ADC_CR2_JSWSTART;
-    }
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    tmp1 = HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hadc->Instance->CR2, ADC_CR2_JEXTEN);
-    tmp2 = HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hadc->Instance->CR1, ADC_CR1_JAUTO);
-    if((hadc->Instance == ADC1) && tmp1 && tmp2)
-    {
-      /* Enable the selected ADC software conversion for injected group */
-      hadc->Instance->CR2 |= ADC_CR2_JSWSTART;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Process unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Enables the interrupt and starts ADC conversion of injected channels.
-  * @param  hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for the specified ADC.
-  *
-  * @retval HAL status.
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStart_IT(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc)
-{
-  __IO uint32_t counter = 0;
-  uint32_t tmp1 = 0, tmp2 =0;
-
-  /* Process locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hadc);
-
-  /* Check if a regular conversion is ongoing */
-  if(hadc->State == HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_REG)
-  {
-    /* Change ADC state */
-    hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_INJ_REG;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    /* Change ADC state */
-    hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_INJ;
-  }
-
-  /* Set ADC error code to none */
-  hadc->ErrorCode = HAL_ADC_ERROR_NONE;
-
-  /* Check if ADC peripheral is disabled in order to enable it and wait during
-     Tstab time the ADC's stabilization */
-  if((hadc->Instance->CR2 & ADC_CR2_ADON) != ADC_CR2_ADON)
-  {
-    /* Enable the Peripheral */
-    __HAL_ADC_ENABLE(hadc);
-
-    /* Delay for temperature sensor stabilization time */
-    /* Compute number of CPU cycles to wait for */
-    counter = (ADC_STAB_DELAY_US * (SystemCoreClock / 1000000));
-    while(counter != 0)
-    {
-      counter--;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Enable the ADC end of conversion interrupt for injected group */
-  __HAL_ADC_ENABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_JEOC);
-
-  /* Enable the ADC overrun interrupt */
-  __HAL_ADC_ENABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_OVR);
-
-  /* Check if Multimode enabled */
-  if(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(ADC->CCR, ADC_CCR_MULTI))
-  {
-    tmp1 = HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hadc->Instance->CR2, ADC_CR2_JEXTEN);
-    tmp2 = HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hadc->Instance->CR1, ADC_CR1_JAUTO);
-    if(tmp1 && tmp2)
-    {
-      /* Enable the selected ADC software conversion for injected group */
-      hadc->Instance->CR2 |= ADC_CR2_JSWSTART;
-    }
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    tmp1 = HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hadc->Instance->CR2, ADC_CR2_JEXTEN);
-    tmp2 = HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hadc->Instance->CR1, ADC_CR1_JAUTO);
-    if((hadc->Instance == ADC1) && tmp1 && tmp2)
-    {
-      /* Enable the selected ADC software conversion for injected group */
-      hadc->Instance->CR2 |= ADC_CR2_JSWSTART;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Process unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Disables ADC and stop conversion of injected channels.
-  *
-  * @note   Caution: This function will stop also regular channels.
-  *
-  * @param  hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for the specified ADC.
-  * @retval HAL status.
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStop(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc)
-{
-  /* Disable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_ADC_DISABLE(hadc);
-
-  /* Change ADC state */
-  hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Poll for injected conversion complete
-  * @param  hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for the specified ADC.
-  * @param  Timeout: Timeout value in millisecond.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_InjectedPollForConversion(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-
-  /* Get tick */
-  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-  /* Check End of conversion flag */
-  while(!(__HAL_ADC_GET_FLAG(hadc, ADC_FLAG_JEOC)))
-  {
-    /* Check for the Timeout */
-    if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
-    {
-      if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
-      {
-        hadc->State= HAL_ADC_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-        /* Process unlocked */
-        __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc);
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Check if a regular conversion is ready */
-  if(hadc->State == HAL_ADC_STATE_EOC_REG)
-  {
-    /* Change ADC state */
-    hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_EOC_INJ_REG;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    /* Change ADC state */
-    hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_EOC_INJ;
-  }
-
-  /* Return ADC state */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Disables the interrupt and stop ADC conversion of injected channels.
-  *
-  * @note   Caution: This function will stop also regular channels.
-  *
-  * @param  hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for the specified ADC.
-  * @retval HAL status.
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_InjectedStop_IT(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc)
-{
-  /* Disable the ADC end of conversion interrupt for regular group */
-  __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_EOC);
-
-  /* Disable the ADC end of conversion interrupt for injected group */
-  __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_CR1_JEOCIE);
-
-  /* Enable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_ADC_DISABLE(hadc);
-
-  /* Change ADC state */
-  hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Gets the converted value from data register of injected channel.
-  * @param  hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for the specified ADC.
-  * @param  InjectedRank: the ADC injected rank.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg ADC_INJECTED_RANK_1: Injected Channel1 selected
-  *            @arg ADC_INJECTED_RANK_2: Injected Channel2 selected
-  *            @arg ADC_INJECTED_RANK_3: Injected Channel3 selected
-  *            @arg ADC_INJECTED_RANK_4: Injected Channel4 selected
-  * @retval None
-  */
-uint32_t HAL_ADCEx_InjectedGetValue(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc, uint32_t InjectedRank)
-{
-  __IO uint32_t tmp = 0;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_ADC_INJECTED_RANK(InjectedRank));
-
-   /* Clear the ADCx's flag for injected end of conversion */
-   __HAL_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(hadc,ADC_FLAG_JEOC);
-
-  /* Return the selected ADC converted value */
-  switch(InjectedRank)
-  {
-    case ADC_INJECTED_RANK_4:
-    {
-      tmp =  hadc->Instance->JDR4;
-    }
-    break;
-    case ADC_INJECTED_RANK_3:
-    {
-      tmp =  hadc->Instance->JDR3;
-    }
-    break;
-    case ADC_INJECTED_RANK_2:
-    {
-      tmp =  hadc->Instance->JDR2;
-    }
-    break;
-    case ADC_INJECTED_RANK_1:
-    {
-      tmp =  hadc->Instance->JDR1;
-    }
-    break;
-    default:
-    break;
-  }
-  return tmp;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Enables ADC DMA request after last transfer (Multi-ADC mode) and enables ADC peripheral
-  *
-  * @note   Caution: This function must be used only with the ADC master.
-  *
-  * @param  hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for the specified ADC.
-  * @param  pData:   Pointer to buffer in which transferred from ADC peripheral to memory will be stored.
-  * @param  Length:  The length of data to be transferred from ADC peripheral to memory.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeStart_DMA(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc, uint32_t* pData, uint32_t Length)
-{
-  __IO uint32_t counter = 0;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hadc->Init.ContinuousConvMode));
-  assert_param(IS_ADC_EXT_TRIG_EDGE(hadc->Init.ExternalTrigConvEdge));
-  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hadc->Init.DMAContinuousRequests));
-
-  /* Process locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hadc);
-
-  /* Enable ADC overrun interrupt */
-  __HAL_ADC_ENABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_OVR);
-
-  if (hadc->Init.DMAContinuousRequests != DISABLE)
-  {
-    /* Enable the selected ADC DMA request after last transfer */
-    ADC->CCR |= ADC_CCR_DDS;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    /* Disable the selected ADC EOC rising on each regular channel conversion */
-    ADC->CCR &= ~ADC_CCR_DDS;
-  }
-
-  /* Set the DMA transfer complete callback */
-  hadc->DMA_Handle->XferCpltCallback = ADC_MultiModeDMAConvCplt;
-
-  /* Set the DMA half transfer complete callback */
-  hadc->DMA_Handle->XferHalfCpltCallback = ADC_MultiModeDMAHalfConvCplt;
-
-  /* Set the DMA error callback */
-  hadc->DMA_Handle->XferErrorCallback = ADC_MultiModeDMAError ;
-
-  /* Enable the DMA Stream */
-  HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hadc->DMA_Handle, (uint32_t)&ADC->CDR, (uint32_t)pData, Length);
-
-  /* Change ADC state */
-  hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_BUSY_REG;
-
-  /* Check if ADC peripheral is disabled in order to enable it and wait during
-     Tstab time the ADC's stabilization */
-  if((hadc->Instance->CR2 & ADC_CR2_ADON) != ADC_CR2_ADON)
-  {
-    /* Enable the Peripheral */
-    __HAL_ADC_ENABLE(hadc);
-
-    /* Delay for temperature sensor stabilization time */
-    /* Compute number of CPU cycles to wait for */
-    counter = (ADC_STAB_DELAY_US * (SystemCoreClock / 1000000));
-    while(counter != 0)
-    {
-      counter--;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* if no external trigger present enable software conversion of regular channels */
-  if((hadc->Instance->CR2 & ADC_CR2_EXTEN) == RESET)
-  {
-    /* Enable the selected ADC software conversion for regular group */
-    hadc->Instance->CR2 |= (uint32_t)ADC_CR2_SWSTART;
-  }
-
-  /* Process unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Disables ADC DMA (multi-ADC mode) and disables ADC peripheral
-  * @param  hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for the specified ADC.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeStop_DMA(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc)
-{
-  /* Process locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hadc);
-
-  /* Enable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_ADC_DISABLE(hadc);
-
-  /* Disable ADC overrun interrupt */
-  __HAL_ADC_DISABLE_IT(hadc, ADC_IT_OVR);
-
-  /* Disable the selected ADC DMA request after last transfer */
-  ADC->CCR &= ~ADC_CCR_DDS;
-
-  /* Disable the ADC DMA Stream */
-  HAL_DMA_Abort(hadc->DMA_Handle);
-
-  /* Change ADC state */
-  hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Returns the last ADC1, ADC2 and ADC3 regular conversions results
-  *         data in the selected multi mode.
-  * @param  hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for the specified ADC.
-  * @retval The converted data value.
-  */
-uint32_t HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeGetValue(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc)
-{
-  /* Return the multi mode conversion value */
-  return ADC->CDR;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Injected conversion complete callback in non blocking mode
-  * @param  hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for the specified ADC.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConvCpltCallback(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_ADC_InjectedConvCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Configures for the selected ADC injected channel its corresponding
-  *         rank in the sequencer and its sample time.
-  * @param  hadc: pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for the specified ADC.
-  * @param  sConfigInjected: ADC configuration structure for injected channel.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_InjectedConfigChannel(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc, ADC_InjectionConfTypeDef* sConfigInjected)
-{
-
-#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
-  uint32_t tmp = 0;
-#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT  */
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_ADC_CHANNEL(sConfigInjected->InjectedChannel));
-  assert_param(IS_ADC_INJECTED_RANK(sConfigInjected->InjectedRank));
-  assert_param(IS_ADC_SAMPLE_TIME(sConfigInjected->InjectedSamplingTime));
-  assert_param(IS_ADC_EXT_INJEC_TRIG(sConfigInjected->ExternalTrigInjecConv));
-  assert_param(IS_ADC_EXT_INJEC_TRIG_EDGE(sConfigInjected->ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge));
-  assert_param(IS_ADC_INJECTED_LENGTH(sConfigInjected->InjectedNbrOfConversion));
-  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(sConfigInjected->AutoInjectedConv));
-  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(sConfigInjected->InjectedDiscontinuousConvMode));
-
-#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
-  tmp = ADC_GET_RESOLUTION(hadc);
-  assert_param(IS_ADC_RANGE(tmp, sConfigInjected->InjectedOffset));
-#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT  */
-
-  /* Process locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hadc);
-
-  /* if ADC_Channel_10 ... ADC_Channel_18 is selected */
-  if (sConfigInjected->InjectedChannel > ADC_CHANNEL_9)
-  {
-    /* Clear the old sample time */
-    hadc->Instance->SMPR1 &= ~ADC_SMPR1(ADC_SMPR1_SMP10, sConfigInjected->InjectedChannel);
-
-    /* Set the new sample time */
-    hadc->Instance->SMPR1 |= ADC_SMPR1(sConfigInjected->InjectedSamplingTime, sConfigInjected->InjectedChannel);
-  }
-  else /* ADC_Channel include in ADC_Channel_[0..9] */
-  {
-    /* Clear the old sample time */
-    hadc->Instance->SMPR2 &= ~ADC_SMPR2(ADC_SMPR2_SMP0, sConfigInjected->InjectedChannel);
-
-    /* Set the new sample time */
-    hadc->Instance->SMPR2 |= ADC_SMPR2(sConfigInjected->InjectedSamplingTime, sConfigInjected->InjectedChannel);
-  }
-
-  /*---------------------------- ADCx JSQR Configuration -----------------*/
-  hadc->Instance->JSQR &= ~(ADC_JSQR_JL);
-  hadc->Instance->JSQR |=  ADC_SQR1(sConfigInjected->InjectedNbrOfConversion);
-
-  /* Rank configuration */
-
-  /* Clear the old SQx bits for the selected rank */
-  hadc->Instance->JSQR &= ~ADC_JSQR(ADC_JSQR_JSQ1, sConfigInjected->InjectedRank,sConfigInjected->InjectedNbrOfConversion);
-
-  /* Set the SQx bits for the selected rank */
-  hadc->Instance->JSQR |= ADC_JSQR(sConfigInjected->InjectedChannel, sConfigInjected->InjectedRank,sConfigInjected->InjectedNbrOfConversion);
-
-  /* Select external trigger to start conversion */
-  hadc->Instance->CR2 &= ~(ADC_CR2_JEXTSEL);
-  hadc->Instance->CR2 |=  sConfigInjected->ExternalTrigInjecConv;
-
-  /* Select external trigger polarity */
-  hadc->Instance->CR2 &= ~(ADC_CR2_JEXTEN);
-  hadc->Instance->CR2 |= sConfigInjected->ExternalTrigInjecConvEdge;
-
-  if (sConfigInjected->AutoInjectedConv != DISABLE)
-  {
-    /* Enable the selected ADC automatic injected group conversion */
-    hadc->Instance->CR1 |= ADC_CR1_JAUTO;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    /* Disable the selected ADC automatic injected group conversion */
-    hadc->Instance->CR1 &= ~(ADC_CR1_JAUTO);
-  }
-
-  if (sConfigInjected->InjectedDiscontinuousConvMode != DISABLE)
-  {
-    /* Enable the selected ADC injected discontinuous mode */
-    hadc->Instance->CR1 |= ADC_CR1_JDISCEN;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    /* Disable the selected ADC injected discontinuous mode */
-    hadc->Instance->CR1 &= ~(ADC_CR1_JDISCEN);
-  }
-
-  switch(sConfigInjected->InjectedRank)
-  {
-    case 1:
-      /* Set injected channel 1 offset */
-      hadc->Instance->JOFR1 &= ~(ADC_JOFR1_JOFFSET1);
-      hadc->Instance->JOFR1 |= sConfigInjected->InjectedOffset;
-      break;
-    case 2:
-      /* Set injected channel 2 offset */
-      hadc->Instance->JOFR2 &= ~(ADC_JOFR2_JOFFSET2);
-      hadc->Instance->JOFR2 |= sConfigInjected->InjectedOffset;
-      break;
-    case 3:
-      /* Set injected channel 3 offset */
-      hadc->Instance->JOFR3 &= ~(ADC_JOFR3_JOFFSET3);
-      hadc->Instance->JOFR3 |= sConfigInjected->InjectedOffset;
-      break;
-    default:
-      /* Set injected channel 4 offset */
-      hadc->Instance->JOFR4 &= ~(ADC_JOFR4_JOFFSET4);
-      hadc->Instance->JOFR4 |= sConfigInjected->InjectedOffset;
-      break;
-  }
-
-  /* if ADC1 Channel_18 is selected enable VBAT Channel */
-  if ((hadc->Instance == ADC1) && (sConfigInjected->InjectedChannel == ADC_CHANNEL_VBAT))
-  {
-    /* Enable the VBAT channel*/
-    ADC->CCR |= ADC_CCR_VBATE;
-  }
-
-  /* if ADC1 Channel_16 or Channel_17 is selected enable TSVREFE Channel(Temperature sensor and VREFINT) */
-  if ((hadc->Instance == ADC1) && ((sConfigInjected->InjectedChannel == ADC_CHANNEL_TEMPSENSOR) || (sConfigInjected->InjectedChannel == ADC_CHANNEL_VREFINT)))
-  {
-    /* Enable the TSVREFE channel*/
-    ADC->CCR |= ADC_CCR_TSVREFE;
-  }
-
-  /* Process unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Configures the ADC multi-mode
-  * @param  hadc      : pointer to a ADC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                     the configuration information for the specified ADC.
-  * @param  multimode : pointer to an ADC_MultiModeTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                     the configuration information for  multimode.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ADCEx_MultiModeConfigChannel(ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc, ADC_MultiModeTypeDef* multimode)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_ADC_MODE(multimode->Mode));
-  assert_param(IS_ADC_DMA_ACCESS_MODE(multimode->DMAAccessMode));
-  assert_param(IS_ADC_SAMPLING_DELAY(multimode->TwoSamplingDelay));
-
-  /* Process locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hadc);
-
-  /* Set ADC mode */
-  ADC->CCR &= ~(ADC_CCR_MULTI);
-  ADC->CCR |= multimode->Mode;
-
-  /* Set the ADC DMA access mode */
-  ADC->CCR &= ~(ADC_CCR_DMA);
-  ADC->CCR |= multimode->DMAAccessMode;
-
-  /* Set delay between two sampling phases */
-  ADC->CCR &= ~(ADC_CCR_DELAY);
-  ADC->CCR |= multimode->TwoSamplingDelay;
-
-  /* Process unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hadc);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-  /**
-  * @brief  DMA transfer complete callback.
-  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void ADC_MultiModeDMAConvCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-    ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc = ( ADC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
-
-  /* Check if an injected conversion is ready */
-  if(hadc->State == HAL_ADC_STATE_EOC_INJ)
-  {
-    /* Change ADC state */
-    hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_EOC_INJ_REG;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    /* Change ADC state */
-    hadc->State = HAL_ADC_STATE_EOC_REG;
-  }
-
-    HAL_ADC_ConvCpltCallback(hadc);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  DMA half transfer complete callback.
-  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void ADC_MultiModeDMAHalfConvCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-    ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc = ( ADC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
-    /* Conversion complete callback */
-    HAL_ADC_ConvHalfCpltCallback(hadc);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  DMA error callback
-  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void ADC_MultiModeDMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-    ADC_HandleTypeDef* hadc = ( ADC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
-    hadc->State= HAL_ADC_STATE_ERROR;
-    /* Set ADC error code to DMA error */
-    hadc->ErrorCode |= HAL_ADC_ERROR_DMA;
-    HAL_ADC_ErrorCallback(hadc);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-#endif /* HAL_ADC_MODULE_ENABLED */
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_can.c b/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_can.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 0f5d8a3135..0000000000
--- a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_can.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1435 +0,0 @@
-/**
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @file    stm32f7xx_hal_can.c
-  * @author  MCD Application Team
-  * @version V1.0.1
-  * @date    25-June-2015
-  * @brief   CAN HAL module driver.
-  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
-  *          functionalities of the Controller Area Network (CAN) peripheral:
-  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
-  *           + IO operation functions
-  *           + Peripheral Control functions
-  *           + Peripheral State and Error functions
-  *
-  @verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                        ##### How to use this driver #####
-  ==============================================================================
-    [..]
-      (#) Enable the CAN controller interface clock using
-          __HAL_RCC_CAN1_CLK_ENABLE() for CAN1 and __HAL_RCC_CAN2_CLK_ENABLE() for CAN2
-      -@- In case you are using CAN2 only, you have to enable the CAN1 clock.
-
-      (#) CAN pins configuration
-        (++) Enable the clock for the CAN GPIOs using the following function:
-             __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE()
-        (++) Connect and configure the involved CAN pins to AF9 using the
-              following function HAL_GPIO_Init()
-
-      (#) Initialize and configure the CAN using HAL_CAN_Init() function.
-
-      (#) Transmit the desired CAN frame using HAL_CAN_Transmit() function.
-
-      (#) Receive a CAN frame using HAL_CAN_Receive() function.
-
-     *** Polling mode IO operation ***
-     =================================
-     [..]
-       (+) Start the CAN peripheral transmission and wait the end of this operation
-           using HAL_CAN_Transmit(), at this stage user can specify the value of timeout
-           according to his end application
-       (+) Start the CAN peripheral reception and wait the end of this operation
-           using HAL_CAN_Receive(), at this stage user can specify the value of timeout
-           according to his end application
-
-     *** Interrupt mode IO operation ***
-     ===================================
-     [..]
-       (+) Start the CAN peripheral transmission using HAL_CAN_Transmit_IT()
-       (+) Start the CAN peripheral reception using HAL_CAN_Receive_IT()
-       (+) Use HAL_CAN_IRQHandler() called under the used CAN Interrupt subroutine
-       (+) At CAN end of transmission HAL_CAN_TxCpltCallback() function is executed and user can
-            add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_CAN_TxCpltCallback
-       (+) In case of CAN Error, HAL_CAN_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
-            add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_CAN_ErrorCallback
-
-     *** CAN HAL driver macros list ***
-     =============================================
-     [..]
-       Below the list of most used macros in CAN HAL driver.
-
-      (+) __HAL_CAN_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified CAN interrupts
-      (+) __HAL_CAN_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified CAN interrupts
-      (+) __HAL_CAN_GET_IT_SOURCE: Check if the specified CAN interrupt source is enabled or disabled
-      (+) __HAL_CAN_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the CAN's pending flags
-      (+) __HAL_CAN_GET_FLAG: Get the selected CAN's flag status
-
-     [..]
-      (@) You can refer to the CAN HAL driver header file for more useful macros
-
-  @endverbatim
-
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @attention
-  *
-  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
-  *
-  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
-  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
-  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
-  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
-  *      without specific prior written permission.
-  *
-  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
-  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
-  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
-  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
-  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
-  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
-  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
-  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
-  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
-  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-  *
-  ******************************************************************************
-  */
-
-/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
-
-/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup CAN CAN
-  * @brief CAN driver modules
-  * @{
-  */
-
-#ifdef HAL_CAN_MODULE_ENABLED
-
-
-/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/** @addtogroup CAN_Private_Constants
-  * @{
-  */
-#define CAN_TIMEOUT_VALUE  10
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
-/** @addtogroup CAN_Private_Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef CAN_Receive_IT(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan, uint8_t FIFONumber);
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef CAN_Transmit_IT(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan);
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
-/** @defgroup CAN_Exported_Functions CAN Exported Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup CAN_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
- *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions
- *
-@verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-              ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
-  ==============================================================================
-    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
-      (+) Initialize and configure the CAN.
-      (+) De-initialize the CAN.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the CAN peripheral according to the specified
-  *         parameters in the CAN_InitStruct.
-  * @param  hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for the specified CAN.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_Init(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan)
-{
-  uint32_t InitStatus = 3;
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-
-  /* Check CAN handle */
-  if(hcan == NULL)
-  {
-     return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_INSTANCE(hcan->Instance));
-  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hcan->Init.TTCM));
-  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hcan->Init.ABOM));
-  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hcan->Init.AWUM));
-  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hcan->Init.NART));
-  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hcan->Init.RFLM));
-  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(hcan->Init.TXFP));
-  assert_param(IS_CAN_MODE(hcan->Init.Mode));
-  assert_param(IS_CAN_SJW(hcan->Init.SJW));
-  assert_param(IS_CAN_BS1(hcan->Init.BS1));
-  assert_param(IS_CAN_BS2(hcan->Init.BS2));
-  assert_param(IS_CAN_PRESCALER(hcan->Init.Prescaler));
-
-
-  if(hcan->State == HAL_CAN_STATE_RESET)
-  {
-    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
-    hcan->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
-    /* Init the low level hardware */
-    HAL_CAN_MspInit(hcan);
-  }
-
-  /* Initialize the CAN state*/
-  hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Exit from sleep mode */
-  hcan->Instance->MCR &= (~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_SLEEP);
-
-  /* Request initialisation */
-  hcan->Instance->MCR |= CAN_MCR_INRQ ;
-
-  /* Get tick */
-  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-  /* Wait the acknowledge */
-  while((hcan->Instance->MSR & CAN_MSR_INAK) != CAN_MSR_INAK)
-  {
-    if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CAN_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
-    {
-      hcan->State= HAL_CAN_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-      /* Process unlocked */
-      __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan);
-      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Check acknowledge */
-  if ((hcan->Instance->MSR & CAN_MSR_INAK) != CAN_MSR_INAK)
-  {
-    InitStatus = CAN_INITSTATUS_FAILED;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    /* Set the time triggered communication mode */
-    if (hcan->Init.TTCM == ENABLE)
-    {
-      hcan->Instance->MCR |= CAN_MCR_TTCM;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      hcan->Instance->MCR &= ~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_TTCM;
-    }
-
-    /* Set the automatic bus-off management */
-    if (hcan->Init.ABOM == ENABLE)
-    {
-      hcan->Instance->MCR |= CAN_MCR_ABOM;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      hcan->Instance->MCR &= ~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_ABOM;
-    }
-
-    /* Set the automatic wake-up mode */
-    if (hcan->Init.AWUM == ENABLE)
-    {
-      hcan->Instance->MCR |= CAN_MCR_AWUM;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      hcan->Instance->MCR &= ~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_AWUM;
-    }
-
-    /* Set the no automatic retransmission */
-    if (hcan->Init.NART == ENABLE)
-    {
-      hcan->Instance->MCR |= CAN_MCR_NART;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      hcan->Instance->MCR &= ~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_NART;
-    }
-
-    /* Set the receive FIFO locked mode */
-    if (hcan->Init.RFLM == ENABLE)
-    {
-      hcan->Instance->MCR |= CAN_MCR_RFLM;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      hcan->Instance->MCR &= ~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_RFLM;
-    }
-
-    /* Set the transmit FIFO priority */
-    if (hcan->Init.TXFP == ENABLE)
-    {
-      hcan->Instance->MCR |= CAN_MCR_TXFP;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      hcan->Instance->MCR &= ~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_TXFP;
-    }
-
-    /* Set the bit timing register */
-    hcan->Instance->BTR = (uint32_t)((uint32_t)hcan->Init.Mode) | \
-                ((uint32_t)hcan->Init.SJW) | \
-                ((uint32_t)hcan->Init.BS1) | \
-                ((uint32_t)hcan->Init.BS2) | \
-               ((uint32_t)hcan->Init.Prescaler - 1);
-
-    /* Request leave initialisation */
-    hcan->Instance->MCR &= ~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_INRQ;
-
-  /* Get tick */
-  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-   /* Wait the acknowledge */
-   while((hcan->Instance->MSR & CAN_MSR_INAK) == CAN_MSR_INAK)
-   {
-    if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CAN_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
-     {
-       hcan->State= HAL_CAN_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-       /* Process unlocked */
-       __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan);
-       return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-     }
-   }
-
-    /* Check acknowledged */
-    if ((hcan->Instance->MSR & CAN_MSR_INAK) == CAN_MSR_INAK)
-    {
-      InitStatus = CAN_INITSTATUS_FAILED;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      InitStatus = CAN_INITSTATUS_SUCCESS;
-    }
-  }
-
-  if(InitStatus == CAN_INITSTATUS_SUCCESS)
-  {
-    /* Set CAN error code to none */
-    hcan->ErrorCode = HAL_CAN_ERROR_NONE;
-
-    /* Initialize the CAN state */
-    hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_READY;
-
-    /* Return function status */
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    /* Initialize the CAN state */
-    hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_ERROR;
-
-    /* Return function status */
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Configures the CAN reception filter according to the specified
-  *         parameters in the CAN_FilterInitStruct.
-  * @param  hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for the specified CAN.
-  * @param  sFilterConfig: pointer to a CAN_FilterConfTypeDef structure that
-  *         contains the filter configuration information.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_ConfigFilter(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan, CAN_FilterConfTypeDef* sFilterConfig)
-{
-  uint32_t filternbrbitpos = 0;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_CAN_FILTER_NUMBER(sFilterConfig->FilterNumber));
-  assert_param(IS_CAN_FILTER_MODE(sFilterConfig->FilterMode));
-  assert_param(IS_CAN_FILTER_SCALE(sFilterConfig->FilterScale));
-  assert_param(IS_CAN_FILTER_FIFO(sFilterConfig->FilterFIFOAssignment));
-  assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(sFilterConfig->FilterActivation));
-  assert_param(IS_CAN_BANKNUMBER(sFilterConfig->BankNumber));
-
-  filternbrbitpos = ((uint32_t)1) << sFilterConfig->FilterNumber;
-
-  /* Initialisation mode for the filter */
-  CAN1->FMR |= (uint32_t)CAN_FMR_FINIT;
-
-  /* Select the start slave bank */
-  CAN1->FMR &= ~((uint32_t)CAN_FMR_CAN2SB);
-  CAN1->FMR |= (uint32_t)(sFilterConfig->BankNumber << 8);
-
-  /* Filter Deactivation */
-  CAN1->FA1R &= ~(uint32_t)filternbrbitpos;
-
-  /* Filter Scale */
-  if (sFilterConfig->FilterScale == CAN_FILTERSCALE_16BIT)
-  {
-    /* 16-bit scale for the filter */
-    CAN1->FS1R &= ~(uint32_t)filternbrbitpos;
-
-    /* First 16-bit identifier and First 16-bit mask */
-    /* Or First 16-bit identifier and Second 16-bit identifier */
-    CAN1->sFilterRegister[sFilterConfig->FilterNumber].FR1 =
-       ((0x0000FFFF & (uint32_t)sFilterConfig->FilterMaskIdLow) << 16) |
-        (0x0000FFFF & (uint32_t)sFilterConfig->FilterIdLow);
-
-    /* Second 16-bit identifier and Second 16-bit mask */
-    /* Or Third 16-bit identifier and Fourth 16-bit identifier */
-    CAN1->sFilterRegister[sFilterConfig->FilterNumber].FR2 =
-       ((0x0000FFFF & (uint32_t)sFilterConfig->FilterMaskIdHigh) << 16) |
-        (0x0000FFFF & (uint32_t)sFilterConfig->FilterIdHigh);
-  }
-
-  if (sFilterConfig->FilterScale == CAN_FILTERSCALE_32BIT)
-  {
-    /* 32-bit scale for the filter */
-    CAN1->FS1R |= filternbrbitpos;
-    /* 32-bit identifier or First 32-bit identifier */
-    CAN1->sFilterRegister[sFilterConfig->FilterNumber].FR1 =
-       ((0x0000FFFF & (uint32_t)sFilterConfig->FilterIdHigh) << 16) |
-        (0x0000FFFF & (uint32_t)sFilterConfig->FilterIdLow);
-    /* 32-bit mask or Second 32-bit identifier */
-    CAN1->sFilterRegister[sFilterConfig->FilterNumber].FR2 =
-       ((0x0000FFFF & (uint32_t)sFilterConfig->FilterMaskIdHigh) << 16) |
-        (0x0000FFFF & (uint32_t)sFilterConfig->FilterMaskIdLow);
-  }
-
-  /* Filter Mode */
-  if (sFilterConfig->FilterMode == CAN_FILTERMODE_IDMASK)
-  {
-    /*Id/Mask mode for the filter*/
-    CAN1->FM1R &= ~(uint32_t)filternbrbitpos;
-  }
-  else /* CAN_FilterInitStruct->CAN_FilterMode == CAN_FilterMode_IdList */
-  {
-    /*Identifier list mode for the filter*/
-    CAN1->FM1R |= (uint32_t)filternbrbitpos;
-  }
-
-  /* Filter FIFO assignment */
-  if (sFilterConfig->FilterFIFOAssignment == CAN_FILTER_FIFO0)
-  {
-    /* FIFO 0 assignation for the filter */
-    CAN1->FFA1R &= ~(uint32_t)filternbrbitpos;
-  }
-
-  if (sFilterConfig->FilterFIFOAssignment == CAN_FILTER_FIFO1)
-  {
-    /* FIFO 1 assignation for the filter */
-    CAN1->FFA1R |= (uint32_t)filternbrbitpos;
-  }
-
-  /* Filter activation */
-  if (sFilterConfig->FilterActivation == ENABLE)
-  {
-    CAN1->FA1R |= filternbrbitpos;
-  }
-
-  /* Leave the initialisation mode for the filter */
-  CAN1->FMR &= ~((uint32_t)CAN_FMR_FINIT);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Deinitializes the CANx peripheral registers to their default reset values.
-  * @param  hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for the specified CAN.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_DeInit(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan)
-{
-  /* Check CAN handle */
-  if(hcan == NULL)
-  {
-     return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_CAN_ALL_INSTANCE(hcan->Instance));
-
-  /* Change CAN state */
-  hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* DeInit the low level hardware */
-  HAL_CAN_MspDeInit(hcan);
-
-  /* Change CAN state */
-  hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_RESET;
-
-  /* Release Lock */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the CAN MSP.
-  * @param  hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for the specified CAN.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_CAN_MspInit(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_CAN_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  DeInitializes the CAN MSP.
-  * @param  hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for the specified CAN.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_CAN_MspDeInit(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_CAN_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup CAN_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
- *  @brief    IO operation functions
- *
-@verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                      ##### IO operation functions #####
-  ==============================================================================
-    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
-      (+) Transmit a CAN frame message.
-      (+) Receive a CAN frame message.
-      (+) Enter CAN peripheral in sleep mode.
-      (+) Wake up the CAN peripheral from sleep mode.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initiates and transmits a CAN frame message.
-  * @param  hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for the specified CAN.
-  * @param  Timeout: Specify Timeout value
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_Transmit(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  uint32_t  transmitmailbox = 5;
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_CAN_IDTYPE(hcan->pTxMsg->IDE));
-  assert_param(IS_CAN_RTR(hcan->pTxMsg->RTR));
-  assert_param(IS_CAN_DLC(hcan->pTxMsg->DLC));
-
-  /* Process locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hcan);
-
-  if(hcan->State == HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX)
-  {
-    /* Change CAN state */
-    hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    /* Change CAN state */
-    hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX;
-  }
-
-  /* Select one empty transmit mailbox */
-  if ((hcan->Instance->TSR&CAN_TSR_TME0) == CAN_TSR_TME0)
-  {
-    transmitmailbox = 0;
-  }
-  else if ((hcan->Instance->TSR&CAN_TSR_TME1) == CAN_TSR_TME1)
-  {
-    transmitmailbox = 1;
-  }
-  else if ((hcan->Instance->TSR&CAN_TSR_TME2) == CAN_TSR_TME2)
-  {
-    transmitmailbox = 2;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    transmitmailbox = CAN_TXSTATUS_NOMAILBOX;
-  }
-
-  if (transmitmailbox != CAN_TXSTATUS_NOMAILBOX)
-  {
-    /* Set up the Id */
-    hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TIR &= CAN_TI0R_TXRQ;
-    if (hcan->pTxMsg->IDE == CAN_ID_STD)
-    {
-      assert_param(IS_CAN_STDID(hcan->pTxMsg->StdId));
-      hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TIR |= ((hcan->pTxMsg->StdId << 21) | \
-                                                  hcan->pTxMsg->RTR);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      assert_param(IS_CAN_EXTID(hcan->pTxMsg->ExtId));
-      hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TIR |= ((hcan->pTxMsg->ExtId << 3) | \
-                                                  hcan->pTxMsg->IDE | \
-                                                  hcan->pTxMsg->RTR);
-    }
-
-    /* Set up the DLC */
-    hcan->pTxMsg->DLC &= (uint8_t)0x0000000F;
-    hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TDTR &= (uint32_t)0xFFFFFFF0;
-    hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TDTR |= hcan->pTxMsg->DLC;
-
-    /* Set up the data field */
-    hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TDLR = (((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[3] << 24) |
-                                             ((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[2] << 16) |
-                                             ((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[1] << 8) |
-                                             ((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[0]));
-    hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TDHR = (((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[7] << 24) |
-                                             ((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[6] << 16) |
-                                             ((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[5] << 8) |
-                                             ((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[4]));
-    /* Request transmission */
-    hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TIR |= CAN_TI0R_TXRQ;
-
-  /* Get tick */
-  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-    /* Check End of transmission flag */
-    while(!(__HAL_CAN_TRANSMIT_STATUS(hcan, transmitmailbox)))
-    {
-      /* Check for the Timeout */
-      if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
-      {
-       if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
-       {
-         hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-         /* Process unlocked */
-         __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan);
-         return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-    if(hcan->State == HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX)
-    {
-      /* Change CAN state */
-      hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX;
-
-      /* Process unlocked */
-      __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      /* Change CAN state */
-      hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_READY;
-
-      /* Process unlocked */
-      __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan);
-    }
-
-    /* Return function status */
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    /* Change CAN state */
-    hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_ERROR;
-
-    /* Process unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan);
-
-    /* Return function status */
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initiates and transmits a CAN frame message.
-  * @param  hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for the specified CAN.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_Transmit_IT(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan)
-{
-  uint32_t  transmitmailbox = 5;
-  uint32_t tmp = 0;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_CAN_IDTYPE(hcan->pTxMsg->IDE));
-  assert_param(IS_CAN_RTR(hcan->pTxMsg->RTR));
-  assert_param(IS_CAN_DLC(hcan->pTxMsg->DLC));
-
-  tmp = hcan->State;
-  if((tmp == HAL_CAN_STATE_READY) || (tmp == HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX))
-  {
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hcan);
-
-    /* Select one empty transmit mailbox */
-    if((hcan->Instance->TSR&CAN_TSR_TME0) == CAN_TSR_TME0)
-    {
-      transmitmailbox = 0;
-    }
-    else if((hcan->Instance->TSR&CAN_TSR_TME1) == CAN_TSR_TME1)
-    {
-      transmitmailbox = 1;
-    }
-    else if((hcan->Instance->TSR&CAN_TSR_TME2) == CAN_TSR_TME2)
-    {
-      transmitmailbox = 2;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      transmitmailbox = CAN_TXSTATUS_NOMAILBOX;
-    }
-
-    if(transmitmailbox != CAN_TXSTATUS_NOMAILBOX)
-    {
-      /* Set up the Id */
-      hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TIR &= CAN_TI0R_TXRQ;
-      if(hcan->pTxMsg->IDE == CAN_ID_STD)
-      {
-        assert_param(IS_CAN_STDID(hcan->pTxMsg->StdId));
-        hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TIR |= ((hcan->pTxMsg->StdId << 21) | \
-                                                  hcan->pTxMsg->RTR);
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        assert_param(IS_CAN_EXTID(hcan->pTxMsg->ExtId));
-        hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TIR |= ((hcan->pTxMsg->ExtId << 3) | \
-                                                  hcan->pTxMsg->IDE | \
-                                                  hcan->pTxMsg->RTR);
-      }
-
-      /* Set up the DLC */
-      hcan->pTxMsg->DLC &= (uint8_t)0x0000000F;
-      hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TDTR &= (uint32_t)0xFFFFFFF0;
-      hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TDTR |= hcan->pTxMsg->DLC;
-
-      /* Set up the data field */
-      hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TDLR = (((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[3] << 24) |
-                                             ((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[2] << 16) |
-                                             ((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[1] << 8) |
-                                             ((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[0]));
-      hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TDHR = (((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[7] << 24) |
-                                             ((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[6] << 16) |
-                                             ((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[5] << 8) |
-                                             ((uint32_t)hcan->pTxMsg->Data[4]));
-
-      if(hcan->State == HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX)
-      {
-        /* Change CAN state */
-        hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        /* Change CAN state */
-        hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX;
-      }
-
-      /* Set CAN error code to none */
-      hcan->ErrorCode = HAL_CAN_ERROR_NONE;
-
-      /* Process Unlocked */
-      __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan);
-
-      /* Enable Error warning Interrupt */
-      __HAL_CAN_ENABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_EWG);
-
-      /* Enable Error passive Interrupt */
-      __HAL_CAN_ENABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_EPV);
-
-      /* Enable Bus-off Interrupt */
-      __HAL_CAN_ENABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_BOF);
-
-      /* Enable Last error code Interrupt */
-      __HAL_CAN_ENABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_LEC);
-
-      /* Enable Error Interrupt */
-      __HAL_CAN_ENABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_ERR);
-
-      /* Enable Transmit mailbox empty Interrupt */
-      __HAL_CAN_ENABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_TME);
-
-      /* Request transmission */
-      hcan->Instance->sTxMailBox[transmitmailbox].TIR |= CAN_TI0R_TXRQ;
-    }
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Receives a correct CAN frame.
-  * @param  hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for the specified CAN.
-  * @param  FIFONumber: FIFO Number value
-  * @param  Timeout: Specify Timeout value
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_Receive(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan, uint8_t FIFONumber, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_CAN_FIFO(FIFONumber));
-
-  /* Process locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hcan);
-
-  if(hcan->State == HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX)
-  {
-    /* Change CAN state */
-    hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    /* Change CAN state */
-    hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX;
-  }
-
-  /* Get tick */
-  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-  /* Check pending message */
-  while(__HAL_CAN_MSG_PENDING(hcan, FIFONumber) == 0)
-  {
-    /* Check for the Timeout */
-    if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
-    {
-      if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
-      {
-        hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-        /* Process unlocked */
-        __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan);
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Get the Id */
-  hcan->pRxMsg->IDE = (uint8_t)0x04 & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RIR;
-  if (hcan->pRxMsg->IDE == CAN_ID_STD)
-  {
-    hcan->pRxMsg->StdId = (uint32_t)0x000007FF & (hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RIR >> 21);
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    hcan->pRxMsg->ExtId = (uint32_t)0x1FFFFFFF & (hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RIR >> 3);
-  }
-
-  hcan->pRxMsg->RTR = (uint8_t)0x02 & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RIR;
-  /* Get the DLC */
-  hcan->pRxMsg->DLC = (uint8_t)0x0F & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDTR;
-  /* Get the FMI */
-  hcan->pRxMsg->FMI = (uint8_t)0xFF & (hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDTR >> 8);
-  /* Get the data field */
-  hcan->pRxMsg->Data[0] = (uint8_t)0xFF & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDLR;
-  hcan->pRxMsg->Data[1] = (uint8_t)0xFF & (hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDLR >> 8);
-  hcan->pRxMsg->Data[2] = (uint8_t)0xFF & (hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDLR >> 16);
-  hcan->pRxMsg->Data[3] = (uint8_t)0xFF & (hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDLR >> 24);
-  hcan->pRxMsg->Data[4] = (uint8_t)0xFF & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDHR;
-  hcan->pRxMsg->Data[5] = (uint8_t)0xFF & (hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDHR >> 8);
-  hcan->pRxMsg->Data[6] = (uint8_t)0xFF & (hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDHR >> 16);
-  hcan->pRxMsg->Data[7] = (uint8_t)0xFF & (hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDHR >> 24);
-
-  /* Release the FIFO */
-  if(FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO0)
-  {
-    /* Release FIFO0 */
-    __HAL_CAN_FIFO_RELEASE(hcan, CAN_FIFO0);
-  }
-  else /* FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO1 */
-  {
-    /* Release FIFO1 */
-    __HAL_CAN_FIFO_RELEASE(hcan, CAN_FIFO1);
-  }
-
-  if(hcan->State == HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX)
-  {
-    /* Change CAN state */
-    hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX;
-
-    /* Process unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan);
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    /* Change CAN state */
-    hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_READY;
-
-    /* Process unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan);
-  }
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Receives a correct CAN frame.
-  * @param  hcan:       Pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for the specified CAN.
-  * @param  FIFONumber: Specify the FIFO number
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_Receive_IT(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan, uint8_t FIFONumber)
-{
-  uint32_t tmp = 0;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_CAN_FIFO(FIFONumber));
-
-  tmp = hcan->State;
-  if((tmp == HAL_CAN_STATE_READY) || (tmp == HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX))
-  {
-    /* Process locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hcan);
-
-    if(hcan->State == HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX)
-    {
-      /* Change CAN state */
-      hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      /* Change CAN state */
-      hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX;
-    }
-
-    /* Set CAN error code to none */
-    hcan->ErrorCode = HAL_CAN_ERROR_NONE;
-
-    /* Enable Error warning Interrupt */
-    __HAL_CAN_ENABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_EWG);
-
-    /* Enable Error passive Interrupt */
-    __HAL_CAN_ENABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_EPV);
-
-    /* Enable Bus-off Interrupt */
-    __HAL_CAN_ENABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_BOF);
-
-    /* Enable Last error code Interrupt */
-    __HAL_CAN_ENABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_LEC);
-
-    /* Enable Error Interrupt */
-    __HAL_CAN_ENABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_ERR);
-
-    /* Process unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan);
-
-    if(FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO0)
-    {
-      /* Enable FIFO 0 message pending Interrupt */
-      __HAL_CAN_ENABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_FMP0);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      /* Enable FIFO 1 message pending Interrupt */
-      __HAL_CAN_ENABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_FMP1);
-    }
-
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Enters the Sleep (low power) mode.
-  * @param  hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for the specified CAN.
-  * @retval HAL status.
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_Sleep(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-
-  /* Process locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hcan);
-
-  /* Change CAN state */
-  hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Request Sleep mode */
-   hcan->Instance->MCR = (((hcan->Instance->MCR) & (uint32_t)(~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_INRQ)) | CAN_MCR_SLEEP);
-
-  /* Sleep mode status */
-  if ((hcan->Instance->MSR & (CAN_MSR_SLAK|CAN_MSR_INAK)) != CAN_MSR_SLAK)
-  {
-    /* Process unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan);
-
-    /* Return function status */
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Get tick */
-  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-  /* Wait the acknowledge */
-  while((hcan->Instance->MSR & (CAN_MSR_SLAK|CAN_MSR_INAK)) != CAN_MSR_SLAK)
-  {
-    if((HAL_GetTick()  - tickstart) > CAN_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
-    {
-      hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-      /* Process unlocked */
-      __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan);
-      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Change CAN state */
-  hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Wakes up the CAN peripheral from sleep mode, after that the CAN peripheral
-  *         is in the normal mode.
-  * @param  hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for the specified CAN.
-  * @retval HAL status.
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CAN_WakeUp(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-
-  /* Process locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hcan);
-
-  /* Change CAN state */
-  hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Wake up request */
-  hcan->Instance->MCR &= ~(uint32_t)CAN_MCR_SLEEP;
-
-  /* Get tick */
-  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-  /* Sleep mode status */
-  while((hcan->Instance->MSR & CAN_MSR_SLAK) == CAN_MSR_SLAK)
-  {
-    if((HAL_GetTick()  - tickstart) > CAN_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
-    {
-      hcan->State= HAL_CAN_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-      /* Process unlocked */
-      __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan);
-      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-    }
-  }
-  if((hcan->Instance->MSR & CAN_MSR_SLAK) == CAN_MSR_SLAK)
-  {
-    /* Process unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan);
-
-    /* Return function status */
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Change CAN state */
-  hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hcan);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Handles CAN interrupt request
-  * @param  hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for the specified CAN.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_CAN_IRQHandler(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan)
-{
-  uint32_t tmp1 = 0, tmp2 = 0, tmp3 = 0;
-
-  /* Check End of transmission flag */
-  if(__HAL_CAN_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcan, CAN_IT_TME))
-  {
-    tmp1 = __HAL_CAN_TRANSMIT_STATUS(hcan, CAN_TXMAILBOX_0);
-    tmp2 = __HAL_CAN_TRANSMIT_STATUS(hcan, CAN_TXMAILBOX_1);
-    tmp3 = __HAL_CAN_TRANSMIT_STATUS(hcan, CAN_TXMAILBOX_2);
-    if(tmp1 || tmp2 || tmp3)
-    {
-      /* Call transmit function */
-      CAN_Transmit_IT(hcan);
-    }
-  }
-
-  tmp1 = __HAL_CAN_MSG_PENDING(hcan, CAN_FIFO0);
-  tmp2 = __HAL_CAN_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcan, CAN_IT_FMP0);
-  /* Check End of reception flag for FIFO0 */
-  if((tmp1 != 0) && tmp2)
-  {
-    /* Call receive function */
-    CAN_Receive_IT(hcan, CAN_FIFO0);
-  }
-
-  tmp1 = __HAL_CAN_MSG_PENDING(hcan, CAN_FIFO1);
-  tmp2 = __HAL_CAN_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcan, CAN_IT_FMP1);
-  /* Check End of reception flag for FIFO1 */
-  if((tmp1 != 0) && tmp2)
-  {
-    /* Call receive function */
-    CAN_Receive_IT(hcan, CAN_FIFO1);
-  }
-
-  tmp1 = __HAL_CAN_GET_FLAG(hcan, CAN_FLAG_EWG);
-  tmp2 = __HAL_CAN_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcan, CAN_IT_EWG);
-  tmp3 = __HAL_CAN_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcan, CAN_IT_ERR);
-  /* Check Error Warning Flag */
-  if(tmp1 && tmp2 && tmp3)
-  {
-    /* Set CAN error code to EWG error */
-    hcan->ErrorCode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_EWG;
-    /* Clear Error Warning Flag */
-    __HAL_CAN_CLEAR_FLAG(hcan, CAN_FLAG_EWG);
-  }
-
-  tmp1 = __HAL_CAN_GET_FLAG(hcan, CAN_FLAG_EPV);
-  tmp2 = __HAL_CAN_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcan, CAN_IT_EPV);
-  tmp3 = __HAL_CAN_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcan, CAN_IT_ERR);
-  /* Check Error Passive Flag */
-  if(tmp1 && tmp2 && tmp3)
-  {
-    /* Set CAN error code to EPV error */
-    hcan->ErrorCode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_EPV;
-    /* Clear Error Passive Flag */
-    __HAL_CAN_CLEAR_FLAG(hcan, CAN_FLAG_EPV);
-  }
-
-  tmp1 = __HAL_CAN_GET_FLAG(hcan, CAN_FLAG_BOF);
-  tmp2 = __HAL_CAN_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcan, CAN_IT_BOF);
-  tmp3 = __HAL_CAN_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcan, CAN_IT_ERR);
-  /* Check Bus-Off Flag */
-  if(tmp1 && tmp2 && tmp3)
-  {
-    /* Set CAN error code to BOF error */
-    hcan->ErrorCode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_BOF;
-    /* Clear Bus-Off Flag */
-    __HAL_CAN_CLEAR_FLAG(hcan, CAN_FLAG_BOF);
-  }
-
-  tmp1 = HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hcan->Instance->ESR, CAN_ESR_LEC);
-  tmp2 = __HAL_CAN_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcan, CAN_IT_LEC);
-  tmp3 = __HAL_CAN_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcan, CAN_IT_ERR);
-  /* Check Last error code Flag */
-  if((!tmp1) && tmp2 && tmp3)
-  {
-    tmp1 = (hcan->Instance->ESR) & CAN_ESR_LEC;
-    switch(tmp1)
-    {
-      case(CAN_ESR_LEC_0):
-          /* Set CAN error code to STF error */
-          hcan->ErrorCode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_STF;
-          break;
-      case(CAN_ESR_LEC_1):
-          /* Set CAN error code to FOR error */
-          hcan->ErrorCode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_FOR;
-          break;
-      case(CAN_ESR_LEC_1 | CAN_ESR_LEC_0):
-          /* Set CAN error code to ACK error */
-          hcan->ErrorCode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_ACK;
-          break;
-      case(CAN_ESR_LEC_2):
-          /* Set CAN error code to BR error */
-          hcan->ErrorCode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_BR;
-          break;
-      case(CAN_ESR_LEC_2 | CAN_ESR_LEC_0):
-          /* Set CAN error code to BD error */
-          hcan->ErrorCode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_BD;
-          break;
-      case(CAN_ESR_LEC_2 | CAN_ESR_LEC_1):
-          /* Set CAN error code to CRC error */
-          hcan->ErrorCode |= HAL_CAN_ERROR_CRC;
-          break;
-      default:
-          break;
-    }
-
-    /* Clear Last error code Flag */
-    hcan->Instance->ESR &= ~(CAN_ESR_LEC);
-  }
-
-  /* Call the Error call Back in case of Errors */
-  if(hcan->ErrorCode != HAL_CAN_ERROR_NONE)
-  {
-    /* Set the CAN state ready to be able to start again the process */
-    hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_READY;
-    /* Call Error callback function */
-    HAL_CAN_ErrorCallback(hcan);
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Transmission  complete callback in non blocking mode
-  * @param  hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for the specified CAN.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_CAN_TxCpltCallback(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_CAN_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Transmission  complete callback in non blocking mode
-  * @param  hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for the specified CAN.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_CAN_RxCpltCallback(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_CAN_RxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Error CAN callback.
-  * @param  hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for the specified CAN.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_CAN_ErrorCallback(CAN_HandleTypeDef *hcan)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_CAN_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup CAN_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State and Error functions
- *  @brief   CAN Peripheral State functions
- *
-@verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-            ##### Peripheral State and Error functions #####
-  ==============================================================================
-    [..]
-    This subsection provides functions allowing to :
-      (+) Check the CAN state.
-      (+) Check CAN Errors detected during interrupt process
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  return the CAN state
-  * @param  hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for the specified CAN.
-  * @retval HAL state
-  */
-HAL_CAN_StateTypeDef HAL_CAN_GetState(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan)
-{
-  /* Return CAN state */
-  return hcan->State;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Return the CAN error code
-  * @param  hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for the specified CAN.
-  * @retval CAN Error Code
-  */
-uint32_t HAL_CAN_GetError(CAN_HandleTypeDef *hcan)
-{
-  return hcan->ErrorCode;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-/**
-  * @brief  Initiates and transmits a CAN frame message.
-  * @param  hcan: pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for the specified CAN.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef CAN_Transmit_IT(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan)
-{
-  /* Disable Transmit mailbox empty Interrupt */
-  __HAL_CAN_DISABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_TME);
-
-  if(hcan->State == HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX)
-  {
-    /* Disable Error warning Interrupt */
-    __HAL_CAN_DISABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_EWG);
-
-    /* Disable Error passive Interrupt */
-    __HAL_CAN_DISABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_EPV);
-
-    /* Disable Bus-off Interrupt */
-    __HAL_CAN_DISABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_BOF);
-
-    /* Disable Last error code Interrupt */
-    __HAL_CAN_DISABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_LEC);
-
-    /* Disable Error Interrupt */
-    __HAL_CAN_DISABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_ERR);
-  }
-
-  if(hcan->State == HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX)
-  {
-    /* Change CAN state */
-    hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    /* Change CAN state */
-    hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_READY;
-  }
-
-  /* Transmission complete callback */
-  HAL_CAN_TxCpltCallback(hcan);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Receives a correct CAN frame.
-  * @param  hcan:       Pointer to a CAN_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for the specified CAN.
-  * @param  FIFONumber: Specify the FIFO number
-  * @retval HAL status
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef CAN_Receive_IT(CAN_HandleTypeDef* hcan, uint8_t FIFONumber)
-{
-  /* Get the Id */
-  hcan->pRxMsg->IDE = (uint8_t)0x04 & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RIR;
-  if (hcan->pRxMsg->IDE == CAN_ID_STD)
-  {
-    hcan->pRxMsg->StdId = (uint32_t)0x000007FF & (hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RIR >> 21);
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    hcan->pRxMsg->ExtId = (uint32_t)0x1FFFFFFF & (hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RIR >> 3);
-  }
-
-  hcan->pRxMsg->RTR = (uint8_t)0x02 & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RIR;
-  /* Get the DLC */
-  hcan->pRxMsg->DLC = (uint8_t)0x0F & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDTR;
-  /* Get the FMI */
-  hcan->pRxMsg->FMI = (uint8_t)0xFF & (hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDTR >> 8);
-  /* Get the data field */
-  hcan->pRxMsg->Data[0] = (uint8_t)0xFF & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDLR;
-  hcan->pRxMsg->Data[1] = (uint8_t)0xFF & (hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDLR >> 8);
-  hcan->pRxMsg->Data[2] = (uint8_t)0xFF & (hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDLR >> 16);
-  hcan->pRxMsg->Data[3] = (uint8_t)0xFF & (hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDLR >> 24);
-  hcan->pRxMsg->Data[4] = (uint8_t)0xFF & hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDHR;
-  hcan->pRxMsg->Data[5] = (uint8_t)0xFF & (hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDHR >> 8);
-  hcan->pRxMsg->Data[6] = (uint8_t)0xFF & (hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDHR >> 16);
-  hcan->pRxMsg->Data[7] = (uint8_t)0xFF & (hcan->Instance->sFIFOMailBox[FIFONumber].RDHR >> 24);
-  /* Release the FIFO */
-  /* Release FIFO0 */
-  if (FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO0)
-  {
-    __HAL_CAN_FIFO_RELEASE(hcan, CAN_FIFO0);
-
-    /* Disable FIFO 0 message pending Interrupt */
-    __HAL_CAN_DISABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_FMP0);
-  }
-  /* Release FIFO1 */
-  else /* FIFONumber == CAN_FIFO1 */
-  {
-    __HAL_CAN_FIFO_RELEASE(hcan, CAN_FIFO1);
-
-    /* Disable FIFO 1 message pending Interrupt */
-    __HAL_CAN_DISABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_FMP1);
-  }
-
-  if(hcan->State == HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_RX)
-  {
-    /* Disable Error warning Interrupt */
-    __HAL_CAN_DISABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_EWG);
-
-    /* Disable Error passive Interrupt */
-    __HAL_CAN_DISABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_EPV);
-
-    /* Disable Bus-off Interrupt */
-    __HAL_CAN_DISABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_BOF);
-
-    /* Disable Last error code Interrupt */
-    __HAL_CAN_DISABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_LEC);
-
-    /* Disable Error Interrupt */
-    __HAL_CAN_DISABLE_IT(hcan, CAN_IT_ERR);
-  }
-
-  if(hcan->State == HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX)
-  {
-    /* Disable CAN state */
-    hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_BUSY_TX;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    /* Change CAN state */
-    hcan->State = HAL_CAN_STATE_READY;
-  }
-
-  /* Receive complete callback */
-  HAL_CAN_RxCpltCallback(hcan);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
- * @}
- */
-
-#endif /* HAL_CAN_MODULE_ENABLED */
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_cec.c b/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_cec.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 7c3847b7a3..0000000000
--- a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_cec.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1109 +0,0 @@
-/**
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @file    stm32f7xx_hal_cec.c
-  * @author  MCD Application Team
-  * @version V1.0.1
-  * @date    25-June-2015
-  * @brief   CEC HAL module driver.
-  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
-  *          functionalities of the High Definition Multimedia Interface
-  *          Consumer Electronics Control Peripheral (CEC).
-  *           + Initialization and de-initialization function
-  *           + IO operation function
-  *           + Peripheral Control function
-  *
-  *
-  @verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-                        ##### How to use this driver #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]
-    The CEC HAL driver can be used as follow:
-
-    (#) Declare a CEC_HandleTypeDef handle structure.
-    (#) Initialize the CEC low level resources by implementing the HAL_CEC_MspInit ()API:
-        (##) Enable the CEC interface clock.
-        (##) CEC pins configuration:
-            (+++) Enable the clock for the CEC GPIOs.
-            (+++) Configure these CEC pins as alternate function pull-up.
-        (##) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process (HAL_CEC_Transmit_IT()
-             and HAL_CEC_Receive_IT() APIs):
-            (+++) Configure the CEC interrupt priority.
-            (+++) Enable the NVIC CEC IRQ handle.
-            (+++) The specific CEC interrupts (Transmission complete interrupt,
-                  RXNE interrupt and Error Interrupts) will be managed using the macros
-                  __HAL_CEC_ENABLE_IT() and __HAL_CEC_DISABLE_IT() inside the transmit
-                  and receive process.
-
-    (#) Program the Signal Free Time (SFT) and SFT option, Tolerance, reception stop in
-        in case of Bit Rising Error, Error-Bit generation conditions, device logical
-        address and Listen mode in the hcec Init structure.
-
-    (#) Initialize the CEC registers by calling the HAL_CEC_Init() API.
-
-  [..]
-    (@) This API (HAL_CEC_Init()) configures also the low level Hardware (GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc)
-        by calling the customed HAL_CEC_MspInit() API.
-
-  @endverbatim
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @attention
-  *
-  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
-  *
-  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
-  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
-  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
-  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
-  *      without specific prior written permission.
-  *
-  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
-  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
-  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
-  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
-  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
-  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
-  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
-  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
-  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
-  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-  *
-  ******************************************************************************
-  */
-
-/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
-
-/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup CEC CEC
-  * @brief HAL CEC module driver
-  * @{
-  */
-#ifdef HAL_CEC_MODULE_ENABLED
-
-/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/** @defgroup CEC_Private_Constants CEC Private Constants
-  * @{
-  */
-#define CEC_CFGR_FIELDS     (CEC_CFGR_SFT | CEC_CFGR_RXTOL | CEC_CFGR_BRESTP \
-                           | CEC_CFGR_BREGEN | CEC_CFGR_LBPEGEN | CEC_CFGR_SFTOPT \
-                           | CEC_CFGR_BRDNOGEN | CEC_CFGR_OAR | CEC_CFGR_LSTN)
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
-/** @defgroup CEC_Private_Functions CEC Private Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef CEC_Transmit_IT(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec);
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef CEC_Receive_IT(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec);
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/** @defgroup CEC_Exported_Functions CEC Exported Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup CEC_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
-  *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions
-  *
-@verbatim
-===============================================================================
-            ##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]
-    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the CEC
-      (+) The following parameters need to be configured:
-        (++) SignalFreeTime
-        (++) Tolerance
-        (++) BRERxStop                 (RX stopped or not upon Bit Rising Error)
-        (++) BREErrorBitGen            (Error-Bit generation in case of Bit Rising Error)
-        (++) LBPEErrorBitGen           (Error-Bit generation in case of Long Bit Period Error)
-        (++) BroadcastMsgNoErrorBitGen (Error-bit generation in case of broadcast message error)
-        (++) SignalFreeTimeOption      (SFT Timer start definition)
-        (++) OwnAddress                (CEC device address)
-        (++) ListenMode
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief Initializes the CEC mode according to the specified
-  *         parameters in the CEC_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle .
-  * @param hcec: CEC handle
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_Init(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
-{
-  uint32_t tmpreg = 0x0;
-
-  /* Check the CEC handle allocation */
-  if(hcec == NULL)
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_CEC_ALL_INSTANCE(hcec->Instance));
-  assert_param(IS_CEC_SIGNALFREETIME(hcec->Init.SignalFreeTime));
-  assert_param(IS_CEC_TOLERANCE(hcec->Init.Tolerance));
-  assert_param(IS_CEC_BRERXSTOP(hcec->Init.BRERxStop));
-  assert_param(IS_CEC_BREERRORBITGEN(hcec->Init.BREErrorBitGen));
-  assert_param(IS_CEC_LBPEERRORBITGEN(hcec->Init.LBPEErrorBitGen));
-  assert_param(IS_CEC_BROADCASTERROR_NO_ERRORBIT_GENERATION(hcec->Init.BroadcastMsgNoErrorBitGen));
-  assert_param(IS_CEC_SFTOP(hcec->Init.SignalFreeTimeOption));
-  assert_param(IS_CEC_OAR_ADDRESS(hcec->Init.OwnAddress));
-  assert_param(IS_CEC_LISTENING_MODE(hcec->Init.ListenMode));
-  assert_param(IS_CEC_ADDRESS(hcec->Init.InitiatorAddress));
-
-
-  if(hcec->State == HAL_CEC_STATE_RESET)
-  {
-    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
-    hcec->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
-    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK */
-    HAL_CEC_MspInit(hcec);
-  }
-
-  hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Disable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_CEC_DISABLE(hcec);
-
-  tmpreg = hcec->Init.SignalFreeTime;
-  tmpreg |= hcec->Init.Tolerance;
-  tmpreg |= hcec->Init.BRERxStop;
-  tmpreg |= hcec->Init.BREErrorBitGen;
-  tmpreg |= hcec->Init.LBPEErrorBitGen;
-  tmpreg |= hcec->Init.BroadcastMsgNoErrorBitGen;
-  tmpreg |= hcec->Init.SignalFreeTimeOption;
-  tmpreg |= (hcec->Init.OwnAddress << CEC_CFGR_OAR_LSB_POS);
-  tmpreg |= hcec->Init.ListenMode;
-
-  /* Write to CEC Control Register */
-  MODIFY_REG(hcec->Instance->CFGR, CEC_CFGR_FIELDS, tmpreg);
-
-  /* Enable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_CEC_ENABLE(hcec);
-
-  hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY;
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief DeInitializes the CEC peripheral
-  * @param hcec: CEC handle
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_DeInit(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
-{
-  /* Check the CEC handle allocation */
-  if(hcec == NULL)
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_CEC_ALL_INSTANCE(hcec->Instance));
-
-  hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* DeInit the low level hardware */
-  HAL_CEC_MspDeInit(hcec);
-  /* Disable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_CEC_DISABLE(hcec);
-
-  hcec->ErrorCode = HAL_CEC_ERROR_NONE;
-  hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_RESET;
-
-  /* Process Unlock */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief CEC MSP Init
-  * @param hcec: CEC handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
- __weak void HAL_CEC_MspInit(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_CEC_MspInit can be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief CEC MSP DeInit
-  * @param hcec: CEC handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
- __weak void HAL_CEC_MspDeInit(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_CEC_MspDeInit can be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup CEC_Exported_Functions_Group2 Input and Output operation functions
-  *  @brief CEC Transmit/Receive functions
-  *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-                      ##### IO operation functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the CEC data transfers.
-
-    (#) The CEC handle must contain the initiator (TX side) and the destination (RX side)
-        logical addresses (4-bit long addresses, 0xF for broadcast messages destination)
-
-    (#) There are two mode of transfer:
-       (+) Blocking mode: The communication is performed in polling mode.
-            The HAL status of all data processing is returned by the same function
-            after finishing transfer.
-       (+) No-Blocking mode: The communication is performed using Interrupts.
-           These API's return the HAL status.
-           The end of the data processing will be indicated through the
-           dedicated CEC IRQ when using Interrupt mode.
-           The HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback(), HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback() user callbacks
-           will be executed respectively at the end of the transmit or Receive process
-           The HAL_CEC_ErrorCallback()user callback will be executed when a communication
-           error is detected
-
-    (#) Blocking mode API's are :
-        (+) HAL_CEC_Transmit()
-        (+) HAL_CEC_Receive()
-
-    (#) Non-Blocking mode API's with Interrupt are :
-        (+) HAL_CEC_Transmit_IT()
-        (+) HAL_CEC_Receive_IT()
-        (+) HAL_CEC_IRQHandler()
-
-    (#) A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in No_Blocking mode:
-        (+) HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback()
-        (+) HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback()
-        (+) HAL_CEC_ErrorCallback()
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief Send data in blocking mode
-  * @param hcec: CEC handle
-  * @param DestinationAddress: destination logical address
-  * @param pData: pointer to input byte data buffer
-  * @param Size: amount of data to be sent in bytes (without counting the header).
-  *              0 means only the header is sent (ping operation).
-  *              Maximum TX size is 15 bytes (1 opcode and up to 14 operands).
-  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_Transmit(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec, uint8_t DestinationAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint32_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  uint8_t  temp = 0;
-  uint32_t tempisr = 0;
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-
-  if((hcec->State == HAL_CEC_STATE_READY) && (__HAL_CEC_GET_TRANSMISSION_START_FLAG(hcec) == RESET))
-  {
-    hcec->ErrorCode = HAL_CEC_ERROR_NONE;
-    if((pData == NULL ) && (Size > 0))
-    {
-      hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_ERROR;
-      return  HAL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    assert_param(IS_CEC_ADDRESS(DestinationAddress));
-    assert_param(IS_CEC_MSGSIZE(Size));
-
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hcec);
-
-    hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY_TX;
-
-    hcec->TxXferCount = Size;
-
-    /* case no data to be sent, sender is only pinging the system */
-    if (Size == 0)
-    {
-      /* Set TX End of Message (TXEOM) bit, must be set before writing data to TXDR */
-      __HAL_CEC_LAST_BYTE_TX_SET(hcec);
-    }
-
-    /* send header block */
-    temp = ((uint32_t)hcec->Init.InitiatorAddress << CEC_INITIATOR_LSB_POS) | DestinationAddress;
-    hcec->Instance->TXDR = temp;
-    /* Set TX Start of Message  (TXSOM) bit */
-    __HAL_CEC_FIRST_BYTE_TX_SET(hcec);
-
-    while (hcec->TxXferCount > 0)
-    {
-      hcec->TxXferCount--;
-
-      tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-      while(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hcec->Instance->ISR, CEC_FLAG_TXBR))
-      {
-	if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
-        {
-          if((Timeout == 0) || ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout))
-          {
-            hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-            /* Process Unlocked */
-            __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
-            return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-          }
-        }
-
-        /* check whether error occurred while waiting for TXBR to be set:
-         * has Tx underrun occurred ?
-         * has Tx error occurred ?
-         * has Tx Missing Acknowledge error occurred ?
-         * has Arbitration Loss error occurred ? */
-        tempisr = hcec->Instance->ISR;
-        if ((tempisr & (CEC_FLAG_TXUDR|CEC_FLAG_TXERR|CEC_FLAG_TXACKE|CEC_FLAG_ARBLST)) != 0)
-        {
-          /* copy ISR for error handling purposes */
-          hcec->ErrorCode = tempisr;
-         /* clear all error flags by default */
-         __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, (CEC_FLAG_TXUDR|CEC_FLAG_TXERR|CEC_FLAG_TXACKE|CEC_FLAG_ARBLST));
-         hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_ERROR;
-         __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
-         return  HAL_ERROR;
-        }
-      }
-      /* TXBR to clear BEFORE writing TXDR register */
-      __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_TXBR);
-      if (hcec->TxXferCount == 0)
-      {
-        /* if last byte transmission, set TX End of Message (TXEOM) bit */
-        __HAL_CEC_LAST_BYTE_TX_SET(hcec);
-      }
-      hcec->Instance->TXDR = *pData++;
-
-      /* error check after TX byte write up */
-      tempisr = hcec->Instance->ISR;
-      if ((tempisr & (CEC_FLAG_TXUDR|CEC_FLAG_TXERR|CEC_FLAG_TXACKE|CEC_FLAG_ARBLST)) != 0)
-      {
-        /* copy ISR for error handling purposes */
-        hcec->ErrorCode = tempisr;
-        /* clear all error flags by default */
-        __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, (CEC_FLAG_TXUDR|CEC_FLAG_TXERR|CEC_FLAG_TXACKE|CEC_FLAG_ARBLST));
-        hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_ERROR;
-        __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
-        return  HAL_ERROR;
-      }
-    } /* end while (while (hcec->TxXferCount > 0)) */
-
-
-    /* if no error up to this point, check that transmission is
-     * complete, that is wait until TXEOM is reset */
-    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-    while (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hcec->Instance->CR, CEC_CR_TXEOM))
-    {
-	if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
-      {
-        if((Timeout == 0) || ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout))
-        {
-          hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_ERROR;
-          __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
-          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Final error check once all bytes have been transmitted */
-    tempisr = hcec->Instance->ISR;
-    if ((tempisr & (CEC_FLAG_TXUDR|CEC_FLAG_TXERR|CEC_FLAG_TXACKE)) != 0)
-    {
-      /* copy ISR for error handling purposes */
-      hcec->ErrorCode = tempisr;
-      /* clear all error flags by default */
-      __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, (CEC_FLAG_TXUDR|CEC_FLAG_TXERR|CEC_FLAG_TXACKE));
-      hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_ERROR;
-      __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
-      return  HAL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY;
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
-
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Receive data in blocking mode. Must be invoked when RXBR has been set.
-  * @param hcec: CEC handle
-  * @param pData: pointer to received data buffer.
-  * @param Timeout: Timeout duration.
-  *       Note that the received data size is not known beforehand, the latter is known
-  *       when the reception is complete and is stored in hcec->RxXferSize.
-  *       hcec->RxXferSize is the sum of opcodes + operands (0 to 14 operands max).
-  *       If only a header is received, hcec->RxXferSize = 0
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_Receive(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec, uint8_t *pData, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  uint32_t temp;
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-
-  if (hcec->State == HAL_CEC_STATE_READY)
-  {
-    hcec->ErrorCode = HAL_CEC_ERROR_NONE;
-    if (pData == NULL )
-    {
-      hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_ERROR;
-      return  HAL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    hcec->RxXferSize = 0;
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hcec);
-
-
-    /* Rx loop until CEC_ISR_RXEND  is set */
-    while (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hcec->Instance->ISR, CEC_FLAG_RXEND))
-    {
-      tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-      /* Wait for next byte to be received */
-      while (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hcec->Instance->ISR, CEC_FLAG_RXBR))
-      {
-	  if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
-        {
-          if((Timeout == 0) || ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout))
-          {
-            hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-            __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
-            return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-          }
-        }
-        /* any error so far ?
-         * has Rx Missing Acknowledge occurred ?
-         * has Rx Long Bit Period error occurred ?
-         * has Rx Short Bit Period error occurred ?
-         * has Rx Bit Rising error occurred ?
-         * has Rx Overrun error occurred ? */
-        temp = (uint32_t) (hcec->Instance->ISR);
-        if ((temp & (CEC_FLAG_RXACKE|CEC_FLAG_LBPE|CEC_FLAG_SBPE|CEC_FLAG_BRE|CEC_FLAG_RXOVR)) != 0)
-        {
-          /* copy ISR for error handling purposes */
-          hcec->ErrorCode = temp;
-          /* clear all error flags by default */
-          __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec,(CEC_FLAG_RXACKE|CEC_FLAG_LBPE|CEC_FLAG_SBPE|CEC_FLAG_BRE|CEC_FLAG_RXOVR));
-          hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_ERROR;
-          __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
-          return  HAL_ERROR;
-        }
-      } /* while (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hcec->Instance->ISR, CEC_ISR_RXBR)) */
-
-
-      /* read received data */
-      *pData++ = hcec->Instance->RXDR;
-      temp = (uint32_t) (hcec->Instance->ISR);
-      /* end of message ? */
-      if ((temp &  CEC_ISR_RXEND) != 0)
-      {
-         assert_param(IS_CEC_MSGSIZE(hcec->RxXferSize));
-         __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec,CEC_FLAG_RXEND);
-          hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY;
-         __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
-         return HAL_OK;
-      }
-
-      /* clear Rx-Byte Received flag */
-      __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec,CEC_FLAG_RXBR);
-      /* increment payload byte counter */
-       hcec->RxXferSize++;
-    } /* while (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hcec->Instance->ISR, CEC_ISR_RXEND)) */
-
-    /* if the instructions below are executed, it means RXEND was set when RXBR was
-     * set for the first time:
-     * the code within the "while (HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hcec->Instance->ISR, CEC_ISR_RXEND))"
-     * loop has not been executed and this means a single byte has been sent */
-    *pData++ = hcec->Instance->RXDR;
-     /* only one header is received: RxXferSize is set to 0 (no operand, no opcode) */
-     hcec->RxXferSize = 0;
-     __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_RXEND);
-
-    hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY;
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Send data in interrupt mode
-  * @param hcec: CEC handle
-  * @param DestinationAddress: destination logical address
-  * @param pData: pointer to input byte data buffer
-  * @param Size: amount of data to be sent in bytes (without counting the header).
-  *              0 means only the header is sent (ping operation).
-  *              Maximum TX size is 15 bytes (1 opcode and up to 14 operands).
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_Transmit_IT(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec, uint8_t DestinationAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint32_t Size)
-{
-  uint8_t  temp = 0;
-  /* if the IP isn't already busy and if there is no previous transmission
-     already pending due to arbitration lost */
-  if (((hcec->State == HAL_CEC_STATE_READY) || (hcec->State == HAL_CEC_STATE_STANDBY_RX))
-  &&   (__HAL_CEC_GET_TRANSMISSION_START_FLAG(hcec) == RESET))
-  {
-    if((pData == NULL ) && (Size > 0))
-    {
-      hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_ERROR;
-      return  HAL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    assert_param(IS_CEC_ADDRESS(DestinationAddress));
-    assert_param(IS_CEC_MSGSIZE(Size));
-
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hcec);
-    hcec->pTxBuffPtr = pData;
-    hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY_TX;
-    hcec->ErrorCode = HAL_CEC_ERROR_NONE;
-
-    /* Disable Peripheral to write CEC_IER register */
-    __HAL_CEC_DISABLE(hcec);
-
-    /* Enable the following two CEC Transmission interrupts as
-     * well as the following CEC Transmission Errors interrupts:
-     * Tx Byte Request IT
-     * End of Transmission IT
-     * Tx Missing Acknowledge IT
-     * Tx-Error IT
-     * Tx-Buffer Underrun IT
-     * Tx arbitration lost     */
-    __HAL_CEC_ENABLE_IT(hcec, CEC_IT_TXBR|CEC_IT_TXEND|CEC_IER_TX_ALL_ERR);
-
-    /* Enable the Peripheral */
-    __HAL_CEC_ENABLE(hcec);
-
-    /* initialize the number of bytes to send,
-     * 0 means only one header is sent (ping operation) */
-    hcec->TxXferCount = Size;
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
-
-    /* in case of no payload (Size = 0), sender is only pinging the system;
-     * Set TX End of Message (TXEOM) bit, must be set before writing data to TXDR */
-    if (Size == 0)
-    {
-      __HAL_CEC_LAST_BYTE_TX_SET(hcec);
-    }
-
-    /* send header block */
-    temp = ((uint32_t)hcec->Init.InitiatorAddress << CEC_INITIATOR_LSB_POS) | DestinationAddress;
-    hcec->Instance->TXDR = temp;
-    /* Set TX Start of Message  (TXSOM) bit */
-    __HAL_CEC_FIRST_BYTE_TX_SET(hcec);
-
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-    /* if the IP is already busy or if there is a previous transmission
-     already pending due to arbitration loss */
-  else if ((hcec->State == HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY_TX)
-        || (__HAL_CEC_GET_TRANSMISSION_START_FLAG(hcec) != RESET))
-  {
-    __HAL_LOCK(hcec);
-    /* set state to BUSY TX, in case it wasn't set already (case
-     * of transmission new attempt after arbitration loss) */
-    if (hcec->State != HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY_TX)
-    {
-      hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY_TX;
-    }
-
-    /* if all data have been sent */
-    if(hcec->TxXferCount == 0)
-    {
-      /* Disable Peripheral to write CEC_IER register */
-      __HAL_CEC_DISABLE(hcec);
-
-      /* Disable the CEC Transmission Interrupts */
-      __HAL_CEC_DISABLE_IT(hcec, CEC_IT_TXBR|CEC_IT_TXEND);
-      /* Disable the CEC Transmission Error Interrupts */
-      __HAL_CEC_DISABLE_IT(hcec, CEC_IER_TX_ALL_ERR);
-
-      /* Enable the Peripheral */
-      __HAL_CEC_ENABLE(hcec);
-
-      __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_TXBR|CEC_FLAG_TXEND);
-
-      hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY;
-      /* Call the Process Unlocked before calling the Tx call back API to give the possibility to
-      start again the Transmission under the Tx call back API */
-      __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
-
-      HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback(hcec);
-
-      return HAL_OK;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      if (hcec->TxXferCount == 1)
-      {
-        /* if this is the last byte transmission, set TX End of Message (TXEOM) bit */
-        __HAL_CEC_LAST_BYTE_TX_SET(hcec);
-      }
-      /* clear Tx-Byte request flag */
-       __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_TXBR);
-       hcec->Instance->TXDR = *hcec->pTxBuffPtr++;
-      hcec->TxXferCount--;
-
-      /* Process Unlocked */
-      __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
-
-      return HAL_OK;
-    }
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Receive data in interrupt mode.
-  * @param hcec: CEC handle
-  * @param pData: pointer to received data buffer.
-  * Note that the received data size is not known beforehand, the latter is known
-  * when the reception is complete and is stored in hcec->RxXferSize.
-  * hcec->RxXferSize is the sum of opcodes + operands (0 to 14 operands max).
-  * If only a header is received, hcec->RxXferSize = 0
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_Receive_IT(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec, uint8_t *pData)
-{
-  if(hcec->State == HAL_CEC_STATE_READY)
-  {
-    if(pData == NULL )
-    {
-      hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_ERROR;
-      return HAL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hcec);
-    hcec->RxXferSize = 0;
-    hcec->pRxBuffPtr = pData;
-    hcec->ErrorCode = HAL_CEC_ERROR_NONE;
-    /* the IP is moving to a ready to receive state */
-    hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_STANDBY_RX;
-
-    /* Disable Peripheral to write CEC_IER register */
-    __HAL_CEC_DISABLE(hcec);
-
-    /* Enable the following CEC Reception Error Interrupts:
-     * Rx overrun
-     * Rx bit rising error
-     * Rx short bit period error
-     * Rx long bit period error
-     * Rx missing acknowledge  */
-    __HAL_CEC_ENABLE_IT(hcec, CEC_IER_RX_ALL_ERR);
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
-
-    /* Enable the following two CEC Reception interrupts:
-     * Rx Byte Received IT
-     * End of Reception IT */
-    __HAL_CEC_ENABLE_IT(hcec, CEC_IT_RXBR|CEC_IT_RXEND);
-
-    __HAL_CEC_ENABLE(hcec);
-
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Get size of the received frame.
-  * @param hcec: CEC handle
-  * @retval Frame size
-  */
-uint32_t HAL_CEC_GetReceivedFrameSize(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
-{
-  return hcec->RxXferSize;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief This function handles CEC interrupt requests.
-  * @param hcec: CEC handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_CEC_IRQHandler(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
-{
-  /* save interrupts register for further error or interrupts handling purposes */
-  hcec->ErrorCode = hcec->Instance->ISR;
-  /* CEC TX missing acknowledge error interrupt occurred -------------------------------------*/
-  if((__HAL_CEC_GET_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_TXACKE) != RESET) && (__HAL_CEC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcec, CEC_IT_TXACKE) != RESET))
-  {
-    __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_TXACKE);
-    hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* CEC transmit error interrupt occurred --------------------------------------*/
-  if((__HAL_CEC_GET_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_TXERR) != RESET) && (__HAL_CEC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcec, CEC_IT_TXERR) != RESET))
-  {
-    __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_TXERR);
-    hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* CEC TX underrun error interrupt occurred --------------------------------------*/
-  if((__HAL_CEC_GET_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_TXUDR) != RESET) && (__HAL_CEC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcec, CEC_IT_TXUDR) != RESET))
-  {
-    __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_TXUDR);
-    hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* CEC TX arbitration error interrupt occurred --------------------------------------*/
-  if((__HAL_CEC_GET_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_ARBLST) != RESET) && (__HAL_CEC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcec, CEC_IT_ARBLST) != RESET))
-  {
-    __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_ARBLST);
-    hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* CEC RX overrun error interrupt occurred --------------------------------------*/
-  if((__HAL_CEC_GET_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_RXOVR) != RESET) && (__HAL_CEC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcec, CEC_IT_RXOVR) != RESET))
-  {
-    __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_RXOVR);
-    hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* CEC RX bit rising error interrupt occurred --------------------------------------*/
-  if((__HAL_CEC_GET_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_BRE) != RESET) && (__HAL_CEC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcec, CEC_IT_BRE) != RESET))
-  {
-    __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_BRE);
-    hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* CEC RX short bit period error interrupt occurred --------------------------------------*/
-  if((__HAL_CEC_GET_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_SBPE) != RESET) && (__HAL_CEC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcec, CEC_IT_SBPE) != RESET))
-  {
-    __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_SBPE);
-    hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* CEC RX long bit period error interrupt occurred --------------------------------------*/
-  if((__HAL_CEC_GET_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_LBPE) != RESET) && (__HAL_CEC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcec, CEC_IT_LBPE) != RESET))
-  {
-    __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_LBPE);
-    hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* CEC RX missing acknowledge error interrupt occurred --------------------------------------*/
-  if((__HAL_CEC_GET_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_RXACKE) != RESET) && (__HAL_CEC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcec, CEC_IT_RXACKE) != RESET))
-  {
-    __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_RXACKE);
-    hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if ((hcec->ErrorCode & CEC_ISR_ALL_ERROR) != 0)
-  {
-    HAL_CEC_ErrorCallback(hcec);
-  }
-
-  /* CEC RX byte received interrupt  ---------------------------------------------------*/
-  if((__HAL_CEC_GET_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_RXBR) != RESET) && (__HAL_CEC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcec, CEC_IT_RXBR) != RESET))
-  {
-    /* RXBR IT is cleared during HAL_CEC_Transmit_IT processing */
-    CEC_Receive_IT(hcec);
-  }
-
-  /* CEC RX end received interrupt  ---------------------------------------------------*/
-  if((__HAL_CEC_GET_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_RXEND) != RESET) && (__HAL_CEC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcec, CEC_IT_RXEND) != RESET))
-  {
-    /* RXBR IT is cleared during HAL_CEC_Transmit_IT processing */
-    CEC_Receive_IT(hcec);
-  }
-
-
-  /* CEC TX byte request interrupt ------------------------------------------------*/
-  if((__HAL_CEC_GET_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_TXBR) != RESET) &&(__HAL_CEC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcec, CEC_IT_TXBR) != RESET))
-  {
-    /* TXBR IT is cleared during HAL_CEC_Transmit_IT processing */
-    CEC_Transmit_IT(hcec);
-  }
-
-  /* CEC TX end interrupt ------------------------------------------------*/
-  if((__HAL_CEC_GET_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_TXEND) != RESET) &&(__HAL_CEC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hcec, CEC_IT_TXEND) != RESET))
-  {
-   /* TXEND IT is cleared during HAL_CEC_Transmit_IT processing */
-    CEC_Transmit_IT(hcec);
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Tx Transfer completed callback
-  * @param hcec: CEC handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
- __weak void HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Rx Transfer completed callback
-  * @param hcec: CEC handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief CEC error callbacks
-  * @param hcec: CEC handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
- __weak void HAL_CEC_ErrorCallback(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_CEC_ErrorCallback can be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup CEC_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control function
-  *  @brief   CEC control functions
-  *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-                      ##### Peripheral Control function #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]
-    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the CEC.
-     (+) HAL_CEC_GetState() API can be helpful to check in run-time the state of the CEC peripheral.
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-/**
-  * @brief return the CEC state
-  * @param hcec: CEC handle
-  * @retval HAL state
-  */
-HAL_CEC_StateTypeDef HAL_CEC_GetState(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
-{
-  return hcec->State;
-}
-
-/**
-* @brief  Return the CEC error code
-* @param  hcec : pointer to a CEC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *              the configuration information for the specified CEC.
-* @retval CEC Error Code
-*/
-uint32_t HAL_CEC_GetError(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
-{
-  return hcec->ErrorCode;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief Send data in interrupt mode
-  * @param hcec: CEC handle.
-  *         Function called under interruption only, once
-  *         interruptions have been enabled by HAL_CEC_Transmit_IT()
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef CEC_Transmit_IT(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
-{
-  /* if the IP is already busy or if there is a previous transmission
-     already pending due to arbitration loss */
-  if ((hcec->State == HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY_TX)
-        || (__HAL_CEC_GET_TRANSMISSION_START_FLAG(hcec) != RESET))
-  {
-    __HAL_LOCK(hcec);
-    /* set state to BUSY TX, in case it wasn't set already (case
-     * of transmission new attempt after arbitration loss) */
-    if (hcec->State != HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY_TX)
-    {
-      hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY_TX;
-    }
-
-    /* if all data have been sent */
-    if(hcec->TxXferCount == 0)
-    {
-      /* Disable Peripheral to write CEC_IER register */
-      __HAL_CEC_DISABLE(hcec);
-
-      /* Disable the CEC Transmission Interrupts */
-      __HAL_CEC_DISABLE_IT(hcec, CEC_IT_TXBR|CEC_IT_TXEND);
-      /* Disable the CEC Transmission Error Interrupts */
-      __HAL_CEC_DISABLE_IT(hcec, CEC_IER_TX_ALL_ERR);
-
-      /* Enable the Peripheral */
-      __HAL_CEC_ENABLE(hcec);
-
-      __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec,CEC_FLAG_TXBR|CEC_FLAG_TXEND);
-
-      hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY;
-      /* Call the Process Unlocked before calling the Tx call back API to give the possibility to
-      start again the Transmission under the Tx call back API */
-      __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
-
-      HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback(hcec);
-
-      return HAL_OK;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      if (hcec->TxXferCount == 1)
-      {
-        /* if this is the last byte transmission, set TX End of Message (TXEOM) bit */
-        __HAL_CEC_LAST_BYTE_TX_SET(hcec);
-      }
-      /* clear Tx-Byte request flag */
-       __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec,CEC_FLAG_TXBR);
-       hcec->Instance->TXDR = *hcec->pTxBuffPtr++;
-      hcec->TxXferCount--;
-
-      /* Process Unlocked */
-      __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
-
-      return HAL_OK;
-    }
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-}
-
-
-/**
-  * @brief Receive data in interrupt mode.
-  * @param hcec: CEC handle.
-  *         Function called under interruption only, once
-  *         interruptions have been enabled by HAL_CEC_Receive_IT()
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef CEC_Receive_IT(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
-{
-  uint32_t tempisr;
-
-  /* Three different conditions are tested to carry out the RX IT processing:
-   * - the IP is in reception stand-by (the IP state is HAL_CEC_STATE_STANDBY_RX) and
-   *   the reception of the first byte is starting
-   * - a message reception is already on-going (the IP state is HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY_RX)
-   *   and a new byte is being received
-   * - a transmission has just been started (the IP state is HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY_TX)
-   *   but has been interrupted by a new message reception or discarded due to
-   *   arbitration loss: the reception of the first or higher priority message
-   *   (the arbitration winner) is starting */
-  if ((hcec->State == HAL_CEC_STATE_STANDBY_RX)
-  ||  (hcec->State == HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY_RX)
-  ||  (hcec->State == HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY_TX))
-  {
-    /* reception is starting */
-    hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY_RX;
-    tempisr =  (uint32_t) (hcec->Instance->ISR);
-    if ((tempisr & CEC_FLAG_RXBR) != 0)
-    {
-      /* Process Locked */
-      __HAL_LOCK(hcec);
-      /* read received byte */
-      *hcec->pRxBuffPtr++ = hcec->Instance->RXDR;
-      /* if last byte has been received */
-      if ((tempisr & CEC_FLAG_RXEND) != 0)
-      {
-        /* clear IT */
-        __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_RXBR|CEC_FLAG_RXEND);
-        /* RX interrupts are not disabled at this point.
-         * Indeed, to disable the IT, the IP must be disabled first
-         * which resets the TXSOM flag. In case of arbitration loss,
-         * this leads to a transmission abort.
-         * Therefore, RX interruptions disabling if so required,
-         * is done in HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback */
-
-        /* IP state is moved to READY.
-         * If the IP must remain in standby mode to listen
-         * any new message, it is up to HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback
-         * to move it again to HAL_CEC_STATE_STANDBY_RX */
-        hcec->State = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY;
-
-        /* Call the Process Unlocked before calling the Rx call back API */
-        __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
-        HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback(hcec);
-
-        return HAL_OK;
-      }
-      __HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_RXBR);
-
-      hcec->RxXferSize++;
-      /* Process Unlocked */
-      __HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
-
-      return HAL_OK;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      return HAL_BUSY;
-    }
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-}
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-#endif /* HAL_CEC_MODULE_ENABLED */
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_cortex.c b/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_cortex.c
deleted file mode 100644
index e8008351e1..0000000000
--- a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_cortex.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,483 +0,0 @@
-/**
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @file    stm32f7xx_hal_cortex.c
-  * @author  MCD Application Team
-  * @version V1.0.1
-  * @date    25-June-2015
-  * @brief   CORTEX HAL module driver.
-  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
-  *          functionalities of the CORTEX:
-  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
-  *           + Peripheral Control functions
-  *
-  @verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                        ##### How to use this driver #####
-  ==============================================================================
-
-    [..]
-    *** How to configure Interrupts using CORTEX HAL driver ***
-    ===========================================================
-    [..]
-    This section provides functions allowing to configure the NVIC interrupts (IRQ).
-    The Cortex-M4 exceptions are managed by CMSIS functions.
-
-    (#) Configure the NVIC Priority Grouping using HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping()
-        function according to the following table.
-    (#) Configure the priority of the selected IRQ Channels using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority().
-    (#) Enable the selected IRQ Channels using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ().
-    (#) please refer to programming manual for details in how to configure priority.
-
-     -@- When the NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0 is selected, IRQ preemption is no more possible.
-         The pending IRQ priority will be managed only by the sub priority.
-
-     -@- IRQ priority order (sorted by highest to lowest priority):
-        (+@) Lowest preemption priority
-        (+@) Lowest sub priority
-        (+@) Lowest hardware priority (IRQ number)
-
-    [..]
-    *** How to configure Systick using CORTEX HAL driver ***
-    ========================================================
-    [..]
-    Setup SysTick Timer for time base.
-
-   (+) The HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function calls the SysTick_Config() function which
-       is a CMSIS function that:
-        (++) Configures the SysTick Reload register with value passed as function parameter.
-        (++) Configures the SysTick IRQ priority to the lowest value (0x0F).
-        (++) Resets the SysTick Counter register.
-        (++) Configures the SysTick Counter clock source to be Core Clock Source (HCLK).
-        (++) Enables the SysTick Interrupt.
-        (++) Starts the SysTick Counter.
-
-   (+) You can change the SysTick Clock source to be HCLK_Div8 by calling the macro
-       __HAL_CORTEX_SYSTICKCLK_CONFIG(SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8) just after the
-       HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function call. The __HAL_CORTEX_SYSTICKCLK_CONFIG() macro is defined
-       inside the stm32f7xx_hal_cortex.h file.
-
-   (+) You can change the SysTick IRQ priority by calling the
-       HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(SysTick_IRQn,...) function just after the HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function
-       call. The HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() call the NVIC_SetPriority() function which is a CMSIS function.
-
-   (+) To adjust the SysTick time base, use the following formula:
-
-       Reload Value = SysTick Counter Clock (Hz) x  Desired Time base (s)
-       (++) Reload Value is the parameter to be passed for HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function
-       (++) Reload Value should not exceed 0xFFFFFF
-
-  @endverbatim
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @attention
-  *
-  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
-  *
-  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
-  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
-  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
-  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
-  *      without specific prior written permission.
-  *
-  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
-  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
-  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
-  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
-  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
-  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
-  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
-  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
-  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
-  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-  *
-  ******************************************************************************
-  */
-
-/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
-
-/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup CORTEX CORTEX
-  * @brief CORTEX HAL module driver
-  * @{
-  */
-
-#ifdef HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED
-
-/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/** @defgroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions CORTEX Exported Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-
-
-/** @defgroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
- *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions
- *
-@verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-              ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
-  ==============================================================================
-    [..]
-      This section provides the CORTEX HAL driver functions allowing to configure Interrupts
-      Systick functionalities
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Sets the priority grouping field (preemption priority and subpriority)
-  *         using the required unlock sequence.
-  * @param  PriorityGroup: The priority grouping bits length.
-  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *         @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0: 0 bits for preemption priority
-  *                                    4 bits for subpriority
-  *         @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_1: 1 bits for preemption priority
-  *                                    3 bits for subpriority
-  *         @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_2: 2 bits for preemption priority
-  *                                    2 bits for subpriority
-  *         @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_3: 3 bits for preemption priority
-  *                                    1 bits for subpriority
-  *         @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4: 4 bits for preemption priority
-  *                                    0 bits for subpriority
-  * @note   When the NVIC_PriorityGroup_0 is selected, IRQ preemption is no more possible.
-  *         The pending IRQ priority will be managed only by the subpriority.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping(uint32_t PriorityGroup)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_NVIC_PRIORITY_GROUP(PriorityGroup));
-
-  /* Set the PRIGROUP[10:8] bits according to the PriorityGroup parameter value */
-  NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping(PriorityGroup);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Sets the priority of an interrupt.
-  * @param  IRQn: External interrupt number.
-  *         This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
-  *         (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f7xxxx.h))
-  * @param  PreemptPriority: The preemption priority for the IRQn channel.
-  *         This parameter can be a value between 0 and 15
-  *         A lower priority value indicates a higher priority
-  * @param  SubPriority: the subpriority level for the IRQ channel.
-  *         This parameter can be a value between 0 and 15
-  *         A lower priority value indicates a higher priority.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn, uint32_t PreemptPriority, uint32_t SubPriority)
-{
-  uint32_t prioritygroup = 0x00;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_NVIC_SUB_PRIORITY(SubPriority));
-  assert_param(IS_NVIC_PREEMPTION_PRIORITY(PreemptPriority));
-
-  prioritygroup = NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping();
-
-  NVIC_SetPriority(IRQn, NVIC_EncodePriority(prioritygroup, PreemptPriority, SubPriority));
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Enables a device specific interrupt in the NVIC interrupt controller.
-  * @note   To configure interrupts priority correctly, the NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig()
-  *         function should be called before.
-  * @param  IRQn External interrupt number.
-  *         This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
-  *         (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f7xxxx.h))
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
-
-  /* Enable interrupt */
-  NVIC_EnableIRQ(IRQn);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Disables a device specific interrupt in the NVIC interrupt controller.
-  * @param  IRQn External interrupt number.
-  *         This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
-  *         (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f7xxxx.h))
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_NVIC_DisableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
-
-  /* Disable interrupt */
-  NVIC_DisableIRQ(IRQn);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initiates a system reset request to reset the MCU.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_NVIC_SystemReset(void)
-{
-  /* System Reset */
-  NVIC_SystemReset();
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the System Timer and its interrupt, and starts the System Tick Timer.
-  *         Counter is in free running mode to generate periodic interrupts.
-  * @param  TicksNumb: Specifies the ticks Number of ticks between two interrupts.
-  * @retval status:  - 0  Function succeeded.
-  *                  - 1  Function failed.
-  */
-uint32_t HAL_SYSTICK_Config(uint32_t TicksNumb)
-{
-   return SysTick_Config(TicksNumb);
-}
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions
- *  @brief   Cortex control functions
- *
-@verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                      ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
-  ==============================================================================
-    [..]
-      This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the CORTEX
-      (NVIC, SYSTICK, MPU) functionalities.
-
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-#if (__MPU_PRESENT == 1)
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes and configures the Region and the memory to be protected.
-  * @param  MPU_Init: Pointer to a MPU_Region_InitTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the initialization and configuration information.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_MPU_ConfigRegion(MPU_Region_InitTypeDef *MPU_Init)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_NUMBER(MPU_Init->Number));
-  assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_ENABLE(MPU_Init->Enable));
-
-  /* Set the Region number */
-  MPU->RNR = MPU_Init->Number;
-
-  if ((MPU_Init->Enable) != RESET)
-  {
-    /* Check the parameters */
-    assert_param(IS_MPU_INSTRUCTION_ACCESS(MPU_Init->DisableExec));
-    assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_PERMISSION_ATTRIBUTE(MPU_Init->AccessPermission));
-    assert_param(IS_MPU_TEX_LEVEL(MPU_Init->TypeExtField));
-    assert_param(IS_MPU_ACCESS_SHAREABLE(MPU_Init->IsShareable));
-    assert_param(IS_MPU_ACCESS_CACHEABLE(MPU_Init->IsCacheable));
-    assert_param(IS_MPU_ACCESS_BUFFERABLE(MPU_Init->IsBufferable));
-    assert_param(IS_MPU_SUB_REGION_DISABLE(MPU_Init->SubRegionDisable));
-    assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_SIZE(MPU_Init->Size));
-
-    MPU->RBAR = MPU_Init->BaseAddress;
-    MPU->RASR = ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->DisableExec             << MPU_RASR_XN_Pos)   |
-                ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->AccessPermission        << MPU_RASR_AP_Pos)   |
-                ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->TypeExtField            << MPU_RASR_TEX_Pos)  |
-                ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->IsShareable             << MPU_RASR_S_Pos)    |
-                ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->IsCacheable             << MPU_RASR_C_Pos)    |
-                ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->IsBufferable            << MPU_RASR_B_Pos)    |
-                ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->SubRegionDisable        << MPU_RASR_SRD_Pos)  |
-                ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->Size                    << MPU_RASR_SIZE_Pos) |
-                ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->Enable                  << MPU_RASR_ENABLE_Pos);
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    MPU->RBAR = 0x00;
-    MPU->RASR = 0x00;
-  }
-}
-#endif /* __MPU_PRESENT */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Gets the priority grouping field from the NVIC Interrupt Controller.
-  * @retval Priority grouping field (SCB->AIRCR [10:8] PRIGROUP field)
-  */
-uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping(void)
-{
-  /* Get the PRIGROUP[10:8] field value */
-  return NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping();
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Gets the priority of an interrupt.
-  * @param  IRQn: External interrupt number.
-  *         This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
-  *         (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f7xxxx.h))
-  * @param   PriorityGroup: the priority grouping bits length.
-  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *           @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0: 0 bits for preemption priority
-  *                                      4 bits for subpriority
-  *           @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_1: 1 bits for preemption priority
-  *                                      3 bits for subpriority
-  *           @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_2: 2 bits for preemption priority
-  *                                      2 bits for subpriority
-  *           @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_3: 3 bits for preemption priority
-  *                                      1 bits for subpriority
-  *           @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4: 4 bits for preemption priority
-  *                                      0 bits for subpriority
-  * @param  pPreemptPriority: Pointer on the Preemptive priority value (starting from 0).
-  * @param  pSubPriority: Pointer on the Subpriority value (starting from 0).
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_NVIC_GetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn, uint32_t PriorityGroup, uint32_t *pPreemptPriority, uint32_t *pSubPriority)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_NVIC_PRIORITY_GROUP(PriorityGroup));
- /* Get priority for Cortex-M system or device specific interrupts */
-  NVIC_DecodePriority(NVIC_GetPriority(IRQn), PriorityGroup, pPreemptPriority, pSubPriority);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Sets Pending bit of an external interrupt.
-  * @param  IRQn External interrupt number
-  *         This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
-  *         (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f7xxxx.h))
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_NVIC_SetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
-
-  /* Set interrupt pending */
-  NVIC_SetPendingIRQ(IRQn);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Gets Pending Interrupt (reads the pending register in the NVIC
-  *         and returns the pending bit for the specified interrupt).
-  * @param  IRQn External interrupt number.
-  *          This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
-  *         (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f7xxxx.h))
-  * @retval status: - 0  Interrupt status is not pending.
-  *                 - 1  Interrupt status is pending.
-  */
-uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
-
-  /* Return 1 if pending else 0 */
-  return NVIC_GetPendingIRQ(IRQn);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Clears the pending bit of an external interrupt.
-  * @param  IRQn External interrupt number.
-  *         This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
-  *         (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f7xxxx.h))
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
-
-  /* Clear pending interrupt */
-  NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(IRQn);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Gets active interrupt ( reads the active register in NVIC and returns the active bit).
-  * @param IRQn External interrupt number
-  *         This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
-  *         (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f7xxxx.h))
-  * @retval status: - 0  Interrupt status is not pending.
-  *                 - 1  Interrupt status is pending.
-  */
-uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetActive(IRQn_Type IRQn)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
-
-  /* Return 1 if active else 0 */
-  return NVIC_GetActive(IRQn);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Configures the SysTick clock source.
-  * @param  CLKSource: specifies the SysTick clock source.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *             @arg SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8: AHB clock divided by 8 selected as SysTick clock source.
-  *             @arg SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK: AHB clock selected as SysTick clock source.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_SYSTICK_CLKSourceConfig(uint32_t CLKSource)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_SYSTICK_CLK_SOURCE(CLKSource));
-  if (CLKSource == SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK)
-  {
-    SysTick->CTRL |= SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    SysTick->CTRL &= ~SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  This function handles SYSTICK interrupt request.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_SYSTICK_IRQHandler(void)
-{
-  HAL_SYSTICK_Callback();
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  SYSTICK callback.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_SYSTICK_Callback(void)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_SYSTICK_Callback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-#endif /* HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED */
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_crc.c b/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_crc.c
deleted file mode 100644
index e4c1686665..0000000000
--- a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_crc.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,509 +0,0 @@
-/**
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @file    stm32f7xx_hal_crc.c
-  * @author  MCD Application Team
-  * @version V1.0.1
-  * @date    25-June-2015
-  * @brief   CRC HAL module driver.
-  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
-  *          functionalities of the Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) peripheral:
-  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
-  *           + Peripheral Control functions
-  *           + Peripheral State functions
-  *
-  @verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-                     ##### CRC How to use this driver #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]
-
-    (#) Enable CRC AHB clock using __HAL_RCC_CRC_CLK_ENABLE();
-
-    (#) Initialize CRC calculator
-         (++) specify generating polynomial (IP default or non-default one)
-         (++) specify initialization value (IP default or non-default one)
-         (++) specify input data format
-         (++) specify input or output data inversion mode if any
-
-    (#) Use HAL_CRC_Accumulate() function to compute the CRC value of the
-        input data buffer starting with the previously computed CRC as
-        initialization value
-
-    (#) Use HAL_CRC_Calculate() function to compute the CRC value of the
-        input data buffer starting with the defined initialization value
-        (default or non-default) to initiate CRC calculation
-
-  @endverbatim
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @attention
-  *
-  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
-  *
-  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
-  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
-  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
-  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
-  *      without specific prior written permission.
-  *
-  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
-  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
-  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
-  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
-  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
-  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
-  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
-  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
-  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
-  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-  *
-  ******************************************************************************
-  */
-
-/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
-
-/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup CRC CRC
-  * @brief CRC HAL module driver.
-  * @{
-  */
-
-#ifdef HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED
-
-/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
-static uint32_t CRC_Handle_8(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint8_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength);
-static uint32_t CRC_Handle_16(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint16_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength);
-/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/** @defgroup CRC_Exported_Functions CRC Exported Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup HAL_CRC_Group1 Initialization/de-initialization functions
- *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions.
- *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-            ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
-      (+) Initialize the CRC according to the specified parameters
-          in the CRC_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle
-      (+) DeInitialize the CRC peripheral
-      (+) Initialize the CRC MSP
-      (+) DeInitialize CRC MSP
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the CRC according to the specified
-  *         parameters in the CRC_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle.
-  * @param  hcrc: CRC handle
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRC_Init(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc)
-{
-  /* Check the CRC handle allocation */
-  if(hcrc == NULL)
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_CRC_ALL_INSTANCE(hcrc->Instance));
-
-  if(hcrc->State == HAL_CRC_STATE_RESET)
-  {
-    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
-    hcrc->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
-    /* Init the low level hardware */
-    HAL_CRC_MspInit(hcrc);
-  }
-
-  /* Change CRC peripheral state */
-  hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* check whether or not non-default generating polynomial has been
-   * picked up by user */
-  assert_param(IS_DEFAULT_POLYNOMIAL(hcrc->Init.DefaultPolynomialUse));
-  if (hcrc->Init.DefaultPolynomialUse == DEFAULT_POLYNOMIAL_ENABLE)
-  {
-    /* initialize IP with default generating polynomial */
-    WRITE_REG(hcrc->Instance->POL, DEFAULT_CRC32_POLY);
-    MODIFY_REG(hcrc->Instance->CR, CRC_CR_POLYSIZE, CRC_POLYLENGTH_32B);
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    /* initialize CRC IP with generating polynomial defined by user */
-    if (HAL_CRCEx_Polynomial_Set(hcrc, hcrc->Init.GeneratingPolynomial, hcrc->Init.CRCLength) != HAL_OK)
-    {
-      return HAL_ERROR;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* check whether or not non-default CRC initial value has been
-   * picked up by user */
-  assert_param(IS_DEFAULT_INIT_VALUE(hcrc->Init.DefaultInitValueUse));
-  if (hcrc->Init.DefaultInitValueUse == DEFAULT_INIT_VALUE_ENABLE)
-  {
-    WRITE_REG(hcrc->Instance->INIT, DEFAULT_CRC_INITVALUE);
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    WRITE_REG(hcrc->Instance->INIT, hcrc->Init.InitValue);
-  }
-
-
-  /* set input data inversion mode */
-  assert_param(IS_CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_MODE(hcrc->Init.InputDataInversionMode));
-  MODIFY_REG(hcrc->Instance->CR, CRC_CR_REV_IN, hcrc->Init.InputDataInversionMode);
-
-  /* set output data inversion mode */
-  assert_param(IS_CRC_OUTPUTDATA_INVERSION_MODE(hcrc->Init.OutputDataInversionMode));
-  MODIFY_REG(hcrc->Instance->CR, CRC_CR_REV_OUT, hcrc->Init.OutputDataInversionMode);
-
-  /* makes sure the input data format (bytes, halfwords or words stream)
-   * is properly specified by user */
-  assert_param(IS_CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT(hcrc->InputDataFormat));
-
-  /* Change CRC peripheral state */
-  hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  DeInitializes the CRC peripheral.
-  * @param  hcrc: CRC handle
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRC_DeInit(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc)
-{
-  /* Check the CRC handle allocation */
-  if(hcrc == NULL)
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_CRC_ALL_INSTANCE(hcrc->Instance));
-
-  /* Check the CRC peripheral state */
-  if(hcrc->State == HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY)
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-
-  /* Change CRC peripheral state */
-  hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Reset CRC calculation unit */
-  __HAL_CRC_DR_RESET(hcrc);
-
-  /* DeInit the low level hardware */
-  HAL_CRC_MspDeInit(hcrc);
-
-  /* Change CRC peripheral state */
-  hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_RESET;
-
-  /* Process unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hcrc);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the CRC MSP.
-  * @param  hcrc: CRC handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_CRC_MspInit(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_CRC_MspInit can be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  DeInitializes the CRC MSP.
-  * @param  hcrc: CRC handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_CRC_MspDeInit(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_CRC_MspDeInit can be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup HAL_CRC_Group2 Peripheral Control functions
- *  @brief   Peripheral Control functions
- *
-@verbatim
- ==============================================================================
-                      ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
- ==============================================================================
-    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
-      (+) Compute the 7, 8, 16 or 32-bit CRC value of an 8, 16 or 32-bit data buffer
-          using combination of the previous CRC value and the new one.
-
-          or
-
-      (+) Compute the 7, 8, 16 or 32-bit CRC value of an 8, 16 or 32-bit data buffer
-          independently of the previous CRC value.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Compute the 7, 8, 16 or 32-bit CRC value of an 8, 16 or 32-bit data buffer
-  *         starting with the previously computed CRC as initialization value.
-  * @param  hcrc: CRC handle
-  * @param  pBuffer: pointer to the input data buffer, exact input data format is
-  *         provided by hcrc->InputDataFormat.
-  * @param  BufferLength: input data buffer length
-  * @retval uint32_t CRC (returned value LSBs for CRC shorter than 32 bits)
-  */
-uint32_t HAL_CRC_Accumulate(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength)
-{
-  uint32_t index = 0; /* CRC input data buffer index */
-  uint32_t temp = 0;  /* CRC output (read from hcrc->Instance->DR register) */
-
-  /* Process locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hcrc);
-
-  /* Change CRC peripheral state */
-  hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  switch (hcrc->InputDataFormat)
-  {
-    case CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_WORDS:
-      /* Enter Data to the CRC calculator */
-      for(index = 0; index < BufferLength; index++)
-      {
-        hcrc->Instance->DR = pBuffer[index];
-      }
-      temp = hcrc->Instance->DR;
-      break;
-
-    case CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_BYTES:
-      temp = CRC_Handle_8(hcrc, (uint8_t*)pBuffer, BufferLength);
-      break;
-
-    case CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_HALFWORDS:
-      temp = CRC_Handle_16(hcrc, (uint16_t*)pBuffer, BufferLength);
-      break;
-    default:
-      break;
-  }
-
-  /* Change CRC peripheral state */
-  hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hcrc);
-
-  /* Return the CRC computed value */
-  return temp;
-}
-
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Compute the 7, 8, 16 or 32-bit CRC value of an 8, 16 or 32-bit data buffer
-  *         starting with hcrc->Instance->INIT as initialization value.
-  * @param  hcrc: CRC handle
-  * @param  pBuffer: pointer to the input data buffer, exact input data format is
-  *         provided by hcrc->InputDataFormat.
-  * @param  BufferLength: input data buffer length
-  * @retval uint32_t CRC (returned value LSBs for CRC shorter than 32 bits)
-  */
-uint32_t HAL_CRC_Calculate(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength)
-{
-  uint32_t index = 0; /* CRC input data buffer index */
-  uint32_t temp = 0;  /* CRC output (read from hcrc->Instance->DR register) */
-
-  /* Process locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hcrc);
-
-  /* Change CRC peripheral state */
-  hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Reset CRC Calculation Unit (hcrc->Instance->INIT is
-  *  written in hcrc->Instance->DR) */
-  __HAL_CRC_DR_RESET(hcrc);
-
-  switch (hcrc->InputDataFormat)
-  {
-    case CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_WORDS:
-      /* Enter 32-bit input data to the CRC calculator */
-      for(index = 0; index < BufferLength; index++)
-      {
-        hcrc->Instance->DR = pBuffer[index];
-      }
-      temp = hcrc->Instance->DR;
-      break;
-
-    case CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_BYTES:
-      /* Specific 8-bit input data handling  */
-      temp = CRC_Handle_8(hcrc, (uint8_t*)pBuffer, BufferLength);
-      break;
-
-    case CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_HALFWORDS:
-      /* Specific 16-bit input data handling  */
-      temp = CRC_Handle_16(hcrc, (uint16_t*)pBuffer, BufferLength);
-      break;
-    default:
-      break;
-  }
-
-  /* Change CRC peripheral state */
-  hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hcrc);
-
-  /* Return the CRC computed value */
-  return temp;
-}
-
-
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Enter 8-bit input data to the CRC calculator.
-  *         Specific data handling to optimize processing time.
-  * @param  hcrc: CRC handle
-  * @param  pBuffer: pointer to the input data buffer
-  * @param  BufferLength: input data buffer length
-  * @retval uint32_t CRC (returned value LSBs for CRC shorter than 32 bits)
-  */
-static uint32_t CRC_Handle_8(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint8_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength)
-{
-  uint32_t i = 0; /* input data buffer index */
-
-   /* Processing time optimization: 4 bytes are entered in a row with a single word write,
-    * last bytes must be carefully fed to the CRC calculator to ensure a correct type
-    * handling by the IP */
-   for(i = 0; i < (BufferLength/4); i++)
-   {
-     hcrc->Instance->DR = (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)(pBuffer[4*i])<<24) | ((uint32_t)(pBuffer[4*i+1])<<16) | ((uint32_t)(pBuffer[4*i+2])<<8) | (uint32_t)(pBuffer[4*i+3]));
-   }
-   /* last bytes specific handling */
-   if ((BufferLength%4) != 0)
-   {
-     if  (BufferLength%4 == 1)
-     {
-       *(__IO uint8_t*) (&hcrc->Instance->DR) = pBuffer[4*i];
-     }
-     if  (BufferLength%4 == 2)
-     {
-       *(__IO uint32_t*) (&hcrc->Instance->DR) = (uint16_t)(((uint32_t)(pBuffer[4*i])<<8) | (uint32_t)(pBuffer[4*i+1]));
-     }
-     if  (BufferLength%4 == 3)
-     {
-       *(__IO uint32_t*) (&hcrc->Instance->DR) = (uint16_t)(((uint32_t)(pBuffer[4*i])<<8) | (uint32_t)(pBuffer[4*i+1]));
-       *(__IO uint32_t*) (&hcrc->Instance->DR) = pBuffer[4*i+2];
-     }
-   }
-
-  /* Return the CRC computed value */
-  return hcrc->Instance->DR;
-}
-
-
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Enter 16-bit input data to the CRC calculator.
-  *         Specific data handling to optimize processing time.
-  * @param  hcrc: CRC handle
-  * @param  pBuffer: pointer to the input data buffer
-  * @param  BufferLength: input data buffer length
-  * @retval uint32_t CRC (returned value LSBs for CRC shorter than 32 bits)
-  */
-static uint32_t CRC_Handle_16(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint16_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength)
-{
-  uint32_t i = 0;  /* input data buffer index */
-
-  /* Processing time optimization: 2 HalfWords are entered in a row with a single word write,
-   * in case of odd length, last HalfWord must be carefully fed to the CRC calculator to ensure
-   * a correct type handling by the IP */
-  for(i = 0; i < (BufferLength/2); i++)
-  {
-    hcrc->Instance->DR = (((uint32_t)(pBuffer[2*i])<<16) | (uint32_t)(pBuffer[2*i+1]));
-  }
-  if ((BufferLength%2) != 0)
-  {
-       *(__IO uint32_t*) (&hcrc->Instance->DR) = pBuffer[2*i];
-  }
-
-  /* Return the CRC computed value */
-  return hcrc->Instance->DR;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup HAL_CRC_Group3 Peripheral State functions
- *  @brief    Peripheral State functions.
- *
-@verbatim
- ==============================================================================
-                      ##### Peripheral State functions #####
- ==============================================================================
-    [..]
-    This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral
-    and the data flow.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Returns the CRC state.
-  * @param  hcrc: CRC handle
-  * @retval HAL state
-  */
-HAL_CRC_StateTypeDef HAL_CRC_GetState(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc)
-{
-  return hcrc->State;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-#endif /* HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED */
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_crc_ex.c b/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_crc_ex.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 9f6fc82458..0000000000
--- a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_crc_ex.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,241 +0,0 @@
-/**
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @file    stm32f7xx_hal_crc_ex.c
-  * @author  MCD Application Team
-  * @version V1.0.1
-  * @date    25-June-2015
-  * @brief   Extended CRC HAL module driver.
-  *
-  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
-  *          functionalities of the CRC peripheral:
-  *           + Initialization/de-initialization functions
-  *
-  @verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                    ##### CRC specific features #####
-  ==============================================================================
-  [..]
-  (#) Polynomial configuration.
-  (#) Input data reverse mode.
-  (#) Output data reverse mode.
-
-  @endverbatim
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @attention
-  *
-  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
-  *
-  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
-  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
-  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
-  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
-  *      without specific prior written permission.
-  *
-  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
-  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
-  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
-  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
-  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
-  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
-  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
-  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
-  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
-  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-  *
-  ******************************************************************************
-  */
-
-/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
-
-/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @addtogroup CRCEx
-  * @brief CRC Extended HAL module driver
-  * @{
-  */
-
-#ifdef HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED
-
-/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/** @addtogroup CRCEx_Exported_Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @addtogroup CRCEx_Exported_Functions_Group1
- *  @brief    Extended CRC features functions
- *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-            ##### CRC Extended features functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]
-This subsection provides function allowing to:
-      (+) Set CRC polynomial if different from default one.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the CRC polynomial if different from default one.
-  * @param  hcrc: CRC handle
-  * @param  Pol: CRC generating polynomial (7, 8, 16 or 32-bit long)
-  *         This parameter is written in normal representation, e.g.
-  *         for a polynomial of degree 7, X^7 + X^6 + X^5 + X^2 + 1 is written 0x65
-  *         for a polynomial of degree 16, X^16 + X^12 + X^5 + 1 is written 0x1021
-  * @param  PolyLength: CRC polynomial length
-  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *          @arg CRC_POLYLENGTH_7B: 7-bit long CRC (generating polynomial of degree 7)
-  *          @arg CRC_POLYLENGTH_8B: 8-bit long CRC (generating polynomial of degree 8)
-  *          @arg CRC_POLYLENGTH_16B: 16-bit long CRC (generating polynomial of degree 16)
-  *          @arg CRC_POLYLENGTH_32B: 32-bit long CRC (generating polynomial of degree 32)
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRCEx_Polynomial_Set(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t Pol, uint32_t PolyLength)
-{
-  uint32_t msb = 31; /* polynomial degree is 32 at most, so msb is initialized to max value */
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_CRC_POL_LENGTH(PolyLength));
-
-  /* check polynomial definition vs polynomial size:
-   * polynomial length must be aligned with polynomial
-   * definition. HAL_ERROR is reported if Pol degree is
-   * larger than that indicated by PolyLength.
-   * Look for MSB position: msb will contain the degree of
-   *  the second to the largest polynomial member. E.g., for
-   *  X^7 + X^6 + X^5 + X^2 + 1, msb = 6. */
-  while (((Pol & ((uint32_t)(0x1) << msb)) == 0) && (msb-- > 0))
-  {
-  }
-
-  switch (PolyLength)
-  {
-    case CRC_POLYLENGTH_7B:
-      if (msb >= HAL_CRC_LENGTH_7B)
-      {
-        return  HAL_ERROR;
-      }
-      break;
-    case CRC_POLYLENGTH_8B:
-      if (msb >= HAL_CRC_LENGTH_8B)
-      {
-        return  HAL_ERROR;
-      }
-      break;
-    case CRC_POLYLENGTH_16B:
-      if (msb >= HAL_CRC_LENGTH_16B)
-      {
-        return  HAL_ERROR;
-      }
-      break;
-    case CRC_POLYLENGTH_32B:
-      /* no polynomial definition vs. polynomial length issue possible */
-      break;
-  default:
-      break;
-  }
-
-  /* set generating polynomial */
-  WRITE_REG(hcrc->Instance->POL, Pol);
-
-  /* set generating polynomial size */
-  MODIFY_REG(hcrc->Instance->CR, CRC_CR_POLYSIZE, PolyLength);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Set the Reverse Input data mode.
-  * @param  hcrc: CRC handle
-  * @param  InputReverseMode: Input Data inversion mode
-  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *          @arg CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_NONE: no change in bit order (default value)
-  *          @arg CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_BYTE: Byte-wise bit reversal
-  *          @arg CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_HALFWORD: HalfWord-wise bit reversal
-  *          @arg CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_WORD: Word-wise bit reversal
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRCEx_Input_Data_Reverse(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t InputReverseMode)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_MODE(InputReverseMode));
-
-  /* Change CRC peripheral state */
-  hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* set input data inversion mode */
-  MODIFY_REG(hcrc->Instance->CR, CRC_CR_REV_IN, InputReverseMode);
-  /* Change CRC peripheral state */
-  hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Set the Reverse Output data mode.
-  * @param  hcrc: CRC handle
-  * @param  OutputReverseMode: Output Data inversion mode
-  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *          @arg CRC_OUTPUTDATA_INVERSION_DISABLE: no CRC inversion (default value)
-  *          @arg CRC_OUTPUTDATA_INVERSION_ENABLE: bit-level inversion (e.g for a 8-bit CRC: 0xB5 becomes 0xAD)
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRCEx_Output_Data_Reverse(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t OutputReverseMode)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_CRC_OUTPUTDATA_INVERSION_MODE(OutputReverseMode));
-
-  /* Change CRC peripheral state */
-  hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* set output data inversion mode */
-  MODIFY_REG(hcrc->Instance->CR, CRC_CR_REV_OUT, OutputReverseMode);
-
-  /* Change CRC peripheral state */
-  hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-
-
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-
-#endif /* HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED */
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_cryp.c b/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_cryp.c
deleted file mode 100644
index f86011ebd1..0000000000
--- a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_cryp.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3808 +0,0 @@
-/**
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @file    stm32f7xx_hal_cryp.c
-  * @author  MCD Application Team
-  * @version V1.0.1
-  * @date    25-June-2015
-  * @brief   CRYP HAL module driver.
-  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
-  *          functionalities of the Cryptography (CRYP) peripheral:
-  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
-  *           + AES processing functions
-  *           + DES processing functions
-  *           + TDES processing functions
-  *           + DMA callback functions
-  *           + CRYP IRQ handler management
-  *           + Peripheral State functions
-  *
-  @verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                     ##### How to use this driver #####
-  ==============================================================================
-    [..]
-      The CRYP HAL driver can be used as follows:
-
-      (#)Initialize the CRYP low level resources by implementing the HAL_CRYP_MspInit():
-         (##) Enable the CRYP interface clock using __HAL_RCC_CRYP_CLK_ENABLE()
-         (##) In case of using interrupts (e.g. HAL_CRYP_AESECB_Encrypt_IT())
-             (+++) Configure the CRYP interrupt priority using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority()
-             (+++) Enable the CRYP IRQ handler using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ()
-             (+++) In CRYP IRQ handler, call HAL_CRYP_IRQHandler()
-         (##) In case of using DMA to control data transfer (e.g. HAL_CRYP_AESECB_Encrypt_DMA())
-             (+++) Enable the DMAx interface clock using __DMAx_CLK_ENABLE()
-             (+++) Configure and enable two DMA streams one for managing data transfer from
-                 memory to peripheral (input stream) and another stream for managing data
-                 transfer from peripheral to memory (output stream)
-             (+++) Associate the initialized DMA handle to the CRYP DMA handle
-                 using  __HAL_LINKDMA()
-             (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete
-                 interrupt on the two DMA Streams. The output stream should have higher
-                 priority than the input stream HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() and HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ()
-
-      (#)Initialize the CRYP HAL using HAL_CRYP_Init(). This function configures mainly:
-         (##) The data type: 1-bit, 8-bit, 16-bit and 32-bit
-         (##) The key size: 128, 192 and 256. This parameter is relevant only for AES
-         (##) The encryption/decryption key. It's size depends on the algorithm
-              used for encryption/decryption
-         (##) The initialization vector (counter). It is not used ECB mode.
-
-      (#)Three processing (encryption/decryption) functions are available:
-         (##) Polling mode: encryption and decryption APIs are blocking functions
-              i.e. they process the data and wait till the processing is finished,
-              e.g. HAL_CRYP_AESCBC_Encrypt()
-         (##) Interrupt mode: encryption and decryption APIs are not blocking functions
-              i.e. they process the data under interrupt,
-              e.g. HAL_CRYP_AESCBC_Encrypt_IT()
-         (##) DMA mode: encryption and decryption APIs are not blocking functions
-              i.e. the data transfer is ensured by DMA,
-              e.g. HAL_CRYP_AESCBC_Encrypt_DMA()
-
-      (#)When the processing function is called at first time after HAL_CRYP_Init()
-         the CRYP peripheral is initialized and processes the buffer in input.
-         At second call, the processing function performs an append of the already
-         processed buffer.
-         When a new data block is to be processed, call HAL_CRYP_Init() then the
-         processing function.
-
-       (#)Call HAL_CRYP_DeInit() to deinitialize the CRYP peripheral.
-
-  @endverbatim
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @attention
-  *
-  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
-  *
-  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
-  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
-  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
-  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
-  *      without specific prior written permission.
-  *
-  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
-  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
-  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
-  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
-  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
-  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
-  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
-  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
-  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
-  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-  *
-  ******************************************************************************
-  */
-
-/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
-
-/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
-  * @{
-  */
-#if defined(STM32F756xx)
-/** @defgroup CRYP CRYP
-  * @brief CRYP HAL module driver.
-  * @{
-  */
-
-
-#ifdef HAL_CRYP_MODULE_ENABLED
-
-/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/** @addtogroup CRYP_Private_define
-  * @{
-  */
-#define CRYP_TIMEOUT_VALUE  1
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
-/** @addtogroup CRYP_Private_Functions_prototypes
-  * @{
-  */
-static void CRYP_SetInitVector(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *InitVector, uint32_t IVSize);
-static void CRYP_SetKey(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *Key, uint32_t KeySize);
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef CRYP_ProcessData(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t* Input, uint16_t Ilength, uint8_t* Output, uint32_t Timeout);
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef CRYP_ProcessData2Words(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t* Input, uint16_t Ilength, uint8_t* Output, uint32_t Timeout);
-static void CRYP_DMAInCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
-static void CRYP_DMAOutCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
-static void CRYP_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
-static void CRYP_SetDMAConfig(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint32_t inputaddr, uint16_t Size, uint32_t outputaddr);
-static void CRYP_SetTDESECBMode(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint32_t Direction);
-static void CRYP_SetTDESCBCMode(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint32_t Direction);
-static void CRYP_SetDESECBMode(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint32_t Direction);
-static void CRYP_SetDESCBCMode(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint32_t Direction);
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/** @addtogroup CRYP_Private_Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  DMA CRYP Input Data process complete callback.
-  * @param  hdma: DMA handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void CRYP_DMAInCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  CRYP_HandleTypeDef* hcryp = (CRYP_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent;
-
-  /* Disable the DMA transfer for input FIFO request by resetting the DIEN bit
-     in the DMACR register */
-  hcryp->Instance->DMACR &= (uint32_t)(~CRYP_DMACR_DIEN);
-
-  /* Call input data transfer complete callback */
-  HAL_CRYP_InCpltCallback(hcryp);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  DMA CRYP Output Data process complete callback.
-  * @param  hdma: DMA handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void CRYP_DMAOutCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  CRYP_HandleTypeDef* hcryp = (CRYP_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent;
-
-  /* Disable the DMA transfer for output FIFO request by resetting the DOEN bit
-     in the DMACR register */
-  hcryp->Instance->DMACR &= (uint32_t)(~CRYP_DMACR_DOEN);
-
-  /* Disable CRYP */
-  __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE(hcryp);
-
-  /* Change the CRYP state to ready */
-  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Call output data transfer complete callback */
-  HAL_CRYP_OutCpltCallback(hcryp);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  DMA CRYP communication error callback.
-  * @param  hdma: DMA handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void CRYP_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  CRYP_HandleTypeDef* hcryp = (CRYP_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent;
-  hcryp->State= HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
-  HAL_CRYP_ErrorCallback(hcryp);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Writes the Key in Key registers.
-  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
-  * @param  Key: Pointer to Key buffer
-  * @param  KeySize: Size of Key
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void CRYP_SetKey(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *Key, uint32_t KeySize)
-{
-  uint32_t keyaddr = (uint32_t)Key;
-
-  switch(KeySize)
-  {
-  case CRYP_KEYSIZE_256B:
-    /* Key Initialisation */
-    hcryp->Instance->K0LR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
-    keyaddr+=4;
-    hcryp->Instance->K0RR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
-    keyaddr+=4;
-    hcryp->Instance->K1LR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
-    keyaddr+=4;
-    hcryp->Instance->K1RR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
-    keyaddr+=4;
-    hcryp->Instance->K2LR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
-    keyaddr+=4;
-    hcryp->Instance->K2RR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
-    keyaddr+=4;
-    hcryp->Instance->K3LR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
-    keyaddr+=4;
-    hcryp->Instance->K3RR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
-    break;
-  case CRYP_KEYSIZE_192B:
-    hcryp->Instance->K1LR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
-    keyaddr+=4;
-    hcryp->Instance->K1RR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
-    keyaddr+=4;
-    hcryp->Instance->K2LR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
-    keyaddr+=4;
-    hcryp->Instance->K2RR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
-    keyaddr+=4;
-    hcryp->Instance->K3LR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
-    keyaddr+=4;
-    hcryp->Instance->K3RR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
-    break;
-  case CRYP_KEYSIZE_128B:
-    hcryp->Instance->K2LR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
-    keyaddr+=4;
-    hcryp->Instance->K2RR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
-    keyaddr+=4;
-    hcryp->Instance->K3LR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
-    keyaddr+=4;
-    hcryp->Instance->K3RR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
-    break;
-  default:
-    break;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Writes the InitVector/InitCounter in IV registers.
-  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
-  * @param  InitVector: Pointer to InitVector/InitCounter buffer
-  * @param  IVSize: Size of the InitVector/InitCounter
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void CRYP_SetInitVector(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *InitVector, uint32_t IVSize)
-{
-  uint32_t ivaddr = (uint32_t)InitVector;
-
-  switch(IVSize)
-  {
-  case CRYP_KEYSIZE_128B:
-    hcryp->Instance->IV0LR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(ivaddr));
-    ivaddr+=4;
-    hcryp->Instance->IV0RR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(ivaddr));
-    ivaddr+=4;
-    hcryp->Instance->IV1LR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(ivaddr));
-    ivaddr+=4;
-    hcryp->Instance->IV1RR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(ivaddr));
-    break;
-    /* Whatever key size 192 or 256, Init vector is written in IV0LR and IV0RR */
-  case CRYP_KEYSIZE_192B:
-    hcryp->Instance->IV0LR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(ivaddr));
-    ivaddr+=4;
-    hcryp->Instance->IV0RR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(ivaddr));
-    break;
-  case CRYP_KEYSIZE_256B:
-    hcryp->Instance->IV0LR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(ivaddr));
-    ivaddr+=4;
-    hcryp->Instance->IV0RR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(ivaddr));
-    break;
-  default:
-    break;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Process Data: Writes Input data in polling mode and read the output data
-  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
-  * @param  Input: Pointer to the Input buffer
-  * @param  Ilength: Length of the Input buffer, must be a multiple of 16.
-  * @param  Output: Pointer to the returned buffer
-  * @param  Timeout: Timeout value
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef CRYP_ProcessData(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t* Input, uint16_t Ilength, uint8_t* Output, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-
-  uint32_t i = 0;
-  uint32_t inputaddr  = (uint32_t)Input;
-  uint32_t outputaddr = (uint32_t)Output;
-
-  for(i=0; (i < Ilength); i+=16)
-  {
-    /* Write the Input block in the IN FIFO */
-    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
-    inputaddr+=4;
-    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
-    inputaddr+=4;
-    hcryp->Instance->DR  = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
-    inputaddr+=4;
-    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
-    inputaddr+=4;
-
-    /* Get tick */
-    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-    while(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hcryp->Instance->SR, CRYP_FLAG_OFNE))
-    {
-      /* Check for the Timeout */
-      if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
-      {
-        if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
-        {
-          /* Change state */
-          hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-
-          /* Process Unlocked */
-          __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-
-          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-    /* Read the Output block from the Output FIFO */
-    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
-    outputaddr+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
-    outputaddr+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
-    outputaddr+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
-    outputaddr+=4;
-  }
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Process Data: Write Input data in polling mode.
-  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
-  * @param  Input: Pointer to the Input buffer
-  * @param  Ilength: Length of the Input buffer, must be a multiple of 8
-  * @param  Output: Pointer to the returned buffer
-  * @param  Timeout: Specify Timeout value
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef CRYP_ProcessData2Words(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t* Input, uint16_t Ilength, uint8_t* Output, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-
-  uint32_t i = 0;
-  uint32_t inputaddr  = (uint32_t)Input;
-  uint32_t outputaddr = (uint32_t)Output;
-
-  for(i=0; (i < Ilength); i+=8)
-  {
-    /* Write the Input block in the IN FIFO */
-    hcryp->Instance->DR  = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
-    inputaddr+=4;
-    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
-    inputaddr+=4;
-
-    /* Get tick */
-    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-    while(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hcryp->Instance->SR, CRYP_FLAG_OFNE))
-    {
-      /* Check for the Timeout */
-      if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
-      {
-        if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
-        {
-          /* Change state */
-          hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-
-          /* Process Unlocked */
-          __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-
-          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-    /* Read the Output block from the Output FIFO */
-    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
-    outputaddr+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
-    outputaddr+=4;
-  }
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Set the DMA configuration and start the DMA transfer
-  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
-  * @param  inputaddr: address of the Input buffer
-  * @param  Size: Size of the Input buffer, must be a multiple of 16.
-  * @param  outputaddr: address of the Output buffer
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void CRYP_SetDMAConfig(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint32_t inputaddr, uint16_t Size, uint32_t outputaddr)
-{
-  /* Set the CRYP DMA transfer complete callback */
-  hcryp->hdmain->XferCpltCallback = CRYP_DMAInCplt;
-  /* Set the DMA error callback */
-  hcryp->hdmain->XferErrorCallback = CRYP_DMAError;
-
-  /* Set the CRYP DMA transfer complete callback */
-  hcryp->hdmaout->XferCpltCallback = CRYP_DMAOutCplt;
-  /* Set the DMA error callback */
-  hcryp->hdmaout->XferErrorCallback = CRYP_DMAError;
-
-  /* Enable CRYP */
-  __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
-
-  /* Enable the DMA In DMA Stream */
-  HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hcryp->hdmain, inputaddr, (uint32_t)&hcryp->Instance->DR, Size/4);
-
-  /* Enable In DMA request */
-  hcryp->Instance->DMACR = (CRYP_DMACR_DIEN);
-
-  /* Enable the DMA Out DMA Stream */
-  HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hcryp->hdmaout, (uint32_t)&hcryp->Instance->DOUT, outputaddr, Size/4);
-
-  /* Enable Out DMA request */
-  hcryp->Instance->DMACR |= CRYP_DMACR_DOEN;
-
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Sets the CRYP peripheral in DES ECB mode.
-  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
-  * @param  Direction: Encryption or decryption
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void CRYP_SetDESECBMode(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint32_t Direction)
-{
-  /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
-  if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY)
-  {
-    /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES ECB mode */
-    __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_DES_ECB | Direction);
-
-    /* Set the key */
-    hcryp->Instance->K1LR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(hcryp->Init.pKey));
-    hcryp->Instance->K1RR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(hcryp->Init.pKey+4));
-
-    /* Flush FIFO */
-    __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp);
-
-    /* Set the phase */
-    hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Sets the CRYP peripheral in DES CBC mode.
-  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
-  * @param  Direction: Encryption or decryption
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void CRYP_SetDESCBCMode(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint32_t Direction)
-{
-  /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
-  if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY)
-  {
-    /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES ECB mode */
-    __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_DES_CBC | Direction);
-
-    /* Set the key */
-    hcryp->Instance->K1LR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(hcryp->Init.pKey));
-    hcryp->Instance->K1RR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(hcryp->Init.pKey+4));
-
-    /* Set the Initialization Vector */
-    CRYP_SetInitVector(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pInitVect, CRYP_KEYSIZE_256B);
-
-    /* Flush FIFO */
-    __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp);
-
-    /* Set the phase */
-    hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Sets the CRYP peripheral in TDES ECB mode.
-  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
-  * @param  Direction: Encryption or decryption
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void CRYP_SetTDESECBMode(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint32_t Direction)
-{
-  /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
-  if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY)
-  {
-    /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES ECB mode */
-    __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_TDES_ECB | Direction);
-
-    /* Set the key */
-    CRYP_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, CRYP_KEYSIZE_192B);
-
-    /* Flush FIFO */
-    __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp);
-
-    /* Set the phase */
-    hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Sets the CRYP peripheral in TDES CBC mode
-  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
-  * @param  Direction: Encryption or decryption
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void CRYP_SetTDESCBCMode(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint32_t Direction)
-{
-  /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
-  if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY)
-  {
-    /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES CBC mode */
-    __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_TDES_CBC | Direction);
-
-    /* Set the key */
-    CRYP_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, CRYP_KEYSIZE_192B);
-
-    /* Set the Initialization Vector */
-    CRYP_SetInitVector(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pInitVect, CRYP_KEYSIZE_256B);
-
-    /* Flush FIFO */
-    __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp);
-
-    /* Set the phase */
-    hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
- /* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
-/** @addtogroup CRYP_Exported_Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup CRYP_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
- *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions.
- *
-@verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-              ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
-  ==============================================================================
-    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
-      (+) Initialize the CRYP according to the specified parameters
-          in the CRYP_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle
-      (+) DeInitialize the CRYP peripheral
-      (+) Initialize the CRYP MSP
-      (+) DeInitialize CRYP MSP
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP according to the specified
-  *         parameters in the CRYP_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle.
-  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_Init(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp)
-{
-  /* Check the CRYP handle allocation */
-  if(hcryp == NULL)
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_CRYP_KEYSIZE(hcryp->Init.KeySize));
-  assert_param(IS_CRYP_DATATYPE(hcryp->Init.DataType));
-
-  if(hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_RESET)
-  {
-    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
-    hcryp->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
-    /* Init the low level hardware */
-    HAL_CRYP_MspInit(hcryp);
-  }
-
-  /* Change the CRYP state */
-  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Set the key size and data type*/
-  CRYP->CR = (uint32_t) (hcryp->Init.KeySize | hcryp->Init.DataType);
-
-  /* Reset CrypInCount and CrypOutCount */
-  hcryp->CrypInCount = 0;
-  hcryp->CrypOutCount = 0;
-
-  /* Change the CRYP state */
-  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Set the default CRYP phase */
-  hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY;
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  DeInitializes the CRYP peripheral.
-  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_DeInit(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp)
-{
-  /* Check the CRYP handle allocation */
-  if(hcryp == NULL)
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Change the CRYP state */
-  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Set the default CRYP phase */
-  hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY;
-
-  /* Reset CrypInCount and CrypOutCount */
-  hcryp->CrypInCount = 0;
-  hcryp->CrypOutCount = 0;
-
-  /* Disable the CRYP Peripheral Clock */
-  __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE(hcryp);
-
-  /* DeInit the low level hardware: CLOCK, NVIC.*/
-  HAL_CRYP_MspDeInit(hcryp);
-
-  /* Change the CRYP state */
-  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_RESET;
-
-  /* Release Lock */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP MSP.
-  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_CRYP_MspInit(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_CRYP_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  DeInitializes CRYP MSP.
-  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_CRYP_MspDeInit(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_CRYP_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup CRYP_Exported_Functions_Group2 AES processing functions
- *  @brief   processing functions.
- *
-@verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                      ##### AES processing functions #####
-  ==============================================================================
-    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
-      (+) Encrypt plaintext using AES-128/192/256 using chaining modes
-      (+) Decrypt cyphertext using AES-128/192/256 using chaining modes
-    [..]  Three processing functions are available:
-      (+) Polling mode
-      (+) Interrupt mode
-      (+) DMA mode
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES ECB encryption mode
-  *         then encrypt pPlainData. The cypher data are available in pCypherData
-  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
-  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
-  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16.
-  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
-  * @param  Timeout: Specify Timeout value
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_AESECB_Encrypt(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
-
-  /* Change the CRYP state */
-  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
-  if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY)
-  {
-    /* Set the key */
-    CRYP_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, hcryp->Init.KeySize);
-
-    /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES ECB mode */
-    __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_ECB);
-
-    /* Flush FIFO */
-    __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp);
-
-    /* Enable CRYP */
-    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
-
-    /* Set the phase */
-    hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS;
-  }
-
-    /* Write Plain Data and Get Cypher Data */
-    if(CRYP_ProcessData(hcryp, pPlainData, Size, pCypherData, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-    {
-      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-    }
-
-  /* Change the CRYP state */
-  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES CBC encryption mode
-  *         then encrypt pPlainData. The cypher data are available in pCypherData
-  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
-  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
-  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16.
-  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
-  * @param  Timeout: Specify Timeout value
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_AESCBC_Encrypt(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
-
-  /* Change the CRYP state */
-  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
-  if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY)
-  {
-    /* Set the key */
-    CRYP_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, hcryp->Init.KeySize);
-
-    /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES ECB mode */
-    __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_CBC);
-
-    /* Set the Initialization Vector */
-    CRYP_SetInitVector(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pInitVect, CRYP_KEYSIZE_128B);
-
-    /* Flush FIFO */
-    __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp);
-
-    /* Enable CRYP */
-    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
-
-    /* Set the phase */
-    hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS;
-  }
-
-    /* Write Plain Data and Get Cypher Data */
-    if(CRYP_ProcessData(hcryp,pPlainData, Size, pCypherData, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-    {
-      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-    }
-
-  /* Change the CRYP state */
-  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES CTR encryption mode
-  *         then encrypt pPlainData. The cypher data are available in pCypherData
-  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
-  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
-  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16.
-  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
-  * @param  Timeout: Specify Timeout value
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_AESCTR_Encrypt(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
-
-  /* Change the CRYP state */
-  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
-  if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY)
-  {
-    /* Set the key */
-    CRYP_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, hcryp->Init.KeySize);
-
-    /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES ECB mode */
-    __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_CTR);
-
-    /* Set the Initialization Vector */
-    CRYP_SetInitVector(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pInitVect, CRYP_KEYSIZE_128B);
-
-    /* Flush FIFO */
-    __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp);
-
-    /* Enable CRYP */
-    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
-
-    /* Set the phase */
-    hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS;
-  }
-
-    /* Write Plain Data and Get Cypher Data */
-    if(CRYP_ProcessData(hcryp, pPlainData, Size, pCypherData, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-    {
-      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-    }
-
-  /* Change the CRYP state */
-  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES ECB decryption mode
-  *         then decrypted pCypherData. The cypher data are available in pPlainData
-  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
-  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
-  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16.
-  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
-  * @param  Timeout: Specify Timeout value
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_AESECB_Decrypt(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-   uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
-
-  /* Change the CRYP state */
-  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
-  if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY)
-  {
-    /* Set the key */
-    CRYP_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, hcryp->Init.KeySize);
-
-    /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES Key mode */
-    __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_KEY | CRYP_CR_ALGODIR);
-
-    /* Enable CRYP */
-    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
-
-    /* Get tick */
-    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-    while(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hcryp->Instance->SR, CRYP_FLAG_BUSY))
-    {
-      /* Check for the Timeout */
-      if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
-      {
-        if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
-        {
-          /* Change state */
-          hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-
-          /* Process Unlocked */
-          __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-
-          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Disable CRYP */
-    __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE(hcryp);
-
-    /* Reset the ALGOMODE bits*/
-    CRYP->CR &= (uint32_t)(~CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE);
-
-    /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES ECB decryption mode */
-    __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_ECB | CRYP_CR_ALGODIR);
-    /* Flush FIFO */
-    __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp);
-
-    /* Enable CRYP */
-    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
-
-    /* Set the phase */
-    hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS;
-  }
-
-    /* Write Plain Data and Get Cypher Data */
-    if(CRYP_ProcessData(hcryp, pCypherData, Size, pPlainData, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-    {
-      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-    }
-
-  /* Change the CRYP state */
-  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES ECB decryption mode
-  *         then decrypted pCypherData. The cypher data are available in pPlainData
-  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
-  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
-  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16.
-  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
-  * @param  Timeout: Specify Timeout value
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_AESCBC_Decrypt(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
-
-  /* Change the CRYP state */
-  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
-  if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY)
-  {
-    /* Set the key */
-    CRYP_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, hcryp->Init.KeySize);
-
-    /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES Key mode */
-    __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_KEY | CRYP_CR_ALGODIR);
-
-    /* Enable CRYP */
-    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
-
-    /* Get tick */
-    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-    while(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hcryp->Instance->SR, CRYP_FLAG_BUSY))
-    {
-      /* Check for the Timeout */
-      if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
-      {
-        if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
-        {
-          /* Change state */
-          hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-
-          /* Process Unlocked */
-          __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-
-          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Reset the ALGOMODE bits*/
-    CRYP->CR &= (uint32_t)(~CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE);
-
-    /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES CBC decryption mode */
-    __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_CBC | CRYP_CR_ALGODIR);
-
-    /* Set the Initialization Vector */
-    CRYP_SetInitVector(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pInitVect, CRYP_KEYSIZE_128B);
-
-    /* Flush FIFO */
-    __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp);
-
-    /* Enable CRYP */
-    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
-
-    /* Set the phase */
-    hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS;
-  }
-
-    /* Write Plain Data and Get Cypher Data */
-    if(CRYP_ProcessData(hcryp, pCypherData, Size, pPlainData, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-    {
-      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-    }
-
-  /* Change the CRYP state */
-  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES CTR decryption mode
-  *         then decrypted pCypherData. The cypher data are available in pPlainData
-  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
-  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
-  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16.
-  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
-  * @param  Timeout: Specify Timeout value
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_AESCTR_Decrypt(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
-
-  /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
-  if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY)
-  {
-    /* Change the CRYP state */
-    hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
-
-    /* Set the key */
-    CRYP_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, hcryp->Init.KeySize);
-
-    /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES CTR mode */
-    __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_CTR | CRYP_CR_ALGODIR);
-
-    /* Set the Initialization Vector */
-    CRYP_SetInitVector(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pInitVect, CRYP_KEYSIZE_128B);
-
-    /* Flush FIFO */
-    __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp);
-
-    /* Enable CRYP */
-    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
-
-    /* Set the phase */
-    hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS;
-  }
-
-    /* Write Plain Data and Get Cypher Data */
-    if(CRYP_ProcessData(hcryp, pCypherData, Size, pPlainData, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-    {
-      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-    }
-
-  /* Change the CRYP state */
-  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES ECB encryption mode using Interrupt.
-  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
-  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
-  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16 bytes
-  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_AESECB_Encrypt_IT(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pCypherData)
-{
-  uint32_t inputaddr;
-  uint32_t outputaddr;
-
-  if(hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY)
-  {
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
-
-    hcryp->CrypInCount = Size;
-    hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr = pPlainData;
-    hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr = pCypherData;
-    hcryp->CrypOutCount = Size;
-
-    /* Change the CRYP state */
-    hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
-
-    /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
-    if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY)
-    {
-      /* Set the key */
-      CRYP_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, hcryp->Init.KeySize);
-
-      /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES ECB mode */
-      __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_ECB);
-
-      /* Flush FIFO */
-      __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp);
-
-     /* Set the phase */
-     hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS;
-    }
-
-    /* Enable Interrupts */
-    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI | CRYP_IT_OUTI);
-
-    /* Enable CRYP */
-    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
-
-    /* Return function status */
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else if(__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI))
-  {
-    inputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr;
-    /* Write the Input block in the IN FIFO */
-    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
-    inputaddr+=4;
-    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
-    inputaddr+=4;
-    hcryp->Instance->DR  = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
-    inputaddr+=4;
-    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
-    hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr += 16;
-    hcryp->CrypInCount -= 16;
-    if(hcryp->CrypInCount == 0)
-    {
-      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI);
-      /* Call the Input data transfer complete callback */
-      HAL_CRYP_InCpltCallback(hcryp);
-    }
-  }
-  else if(__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI))
-  {
-    outputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr;
-    /* Read the Output block from the Output FIFO */
-    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
-    outputaddr+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
-    outputaddr+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
-    outputaddr+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
-    hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr += 16;
-    hcryp->CrypOutCount -= 16;
-    if(hcryp->CrypOutCount == 0)
-    {
-      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI);
-      /* Process Locked */
-      __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-      /* Change the CRYP state */
-      hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
-      /* Call Input transfer complete callback */
-      HAL_CRYP_OutCpltCallback(hcryp);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES CBC encryption mode using Interrupt.
-  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
-  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
-  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16 bytes
-  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_AESCBC_Encrypt_IT(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pCypherData)
-{
-  uint32_t inputaddr;
-  uint32_t outputaddr;
-
-  if(hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY)
-  {
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
-
-    hcryp->CrypInCount = Size;
-    hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr = pPlainData;
-    hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr = pCypherData;
-    hcryp->CrypOutCount = Size;
-
-    /* Change the CRYP state */
-    hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
-
-    /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
-    if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY)
-    {
-      /* Set the key */
-      CRYP_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, hcryp->Init.KeySize);
-
-      /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES CBC mode */
-      __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_CBC);
-
-      /* Set the Initialization Vector */
-      CRYP_SetInitVector(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pInitVect, CRYP_KEYSIZE_128B);
-
-      /* Flush FIFO */
-      __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp);
-
-     /* Set the phase */
-     hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS;
-    }
-    /* Enable Interrupts */
-    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI | CRYP_IT_OUTI);
-
-    /* Enable CRYP */
-    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
-
-    /* Return function status */
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else if(__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI))
-  {
-    inputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr;
-    /* Write the Input block in the IN FIFO */
-    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
-    inputaddr+=4;
-    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
-    inputaddr+=4;
-    hcryp->Instance->DR  = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
-    inputaddr+=4;
-    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
-    hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr += 16;
-    hcryp->CrypInCount -= 16;
-    if(hcryp->CrypInCount == 0)
-    {
-      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI);
-      /* Call the Input data transfer complete callback */
-      HAL_CRYP_InCpltCallback(hcryp);
-    }
-  }
-  else if(__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI))
-  {
-    outputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr;
-    /* Read the Output block from the Output FIFO */
-    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
-    outputaddr+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
-    outputaddr+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
-    outputaddr+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
-    hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr += 16;
-    hcryp->CrypOutCount -= 16;
-    if(hcryp->CrypOutCount == 0)
-    {
-      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI);
-      /* Process Locked */
-      __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-      /* Change the CRYP state */
-      hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
-      /* Call Input transfer complete callback */
-      HAL_CRYP_OutCpltCallback(hcryp);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES CTR encryption mode using Interrupt.
-  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
-  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
-  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16 bytes
-  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_AESCTR_Encrypt_IT(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pCypherData)
-{
-  uint32_t inputaddr;
-  uint32_t outputaddr;
-
-  if(hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY)
-  {
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
-
-    hcryp->CrypInCount = Size;
-    hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr = pPlainData;
-    hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr = pCypherData;
-    hcryp->CrypOutCount = Size;
-
-    /* Change the CRYP state */
-    hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
-
-    /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
-    if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY)
-    {
-      /* Set the key */
-      CRYP_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, hcryp->Init.KeySize);
-
-      /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES CTR mode */
-      __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_CTR);
-
-      /* Set the Initialization Vector */
-      CRYP_SetInitVector(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pInitVect, CRYP_KEYSIZE_128B);
-
-      /* Flush FIFO */
-      __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp);
-
-     /* Set the phase */
-     hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS;
-    }
-    /* Enable Interrupts */
-    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI | CRYP_IT_OUTI);
-
-    /* Enable CRYP */
-    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
-
-    /* Return function status */
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else if(__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI))
-  {
-    inputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr;
-    /* Write the Input block in the IN FIFO */
-    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
-    inputaddr+=4;
-    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
-    inputaddr+=4;
-    hcryp->Instance->DR  = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
-    inputaddr+=4;
-    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
-    hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr += 16;
-    hcryp->CrypInCount -= 16;
-    if(hcryp->CrypInCount == 0)
-    {
-      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI);
-      /* Call the Input data transfer complete callback */
-      HAL_CRYP_InCpltCallback(hcryp);
-    }
-  }
-  else if(__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI))
-  {
-    outputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr;
-    /* Read the Output block from the Output FIFO */
-    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
-    outputaddr+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
-    outputaddr+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
-    outputaddr+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
-    hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr += 16;
-    hcryp->CrypOutCount -= 16;
-    if(hcryp->CrypOutCount == 0)
-    {
-      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI);
-      /* Process Unlocked */
-      __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-      /* Change the CRYP state */
-      hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
-      /* Call Input transfer complete callback */
-      HAL_CRYP_OutCpltCallback(hcryp);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES ECB decryption mode using Interrupt.
-  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
-  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
-  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16.
-  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_AESECB_Decrypt_IT(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pPlainData)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-
-  uint32_t inputaddr;
-  uint32_t outputaddr;
-
-  if(hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY)
-  {
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
-
-    hcryp->CrypInCount = Size;
-    hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr = pCypherData;
-    hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr = pPlainData;
-    hcryp->CrypOutCount = Size;
-
-    /* Change the CRYP state */
-    hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
-  if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY)
-  {
-    /* Set the key */
-    CRYP_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, hcryp->Init.KeySize);
-
-    /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES Key mode */
-    __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_KEY | CRYP_CR_ALGODIR);
-    /* Enable CRYP */
-    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
-
-    /* Get tick */
-    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-    while(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hcryp->Instance->SR, CRYP_FLAG_BUSY))
-    {
-      /* Check for the Timeout */
-      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CRYP_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
-      {
-        /* Change state */
-        hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-
-        /* Process Unlocked */
-        __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Reset the ALGOMODE bits*/
-    CRYP->CR &= (uint32_t)(~CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE);
-
-    /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES ECB decryption mode */
-    __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_ECB | CRYP_CR_ALGODIR);
-
-    /* Flush FIFO */
-    __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp);
-
-     /* Set the phase */
-     hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS;
-  }
-
-    /* Enable Interrupts */
-    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI | CRYP_IT_OUTI);
-
-    /* Enable CRYP */
-    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
-
-    /* Return function status */
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else if(__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI))
-  {
-    inputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr;
-    /* Write the Input block in the IN FIFO */
-    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
-    inputaddr+=4;
-    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
-    inputaddr+=4;
-    hcryp->Instance->DR  = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
-    inputaddr+=4;
-    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
-    hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr += 16;
-    hcryp->CrypInCount -= 16;
-    if(hcryp->CrypInCount == 0)
-    {
-      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI);
-      /* Call the Input data transfer complete callback */
-      HAL_CRYP_InCpltCallback(hcryp);
-    }
-  }
-  else if(__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI))
-  {
-    outputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr;
-    /* Read the Output block from the Output FIFO */
-    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
-    outputaddr+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
-    outputaddr+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
-    outputaddr+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
-    hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr += 16;
-    hcryp->CrypOutCount -= 16;
-    if(hcryp->CrypOutCount == 0)
-    {
-      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI);
-      /* Process Unlocked */
-      __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-      /* Change the CRYP state */
-      hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
-      /* Call Input transfer complete callback */
-      HAL_CRYP_OutCpltCallback(hcryp);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES CBC decryption mode using IT.
-  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
-  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
-  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16
-  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_AESCBC_Decrypt_IT(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pPlainData)
-{
-
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-  uint32_t inputaddr;
-  uint32_t outputaddr;
-
-  if(hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY)
-  {
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
-
-    /* Get the buffer addresses and sizes */
-    hcryp->CrypInCount = Size;
-    hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr = pCypherData;
-    hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr = pPlainData;
-    hcryp->CrypOutCount = Size;
-
-    /* Change the CRYP state */
-    hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
-
-    /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
-    if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY)
-    {
-      /* Set the key */
-      CRYP_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, hcryp->Init.KeySize);
-
-      /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES Key mode */
-      __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_KEY | CRYP_CR_ALGODIR);
-
-      /* Enable CRYP */
-      __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
-
-    /* Get tick */
-    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-    while(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hcryp->Instance->SR, CRYP_FLAG_BUSY))
-    {
-      /* Check for the Timeout */
-      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CRYP_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
-      {
-        /* Change state */
-        hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-
-        /* Process Unlocked */
-        __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-    }
-
-      /* Reset the ALGOMODE bits*/
-      CRYP->CR &= (uint32_t)(~CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE);
-
-      /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES CBC decryption mode */
-      __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_CBC | CRYP_CR_ALGODIR);
-
-      /* Set the Initialization Vector */
-      CRYP_SetInitVector(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pInitVect, CRYP_KEYSIZE_128B);
-
-      /* Flush FIFO */
-      __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp);
-
-      /* Enable CRYP */
-      __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
-
-      /* Set the phase */
-      hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS;
-    }
-
-    /* Enable Interrupts */
-    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI | CRYP_IT_OUTI);
-
-    /* Enable CRYP */
-    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
-
-    /* Return function status */
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else if(__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI))
-  {
-    inputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr;
-    /* Write the Input block in the IN FIFO */
-    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
-    inputaddr+=4;
-    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
-    inputaddr+=4;
-    hcryp->Instance->DR  = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
-    inputaddr+=4;
-    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
-    hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr += 16;
-    hcryp->CrypInCount -= 16;
-    if(hcryp->CrypInCount == 0)
-    {
-      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI);
-      /* Call the Input data transfer complete callback */
-      HAL_CRYP_InCpltCallback(hcryp);
-    }
-  }
-  else if(__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI))
-  {
-    outputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr;
-    /* Read the Output block from the Output FIFO */
-    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
-    outputaddr+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
-    outputaddr+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
-    outputaddr+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
-    hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr += 16;
-    hcryp->CrypOutCount -= 16;
-    if(hcryp->CrypOutCount == 0)
-    {
-      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI);
-      /* Process Unlocked */
-      __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-      /* Change the CRYP state */
-      hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
-      /* Call Input transfer complete callback */
-      HAL_CRYP_OutCpltCallback(hcryp);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES CTR decryption mode using Interrupt.
-  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
-  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
-  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16
-  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_AESCTR_Decrypt_IT(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pPlainData)
-{
-  uint32_t inputaddr;
-  uint32_t outputaddr;
-
-  if(hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY)
-  {
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
-
-    /* Get the buffer addresses and sizes */
-    hcryp->CrypInCount = Size;
-    hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr = pCypherData;
-    hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr = pPlainData;
-    hcryp->CrypOutCount = Size;
-
-    /* Change the CRYP state */
-    hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
-
-    /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
-    if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY)
-    {
-      /* Set the key */
-      CRYP_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, hcryp->Init.KeySize);
-
-      /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES CTR mode */
-      __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_CTR | CRYP_CR_ALGODIR);
-
-      /* Set the Initialization Vector */
-      CRYP_SetInitVector(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pInitVect, CRYP_KEYSIZE_128B);
-
-      /* Flush FIFO */
-      __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp);
-
-      /* Set the phase */
-      hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS;
-    }
-
-    /* Enable Interrupts */
-    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI | CRYP_IT_OUTI);
-
-    /* Enable CRYP */
-    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
-
-    /* Return function status */
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else if(__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI))
-  {
-    inputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr;
-    /* Write the Input block in the IN FIFO */
-    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
-    inputaddr+=4;
-    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
-    inputaddr+=4;
-    hcryp->Instance->DR  = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
-    inputaddr+=4;
-    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
-    hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr += 16;
-    hcryp->CrypInCount -= 16;
-    if(hcryp->CrypInCount == 0)
-    {
-      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI);
-      /* Call the Input data transfer complete callback */
-      HAL_CRYP_InCpltCallback(hcryp);
-    }
-  }
-  else if(__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI))
-  {
-    outputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr;
-    /* Read the Output block from the Output FIFO */
-    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
-    outputaddr+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
-    outputaddr+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
-    outputaddr+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
-    hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr += 16;
-    hcryp->CrypOutCount -= 16;
-    if(hcryp->CrypOutCount == 0)
-    {
-      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI);
-      /* Process Unlocked */
-      __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-      /* Change the CRYP state */
-      hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
-      /* Call Input transfer complete callback */
-      HAL_CRYP_OutCpltCallback(hcryp);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES ECB encryption mode using DMA.
-  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
-  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
-  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16 bytes
-  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_AESECB_Encrypt_DMA(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pCypherData)
-{
-  uint32_t inputaddr;
-  uint32_t outputaddr;
-
-  if((hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY) || (hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS))
-  {
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
-
-    inputaddr  = (uint32_t)pPlainData;
-    outputaddr = (uint32_t)pCypherData;
-
-    /* Change the CRYP state */
-    hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
-
-    /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
-    if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY)
-    {
-      /* Set the key */
-      CRYP_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, hcryp->Init.KeySize);
-
-      /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES ECB mode */
-      __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_ECB);
-
-      /* Flush FIFO */
-      __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp);
-
-     /* Set the phase */
-     hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS;
-    }
-    /* Set the input and output addresses and start DMA transfer */
-    CRYP_SetDMAConfig(hcryp, inputaddr, Size, outputaddr);
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-
-    /* Return function status */
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES CBC encryption mode using DMA.
-  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
-  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
-  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16.
-  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_AESCBC_Encrypt_DMA(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pCypherData)
-{
-  uint32_t inputaddr;
-  uint32_t outputaddr;
-
-  if((hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY) || (hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS))
-  {
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
-
-    inputaddr  = (uint32_t)pPlainData;
-    outputaddr = (uint32_t)pCypherData;
-
-    /* Change the CRYP state */
-    hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
-
-    /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
-    if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY)
-    {
-      /* Set the key */
-      CRYP_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, hcryp->Init.KeySize);
-
-      /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES ECB mode */
-      __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_CBC);
-
-      /* Set the Initialization Vector */
-      CRYP_SetInitVector(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pInitVect, CRYP_KEYSIZE_128B);
-
-      /* Flush FIFO */
-      __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp);
-
-       /* Set the phase */
-       hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS;
-     }
-     /* Set the input and output addresses and start DMA transfer */
-     CRYP_SetDMAConfig(hcryp, inputaddr, Size, outputaddr);
-
-     /* Process Unlocked */
-     __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-
-     /* Return function status */
-     return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES CTR encryption mode using DMA.
-  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
-  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
-  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16.
-  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_AESCTR_Encrypt_DMA(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pCypherData)
-{
-  uint32_t inputaddr;
-  uint32_t outputaddr;
-
-  if((hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY) || (hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS))
-  {
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
-
-    inputaddr  = (uint32_t)pPlainData;
-    outputaddr = (uint32_t)pCypherData;
-
-  /* Change the CRYP state */
-  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
-
-    /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
-    if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY)
-    {
-      /* Set the key */
-      CRYP_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, hcryp->Init.KeySize);
-
-      /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES ECB mode */
-      __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_CTR);
-
-      /* Set the Initialization Vector */
-      CRYP_SetInitVector(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pInitVect, CRYP_KEYSIZE_128B);
-
-      /* Flush FIFO */
-      __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp);
-
-       /* Set the phase */
-       hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS;
-    }
-
-    /* Set the input and output addresses and start DMA transfer */
-    CRYP_SetDMAConfig(hcryp, inputaddr, Size, outputaddr);
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-
-    /* Return function status */
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES ECB decryption mode using DMA.
-  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
-  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
-  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16 bytes
-  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_AESECB_Decrypt_DMA(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pPlainData)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-  uint32_t inputaddr;
-  uint32_t outputaddr;
-
-  if((hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY) || (hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS))
-  {
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
-
-    inputaddr  = (uint32_t)pCypherData;
-    outputaddr = (uint32_t)pPlainData;
-
-    /* Change the CRYP state */
-    hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
-
-    /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
-    if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY)
-    {
-    /* Set the key */
-    CRYP_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, hcryp->Init.KeySize);
-
-    /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES Key mode */
-    __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_KEY | CRYP_CR_ALGODIR);
-
-    /* Enable CRYP */
-    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
-
-    /* Get tick */
-    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-    while(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hcryp->Instance->SR, CRYP_FLAG_BUSY))
-    {
-      /* Check for the Timeout */
-      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CRYP_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
-      {
-        /* Change state */
-        hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-
-        /* Process Unlocked */
-        __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Reset the ALGOMODE bits*/
-    CRYP->CR &= (uint32_t)(~CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE);
-
-    /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES ECB decryption mode */
-    __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_ECB | CRYP_CR_ALGODIR);
-
-    /* Flush FIFO */
-    __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp);
-
-     /* Set the phase */
-     hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS;
-    }
-
-    /* Set the input and output addresses and start DMA transfer */
-    CRYP_SetDMAConfig(hcryp, inputaddr, Size, outputaddr);
-
-     /* Process Unlocked */
-     __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-
-    /* Return function status */
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES CBC encryption mode using DMA.
-  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
-  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
-  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16 bytes
-  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_AESCBC_Decrypt_DMA(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pPlainData)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-  uint32_t inputaddr;
-  uint32_t outputaddr;
-
-  if((hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY) || (hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS))
-  {
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
-
-    inputaddr  = (uint32_t)pCypherData;
-    outputaddr = (uint32_t)pPlainData;
-
-    /* Change the CRYP state */
-    hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
-
-    /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
-    if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY)
-    {
-      /* Set the key */
-      CRYP_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, hcryp->Init.KeySize);
-
-      /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES Key mode */
-      __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_KEY | CRYP_CR_ALGODIR);
-
-      /* Enable CRYP */
-      __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
-
-      /* Get tick */
-      tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-      while(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hcryp->Instance->SR, CRYP_FLAG_BUSY))
-      {
-        /* Check for the Timeout */
-        if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CRYP_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
-        {
-          /* Change state */
-          hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-
-          /* Process Unlocked */
-          __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-
-          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-        }
-      }
-
-      /* Reset the ALGOMODE bits*/
-      CRYP->CR &= (uint32_t)(~CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE);
-
-      /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES CBC decryption mode */
-      __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_CBC | CRYP_CR_ALGODIR);
-
-      /* Set the Initialization Vector */
-      CRYP_SetInitVector(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pInitVect, CRYP_KEYSIZE_128B);
-
-      /* Flush FIFO */
-      __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp);
-
-      /* Set the phase */
-      hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS;
-    }
-
-    /* Set the input and output addresses and start DMA transfer */
-    CRYP_SetDMAConfig(hcryp, inputaddr, Size, outputaddr);
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-
-    /* Return function status */
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES CTR decryption mode using DMA.
-  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
-  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
-  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16
-  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_AESCTR_Decrypt_DMA(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pPlainData)
-{
-  uint32_t inputaddr;
-  uint32_t outputaddr;
-
-  if((hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY) || (hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS))
-  {
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
-
-    inputaddr  = (uint32_t)pCypherData;
-    outputaddr = (uint32_t)pPlainData;
-
-    /* Change the CRYP state */
-    hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
-
-    /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
-    if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY)
-    {
-      /* Set the key */
-      CRYP_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, hcryp->Init.KeySize);
-
-      /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES CTR mode */
-      __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_CTR | CRYP_CR_ALGODIR);
-
-      /* Set the Initialization Vector */
-      CRYP_SetInitVector(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pInitVect, CRYP_KEYSIZE_128B);
-
-      /* Flush FIFO */
-      __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp);
-
-      /* Set the phase */
-      hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS;
-    }
-
-    /* Set the input and output addresses and start DMA transfer */
-    CRYP_SetDMAConfig(hcryp, inputaddr, Size, outputaddr);
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-
-    /* Return function status */
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-}
-
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup CRYP_Exported_Functions_Group3 DES processing functions
- *  @brief   processing functions.
- *
-@verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                      ##### DES processing functions #####
-  ==============================================================================
-    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
-      (+) Encrypt plaintext using DES using ECB or CBC chaining modes
-      (+) Decrypt cyphertext using ECB or CBC chaining modes
-    [..]  Three processing functions are available:
-      (+) Polling mode
-      (+) Interrupt mode
-      (+) DMA mode
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in DES ECB encryption mode.
-  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
-  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
-  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8
-  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
-  * @param  Timeout: Specify Timeout value
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_DESECB_Encrypt(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
-
-  /* Change the CRYP state */
-  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Set CRYP peripheral in DES ECB encryption mode */
-  CRYP_SetDESECBMode(hcryp, 0);
-
-  /* Enable CRYP */
-  __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
-
-  /* Write Plain Data and Get Cypher Data */
-  if(CRYP_ProcessData2Words(hcryp, pPlainData, Size, pCypherData, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-  {
-    return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-  }
-
-  /* Change the CRYP state */
-  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in DES ECB decryption mode.
-  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
-  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
-  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8
-  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
-  * @param  Timeout: Specify Timeout value
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_DESECB_Decrypt(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
-
-  /* Change the CRYP state */
-  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Set CRYP peripheral in DES ECB decryption mode */
-  CRYP_SetDESECBMode(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGODIR);
-
-  /* Enable CRYP */
-  __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
-
-  /* Write Plain Data and Get Cypher Data */
-  if(CRYP_ProcessData2Words(hcryp, pPlainData, Size, pCypherData, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-  {
-    return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-  }
-
-  /* Change the CRYP state */
-  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in DES CBC encryption mode.
-  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
-  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
-  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8
-  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
-  * @param  Timeout: Specify Timeout value
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_DESCBC_Encrypt(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
-
-  /* Change the CRYP state */
-  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Set CRYP peripheral in DES CBC encryption mode */
-  CRYP_SetDESCBCMode(hcryp, 0);
-
-  /* Enable CRYP */
-  __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
-
-  /* Write Plain Data and Get Cypher Data */
-  if(CRYP_ProcessData2Words(hcryp, pPlainData, Size, pCypherData, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-  {
-    return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-  }
-
-  /* Change the CRYP state */
-  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in DES ECB decryption mode.
-  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
-  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
-  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8
-  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
-  * @param  Timeout: Specify Timeout value
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_DESCBC_Decrypt(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
-
-  /* Change the CRYP state */
-  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Set CRYP peripheral in DES CBC decryption mode */
-  CRYP_SetDESCBCMode(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGODIR);
-
-  /* Enable CRYP */
-  __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
-
-  /* Write Plain Data and Get Cypher Data */
-  if(CRYP_ProcessData2Words(hcryp, pPlainData, Size, pCypherData, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-  {
-    return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-  }
-
-  /* Change the CRYP state */
-  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in DES ECB encryption mode using IT.
-  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
-  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
-  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8
-  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_DESECB_Encrypt_IT(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pCypherData)
-{
-  uint32_t inputaddr;
-  uint32_t outputaddr;
-
-  if(hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY)
-  {
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
-
-    hcryp->CrypInCount = Size;
-    hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr = pPlainData;
-    hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr = pCypherData;
-    hcryp->CrypOutCount = Size;
-
-    /* Change the CRYP state */
-    hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
-
-    /* Set CRYP peripheral in DES ECB encryption mode */
-    CRYP_SetDESECBMode(hcryp, 0);
-
-    /* Enable Interrupts */
-    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI | CRYP_IT_OUTI);
-
-    /* Enable CRYP */
-    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
-
-    /* Return function status */
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else if(__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI))
-  {
-    inputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr;
-    /* Write the Input block in the IN FIFO */
-    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
-    inputaddr+=4;
-    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
-
-    hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr += 8;
-    hcryp->CrypInCount -= 8;
-    if(hcryp->CrypInCount == 0)
-    {
-      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI);
-      /* Call the Input data transfer complete callback */
-      HAL_CRYP_InCpltCallback(hcryp);
-    }
-  }
-  else if(__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI))
-  {
-    outputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr;
-    /* Read the Output block from the Output FIFO */
-    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
-    outputaddr+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
-
-    hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr += 8;
-    hcryp->CrypOutCount -= 8;
-    if(hcryp->CrypOutCount == 0)
-    {
-      /* Disable IT */
-      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI);
-      /* Disable CRYP */
-      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE(hcryp);
-      /* Process Unlocked */
-      __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-      /* Change the CRYP state */
-      hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
-      /* Call Input transfer complete callback */
-      HAL_CRYP_OutCpltCallback(hcryp);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in DES CBC encryption mode using interrupt.
-  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
-  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
-  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8
-  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_DESCBC_Encrypt_IT(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pCypherData)
-{
-  uint32_t inputaddr;
-  uint32_t outputaddr;
-
-  if(hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY)
-  {
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
-
-    hcryp->CrypInCount = Size;
-    hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr = pPlainData;
-    hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr = pCypherData;
-    hcryp->CrypOutCount = Size;
-
-    /* Change the CRYP state */
-    hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
-
-    /* Set CRYP peripheral in DES CBC encryption mode */
-    CRYP_SetDESCBCMode(hcryp, 0);
-
-    /* Enable Interrupts */
-    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI | CRYP_IT_OUTI);
-
-    /* Enable CRYP */
-    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
-
-    /* Return function status */
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-
-  else if(__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI))
-  {
-    inputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr;
-    /* Write the Input block in the IN FIFO */
-    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
-    inputaddr+=4;
-    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
-
-    hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr += 8;
-    hcryp->CrypInCount -= 8;
-    if(hcryp->CrypInCount == 0)
-    {
-      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI);
-      /* Call the Input data transfer complete callback */
-      HAL_CRYP_InCpltCallback(hcryp);
-    }
-  }
-  else if(__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI))
-  {
-    outputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr;
-    /* Read the Output block from the Output FIFO */
-    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
-    outputaddr+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
-
-    hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr += 8;
-    hcryp->CrypOutCount -= 8;
-    if(hcryp->CrypOutCount == 0)
-    {
-      /* Disable IT */
-      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI);
-      /* Disable CRYP */
-      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE(hcryp);
-      /* Process Unlocked */
-      __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-      /* Change the CRYP state */
-      hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
-      /* Call Input transfer complete callback */
-      HAL_CRYP_OutCpltCallback(hcryp);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in DES ECB decryption mode using IT.
-  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
-  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
-  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8
-  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_DESECB_Decrypt_IT(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pPlainData)
-{
-  uint32_t inputaddr;
-  uint32_t outputaddr;
-
-  if(hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY)
-  {
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
-
-    hcryp->CrypInCount = Size;
-    hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr = pCypherData;
-    hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr = pPlainData;
-    hcryp->CrypOutCount = Size;
-
-    /* Change the CRYP state */
-    hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
-
-    /* Set CRYP peripheral in DES ECB decryption mode */
-    CRYP_SetDESECBMode(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGODIR);
-
-    /* Enable Interrupts */
-    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI | CRYP_IT_OUTI);
-
-    /* Enable CRYP */
-    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
-
-    /* Return function status */
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else if(__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI))
-  {
-    inputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr;
-    /* Write the Input block in the IN FIFO */
-    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
-    inputaddr+=4;
-    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
-
-    hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr += 8;
-    hcryp->CrypInCount -= 8;
-    if(hcryp->CrypInCount == 0)
-    {
-      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI);
-      /* Call the Input data transfer complete callback */
-      HAL_CRYP_InCpltCallback(hcryp);
-    }
-  }
-  else if(__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI))
-  {
-    outputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr;
-    /* Read the Output block from the Output FIFO */
-    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
-    outputaddr+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
-
-    hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr += 8;
-    hcryp->CrypOutCount -= 8;
-    if(hcryp->CrypOutCount == 0)
-    {
-      /* Disable IT */
-      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI);
-      /* Disable CRYP */
-      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE(hcryp);
-      /* Process Unlocked */
-      __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-      /* Change the CRYP state */
-      hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
-      /* Call Input transfer complete callback */
-      HAL_CRYP_OutCpltCallback(hcryp);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in DES ECB decryption mode using interrupt.
-  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
-  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
-  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8
-  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_DESCBC_Decrypt_IT(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pPlainData)
-{
-  uint32_t inputaddr;
-  uint32_t outputaddr;
-
-  if(hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY)
-  {
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
-
-    hcryp->CrypInCount = Size;
-    hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr = pCypherData;
-    hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr = pPlainData;
-    hcryp->CrypOutCount = Size;
-
-    /* Change the CRYP state */
-    hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
-
-    /* Set CRYP peripheral in DES CBC decryption mode */
-    CRYP_SetDESCBCMode(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGODIR);
-
-    /* Enable Interrupts */
-    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI | CRYP_IT_OUTI);
-
-    /* Enable CRYP */
-    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
-
-    /* Return function status */
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else if(__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI))
-  {
-    inputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr;
-    /* Write the Input block in the IN FIFO */
-    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
-    inputaddr+=4;
-    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
-
-    hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr += 8;
-    hcryp->CrypInCount -= 8;
-    if(hcryp->CrypInCount == 0)
-    {
-      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI);
-      /* Call the Input data transfer complete callback */
-      HAL_CRYP_InCpltCallback(hcryp);
-    }
-  }
-  else if(__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI))
-  {
-    outputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr;
-    /* Read the Output block from the Output FIFO */
-    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
-    outputaddr+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
-
-    hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr += 8;
-    hcryp->CrypOutCount -= 8;
-    if(hcryp->CrypOutCount == 0)
-    {
-      /* Disable IT */
-      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI);
-      /* Disable CRYP */
-      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE(hcryp);
-      /* Process Unlocked */
-      __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-      /* Change the CRYP state */
-      hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
-      /* Call Input transfer complete callback */
-      HAL_CRYP_OutCpltCallback(hcryp);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in DES ECB encryption mode using DMA.
-  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
-  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
-  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8
-  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_DESECB_Encrypt_DMA(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pCypherData)
-{
-  uint32_t inputaddr;
-  uint32_t outputaddr;
-
-  if((hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY) || (hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS))
-  {
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
-
-    inputaddr  = (uint32_t)pPlainData;
-    outputaddr = (uint32_t)pCypherData;
-
-    /* Change the CRYP state */
-    hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
-
-    /* Set CRYP peripheral in DES ECB encryption mode */
-    CRYP_SetDESECBMode(hcryp, 0);
-
-    /* Set the input and output addresses and start DMA transfer */
-    CRYP_SetDMAConfig(hcryp, inputaddr, Size, outputaddr);
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-
-    /* Return function status */
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in DES CBC encryption mode using DMA.
-  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
-  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
-  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8
-  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_DESCBC_Encrypt_DMA(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pCypherData)
-{
-  uint32_t inputaddr;
-  uint32_t outputaddr;
-
-  if((hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY) || (hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS))
-  {
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
-
-    inputaddr  = (uint32_t)pPlainData;
-    outputaddr = (uint32_t)pCypherData;
-
-    /* Change the CRYP state */
-    hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
-
-    /* Set CRYP peripheral in DES CBC encryption mode */
-    CRYP_SetDESCBCMode(hcryp, 0);
-
-    /* Set the input and output addresses and start DMA transfer */
-    CRYP_SetDMAConfig(hcryp, inputaddr, Size, outputaddr);
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-
-    /* Return function status */
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in DES ECB decryption mode using DMA.
-  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
-  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
-  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8
-  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_DESECB_Decrypt_DMA(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pPlainData)
-{
-  uint32_t inputaddr;
-  uint32_t outputaddr;
-
-  if((hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY) || (hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS))
-  {
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
-
-    inputaddr  = (uint32_t)pCypherData;
-    outputaddr = (uint32_t)pPlainData;
-
-    /* Change the CRYP state */
-    hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
-
-    /* Set CRYP peripheral in DES ECB decryption mode */
-    CRYP_SetDESECBMode(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGODIR);
-
-    /* Set the input and output addresses and start DMA transfer */
-    CRYP_SetDMAConfig(hcryp, inputaddr, Size, outputaddr);
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-
-    /* Return function status */
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in DES ECB decryption mode using DMA.
-  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
-  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
-  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8
-  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_DESCBC_Decrypt_DMA(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pPlainData)
-{
-  uint32_t inputaddr;
-  uint32_t outputaddr;
-
-  if((hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY) || (hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS))
-  {
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
-
-    inputaddr  = (uint32_t)pCypherData;
-    outputaddr = (uint32_t)pPlainData;
-
-    /* Change the CRYP state */
-    hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
-
-    /* Set CRYP peripheral in DES CBC decryption mode */
-    CRYP_SetDESCBCMode(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGODIR);
-
-    /* Set the input and output addresses and start DMA transfer */
-    CRYP_SetDMAConfig(hcryp, inputaddr, Size, outputaddr);
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-
-    /* Return function status */
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup CRYP_Exported_Functions_Group4 TDES processing functions
- *  @brief   processing functions.
- *
-@verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                      ##### TDES processing functions #####
-  ==============================================================================
-    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
-      (+) Encrypt plaintext using TDES based on ECB or CBC chaining modes
-      (+) Decrypt cyphertext using TDES based on ECB or CBC chaining modes
-    [..]  Three processing functions are available:
-      (+) Polling mode
-      (+) Interrupt mode
-      (+) DMA mode
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in TDES ECB encryption mode
-  *         then encrypt pPlainData. The cypher data are available in pCypherData
-  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
-  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
-  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8
-  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
-  * @param  Timeout: Specify Timeout value
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_TDESECB_Encrypt(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
-
-  /* Change the CRYP state */
-  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Set CRYP peripheral in TDES ECB encryption mode */
-  CRYP_SetTDESECBMode(hcryp, 0);
-
-  /* Enable CRYP */
-  __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
-
-  /* Write Plain Data and Get Cypher Data */
-  if(CRYP_ProcessData2Words(hcryp, pPlainData, Size, pCypherData, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-  {
-    return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-  }
-
-  /* Change the CRYP state */
-  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in TDES ECB decryption mode
-  *         then decrypted pCypherData. The cypher data are available in pPlainData
-  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
-  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
-  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8
-  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
-  * @param  Timeout: Specify Timeout value
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_TDESECB_Decrypt(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
-
-  /* Change the CRYP state */
-  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Set CRYP peripheral in TDES ECB decryption mode */
-  CRYP_SetTDESECBMode(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGODIR);
-
-  /* Enable CRYP */
-  __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
-
-  /* Write Cypher Data and Get Plain Data */
-  if(CRYP_ProcessData2Words(hcryp, pCypherData, Size, pPlainData, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-  {
-    return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-  }
-
-  /* Change the CRYP state */
-  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in TDES CBC encryption mode
-  *         then encrypt pPlainData. The cypher data are available in pCypherData
-  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
-  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
-  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8
-  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
-  * @param  Timeout: Specify Timeout value
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_TDESCBC_Encrypt(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
-
-  /* Change the CRYP state */
-  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Set CRYP peripheral in TDES CBC encryption mode */
-  CRYP_SetTDESCBCMode(hcryp, 0);
-
-  /* Enable CRYP */
-  __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
-
-  /* Write Plain Data and Get Cypher Data */
-  if(CRYP_ProcessData2Words(hcryp, pPlainData, Size, pCypherData, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-  {
-    return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-  }
-
-  /* Change the CRYP state */
-  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in TDES CBC decryption mode
-  *         then decrypted pCypherData. The cypher data are available in pPlainData
-  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
-  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
-  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8
-  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
-  * @param  Timeout: Specify Timeout value
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_TDESCBC_Decrypt(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
-
-  /* Change the CRYP state */
-  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Set CRYP peripheral in TDES CBC decryption mode */
-  CRYP_SetTDESCBCMode(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGODIR);
-
-  /* Enable CRYP */
-  __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
-
-  /* Write Cypher Data and Get Plain Data */
-  if(CRYP_ProcessData2Words(hcryp, pCypherData, Size, pPlainData, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-  {
-    return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-  }
-
-  /* Change the CRYP state */
-  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in TDES ECB encryption mode using interrupt.
-  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
-  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
-  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8
-  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_TDESECB_Encrypt_IT(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pCypherData)
-{
-  uint32_t inputaddr;
-  uint32_t outputaddr;
-
-  if(hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY)
-  {
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
-
-    hcryp->CrypInCount = Size;
-    hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr = pPlainData;
-    hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr = pCypherData;
-    hcryp->CrypOutCount = Size;
-
-    /* Change the CRYP state */
-    hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
-
-    /* Set CRYP peripheral in TDES ECB encryption mode */
-    CRYP_SetTDESECBMode(hcryp, 0);
-
-    /* Enable Interrupts */
-    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI | CRYP_IT_OUTI);
-
-    /* Enable CRYP */
-    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
-
-    /* Return function status */
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else if(__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI))
-  {
-    inputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr;
-    /* Write the Input block in the IN FIFO */
-    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
-    inputaddr+=4;
-    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
-
-    hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr += 8;
-    hcryp->CrypInCount -= 8;
-    if(hcryp->CrypInCount == 0)
-    {
-      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI);
-      /* Call the Input data transfer complete callback */
-      HAL_CRYP_InCpltCallback(hcryp);
-    }
-  }
-  else if(__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI))
-  {
-    outputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr;
-    /* Read the Output block from the Output FIFO */
-    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
-    outputaddr+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
-
-    hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr += 8;
-    hcryp->CrypOutCount -= 8;
-    if(hcryp->CrypOutCount == 0)
-    {
-      /* Disable IT */
-      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI);
-      /* Disable CRYP */
-      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE(hcryp);
-      /* Process Unlocked */
-      __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-      /* Change the CRYP state */
-      hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
-      /* Call the Output data transfer complete callback */
-      HAL_CRYP_OutCpltCallback(hcryp);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in TDES CBC encryption mode.
-  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
-  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
-  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8
-  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_TDESCBC_Encrypt_IT(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pCypherData)
-{
-  uint32_t inputaddr;
-  uint32_t outputaddr;
-
-  if(hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY)
-  {
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
-
-    hcryp->CrypInCount = Size;
-    hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr = pPlainData;
-    hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr = pCypherData;
-    hcryp->CrypOutCount = Size;
-
-    /* Change the CRYP state */
-    hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
-
-    /* Set CRYP peripheral in TDES CBC encryption mode */
-    CRYP_SetTDESCBCMode(hcryp, 0);
-
-    /* Enable Interrupts */
-    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI | CRYP_IT_OUTI);
-
-    /* Enable CRYP */
-    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
-
-    /* Return function status */
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else if(__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI))
-  {
-    inputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr;
-    /* Write the Input block in the IN FIFO */
-    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
-    inputaddr+=4;
-    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
-
-    hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr += 8;
-    hcryp->CrypInCount -= 8;
-    if(hcryp->CrypInCount == 0)
-    {
-      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI);
-      /* Call the Input data transfer complete callback */
-      HAL_CRYP_InCpltCallback(hcryp);
-    }
-  }
-  else if(__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI))
-  {
-    outputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr;
-    /* Read the Output block from the Output FIFO */
-    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
-    outputaddr+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
-
-    hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr += 8;
-    hcryp->CrypOutCount -= 8;
-    if(hcryp->CrypOutCount == 0)
-    {
-      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI);
-      /* Disable CRYP */
-      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE(hcryp);
-      /* Process Unlocked */
-      __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-      /* Change the CRYP state */
-      hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
-      /* Call Input transfer complete callback */
-      HAL_CRYP_OutCpltCallback(hcryp);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in TDES ECB decryption mode.
-  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
-  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
-  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8
-  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_TDESECB_Decrypt_IT(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pPlainData)
-{
-  uint32_t inputaddr;
-  uint32_t outputaddr;
-
-  if(hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY)
-  {
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
-
-    hcryp->CrypInCount = Size;
-    hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr = pCypherData;
-    hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr = pPlainData;
-    hcryp->CrypOutCount = Size;
-
-    /* Change the CRYP state */
-    hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
-
-    /* Set CRYP peripheral in TDES ECB decryption mode */
-    CRYP_SetTDESECBMode(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGODIR);
-
-    /* Enable Interrupts */
-    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI | CRYP_IT_OUTI);
-
-    /* Enable CRYP */
-    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
-
-    /* Return function status */
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else if(__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI))
-  {
-    inputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr;
-    /* Write the Input block in the IN FIFO */
-    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
-    inputaddr+=4;
-    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
-
-    hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr += 8;
-    hcryp->CrypInCount -= 8;
-    if(hcryp->CrypInCount == 0)
-    {
-      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI);
-      /* Call the Input data transfer complete callback */
-      HAL_CRYP_InCpltCallback(hcryp);
-    }
-  }
-  else if(__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI))
-  {
-    outputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr;
-    /* Read the Output block from the Output FIFO */
-    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
-    outputaddr+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
-
-    hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr += 8;
-    hcryp->CrypOutCount -= 8;
-    if(hcryp->CrypOutCount == 0)
-    {
-      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI);
-      /* Disable CRYP */
-      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE(hcryp);
-      /* Process Unlocked */
-      __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-      /* Change the CRYP state */
-      hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
-      /* Call Input transfer complete callback */
-      HAL_CRYP_OutCpltCallback(hcryp);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in TDES CBC decryption mode.
-  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
-  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
-  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8
-  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_TDESCBC_Decrypt_IT(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pPlainData)
-{
-  uint32_t inputaddr;
-  uint32_t outputaddr;
-
-  if(hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY)
-  {
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
-
-    hcryp->CrypInCount = Size;
-    hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr = pCypherData;
-    hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr = pPlainData;
-    hcryp->CrypOutCount = Size;
-
-    /* Change the CRYP state */
-    hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
-
-    /* Set CRYP peripheral in TDES CBC decryption mode */
-    CRYP_SetTDESCBCMode(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGODIR);
-
-    /* Enable Interrupts */
-    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI | CRYP_IT_OUTI);
-
-    /* Enable CRYP */
-    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
-
-    /* Return function status */
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else if(__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI))
-  {
-    inputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr;
-    /* Write the Input block in the IN FIFO */
-    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
-    inputaddr+=4;
-    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
-
-    hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr += 8;
-    hcryp->CrypInCount -= 8;
-    if(hcryp->CrypInCount == 0)
-    {
-      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI);
-      /* Call the Input data transfer complete callback */
-      HAL_CRYP_InCpltCallback(hcryp);
-    }
-  }
-  else if(__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI))
-  {
-    outputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr;
-    /* Read the Output block from the Output FIFO */
-    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
-    outputaddr+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
-
-    hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr += 8;
-    hcryp->CrypOutCount -= 8;
-    if(hcryp->CrypOutCount == 0)
-    {
-      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI);
-      /* Disable CRYP */
-      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE(hcryp);
-      /* Process Unlocked */
-      __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-      /* Change the CRYP state */
-      hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
-      /* Call Input transfer complete callback */
-      HAL_CRYP_OutCpltCallback(hcryp);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in TDES ECB encryption mode using DMA.
-  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
-  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
-  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8
-  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_TDESECB_Encrypt_DMA(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pCypherData)
-{
-  uint32_t inputaddr;
-  uint32_t outputaddr;
-
-  if((hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY) || (hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS))
-  {
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
-
-    inputaddr  = (uint32_t)pPlainData;
-    outputaddr = (uint32_t)pCypherData;
-
-    /* Change the CRYP state */
-    hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
-
-    /* Set CRYP peripheral in TDES ECB encryption mode */
-    CRYP_SetTDESECBMode(hcryp, 0);
-
-    /* Set the input and output addresses and start DMA transfer */
-    CRYP_SetDMAConfig(hcryp, inputaddr, Size, outputaddr);
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-
-    /* Return function status */
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in TDES CBC encryption mode using DMA.
-  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
-  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
-  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8
-  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_TDESCBC_Encrypt_DMA(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pCypherData)
-{
-  uint32_t inputaddr;
-  uint32_t outputaddr;
-
-  if((hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY) || (hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS))
-  {
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
-
-    inputaddr  = (uint32_t)pPlainData;
-    outputaddr = (uint32_t)pCypherData;
-
-    /* Change the CRYP state */
-    hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
-
-    /* Set CRYP peripheral in TDES CBC encryption mode */
-    CRYP_SetTDESCBCMode(hcryp, 0);
-
-    /* Set the input and output addresses and start DMA transfer */
-    CRYP_SetDMAConfig(hcryp, inputaddr, Size, outputaddr);
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-
-    /* Return function status */
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in TDES ECB decryption mode using DMA.
-  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
-  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
-  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8
-  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_TDESECB_Decrypt_DMA(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pPlainData)
-{
-  uint32_t inputaddr;
-  uint32_t outputaddr;
-
-  if((hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY) || (hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS))
-  {
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
-
-    inputaddr  = (uint32_t)pCypherData;
-    outputaddr = (uint32_t)pPlainData;
-
-    /* Change the CRYP state */
-    hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
-
-    /* Set CRYP peripheral in TDES ECB decryption mode */
-    CRYP_SetTDESECBMode(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGODIR);
-
-    /* Set the input and output addresses and start DMA transfer */
-    CRYP_SetDMAConfig(hcryp, inputaddr, Size, outputaddr);
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-
-    /* Return function status */
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in TDES CBC decryption mode using DMA.
-  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
-  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
-  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 8
-  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYP_TDESCBC_Decrypt_DMA(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pPlainData)
-{
-  uint32_t inputaddr;
-  uint32_t outputaddr;
-
-  if((hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY) || (hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS))
-  {
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
-
-    inputaddr  = (uint32_t)pCypherData;
-    outputaddr = (uint32_t)pPlainData;
-
-    /* Change the CRYP state */
-    hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
-
-    /* Set CRYP peripheral in TDES CBC decryption mode */
-    CRYP_SetTDESCBCMode(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGODIR);
-
-    /* Set the input and output addresses and start DMA transfer */
-    CRYP_SetDMAConfig(hcryp, inputaddr, Size, outputaddr);
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-
-    /* Return function status */
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup CRYP_Exported_Functions_Group5 DMA callback functions
- *  @brief   DMA callback functions.
- *
-@verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                      ##### DMA callback functions  #####
-  ==============================================================================
-    [..]  This section provides DMA callback functions:
-      (+) DMA Input data transfer complete
-      (+) DMA Output data transfer complete
-      (+) DMA error
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Input FIFO transfer completed callbacks.
-  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_CRYP_InCpltCallback(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_CRYP_InCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Output FIFO transfer completed callbacks.
-  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_CRYP_OutCpltCallback(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_CRYP_OutCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  CRYP error callbacks.
-  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
-  * @retval None
-  */
- __weak void HAL_CRYP_ErrorCallback(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_CRYP_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup CRYP_Exported_Functions_Group6 CRYP IRQ handler management
- *  @brief   CRYP IRQ handler.
- *
-@verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                ##### CRYP IRQ handler management #####
-  ==============================================================================
-[..]  This section provides CRYP IRQ handler function.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  This function handles CRYP interrupt request.
-  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_CRYP_IRQHandler(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp)
-{
-  switch(CRYP->CR & CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_DIRECTION)
-  {
-  case CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_TDES_ECB_ENCRYPT:
-    HAL_CRYP_TDESECB_Encrypt_IT(hcryp, NULL, 0, NULL);
-    break;
-
-  case CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_TDES_ECB_DECRYPT:
-    HAL_CRYP_TDESECB_Decrypt_IT(hcryp, NULL, 0, NULL);
-    break;
-
-  case CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_TDES_CBC_ENCRYPT:
-    HAL_CRYP_TDESCBC_Encrypt_IT(hcryp, NULL, 0, NULL);
-    break;
-
-  case CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_TDES_CBC_DECRYPT:
-    HAL_CRYP_TDESCBC_Decrypt_IT(hcryp, NULL, 0, NULL);
-    break;
-
-  case CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_DES_ECB_ENCRYPT:
-    HAL_CRYP_DESECB_Encrypt_IT(hcryp, NULL, 0, NULL);
-    break;
-
-  case CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_DES_ECB_DECRYPT:
-    HAL_CRYP_DESECB_Decrypt_IT(hcryp, NULL, 0, NULL);
-    break;
-
-  case CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_DES_CBC_ENCRYPT:
-    HAL_CRYP_DESCBC_Encrypt_IT(hcryp, NULL, 0, NULL);
-    break;
-
-  case CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_DES_CBC_DECRYPT:
-    HAL_CRYP_DESCBC_Decrypt_IT(hcryp, NULL, 0, NULL);
-    break;
-
-  case CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_ECB_ENCRYPT:
-    HAL_CRYP_AESECB_Encrypt_IT(hcryp, NULL, 0, NULL);
-    break;
-
-  case CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_ECB_DECRYPT:
-    HAL_CRYP_AESECB_Decrypt_IT(hcryp, NULL, 0, NULL);
-    break;
-
-  case CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_CBC_ENCRYPT:
-    HAL_CRYP_AESCBC_Encrypt_IT(hcryp, NULL, 0, NULL);
-    break;
-
-  case CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_CBC_DECRYPT:
-    HAL_CRYP_AESCBC_Decrypt_IT(hcryp, NULL, 0, NULL);
-    break;
-
-  case CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_CTR_ENCRYPT:
-    HAL_CRYP_AESCTR_Encrypt_IT(hcryp, NULL, 0, NULL);
-    break;
-
-  case CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_CTR_DECRYPT:
-    HAL_CRYP_AESCTR_Decrypt_IT(hcryp, NULL, 0, NULL);
-    break;
-
-  default:
-    break;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup CRYP_Exported_Functions_Group7 Peripheral State functions
- *  @brief   Peripheral State functions.
- *
-@verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                      ##### Peripheral State functions #####
-  ==============================================================================
-    [..]
-    This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Returns the CRYP state.
-  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
-  * @retval HAL state
-  */
-HAL_CRYP_STATETypeDef HAL_CRYP_GetState(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp)
-{
-  return hcryp->State;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-#endif /* HAL_CRYP_MODULE_ENABLED */
-
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-#endif /* STM32F756xx */
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_cryp_ex.c b/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_cryp_ex.c
deleted file mode 100644
index a1de2fe3d9..0000000000
--- a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_cryp_ex.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3040 +0,0 @@
-/**
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @file    stm32f7xx_hal_cryp_ex.c
-  * @author  MCD Application Team
-  * @version V1.0.1
-  * @date    25-June-2015
-  * @brief   Extended CRYP HAL module driver
-  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
-  *          functionalities of CRYP extension peripheral:
-  *           + Extended AES processing functions
-  *
-  @verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                     ##### How to use this driver #####
-  ==============================================================================
-    [..]
-    The CRYP Extension HAL driver can be used as follows:
-    (#)Initialize the CRYP low level resources by implementing the HAL_CRYP_MspInit():
-        (##) Enable the CRYP interface clock using __HAL_RCC_CRYP_CLK_ENABLE()
-        (##) In case of using interrupts (e.g. HAL_CRYPEx_AESGCM_Encrypt_IT())
-            (+++) Configure the CRYP interrupt priority using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority()
-            (+++) Enable the CRYP IRQ handler using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ()
-            (+++) In CRYP IRQ handler, call HAL_CRYP_IRQHandler()
-        (##) In case of using DMA to control data transfer (e.g. HAL_AES_ECB_Encrypt_DMA())
-            (+++) Enable the DMAx interface clock using __DMAx_CLK_ENABLE()
-            (+++) Configure and enable two DMA streams one for managing data transfer from
-                memory to peripheral (input stream) and another stream for managing data
-                transfer from peripheral to memory (output stream)
-            (+++) Associate the initialized DMA handle to the CRYP DMA handle
-                using  __HAL_LINKDMA()
-            (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete
-                interrupt on the two DMA Streams. The output stream should have higher
-                priority than the input stream HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() and HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ()
-    (#)Initialize the CRYP HAL using HAL_CRYP_Init(). This function configures mainly:
-        (##) The data type: 1-bit, 8-bit, 16-bit and 32-bit
-        (##) The key size: 128, 192 and 256. This parameter is relevant only for AES
-        (##) The encryption/decryption key. Its size depends on the algorithm
-                used for encryption/decryption
-        (##) The initialization vector (counter). It is not used ECB mode.
-    (#)Three processing (encryption/decryption) functions are available:
-        (##) Polling mode: encryption and decryption APIs are blocking functions
-             i.e. they process the data and wait till the processing is finished
-             e.g. HAL_CRYPEx_AESGCM_Encrypt()
-        (##) Interrupt mode: encryption and decryption APIs are not blocking functions
-                i.e. they process the data under interrupt
-                e.g. HAL_CRYPEx_AESGCM_Encrypt_IT()
-        (##) DMA mode: encryption and decryption APIs are not blocking functions
-                i.e. the data transfer is ensured by DMA
-                e.g. HAL_CRYPEx_AESGCM_Encrypt_DMA()
-    (#)When the processing function is called at first time after HAL_CRYP_Init()
-       the CRYP peripheral is initialized and processes the buffer in input.
-       At second call, the processing function performs an append of the already
-       processed buffer.
-       When a new data block is to be processed, call HAL_CRYP_Init() then the
-       processing function.
-    (#)In AES-GCM and AES-CCM modes are an authenticated encryption algorithms
-       which provide authentication messages.
-       HAL_AES_GCM_Finish() and HAL_AES_CCM_Finish() are used to provide those
-       authentication messages.
-       Call those functions after the processing ones (polling, interrupt or DMA).
-       e.g. in AES-CCM mode call HAL_CRYPEx_AESCCM_Encrypt() to encrypt the plain data
-            then call HAL_CRYPEx_AESCCM_Finish() to get the authentication message
-    -@- For CCM Encrypt/Decrypt API's, only DataType = 8-bit is supported by this version.
-    -@- The HAL_CRYPEx_AESGCM_xxxx() implementation is limited to 32bits inputs data length
-        (Plain/Cyphertext, Header) compared with GCM standards specifications (800-38D).
-    (#)Call HAL_CRYP_DeInit() to deinitialize the CRYP peripheral.
-
-  @endverbatim
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @attention
-  *
-  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
-  *
-  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
-  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
-  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
-  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
-  *      without specific prior written permission.
-  *
-  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
-  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
-  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
-  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
-  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
-  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
-  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
-  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
-  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
-  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-  *
-  ******************************************************************************
-  */
-
-/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
-
-/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
-  * @{
-  */
-#if defined(STM32F756xx)
-/** @defgroup CRYPEx CRYPEx
-  * @brief CRYP Extension HAL module driver.
-  * @{
-  */
-
-
-#ifdef HAL_CRYP_MODULE_ENABLED
-
-/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/** @addtogroup CRYPEx_Private_define
-  * @{
-  */
-#define CRYPEx_TIMEOUT_VALUE  1
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
-/** @defgroup CRYPEx_Private_Functions_prototypes  CRYP Private Functions Prototypes
-  * @{
-  */
-static void CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetInitVector(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *InitVector);
-static void CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetKey(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *Key, uint32_t KeySize);
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef CRYPEx_GCMCCM_ProcessData(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *Input, uint16_t Ilength, uint8_t *Output, uint32_t Timeout);
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetHeaderPhase(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t* Input, uint16_t Ilength, uint32_t Timeout);
-static void CRYPEx_GCMCCM_DMAInCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
-static void CRYPEx_GCMCCM_DMAOutCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
-static void CRYPEx_GCMCCM_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
-static void CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetDMAConfig(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint32_t inputaddr, uint16_t Size, uint32_t outputaddr);
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/** @addtogroup CRYPEx_Private_Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  DMA CRYP Input Data process complete callback.
-  * @param  hdma: DMA handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void CRYPEx_GCMCCM_DMAInCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  CRYP_HandleTypeDef* hcryp = ( CRYP_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
-
-  /* Disable the DMA transfer for input Fifo request by resetting the DIEN bit
-     in the DMACR register */
-  hcryp->Instance->DMACR &= (uint32_t)(~CRYP_DMACR_DIEN);
-
-  /* Call input data transfer complete callback */
-  HAL_CRYP_InCpltCallback(hcryp);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  DMA CRYP Output Data process complete callback.
-  * @param  hdma: DMA handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void CRYPEx_GCMCCM_DMAOutCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  CRYP_HandleTypeDef* hcryp = ( CRYP_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
-
-  /* Disable the DMA transfer for output Fifo request by resetting the DOEN bit
-     in the DMACR register */
-  hcryp->Instance->DMACR &= (uint32_t)(~CRYP_DMACR_DOEN);
-
-  /* Enable the CRYP peripheral */
-  __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE(hcryp);
-
-  /* Change the CRYP peripheral state */
-  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Call output data transfer complete callback */
-  HAL_CRYP_OutCpltCallback(hcryp);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  DMA CRYP communication error callback.
-  * @param  hdma: DMA handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void CRYPEx_GCMCCM_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  CRYP_HandleTypeDef* hcryp = ( CRYP_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
-  hcryp->State= HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
-  HAL_CRYP_ErrorCallback(hcryp);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Writes the Key in Key registers.
-  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
-  * @param  Key: Pointer to Key buffer
-  * @param  KeySize: Size of Key
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetKey(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *Key, uint32_t KeySize)
-{
-  uint32_t keyaddr = (uint32_t)Key;
-
-  switch(KeySize)
-  {
-  case CRYP_KEYSIZE_256B:
-    /* Key Initialisation */
-    hcryp->Instance->K0LR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
-    keyaddr+=4;
-    hcryp->Instance->K0RR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
-    keyaddr+=4;
-    hcryp->Instance->K1LR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
-    keyaddr+=4;
-    hcryp->Instance->K1RR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
-    keyaddr+=4;
-    hcryp->Instance->K2LR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
-    keyaddr+=4;
-    hcryp->Instance->K2RR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
-    keyaddr+=4;
-    hcryp->Instance->K3LR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
-    keyaddr+=4;
-    hcryp->Instance->K3RR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
-    break;
-  case CRYP_KEYSIZE_192B:
-    hcryp->Instance->K1LR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
-    keyaddr+=4;
-    hcryp->Instance->K1RR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
-    keyaddr+=4;
-    hcryp->Instance->K2LR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
-    keyaddr+=4;
-    hcryp->Instance->K2RR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
-    keyaddr+=4;
-    hcryp->Instance->K3LR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
-    keyaddr+=4;
-    hcryp->Instance->K3RR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
-    break;
-  case CRYP_KEYSIZE_128B:
-    hcryp->Instance->K2LR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
-    keyaddr+=4;
-    hcryp->Instance->K2RR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
-    keyaddr+=4;
-    hcryp->Instance->K3LR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
-    keyaddr+=4;
-    hcryp->Instance->K3RR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(keyaddr));
-    break;
-  default:
-    break;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Writes the InitVector/InitCounter in IV registers.
-  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
-  * @param  InitVector: Pointer to InitVector/InitCounter buffer
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetInitVector(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *InitVector)
-{
-  uint32_t ivaddr = (uint32_t)InitVector;
-
-  hcryp->Instance->IV0LR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(ivaddr));
-  ivaddr+=4;
-  hcryp->Instance->IV0RR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(ivaddr));
-  ivaddr+=4;
-  hcryp->Instance->IV1LR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(ivaddr));
-  ivaddr+=4;
-  hcryp->Instance->IV1RR = __REV(*(uint32_t*)(ivaddr));
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Process Data: Writes Input data in polling mode and read the Output data.
-  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
-  * @param  Input: Pointer to the Input buffer.
-  * @param  Ilength: Length of the Input buffer, must be a multiple of 16
-  * @param  Output: Pointer to the returned buffer
-  * @param  Timeout: Timeout value
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef CRYPEx_GCMCCM_ProcessData(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *Input, uint16_t Ilength, uint8_t *Output, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-  uint32_t i = 0;
-  uint32_t inputaddr  = (uint32_t)Input;
-  uint32_t outputaddr = (uint32_t)Output;
-
-  for(i=0; (i < Ilength); i+=16)
-  {
-    /* Write the Input block in the IN FIFO */
-    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
-    inputaddr+=4;
-    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
-    inputaddr+=4;
-    hcryp->Instance->DR  = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
-    inputaddr+=4;
-    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
-    inputaddr+=4;
-
-    /* Get tick */
-    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-    while(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hcryp->Instance->SR, CRYP_FLAG_OFNE))
-    {
-      /* Check for the Timeout */
-      if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
-      {
-        if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CRYPEx_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
-        {
-          /* Change state */
-          hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-
-          /* Process Unlocked */
-          __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-
-          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-    /* Read the Output block from the OUT FIFO */
-    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
-    outputaddr+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
-    outputaddr+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
-    outputaddr+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
-    outputaddr+=4;
-  }
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Sets the header phase
-  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
-  * @param  Input: Pointer to the Input buffer.
-  * @param  Ilength: Length of the Input buffer, must be a multiple of 16
-  * @param  Timeout: Timeout value
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetHeaderPhase(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t* Input, uint16_t Ilength, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-  uint32_t loopcounter = 0;
-  uint32_t headeraddr = (uint32_t)Input;
-
-  /***************************** Header phase *********************************/
-  if(hcryp->Init.HeaderSize != 0)
-  {
-    /* Select header phase */
-    __HAL_CRYP_SET_PHASE(hcryp, CRYP_PHASE_HEADER);
-    /* Enable the CRYP peripheral */
-    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
-
-    for(loopcounter = 0; (loopcounter < hcryp->Init.HeaderSize); loopcounter+=16)
-    {
-      /* Get tick */
-      tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-      while(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hcryp->Instance->SR, CRYP_FLAG_IFEM))
-      {
-        /* Check for the Timeout */
-        if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
-        {
-          if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
-          {
-            /* Change state */
-            hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-
-            /* Process Unlocked */
-            __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-
-            return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-          }
-        }
-      }
-      /* Write the Input block in the IN FIFO */
-      hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(headeraddr);
-      headeraddr+=4;
-      hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(headeraddr);
-      headeraddr+=4;
-      hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(headeraddr);
-      headeraddr+=4;
-      hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(headeraddr);
-      headeraddr+=4;
-    }
-
-    /* Wait until the complete message has been processed */
-
-    /* Get tick */
-    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-    while((hcryp->Instance->SR & CRYP_FLAG_BUSY) == CRYP_FLAG_BUSY)
-    {
-      /* Check for the Timeout */
-      if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
-      {
-        if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
-        {
-          /* Change state */
-          hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-
-          /* Process Unlocked */
-          __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-
-          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Sets the DMA configuration and start the DMA transfer.
-  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
-  * @param  inputaddr: Address of the Input buffer
-  * @param  Size: Size of the Input buffer, must be a multiple of 16
-  * @param  outputaddr: Address of the Output buffer
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetDMAConfig(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint32_t inputaddr, uint16_t Size, uint32_t outputaddr)
-{
-  /* Set the CRYP DMA transfer complete callback */
-  hcryp->hdmain->XferCpltCallback = CRYPEx_GCMCCM_DMAInCplt;
-  /* Set the DMA error callback */
-  hcryp->hdmain->XferErrorCallback = CRYPEx_GCMCCM_DMAError;
-
-  /* Set the CRYP DMA transfer complete callback */
-  hcryp->hdmaout->XferCpltCallback = CRYPEx_GCMCCM_DMAOutCplt;
-  /* Set the DMA error callback */
-  hcryp->hdmaout->XferErrorCallback = CRYPEx_GCMCCM_DMAError;
-
-  /* Enable the CRYP peripheral */
-  __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
-
-  /* Enable the DMA In DMA Stream */
-  HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hcryp->hdmain, inputaddr, (uint32_t)&hcryp->Instance->DR, Size/4);
-
-  /* Enable In DMA request */
-  hcryp->Instance->DMACR = CRYP_DMACR_DIEN;
-
-  /* Enable the DMA Out DMA Stream */
-  HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hcryp->hdmaout, (uint32_t)&hcryp->Instance->DOUT, outputaddr, Size/4);
-
-  /* Enable Out DMA request */
-  hcryp->Instance->DMACR |= CRYP_DMACR_DOEN;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/* Exported functions---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/** @addtogroup CRYPEx_Exported_Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup CRYPEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended AES processing functions
- *  @brief   Extended processing functions.
- *
-@verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-              ##### Extended AES processing functions #####
-  ==============================================================================
-    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
-      (+) Encrypt plaintext using AES-128/192/256 using GCM and CCM chaining modes
-      (+) Decrypt cyphertext using AES-128/192/256 using GCM and CCM chaining modes
-      (+) Finish the processing. This function is available only for GCM and CCM
-    [..]  Three processing methods are available:
-      (+) Polling mode
-      (+) Interrupt mode
-      (+) DMA mode
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES CCM encryption mode then
-  *         encrypt pPlainData. The cypher data are available in pCypherData.
-  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
-  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
-  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16
-  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
-  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYPEx_AESCCM_Encrypt(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-  uint32_t headersize = hcryp->Init.HeaderSize;
-  uint32_t headeraddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->Init.Header;
-  uint32_t loopcounter = 0;
-  uint32_t bufferidx = 0;
-  uint8_t blockb0[16] = {0};/* Block B0 */
-  uint8_t ctr[16] = {0}; /* Counter */
-  uint32_t b0addr = (uint32_t)blockb0;
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
-
-  /* Change the CRYP peripheral state */
-  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
-  if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY)
-  {
-    /************************ Formatting the header block *********************/
-    if(headersize != 0)
-    {
-      /* Check that the associated data (or header) length is lower than 2^16 - 2^8 = 65536 - 256 = 65280 */
-      if(headersize < 65280)
-      {
-        hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = (uint8_t) ((headersize >> 8) & 0xFF);
-        hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = (uint8_t) ((headersize) & 0xFF);
-        headersize += 2;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        /* Header is encoded as 0xff || 0xfe || [headersize]32, i.e., six octets */
-        hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = 0xFF;
-        hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = 0xFE;
-        hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = headersize & 0xff000000;
-        hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = headersize & 0x00ff0000;
-        hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = headersize & 0x0000ff00;
-        hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = headersize & 0x000000ff;
-        headersize += 6;
-      }
-      /* Copy the header buffer in internal buffer "hcryp->Init.pScratch" */
-      for(loopcounter = 0; loopcounter < headersize; loopcounter++)
-      {
-        hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = hcryp->Init.Header[loopcounter];
-      }
-      /* Check if the header size is modulo 16 */
-      if ((headersize % 16) != 0)
-      {
-        /* Padd the header buffer with 0s till the hcryp->Init.pScratch length is modulo 16 */
-        for(loopcounter = headersize; loopcounter <= ((headersize/16) + 1) * 16; loopcounter++)
-        {
-          hcryp->Init.pScratch[loopcounter] = 0;
-        }
-        /* Set the header size to modulo 16 */
-        headersize = ((headersize/16) + 1) * 16;
-      }
-      /* Set the pointer headeraddr to hcryp->Init.pScratch */
-      headeraddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->Init.pScratch;
-    }
-    /*********************** Formatting the block B0 **************************/
-    if(headersize != 0)
-    {
-      blockb0[0] = 0x40;
-    }
-    /* Flags byte */
-    /* blockb0[0] |= 0u | (((( (uint8_t) hcryp->Init.TagSize - 2) / 2) & 0x07 ) << 3 ) | ( ( (uint8_t) (15 - hcryp->Init.IVSize) - 1) & 0x07) */
-    blockb0[0] |= (uint8_t)((uint8_t)((uint8_t)(((uint8_t)(hcryp->Init.TagSize - (uint8_t)(2))) >> 1) & (uint8_t)0x07 ) << 3);
-    blockb0[0] |= (uint8_t)((uint8_t)((uint8_t)((uint8_t)(15) - hcryp->Init.IVSize) - (uint8_t)1) & (uint8_t)0x07);
-
-    for (loopcounter = 0; loopcounter < hcryp->Init.IVSize; loopcounter++)
-    {
-      blockb0[loopcounter+1] = hcryp->Init.pInitVect[loopcounter];
-    }
-    for ( ; loopcounter < 13; loopcounter++)
-    {
-      blockb0[loopcounter+1] = 0;
-    }
-
-    blockb0[14] = (Size >> 8);
-    blockb0[15] = (Size & 0xFF);
-
-    /************************* Formatting the initial counter *****************/
-    /* Byte 0:
-       Bits 7 and 6 are reserved and shall be set to 0
-       Bits 3, 4, and 5 shall also be set to 0, to ensure that all the counter blocks
-       are distinct from B0
-       Bits 0, 1, and 2 contain the same encoding of q as in B0
-    */
-    ctr[0] = blockb0[0] & 0x07;
-    /* byte 1 to NonceSize is the IV (Nonce) */
-    for(loopcounter = 1; loopcounter < hcryp->Init.IVSize + 1; loopcounter++)
-    {
-      ctr[loopcounter] = blockb0[loopcounter];
-    }
-    /* Set the LSB to 1 */
-    ctr[15] |= 0x01;
-
-    /* Set the key */
-    CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, hcryp->Init.KeySize);
-
-    /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES CCM mode */
-    __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_CCM_ENCRYPT);
-
-    /* Set the Initialization Vector */
-    CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetInitVector(hcryp, ctr);
-
-    /* Select init phase */
-    __HAL_CRYP_SET_PHASE(hcryp, CRYP_PHASE_INIT);
-
-    b0addr = (uint32_t)blockb0;
-    /* Write the blockb0 block in the IN FIFO */
-    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(b0addr);
-    b0addr+=4;
-    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(b0addr);
-    b0addr+=4;
-    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(b0addr);
-    b0addr+=4;
-    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(b0addr);
-
-    /* Enable the CRYP peripheral */
-    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
-
-    /* Get tick */
-    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-    while((CRYP->CR & CRYP_CR_CRYPEN) == CRYP_CR_CRYPEN)
-    {
-      /* Check for the Timeout */
-      if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
-      {
-        if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
-        {
-          /* Change state */
-          hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-
-          /* Process Unlocked */
-          __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-
-          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-    /***************************** Header phase *******************************/
-    if(headersize != 0)
-    {
-      /* Select header phase */
-      __HAL_CRYP_SET_PHASE(hcryp, CRYP_PHASE_HEADER);
-
-      /* Enable the CRYP peripheral */
-      __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
-
-      for(loopcounter = 0; (loopcounter < headersize); loopcounter+=16)
-      {
-        /* Get tick */
-        tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-        while(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hcryp->Instance->SR, CRYP_FLAG_IFEM))
-        {
-          {
-            /* Check for the Timeout */
-            if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
-            {
-              if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
-              {
-                /* Change state */
-                hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-
-                /* Process Unlocked */
-                __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-
-                return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-              }
-            }
-          }
-        }
-        /* Write the header block in the IN FIFO */
-        hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(headeraddr);
-        headeraddr+=4;
-        hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(headeraddr);
-        headeraddr+=4;
-        hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(headeraddr);
-        headeraddr+=4;
-        hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(headeraddr);
-        headeraddr+=4;
-      }
-
-      /* Get tick */
-      tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-      while((hcryp->Instance->SR & CRYP_FLAG_BUSY) == CRYP_FLAG_BUSY)
-      {
-        /* Check for the Timeout */
-        if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
-        {
-          if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
-          {
-            /* Change state */
-            hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-
-            /* Process Unlocked */
-            __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-
-            return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-          }
-        }
-      }
-    }
-    /* Save formatted counter into the scratch buffer pScratch */
-    for(loopcounter = 0; (loopcounter < 16); loopcounter++)
-    {
-      hcryp->Init.pScratch[loopcounter] = ctr[loopcounter];
-    }
-    /* Reset bit 0 */
-    hcryp->Init.pScratch[15] &= 0xfe;
-
-    /* Select payload phase once the header phase is performed */
-    __HAL_CRYP_SET_PHASE(hcryp, CRYP_PHASE_PAYLOAD);
-
-    /* Flush FIFO */
-    __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp);
-
-    /* Enable the CRYP peripheral */
-    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
-
-    /* Set the phase */
-    hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS;
-  }
-
-  /* Write Plain Data and Get Cypher Data */
-  if(CRYPEx_GCMCCM_ProcessData(hcryp,pPlainData, Size, pCypherData, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-  {
-    return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-  }
-
-  /* Change the CRYP peripheral state */
-  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES GCM encryption mode then
-  *         encrypt pPlainData. The cypher data are available in pCypherData.
-  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
-  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
-  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16
-  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
-  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYPEx_AESGCM_Encrypt(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
-
-  /* Change the CRYP peripheral state */
-  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
-  if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY)
-  {
-    /* Set the key */
-    CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, hcryp->Init.KeySize);
-
-    /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES GCM mode */
-    __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_GCM_ENCRYPT);
-
-    /* Set the Initialization Vector */
-    CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetInitVector(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pInitVect);
-
-    /* Flush FIFO */
-    __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp);
-
-    /* Enable the CRYP peripheral */
-    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
-
-    /* Get tick */
-    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-    while((CRYP->CR & CRYP_CR_CRYPEN) == CRYP_CR_CRYPEN)
-    {
-      /* Check for the Timeout */
-      if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
-      {
-        if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
-        {
-          /* Change state */
-          hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-
-          /* Process Unlocked */
-          __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-
-          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Set the header phase */
-    if(CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetHeaderPhase(hcryp, hcryp->Init.Header, hcryp->Init.HeaderSize, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-    {
-      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-    }
-
-    /* Disable the CRYP peripheral */
-    __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE(hcryp);
-
-    /* Select payload phase once the header phase is performed */
-    __HAL_CRYP_SET_PHASE(hcryp, CRYP_PHASE_PAYLOAD);
-
-    /* Flush FIFO */
-    __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp);
-
-    /* Enable the CRYP peripheral */
-    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
-
-    /* Set the phase */
-    hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS;
-  }
-
-  /* Write Plain Data and Get Cypher Data */
-  if(CRYPEx_GCMCCM_ProcessData(hcryp, pPlainData, Size, pCypherData, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-  {
-    return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-  }
-
-  /* Change the CRYP peripheral state */
-  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES GCM decryption mode then
-  *         decrypted pCypherData. The cypher data are available in pPlainData.
-  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
-  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
-  * @param  Size: Length of the cyphertext buffer, must be a multiple of 16
-  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
-  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYPEx_AESGCM_Decrypt(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
-
-  /* Change the CRYP peripheral state */
-  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
-  if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY)
-  {
-    /* Set the key */
-    CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, hcryp->Init.KeySize);
-
-    /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES GCM decryption mode */
-    __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_GCM_DECRYPT);
-
-    /* Set the Initialization Vector */
-    CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetInitVector(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pInitVect);
-
-    /* Flush FIFO */
-    __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp);
-
-    /* Enable the CRYP peripheral */
-    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
-
-    /* Get tick */
-    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-    while((CRYP->CR & CRYP_CR_CRYPEN) == CRYP_CR_CRYPEN)
-    {
-      /* Check for the Timeout */
-      if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
-      {
-        if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
-        {
-          /* Change state */
-          hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-
-          /* Process Unlocked */
-          __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-
-          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Set the header phase */
-    if(CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetHeaderPhase(hcryp, hcryp->Init.Header, hcryp->Init.HeaderSize, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-    {
-      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-    }
-    /* Disable the CRYP peripheral */
-    __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE(hcryp);
-
-    /* Select payload phase once the header phase is performed */
-    __HAL_CRYP_SET_PHASE(hcryp, CRYP_PHASE_PAYLOAD);
-
-    /* Enable the CRYP peripheral */
-    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
-
-    /* Set the phase */
-    hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS;
-  }
-
-  /* Write Plain Data and Get Cypher Data */
-  if(CRYPEx_GCMCCM_ProcessData(hcryp, pCypherData, Size, pPlainData, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-  {
-    return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-  }
-
-  /* Change the CRYP peripheral state */
-  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Computes the authentication TAG.
-  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
-  * @param  Size: Total length of the plain/cyphertext buffer
-  * @param  AuthTag: Pointer to the authentication buffer
-  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYPEx_AESGCM_Finish(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint32_t Size, uint8_t *AuthTag, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-  uint64_t headerlength = hcryp->Init.HeaderSize * 8; /* Header length in bits */
-  uint64_t inputlength = Size * 8; /* input length in bits */
-  uint32_t tagaddr = (uint32_t)AuthTag;
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
-
-  /* Change the CRYP peripheral state */
-  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
-  if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS)
-  {
-    /* Change the CRYP phase */
-    hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_FINAL;
-
-    /* Disable CRYP to start the final phase */
-    __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE(hcryp);
-
-    /* Select final phase */
-    __HAL_CRYP_SET_PHASE(hcryp, CRYP_PHASE_FINAL);
-
-    /* Enable the CRYP peripheral */
-    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
-
-    /* Write the number of bits in header (64 bits) followed by the number of bits
-       in the payload */
-    if(hcryp->Init.DataType == CRYP_DATATYPE_1B)
-    {
-      hcryp->Instance->DR = __RBIT(headerlength >> 32);
-      hcryp->Instance->DR = __RBIT(headerlength);
-      hcryp->Instance->DR = __RBIT(inputlength >> 32);
-      hcryp->Instance->DR = __RBIT(inputlength);
-    }
-    else if(hcryp->Init.DataType == CRYP_DATATYPE_8B)
-    {
-      hcryp->Instance->DR = __REV(headerlength >> 32);
-      hcryp->Instance->DR = __REV(headerlength);
-      hcryp->Instance->DR = __REV(inputlength >> 32);
-      hcryp->Instance->DR = __REV(inputlength);
-    }
-    else if(hcryp->Init.DataType == CRYP_DATATYPE_16B)
-    {
-      hcryp->Instance->DR = __ROR((uint32_t)(headerlength >> 32), 16);
-      hcryp->Instance->DR = __ROR((uint32_t)headerlength, 16);
-      hcryp->Instance->DR = __ROR((uint32_t)(inputlength >> 32), 16);
-      hcryp->Instance->DR = __ROR((uint32_t)inputlength, 16);
-    }
-    else if(hcryp->Init.DataType == CRYP_DATATYPE_32B)
-    {
-      hcryp->Instance->DR = (uint32_t)(headerlength >> 32);
-      hcryp->Instance->DR = (uint32_t)(headerlength);
-      hcryp->Instance->DR = (uint32_t)(inputlength >> 32);
-      hcryp->Instance->DR = (uint32_t)(inputlength);
-    }
-    /* Get tick */
-    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-    while(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hcryp->Instance->SR, CRYP_FLAG_OFNE))
-    {
-      /* Check for the Timeout */
-      if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
-      {
-        if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
-        {
-          /* Change state */
-          hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-
-          /* Process Unlocked */
-          __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-
-          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Read the Auth TAG in the IN FIFO */
-    *(uint32_t*)(tagaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
-    tagaddr+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(tagaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
-    tagaddr+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(tagaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
-    tagaddr+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(tagaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
-  }
-
-  /* Change the CRYP peripheral state */
-  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Computes the authentication TAG for AES CCM mode.
-  * @note   This API is called after HAL_AES_CCM_Encrypt()/HAL_AES_CCM_Decrypt()
-  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
-  * @param  AuthTag: Pointer to the authentication buffer
-  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYPEx_AESCCM_Finish(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *AuthTag, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-  uint32_t tagaddr = (uint32_t)AuthTag;
-  uint32_t ctraddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->Init.pScratch;
-  uint32_t temptag[4] = {0}; /* Temporary TAG (MAC) */
-  uint32_t loopcounter;
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
-
-  /* Change the CRYP peripheral state */
-  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
-  if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS)
-  {
-    /* Change the CRYP phase */
-    hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_FINAL;
-
-    /* Disable CRYP to start the final phase */
-    __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE(hcryp);
-
-    /* Select final phase */
-    __HAL_CRYP_SET_PHASE(hcryp, CRYP_PHASE_FINAL);
-
-    /* Enable the CRYP peripheral */
-    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
-
-    /* Write the counter block in the IN FIFO */
-    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)ctraddr;
-    ctraddr+=4;
-    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)ctraddr;
-    ctraddr+=4;
-    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)ctraddr;
-    ctraddr+=4;
-    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)ctraddr;
-
-    /* Get tick */
-    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-    while(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hcryp->Instance->SR, CRYP_FLAG_OFNE))
-    {
-      /* Check for the Timeout */
-      if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
-      {
-        if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
-        {
-          /* Change state */
-          hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-
-          /* Process Unlocked */
-          __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-
-          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Read the Auth TAG in the IN FIFO */
-    temptag[0] = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
-    temptag[1] = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
-    temptag[2] = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
-    temptag[3] = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
-  }
-
-  /* Copy temporary authentication TAG in user TAG buffer */
-  for(loopcounter = 0; loopcounter < hcryp->Init.TagSize ; loopcounter++)
-  {
-    /* Set the authentication TAG buffer */
-    *((uint8_t*)tagaddr+loopcounter) = *((uint8_t*)temptag+loopcounter);
-  }
-
-  /* Change the CRYP peripheral state */
-  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES CCM decryption mode then
-  *         decrypted pCypherData. The cypher data are available in pPlainData.
-  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
-  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
-  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16
-  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
-  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYPEx_AESCCM_Decrypt(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-  uint32_t headersize = hcryp->Init.HeaderSize;
-  uint32_t headeraddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->Init.Header;
-  uint32_t loopcounter = 0;
-  uint32_t bufferidx = 0;
-  uint8_t blockb0[16] = {0};/* Block B0 */
-  uint8_t ctr[16] = {0}; /* Counter */
-  uint32_t b0addr = (uint32_t)blockb0;
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
-
-  /* Change the CRYP peripheral state */
-  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
-  if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY)
-  {
-    /************************ Formatting the header block *********************/
-    if(headersize != 0)
-    {
-      /* Check that the associated data (or header) length is lower than 2^16 - 2^8 = 65536 - 256 = 65280 */
-      if(headersize < 65280)
-      {
-        hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = (uint8_t) ((headersize >> 8) & 0xFF);
-        hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = (uint8_t) ((headersize) & 0xFF);
-        headersize += 2;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        /* Header is encoded as 0xff || 0xfe || [headersize]32, i.e., six octets */
-        hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = 0xFF;
-        hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = 0xFE;
-        hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = headersize & 0xff000000;
-        hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = headersize & 0x00ff0000;
-        hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = headersize & 0x0000ff00;
-        hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = headersize & 0x000000ff;
-        headersize += 6;
-      }
-      /* Copy the header buffer in internal buffer "hcryp->Init.pScratch" */
-      for(loopcounter = 0; loopcounter < headersize; loopcounter++)
-      {
-        hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = hcryp->Init.Header[loopcounter];
-      }
-      /* Check if the header size is modulo 16 */
-      if ((headersize % 16) != 0)
-      {
-        /* Padd the header buffer with 0s till the hcryp->Init.pScratch length is modulo 16 */
-        for(loopcounter = headersize; loopcounter <= ((headersize/16) + 1) * 16; loopcounter++)
-        {
-          hcryp->Init.pScratch[loopcounter] = 0;
-        }
-        /* Set the header size to modulo 16 */
-        headersize = ((headersize/16) + 1) * 16;
-      }
-      /* Set the pointer headeraddr to hcryp->Init.pScratch */
-      headeraddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->Init.pScratch;
-    }
-    /*********************** Formatting the block B0 **************************/
-    if(headersize != 0)
-    {
-      blockb0[0] = 0x40;
-    }
-    /* Flags byte */
-    /* blockb0[0] |= 0u | (((( (uint8_t) hcryp->Init.TagSize - 2) / 2) & 0x07 ) << 3 ) | ( ( (uint8_t) (15 - hcryp->Init.IVSize) - 1) & 0x07) */
-    blockb0[0] |= (uint8_t)((uint8_t)((uint8_t)(((uint8_t)(hcryp->Init.TagSize - (uint8_t)(2))) >> 1) & (uint8_t)0x07 ) << 3);
-    blockb0[0] |= (uint8_t)((uint8_t)((uint8_t)((uint8_t)(15) - hcryp->Init.IVSize) - (uint8_t)1) & (uint8_t)0x07);
-
-    for (loopcounter = 0; loopcounter < hcryp->Init.IVSize; loopcounter++)
-    {
-      blockb0[loopcounter+1] = hcryp->Init.pInitVect[loopcounter];
-    }
-    for ( ; loopcounter < 13; loopcounter++)
-    {
-      blockb0[loopcounter+1] = 0;
-    }
-
-    blockb0[14] = (Size >> 8);
-    blockb0[15] = (Size & 0xFF);
-
-    /************************* Formatting the initial counter *****************/
-    /* Byte 0:
-       Bits 7 and 6 are reserved and shall be set to 0
-       Bits 3, 4, and 5 shall also be set to 0, to ensure that all the counter
-       blocks are distinct from B0
-       Bits 0, 1, and 2 contain the same encoding of q as in B0
-    */
-    ctr[0] = blockb0[0] & 0x07;
-    /* byte 1 to NonceSize is the IV (Nonce) */
-    for(loopcounter = 1; loopcounter < hcryp->Init.IVSize + 1; loopcounter++)
-    {
-      ctr[loopcounter] = blockb0[loopcounter];
-    }
-    /* Set the LSB to 1 */
-    ctr[15] |= 0x01;
-
-    /* Set the key */
-    CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, hcryp->Init.KeySize);
-
-    /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES CCM mode */
-    __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_CCM_DECRYPT);
-
-    /* Set the Initialization Vector */
-    CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetInitVector(hcryp, ctr);
-
-    /* Select init phase */
-    __HAL_CRYP_SET_PHASE(hcryp, CRYP_PHASE_INIT);
-
-    b0addr = (uint32_t)blockb0;
-    /* Write the blockb0 block in the IN FIFO */
-    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(b0addr);
-    b0addr+=4;
-    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(b0addr);
-    b0addr+=4;
-    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(b0addr);
-    b0addr+=4;
-    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(b0addr);
-
-    /* Enable the CRYP peripheral */
-    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
-
-    /* Get tick */
-    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-    while((CRYP->CR & CRYP_CR_CRYPEN) == CRYP_CR_CRYPEN)
-    {
-      /* Check for the Timeout */
-      if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
-      {
-        if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
-        {
-          /* Change state */
-          hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-
-          /* Process Unlocked */
-          __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-
-          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-    /***************************** Header phase *******************************/
-    if(headersize != 0)
-    {
-      /* Select header phase */
-      __HAL_CRYP_SET_PHASE(hcryp, CRYP_PHASE_HEADER);
-
-      /* Enable Crypto processor */
-      __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
-
-      for(loopcounter = 0; (loopcounter < headersize); loopcounter+=16)
-      {
-        /* Get tick */
-        tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-        while(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hcryp->Instance->SR, CRYP_FLAG_IFEM))
-        {
-          /* Check for the Timeout */
-          if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
-          {
-            if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
-            {
-              /* Change state */
-              hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-
-              /* Process Unlocked */
-              __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-
-              return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-            }
-          }
-        }
-        /* Write the header block in the IN FIFO */
-        hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(headeraddr);
-        headeraddr+=4;
-        hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(headeraddr);
-        headeraddr+=4;
-        hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(headeraddr);
-        headeraddr+=4;
-        hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(headeraddr);
-        headeraddr+=4;
-      }
-
-      /* Get tick */
-      tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-      while((hcryp->Instance->SR & CRYP_FLAG_BUSY) == CRYP_FLAG_BUSY)
-      {
-      /* Check for the Timeout */
-        if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
-        {
-          if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
-          {
-            /* Change state */
-            hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-
-            /* Process Unlocked */
-            __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-
-            return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-          }
-        }
-      }
-    }
-    /* Save formatted counter into the scratch buffer pScratch */
-    for(loopcounter = 0; (loopcounter < 16); loopcounter++)
-    {
-      hcryp->Init.pScratch[loopcounter] = ctr[loopcounter];
-    }
-    /* Reset bit 0 */
-    hcryp->Init.pScratch[15] &= 0xfe;
-    /* Select payload phase once the header phase is performed */
-    __HAL_CRYP_SET_PHASE(hcryp, CRYP_PHASE_PAYLOAD);
-
-    /* Flush FIFO */
-    __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp);
-
-    /* Enable the CRYP peripheral */
-    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
-
-    /* Set the phase */
-    hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS;
-  }
-
-  /* Write Plain Data and Get Cypher Data */
-  if(CRYPEx_GCMCCM_ProcessData(hcryp, pCypherData, Size, pPlainData, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-  {
-    return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-  }
-
-  /* Change the CRYP peripheral state */
-  hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES GCM encryption mode using IT.
-  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
-  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
-  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16
-  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYPEx_AESGCM_Encrypt_IT(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pCypherData)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-  uint32_t inputaddr;
-  uint32_t outputaddr;
-
-  if(hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY)
-  {
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
-
-    /* Get the buffer addresses and sizes */
-    hcryp->CrypInCount = Size;
-    hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr = pPlainData;
-    hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr = pCypherData;
-    hcryp->CrypOutCount = Size;
-
-    /* Change the CRYP peripheral state */
-    hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
-
-    /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
-    if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY)
-    {
-      /* Set the key */
-      CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, hcryp->Init.KeySize);
-
-      /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES GCM mode */
-      __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_GCM_ENCRYPT);
-
-      /* Set the Initialization Vector */
-      CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetInitVector(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pInitVect);
-
-      /* Flush FIFO */
-      __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp);
-
-      /* Enable CRYP to start the init phase */
-      __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
-
-     /* Get tick */
-     tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-      while((CRYP->CR & CRYP_CR_CRYPEN) == CRYP_CR_CRYPEN)
-      {
-        /* Check for the Timeout */
-
-        if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CRYPEx_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
-        {
-          /* Change state */
-          hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-
-          /* Process Unlocked */
-          __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-
-          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-
-        }
-      }
-
-      /* Set the header phase */
-      if(CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetHeaderPhase(hcryp, hcryp->Init.Header, hcryp->Init.HeaderSize, 1) != HAL_OK)
-      {
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-      /* Disable the CRYP peripheral */
-      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE(hcryp);
-
-      /* Select payload phase once the header phase is performed */
-      __HAL_CRYP_SET_PHASE(hcryp, CRYP_PHASE_PAYLOAD);
-
-      /* Flush FIFO */
-      __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp);
-
-      /* Set the phase */
-      hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS;
-    }
-
-    if(Size != 0)
-    {
-      /* Enable Interrupts */
-      __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI | CRYP_IT_OUTI);
-      /* Enable the CRYP peripheral */
-      __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      /* Process Locked */
-      __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-      /* Change the CRYP state and phase */
-      hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
-    }
-    /* Return function status */
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else if (__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI))
-  {
-    inputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr;
-    /* Write the Input block in the IN FIFO */
-    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
-    inputaddr+=4;
-    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
-    inputaddr+=4;
-    hcryp->Instance->DR  = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
-    inputaddr+=4;
-    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
-    hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr += 16;
-    hcryp->CrypInCount -= 16;
-    if(hcryp->CrypInCount == 0)
-    {
-      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI);
-      /* Call the Input data transfer complete callback */
-      HAL_CRYP_InCpltCallback(hcryp);
-    }
-  }
-  else if (__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI))
-  {
-    outputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr;
-    /* Read the Output block from the Output FIFO */
-    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
-    outputaddr+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
-    outputaddr+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
-    outputaddr+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
-    hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr += 16;
-    hcryp->CrypOutCount -= 16;
-    if(hcryp->CrypOutCount == 0)
-    {
-      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI);
-      /* Process Unlocked */
-      __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-      /* Change the CRYP peripheral state */
-      hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
-      /* Call Input transfer complete callback */
-      HAL_CRYP_OutCpltCallback(hcryp);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES CCM encryption mode using interrupt.
-  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
-  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
-  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16
-  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYPEx_AESCCM_Encrypt_IT(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pCypherData)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-  uint32_t inputaddr;
-  uint32_t outputaddr;
-
-  uint32_t headersize = hcryp->Init.HeaderSize;
-  uint32_t headeraddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->Init.Header;
-  uint32_t loopcounter = 0;
-  uint32_t bufferidx = 0;
-  uint8_t blockb0[16] = {0};/* Block B0 */
-  uint8_t ctr[16] = {0}; /* Counter */
-  uint32_t b0addr = (uint32_t)blockb0;
-
-  if(hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY)
-  {
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
-
-    hcryp->CrypInCount = Size;
-    hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr = pPlainData;
-    hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr = pCypherData;
-    hcryp->CrypOutCount = Size;
-
-    /* Change the CRYP peripheral state */
-    hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
-
-    /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
-    if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY)
-    {
-      /************************ Formatting the header block *******************/
-      if(headersize != 0)
-      {
-        /* Check that the associated data (or header) length is lower than 2^16 - 2^8 = 65536 - 256 = 65280 */
-        if(headersize < 65280)
-        {
-          hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = (uint8_t) ((headersize >> 8) & 0xFF);
-          hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = (uint8_t) ((headersize) & 0xFF);
-          headersize += 2;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          /* Header is encoded as 0xff || 0xfe || [headersize]32, i.e., six octets */
-          hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = 0xFF;
-          hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = 0xFE;
-          hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = headersize & 0xff000000;
-          hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = headersize & 0x00ff0000;
-          hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = headersize & 0x0000ff00;
-          hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = headersize & 0x000000ff;
-          headersize += 6;
-        }
-        /* Copy the header buffer in internal buffer "hcryp->Init.pScratch" */
-        for(loopcounter = 0; loopcounter < headersize; loopcounter++)
-        {
-          hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = hcryp->Init.Header[loopcounter];
-        }
-        /* Check if the header size is modulo 16 */
-        if ((headersize % 16) != 0)
-        {
-          /* Padd the header buffer with 0s till the hcryp->Init.pScratch length is modulo 16 */
-          for(loopcounter = headersize; loopcounter <= ((headersize/16) + 1) * 16; loopcounter++)
-          {
-            hcryp->Init.pScratch[loopcounter] = 0;
-          }
-          /* Set the header size to modulo 16 */
-          headersize = ((headersize/16) + 1) * 16;
-        }
-        /* Set the pointer headeraddr to hcryp->Init.pScratch */
-        headeraddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->Init.pScratch;
-      }
-      /*********************** Formatting the block B0 ************************/
-      if(headersize != 0)
-      {
-        blockb0[0] = 0x40;
-      }
-      /* Flags byte */
-      /* blockb0[0] |= 0u | (((( (uint8_t) hcryp->Init.TagSize - 2) / 2) & 0x07 ) << 3 ) | ( ( (uint8_t) (15 - hcryp->Init.IVSize) - 1) & 0x07) */
-      blockb0[0] |= (uint8_t)((uint8_t)((uint8_t)(((uint8_t)(hcryp->Init.TagSize - (uint8_t)(2))) >> 1) & (uint8_t)0x07 ) << 3);
-      blockb0[0] |= (uint8_t)((uint8_t)((uint8_t)((uint8_t)(15) - hcryp->Init.IVSize) - (uint8_t)1) & (uint8_t)0x07);
-
-      for (loopcounter = 0; loopcounter < hcryp->Init.IVSize; loopcounter++)
-      {
-        blockb0[loopcounter+1] = hcryp->Init.pInitVect[loopcounter];
-      }
-      for ( ; loopcounter < 13; loopcounter++)
-      {
-        blockb0[loopcounter+1] = 0;
-      }
-
-      blockb0[14] = (Size >> 8);
-      blockb0[15] = (Size & 0xFF);
-
-      /************************* Formatting the initial counter ***************/
-      /* Byte 0:
-         Bits 7 and 6 are reserved and shall be set to 0
-         Bits 3, 4, and 5 shall also be set to 0, to ensure that all the counter
-         blocks are distinct from B0
-         Bits 0, 1, and 2 contain the same encoding of q as in B0
-      */
-      ctr[0] = blockb0[0] & 0x07;
-      /* byte 1 to NonceSize is the IV (Nonce) */
-      for(loopcounter = 1; loopcounter < hcryp->Init.IVSize + 1; loopcounter++)
-      {
-        ctr[loopcounter] = blockb0[loopcounter];
-      }
-      /* Set the LSB to 1 */
-      ctr[15] |= 0x01;
-
-      /* Set the key */
-      CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, hcryp->Init.KeySize);
-
-      /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES CCM mode */
-      __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_CCM_ENCRYPT);
-
-      /* Set the Initialization Vector */
-      CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetInitVector(hcryp, ctr);
-
-      /* Select init phase */
-      __HAL_CRYP_SET_PHASE(hcryp, CRYP_PHASE_INIT);
-
-      b0addr = (uint32_t)blockb0;
-      /* Write the blockb0 block in the IN FIFO */
-      hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(b0addr);
-      b0addr+=4;
-      hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(b0addr);
-      b0addr+=4;
-      hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(b0addr);
-      b0addr+=4;
-      hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(b0addr);
-
-      /* Enable the CRYP peripheral */
-      __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
-
-     /* Get tick */
-     tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-      while((CRYP->CR & CRYP_CR_CRYPEN) == CRYP_CR_CRYPEN)
-      {
-        /* Check for the Timeout */
-        if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CRYPEx_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
-        {
-          /* Change state */
-          hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-
-          /* Process Unlocked */
-          __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-
-          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-        }
-      }
-      /***************************** Header phase *****************************/
-      if(headersize != 0)
-      {
-        /* Select header phase */
-        __HAL_CRYP_SET_PHASE(hcryp, CRYP_PHASE_HEADER);
-
-        /* Enable Crypto processor */
-        __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
-
-        for(loopcounter = 0; (loopcounter < headersize); loopcounter+=16)
-        {
-         /* Get tick */
-         tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-          while(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hcryp->Instance->SR, CRYP_FLAG_IFEM))
-          {
-            /* Check for the Timeout */
-            if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CRYPEx_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
-            {
-              /* Change state */
-              hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-
-              /* Process Unlocked */
-              __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-
-              return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-            }
-          }
-          /* Write the header block in the IN FIFO */
-          hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(headeraddr);
-          headeraddr+=4;
-          hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(headeraddr);
-          headeraddr+=4;
-          hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(headeraddr);
-          headeraddr+=4;
-          hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(headeraddr);
-          headeraddr+=4;
-        }
-
-        /* Get tick */
-        tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-        while((hcryp->Instance->SR & CRYP_FLAG_BUSY) == CRYP_FLAG_BUSY)
-        {
-          /* Check for the Timeout */
-          if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CRYPEx_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
-          {
-            /* Change state */
-            hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-
-            /* Process Unlocked */
-            __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-
-            return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-          }
-        }
-      }
-      /* Save formatted counter into the scratch buffer pScratch */
-      for(loopcounter = 0; (loopcounter < 16); loopcounter++)
-      {
-        hcryp->Init.pScratch[loopcounter] = ctr[loopcounter];
-      }
-      /* Reset bit 0 */
-      hcryp->Init.pScratch[15] &= 0xfe;
-
-      /* Select payload phase once the header phase is performed */
-      __HAL_CRYP_SET_PHASE(hcryp, CRYP_PHASE_PAYLOAD);
-
-      /* Flush FIFO */
-      __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp);
-
-      /* Set the phase */
-      hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS;
-    }
-
-    if(Size != 0)
-    {
-      /* Enable Interrupts */
-      __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI | CRYP_IT_OUTI);
-      /* Enable the CRYP peripheral */
-      __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      /* Change the CRYP state and phase */
-      hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
-    }
-
-    /* Return function status */
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else if (__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI))
-  {
-    inputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr;
-    /* Write the Input block in the IN FIFO */
-    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
-    inputaddr+=4;
-    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
-    inputaddr+=4;
-    hcryp->Instance->DR  = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
-    inputaddr+=4;
-    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
-    hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr += 16;
-    hcryp->CrypInCount -= 16;
-    if(hcryp->CrypInCount == 0)
-    {
-      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI);
-      /* Call Input transfer complete callback */
-      HAL_CRYP_InCpltCallback(hcryp);
-    }
-  }
-  else if (__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI))
-  {
-    outputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr;
-    /* Read the Output block from the Output FIFO */
-    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
-    outputaddr+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
-    outputaddr+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
-    outputaddr+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
-    hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr += 16;
-    hcryp->CrypOutCount -= 16;
-    if(hcryp->CrypOutCount == 0)
-    {
-      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI);
-      /* Process Unlocked */
-      __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-      /* Change the CRYP peripheral state */
-      hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
-      /* Call Input transfer complete callback */
-      HAL_CRYP_OutCpltCallback(hcryp);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES GCM decryption mode using IT.
-  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
-  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
-  * @param  Size: Length of the cyphertext buffer, must be a multiple of 16
-  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYPEx_AESGCM_Decrypt_IT(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pPlainData)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-  uint32_t inputaddr;
-  uint32_t outputaddr;
-
-  if(hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY)
-  {
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
-
-    /* Get the buffer addresses and sizes */
-    hcryp->CrypInCount = Size;
-    hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr = pCypherData;
-    hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr = pPlainData;
-    hcryp->CrypOutCount = Size;
-
-    /* Change the CRYP peripheral state */
-    hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
-
-    /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
-    if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY)
-    {
-      /* Set the key */
-      CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, hcryp->Init.KeySize);
-
-      /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES GCM decryption mode */
-      __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_GCM_DECRYPT);
-
-      /* Set the Initialization Vector */
-      CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetInitVector(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pInitVect);
-
-      /* Flush FIFO */
-      __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp);
-
-      /* Enable CRYP to start the init phase */
-      __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
-
-        /* Get tick */
-        tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-      while((CRYP->CR & CRYP_CR_CRYPEN) == CRYP_CR_CRYPEN)
-      {
-        /* Check for the Timeout */
-        if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CRYPEx_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
-        {
-          /* Change state */
-          hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-
-          /* Process Unlocked */
-          __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-
-          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-        }
-      }
-
-      /* Set the header phase */
-      if(CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetHeaderPhase(hcryp, hcryp->Init.Header, hcryp->Init.HeaderSize, 1) != HAL_OK)
-      {
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-      /* Disable the CRYP peripheral */
-      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE(hcryp);
-
-      /* Select payload phase once the header phase is performed */
-      __HAL_CRYP_SET_PHASE(hcryp, CRYP_PHASE_PAYLOAD);
-
-      /* Set the phase */
-      hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS;
-    }
-
-    if(Size != 0)
-    {
-      /* Enable Interrupts */
-      __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI | CRYP_IT_OUTI);
-      /* Enable the CRYP peripheral */
-      __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      /* Process Locked */
-      __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-      /* Change the CRYP state and phase */
-      hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
-    }
-
-    /* Return function status */
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else if (__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI))
-  {
-    inputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr;
-    /* Write the Input block in the IN FIFO */
-    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
-    inputaddr+=4;
-    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
-    inputaddr+=4;
-    hcryp->Instance->DR  = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
-    inputaddr+=4;
-    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
-    hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr += 16;
-    hcryp->CrypInCount -= 16;
-    if(hcryp->CrypInCount == 0)
-    {
-      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI);
-      /* Call the Input data transfer complete callback */
-      HAL_CRYP_InCpltCallback(hcryp);
-    }
-  }
-  else if (__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI))
-  {
-    outputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr;
-    /* Read the Output block from the Output FIFO */
-    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
-    outputaddr+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
-    outputaddr+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
-    outputaddr+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
-    hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr += 16;
-    hcryp->CrypOutCount -= 16;
-    if(hcryp->CrypOutCount == 0)
-    {
-      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI);
-      /* Process Unlocked */
-      __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-      /* Change the CRYP peripheral state */
-      hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
-      /* Call Input transfer complete callback */
-      HAL_CRYP_OutCpltCallback(hcryp);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES CCM decryption mode using interrupt
-  *         then decrypted pCypherData. The cypher data are available in pPlainData.
-  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
-  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
-  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16
-  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYPEx_AESCCM_Decrypt_IT(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pPlainData)
-{
-  uint32_t inputaddr;
-  uint32_t outputaddr;
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-  uint32_t headersize = hcryp->Init.HeaderSize;
-  uint32_t headeraddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->Init.Header;
-  uint32_t loopcounter = 0;
-  uint32_t bufferidx = 0;
-  uint8_t blockb0[16] = {0};/* Block B0 */
-  uint8_t ctr[16] = {0}; /* Counter */
-  uint32_t b0addr = (uint32_t)blockb0;
-
-  if(hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY)
-  {
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
-
-    hcryp->CrypInCount = Size;
-    hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr = pCypherData;
-    hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr = pPlainData;
-    hcryp->CrypOutCount = Size;
-
-    /* Change the CRYP peripheral state */
-    hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
-
-    /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
-    if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY)
-    {
-      /************************ Formatting the header block *******************/
-      if(headersize != 0)
-      {
-        /* Check that the associated data (or header) length is lower than 2^16 - 2^8 = 65536 - 256 = 65280 */
-        if(headersize < 65280)
-        {
-          hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = (uint8_t) ((headersize >> 8) & 0xFF);
-          hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = (uint8_t) ((headersize) & 0xFF);
-          headersize += 2;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          /* Header is encoded as 0xff || 0xfe || [headersize]32, i.e., six octets */
-          hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = 0xFF;
-          hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = 0xFE;
-          hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = headersize & 0xff000000;
-          hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = headersize & 0x00ff0000;
-          hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = headersize & 0x0000ff00;
-          hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = headersize & 0x000000ff;
-          headersize += 6;
-        }
-        /* Copy the header buffer in internal buffer "hcryp->Init.pScratch" */
-        for(loopcounter = 0; loopcounter < headersize; loopcounter++)
-        {
-          hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = hcryp->Init.Header[loopcounter];
-        }
-        /* Check if the header size is modulo 16 */
-        if ((headersize % 16) != 0)
-        {
-          /* Padd the header buffer with 0s till the hcryp->Init.pScratch length is modulo 16 */
-          for(loopcounter = headersize; loopcounter <= ((headersize/16) + 1) * 16; loopcounter++)
-          {
-            hcryp->Init.pScratch[loopcounter] = 0;
-          }
-          /* Set the header size to modulo 16 */
-          headersize = ((headersize/16) + 1) * 16;
-        }
-        /* Set the pointer headeraddr to hcryp->Init.pScratch */
-        headeraddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->Init.pScratch;
-      }
-      /*********************** Formatting the block B0 ************************/
-      if(headersize != 0)
-      {
-        blockb0[0] = 0x40;
-      }
-      /* Flags byte */
-      /* blockb0[0] |= 0u | (((( (uint8_t) hcryp->Init.TagSize - 2) / 2) & 0x07 ) << 3 ) | ( ( (uint8_t) (15 - hcryp->Init.IVSize) - 1) & 0x07) */
-      blockb0[0] |= (uint8_t)((uint8_t)((uint8_t)(((uint8_t)(hcryp->Init.TagSize - (uint8_t)(2))) >> 1) & (uint8_t)0x07 ) << 3);
-      blockb0[0] |= (uint8_t)((uint8_t)((uint8_t)((uint8_t)(15) - hcryp->Init.IVSize) - (uint8_t)1) & (uint8_t)0x07);
-
-      for (loopcounter = 0; loopcounter < hcryp->Init.IVSize; loopcounter++)
-      {
-        blockb0[loopcounter+1] = hcryp->Init.pInitVect[loopcounter];
-      }
-      for ( ; loopcounter < 13; loopcounter++)
-      {
-        blockb0[loopcounter+1] = 0;
-      }
-
-      blockb0[14] = (Size >> 8);
-      blockb0[15] = (Size & 0xFF);
-
-      /************************* Formatting the initial counter ***************/
-      /* Byte 0:
-         Bits 7 and 6 are reserved and shall be set to 0
-         Bits 3, 4, and 5 shall also be set to 0, to ensure that all the counter
-         blocks are distinct from B0
-         Bits 0, 1, and 2 contain the same encoding of q as in B0
-      */
-      ctr[0] = blockb0[0] & 0x07;
-      /* byte 1 to NonceSize is the IV (Nonce) */
-      for(loopcounter = 1; loopcounter < hcryp->Init.IVSize + 1; loopcounter++)
-      {
-        ctr[loopcounter] = blockb0[loopcounter];
-      }
-      /* Set the LSB to 1 */
-      ctr[15] |= 0x01;
-
-      /* Set the key */
-      CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, hcryp->Init.KeySize);
-
-      /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES CCM mode */
-      __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_CCM_DECRYPT);
-
-      /* Set the Initialization Vector */
-      CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetInitVector(hcryp, ctr);
-
-      /* Select init phase */
-      __HAL_CRYP_SET_PHASE(hcryp, CRYP_PHASE_INIT);
-
-      b0addr = (uint32_t)blockb0;
-      /* Write the blockb0 block in the IN FIFO */
-      hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(b0addr);
-      b0addr+=4;
-      hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(b0addr);
-      b0addr+=4;
-      hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(b0addr);
-      b0addr+=4;
-      hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(b0addr);
-
-      /* Enable the CRYP peripheral */
-      __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
-
-      /* Get tick */
-      tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-      while((CRYP->CR & CRYP_CR_CRYPEN) == CRYP_CR_CRYPEN)
-      {
-        /* Check for the Timeout */
-        if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CRYPEx_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
-        {
-          /* Change state */
-          hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-
-          /* Process Unlocked */
-          __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-
-          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-        }
-      }
-      /***************************** Header phase *****************************/
-      if(headersize != 0)
-      {
-        /* Select header phase */
-        __HAL_CRYP_SET_PHASE(hcryp, CRYP_PHASE_HEADER);
-
-        /* Enable Crypto processor */
-        __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
-
-        for(loopcounter = 0; (loopcounter < headersize); loopcounter+=16)
-        {
-         /* Get tick */
-         tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-          while(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hcryp->Instance->SR, CRYP_FLAG_IFEM))
-          {
-            /* Check for the Timeout */
-            if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CRYPEx_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
-            {
-              /* Change state */
-              hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-
-              /* Process Unlocked */
-              __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-
-              return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-            }
-          }
-          /* Write the header block in the IN FIFO */
-          hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(headeraddr);
-          headeraddr+=4;
-          hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(headeraddr);
-          headeraddr+=4;
-          hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(headeraddr);
-          headeraddr+=4;
-          hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(headeraddr);
-          headeraddr+=4;
-        }
-
-        /* Get tick */
-        tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-        while((hcryp->Instance->SR & CRYP_FLAG_BUSY) == CRYP_FLAG_BUSY)
-        {
-          /* Check for the Timeout */
-          if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CRYPEx_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
-          {
-            /* Change state */
-            hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-
-            /* Process Unlocked */
-            __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-
-            return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-          }
-        }
-      }
-      /* Save formatted counter into the scratch buffer pScratch */
-      for(loopcounter = 0; (loopcounter < 16); loopcounter++)
-      {
-        hcryp->Init.pScratch[loopcounter] = ctr[loopcounter];
-      }
-      /* Reset bit 0 */
-      hcryp->Init.pScratch[15] &= 0xfe;
-      /* Select payload phase once the header phase is performed */
-      __HAL_CRYP_SET_PHASE(hcryp, CRYP_PHASE_PAYLOAD);
-
-      /* Flush FIFO */
-      __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp);
-
-      /* Set the phase */
-      hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS;
-    }
-
-    /* Enable Interrupts */
-    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI | CRYP_IT_OUTI);
-
-    /* Enable the CRYP peripheral */
-    __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
-
-    /* Return function status */
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else if (__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI))
-  {
-    inputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr;
-    /* Write the Input block in the IN FIFO */
-    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
-    inputaddr+=4;
-    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
-    inputaddr+=4;
-    hcryp->Instance->DR  = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
-    inputaddr+=4;
-    hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(inputaddr);
-    hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr += 16;
-    hcryp->CrypInCount -= 16;
-    if(hcryp->CrypInCount == 0)
-    {
-      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_INI);
-      /* Call the Input data transfer complete callback */
-      HAL_CRYP_InCpltCallback(hcryp);
-    }
-  }
-  else if (__HAL_CRYP_GET_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI))
-  {
-    outputaddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr;
-    /* Read the Output block from the Output FIFO */
-    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
-    outputaddr+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
-    outputaddr+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
-    outputaddr+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = hcryp->Instance->DOUT;
-    hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr += 16;
-    hcryp->CrypOutCount -= 16;
-    if(hcryp->CrypOutCount == 0)
-    {
-      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE_IT(hcryp, CRYP_IT_OUTI);
-      /* Process Unlocked */
-      __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-      /* Change the CRYP peripheral state */
-      hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY;
-      /* Call Input transfer complete callback */
-      HAL_CRYP_OutCpltCallback(hcryp);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES GCM encryption mode using DMA.
-  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
-  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
-  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16
-  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYPEx_AESGCM_Encrypt_DMA(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pCypherData)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-  uint32_t inputaddr;
-  uint32_t outputaddr;
-
-  if((hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY) || (hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS))
-  {
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
-
-    inputaddr  = (uint32_t)pPlainData;
-    outputaddr = (uint32_t)pCypherData;
-
-    /* Change the CRYP peripheral state */
-    hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
-
-    /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
-    if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY)
-    {
-      /* Set the key */
-      CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, hcryp->Init.KeySize);
-
-      /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES GCM mode */
-      __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_GCM_ENCRYPT);
-
-      /* Set the Initialization Vector */
-      CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetInitVector(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pInitVect);
-
-      /* Flush FIFO */
-      __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp);
-
-      /* Enable CRYP to start the init phase */
-      __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
-
-      /* Get tick */
-      tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-      while((CRYP->CR & CRYP_CR_CRYPEN) == CRYP_CR_CRYPEN)
-      {
-        /* Check for the Timeout */
-        if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CRYPEx_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
-        {
-          /* Change state */
-          hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-
-          /* Process Unlocked */
-          __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-
-          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-        }
-      }
-      /* Flush FIFO */
-      __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp);
-
-      /* Set the header phase */
-      if(CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetHeaderPhase(hcryp, hcryp->Init.Header, hcryp->Init.HeaderSize, 1) != HAL_OK)
-      {
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-      /* Disable the CRYP peripheral */
-      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE(hcryp);
-
-      /* Select payload phase once the header phase is performed */
-      __HAL_CRYP_SET_PHASE(hcryp, CRYP_PHASE_PAYLOAD);
-
-      /* Flush FIFO */
-      __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp);
-
-      /* Set the phase */
-      hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS;
-    }
-
-    /* Set the input and output addresses and start DMA transfer */
-    CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetDMAConfig(hcryp, inputaddr, Size, outputaddr);
-
-    /* Unlock process */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-
-    /* Return function status */
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES CCM encryption mode using interrupt.
-  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
-  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
-  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16
-  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYPEx_AESCCM_Encrypt_DMA(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pPlainData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pCypherData)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-  uint32_t inputaddr;
-  uint32_t outputaddr;
-  uint32_t headersize;
-  uint32_t headeraddr;
-  uint32_t loopcounter = 0;
-  uint32_t bufferidx = 0;
-  uint8_t blockb0[16] = {0};/* Block B0 */
-  uint8_t ctr[16] = {0}; /* Counter */
-  uint32_t b0addr = (uint32_t)blockb0;
-
-  if((hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY) || (hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS))
-  {
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
-
-    inputaddr  = (uint32_t)pPlainData;
-    outputaddr = (uint32_t)pCypherData;
-
-    headersize = hcryp->Init.HeaderSize;
-    headeraddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->Init.Header;
-
-    hcryp->CrypInCount = Size;
-    hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr = pPlainData;
-    hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr = pCypherData;
-    hcryp->CrypOutCount = Size;
-
-    /* Change the CRYP peripheral state */
-    hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
-
-    /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
-    if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY)
-    {
-      /************************ Formatting the header block *******************/
-      if(headersize != 0)
-      {
-        /* Check that the associated data (or header) length is lower than 2^16 - 2^8 = 65536 - 256 = 65280 */
-        if(headersize < 65280)
-        {
-          hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = (uint8_t) ((headersize >> 8) & 0xFF);
-          hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = (uint8_t) ((headersize) & 0xFF);
-          headersize += 2;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          /* Header is encoded as 0xff || 0xfe || [headersize]32, i.e., six octets */
-          hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = 0xFF;
-          hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = 0xFE;
-          hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = headersize & 0xff000000;
-          hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = headersize & 0x00ff0000;
-          hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = headersize & 0x0000ff00;
-          hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = headersize & 0x000000ff;
-          headersize += 6;
-        }
-        /* Copy the header buffer in internal buffer "hcryp->Init.pScratch" */
-        for(loopcounter = 0; loopcounter < headersize; loopcounter++)
-        {
-          hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = hcryp->Init.Header[loopcounter];
-        }
-        /* Check if the header size is modulo 16 */
-        if ((headersize % 16) != 0)
-        {
-          /* Padd the header buffer with 0s till the hcryp->Init.pScratch length is modulo 16 */
-          for(loopcounter = headersize; loopcounter <= ((headersize/16) + 1) * 16; loopcounter++)
-          {
-            hcryp->Init.pScratch[loopcounter] = 0;
-          }
-          /* Set the header size to modulo 16 */
-          headersize = ((headersize/16) + 1) * 16;
-        }
-        /* Set the pointer headeraddr to hcryp->Init.pScratch */
-        headeraddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->Init.pScratch;
-      }
-      /*********************** Formatting the block B0 ************************/
-      if(headersize != 0)
-      {
-        blockb0[0] = 0x40;
-      }
-      /* Flags byte */
-      /* blockb0[0] |= 0u | (((( (uint8_t) hcryp->Init.TagSize - 2) / 2) & 0x07 ) << 3 ) | ( ( (uint8_t) (15 - hcryp->Init.IVSize) - 1) & 0x07) */
-      blockb0[0] |= (uint8_t)((uint8_t)((uint8_t)(((uint8_t)(hcryp->Init.TagSize - (uint8_t)(2))) >> 1) & (uint8_t)0x07 ) << 3);
-      blockb0[0] |= (uint8_t)((uint8_t)((uint8_t)((uint8_t)(15) - hcryp->Init.IVSize) - (uint8_t)1) & (uint8_t)0x07);
-
-      for (loopcounter = 0; loopcounter < hcryp->Init.IVSize; loopcounter++)
-      {
-        blockb0[loopcounter+1] = hcryp->Init.pInitVect[loopcounter];
-      }
-      for ( ; loopcounter < 13; loopcounter++)
-      {
-        blockb0[loopcounter+1] = 0;
-      }
-
-      blockb0[14] = (Size >> 8);
-      blockb0[15] = (Size & 0xFF);
-
-      /************************* Formatting the initial counter ***************/
-      /* Byte 0:
-         Bits 7 and 6 are reserved and shall be set to 0
-         Bits 3, 4, and 5 shall also be set to 0, to ensure that all the counter
-         blocks are distinct from B0
-         Bits 0, 1, and 2 contain the same encoding of q as in B0
-      */
-      ctr[0] = blockb0[0] & 0x07;
-      /* byte 1 to NonceSize is the IV (Nonce) */
-      for(loopcounter = 1; loopcounter < hcryp->Init.IVSize + 1; loopcounter++)
-      {
-        ctr[loopcounter] = blockb0[loopcounter];
-      }
-      /* Set the LSB to 1 */
-      ctr[15] |= 0x01;
-
-      /* Set the key */
-      CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, hcryp->Init.KeySize);
-
-      /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES CCM mode */
-      __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_CCM_ENCRYPT);
-
-      /* Set the Initialization Vector */
-      CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetInitVector(hcryp, ctr);
-
-      /* Select init phase */
-      __HAL_CRYP_SET_PHASE(hcryp, CRYP_PHASE_INIT);
-
-      b0addr = (uint32_t)blockb0;
-      /* Write the blockb0 block in the IN FIFO */
-      hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(b0addr);
-      b0addr+=4;
-      hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(b0addr);
-      b0addr+=4;
-      hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(b0addr);
-      b0addr+=4;
-      hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(b0addr);
-
-      /* Enable the CRYP peripheral */
-      __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
-
-      /* Get tick */
-      tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-      while((CRYP->CR & CRYP_CR_CRYPEN) == CRYP_CR_CRYPEN)
-      {
-        /* Check for the Timeout */
-        if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CRYPEx_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
-        {
-          /* Change state */
-          hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-
-          /* Process Unlocked */
-          __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-
-          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-        }
-      }
-      /***************************** Header phase *****************************/
-      if(headersize != 0)
-      {
-        /* Select header phase */
-        __HAL_CRYP_SET_PHASE(hcryp, CRYP_PHASE_HEADER);
-
-        /* Enable Crypto processor */
-        __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
-
-        for(loopcounter = 0; (loopcounter < headersize); loopcounter+=16)
-        {
-         /* Get tick */
-         tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-          while(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hcryp->Instance->SR, CRYP_FLAG_IFEM))
-          {
-            /* Check for the Timeout */
-            if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CRYPEx_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
-            {
-              /* Change state */
-              hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-
-              /* Process Unlocked */
-              __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-
-              return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-            }
-          }
-          /* Write the header block in the IN FIFO */
-          hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(headeraddr);
-          headeraddr+=4;
-          hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(headeraddr);
-          headeraddr+=4;
-          hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(headeraddr);
-          headeraddr+=4;
-          hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(headeraddr);
-          headeraddr+=4;
-        }
-
-        /* Get tick */
-        tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-        while((hcryp->Instance->SR & CRYP_FLAG_BUSY) == CRYP_FLAG_BUSY)
-        {
-          /* Check for the Timeout */
-          if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CRYPEx_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
-          {
-            /* Change state */
-            hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-
-            /* Process Unlocked */
-            __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-
-            return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-          }
-        }
-      }
-      /* Save formatted counter into the scratch buffer pScratch */
-      for(loopcounter = 0; (loopcounter < 16); loopcounter++)
-      {
-        hcryp->Init.pScratch[loopcounter] = ctr[loopcounter];
-      }
-      /* Reset bit 0 */
-      hcryp->Init.pScratch[15] &= 0xfe;
-
-      /* Select payload phase once the header phase is performed */
-      __HAL_CRYP_SET_PHASE(hcryp, CRYP_PHASE_PAYLOAD);
-
-      /* Flush FIFO */
-      __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp);
-
-      /* Set the phase */
-      hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS;
-    }
-
-    /* Set the input and output addresses and start DMA transfer */
-    CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetDMAConfig(hcryp, inputaddr, Size, outputaddr);
-
-    /* Unlock process */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-
-    /* Return function status */
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES GCM decryption mode using DMA.
-  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
-  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer.
-  * @param  Size: Length of the cyphertext buffer, must be a multiple of 16
-  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYPEx_AESGCM_Decrypt_DMA(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pPlainData)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-  uint32_t inputaddr;
-  uint32_t outputaddr;
-
-  if((hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY) || (hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS))
-  {
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
-
-    inputaddr  = (uint32_t)pCypherData;
-    outputaddr = (uint32_t)pPlainData;
-
-    /* Change the CRYP peripheral state */
-    hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
-
-    /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
-    if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY)
-    {
-      /* Set the key */
-      CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, hcryp->Init.KeySize);
-
-      /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES GCM decryption mode */
-      __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_GCM_DECRYPT);
-
-      /* Set the Initialization Vector */
-      CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetInitVector(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pInitVect);
-
-      /* Enable CRYP to start the init phase */
-      __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
-
-      /* Get tick */
-      tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-      while((CRYP->CR & CRYP_CR_CRYPEN) == CRYP_CR_CRYPEN)
-      {
-        /* Check for the Timeout */
-        if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CRYPEx_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
-        {
-          /* Change state */
-          hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-
-          /* Process Unlocked */
-          __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-
-          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-        }
-      }
-
-      /* Set the header phase */
-      if(CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetHeaderPhase(hcryp, hcryp->Init.Header, hcryp->Init.HeaderSize, 1) != HAL_OK)
-      {
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-      /* Disable the CRYP peripheral */
-      __HAL_CRYP_DISABLE(hcryp);
-
-      /* Select payload phase once the header phase is performed */
-      __HAL_CRYP_SET_PHASE(hcryp, CRYP_PHASE_PAYLOAD);
-
-      /* Set the phase */
-      hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS;
-    }
-
-    /* Set the input and output addresses and start DMA transfer */
-    CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetDMAConfig(hcryp, inputaddr, Size, outputaddr);
-
-    /* Unlock process */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-
-    /* Return function status */
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the CRYP peripheral in AES CCM decryption mode using DMA
-  *         then decrypted pCypherData. The cypher data are available in pPlainData.
-  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYP_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
-  * @param  pCypherData: Pointer to the cyphertext buffer
-  * @param  Size: Length of the plaintext buffer, must be a multiple of 16
-  * @param  pPlainData: Pointer to the plaintext buffer
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRYPEx_AESCCM_Decrypt_DMA(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp, uint8_t *pCypherData, uint16_t Size, uint8_t *pPlainData)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-  uint32_t inputaddr;
-  uint32_t outputaddr;
-  uint32_t headersize;
-  uint32_t headeraddr;
-  uint32_t loopcounter = 0;
-  uint32_t bufferidx = 0;
-  uint8_t blockb0[16] = {0};/* Block B0 */
-  uint8_t ctr[16] = {0}; /* Counter */
-  uint32_t b0addr = (uint32_t)blockb0;
-
-  if((hcryp->State == HAL_CRYP_STATE_READY) || (hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS))
-  {
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hcryp);
-
-    inputaddr  = (uint32_t)pCypherData;
-    outputaddr = (uint32_t)pPlainData;
-
-    headersize = hcryp->Init.HeaderSize;
-    headeraddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->Init.Header;
-
-    hcryp->CrypInCount = Size;
-    hcryp->pCrypInBuffPtr = pCypherData;
-    hcryp->pCrypOutBuffPtr = pPlainData;
-    hcryp->CrypOutCount = Size;
-
-    /* Change the CRYP peripheral state */
-    hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_BUSY;
-
-    /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
-    if(hcryp->Phase == HAL_CRYP_PHASE_READY)
-    {
-      /************************ Formatting the header block *******************/
-      if(headersize != 0)
-      {
-        /* Check that the associated data (or header) length is lower than 2^16 - 2^8 = 65536 - 256 = 65280 */
-        if(headersize < 65280)
-        {
-          hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = (uint8_t) ((headersize >> 8) & 0xFF);
-          hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = (uint8_t) ((headersize) & 0xFF);
-          headersize += 2;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          /* Header is encoded as 0xff || 0xfe || [headersize]32, i.e., six octets */
-          hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = 0xFF;
-          hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = 0xFE;
-          hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = headersize & 0xff000000;
-          hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = headersize & 0x00ff0000;
-          hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = headersize & 0x0000ff00;
-          hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = headersize & 0x000000ff;
-          headersize += 6;
-        }
-        /* Copy the header buffer in internal buffer "hcryp->Init.pScratch" */
-        for(loopcounter = 0; loopcounter < headersize; loopcounter++)
-        {
-          hcryp->Init.pScratch[bufferidx++] = hcryp->Init.Header[loopcounter];
-        }
-        /* Check if the header size is modulo 16 */
-        if ((headersize % 16) != 0)
-        {
-          /* Padd the header buffer with 0s till the hcryp->Init.pScratch length is modulo 16 */
-          for(loopcounter = headersize; loopcounter <= ((headersize/16) + 1) * 16; loopcounter++)
-          {
-            hcryp->Init.pScratch[loopcounter] = 0;
-          }
-          /* Set the header size to modulo 16 */
-          headersize = ((headersize/16) + 1) * 16;
-        }
-        /* Set the pointer headeraddr to hcryp->Init.pScratch */
-        headeraddr = (uint32_t)hcryp->Init.pScratch;
-      }
-      /*********************** Formatting the block B0 ************************/
-      if(headersize != 0)
-      {
-        blockb0[0] = 0x40;
-      }
-      /* Flags byte */
-      /* blockb0[0] |= 0u | (((( (uint8_t) hcryp->Init.TagSize - 2) / 2) & 0x07 ) << 3 ) | ( ( (uint8_t) (15 - hcryp->Init.IVSize) - 1) & 0x07) */
-      blockb0[0] |= (uint8_t)((uint8_t)((uint8_t)(((uint8_t)(hcryp->Init.TagSize - (uint8_t)(2))) >> 1) & (uint8_t)0x07 ) << 3);
-      blockb0[0] |= (uint8_t)((uint8_t)((uint8_t)((uint8_t)(15) - hcryp->Init.IVSize) - (uint8_t)1) & (uint8_t)0x07);
-
-      for (loopcounter = 0; loopcounter < hcryp->Init.IVSize; loopcounter++)
-      {
-        blockb0[loopcounter+1] = hcryp->Init.pInitVect[loopcounter];
-      }
-      for ( ; loopcounter < 13; loopcounter++)
-      {
-        blockb0[loopcounter+1] = 0;
-      }
-
-      blockb0[14] = (Size >> 8);
-      blockb0[15] = (Size & 0xFF);
-
-      /************************* Formatting the initial counter ***************/
-      /* Byte 0:
-         Bits 7 and 6 are reserved and shall be set to 0
-         Bits 3, 4, and 5 shall also be set to 0, to ensure that all the counter
-         blocks are distinct from B0
-         Bits 0, 1, and 2 contain the same encoding of q as in B0
-      */
-      ctr[0] = blockb0[0] & 0x07;
-      /* byte 1 to NonceSize is the IV (Nonce) */
-      for(loopcounter = 1; loopcounter < hcryp->Init.IVSize + 1; loopcounter++)
-      {
-        ctr[loopcounter] = blockb0[loopcounter];
-      }
-      /* Set the LSB to 1 */
-      ctr[15] |= 0x01;
-
-      /* Set the key */
-      CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetKey(hcryp, hcryp->Init.pKey, hcryp->Init.KeySize);
-
-      /* Set the CRYP peripheral in AES CCM mode */
-      __HAL_CRYP_SET_MODE(hcryp, CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_CCM_DECRYPT);
-
-      /* Set the Initialization Vector */
-      CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetInitVector(hcryp, ctr);
-
-      /* Select init phase */
-      __HAL_CRYP_SET_PHASE(hcryp, CRYP_PHASE_INIT);
-
-      b0addr = (uint32_t)blockb0;
-      /* Write the blockb0 block in the IN FIFO */
-      hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(b0addr);
-      b0addr+=4;
-      hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(b0addr);
-      b0addr+=4;
-      hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(b0addr);
-      b0addr+=4;
-      hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(b0addr);
-
-      /* Enable the CRYP peripheral */
-      __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
-
-      /* Get tick */
-      tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-      while((CRYP->CR & CRYP_CR_CRYPEN) == CRYP_CR_CRYPEN)
-      {
-        /* Check for the Timeout */
-
-        if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CRYPEx_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
-        {
-          /* Change state */
-          hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-
-          /* Process Unlocked */
-          __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-
-          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-
-        }
-      }
-      /***************************** Header phase *****************************/
-      if(headersize != 0)
-      {
-        /* Select header phase */
-        __HAL_CRYP_SET_PHASE(hcryp, CRYP_PHASE_HEADER);
-
-        /* Enable Crypto processor */
-        __HAL_CRYP_ENABLE(hcryp);
-
-        for(loopcounter = 0; (loopcounter < headersize); loopcounter+=16)
-        {
-         /* Get tick */
-         tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-          while(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hcryp->Instance->SR, CRYP_FLAG_IFEM))
-          {
-            /* Check for the Timeout */
-            if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CRYPEx_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
-            {
-              /* Change state */
-              hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-
-              /* Process Unlocked */
-              __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-
-              return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-            }
-          }
-          /* Write the header block in the IN FIFO */
-          hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(headeraddr);
-          headeraddr+=4;
-          hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(headeraddr);
-          headeraddr+=4;
-          hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(headeraddr);
-          headeraddr+=4;
-          hcryp->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t*)(headeraddr);
-          headeraddr+=4;
-        }
-
-        /* Get tick */
-        tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-        while((hcryp->Instance->SR & CRYP_FLAG_BUSY) == CRYP_FLAG_BUSY)
-        {
-          /* Check for the Timeout */
-          if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CRYPEx_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
-          {
-            /* Change state */
-            hcryp->State = HAL_CRYP_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-
-            /* Process Unlocked */
-            __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-
-            return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-          }
-        }
-      }
-      /* Save formatted counter into the scratch buffer pScratch */
-      for(loopcounter = 0; (loopcounter < 16); loopcounter++)
-      {
-        hcryp->Init.pScratch[loopcounter] = ctr[loopcounter];
-      }
-      /* Reset bit 0 */
-      hcryp->Init.pScratch[15] &= 0xfe;
-      /* Select payload phase once the header phase is performed */
-      __HAL_CRYP_SET_PHASE(hcryp, CRYP_PHASE_PAYLOAD);
-
-      /* Flush FIFO */
-      __HAL_CRYP_FIFO_FLUSH(hcryp);
-
-      /* Set the phase */
-      hcryp->Phase = HAL_CRYP_PHASE_PROCESS;
-    }
-    /* Set the input and output addresses and start DMA transfer */
-    CRYPEx_GCMCCM_SetDMAConfig(hcryp, inputaddr, Size, outputaddr);
-
-    /* Unlock process */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hcryp);
-
-    /* Return function status */
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup CRYPEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 CRYPEx IRQ handler management
- *  @brief   CRYPEx IRQ handler.
- *
-@verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                ##### CRYPEx IRQ handler management #####
-  ==============================================================================
-[..]  This section provides CRYPEx IRQ handler function.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  This function handles CRYPEx interrupt request.
-  * @param  hcryp: pointer to a CRYPEx_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for CRYP module
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_CRYPEx_GCMCCM_IRQHandler(CRYP_HandleTypeDef *hcryp)
-{
-  switch(CRYP->CR & CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_DIRECTION)
-  {
-  case CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_GCM_ENCRYPT:
-    HAL_CRYPEx_AESGCM_Encrypt_IT(hcryp, NULL, 0, NULL);
-    break;
-
-  case CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_GCM_DECRYPT:
-    HAL_CRYPEx_AESGCM_Decrypt_IT(hcryp, NULL, 0, NULL);
-    break;
-
-  case CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_CCM_ENCRYPT:
-    HAL_CRYPEx_AESCCM_Encrypt_IT(hcryp, NULL, 0, NULL);
-    break;
-
-  case CRYP_CR_ALGOMODE_AES_CCM_DECRYPT:
-    HAL_CRYPEx_AESCCM_Decrypt_IT(hcryp, NULL, 0, NULL);
-    break;
-
-  default:
-    break;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-#endif /* HAL_CRYP_MODULE_ENABLED */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-#endif /* STM32F756xx */
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_dac.c b/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_dac.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 77adc61201..0000000000
--- a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_dac.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,949 +0,0 @@
-/**
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @file    stm32f7xx_hal_dac.c
-  * @author  MCD Application Team
-  * @version V1.0.1
-  * @date    25-June-2015
-  * @brief   DAC HAL module driver.
-  *         This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
-  *         functionalities of the Digital to Analog Converter (DAC) peripheral:
-  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
-  *           + IO operation functions
-  *           + Peripheral Control functions
-  *           + Peripheral State and Errors functions
-  *
-  *
-  @verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                      ##### DAC Peripheral features #####
-  ==============================================================================
-    [..]
-      *** DAC Channels ***
-      ====================
-    [..]
-    The device integrates two 12-bit Digital Analog Converters that can
-    be used independently or simultaneously (dual mode):
-      (#) DAC channel1 with DAC_OUT1 (PA4) as output
-      (#) DAC channel2 with DAC_OUT2 (PA5) as output
-
-      *** DAC Triggers ***
-      ====================
-    [..]
-    Digital to Analog conversion can be non-triggered using DAC_TRIGGER_NONE
-    and DAC_OUT1/DAC_OUT2 is available once writing to DHRx register.
-    [..]
-    Digital to Analog conversion can be triggered by:
-      (#) External event: EXTI Line 9 (any GPIOx_Pin9) using DAC_TRIGGER_EXT_IT9.
-          The used pin (GPIOx_Pin9) must be configured in input mode.
-
-      (#) Timers TRGO: TIM2, TIM4, TIM5, TIM6, TIM7 and TIM8
-          (DAC_TRIGGER_T2_TRGO, DAC_TRIGGER_T4_TRGO...)
-
-      (#) Software using DAC_TRIGGER_SOFTWARE
-
-      *** DAC Buffer mode feature ***
-      ===============================
-      [..]
-      Each DAC channel integrates an output buffer that can be used to
-      reduce the output impedance, and to drive external loads directly
-      without having to add an external operational amplifier.
-      To enable, the output buffer use
-      sConfig.DAC_OutputBuffer = DAC_OUTPUTBUFFER_ENABLE;
-      [..]
-      (@) Refer to the device datasheet for more details about output
-          impedance value with and without output buffer.
-
-       *** DAC wave generation feature ***
-       ===================================
-       [..]
-       Both DAC channels can be used to generate
-         (#) Noise wave using HAL_DACEx_NoiseWaveGenerate()
-         (#) Triangle wave using HAL_DACEx_TriangleWaveGenerate()
-
-       *** DAC data format ***
-       =======================
-       [..]
-       The DAC data format can be:
-         (#) 8-bit right alignment using DAC_ALIGN_8B_R
-         (#) 12-bit left alignment using DAC_ALIGN_12B_L
-         (#) 12-bit right alignment using DAC_ALIGN_12B_R
-
-       *** DAC data value to voltage correspondence ***
-       ================================================
-       [..]
-       The analog output voltage on each DAC channel pin is determined
-       by the following equation:
-       DAC_OUTx = VREF+ * DOR / 4095
-       with  DOR is the Data Output Register
-          VEF+ is the input voltage reference (refer to the device datasheet)
-        e.g. To set DAC_OUT1 to 0.7V, use
-          Assuming that VREF+ = 3.3V, DAC_OUT1 = (3.3 * 868) / 4095 = 0.7V
-
-       *** DMA requests  ***
-       =====================
-       [..]
-       A DMA1 request can be generated when an external trigger (but not
-       a software trigger) occurs if DMA1 requests are enabled using
-       HAL_DAC_Start_DMA()
-       [..]
-       DMA1 requests are mapped as following:
-         (#) DAC channel1 : mapped on DMA1 Stream5 channel7 which must be
-             already configured
-         (#) DAC channel2 : mapped on DMA1 Stream6 channel7 which must be
-             already configured
-
-    -@- For Dual mode and specific signal (Triangle and noise) generation please
-        refer to Extension Features Driver description
-
-
-                      ##### How to use this driver #####
-  ==============================================================================
-    [..]
-      (+) DAC APB clock must be enabled to get write access to DAC
-          registers using HAL_DAC_Init()
-      (+) Configure DAC_OUTx (DAC_OUT1: PA4, DAC_OUT2: PA5) in analog mode.
-      (+) Configure the DAC channel using HAL_DAC_ConfigChannel() function.
-      (+) Enable the DAC channel using HAL_DAC_Start() or HAL_DAC_Start_DMA functions
-
-     *** Polling mode IO operation ***
-     =================================
-     [..]
-       (+) Start the DAC peripheral using HAL_DAC_Start()
-       (+) To read the DAC last data output value, use the HAL_DAC_GetValue() function.
-       (+) Stop the DAC peripheral using HAL_DAC_Stop()
-
-
-     *** DMA mode IO operation ***
-     ==============================
-     [..]
-       (+) Start the DAC peripheral using HAL_DAC_Start_DMA(), at this stage the user specify the length
-           of data to be transferred at each end of conversion
-       (+) At The end of data transfer HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1()or HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh2()
-           function is executed and user can add his own code by customization of function pointer
-           HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1 or HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh2
-       (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1() function is executed and user can
-            add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1
-       (+) Stop the DAC peripheral using HAL_DAC_Stop_DMA()
-
-
-     *** DAC HAL driver macros list ***
-     =============================================
-     [..]
-       Below the list of most used macros in DAC HAL driver.
-
-      (+) __HAL_DAC_ENABLE : Enable the DAC peripheral
-      (+) __HAL_DAC_DISABLE : Disable the DAC peripheral
-      (+) __HAL_DAC_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the DAC's pending flags
-      (+) __HAL_DAC_GET_FLAG: Get the selected DAC's flag status
-
-     [..]
-      (@) You can refer to the DAC HAL driver header file for more useful macros
-
- @endverbatim
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @attention
-  *
-  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
-  *
-  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
-  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
-  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
-  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
-  *      without specific prior written permission.
-  *
-  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
-  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
-  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
-  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
-  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
-  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
-  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
-  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
-  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
-  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-  *
-  ******************************************************************************
-  */
-
-
-/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
-
-/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup DAC DAC
-  * @brief DAC driver modules
-  * @{
-  */
-
-#ifdef HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED
-
-/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/** @addtogroup DAC_Private_Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
-static void DAC_DMAConvCpltCh1(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
-static void DAC_DMAErrorCh1(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
-static void DAC_DMAHalfConvCpltCh1(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
-/** @defgroup DAC_Exported_Functions DAC Exported Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup DAC_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
- *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions
- *
-@verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-              ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
-  ==============================================================================
-    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
-      (+) Initialize and configure the DAC.
-      (+) De-initialize the DAC.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the DAC peripheral according to the specified parameters
-  *         in the DAC_InitStruct.
-  * @param  hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Init(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
-{
-  /* Check DAC handle */
-  if(hdac == NULL)
-  {
-     return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_DAC_ALL_INSTANCE(hdac->Instance));
-
-  if(hdac->State == HAL_DAC_STATE_RESET)
-  {
-    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
-    hdac->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
-    /* Init the low level hardware */
-    HAL_DAC_MspInit(hdac);
-  }
-
-  /* Initialize the DAC state*/
-  hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Set DAC error code to none */
-  hdac->ErrorCode = HAL_DAC_ERROR_NONE;
-
-  /* Initialize the DAC state*/
-  hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Deinitializes the DAC peripheral registers to their default reset values.
-  * @param  hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_DeInit(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
-{
-  /* Check DAC handle */
-  if(hdac == NULL)
-  {
-     return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_DAC_ALL_INSTANCE(hdac->Instance));
-
-  /* Change DAC state */
-  hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* DeInit the low level hardware */
-  HAL_DAC_MspDeInit(hdac);
-
-  /* Set DAC error code to none */
-  hdac->ErrorCode = HAL_DAC_ERROR_NONE;
-
-  /* Change DAC state */
-  hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_RESET;
-
-  /* Release Lock */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hdac);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the DAC MSP.
-  * @param  hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_DAC_MspInit(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_DAC_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  DeInitializes the DAC MSP.
-  * @param  hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_DAC_MspDeInit(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_DAC_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup DAC_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
- *  @brief    IO operation functions
- *
-@verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-             ##### IO operation functions #####
-  ==============================================================================
-    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
-      (+) Start conversion.
-      (+) Stop conversion.
-      (+) Start conversion and enable DMA transfer.
-      (+) Stop conversion and disable DMA transfer.
-      (+) Get result of conversion.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Enables DAC and starts conversion of channel.
-  * @param  hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
-  * @param  Channel: The selected DAC channel.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
-  *            @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Start(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel)
-{
-  uint32_t tmp1 = 0, tmp2 = 0;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
-
-  /* Process locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hdac);
-
-  /* Change DAC state */
-  hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Enable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_DAC_ENABLE(hdac, Channel);
-
-  if(Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1)
-  {
-    tmp1 = hdac->Instance->CR & DAC_CR_TEN1;
-    tmp2 = hdac->Instance->CR & DAC_CR_TSEL1;
-    /* Check if software trigger enabled */
-    if((tmp1 ==  DAC_CR_TEN1) && (tmp2 ==  DAC_CR_TSEL1))
-    {
-      /* Enable the selected DAC software conversion */
-      hdac->Instance->SWTRIGR |= (uint32_t)DAC_SWTRIGR_SWTRIG1;
-    }
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    tmp1 = hdac->Instance->CR & DAC_CR_TEN2;
-    tmp2 = hdac->Instance->CR & DAC_CR_TSEL2;
-    /* Check if software trigger enabled */
-    if((tmp1 == DAC_CR_TEN2) && (tmp2 == DAC_CR_TSEL2))
-    {
-      /* Enable the selected DAC software conversion*/
-      hdac->Instance->SWTRIGR |= (uint32_t)DAC_SWTRIGR_SWTRIG2;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Change DAC state */
-  hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hdac);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Disables DAC and stop conversion of channel.
-  * @param  hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
-  * @param  Channel: The selected DAC channel.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
-  *            @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Stop(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
-
-  /* Disable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_DAC_DISABLE(hdac, Channel);
-
-  /* Change DAC state */
-  hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Enables DAC and starts conversion of channel.
-  * @param  hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
-  * @param  Channel: The selected DAC channel.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
-  *            @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
-  * @param  pData: The destination peripheral Buffer address.
-  * @param  Length: The length of data to be transferred from memory to DAC peripheral
-  * @param  Alignment: Specifies the data alignment for DAC channel.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg DAC_ALIGN_8B_R: 8bit right data alignment selected
-  *            @arg DAC_ALIGN_12B_L: 12bit left data alignment selected
-  *            @arg DAC_ALIGN_12B_R: 12bit right data alignment selected
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Start_DMA(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t* pData, uint32_t Length, uint32_t Alignment)
-{
-  uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
-  assert_param(IS_DAC_ALIGN(Alignment));
-
-  /* Process locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hdac);
-
-  /* Change DAC state */
-  hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  if(Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1)
-  {
-    /* Set the DMA transfer complete callback for channel1 */
-    hdac->DMA_Handle1->XferCpltCallback = DAC_DMAConvCpltCh1;
-
-    /* Set the DMA half transfer complete callback for channel1 */
-    hdac->DMA_Handle1->XferHalfCpltCallback = DAC_DMAHalfConvCpltCh1;
-
-    /* Set the DMA error callback for channel1 */
-    hdac->DMA_Handle1->XferErrorCallback = DAC_DMAErrorCh1;
-
-    /* Enable the selected DAC channel1 DMA request */
-    hdac->Instance->CR |= DAC_CR_DMAEN1;
-
-    /* Case of use of channel 1 */
-    switch(Alignment)
-    {
-      case DAC_ALIGN_12B_R:
-        /* Get DHR12R1 address */
-        tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR12R1;
-        break;
-      case DAC_ALIGN_12B_L:
-        /* Get DHR12L1 address */
-        tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR12L1;
-        break;
-      case DAC_ALIGN_8B_R:
-        /* Get DHR8R1 address */
-        tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR8R1;
-        break;
-      default:
-        break;
-    }
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    /* Set the DMA transfer complete callback for channel2 */
-    hdac->DMA_Handle2->XferCpltCallback = DAC_DMAConvCpltCh2;
-
-    /* Set the DMA half transfer complete callback for channel2 */
-    hdac->DMA_Handle2->XferHalfCpltCallback = DAC_DMAHalfConvCpltCh2;
-
-    /* Set the DMA error callback for channel2 */
-    hdac->DMA_Handle2->XferErrorCallback = DAC_DMAErrorCh2;
-
-    /* Enable the selected DAC channel2 DMA request */
-    hdac->Instance->CR |= DAC_CR_DMAEN2;
-
-    /* Case of use of channel 2 */
-    switch(Alignment)
-    {
-      case DAC_ALIGN_12B_R:
-        /* Get DHR12R2 address */
-        tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR12R2;
-        break;
-      case DAC_ALIGN_12B_L:
-        /* Get DHR12L2 address */
-        tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR12L2;
-        break;
-      case DAC_ALIGN_8B_R:
-        /* Get DHR8R2 address */
-        tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR8R2;
-        break;
-      default:
-        break;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Enable the DMA Stream */
-  if(Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1)
-  {
-    /* Enable the DAC DMA underrun interrupt */
-    __HAL_DAC_ENABLE_IT(hdac, DAC_IT_DMAUDR1);
-
-    /* Enable the DMA Stream */
-    HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hdac->DMA_Handle1, (uint32_t)pData, tmpreg, Length);
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    /* Enable the DAC DMA underrun interrupt */
-    __HAL_DAC_ENABLE_IT(hdac, DAC_IT_DMAUDR2);
-
-    /* Enable the DMA Stream */
-    HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hdac->DMA_Handle2, (uint32_t)pData, tmpreg, Length);
-  }
-
-  /* Enable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_DAC_ENABLE(hdac, Channel);
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hdac);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Disables DAC and stop conversion of channel.
-  * @param  hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
-  * @param  Channel: The selected DAC channel.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
-  *            @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Stop_DMA(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel)
-{
-  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
-
-  /* Disable the selected DAC channel DMA request */
-   hdac->Instance->CR &= ~(DAC_CR_DMAEN1 << Channel);
-
-  /* Disable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_DAC_DISABLE(hdac, Channel);
-
-  /* Disable the DMA Channel */
-  /* Channel1 is used */
-  if(Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1)
-  {
-    status = HAL_DMA_Abort(hdac->DMA_Handle1);
-  }
-  else /* Channel2 is used for */
-  {
-    status = HAL_DMA_Abort(hdac->DMA_Handle2);
-  }
-
-  /* Check if DMA Channel effectively disabled */
-  if(status != HAL_OK)
-  {
-    /* Update DAC state machine to error */
-    hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_ERROR;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    /* Change DAC state */
-    hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
-  }
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return status;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Returns the last data output value of the selected DAC channel.
-  * @param  hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
-  * @param  Channel: The selected DAC channel.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
-  *            @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
-  * @retval The selected DAC channel data output value.
-  */
-uint32_t HAL_DAC_GetValue(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
-
-  /* Returns the DAC channel data output register value */
-  if(Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1)
-  {
-    return hdac->Instance->DOR1;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return hdac->Instance->DOR2;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Handles DAC interrupt request
-  * @param  hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_DAC_IRQHandler(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
-{
-  /* Check underrun channel 1 flag */
-  if(__HAL_DAC_GET_FLAG(hdac, DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR1))
-  {
-    /* Change DAC state to error state */
-    hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_ERROR;
-
-    /* Set DAC error code to channel1 DMA underrun error */
-    hdac->ErrorCode |= HAL_DAC_ERROR_DMAUNDERRUNCH1;
-
-    /* Clear the underrun flag */
-    __HAL_DAC_CLEAR_FLAG(hdac,DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR1);
-
-    /* Disable the selected DAC channel1 DMA request */
-    hdac->Instance->CR &= ~DAC_CR_DMAEN1;
-
-    /* Error callback */
-    HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1(hdac);
-  }
-  /* Check underrun channel 2 flag */
-  if(__HAL_DAC_GET_FLAG(hdac, DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR2))
-  {
-    /* Change DAC state to error state */
-    hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_ERROR;
-
-    /* Set DAC error code to channel2 DMA underrun error */
-    hdac->ErrorCode |= HAL_DAC_ERROR_DMAUNDERRUNCH2;
-
-    /* Clear the underrun flag */
-    __HAL_DAC_CLEAR_FLAG(hdac,DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR2);
-
-    /* Disable the selected DAC channel1 DMA request */
-    hdac->Instance->CR &= ~DAC_CR_DMAEN2;
-
-    /* Error callback */
-    HAL_DACEx_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2(hdac);
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Conversion complete callback in non blocking mode for Channel1
-  * @param  hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Conversion half DMA transfer callback in non blocking mode for Channel1
-  * @param  hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1 could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Error DAC callback for Channel1.
-  * @param  hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1 could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  DMA underrun DAC callback for channel1.
-  * @param  hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1 could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup DAC_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions
- *  @brief   	Peripheral Control functions
- *
-@verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-             ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
-  ==============================================================================
-    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
-      (+) Configure channels.
-      (+) Set the specified data holding register value for DAC channel.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Configures the selected DAC channel.
-  * @param  hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
-  * @param  sConfig: DAC configuration structure.
-  * @param  Channel: The selected DAC channel.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
-  *            @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_ConfigChannel(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, DAC_ChannelConfTypeDef* sConfig, uint32_t Channel)
-{
-  uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0, tmpreg2 = 0;
-
-  /* Check the DAC parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_DAC_TRIGGER(sConfig->DAC_Trigger));
-  assert_param(IS_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER_STATE(sConfig->DAC_OutputBuffer));
-  assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
-
-  /* Process locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hdac);
-
-  /* Change DAC state */
-  hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Get the DAC CR value */
-  tmpreg1 = hdac->Instance->CR;
-  /* Clear BOFFx, TENx, TSELx, WAVEx and MAMPx bits */
-  tmpreg1 &= ~(((uint32_t)(DAC_CR_MAMP1 | DAC_CR_WAVE1 | DAC_CR_TSEL1 | DAC_CR_TEN1 | DAC_CR_BOFF1)) << Channel);
-  /* Configure for the selected DAC channel: buffer output, trigger */
-  /* Set TSELx and TENx bits according to DAC_Trigger value */
-  /* Set BOFFx bit according to DAC_OutputBuffer value */
-  tmpreg2 = (sConfig->DAC_Trigger | sConfig->DAC_OutputBuffer);
-  /* Calculate CR register value depending on DAC_Channel */
-  tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2 << Channel;
-  /* Write to DAC CR */
-  hdac->Instance->CR = tmpreg1;
-  /* Disable wave generation */
-  hdac->Instance->CR &= ~(DAC_CR_WAVE1 << Channel);
-
-  /* Change DAC state */
-  hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hdac);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Set the specified data holding register value for DAC channel.
-  * @param  hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
-  * @param  Channel: The selected DAC channel.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
-  *            @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
-  * @param  Alignment: Specifies the data alignment.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg DAC_ALIGN_8B_R: 8bit right data alignment selected
-  *            @arg DAC_ALIGN_12B_L: 12bit left data alignment selected
-  *            @arg DAC_ALIGN_12B_R: 12bit right data alignment selected
-  * @param  Data: Data to be loaded in the selected data holding register.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_SetValue(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t Alignment, uint32_t Data)
-{
-  __IO uint32_t tmp = 0;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
-  assert_param(IS_DAC_ALIGN(Alignment));
-  assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data));
-
-  tmp = (uint32_t)hdac->Instance;
-  if(Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1)
-  {
-    tmp += DAC_DHR12R1_ALIGNMENT(Alignment);
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    tmp += DAC_DHR12R2_ALIGNMENT(Alignment);
-  }
-
-  /* Set the DAC channel1 selected data holding register */
-  *(__IO uint32_t *) tmp = Data;
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup DAC_Exported_Functions_Group4 Peripheral State and Errors functions
- *  @brief   Peripheral State and Errors functions
- *
-@verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-            ##### Peripheral State and Errors functions #####
-  ==============================================================================
-    [..]
-    This subsection provides functions allowing to
-      (+) Check the DAC state.
-      (+) Check the DAC Errors.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  return the DAC state
-  * @param  hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
-  * @retval HAL state
-  */
-HAL_DAC_StateTypeDef HAL_DAC_GetState(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
-{
-  /* Return DAC state */
-  return hdac->State;
-}
-
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Return the DAC error code
-  * @param  hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
-  * @retval DAC Error Code
-  */
-uint32_t HAL_DAC_GetError(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac)
-{
-  return hdac->ErrorCode;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  DMA conversion complete callback.
-  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void DAC_DMAConvCpltCh1(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac = ( DAC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
-
-  HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1(hdac);
-
-  hdac->State= HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  DMA half transfer complete callback.
-  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void DAC_DMAHalfConvCpltCh1(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-    DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac = ( DAC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
-    /* Conversion complete callback */
-    HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1(hdac);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  DMA error callback
-  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void DAC_DMAErrorCh1(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac = ( DAC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
-
-  /* Set DAC error code to DMA error */
-  hdac->ErrorCode |= HAL_DAC_ERROR_DMA;
-
-  HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1(hdac);
-
-  hdac->State= HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-#endif /* HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_dac_ex.c b/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_dac_ex.c
deleted file mode 100644
index ca6d12b952..0000000000
--- a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_dac_ex.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,376 +0,0 @@
-/**
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @file    stm32f7xx_hal_dac_ex.c
-  * @author  MCD Application Team
-  * @version V1.0.1
-  * @date    25-June-2015
-  * @brief   Extended DAC HAL module driver.
-  *         This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
-  *         functionalities of DAC extension peripheral:
-  *           + Extended features functions
-  *
-  *
-  @verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                      ##### How to use this driver #####
-  ==============================================================================
-    [..]
-      (+) When Dual mode is enabled (i.e DAC Channel1 and Channel2 are used simultaneously) :
-          Use HAL_DACEx_DualGetValue() to get digital data to be converted and use
-          HAL_DACEx_DualSetValue() to set digital value to converted simultaneously in Channel 1 and Channel 2.
-      (+) Use HAL_DACEx_TriangleWaveGenerate() to generate Triangle signal.
-      (+) Use HAL_DACEx_NoiseWaveGenerate() to generate Noise signal.
-
- @endverbatim
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @attention
-  *
-  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
-  *
-  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
-  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
-  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
-  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
-  *      without specific prior written permission.
-  *
-  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
-  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
-  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
-  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
-  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
-  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
-  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
-  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
-  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
-  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-  *
-  ******************************************************************************
-  */
-
-
-/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
-
-/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup DACEx DACEx
-  * @brief DAC driver modules
-  * @{
-  */
-
-#ifdef HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED
-
-/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
-/** @defgroup DACEx_Exported_Functions DAC Exported Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup DACEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended features functions
- *  @brief    Extended features functions
- *
-@verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                 ##### Extended features functions #####
-  ==============================================================================
-    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
-      (+) Start conversion.
-      (+) Stop conversion.
-      (+) Start conversion and enable DMA transfer.
-      (+) Stop conversion and disable DMA transfer.
-      (+) Get result of conversion.
-      (+) Get result of dual mode conversion.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Returns the last data output value of the selected DAC channel.
-  * @param  hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
-  * @retval The selected DAC channel data output value.
-  */
-uint32_t HAL_DACEx_DualGetValue(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
-{
-  uint32_t tmp = 0;
-
-  tmp |= hdac->Instance->DOR1;
-
-  tmp |= hdac->Instance->DOR2 << 16;
-
-  /* Returns the DAC channel data output register value */
-  return tmp;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Enables or disables the selected DAC channel wave generation.
-  * @param  hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
-  * @param  Channel: The selected DAC channel.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
-  *            @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
-  * @param  Amplitude: Select max triangle amplitude.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_1: Select max triangle amplitude of 1
-  *            @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_3: Select max triangle amplitude of 3
-  *            @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_7: Select max triangle amplitude of 7
-  *            @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_15: Select max triangle amplitude of 15
-  *            @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_31: Select max triangle amplitude of 31
-  *            @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_63: Select max triangle amplitude of 63
-  *            @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_127: Select max triangle amplitude of 127
-  *            @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_255: Select max triangle amplitude of 255
-  *            @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_511: Select max triangle amplitude of 511
-  *            @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_1023: Select max triangle amplitude of 1023
-  *            @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_2047: Select max triangle amplitude of 2047
-  *            @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_4095: Select max triangle amplitude of 4095
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_TriangleWaveGenerate(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t Amplitude)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
-  assert_param(IS_DAC_LFSR_UNMASK_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE(Amplitude));
-
-  /* Process locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hdac);
-
-  /* Change DAC state */
-  hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Enable the selected wave generation for the selected DAC channel */
-  MODIFY_REG(hdac->Instance->CR, (DAC_CR_WAVE1 | DAC_CR_MAMP1) << Channel, (DAC_CR_WAVE1_1 | Amplitude) << Channel);
-
-  /* Change DAC state */
-  hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hdac);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Enables or disables the selected DAC channel wave generation.
-  * @param  hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
-  * @param  Channel: The selected DAC channel.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
-  *            @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
-  * @param  Amplitude: Unmask DAC channel LFSR for noise wave generation.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BIT0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit0 for noise wave generation
-  *            @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS1_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[1:0] for noise wave generation
-  *            @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS2_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[2:0] for noise wave generation
-  *            @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS3_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[3:0] for noise wave generation
-  *            @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS4_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[4:0] for noise wave generation
-  *            @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS5_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[5:0] for noise wave generation
-  *            @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS6_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[6:0] for noise wave generation
-  *            @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS7_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[7:0] for noise wave generation
-  *            @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS8_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[8:0] for noise wave generation
-  *            @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS9_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[9:0] for noise wave generation
-  *            @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS10_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[10:0] for noise wave generation
-  *            @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS11_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[11:0] for noise wave generation
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_NoiseWaveGenerate(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t Amplitude)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
-  assert_param(IS_DAC_LFSR_UNMASK_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE(Amplitude));
-
-  /* Process locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hdac);
-
-  /* Change DAC state */
-  hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Enable the selected wave generation for the selected DAC channel */
-  MODIFY_REG(hdac->Instance->CR, (DAC_CR_WAVE1 | DAC_CR_MAMP1) << Channel, (DAC_CR_WAVE1_0 | Amplitude) << Channel);
-
-  /* Change DAC state */
-  hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hdac);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Set the specified data holding register value for dual DAC channel.
-  * @param  hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *               the configuration information for the specified DAC.
-  * @param  Alignment: Specifies the data alignment for dual channel DAC.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            DAC_ALIGN_8B_R: 8bit right data alignment selected
-  *            DAC_ALIGN_12B_L: 12bit left data alignment selected
-  *            DAC_ALIGN_12B_R: 12bit right data alignment selected
-  * @param  Data1: Data for DAC Channel2 to be loaded in the selected data holding register.
-  * @param  Data2: Data for DAC Channel1 to be loaded in the selected data  holding register.
-  * @note   In dual mode, a unique register access is required to write in both
-  *          DAC channels at the same time.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_DualSetValue(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Alignment, uint32_t Data1, uint32_t Data2)
-{
-  uint32_t data = 0, tmp = 0;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_DAC_ALIGN(Alignment));
-  assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data1));
-  assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data2));
-
-  /* Calculate and set dual DAC data holding register value */
-  if (Alignment == DAC_ALIGN_8B_R)
-  {
-    data = ((uint32_t)Data2 << 8) | Data1;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    data = ((uint32_t)Data2 << 16) | Data1;
-  }
-
-  tmp = (uint32_t)hdac->Instance;
-  tmp += DAC_DHR12RD_ALIGNMENT(Alignment);
-
-  /* Set the dual DAC selected data holding register */
-  *(__IO uint32_t *)tmp = data;
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Conversion complete callback in non blocking mode for Channel2
-  * @param  hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_DACEx_ConvCpltCallbackCh2(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh2 could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Conversion half DMA transfer callback in non blocking mode for Channel2
-  * @param  hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2 could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Error DAC callback for Channel2.
-  * @param  hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_DACEx_ErrorCallbackCh2(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_DACEx_ErrorCallbackCh2 could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  DMA underrun DAC callback for channel2.
-  * @param  hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for the specified DAC.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_DACEx_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_DACEx_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2 could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  DMA conversion complete callback.
-  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void DAC_DMAConvCpltCh2(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac = ( DAC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
-
-  HAL_DACEx_ConvCpltCallbackCh2(hdac);
-
-  hdac->State= HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  DMA half transfer complete callback.
-  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void DAC_DMAHalfConvCpltCh2(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-    DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac = ( DAC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
-    /* Conversion complete callback */
-    HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2(hdac);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  DMA error callback
-  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void DAC_DMAErrorCh2(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac = ( DAC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
-
-  /* Set DAC error code to DMA error */
-  hdac->ErrorCode |= HAL_DAC_ERROR_DMA;
-
-  HAL_DACEx_ErrorCallbackCh2(hdac);
-
-  hdac->State= HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-#endif /* HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_dcmi.c b/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_dcmi.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 5dc9e9e12d..0000000000
--- a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_dcmi.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,827 +0,0 @@
-/**
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @file    stm32f7xx_hal_dcmi.c
-  * @author  MCD Application Team
-  * @version V1.0.1
-  * @date    25-June-2015
-  * @brief   DCMI HAL module driver
-  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
-  *          functionalities of the Digital Camera Interface (DCMI) peripheral:
-  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
-  *           + IO operation functions
-  *           + Peripheral Control functions
-  *           + Peripheral State and Error functions
-  *
-  @verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                        ##### How to use this driver #####
-  ==============================================================================
-  [..]
-      The sequence below describes how to use this driver to capture image
-      from a camera module connected to the DCMI Interface.
-      This sequence does not take into account the configuration of the
-      camera module, which should be made before to configure and enable
-      the DCMI to capture images.
-
-    (#) Program the required configuration through following parameters:
-        horizontal and vertical polarity, pixel clock polarity, Capture Rate,
-        Synchronization Mode, code of the frame delimiter and data width
-        using HAL_DCMI_Init() function.
-
-    (#) Configure the DMA2_Stream1 channel1 to transfer Data from DCMI DR
-        register to the destination memory buffer.
-
-    (#) Program the required configuration through following parameters:
-        DCMI mode, destination memory Buffer address and the data length
-        and enable capture using HAL_DCMI_Start_DMA() function.
-
-    (#) Optionally, configure and Enable the CROP feature to select a rectangular
-        window from the received image using HAL_DCMI_ConfigCrop()
-        and HAL_DCMI_EnableCROP() functions
-
-    (#) The capture can be stopped using HAL_DCMI_Stop() function.
-
-    (#) To control DCMI state you can use the function HAL_DCMI_GetState().
-
-     *** DCMI HAL driver macros list ***
-     =============================================
-     [..]
-       Below the list of most used macros in DCMI HAL driver.
-
-      (+) __HAL_DCMI_ENABLE: Enable the DCMI peripheral.
-      (+) __HAL_DCMI_DISABLE: Disable the DCMI peripheral.
-      (+) __HAL_DCMI_GET_FLAG: Get the DCMI pending flags.
-      (+) __HAL_DCMI_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the DCMI pending flags.
-      (+) __HAL_DCMI_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified DCMI interrupts.
-      (+) __HAL_DCMI_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified DCMI interrupts.
-      (+) __HAL_DCMI_GET_IT_SOURCE: Check whether the specified DCMI interrupt has occurred or not.
-
-     [..]
-       (@) You can refer to the DCMI HAL driver header file for more useful macros
-
-  @endverbatim
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @attention
-  *
-  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
-  *
-  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
-  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
-  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
-  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
-  *      without specific prior written permission.
-  *
-  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
-  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
-  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
-  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
-  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
-  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
-  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
-  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
-  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
-  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-  *
-  ******************************************************************************
-  */
-
-/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
-
-/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
-  * @{
-  */
-/** @defgroup DCMI DCMI
-  * @brief DCMI HAL module driver
-  * @{
-  */
-
-#ifdef HAL_DCMI_MODULE_ENABLED
-
-/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
-#define HAL_TIMEOUT_DCMI_STOP    ((uint32_t)1000)  /* 1s  */
-/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
-static void       DCMI_DMAConvCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
-static void       DCMI_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
-
-/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/** @defgroup DCMI_Exported_Functions DCMI Exported Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup DCMI_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions
- *  @brief   Initialization and Configuration functions
- *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-                ##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
-      (+) Initialize and configure the DCMI
-      (+) De-initialize the DCMI
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the DCMI according to the specified
-  *         parameters in the DCMI_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
-  * @param  hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for DCMI.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-__weak HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DCMI_Init(DCMI_HandleTypeDef *hdcmi)
-{
-  /* Check the DCMI peripheral state */
-  if(hdcmi == NULL)
-  {
-     return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Check function parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_DCMI_ALL_INSTANCE(hdcmi->Instance));
-  assert_param(IS_DCMI_SYNCHRO(hdcmi->Init.SynchroMode));
-  assert_param(IS_DCMI_PCKPOLARITY(hdcmi->Init.PCKPolarity));
-  assert_param(IS_DCMI_VSPOLARITY(hdcmi->Init.VSPolarity));
-  assert_param(IS_DCMI_HSPOLARITY(hdcmi->Init.HSPolarity));
-  assert_param(IS_DCMI_CAPTURE_RATE(hdcmi->Init.CaptureRate));
-  assert_param(IS_DCMI_EXTENDED_DATA(hdcmi->Init.ExtendedDataMode));
-  assert_param(IS_DCMI_MODE_JPEG(hdcmi->Init.JPEGMode));
-
-  if(hdcmi->State == HAL_DCMI_STATE_RESET)
-  {
-    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
-    hdcmi->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
-    /* Init the low level hardware */
-    HAL_DCMI_MspInit(hdcmi);
-  }
-
-  /* Change the DCMI state */
-  hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Set DCMI parameters */
-  /* Configures the HS, VS, DE and PC polarity */
-  hdcmi->Instance->CR &= ~(DCMI_CR_PCKPOL | DCMI_CR_HSPOL  | DCMI_CR_VSPOL  | DCMI_CR_EDM_0 |
-                           DCMI_CR_EDM_1  | DCMI_CR_FCRC_0 | DCMI_CR_FCRC_1 | DCMI_CR_JPEG  |
-                           DCMI_CR_ESS);
-  hdcmi->Instance->CR |=  (uint32_t)(hdcmi->Init.SynchroMode | hdcmi->Init.CaptureRate | \
-                                     hdcmi->Init.VSPolarity  | hdcmi->Init.HSPolarity  | \
-                                     hdcmi->Init.PCKPolarity | hdcmi->Init.ExtendedDataMode | \
-                                     hdcmi->Init.JPEGMode);
-
-  if(hdcmi->Init.SynchroMode == DCMI_SYNCHRO_EMBEDDED)
-  {
-    DCMI->ESCR = (((uint32_t)hdcmi->Init.SyncroCode.FrameStartCode)    |
-                  ((uint32_t)hdcmi->Init.SyncroCode.LineStartCode << 8)|
-                  ((uint32_t)hdcmi->Init.SyncroCode.LineEndCode << 16) |
-                  ((uint32_t)hdcmi->Init.SyncroCode.FrameEndCode << 24));
-  }
-
-  /* Enable the Line interrupt */
-  __HAL_DCMI_ENABLE_IT(hdcmi, DCMI_IT_LINE);
-
-  /* Enable the VSYNC interrupt */
-  __HAL_DCMI_ENABLE_IT(hdcmi, DCMI_IT_VSYNC);
-
-  /* Enable the Frame capture complete interrupt */
-  __HAL_DCMI_ENABLE_IT(hdcmi, DCMI_IT_FRAME);
-
-  /* Enable the Synchronization error interrupt */
-  __HAL_DCMI_ENABLE_IT(hdcmi, DCMI_IT_ERR);
-
-  /* Enable the Overflow interrupt */
-  __HAL_DCMI_ENABLE_IT(hdcmi, DCMI_IT_OVF);
-
-  /* Enable DCMI by setting DCMIEN bit */
-  __HAL_DCMI_ENABLE(hdcmi);
-
-  /* Update error code */
-  hdcmi->ErrorCode = HAL_DCMI_ERROR_NONE;
-
-  /* Initialize the DCMI state*/
-  hdcmi->State  = HAL_DCMI_STATE_READY;
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Deinitializes the DCMI peripheral registers to their default reset
-  *         values.
-  * @param  hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for DCMI.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DCMI_DeInit(DCMI_HandleTypeDef *hdcmi)
-{
-  /* DeInit the low level hardware */
-  HAL_DCMI_MspDeInit(hdcmi);
-
-  /* Update error code */
-  hdcmi->ErrorCode = HAL_DCMI_ERROR_NONE;
-
-  /* Initialize the DCMI state*/
-  hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_RESET;
-
-  /* Release Lock */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hdcmi);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the DCMI MSP.
-  * @param  hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for DCMI.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_DCMI_MspInit(DCMI_HandleTypeDef* hdcmi)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_DCMI_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  DeInitializes the DCMI MSP.
-  * @param  hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for DCMI.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_DCMI_MspDeInit(DCMI_HandleTypeDef* hdcmi)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_DCMI_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-/** @defgroup DCMI_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
- *  @brief   IO operation functions
- *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-                      #####  IO operation functions  #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
-      (+) Configure destination address and data length and
-          Enables DCMI DMA request and enables DCMI capture
-      (+) Stop the DCMI capture.
-      (+) Handles DCMI interrupt request.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Enables DCMI DMA request and enables DCMI capture
-  * @param  hdcmi:     pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                    the configuration information for DCMI.
-  * @param  DCMI_Mode: DCMI capture mode snapshot or continuous grab.
-  * @param  pData:     The destination memory Buffer address (LCD Frame buffer).
-  * @param  Length:    The length of capture to be transferred.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DCMI_Start_DMA(DCMI_HandleTypeDef* hdcmi, uint32_t DCMI_Mode, uint32_t pData, uint32_t Length)
-{
-  /* Initialize the second memory address */
-  uint32_t SecondMemAddress = 0;
-
-  /* Check function parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_DCMI_CAPTURE_MODE(DCMI_Mode));
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hdcmi);
-
-  /* Lock the DCMI peripheral state */
-  hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_DCMI_CAPTURE_MODE(DCMI_Mode));
-
-  /* Configure the DCMI Mode */
-  hdcmi->Instance->CR &= ~(DCMI_CR_CM);
-  hdcmi->Instance->CR |=  (uint32_t)(DCMI_Mode);
-
-  /* Set the DMA memory0 conversion complete callback */
-  hdcmi->DMA_Handle->XferCpltCallback = DCMI_DMAConvCplt;
-
-  /* Set the DMA error callback */
-  hdcmi->DMA_Handle->XferErrorCallback = DCMI_DMAError;
-
-  if(Length <= 0xFFFF)
-  {
-    /* Enable the DMA Stream */
-    HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hdcmi->DMA_Handle, (uint32_t)&hdcmi->Instance->DR, (uint32_t)pData, Length);
-  }
-  else /* DCMI_DOUBLE_BUFFER Mode */
-  {
-    /* Set the DMA memory1 conversion complete callback */
-    hdcmi->DMA_Handle->XferM1CpltCallback = DCMI_DMAConvCplt;
-
-    /* Initialize transfer parameters */
-    hdcmi->XferCount = 1;
-    hdcmi->XferSize = Length;
-    hdcmi->pBuffPtr = pData;
-
-    /* Get the number of buffer */
-    while(hdcmi->XferSize > 0xFFFF)
-    {
-      hdcmi->XferSize = (hdcmi->XferSize/2);
-      hdcmi->XferCount = hdcmi->XferCount*2;
-    }
-
-    /* Update DCMI counter  and transfer number*/
-    hdcmi->XferCount = (hdcmi->XferCount - 2);
-    hdcmi->XferTransferNumber = hdcmi->XferCount;
-
-    /* Update second memory address */
-    SecondMemAddress = (uint32_t)(pData + (4*hdcmi->XferSize));
-
-    /* Start DMA multi buffer transfer */
-    HAL_DMAEx_MultiBufferStart_IT(hdcmi->DMA_Handle, (uint32_t)&hdcmi->Instance->DR, (uint32_t)pData, SecondMemAddress, hdcmi->XferSize);
-  }
-
-  /* Enable Capture */
-  DCMI->CR |= DCMI_CR_CAPTURE;
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Disable DCMI DMA request and Disable DCMI capture
-  * @param  hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for DCMI.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DCMI_Stop(DCMI_HandleTypeDef* hdcmi)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-
-  /* Lock the DCMI peripheral state */
-  hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  __HAL_DCMI_DISABLE(hdcmi);
-
-  /* Disable Capture */
-  DCMI->CR &= ~(DCMI_CR_CAPTURE);
-
-  /* Get tick */
-  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-  /* Check if the DCMI capture effectively disabled */
-  while((hdcmi->Instance->CR & DCMI_CR_CAPTURE) != 0)
-  {
-    if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > HAL_TIMEOUT_DCMI_STOP)
-    {
-      /* Process Unlocked */
-      __HAL_UNLOCK(hdcmi);
-
-      /* Update error code */
-      hdcmi->ErrorCode |= HAL_DCMI_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
-
-      /* Change DCMI state */
-      hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-
-      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Disable the DMA */
-  HAL_DMA_Abort(hdcmi->DMA_Handle);
-
-  /* Update error code */
-  hdcmi->ErrorCode |= HAL_DCMI_ERROR_NONE;
-
-  /* Change DCMI state */
-  hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hdcmi);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Handles DCMI interrupt request.
-  * @param  hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the DCMI.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_DCMI_IRQHandler(DCMI_HandleTypeDef *hdcmi)
-{
-  /* Synchronization error interrupt management *******************************/
-  if(__HAL_DCMI_GET_FLAG(hdcmi, DCMI_FLAG_ERRRI) != RESET)
-  {
-    if(__HAL_DCMI_GET_IT_SOURCE(hdcmi, DCMI_IT_ERR) != RESET)
-    {
-      /* Disable the Synchronization error interrupt */
-      __HAL_DCMI_DISABLE_IT(hdcmi, DCMI_IT_ERR);
-
-      /* Clear the Synchronization error flag */
-      __HAL_DCMI_CLEAR_FLAG(hdcmi, DCMI_FLAG_ERRRI);
-
-      /* Update error code */
-      hdcmi->ErrorCode |= HAL_DCMI_ERROR_SYNC;
-
-      /* Change DCMI state */
-      hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_ERROR;
-
-      /* Process Unlocked */
-      __HAL_UNLOCK(hdcmi);
-
-      /* Abort the DMA Transfer */
-      HAL_DMA_Abort(hdcmi->DMA_Handle);
-
-      /* Synchronization error Callback */
-      HAL_DCMI_ErrorCallback(hdcmi);
-    }
-  }
-  /* Overflow interrupt management ********************************************/
-  if(__HAL_DCMI_GET_FLAG(hdcmi, DCMI_FLAG_OVFRI) != RESET)
-  {
-    if(__HAL_DCMI_GET_IT_SOURCE(hdcmi, DCMI_IT_OVF) != RESET)
-    {
-      /* Disable the Overflow interrupt */
-      __HAL_DCMI_DISABLE_IT(hdcmi, DCMI_IT_OVF);
-
-      /* Clear the Overflow flag */
-      __HAL_DCMI_CLEAR_FLAG(hdcmi, DCMI_FLAG_OVFRI);
-
-      /* Update error code */
-      hdcmi->ErrorCode |= HAL_DCMI_ERROR_OVF;
-
-      /* Change DCMI state */
-      hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_ERROR;
-
-      /* Process Unlocked */
-      __HAL_UNLOCK(hdcmi);
-
-      /* Abort the DMA Transfer */
-      HAL_DMA_Abort(hdcmi->DMA_Handle);
-
-      /* Overflow Callback */
-      HAL_DCMI_ErrorCallback(hdcmi);
-    }
-  }
-  /* Line Interrupt management ************************************************/
-  if(__HAL_DCMI_GET_FLAG(hdcmi, DCMI_FLAG_LINERI) != RESET)
-  {
-    if(__HAL_DCMI_GET_IT_SOURCE(hdcmi, DCMI_IT_LINE) != RESET)
-    {
-      /* Clear the Line interrupt flag */
-      __HAL_DCMI_CLEAR_FLAG(hdcmi, DCMI_FLAG_LINERI);
-
-      /* Process Unlocked */
-      __HAL_UNLOCK(hdcmi);
-
-      /* Line interrupt Callback */
-      HAL_DCMI_LineEventCallback(hdcmi);
-    }
-  }
-  /* VSYNC interrupt management ***********************************************/
-  if(__HAL_DCMI_GET_FLAG(hdcmi, DCMI_FLAG_VSYNCRI) != RESET)
-  {
-    if(__HAL_DCMI_GET_IT_SOURCE(hdcmi, DCMI_IT_VSYNC) != RESET)
-    {
-      /* Disable the VSYNC interrupt */
-      __HAL_DCMI_DISABLE_IT(hdcmi, DCMI_IT_VSYNC);
-
-      /* Clear the VSYNC flag */
-      __HAL_DCMI_CLEAR_FLAG(hdcmi, DCMI_FLAG_VSYNCRI);
-
-      /* Process Unlocked */
-      __HAL_UNLOCK(hdcmi);
-
-      /* VSYNC Callback */
-      HAL_DCMI_VsyncEventCallback(hdcmi);
-    }
-  }
-  /* End of Frame interrupt management ****************************************/
-  if(__HAL_DCMI_GET_FLAG(hdcmi, DCMI_FLAG_FRAMERI) != RESET)
-  {
-    if(__HAL_DCMI_GET_IT_SOURCE(hdcmi, DCMI_IT_FRAME) != RESET)
-    {
-      /* Disable the End of Frame interrupt */
-      __HAL_DCMI_DISABLE_IT(hdcmi, DCMI_IT_FRAME);
-
-      /* Clear the End of Frame flag */
-      __HAL_DCMI_CLEAR_FLAG(hdcmi, DCMI_FLAG_FRAMERI);
-
-      /* Process Unlocked */
-      __HAL_UNLOCK(hdcmi);
-
-      /* End of Frame Callback */
-      HAL_DCMI_FrameEventCallback(hdcmi);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Error DCMI callback.
-  * @param  hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for DCMI.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_DCMI_ErrorCallback(DCMI_HandleTypeDef *hdcmi)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_DCMI_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Line Event callback.
-  * @param  hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for DCMI.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_DCMI_LineEventCallback(DCMI_HandleTypeDef *hdcmi)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_DCMI_LineEventCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  VSYNC Event callback.
-  * @param  hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for DCMI.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_DCMI_VsyncEventCallback(DCMI_HandleTypeDef *hdcmi)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_DCMI_VsyncEventCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Frame Event callback.
-  * @param  hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for DCMI.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_DCMI_FrameEventCallback(DCMI_HandleTypeDef *hdcmi)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_DCMI_FrameEventCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup DCMI_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions
- *  @brief    Peripheral Control functions
- *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-                    ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-[..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
-      (+) Configure the CROP feature.
-      (+) Enable/Disable the CROP feature.
-			(+) Enable/Disable the JPEG feature.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Configure the DCMI CROP coordinate.
-  * @param  hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for DCMI.
-  * @param  YSize: DCMI Line number
-  * @param  XSize: DCMI Pixel per line
-  * @param  X0:    DCMI window X offset
-  * @param  Y0:    DCMI window Y offset
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DCMI_ConfigCROP(DCMI_HandleTypeDef *hdcmi, uint32_t X0, uint32_t Y0, uint32_t XSize, uint32_t YSize)
-{
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hdcmi);
-
-  /* Lock the DCMI peripheral state */
-  hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_DCMI_WINDOW_COORDINATE(X0));
-  assert_param(IS_DCMI_WINDOW_HEIGHT(Y0));
-  assert_param(IS_DCMI_WINDOW_COORDINATE(XSize));
-  assert_param(IS_DCMI_WINDOW_COORDINATE(YSize));
-
-  /* Configure CROP */
-  DCMI->CWSIZER = (XSize | (YSize << 16));
-  DCMI->CWSTRTR = (X0 | (Y0 << 16));
-
-  /* Initialize the DCMI state*/
-  hdcmi->State  = HAL_DCMI_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hdcmi);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Disable the Crop feature.
-  * @param  hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for DCMI.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DCMI_DisableCROP(DCMI_HandleTypeDef *hdcmi)
-{
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hdcmi);
-
-  /* Lock the DCMI peripheral state */
-  hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Disable DCMI Crop feature */
-  DCMI->CR &= ~(uint32_t)DCMI_CR_CROP;
-
-  /* Change the DCMI state*/
-  hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hdcmi);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Enable the Crop feature.
-  * @param  hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for DCMI.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DCMI_EnableCROP(DCMI_HandleTypeDef *hdcmi)
-{
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hdcmi);
-
-  /* Lock the DCMI peripheral state */
-  hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Enable DCMI Crop feature */
-  DCMI->CR |= (uint32_t)DCMI_CR_CROP;
-
-  /* Change the DCMI state*/
-  hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hdcmi);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup DCMI_Exported_Functions_Group4 Peripheral State functions
- *  @brief    Peripheral State functions
- *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-               ##### Peripheral State and Errors functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]
-    This subsection provides functions allowing to
-      (+) Check the DCMI state.
-      (+) Get the specific DCMI error flag.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Return the DCMI state
-  * @param  hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for DCMI.
-  * @retval HAL state
-  */
-HAL_DCMI_StateTypeDef HAL_DCMI_GetState(DCMI_HandleTypeDef *hdcmi)
-{
-  return hdcmi->State;
-}
-
-/**
-* @brief  Return the DCMI error code
-* @param  hdcmi : pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *               the configuration information for DCMI.
-* @retval DCMI Error Code
-*/
-uint32_t HAL_DCMI_GetError(DCMI_HandleTypeDef *hdcmi)
-{
-  return hdcmi->ErrorCode;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/** @defgroup DCMI_Private_Functions DCMI Private Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-  /**
-  * @brief  DMA conversion complete callback.
-  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void DCMI_DMAConvCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  uint32_t tmp = 0;
-
-  DCMI_HandleTypeDef* hdcmi = ( DCMI_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
-  hdcmi->State= HAL_DCMI_STATE_READY;
-
-  if(hdcmi->XferCount != 0)
-  {
-    /* Update memory 0 address location */
-    tmp = ((hdcmi->DMA_Handle->Instance->CR) & DMA_SxCR_CT);
-    if(((hdcmi->XferCount % 2) == 0) && (tmp != 0))
-    {
-      tmp = hdcmi->DMA_Handle->Instance->M0AR;
-      HAL_DMAEx_ChangeMemory(hdcmi->DMA_Handle, (tmp + (8*hdcmi->XferSize)), MEMORY0);
-      hdcmi->XferCount--;
-    }
-    /* Update memory 1 address location */
-    else if((hdcmi->DMA_Handle->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CT) == 0)
-    {
-      tmp = hdcmi->DMA_Handle->Instance->M1AR;
-      HAL_DMAEx_ChangeMemory(hdcmi->DMA_Handle, (tmp + (8*hdcmi->XferSize)), MEMORY1);
-      hdcmi->XferCount--;
-    }
-  }
-  /* Update memory 0 address location */
-  else if((hdcmi->DMA_Handle->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CT) != 0)
-  {
-    hdcmi->DMA_Handle->Instance->M0AR = hdcmi->pBuffPtr;
-  }
-  /* Update memory 1 address location */
-  else if((hdcmi->DMA_Handle->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CT) == 0)
-  {
-    tmp = hdcmi->pBuffPtr;
-    hdcmi->DMA_Handle->Instance->M1AR = (tmp + (4*hdcmi->XferSize));
-    hdcmi->XferCount = hdcmi->XferTransferNumber;
-  }
-
-  if(__HAL_DCMI_GET_FLAG(hdcmi, DCMI_FLAG_FRAMERI) != RESET)
-  {
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hdcmi);
-
-    /* FRAME Callback */
-    HAL_DCMI_FrameEventCallback(hdcmi);
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  DMA error callback
-  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void DCMI_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-    DCMI_HandleTypeDef* hdcmi = ( DCMI_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
-    hdcmi->State= HAL_DCMI_STATE_READY;
-    HAL_DCMI_ErrorCallback(hdcmi);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-#endif /* HAL_DCMI_MODULE_ENABLED */
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_dcmi_ex.c b/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_dcmi_ex.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 10fc7b002c..0000000000
--- a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_dcmi_ex.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,201 +0,0 @@
-/**
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @file    stm32f7xx_hal_dcmi_ex.c
-  * @author  MCD Application Team
-  * @version V1.0.1
-  * @date    25-June-2015
-  * @brief   DCMI Extension HAL module driver.
-  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
-  *          functionalities of DCMI extension peripheral:
-  *           + Extension features functions
-  *
-  @verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-               ##### DCMI peripheral extension features  #####
-  ==============================================================================
-
-  [..]  Support of Black and White cameras
-
-                     ##### How to use this driver #####
-  ==============================================================================
-  [..] This driver provides functions to manage the Black and White feature
-
-  @endverbatim
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @attention
-  *
-  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
-  *
-  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
-  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
-  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
-  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
-  *      without specific prior written permission.
-  *
-  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
-  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
-  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
-  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
-  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
-  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
-  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
-  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
-  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
-  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-  *
-  ******************************************************************************
-  */
-
-/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
-
-/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
-  * @{
-  */
-/** @defgroup DCMIEx DCMIEx
-  * @brief DCMI Extended HAL module driver
-  * @{
-  */
-
-#ifdef HAL_DCMI_MODULE_ENABLED
-
-/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
-/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/** @defgroup DCMIEx_Exported_Functions DCMIEx Exported Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup DCMIEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions
- *  @brief   Initialization and Configuration functions
- *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-                ##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
-      (+) Initialize and configure the DCMI
-      (+) De-initialize the DCMI
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the DCMI according to the specified
-  *         parameters in the DCMI_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
-  * @param  hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for DCMI.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DCMI_Init(DCMI_HandleTypeDef *hdcmi)
-{
-  /* Check the DCMI peripheral state */
-  if(hdcmi == NULL)
-  {
-     return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Check function parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_DCMI_ALL_INSTANCE(hdcmi->Instance));
-  assert_param(IS_DCMI_PCKPOLARITY(hdcmi->Init.PCKPolarity));
-  assert_param(IS_DCMI_VSPOLARITY(hdcmi->Init.VSPolarity));
-  assert_param(IS_DCMI_HSPOLARITY(hdcmi->Init.HSPolarity));
-  assert_param(IS_DCMI_SYNCHRO(hdcmi->Init.SynchroMode));
-  assert_param(IS_DCMI_CAPTURE_RATE(hdcmi->Init.CaptureRate));
-  assert_param(IS_DCMI_EXTENDED_DATA(hdcmi->Init.ExtendedDataMode));
-  assert_param(IS_DCMI_MODE_JPEG(hdcmi->Init.JPEGMode));
-
-  assert_param(IS_DCMI_BYTE_SELECT_MODE(hdcmi->Init.ByteSelectMode));
-  assert_param(IS_DCMI_BYTE_SELECT_START(hdcmi->Init.ByteSelectStart));
-  assert_param(IS_DCMI_LINE_SELECT_MODE(hdcmi->Init.LineSelectMode));
-  assert_param(IS_DCMI_LINE_SELECT_START(hdcmi->Init.LineSelectStart));
-
-  if(hdcmi->State == HAL_DCMI_STATE_RESET)
-  {
-    /* Init the low level hardware */
-    HAL_DCMI_MspInit(hdcmi);
-  }
-
-  /* Change the DCMI state */
-  hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_BUSY;
-                          /* Configures the HS, VS, DE and PC polarity */
-  hdcmi->Instance->CR &= ~(DCMI_CR_PCKPOL | DCMI_CR_HSPOL  | DCMI_CR_VSPOL  | DCMI_CR_EDM_0 |\
-                           DCMI_CR_EDM_1  | DCMI_CR_FCRC_0 | DCMI_CR_FCRC_1 | DCMI_CR_JPEG  |\
-                           DCMI_CR_ESS | DCMI_CR_BSM_0 | DCMI_CR_BSM_1 | DCMI_CR_OEBS |\
-                           DCMI_CR_LSM | DCMI_CR_OELS);
-
-  hdcmi->Instance->CR |=  (uint32_t)(hdcmi->Init.SynchroMode | hdcmi->Init.CaptureRate |\
-                                     hdcmi->Init.VSPolarity  | hdcmi->Init.HSPolarity  |\
-                                     hdcmi->Init.PCKPolarity | hdcmi->Init.ExtendedDataMode |\
-                                     hdcmi->Init.JPEGMode | hdcmi->Init.ByteSelectMode |\
-                                     hdcmi->Init.ByteSelectStart | hdcmi->Init.LineSelectMode |\
-                                     hdcmi->Init.LineSelectStart);
-
-  if(hdcmi->Init.SynchroMode == DCMI_SYNCHRO_EMBEDDED)
-  {
-    DCMI->ESCR = (((uint32_t)hdcmi->Init.SyncroCode.FrameStartCode)    |
-                  ((uint32_t)hdcmi->Init.SyncroCode.LineStartCode << 8)|
-                  ((uint32_t)hdcmi->Init.SyncroCode.LineEndCode << 16) |
-                  ((uint32_t)hdcmi->Init.SyncroCode.FrameEndCode << 24));
-
-  }
-
-  /* Enable the Line interrupt */
-  __HAL_DCMI_ENABLE_IT(hdcmi, DCMI_IT_LINE);
-
-  /* Enable the VSYNC interrupt */
-  __HAL_DCMI_ENABLE_IT(hdcmi, DCMI_IT_VSYNC);
-
-  /* Enable the Frame capture complete interrupt */
-  __HAL_DCMI_ENABLE_IT(hdcmi, DCMI_IT_FRAME);
-
-  /* Enable the Synchronization error interrupt */
-  __HAL_DCMI_ENABLE_IT(hdcmi, DCMI_IT_ERR);
-
-  /* Enable the Overflow interrupt */
-  __HAL_DCMI_ENABLE_IT(hdcmi, DCMI_IT_OVF);
-
-  /* Enable DCMI by setting DCMIEN bit */
-  __HAL_DCMI_ENABLE(hdcmi);
-
-  /* Update error code */
-  hdcmi->ErrorCode = HAL_DCMI_ERROR_NONE;
-
-  /* Initialize the DCMI state*/
-  hdcmi->State  = HAL_DCMI_STATE_READY;
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-#endif /* HAL_DCMI_MODULE_ENABLED */
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_dma.c b/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_dma.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 1bb953aa30..0000000000
--- a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_dma.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,921 +0,0 @@
-/**
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @file    stm32f7xx_hal_dma.c
-  * @author  MCD Application Team
-  * @version V1.0.1
-  * @date    25-June-2015
-  * @brief   DMA HAL module driver.
-  *
-  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
-  *          functionalities of the Direct Memory Access (DMA) peripheral:
-  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
-  *           + IO operation functions
-  *           + Peripheral State and errors functions
-  @verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                        ##### How to use this driver #####
-  ==============================================================================
-  [..]
-   (#) Enable and configure the peripheral to be connected to the DMA Stream
-       (except for internal SRAM/FLASH memories: no initialization is
-       necessary) please refer to Reference manual for connection between peripherals
-       and DMA requests .
-
-   (#) For a given Stream, program the required configuration through the following parameters:
-       Transfer Direction, Source and Destination data formats,
-       Circular, Normal or peripheral flow control mode, Stream Priority level,
-       Source and Destination Increment mode, FIFO mode and its Threshold (if needed),
-       Burst mode for Source and/or Destination (if needed) using HAL_DMA_Init() function.
-
-     *** Polling mode IO operation ***
-     =================================
-    [..]
-          (+) Use HAL_DMA_Start() to start DMA transfer after the configuration of Source
-              address and destination address and the Length of data to be transferred
-          (+) Use HAL_DMA_PollForTransfer() to poll for the end of current transfer, in this
-              case a fixed Timeout can be configured by User depending from his application.
-
-     *** Interrupt mode IO operation ***
-     ===================================
-    [..]
-          (+) Configure the DMA interrupt priority using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority()
-          (+) Enable the DMA IRQ handler using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ()
-          (+) Use HAL_DMA_Start_IT() to start DMA transfer after the configuration of
-              Source address and destination address and the Length of data to be transferred. In this
-              case the DMA interrupt is configured
-          (+) Use HAL_DMA_IRQHandler() called under DMA_IRQHandler() Interrupt subroutine
-          (+) At the end of data transfer HAL_DMA_IRQHandler() function is executed and user can
-              add his own function by customization of function pointer XferCpltCallback and
-              XferErrorCallback (i.e a member of DMA handle structure).
-    [..]
-     (#) Use HAL_DMA_GetState() function to return the DMA state and HAL_DMA_GetError() in case of error
-         detection.
-
-     (#) Use HAL_DMA_Abort() function to abort the current transfer
-
-     -@-   In Memory-to-Memory transfer mode, Circular mode is not allowed.
-
-     -@-   The FIFO is used mainly to reduce bus usage and to allow data packing/unpacking: it is
-           possible to set different Data Sizes for the Peripheral and the Memory (ie. you can set
-           Half-Word data size for the peripheral to access its data register and set Word data size
-           for the Memory to gain in access time. Each two half words will be packed and written in
-           a single access to a Word in the Memory).
-
-     -@-   When FIFO is disabled, it is not allowed to configure different Data Sizes for Source
-           and Destination. In this case the Peripheral Data Size will be applied to both Source
-           and Destination.
-
-     *** DMA HAL driver macros list ***
-     =============================================
-     [..]
-       Below the list of most used macros in DMA HAL driver.
-
-      (+) __HAL_DMA_ENABLE: Enable the specified DMA Stream.
-      (+) __HAL_DMA_DISABLE: Disable the specified DMA Stream.
-      (+) __HAL_DMA_GET_FS: Return the current DMA Stream FIFO filled level.
-      (+) __HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG: Get the DMA Stream pending flags.
-      (+) __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the DMA Stream pending flags.
-      (+) __HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified DMA Stream interrupts.
-      (+) __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified DMA Stream interrupts.
-      (+) __HAL_DMA_GET_IT_SOURCE: Check whether the specified DMA Stream interrupt has occurred or not.
-
-     [..]
-      (@) You can refer to the DMA HAL driver header file for more useful macros
-
-  @endverbatim
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @attention
-  *
-  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
-  *
-  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
-  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
-  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
-  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
-  *      without specific prior written permission.
-  *
-  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
-  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
-  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
-  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
-  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
-  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
-  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
-  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
-  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
-  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-  *
-  ******************************************************************************
-  */
-
-/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
-
-/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup DMA DMA
-  * @brief DMA HAL module driver
-  * @{
-  */
-
-#ifdef HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED
-
-/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/** @addtogroup DMA_Private_Constants
- * @{
- */
- #define HAL_TIMEOUT_DMA_ABORT    ((uint32_t)1000)  /* 1s */
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/** @addtogroup DMA_Private_Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-static void DMA_SetConfig(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength);
-/**
-  * @brief  Sets the DMA Transfer parameter.
-  * @param  hdma:       pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                     the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream.
-  * @param  SrcAddress: The source memory Buffer address
-  * @param  DstAddress: The destination memory Buffer address
-  * @param  DataLength: The length of data to be transferred from source to destination
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-static void DMA_SetConfig(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength)
-{
-  /* Clear DBM bit */
-  hdma->Instance->CR &= (uint32_t)(~DMA_SxCR_DBM);
-
-  /* Configure DMA Stream data length */
-  hdma->Instance->NDTR = DataLength;
-
-  /* Peripheral to Memory */
-  if((hdma->Init.Direction) == DMA_MEMORY_TO_PERIPH)
-  {
-    /* Configure DMA Stream destination address */
-    hdma->Instance->PAR = DstAddress;
-
-    /* Configure DMA Stream source address */
-    hdma->Instance->M0AR = SrcAddress;
-  }
-  /* Memory to Peripheral */
-  else
-  {
-    /* Configure DMA Stream source address */
-    hdma->Instance->PAR = SrcAddress;
-
-    /* Configure DMA Stream destination address */
-    hdma->Instance->M0AR = DstAddress;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/** @addtogroup DMA_Exported_Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @addtogroup DMA_Exported_Functions_Group1
-  *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-             ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions  #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]
-    This section provides functions allowing to initialize the DMA Stream source
-    and destination addresses, incrementation and data sizes, transfer direction,
-    circular/normal mode selection, memory-to-memory mode selection and Stream priority value.
-    [..]
-    The HAL_DMA_Init() function follows the DMA configuration procedures as described in
-    reference manual.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the DMA according to the specified
-  *         parameters in the DMA_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
-  * @param  hdma: Pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *               the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Init(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  uint32_t tmp = 0;
-
-  /* Check the DMA peripheral state */
-  if(hdma == NULL)
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_DMA_STREAM_ALL_INSTANCE(hdma->Instance));
-  assert_param(IS_DMA_CHANNEL(hdma->Init.Channel));
-  assert_param(IS_DMA_DIRECTION(hdma->Init.Direction));
-  assert_param(IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_INC_STATE(hdma->Init.PeriphInc));
-  assert_param(IS_DMA_MEMORY_INC_STATE(hdma->Init.MemInc));
-  assert_param(IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_DATA_SIZE(hdma->Init.PeriphDataAlignment));
-  assert_param(IS_DMA_MEMORY_DATA_SIZE(hdma->Init.MemDataAlignment));
-  assert_param(IS_DMA_MODE(hdma->Init.Mode));
-  assert_param(IS_DMA_PRIORITY(hdma->Init.Priority));
-  assert_param(IS_DMA_FIFO_MODE_STATE(hdma->Init.FIFOMode));
-  /* Check the memory burst, peripheral burst and FIFO threshold parameters only
-     when FIFO mode is enabled */
-  if(hdma->Init.FIFOMode != DMA_FIFOMODE_DISABLE)
-  {
-    assert_param(IS_DMA_FIFO_THRESHOLD(hdma->Init.FIFOThreshold));
-    assert_param(IS_DMA_MEMORY_BURST(hdma->Init.MemBurst));
-    assert_param(IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_BURST(hdma->Init.PeriphBurst));
-  }
-
-  /* Change DMA peripheral state */
-  hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Get the CR register value */
-  tmp = hdma->Instance->CR;
-
-  /* Clear CHSEL, MBURST, PBURST, PL, MSIZE, PSIZE, MINC, PINC, CIRC, DIR, CT and DBM bits */
-  tmp &= ((uint32_t)~(DMA_SxCR_CHSEL | DMA_SxCR_MBURST | DMA_SxCR_PBURST | \
-                      DMA_SxCR_PL    | DMA_SxCR_MSIZE  | DMA_SxCR_PSIZE  | \
-                      DMA_SxCR_MINC  | DMA_SxCR_PINC   | DMA_SxCR_CIRC   | \
-                      DMA_SxCR_DIR   | DMA_SxCR_CT     | DMA_SxCR_DBM));
-
-  /* Prepare the DMA Stream configuration */
-  tmp |=  hdma->Init.Channel             | hdma->Init.Direction        |
-          hdma->Init.PeriphInc           | hdma->Init.MemInc           |
-          hdma->Init.PeriphDataAlignment | hdma->Init.MemDataAlignment |
-          hdma->Init.Mode                | hdma->Init.Priority;
-
-  /* the Memory burst and peripheral burst are not used when the FIFO is disabled */
-  if(hdma->Init.FIFOMode == DMA_FIFOMODE_ENABLE)
-  {
-    /* Get memory burst and peripheral burst */
-    tmp |=  hdma->Init.MemBurst | hdma->Init.PeriphBurst;
-  }
-
-  /* Write to DMA Stream CR register */
-  hdma->Instance->CR = tmp;
-
-  /* Get the FCR register value */
-  tmp = hdma->Instance->FCR;
-
-  /* Clear Direct mode and FIFO threshold bits */
-  tmp &= (uint32_t)~(DMA_SxFCR_DMDIS | DMA_SxFCR_FTH);
-
-  /* Prepare the DMA Stream FIFO configuration */
-  tmp |= hdma->Init.FIFOMode;
-
-  /* the FIFO threshold is not used when the FIFO mode is disabled */
-  if(hdma->Init.FIFOMode == DMA_FIFOMODE_ENABLE)
-  {
-    /* Get the FIFO threshold */
-    tmp |= hdma->Init.FIFOThreshold;
-  }
-
-  /* Write to DMA Stream FCR */
-  hdma->Instance->FCR = tmp;
-
-  /* Initialize the error code */
-  hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE;
-
-  /* Initialize the DMA state */
-  hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  DeInitializes the DMA peripheral
-  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *               the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_DeInit(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  /* Check the DMA peripheral state */
-  if(hdma == NULL)
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Check the DMA peripheral state */
-  if(hdma->State == HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY)
-  {
-     return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Disable the selected DMA Streamx */
-  __HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma);
-
-  /* Reset DMA Streamx control register */
-  hdma->Instance->CR   = 0;
-
-  /* Reset DMA Streamx number of data to transfer register */
-  hdma->Instance->NDTR = 0;
-
-  /* Reset DMA Streamx peripheral address register */
-  hdma->Instance->PAR  = 0;
-
-  /* Reset DMA Streamx memory 0 address register */
-  hdma->Instance->M0AR = 0;
-
-  /* Reset DMA Streamx memory 1 address register */
-  hdma->Instance->M1AR = 0;
-
-  /* Reset DMA Streamx FIFO control register */
-  hdma->Instance->FCR  = (uint32_t)0x00000021;
-
-  /* Clear all flags */
-  __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_DME_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
-  __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TC_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
-  __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TE_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
-  __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_FE_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
-  __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_HT_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
-
-  /* Initialize the error code */
-  hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE;
-
-  /* Initialize the DMA state */
-  hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_RESET;
-
-  /* Release Lock */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @addtogroup DMA_Exported_Functions_Group2
-  *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-                      #####  IO operation functions  #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
-      (+) Configure the source, destination address and data length and Start DMA transfer
-      (+) Configure the source, destination address and data length and
-          Start DMA transfer with interrupt
-      (+) Abort DMA transfer
-      (+) Poll for transfer complete
-      (+) Handle DMA interrupt request
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Starts the DMA Transfer.
-  * @param  hdma      : pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                     the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream.
-  * @param  SrcAddress: The source memory Buffer address
-  * @param  DstAddress: The destination memory Buffer address
-  * @param  DataLength: The length of data to be transferred from source to destination
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Start(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength)
-{
-  /* Process locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hdma);
-
-  /* Change DMA peripheral state */
-  hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY;
-
-   /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE(DataLength));
-
-  /* Disable the peripheral */
-  __HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma);
-
-  /* Configure the source, destination address and the data length */
-  DMA_SetConfig(hdma, SrcAddress, DstAddress, DataLength);
-
-  /* Enable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_DMA_ENABLE(hdma);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Start the DMA Transfer with interrupt enabled.
-  * @param  hdma:       pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                     the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream.
-  * @param  SrcAddress: The source memory Buffer address
-  * @param  DstAddress: The destination memory Buffer address
-  * @param  DataLength: The length of data to be transferred from source to destination
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Start_IT(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength)
-{
-  /* Process locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hdma);
-
-  /* Change DMA peripheral state */
-  hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY;
-
-   /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE(DataLength));
-
-  /* Disable the peripheral */
-  __HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma);
-
-  /* Configure the source, destination address and the data length */
-  DMA_SetConfig(hdma, SrcAddress, DstAddress, DataLength);
-
-  /* Enable the transfer complete interrupt */
-  __HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_TC);
-
-  /* Enable the Half transfer complete interrupt */
-  __HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_HT);
-
-  /* Enable the transfer Error interrupt */
-  __HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_TE);
-
-  /* Enable the FIFO Error interrupt */
-  __HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_FE);
-
-  /* Enable the direct mode Error interrupt */
-  __HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_DME);
-
-   /* Enable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_DMA_ENABLE(hdma);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Aborts the DMA Transfer.
-  * @param  hdma  : pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                 the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream.
-  *
-  * @note  After disabling a DMA Stream, a check for wait until the DMA Stream is
-  *        effectively disabled is added. If a Stream is disabled
-  *        while a data transfer is ongoing, the current data will be transferred
-  *        and the Stream will be effectively disabled only after the transfer of
-  *        this single data is finished.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Abort(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-
-  /* Disable the stream */
-  __HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma);
-
-  /* Get tick */
-  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-  /* Check if the DMA Stream is effectively disabled */
-  while((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_EN) != 0)
-  {
-    /* Check for the Timeout */
-    if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > HAL_TIMEOUT_DMA_ABORT)
-    {
-      /* Update error code */
-      hdma->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
-
-      /* Process Unlocked */
-      __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
-
-      /* Change the DMA state */
-      hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-
-      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-    }
-  }
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
-
-  /* Change the DMA state*/
-  hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Polling for transfer complete.
-  * @param  hdma:          pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                        the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream.
-  * @param  CompleteLevel: Specifies the DMA level complete.
-  * @param  Timeout:       Timeout duration.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_PollForTransfer(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t CompleteLevel, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  uint32_t temp, tmp, tmp1, tmp2;
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-
-  /* Get the level transfer complete flag */
-  if(CompleteLevel == HAL_DMA_FULL_TRANSFER)
-  {
-    /* Transfer Complete flag */
-    temp = __HAL_DMA_GET_TC_FLAG_INDEX(hdma);
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    /* Half Transfer Complete flag */
-    temp = __HAL_DMA_GET_HT_FLAG_INDEX(hdma);
-  }
-
-  /* Get tick */
-  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-  while(__HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG(hdma, temp) == RESET)
-  {
-    tmp  = __HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TE_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
-    tmp1 = __HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_FE_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
-    tmp2 = __HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_DME_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
-    if((tmp != RESET) || (tmp1 != RESET) || (tmp2 != RESET))
-    {
-      if(tmp != RESET)
-      {
-        /* Update error code */
-        hdma->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA_ERROR_TE;
-
-        /* Clear the transfer error flag */
-        __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TE_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
-      }
-      if(tmp1 != RESET)
-      {
-        /* Update error code */
-        hdma->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA_ERROR_FE;
-
-        /* Clear the FIFO error flag */
-        __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_FE_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
-      }
-      if(tmp2 != RESET)
-      {
-        /* Update error code */
-        hdma->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA_ERROR_DME;
-
-        /* Clear the Direct Mode error flag */
-        __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_DME_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
-      }
-      /* Change the DMA state */
-      hdma->State= HAL_DMA_STATE_ERROR;
-
-      /* Process Unlocked */
-      __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
-
-      return HAL_ERROR;
-    }
-    /* Check for the Timeout */
-    if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
-    {
-      if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
-      {
-        /* Update error code */
-        hdma->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
-
-        /* Change the DMA state */
-        hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-
-        /* Process Unlocked */
-        __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
-
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  if(CompleteLevel == HAL_DMA_FULL_TRANSFER)
-  {
-    /* Multi_Buffering mode enabled */
-    if(((hdma->Instance->CR) & (uint32_t)(DMA_SxCR_DBM)) != 0)
-    {
-      /* Clear the half transfer complete flag */
-      __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_HT_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
-      /* Clear the transfer complete flag */
-      __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TC_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
-
-      /* Current memory buffer used is Memory 0 */
-      if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CT) == 0)
-      {
-        /* Change DMA peripheral state */
-        hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY_MEM0;
-      }
-      /* Current memory buffer used is Memory 1 */
-      else if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CT) != 0)
-      {
-        /* Change DMA peripheral state */
-        hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY_MEM1;
-      }
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      /* Clear the half transfer complete flag */
-      __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_HT_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
-      /* Clear the transfer complete flag */
-      __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TC_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
-
-      /* The selected Streamx EN bit is cleared (DMA is disabled and all transfers
-         are complete) */
-      hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY_MEM0;
-    }
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    /* Multi_Buffering mode enabled */
-    if(((hdma->Instance->CR) & (uint32_t)(DMA_SxCR_DBM)) != 0)
-    {
-      /* Clear the half transfer complete flag */
-      __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_HT_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
-
-      /* Current memory buffer used is Memory 0 */
-      if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CT) == 0)
-      {
-        /* Change DMA peripheral state */
-        hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY_HALF_MEM0;
-      }
-      /* Current memory buffer used is Memory 1 */
-      else if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CT) != 0)
-      {
-        /* Change DMA peripheral state */
-        hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY_HALF_MEM1;
-      }
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      /* Clear the half transfer complete flag */
-      __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_HT_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
-
-      /* Change DMA peripheral state */
-      hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY_HALF_MEM0;
-    }
-  }
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Handles DMA interrupt request.
-  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *               the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_DMA_IRQHandler(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  /* Transfer Error Interrupt management ***************************************/
-  if(__HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TE_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)) != RESET)
-  {
-    if(__HAL_DMA_GET_IT_SOURCE(hdma, DMA_IT_TE) != RESET)
-    {
-      /* Disable the transfer error interrupt */
-      __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_TE);
-
-      /* Clear the transfer error flag */
-      __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TE_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
-
-      /* Update error code */
-      hdma->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA_ERROR_TE;
-
-      /* Change the DMA state */
-      hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_ERROR;
-
-      /* Process Unlocked */
-      __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
-
-      if(hdma->XferErrorCallback != NULL)
-      {
-        /* Transfer error callback */
-        hdma->XferErrorCallback(hdma);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  /* FIFO Error Interrupt management ******************************************/
-  if(__HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_FE_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)) != RESET)
-  {
-    if(__HAL_DMA_GET_IT_SOURCE(hdma, DMA_IT_FE) != RESET)
-    {
-      /* Disable the FIFO Error interrupt */
-      __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_FE);
-
-      /* Clear the FIFO error flag */
-      __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_FE_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
-
-      /* Update error code */
-      hdma->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA_ERROR_FE;
-
-      /* Change the DMA state */
-      hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_ERROR;
-
-      /* Process Unlocked */
-      __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
-
-      if(hdma->XferErrorCallback != NULL)
-      {
-        /* Transfer error callback */
-        hdma->XferErrorCallback(hdma);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  /* Direct Mode Error Interrupt management ***********************************/
-  if(__HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_DME_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)) != RESET)
-  {
-    if(__HAL_DMA_GET_IT_SOURCE(hdma, DMA_IT_DME) != RESET)
-    {
-      /* Disable the direct mode Error interrupt */
-      __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_DME);
-
-      /* Clear the direct mode error flag */
-      __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_DME_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
-
-      /* Update error code */
-      hdma->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA_ERROR_DME;
-
-      /* Change the DMA state */
-      hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_ERROR;
-
-      /* Process Unlocked */
-      __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
-
-      if(hdma->XferErrorCallback != NULL)
-      {
-        /* Transfer error callback */
-        hdma->XferErrorCallback(hdma);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  /* Half Transfer Complete Interrupt management ******************************/
-  if(__HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_HT_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)) != RESET)
-  {
-    if(__HAL_DMA_GET_IT_SOURCE(hdma, DMA_IT_HT) != RESET)
-    {
-      /* Multi_Buffering mode enabled */
-      if(((hdma->Instance->CR) & (uint32_t)(DMA_SxCR_DBM)) != 0)
-      {
-        /* Clear the half transfer complete flag */
-        __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_HT_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
-
-        /* Current memory buffer used is Memory 0 */
-        if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CT) == 0)
-        {
-          /* Change DMA peripheral state */
-          hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY_HALF_MEM0;
-        }
-        /* Current memory buffer used is Memory 1 */
-        else if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CT) != 0)
-        {
-          /* Change DMA peripheral state */
-          hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY_HALF_MEM1;
-        }
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        /* Disable the half transfer interrupt if the DMA mode is not CIRCULAR */
-        if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CIRC) == 0)
-        {
-          /* Disable the half transfer interrupt */
-          __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_HT);
-        }
-        /* Clear the half transfer complete flag */
-        __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_HT_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
-
-        /* Change DMA peripheral state */
-        hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY_HALF_MEM0;
-      }
-
-      if(hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback != NULL)
-      {
-        /* Half transfer callback */
-        hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback(hdma);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  /* Transfer Complete Interrupt management ***********************************/
-  if(__HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TC_FLAG_INDEX(hdma)) != RESET)
-  {
-    if(__HAL_DMA_GET_IT_SOURCE(hdma, DMA_IT_TC) != RESET)
-    {
-      if(((hdma->Instance->CR) & (uint32_t)(DMA_SxCR_DBM)) != 0)
-      {
-        /* Clear the transfer complete flag */
-        __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TC_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
-
-        /* Current memory buffer used is Memory 1 */
-        if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CT) == 0)
-        {
-          if(hdma->XferM1CpltCallback != NULL)
-          {
-            /* Transfer complete Callback for memory1 */
-            hdma->XferM1CpltCallback(hdma);
-          }
-        }
-        /* Current memory buffer used is Memory 0 */
-        else if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CT) != 0)
-        {
-          if(hdma->XferCpltCallback != NULL)
-          {
-            /* Transfer complete Callback for memory0 */
-            hdma->XferCpltCallback(hdma);
-          }
-        }
-      }
-      /* Disable the transfer complete interrupt if the DMA mode is not CIRCULAR */
-      else
-      {
-        if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CIRC) == 0)
-        {
-          /* Disable the transfer complete interrupt */
-          __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_TC);
-        }
-        /* Clear the transfer complete flag */
-        __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TC_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
-
-        /* Update error code */
-        hdma->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE;
-
-        /* Change the DMA state */
-        hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY_MEM0;
-
-        /* Process Unlocked */
-        __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
-
-        if(hdma->XferCpltCallback != NULL)
-        {
-          /* Transfer complete callback */
-          hdma->XferCpltCallback(hdma);
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @addtogroup DMA_Exported_Functions_Group3
-  *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-                    ##### State and Errors functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]
-    This subsection provides functions allowing to
-      (+) Check the DMA state
-      (+) Get error code
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Returns the DMA state.
-  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *               the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream.
-  * @retval HAL state
-  */
-HAL_DMA_StateTypeDef HAL_DMA_GetState(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  return hdma->State;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Return the DMA error code
-  * @param  hdma : pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *              the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream.
-  * @retval DMA Error Code
-  */
-uint32_t HAL_DMA_GetError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  return hdma->ErrorCode;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-#endif /* HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED */
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_dma2d.c b/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_dma2d.c
deleted file mode 100644
index a8b3dfe0bc..0000000000
--- a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_dma2d.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1263 +0,0 @@
-/**
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @file    stm32f7xx_hal_dma2d.c
-  * @author  MCD Application Team
-  * @version V1.0.1
-  * @date    25-June-2015
-  * @brief   DMA2D HAL module driver.
-  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
-  *          functionalities of the DMA2D peripheral:
-  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
-  *           + IO operation functions
-  *           + Peripheral Control functions
-  *           + Peripheral State and Errors functions
-  *
-  @verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                        ##### How to use this driver #####
-  ==============================================================================
-    [..]
-      (#) Program the required configuration through following parameters:
-          the Transfer Mode, the output color mode and the output offset using
-          HAL_DMA2D_Init() function.
-
-      (#) Program the required configuration through following parameters:
-          the input color mode, the input color, input alpha value, alpha mode
-          and the input offset using HAL_DMA2D_ConfigLayer() function for foreground
-          or/and background layer.
-
-     *** Polling mode IO operation ***
-     =================================
-    [..]
-       (+) Configure the pdata, Destination and data length and Enable
-           the transfer using HAL_DMA2D_Start()
-       (+) Wait for end of transfer using HAL_DMA2D_PollForTransfer(), at this stage
-           user can specify the value of timeout according to his end application.
-
-     *** Interrupt mode IO operation ***
-     ===================================
-     [..]
-       (#) Configure the pdata, Destination and data length and Enable
-           the transfer using HAL_DMA2D_Start_IT()
-       (#) Use HAL_DMA2D_IRQHandler() called under DMA2D_IRQHandler() Interrupt subroutine
-       (#) At the end of data transfer HAL_DMA2D_IRQHandler() function is executed and user can
-           add his own function by customization of function pointer XferCpltCallback and
-           XferErrorCallback (i.e a member of DMA2D handle structure).
-
-         -@-   In Register-to-Memory transfer mode, the pdata parameter is the register
-               color, in Memory-to-memory or memory-to-memory with pixel format
-               conversion the pdata is the source address.
-
-         -@-   Configure the foreground source address, the background source address,
-               the Destination and data length and Enable the transfer using
-               HAL_DMA2D_BlendingStart() in polling mode and HAL_DMA2D_BlendingStart_IT()
-               in interrupt mode.
-
-         -@-   HAL_DMA2D_BlendingStart() and HAL_DMA2D_BlendingStart_IT() functions
-               are used if the memory to memory with blending transfer mode is selected.
-
-      (#) Optionally, configure and enable the CLUT using HAL_DMA2D_ConfigCLUT()
-          HAL_DMA2D_EnableCLUT() functions.
-
-      (#) Optionally, configure and enable LineInterrupt using the following function:
-          HAL_DMA2D_ProgramLineEvent().
-
-      (#) The transfer can be suspended, continued and aborted using the following
-          functions: HAL_DMA2D_Suspend(), HAL_DMA2D_Resume(), HAL_DMA2D_Abort().
-
-      (#) To control DMA2D state you can use the following function: HAL_DMA2D_GetState()
-
-     *** DMA2D HAL driver macros list ***
-     =============================================
-     [..]
-       Below the list of most used macros in DMA2D HAL driver :
-
-      (+) __HAL_DMA2D_ENABLE: Enable the DMA2D peripheral.
-      (+) __HAL_DMA2D_DISABLE: Disable the DMA2D peripheral.
-      (+) __HAL_DMA2D_GET_FLAG: Get the DMA2D pending flags.
-      (+) __HAL_DMA2D_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the DMA2D pending flags.
-      (+) __HAL_DMA2D_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified DMA2D interrupts.
-      (+) __HAL_DMA2D_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified DMA2D interrupts.
-      (+) __HAL_DMA2D_GET_IT_SOURCE: Check whether the specified DMA2D interrupt has occurred or not.
-
-     [..]
-      (@) You can refer to the DMA2D HAL driver header file for more useful macros
-
-  @endverbatim
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @attention
-  *
-  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
-  *
-  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
-  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
-  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
-  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
-  *      without specific prior written permission.
-  *
-  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
-  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
-  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
-  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
-  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
-  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
-  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
-  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
-  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
-  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-  *
-  ******************************************************************************
-  */
-
-/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
-
-/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
-  * @{
-  */
-/** @addtogroup DMA2D
-  * @brief DMA2D HAL module driver
-  * @{
-  */
-
-#ifdef HAL_DMA2D_MODULE_ENABLED
-
-/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/** @addtogroup DMA2D_Private_Defines
-  * @{
-  */
-#define HAL_TIMEOUT_DMA2D_ABORT      ((uint32_t)1000)  /* 1s  */
-#define HAL_TIMEOUT_DMA2D_SUSPEND    ((uint32_t)1000)  /* 1s  */
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
-/** @addtogroup DMA2D_Private_Functions_Prototypes
-  * @{
-  */
-static void DMA2D_SetConfig(DMA2D_HandleTypeDef *hdma2d, uint32_t pdata, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t Width, uint32_t Height);
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
-/** @addtogroup DMA2D_Exported_Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup DMA2D_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions
- *  @brief   Initialization and Configuration functions
- *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-                ##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
-      (+) Initialize and configure the DMA2D
-      (+) De-initialize the DMA2D
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the DMA2D according to the specified
-  *         parameters in the DMA2D_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
-  * @param  hdma2d: pointer to a DMA2D_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                 the configuration information for the DMA2D.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA2D_Init(DMA2D_HandleTypeDef *hdma2d)
-{
-  uint32_t tmp = 0;
-
-  /* Check the DMA2D peripheral state */
-  if(hdma2d == NULL)
-  {
-     return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_DMA2D_ALL_INSTANCE(hdma2d->Instance));
-  assert_param(IS_DMA2D_MODE(hdma2d->Init.Mode));
-  assert_param(IS_DMA2D_CMODE(hdma2d->Init.ColorMode));
-  assert_param(IS_DMA2D_OFFSET(hdma2d->Init.OutputOffset));
-
-  if(hdma2d->State == HAL_DMA2D_STATE_RESET)
-  {
-    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
-    hdma2d->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
-    /* Init the low level hardware */
-    HAL_DMA2D_MspInit(hdma2d);
-  }
-
-  /* Change DMA2D peripheral state */
-  hdma2d->State = HAL_DMA2D_STATE_BUSY;
-
-/* DMA2D CR register configuration -------------------------------------------*/
-  /* Get the CR register value */
-  tmp = hdma2d->Instance->CR;
-
-  /* Clear Mode bits */
-  tmp &= (uint32_t)~DMA2D_CR_MODE;
-
-  /* Prepare the value to be wrote to the CR register */
-  tmp |= hdma2d->Init.Mode;
-
-  /* Write to DMA2D CR register */
-  hdma2d->Instance->CR = tmp;
-
-/* DMA2D OPFCCR register configuration ---------------------------------------*/
-  /* Get the OPFCCR register value */
-  tmp = hdma2d->Instance->OPFCCR;
-
-  /* Clear Color Mode bits */
-  tmp &= (uint32_t)~DMA2D_OPFCCR_CM;
-
-  /* Prepare the value to be wrote to the OPFCCR register */
-  tmp |= hdma2d->Init.ColorMode;
-
-  /* Write to DMA2D OPFCCR register */
-  hdma2d->Instance->OPFCCR = tmp;
-
-/* DMA2D OOR register configuration ------------------------------------------*/
-  /* Get the OOR register value */
-  tmp = hdma2d->Instance->OOR;
-
-  /* Clear Offset bits */
-  tmp &= (uint32_t)~DMA2D_OOR_LO;
-
-  /* Prepare the value to be wrote to the OOR register */
-  tmp |= hdma2d->Init.OutputOffset;
-
-  /* Write to DMA2D OOR register */
-  hdma2d->Instance->OOR = tmp;
-
-  /* Update error code */
-  hdma2d->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA2D_ERROR_NONE;
-
-  /* Initialize the DMA2D state*/
-  hdma2d->State  = HAL_DMA2D_STATE_READY;
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Deinitializes the DMA2D peripheral registers to their default reset
-  *         values.
-  * @param  hdma2d: pointer to a DMA2D_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                 the configuration information for the DMA2D.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA2D_DeInit(DMA2D_HandleTypeDef *hdma2d)
-{
-  /* Check the DMA2D peripheral state */
-  if(hdma2d == NULL)
-  {
-     return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* DeInit the low level hardware */
-  HAL_DMA2D_MspDeInit(hdma2d);
-
-  /* Update error code */
-  hdma2d->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA2D_ERROR_NONE;
-
-  /* Initialize the DMA2D state*/
-  hdma2d->State  = HAL_DMA2D_STATE_RESET;
-
-  /* Release Lock */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma2d);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the DMA2D MSP.
-  * @param  hdma2d: pointer to a DMA2D_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                 the configuration information for the DMA2D.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_DMA2D_MspInit(DMA2D_HandleTypeDef* hdma2d)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_DMA2D_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  DeInitializes the DMA2D MSP.
-  * @param  hdma2d: pointer to a DMA2D_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                 the configuration information for the DMA2D.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_DMA2D_MspDeInit(DMA2D_HandleTypeDef* hdma2d)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_DMA2D_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup DMA2D_Group2 IO operation functions
- *  @brief   IO operation functions
- *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-                      #####  IO operation functions  #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
-      (+) Configure the pdata, destination address and data size and
-          Start DMA2D transfer.
-      (+) Configure the source for foreground and background, destination address
-          and data size and Start MultiBuffer DMA2D transfer.
-      (+) Configure the pdata, destination address and data size and
-          Start DMA2D transfer with interrupt.
-      (+) Configure the source for foreground and background, destination address
-          and data size and Start MultiBuffer DMA2D transfer with interrupt.
-      (+) Abort DMA2D transfer.
-      (+) Suspend DMA2D transfer.
-      (+) Continue DMA2D transfer.
-      (+) Poll for transfer complete.
-      (+) handle DMA2D interrupt request.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Start the DMA2D Transfer.
-  * @param  hdma2d:     pointer to a DMA2D_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                     the configuration information for the DMA2D.
-  * @param  pdata:      Configure the source memory Buffer address if
-  *                     the memory to memory or memory to memory with pixel format
-  *                     conversion DMA2D mode is selected, and configure
-  *                     the color value if register to memory DMA2D mode is selected.
-  * @param  DstAddress: The destination memory Buffer address.
-  * @param  Width:      The width of data to be transferred from source to destination.
-  * @param  Height:      The height of data to be transferred from source to destination.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA2D_Start(DMA2D_HandleTypeDef *hdma2d, uint32_t pdata, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t Width,  uint32_t Height)
-{
-  /* Process locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hdma2d);
-
-  /* Change DMA2D peripheral state */
-  hdma2d->State = HAL_DMA2D_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_DMA2D_LINE(Height));
-  assert_param(IS_DMA2D_PIXEL(Width));
-
-  /* Disable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_DMA2D_DISABLE(hdma2d);
-
-  /* Configure the source, destination address and the data size */
-  DMA2D_SetConfig(hdma2d, pdata, DstAddress, Width, Height);
-
-  /* Enable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_DMA2D_ENABLE(hdma2d);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Start the DMA2D Transfer with interrupt enabled.
-  * @param  hdma2d:     pointer to a DMA2D_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                     the configuration information for the DMA2D.
-  * @param  pdata:      Configure the source memory Buffer address if
-  *                     the memory to memory or memory to memory with pixel format
-  *                     conversion DMA2D mode is selected, and configure
-  *                     the color value if register to memory DMA2D mode is selected.
-  * @param  DstAddress: The destination memory Buffer address.
-  * @param  Width:      The width of data to be transferred from source to destination.
-  * @param  Height:     The height of data to be transferred from source to destination.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA2D_Start_IT(DMA2D_HandleTypeDef *hdma2d, uint32_t pdata, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t Width,  uint32_t Height)
-{
-  /* Process locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hdma2d);
-
-  /* Change DMA2D peripheral state */
-  hdma2d->State = HAL_DMA2D_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_DMA2D_LINE(Height));
-  assert_param(IS_DMA2D_PIXEL(Width));
-
-  /* Disable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_DMA2D_DISABLE(hdma2d);
-
-  /* Configure the source, destination address and the data size */
-  DMA2D_SetConfig(hdma2d, pdata, DstAddress, Width, Height);
-
-  /* Enable the transfer complete interrupt */
-  __HAL_DMA2D_ENABLE_IT(hdma2d, DMA2D_IT_TC);
-
-  /* Enable the transfer Error interrupt */
-  __HAL_DMA2D_ENABLE_IT(hdma2d, DMA2D_IT_TE);
-
-  /* Enable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_DMA2D_ENABLE(hdma2d);
-
-  /* Enable the configuration error interrupt */
-  __HAL_DMA2D_ENABLE_IT(hdma2d, DMA2D_IT_CE);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Start the multi-source DMA2D Transfer.
-  * @param  hdma2d:      pointer to a DMA2D_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                      the configuration information for the DMA2D.
-  * @param  SrcAddress1: The source memory Buffer address of the foreground layer.
-  * @param  SrcAddress2: The source memory Buffer address of the background layer.
-  * @param  DstAddress:  The destination memory Buffer address
-  * @param  Width:       The width of data to be transferred from source to destination.
-  * @param  Height:      The height of data to be transferred from source to destination.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA2D_BlendingStart(DMA2D_HandleTypeDef *hdma2d, uint32_t SrcAddress1, uint32_t  SrcAddress2, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t Width,  uint32_t Height)
-{
-  /* Process locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hdma2d);
-
-  /* Change DMA2D peripheral state */
-  hdma2d->State = HAL_DMA2D_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_DMA2D_LINE(Height));
-  assert_param(IS_DMA2D_PIXEL(Width));
-
-  /* Disable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_DMA2D_DISABLE(hdma2d);
-
-  /* Configure DMA2D Stream source2 address */
-  hdma2d->Instance->BGMAR = SrcAddress2;
-
-  /* Configure the source, destination address and the data size */
-  DMA2D_SetConfig(hdma2d, SrcAddress1, DstAddress, Width, Height);
-
-  /* Enable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_DMA2D_ENABLE(hdma2d);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Start the multi-source DMA2D Transfer with interrupt enabled.
-  * @param  hdma2d:     pointer to a DMA2D_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                     the configuration information for the DMA2D.
-  * @param  SrcAddress1: The source memory Buffer address of the foreground layer.
-  * @param  SrcAddress2: The source memory Buffer address of the background layer.
-  * @param  DstAddress:  The destination memory Buffer address.
-  * @param  Width:       The width of data to be transferred from source to destination.
-  * @param  Height:      The height of data to be transferred from source to destination.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA2D_BlendingStart_IT(DMA2D_HandleTypeDef *hdma2d, uint32_t SrcAddress1, uint32_t  SrcAddress2, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t Width,  uint32_t Height)
-{
-  /* Process locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hdma2d);
-
-  /* Change DMA2D peripheral state */
-  hdma2d->State = HAL_DMA2D_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_DMA2D_LINE(Height));
-  assert_param(IS_DMA2D_PIXEL(Width));
-
-  /* Disable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_DMA2D_DISABLE(hdma2d);
-
-  /* Configure DMA2D Stream source2 address */
-  hdma2d->Instance->BGMAR = SrcAddress2;
-
-  /* Configure the source, destination address and the data size */
-  DMA2D_SetConfig(hdma2d, SrcAddress1, DstAddress, Width, Height);
-
-  /* Enable the configuration error interrupt */
-  __HAL_DMA2D_ENABLE_IT(hdma2d, DMA2D_IT_CE);
-
-  /* Enable the transfer complete interrupt */
-  __HAL_DMA2D_ENABLE_IT(hdma2d, DMA2D_IT_TC);
-
-  /* Enable the transfer Error interrupt */
-  __HAL_DMA2D_ENABLE_IT(hdma2d, DMA2D_IT_TE);
-
-  /* Enable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_DMA2D_ENABLE(hdma2d);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Abort the DMA2D Transfer.
-  * @param  hdma2d : pointer to a DMA2D_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                  the configuration information for the DMA2D.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA2D_Abort(DMA2D_HandleTypeDef *hdma2d)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-
-  /* Disable the DMA2D */
-  __HAL_DMA2D_DISABLE(hdma2d);
-
-  /* Get tick */
-  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-  /* Check if the DMA2D is effectively disabled */
-  while((hdma2d->Instance->CR & DMA2D_CR_START) != 0)
-  {
-    if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > HAL_TIMEOUT_DMA2D_ABORT)
-    {
-      /* Update error code */
-      hdma2d->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA2D_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
-
-      /* Change the DMA2D state */
-      hdma2d->State= HAL_DMA2D_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-
-      /* Process Unlocked */
-      __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma2d);
-
-      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-    }
-  }
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma2d);
-
-  /* Change the DMA2D state*/
-  hdma2d->State = HAL_DMA2D_STATE_READY;
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Suspend the DMA2D Transfer.
-  * @param  hdma2d: pointer to a DMA2D_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                 the configuration information for the DMA2D.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA2D_Suspend(DMA2D_HandleTypeDef *hdma2d)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-
-  /* Suspend the DMA2D transfer */
-  hdma2d->Instance->CR |= DMA2D_CR_SUSP;
-
-  /* Get tick */
-  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-  /* Check if the DMA2D is effectively suspended */
-  while((hdma2d->Instance->CR & DMA2D_CR_SUSP) != DMA2D_CR_SUSP)
-  {
-    if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > HAL_TIMEOUT_DMA2D_SUSPEND)
-    {
-      /* Update error code */
-      hdma2d->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA2D_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
-
-      /* Change the DMA2D state */
-      hdma2d->State= HAL_DMA2D_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-
-      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-    }
-  }
-  /* Change the DMA2D state*/
-  hdma2d->State = HAL_DMA2D_STATE_SUSPEND;
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Resume the DMA2D Transfer.
-  * @param  hdma2d: pointer to a DMA2D_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                 the configuration information for the DMA2D.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA2D_Resume(DMA2D_HandleTypeDef *hdma2d)
-{
-  /* Resume the DMA2D transfer */
-  hdma2d->Instance->CR &= ~DMA2D_CR_SUSP;
-
-  /* Change the DMA2D state*/
-  hdma2d->State = HAL_DMA2D_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Polling for transfer complete or CLUT loading.
-  * @param  hdma2d: pointer to a DMA2D_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                 the configuration information for the DMA2D.
-  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA2D_PollForTransfer(DMA2D_HandleTypeDef *hdma2d, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  uint32_t tmp, tmp1;
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-
-  /* Polling for DMA2D transfer */
-  if((hdma2d->Instance->CR & DMA2D_CR_START) != 0)
-  {
-   /* Get tick */
-   tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-    while(__HAL_DMA2D_GET_FLAG(hdma2d, DMA2D_FLAG_TC) == RESET)
-    {
-      tmp  = __HAL_DMA2D_GET_FLAG(hdma2d, DMA2D_FLAG_CE);
-      tmp1 = __HAL_DMA2D_GET_FLAG(hdma2d, DMA2D_FLAG_TE);
-
-      if((tmp != RESET) || (tmp1 != RESET))
-      {
-        /* Clear the transfer and configuration error flags */
-        __HAL_DMA2D_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma2d, DMA2D_FLAG_CE);
-        __HAL_DMA2D_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma2d, DMA2D_FLAG_TE);
-
-        /* Change DMA2D state */
-        hdma2d->State= HAL_DMA2D_STATE_ERROR;
-
-        /* Process unlocked */
-        __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma2d);
-
-        return HAL_ERROR;
-      }
-      /* Check for the Timeout */
-      if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
-      {
-        if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
-        {
-          /* Process unlocked */
-          __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma2d);
-
-          /* Update error code */
-          hdma2d->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA2D_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
-
-          /* Change the DMA2D state */
-          hdma2d->State= HAL_DMA2D_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-
-          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  /* Polling for CLUT loading */
-  if((hdma2d->Instance->FGPFCCR & DMA2D_FGPFCCR_START) != 0)
-  {
-    /* Get tick */
-    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-    while(__HAL_DMA2D_GET_FLAG(hdma2d, DMA2D_FLAG_CTC) == RESET)
-    {
-      if((__HAL_DMA2D_GET_FLAG(hdma2d, DMA2D_FLAG_CAE) != RESET))
-      {
-        /* Clear the transfer and configuration error flags */
-        __HAL_DMA2D_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma2d, DMA2D_FLAG_CAE);
-
-        /* Change DMA2D state */
-        hdma2d->State= HAL_DMA2D_STATE_ERROR;
-
-        return HAL_ERROR;
-      }
-      /* Check for the Timeout */
-      if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
-      {
-        if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
-        {
-          /* Update error code */
-          hdma2d->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA2D_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
-
-          /* Change the DMA2D state */
-          hdma2d->State= HAL_DMA2D_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-
-          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  /* Clear the transfer complete flag */
-  __HAL_DMA2D_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma2d, DMA2D_FLAG_TC);
-
-  /* Clear the CLUT loading flag */
-  __HAL_DMA2D_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma2d, DMA2D_FLAG_CTC);
-
-  /* Change DMA2D state */
-  hdma2d->State = HAL_DMA2D_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma2d);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-/**
-  * @brief  Handles DMA2D interrupt request.
-  * @param  hdma2d: pointer to a DMA2D_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                 the configuration information for the DMA2D.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-void HAL_DMA2D_IRQHandler(DMA2D_HandleTypeDef *hdma2d)
-{
-  /* Transfer Error Interrupt management ***************************************/
-  if(__HAL_DMA2D_GET_FLAG(hdma2d, DMA2D_FLAG_TE) != RESET)
-  {
-    if(__HAL_DMA2D_GET_IT_SOURCE(hdma2d, DMA2D_IT_TE) != RESET)
-    {
-      /* Disable the transfer Error interrupt */
-      __HAL_DMA2D_DISABLE_IT(hdma2d, DMA2D_IT_TE);
-
-      /* Update error code */
-      hdma2d->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA2D_ERROR_TE;
-
-      /* Clear the transfer error flag */
-      __HAL_DMA2D_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma2d, DMA2D_FLAG_TE);
-
-      /* Change DMA2D state */
-      hdma2d->State = HAL_DMA2D_STATE_ERROR;
-
-      /* Process Unlocked */
-      __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma2d);
-
-      if(hdma2d->XferErrorCallback != NULL)
-      {
-        /* Transfer error Callback */
-        hdma2d->XferErrorCallback(hdma2d);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  /* Configuration Error Interrupt management **********************************/
-  if(__HAL_DMA2D_GET_FLAG(hdma2d, DMA2D_FLAG_CE) != RESET)
-  {
-    if(__HAL_DMA2D_GET_IT_SOURCE(hdma2d, DMA2D_IT_CE) != RESET)
-    {
-      /* Disable the Configuration Error interrupt */
-      __HAL_DMA2D_DISABLE_IT(hdma2d, DMA2D_IT_CE);
-
-      /* Clear the Configuration error flag */
-      __HAL_DMA2D_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma2d, DMA2D_FLAG_CE);
-
-      /* Update error code */
-      hdma2d->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA2D_ERROR_CE;
-
-      /* Change DMA2D state */
-      hdma2d->State = HAL_DMA2D_STATE_ERROR;
-
-      /* Process Unlocked */
-      __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma2d);
-
-      if(hdma2d->XferErrorCallback != NULL)
-      {
-        /* Transfer error Callback */
-        hdma2d->XferErrorCallback(hdma2d);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  /* Transfer Complete Interrupt management ************************************/
-  if(__HAL_DMA2D_GET_FLAG(hdma2d, DMA2D_FLAG_TC) != RESET)
-  {
-    if(__HAL_DMA2D_GET_IT_SOURCE(hdma2d, DMA2D_IT_TC) != RESET)
-    {
-      /* Disable the transfer complete interrupt */
-      __HAL_DMA2D_DISABLE_IT(hdma2d, DMA2D_IT_TC);
-
-      /* Clear the transfer complete flag */
-      __HAL_DMA2D_CLEAR_FLAG(hdma2d, DMA2D_FLAG_TC);
-
-      /* Update error code */
-      hdma2d->ErrorCode |= HAL_DMA2D_ERROR_NONE;
-
-      /* Change DMA2D state */
-      hdma2d->State = HAL_DMA2D_STATE_READY;
-
-      /* Process Unlocked */
-      __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma2d);
-
-      if(hdma2d->XferCpltCallback != NULL)
-      {
-        /* Transfer complete Callback */
-        hdma2d->XferCpltCallback(hdma2d);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup DMA2D_Group3 Peripheral Control functions
- *  @brief    Peripheral Control functions
- *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-                    ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
-      (+) Configure the DMA2D foreground or/and background parameters.
-      (+) Configure the DMA2D CLUT transfer.
-      (+) Enable DMA2D CLUT.
-      (+) Disable DMA2D CLUT.
-      (+) Configure the line watermark
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-/**
-  * @brief  Configure the DMA2D Layer according to the specified
-  *         parameters in the DMA2D_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
-  * @param  hdma2d: pointer to a DMA2D_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                 the configuration information for the DMA2D.
-  * @param  LayerIdx: DMA2D Layer index.
-  *                   This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *                   0(background) / 1(foreground)
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA2D_ConfigLayer(DMA2D_HandleTypeDef *hdma2d, uint32_t LayerIdx)
-{
-  DMA2D_LayerCfgTypeDef *pLayerCfg = &hdma2d->LayerCfg[LayerIdx];
-
-  uint32_t tmp = 0;
-
-  /* Process locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hdma2d);
-
-  /* Change DMA2D peripheral state */
-  hdma2d->State = HAL_DMA2D_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_DMA2D_LAYER(LayerIdx));
-  assert_param(IS_DMA2D_OFFSET(pLayerCfg->InputOffset));
-  if(hdma2d->Init.Mode != DMA2D_R2M)
-  {
-    assert_param(IS_DMA2D_INPUT_COLOR_MODE(pLayerCfg->InputColorMode));
-    if(hdma2d->Init.Mode != DMA2D_M2M)
-    {
-      assert_param(IS_DMA2D_ALPHA_MODE(pLayerCfg->AlphaMode));
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Configure the background DMA2D layer */
-  if(LayerIdx == 0)
-  {
-    /* DMA2D BGPFCR register configuration -----------------------------------*/
-    /* Get the BGPFCCR register value */
-    tmp = hdma2d->Instance->BGPFCCR;
-
-    /* Clear Input color mode, alpha value and alpha mode bits */
-    tmp &= (uint32_t)~(DMA2D_BGPFCCR_CM | DMA2D_BGPFCCR_AM | DMA2D_BGPFCCR_ALPHA);
-
-    if ((pLayerCfg->InputColorMode == CM_A4) || (pLayerCfg->InputColorMode == CM_A8))
-    {
-      /* Prepare the value to be wrote to the BGPFCCR register */
-      tmp |= (pLayerCfg->InputColorMode | (pLayerCfg->AlphaMode << 16) | ((pLayerCfg->InputAlpha) & 0xFF000000));
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      /* Prepare the value to be wrote to the BGPFCCR register */
-      tmp |= (pLayerCfg->InputColorMode | (pLayerCfg->AlphaMode << 16) | (pLayerCfg->InputAlpha << 24));
-    }
-
-    /* Write to DMA2D BGPFCCR register */
-    hdma2d->Instance->BGPFCCR = tmp;
-
-    /* DMA2D BGOR register configuration -------------------------------------*/
-    /* Get the BGOR register value */
-    tmp = hdma2d->Instance->BGOR;
-
-    /* Clear colors bits */
-    tmp &= (uint32_t)~DMA2D_BGOR_LO;
-
-    /* Prepare the value to be wrote to the BGOR register */
-    tmp |= pLayerCfg->InputOffset;
-
-    /* Write to DMA2D BGOR register */
-    hdma2d->Instance->BGOR = tmp;
-
-    if ((pLayerCfg->InputColorMode == CM_A4) || (pLayerCfg->InputColorMode == CM_A8))
-    {
-      /* Prepare the value to be wrote to the BGCOLR register */
-      tmp = ((pLayerCfg->InputAlpha) & 0x00FFFFFF);
-
-      /* Write to DMA2D BGCOLR register */
-      hdma2d->Instance->BGCOLR = tmp;
-    }
-  }
-  /* Configure the foreground DMA2D layer */
-  else
-  {
-    /* DMA2D FGPFCR register configuration -----------------------------------*/
-    /* Get the FGPFCCR register value */
-    tmp = hdma2d->Instance->FGPFCCR;
-
-    /* Clear Input color mode, alpha value and alpha mode bits */
-    tmp &= (uint32_t)~(DMA2D_FGPFCCR_CM | DMA2D_FGPFCCR_AM | DMA2D_FGPFCCR_ALPHA);
-
-    if ((pLayerCfg->InputColorMode == CM_A4) || (pLayerCfg->InputColorMode == CM_A8))
-    {
-      /* Prepare the value to be wrote to the FGPFCCR register */
-      tmp |= (pLayerCfg->InputColorMode | (pLayerCfg->AlphaMode << 16) | ((pLayerCfg->InputAlpha) & 0xFF000000));
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      /* Prepare the value to be wrote to the FGPFCCR register */
-      tmp |= (pLayerCfg->InputColorMode | (pLayerCfg->AlphaMode << 16) | (pLayerCfg->InputAlpha << 24));
-    }
-
-    /* Write to DMA2D FGPFCCR register */
-    hdma2d->Instance->FGPFCCR = tmp;
-
-    /* DMA2D FGOR register configuration -------------------------------------*/
-    /* Get the FGOR register value */
-    tmp = hdma2d->Instance->FGOR;
-
-    /* Clear colors bits */
-    tmp &= (uint32_t)~DMA2D_FGOR_LO;
-
-    /* Prepare the value to be wrote to the FGOR register */
-    tmp |= pLayerCfg->InputOffset;
-
-    /* Write to DMA2D FGOR register */
-    hdma2d->Instance->FGOR = tmp;
-
-    if ((pLayerCfg->InputColorMode == CM_A4) || (pLayerCfg->InputColorMode == CM_A8))
-    {
-      /* Prepare the value to be wrote to the FGCOLR register */
-      tmp = ((pLayerCfg->InputAlpha) & 0x00FFFFFF);
-
-      /* Write to DMA2D FGCOLR register */
-      hdma2d->Instance->FGCOLR = tmp;
-    }
-  }
-  /* Initialize the DMA2D state*/
-  hdma2d->State  = HAL_DMA2D_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma2d);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Configure the DMA2D CLUT Transfer.
-  * @param  hdma2d:   pointer to a DMA2D_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                   the configuration information for the DMA2D.
-  * @param  CLUTCfg:  pointer to a DMA2D_CLUTCfgTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                   the configuration information for the color look up table.
-  * @param  LayerIdx: DMA2D Layer index.
-  *                   This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *                   0(background) / 1(foreground)
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA2D_ConfigCLUT(DMA2D_HandleTypeDef *hdma2d, DMA2D_CLUTCfgTypeDef CLUTCfg, uint32_t LayerIdx)
-{
-  uint32_t tmp = 0, tmp1 = 0;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_DMA2D_LAYER(LayerIdx));
-  assert_param(IS_DMA2D_CLUT_CM(CLUTCfg.CLUTColorMode));
-  assert_param(IS_DMA2D_CLUT_SIZE(CLUTCfg.Size));
-
-  /* Configure the CLUT of the background DMA2D layer */
-  if(LayerIdx == 0)
-  {
-    /* Get the BGCMAR register value */
-    tmp = hdma2d->Instance->BGCMAR;
-
-    /* Clear CLUT address bits */
-    tmp &= (uint32_t)~DMA2D_BGCMAR_MA;
-
-    /* Prepare the value to be wrote to the BGCMAR register */
-    tmp |= (uint32_t)CLUTCfg.pCLUT;
-
-    /* Write to DMA2D BGCMAR register */
-    hdma2d->Instance->BGCMAR = tmp;
-
-    /* Get the BGPFCCR register value */
-    tmp = hdma2d->Instance->BGPFCCR;
-
-    /* Clear CLUT size and CLUT address bits */
-    tmp &= (uint32_t)~(DMA2D_BGPFCCR_CS | DMA2D_BGPFCCR_CCM);
-
-    /* Get the CLUT size */
-    tmp1 = CLUTCfg.Size << 16;
-
-    /* Prepare the value to be wrote to the BGPFCCR register */
-    tmp |= (CLUTCfg.CLUTColorMode | tmp1);
-
-    /* Write to DMA2D BGPFCCR register */
-    hdma2d->Instance->BGPFCCR = tmp;
-  }
-  /* Configure the CLUT of the foreground DMA2D layer */
-  else
-  {
-    /* Get the FGCMAR register value */
-    tmp = hdma2d->Instance->FGCMAR;
-
-    /* Clear CLUT address bits */
-    tmp &= (uint32_t)~DMA2D_FGCMAR_MA;
-
-    /* Prepare the value to be wrote to the FGCMAR register */
-    tmp |= (uint32_t)CLUTCfg.pCLUT;
-
-    /* Write to DMA2D FGCMAR register */
-    hdma2d->Instance->FGCMAR = tmp;
-
-    /* Get the FGPFCCR register value */
-    tmp = hdma2d->Instance->FGPFCCR;
-
-    /* Clear CLUT size and CLUT address bits */
-    tmp &= (uint32_t)~(DMA2D_FGPFCCR_CS | DMA2D_FGPFCCR_CCM);
-
-    /* Get the CLUT size */
-    tmp1 = CLUTCfg.Size << 8;
-
-    /* Prepare the value to be wrote to the FGPFCCR register */
-    tmp |= (CLUTCfg.CLUTColorMode | tmp1);
-
-    /* Write to DMA2D FGPFCCR register */
-    hdma2d->Instance->FGPFCCR = tmp;
-  }
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Enable the DMA2D CLUT Transfer.
-  * @param  hdma2d:   pointer to a DMA2D_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                   the configuration information for the DMA2D.
-  * @param  LayerIdx: DMA2D Layer index.
-  *                   This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *                   0(background) / 1(foreground)
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA2D_EnableCLUT(DMA2D_HandleTypeDef *hdma2d, uint32_t LayerIdx)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_DMA2D_LAYER(LayerIdx));
-
-  if(LayerIdx == 0)
-  {
-    /* Enable the CLUT loading for the background */
-    hdma2d->Instance->BGPFCCR |= DMA2D_BGPFCCR_START;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    /* Enable the CLUT loading for the foreground */
-    hdma2d->Instance->FGPFCCR |= DMA2D_FGPFCCR_START;
-  }
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Disable the DMA2D CLUT Transfer.
-  * @param  hdma2d:   pointer to a DMA2D_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                   the configuration information for the DMA2D.
-  * @param  LayerIdx: DMA2D Layer index.
-  *                   This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *                   0(background) / 1(foreground)
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA2D_DisableCLUT(DMA2D_HandleTypeDef *hdma2d, uint32_t LayerIdx)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_DMA2D_LAYER(LayerIdx));
-
-  if(LayerIdx == 0)
-  {
-    /* Disable the CLUT loading for the background */
-    hdma2d->Instance->BGPFCCR &= ~DMA2D_BGPFCCR_START;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    /* Disable the CLUT loading for the foreground */
-    hdma2d->Instance->FGPFCCR &= ~DMA2D_FGPFCCR_START;
-  }
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Define the configuration of the line watermark .
-  * @param  hdma2d: pointer to a DMA2D_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                 the configuration information for the DMA2D.
-  * @param  Line:   Line Watermark configuration.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA2D_ProgramLineEvent(DMA2D_HandleTypeDef *hdma2d, uint32_t Line)
-{
-  /* Process locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hdma2d);
-
-  /* Change DMA2D peripheral state */
-  hdma2d->State = HAL_DMA2D_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_DMA2D_LineWatermark(Line));
-
-  /* Sets the Line watermark configuration */
-  DMA2D->LWR = (uint32_t)Line;
-
-  /* Initialize the DMA2D state*/
-  hdma2d->State = HAL_DMA2D_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma2d);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup DMA2D_Group4 Peripheral State functions
- *  @brief    Peripheral State functions
- *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-                  ##### Peripheral State and Errors functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]
-    This subsection provides functions allowing to :
-      (+) Check the DMA2D state
-      (+) Get error code
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Return the DMA2D state
-  * @param  hdma2d: pointer to a DMA2D_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                 the configuration information for the DMA2D.
-  * @retval HAL state
-  */
-HAL_DMA2D_StateTypeDef HAL_DMA2D_GetState(DMA2D_HandleTypeDef *hdma2d)
-{
-  return hdma2d->State;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Return the DMA2D error code
-  * @param  hdma2d : pointer to a DMA2D_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *               the configuration information for DMA2D.
-  * @retval DMA2D Error Code
-  */
-uint32_t HAL_DMA2D_GetError(DMA2D_HandleTypeDef *hdma2d)
-{
-  return hdma2d->ErrorCode;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Set the DMA2D Transfer parameter.
-  * @param  hdma2d:     pointer to a DMA2D_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                     the configuration information for the specified DMA2D.
-  * @param  pdata:      The source memory Buffer address
-  * @param  DstAddress: The destination memory Buffer address
-  * @param  Width:      The width of data to be transferred from source to destination.
-  * @param  Height:     The height of data to be transferred from source to destination.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-static void DMA2D_SetConfig(DMA2D_HandleTypeDef *hdma2d, uint32_t pdata, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t Width, uint32_t Height)
-{
-  uint32_t tmp = 0;
-  uint32_t tmp1 = 0;
-  uint32_t tmp2 = 0;
-  uint32_t tmp3 = 0;
-  uint32_t tmp4 = 0;
-
-  tmp = Width << 16;
-
-  /* Configure DMA2D data size */
-  hdma2d->Instance->NLR = (Height | tmp);
-
-  /* Configure DMA2D destination address */
-  hdma2d->Instance->OMAR = DstAddress;
-
-  /* Register to memory DMA2D mode selected */
-  if (hdma2d->Init.Mode == DMA2D_R2M)
-  {
-    tmp1 = pdata & DMA2D_OCOLR_ALPHA_1;
-    tmp2 = pdata & DMA2D_OCOLR_RED_1;
-    tmp3 = pdata & DMA2D_OCOLR_GREEN_1;
-    tmp4 = pdata & DMA2D_OCOLR_BLUE_1;
-
-    /* Prepare the value to be wrote to the OCOLR register according to the color mode */
-    if (hdma2d->Init.ColorMode == DMA2D_ARGB8888)
-    {
-      tmp = (tmp3 | tmp2 | tmp1| tmp4);
-    }
-    else if (hdma2d->Init.ColorMode == DMA2D_RGB888)
-    {
-      tmp = (tmp3 | tmp2 | tmp4);
-    }
-    else if (hdma2d->Init.ColorMode == DMA2D_RGB565)
-    {
-      tmp2 = (tmp2 >> 19);
-      tmp3 = (tmp3 >> 10);
-      tmp4 = (tmp4 >> 3 );
-      tmp  = ((tmp3 << 5) | (tmp2 << 11) | tmp4);
-    }
-    else if (hdma2d->Init.ColorMode == DMA2D_ARGB1555)
-    {
-      tmp1 = (tmp1 >> 31);
-      tmp2 = (tmp2 >> 19);
-      tmp3 = (tmp3 >> 11);
-      tmp4 = (tmp4 >> 3 );
-      tmp  = ((tmp3 << 5) | (tmp2 << 10) | (tmp1 << 15) | tmp4);
-    }
-    else /* DMA2D_CMode = DMA2D_ARGB4444 */
-    {
-      tmp1 = (tmp1 >> 28);
-      tmp2 = (tmp2 >> 20);
-      tmp3 = (tmp3 >> 12);
-      tmp4 = (tmp4 >> 4 );
-      tmp  = ((tmp3 << 4) | (tmp2 << 8) | (tmp1 << 12) | tmp4);
-    }
-    /* Write to DMA2D OCOLR register */
-    hdma2d->Instance->OCOLR = tmp;
-  }
-  else /* M2M, M2M_PFC or M2M_Blending DMA2D Mode */
-  {
-    /* Configure DMA2D source address */
-    hdma2d->Instance->FGMAR = pdata;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-#endif /* HAL_DMA2D_MODULE_ENABLED */
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_dma_ex.c b/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_dma_ex.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 339d99fcac..0000000000
--- a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_dma_ex.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,301 +0,0 @@
-/**
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @file    stm32f7xx_hal_dma_ex.c
-  * @author  MCD Application Team
-  * @version V1.0.1
-  * @date    25-June-2015
-  * @brief   DMA Extension HAL module driver
-  *         This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
-  *         functionalities of the DMA Extension peripheral:
-  *           + Extended features functions
-  *
-  @verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                        ##### How to use this driver #####
-  ==============================================================================
-  [..]
-  The DMA Extension HAL driver can be used as follows:
-   (+) Start a multi buffer transfer using the HAL_DMA_MultiBufferStart() function
-       for polling mode or HAL_DMA_MultiBufferStart_IT() for interrupt mode.
-
-     -@-  In Memory-to-Memory transfer mode, Multi (Double) Buffer mode is not allowed.
-     -@-  When Multi (Double) Buffer mode is enabled the, transfer is circular by default.
-     -@-  In Multi (Double) buffer mode, it is possible to update the base address for
-          the AHB memory port on the fly (DMA_SxM0AR or DMA_SxM1AR) when the stream is enabled.
-
-  @endverbatim
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @attention
-  *
-  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
-  *
-  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
-  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
-  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
-  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
-  *      without specific prior written permission.
-  *
-  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
-  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
-  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
-  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
-  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
-  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
-  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
-  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
-  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
-  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-  *
-  ******************************************************************************
-  */
-
-/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
-
-/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup DMAEx DMAEx
-  * @brief DMA Extended HAL module driver
-  * @{
-  */
-
-#ifdef HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED
-
-/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private Constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/** @addtogroup DMAEx_Private_Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-
-static void DMA_MultiBufferSetConfig(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength);
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Set the DMA Transfer parameter.
-  * @param  hdma:       pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                     the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream.
-  * @param  SrcAddress: The source memory Buffer address
-  * @param  DstAddress: The destination memory Buffer address
-  * @param  DataLength: The length of data to be transferred from source to destination
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-static void DMA_MultiBufferSetConfig(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength)
-{
-  /* Configure DMA Stream data length */
-  hdma->Instance->NDTR = DataLength;
-
-  /* Peripheral to Memory */
-  if((hdma->Init.Direction) == DMA_MEMORY_TO_PERIPH)
-  {
-    /* Configure DMA Stream destination address */
-    hdma->Instance->PAR = DstAddress;
-
-    /* Configure DMA Stream source address */
-    hdma->Instance->M0AR = SrcAddress;
-  }
-  /* Memory to Peripheral */
-  else
-  {
-    /* Configure DMA Stream source address */
-    hdma->Instance->PAR = SrcAddress;
-
-    /* Configure DMA Stream destination address */
-    hdma->Instance->M0AR = DstAddress;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/** @addtogroup DMAEx_Exported_Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-
-
-/** @addtogroup DMAEx_Exported_Functions_Group1
-  *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-                #####  Extended features functions  #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
-      (+) Configure the source, destination address and data length and
-          Start MultiBuffer DMA transfer
-      (+) Configure the source, destination address and data length and
-          Start MultiBuffer DMA transfer with interrupt
-      (+) Change on the fly the memory0 or memory1 address.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Starts the multi_buffer DMA Transfer.
-  * @param  hdma      : pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                     the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream.
-  * @param  SrcAddress: The source memory Buffer address
-  * @param  DstAddress: The destination memory Buffer address
-  * @param  SecondMemAddress: The second memory Buffer address in case of multi buffer Transfer
-  * @param  DataLength: The length of data to be transferred from source to destination
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMAEx_MultiBufferStart(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t SecondMemAddress, uint32_t DataLength)
-{
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hdma);
-
-  /* Current memory buffer used is Memory 0 */
-  if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CT) == 0)
-  {
-    hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY_MEM0;
-  }
-  /* Current memory buffer used is Memory 1 */
-  else if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CT) != 0)
-  {
-    hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY_MEM1;
-  }
-
-   /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE(DataLength));
-
-  /* Disable the peripheral */
-  __HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma);
-
-  /* Enable the double buffer mode */
-  hdma->Instance->CR |= (uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_DBM;
-
-  /* Configure DMA Stream destination address */
-  hdma->Instance->M1AR = SecondMemAddress;
-
-  /* Configure the source, destination address and the data length */
-  DMA_MultiBufferSetConfig(hdma, SrcAddress, DstAddress, DataLength);
-
-  /* Enable the peripheral */
-  __HAL_DMA_ENABLE(hdma);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Starts the multi_buffer DMA Transfer with interrupt enabled.
-  * @param  hdma:       pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                     the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream.
-  * @param  SrcAddress: The source memory Buffer address
-  * @param  DstAddress: The destination memory Buffer address
-  * @param  SecondMemAddress: The second memory Buffer address in case of multi buffer Transfer
-  * @param  DataLength: The length of data to be transferred from source to destination
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMAEx_MultiBufferStart_IT(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t SecondMemAddress, uint32_t DataLength)
-{
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hdma);
-
-  /* Current memory buffer used is Memory 0 */
-  if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CT) == 0)
-  {
-    hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY_MEM0;
-  }
-  /* Current memory buffer used is Memory 1 */
-  else if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CT) != 0)
-  {
-    hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY_MEM1;
-  }
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE(DataLength));
-
-  /* Disable the peripheral */
-  __HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma);
-
-  /* Enable the Double buffer mode */
-  hdma->Instance->CR |= (uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_DBM;
-
-  /* Configure DMA Stream destination address */
-  hdma->Instance->M1AR = SecondMemAddress;
-
-  /* Configure the source, destination address and the data length */
-  DMA_MultiBufferSetConfig(hdma, SrcAddress, DstAddress, DataLength);
-
-  /* Enable the transfer complete interrupt */
-  __HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_TC);
-
-  /* Enable the Half transfer interrupt */
-  __HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_HT);
-
-  /* Enable the transfer Error interrupt */
-  __HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_TE);
-
-  /* Enable the fifo Error interrupt */
-  __HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_FE);
-
-  /* Enable the direct mode Error interrupt */
-  __HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_DME);
-
-  /* Enable the peripheral */
-  __HAL_DMA_ENABLE(hdma);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Change the memory0 or memory1 address on the fly.
-  * @param  hdma:       pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                     the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream.
-  * @param  Address:    The new address
-  * @param  memory:     the memory to be changed, This parameter can be one of
-  *                     the following values:
-  *                      MEMORY0 /
-  *                      MEMORY1
-  * @note   The MEMORY0 address can be changed only when the current transfer use
-  *         MEMORY1 and the MEMORY1 address can be changed only when the current
-  *         transfer use MEMORY0.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMAEx_ChangeMemory(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t Address, HAL_DMA_MemoryTypeDef memory)
-{
-  if(memory == MEMORY0)
-  {
-    /* change the memory0 address */
-    hdma->Instance->M0AR = Address;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    /* change the memory1 address */
-    hdma->Instance->M1AR = Address;
-  }
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-#endif /* HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED */
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_eth.c b/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_eth.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 60e50ae5cb..0000000000
--- a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_eth.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2011 +0,0 @@
-/**
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @file    stm32f7xx_hal_eth.c
-  * @author  MCD Application Team
-  * @version V1.0.1
-  * @date    25-June-2015
-  * @brief   ETH HAL module driver.
-  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
-  *          functionalities of the Ethernet (ETH) peripheral:
-  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
-  *           + IO operation functions
-  *           + Peripheral Control functions
-  *           + Peripheral State and Errors functions
-  *
-  @verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                    ##### How to use this driver #####
-  ==============================================================================
-    [..]
-      (#)Declare a ETH_HandleTypeDef handle structure, for example:
-         ETH_HandleTypeDef  heth;
-
-      (#)Fill parameters of Init structure in heth handle
-
-      (#)Call HAL_ETH_Init() API to initialize the Ethernet peripheral (MAC, DMA, ...)
-
-      (#)Initialize the ETH low level resources through the HAL_ETH_MspInit() API:
-          (##) Enable the Ethernet interface clock using
-               (+++) __HAL_RCC_ETHMAC_CLK_ENABLE();
-               (+++) __HAL_RCC_ETHMACTX_CLK_ENABLE();
-               (+++) __HAL_RCC_ETHMACRX_CLK_ENABLE();
-
-          (##) Initialize the related GPIO clocks
-          (##) Configure Ethernet pin-out
-          (##) Configure Ethernet NVIC interrupt (IT mode)
-
-      (#)Initialize Ethernet DMA Descriptors in chain mode and point to allocated buffers:
-          (##) HAL_ETH_DMATxDescListInit(); for Transmission process
-          (##) HAL_ETH_DMARxDescListInit(); for Reception process
-
-      (#)Enable MAC and DMA transmission and reception:
-          (##) HAL_ETH_Start();
-
-      (#)Prepare ETH DMA TX Descriptors and give the hand to ETH DMA to transfer
-         the frame to MAC TX FIFO:
-         (##) HAL_ETH_TransmitFrame();
-
-      (#)Poll for a received frame in ETH RX DMA Descriptors and get received
-         frame parameters
-         (##) HAL_ETH_GetReceivedFrame(); (should be called into an infinite loop)
-
-      (#) Get a received frame when an ETH RX interrupt occurs:
-         (##) HAL_ETH_GetReceivedFrame_IT(); (called in IT mode only)
-
-      (#) Communicate with external PHY device:
-         (##) Read a specific register from the PHY
-              HAL_ETH_ReadPHYRegister();
-         (##) Write data to a specific RHY register:
-              HAL_ETH_WritePHYRegister();
-
-      (#) Configure the Ethernet MAC after ETH peripheral initialization
-          HAL_ETH_ConfigMAC(); all MAC parameters should be filled.
-
-      (#) Configure the Ethernet DMA after ETH peripheral initialization
-          HAL_ETH_ConfigDMA(); all DMA parameters should be filled.
-
-  @endverbatim
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @attention
-  *
-  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
-  *
-  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
-  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
-  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
-  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
-  *      without specific prior written permission.
-  *
-  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
-  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
-  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
-  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
-  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
-  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
-  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
-  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
-  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
-  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-  *
-  ******************************************************************************
-  */
-
-/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
-
-/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup ETH ETH
-  * @brief ETH HAL module driver
-  * @{
-  */
-
-#ifdef HAL_ETH_MODULE_ENABLED
-
-/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/** @defgroup ETH_Private_Constants ETH Private Constants
-  * @{
-  */
-#define LINKED_STATE_TIMEOUT_VALUE          ((uint32_t)2000)  /* 2000 ms */
-#define AUTONEGO_COMPLETED_TIMEOUT_VALUE    ((uint32_t)1000)  /* 1000 ms */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
-/** @defgroup ETH_Private_Functions ETH Private Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-static void ETH_MACDMAConfig(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth, uint32_t err);
-static void ETH_MACAddressConfig(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth, uint32_t MacAddr, uint8_t *Addr);
-static void ETH_MACReceptionEnable(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth);
-static void ETH_MACReceptionDisable(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth);
-static void ETH_MACTransmissionEnable(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth);
-static void ETH_MACTransmissionDisable(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth);
-static void ETH_DMATransmissionEnable(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth);
-static void ETH_DMATransmissionDisable(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth);
-static void ETH_DMAReceptionEnable(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth);
-static void ETH_DMAReceptionDisable(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth);
-static void ETH_FlushTransmitFIFO(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth);
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/** @defgroup ETH_Exported_Functions ETH Exported Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup ETH_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
-  *  @brief   Initialization and Configuration functions
-  *
-  @verbatim
-  ===============================================================================
-            ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
-  ===============================================================================
-  [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
-      (+) Initialize and configure the Ethernet peripheral
-      (+) De-initialize the Ethernet peripheral
-
-  @endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the Ethernet MAC and DMA according to default
-  *         parameters.
-  * @param  heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for ETHERNET module
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ETH_Init(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth)
-{
-  uint32_t tempreg = 0, phyreg = 0;
-  uint32_t hclk = 60000000;
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-  uint32_t err = ETH_SUCCESS;
-
-  /* Check the ETH peripheral state */
-  if(heth == NULL)
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Check parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_ETH_AUTONEGOTIATION(heth->Init.AutoNegotiation));
-  assert_param(IS_ETH_RX_MODE(heth->Init.RxMode));
-  assert_param(IS_ETH_CHECKSUM_MODE(heth->Init.ChecksumMode));
-  assert_param(IS_ETH_MEDIA_INTERFACE(heth->Init.MediaInterface));
-
-  if(heth->State == HAL_ETH_STATE_RESET)
-  {
-    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
-    heth->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
-    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC. */
-    HAL_ETH_MspInit(heth);
-  }
-
-  /* Enable SYSCFG Clock */
-  __HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_CLK_ENABLE();
-
-  /* Select MII or RMII Mode*/
-  SYSCFG->PMC &= ~(SYSCFG_PMC_MII_RMII_SEL);
-  SYSCFG->PMC |= (uint32_t)heth->Init.MediaInterface;
-
-  /* Ethernet Software reset */
-  /* Set the SWR bit: resets all MAC subsystem internal registers and logic */
-  /* After reset all the registers holds their respective reset values */
-  (heth->Instance)->DMABMR |= ETH_DMABMR_SR;
-
-  /* Wait for software reset */
-  while (((heth->Instance)->DMABMR & ETH_DMABMR_SR) != (uint32_t)RESET)
-  {
-  }
-
-  /*-------------------------------- MAC Initialization ----------------------*/
-  /* Get the ETHERNET MACMIIAR value */
-  tempreg = (heth->Instance)->MACMIIAR;
-  /* Clear CSR Clock Range CR[2:0] bits */
-  tempreg &= ETH_MACMIIAR_CR_MASK;
-
-  /* Get hclk frequency value */
-  hclk = HAL_RCC_GetHCLKFreq();
-
-  /* Set CR bits depending on hclk value */
-  if((hclk >= 20000000)&&(hclk < 35000000))
-  {
-    /* CSR Clock Range between 20-35 MHz */
-    tempreg |= (uint32_t)ETH_MACMIIAR_CR_Div16;
-  }
-  else if((hclk >= 35000000)&&(hclk < 60000000))
-  {
-    /* CSR Clock Range between 35-60 MHz */
-    tempreg |= (uint32_t)ETH_MACMIIAR_CR_Div26;
-  }
-  else if((hclk >= 60000000)&&(hclk < 100000000))
-  {
-    /* CSR Clock Range between 60-100 MHz */
-    tempreg |= (uint32_t)ETH_MACMIIAR_CR_Div42;
-  }
-  else if((hclk >= 100000000)&&(hclk < 150000000))
-  {
-    /* CSR Clock Range between 100-150 MHz */
-    tempreg |= (uint32_t)ETH_MACMIIAR_CR_Div62;
-  }
-  else /* ((hclk >= 150000000)&&(hclk <= 200000000)) */
-  {
-    /* CSR Clock Range between 150-216 MHz */
-    tempreg |= (uint32_t)ETH_MACMIIAR_CR_Div102;
-  }
-
-  /* Write to ETHERNET MAC MIIAR: Configure the ETHERNET CSR Clock Range */
-  (heth->Instance)->MACMIIAR = (uint32_t)tempreg;
-
-  /*-------------------- PHY initialization and configuration ----------------*/
-  /* Put the PHY in reset mode */
-  if((HAL_ETH_WritePHYRegister(heth, PHY_BCR, PHY_RESET)) != HAL_OK)
-  {
-    /* In case of write timeout */
-    err = ETH_ERROR;
-
-    /* Config MAC and DMA */
-    ETH_MACDMAConfig(heth, err);
-
-    /* Set the ETH peripheral state to READY */
-    heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_READY;
-
-    /* Return HAL_ERROR */
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Delay to assure PHY reset */
-  HAL_Delay(PHY_RESET_DELAY);
-
-  if((heth->Init).AutoNegotiation != ETH_AUTONEGOTIATION_DISABLE)
-  {
-    /* Get tick */
-    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-    /* We wait for linked status */
-    do
-    {
-      HAL_ETH_ReadPHYRegister(heth, PHY_BSR, &phyreg);
-
-      /* Check for the Timeout */
-      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > LINKED_STATE_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
-      {
-        /* In case of write timeout */
-        err = ETH_ERROR;
-
-        /* Config MAC and DMA */
-        ETH_MACDMAConfig(heth, err);
-
-        heth->State= HAL_ETH_STATE_READY;
-
-        /* Process Unlocked */
-        __HAL_UNLOCK(heth);
-
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-    } while (((phyreg & PHY_LINKED_STATUS) != PHY_LINKED_STATUS));
-
-
-    /* Enable Auto-Negotiation */
-    if((HAL_ETH_WritePHYRegister(heth, PHY_BCR, PHY_AUTONEGOTIATION)) != HAL_OK)
-    {
-      /* In case of write timeout */
-      err = ETH_ERROR;
-
-      /* Config MAC and DMA */
-      ETH_MACDMAConfig(heth, err);
-
-      /* Set the ETH peripheral state to READY */
-      heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_READY;
-
-      /* Return HAL_ERROR */
-      return HAL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    /* Get tick */
-    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-    /* Wait until the auto-negotiation will be completed */
-    do
-    {
-      HAL_ETH_ReadPHYRegister(heth, PHY_BSR, &phyreg);
-
-      /* Check for the Timeout */
-      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > AUTONEGO_COMPLETED_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
-      {
-        /* In case of write timeout */
-        err = ETH_ERROR;
-
-        /* Config MAC and DMA */
-        ETH_MACDMAConfig(heth, err);
-
-        heth->State= HAL_ETH_STATE_READY;
-
-        /* Process Unlocked */
-        __HAL_UNLOCK(heth);
-
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-
-    } while (((phyreg & PHY_AUTONEGO_COMPLETE) != PHY_AUTONEGO_COMPLETE));
-
-    /* Read the result of the auto-negotiation */
-    if((HAL_ETH_ReadPHYRegister(heth, PHY_SR, &phyreg)) != HAL_OK)
-    {
-      /* In case of write timeout */
-      err = ETH_ERROR;
-
-      /* Config MAC and DMA */
-      ETH_MACDMAConfig(heth, err);
-
-      /* Set the ETH peripheral state to READY */
-      heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_READY;
-
-      /* Return HAL_ERROR */
-      return HAL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    /* Configure the MAC with the Duplex Mode fixed by the auto-negotiation process */
-    if((phyreg & PHY_DUPLEX_STATUS) != (uint32_t)RESET)
-    {
-      /* Set Ethernet duplex mode to Full-duplex following the auto-negotiation */
-      (heth->Init).DuplexMode = ETH_MODE_FULLDUPLEX;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      /* Set Ethernet duplex mode to Half-duplex following the auto-negotiation */
-      (heth->Init).DuplexMode = ETH_MODE_HALFDUPLEX;
-    }
-    /* Configure the MAC with the speed fixed by the auto-negotiation process */
-    if((phyreg & PHY_SPEED_STATUS) == PHY_SPEED_STATUS)
-    {
-      /* Set Ethernet speed to 10M following the auto-negotiation */
-      (heth->Init).Speed = ETH_SPEED_10M;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      /* Set Ethernet speed to 100M following the auto-negotiation */
-      (heth->Init).Speed = ETH_SPEED_100M;
-    }
-  }
-  else /* AutoNegotiation Disable */
-  {
-    /* Check parameters */
-    assert_param(IS_ETH_SPEED(heth->Init.Speed));
-    assert_param(IS_ETH_DUPLEX_MODE(heth->Init.DuplexMode));
-
-    /* Set MAC Speed and Duplex Mode */
-    if(HAL_ETH_WritePHYRegister(heth, PHY_BCR, ((uint16_t)((heth->Init).DuplexMode >> 3) |
-                                                (uint16_t)((heth->Init).Speed >> 1))) != HAL_OK)
-    {
-      /* In case of write timeout */
-      err = ETH_ERROR;
-
-      /* Config MAC and DMA */
-      ETH_MACDMAConfig(heth, err);
-
-      /* Set the ETH peripheral state to READY */
-      heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_READY;
-
-      /* Return HAL_ERROR */
-      return HAL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    /* Delay to assure PHY configuration */
-    HAL_Delay(PHY_CONFIG_DELAY);
-  }
-
-  /* Config MAC and DMA */
-  ETH_MACDMAConfig(heth, err);
-
-  /* Set ETH HAL State to Ready */
-  heth->State= HAL_ETH_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  De-Initializes the ETH peripheral.
-  * @param  heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for ETHERNET module
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ETH_DeInit(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth)
-{
-  /* Set the ETH peripheral state to BUSY */
-  heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* De-Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC. */
-  HAL_ETH_MspDeInit(heth);
-
-  /* Set ETH HAL state to Disabled */
-  heth->State= HAL_ETH_STATE_RESET;
-
-  /* Release Lock */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(heth);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the DMA Tx descriptors in chain mode.
-  * @param  heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for ETHERNET module
-  * @param  DMATxDescTab: Pointer to the first Tx desc list
-  * @param  TxBuff: Pointer to the first TxBuffer list
-  * @param  TxBuffCount: Number of the used Tx desc in the list
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ETH_DMATxDescListInit(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth, ETH_DMADescTypeDef *DMATxDescTab, uint8_t *TxBuff, uint32_t TxBuffCount)
-{
-  uint32_t i = 0;
-  ETH_DMADescTypeDef *dmatxdesc;
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(heth);
-
-  /* Set the ETH peripheral state to BUSY */
-  heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Set the DMATxDescToSet pointer with the first one of the DMATxDescTab list */
-  heth->TxDesc = DMATxDescTab;
-
-  /* Fill each DMATxDesc descriptor with the right values */
-  for(i=0; i < TxBuffCount; i++)
-  {
-    /* Get the pointer on the ith member of the Tx Desc list */
-    dmatxdesc = DMATxDescTab + i;
-
-    /* Set Second Address Chained bit */
-    dmatxdesc->Status = ETH_DMATXDESC_TCH;
-
-    /* Set Buffer1 address pointer */
-    dmatxdesc->Buffer1Addr = (uint32_t)(&TxBuff[i*ETH_TX_BUF_SIZE]);
-
-    if ((heth->Init).ChecksumMode == ETH_CHECKSUM_BY_HARDWARE)
-    {
-      /* Set the DMA Tx descriptors checksum insertion */
-      dmatxdesc->Status |= ETH_DMATXDESC_CHECKSUMTCPUDPICMPFULL;
-    }
-
-    /* Initialize the next descriptor with the Next Descriptor Polling Enable */
-    if(i < (TxBuffCount-1))
-    {
-      /* Set next descriptor address register with next descriptor base address */
-      dmatxdesc->Buffer2NextDescAddr = (uint32_t)(DMATxDescTab+i+1);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      /* For last descriptor, set next descriptor address register equal to the first descriptor base address */
-      dmatxdesc->Buffer2NextDescAddr = (uint32_t) DMATxDescTab;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Set Transmit Descriptor List Address Register */
-  (heth->Instance)->DMATDLAR = (uint32_t) DMATxDescTab;
-
-  /* Set ETH HAL State to Ready */
-  heth->State= HAL_ETH_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(heth);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the DMA Rx descriptors in chain mode.
-  * @param  heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for ETHERNET module
-  * @param  DMARxDescTab: Pointer to the first Rx desc list
-  * @param  RxBuff: Pointer to the first RxBuffer list
-  * @param  RxBuffCount: Number of the used Rx desc in the list
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ETH_DMARxDescListInit(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth, ETH_DMADescTypeDef *DMARxDescTab, uint8_t *RxBuff, uint32_t RxBuffCount)
-{
-  uint32_t i = 0;
-  ETH_DMADescTypeDef *DMARxDesc;
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(heth);
-
-  /* Set the ETH peripheral state to BUSY */
-  heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Set the Ethernet RxDesc pointer with the first one of the DMARxDescTab list */
-  heth->RxDesc = DMARxDescTab;
-
-  /* Fill each DMARxDesc descriptor with the right values */
-  for(i=0; i < RxBuffCount; i++)
-  {
-    /* Get the pointer on the ith member of the Rx Desc list */
-    DMARxDesc = DMARxDescTab+i;
-
-    /* Set Own bit of the Rx descriptor Status */
-    DMARxDesc->Status = ETH_DMARXDESC_OWN;
-
-    /* Set Buffer1 size and Second Address Chained bit */
-    DMARxDesc->ControlBufferSize = ETH_DMARXDESC_RCH | ETH_RX_BUF_SIZE;
-
-    /* Set Buffer1 address pointer */
-    DMARxDesc->Buffer1Addr = (uint32_t)(&RxBuff[i*ETH_RX_BUF_SIZE]);
-
-    if((heth->Init).RxMode == ETH_RXINTERRUPT_MODE)
-    {
-      /* Enable Ethernet DMA Rx Descriptor interrupt */
-      DMARxDesc->ControlBufferSize &= ~ETH_DMARXDESC_DIC;
-    }
-
-    /* Initialize the next descriptor with the Next Descriptor Polling Enable */
-    if(i < (RxBuffCount-1))
-    {
-      /* Set next descriptor address register with next descriptor base address */
-      DMARxDesc->Buffer2NextDescAddr = (uint32_t)(DMARxDescTab+i+1);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      /* For last descriptor, set next descriptor address register equal to the first descriptor base address */
-      DMARxDesc->Buffer2NextDescAddr = (uint32_t)(DMARxDescTab);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Set Receive Descriptor List Address Register */
-  (heth->Instance)->DMARDLAR = (uint32_t) DMARxDescTab;
-
-  /* Set ETH HAL State to Ready */
-  heth->State= HAL_ETH_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(heth);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the ETH MSP.
-  * @param  heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for ETHERNET module
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_ETH_MspInit(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-  the HAL_ETH_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
-  */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  DeInitializes ETH MSP.
-  * @param  heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for ETHERNET module
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_ETH_MspDeInit(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-  the HAL_ETH_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
-  */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup ETH_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
-  *  @brief   Data transfers functions
-  *
-  @verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                          ##### IO operation functions #####
-  ==============================================================================
-  [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
-        (+) Transmit a frame
-            HAL_ETH_TransmitFrame();
-        (+) Receive a frame
-            HAL_ETH_GetReceivedFrame();
-            HAL_ETH_GetReceivedFrame_IT();
-        (+) Read from an External PHY register
-            HAL_ETH_ReadPHYRegister();
-        (+) Write to an External PHY register
-            HAL_ETH_WritePHYRegister();
-
-  @endverbatim
-
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Sends an Ethernet frame.
-  * @param  heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for ETHERNET module
-  * @param  FrameLength: Amount of data to be sent
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ETH_TransmitFrame(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth, uint32_t FrameLength)
-{
-  uint32_t bufcount = 0, size = 0, i = 0;
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(heth);
-
-  /* Set the ETH peripheral state to BUSY */
-  heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  if (FrameLength == 0)
-  {
-    /* Set ETH HAL state to READY */
-    heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_READY;
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(heth);
-
-    return  HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Check if the descriptor is owned by the ETHERNET DMA (when set) or CPU (when reset) */
-  if(((heth->TxDesc)->Status & ETH_DMATXDESC_OWN) != (uint32_t)RESET)
-  {
-    /* OWN bit set */
-    heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_BUSY_TX;
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(heth);
-
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Get the number of needed Tx buffers for the current frame */
-  if (FrameLength > ETH_TX_BUF_SIZE)
-  {
-    bufcount = FrameLength/ETH_TX_BUF_SIZE;
-    if (FrameLength % ETH_TX_BUF_SIZE)
-    {
-      bufcount++;
-    }
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    bufcount = 1;
-  }
-  if (bufcount == 1)
-  {
-    /* Set LAST and FIRST segment */
-    heth->TxDesc->Status |=ETH_DMATXDESC_FS|ETH_DMATXDESC_LS;
-    /* Set frame size */
-    heth->TxDesc->ControlBufferSize = (FrameLength & ETH_DMATXDESC_TBS1);
-    /* Set Own bit of the Tx descriptor Status: gives the buffer back to ETHERNET DMA */
-    heth->TxDesc->Status |= ETH_DMATXDESC_OWN;
-    /* Point to next descriptor */
-    heth->TxDesc= (ETH_DMADescTypeDef *)(heth->TxDesc->Buffer2NextDescAddr);
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    for (i=0; i< bufcount; i++)
-    {
-      /* Clear FIRST and LAST segment bits */
-      heth->TxDesc->Status &= ~(ETH_DMATXDESC_FS | ETH_DMATXDESC_LS);
-
-      if (i == 0)
-      {
-        /* Setting the first segment bit */
-        heth->TxDesc->Status |= ETH_DMATXDESC_FS;
-      }
-
-      /* Program size */
-      heth->TxDesc->ControlBufferSize = (ETH_TX_BUF_SIZE & ETH_DMATXDESC_TBS1);
-
-      if (i == (bufcount-1))
-      {
-        /* Setting the last segment bit */
-        heth->TxDesc->Status |= ETH_DMATXDESC_LS;
-        size = FrameLength - (bufcount-1)*ETH_TX_BUF_SIZE;
-        heth->TxDesc->ControlBufferSize = (size & ETH_DMATXDESC_TBS1);
-      }
-
-      /* Set Own bit of the Tx descriptor Status: gives the buffer back to ETHERNET DMA */
-      heth->TxDesc->Status |= ETH_DMATXDESC_OWN;
-      /* point to next descriptor */
-      heth->TxDesc = (ETH_DMADescTypeDef *)(heth->TxDesc->Buffer2NextDescAddr);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* When Tx Buffer unavailable flag is set: clear it and resume transmission */
-  if (((heth->Instance)->DMASR & ETH_DMASR_TBUS) != (uint32_t)RESET)
-  {
-    /* Clear TBUS ETHERNET DMA flag */
-    (heth->Instance)->DMASR = ETH_DMASR_TBUS;
-    /* Resume DMA transmission*/
-    (heth->Instance)->DMATPDR = 0;
-  }
-
-  /* Set ETH HAL State to Ready */
-  heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(heth);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Checks for received frames.
-  * @param  heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for ETHERNET module
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ETH_GetReceivedFrame(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth)
-{
-  uint32_t framelength = 0;
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(heth);
-
-  /* Check the ETH state to BUSY */
-  heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Check if segment is not owned by DMA */
-  /* (((heth->RxDesc->Status & ETH_DMARXDESC_OWN) == (uint32_t)RESET) && ((heth->RxDesc->Status & ETH_DMARXDESC_LS) != (uint32_t)RESET)) */
-  if(((heth->RxDesc->Status & ETH_DMARXDESC_OWN) == (uint32_t)RESET))
-  {
-    /* Check if last segment */
-    if(((heth->RxDesc->Status & ETH_DMARXDESC_LS) != (uint32_t)RESET))
-    {
-      /* increment segment count */
-      (heth->RxFrameInfos).SegCount++;
-
-      /* Check if last segment is first segment: one segment contains the frame */
-      if ((heth->RxFrameInfos).SegCount == 1)
-      {
-        (heth->RxFrameInfos).FSRxDesc =heth->RxDesc;
-      }
-
-      heth->RxFrameInfos.LSRxDesc = heth->RxDesc;
-
-      /* Get the Frame Length of the received packet: substruct 4 bytes of the CRC */
-      framelength = (((heth->RxDesc)->Status & ETH_DMARXDESC_FL) >> ETH_DMARXDESC_FRAMELENGTHSHIFT) - 4;
-      heth->RxFrameInfos.length = framelength;
-
-      /* Get the address of the buffer start address */
-      heth->RxFrameInfos.buffer = ((heth->RxFrameInfos).FSRxDesc)->Buffer1Addr;
-      /* point to next descriptor */
-      heth->RxDesc = (ETH_DMADescTypeDef*) ((heth->RxDesc)->Buffer2NextDescAddr);
-
-      /* Set HAL State to Ready */
-      heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_READY;
-
-      /* Process Unlocked */
-      __HAL_UNLOCK(heth);
-
-      /* Return function status */
-      return HAL_OK;
-    }
-    /* Check if first segment */
-    else if((heth->RxDesc->Status & ETH_DMARXDESC_FS) != (uint32_t)RESET)
-    {
-      (heth->RxFrameInfos).FSRxDesc = heth->RxDesc;
-      (heth->RxFrameInfos).LSRxDesc = NULL;
-      (heth->RxFrameInfos).SegCount = 1;
-      /* Point to next descriptor */
-      heth->RxDesc = (ETH_DMADescTypeDef*) (heth->RxDesc->Buffer2NextDescAddr);
-    }
-    /* Check if intermediate segment */
-    else
-    {
-      (heth->RxFrameInfos).SegCount++;
-      /* Point to next descriptor */
-      heth->RxDesc = (ETH_DMADescTypeDef*) (heth->RxDesc->Buffer2NextDescAddr);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Set ETH HAL State to Ready */
-  heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(heth);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_ERROR;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Gets the Received frame in interrupt mode.
-  * @param  heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for ETHERNET module
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ETH_GetReceivedFrame_IT(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth)
-{
-  uint32_t descriptorscancounter = 0;
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(heth);
-
-  /* Set ETH HAL State to BUSY */
-  heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Scan descriptors owned by CPU */
-  while (((heth->RxDesc->Status & ETH_DMARXDESC_OWN) == (uint32_t)RESET) && (descriptorscancounter < ETH_RXBUFNB))
-  {
-    /* Just for security */
-    descriptorscancounter++;
-
-    /* Check if first segment in frame */
-    /* ((heth->RxDesc->Status & ETH_DMARXDESC_FS) != (uint32_t)RESET) && ((heth->RxDesc->Status & ETH_DMARXDESC_LS) == (uint32_t)RESET)) */
-    if((heth->RxDesc->Status & (ETH_DMARXDESC_FS | ETH_DMARXDESC_LS)) == (uint32_t)ETH_DMARXDESC_FS)
-    {
-      heth->RxFrameInfos.FSRxDesc = heth->RxDesc;
-      heth->RxFrameInfos.SegCount = 1;
-      /* Point to next descriptor */
-      heth->RxDesc = (ETH_DMADescTypeDef*) (heth->RxDesc->Buffer2NextDescAddr);
-    }
-    /* Check if intermediate segment */
-    /* ((heth->RxDesc->Status & ETH_DMARXDESC_LS) == (uint32_t)RESET)&& ((heth->RxDesc->Status & ETH_DMARXDESC_FS) == (uint32_t)RESET)) */
-    else if ((heth->RxDesc->Status & (ETH_DMARXDESC_LS | ETH_DMARXDESC_FS)) == (uint32_t)RESET)
-    {
-      /* Increment segment count */
-      (heth->RxFrameInfos.SegCount)++;
-      /* Point to next descriptor */
-      heth->RxDesc = (ETH_DMADescTypeDef*)(heth->RxDesc->Buffer2NextDescAddr);
-    }
-    /* Should be last segment */
-    else
-    {
-      /* Last segment */
-      heth->RxFrameInfos.LSRxDesc = heth->RxDesc;
-
-      /* Increment segment count */
-      (heth->RxFrameInfos.SegCount)++;
-
-      /* Check if last segment is first segment: one segment contains the frame */
-      if ((heth->RxFrameInfos.SegCount) == 1)
-      {
-        heth->RxFrameInfos.FSRxDesc = heth->RxDesc;
-      }
-
-      /* Get the Frame Length of the received packet: substruct 4 bytes of the CRC */
-      heth->RxFrameInfos.length = (((heth->RxDesc)->Status & ETH_DMARXDESC_FL) >> ETH_DMARXDESC_FRAMELENGTHSHIFT) - 4;
-
-      /* Get the address of the buffer start address */
-      heth->RxFrameInfos.buffer =((heth->RxFrameInfos).FSRxDesc)->Buffer1Addr;
-
-      /* Point to next descriptor */
-      heth->RxDesc = (ETH_DMADescTypeDef*) (heth->RxDesc->Buffer2NextDescAddr);
-
-      /* Set HAL State to Ready */
-      heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_READY;
-
-      /* Process Unlocked */
-      __HAL_UNLOCK(heth);
-
-      /* Return function status */
-      return HAL_OK;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Set HAL State to Ready */
-  heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(heth);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_ERROR;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  This function handles ETH interrupt request.
-  * @param  heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for ETHERNET module
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-void HAL_ETH_IRQHandler(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth)
-{
-  /* Frame received */
-  if (__HAL_ETH_DMA_GET_FLAG(heth, ETH_DMA_FLAG_R))
-  {
-    /* Receive complete callback */
-    HAL_ETH_RxCpltCallback(heth);
-
-     /* Clear the Eth DMA Rx IT pending bits */
-    __HAL_ETH_DMA_CLEAR_IT(heth, ETH_DMA_IT_R);
-
-    /* Set HAL State to Ready */
-    heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_READY;
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(heth);
-
-  }
-  /* Frame transmitted */
-  else if (__HAL_ETH_DMA_GET_FLAG(heth, ETH_DMA_FLAG_T))
-  {
-    /* Transfer complete callback */
-    HAL_ETH_TxCpltCallback(heth);
-
-    /* Clear the Eth DMA Tx IT pending bits */
-    __HAL_ETH_DMA_CLEAR_IT(heth, ETH_DMA_IT_T);
-
-    /* Set HAL State to Ready */
-    heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_READY;
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(heth);
-  }
-
-  /* Clear the interrupt flags */
-  __HAL_ETH_DMA_CLEAR_IT(heth, ETH_DMA_IT_NIS);
-
-  /* ETH DMA Error */
-  if(__HAL_ETH_DMA_GET_FLAG(heth, ETH_DMA_FLAG_AIS))
-  {
-    /* Ethernet Error callback */
-    HAL_ETH_ErrorCallback(heth);
-
-    /* Clear the interrupt flags */
-    __HAL_ETH_DMA_CLEAR_IT(heth, ETH_DMA_FLAG_AIS);
-
-    /* Set HAL State to Ready */
-    heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_READY;
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(heth);
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Tx Transfer completed callbacks.
-  * @param  heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for ETHERNET module
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_ETH_TxCpltCallback(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-  the HAL_ETH_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
-  */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Rx Transfer completed callbacks.
-  * @param  heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for ETHERNET module
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_ETH_RxCpltCallback(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-  the HAL_ETH_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
-  */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Ethernet transfer error callbacks
-  * @param  heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for ETHERNET module
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_ETH_ErrorCallback(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-  the HAL_ETH_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
-  */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Reads a PHY register
-  * @param  heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for ETHERNET module
-  * @param PHYReg: PHY register address, is the index of one of the 32 PHY register.
-  *                This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *                   PHY_BCR: Transceiver Basic Control Register,
-  *                   PHY_BSR: Transceiver Basic Status Register.
-  *                   More PHY register could be read depending on the used PHY
-  * @param RegValue: PHY register value
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ETH_ReadPHYRegister(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth, uint16_t PHYReg, uint32_t *RegValue)
-{
-  uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-
-  /* Check parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_ETH_PHY_ADDRESS(heth->Init.PhyAddress));
-
-  /* Check the ETH peripheral state */
-  if(heth->State == HAL_ETH_STATE_BUSY_RD)
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-  /* Set ETH HAL State to BUSY_RD */
-  heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_BUSY_RD;
-
-  /* Get the ETHERNET MACMIIAR value */
-  tmpreg = heth->Instance->MACMIIAR;
-
-  /* Keep only the CSR Clock Range CR[2:0] bits value */
-  tmpreg &= ~ETH_MACMIIAR_CR_MASK;
-
-  /* Prepare the MII address register value */
-  tmpreg |=(((uint32_t)heth->Init.PhyAddress << 11) & ETH_MACMIIAR_PA); /* Set the PHY device address   */
-  tmpreg |=(((uint32_t)PHYReg<<6) & ETH_MACMIIAR_MR);                   /* Set the PHY register address */
-  tmpreg &= ~ETH_MACMIIAR_MW;                                           /* Set the read mode            */
-  tmpreg |= ETH_MACMIIAR_MB;                                            /* Set the MII Busy bit         */
-
-  /* Write the result value into the MII Address register */
-  heth->Instance->MACMIIAR = tmpreg;
-
-  /* Get tick */
-  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-  /* Check for the Busy flag */
-  while((tmpreg & ETH_MACMIIAR_MB) == ETH_MACMIIAR_MB)
-  {
-    /* Check for the Timeout */
-    if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PHY_READ_TO)
-    {
-      heth->State= HAL_ETH_STATE_READY;
-
-      /* Process Unlocked */
-      __HAL_UNLOCK(heth);
-
-      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-    }
-
-    tmpreg = heth->Instance->MACMIIAR;
-  }
-
-  /* Get MACMIIDR value */
-  *RegValue = (uint16_t)(heth->Instance->MACMIIDR);
-
-  /* Set ETH HAL State to READY */
-  heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Writes to a PHY register.
-  * @param  heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for ETHERNET module
-  * @param  PHYReg: PHY register address, is the index of one of the 32 PHY register.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *             PHY_BCR: Transceiver Control Register.
-  *             More PHY register could be written depending on the used PHY
-  * @param  RegValue: the value to write
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ETH_WritePHYRegister(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth, uint16_t PHYReg, uint32_t RegValue)
-{
-  uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-
-  /* Check parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_ETH_PHY_ADDRESS(heth->Init.PhyAddress));
-
-  /* Check the ETH peripheral state */
-  if(heth->State == HAL_ETH_STATE_BUSY_WR)
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-  /* Set ETH HAL State to BUSY_WR */
-  heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_BUSY_WR;
-
-  /* Get the ETHERNET MACMIIAR value */
-  tmpreg = heth->Instance->MACMIIAR;
-
-  /* Keep only the CSR Clock Range CR[2:0] bits value */
-  tmpreg &= ~ETH_MACMIIAR_CR_MASK;
-
-  /* Prepare the MII register address value */
-  tmpreg |=(((uint32_t)heth->Init.PhyAddress<<11) & ETH_MACMIIAR_PA); /* Set the PHY device address */
-  tmpreg |=(((uint32_t)PHYReg<<6) & ETH_MACMIIAR_MR);                 /* Set the PHY register address */
-  tmpreg |= ETH_MACMIIAR_MW;                                          /* Set the write mode */
-  tmpreg |= ETH_MACMIIAR_MB;                                          /* Set the MII Busy bit */
-
-  /* Give the value to the MII data register */
-  heth->Instance->MACMIIDR = (uint16_t)RegValue;
-
-  /* Write the result value into the MII Address register */
-  heth->Instance->MACMIIAR = tmpreg;
-
-  /* Get tick */
-  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-  /* Check for the Busy flag */
-  while((tmpreg & ETH_MACMIIAR_MB) == ETH_MACMIIAR_MB)
-  {
-    /* Check for the Timeout */
-    if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PHY_WRITE_TO)
-    {
-      heth->State= HAL_ETH_STATE_READY;
-
-      /* Process Unlocked */
-      __HAL_UNLOCK(heth);
-
-      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-    }
-
-    tmpreg = heth->Instance->MACMIIAR;
-  }
-
-  /* Set ETH HAL State to READY */
-  heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup ETH_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions
- *  @brief    Peripheral Control functions
- *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-                  ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
-      (+) Enable MAC and DMA transmission and reception.
-          HAL_ETH_Start();
-      (+) Disable MAC and DMA transmission and reception.
-          HAL_ETH_Stop();
-      (+) Set the MAC configuration in runtime mode
-          HAL_ETH_ConfigMAC();
-      (+) Set the DMA configuration in runtime mode
-          HAL_ETH_ConfigDMA();
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
- /**
-  * @brief  Enables Ethernet MAC and DMA reception/transmission
-  * @param  heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for ETHERNET module
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ETH_Start(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth)
-{
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(heth);
-
-  /* Set the ETH peripheral state to BUSY */
-  heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Enable transmit state machine of the MAC for transmission on the MII */
-  ETH_MACTransmissionEnable(heth);
-
-  /* Enable receive state machine of the MAC for reception from the MII */
-  ETH_MACReceptionEnable(heth);
-
-  /* Flush Transmit FIFO */
-  ETH_FlushTransmitFIFO(heth);
-
-  /* Start DMA transmission */
-  ETH_DMATransmissionEnable(heth);
-
-  /* Start DMA reception */
-  ETH_DMAReceptionEnable(heth);
-
-  /* Set the ETH state to READY*/
-  heth->State= HAL_ETH_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(heth);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Stop Ethernet MAC and DMA reception/transmission
-  * @param  heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for ETHERNET module
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ETH_Stop(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth)
-{
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(heth);
-
-  /* Set the ETH peripheral state to BUSY */
-  heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Stop DMA transmission */
-  ETH_DMATransmissionDisable(heth);
-
-  /* Stop DMA reception */
-  ETH_DMAReceptionDisable(heth);
-
-  /* Disable receive state machine of the MAC for reception from the MII */
-  ETH_MACReceptionDisable(heth);
-
-  /* Flush Transmit FIFO */
-  ETH_FlushTransmitFIFO(heth);
-
-  /* Disable transmit state machine of the MAC for transmission on the MII */
-  ETH_MACTransmissionDisable(heth);
-
-  /* Set the ETH state*/
-  heth->State = HAL_ETH_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(heth);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Set ETH MAC Configuration.
-  * @param  heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for ETHERNET module
-  * @param  macconf: MAC Configuration structure
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ETH_ConfigMAC(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth, ETH_MACInitTypeDef *macconf)
-{
-  uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(heth);
-
-  /* Set the ETH peripheral state to BUSY */
-  heth->State= HAL_ETH_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  assert_param(IS_ETH_SPEED(heth->Init.Speed));
-  assert_param(IS_ETH_DUPLEX_MODE(heth->Init.DuplexMode));
-
-  if (macconf != NULL)
-  {
-    /* Check the parameters */
-    assert_param(IS_ETH_WATCHDOG(macconf->Watchdog));
-    assert_param(IS_ETH_JABBER(macconf->Jabber));
-    assert_param(IS_ETH_INTER_FRAME_GAP(macconf->InterFrameGap));
-    assert_param(IS_ETH_CARRIER_SENSE(macconf->CarrierSense));
-    assert_param(IS_ETH_RECEIVE_OWN(macconf->ReceiveOwn));
-    assert_param(IS_ETH_LOOPBACK_MODE(macconf->LoopbackMode));
-    assert_param(IS_ETH_CHECKSUM_OFFLOAD(macconf->ChecksumOffload));
-    assert_param(IS_ETH_RETRY_TRANSMISSION(macconf->RetryTransmission));
-    assert_param(IS_ETH_AUTOMATIC_PADCRC_STRIP(macconf->AutomaticPadCRCStrip));
-    assert_param(IS_ETH_BACKOFF_LIMIT(macconf->BackOffLimit));
-    assert_param(IS_ETH_DEFERRAL_CHECK(macconf->DeferralCheck));
-    assert_param(IS_ETH_RECEIVE_ALL(macconf->ReceiveAll));
-    assert_param(IS_ETH_SOURCE_ADDR_FILTER(macconf->SourceAddrFilter));
-    assert_param(IS_ETH_CONTROL_FRAMES(macconf->PassControlFrames));
-    assert_param(IS_ETH_BROADCAST_FRAMES_RECEPTION(macconf->BroadcastFramesReception));
-    assert_param(IS_ETH_DESTINATION_ADDR_FILTER(macconf->DestinationAddrFilter));
-    assert_param(IS_ETH_PROMISCUOUS_MODE(macconf->PromiscuousMode));
-    assert_param(IS_ETH_MULTICAST_FRAMES_FILTER(macconf->MulticastFramesFilter));
-    assert_param(IS_ETH_UNICAST_FRAMES_FILTER(macconf->UnicastFramesFilter));
-    assert_param(IS_ETH_PAUSE_TIME(macconf->PauseTime));
-    assert_param(IS_ETH_ZEROQUANTA_PAUSE(macconf->ZeroQuantaPause));
-    assert_param(IS_ETH_PAUSE_LOW_THRESHOLD(macconf->PauseLowThreshold));
-    assert_param(IS_ETH_UNICAST_PAUSE_FRAME_DETECT(macconf->UnicastPauseFrameDetect));
-    assert_param(IS_ETH_RECEIVE_FLOWCONTROL(macconf->ReceiveFlowControl));
-    assert_param(IS_ETH_TRANSMIT_FLOWCONTROL(macconf->TransmitFlowControl));
-    assert_param(IS_ETH_VLAN_TAG_COMPARISON(macconf->VLANTagComparison));
-    assert_param(IS_ETH_VLAN_TAG_IDENTIFIER(macconf->VLANTagIdentifier));
-
-    /*------------------------ ETHERNET MACCR Configuration --------------------*/
-    /* Get the ETHERNET MACCR value */
-    tmpreg = (heth->Instance)->MACCR;
-    /* Clear WD, PCE, PS, TE and RE bits */
-    tmpreg &= ETH_MACCR_CLEAR_MASK;
-
-    tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(macconf->Watchdog |
-                         macconf->Jabber |
-                         macconf->InterFrameGap |
-                         macconf->CarrierSense |
-                         (heth->Init).Speed |
-                         macconf->ReceiveOwn |
-                         macconf->LoopbackMode |
-                         (heth->Init).DuplexMode |
-                         macconf->ChecksumOffload |
-                         macconf->RetryTransmission |
-                         macconf->AutomaticPadCRCStrip |
-                         macconf->BackOffLimit |
-                         macconf->DeferralCheck);
-
-    /* Write to ETHERNET MACCR */
-    (heth->Instance)->MACCR = (uint32_t)tmpreg;
-
-    /* Wait until the write operation will be taken into account :
-    at least four TX_CLK/RX_CLK clock cycles */
-    tmpreg = (heth->Instance)->MACCR;
-    HAL_Delay(ETH_REG_WRITE_DELAY);
-    (heth->Instance)->MACCR = tmpreg;
-
-    /*----------------------- ETHERNET MACFFR Configuration --------------------*/
-    /* Write to ETHERNET MACFFR */
-    (heth->Instance)->MACFFR = (uint32_t)(macconf->ReceiveAll |
-                                          macconf->SourceAddrFilter |
-                                          macconf->PassControlFrames |
-                                          macconf->BroadcastFramesReception |
-                                          macconf->DestinationAddrFilter |
-                                          macconf->PromiscuousMode |
-                                          macconf->MulticastFramesFilter |
-                                          macconf->UnicastFramesFilter);
-
-     /* Wait until the write operation will be taken into account :
-     at least four TX_CLK/RX_CLK clock cycles */
-     tmpreg = (heth->Instance)->MACFFR;
-     HAL_Delay(ETH_REG_WRITE_DELAY);
-     (heth->Instance)->MACFFR = tmpreg;
-
-     /*--------------- ETHERNET MACHTHR and MACHTLR Configuration ---------------*/
-     /* Write to ETHERNET MACHTHR */
-     (heth->Instance)->MACHTHR = (uint32_t)macconf->HashTableHigh;
-
-     /* Write to ETHERNET MACHTLR */
-     (heth->Instance)->MACHTLR = (uint32_t)macconf->HashTableLow;
-     /*----------------------- ETHERNET MACFCR Configuration --------------------*/
-
-     /* Get the ETHERNET MACFCR value */
-     tmpreg = (heth->Instance)->MACFCR;
-     /* Clear xx bits */
-     tmpreg &= ETH_MACFCR_CLEAR_MASK;
-
-     tmpreg |= (uint32_t)((macconf->PauseTime << 16) |
-                          macconf->ZeroQuantaPause |
-                          macconf->PauseLowThreshold |
-                          macconf->UnicastPauseFrameDetect |
-                          macconf->ReceiveFlowControl |
-                          macconf->TransmitFlowControl);
-
-     /* Write to ETHERNET MACFCR */
-     (heth->Instance)->MACFCR = (uint32_t)tmpreg;
-
-     /* Wait until the write operation will be taken into account :
-     at least four TX_CLK/RX_CLK clock cycles */
-     tmpreg = (heth->Instance)->MACFCR;
-     HAL_Delay(ETH_REG_WRITE_DELAY);
-     (heth->Instance)->MACFCR = tmpreg;
-
-     /*----------------------- ETHERNET MACVLANTR Configuration -----------------*/
-     (heth->Instance)->MACVLANTR = (uint32_t)(macconf->VLANTagComparison |
-                                              macconf->VLANTagIdentifier);
-
-      /* Wait until the write operation will be taken into account :
-      at least four TX_CLK/RX_CLK clock cycles */
-      tmpreg = (heth->Instance)->MACVLANTR;
-      HAL_Delay(ETH_REG_WRITE_DELAY);
-      (heth->Instance)->MACVLANTR = tmpreg;
-  }
-  else /* macconf == NULL : here we just configure Speed and Duplex mode */
-  {
-    /*------------------------ ETHERNET MACCR Configuration --------------------*/
-    /* Get the ETHERNET MACCR value */
-    tmpreg = (heth->Instance)->MACCR;
-
-    /* Clear FES and DM bits */
-    tmpreg &= ~((uint32_t)0x00004800);
-
-    tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(heth->Init.Speed | heth->Init.DuplexMode);
-
-    /* Write to ETHERNET MACCR */
-    (heth->Instance)->MACCR = (uint32_t)tmpreg;
-
-    /* Wait until the write operation will be taken into account:
-    at least four TX_CLK/RX_CLK clock cycles */
-    tmpreg = (heth->Instance)->MACCR;
-    HAL_Delay(ETH_REG_WRITE_DELAY);
-    (heth->Instance)->MACCR = tmpreg;
-  }
-
-  /* Set the ETH state to Ready */
-  heth->State= HAL_ETH_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(heth);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Sets ETH DMA Configuration.
-  * @param  heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for ETHERNET module
-  * @param  dmaconf: DMA Configuration structure
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_ETH_ConfigDMA(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth, ETH_DMAInitTypeDef *dmaconf)
-{
-  uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(heth);
-
-  /* Set the ETH peripheral state to BUSY */
-  heth->State= HAL_ETH_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Check parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_ETH_DROP_TCPIP_CHECKSUM_FRAME(dmaconf->DropTCPIPChecksumErrorFrame));
-  assert_param(IS_ETH_RECEIVE_STORE_FORWARD(dmaconf->ReceiveStoreForward));
-  assert_param(IS_ETH_FLUSH_RECEIVE_FRAME(dmaconf->FlushReceivedFrame));
-  assert_param(IS_ETH_TRANSMIT_STORE_FORWARD(dmaconf->TransmitStoreForward));
-  assert_param(IS_ETH_TRANSMIT_THRESHOLD_CONTROL(dmaconf->TransmitThresholdControl));
-  assert_param(IS_ETH_FORWARD_ERROR_FRAMES(dmaconf->ForwardErrorFrames));
-  assert_param(IS_ETH_FORWARD_UNDERSIZED_GOOD_FRAMES(dmaconf->ForwardUndersizedGoodFrames));
-  assert_param(IS_ETH_RECEIVE_THRESHOLD_CONTROL(dmaconf->ReceiveThresholdControl));
-  assert_param(IS_ETH_SECOND_FRAME_OPERATE(dmaconf->SecondFrameOperate));
-  assert_param(IS_ETH_ADDRESS_ALIGNED_BEATS(dmaconf->AddressAlignedBeats));
-  assert_param(IS_ETH_FIXED_BURST(dmaconf->FixedBurst));
-  assert_param(IS_ETH_RXDMA_BURST_LENGTH(dmaconf->RxDMABurstLength));
-  assert_param(IS_ETH_TXDMA_BURST_LENGTH(dmaconf->TxDMABurstLength));
-  assert_param(IS_ETH_ENHANCED_DESCRIPTOR_FORMAT(dmaconf->EnhancedDescriptorFormat));
-  assert_param(IS_ETH_DMA_DESC_SKIP_LENGTH(dmaconf->DescriptorSkipLength));
-  assert_param(IS_ETH_DMA_ARBITRATION_ROUNDROBIN_RXTX(dmaconf->DMAArbitration));
-
-  /*----------------------- ETHERNET DMAOMR Configuration --------------------*/
-  /* Get the ETHERNET DMAOMR value */
-  tmpreg = (heth->Instance)->DMAOMR;
-  /* Clear xx bits */
-  tmpreg &= ETH_DMAOMR_CLEAR_MASK;
-
-  tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(dmaconf->DropTCPIPChecksumErrorFrame |
-                       dmaconf->ReceiveStoreForward |
-                       dmaconf->FlushReceivedFrame |
-                       dmaconf->TransmitStoreForward |
-                       dmaconf->TransmitThresholdControl |
-                       dmaconf->ForwardErrorFrames |
-                       dmaconf->ForwardUndersizedGoodFrames |
-                       dmaconf->ReceiveThresholdControl |
-                       dmaconf->SecondFrameOperate);
-
-  /* Write to ETHERNET DMAOMR */
-  (heth->Instance)->DMAOMR = (uint32_t)tmpreg;
-
-  /* Wait until the write operation will be taken into account:
-  at least four TX_CLK/RX_CLK clock cycles */
-  tmpreg = (heth->Instance)->DMAOMR;
-  HAL_Delay(ETH_REG_WRITE_DELAY);
-  (heth->Instance)->DMAOMR = tmpreg;
-
-  /*----------------------- ETHERNET DMABMR Configuration --------------------*/
-  (heth->Instance)->DMABMR = (uint32_t)(dmaconf->AddressAlignedBeats |
-                                         dmaconf->FixedBurst |
-                                         dmaconf->RxDMABurstLength | /* !! if 4xPBL is selected for Tx or Rx it is applied for the other */
-                                         dmaconf->TxDMABurstLength |
-                                         dmaconf->EnhancedDescriptorFormat |
-                                         (dmaconf->DescriptorSkipLength << 2) |
-                                         dmaconf->DMAArbitration |
-                                         ETH_DMABMR_USP); /* Enable use of separate PBL for Rx and Tx */
-
-   /* Wait until the write operation will be taken into account:
-      at least four TX_CLK/RX_CLK clock cycles */
-   tmpreg = (heth->Instance)->DMABMR;
-   HAL_Delay(ETH_REG_WRITE_DELAY);
-   (heth->Instance)->DMABMR = tmpreg;
-
-   /* Set the ETH state to Ready */
-   heth->State= HAL_ETH_STATE_READY;
-
-   /* Process Unlocked */
-   __HAL_UNLOCK(heth);
-
-   /* Return function status */
-   return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup ETH_Exported_Functions_Group4 Peripheral State functions
-  *  @brief   Peripheral State functions
-  *
-  @verbatim
-  ===============================================================================
-                         ##### Peripheral State functions #####
-  ===============================================================================
-  [..]
-  This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral
-  and the data flow.
-       (+) Get the ETH handle state:
-           HAL_ETH_GetState();
-
-
-  @endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Return the ETH HAL state
-  * @param  heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for ETHERNET module
-  * @retval HAL state
-  */
-HAL_ETH_StateTypeDef HAL_ETH_GetState(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth)
-{
-  /* Return ETH state */
-  return heth->State;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @addtogroup ETH_Private_Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Configures Ethernet MAC and DMA with default parameters.
-  * @param  heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for ETHERNET module
-  * @param  err: Ethernet Init error
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-static void ETH_MACDMAConfig(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth, uint32_t err)
-{
-  ETH_MACInitTypeDef macinit;
-  ETH_DMAInitTypeDef dmainit;
-  uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
-
-  if (err != ETH_SUCCESS) /* Auto-negotiation failed */
-  {
-    /* Set Ethernet duplex mode to Full-duplex */
-    (heth->Init).DuplexMode = ETH_MODE_FULLDUPLEX;
-
-    /* Set Ethernet speed to 100M */
-    (heth->Init).Speed = ETH_SPEED_100M;
-  }
-
-  /* Ethernet MAC default initialization **************************************/
-  macinit.Watchdog = ETH_WATCHDOG_ENABLE;
-  macinit.Jabber = ETH_JABBER_ENABLE;
-  macinit.InterFrameGap = ETH_INTERFRAMEGAP_96BIT;
-  macinit.CarrierSense = ETH_CARRIERSENCE_ENABLE;
-  macinit.ReceiveOwn = ETH_RECEIVEOWN_ENABLE;
-  macinit.LoopbackMode = ETH_LOOPBACKMODE_DISABLE;
-  if(heth->Init.ChecksumMode == ETH_CHECKSUM_BY_HARDWARE)
-  {
-    macinit.ChecksumOffload = ETH_CHECKSUMOFFLAOD_ENABLE;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    macinit.ChecksumOffload = ETH_CHECKSUMOFFLAOD_DISABLE;
-  }
-  macinit.RetryTransmission = ETH_RETRYTRANSMISSION_DISABLE;
-  macinit.AutomaticPadCRCStrip = ETH_AUTOMATICPADCRCSTRIP_DISABLE;
-  macinit.BackOffLimit = ETH_BACKOFFLIMIT_10;
-  macinit.DeferralCheck = ETH_DEFFERRALCHECK_DISABLE;
-  macinit.ReceiveAll = ETH_RECEIVEAll_DISABLE;
-  macinit.SourceAddrFilter = ETH_SOURCEADDRFILTER_DISABLE;
-  macinit.PassControlFrames = ETH_PASSCONTROLFRAMES_BLOCKALL;
-  macinit.BroadcastFramesReception = ETH_BROADCASTFRAMESRECEPTION_ENABLE;
-  macinit.DestinationAddrFilter = ETH_DESTINATIONADDRFILTER_NORMAL;
-  macinit.PromiscuousMode = ETH_PROMISCUOUS_MODE_DISABLE;
-  macinit.MulticastFramesFilter = ETH_MULTICASTFRAMESFILTER_PERFECT;
-  macinit.UnicastFramesFilter = ETH_UNICASTFRAMESFILTER_PERFECT;
-  macinit.HashTableHigh = 0x0;
-  macinit.HashTableLow = 0x0;
-  macinit.PauseTime = 0x0;
-  macinit.ZeroQuantaPause = ETH_ZEROQUANTAPAUSE_DISABLE;
-  macinit.PauseLowThreshold = ETH_PAUSELOWTHRESHOLD_MINUS4;
-  macinit.UnicastPauseFrameDetect = ETH_UNICASTPAUSEFRAMEDETECT_DISABLE;
-  macinit.ReceiveFlowControl = ETH_RECEIVEFLOWCONTROL_DISABLE;
-  macinit.TransmitFlowControl = ETH_TRANSMITFLOWCONTROL_DISABLE;
-  macinit.VLANTagComparison = ETH_VLANTAGCOMPARISON_16BIT;
-  macinit.VLANTagIdentifier = 0x0;
-
-  /*------------------------ ETHERNET MACCR Configuration --------------------*/
-  /* Get the ETHERNET MACCR value */
-  tmpreg = (heth->Instance)->MACCR;
-  /* Clear WD, PCE, PS, TE and RE bits */
-  tmpreg &= ETH_MACCR_CLEAR_MASK;
-  /* Set the WD bit according to ETH Watchdog value */
-  /* Set the JD: bit according to ETH Jabber value */
-  /* Set the IFG bit according to ETH InterFrameGap value */
-  /* Set the DCRS bit according to ETH CarrierSense value */
-  /* Set the FES bit according to ETH Speed value */
-  /* Set the DO bit according to ETH ReceiveOwn value */
-  /* Set the LM bit according to ETH LoopbackMode value */
-  /* Set the DM bit according to ETH Mode value */
-  /* Set the IPCO bit according to ETH ChecksumOffload value */
-  /* Set the DR bit according to ETH RetryTransmission value */
-  /* Set the ACS bit according to ETH AutomaticPadCRCStrip value */
-  /* Set the BL bit according to ETH BackOffLimit value */
-  /* Set the DC bit according to ETH DeferralCheck value */
-  tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(macinit.Watchdog |
-                       macinit.Jabber |
-                       macinit.InterFrameGap |
-                       macinit.CarrierSense |
-                       (heth->Init).Speed |
-                       macinit.ReceiveOwn |
-                       macinit.LoopbackMode |
-                       (heth->Init).DuplexMode |
-                       macinit.ChecksumOffload |
-                       macinit.RetryTransmission |
-                       macinit.AutomaticPadCRCStrip |
-                       macinit.BackOffLimit |
-                       macinit.DeferralCheck);
-
-  /* Write to ETHERNET MACCR */
-  (heth->Instance)->MACCR = (uint32_t)tmpreg;
-
-  /* Wait until the write operation will be taken into account:
-     at least four TX_CLK/RX_CLK clock cycles */
-  tmpreg = (heth->Instance)->MACCR;
-  HAL_Delay(ETH_REG_WRITE_DELAY);
-  (heth->Instance)->MACCR = tmpreg;
-
-  /*----------------------- ETHERNET MACFFR Configuration --------------------*/
-  /* Set the RA bit according to ETH ReceiveAll value */
-  /* Set the SAF and SAIF bits according to ETH SourceAddrFilter value */
-  /* Set the PCF bit according to ETH PassControlFrames value */
-  /* Set the DBF bit according to ETH BroadcastFramesReception value */
-  /* Set the DAIF bit according to ETH DestinationAddrFilter value */
-  /* Set the PR bit according to ETH PromiscuousMode value */
-  /* Set the PM, HMC and HPF bits according to ETH MulticastFramesFilter value */
-  /* Set the HUC and HPF bits according to ETH UnicastFramesFilter value */
-  /* Write to ETHERNET MACFFR */
-  (heth->Instance)->MACFFR = (uint32_t)(macinit.ReceiveAll |
-                                        macinit.SourceAddrFilter |
-                                        macinit.PassControlFrames |
-                                        macinit.BroadcastFramesReception |
-                                        macinit.DestinationAddrFilter |
-                                        macinit.PromiscuousMode |
-                                        macinit.MulticastFramesFilter |
-                                        macinit.UnicastFramesFilter);
-
-   /* Wait until the write operation will be taken into account:
-      at least four TX_CLK/RX_CLK clock cycles */
-   tmpreg = (heth->Instance)->MACFFR;
-   HAL_Delay(ETH_REG_WRITE_DELAY);
-   (heth->Instance)->MACFFR = tmpreg;
-
-   /*--------------- ETHERNET MACHTHR and MACHTLR Configuration --------------*/
-   /* Write to ETHERNET MACHTHR */
-   (heth->Instance)->MACHTHR = (uint32_t)macinit.HashTableHigh;
-
-   /* Write to ETHERNET MACHTLR */
-   (heth->Instance)->MACHTLR = (uint32_t)macinit.HashTableLow;
-   /*----------------------- ETHERNET MACFCR Configuration -------------------*/
-
-   /* Get the ETHERNET MACFCR value */
-   tmpreg = (heth->Instance)->MACFCR;
-   /* Clear xx bits */
-   tmpreg &= ETH_MACFCR_CLEAR_MASK;
-
-   /* Set the PT bit according to ETH PauseTime value */
-   /* Set the DZPQ bit according to ETH ZeroQuantaPause value */
-   /* Set the PLT bit according to ETH PauseLowThreshold value */
-   /* Set the UP bit according to ETH UnicastPauseFrameDetect value */
-   /* Set the RFE bit according to ETH ReceiveFlowControl value */
-   /* Set the TFE bit according to ETH TransmitFlowControl value */
-   tmpreg |= (uint32_t)((macinit.PauseTime << 16) |
-                        macinit.ZeroQuantaPause |
-                        macinit.PauseLowThreshold |
-                        macinit.UnicastPauseFrameDetect |
-                        macinit.ReceiveFlowControl |
-                        macinit.TransmitFlowControl);
-
-   /* Write to ETHERNET MACFCR */
-   (heth->Instance)->MACFCR = (uint32_t)tmpreg;
-
-   /* Wait until the write operation will be taken into account:
-   at least four TX_CLK/RX_CLK clock cycles */
-   tmpreg = (heth->Instance)->MACFCR;
-   HAL_Delay(ETH_REG_WRITE_DELAY);
-   (heth->Instance)->MACFCR = tmpreg;
-
-   /*----------------------- ETHERNET MACVLANTR Configuration ----------------*/
-   /* Set the ETV bit according to ETH VLANTagComparison value */
-   /* Set the VL bit according to ETH VLANTagIdentifier value */
-   (heth->Instance)->MACVLANTR = (uint32_t)(macinit.VLANTagComparison |
-                                            macinit.VLANTagIdentifier);
-
-    /* Wait until the write operation will be taken into account:
-       at least four TX_CLK/RX_CLK clock cycles */
-    tmpreg = (heth->Instance)->MACVLANTR;
-    HAL_Delay(ETH_REG_WRITE_DELAY);
-    (heth->Instance)->MACVLANTR = tmpreg;
-
-    /* Ethernet DMA default initialization ************************************/
-    dmainit.DropTCPIPChecksumErrorFrame = ETH_DROPTCPIPCHECKSUMERRORFRAME_ENABLE;
-    dmainit.ReceiveStoreForward = ETH_RECEIVESTOREFORWARD_ENABLE;
-    dmainit.FlushReceivedFrame = ETH_FLUSHRECEIVEDFRAME_ENABLE;
-    dmainit.TransmitStoreForward = ETH_TRANSMITSTOREFORWARD_ENABLE;
-    dmainit.TransmitThresholdControl = ETH_TRANSMITTHRESHOLDCONTROL_64BYTES;
-    dmainit.ForwardErrorFrames = ETH_FORWARDERRORFRAMES_DISABLE;
-    dmainit.ForwardUndersizedGoodFrames = ETH_FORWARDUNDERSIZEDGOODFRAMES_DISABLE;
-    dmainit.ReceiveThresholdControl = ETH_RECEIVEDTHRESHOLDCONTROL_64BYTES;
-    dmainit.SecondFrameOperate = ETH_SECONDFRAMEOPERARTE_ENABLE;
-    dmainit.AddressAlignedBeats = ETH_ADDRESSALIGNEDBEATS_ENABLE;
-    dmainit.FixedBurst = ETH_FIXEDBURST_ENABLE;
-    dmainit.RxDMABurstLength = ETH_RXDMABURSTLENGTH_32BEAT;
-    dmainit.TxDMABurstLength = ETH_TXDMABURSTLENGTH_32BEAT;
-    dmainit.EnhancedDescriptorFormat = ETH_DMAENHANCEDDESCRIPTOR_ENABLE;
-    dmainit.DescriptorSkipLength = 0x0;
-    dmainit.DMAArbitration = ETH_DMAARBITRATION_ROUNDROBIN_RXTX_1_1;
-
-    /* Get the ETHERNET DMAOMR value */
-    tmpreg = (heth->Instance)->DMAOMR;
-    /* Clear xx bits */
-    tmpreg &= ETH_DMAOMR_CLEAR_MASK;
-
-    /* Set the DT bit according to ETH DropTCPIPChecksumErrorFrame value */
-    /* Set the RSF bit according to ETH ReceiveStoreForward value */
-    /* Set the DFF bit according to ETH FlushReceivedFrame value */
-    /* Set the TSF bit according to ETH TransmitStoreForward value */
-    /* Set the TTC bit according to ETH TransmitThresholdControl value */
-    /* Set the FEF bit according to ETH ForwardErrorFrames value */
-    /* Set the FUF bit according to ETH ForwardUndersizedGoodFrames value */
-    /* Set the RTC bit according to ETH ReceiveThresholdControl value */
-    /* Set the OSF bit according to ETH SecondFrameOperate value */
-    tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(dmainit.DropTCPIPChecksumErrorFrame |
-                         dmainit.ReceiveStoreForward |
-                         dmainit.FlushReceivedFrame |
-                         dmainit.TransmitStoreForward |
-                         dmainit.TransmitThresholdControl |
-                         dmainit.ForwardErrorFrames |
-                         dmainit.ForwardUndersizedGoodFrames |
-                         dmainit.ReceiveThresholdControl |
-                         dmainit.SecondFrameOperate);
-
-    /* Write to ETHERNET DMAOMR */
-    (heth->Instance)->DMAOMR = (uint32_t)tmpreg;
-
-    /* Wait until the write operation will be taken into account:
-       at least four TX_CLK/RX_CLK clock cycles */
-    tmpreg = (heth->Instance)->DMAOMR;
-    HAL_Delay(ETH_REG_WRITE_DELAY);
-    (heth->Instance)->DMAOMR = tmpreg;
-
-    /*----------------------- ETHERNET DMABMR Configuration ------------------*/
-    /* Set the AAL bit according to ETH AddressAlignedBeats value */
-    /* Set the FB bit according to ETH FixedBurst value */
-    /* Set the RPBL and 4*PBL bits according to ETH RxDMABurstLength value */
-    /* Set the PBL and 4*PBL bits according to ETH TxDMABurstLength value */
-    /* Set the Enhanced DMA descriptors bit according to ETH EnhancedDescriptorFormat value*/
-    /* Set the DSL bit according to ETH DesciptorSkipLength value */
-    /* Set the PR and DA bits according to ETH DMAArbitration value */
-    (heth->Instance)->DMABMR = (uint32_t)(dmainit.AddressAlignedBeats |
-                                          dmainit.FixedBurst |
-                                          dmainit.RxDMABurstLength |    /* !! if 4xPBL is selected for Tx or Rx it is applied for the other */
-                                          dmainit.TxDMABurstLength |
-                                          dmainit.EnhancedDescriptorFormat |
-                                          (dmainit.DescriptorSkipLength << 2) |
-                                          dmainit.DMAArbitration |
-                                          ETH_DMABMR_USP); /* Enable use of separate PBL for Rx and Tx */
-
-     /* Wait until the write operation will be taken into account:
-        at least four TX_CLK/RX_CLK clock cycles */
-     tmpreg = (heth->Instance)->DMABMR;
-     HAL_Delay(ETH_REG_WRITE_DELAY);
-     (heth->Instance)->DMABMR = tmpreg;
-
-     if((heth->Init).RxMode == ETH_RXINTERRUPT_MODE)
-     {
-       /* Enable the Ethernet Rx Interrupt */
-       __HAL_ETH_DMA_ENABLE_IT((heth), ETH_DMA_IT_NIS | ETH_DMA_IT_R);
-     }
-
-     /* Initialize MAC address in ethernet MAC */
-     ETH_MACAddressConfig(heth, ETH_MAC_ADDRESS0, heth->Init.MACAddr);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Configures the selected MAC address.
-  * @param  heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for ETHERNET module
-  * @param  MacAddr: The MAC address to configure
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *             @arg ETH_MAC_Address0: MAC Address0
-  *             @arg ETH_MAC_Address1: MAC Address1
-  *             @arg ETH_MAC_Address2: MAC Address2
-  *             @arg ETH_MAC_Address3: MAC Address3
-  * @param  Addr: Pointer to MAC address buffer data (6 bytes)
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-static void ETH_MACAddressConfig(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth, uint32_t MacAddr, uint8_t *Addr)
-{
-  uint32_t tmpreg;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_ETH_MAC_ADDRESS0123(MacAddr));
-
-  /* Calculate the selected MAC address high register */
-  tmpreg = ((uint32_t)Addr[5] << 8) | (uint32_t)Addr[4];
-  /* Load the selected MAC address high register */
-  (*(__IO uint32_t *)((uint32_t)(ETH_MAC_ADDR_HBASE + MacAddr))) = tmpreg;
-  /* Calculate the selected MAC address low register */
-  tmpreg = ((uint32_t)Addr[3] << 24) | ((uint32_t)Addr[2] << 16) | ((uint32_t)Addr[1] << 8) | Addr[0];
-
-  /* Load the selected MAC address low register */
-  (*(__IO uint32_t *)((uint32_t)(ETH_MAC_ADDR_LBASE + MacAddr))) = tmpreg;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Enables the MAC transmission.
-  * @param  heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for ETHERNET module
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void ETH_MACTransmissionEnable(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth)
-{
-  __IO uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
-
-  /* Enable the MAC transmission */
-  (heth->Instance)->MACCR |= ETH_MACCR_TE;
-
-  /* Wait until the write operation will be taken into account:
-     at least four TX_CLK/RX_CLK clock cycles */
-  tmpreg = (heth->Instance)->MACCR;
-  HAL_Delay(ETH_REG_WRITE_DELAY);
-  (heth->Instance)->MACCR = tmpreg;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Disables the MAC transmission.
-  * @param  heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for ETHERNET module
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void ETH_MACTransmissionDisable(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth)
-{
-  __IO uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
-
-  /* Disable the MAC transmission */
-  (heth->Instance)->MACCR &= ~ETH_MACCR_TE;
-
-  /* Wait until the write operation will be taken into account:
-     at least four TX_CLK/RX_CLK clock cycles */
-  tmpreg = (heth->Instance)->MACCR;
-  HAL_Delay(ETH_REG_WRITE_DELAY);
-  (heth->Instance)->MACCR = tmpreg;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Enables the MAC reception.
-  * @param  heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for ETHERNET module
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void ETH_MACReceptionEnable(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth)
-{
-  __IO uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
-
-  /* Enable the MAC reception */
-  (heth->Instance)->MACCR |= ETH_MACCR_RE;
-
-  /* Wait until the write operation will be taken into account:
-     at least four TX_CLK/RX_CLK clock cycles */
-  tmpreg = (heth->Instance)->MACCR;
-  HAL_Delay(ETH_REG_WRITE_DELAY);
-  (heth->Instance)->MACCR = tmpreg;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Disables the MAC reception.
-  * @param  heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for ETHERNET module
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void ETH_MACReceptionDisable(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth)
-{
-  __IO uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
-
-  /* Disable the MAC reception */
-  (heth->Instance)->MACCR &= ~ETH_MACCR_RE;
-
-  /* Wait until the write operation will be taken into account:
-     at least four TX_CLK/RX_CLK clock cycles */
-  tmpreg = (heth->Instance)->MACCR;
-  HAL_Delay(ETH_REG_WRITE_DELAY);
-  (heth->Instance)->MACCR = tmpreg;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Enables the DMA transmission.
-  * @param  heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for ETHERNET module
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void ETH_DMATransmissionEnable(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth)
-{
-  /* Enable the DMA transmission */
-  (heth->Instance)->DMAOMR |= ETH_DMAOMR_ST;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Disables the DMA transmission.
-  * @param  heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for ETHERNET module
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void ETH_DMATransmissionDisable(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth)
-{
-  /* Disable the DMA transmission */
-  (heth->Instance)->DMAOMR &= ~ETH_DMAOMR_ST;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Enables the DMA reception.
-  * @param  heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for ETHERNET module
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void ETH_DMAReceptionEnable(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth)
-{
-  /* Enable the DMA reception */
-  (heth->Instance)->DMAOMR |= ETH_DMAOMR_SR;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Disables the DMA reception.
-  * @param  heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for ETHERNET module
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void ETH_DMAReceptionDisable(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth)
-{
-  /* Disable the DMA reception */
-  (heth->Instance)->DMAOMR &= ~ETH_DMAOMR_SR;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Clears the ETHERNET transmit FIFO.
-  * @param  heth: pointer to a ETH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for ETHERNET module
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void ETH_FlushTransmitFIFO(ETH_HandleTypeDef *heth)
-{
-  __IO uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
-
-  /* Set the Flush Transmit FIFO bit */
-  (heth->Instance)->DMAOMR |= ETH_DMAOMR_FTF;
-
-  /* Wait until the write operation will be taken into account:
-     at least four TX_CLK/RX_CLK clock cycles */
-  tmpreg = (heth->Instance)->DMAOMR;
-  HAL_Delay(ETH_REG_WRITE_DELAY);
-  (heth->Instance)->DMAOMR = tmpreg;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-#endif /* HAL_ETH_MODULE_ENABLED */
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_flash.c b/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_flash.c
deleted file mode 100644
index b5ca6dcf46..0000000000
--- a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_flash.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,817 +0,0 @@
-/**
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @file    stm32f7xx_hal_flash.c
-  * @author  MCD Application Team
-  * @version V1.0.1
-  * @date    25-June-2015
-  * @brief   FLASH HAL module driver.
-  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
-  *          functionalities of the internal FLASH memory:
-  *           + Program operations functions
-  *           + Memory Control functions
-  *           + Peripheral Errors functions
-  *
-  @verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                        ##### FLASH peripheral features #####
-  ==============================================================================
-
-  [..] The Flash memory interface manages CPU AHB I-Code and D-Code accesses
-       to the Flash memory. It implements the erase and program Flash memory operations
-       and the read and write protection mechanisms.
-
-  [..] The Flash memory interface accelerates code execution with a system of instruction
-       prefetch and cache lines.
-
-  [..] The FLASH main features are:
-      (+) Flash memory read operations
-      (+) Flash memory program/erase operations
-      (+) Read / write protections
-      (+) Prefetch on I-Code
-      (+) 64 cache lines of 128 bits on I-Code
-      (+) 8 cache lines of 128 bits on D-Code
-
-                     ##### How to use this driver #####
-  ==============================================================================
-    [..]
-      This driver provides functions and macros to configure and program the FLASH
-      memory of all STM32F7xx devices.
-
-      (#) FLASH Memory IO Programming functions:
-           (++) Lock and Unlock the FLASH interface using HAL_FLASH_Unlock() and
-                HAL_FLASH_Lock() functions
-           (++) Program functions: byte, half word, word and double word
-           (++) There Two modes of programming :
-            (+++) Polling mode using HAL_FLASH_Program() function
-            (+++) Interrupt mode using HAL_FLASH_Program_IT() function
-
-      (#) Interrupts and flags management functions :
-           (++) Handle FLASH interrupts by calling HAL_FLASH_IRQHandler()
-           (++) Wait for last FLASH operation according to its status
-           (++) Get error flag status by calling HAL_SetErrorCode()
-    [..]
-      In addition to these functions, this driver includes a set of macros allowing
-      to handle the following operations:
-       (+) Set the latency
-       (+) Enable/Disable the prefetch buffer
-       (+) Enable/Disable the Instruction cache and the Data cache
-       (+) Reset the Instruction cache and the Data cache
-       (+) Enable/Disable the FLASH interrupts
-       (+) Monitor the FLASH flags status
-    [..]
-	(@) For any Flash memory program operation (erase or program), the CPU clock frequency
-        (HCLK) must be at least 1MHz.
-	(@) The contents of the Flash memory are not guaranteed if a device reset occurs during
-	    a Flash memory operation.
-    (@) Any attempt to read the Flash memory while it is being written or erased, causes the
-	    bus to stall. Read operations are processed correctly once the program operation has
-		completed. This means that code or data fetches cannot be performed while a write/erase
-		operation is ongoing.
-
-  @endverbatim
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @attention
-  *
-  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
-  *
-  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
-  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
-  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
-  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
-  *      without specific prior written permission.
-  *
-  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
-  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
-  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
-  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
-  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
-  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
-  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
-  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
-  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
-  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-  *
-  ******************************************************************************
-  */
-
-/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
-
-/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup FLASH FLASH
-  * @brief FLASH HAL module driver
-  * @{
-  */
-
-#ifdef HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED
-
-/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/** @addtogroup FLASH_Private_Constants
-  * @{
-  */
-#define SECTOR_MASK               ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFF07)
-#define FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE       ((uint32_t)50000)/* 50 s */
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/** @addtogroup FLASH_Private_Variables
-  * @{
-  */
-/* Variable used for Erase sectors under interruption */
-FLASH_ProcessTypeDef pFlash;
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
-/** @addtogroup FLASH_Private_Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-/* Program operations */
-static void   FLASH_Program_DoubleWord(uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data);
-static void   FLASH_Program_Word(uint32_t Address, uint32_t Data);
-static void   FLASH_Program_HalfWord(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Data);
-static void   FLASH_Program_Byte(uint32_t Address, uint8_t Data);
-static void   FLASH_SetErrorCode(void);
-
-HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(uint32_t Timeout);
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
-/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions FLASH Exported Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group1 Programming operation functions
- *  @brief   Programming operation functions
- *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-                  ##### Programming operation functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]
-    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the FLASH
-    program operations.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Program byte, halfword, word or double word at a specified address
-  * @param  TypeProgram:  Indicate the way to program at a specified address.
-  *                           This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASH_Type_Program
-  * @param  Address:  specifies the address to be programmed.
-  * @param  Data: specifies the data to be programmed
-  *
-  * @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Program(uint32_t TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data)
-{
-  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR;
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash);
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM(TypeProgram));
-
-  /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
-  status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
-
-  if(status == HAL_OK)
-  {
-    switch(TypeProgram)
-    {
-      case FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_BYTE :
-      {
-        /*Program byte (8-bit) at a specified address.*/
-        FLASH_Program_Byte(Address, (uint8_t) Data);
-        break;
-      }
-
-      case FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_HALFWORD :
-      {
-        /*Program halfword (16-bit) at a specified address.*/
-        FLASH_Program_HalfWord(Address, (uint16_t) Data);
-        break;
-      }
-
-      case FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_WORD :
-      {
-        /*Program word (32-bit) at a specified address.*/
-        FLASH_Program_Word(Address, (uint32_t) Data);
-        break;
-      }
-
-      case FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_DOUBLEWORD :
-      {
-        /*Program double word (64-bit) at a specified address.*/
-        FLASH_Program_DoubleWord(Address, Data);
-        break;
-      }
-      default :
-        break;
-    }
-    /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
-    status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
-
-    /* If the program operation is completed, disable the PG Bit */
-    FLASH->CR &= (~FLASH_CR_PG);
-  }
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash);
-
-  return status;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief   Program byte, halfword, word or double word at a specified address  with interrupt enabled.
-  * @param  TypeProgram:  Indicate the way to program at a specified address.
-  *                           This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASH_Type_Program
-  * @param  Address:  specifies the address to be programmed.
-  * @param  Data: specifies the data to be programmed
-  *
-  * @retval HAL Status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Program_IT(uint32_t TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data)
-{
-  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash);
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM(TypeProgram));
-
-  /* Enable End of FLASH Operation interrupt */
-  __HAL_FLASH_ENABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_EOP);
-
-  /* Enable Error source interrupt */
-  __HAL_FLASH_ENABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_ERR);
-
-  /* Clear pending flags (if any) */
-  __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP    | FLASH_FLAG_OPERR | FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR |\
-                         FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR | FLASH_FLAG_PGPERR| FLASH_FLAG_ERSERR);
-
-  pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_PROGRAM;
-  pFlash.Address = Address;
-
-  switch(TypeProgram)
-  {
-    case FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_BYTE :
-    {
-      /*Program byte (8-bit) at a specified address.*/
-      FLASH_Program_Byte(Address, (uint8_t) Data);
-      break;
-    }
-
-    case FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_HALFWORD :
-    {
-      /*Program halfword (16-bit) at a specified address.*/
-      FLASH_Program_HalfWord(Address, (uint16_t) Data);
-      break;
-    }
-
-    case FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_WORD :
-    {
-      /*Program word (32-bit) at a specified address.*/
-      FLASH_Program_Word(Address, (uint32_t) Data);
-      break;
-    }
-
-    case FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_DOUBLEWORD :
-    {
-      /*Program double word (64-bit) at a specified address.*/
-      FLASH_Program_DoubleWord(Address, Data);
-      break;
-    }
-    default :
-      break;
-  }
-  return status;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief This function handles FLASH interrupt request.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_FLASH_IRQHandler(void)
-{
-  uint32_t temp = 0;
-
-  /* If the program operation is completed, disable the PG Bit */
-  FLASH->CR &= (~FLASH_CR_PG);
-
-  /* If the erase operation is completed, disable the SER Bit */
-  FLASH->CR &= (~FLASH_CR_SER);
-  FLASH->CR &= SECTOR_MASK;
-
-  /* if the erase operation is completed, disable the MER Bit */
-  FLASH->CR &= (~FLASH_MER_BIT);
-
-  /* Check FLASH End of Operation flag  */
-  if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP) != RESET)
-  {
-    switch (pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing)
-    {
-      case FLASH_PROC_SECTERASE :
-      {
-        /* Nb of sector to erased can be decreased */
-        pFlash.NbSectorsToErase--;
-
-        /* Check if there are still sectors to erase */
-        if(pFlash.NbSectorsToErase != 0)
-        {
-          temp = pFlash.Sector;
-          /* Indicate user which sector has been erased */
-          HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(temp);
-
-          /* Clear pending flags (if any) */
-          __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP);
-
-          /* Increment sector number */
-          temp = ++pFlash.Sector;
-          FLASH_Erase_Sector(temp, pFlash.VoltageForErase);
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          /* No more sectors to Erase, user callback can be called.*/
-          /* Reset Sector and stop Erase sectors procedure */
-          pFlash.Sector = temp = 0xFFFFFFFF;
-          /* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */
-          HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(temp);
-          /* Sector Erase procedure is completed */
-          pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE;
-          /* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */
-          __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP);
-        }
-        break;
-      }
-
-      case FLASH_PROC_MASSERASE :
-      {
-        /* MassErase ended. Return the selected bank : in this product we don't have Banks */
-        /* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */
-        HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(0);
-        /* MAss Erase procedure is completed */
-        pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE;
-        /* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */
-        __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP);
-        break;
-      }
-
-      case FLASH_PROC_PROGRAM :
-      {
-        /*Program ended. Return the selected address*/
-        /* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */
-        HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Address);
-        /* Programming procedure is completed */
-        pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE;
-        /* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */
-        __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP);
-        break;
-      }
-      default :
-        break;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Check FLASH operation error flags */
-  if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG((FLASH_FLAG_OPERR  | FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR | FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR | FLASH_FLAG_PGPERR | FLASH_FLAG_ERSERR )) != RESET)
-  {
-    switch (pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing)
-    {
-      case FLASH_PROC_SECTERASE :
-      {
-        /* return the faulty sector */
-        temp = pFlash.Sector;
-        pFlash.Sector = 0xFFFFFFFF;
-        break;
-      }
-      case FLASH_PROC_MASSERASE :
-      {
-        /* No return in case of Mass Erase */
-        temp = 0;
-        break;
-      }
-      case FLASH_PROC_PROGRAM :
-      {
-        /*return the faulty address*/
-        temp = pFlash.Address;
-        break;
-      }
-			default :
-				break;
-    }
-    /*Save the Error code*/
-    FLASH_SetErrorCode();
-
-    /* FLASH error interrupt user callback */
-    HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback(temp);
-    /* Clear FLASH error pending bits */
-    __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_OPERR  | FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR | FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR | FLASH_FLAG_PGPERR | FLASH_FLAG_ERSERR );
-
-    /*Stop the procedure ongoing */
-    pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE;
-  }
-
-  if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_NONE)
-  {
-    /* Disable End of FLASH Operation interrupt */
-    __HAL_FLASH_DISABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_EOP);
-
-    /* Disable Error source interrupt */
-    __HAL_FLASH_DISABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_ERR);
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash);
-  }
-
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  FLASH end of operation interrupt callback
-  * @param  ReturnValue: The value saved in this parameter depends on the ongoing procedure
-  *                 - Sectors Erase: Sector which has been erased (if 0xFFFFFFFF, it means that
-  *                                  all the selected sectors have been erased)
-  *                 - Program      : Address which was selected for data program
-  *                 - Mass Erase   : No return value expected
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(uint32_t ReturnValue)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  FLASH operation error interrupt callback
-  * @param  ReturnValue: The value saved in this parameter depends on the ongoing procedure
-  *                 - Sectors Erase: Sector which has been erased (if 0xFFFFFFFF, it means that
-  *                                  all the selected sectors have been erased)
-  *                 - Program      : Address which was selected for data program
-  *                 - Mass Erase   : No return value expected
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback(uint32_t ReturnValue)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions
- *  @brief   management functions
- *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-                      ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]
-    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the FLASH
-    memory operations.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Unlock the FLASH control register access
-  * @retval HAL Status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Unlock(void)
-{
-  if((FLASH->CR & FLASH_CR_LOCK) != RESET)
-  {
-    /* Authorize the FLASH Registers access */
-    FLASH->KEYR = FLASH_KEY1;
-    FLASH->KEYR = FLASH_KEY2;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Locks the FLASH control register access
-  * @retval HAL Status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Lock(void)
-{
-  /* Set the LOCK Bit to lock the FLASH Registers access */
-  FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_LOCK;
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Unlock the FLASH Option Control Registers access.
-  * @retval HAL Status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock(void)
-{
-  if((FLASH->OPTCR & FLASH_OPTCR_OPTLOCK) != RESET)
-  {
-    /* Authorizes the Option Byte register programming */
-    FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_OPT_KEY1;
-    FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_OPT_KEY2;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Lock the FLASH Option Control Registers access.
-  * @retval HAL Status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Lock(void)
-{
-  /* Set the OPTLOCK Bit to lock the FLASH Option Byte Registers access */
-  FLASH->OPTCR |= FLASH_OPTCR_OPTLOCK;
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Launch the option byte loading.
-  * @retval HAL Status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch(void)
-{
-  /* Set the OPTSTRT bit in OPTCR register */
-  FLASH->OPTCR |= FLASH_OPTCR_OPTSTRT;
-
-  /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
-  return(FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE));
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State and Errors functions
- *  @brief   Peripheral Errors functions
- *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-                ##### Peripheral Errors functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]
-    This subsection permits to get in run-time Errors of the FLASH peripheral.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Get the specific FLASH error flag.
-  * @retval FLASH_ErrorCode: The returned value can be:
-  *            @arg FLASH_ERROR_ERS: FLASH Erasing Sequence error flag
-  *            @arg FLASH_ERROR_PGP: FLASH Programming Parallelism error flag
-  *            @arg FLASH_ERROR_PGA: FLASH Programming Alignment error flag
-  *            @arg FLASH_ERROR_WRP: FLASH Write protected error flag
-  *            @arg FLASH_ERROR_OPERATION: FLASH operation Error flag
-  */
-uint32_t HAL_FLASH_GetError(void)
-{
-   return pFlash.ErrorCode;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Wait for a FLASH operation to complete.
-  * @param  Timeout: maximum flash operationtimeout
-  * @retval HAL Status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-
-  /* Clear Error Code */
-  pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE;
-
-  /* Wait for the FLASH operation to complete by polling on BUSY flag to be reset.
-     Even if the FLASH operation fails, the BUSY flag will be reset and an error
-     flag will be set */
-  /* Get tick */
-  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-  while(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_BSY) != RESET)
-  {
-    if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
-    {
-      if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
-      {
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG((FLASH_FLAG_OPERR | FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR | FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR | \
-                           FLASH_FLAG_PGPERR | FLASH_FLAG_ERSERR )) != RESET)
-  {
-    /*Save the error code*/
-    FLASH_SetErrorCode();
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* If there is an error flag set */
-  return HAL_OK;
-
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Program a double word (64-bit) at a specified address.
-  * @note   This function must be used when the device voltage range is from
-  *         2.7V to 3.6V and an External Vpp is present.
-  *
-  * @note   If an erase and a program operations are requested simultaneously,
-  *         the erase operation is performed before the program one.
-  *
-  * @param  Address: specifies the address to be programmed.
-  * @param  Data: specifies the data to be programmed.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void FLASH_Program_DoubleWord(uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_FLASH_ADDRESS(Address));
-
-  /* If the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new data */
-  FLASH->CR &= CR_PSIZE_MASK;
-  FLASH->CR |= FLASH_PSIZE_DOUBLE_WORD;
-  FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_PG;
-
-  *(__IO uint64_t*)Address = Data;
-
-  /* Data synchronous Barrier (DSB) Just after the write operation
-     This will force the CPU to respect the sequence of instruction (no optimization).*/
-  __DSB();
-}
-
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Program word (32-bit) at a specified address.
-  * @note   This function must be used when the device voltage range is from
-  *         2.7V to 3.6V.
-  *
-  * @note   If an erase and a program operations are requested simultaneously,
-  *         the erase operation is performed before the program one.
-  *
-  * @param  Address: specifies the address to be programmed.
-  * @param  Data: specifies the data to be programmed.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void FLASH_Program_Word(uint32_t Address, uint32_t Data)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_FLASH_ADDRESS(Address));
-
-  /* If the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new data */
-  FLASH->CR &= CR_PSIZE_MASK;
-  FLASH->CR |= FLASH_PSIZE_WORD;
-  FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_PG;
-
-  *(__IO uint32_t*)Address = Data;
-
-  /* Data synchronous Barrier (DSB) Just after the write operation
-     This will force the CPU to respect the sequence of instruction (no optimization).*/
-  __DSB();
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Program a half-word (16-bit) at a specified address.
-  * @note   This function must be used when the device voltage range is from
-  *         2.7V to 3.6V.
-  *
-  * @note   If an erase and a program operations are requested simultaneously,
-  *         the erase operation is performed before the program one.
-  *
-  * @param  Address: specifies the address to be programmed.
-  * @param  Data: specifies the data to be programmed.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void FLASH_Program_HalfWord(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Data)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_FLASH_ADDRESS(Address));
-
-  /* If the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new data */
-  FLASH->CR &= CR_PSIZE_MASK;
-  FLASH->CR |= FLASH_PSIZE_HALF_WORD;
-  FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_PG;
-
-  *(__IO uint16_t*)Address = Data;
-
-  /* Data synchronous Barrier (DSB) Just after the write operation
-     This will force the CPU to respect the sequence of instruction (no optimization).*/
-  __DSB();
-
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Program byte (8-bit) at a specified address.
-  * @note   This function must be used when the device voltage range is from
-  *         2.7V to 3.6V.
-  *
-  * @note   If an erase and a program operations are requested simultaneously,
-  *         the erase operation is performed before the program one.
-  *
-  * @param  Address: specifies the address to be programmed.
-  * @param  Data: specifies the data to be programmed.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void FLASH_Program_Byte(uint32_t Address, uint8_t Data)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_FLASH_ADDRESS(Address));
-
-  /* If the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new data */
-  FLASH->CR &= CR_PSIZE_MASK;
-  FLASH->CR |= FLASH_PSIZE_BYTE;
-  FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_PG;
-
-  *(__IO uint8_t*)Address = Data;
-
-  /* Data synchronous Barrier (DSB) Just after the write operation
-     This will force the CPU to respect the sequence of instruction (no optimization).*/
-  __DSB();
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Set the specific FLASH error flag.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void FLASH_SetErrorCode(void)
-{
-  if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR) != RESET)
-  {
-   pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_WRP;
-  }
-
-  if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR) != RESET)
-  {
-   pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGA;
-  }
-
-  if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGPERR) != RESET)
-  {
-    pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGP;
-  }
-
-  if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_ERSERR) != RESET)
-  {
-    pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_ERS;
-  }
-
-  if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_OPERR) != RESET)
-  {
-    pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_OPERATION;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-#endif /* HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_flash_ex.c b/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_flash_ex.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 359f09eedd..0000000000
--- a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_flash_ex.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,817 +0,0 @@
-/**
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @file    stm32f7xx_hal_flash_ex.c
-  * @author  MCD Application Team
-  * @version V1.0.1
-  * @date    25-June-2015
-  * @brief   Extended FLASH HAL module driver.
-  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
-  *          functionalities of the FLASH extension peripheral:
-  *           + Extended programming operations functions
-  *
-  @verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                   ##### Flash Extension features #####
-  ==============================================================================
-
-  [..] Comparing to other previous devices, the FLASH interface for STM32F727xx/437xx and
-       devices contains the following additional features
-
-       (+) Capacity up to 2 Mbyte with dual bank architecture supporting read-while-write
-           capability (RWW)
-       (+) Dual bank memory organization
-       (+) PCROP protection for all banks
-
-                      ##### How to use this driver #####
-  ==============================================================================
-  [..] This driver provides functions to configure and program the FLASH memory
-       of all STM32F7xx devices. It includes
-      (#) FLASH Memory Erase functions:
-           (++) Lock and Unlock the FLASH interface using HAL_FLASH_Unlock() and
-                HAL_FLASH_Lock() functions
-           (++) Erase function: Erase sector, erase all sectors
-           (++) There are two modes of erase :
-             (+++) Polling Mode using HAL_FLASHEx_Erase()
-             (+++) Interrupt Mode using HAL_FLASHEx_Erase_IT()
-
-      (#) Option Bytes Programming functions: Use HAL_FLASHEx_OBProgram() to :
-           (++) Set/Reset the write protection
-           (++) Set the Read protection Level
-           (++) Set the BOR level
-           (++) Program the user Option Bytes
-      (#) Advanced Option Bytes Programming functions: Use HAL_FLASHEx_AdvOBProgram() to :
-       (++) Extended space (bank 2) erase function
-       (++) Full FLASH space (2 Mo) erase (bank 1 and bank 2)
-       (++) Dual Boot activation
-       (++) Write protection configuration for bank 2
-       (++) PCROP protection configuration and control for both banks
-
-  @endverbatim
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @attention
-  *
-  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
-  *
-  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
-  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
-  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
-  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
-  *      without specific prior written permission.
-  *
-  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
-  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
-  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
-  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
-  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
-  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
-  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
-  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
-  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
-  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-  *
-  ******************************************************************************
-  */
-
-/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
-
-/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup FLASHEx FLASHEx
-  * @brief FLASH HAL Extension module driver
-  * @{
-  */
-
-#ifdef HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED
-
-/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/** @addtogroup FLASHEx_Private_Constants
-  * @{
-  */
-#define SECTOR_MASK               ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFF07)
-#define FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE       ((uint32_t)50000)/* 50 s */
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/** @addtogroup FLASHEx_Private_Variables
-  * @{
-  */
-extern FLASH_ProcessTypeDef pFlash;
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
-/** @addtogroup FLASHEx_Private_Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-/* Option bytes control */
-static void               FLASH_MassErase(uint8_t VoltageRange);
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef  FLASH_OB_EnableWRP(uint32_t WRPSector);
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef  FLASH_OB_DisableWRP(uint32_t WRPSector);
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef  FLASH_OB_RDP_LevelConfig(uint32_t Level);
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef  FLASH_OB_UserConfig(uint32_t Wwdg, uint32_t Iwdg, uint32_t Stop, uint32_t Stdby, uint32_t Iwdgstop, uint32_t Iwdgstdby);
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef  FLASH_OB_BOR_LevelConfig(uint8_t Level);
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef  FLASH_OB_BootAddressConfig(uint32_t BootOption, uint32_t Address);
-static uint32_t           FLASH_OB_GetUser(void);
-static uint32_t           FLASH_OB_GetWRP(void);
-static uint8_t            FLASH_OB_GetRDP(void);
-static uint32_t           FLASH_OB_GetBOR(void);
-static uint32_t           FLASH_OB_GetBootAddress(uint32_t BootOption);
-
-extern HAL_StatusTypeDef  FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(uint32_t Timeout);
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
-/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Exported_Functions FLASHEx Exported Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended IO operation functions
- *  @brief   Extended IO operation functions
- *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-                ##### Extended programming operation functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]
-    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the Extension FLASH
-    programming operations Operations.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-/**
-  * @brief  Perform a mass erase or erase the specified FLASH memory sectors
-  * @param[in]  pEraseInit: pointer to an FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef structure that
-  *         contains the configuration information for the erasing.
-  *
-  * @param[out]  SectorError: pointer to variable  that
-  *         contains the configuration information on faulty sector in case of error
-  *         (0xFFFFFFFF means that all the sectors have been correctly erased)
-  *
-  * @retval HAL Status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_Erase(FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef *pEraseInit, uint32_t *SectorError)
-{
-  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR;
-  uint32_t index = 0;
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash);
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_FLASH_TYPEERASE(pEraseInit->TypeErase));
-
-  /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
-  status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
-
-  if(status == HAL_OK)
-  {
-    /*Initialization of SectorError variable*/
-    *SectorError = 0xFFFFFFFF;
-
-    if(pEraseInit->TypeErase == FLASH_TYPEERASE_MASSERASE)
-    {
-      /*Mass erase to be done*/
-      FLASH_MassErase((uint8_t) pEraseInit->VoltageRange);
-
-      /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
-      status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
-
-      /* if the erase operation is completed, disable the MER Bit */
-      FLASH->CR &= (~FLASH_MER_BIT);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      /* Check the parameters */
-      assert_param(IS_FLASH_NBSECTORS(pEraseInit->NbSectors + pEraseInit->Sector));
-
-      /* Erase by sector by sector to be done*/
-      for(index = pEraseInit->Sector; index < (pEraseInit->NbSectors + pEraseInit->Sector); index++)
-      {
-        FLASH_Erase_Sector(index, (uint8_t) pEraseInit->VoltageRange);
-
-        /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
-        status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
-
-        /* If the erase operation is completed, disable the SER Bit */
-        FLASH->CR &= (~FLASH_CR_SER);
-        FLASH->CR &= SECTOR_MASK;
-
-        if(status != HAL_OK)
-        {
-          /* In case of error, stop erase procedure and return the faulty sector*/
-          *SectorError = index;
-          break;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash);
-
-  return status;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Perform a mass erase or erase the specified FLASH memory sectors  with interrupt enabled
-  * @param  pEraseInit: pointer to an FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef structure that
-  *         contains the configuration information for the erasing.
-  *
-  * @retval HAL Status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_Erase_IT(FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef *pEraseInit)
-{
-  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash);
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_FLASH_TYPEERASE(pEraseInit->TypeErase));
-
-  /* Enable End of FLASH Operation interrupt */
-  __HAL_FLASH_ENABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_EOP);
-
-  /* Enable Error source interrupt */
-  __HAL_FLASH_ENABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_ERR);
-
-  /* Clear pending flags (if any) */
-  __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP    | FLASH_FLAG_OPERR | FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR |\
-                         FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR | FLASH_FLAG_PGPERR| FLASH_FLAG_ERSERR);
-
-  if(pEraseInit->TypeErase == FLASH_TYPEERASE_MASSERASE)
-  {
-    /*Mass erase to be done*/
-    pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_MASSERASE;
-    FLASH_MassErase((uint8_t) pEraseInit->VoltageRange);
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    /* Erase by sector to be done*/
-
-    /* Check the parameters */
-    assert_param(IS_FLASH_NBSECTORS(pEraseInit->NbSectors + pEraseInit->Sector));
-
-    pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_SECTERASE;
-    pFlash.NbSectorsToErase = pEraseInit->NbSectors;
-    pFlash.Sector = pEraseInit->Sector;
-    pFlash.VoltageForErase = (uint8_t)pEraseInit->VoltageRange;
-
-    /*Erase 1st sector and wait for IT*/
-    FLASH_Erase_Sector(pEraseInit->Sector, pEraseInit->VoltageRange);
-  }
-
-  return status;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief   Program option bytes
-  * @param  pOBInit: pointer to an FLASH_OBInitStruct structure that
-  *         contains the configuration information for the programming.
-  *
-  * @retval HAL Status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_OBProgram(FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef *pOBInit)
-{
-  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR;
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash);
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_OPTIONBYTE(pOBInit->OptionType));
-
-  /* Write protection configuration */
-  if((pOBInit->OptionType & OPTIONBYTE_WRP) == OPTIONBYTE_WRP)
-  {
-    assert_param(IS_WRPSTATE(pOBInit->WRPState));
-    if(pOBInit->WRPState == OB_WRPSTATE_ENABLE)
-    {
-      /*Enable of Write protection on the selected Sector*/
-      status = FLASH_OB_EnableWRP(pOBInit->WRPSector);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      /*Disable of Write protection on the selected Sector*/
-      status = FLASH_OB_DisableWRP(pOBInit->WRPSector);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Read protection configuration */
-  if((pOBInit->OptionType & OPTIONBYTE_RDP) == OPTIONBYTE_RDP)
-  {
-    status = FLASH_OB_RDP_LevelConfig(pOBInit->RDPLevel);
-  }
-
-  /* USER  configuration */
-  if((pOBInit->OptionType & OPTIONBYTE_USER) == OPTIONBYTE_USER)
-  {
-    status = FLASH_OB_UserConfig(pOBInit->USERConfig & OB_WWDG_SW,
-                                 pOBInit->USERConfig & OB_IWDG_SW,
-                                 pOBInit->USERConfig & OB_STOP_NO_RST,
-                                 pOBInit->USERConfig & OB_STDBY_NO_RST,
-                                 pOBInit->USERConfig & OB_IWDG_STOP_ACTIVE,
-                                 pOBInit->USERConfig & OB_IWDG_STDBY_ACTIVE);
-  }
-
-  /* BOR Level  configuration */
-  if((pOBInit->OptionType & OPTIONBYTE_BOR) == OPTIONBYTE_BOR)
-  {
-    status = FLASH_OB_BOR_LevelConfig(pOBInit->BORLevel);
-  }
-
-  /* Boot 0 Address configuration */
-  if((pOBInit->OptionType & OPTIONBYTE_BOOTADDR_0) == OPTIONBYTE_BOOTADDR_0)
-  {
-    status = FLASH_OB_BootAddressConfig(OPTIONBYTE_BOOTADDR_0, pOBInit->BootAddr0);
-  }
-
-  /* Boot 1 Address configuration */
-  if((pOBInit->OptionType & OPTIONBYTE_BOOTADDR_1) == OPTIONBYTE_BOOTADDR_1)
-  {
-    status = FLASH_OB_BootAddressConfig(OPTIONBYTE_BOOTADDR_1, pOBInit->BootAddr1);
-  }
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash);
-
-  return status;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief   Get the Option byte configuration
-  * @param  pOBInit: pointer to an FLASH_OBInitStruct structure that
-  *         contains the configuration information for the programming.
-  *
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_FLASHEx_OBGetConfig(FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef *pOBInit)
-{
-  pOBInit->OptionType = OPTIONBYTE_WRP | OPTIONBYTE_RDP | OPTIONBYTE_USER |\
-	                      OPTIONBYTE_BOR | OPTIONBYTE_BOOTADDR_0 | OPTIONBYTE_BOOTADDR_1;
-
-  /*Get WRP*/
-  pOBInit->WRPSector = FLASH_OB_GetWRP();
-
-  /*Get RDP Level*/
-  pOBInit->RDPLevel = FLASH_OB_GetRDP();
-
-  /*Get USER*/
-  pOBInit->USERConfig = FLASH_OB_GetUser();
-
-  /*Get BOR Level*/
-  pOBInit->BORLevel = FLASH_OB_GetBOR();
-
-	/*Get Boot Address when Boot pin = 0 */
-  pOBInit->BootAddr0 = FLASH_OB_GetBootAddress(OPTIONBYTE_BOOTADDR_0);
-
-  /*Get Boot Address when Boot pin = 1 */
-  pOBInit->BootAddr1 = FLASH_OB_GetBootAddress(OPTIONBYTE_BOOTADDR_1);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Full erase of FLASH memory sectors
-  * @param  VoltageRange: The device voltage range which defines the erase parallelism.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg VOLTAGE_RANGE_1: when the device voltage range is 1.8V to 2.1V,
-  *                                  the operation will be done by byte (8-bit)
-  *            @arg VOLTAGE_RANGE_2: when the device voltage range is 2.1V to 2.7V,
-  *                                  the operation will be done by half word (16-bit)
-  *            @arg VOLTAGE_RANGE_3: when the device voltage range is 2.7V to 3.6V,
-  *                                  the operation will be done by word (32-bit)
-  *            @arg VOLTAGE_RANGE_4: when the device voltage range is 2.7V to 3.6V + External Vpp,
-  *                                  the operation will be done by double word (64-bit)
-  *
-  * @retval HAL Status
-  */
-static void FLASH_MassErase(uint8_t VoltageRange)
-{
-  uint32_t tmp_psize = 0;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_VOLTAGERANGE(VoltageRange));
-
-  /* if the previous operation is completed, proceed to erase all sectors */
-  FLASH->CR &= CR_PSIZE_MASK;
-  FLASH->CR |= tmp_psize;
-  FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_MER;
-  FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_STRT;
-  /* Data synchronous Barrier (DSB) Just after the write operation
-     This will force the CPU to respect the sequence of instruction (no optimization).*/
-  __DSB();
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Erase the specified FLASH memory sector
-  * @param  Sector: FLASH sector to erase
-  *         The value of this parameter depend on device used within the same series
-  * @param  VoltageRange: The device voltage range which defines the erase parallelism.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg FLASH_VOLTAGE_RANGE_1: when the device voltage range is 1.8V to 2.1V,
-  *                                  the operation will be done by byte (8-bit)
-  *            @arg FLASH_VOLTAGE_RANGE_2: when the device voltage range is 2.1V to 2.7V,
-  *                                  the operation will be done by half word (16-bit)
-  *            @arg FLASH_VOLTAGE_RANGE_3: when the device voltage range is 2.7V to 3.6V,
-  *                                  the operation will be done by word (32-bit)
-  *            @arg FLASH_VOLTAGE_RANGE_4: when the device voltage range is 2.7V to 3.6V + External Vpp,
-  *                                  the operation will be done by double word (64-bit)
-  *
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void FLASH_Erase_Sector(uint32_t Sector, uint8_t VoltageRange)
-{
-  uint32_t tmp_psize = 0;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_FLASH_SECTOR(Sector));
-  assert_param(IS_VOLTAGERANGE(VoltageRange));
-
-  if(VoltageRange == FLASH_VOLTAGE_RANGE_1)
-  {
-     tmp_psize = FLASH_PSIZE_BYTE;
-  }
-  else if(VoltageRange == FLASH_VOLTAGE_RANGE_2)
-  {
-    tmp_psize = FLASH_PSIZE_HALF_WORD;
-  }
-  else if(VoltageRange == FLASH_VOLTAGE_RANGE_3)
-  {
-    tmp_psize = FLASH_PSIZE_WORD;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    tmp_psize = FLASH_PSIZE_DOUBLE_WORD;
-  }
-
-  /* If the previous operation is completed, proceed to erase the sector */
-  FLASH->CR &= CR_PSIZE_MASK;
-  FLASH->CR |= tmp_psize;
-  FLASH->CR &= SECTOR_MASK;
-  FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_SER | (Sector << POSITION_VAL(FLASH_CR_SNB));
-  FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_STRT;
-
-  /* Data synchronous Barrier (DSB) Just after the write operation
-     This will force the CPU to respect the sequence of instruction (no optimization).*/
-  __DSB();
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Enable the write protection of the desired bank1 or bank 2 sectors
-  *
-  * @note   When the memory read protection level is selected (RDP level = 1),
-  *         it is not possible to program or erase the flash sector i if CortexM4
-  *         debug features are connected or boot code is executed in RAM, even if nWRPi = 1
-  * @note   Active value of nWRPi bits is inverted when PCROP mode is active (SPRMOD =1).
-  *
-  * @param  WRPSector: specifies the sector(s) to be write protected.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg WRPSector: A value between OB_WRP_SECTOR_0 and OB_WRP_SECTOR_7
-  *            @arg OB_WRP_SECTOR_All
-  *
-  * @retval HAL FLASH State
-  */
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_EnableWRP(uint32_t WRPSector)
-{
-  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_OB_WRP_SECTOR(WRPSector));
-
-  /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
-  status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
-
-  if(status == HAL_OK)
-  {
-    /*Write protection enabled on sectors */
-    FLASH->OPTCR &= (~WRPSector);
-  }
-
-  return status;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Disable the write protection of the desired bank1 or bank 2 sectors
-  *
-  * @note   When the memory read protection level is selected (RDP level = 1),
-  *         it is not possible to program or erase the flash sector i if CortexM4
-  *         debug features are connected or boot code is executed in RAM, even if nWRPi = 1
-  *
-  * @param  WRPSector: specifies the sector(s) to be write protected.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg WRPSector: A value between OB_WRP_SECTOR_0 and OB_WRP_SECTOR_7
-  *            @arg OB_WRP_Sector_All
-  *
-  *
-  * @retval HAL Status
-  */
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_DisableWRP(uint32_t WRPSector)
-{
-  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_OB_WRP_SECTOR(WRPSector));
-
-  /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
-  status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
-
-  if(status == HAL_OK)
-  {
-    /* Write protection disabled on sectors */
-    FLASH->OPTCR |= (WRPSector);
-  }
-
-  return status;
-}
-
-
-
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Set the read protection level.
-  * @param  Level: specifies the read protection level.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg OB_RDP_LEVEL_0: No protection
-  *            @arg OB_RDP_LEVEL_1: Read protection of the memory
-  *            @arg OB_RDP_LEVEL_2: Full chip protection
-  *
-  * @note WARNING: When enabling OB_RDP level 2 it's no more possible to go back to level 1 or 0
-  *
-  * @retval HAL Status
-  */
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_RDP_LevelConfig(uint32_t Level)
-{
-  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_OB_RDP_LEVEL(Level));
-
-  /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
-  status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
-
-  if(status == HAL_OK)
-  {
-    MODIFY_REG(FLASH->OPTCR, FLASH_OPTCR_RDP, Level);
-  }
-
-  return status;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Program the FLASH User Option Byte: IWDG_SW / RST_STOP / RST_STDBY.
-  * @param  Wwdg: Selects the IWDG mode
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg OB_WWDG_SW: Software WWDG selected
-  *            @arg OB_WWDG_HW: Hardware WWDG selected
-  * @param  Iwdg: Selects the WWDG mode
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg OB_IWDG_SW: Software IWDG selected
-  *            @arg OB_IWDG_HW: Hardware IWDG selected
-  * @param  Stop: Reset event when entering STOP mode.
-  *          This parameter  can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg OB_STOP_NO_RST: No reset generated when entering in STOP
-  *            @arg OB_STOP_RST: Reset generated when entering in STOP
-  * @param  Stdby: Reset event when entering Standby mode.
-  *          This parameter  can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg OB_STDBY_NO_RST: No reset generated when entering in STANDBY
-  *            @arg OB_STDBY_RST: Reset generated when entering in STANDBY
-  * @param  Iwdgstop: Independent watchdog counter freeze in Stop mode.
-  *          This parameter  can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg OB_IWDG_STOP_FREEZE: Freeze IWDG counter in STOP
-  *            @arg OB_IWDG_STOP_ACTIVE: IWDG counter active in STOP
-  * @param  Iwdgstdby: Independent watchdog counter freeze in standby mode.
-  *          This parameter  can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg OB_IWDG_STDBY_FREEZE: Freeze IWDG counter in STANDBY
-  *            @arg OB_IWDG_STDBY_ACTIVE: IWDG counter active in STANDBY
-  * @retval HAL Status
-  */
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_UserConfig(uint32_t Wwdg, uint32_t Iwdg, uint32_t Stop, uint32_t Stdby, uint32_t Iwdgstop, uint32_t Iwdgstdby )
-{
-  uint32_t useroptionmask = 0x00;
-  uint32_t useroptionvalue = 0x00;
-
-  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_OB_WWDG_SOURCE(Wwdg));
-  assert_param(IS_OB_IWDG_SOURCE(Iwdg));
-  assert_param(IS_OB_STOP_SOURCE(Stop));
-  assert_param(IS_OB_STDBY_SOURCE(Stdby));
-  assert_param(IS_OB_IWDG_STOP_FREEZE(Iwdgstop));
-  assert_param(IS_OB_IWDG_STDBY_FREEZE(Iwdgstdby));
-
-  /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
-  status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
-
-  if(status == HAL_OK)
-  {
-    useroptionmask = (FLASH_OPTCR_WWDG_SW | FLASH_OPTCR_IWDG_SW | FLASH_OPTCR_nRST_STOP | \
-                      FLASH_OPTCR_nRST_STDBY | FLASH_OPTCR_IWDG_STOP | FLASH_OPTCR_IWDG_STDBY);
-
-    useroptionvalue = (Iwdg | Wwdg | Stop | Stdby | Iwdgstop | Iwdgstdby);
-
-    /* Update User Option Byte */
-    MODIFY_REG(FLASH->OPTCR, useroptionmask, useroptionvalue);
-  }
-
-  return status;
-
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Set the BOR Level.
-  * @param  Level: specifies the Option Bytes BOR Reset Level.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg OB_BOR_LEVEL3: Supply voltage ranges from 2.7 to 3.6 V
-  *            @arg OB_BOR_LEVEL2: Supply voltage ranges from 2.4 to 2.7 V
-  *            @arg OB_BOR_LEVEL1: Supply voltage ranges from 2.1 to 2.4 V
-  *            @arg OB_BOR_OFF: Supply voltage ranges from 1.62 to 2.1 V
-  * @retval HAL Status
-  */
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_BOR_LevelConfig(uint8_t Level)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_OB_BOR_LEVEL(Level));
-
-  /* Set the BOR Level */
-  MODIFY_REG(FLASH->OPTCR, FLASH_OPTCR_BOR_LEV, Level);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Configure Boot base address.
-  *
-  * @param   BootOption : specifies Boot base address depending from Boot pin = 0 or pin = 1
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg OPTIONBYTE_BOOTADDR_0 : Boot address based when Boot pin = 0
-  *            @arg OPTIONBYTE_BOOTADDR_1 : Boot address based when Boot pin = 1
-  * @param   Address: specifies Boot base address
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg OB_BOOTADDR_ITCM_RAM : Boot from ITCM RAM (0x00000000)
-  *            @arg OB_BOOTADDR_SYSTEM : Boot from System memory bootloader (0x00100000)
-  *            @arg OB_BOOTADDR_ITCM_FLASH : Boot from Flash on ITCM interface (0x00200000)
-  *            @arg OB_BOOTADDR_AXIM_FLASH : Boot from Flash on AXIM interface (0x08000000)
-  *            @arg OB_BOOTADDR_DTCM_RAM : Boot from DTCM RAM (0x20000000)
-  *            @arg OB_BOOTADDR_SRAM1 : Boot from SRAM1 (0x20010000)
-  *            @arg OB_BOOTADDR_SRAM2 : Boot from SRAM2 (0x2004C000)
-  *
-  * @retval HAL Status
-  */
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_OB_BootAddressConfig(uint32_t BootOption, uint32_t Address)
-{
-  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_OB_BOOT_ADDRESS(Address));
-
-  /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
-  status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
-
-  if(status == HAL_OK)
-  {
-    if(BootOption == OPTIONBYTE_BOOTADDR_0)
-    {
-      MODIFY_REG(FLASH->OPTCR1, FLASH_OPTCR1_BOOT_ADD0, Address);
-	  }
-		else
-		{
-			MODIFY_REG(FLASH->OPTCR1, FLASH_OPTCR1_BOOT_ADD1, (Address << 16));
-		}
-  }
-
-  return status;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Return the FLASH User Option Byte value.
-  * @retval uint32_t FLASH User Option Bytes values: IWDG_SW(Bit0), RST_STOP(Bit1)
-  *         and RST_STDBY(Bit2).
-  */
-static uint32_t FLASH_OB_GetUser(void)
-{
-  /* Return the User Option Byte */
-  return ((uint32_t)(FLASH->OPTCR & 0xC00000F0));
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Return the FLASH Write Protection Option Bytes value.
-  * @retval uint32_t FLASH Write Protection Option Bytes value
-  */
-static uint32_t FLASH_OB_GetWRP(void)
-{
-  /* Return the FLASH write protection Register value */
-  return ((uint32_t)(FLASH->OPTCR & 0x00FF0000));
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Returns the FLASH Read Protection level.
-  * @retval FlagStatus FLASH ReadOut Protection Status:
-  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg OB_RDP_LEVEL_0: No protection
-  *            @arg OB_RDP_LEVEL_1: Read protection of the memory
-  *            @arg OB_RDP_LEVEL_2: Full chip protection
-  */
-static uint8_t FLASH_OB_GetRDP(void)
-{
-  uint8_t readstatus = OB_RDP_LEVEL_0;
-
-  if (((FLASH->OPTCR & FLASH_OPTCR_RDP) >> 8) == OB_RDP_LEVEL_0)
-  {
-    readstatus = OB_RDP_LEVEL_0;
-  }
-  else if (((FLASH->OPTCR & FLASH_OPTCR_RDP) >> 8) == OB_RDP_LEVEL_2)
-  {
-    readstatus = OB_RDP_LEVEL_2;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    readstatus = OB_RDP_LEVEL_1;
-  }
-
-  return readstatus;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Returns the FLASH BOR level.
-  * @retval uint32_t The FLASH BOR level:
-  *           - OB_BOR_LEVEL3: Supply voltage ranges from 2.7 to 3.6 V
-  *           - OB_BOR_LEVEL2: Supply voltage ranges from 2.4 to 2.7 V
-  *           - OB_BOR_LEVEL1: Supply voltage ranges from 2.1 to 2.4 V
-  *           - OB_BOR_OFF   : Supply voltage ranges from 1.62 to 2.1 V
-  */
-static uint32_t FLASH_OB_GetBOR(void)
-{
-  /* Return the FLASH BOR level */
-  return ((uint32_t)(FLASH->OPTCR & 0x0C));
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Configure Boot base address.
-  *
-  * @param   BootOption : specifies Boot base address depending from Boot pin = 0 or pin = 1
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg OPTIONBYTE_BOOTADDR_0 : Boot address based when Boot pin = 0
-  *            @arg OPTIONBYTE_BOOTADDR_1 : Boot address based when Boot pin = 1
-  *
-  * @retval uint32_t Boot Base Address:
-  *            - OB_BOOTADDR_ITCM_RAM : Boot from ITCM RAM (0x00000000)
-  *            - OB_BOOTADDR_SYSTEM : Boot from System memory bootloader (0x00100000)
-  *            - OB_BOOTADDR_ITCM_FLASH : Boot from Flash on ITCM interface (0x00200000)
-  *            - OB_BOOTADDR_AXIM_FLASH : Boot from Flash on AXIM interface (0x08000000)
-  *            - OB_BOOTADDR_DTCM_RAM : Boot from DTCM RAM (0x20000000)
-  *            - OB_BOOTADDR_SRAM1 : Boot from SRAM1 (0x20010000)
-  *            - OB_BOOTADDR_SRAM2 : Boot from SRAM2 (0x2004C000)
-  */
-static uint32_t FLASH_OB_GetBootAddress(uint32_t BootOption)
-{
-  uint32_t Address = 0;
-
-	/* Return the Boot base Address */
-  if(BootOption == OPTIONBYTE_BOOTADDR_0)
-  {
-    Address = FLASH->OPTCR1 & FLASH_OPTCR1_BOOT_ADD0;
-	}
-  else
-	{
-		Address = ((FLASH->OPTCR1 & FLASH_OPTCR1_BOOT_ADD1) >> 16);
-	}
-
-  return Address;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-#endif /* HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_gpio.c b/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_gpio.c
deleted file mode 100644
index daec5d6258..0000000000
--- a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_gpio.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,540 +0,0 @@
-/**
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @file    stm32f7xx_hal_gpio.c
-  * @author  MCD Application Team
-  * @version V1.0.1
-  * @date    25-June-2015
-  * @brief   GPIO HAL module driver.
-  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
-  *          functionalities of the General Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) peripheral:
-  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
-  *           + IO operation functions
-  *
-  @verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                    ##### GPIO Peripheral features #####
-  ==============================================================================
-  [..]
-  Subject to the specific hardware characteristics of each I/O port listed in the datasheet, each
-  port bit of the General Purpose IO (GPIO) Ports, can be individually configured by software
-  in several modes:
-  (+) Input mode
-  (+) Analog mode
-  (+) Output mode
-  (+) Alternate function mode
-  (+) External interrupt/event lines
-
-  [..]
-  During and just after reset, the alternate functions and external interrupt
-  lines are not active and the I/O ports are configured in input floating mode.
-
-  [..]
-  All GPIO pins have weak internal pull-up and pull-down resistors, which can be
-  activated or not.
-
-  [..]
-  In Output or Alternate mode, each IO can be configured on open-drain or push-pull
-  type and the IO speed can be selected depending on the VDD value.
-
-  [..]
-  All ports have external interrupt/event capability. To use external interrupt
-  lines, the port must be configured in input mode. All available GPIO pins are
-  connected to the 16 external interrupt/event lines from EXTI0 to EXTI15.
-
-  [..]
-  The external interrupt/event controller consists of up to 23 edge detectors
-  (16 lines are connected to GPIO) for generating event/interrupt requests (each
-  input line can be independently configured to select the type (interrupt or event)
-  and the corresponding trigger event (rising or falling or both). Each line can
-  also be masked independently.
-
-                     ##### How to use this driver #####
-  ==============================================================================
-  [..]
-    (#) Enable the GPIO AHB clock using the following function: __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE().
-
-    (#) Configure the GPIO pin(s) using HAL_GPIO_Init().
-        (++) Configure the IO mode using "Mode" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure
-        (++) Activate Pull-up, Pull-down resistor using "Pull" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef
-             structure.
-        (++) In case of Output or alternate function mode selection: the speed is
-             configured through "Speed" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure.
-        (++) In alternate mode is selection, the alternate function connected to the IO
-             is configured through "Alternate" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure.
-        (++) Analog mode is required when a pin is to be used as ADC channel
-             or DAC output.
-        (++) In case of external interrupt/event selection the "Mode" member from
-             GPIO_InitTypeDef structure select the type (interrupt or event) and
-             the corresponding trigger event (rising or falling or both).
-
-    (#) In case of external interrupt/event mode selection, configure NVIC IRQ priority
-        mapped to the EXTI line using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() and enable it using
-        HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ().
-
-    (#) To get the level of a pin configured in input mode use HAL_GPIO_ReadPin().
-
-    (#) To set/reset the level of a pin configured in output mode use
-        HAL_GPIO_WritePin()/HAL_GPIO_TogglePin().
-
-    (#) To lock pin configuration until next reset use HAL_GPIO_LockPin().
-
-
-    (#) During and just after reset, the alternate functions are not
-        active and the GPIO pins are configured in input floating mode (except JTAG
-        pins).
-
-    (#) The LSE oscillator pins OSC32_IN and OSC32_OUT can be used as general purpose
-        (PC14 and PC15, respectively) when the LSE oscillator is off. The LSE has
-        priority over the GPIO function.
-
-    (#) The HSE oscillator pins OSC_IN/OSC_OUT can be used as
-        general purpose PH0 and PH1, respectively, when the HSE oscillator is off.
-        The HSE has priority over the GPIO function.
-
-  @endverbatim
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @attention
-  *
-  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
-  *
-  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
-  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
-  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
-  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
-  *      without specific prior written permission.
-  *
-  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
-  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
-  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
-  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
-  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
-  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
-  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
-  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
-  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
-  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-  *
-  ******************************************************************************
-  */
-
-/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
-
-/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup GPIO GPIO
-  * @brief GPIO HAL module driver
-  * @{
-  */
-
-#ifdef HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED
-
-/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/** @addtogroup GPIO_Private_Constants GPIO Private Constants
-  * @{
-  */
-#define GPIO_MODE             ((uint32_t)0x00000003)
-#define EXTI_MODE             ((uint32_t)0x10000000)
-#define GPIO_MODE_IT          ((uint32_t)0x00010000)
-#define GPIO_MODE_EVT         ((uint32_t)0x00020000)
-#define RISING_EDGE           ((uint32_t)0x00100000)
-#define FALLING_EDGE          ((uint32_t)0x00200000)
-#define GPIO_OUTPUT_TYPE      ((uint32_t)0x00000010)
-
-#define GPIO_NUMBER           ((uint32_t)16)
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
-/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Functions GPIO Exported Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
- *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions
- *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-              ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-  [..]
-    This section provides functions allowing to initialize and de-initialize the GPIOs
-    to be ready for use.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the GPIOx peripheral according to the specified parameters in the GPIO_Init.
-  * @param  GPIOx: where x can be (A..K) to select the GPIO peripheral.
-  * @param  GPIO_Init: pointer to a GPIO_InitTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for the specified GPIO peripheral.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_GPIO_Init(GPIO_TypeDef  *GPIOx, GPIO_InitTypeDef *GPIO_Init)
-{
-  uint32_t position = 0x00;
-  uint32_t ioposition = 0x00;
-  uint32_t iocurrent = 0x00;
-  uint32_t temp = 0x00;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
-  assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Init->Pin));
-  assert_param(IS_GPIO_MODE(GPIO_Init->Mode));
-  assert_param(IS_GPIO_PULL(GPIO_Init->Pull));
-
-  /* Configure the port pins */
-  for(position = 0; position < GPIO_NUMBER; position++)
-  {
-    /* Get the IO position */
-    ioposition = ((uint32_t)0x01) << position;
-    /* Get the current IO position */
-    iocurrent = (uint32_t)(GPIO_Init->Pin) & ioposition;
-
-    if(iocurrent == ioposition)
-    {
-      /*--------------------- GPIO Mode Configuration ------------------------*/
-      /* In case of Alternate function mode selection */
-      if((GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_AF_PP) || (GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_AF_OD))
-      {
-        /* Check the Alternate function parameter */
-        assert_param(IS_GPIO_AF(GPIO_Init->Alternate));
-
-        /* Configure Alternate function mapped with the current IO */
-        temp = GPIOx->AFR[position >> 3];
-        temp &= ~((uint32_t)0xF << ((uint32_t)(position & (uint32_t)0x07) * 4)) ;
-        temp |= ((uint32_t)(GPIO_Init->Alternate) << (((uint32_t)position & (uint32_t)0x07) * 4));
-        GPIOx->AFR[position >> 3] = temp;
-      }
-
-      /* Configure IO Direction mode (Input, Output, Alternate or Analog) */
-      temp = GPIOx->MODER;
-      temp &= ~(GPIO_MODER_MODER0 << (position * 2));
-      temp |= ((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE) << (position * 2));
-      GPIOx->MODER = temp;
-
-      /* In case of Output or Alternate function mode selection */
-      if((GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_PP) || (GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_AF_PP) ||
-         (GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_OD) || (GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_AF_OD))
-      {
-        /* Check the Speed parameter */
-        assert_param(IS_GPIO_SPEED(GPIO_Init->Speed));
-        /* Configure the IO Speed */
-        temp = GPIOx->OSPEEDR;
-        temp &= ~(GPIO_OSPEEDER_OSPEEDR0 << (position * 2));
-        temp |= (GPIO_Init->Speed << (position * 2));
-        GPIOx->OSPEEDR = temp;
-
-        /* Configure the IO Output Type */
-        temp = GPIOx->OTYPER;
-        temp &= ~(GPIO_OTYPER_OT_0 << position) ;
-        temp |= (((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_OUTPUT_TYPE) >> 4) << position);
-        GPIOx->OTYPER = temp;
-      }
-
-      /* Activate the Pull-up or Pull down resistor for the current IO */
-      temp = GPIOx->PUPDR;
-      temp &= ~(GPIO_PUPDR_PUPDR0 << (position * 2));
-      temp |= ((GPIO_Init->Pull) << (position * 2));
-      GPIOx->PUPDR = temp;
-
-      /*--------------------- EXTI Mode Configuration ------------------------*/
-      /* Configure the External Interrupt or event for the current IO */
-      if((GPIO_Init->Mode & EXTI_MODE) == EXTI_MODE)
-      {
-        /* Enable SYSCFG Clock */
-        __HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_CLK_ENABLE();
-
-        temp = SYSCFG->EXTICR[position >> 2];
-        temp &= ~(((uint32_t)0x0F) << (4 * (position & 0x03)));
-        temp |= ((uint32_t)(GPIO_GET_INDEX(GPIOx)) << (4 * (position & 0x03)));
-        SYSCFG->EXTICR[position >> 2] = temp;
-
-        /* Clear EXTI line configuration */
-        temp = EXTI->IMR;
-        temp &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent);
-        if((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE_IT) == GPIO_MODE_IT)
-        {
-          temp |= iocurrent;
-        }
-        EXTI->IMR = temp;
-
-        temp = EXTI->EMR;
-        temp &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent);
-        if((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE_EVT) == GPIO_MODE_EVT)
-        {
-          temp |= iocurrent;
-        }
-        EXTI->EMR = temp;
-
-        /* Clear Rising Falling edge configuration */
-        temp = EXTI->RTSR;
-        temp &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent);
-        if((GPIO_Init->Mode & RISING_EDGE) == RISING_EDGE)
-        {
-          temp |= iocurrent;
-        }
-        EXTI->RTSR = temp;
-
-        temp = EXTI->FTSR;
-        temp &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent);
-        if((GPIO_Init->Mode & FALLING_EDGE) == FALLING_EDGE)
-        {
-          temp |= iocurrent;
-        }
-        EXTI->FTSR = temp;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  De-initializes the GPIOx peripheral registers to their default reset values.
-  * @param  GPIOx: where x can be (A..K) to select the GPIO peripheral.
-  * @param  GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to be written.
-  *          This parameter can be one of GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15).
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_GPIO_DeInit(GPIO_TypeDef  *GPIOx, uint32_t GPIO_Pin)
-{
-  uint32_t position;
-  uint32_t ioposition = 0x00;
-  uint32_t iocurrent = 0x00;
-  uint32_t tmp = 0x00;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
-
-  /* Configure the port pins */
-  for(position = 0; position < GPIO_NUMBER; position++)
-  {
-    /* Get the IO position */
-    ioposition = ((uint32_t)0x01) << position;
-    /* Get the current IO position */
-    iocurrent = (GPIO_Pin) & ioposition;
-
-    if(iocurrent == ioposition)
-    {
-      /*------------------------- GPIO Mode Configuration --------------------*/
-      /* Configure IO Direction in Input Floating Mode */
-      GPIOx->MODER &= ~(GPIO_MODER_MODER0 << (position * 2));
-
-      /* Configure the default Alternate Function in current IO */
-      GPIOx->AFR[position >> 3] &= ~((uint32_t)0xF << ((uint32_t)(position & (uint32_t)0x07) * 4)) ;
-
-      /* Configure the default value for IO Speed */
-      GPIOx->OSPEEDR &= ~(GPIO_OSPEEDER_OSPEEDR0 << (position * 2));
-
-      /* Configure the default value IO Output Type */
-      GPIOx->OTYPER  &= ~(GPIO_OTYPER_OT_0 << position) ;
-
-      /* Deactivate the Pull-up and Pull-down resistor for the current IO */
-      GPIOx->PUPDR &= ~(GPIO_PUPDR_PUPDR0 << (position * 2));
-
-      /*------------------------- EXTI Mode Configuration --------------------*/
-      tmp = SYSCFG->EXTICR[position >> 2];
-      tmp &= (((uint32_t)0x0F) << (4 * (position & 0x03)));
-      if(tmp == ((uint32_t)(GPIO_GET_INDEX(GPIOx)) << (4 * (position & 0x03))))
-      {
-        /* Configure the External Interrupt or event for the current IO */
-        tmp = ((uint32_t)0x0F) << (4 * (position & 0x03));
-        SYSCFG->EXTICR[position >> 2] &= ~tmp;
-
-        /* Clear EXTI line configuration */
-        EXTI->IMR &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent);
-        EXTI->EMR &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent);
-
-        /* Clear Rising Falling edge configuration */
-        EXTI->RTSR &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent);
-        EXTI->FTSR &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent);
-	  }
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
- *  @brief   GPIO Read and Write
- *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-                       ##### IO operation functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Reads the specified input port pin.
-  * @param  GPIOx: where x can be (A..K) to select the GPIO peripheral.
-  * @param  GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to read.
-  *         This parameter can be GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15).
-  * @retval The input port pin value.
-  */
-GPIO_PinState HAL_GPIO_ReadPin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
-{
-  GPIO_PinState bitstatus;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
-
-  if((GPIOx->IDR & GPIO_Pin) != (uint32_t)GPIO_PIN_RESET)
-  {
-    bitstatus = GPIO_PIN_SET;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    bitstatus = GPIO_PIN_RESET;
-  }
-  return bitstatus;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Sets or clears the selected data port bit.
-  *
-  * @note   This function uses GPIOx_BSRR register to allow atomic read/modify
-  *         accesses. In this way, there is no risk of an IRQ occurring between
-  *         the read and the modify access.
-  *
-  * @param  GPIOx: where x can be (A..K) to select the GPIO peripheral.
-  * @param  GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to be written.
-  *          This parameter can be one of GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15).
-  * @param  PinState: specifies the value to be written to the selected bit.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the GPIO_PinState enum values:
-  *            @arg GPIO_PIN_RESET: to clear the port pin
-  *            @arg GPIO_PIN_SET: to set the port pin
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_GPIO_WritePin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin, GPIO_PinState PinState)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
-  assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN_ACTION(PinState));
-
-  if(PinState != GPIO_PIN_RESET)
-  {
-    GPIOx->BSRR = GPIO_Pin;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    GPIOx->BSRR = (uint32_t)GPIO_Pin << 16;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Toggles the specified GPIO pins.
-  * @param  GPIOx: Where x can be (A..I) to select the GPIO peripheral.
-  * @param  GPIO_Pin: Specifies the pins to be toggled.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_GPIO_TogglePin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
-
-  GPIOx->ODR ^= GPIO_Pin;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Locks GPIO Pins configuration registers.
-  * @note   The locked registers are GPIOx_MODER, GPIOx_OTYPER, GPIOx_OSPEEDR,
-  *         GPIOx_PUPDR, GPIOx_AFRL and GPIOx_AFRH.
-  * @note   The configuration of the locked GPIO pins can no longer be modified
-  *         until the next reset.
-  * @param  GPIOx: where x can be (A..F) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F7 family
-  * @param  GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to be locked.
-  *         This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15).
-  * @retval None
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_GPIO_LockPin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
-{
-  __IO uint32_t tmp = GPIO_LCKR_LCKK;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
-
-  /* Apply lock key write sequence */
-  tmp |= GPIO_Pin;
-  /* Set LCKx bit(s): LCKK='1' + LCK[15-0] */
-  GPIOx->LCKR = tmp;
-  /* Reset LCKx bit(s): LCKK='0' + LCK[15-0] */
-  GPIOx->LCKR = GPIO_Pin;
-  /* Set LCKx bit(s): LCKK='1' + LCK[15-0] */
-  GPIOx->LCKR = tmp;
-  /* Read LCKK bit*/
-  tmp = GPIOx->LCKR;
-
- if((GPIOx->LCKR & GPIO_LCKR_LCKK) != RESET)
-  {
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  This function handles EXTI interrupt request.
-  * @param  GPIO_Pin: Specifies the pins connected EXTI line
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_GPIO_EXTI_IRQHandler(uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
-{
-  /* EXTI line interrupt detected */
-  if(__HAL_GPIO_EXTI_GET_IT(GPIO_Pin) != RESET)
-  {
-    __HAL_GPIO_EXTI_CLEAR_IT(GPIO_Pin);
-    HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback(GPIO_Pin);
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  EXTI line detection callbacks.
-  * @param  GPIO_Pin: Specifies the pins connected EXTI line
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback(uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
-{
-  /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-           the HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-#endif /* HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED */
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_hash.c b/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_hash.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 878a559fb2..0000000000
--- a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_hash.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1863 +0,0 @@
-/**
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @file    stm32f7xx_hal_hash.c
-  * @author  MCD Application Team
-  * @version V1.0.1
-  * @date    25-June-2015
-  * @brief   HASH HAL module driver.
-  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
-  *          functionalities of the HASH peripheral:
-  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
-  *           + HASH/HMAC Processing functions by algorithm using polling mode
-  *           + HASH/HMAC functions by algorithm using interrupt mode
-  *           + HASH/HMAC functions by algorithm using DMA mode
-  *           + Peripheral State functions
-  *
-  @verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                     ##### How to use this driver #####
-  ==============================================================================
-    [..]
-    The HASH HAL driver can be used as follows:
-    (#)Initialize the HASH low level resources by implementing the HAL_HASH_MspInit():
-        (##) Enable the HASH interface clock using __HAL_RCC_HASH_CLK_ENABLE()
-        (##) In case of using processing APIs based on interrupts (e.g. HAL_HMAC_SHA1_Start_IT())
-            (+++) Configure the HASH interrupt priority using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority()
-            (+++) Enable the HASH IRQ handler using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ()
-            (+++) In HASH IRQ handler, call HAL_HASH_IRQHandler()
-        (##) In case of using DMA to control data transfer (e.g. HAL_HMAC_SHA1_Start_DMA())
-            (+++) Enable the DMAx interface clock using __DMAx_CLK_ENABLE()
-            (+++) Configure and enable one DMA stream one for managing data transfer from
-                memory to peripheral (input stream). Managing data transfer from
-                peripheral to memory can be performed only using CPU
-            (+++) Associate the initialized DMA handle to the HASH DMA handle
-                using  __HAL_LINKDMA()
-            (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete
-                interrupt on the DMA Stream using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() and HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ()
-    (#)Initialize the HASH HAL using HAL_HASH_Init(). This function configures mainly:
-        (##) The data type: 1-bit, 8-bit, 16-bit and 32-bit.
-        (##) For HMAC, the encryption key.
-        (##) For HMAC, the key size used for encryption.
-    (#)Three processing functions are available:
-        (##) Polling mode: processing APIs are blocking functions
-             i.e. they process the data and wait till the digest computation is finished
-             e.g. HAL_HASH_SHA1_Start()
-        (##) Interrupt mode: encryption and decryption APIs are not blocking functions
-                i.e. they process the data under interrupt
-                e.g. HAL_HASH_SHA1_Start_IT()
-        (##) DMA mode: processing APIs are not blocking functions and the CPU is
-             not used for data transfer i.e. the data transfer is ensured by DMA
-                e.g. HAL_HASH_SHA1_Start_DMA()
-    (#)When the processing function is called at first time after HAL_HASH_Init()
-       the HASH peripheral is initialized and processes the buffer in input.
-       After that, the digest computation is started.
-       When processing multi-buffer use the accumulate function to write the
-       data in the peripheral without starting the digest computation. In last
-       buffer use the start function to input the last buffer ans start the digest
-       computation.
-       (##) e.g. HAL_HASH_SHA1_Accumulate() : write 1st data buffer in the peripheral without starting the digest computation
-       (##) write (n-1)th data buffer in the peripheral without starting the digest computation
-       (##) HAL_HASH_SHA1_Start() : write (n)th data buffer in the peripheral and start the digest computation
-    (#)In HMAC mode, there is no Accumulate API. Only Start API is available.
-    (#)In case of using DMA, call the DMA start processing e.g. HAL_HASH_SHA1_Start_DMA().
-       After that, call the finish function in order to get the digest value
-       e.g. HAL_HASH_SHA1_Finish()
-    (#)Call HAL_HASH_DeInit() to deinitialize the HASH peripheral.
-
-  @endverbatim
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @attention
-  *
-  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
-  *
-  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
-  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
-  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
-  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
-  *      without specific prior written permission.
-  *
-  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
-  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
-  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
-  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
-  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
-  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
-  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
-  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
-  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
-  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-  *
-  ******************************************************************************
-  */
-
-/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
-
-/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
-  * @{
-  */
-
-#if defined(STM32F756xx)
-
-/** @defgroup HASH HASH
-  * @brief HASH HAL module driver.
-  * @{
-  */
-#ifdef HAL_HASH_MODULE_ENABLED
-
-/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
-/** @defgroup HASH_Private_Functions HASH Private Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-static void HASH_DMAXferCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
-static void HASH_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
-static void HASH_GetDigest(uint8_t *pMsgDigest, uint8_t Size);
-static void HASH_WriteData(uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size);
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/** @addtogroup HASH_Private_Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  DMA HASH Input Data complete callback.
-  * @param  hdma: DMA handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void HASH_DMAXferCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  HASH_HandleTypeDef* hhash = ( HASH_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
-  uint32_t inputaddr = 0;
-  uint32_t buffersize = 0;
-
-  if((HASH->CR & HASH_CR_MODE) != HASH_CR_MODE)
-  {
-    /* Disable the DMA transfer */
-    HASH->CR &= (uint32_t)(~HASH_CR_DMAE);
-
-    /* Change HASH peripheral state */
-    hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_READY;
-
-    /* Call Input data transfer complete callback */
-    HAL_HASH_InCpltCallback(hhash);
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    /* Increment Interrupt counter */
-    hhash->HashInCount++;
-    /* Disable the DMA transfer before starting the next transfer */
-    HASH->CR &= (uint32_t)(~HASH_CR_DMAE);
-
-    if(hhash->HashInCount <= 2)
-    {
-      /* In case HashInCount = 1, set the DMA to transfer data to HASH DIN register */
-      if(hhash->HashInCount == 1)
-      {
-        inputaddr = (uint32_t)hhash->pHashInBuffPtr;
-        buffersize = hhash->HashBuffSize;
-      }
-      /* In case HashInCount = 2, set the DMA to transfer key to HASH DIN register */
-      else if(hhash->HashInCount == 2)
-      {
-        inputaddr = (uint32_t)hhash->Init.pKey;
-        buffersize = hhash->Init.KeySize;
-      }
-      /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */
-      MODIFY_REG(HASH->STR, HASH_STR_NBLW, 8 * (buffersize % 4));
-
-      /* Set the HASH DMA transfer complete */
-      hhash->hdmain->XferCpltCallback = HASH_DMAXferCplt;
-
-      /* Enable the DMA In DMA Stream */
-      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hhash->hdmain, inputaddr, (uint32_t)&HASH->DIN, (buffersize%4 ? (buffersize+3)/4:buffersize/4));
-
-      /* Enable DMA requests */
-      HASH->CR |= (HASH_CR_DMAE);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      /* Disable the DMA transfer */
-      HASH->CR &= (uint32_t)(~HASH_CR_DMAE);
-
-      /* Reset the InCount */
-      hhash->HashInCount = 0;
-
-      /* Change HASH peripheral state */
-      hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_READY;
-
-      /* Call Input data transfer complete callback */
-      HAL_HASH_InCpltCallback(hhash);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  DMA HASH communication error callback.
-  * @param  hdma: DMA handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void HASH_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  HASH_HandleTypeDef* hhash = ( HASH_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
-  hhash->State= HAL_HASH_STATE_READY;
-  HAL_HASH_ErrorCallback(hhash);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Writes the input buffer in data register.
-  * @param  pInBuffer: Pointer to input buffer
-  * @param  Size: The size of input buffer
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void HASH_WriteData(uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size)
-{
-  uint32_t buffercounter;
-  uint32_t inputaddr = (uint32_t) pInBuffer;
-
-  for(buffercounter = 0; buffercounter < Size; buffercounter+=4)
-  {
-    HASH->DIN = *(uint32_t*)inputaddr;
-    inputaddr+=4;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Provides the message digest result.
-  * @param  pMsgDigest: Pointer to the message digest
-  * @param  Size: The size of the message digest in bytes
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void HASH_GetDigest(uint8_t *pMsgDigest, uint8_t Size)
-{
-  uint32_t msgdigest = (uint32_t)pMsgDigest;
-
-  switch(Size)
-  {
-  case 16:
-    /* Read the message digest */
-    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[0]);
-    msgdigest+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[1]);
-    msgdigest+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[2]);
-    msgdigest+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[3]);
-    break;
-  case 20:
-    /* Read the message digest */
-    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[0]);
-    msgdigest+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[1]);
-    msgdigest+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[2]);
-    msgdigest+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[3]);
-    msgdigest+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[4]);
-    break;
-  case 28:
-    /* Read the message digest */
-    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[0]);
-    msgdigest+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[1]);
-    msgdigest+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[2]);
-    msgdigest+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[3]);
-    msgdigest+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[4]);
-    msgdigest+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH_DIGEST->HR[5]);
-    msgdigest+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH_DIGEST->HR[6]);
-    break;
-  case 32:
-    /* Read the message digest */
-    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[0]);
-    msgdigest+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[1]);
-    msgdigest+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[2]);
-    msgdigest+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[3]);
-    msgdigest+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[4]);
-    msgdigest+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH_DIGEST->HR[5]);
-    msgdigest+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH_DIGEST->HR[6]);
-    msgdigest+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH_DIGEST->HR[7]);
-    break;
-  default:
-    break;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
-/** @addtogroup HASH_Exported_Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-
-
-/** @addtogroup HASH_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
- *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions.
- *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-              ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
-      (+) Initialize the HASH according to the specified parameters
-          in the HASH_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle.
-      (+) DeInitialize the HASH peripheral.
-      (+) Initialize the HASH MSP.
-      (+) DeInitialize HASH MSP.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the HASH according to the specified parameters in the
-            HASH_HandleTypeDef and creates the associated handle.
-  * @param  hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for HASH module
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASH_Init(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash)
-{
-  /* Check the hash handle allocation */
-  if(hhash == NULL)
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_HASH_DATATYPE(hhash->Init.DataType));
-
-  if(hhash->State == HAL_HASH_STATE_RESET)
-  {
-    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
-    hhash->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
-    /* Init the low level hardware */
-    HAL_HASH_MspInit(hhash);
-  }
-
-  /* Change the HASH state */
-  hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Reset HashInCount, HashBuffSize and HashITCounter */
-  hhash->HashInCount = 0;
-  hhash->HashBuffSize = 0;
-  hhash->HashITCounter = 0;
-
-  /* Set the data type */
-  HASH->CR |= (uint32_t) (hhash->Init.DataType);
-
-  /* Change the HASH state */
-  hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Set the default HASH phase */
-  hhash->Phase = HAL_HASH_PHASE_READY;
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  DeInitializes the HASH peripheral.
-  * @note   This API must be called before starting a new processing.
-  * @param  hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for HASH module
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASH_DeInit(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash)
-{
-  /* Check the HASH handle allocation */
-  if(hhash == NULL)
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Change the HASH state */
-  hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Set the default HASH phase */
-  hhash->Phase = HAL_HASH_PHASE_READY;
-
-  /* Reset HashInCount, HashBuffSize and HashITCounter */
-  hhash->HashInCount = 0;
-  hhash->HashBuffSize = 0;
-  hhash->HashITCounter = 0;
-
-  /* DeInit the low level hardware */
-  HAL_HASH_MspDeInit(hhash);
-
-  /* Change the HASH state */
-  hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_RESET;
-
-  /* Release Lock */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the HASH MSP.
-  * @param  hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for HASH module
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_HASH_MspInit(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash)
-{
-  /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-           the HAL_HASH_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  DeInitializes HASH MSP.
-  * @param  hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for HASH module
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_HASH_MspDeInit(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash)
-{
-  /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-           the HAL_HASH_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Input data transfer complete callback.
-  * @param  hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for HASH module
-  * @retval None
-  */
- __weak void HAL_HASH_InCpltCallback(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash)
-{
-  /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-           the HAL_HASH_InCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Data transfer Error callback.
-  * @param  hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for HASH module
-  * @retval None
-  */
- __weak void HAL_HASH_ErrorCallback(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash)
-{
-  /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-           the HAL_HASH_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Digest computation complete callback. It is used only with interrupt.
-  * @note   This callback is not relevant with DMA.
-  * @param  hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for HASH module
-  * @retval None
-  */
- __weak void HAL_HASH_DgstCpltCallback(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash)
-{
-  /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-           the HAL_HASH_DgstCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup HASH_Exported_Functions_Group2 HASH processing functions using polling mode
- *  @brief   processing functions using polling mode
- *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-              ##### HASH processing using polling mode functions#####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to calculate in polling mode
-          the hash value using one of the following algorithms:
-      (+) MD5
-      (+) SHA1
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the HASH peripheral in MD5 mode then processes pInBuffer.
-            The digest is available in pOutBuffer.
-  * @param  hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for HASH module
-  * @param  pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
-  * @param  Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes.
-  *          If the Size is multiple of 64 bytes, appending the input buffer is possible.
-  *          If the Size is not multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware
-  *          and appending the input buffer is no more possible.
-  * @param  pOutBuffer: Pointer to the computed digest. Its size must be 16 bytes.
-  * @param  Timeout: Timeout value
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASH_MD5_Start(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size, uint8_t* pOutBuffer, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hhash);
-
-  /* Change the HASH state */
-  hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
-  if(hhash->Phase == HAL_HASH_PHASE_READY)
-  {
-    /* Select the MD5 mode and reset the HASH processor core, so that the HASH will be ready to compute
-       the message digest of a new message */
-    HASH->CR |= HASH_ALGOSELECTION_MD5 | HASH_CR_INIT;
-  }
-
-  /* Set the phase */
-  hhash->Phase = HAL_HASH_PHASE_PROCESS;
-
-  /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */
-  __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(Size);
-
-  /* Write input buffer in data register */
-  HASH_WriteData(pInBuffer, Size);
-
-  /* Start the digest calculation */
-  __HAL_HASH_START_DIGEST();
-
-  /* Get tick */
-  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-  while(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(HASH->SR, HASH_FLAG_BUSY))
-  {
-    /* Check for the Timeout */
-    if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
-    {
-      if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
-      {
-        /* Change state */
-        hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-
-        /* Process Unlocked */
-        __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
-
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Read the message digest */
-  HASH_GetDigest(pOutBuffer, 16);
-
-  /* Change the HASH state */
-  hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the HASH peripheral in MD5 mode then writes the pInBuffer.
-  * @param  hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for HASH module
-  * @param  pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
-  * @param  Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes.
-  *          If the Size is multiple of 64 bytes, appending the input buffer is possible.
-  *          If the Size is not multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware
-  *          and appending the input buffer is no more possible.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASH_MD5_Accumulate(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size)
-{
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hhash);
-
-  /* Change the HASH state */
-  hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
-  if(hhash->Phase == HAL_HASH_PHASE_READY)
-  {
-    /* Select the MD5 mode and reset the HASH processor core, so that the HASH will be ready to compute
-       the message digest of a new message */
-    HASH->CR |= HASH_ALGOSELECTION_MD5 | HASH_CR_INIT;
-  }
-
-  /* Set the phase */
-  hhash->Phase = HAL_HASH_PHASE_PROCESS;
-
-  /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */
-  __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(Size);
-
-  /* Write input buffer in data register */
-  HASH_WriteData(pInBuffer, Size);
-
-  /* Change the HASH state */
-  hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the HASH peripheral in SHA1 mode then processes pInBuffer.
-            The digest is available in pOutBuffer.
-  * @param  hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for HASH module
-  * @param  pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
-  * @param  Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes.
-  *          If the Size is not multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware.
-  * @param  pOutBuffer: Pointer to the computed digest. Its size must be 20 bytes.
-  * @param  Timeout: Timeout value
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASH_SHA1_Start(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size, uint8_t* pOutBuffer, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hhash);
-
-  /* Change the HASH state */
-  hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
-  if(hhash->Phase == HAL_HASH_PHASE_READY)
-  {
-    /* Select the SHA1 mode and reset the HASH processor core, so that the HASH will be ready to compute
-       the message digest of a new message */
-    HASH->CR |= HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA1 | HASH_CR_INIT;
-  }
-
-  /* Set the phase */
-  hhash->Phase = HAL_HASH_PHASE_PROCESS;
-
-  /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */
-  __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(Size);
-
-  /* Write input buffer in data register */
-  HASH_WriteData(pInBuffer, Size);
-
-  /* Start the digest calculation */
-  __HAL_HASH_START_DIGEST();
-
-  /* Get tick */
-  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-  while(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(HASH->SR, HASH_FLAG_BUSY))
-    {
-      /* Check for the Timeout */
-      if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
-      {
-        if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
-        {
-          /* Change state */
-          hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-
-          /* Process Unlocked */
-          __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
-
-          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-  /* Read the message digest */
-  HASH_GetDigest(pOutBuffer, 20);
-
-  /* Change the HASH state */
-  hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the HASH peripheral in SHA1 mode then processes pInBuffer.
-  * @param  hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for HASH module
-  * @param  pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
-  * @param  Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes.
-  *          If the Size is not multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware.
-  * @note  Input buffer size in bytes must be a multiple of 4 otherwise the digest computation is corrupted.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASH_SHA1_Accumulate(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_HASH_SHA1_BUFFER_SIZE(Size));
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hhash);
-
-  /* Change the HASH state */
-  hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
-  if(hhash->Phase == HAL_HASH_PHASE_READY)
-  {
-    /* Select the SHA1 mode and reset the HASH processor core, so that the HASH will be ready to compute
-       the message digest of a new message */
-    HASH->CR |= HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA1 | HASH_CR_INIT;
-  }
-
-  /* Set the phase */
-  hhash->Phase = HAL_HASH_PHASE_PROCESS;
-
-  /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */
-  __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(Size);
-
-  /* Write input buffer in data register */
-  HASH_WriteData(pInBuffer, Size);
-
-  /* Change the HASH state */
-  hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup HASH_Exported_Functions_Group3 HASH processing functions using interrupt mode
- *  @brief   processing functions using interrupt mode.
- *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-              ##### HASH processing using interrupt mode functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to calculate in interrupt mode
-          the hash value using one of the following algorithms:
-      (+) MD5
-      (+) SHA1
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the HASH peripheral in MD5 mode then processes pInBuffer.
-  *         The digest is available in pOutBuffer.
-  * @param  hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for HASH module
-  * @param  pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
-  * @param  Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes.
-  *          If the Size is not multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware.
-  * @param  pOutBuffer: Pointer to the computed digest. Its size must be 16 bytes.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASH_MD5_Start_IT(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size, uint8_t* pOutBuffer)
-{
-  uint32_t inputaddr;
-  uint32_t outputaddr;
-  uint32_t buffercounter;
-  uint32_t inputcounter;
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hhash);
-
-  if(hhash->State == HAL_HASH_STATE_READY)
-  {
-    /* Change the HASH state */
-    hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_BUSY;
-
-    hhash->HashInCount = Size;
-    hhash->pHashInBuffPtr = pInBuffer;
-    hhash->pHashOutBuffPtr = pOutBuffer;
-
-    /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
-    if(hhash->Phase == HAL_HASH_PHASE_READY)
-    {
-      /* Select the SHA1 mode */
-      HASH->CR |= HASH_ALGOSELECTION_MD5;
-      /* Reset the HASH processor core, so that the HASH will be ready to compute
-         the message digest of a new message */
-      HASH->CR |= HASH_CR_INIT;
-    }
-
-    /* Reset interrupt counter */
-    hhash->HashITCounter = 0;
-
-    /* Set the phase */
-    hhash->Phase = HAL_HASH_PHASE_PROCESS;
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
-
-    /* Enable Interrupts */
-    HASH->IMR = (HASH_IT_DINI | HASH_IT_DCI);
-
-    /* Return function status */
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  if(__HAL_HASH_GET_FLAG(HASH_FLAG_DCIS))
-  {
-    outputaddr = (uint32_t)hhash->pHashOutBuffPtr;
-    /* Read the Output block from the Output FIFO */
-    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = __REV(HASH->HR[0]);
-    outputaddr+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = __REV(HASH->HR[1]);
-    outputaddr+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = __REV(HASH->HR[2]);
-    outputaddr+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = __REV(HASH->HR[3]);
-
-    if(hhash->HashInCount == 0)
-    {
-      /* Disable Interrupts */
-      HASH->IMR = 0;
-      /* Change the HASH state */
-      hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_READY;
-      /* Call digest computation complete callback */
-      HAL_HASH_DgstCpltCallback(hhash);
-
-      /* Process Unlocked */
-      __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
-
-      /* Return function status */
-      return HAL_OK;
-    }
-  }
-
-  if(__HAL_HASH_GET_FLAG(HASH_FLAG_DINIS))
-  {
-    if(hhash->HashInCount >= 68)
-    {
-      inputaddr = (uint32_t)hhash->pHashInBuffPtr;
-      /* Write the Input block in the Data IN register */
-      for(buffercounter = 0; buffercounter < 64; buffercounter+=4)
-      {
-        HASH->DIN = *(uint32_t*)inputaddr;
-        inputaddr+=4;
-      }
-      if(hhash->HashITCounter == 0)
-      {
-        HASH->DIN = *(uint32_t*)inputaddr;
-
-        if(hhash->HashInCount >= 68)
-        {
-          /* Decrement buffer counter */
-          hhash->HashInCount -= 68;
-          hhash->pHashInBuffPtr+= 68;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          hhash->HashInCount = 0;
-          hhash->pHashInBuffPtr+= hhash->HashInCount;
-        }
-        /* Set Interrupt counter */
-        hhash->HashITCounter = 1;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        /* Decrement buffer counter */
-        hhash->HashInCount -= 64;
-        hhash->pHashInBuffPtr+= 64;
-      }
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      /* Get the buffer address */
-      inputaddr = (uint32_t)hhash->pHashInBuffPtr;
-      /* Get the buffer counter */
-      inputcounter = hhash->HashInCount;
-      /* Disable Interrupts */
-      HASH->IMR &= ~(HASH_IT_DINI);
-      /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */
-      __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(inputcounter);
-
-      if((inputcounter > 4) && (inputcounter%4))
-      {
-        inputcounter = (inputcounter+4-inputcounter%4);
-      }
-      else if ((inputcounter < 4) && (inputcounter != 0))
-      {
-        inputcounter = 4;
-      }
-
-      /* Write the Input block in the Data IN register */
-      for(buffercounter = 0; buffercounter < inputcounter/4; buffercounter++)
-      {
-        HASH->DIN = *(uint32_t*)inputaddr;
-        inputaddr+=4;
-      }
-      /* Start the digest calculation */
-      __HAL_HASH_START_DIGEST();
-      /* Reset buffer counter */
-      hhash->HashInCount = 0;
-      /* Call Input data transfer complete callback */
-      HAL_HASH_InCpltCallback(hhash);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the HASH peripheral in SHA1 mode then processes pInBuffer.
-  *         The digest is available in pOutBuffer.
-  * @param  hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for HASH module
-  * @param  pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
-  * @param  Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes.
-  *          If the Size is not multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware.
-  * @param  pOutBuffer: Pointer to the computed digest. Its size must be 20 bytes.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASH_SHA1_Start_IT(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size, uint8_t* pOutBuffer)
-{
-  uint32_t inputaddr;
-  uint32_t outputaddr;
-  uint32_t buffercounter;
-  uint32_t inputcounter;
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hhash);
-
-  if(hhash->State == HAL_HASH_STATE_READY)
-  {
-    /* Change the HASH state */
-    hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_BUSY;
-
-    hhash->HashInCount = Size;
-    hhash->pHashInBuffPtr = pInBuffer;
-    hhash->pHashOutBuffPtr = pOutBuffer;
-
-    /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
-    if(hhash->Phase == HAL_HASH_PHASE_READY)
-    {
-      /* Select the SHA1 mode */
-      HASH->CR |= HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA1;
-      /* Reset the HASH processor core, so that the HASH will be ready to compute
-         the message digest of a new message */
-      HASH->CR |= HASH_CR_INIT;
-    }
-
-    /* Reset interrupt counter */
-    hhash->HashITCounter = 0;
-
-    /* Set the phase */
-    hhash->Phase = HAL_HASH_PHASE_PROCESS;
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
-
-    /* Enable Interrupts */
-    HASH->IMR = (HASH_IT_DINI | HASH_IT_DCI);
-
-    /* Return function status */
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  if(__HAL_HASH_GET_FLAG(HASH_FLAG_DCIS))
-  {
-    outputaddr = (uint32_t)hhash->pHashOutBuffPtr;
-    /* Read the Output block from the Output FIFO */
-    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = __REV(HASH->HR[0]);
-    outputaddr+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = __REV(HASH->HR[1]);
-    outputaddr+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = __REV(HASH->HR[2]);
-    outputaddr+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = __REV(HASH->HR[3]);
-    outputaddr+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(outputaddr) = __REV(HASH->HR[4]);
-    if(hhash->HashInCount == 0)
-    {
-      /* Disable Interrupts */
-      HASH->IMR = 0;
-      /* Change the HASH state */
-      hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_READY;
-      /* Call digest computation complete callback */
-      HAL_HASH_DgstCpltCallback(hhash);
-
-      /* Process Unlocked */
-      __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
-
-      /* Return function status */
-      return HAL_OK;
-    }
-  }
-  if(__HAL_HASH_GET_FLAG(HASH_FLAG_DINIS))
-  {
-    if(hhash->HashInCount >= 68)
-    {
-      inputaddr = (uint32_t)hhash->pHashInBuffPtr;
-      /* Write the Input block in the Data IN register */
-      for(buffercounter = 0; buffercounter < 64; buffercounter+=4)
-      {
-        HASH->DIN = *(uint32_t*)inputaddr;
-        inputaddr+=4;
-      }
-      if(hhash->HashITCounter == 0)
-      {
-        HASH->DIN = *(uint32_t*)inputaddr;
-
-        if(hhash->HashInCount >= 68)
-        {
-          /* Decrement buffer counter */
-          hhash->HashInCount -= 68;
-          hhash->pHashInBuffPtr+= 68;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          hhash->HashInCount = 0;
-          hhash->pHashInBuffPtr+= hhash->HashInCount;
-        }
-        /* Set Interrupt counter */
-        hhash->HashITCounter = 1;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        /* Decrement buffer counter */
-        hhash->HashInCount -= 64;
-        hhash->pHashInBuffPtr+= 64;
-      }
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      /* Get the buffer address */
-      inputaddr = (uint32_t)hhash->pHashInBuffPtr;
-      /* Get the buffer counter */
-      inputcounter = hhash->HashInCount;
-      /* Disable Interrupts */
-      HASH->IMR &= ~(HASH_IT_DINI);
-      /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */
-      __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(inputcounter);
-
-      if((inputcounter > 4) && (inputcounter%4))
-      {
-        inputcounter = (inputcounter+4-inputcounter%4);
-      }
-      else if ((inputcounter < 4) && (inputcounter != 0))
-      {
-        inputcounter = 4;
-      }
-      /* Write the Input block in the Data IN register */
-      for(buffercounter = 0; buffercounter < inputcounter/4; buffercounter++)
-      {
-        HASH->DIN = *(uint32_t*)inputaddr;
-        inputaddr+=4;
-      }
-      /* Start the digest calculation */
-      __HAL_HASH_START_DIGEST();
-      /* Reset buffer counter */
-      hhash->HashInCount = 0;
-      /* Call Input data transfer complete callback */
-      HAL_HASH_InCpltCallback(hhash);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief This function handles HASH interrupt request.
-  * @param  hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for HASH module
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_HASH_IRQHandler(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash)
-{
-  switch(HASH->CR & HASH_CR_ALGO)
-  {
-    case HASH_ALGOSELECTION_MD5:
-       HAL_HASH_MD5_Start_IT(hhash, NULL, 0, NULL);
-    break;
-
-    case HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA1:
-      HAL_HASH_SHA1_Start_IT(hhash, NULL, 0, NULL);
-    break;
-
-    default:
-    break;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup HASH_Exported_Functions_Group4 HASH processing functions using DMA mode
- *  @brief   processing functions using DMA mode.
- *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-              ##### HASH processing using DMA mode functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to calculate in DMA mode
-          the hash value using one of the following algorithms:
-      (+) MD5
-      (+) SHA1
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the HASH peripheral in MD5 mode then enables DMA to
-            control data transfer. Use HAL_HASH_MD5_Finish() to get the digest.
-  * @param  hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for HASH module
-  * @param  pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
-  * @param  Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes.
-  *          If the Size is not multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASH_MD5_Start_DMA(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size)
-{
-  uint32_t inputaddr  = (uint32_t)pInBuffer;
-
-   /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hhash);
-
-  /* Change the HASH state */
-  hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
-  if(hhash->Phase == HAL_HASH_PHASE_READY)
-  {
-    /* Select the MD5 mode and reset the HASH processor core, so that the HASH will be ready to compute
-       the message digest of a new message */
-    HASH->CR |= HASH_ALGOSELECTION_MD5 | HASH_CR_INIT;
-  }
-
-  /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */
-  __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(Size);
-
-  /* Set the phase */
-  hhash->Phase = HAL_HASH_PHASE_PROCESS;
-
-  /* Set the HASH DMA transfer complete callback */
-  hhash->hdmain->XferCpltCallback = HASH_DMAXferCplt;
-  /* Set the DMA error callback */
-  hhash->hdmain->XferErrorCallback = HASH_DMAError;
-
-  /* Enable the DMA In DMA Stream */
-  HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hhash->hdmain, inputaddr, (uint32_t)&HASH->DIN, (Size%4 ? (Size+3)/4:Size/4));
-
-  /* Enable DMA requests */
-  HASH->CR |= (HASH_CR_DMAE);
-
-   /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Returns the computed digest in MD5 mode
-  * @param  hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for HASH module
-  * @param  pOutBuffer: Pointer to the computed digest. Its size must be 16 bytes.
-  * @param  Timeout: Timeout value
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASH_MD5_Finish(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t* pOutBuffer, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-
-   /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hhash);
-
-  /* Change HASH peripheral state */
-  hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Get tick */
-  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-  while(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(HASH->SR, HASH_FLAG_DCIS))
-  {
-    /* Check for the Timeout */
-    if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
-    {
-      if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
-      {
-        /* Change state */
-        hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-
-        /* Process Unlocked */
-        __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
-
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Read the message digest */
-  HASH_GetDigest(pOutBuffer, 16);
-
-  /* Change HASH peripheral state */
-  hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_READY;
-
-   /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the HASH peripheral in SHA1 mode then enables DMA to
-            control data transfer. Use HAL_HASH_SHA1_Finish() to get the digest.
-  * @param  hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for HASH module
-  * @param  pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
-  * @param  Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes.
-  *          If the Size is not multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASH_SHA1_Start_DMA(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size)
-{
-  uint32_t inputaddr  = (uint32_t)pInBuffer;
-
-   /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hhash);
-
-  /* Change the HASH state */
-  hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
-  if(hhash->Phase == HAL_HASH_PHASE_READY)
-  {
-    /* Select the SHA1 mode and reset the HASH processor core, so that the HASH will be ready to compute
-       the message digest of a new message */
-    HASH->CR |= HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA1;
-    HASH->CR |= HASH_CR_INIT;
-  }
-
-  /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */
-  __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(Size);
-
-  /* Set the phase */
-  hhash->Phase = HAL_HASH_PHASE_PROCESS;
-
-  /* Set the HASH DMA transfer complete callback */
-  hhash->hdmain->XferCpltCallback = HASH_DMAXferCplt;
-  /* Set the DMA error callback */
-  hhash->hdmain->XferErrorCallback = HASH_DMAError;
-
-  /* Enable the DMA In DMA Stream */
-  HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hhash->hdmain, inputaddr, (uint32_t)&HASH->DIN, (Size%4 ? (Size+3)/4:Size/4));
-
-  /* Enable DMA requests */
-  HASH->CR |= (HASH_CR_DMAE);
-
-   /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Returns the computed digest in SHA1 mode.
-  * @param  hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for HASH module
-  * @param  pOutBuffer: Pointer to the computed digest. Its size must be 20 bytes.
-  * @param  Timeout: Timeout value
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASH_SHA1_Finish(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t* pOutBuffer, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-
-   /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hhash);
-
-  /* Change HASH peripheral state */
-  hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Get tick */
-  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-  while(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(HASH->SR, HASH_FLAG_DCIS))
-  {
-    /* Check for the Timeout */
-    if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
-    {
-      if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
-      {
-        /* Change state */
-        hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-
-        /* Process Unlocked */
-        __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
-
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Read the message digest */
-  HASH_GetDigest(pOutBuffer, 20);
-
-  /* Change HASH peripheral state */
-  hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_READY;
-
-   /* Process UnLock */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup HASH_Exported_Functions_Group5 HASH-MAC (HMAC) processing functions using polling mode
- *  @brief   HMAC processing functions using polling mode .
- *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-              ##### HMAC processing using polling mode functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to calculate in polling mode
-          the HMAC value using one of the following algorithms:
-      (+) MD5
-      (+) SHA1
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the HASH peripheral in HMAC MD5 mode
-  *         then processes pInBuffer. The digest is available in pOutBuffer
-  * @param  hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for HASH module
-  * @param  pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
-  * @param  Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes.
-  *          If the Size is not multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware.
-  * @param  pOutBuffer: Pointer to the computed digest. Its size must be 20 bytes.
-  * @param  Timeout: Timeout value
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HMAC_MD5_Start(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size, uint8_t* pOutBuffer, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-
-   /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hhash);
-
-  /* Change the HASH state */
-  hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
-  if(hhash->Phase == HAL_HASH_PHASE_READY)
-  {
-    /* Check if key size is greater than 64 bytes */
-    if(hhash->Init.KeySize > 64)
-    {
-      /* Select the HMAC MD5 mode */
-      HASH->CR |= (HASH_ALGOSELECTION_MD5 | HASH_ALGOMODE_HMAC | HASH_HMAC_KEYTYPE_LONGKEY | HASH_CR_INIT);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      /* Select the HMAC MD5 mode */
-      HASH->CR |= (HASH_ALGOSELECTION_MD5 | HASH_ALGOMODE_HMAC | HASH_CR_INIT);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Set the phase */
-  hhash->Phase = HAL_HASH_PHASE_PROCESS;
-
-  /************************** STEP 1 ******************************************/
-  /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */
-  __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(hhash->Init.KeySize);
-
-  /* Write input buffer in data register */
-  HASH_WriteData(hhash->Init.pKey, hhash->Init.KeySize);
-
-  /* Start the digest calculation */
-  __HAL_HASH_START_DIGEST();
-
-  /* Get tick */
-  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-  while(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(HASH->SR, HASH_FLAG_BUSY))
-  {
-    /* Check for the Timeout */
-    if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
-    {
-      if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
-      {
-        /* Change state */
-        hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-
-        /* Process Unlocked */
-        __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
-
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  /************************** STEP 2 ******************************************/
-  /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */
-  __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(Size);
-
-  /* Write input buffer in data register */
-  HASH_WriteData(pInBuffer, Size);
-
-  /* Start the digest calculation */
-  __HAL_HASH_START_DIGEST();
-
-  /* Get tick */
-  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-  while(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(HASH->SR, HASH_FLAG_BUSY))
-  {
-    /* Check for the Timeout */
-    if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
-    {
-      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)
-      {
-        /* Change state */
-        hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-
-        /* Process Unlocked */
-        __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
-
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  /************************** STEP 3 ******************************************/
-  /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */
-  __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(hhash->Init.KeySize);
-
-  /* Write input buffer in data register */
-  HASH_WriteData(hhash->Init.pKey, hhash->Init.KeySize);
-
-  /* Start the digest calculation */
-  __HAL_HASH_START_DIGEST();
-
-  /* Get tick */
-  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-  while(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(HASH->SR, HASH_FLAG_BUSY))
-  {
-    /* Check for the Timeout */
-    if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
-    {
-      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)
-      {
-        /* Change state */
-        hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-
-        /* Process Unlocked */
-        __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
-
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Read the message digest */
-  HASH_GetDigest(pOutBuffer, 16);
-
-  /* Change the HASH state */
-  hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the HASH peripheral in HMAC SHA1 mode
-  *         then processes pInBuffer. The digest is available in pOutBuffer.
-  * @param  hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for HASH module
-  * @param  pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
-  * @param   Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes.
-  *          If the Size is not multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware.
-  * @param  pOutBuffer: Pointer to the computed digest. Its size must be 20 bytes.
-  * @param  Timeout: Timeout value
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HMAC_SHA1_Start(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size, uint8_t* pOutBuffer, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hhash);
-
-  /* Change the HASH state */
-  hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
-  if(hhash->Phase == HAL_HASH_PHASE_READY)
-  {
-    /* Check if key size is greater than 64 bytes */
-    if(hhash->Init.KeySize > 64)
-    {
-      /* Select the HMAC SHA1 mode */
-      HASH->CR |= (HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA1 | HASH_ALGOMODE_HMAC | HASH_HMAC_KEYTYPE_LONGKEY | HASH_CR_INIT);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      /* Select the HMAC SHA1 mode */
-      HASH->CR |= (HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA1 | HASH_ALGOMODE_HMAC | HASH_CR_INIT);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Set the phase */
-  hhash->Phase = HAL_HASH_PHASE_PROCESS;
-
-  /************************** STEP 1 ******************************************/
-  /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */
-  __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(hhash->Init.KeySize);
-
-  /* Write input buffer in data register */
-  HASH_WriteData(hhash->Init.pKey, hhash->Init.KeySize);
-
-  /* Start the digest calculation */
-  __HAL_HASH_START_DIGEST();
-
-  /* Get tick */
-  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-  while(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(HASH->SR, HASH_FLAG_BUSY))
-  {
-    /* Check for the Timeout */
-    if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
-    {
-      if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
-      {
-        /* Change state */
-        hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-
-        /* Process Unlocked */
-        __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
-
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  /************************** STEP 2 ******************************************/
-  /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */
-  __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(Size);
-
-  /* Write input buffer in data register */
-  HASH_WriteData(pInBuffer, Size);
-
-  /* Start the digest calculation */
-  __HAL_HASH_START_DIGEST();
-
-  /* Get tick */
-  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-  while(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(HASH->SR, HASH_FLAG_BUSY))
-  {
-    /* Check for the Timeout */
-    if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
-    {
-      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)
-      {
-        /* Change state */
-        hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-
-        /* Process Unlocked */
-        __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
-
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  /************************** STEP 3 ******************************************/
-  /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */
-  __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(hhash->Init.KeySize);
-
-  /* Write input buffer in data register */
-  HASH_WriteData(hhash->Init.pKey, hhash->Init.KeySize);
-
-  /* Start the digest calculation */
-  __HAL_HASH_START_DIGEST();
-
-  /* Get tick */
-  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-  while(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(HASH->SR, HASH_FLAG_BUSY))
-  {
-    /* Check for the Timeout */
-    if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
-    {
-      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)
-      {
-        /* Change state */
-        hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-
-        /* Process Unlocked */
-        __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
-
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  /* Read the message digest */
-  HASH_GetDigest(pOutBuffer, 20);
-
-  /* Change the HASH state */
-  hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup HASH_Exported_Functions_Group6 HASH-MAC (HMAC) processing functions using DMA mode
- *  @brief   HMAC processing functions using DMA mode .
- *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-                ##### HMAC processing using DMA mode functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to calculate in DMA mode
-          the HMAC value using one of the following algorithms:
-      (+) MD5
-      (+) SHA1
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the HASH peripheral in HMAC MD5 mode
-  *         then enables DMA to control data transfer.
-  * @param  hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for HASH module
-  * @param  pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
-  * @param  Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes.
-  *          If the Size is not multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HMAC_MD5_Start_DMA(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size)
-{
-  uint32_t inputaddr  = 0;
-
-   /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hhash);
-
-  /* Change the HASH state */
-  hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Save buffer pointer and size in handle */
-  hhash->pHashInBuffPtr = pInBuffer;
-  hhash->HashBuffSize = Size;
-  hhash->HashInCount = 0;
-
-  /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
-  if(hhash->Phase == HAL_HASH_PHASE_READY)
-  {
-    /* Check if key size is greater than 64 bytes */
-    if(hhash->Init.KeySize > 64)
-    {
-      /* Select the HMAC MD5 mode */
-      HASH->CR |= (HASH_ALGOSELECTION_MD5 | HASH_ALGOMODE_HMAC | HASH_HMAC_KEYTYPE_LONGKEY | HASH_CR_INIT);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      /* Select the HMAC MD5 mode */
-      HASH->CR |= (HASH_ALGOSELECTION_MD5 | HASH_ALGOMODE_HMAC | HASH_CR_INIT);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Set the phase */
-  hhash->Phase = HAL_HASH_PHASE_PROCESS;
-
-  /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */
-  __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(hhash->Init.KeySize);
-
-  /* Get the key address */
-  inputaddr = (uint32_t)(hhash->Init.pKey);
-
-  /* Set the HASH DMA transfer complete callback */
-  hhash->hdmain->XferCpltCallback = HASH_DMAXferCplt;
-  /* Set the DMA error callback */
-  hhash->hdmain->XferErrorCallback = HASH_DMAError;
-
-  /* Enable the DMA In DMA Stream */
-  HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hhash->hdmain, inputaddr, (uint32_t)&HASH->DIN, (hhash->Init.KeySize%4 ? (hhash->Init.KeySize+3)/4:hhash->Init.KeySize/4));
-  /* Enable DMA requests */
-  HASH->CR |= (HASH_CR_DMAE);
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the HASH peripheral in HMAC SHA1 mode
-  *         then enables DMA to control data transfer.
-  * @param  hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for HASH module
-  * @param  pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
-  * @param  Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes.
-  *          If the Size is not multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HMAC_SHA1_Start_DMA(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size)
-{
-  uint32_t inputaddr  = 0;
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hhash);
-
-  /* Change the HASH state */
-  hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Save buffer pointer and size in handle */
-  hhash->pHashInBuffPtr = pInBuffer;
-  hhash->HashBuffSize = Size;
-  hhash->HashInCount = 0;
-
-  /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
-  if(hhash->Phase == HAL_HASH_PHASE_READY)
-  {
-    /* Check if key size is greater than 64 bytes */
-    if(hhash->Init.KeySize > 64)
-    {
-      /* Select the HMAC SHA1 mode */
-      HASH->CR |= (HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA1 | HASH_ALGOMODE_HMAC | HASH_HMAC_KEYTYPE_LONGKEY | HASH_CR_INIT);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      /* Select the HMAC SHA1 mode */
-      HASH->CR |= (HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA1 | HASH_ALGOMODE_HMAC | HASH_CR_INIT);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Set the phase */
-  hhash->Phase = HAL_HASH_PHASE_PROCESS;
-
-  /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */
-  __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(hhash->Init.KeySize);
-
-  /* Get the key address */
-  inputaddr = (uint32_t)(hhash->Init.pKey);
-
-  /* Set the HASH DMA transfer complete callback */
-  hhash->hdmain->XferCpltCallback = HASH_DMAXferCplt;
-  /* Set the DMA error callback */
-  hhash->hdmain->XferErrorCallback = HASH_DMAError;
-
-  /* Enable the DMA In DMA Stream */
-  HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hhash->hdmain, inputaddr, (uint32_t)&HASH->DIN, (hhash->Init.KeySize%4 ? (hhash->Init.KeySize+3)/4:hhash->Init.KeySize/4));
-  /* Enable DMA requests */
-  HASH->CR |= (HASH_CR_DMAE);
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup HASH_Exported_Functions_Group7 Peripheral State functions
- *  @brief   Peripheral State functions.
- *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-                      ##### Peripheral State functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]
-    This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief return the HASH state
-  * @param  hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for HASH module
-  * @retval HAL state
-  */
-HAL_HASH_STATETypeDef HAL_HASH_GetState(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash)
-{
-  return hhash->State;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-#endif /* HAL_HASH_MODULE_ENABLED */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-#endif /* STM32F756xx */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_hash_ex.c b/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_hash_ex.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 3d8d06e5ea..0000000000
--- a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_hash_ex.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1636 +0,0 @@
-/**
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @file    stm32f7xx_hal_hash_ex.c
-  * @author  MCD Application Team
-  * @version V1.0.1
-  * @date    25-June-2015
-  * @brief   HASH HAL Extension module driver.
-  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
-  *          functionalities of HASH peripheral:
-  *           + Extended HASH processing functions based on SHA224 Algorithm
-  *           + Extended HASH processing functions based on SHA256 Algorithm
-  *
-  @verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                     ##### How to use this driver #####
-  ==============================================================================
-    [..]
-    The HASH HAL driver can be used as follows:
-    (#)Initialize the HASH low level resources by implementing the HAL_HASH_MspInit():
-        (##) Enable the HASH interface clock using __HAL_RCC_HASH_CLK_ENABLE()
-        (##) In case of using processing APIs based on interrupts (e.g. HAL_HMACEx_SHA224_Start())
-            (+++) Configure the HASH interrupt priority using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority()
-            (+++) Enable the HASH IRQ handler using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ()
-            (+++) In HASH IRQ handler, call HAL_HASH_IRQHandler()
-        (##) In case of using DMA to control data transfer (e.g. HAL_HMACEx_SH224_Start_DMA())
-            (+++) Enable the DMAx interface clock using __DMAx_CLK_ENABLE()
-            (+++) Configure and enable one DMA stream one for managing data transfer from
-                memory to peripheral (input stream). Managing data transfer from
-                peripheral to memory can be performed only using CPU
-            (+++) Associate the initialized DMA handle to the HASH DMA handle
-                using  __HAL_LINKDMA()
-            (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete
-                interrupt on the DMA Stream: HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() and HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ()
-    (#)Initialize the HASH HAL using HAL_HASH_Init(). This function configures mainly:
-        (##) The data type: 1-bit, 8-bit, 16-bit and 32-bit.
-        (##) For HMAC, the encryption key.
-        (##) For HMAC, the key size used for encryption.
-    (#)Three processing functions are available:
-        (##) Polling mode: processing APIs are blocking functions
-             i.e. they process the data and wait till the digest computation is finished
-             e.g. HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Start()
-        (##) Interrupt mode: encryption and decryption APIs are not blocking functions
-                i.e. they process the data under interrupt
-                e.g. HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Start_IT()
-        (##) DMA mode: processing APIs are not blocking functions and the CPU is
-             not used for data transfer i.e. the data transfer is ensured by DMA
-                e.g. HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Start_DMA()
-    (#)When the processing function is called at first time after HAL_HASH_Init()
-       the HASH peripheral is initialized and processes the buffer in input.
-       After that, the digest computation is started.
-       When processing multi-buffer use the accumulate function to write the
-       data in the peripheral without starting the digest computation. In last
-       buffer use the start function to input the last buffer ans start the digest
-       computation.
-       (##) e.g. HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Accumulate() : write 1st data buffer in the peripheral without starting the digest computation
-       (##)  write (n-1)th data buffer in the peripheral without starting the digest computation
-       (##)  HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Start() : write (n)th data buffer in the peripheral and start the digest computation
-    (#)In HMAC mode, there is no Accumulate API. Only Start API is available.
-    (#)In case of using DMA, call the DMA start processing e.g. HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Start_DMA().
-       After that, call the finish function in order to get the digest value
-       e.g. HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Finish()
-    (#)Call HAL_HASH_DeInit() to deinitialize the HASH peripheral.
-
-  @endverbatim
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @attention
-  *
-  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
-  *
-  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
-  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
-  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
-  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
-  *      without specific prior written permission.
-  *
-  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
-  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
-  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
-  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
-  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
-  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
-  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
-  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
-  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
-  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-  *
-  ******************************************************************************
-  */
-
-/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
-
-/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
-  * @{
-  */
-#if defined(STM32F756xx)
-
-/** @defgroup HASHEx HASHEx
-  * @brief HASH Extension HAL module driver.
-  * @{
-  */
-
-#ifdef HAL_HASH_MODULE_ENABLED
-
-/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
-/** @addtogroup HASHEx_Private_Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-static void HASHEx_DMAXferCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
-static void HASHEx_WriteData(uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size);
-static void HASHEx_GetDigest(uint8_t *pMsgDigest, uint8_t Size);
-static void HASHEx_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/** @addtogroup HASHEx_Private_Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Writes the input buffer in data register.
-  * @param  pInBuffer: Pointer to input buffer
-  * @param  Size: The size of input buffer
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void HASHEx_WriteData(uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size)
-{
-  uint32_t buffercounter;
-  uint32_t inputaddr = (uint32_t) pInBuffer;
-
-  for(buffercounter = 0; buffercounter < Size; buffercounter+=4)
-  {
-    HASH->DIN = *(uint32_t*)inputaddr;
-    inputaddr+=4;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Provides the message digest result.
-  * @param  pMsgDigest: Pointer to the message digest
-  * @param  Size: The size of the message digest in bytes
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void HASHEx_GetDigest(uint8_t *pMsgDigest, uint8_t Size)
-{
-  uint32_t msgdigest = (uint32_t)pMsgDigest;
-
-  switch(Size)
-  {
-  case 16:
-    /* Read the message digest */
-    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[0]);
-    msgdigest+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[1]);
-    msgdigest+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[2]);
-    msgdigest+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[3]);
-    break;
-  case 20:
-    /* Read the message digest */
-    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[0]);
-    msgdigest+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[1]);
-    msgdigest+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[2]);
-    msgdigest+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[3]);
-    msgdigest+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[4]);
-    break;
-  case 28:
-    /* Read the message digest */
-    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[0]);
-    msgdigest+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[1]);
-    msgdigest+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[2]);
-    msgdigest+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[3]);
-    msgdigest+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[4]);
-    msgdigest+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH_DIGEST->HR[5]);
-    msgdigest+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH_DIGEST->HR[6]);
-    break;
-  case 32:
-    /* Read the message digest */
-    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[0]);
-    msgdigest+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[1]);
-    msgdigest+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[2]);
-    msgdigest+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[3]);
-    msgdigest+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH->HR[4]);
-    msgdigest+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH_DIGEST->HR[5]);
-    msgdigest+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH_DIGEST->HR[6]);
-    msgdigest+=4;
-    *(uint32_t*)(msgdigest) = __REV(HASH_DIGEST->HR[7]);
-    break;
-  default:
-    break;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  DMA HASH Input Data complete callback.
-  * @param  hdma: DMA handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void HASHEx_DMAXferCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  HASH_HandleTypeDef* hhash = ( HASH_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
-  uint32_t inputaddr = 0;
-  uint32_t buffersize = 0;
-
-  if((HASH->CR & HASH_CR_MODE) != HASH_CR_MODE)
-  {
-    /* Disable the DMA transfer */
-    HASH->CR &= (uint32_t)(~HASH_CR_DMAE);
-
-    /* Change HASH peripheral state */
-    hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_READY;
-
-    /* Call Input data transfer complete callback */
-    HAL_HASH_InCpltCallback(hhash);
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    /* Increment Interrupt counter */
-    hhash->HashInCount++;
-    /* Disable the DMA transfer before starting the next transfer */
-    HASH->CR &= (uint32_t)(~HASH_CR_DMAE);
-
-    if(hhash->HashInCount <= 2)
-    {
-      /* In case HashInCount = 1, set the DMA to transfer data to HASH DIN register */
-      if(hhash->HashInCount == 1)
-      {
-        inputaddr = (uint32_t)hhash->pHashInBuffPtr;
-        buffersize = hhash->HashBuffSize;
-      }
-      /* In case HashInCount = 2, set the DMA to transfer key to HASH DIN register */
-      else if(hhash->HashInCount == 2)
-      {
-        inputaddr = (uint32_t)hhash->Init.pKey;
-        buffersize = hhash->Init.KeySize;
-      }
-      /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */
-      MODIFY_REG(HASH->STR, HASH_STR_NBLW, 8 * (buffersize % 4));
-
-      /* Set the HASH DMA transfer complete */
-      hhash->hdmain->XferCpltCallback = HASHEx_DMAXferCplt;
-
-      /* Enable the DMA In DMA Stream */
-      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hhash->hdmain, inputaddr, (uint32_t)&HASH->DIN, (buffersize%4 ? (buffersize+3)/4:buffersize/4));
-
-      /* Enable DMA requests */
-      HASH->CR |= (HASH_CR_DMAE);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      /* Disable the DMA transfer */
-      HASH->CR &= (uint32_t)(~HASH_CR_DMAE);
-
-      /* Reset the InCount */
-      hhash->HashInCount = 0;
-
-      /* Change HASH peripheral state */
-      hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_READY;
-
-      /* Call Input data transfer complete callback */
-      HAL_HASH_InCpltCallback(hhash);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  DMA HASH communication error callback.
-  * @param  hdma: DMA handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void HASHEx_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  HASH_HandleTypeDef* hhash = ( HASH_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
-  hhash->State= HAL_HASH_STATE_READY;
-  HAL_HASH_ErrorCallback(hhash);
-}
-
- /**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
-/** @addtogroup HASHEx_Exported_Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup  HASHEx_Group1 HASH processing functions
- *  @brief   processing functions using polling mode
- *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-              ##### HASH processing using polling mode functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to calculate in polling mode
-          the hash value using one of the following algorithms:
-      (+) SHA224
-      (+) SHA256
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the HASH peripheral in SHA224 mode
-  *         then processes pInBuffer. The digest is available in pOutBuffer
-  * @param  hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for HASH module
-  * @param  pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
-  * @param  Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes.
-  *          If the Size is not multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware.
-  * @param  pOutBuffer: Pointer to the computed digest. Its size must be 28 bytes.
-  * @param  Timeout: Specify Timeout value
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Start(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size, uint8_t* pOutBuffer, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hhash);
-
-  /* Change the HASH state */
-  hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
-  if(hhash->Phase == HAL_HASH_PHASE_READY)
-  {
-    /* Select the SHA224 mode and reset the HASH processor core, so that the HASH will be ready to compute
-       the message digest of a new message */
-    HASH->CR |= HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA224 | HASH_CR_INIT;
-  }
-
-  /* Set the phase */
-  hhash->Phase = HAL_HASH_PHASE_PROCESS;
-
-  /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */
-  __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(Size);
-
-  /* Write input buffer in data register */
-  HASHEx_WriteData(pInBuffer, Size);
-
-  /* Start the digest calculation */
-  __HAL_HASH_START_DIGEST();
-
-  /* Get tick */
-  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-  while((HASH->SR & HASH_FLAG_BUSY) == HASH_FLAG_BUSY)
-  {
-    /* Check for the Timeout */
-    if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
-    {
-      if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
-      {
-        /* Change state */
-        hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-
-        /* Process Unlocked */
-        __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
-
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Read the message digest */
-  HASHEx_GetDigest(pOutBuffer, 28);
-
-  /* Change the HASH state */
-  hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the HASH peripheral in SHA256 mode then processes pInBuffer.
-            The digest is available in pOutBuffer.
-  * @param  hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for HASH module
-  * @param  pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
-  * @param  Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes.
-  *          If the Size is not multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware.
-  * @param  pOutBuffer: Pointer to the computed digest. Its size must be 32 bytes.
-  * @param  Timeout: Specify Timeout value
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Start(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size, uint8_t* pOutBuffer, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hhash);
-
-  /* Change the HASH state */
-  hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
-  if(hhash->Phase == HAL_HASH_PHASE_READY)
-  {
-    /* Select the SHA256 mode and reset the HASH processor core, so that the HASH will be ready to compute
-       the message digest of a new message */
-    HASH->CR |= HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA256 | HASH_CR_INIT;
-  }
-
-  /* Set the phase */
-  hhash->Phase = HAL_HASH_PHASE_PROCESS;
-
-  /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */
-  __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(Size);
-
-  /* Write input buffer in data register */
-  HASHEx_WriteData(pInBuffer, Size);
-
-  /* Start the digest calculation */
-  __HAL_HASH_START_DIGEST();
-
-  /* Get tick */
-  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-  while((HASH->SR & HASH_FLAG_BUSY) == HASH_FLAG_BUSY)
-  {
-    /* Check for the Timeout */
-    if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
-    {
-      if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
-      {
-        /* Change state */
-        hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-
-        /* Process Unlocked */
-        __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
-
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Read the message digest */
-  HASHEx_GetDigest(pOutBuffer, 32);
-
-  /* Change the HASH state */
-  hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the HASH peripheral in SHA224 mode
-  *         then processes pInBuffer. The digest is available in pOutBuffer
-  * @param  hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for HASH module
-  * @param  pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
-  * @param  Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes.
-  *          If the Size is not multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Accumulate(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size)
-{
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hhash);
-
-  /* Change the HASH state */
-  hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
-  if(hhash->Phase == HAL_HASH_PHASE_READY)
-  {
-    /* Select the SHA224 mode and reset the HASH processor core, so that the HASH will be ready to compute
-       the message digest of a new message */
-    HASH->CR |= HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA224 | HASH_CR_INIT;
-  }
-
-  /* Set the phase */
-  hhash->Phase = HAL_HASH_PHASE_PROCESS;
-
-  /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */
-  __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(Size);
-
-  /* Write input buffer in data register */
-  HASHEx_WriteData(pInBuffer, Size);
-
-  /* Change the HASH state */
-  hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the HASH peripheral in SHA256 mode then processes pInBuffer.
-            The digest is available in pOutBuffer.
-  * @param  hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for HASH module
-  * @param  pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
-  * @param  Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes.
-  *          If the Size is not multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Accumulate(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size)
-{
-   /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hhash);
-
-  /* Change the HASH state */
-  hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
-  if(hhash->Phase == HAL_HASH_PHASE_READY)
-  {
-    /* Select the SHA256 mode and reset the HASH processor core, so that the HASH will be ready to compute
-       the message digest of a new message */
-    HASH->CR |= HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA256 | HASH_CR_INIT;
-  }
-
-  /* Set the phase */
-  hhash->Phase = HAL_HASH_PHASE_PROCESS;
-
-  /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */
-  __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(Size);
-
-  /* Write input buffer in data register */
-  HASHEx_WriteData(pInBuffer, Size);
-
-  /* Change the HASH state */
-  hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup HASHEx_Group2 HMAC processing functions using polling mode
- *  @brief   HMAC processing functions using polling mode .
- *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-            ##### HMAC processing using polling mode functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to calculate in polling mode
-          the HMAC value using one of the following algorithms:
-      (+) SHA224
-      (+) SHA256
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the HASH peripheral in HMAC SHA224 mode
-  *         then processes pInBuffer. The digest is available in pOutBuffer.
-  * @param  hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for HASH module
-  * @param  pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
-  * @param  Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes.
-  *          If the Size is not multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware.
-  * @param  pOutBuffer: Pointer to the computed digest. Its size must be 20 bytes.
-  * @param  Timeout: Timeout value
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HMACEx_SHA224_Start(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size, uint8_t* pOutBuffer, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-
-   /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hhash);
-
-  /* Change the HASH state */
-  hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
-  if(hhash->Phase == HAL_HASH_PHASE_READY)
-  {
-    /* Check if key size is greater than 64 bytes */
-    if(hhash->Init.KeySize > 64)
-    {
-      /* Select the HMAC SHA224 mode */
-      HASH->CR |= (HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA224 | HASH_ALGOMODE_HMAC | HASH_HMAC_KEYTYPE_LONGKEY | HASH_CR_INIT);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      /* Select the HMAC SHA224 mode */
-      HASH->CR |= (HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA224 | HASH_ALGOMODE_HMAC | HASH_CR_INIT);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Set the phase */
-  hhash->Phase = HAL_HASH_PHASE_PROCESS;
-
-  /************************** STEP 1 ******************************************/
-  /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */
-  __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(hhash->Init.KeySize);
-
-  /* Write input buffer in data register */
-  HASHEx_WriteData(hhash->Init.pKey, hhash->Init.KeySize);
-
-  /* Start the digest calculation */
-  __HAL_HASH_START_DIGEST();
-
-  /* Get tick */
-  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-  while((HASH->SR & HASH_FLAG_BUSY) == HASH_FLAG_BUSY)
-  {
-    /* Check for the Timeout */
-    if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
-    {
-      if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
-      {
-        /* Change state */
-        hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-
-        /* Process Unlocked */
-        __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
-
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  /************************** STEP 2 ******************************************/
-  /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */
-  __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(Size);
-
-  /* Write input buffer in data register */
-  HASHEx_WriteData(pInBuffer, Size);
-
-  /* Start the digest calculation */
-  __HAL_HASH_START_DIGEST();
-
-  /* Get tick */
-  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-  while((HASH->SR & HASH_FLAG_BUSY) == HASH_FLAG_BUSY)
-  {
-    /* Check for the Timeout */
-    if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
-    {
-      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)
-      {
-        /* Change state */
-        hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-
-        /* Process Unlocked */
-        __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
-
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  /************************** STEP 3 ******************************************/
-  /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */
-  __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(hhash->Init.KeySize);
-
-  /* Write input buffer in data register */
-  HASHEx_WriteData(hhash->Init.pKey, hhash->Init.KeySize);
-
-  /* Start the digest calculation */
-  __HAL_HASH_START_DIGEST();
-
-  /* Get tick */
-  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-  while((HASH->SR & HASH_FLAG_BUSY) == HASH_FLAG_BUSY)
-  {
-    /* Check for the Timeout */
-    if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
-    {
-      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)
-      {
-        /* Change state */
-        hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-
-        /* Process Unlocked */
-        __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
-
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  /* Read the message digest */
-  HASHEx_GetDigest(pOutBuffer, 28);
-
-  /* Change the HASH state */
-  hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the HASH peripheral in HMAC SHA256 mode
-  *         then processes pInBuffer. The digest is available in pOutBuffer
-  * @param  hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for HASH module
-  * @param  pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
-  * @param  Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes.
-  *          If the Size is not multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware.
-  * @param  pOutBuffer: Pointer to the computed digest. Its size must be 20 bytes.
-  * @param  Timeout: Timeout value
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HMACEx_SHA256_Start(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size, uint8_t* pOutBuffer, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hhash);
-
-  /* Change the HASH state */
-  hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
-  if(hhash->Phase == HAL_HASH_PHASE_READY)
-  {
-    /* Check if key size is greater than 64 bytes */
-    if(hhash->Init.KeySize > 64)
-    {
-      /* Select the HMAC SHA256 mode */
-      HASH->CR |= (HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA256 | HASH_ALGOMODE_HMAC | HASH_HMAC_KEYTYPE_LONGKEY);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      /* Select the HMAC SHA256 mode */
-      HASH->CR |= (HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA256 | HASH_ALGOMODE_HMAC);
-    }
-    /* Reset the HASH processor core, so that the HASH will be ready to compute
-       the message digest of a new message */
-    HASH->CR |= HASH_CR_INIT;
-  }
-
-  /* Set the phase */
-  hhash->Phase = HAL_HASH_PHASE_PROCESS;
-
-  /************************** STEP 1 ******************************************/
-  /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */
-  __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(hhash->Init.KeySize);
-
-  /* Write input buffer in data register */
-  HASHEx_WriteData(hhash->Init.pKey, hhash->Init.KeySize);
-
-  /* Start the digest calculation */
-  __HAL_HASH_START_DIGEST();
-
-  /* Get tick */
-  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-  while((HASH->SR & HASH_FLAG_BUSY) == HASH_FLAG_BUSY)
-  {
-    /* Check for the Timeout */
-    if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
-    {
-      if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
-      {
-        /* Change state */
-        hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-
-        /* Process Unlocked */
-        __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
-
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  /************************** STEP 2 ******************************************/
-  /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */
-  __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(Size);
-
-  /* Write input buffer in data register */
-  HASHEx_WriteData(pInBuffer, Size);
-
-  /* Start the digest calculation */
-  __HAL_HASH_START_DIGEST();
-
-  /* Get tick */
-  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-  while((HASH->SR & HASH_FLAG_BUSY) == HASH_FLAG_BUSY)
-  {
-    /* Check for the Timeout */
-    if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
-    {
-      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)
-      {
-        /* Change state */
-        hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-
-        /* Process Unlocked */
-        __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
-
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  /************************** STEP 3 ******************************************/
-  /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */
-  __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(hhash->Init.KeySize);
-
-  /* Write input buffer in data register */
-  HASHEx_WriteData(hhash->Init.pKey, hhash->Init.KeySize);
-
-  /* Start the digest calculation */
-  __HAL_HASH_START_DIGEST();
-
-  /* Get tick */
-  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-  while((HASH->SR & HASH_FLAG_BUSY) == HASH_FLAG_BUSY)
-  {
-    /* Check for the Timeout */
-    if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
-    {
-      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout)
-      {
-        /* Change state */
-        hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-
-        /* Process Unlocked */
-        __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
-
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  /* Read the message digest */
-  HASHEx_GetDigest(pOutBuffer, 32);
-
-  /* Change the HASH state */
-  hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_READY;
-
-   /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup HASHEx_Group3 HASH processing functions using interrupt mode
- *  @brief   processing functions using interrupt mode.
- *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-              ##### HASH processing using interrupt functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to calculate in interrupt mode
-          the hash value using one of the following algorithms:
-      (+) SHA224
-      (+) SHA256
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the HASH peripheral in SHA224 mode then processes pInBuffer.
-  *         The digest is available in pOutBuffer.
-  * @param  hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for HASH module
-  * @param  pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
-  * @param  Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes.
-  *          If the Size is not multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware.
-  * @param  pOutBuffer: Pointer to the computed digest. Its size must be 20 bytes.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Start_IT(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size, uint8_t* pOutBuffer)
-{
-  uint32_t inputaddr;
-  uint32_t buffercounter;
-  uint32_t inputcounter;
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hhash);
-
-  if(hhash->State == HAL_HASH_STATE_READY)
-  {
-    /* Change the HASH state */
-    hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_BUSY;
-
-    hhash->HashInCount = Size;
-    hhash->pHashInBuffPtr = pInBuffer;
-    hhash->pHashOutBuffPtr = pOutBuffer;
-
-    /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
-    if(hhash->Phase == HAL_HASH_PHASE_READY)
-    {
-      /* Select the SHA224 mode */
-      HASH->CR |= HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA224;
-      /* Reset the HASH processor core, so that the HASH will be ready to compute
-         the message digest of a new message */
-      HASH->CR |= HASH_CR_INIT;
-    }
-    /* Reset interrupt counter */
-    hhash->HashITCounter = 0;
-    /* Set the phase */
-    hhash->Phase = HAL_HASH_PHASE_PROCESS;
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
-
-    /* Enable Interrupts */
-    HASH->IMR = (HASH_IT_DINI | HASH_IT_DCI);
-
-    /* Return function status */
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  if(__HAL_HASH_GET_FLAG(HASH_FLAG_DCIS))
-  {
-    /* Read the message digest */
-    HASHEx_GetDigest(hhash->pHashOutBuffPtr, 28);
-    if(hhash->HashInCount == 0)
-    {
-      /* Disable Interrupts */
-      HASH->IMR = 0;
-      /* Change the HASH state */
-      hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_READY;
-      /* Call digest computation complete callback */
-      HAL_HASH_DgstCpltCallback(hhash);
-      /* Process Unlocked */
-      __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
-
-      /* Return function status */
-      return HAL_OK;
-    }
-  }
-  if(__HAL_HASH_GET_FLAG(HASH_FLAG_DINIS))
-  {
-    if(hhash->HashInCount >= 68)
-    {
-      inputaddr = (uint32_t)hhash->pHashInBuffPtr;
-      /* Write the Input block in the Data IN register */
-      for(buffercounter = 0; buffercounter < 64; buffercounter+=4)
-      {
-        HASH->DIN = *(uint32_t*)inputaddr;
-        inputaddr+=4;
-      }
-      if(hhash->HashITCounter == 0)
-      {
-        HASH->DIN = *(uint32_t*)inputaddr;
-        if(hhash->HashInCount >= 68)
-        {
-          /* Decrement buffer counter */
-          hhash->HashInCount -= 68;
-          hhash->pHashInBuffPtr+= 68;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-           hhash->HashInCount = 0;
-          hhash->pHashInBuffPtr+= hhash->HashInCount;
-        }
-        /* Set Interrupt counter */
-        hhash->HashITCounter = 1;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        /* Decrement buffer counter */
-        hhash->HashInCount -= 64;
-        hhash->pHashInBuffPtr+= 64;
-      }
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      /* Get the buffer address */
-      inputaddr = (uint32_t)hhash->pHashInBuffPtr;
-      /* Get the buffer counter */
-      inputcounter = hhash->HashInCount;
-      /* Disable Interrupts */
-      HASH->IMR &= ~(HASH_IT_DINI);
-      /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */
-      __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(inputcounter);
-
-      if((inputcounter > 4) && (inputcounter%4))
-      {
-        inputcounter = (inputcounter+4-inputcounter%4);
-      }
-      else if ((inputcounter < 4) && (inputcounter != 0))
-      {
-        inputcounter = 4;
-      }
-      /* Write the Input block in the Data IN register */
-      for(buffercounter = 0; buffercounter < inputcounter/4; buffercounter++)
-      {
-        HASH->DIN = *(uint32_t*)inputaddr;
-        inputaddr+=4;
-      }
-      /* Start the digest calculation */
-      __HAL_HASH_START_DIGEST();
-      /* Reset buffer counter */
-      hhash->HashInCount = 0;
-      /* Call Input data transfer complete callback */
-      HAL_HASH_InCpltCallback(hhash);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the HASH peripheral in SHA256 mode then processes pInBuffer.
-  *         The digest is available in pOutBuffer.
-  * @param  hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for HASH module
-  * @param  pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
-  * @param  Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes.
-  *          If the Size is not multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware.
-  * @param  pOutBuffer: Pointer to the computed digest. Its size must be 20 bytes.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Start_IT(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size, uint8_t* pOutBuffer)
-{
-  uint32_t inputaddr;
-  uint32_t buffercounter;
-  uint32_t inputcounter;
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hhash);
-
-  if(hhash->State == HAL_HASH_STATE_READY)
-  {
-    /* Change the HASH state */
-    hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_BUSY;
-
-    hhash->HashInCount = Size;
-    hhash->pHashInBuffPtr = pInBuffer;
-    hhash->pHashOutBuffPtr = pOutBuffer;
-
-    /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
-    if(hhash->Phase == HAL_HASH_PHASE_READY)
-    {
-      /* Select the SHA256 mode */
-      HASH->CR |= HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA256;
-      /* Reset the HASH processor core, so that the HASH will be ready to compute
-         the message digest of a new message */
-      HASH->CR |= HASH_CR_INIT;
-    }
-
-    /* Reset interrupt counter */
-    hhash->HashITCounter = 0;
-
-    /* Set the phase */
-    hhash->Phase = HAL_HASH_PHASE_PROCESS;
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
-
-    /* Enable Interrupts */
-    HASH->IMR = (HASH_IT_DINI | HASH_IT_DCI);
-
-    /* Return function status */
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  if(__HAL_HASH_GET_FLAG(HASH_FLAG_DCIS))
-  {
-    /* Read the message digest */
-    HASHEx_GetDigest(hhash->pHashOutBuffPtr, 32);
-    if(hhash->HashInCount == 0)
-    {
-      /* Disable Interrupts */
-      HASH->IMR = 0;
-      /* Change the HASH state */
-      hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_READY;
-      /* Call digest computation complete callback */
-      HAL_HASH_DgstCpltCallback(hhash);
-
-      /* Process Unlocked */
-      __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
-
-      /* Return function status */
-      return HAL_OK;
-    }
-  }
-  if(__HAL_HASH_GET_FLAG(HASH_FLAG_DINIS))
-  {
-    if(hhash->HashInCount >= 68)
-    {
-      inputaddr = (uint32_t)hhash->pHashInBuffPtr;
-      /* Write the Input block in the Data IN register */
-      for(buffercounter = 0; buffercounter < 64; buffercounter+=4)
-      {
-        HASH->DIN = *(uint32_t*)inputaddr;
-        inputaddr+=4;
-      }
-      if(hhash->HashITCounter == 0)
-      {
-        HASH->DIN = *(uint32_t*)inputaddr;
-
-        if(hhash->HashInCount >= 68)
-        {
-          /* Decrement buffer counter */
-          hhash->HashInCount -= 68;
-          hhash->pHashInBuffPtr+= 68;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          hhash->HashInCount = 0;
-          hhash->pHashInBuffPtr+= hhash->HashInCount;
-        }
-        /* Set Interrupt counter */
-        hhash->HashITCounter = 1;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        /* Decrement buffer counter */
-        hhash->HashInCount -= 64;
-        hhash->pHashInBuffPtr+= 64;
-      }
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      /* Get the buffer address */
-      inputaddr = (uint32_t)hhash->pHashInBuffPtr;
-      /* Get the buffer counter */
-      inputcounter = hhash->HashInCount;
-      /* Disable Interrupts */
-      HASH->IMR &= ~(HASH_IT_DINI);
-      /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */
-      __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(inputcounter);
-
-      if((inputcounter > 4) && (inputcounter%4))
-      {
-        inputcounter = (inputcounter+4-inputcounter%4);
-      }
-      else if ((inputcounter < 4) && (inputcounter != 0))
-      {
-        inputcounter = 4;
-      }
-
-      /* Write the Input block in the Data IN register */
-      for(buffercounter = 0; buffercounter < inputcounter/4; buffercounter++)
-      {
-        HASH->DIN = *(uint32_t*)inputaddr;
-        inputaddr+=4;
-      }
-      /* Start the digest calculation */
-      __HAL_HASH_START_DIGEST();
-      /* Reset buffer counter */
-      hhash->HashInCount = 0;
-      /* Call Input data transfer complete callback */
-      HAL_HASH_InCpltCallback(hhash);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief This function handles HASH interrupt request.
-  * @param  hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for HASH module
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_HASHEx_IRQHandler(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash)
-{
-  switch(HASH->CR & HASH_CR_ALGO)
-  {
-
-    case HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA224:
-       HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Start_IT(hhash, NULL, 0, NULL);
-    break;
-
-    case HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA256:
-      HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Start_IT(hhash, NULL, 0, NULL);
-    break;
-
-    default:
-    break;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup HASHEx_Group4 HASH processing functions using DMA mode
- *  @brief   processing functions using DMA mode.
- *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-                ##### HASH processing using DMA functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to calculate in DMA mode
-          the hash value using one of the following algorithms:
-      (+) SHA224
-      (+) SHA256
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the HASH peripheral in SHA224 mode then enables DMA to
-            control data transfer. Use HAL_HASH_SHA224_Finish() to get the digest.
-  * @param  hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for HASH module
-  * @param  pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
-  * @param  Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes.
-  *          If the Size is not multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Start_DMA(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size)
-{
-  uint32_t inputaddr  = (uint32_t)pInBuffer;
-
-   /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hhash);
-
-  /* Change the HASH state */
-  hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
-  if(hhash->Phase == HAL_HASH_PHASE_READY)
-  {
-    /* Select the SHA224 mode and reset the HASH processor core, so that the HASH will be ready to compute
-       the message digest of a new message */
-    HASH->CR |= HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA224 | HASH_CR_INIT;
-  }
-
-  /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */
-  __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(Size);
-
-  /* Set the phase */
-  hhash->Phase = HAL_HASH_PHASE_PROCESS;
-
-  /* Set the HASH DMA transfer complete callback */
-  hhash->hdmain->XferCpltCallback = HASHEx_DMAXferCplt;
-  /* Set the DMA error callback */
-  hhash->hdmain->XferErrorCallback = HASHEx_DMAError;
-
-  /* Enable the DMA In DMA Stream */
-  HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hhash->hdmain, inputaddr, (uint32_t)&HASH->DIN, (Size%4 ? (Size+3)/4:Size/4));
-
-  /* Enable DMA requests */
-  HASH->CR |= (HASH_CR_DMAE);
-
-   /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Returns the computed digest in SHA224
-  * @param  hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for HASH module
-  * @param  pOutBuffer: Pointer to the computed digest. Its size must be 28 bytes.
-  * @param  Timeout: Timeout value
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASHEx_SHA224_Finish(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t* pOutBuffer, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hhash);
-
-  /* Change HASH peripheral state */
-  hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Get tick */
-  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-  while(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(HASH->SR, HASH_FLAG_DCIS))
-  {
-    /* Check for the Timeout */
-    if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
-    {
-      if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
-      {
-        /* Change state */
-        hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-
-        /* Process Unlocked */
-        __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
-
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Read the message digest */
-  HASHEx_GetDigest(pOutBuffer, 28);
-
-  /* Change HASH peripheral state */
-  hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_READY;
-
-   /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the HASH peripheral in SHA256 mode then enables DMA to
-            control data transfer. Use HAL_HASH_SHA256_Finish() to get the digest.
-  * @param  hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for HASH module
-  * @param  pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
-  * @param  Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes.
-  *          If the Size is not multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Start_DMA(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size)
-{
-  uint32_t inputaddr  = (uint32_t)pInBuffer;
-
-   /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hhash);
-
-  /* Change the HASH state */
-  hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
-  if(hhash->Phase == HAL_HASH_PHASE_READY)
-  {
-    /* Select the SHA256 mode and reset the HASH processor core, so that the HASH will be ready to compute
-       the message digest of a new message */
-    HASH->CR |= HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA256 | HASH_CR_INIT;
-  }
-
-  /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */
-  __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(Size);
-
-  /* Set the phase */
-  hhash->Phase = HAL_HASH_PHASE_PROCESS;
-
-  /* Set the HASH DMA transfer complete callback */
-  hhash->hdmain->XferCpltCallback = HASHEx_DMAXferCplt;
-  /* Set the DMA error callback */
-  hhash->hdmain->XferErrorCallback = HASHEx_DMAError;
-
-  /* Enable the DMA In DMA Stream */
-  HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hhash->hdmain, inputaddr, (uint32_t)&HASH->DIN, (Size%4 ? (Size+3)/4:Size/4));
-
-  /* Enable DMA requests */
-  HASH->CR |= (HASH_CR_DMAE);
-
-   /* Process UnLock */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Returns the computed digest in SHA256.
-  * @param  hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for HASH module
-  * @param  pOutBuffer: Pointer to the computed digest. Its size must be 32 bytes.
-  * @param  Timeout: Timeout value
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HASHEx_SHA256_Finish(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t* pOutBuffer, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-
-   /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hhash);
-
-  /* Change HASH peripheral state */
-  hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Get tick */
-  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-  while(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(HASH->SR, HASH_FLAG_DCIS))
-  {
-    /* Check for the Timeout */
-    if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
-    {
-      if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
-      {
-        /* Change state */
-        hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-
-        /* Process Unlocked */
-        __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
-
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Read the message digest */
-  HASHEx_GetDigest(pOutBuffer, 32);
-
-  /* Change HASH peripheral state */
-  hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_READY;
-
-   /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-/** @defgroup HASHEx_Group5 HMAC processing functions using DMA mode
- *  @brief   HMAC processing functions using DMA mode .
- *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-                ##### HMAC processing using DMA functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to calculate in DMA mode
-          the HMAC value using one of the following algorithms:
-      (+) SHA224
-      (+) SHA256
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the HASH peripheral in HMAC SHA224 mode
-  *         then enables DMA to control data transfer.
-  * @param  hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for HASH module
-  * @param  pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
-  * @param  Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes.
-  *          If the Size is not multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HMACEx_SHA224_Start_DMA(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size)
-{
-  uint32_t inputaddr;
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hhash);
-
-  /* Change the HASH state */
-  hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Save buffer pointer and size in handle */
-  hhash->pHashInBuffPtr = pInBuffer;
-  hhash->HashBuffSize = Size;
-  hhash->HashInCount = 0;
-
-  /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
-  if(hhash->Phase == HAL_HASH_PHASE_READY)
-  {
-    /* Check if key size is greater than 64 bytes */
-    if(hhash->Init.KeySize > 64)
-    {
-      /* Select the HMAC SHA224 mode */
-      HASH->CR |= (HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA224 | HASH_ALGOMODE_HMAC | HASH_HMAC_KEYTYPE_LONGKEY | HASH_CR_INIT);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      /* Select the HMAC SHA224 mode */
-      HASH->CR |= (HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA224 | HASH_ALGOMODE_HMAC | HASH_CR_INIT);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Set the phase */
-  hhash->Phase = HAL_HASH_PHASE_PROCESS;
-
-  /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */
-  __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(hhash->Init.KeySize);
-
-  /* Get the key address */
-  inputaddr = (uint32_t)(hhash->Init.pKey);
-
-  /* Set the HASH DMA transfer complete callback */
-  hhash->hdmain->XferCpltCallback = HASHEx_DMAXferCplt;
-  /* Set the DMA error callback */
-  hhash->hdmain->XferErrorCallback = HASHEx_DMAError;
-
-  /* Enable the DMA In DMA Stream */
-  HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hhash->hdmain, inputaddr, (uint32_t)&HASH->DIN, (hhash->Init.KeySize%4 ? (hhash->Init.KeySize+3)/4:hhash->Init.KeySize/4));
-  /* Enable DMA requests */
-  HASH->CR |= (HASH_CR_DMAE);
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the HASH peripheral in HMAC SHA256 mode
-  *         then enables DMA to control data transfer.
-  * @param  hhash: pointer to a HASH_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for HASH module
-  * @param  pInBuffer: Pointer to the input buffer (buffer to be hashed).
-  * @param  Size: Length of the input buffer in bytes.
-  *          If the Size is not multiple of 64 bytes, the padding is managed by hardware.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HMACEx_SHA256_Start_DMA(HASH_HandleTypeDef *hhash, uint8_t *pInBuffer, uint32_t Size)
-{
-  uint32_t inputaddr;
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hhash);
-
-  /* Change the HASH state */
-  hhash->State = HAL_HASH_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Save buffer pointer and size in handle */
-  hhash->pHashInBuffPtr = pInBuffer;
-  hhash->HashBuffSize = Size;
-  hhash->HashInCount = 0;
-
-  /* Check if initialization phase has already been performed */
-  if(hhash->Phase == HAL_HASH_PHASE_READY)
-  {
-    /* Check if key size is greater than 64 bytes */
-    if(hhash->Init.KeySize > 64)
-    {
-      /* Select the HMAC SHA256 mode */
-      HASH->CR |= (HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA256 | HASH_ALGOMODE_HMAC | HASH_HMAC_KEYTYPE_LONGKEY);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      /* Select the HMAC SHA256 mode */
-      HASH->CR |= (HASH_ALGOSELECTION_SHA256 | HASH_ALGOMODE_HMAC);
-    }
-    /* Reset the HASH processor core, so that the HASH will be ready to compute
-       the message digest of a new message */
-    HASH->CR |= HASH_CR_INIT;
-  }
-
-  /* Set the phase */
-  hhash->Phase = HAL_HASH_PHASE_PROCESS;
-
-  /* Configure the number of valid bits in last word of the message */
-  __HAL_HASH_SET_NBVALIDBITS(hhash->Init.KeySize);
-
-  /* Get the key address */
-  inputaddr = (uint32_t)(hhash->Init.pKey);
-
-  /* Set the HASH DMA transfer complete callback */
-  hhash->hdmain->XferCpltCallback = HASHEx_DMAXferCplt;
-  /* Set the DMA error callback */
-  hhash->hdmain->XferErrorCallback = HASHEx_DMAError;
-
-  /* Enable the DMA In DMA Stream */
-  HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hhash->hdmain, inputaddr, (uint32_t)&HASH->DIN, (hhash->Init.KeySize%4 ? (hhash->Init.KeySize+3)/4:hhash->Init.KeySize/4));
-  /* Enable DMA requests */
-  HASH->CR |= (HASH_CR_DMAE);
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hhash);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-#endif /* HAL_HASH_MODULE_ENABLED */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-#endif /* STM32F756xx */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_hcd.c b/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_hcd.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 280ce88b46..0000000000
--- a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_hcd.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1199 +0,0 @@
-/**
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @file    stm32f7xx_hal_hcd.c
-  * @author  MCD Application Team
-  * @version V1.0.1
-  * @date    25-June-2015
-  * @brief   HCD HAL module driver.
-  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
-  *          functionalities of the USB Peripheral Controller:
-  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
-  *           + IO operation functions
-  *           + Peripheral Control functions
-  *           + Peripheral State functions
-  *
-  @verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                    ##### How to use this driver #####
-  ==============================================================================
-  [..]
-    (#)Declare a HCD_HandleTypeDef handle structure, for example:
-       HCD_HandleTypeDef  hhcd;
-
-    (#)Fill parameters of Init structure in HCD handle
-
-    (#)Call HAL_HCD_Init() API to initialize the HCD peripheral (Core, Host core, ...)
-
-    (#)Initialize the HCD low level resources through the HAL_HCD_MspInit() API:
-        (##) Enable the HCD/USB Low Level interface clock using the following macros
-             (+++) __OTGFS-OTG_CLK_ENABLE() or __OTGHS-OTG_CLK_ENABLE()
-             (+++) __OTGHSULPI_CLK_ENABLE() For High Speed Mode
-
-        (##) Initialize the related GPIO clocks
-        (##) Configure HCD pin-out
-        (##) Configure HCD NVIC interrupt
-
-    (#)Associate the Upper USB Host stack to the HAL HCD Driver:
-        (##) hhcd.pData = phost;
-
-    (#)Enable HCD transmission and reception:
-        (##) HAL_HCD_Start();
-
-  @endverbatim
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @attention
-  *
-  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
-  *
-  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
-  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
-  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
-  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
-  *      without specific prior written permission.
-  *
-  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
-  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
-  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
-  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
-  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
-  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
-  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
-  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
-  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
-  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-  *
-  ******************************************************************************
-  */
-
-/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
-
-/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @addtogroup HCD
-  * @{
-  */
-
-#ifdef HAL_HCD_MODULE_ENABLED
-
-/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private function ----------------------------------------------------------*/
-/** @addtogroup HCD_Private_Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-static void HCD_HC_IN_IRQHandler(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd, uint8_t chnum);
-static void HCD_HC_OUT_IRQHandler(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd, uint8_t chnum);
-static void HCD_RXQLVL_IRQHandler(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd);
-static void HCD_Port_IRQHandler(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd);
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
-/** @addtogroup HCD_Exported_Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @addtogroup HCD_Exported_Functions_Group1
- *  @brief   Initialization and de-initialization functions
- *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-          ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initialize the host driver
-  * @param  hhcd: HCD handle
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HCD_Init(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd)
-{
-  /* Check the HCD handle allocation */
-  if(hhcd == NULL)
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_HCD_ALL_INSTANCE(hhcd->Instance));
-
-  hhcd->State = HAL_HCD_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC... */
-  HAL_HCD_MspInit(hhcd);
-
-  /* Disable the Interrupts */
- __HAL_HCD_DISABLE(hhcd);
-
- /*Init the Core (common init.) */
- USB_CoreInit(hhcd->Instance, hhcd->Init);
-
- /* Force Host Mode*/
- USB_SetCurrentMode(hhcd->Instance , USB_OTG_HOST_MODE);
-
- /* Init Host */
- USB_HostInit(hhcd->Instance, hhcd->Init);
-
- hhcd->State= HAL_HCD_STATE_READY;
-
- return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initialize a host channel
-  * @param  hhcd: HCD handle
-  * @param  ch_num: Channel number.
-  *         This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15
-  * @param  epnum: Endpoint number.
-  *          This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15
-  * @param  dev_address : Current device address
-  *          This parameter can be a value from 0 to 255
-  * @param  speed: Current device speed.
-  *          This parameter can be one of these values:
-  *            HCD_SPEED_HIGH: High speed mode,
-  *            HCD_SPEED_FULL: Full speed mode,
-  *            HCD_SPEED_LOW: Low speed mode
-  * @param  ep_type: Endpoint Type.
-  *          This parameter can be one of these values:
-  *            EP_TYPE_CTRL: Control type,
-  *            EP_TYPE_ISOC: Isochronous type,
-  *            EP_TYPE_BULK: Bulk type,
-  *            EP_TYPE_INTR: Interrupt type
-  * @param  mps: Max Packet Size.
-  *          This parameter can be a value from 0 to32K
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HCD_HC_Init(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd,
-                                  uint8_t ch_num,
-                                  uint8_t epnum,
-                                  uint8_t dev_address,
-                                  uint8_t speed,
-                                  uint8_t ep_type,
-                                  uint16_t mps)
-{
-  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
-
-  __HAL_LOCK(hhcd);
-
-  hhcd->hc[ch_num].dev_addr = dev_address;
-  hhcd->hc[ch_num].max_packet = mps;
-  hhcd->hc[ch_num].ch_num = ch_num;
-  hhcd->hc[ch_num].ep_type = ep_type;
-  hhcd->hc[ch_num].ep_num = epnum & 0x7F;
-  hhcd->hc[ch_num].ep_is_in = ((epnum & 0x80) == 0x80);
-  hhcd->hc[ch_num].speed = speed;
-
-  status =  USB_HC_Init(hhcd->Instance,
-                        ch_num,
-                        epnum,
-                        dev_address,
-                        speed,
-                        ep_type,
-                        mps);
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hhcd);
-
-  return status;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Halt a host channel
-  * @param  hhcd: HCD handle
-  * @param  ch_num: Channel number.
-  *         This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HCD_HC_Halt(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd, uint8_t ch_num)
-{
-  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
-
-  __HAL_LOCK(hhcd);
-  USB_HC_Halt(hhcd->Instance, ch_num);
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hhcd);
-
-  return status;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  DeInitialize the host driver
-  * @param  hhcd: HCD handle
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HCD_DeInit(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd)
-{
-  /* Check the HCD handle allocation */
-  if(hhcd == NULL)
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  hhcd->State = HAL_HCD_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* DeInit the low level hardware */
-  HAL_HCD_MspDeInit(hhcd);
-
-   __HAL_HCD_DISABLE(hhcd);
-
-  hhcd->State = HAL_HCD_STATE_RESET;
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the HCD MSP.
-  * @param  hhcd: HCD handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void  HAL_HCD_MspInit(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_HCD_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  DeInitializes HCD MSP.
-  * @param  hhcd: HCD handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void  HAL_HCD_MspDeInit(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_HCD_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @addtogroup HCD_Exported_Functions_Group2
-  *  @brief   HCD IO operation functions
-  *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-                      ##### IO operation functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the USB Host Data
-    Transfer
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Submit a new URB for processing
-  * @param  hhcd: HCD handle
-  * @param  ch_num: Channel number.
-  *         This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15
-  * @param  direction: Channel number.
-  *          This parameter can be one of these values:
-  *           0 : Output / 1 : Input
-  * @param  ep_type: Endpoint Type.
-  *          This parameter can be one of these values:
-  *            EP_TYPE_CTRL: Control type/
-  *            EP_TYPE_ISOC: Isochronous type/
-  *            EP_TYPE_BULK: Bulk type/
-  *            EP_TYPE_INTR: Interrupt type/
-  * @param  token: Endpoint Type.
-  *          This parameter can be one of these values:
-  *            0: HC_PID_SETUP / 1: HC_PID_DATA1
-  * @param  pbuff: pointer to URB data
-  * @param  length: Length of URB data
-  * @param  do_ping: activate do ping protocol (for high speed only).
-  *          This parameter can be one of these values:
-  *           0 : do ping inactive / 1 : do ping active
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HCD_HC_SubmitRequest(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd,
-                                            uint8_t ch_num,
-                                            uint8_t direction ,
-                                            uint8_t ep_type,
-                                            uint8_t token,
-                                            uint8_t* pbuff,
-                                            uint16_t length,
-                                            uint8_t do_ping)
-{
-  hhcd->hc[ch_num].ep_is_in = direction;
-  hhcd->hc[ch_num].ep_type  = ep_type;
-
-  if(token == 0)
-  {
-    hhcd->hc[ch_num].data_pid = HC_PID_SETUP;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    hhcd->hc[ch_num].data_pid = HC_PID_DATA1;
-  }
-
-  /* Manage Data Toggle */
-  switch(ep_type)
-  {
-  case EP_TYPE_CTRL:
-    if((token == 1) && (direction == 0)) /*send data */
-    {
-      if ( length == 0 )
-      { /* For Status OUT stage, Length==0, Status Out PID = 1 */
-        hhcd->hc[ch_num].toggle_out = 1;
-      }
-
-      /* Set the Data Toggle bit as per the Flag */
-      if ( hhcd->hc[ch_num].toggle_out == 0)
-      { /* Put the PID 0 */
-        hhcd->hc[ch_num].data_pid = HC_PID_DATA0;
-      }
-      else
-      { /* Put the PID 1 */
-        hhcd->hc[ch_num].data_pid = HC_PID_DATA1 ;
-      }
-      if(hhcd->hc[ch_num].urb_state  != URB_NOTREADY)
-      {
-        hhcd->hc[ch_num].do_ping = do_ping;
-      }
-    }
-    break;
-
-  case EP_TYPE_BULK:
-    if(direction == 0)
-    {
-      /* Set the Data Toggle bit as per the Flag */
-      if ( hhcd->hc[ch_num].toggle_out == 0)
-      { /* Put the PID 0 */
-        hhcd->hc[ch_num].data_pid = HC_PID_DATA0;
-      }
-      else
-      { /* Put the PID 1 */
-        hhcd->hc[ch_num].data_pid = HC_PID_DATA1 ;
-      }
-      if(hhcd->hc[ch_num].urb_state  != URB_NOTREADY)
-      {
-        hhcd->hc[ch_num].do_ping = do_ping;
-      }
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      if( hhcd->hc[ch_num].toggle_in == 0)
-      {
-        hhcd->hc[ch_num].data_pid = HC_PID_DATA0;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        hhcd->hc[ch_num].data_pid = HC_PID_DATA1;
-      }
-    }
-
-    break;
-  case EP_TYPE_INTR:
-    if(direction == 0)
-    {
-      /* Set the Data Toggle bit as per the Flag */
-      if ( hhcd->hc[ch_num].toggle_out == 0)
-      { /* Put the PID 0 */
-        hhcd->hc[ch_num].data_pid = HC_PID_DATA0;
-      }
-      else
-      { /* Put the PID 1 */
-        hhcd->hc[ch_num].data_pid = HC_PID_DATA1 ;
-      }
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      if( hhcd->hc[ch_num].toggle_in == 0)
-      {
-        hhcd->hc[ch_num].data_pid = HC_PID_DATA0;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        hhcd->hc[ch_num].data_pid = HC_PID_DATA1;
-      }
-    }
-    break;
-
-  case EP_TYPE_ISOC:
-    hhcd->hc[ch_num].data_pid = HC_PID_DATA0;
-    break;
-  }
-
-  hhcd->hc[ch_num].xfer_buff = pbuff;
-  hhcd->hc[ch_num].xfer_len  = length;
-  hhcd->hc[ch_num].urb_state =   URB_IDLE;
-  hhcd->hc[ch_num].xfer_count = 0 ;
-  hhcd->hc[ch_num].ch_num = ch_num;
-  hhcd->hc[ch_num].state = HC_IDLE;
-
-  return USB_HC_StartXfer(hhcd->Instance, &(hhcd->hc[ch_num]), hhcd->Init.dma_enable);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  This function handles HCD interrupt request.
-  * @param  hhcd: HCD handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_HCD_IRQHandler(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd)
-{
-  USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hhcd->Instance;
-  uint32_t i = 0 , interrupt = 0;
-
-  /* ensure that we are in device mode */
-  if (USB_GetMode(hhcd->Instance) == USB_OTG_MODE_HOST)
-  {
-    /* avoid spurious interrupt */
-    if(__HAL_HCD_IS_INVALID_INTERRUPT(hhcd))
-    {
-      return;
-    }
-
-    if(__HAL_HCD_GET_FLAG(hhcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_PXFR_INCOMPISOOUT))
-    {
-     /* incorrect mode, acknowledge the interrupt */
-      __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hhcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_PXFR_INCOMPISOOUT);
-    }
-
-    if(__HAL_HCD_GET_FLAG(hhcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_IISOIXFR))
-    {
-     /* incorrect mode, acknowledge the interrupt */
-      __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hhcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_IISOIXFR);
-    }
-
-    if(__HAL_HCD_GET_FLAG(hhcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_PTXFE))
-    {
-     /* incorrect mode, acknowledge the interrupt */
-      __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hhcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_PTXFE);
-    }
-
-    if(__HAL_HCD_GET_FLAG(hhcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_MMIS))
-    {
-     /* incorrect mode, acknowledge the interrupt */
-      __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hhcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_MMIS);
-    }
-
-    /* Handle Host Disconnect Interrupts */
-    if(__HAL_HCD_GET_FLAG(hhcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_DISCINT))
-    {
-
-      /* Cleanup HPRT */
-      USBx_HPRT0 &= ~(USB_OTG_HPRT_PENA | USB_OTG_HPRT_PCDET |\
-        USB_OTG_HPRT_PENCHNG | USB_OTG_HPRT_POCCHNG );
-
-      /* Handle Host Port Interrupts */
-      HAL_HCD_Disconnect_Callback(hhcd);
-       USB_InitFSLSPClkSel(hhcd->Instance ,HCFG_48_MHZ );
-      __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hhcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_DISCINT);
-    }
-
-    /* Handle Host Port Interrupts */
-    if(__HAL_HCD_GET_FLAG(hhcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_HPRTINT))
-    {
-      HCD_Port_IRQHandler (hhcd);
-    }
-
-    /* Handle Host SOF Interrupts */
-    if(__HAL_HCD_GET_FLAG(hhcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_SOF))
-    {
-      HAL_HCD_SOF_Callback(hhcd);
-      __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hhcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_SOF);
-    }
-
-    /* Handle Host channel Interrupts */
-    if(__HAL_HCD_GET_FLAG(hhcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_HCINT))
-    {
-      interrupt = USB_HC_ReadInterrupt(hhcd->Instance);
-      for (i = 0; i < hhcd->Init.Host_channels ; i++)
-      {
-        if (interrupt & (1 << i))
-        {
-          if ((USBx_HC(i)->HCCHAR) &  USB_OTG_HCCHAR_EPDIR)
-          {
-            HCD_HC_IN_IRQHandler (hhcd, i);
-          }
-          else
-          {
-            HCD_HC_OUT_IRQHandler (hhcd, i);
-          }
-        }
-      }
-      __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hhcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_HCINT);
-    }
-
-        /* Handle Rx Queue Level Interrupts */
-    if(__HAL_HCD_GET_FLAG(hhcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_RXFLVL))
-    {
-      USB_MASK_INTERRUPT(hhcd->Instance, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_RXFLVL);
-
-      HCD_RXQLVL_IRQHandler (hhcd);
-
-      USB_UNMASK_INTERRUPT(hhcd->Instance, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_RXFLVL);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  SOF callback.
-  * @param  hhcd: HCD handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_HCD_SOF_Callback(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_HCD_SOF_Callback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Connexion Event callback.
-  * @param  hhcd: HCD handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_HCD_Connect_Callback(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_HCD_Connect_Callback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Disconnexion Event callback.
-  * @param  hhcd: HCD handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_HCD_Disconnect_Callback(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_HCD_Disconnect_Callback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Notify URB state change callback.
-  * @param  hhcd: HCD handle
-  * @param  chnum: Channel number.
-  *         This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15
-  * @param  urb_state:
-  *          This parameter can be one of these values:
-  *            URB_IDLE/
-  *            URB_DONE/
-  *            URB_NOTREADY/
-  *            URB_NYET/
-  *            URB_ERROR/
-  *            URB_STALL/
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_HCD_HC_NotifyURBChange_Callback(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd, uint8_t chnum, HCD_URBStateTypeDef urb_state)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_HCD_HC_NotifyURBChange_Callback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @addtogroup HCD_Exported_Functions_Group3
- *  @brief   Peripheral management functions
- *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-                      ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]
-    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the HCD data
-    transfers.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Start the host driver
-  * @param  hhcd: HCD handle
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HCD_Start(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd)
-{
-  __HAL_LOCK(hhcd);
-  __HAL_HCD_ENABLE(hhcd);
-  USB_DriveVbus(hhcd->Instance, 1);
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hhcd);
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Stop the host driver
-  * @param  hhcd: HCD handle
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HCD_Stop(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd)
-{
-  __HAL_LOCK(hhcd);
-  USB_StopHost(hhcd->Instance);
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hhcd);
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Reset the host port
-  * @param  hhcd: HCD handle
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HCD_ResetPort(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd)
-{
-  return (USB_ResetPort(hhcd->Instance));
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @addtogroup HCD_Exported_Functions_Group4
- *  @brief   Peripheral State functions
- *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-                      ##### Peripheral State functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]
-    This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral
-    and the data flow.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Return the HCD state
-  * @param  hhcd: HCD handle
-  * @retval HAL state
-  */
-HCD_StateTypeDef HAL_HCD_GetState(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd)
-{
-  return hhcd->State;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Return  URB state for a channel
-  * @param  hhcd: HCD handle
-  * @param  chnum: Channel number.
-  *         This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15
-  * @retval URB state.
-  *          This parameter can be one of these values:
-  *            URB_IDLE/
-  *            URB_DONE/
-  *            URB_NOTREADY/
-  *            URB_NYET/
-  *            URB_ERROR/
-  *            URB_STALL/
-  */
-HCD_URBStateTypeDef HAL_HCD_HC_GetURBState(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd, uint8_t chnum)
-{
-  return hhcd->hc[chnum].urb_state;
-}
-
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Return the last host transfer size
-  * @param  hhcd: HCD handle
-  * @param  chnum: Channel number.
-  *         This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15
-  * @retval last transfer size in byte
-  */
-uint32_t HAL_HCD_HC_GetXferCount(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd, uint8_t chnum)
-{
-  return hhcd->hc[chnum].xfer_count;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Return the Host Channel state
-  * @param  hhcd: HCD handle
-  * @param  chnum: Channel number.
-  *         This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15
-  * @retval Host channel state
-  *          This parameter can be one of the these values:
-  *            HC_IDLE/
-  *            HC_XFRC/
-  *            HC_HALTED/
-  *            HC_NYET/
-  *            HC_NAK/
-  *            HC_STALL/
-  *            HC_XACTERR/
-  *            HC_BBLERR/
-  *            HC_DATATGLERR/
-  */
-HCD_HCStateTypeDef  HAL_HCD_HC_GetState(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd, uint8_t chnum)
-{
-  return hhcd->hc[chnum].state;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Return the current Host frame number
-  * @param  hhcd: HCD handle
-  * @retval Current Host frame number
-  */
-uint32_t HAL_HCD_GetCurrentFrame(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd)
-{
-  return (USB_GetCurrentFrame(hhcd->Instance));
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Return the Host enumeration speed
-  * @param  hhcd: HCD handle
-  * @retval Enumeration speed
-  */
-uint32_t HAL_HCD_GetCurrentSpeed(HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd)
-{
-  return (USB_GetHostSpeed(hhcd->Instance));
-}
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @addtogroup HCD_Private_Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-/**
-  * @brief  This function handles Host Channel IN interrupt requests.
-  * @param  hhcd: HCD handle
-  * @param  chnum: Channel number.
-  *         This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15
-  * @retval none
-  */
-static void HCD_HC_IN_IRQHandler   (HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd, uint8_t chnum)
-{
-  USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hhcd->Instance;
-
-  if ((USBx_HC(chnum)->HCINT) &  USB_OTG_HCINT_AHBERR)
-  {
-    __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_AHBERR);
-    __HAL_HCD_UNMASK_HALT_HC_INT(chnum);
-  }
-  else if ((USBx_HC(chnum)->HCINT) &  USB_OTG_HCINT_ACK)
-  {
-    __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_ACK);
-  }
-
-  else if ((USBx_HC(chnum)->HCINT) &  USB_OTG_HCINT_STALL)
-  {
-    __HAL_HCD_UNMASK_HALT_HC_INT(chnum);
-    hhcd->hc[chnum].state = HC_STALL;
-    __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_NAK);
-    __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_STALL);
-    USB_HC_Halt(hhcd->Instance, chnum);
-  }
-  else if ((USBx_HC(chnum)->HCINT) &  USB_OTG_HCINT_DTERR)
-  {
-    __HAL_HCD_UNMASK_HALT_HC_INT(chnum);
-    USB_HC_Halt(hhcd->Instance, chnum);
-    __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_NAK);
-    hhcd->hc[chnum].state = HC_DATATGLERR;
-    __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_DTERR);
-  }
-
-  if ((USBx_HC(chnum)->HCINT) &  USB_OTG_HCINT_FRMOR)
-  {
-    __HAL_HCD_UNMASK_HALT_HC_INT(chnum);
-    USB_HC_Halt(hhcd->Instance, chnum);
-    __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_FRMOR);
-  }
-
-  else if ((USBx_HC(chnum)->HCINT) &  USB_OTG_HCINT_XFRC)
-  {
-
-    if (hhcd->Init.dma_enable)
-    {
-      hhcd->hc[chnum].xfer_count = hhcd->hc[chnum].xfer_len - \
-                               (USBx_HC(chnum)->HCTSIZ & USB_OTG_HCTSIZ_XFRSIZ);
-    }
-
-    hhcd->hc[chnum].state = HC_XFRC;
-    hhcd->hc[chnum].ErrCnt = 0;
-    __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_XFRC);
-
-
-    if ((hhcd->hc[chnum].ep_type == EP_TYPE_CTRL)||
-        (hhcd->hc[chnum].ep_type == EP_TYPE_BULK))
-    {
-      __HAL_HCD_UNMASK_HALT_HC_INT(chnum);
-      USB_HC_Halt(hhcd->Instance, chnum);
-      __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_NAK);
-
-    }
-    else if(hhcd->hc[chnum].ep_type == EP_TYPE_INTR)
-    {
-      USBx_HC(chnum)->HCCHAR |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_ODDFRM;
-      hhcd->hc[chnum].urb_state = URB_DONE;
-      HAL_HCD_HC_NotifyURBChange_Callback(hhcd, chnum, hhcd->hc[chnum].urb_state);
-    }
-    hhcd->hc[chnum].toggle_in ^= 1;
-
-  }
-  else if ((USBx_HC(chnum)->HCINT) &  USB_OTG_HCINT_CHH)
-  {
-    __HAL_HCD_MASK_HALT_HC_INT(chnum);
-
-    if(hhcd->hc[chnum].state == HC_XFRC)
-    {
-      hhcd->hc[chnum].urb_state  = URB_DONE;
-    }
-
-    else if (hhcd->hc[chnum].state == HC_STALL)
-    {
-      hhcd->hc[chnum].urb_state  = URB_STALL;
-    }
-
-    else if((hhcd->hc[chnum].state == HC_XACTERR) ||
-            (hhcd->hc[chnum].state == HC_DATATGLERR))
-    {
-      if(hhcd->hc[chnum].ErrCnt++ > 3)
-      {
-        hhcd->hc[chnum].ErrCnt = 0;
-        hhcd->hc[chnum].urb_state = URB_ERROR;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        hhcd->hc[chnum].urb_state = URB_NOTREADY;
-      }
-
-      /* re-activate the channel  */
-      USBx_HC(chnum)->HCCHAR &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHDIS;
-      USBx_HC(chnum)->HCCHAR |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA;
-    }
-    __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_CHH);
-    HAL_HCD_HC_NotifyURBChange_Callback(hhcd, chnum, hhcd->hc[chnum].urb_state);
-  }
-
-  else if ((USBx_HC(chnum)->HCINT) &  USB_OTG_HCINT_TXERR)
-  {
-    __HAL_HCD_UNMASK_HALT_HC_INT(chnum);
-     hhcd->hc[chnum].ErrCnt++;
-     hhcd->hc[chnum].state = HC_XACTERR;
-     USB_HC_Halt(hhcd->Instance, chnum);
-     __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_TXERR);
-  }
-  else if ((USBx_HC(chnum)->HCINT) &  USB_OTG_HCINT_NAK)
-  {
-    if(hhcd->hc[chnum].ep_type == EP_TYPE_INTR)
-    {
-      __HAL_HCD_UNMASK_HALT_HC_INT(chnum);
-      USB_HC_Halt(hhcd->Instance, chnum);
-    }
-
-    hhcd->hc[chnum].state = HC_NAK;
-    __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_NAK);
-
-    if  ((hhcd->hc[chnum].ep_type == EP_TYPE_CTRL)||
-         (hhcd->hc[chnum].ep_type == EP_TYPE_BULK))
-    {
-      /* re-activate the channel  */
-      USBx_HC(chnum)->HCCHAR &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHDIS;
-      USBx_HC(chnum)->HCCHAR |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  This function handles Host Channel OUT interrupt requests.
-  * @param  hhcd: HCD handle
-  * @param  chnum: Channel number.
-  *         This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15
-  * @retval none
-  */
-static void HCD_HC_OUT_IRQHandler  (HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd, uint8_t chnum)
-{
-  USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hhcd->Instance;
-
-  if ((USBx_HC(chnum)->HCINT) &  USB_OTG_HCINT_AHBERR)
-  {
-    __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_AHBERR);
-    __HAL_HCD_UNMASK_HALT_HC_INT(chnum);
-  }
-  else if ((USBx_HC(chnum)->HCINT) &  USB_OTG_HCINT_ACK)
-  {
-    __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_ACK);
-
-    if( hhcd->hc[chnum].do_ping == 1)
-    {
-      hhcd->hc[chnum].state = HC_NYET;
-      __HAL_HCD_UNMASK_HALT_HC_INT(chnum);
-      USB_HC_Halt(hhcd->Instance, chnum);
-      hhcd->hc[chnum].urb_state  = URB_NOTREADY;
-    }
-  }
-
-  else if ((USBx_HC(chnum)->HCINT) &  USB_OTG_HCINT_NYET)
-  {
-    hhcd->hc[chnum].state = HC_NYET;
-    hhcd->hc[chnum].ErrCnt= 0;
-    __HAL_HCD_UNMASK_HALT_HC_INT(chnum);
-    USB_HC_Halt(hhcd->Instance, chnum);
-    __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_NYET);
-
-  }
-
-  else if ((USBx_HC(chnum)->HCINT) &  USB_OTG_HCINT_FRMOR)
-  {
-    __HAL_HCD_UNMASK_HALT_HC_INT(chnum);
-    USB_HC_Halt(hhcd->Instance, chnum);
-    __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_FRMOR);
-  }
-
-  else if ((USBx_HC(chnum)->HCINT) &  USB_OTG_HCINT_XFRC)
-  {
-      hhcd->hc[chnum].ErrCnt = 0;
-    __HAL_HCD_UNMASK_HALT_HC_INT(chnum);
-    USB_HC_Halt(hhcd->Instance, chnum);
-    __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_XFRC);
-    hhcd->hc[chnum].state = HC_XFRC;
-
-  }
-
-  else if ((USBx_HC(chnum)->HCINT) &  USB_OTG_HCINT_STALL)
-  {
-    __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_STALL);
-    __HAL_HCD_UNMASK_HALT_HC_INT(chnum);
-    USB_HC_Halt(hhcd->Instance, chnum);
-    hhcd->hc[chnum].state = HC_STALL;
-  }
-
-  else if ((USBx_HC(chnum)->HCINT) &  USB_OTG_HCINT_NAK)
-  {
-    hhcd->hc[chnum].ErrCnt = 0;
-    __HAL_HCD_UNMASK_HALT_HC_INT(chnum);
-    USB_HC_Halt(hhcd->Instance, chnum);
-    hhcd->hc[chnum].state = HC_NAK;
-    __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_NAK);
-  }
-
-  else if ((USBx_HC(chnum)->HCINT) &  USB_OTG_HCINT_TXERR)
-  {
-    __HAL_HCD_UNMASK_HALT_HC_INT(chnum);
-    USB_HC_Halt(hhcd->Instance, chnum);
-    hhcd->hc[chnum].state = HC_XACTERR;
-     __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_TXERR);
-  }
-
-  else if ((USBx_HC(chnum)->HCINT) &  USB_OTG_HCINT_DTERR)
-  {
-    __HAL_HCD_UNMASK_HALT_HC_INT(chnum);
-    USB_HC_Halt(hhcd->Instance, chnum);
-    __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_NAK);
-    __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_DTERR);
-    hhcd->hc[chnum].state = HC_DATATGLERR;
-  }
-
-
-  else if ((USBx_HC(chnum)->HCINT) &  USB_OTG_HCINT_CHH)
-  {
-    __HAL_HCD_MASK_HALT_HC_INT(chnum);
-
-    if(hhcd->hc[chnum].state == HC_XFRC)
-    {
-      hhcd->hc[chnum].urb_state  = URB_DONE;
-      if (hhcd->hc[chnum].ep_type == EP_TYPE_BULK)
-      {
-        hhcd->hc[chnum].toggle_out ^= 1;
-      }
-    }
-    else if (hhcd->hc[chnum].state == HC_NAK)
-    {
-      hhcd->hc[chnum].urb_state  = URB_NOTREADY;
-    }
-
-    else if (hhcd->hc[chnum].state == HC_NYET)
-    {
-      hhcd->hc[chnum].urb_state  = URB_NOTREADY;
-      hhcd->hc[chnum].do_ping = 0;
-    }
-
-    else if (hhcd->hc[chnum].state == HC_STALL)
-    {
-      hhcd->hc[chnum].urb_state  = URB_STALL;
-    }
-
-    else if((hhcd->hc[chnum].state == HC_XACTERR) ||
-            (hhcd->hc[chnum].state == HC_DATATGLERR))
-    {
-      if(hhcd->hc[chnum].ErrCnt++ > 3)
-      {
-        hhcd->hc[chnum].ErrCnt = 0;
-        hhcd->hc[chnum].urb_state = URB_ERROR;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        hhcd->hc[chnum].urb_state = URB_NOTREADY;
-      }
-
-      /* re-activate the channel  */
-      USBx_HC(chnum)->HCCHAR &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHDIS;
-      USBx_HC(chnum)->HCCHAR |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA;
-    }
-
-    __HAL_HCD_CLEAR_HC_INT(chnum, USB_OTG_HCINT_CHH);
-    HAL_HCD_HC_NotifyURBChange_Callback(hhcd, chnum, hhcd->hc[chnum].urb_state);
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  This function handles Rx Queue Level interrupt requests.
-  * @param  hhcd: HCD handle
-  * @retval none
-  */
-static void HCD_RXQLVL_IRQHandler  (HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd)
-{
-  USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hhcd->Instance;
-  uint8_t                       channelnum =0;
-  uint32_t                      pktsts;
-  uint32_t                      pktcnt;
-  uint32_t                      temp = 0;
-
-  temp = hhcd->Instance->GRXSTSP ;
-  channelnum = temp &  USB_OTG_GRXSTSP_EPNUM;
-  pktsts = (temp &  USB_OTG_GRXSTSP_PKTSTS) >> 17;
-  pktcnt = (temp &  USB_OTG_GRXSTSP_BCNT) >> 4;
-
-  switch (pktsts)
-  {
-  case GRXSTS_PKTSTS_IN:
-    /* Read the data into the host buffer. */
-    if ((pktcnt > 0) && (hhcd->hc[channelnum].xfer_buff != (void  *)0))
-    {
-
-      USB_ReadPacket(hhcd->Instance, hhcd->hc[channelnum].xfer_buff, pktcnt);
-
-      /*manage multiple Xfer */
-      hhcd->hc[channelnum].xfer_buff += pktcnt;
-      hhcd->hc[channelnum].xfer_count  += pktcnt;
-
-      if((USBx_HC(channelnum)->HCTSIZ & USB_OTG_HCTSIZ_PKTCNT) > 0)
-      {
-        /* re-activate the channel when more packets are expected */
-        USBx_HC(channelnum)->HCCHAR &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHDIS;
-        USBx_HC(channelnum)->HCCHAR |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA;
-        hhcd->hc[channelnum].toggle_in ^= 1;
-      }
-    }
-    break;
-
-  case GRXSTS_PKTSTS_DATA_TOGGLE_ERR:
-    break;
-  case GRXSTS_PKTSTS_IN_XFER_COMP:
-  case GRXSTS_PKTSTS_CH_HALTED:
-  default:
-    break;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  This function handles Host Port interrupt requests.
-  * @param  hhcd: HCD handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void HCD_Port_IRQHandler  (HCD_HandleTypeDef *hhcd)
-{
-  USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hhcd->Instance;
-  __IO uint32_t hprt0, hprt0_dup;
-
-  /* Handle Host Port Interrupts */
-  hprt0 = USBx_HPRT0;
-  hprt0_dup = USBx_HPRT0;
-
-  hprt0_dup &= ~(USB_OTG_HPRT_PENA | USB_OTG_HPRT_PCDET |\
-                 USB_OTG_HPRT_PENCHNG | USB_OTG_HPRT_POCCHNG );
-
-  /* Check whether Port Connect detected */
-  if((hprt0 & USB_OTG_HPRT_PCDET) == USB_OTG_HPRT_PCDET)
-  {
-    if((hprt0 & USB_OTG_HPRT_PCSTS) == USB_OTG_HPRT_PCSTS)
-    {
-      USB_MASK_INTERRUPT(hhcd->Instance, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_DISCINT);
-      HAL_HCD_Connect_Callback(hhcd);
-    }
-    hprt0_dup  |= USB_OTG_HPRT_PCDET;
-
-  }
-
-  /* Check whether Port Enable Changed */
-  if((hprt0 & USB_OTG_HPRT_PENCHNG) == USB_OTG_HPRT_PENCHNG)
-  {
-    hprt0_dup |= USB_OTG_HPRT_PENCHNG;
-
-    if((hprt0 & USB_OTG_HPRT_PENA) == USB_OTG_HPRT_PENA)
-    {
-      if(hhcd->Init.phy_itface  == USB_OTG_EMBEDDED_PHY)
-      {
-        if ((hprt0 & USB_OTG_HPRT_PSPD) == (HPRT0_PRTSPD_LOW_SPEED << 17))
-        {
-          USB_InitFSLSPClkSel(hhcd->Instance ,HCFG_6_MHZ );
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          USB_InitFSLSPClkSel(hhcd->Instance ,HCFG_48_MHZ );
-        }
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        if(hhcd->Init.speed == HCD_SPEED_FULL)
-        {
-          USBx_HOST->HFIR = (uint32_t)60000;
-        }
-      }
-      HAL_HCD_Connect_Callback(hhcd);
-
-      if(hhcd->Init.speed == HCD_SPEED_HIGH)
-      {
-        USB_UNMASK_INTERRUPT(hhcd->Instance, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_DISCINT);
-      }
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      /* Cleanup HPRT */
-      USBx_HPRT0 &= ~(USB_OTG_HPRT_PENA | USB_OTG_HPRT_PCDET |\
-        USB_OTG_HPRT_PENCHNG | USB_OTG_HPRT_POCCHNG );
-
-      USB_UNMASK_INTERRUPT(hhcd->Instance, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_DISCINT);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Check For an overcurrent */
-  if((hprt0 & USB_OTG_HPRT_POCCHNG) == USB_OTG_HPRT_POCCHNG)
-  {
-    hprt0_dup |= USB_OTG_HPRT_POCCHNG;
-  }
-
-  /* Clear Port Interrupts */
-  USBx_HPRT0 = hprt0_dup;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-#endif /* HAL_HCD_MODULE_ENABLED */
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_i2c.c b/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_i2c.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 0217a457c6..0000000000
--- a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_i2c.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,4110 +0,0 @@
-/**
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @file    stm32f7xx_hal_i2c.c
-  * @author  MCD Application Team
-  * @version V1.0.1
-  * @date    25-June-2015
-  * @brief   I2C HAL module driver.
-  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
-  *          functionalities of the Inter Integrated Circuit (I2C) peripheral:
-  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
-  *           + IO operation functions
-  *           + Peripheral State and Errors functions
-  *
-  @verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                        ##### How to use this driver #####
-  ==============================================================================
-    [..]
-    The I2C HAL driver can be used as follows:
-
-    (#) Declare a I2C_HandleTypeDef handle structure, for example:
-        I2C_HandleTypeDef  hi2c;
-
-    (#)Initialize the I2C low level resources by implement the HAL_I2C_MspInit ()API:
-        (##) Enable the I2Cx interface clock
-        (##) I2C pins configuration
-            (+++) Enable the clock for the I2C GPIOs
-            (+++) Configure I2C pins as alternate function open-drain
-        (##) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process
-            (+++) Configure the I2Cx interrupt priority
-            (+++) Enable the NVIC I2C IRQ Channel
-        (##) DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process
-            (+++) Declare a DMA_HandleTypeDef handle structure for the transmit or receive stream
-            (+++) Enable the DMAx interface clock using
-            (+++) Configure the DMA handle parameters
-            (+++) Configure the DMA Tx or Rx Stream
-            (+++) Associate the initialized DMA handle to the hi2c DMA Tx or Rx handle
-            (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete interrupt on the DMA Tx or Rx Stream
-
-    (#) Configure the Communication Clock Timing, Own Address1, Master Addressing Mode, Dual Addressing mode,
-        Own Address2, Own Address2 Mask, General call and Nostretch mode in the hi2c Init structure.
-
-    (#) Initialize the I2C registers by calling the HAL_I2C_Init(), configures also the low level Hardware
-        (GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC...etc) by calling the customed HAL_I2C_MspInit(&hi2c) API.
-
-    (#) To check if target device is ready for communication, use the function HAL_I2C_IsDeviceReady()
-
-    (#) For I2C IO and IO MEM operations, three operation modes are available within this driver :
-
-    *** Polling mode IO operation ***
-    =================================
-    [..]
-      (+) Transmit in master mode an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit()
-      (+) Receive in master mode an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_I2C_Master_Receive()
-      (+) Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit()
-      (+) Receive in slave mode an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive()
-
-    *** Polling mode IO MEM operation ***
-    =====================================
-    [..]
-      (+) Write an amount of data in blocking mode to a specific memory address using HAL_I2C_Mem_Write()
-      (+) Read an amount of data in blocking mode from a specific memory address using HAL_I2C_Mem_Read()
-
-
-    *** Interrupt mode IO operation ***
-    ===================================
-    [..]
-      (+) Transmit in master mode an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_IT()
-      (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback is executed and user can
-           add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback
-      (+) Receive in master mode an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_IT()
-      (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback is executed and user can
-           add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback
-      (+) Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_IT()
-      (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback is executed and user can
-           add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback
-      (+) Receive in slave mode an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_IT()
-      (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback is executed and user can
-           add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback
-      (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
-           add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback
-
-    *** Interrupt mode IO MEM operation ***
-    =======================================
-    [..]
-      (+) Write an amount of data in no-blocking mode with Interrupt to a specific memory address using
-          HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_IT()
-      (+) At MEM end of write transfer HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback is executed and user can
-           add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback
-      (+) Read an amount of data in no-blocking mode with Interrupt from a specific memory address using
-          HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_IT()
-      (+) At MEM end of read transfer HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback is executed and user can
-           add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback
-      (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
-           add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback
-
-    *** DMA mode IO operation ***
-    ==============================
-    [..]
-      (+) Transmit in master mode an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using
-          HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_DMA()
-      (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback is executed and user can
-           add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback
-      (+) Receive in master mode an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using
-          HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_DMA()
-      (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback is executed and user can
-           add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback
-      (+) Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using
-          HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_DMA()
-      (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback is executed and user can
-           add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback
-      (+) Receive in slave mode an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using
-          HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_DMA()
-      (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback is executed and user can
-           add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback
-      (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
-           add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback
-
-    *** DMA mode IO MEM operation ***
-    =================================
-    [..]
-      (+) Write an amount of data in no-blocking mode with DMA to a specific memory address using
-          HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_DMA()
-      (+) At MEM end of write transfer HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback is executed and user can
-           add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback
-      (+) Read an amount of data in no-blocking mode with DMA from a specific memory address using
-          HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_DMA()
-      (+) At MEM end of read transfer HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback is executed and user can
-           add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback
-      (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
-           add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback
-
-
-     *** I2C HAL driver macros list ***
-     ==================================
-     [..]
-       Below the list of most used macros in I2C HAL driver.
-
-      (+) __HAL_I2C_ENABLE: Enable the I2C peripheral
-      (+) __HAL_I2C_DISABLE: Disable the I2C peripheral
-      (+) __HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG : Checks whether the specified I2C flag is set or not
-      (+) __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG : Clear the specified I2C pending flag
-      (+) __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified I2C interrupt
-      (+) __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified I2C interrupt
-
-     [..]
-       (@) You can refer to the I2C HAL driver header file for more useful macros
-
-  @endverbatim
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @attention
-  *
-  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
-  *
-  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
-  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
-  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
-  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
-  *      without specific prior written permission.
-  *
-  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
-  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
-  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
-  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
-  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
-  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
-  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
-  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
-  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
-  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-  *
-  ******************************************************************************
-  */
-
-/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
-
-/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup I2C I2C
-  * @brief I2C HAL module driver
-  * @{
-  */
-
-#ifdef HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED
-
-/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/** @addtogroup I2C_Private_Constants I2C Private Constants
-  * @{
-  */
-#define TIMING_CLEAR_MASK   ((uint32_t)0xF0FFFFFF)  /*<! I2C TIMING clear register Mask */
-#define I2C_TIMEOUT_ADDR    ((uint32_t)10000)  /* 10 s  */
-#define I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY    ((uint32_t)25)     /* 25 ms */
-#define I2C_TIMEOUT_DIR     ((uint32_t)25)     /* 25 ms */
-#define I2C_TIMEOUT_RXNE    ((uint32_t)25)     /* 25 ms */
-#define I2C_TIMEOUT_STOPF   ((uint32_t)25)     /* 25 ms */
-#define I2C_TIMEOUT_TC      ((uint32_t)25)     /* 25 ms */
-#define I2C_TIMEOUT_TCR     ((uint32_t)25)     /* 25 ms */
-#define I2C_TIMEOUT_TXIS    ((uint32_t)25)     /* 25 ms */
-#define I2C_TIMEOUT_FLAG    ((uint32_t)25)     /* 25 ms */
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
-/** @addtogroup I2C_Private_Functions I2C Private Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-static void I2C_DMAMasterTransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
-static void I2C_DMAMasterReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
-static void I2C_DMASlaveTransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
-static void I2C_DMASlaveReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
-static void I2C_DMAMemTransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
-static void I2C_DMAMemReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
-static void I2C_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
-
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_RequestMemoryWrite(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint32_t Timeout);
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_RequestMemoryRead(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint32_t Timeout);
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status, uint32_t Timeout);
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Timeout);
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnRXNEFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Timeout);
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Timeout);
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_IsAcknowledgeFailed(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Timeout);
-
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_MasterTransmit_ISR(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c);
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_MasterReceive_ISR(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c);
-
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_SlaveTransmit_ISR(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c);
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_SlaveReceive_ISR(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c);
-
-static void I2C_TransferConfig(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c,  uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t Size, uint32_t Mode, uint32_t Request);
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/** @defgroup I2C_Exported_Functions I2C Exported Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup I2C_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
- *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions
- *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-              ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]  This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize and
-          de-initialize the I2Cx peripheral:
-
-      (+) User must Implement HAL_I2C_MspInit() function in which he configures
-          all related peripherals resources (CLOCK, GPIO, DMA, IT and NVIC ).
-
-      (+) Call the function HAL_I2C_Init() to configure the selected device with
-          the selected configuration:
-        (++) Clock Timing
-        (++) Own Address 1
-        (++) Addressing mode (Master, Slave)
-        (++) Dual Addressing mode
-        (++) Own Address 2
-        (++) Own Address 2 Mask
-        (++) General call mode
-        (++) Nostretch mode
-
-      (+) Call the function HAL_I2C_DeInit() to restore the default configuration
-          of the selected I2Cx peripheral.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the I2C according to the specified parameters
-  *         in the I2C_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
-  * @param  hi2c : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Init(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
-{
-  /* Check the I2C handle allocation */
-  if(hi2c == NULL)
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance));
-  assert_param(IS_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS1(hi2c->Init.OwnAddress1));
-  assert_param(IS_I2C_ADDRESSING_MODE(hi2c->Init.AddressingMode));
-  assert_param(IS_I2C_DUAL_ADDRESS(hi2c->Init.DualAddressMode));
-  assert_param(IS_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS2(hi2c->Init.OwnAddress2));
-  assert_param(IS_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS2_MASK(hi2c->Init.OwnAddress2Masks));
-  assert_param(IS_I2C_GENERAL_CALL(hi2c->Init.GeneralCallMode));
-  assert_param(IS_I2C_NO_STRETCH(hi2c->Init.NoStretchMode));
-
-  if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_RESET)
-  {
-    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
-    hi2c->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
-    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc */
-    HAL_I2C_MspInit(hi2c);
-  }
-
-  hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */
-  __HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c);
-
-  /*---------------------------- I2Cx TIMINGR Configuration ------------------*/
-  /* Configure I2Cx: Frequency range */
-  hi2c->Instance->TIMINGR = hi2c->Init.Timing & TIMING_CLEAR_MASK;
-
-  /*---------------------------- I2Cx OAR1 Configuration ---------------------*/
-  /* Configure I2Cx: Own Address1 and ack own address1 mode */
-  hi2c->Instance->OAR1 &= ~I2C_OAR1_OA1EN;
-  if(hi2c->Init.OwnAddress1 != 0)
-  {
-    if(hi2c->Init.AddressingMode == I2C_ADDRESSINGMODE_7BIT)
-    {
-      hi2c->Instance->OAR1 = (I2C_OAR1_OA1EN | hi2c->Init.OwnAddress1);
-    }
-    else /* I2C_ADDRESSINGMODE_10BIT */
-    {
-      hi2c->Instance->OAR1 = (I2C_OAR1_OA1EN | I2C_OAR1_OA1MODE | hi2c->Init.OwnAddress1);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /*---------------------------- I2Cx CR2 Configuration ----------------------*/
-  /* Configure I2Cx: Addressing Master mode */
-  if(hi2c->Init.AddressingMode == I2C_ADDRESSINGMODE_10BIT)
-  {
-    hi2c->Instance->CR2 = (I2C_CR2_ADD10);
-  }
-  /* Enable the AUTOEND by default, and enable NACK (should be disable only during Slave process */
-  hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= (I2C_CR2_AUTOEND | I2C_CR2_NACK);
-
-  /*---------------------------- I2Cx OAR2 Configuration ---------------------*/
-  /* Configure I2Cx: Dual mode and Own Address2 */
-  hi2c->Instance->OAR2 = (hi2c->Init.DualAddressMode | hi2c->Init.OwnAddress2 | (hi2c->Init.OwnAddress2Masks << 8));
-
-  /*---------------------------- I2Cx CR1 Configuration ----------------------*/
-  /* Configure I2Cx: Generalcall and NoStretch mode */
-  hi2c->Instance->CR1 = (hi2c->Init.GeneralCallMode | hi2c->Init.NoStretchMode);
-
-  /* Enable the selected I2C peripheral */
-  __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c);
-
-  hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
-  hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  DeInitializes the I2C peripheral.
-  * @param  hi2c : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_DeInit(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
-{
-  /* Check the I2C handle allocation */
-  if(hi2c == NULL)
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance));
-
-  hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Disable the I2C Peripheral Clock */
-  __HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c);
-
-  /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */
-  HAL_I2C_MspDeInit(hi2c);
-
-  hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
-
-  hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_RESET;
-
-  /* Release Lock */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief I2C MSP Init.
-  * @param  hi2c : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
-  * @retval None
-  */
- __weak void HAL_I2C_MspInit(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_I2C_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief I2C MSP DeInit
-  * @param  hi2c : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
-  * @retval None
-  */
- __weak void HAL_I2C_MspDeInit(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_I2C_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup I2C_Exported_Functions_Group2 Input and Output operation functions
- *  @brief   Data transfers functions
- *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-                      ##### IO operation functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]
-    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the I2C data
-    transfers.
-
-    (#) There are two modes of transfer:
-       (++) Blocking mode : The communication is performed in the polling mode.
-            The status of all data processing is returned by the same function
-            after finishing transfer.
-       (++) No-Blocking mode : The communication is performed using Interrupts
-            or DMA. These functions return the status of the transfer startup.
-            The end of the data processing will be indicated through the
-            dedicated I2C IRQ when using Interrupt mode or the DMA IRQ when
-            using DMA mode.
-
-    (#) Blocking mode functions are :
-        (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit()
-        (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Receive()
-        (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit()
-        (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive()
-        (++) HAL_I2C_Mem_Write()
-        (++) HAL_I2C_Mem_Read()
-        (++) HAL_I2C_IsDeviceReady()
-
-    (#) No-Blocking mode functions with Interrupt are :
-        (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_IT()
-        (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_IT()
-        (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_IT()
-        (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_IT()
-        (++) HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_IT()
-        (++) HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_IT()
-
-    (#) No-Blocking mode functions with DMA are :
-        (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_DMA()
-        (++) HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_DMA()
-        (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_DMA()
-        (++) HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_DMA()
-        (++) HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_DMA()
-        (++) HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_DMA()
-
-    (#) A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in non Blocking mode:
-        (++) HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback()
-        (++) HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback()
-        (++) HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback()
-        (++) HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback()
-        (++) HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback()
-        (++) HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback()
-        (++) HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback()
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Transmits in master mode an amount of data in blocking mode.
-  * @param  hi2c : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
-  * @param  DevAddress: Target device address
-  * @param  pData: Pointer to data buffer
-  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be sent
-  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  uint32_t sizetmp = 0;
-
-  if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
-  {
-    if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0))
-    {
-      return  HAL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET)
-    {
-      return HAL_BUSY;
-    }
-
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
-
-    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX;
-    hi2c->ErrorCode   = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
-
-    /* Send Slave Address */
-    /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if size > 255 and generate RESTART */
-    /* Size > 255, need to set RELOAD bit */
-    if(Size > 255)
-    {
-      I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,255, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE);
-      sizetmp = 255;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,Size, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE);
-      sizetmp = Size;
-    }
-
-    do
-    {
-      /* Wait until TXIS flag is set */
-      if(I2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-      {
-        if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF)
-        {
-          return HAL_ERROR;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-        }
-      }
-      /* Write data to TXDR */
-      hi2c->Instance->TXDR = (*pData++);
-      sizetmp--;
-      Size--;
-
-      if((sizetmp == 0)&&(Size!=0))
-      {
-        /* Wait until TXE flag is set */
-        if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TCR, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-        {
-          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-        }
-
-        if(Size > 255)
-        {
-          I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,255, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
-          sizetmp = 255;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,Size, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
-          sizetmp = Size;
-        }
-      }
-
-    }while(Size > 0);
-
-    /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */
-    /* Wait until STOPF flag is set */
-    if(I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-    {
-      if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF)
-      {
-        return HAL_ERROR;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Clear STOP Flag */
-    __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF);
-
-    /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */
-    I2C_RESET_CR2(hi2c);
-
-    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
-
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Receives in master mode an amount of data in blocking mode.
-  * @param  hi2c : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
-  * @param  DevAddress: Target device address
-  * @param  pData: Pointer to data buffer
-  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be sent
-  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Receive(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  uint32_t sizetmp = 0;
-
-  if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
-  {
-    if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0))
-    {
-      return  HAL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET)
-    {
-      return HAL_BUSY;
-    }
-
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
-
-    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX;
-    hi2c->ErrorCode   = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
-
-    /* Send Slave Address */
-    /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if size > 255 and generate RESTART */
-    /* Size > 255, need to set RELOAD bit */
-    if(Size > 255)
-    {
-      I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,255, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_READ);
-      sizetmp = 255;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,Size, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_READ);
-      sizetmp = Size;
-    }
-
-    do
-    {
-      /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */
-      if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-      {
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-
-      /* Write data to RXDR */
-      (*pData++) =hi2c->Instance->RXDR;
-      sizetmp--;
-      Size--;
-
-      if((sizetmp == 0)&&(Size!=0))
-      {
-        /* Wait until TCR flag is set */
-        if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TCR, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-        {
-          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-        }
-
-        if(Size > 255)
-        {
-          I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,255, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
-          sizetmp = 255;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,Size, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
-          sizetmp = Size;
-        }
-      }
-
-    }while(Size > 0);
-
-    /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */
-    /* Wait until STOPF flag is set */
-    if(I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_TIMEOUT_STOPF) != HAL_OK)
-    {
-      if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF)
-      {
-        return HAL_ERROR;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Clear STOP Flag */
-    __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF);
-
-    /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */
-    I2C_RESET_CR2(hi2c);
-
-    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
-
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Transmits in slave mode an amount of data in blocking mode.
-  * @param  hi2c : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
-  * @param  pData: Pointer to data buffer
-  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be sent
-  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
-  {
-    if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0))
-    {
-      return  HAL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
-
-    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX;
-    hi2c->ErrorCode   = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
-
-    /* Enable Address Acknowledge */
-    hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_NACK;
-
-    /* Wait until ADDR flag is set */
-    if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-    {
-      /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
-      hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK;
-      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-    }
-
-    /* Clear ADDR flag */
-    __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c,I2C_FLAG_ADDR);
-
-    /* If 10bit addressing mode is selected */
-    if(hi2c->Init.AddressingMode == I2C_ADDRESSINGMODE_10BIT)
-    {
-      /* Wait until ADDR flag is set */
-      if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-      {
-        /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
-        hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK;
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-
-      /* Clear ADDR flag */
-      __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c,I2C_FLAG_ADDR);
-    }
-
-    /* Wait until DIR flag is set Transmitter mode */
-    if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_DIR, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-    {
-      /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
-      hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK;
-      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-    }
-
-    do
-    {
-      /* Wait until TXIS flag is set */
-      if(I2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-      {
-        /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
-        hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK;
-
-        if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF)
-        {
-          return HAL_ERROR;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-        }
-      }
-
-      /* Read data from TXDR */
-      hi2c->Instance->TXDR = (*pData++);
-      Size--;
-    }while(Size > 0);
-
-    /* Wait until STOP flag is set */
-    if(I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_TIMEOUT_STOPF) != HAL_OK)
-    {
-      /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
-      hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK;
-
-      if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF)
-      {
-	/* Normal use case for Transmitter mode */
-	/* A NACK is generated to confirm the end of transfer */
-	hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Clear STOP flag */
-    __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c,I2C_FLAG_STOPF);
-
-    /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */
-    if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-    {
-      /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
-      hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK;
-      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-    }
-
-    /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
-    hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK;
-
-    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
-
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Receive in slave mode an amount of data in blocking mode
-  * @param  hi2c : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
-  * @param  pData: Pointer to data buffer
-  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be sent
-  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
-  {
-    if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0))
-    {
-      return  HAL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
-
-    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX;
-    hi2c->ErrorCode   = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
-
-    /* Enable Address Acknowledge */
-    hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_NACK;
-
-    /* Wait until ADDR flag is set */
-    if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-    {
-      /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
-      hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK;
-      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-    }
-
-    /* Clear ADDR flag */
-    __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c,I2C_FLAG_ADDR);
-
-    /* Wait until DIR flag is reset Receiver mode */
-    if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_DIR, SET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-    {
-      /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
-      hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK;
-      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-    }
-
-    while(Size > 0)
-    {
-      /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */
-      if(I2C_WaitOnRXNEFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-      {
-        /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
-        hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK;
-        if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT)
-        {
-          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          return HAL_ERROR;
-        }
-      }
-
-      /* Read data from RXDR */
-      (*pData++) = hi2c->Instance->RXDR;
-      Size--;
-    }
-
-    /* Wait until STOP flag is set */
-    if(I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_TIMEOUT_STOPF) != HAL_OK)
-    {
-      /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
-      hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK;
-
-      if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF)
-      {
-        return HAL_ERROR;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Clear STOP flag */
-    __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c,I2C_FLAG_STOPF);
-
-    /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */
-    if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-    {
-      /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
-      hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK;
-      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-    }
-
-
-    /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
-    hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK;
-
-    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
-
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Transmit in master mode an amount of data in no-blocking mode with Interrupt
-  * @param  hi2c : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
-  * @param  DevAddress: Target device address
-  * @param  pData: Pointer to data buffer
-  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be sent
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
-{
-  if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
-  {
-    if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
-    {
-      return  HAL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET)
-    {
-      return HAL_BUSY;
-    }
-
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
-
-    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX;
-    hi2c->ErrorCode   = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
-
-    hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData;
-    hi2c->XferCount = Size;
-    if(Size > 255)
-    {
-      hi2c->XferSize = 255;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      hi2c->XferSize = Size;
-    }
-
-    /* Send Slave Address */
-    /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if size > 255 and generate RESTART */
-    if( (hi2c->XferSize == 255) && (hi2c->XferSize < hi2c->XferCount) )
-    {
-      I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,hi2c->XferSize, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE);
-    }
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
-
-    /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
-              to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current
-              process unlock */
-
-
-    /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, TXI interrupt */
-    /* possible to enable all of these */
-    /* I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI| I2C_IT_STOPI| I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_RXI | I2C_IT_TXI */
-    __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT(hi2c,I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI| I2C_IT_STOPI| I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_TXI );
-
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Receive in master mode an amount of data in no-blocking mode with Interrupt
-  * @param  hi2c : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
-  * @param  DevAddress: Target device address
-  * @param  pData: Pointer to data buffer
-  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be sent
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
-{
-  if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
-  {
-    if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
-    {
-      return  HAL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET)
-    {
-      return HAL_BUSY;
-    }
-
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
-
-    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX;
-    hi2c->ErrorCode   = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
-
-    hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData;
-    hi2c->XferCount = Size;
-    if(Size > 255)
-    {
-      hi2c->XferSize = 255;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      hi2c->XferSize = Size;
-    }
-
-    /* Send Slave Address */
-    /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if size > 255 and generate RESTART */
-    if( (hi2c->XferSize == 255) && (hi2c->XferSize < hi2c->XferCount) )
-    {
-      I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,hi2c->XferSize, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_READ);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_READ);
-    }
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
-
-    /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
-              to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current
-              process unlock */
-
-    /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, RXI interrupt */
-    /* possible to enable all of these */
-    /* I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI| I2C_IT_STOPI| I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_RXI | I2C_IT_TXI */
-    __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT(hi2c,I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI | I2C_IT_STOPI | I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_RXI );
-
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in no-blocking mode with Interrupt
-  * @param  hi2c : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
-  * @param  pData: Pointer to data buffer
-  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be sent
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
-{
-  if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
-  {
-    if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
-    {
-      return  HAL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
-
-    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_TX;
-    hi2c->ErrorCode   = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
-
-    /* Enable Address Acknowledge */
-    hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_NACK;
-
-    hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData;
-    hi2c->XferSize = Size;
-    hi2c->XferCount = Size;
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
-
-    /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
-              to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current
-              process unlock */
-
-    /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, TXI interrupt */
-    /* possible to enable all of these */
-    /* I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI| I2C_IT_STOPI| I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_RXI | I2C_IT_TXI */
-    __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT(hi2c,I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI| I2C_IT_STOPI | I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_TXI );
-
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Receive in slave mode an amount of data in no-blocking mode with Interrupt
-  * @param  hi2c : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
-  * @param  pData: Pointer to data buffer
-  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be sent
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
-{
-  if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
-  {
-    if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
-    {
-      return  HAL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
-
-    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX;
-    hi2c->ErrorCode   = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
-
-    /* Enable Address Acknowledge */
-    hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_NACK;
-
-    hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData;
-    hi2c->XferSize = Size;
-    hi2c->XferCount = Size;
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
-
-    /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
-              to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current
-              process unlock */
-
-    /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, RXI interrupt */
-    /* possible to enable all of these */
-    /* I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI| I2C_IT_STOPI| I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_RXI | I2C_IT_TXI */
-    __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT(hi2c,I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI | I2C_IT_STOPI | I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_RXI);
-
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Transmit in master mode an amount of data in no-blocking mode with DMA
-  * @param  hi2c : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
-  * @param  DevAddress: Target device address
-  * @param  pData: Pointer to data buffer
-  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be sent
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Transmit_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
-{
-  if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
-  {
-    if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
-    {
-      return  HAL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET)
-    {
-      return HAL_BUSY;
-    }
-
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
-
-    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX;
-    hi2c->ErrorCode   = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
-
-    hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData;
-    hi2c->XferCount = Size;
-    if(Size > 255)
-    {
-      hi2c->XferSize = 255;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      hi2c->XferSize = Size;
-    }
-
-    /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */
-    hi2c->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMAMasterTransmitCplt;
-
-    /* Set the DMA error callback */
-    hi2c->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError;
-
-    /* Enable the DMA channel */
-    HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmatx, (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->TXDR, hi2c->XferSize);
-
-    /* Send Slave Address */
-    /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if size > 255 and generate RESTART */
-    if( (hi2c->XferSize == 255) && (hi2c->XferSize < hi2c->XferCount) )
-    {
-      I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,hi2c->XferSize, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE);
-    }
-
-    /* Wait until TXIS flag is set */
-    if(I2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_TIMEOUT_TXIS) != HAL_OK)
-    {
-      /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
-      hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK;
-
-      if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF)
-      {
-        return HAL_ERROR;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-    }
-
-
-    /* Enable DMA Request */
-    hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN;
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
-
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Receive in master mode an amount of data in no-blocking mode with DMA
-  * @param  hi2c : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
-  * @param  DevAddress: Target device address
-  * @param  pData: Pointer to data buffer
-  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be sent
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Master_Receive_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
-{
-  if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
-  {
-    if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
-    {
-      return  HAL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET)
-    {
-      return HAL_BUSY;
-    }
-
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
-
-    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX;
-    hi2c->ErrorCode   = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
-
-    hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData;
-    hi2c->XferCount = Size;
-    if(Size > 255)
-    {
-      hi2c->XferSize = 255;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      hi2c->XferSize = Size;
-    }
-
-    /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */
-    hi2c->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMAMasterReceiveCplt;
-
-    /* Set the DMA error callback */
-    hi2c->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError;
-
-    /* Enable the DMA channel */
-    HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->RXDR, (uint32_t)pData, hi2c->XferSize);
-
-    /* Send Slave Address */
-    /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if size > 255 and generate RESTART */
-    if( (hi2c->XferSize == 255) && (hi2c->XferSize < hi2c->XferCount) )
-    {
-      I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,hi2c->XferSize, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_READ);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_READ);
-    }
-
-    /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */
-    if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, I2C_TIMEOUT_RXNE) != HAL_OK)
-    {
-      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-    }
-
-
-    /* Enable DMA Request */
-    hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN;
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
-
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Transmit in slave mode an amount of data in no-blocking mode with DMA
-  * @param  hi2c : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
-  * @param  pData: Pointer to data buffer
-  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be sent
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Transmit_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
-{
-  if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
-  {
-    if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
-    {
-      return  HAL_ERROR;
-    }
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
-
-    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_TX;
-    hi2c->ErrorCode   = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
-
-    hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData;
-    hi2c->XferCount = Size;
-    hi2c->XferSize = Size;
-
-    /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */
-    hi2c->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMASlaveTransmitCplt;
-
-    /* Set the DMA error callback */
-    hi2c->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError;
-
-    /* Enable the DMA channel */
-    HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmatx, (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->TXDR, hi2c->XferSize);
-
-    /* Enable Address Acknowledge */
-    hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_NACK;
-
-    /* Wait until ADDR flag is set */
-    if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR, RESET, I2C_TIMEOUT_ADDR) != HAL_OK)
-    {
-      /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
-      hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK;
-      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-    }
-
-    /* Clear ADDR flag */
-    __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c,I2C_FLAG_ADDR);
-
-    /* If 10bits addressing mode is selected */
-    if(hi2c->Init.AddressingMode == I2C_ADDRESSINGMODE_10BIT)
-    {
-      /* Wait until ADDR flag is set */
-      if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR, RESET, I2C_TIMEOUT_ADDR) != HAL_OK)
-      {
-        /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
-        hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK;
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-
-      /* Clear ADDR flag */
-      __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c,I2C_FLAG_ADDR);
-    }
-
-    /* Wait until DIR flag is set Transmitter mode */
-    if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_DIR, RESET, I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY) != HAL_OK)
-    {
-      /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
-      hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK;
-      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-    }
-
-    /* Enable DMA Request */
-    hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN;
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
-
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Receive in slave mode an amount of data in no-blocking mode with DMA
-  * @param  hi2c : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
-  * @param  pData: Pointer to data buffer
-  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be sent
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Slave_Receive_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
-{
-  if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
-  {
-    if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
-    {
-      return  HAL_ERROR;
-    }
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
-
-    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX;
-    hi2c->ErrorCode   = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
-
-    hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData;
-    hi2c->XferSize = Size;
-    hi2c->XferCount = Size;
-
-    /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */
-    hi2c->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMASlaveReceiveCplt;
-
-    /* Set the DMA error callback */
-    hi2c->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError;
-
-    /* Enable the DMA channel */
-    HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->RXDR, (uint32_t)pData, Size);
-
-    /* Enable Address Acknowledge */
-    hi2c->Instance->CR2 &= ~I2C_CR2_NACK;
-
-    /* Wait until ADDR flag is set */
-    if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR, RESET, I2C_TIMEOUT_ADDR) != HAL_OK)
-    {
-      /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
-      hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK;
-      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-    }
-
-    /* Clear ADDR flag */
-    __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c,I2C_FLAG_ADDR);
-
-    /* Wait until DIR flag is set Receiver mode */
-    if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_DIR, SET, I2C_TIMEOUT_DIR) != HAL_OK)
-    {
-      /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
-      hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK;
-      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-    }
-
-    /* Enable DMA Request */
-    hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN;
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
-
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-}
-/**
-  * @brief  Write an amount of data in blocking mode to a specific memory address
-  * @param  hi2c : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
-  * @param  DevAddress: Target device address
-  * @param  MemAddress: Internal memory address
-  * @param  MemAddSize: Size of internal memory address
-  * @param  pData: Pointer to data buffer
-  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be sent
-  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Write(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  uint32_t Sizetmp = 0;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_I2C_MEMADD_SIZE(MemAddSize));
-
-  if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
-  {
-    if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
-    {
-      return  HAL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET)
-    {
-      return HAL_BUSY;
-    }
-
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
-
-    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_MEM_BUSY_TX;
-    hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
-
-    /* Send Slave Address and Memory Address */
-    if(I2C_RequestMemoryWrite(hi2c, DevAddress, MemAddress, MemAddSize, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-    {
-      if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF)
-      {
-        /* Process Unlocked */
-        __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
-        return HAL_ERROR;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        /* Process Unlocked */
-        __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if size > 255 */
-    /* Size > 255, need to set RELOAD bit */
-    if(Size > 255)
-    {
-      I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,255, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
-      Sizetmp = 255;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,Size, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
-      Sizetmp = Size;
-    }
-
-    do
-    {
-      /* Wait until TXIS flag is set */
-      if(I2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-      {
-        if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF)
-        {
-          return HAL_ERROR;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-        }
-      }
-
-      /* Write data to DR */
-      hi2c->Instance->TXDR = (*pData++);
-      Sizetmp--;
-      Size--;
-
-      if((Sizetmp == 0)&&(Size!=0))
-      {
-        /* Wait until TCR flag is set */
-        if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TCR, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-        {
-          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-        }
-
-
-        if(Size > 255)
-        {
-          I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,255, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
-          Sizetmp = 255;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,Size, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
-          Sizetmp = Size;
-        }
-      }
-
-    }while(Size > 0);
-
-    /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */
-    /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */
-    if(I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_TIMEOUT_STOPF) != HAL_OK)
-    {
-      if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF)
-      {
-        return HAL_ERROR;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Clear STOP Flag */
-    __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF);
-
-    /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */
-    I2C_RESET_CR2(hi2c);
-
-    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
-
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Read an amount of data in blocking mode from a specific memory address
-  * @param  hi2c : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
-  * @param  DevAddress: Target device address
-  * @param  MemAddress: Internal memory address
-  * @param  MemAddSize: Size of internal memory address
-  * @param  pData: Pointer to data buffer
-  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be sent
-  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Read(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  uint32_t Sizetmp = 0;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_I2C_MEMADD_SIZE(MemAddSize));
-
-  if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
-  {
-    if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
-    {
-      return  HAL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET)
-    {
-      return HAL_BUSY;
-    }
-
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
-
-    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_MEM_BUSY_RX;
-    hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
-
-    /* Send Slave Address and Memory Address */
-    if(I2C_RequestMemoryRead(hi2c, DevAddress, MemAddress, MemAddSize, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-    {
-      if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF)
-      {
-        /* Process Unlocked */
-        __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
-        return HAL_ERROR;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        /* Process Unlocked */
-        __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Send Slave Address */
-    /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if size > 255 and generate RESTART */
-    /* Size > 255, need to set RELOAD bit */
-    if(Size > 255)
-    {
-      I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,255, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_READ);
-      Sizetmp = 255;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,Size, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_READ);
-      Sizetmp = Size;
-    }
-
-    do
-    {
-      /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */
-      if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-      {
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-
-      /* Read data from RXDR */
-      (*pData++) = hi2c->Instance->RXDR;
-
-      /* Decrement the Size counter */
-      Sizetmp--;
-      Size--;
-
-      if((Sizetmp == 0)&&(Size!=0))
-      {
-        /* Wait until TCR flag is set */
-        if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TCR, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-        {
-          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-        }
-
-        if(Size > 255)
-        {
-          I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,255, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
-          Sizetmp = 255;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,Size, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
-          Sizetmp = Size;
-        }
-      }
-
-    }while(Size > 0);
-
-    /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */
-    /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */
-    if(I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_TIMEOUT_STOPF) != HAL_OK)
-    {
-      if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF)
-      {
-        return HAL_ERROR;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Clear STOP Flag */
-    __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF);
-
-    /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */
-    I2C_RESET_CR2(hi2c);
-
-    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
-
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-}
-/**
-  * @brief  Write an amount of data in no-blocking mode with Interrupt to a specific memory address
-  * @param  hi2c : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
-  * @param  DevAddress: Target device address
-  * @param  MemAddress: Internal memory address
-  * @param  MemAddSize: Size of internal memory address
-  * @param  pData: Pointer to data buffer
-  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be sent
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_I2C_MEMADD_SIZE(MemAddSize));
-
-  if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
-  {
-    if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
-    {
-      return  HAL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET)
-    {
-      return HAL_BUSY;
-    }
-
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
-
-    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_MEM_BUSY_TX;
-    hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
-
-    hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData;
-    hi2c->XferCount = Size;
-    if(Size > 255)
-    {
-      hi2c->XferSize = 255;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      hi2c->XferSize = Size;
-    }
-
-    /* Send Slave Address and Memory Address */
-    if(I2C_RequestMemoryWrite(hi2c, DevAddress, MemAddress, MemAddSize, I2C_TIMEOUT_FLAG) != HAL_OK)
-    {
-      if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF)
-      {
-        /* Process Unlocked */
-        __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
-        return HAL_ERROR;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        /* Process Unlocked */
-        __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if size > 255 */
-    /* Size > 255, need to set RELOAD bit */
-    if( (hi2c->XferSize == 255) && (hi2c->XferSize < hi2c->XferCount) )
-    {
-      I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,hi2c->XferSize, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
-    }
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
-
-    /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
-              to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current
-              process unlock */
-
-    /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, TXI interrupt */
-    /* possible to enable all of these */
-    /* I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI| I2C_IT_STOPI| I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_RXI | I2C_IT_TXI */
-    __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT(hi2c,I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI| I2C_IT_STOPI| I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_TXI );
-
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Read an amount of data in no-blocking mode with Interrupt from a specific memory address
-  * @param  hi2c : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
-  * @param  DevAddress: Target device address
-  * @param  MemAddress: Internal memory address
-  * @param  MemAddSize: Size of internal memory address
-  * @param  pData: Pointer to data buffer
-  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be sent
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_IT(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_I2C_MEMADD_SIZE(MemAddSize));
-
-  if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
-  {
-    if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
-    {
-      return  HAL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET)
-    {
-      return HAL_BUSY;
-    }
-
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
-
-    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_MEM_BUSY_RX;
-
-    hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData;
-    hi2c->XferCount = Size;
-    if(Size > 255)
-    {
-      hi2c->XferSize = 255;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      hi2c->XferSize = Size;
-    }
-
-    /* Send Slave Address and Memory Address */
-    if(I2C_RequestMemoryRead(hi2c, DevAddress, MemAddress, MemAddSize, I2C_TIMEOUT_FLAG) != HAL_OK)
-    {
-      if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF)
-      {
-        /* Process Unlocked */
-        __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
-        return HAL_ERROR;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        /* Process Unlocked */
-        __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if size > 255 and generate RESTART */
-    /* Size > 255, need to set RELOAD bit */
-    if( (hi2c->XferSize == 255) && (hi2c->XferSize < hi2c->XferCount) )
-    {
-      I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,hi2c->XferSize, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_READ);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_READ);
-    }
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
-
-    /* Note : The I2C interrupts must be enabled after unlocking current process
-              to avoid the risk of I2C interrupt handle execution before current
-              process unlock */
-
-    /* Enable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, RXI interrupt */
-    /* possible to enable all of these */
-    /* I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI| I2C_IT_STOPI| I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_RXI | I2C_IT_TXI */
-    __HAL_I2C_ENABLE_IT(hi2c, I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI| I2C_IT_STOPI| I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_RXI );
-
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-}
-/**
-  * @brief  Write an amount of data in no-blocking mode with DMA to a specific memory address
-  * @param  hi2c : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
-  * @param  DevAddress: Target device address
-  * @param  MemAddress: Internal memory address
-  * @param  MemAddSize: Size of internal memory address
-  * @param  pData: Pointer to data buffer
-  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be sent
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Write_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_I2C_MEMADD_SIZE(MemAddSize));
-
-  if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
-  {
-    if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
-    {
-      return  HAL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET)
-    {
-      return HAL_BUSY;
-    }
-
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
-
-    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_MEM_BUSY_TX;
-    hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
-
-    hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData;
-    hi2c->XferCount = Size;
-    if(Size > 255)
-    {
-      hi2c->XferSize = 255;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      hi2c->XferSize = Size;
-    }
-
-    /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */
-    hi2c->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMAMemTransmitCplt;
-
-    /* Set the DMA error callback */
-    hi2c->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError;
-
-    /* Enable the DMA channel */
-    HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmatx, (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->TXDR, hi2c->XferSize);
-
-    /* Send Slave Address and Memory Address */
-    if(I2C_RequestMemoryWrite(hi2c, DevAddress, MemAddress, MemAddSize, I2C_TIMEOUT_FLAG) != HAL_OK)
-    {
-      if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF)
-      {
-        /* Process Unlocked */
-        __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
-        return HAL_ERROR;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        /* Process Unlocked */
-        __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Send Slave Address */
-    /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if size > 255 */
-    if( (hi2c->XferSize == 255) && (hi2c->XferSize < hi2c->XferCount) )
-    {
-      I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,hi2c->XferSize, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
-    }
-
-    /* Wait until TXIS flag is set */
-    if(I2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_TIMEOUT_TXIS) != HAL_OK)
-    {
-      if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF)
-      {
-        return HAL_ERROR;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Enable DMA Request */
-    hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN;
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
-
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Reads an amount of data in no-blocking mode with DMA from a specific memory address.
-  * @param  hi2c : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
-  * @param  DevAddress: Target device address
-  * @param  MemAddress: Internal memory address
-  * @param  MemAddSize: Size of internal memory address
-  * @param  pData: Pointer to data buffer
-  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be read
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_Mem_Read_DMA(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_I2C_MEMADD_SIZE(MemAddSize));
-
-  if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
-  {
-    if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
-    {
-      return  HAL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET)
-    {
-      return HAL_BUSY;
-    }
-
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
-
-    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_MEM_BUSY_RX;
-
-    hi2c->pBuffPtr = pData;
-    hi2c->XferCount = Size;
-    if(Size > 255)
-    {
-      hi2c->XferSize = 255;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      hi2c->XferSize = Size;
-    }
-
-    /* Set the I2C DMA transfer complete callback */
-    hi2c->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = I2C_DMAMemReceiveCplt;
-
-    /* Set the DMA error callback */
-    hi2c->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = I2C_DMAError;
-
-    /* Enable the DMA channel */
-    HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->RXDR, (uint32_t)pData, hi2c->XferSize);
-
-    /* Send Slave Address and Memory Address */
-    if(I2C_RequestMemoryRead(hi2c, DevAddress, MemAddress, MemAddSize, I2C_TIMEOUT_FLAG) != HAL_OK)
-    {
-      if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF)
-      {
-        /* Process Unlocked */
-        __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
-        return HAL_ERROR;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        /* Process Unlocked */
-        __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if size > 255 and generate RESTART */
-    if( (hi2c->XferSize == 255) && (hi2c->XferSize < hi2c->XferCount) )
-    {
-      I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,hi2c->XferSize, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_READ);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_READ);
-    }
-
-    /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */
-    if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, I2C_TIMEOUT_RXNE) != HAL_OK)
-    {
-      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-    }
-
-    /* Enable DMA Request */
-    hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN;
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
-
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Checks if target device is ready for communication.
-  * @note   This function is used with Memory devices
-  * @param  hi2c : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
-  * @param  DevAddress: Target device address
-  * @param  Trials: Number of trials
-  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2C_IsDeviceReady(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint32_t Trials, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-
-  __IO uint32_t I2C_Trials = 0;
-
-  if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
-  {
-    if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY) == SET)
-    {
-      return HAL_BUSY;
-    }
-
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
-
-    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY;
-    hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
-
-    do
-    {
-      /* Generate Start */
-      hi2c->Instance->CR2 = I2C_GENERATE_START(hi2c->Init.AddressingMode,DevAddress);
-
-      /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */
-      /* Wait until STOPF flag is set or a NACK flag is set*/
-      tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-      while((__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF) == RESET) && (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF) == RESET) && (hi2c->State != HAL_I2C_STATE_TIMEOUT))
-      {
-	if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
-	{
-          if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
-          {
-            /* Device is ready */
-            hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
-            /* Process Unlocked */
-            __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
-            return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-          }
-        }
-      }
-
-      /* Check if the NACKF flag has not been set */
-      if (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF) == RESET)
-      {
-        /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */
-        if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-        {
-          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-        }
-
-        /* Clear STOP Flag */
-        __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF);
-
-        /* Device is ready */
-        hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
-
-        /* Process Unlocked */
-        __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
-
-        return HAL_OK;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */
-        if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-        {
-          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-        }
-
-        /* Clear NACK Flag */
-        __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF);
-
-        /* Clear STOP Flag, auto generated with autoend*/
-        __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF);
-      }
-
-      /* Check if the maximum allowed number of trials has been reached */
-      if (I2C_Trials++ == Trials)
-      {
-        /* Generate Stop */
-        hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_STOP;
-
-        /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */
-        if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-        {
-          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-        }
-
-        /* Clear STOP Flag */
-        __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF);
-      }
-    }while(I2C_Trials < Trials);
-
-    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
-
-    return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-}
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup IRQ_Handler_and_Callbacks IRQ Handler and Callbacks
- * @{
- */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  This function handles I2C event interrupt request.
-  * @param  hi2c : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_I2C_EV_IRQHandler(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
-{
-  /* I2C in mode Transmitter ---------------------------------------------------*/
-  if (((__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TXIS) == SET) || (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TCR) == SET) || (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TC) == SET) || (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF) == SET) || (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF) == SET) || (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR) == SET)) && (__HAL_I2C_GET_IT_SOURCE(hi2c, (I2C_IT_TCI | I2C_IT_STOPI | I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_TXI | I2C_IT_ADDRI)) == SET))
-  {
-    /* Slave mode selected */
-    if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_TX)
-    {
-      I2C_SlaveTransmit_ISR(hi2c);
-    }
-  }
-
-  if (((__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TXIS) == SET) || (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TCR) == SET) || (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TC) == SET) || (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF) == SET) || (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF) == SET)) && (__HAL_I2C_GET_IT_SOURCE(hi2c, (I2C_IT_TCI | I2C_IT_STOPI | I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_TXI)) == SET))
-  {
-    /* Master mode selected */
-    if ((hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX) || (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_MEM_BUSY_TX))
-    {
-      I2C_MasterTransmit_ISR(hi2c);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* I2C in mode Receiver ----------------------------------------------------*/
-  if (((__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_RXNE) == SET) || (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TCR) == SET) || (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TC) == SET) || (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF) == SET) || (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF) == SET) || (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR) == SET)) && (__HAL_I2C_GET_IT_SOURCE(hi2c, (I2C_IT_TCI| I2C_IT_STOPI| I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_RXI | I2C_IT_ADDRI)) == SET))
-  {
-    /* Slave mode selected */
-    if (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX)
-    {
-      I2C_SlaveReceive_ISR(hi2c);
-    }
-  }
-  if (((__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_RXNE) == SET) || (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TCR) == SET) || (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TC) == SET) || (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF) == SET) || (__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF) == SET)) && (__HAL_I2C_GET_IT_SOURCE(hi2c, (I2C_IT_TCI| I2C_IT_STOPI| I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_RXI)) == SET))
-  {
-    /* Master mode selected */
-    if ((hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX) || (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_MEM_BUSY_RX))
-    {
-      I2C_MasterReceive_ISR(hi2c);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  This function handles I2C error interrupt request.
-  * @param  hi2c : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_I2C_ER_IRQHandler(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
-{
-  /* I2C Bus error interrupt occurred ------------------------------------*/
-  if((__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BERR) == SET) && (__HAL_I2C_GET_IT_SOURCE(hi2c, I2C_IT_ERRI) == SET))
-  {
-    hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_BERR;
-
-    /* Clear BERR flag */
-    __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BERR);
-  }
-
-  /* I2C Over-Run/Under-Run interrupt occurred ----------------------------------------*/
-  if((__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_OVR) == SET) && (__HAL_I2C_GET_IT_SOURCE(hi2c, I2C_IT_ERRI) == SET))
-  {
-    hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_OVR;
-
-    /* Clear OVR flag */
-    __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_OVR);
-  }
-
-  /* I2C Arbitration Loss error interrupt occurred -------------------------------------*/
-  if((__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ARLO) == SET) && (__HAL_I2C_GET_IT_SOURCE(hi2c, I2C_IT_ERRI) == SET))
-  {
-    hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_ARLO;
-
-    /* Clear ARLO flag */
-    __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ARLO);
-  }
-
-  /* Call the Error Callback in case of Error detected */
-  if(hi2c->ErrorCode != HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE)
-  {
-    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
-
-    HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(hi2c);
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Master Tx Transfer completed callbacks.
-  * @param  hi2c : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
-  * @retval None
-  */
- __weak void HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_I2C_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Master Rx Transfer completed callbacks.
-  * @param  hi2c : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_I2C_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/** @brief  Slave Tx Transfer completed callbacks.
-  * @param  hi2c : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
-  * @retval None
-  */
- __weak void HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_I2C_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Slave Rx Transfer completed callbacks.
-  * @param  hi2c : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_I2C_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Memory Tx Transfer completed callbacks.
-  * @param  hi2c : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
-  * @retval None
-  */
- __weak void HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_I2C_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Memory Rx Transfer completed callbacks.
-  * @param  hi2c : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_I2C_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  I2C error callbacks.
-  * @param  hi2c : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
-  * @retval None
-  */
- __weak void HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup I2C_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State and Errors functions
- *  @brief   Peripheral State and Errors functions
- *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-            ##### Peripheral State and Errors functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]
-    This subsection permit to get in run-time the status of the peripheral
-    and the data flow.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Returns the I2C state.
-  * @param  hi2c : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
-  * @retval HAL state
-  */
-HAL_I2C_StateTypeDef HAL_I2C_GetState(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
-{
-  return hi2c->State;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Return the I2C error code
-  * @param  hi2c : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *              the configuration information for the specified I2C.
-* @retval I2C Error Code
-*/
-uint32_t HAL_I2C_GetError(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
-{
-  return hi2c->ErrorCode;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @addtogroup I2C_Private_Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Handle Interrupt Flags Master Transmit Mode
-  * @param  hi2c : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_MasterTransmit_ISR(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
-{
-  uint16_t DevAddress;
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
-
-  if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TXIS) == SET)
-  {
-    /* Write data to TXDR */
-    hi2c->Instance->TXDR = (*hi2c->pBuffPtr++);
-    hi2c->XferSize--;
-    hi2c->XferCount--;
-  }
-  else if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TCR) == SET)
-  {
-    if((hi2c->XferSize == 0)&&(hi2c->XferCount!=0))
-    {
-      DevAddress = (hi2c->Instance->CR2 & I2C_CR2_SADD);
-
-      if(hi2c->XferCount > 255)
-      {
-        I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,255, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
-        hi2c->XferSize = 255;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,hi2c->XferCount, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
-        hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
-      }
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      /* Process Unlocked */
-      __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
-
-      /* Wrong size Status regarding TCR flag event */
-      hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_SIZE;
-      HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(hi2c);
-    }
-  }
-  else if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TC) == SET)
-  {
-    if(hi2c->XferCount == 0)
-    {
-      /* Generate Stop */
-      hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_STOP;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      /* Process Unlocked */
-      __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
-
-      /* Wrong size Status regarding TCR flag event */
-      hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_SIZE;
-      HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(hi2c);
-    }
-  }
-  else if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF) == SET)
-  {
-    /* Disable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, TXI interrupt */
-    __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT(hi2c,I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI| I2C_IT_STOPI| I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_TXI );
-
-    /* Clear STOP Flag */
-    __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF);
-
-    /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */
-    I2C_RESET_CR2(hi2c);
-
-    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
-
-    if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_MEM_BUSY_TX)
-    {
-      HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback(hi2c);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback(hi2c);
-    }
-  }
-  else if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF) == SET)
-  {
-    /* Clear NACK Flag */
-    __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF);
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
-
-    hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF;
-    HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(hi2c);
-  }
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Handle Interrupt Flags Master Receive Mode
-  * @param  hi2c : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_MasterReceive_ISR(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
-{
-  uint16_t DevAddress;
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
-
-  if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_RXNE) == SET)
-  {
-    /* Read data from RXDR */
-    (*hi2c->pBuffPtr++) = hi2c->Instance->RXDR;
-    hi2c->XferSize--;
-    hi2c->XferCount--;
-  }
-  else if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TCR) == SET)
-  {
-    if((hi2c->XferSize == 0)&&(hi2c->XferCount!=0))
-    {
-      DevAddress = (hi2c->Instance->CR2 & I2C_CR2_SADD);
-
-      if(hi2c->XferCount > 255)
-      {
-        I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,255, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
-        hi2c->XferSize = 255;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,hi2c->XferCount, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
-        hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
-      }
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      /* Process Unlocked */
-      __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
-
-      /* Wrong size Status regarding TCR flag event */
-      hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_SIZE;
-      HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(hi2c);
-    }
-  }
-  else if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TC) == SET)
-  {
-    if(hi2c->XferCount == 0)
-    {
-      /* Generate Stop */
-      hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_STOP;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      /* Process Unlocked */
-      __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
-
-      /* Wrong size Status regarding TCR flag event */
-      hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_SIZE;
-      HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(hi2c);
-    }
-  }
-  else if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF) == SET)
-  {
-    /* Disable ERR, TC, STOP, NACK, TXI interrupt */
-    __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT(hi2c,I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI| I2C_IT_STOPI| I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_RXI );
-
-    /* Clear STOP Flag */
-    __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF);
-
-    /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */
-    I2C_RESET_CR2(hi2c);
-
-    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
-
-    if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_MEM_BUSY_RX)
-    {
-      HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback(hi2c);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback(hi2c);
-    }
-  }
-  else if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF) == SET)
-  {
-    /* Clear NACK Flag */
-    __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF);
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
-
-    hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF;
-    HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(hi2c);
-  }
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Handle Interrupt Flags Slave Transmit Mode
-  * @param  hi2c : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_SlaveTransmit_ISR(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
-{
-  /* Process locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
-
-  if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF) != RESET)
-  {
-    /* Check that I2C transfer finished */
-    /* if yes, normal usecase, a NACK is sent by the MASTER when Transfer is finished */
-    /* Mean XferCount == 0*/
-    /* So clear Flag NACKF only */
-    if(hi2c->XferCount == 0)
-    {
-      /* Clear NACK Flag */
-      __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF);
-
-      /* Process Unlocked */
-      __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      /* if no, error usecase, a Non-Acknowledge of last Data is generated by the MASTER*/
-      /* Clear NACK Flag */
-      __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF);
-
-      /* Set ErrorCode corresponding to a Non-Acknowledge */
-      hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF;
-
-      /* Process Unlocked */
-      __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
-
-      /* Call the Error callback to prevent upper layer */
-      HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(hi2c);
-    }
-  }
-  else if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR) == SET)
-  {
-    /* Clear ADDR flag */
-    __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR);
-  }
-  /* Check first if STOPF is set          */
-  /* to prevent a Write Data in TX buffer */
-  /* which is stuck in TXDR until next    */
-  /* communication with Master            */
-  else if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF) == SET)
-  {
-    /* Disable ERRI, TCI, STOPI, NACKI, ADDRI, RXI, TXI interrupt */
-    __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT(hi2c,I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI| I2C_IT_STOPI| I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_RXI | I2C_IT_TXI );
-
-    /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
-    hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK;
-
-    /* Clear STOP Flag */
-    __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF);
-
-    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
-
-    HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback(hi2c);
-  }
-  else if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TXIS) == SET)
-  {
-    /* Write data to TXDR only if XferCount not reach "0" */
-    /* A TXIS flag can be set, during STOP treatment      */
-    if(hi2c->XferCount > 0)
-    {
-      /* Write data to TXDR */
-      hi2c->Instance->TXDR = (*hi2c->pBuffPtr++);
-      hi2c->XferCount--;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Handle Interrupt Flags Slave Receive Mode
-  * @param  hi2c : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_SlaveReceive_ISR(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c)
-{
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
-
-  if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF) != RESET)
-  {
-    /* Clear NACK Flag */
-    __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF);
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
-
-    hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF;
-    HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(hi2c);
-  }
-  else if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR) == SET)
-  {
-    /* Clear ADDR flag */
-    __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_ADDR);
-  }
-  else if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_RXNE) == SET)
-  {
-    /* Read data from RXDR */
-    (*hi2c->pBuffPtr++) = hi2c->Instance->RXDR;
-    hi2c->XferSize--;
-    hi2c->XferCount--;
-  }
-  else if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF) == SET)
-  {
-    /* Disable ERRI, TCI, STOPI, NACKI, ADDRI, RXI, TXI interrupt */
-    __HAL_I2C_DISABLE_IT(hi2c,I2C_IT_ERRI | I2C_IT_TCI| I2C_IT_STOPI| I2C_IT_NACKI | I2C_IT_ADDRI | I2C_IT_RXI | I2C_IT_RXI );
-
-    /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
-    hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK;
-
-    /* Clear STOP Flag */
-    __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF);
-
-    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
-
-    HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback(hi2c);
-  }
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Master sends target device address followed by internal memory address for write request.
-  * @param  hi2c : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
-  * @param  DevAddress: Target device address
-  * @param  MemAddress: Internal memory address
-  * @param  MemAddSize: Size of internal memory address
-  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_RequestMemoryWrite(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,MemAddSize, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE);
-
-  /* Wait until TXIS flag is set */
-  if(I2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-  {
-    if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF)
-    {
-      return HAL_ERROR;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* If Memory address size is 8Bit */
-  if(MemAddSize == I2C_MEMADD_SIZE_8BIT)
-  {
-    /* Send Memory Address */
-    hi2c->Instance->TXDR = I2C_MEM_ADD_LSB(MemAddress);
-  }
-  /* If Memory address size is 16Bit */
-  else
-  {
-    /* Send MSB of Memory Address */
-    hi2c->Instance->TXDR = I2C_MEM_ADD_MSB(MemAddress);
-
-    /* Wait until TXIS flag is set */
-    if(I2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-    {
-      if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF)
-      {
-        return HAL_ERROR;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Send LSB of Memory Address */
-    hi2c->Instance->TXDR = I2C_MEM_ADD_LSB(MemAddress);
-  }
-
-  /* Wait until TCR flag is set */
-  if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TCR, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-  {
-    return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-  }
-
-return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Master sends target device address followed by internal memory address for read request.
-  * @param  hi2c : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
-  * @param  DevAddress: Target device address
-  * @param  MemAddress: Internal memory address
-  * @param  MemAddSize: Size of internal memory address
-  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_RequestMemoryRead(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint16_t DevAddress, uint16_t MemAddress, uint16_t MemAddSize, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,MemAddSize, I2C_SOFTEND_MODE, I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE);
-
-  /* Wait until TXIS flag is set */
-  if(I2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-  {
-    if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF)
-    {
-      return HAL_ERROR;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* If Memory address size is 8Bit */
-  if(MemAddSize == I2C_MEMADD_SIZE_8BIT)
-  {
-    /* Send Memory Address */
-    hi2c->Instance->TXDR = I2C_MEM_ADD_LSB(MemAddress);
-  }
-  /* If Memory address size is 16Bit */
-  else
-  {
-    /* Send MSB of Memory Address */
-    hi2c->Instance->TXDR = I2C_MEM_ADD_MSB(MemAddress);
-
-    /* Wait until TXIS flag is set */
-    if(I2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-    {
-      if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF)
-      {
-        return HAL_ERROR;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Send LSB of Memory Address */
-    hi2c->Instance->TXDR = I2C_MEM_ADD_LSB(MemAddress);
-  }
-
-  /* Wait until TC flag is set */
-  if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TC, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-  {
-    return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-  }
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  DMA I2C master transmit process complete callback.
-  * @param  hdma: DMA handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void I2C_DMAMasterTransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  uint16_t DevAddress;
-  I2C_HandleTypeDef* hi2c = (I2C_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent;
-
-  /* Check if last DMA request was done with RELOAD */
-  /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if size > 255 */
-  if( (hi2c->XferSize == 255) && (hi2c->XferSize < hi2c->XferCount) )
-  {
-    /* Wait until TCR flag is set */
-    if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TCR, RESET, I2C_TIMEOUT_TCR) != HAL_OK)
-    {
-      hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
-    }
-
-    /* Disable DMA Request */
-    hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN;
-
-    /* Check if Errors has been detected during transfer */
-    if(hi2c->ErrorCode != HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE)
-    {
-      /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */
-      /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */
-      if(I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_TIMEOUT_STOPF) != HAL_OK)
-      {
-        if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF)
-        {
-          hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
-        }
-      }
-
-      /* Clear STOP Flag */
-      __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF);
-
-      /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */
-      I2C_RESET_CR2(hi2c);
-
-      hi2c->XferCount = 0;
-
-      hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
-      HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(hi2c);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      hi2c->pBuffPtr += hi2c->XferSize;
-      hi2c->XferCount -= hi2c->XferSize;
-      if(hi2c->XferCount > 255)
-      {
-        hi2c->XferSize = 255;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
-      }
-
-      DevAddress = (hi2c->Instance->CR2 & I2C_CR2_SADD);
-
-      /* Enable the DMA channel */
-      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmatx, (uint32_t)hi2c->pBuffPtr, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->TXDR, hi2c->XferSize);
-
-      /* Send Slave Address */
-      /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if size > 255 */
-      if( (hi2c->XferSize == 255) && (hi2c->XferSize < hi2c->XferCount) )
-      {
-        I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,hi2c->XferSize, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
-      }
-
-      /* Wait until TXIS flag is set */
-      if(I2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_TIMEOUT_TXIS) != HAL_OK)
-      {
-        /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */
-        /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */
-        if(I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_TIMEOUT_STOPF) != HAL_OK)
-        {
-          if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF)
-          {
-            hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF;
-          }
-          else
-          {
-            hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
-          }
-        }
-
-        /* Clear STOP Flag */
-        __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF);
-
-        /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */
-        I2C_RESET_CR2(hi2c);
-
-        hi2c->XferCount = 0;
-
-        hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
-        HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(hi2c);
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        /* Enable DMA Request */
-        hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */
-    /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */
-    if(I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_TIMEOUT_STOPF) != HAL_OK)
-    {
-      if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF)
-      {
-        hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Clear STOP Flag */
-    __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF);
-
-    /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */
-    I2C_RESET_CR2(hi2c);
-
-    /* Disable DMA Request */
-    hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN;
-
-    hi2c->XferCount = 0;
-
-    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
-
-   /* Check if Errors has been detected during transfer */
-    if(hi2c->ErrorCode != HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE)
-    {
-      HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(hi2c);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      HAL_I2C_MasterTxCpltCallback(hi2c);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  DMA I2C slave transmit process complete callback.
-  * @param  hdma: DMA handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void I2C_DMASlaveTransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  I2C_HandleTypeDef* hi2c = (I2C_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent;
-
-  /* Wait until STOP flag is set */
-  if(I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_TIMEOUT_STOPF) != HAL_OK)
-  {
-    if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF)
-    {
-      /* Normal Use case, a AF is generated by master */
-      /* to inform slave the end of transfer */
-      hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Clear STOP flag */
-  __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c,I2C_FLAG_STOPF);
-
-  /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */
-  if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY) != HAL_OK)
-  {
-    hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
-  }
-
-  /* Disable DMA Request */
-  hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN;
-
-  hi2c->XferCount = 0;
-
-  hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Check if Errors has been detected during transfer */
-  if(hi2c->ErrorCode != HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE)
-  {
-    HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(hi2c);
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    HAL_I2C_SlaveTxCpltCallback(hi2c);
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief DMA I2C master receive process complete callback
-  * @param  hdma: DMA handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void I2C_DMAMasterReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  I2C_HandleTypeDef* hi2c = (I2C_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent;
-  uint16_t DevAddress;
-
-  /* Check if last DMA request was done with RELOAD */
-  /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if size > 255 */
-  if( (hi2c->XferSize == 255) && (hi2c->XferSize < hi2c->XferCount) )
-  {
-    /* Wait until TCR flag is set */
-    if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TCR, RESET, I2C_TIMEOUT_TCR) != HAL_OK)
-    {
-      hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
-    }
-
-    /* Disable DMA Request */
-    hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN;
-
-    /* Check if Errors has been detected during transfer */
-    if(hi2c->ErrorCode != HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE)
-    {
-      /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */
-      /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */
-      if(I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_TIMEOUT_STOPF) != HAL_OK)
-      {
-        if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF)
-        {
-          hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
-        }
-      }
-
-      /* Clear STOP Flag */
-      __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF);
-
-      /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */
-      I2C_RESET_CR2(hi2c);
-
-      hi2c->XferCount = 0;
-
-      hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
-      HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(hi2c);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      hi2c->pBuffPtr += hi2c->XferSize;
-      hi2c->XferCount -= hi2c->XferSize;
-      if(hi2c->XferCount > 255)
-      {
-        hi2c->XferSize = 255;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
-      }
-
-      DevAddress = (hi2c->Instance->CR2 & I2C_CR2_SADD);
-
-      /* Enable the DMA channel */
-      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->RXDR, (uint32_t)hi2c->pBuffPtr, hi2c->XferSize);
-
-      /* Send Slave Address */
-      /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if size > 255 */
-      if( (hi2c->XferSize == 255) && (hi2c->XferSize < hi2c->XferCount) )
-      {
-        I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,hi2c->XferSize, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
-      }
-
-      /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */
-      if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, I2C_TIMEOUT_RXNE) != HAL_OK)
-      {
-        hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-
-      /* Check if Errors has been detected during transfer */
-      if(hi2c->ErrorCode != HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE)
-      {
-        /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */
-        /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */
-        if(I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_TIMEOUT_STOPF) != HAL_OK)
-        {
-          if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF)
-          {
-            hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF;
-          }
-          else
-          {
-            hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
-          }
-        }
-
-        /* Clear STOP Flag */
-        __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF);
-
-        /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */
-        I2C_RESET_CR2(hi2c);
-
-        hi2c->XferCount = 0;
-
-        hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
-
-        HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(hi2c);
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        /* Enable DMA Request */
-        hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */
-    /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */
-    if(I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_TIMEOUT_STOPF) != HAL_OK)
-    {
-      if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF)
-      {
-        hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Clear STOP Flag */
-    __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF);
-
-    /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */
-    I2C_RESET_CR2(hi2c);
-
-    /* Disable DMA Request */
-    hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN;
-
-    hi2c->XferCount = 0;
-
-    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
-
-    /* Check if Errors has been detected during transfer */
-    if(hi2c->ErrorCode != HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE)
-    {
-      HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(hi2c);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      HAL_I2C_MasterRxCpltCallback(hi2c);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  DMA I2C slave receive process complete callback.
-  * @param  hdma: DMA handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void I2C_DMASlaveReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  I2C_HandleTypeDef* hi2c = (I2C_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent;
-
-  /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */
-  if(I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_TIMEOUT_STOPF) != HAL_OK)
-  {
-    if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF)
-    {
-      hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Clear STOPF flag */
-  __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF);
-
-  /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */
-  if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_BUSY, SET, I2C_TIMEOUT_BUSY) != HAL_OK)
-  {
-    hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
-  }
-
-  /* Disable DMA Request */
-  hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN;
-
-  /* Disable Address Acknowledge */
-  hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK;
-
-  hi2c->XferCount = 0;
-
-  hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Check if Errors has been detected during transfer */
-  if(hi2c->ErrorCode != HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE)
-  {
-    HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(hi2c);
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    HAL_I2C_SlaveRxCpltCallback(hi2c);
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief DMA I2C Memory Write process complete callback
-  * @param hdma : DMA handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void I2C_DMAMemTransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  uint16_t DevAddress;
-  I2C_HandleTypeDef* hi2c = ( I2C_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
-
-  /* Check if last DMA request was done with RELOAD */
-  /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if size > 255 */
-  if( (hi2c->XferSize == 255) && (hi2c->XferSize < hi2c->XferCount) )
-  {
-    /* Wait until TCR flag is set */
-    if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TCR, RESET, I2C_TIMEOUT_TCR) != HAL_OK)
-    {
-      hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
-    }
-
-    /* Disable DMA Request */
-    hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN;
-
-    /* Check if Errors has been detected during transfer */
-    if(hi2c->ErrorCode != HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE)
-    {
-      /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */
-      /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */
-      if(I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_TIMEOUT_STOPF) != HAL_OK)
-      {
-        if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF)
-        {
-          hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
-        }
-      }
-
-      /* Clear STOP Flag */
-      __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF);
-
-      /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */
-      I2C_RESET_CR2(hi2c);
-
-      hi2c->XferCount = 0;
-
-      hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
-      HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(hi2c);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      hi2c->pBuffPtr += hi2c->XferSize;
-      hi2c->XferCount -= hi2c->XferSize;
-      if(hi2c->XferCount > 255)
-      {
-        hi2c->XferSize = 255;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
-      }
-
-      DevAddress = (hi2c->Instance->CR2 & I2C_CR2_SADD);
-
-      /* Enable the DMA channel */
-      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmatx, (uint32_t)hi2c->pBuffPtr, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->TXDR, hi2c->XferSize);
-
-      /* Send Slave Address */
-      /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if size > 255 */
-      if( (hi2c->XferSize == 255) && (hi2c->XferSize < hi2c->XferCount) )
-      {
-        I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,hi2c->XferSize, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
-      }
-
-      /* Wait until TXIS flag is set */
-      if(I2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_TIMEOUT_TXIS) != HAL_OK)
-      {
-        /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */
-        /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */
-        if(I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_TIMEOUT_STOPF) != HAL_OK)
-        {
-          if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF)
-          {
-            hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF;
-          }
-          else
-          {
-            hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
-          }
-        }
-
-        /* Clear STOP Flag */
-        __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF);
-
-        /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */
-        I2C_RESET_CR2(hi2c);
-
-        hi2c->XferCount = 0;
-
-        hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
-        HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(hi2c);
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        /* Enable DMA Request */
-        hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */
-    /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */
-    if(I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_TIMEOUT_STOPF) != HAL_OK)
-    {
-      if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF)
-      {
-        hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Clear STOP Flag */
-    __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF);
-
-    /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */
-    I2C_RESET_CR2(hi2c);
-
-    /* Disable DMA Request */
-    hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_TXDMAEN;
-
-    hi2c->XferCount = 0;
-
-    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
-
-    /* Check if Errors has been detected during transfer */
-    if(hi2c->ErrorCode != HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE)
-    {
-      HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(hi2c);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      HAL_I2C_MemTxCpltCallback(hi2c);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  DMA I2C Memory Read process complete callback
-  * @param  hdma: DMA handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void I2C_DMAMemReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  I2C_HandleTypeDef* hi2c = ( I2C_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
-  uint16_t DevAddress;
-
-  /* Check if last DMA request was done with RELOAD */
-  /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if size > 255 */
-  if( (hi2c->XferSize == 255) && (hi2c->XferSize < hi2c->XferCount) )
-  {
-    /* Wait until TCR flag is set */
-    if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TCR, RESET, I2C_TIMEOUT_TCR) != HAL_OK)
-    {
-      hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
-    }
-
-    /* Disable DMA Request */
-    hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN;
-
-    /* Check if Errors has been detected during transfer */
-    if(hi2c->ErrorCode != HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE)
-    {
-      /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */
-      /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */
-      if(I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_TIMEOUT_STOPF) != HAL_OK)
-      {
-        if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF)
-        {
-          hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
-        }
-      }
-
-      /* Clear STOP Flag */
-      __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF);
-
-      /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */
-      I2C_RESET_CR2(hi2c);
-
-      hi2c->XferCount = 0;
-
-      hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
-      HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(hi2c);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      hi2c->pBuffPtr += hi2c->XferSize;
-      hi2c->XferCount -= hi2c->XferSize;
-      if(hi2c->XferCount > 255)
-      {
-        hi2c->XferSize = 255;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        hi2c->XferSize = hi2c->XferCount;
-      }
-
-      DevAddress = (hi2c->Instance->CR2 & I2C_CR2_SADD);
-
-      /* Enable the DMA channel */
-      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2c->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hi2c->Instance->RXDR, (uint32_t)hi2c->pBuffPtr, hi2c->XferSize);
-
-      /* Send Slave Address */
-      /* Set NBYTES to write and reload if size > 255 */
-      if( (hi2c->XferSize == 255) && (hi2c->XferSize < hi2c->XferCount) )
-      {
-        I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,hi2c->XferSize, I2C_RELOAD_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        I2C_TransferConfig(hi2c,DevAddress,hi2c->XferSize, I2C_AUTOEND_MODE, I2C_NO_STARTSTOP);
-      }
-
-      /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */
-      if(I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, I2C_TIMEOUT_RXNE) != HAL_OK)
-      {
-        hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-
-      /* Check if Errors has been detected during transfer */
-      if(hi2c->ErrorCode != HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE)
-      {
-        /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */
-        /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */
-        if(I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_TIMEOUT_STOPF) != HAL_OK)
-        {
-          if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF)
-          {
-            hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF;
-          }
-          else
-          {
-            hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
-          }
-        }
-
-        /* Clear STOP Flag */
-        __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF);
-
-        /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */
-        I2C_RESET_CR2(hi2c);
-
-        hi2c->XferCount = 0;
-
-        hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
-        HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(hi2c);
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        /* Enable DMA Request */
-        hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    /* No need to Check TC flag, with AUTOEND mode the stop is automatically generated */
-    /* Wait until STOPF flag is reset */
-    if(I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(hi2c, I2C_TIMEOUT_STOPF) != HAL_OK)
-    {
-      if(hi2c->ErrorCode == HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF)
-      {
-        hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Clear STOP Flag */
-    __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF);
-
-    /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */
-    I2C_RESET_CR2(hi2c);
-
-    /* Disable DMA Request */
-    hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_RXDMAEN;
-
-    hi2c->XferCount = 0;
-
-    hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
-
-    /* Check if Errors has been detected during transfer */
-    if(hi2c->ErrorCode != HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE)
-    {
-      HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(hi2c);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      HAL_I2C_MemRxCpltCallback(hi2c);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  DMA I2C communication error callback.
-  * @param hdma : DMA handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void I2C_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  I2C_HandleTypeDef* hi2c = ( I2C_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
-
-  /* Disable Acknowledge */
-  hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_NACK;
-
-  hi2c->XferCount = 0;
-
-  hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
-
-  hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_DMA;
-
-  HAL_I2C_ErrorCallback(hi2c);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  This function handles I2C Communication Timeout.
-  * @param  hi2c : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
-  * @param  Flag: specifies the I2C flag to check.
-  * @param  Status: The new Flag status (SET or RESET).
-  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-  /* Wait until flag is set */
-  if(Status == RESET)
-  {
-    while(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, Flag) == RESET)
-    {
-      /* Check for the Timeout */
-      if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
-      {
-        if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
-        {
-          hi2c->State= HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
-          /* Process Unlocked */
-          __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
-          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    while(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, Flag) != RESET)
-    {
-      /* Check for the Timeout */
-      if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
-      {
-        if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
-        {
-          hi2c->State= HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
-          /* Process Unlocked */
-          __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
-          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  This function handles I2C Communication Timeout for specific usage of TXIS flag.
-  * @param  hi2c : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
-  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnTXISFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-  while(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_TXIS) == RESET)
-  {
-    /* Check if a NACK is detected */
-    if(I2C_IsAcknowledgeFailed(hi2c, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-    {
-      return HAL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    /* Check for the Timeout */
-    if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
-    {
-      if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
-      {
-        hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
-        hi2c->State= HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
-
-        /* Process Unlocked */
-        __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
-
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  This function handles I2C Communication Timeout for specific usage of STOP flag.
-  * @param  hi2c : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
-  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnSTOPFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0x00;
-  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-  while(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF) == RESET)
-  {
-    /* Check if a NACK is detected */
-    if(I2C_IsAcknowledgeFailed(hi2c, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-    {
-      return HAL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    /* Check for the Timeout */
-    if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
-    {
-      hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
-      hi2c->State= HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
-
-      /* Process Unlocked */
-      __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
-
-      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-    }
-  }
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  This function handles I2C Communication Timeout for specific usage of RXNE flag.
-  * @param  hi2c : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
-  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_WaitOnRXNEFlagUntilTimeout(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0x00;
-  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-  while(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_RXNE) == RESET)
-  {
-    /* Check if a STOPF is detected */
-    if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF) == SET)
-    {
-      /* Clear STOP Flag */
-      __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF);
-
-      /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */
-      I2C_RESET_CR2(hi2c);
-
-      hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_NONE;
-      hi2c->State= HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
-
-      /* Process Unlocked */
-      __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
-
-      return HAL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    /* Check for the Timeout */
-    if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
-    {
-      hi2c->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2C_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
-      hi2c->State= HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
-
-      /* Process Unlocked */
-      __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
-
-      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-    }
-  }
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  This function handles Acknowledge failed detection during an I2C Communication.
-  * @param  hi2c : Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified I2C.
-  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2C_IsAcknowledgeFailed(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0x00;
-  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-  if(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF) == SET)
-  {
-    /* Generate stop if necessary only in case of I2C peripheral in MASTER mode */
-    if((hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX) || (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_MEM_BUSY_TX)
-       || (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_MEM_BUSY_RX))
-    {
-      /* No need to generate the STOP condition if AUTOEND mode is enabled */
-      /* Generate the STOP condition only in case of SOFTEND mode is enabled */
-      if((hi2c->Instance->CR2 & I2C_AUTOEND_MODE) != I2C_AUTOEND_MODE)
-      {
-        /* Generate Stop */
-        hi2c->Instance->CR2 |= I2C_CR2_STOP;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Wait until STOP Flag is reset */
-    /* AutoEnd should be initiate after AF */
-    while(__HAL_I2C_GET_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF) == RESET)
-    {
-      /* Check for the Timeout */
-      if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
-      {
-      if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
-        {
-          hi2c->State= HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
-          /* Process Unlocked */
-          __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
-          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Clear NACKF Flag */
-    __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_AF);
-
-    /* Clear STOP Flag */
-    __HAL_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(hi2c, I2C_FLAG_STOPF);
-
-    /* Clear Configuration Register 2 */
-    I2C_RESET_CR2(hi2c);
-
-    hi2c->ErrorCode = HAL_I2C_ERROR_AF;
-    hi2c->State= HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
-
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Handles I2Cx communication when starting transfer or during transfer (TC or TCR flag are set).
-  * @param  hi2c: I2C handle.
-  * @param  DevAddress: specifies the slave address to be programmed.
-  * @param  Size: specifies the number of bytes to be programmed.
-  *   This parameter must be a value between 0 and 255.
-  * @param  Mode: new state of the I2C START condition generation.
-  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *     @arg I2C_RELOAD_MODE: Enable Reload mode .
-  *     @arg I2C_AUTOEND_MODE: Enable Automatic end mode.
-  *     @arg I2C_SOFTEND_MODE: Enable Software end mode.
-  * @param  Request: new state of the I2C START condition generation.
-  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *     @arg I2C_NO_STARTSTOP: Don't Generate stop and start condition.
-  *     @arg I2C_GENERATE_STOP: Generate stop condition (Size should be set to 0).
-  *     @arg I2C_GENERATE_START_READ: Generate Restart for read request.
-  *     @arg I2C_GENERATE_START_WRITE: Generate Restart for write request.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void I2C_TransferConfig(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c,  uint16_t DevAddress, uint8_t Size, uint32_t Mode, uint32_t Request)
-{
-  uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance));
-  assert_param(IS_TRANSFER_MODE(Mode));
-  assert_param(IS_TRANSFER_REQUEST(Request));
-
-  /* Get the CR2 register value */
-  tmpreg = hi2c->Instance->CR2;
-
-  /* clear tmpreg specific bits */
-  tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)(I2C_CR2_SADD | I2C_CR2_NBYTES | I2C_CR2_RELOAD | I2C_CR2_AUTOEND | I2C_CR2_RD_WRN | I2C_CR2_START | I2C_CR2_STOP));
-
-  /* update tmpreg */
-  tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)DevAddress & I2C_CR2_SADD) | (((uint32_t)Size << 16 ) & I2C_CR2_NBYTES) | \
-            (uint32_t)Mode | (uint32_t)Request);
-
-  /* update CR2 register */
-  hi2c->Instance->CR2 = tmpreg;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-#endif /* HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED */
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_i2c_ex.c b/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_i2c_ex.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 7522a7a780..0000000000
--- a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_i2c_ex.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,210 +0,0 @@
-/**
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @file    stm32f7xx_hal_i2c_ex.c
-  * @author  MCD Application Team
-  * @version V1.0.1
-  * @date    25-June-2015
-  * @brief   I2C Extended HAL module driver.
-  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
-  *          functionalities of I2C Extended peripheral:
-  *           + Extended features functions
-  *
-  @verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-               ##### I2C peripheral Extended features  #####
-  ==============================================================================
-
-  [..] Comparing to other previous devices, the I2C interface for STM32L4XX
-       devices contains the following additional features
-
-       (+) Possibility to disable or enable Analog Noise Filter
-       (+) Use of a configured Digital Noise Filter
-       (+) Disable or enable wakeup from Stop mode
-
-                     ##### How to use this driver #####
-  ==============================================================================
-  [..] This driver provides functions to:
-    (#) Configure I2C Analog noise filter using the function HAL_I2CEx_ConfigAnalogFilter()
-    (#) Configure I2C Digital noise filter using the function HAL_I2CEx_ConfigDigitalFilter()
-  @endverbatim
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @attention
-  *
-  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
-  *
-  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
-  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
-  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
-  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
-  *      without specific prior written permission.
-  *
-  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
-  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
-  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
-  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
-  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
-  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
-  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
-  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
-  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
-  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-  *
-  ******************************************************************************
-  */
-
-/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
-
-/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup I2CEx I2C Extended HAL module driver
-  * @brief I2C Extended HAL module driver
-  * @{
-  */
-
-#ifdef HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED
-
-/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/** @defgroup I2CEx_Exported_Functions I2C Extended Exported Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup I2CEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended features functions
-  * @brief    Extended features functions
- *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-                      ##### Extended features functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..] This section provides functions allowing to:
-      (+) Configure Noise Filters
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Configures I2C Analog noise filter.
-  * @param  hi2c : pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified I2Cx peripheral.
-  * @param  AnalogFilter : new state of the Analog filter.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2CEx_ConfigAnalogFilter(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t AnalogFilter)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance));
-  assert_param(IS_I2C_ANALOG_FILTER(AnalogFilter));
-
-  if((hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY) || (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX) || (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX)
-     || (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_TX) || (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX))
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
-
-  hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */
-  __HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c);
-
-  /* Reset I2Cx ANOFF bit */
-  hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~(I2C_CR1_ANFOFF);
-
-  /* Set analog filter bit*/
-  hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= AnalogFilter;
-
-  __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c);
-
-  hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Configures I2C Digital noise filter.
-  * @param  hi2c : pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified I2Cx peripheral.
-  * @param  DigitalFilter : Coefficient of digital noise filter between 0x00 and 0x0F.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2CEx_ConfigDigitalFilter(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t DigitalFilter)
-{
-  uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance));
-  assert_param(IS_I2C_DIGITAL_FILTER(DigitalFilter));
-
-  if((hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY) || (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_TX) || (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_MASTER_BUSY_RX)
-     || (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_TX) || (hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_SLAVE_BUSY_RX))
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
-
-  hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */
-  __HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c);
-
-  /* Get the old register value */
-  tmpreg = hi2c->Instance->CR1;
-
-  /* Reset I2Cx DNF bits [11:8] */
-  tmpreg &= ~(I2C_CR1_DFN);
-
-  /* Set I2Cx DNF coefficient */
-  tmpreg |= DigitalFilter << 8;
-
-  /* Store the new register value */
-  hi2c->Instance->CR1 = tmpreg;
-
-  __HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c);
-
-  hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-#endif /* HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED */
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_i2s.c b/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_i2s.c
deleted file mode 100644
index f0fd09a07e..0000000000
--- a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_i2s.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1535 +0,0 @@
-/**
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @file    stm32f7xx_hal_i2s.c
-  * @author  MCD Application Team
-  * @version V1.0.1
-  * @date    25-June-2015
-  * @brief   I2S HAL module driver.
-  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
-  *          functionalities of the Integrated Interchip Sound (I2S) peripheral:
-  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
-  *           + IO operation functions
-  *           + Peripheral State and Errors functions
-  @verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-                  ##### How to use this driver #####
- ===============================================================================
- [..]
-    The I2S HAL driver can be used as follows:
-
-    (#) Declare a I2S_HandleTypeDef handle structure.
-    (#) Initialize the I2S low level resources by implement the HAL_I2S_MspInit() API:
-        (##) Enable the SPIx interface clock.
-        (##) I2S pins configuration:
-            (+++) Enable the clock for the I2S GPIOs.
-            (+++) Configure these I2S pins as alternate function pull-up.
-        (##) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process (HAL_I2S_Transmit_IT()
-             and HAL_I2S_Receive_IT() APIs).
-            (+++) Configure the I2Sx interrupt priority.
-            (+++) Enable the NVIC I2S IRQ handle.
-        (##) DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process (HAL_I2S_Transmit_DMA()
-             and HAL_I2S_Receive_DMA() APIs:
-            (+++) Declare a DMA handle structure for the Tx/Rx channel.
-            (+++) Enable the DMAx interface clock.
-            (+++) Configure the declared DMA handle structure with the required Tx/Rx parameters.
-            (+++) Configure the DMA Tx/Rx Channel.
-            (+++) Associate the initialized DMA handle to the I2S DMA Tx/Rx handle.
-            (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete interrupt on the
-                DMA Tx/Rx Channel.
-
-   (#) Program the Mode, Standard, Data Format, MCLK Output, Audio frequency and Polarity
-       using HAL_I2S_Init() function.
-
-   -@- The specific I2S interrupts (Transmission complete interrupt,
-       RXNE interrupt and Error Interrupts) will be managed using the macros
-       __HAL_I2S_ENABLE_IT() and __HAL_I2S_DISABLE_IT() inside the transmit and receive process.
-   -@- Make sure that either:
-       (+@) I2S clock is configured based on SYSCLK or
-       (+@) External clock source is configured after setting correctly
-            the define constant EXTERNAL_CLOCK_VALUE in the stm32f3xx_hal_conf.h file.
-
-   (#) Three mode of operations are available within this driver :
-
-   *** Polling mode IO operation ***
-   =================================
-   [..]
-     (+) Send an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_I2S_Transmit()
-     (+) Receive an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_I2S_Receive()
-
-   *** Interrupt mode IO operation ***
-   ===================================
-   [..]
-     (+) Send an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_I2S_Transmit_IT()
-     (+) At transmission end of half transfer HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user can
-         add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback
-     (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback is executed and user can
-         add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback
-     (+) Receive an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_I2S_Receive_IT()
-     (+) At reception end of half transfer HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user can
-         add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback
-     (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback is executed and user can
-         add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback
-     (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
-         add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback
-
-   *** DMA mode IO operation ***
-   ==============================
-   [..]
-     (+) Send an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using HAL_I2S_Transmit_DMA()
-     (+) At transmission end of half transfer HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user can
-         add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback
-     (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback is executed and user can
-         add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback
-     (+) Receive an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using HAL_I2S_Receive_DMA()
-     (+) At reception end of half transfer HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user can
-         add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback
-     (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback is executed and user can
-         add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback
-     (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
-         add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback
-     (+) Pause the DMA Transfer using HAL_I2S_DMAPause()
-     (+) Resume the DMA Transfer using HAL_I2S_DMAResume()
-     (+) Stop the DMA Transfer using HAL_I2S_DMAStop()
-
-   *** I2S HAL driver macros list ***
-   =============================================
-   [..]
-     Below the list of most used macros in I2S HAL driver.
-
-      (+) __HAL_I2S_ENABLE: Enable the specified SPI peripheral (in I2S mode)
-      (+) __HAL_I2S_DISABLE: Disable the specified SPI peripheral (in I2S mode)
-      (+) __HAL_I2S_ENABLE_IT : Enable the specified I2S interrupts
-      (+) __HAL_I2S_DISABLE_IT : Disable the specified I2S interrupts
-      (+) __HAL_I2S_GET_FLAG: Check whether the specified I2S flag is set or not
-
-    [..]
-      (@) You can refer to the I2S HAL driver header file for more useful macros
-
-  @endverbatim
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @attention
-  *
-  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
-  *
-  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
-  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
-  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
-  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
-  *      without specific prior written permission.
-  *
-  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
-  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
-  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
-  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
-  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
-  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
-  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
-  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
-  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
-  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-  *
-  ******************************************************************************
-  */
-
-/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
-
-/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup I2S I2S
-  * @brief I2S HAL module driver
-  * @{
-  */
-
-#ifdef HAL_I2S_MODULE_ENABLED
-
-/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
-/** @defgroup I2S_Private_Functions I2S Private Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-static void I2S_DMATxCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
-static void I2S_DMATxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
-static void I2S_DMARxCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
-static void I2S_DMARxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
-static void I2S_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
-static void I2S_Transmit_IT(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s);
-static void I2S_Receive_IT(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s);
-static uint32_t I2S_GetClockFreq(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s);
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2S_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s, uint32_t Flag, uint32_t State, uint32_t Timeout);
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/** @defgroup I2S_Exported_Functions I2S Exported Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup  I2S_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
-  *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions
-  *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-              ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]  This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize and
-          de-initialize the I2Sx peripheral in simplex mode:
-
-      (+) User must Implement HAL_I2S_MspInit() function in which he configures
-          all related peripherals resources (CLOCK, GPIO, DMA, IT and NVIC ).
-
-      (+) Call the function HAL_I2S_Init() to configure the selected device with
-          the selected configuration:
-        (++) Mode
-        (++) Standard
-        (++) Data Format
-        (++) MCLK Output
-        (++) Audio frequency
-        (++) Polarity
-        (++) Full duplex mode
-
-      (+) Call the function HAL_I2S_DeInit() to restore the default configuration
-          of the selected I2Sx peripheral.
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief Initializes the I2S according to the specified parameters
-  *         in the I2S_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
-  * @param  hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for I2S module
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_Init(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s)
-{
-  uint16_t tmpreg = 0, i2sdiv = 2, i2sodd = 0, packetlength = 1;
-  uint32_t tmp = 0, i2sclk = 0;
-
-  /* Check the I2S handle allocation */
-  if(hi2s == NULL)
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_I2S_ALL_INSTANCE(hi2s->Instance));
-  assert_param(IS_I2S_MODE(hi2s->Init.Mode));
-  assert_param(IS_I2S_STANDARD(hi2s->Init.Standard));
-  assert_param(IS_I2S_DATA_FORMAT(hi2s->Init.DataFormat));
-  assert_param(IS_I2S_MCLK_OUTPUT(hi2s->Init.MCLKOutput));
-  assert_param(IS_I2S_AUDIO_FREQ(hi2s->Init.AudioFreq));
-  assert_param(IS_I2S_CPOL(hi2s->Init.CPOL));
-  assert_param(IS_I2S_CLOCKSOURCE(hi2s->Init.ClockSource));
-
-  if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_RESET)
-  {
-    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
-    hi2s->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
-    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc */
-    HAL_I2S_MspInit(hi2s);
-  }
-
-  hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /*----------------------- SPIx I2SCFGR & I2SPR Configuration -----------------*/
-  /* Clear I2SMOD, I2SE, I2SCFG, PCMSYNC, I2SSTD, CKPOL, DATLEN and CHLEN bits */
-  hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR &= ~(SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CKPOL | \
-                               SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SSTD | SPI_I2SCFGR_PCMSYNC | SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG | \
-                               SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE | SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD);
-  hi2s->Instance->I2SPR = 0x0002;
-
-  /* Get the I2SCFGR register value */
-  tmpreg = hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR;
-
-  /* If the default value has to be written, reinitialize i2sdiv and i2sodd*/
-  if(hi2s->Init.AudioFreq == I2S_AUDIOFREQ_DEFAULT)
-  {
-    i2sodd = (uint16_t)0;
-    i2sdiv = (uint16_t)2;
-  }
-  /* If the requested audio frequency is not the default, compute the prescaler */
-  else
-  {
-    /* Check the frame length (For the Prescaler computing) *******************/
-    if(hi2s->Init.DataFormat == I2S_DATAFORMAT_16B)
-    {
-      /* Packet length is 16 bits */
-      packetlength = 1;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      /* Packet length is 32 bits */
-      packetlength = 2;
-    }
-
-    /* Get I2S source Clock frequency  ****************************************/
-
-    /* If an external I2S clock has to be used, the specific define should be set
-    in the project configuration or in the stm32f3xx_conf.h file */
-    if(hi2s->Init.ClockSource == I2S_CLOCK_EXTERNAL)
-    {
-      /* Set the I2S clock to the external clock  value */
-      i2sclk = EXTERNAL_CLOCK_VALUE;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      /* Get the I2S source clock value */
-			i2sclk = I2S_GetClockFreq(hi2s);
-    }
-
-    /* Compute the Real divider depending on the MCLK output state, with a floating point */
-    if(hi2s->Init.MCLKOutput == I2S_MCLKOUTPUT_ENABLE)
-    {
-      /* MCLK output is enabled */
-      tmp = (uint16_t)(((((i2sclk / 256) * 10) / hi2s->Init.AudioFreq)) + 5);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      /* MCLK output is disabled */
-      tmp = (uint16_t)(((((i2sclk / (32 * packetlength)) *10 ) / hi2s->Init.AudioFreq)) + 5);
-    }
-
-    /* Remove the flatting point */
-    tmp = tmp / 10;
-
-    /* Check the parity of the divider */
-    i2sodd = (uint16_t)(tmp & (uint16_t)0x0001);
-
-    /* Compute the i2sdiv prescaler */
-    i2sdiv = (uint16_t)((tmp - i2sodd) / 2);
-
-    /* Get the Mask for the Odd bit (SPI_I2SPR[8]) register */
-    i2sodd = (uint16_t) (i2sodd << 8);
-  }
-
-  /* Test if the divider is 1 or 0 or greater than 0xFF */
-  if((i2sdiv < 2) || (i2sdiv > 0xFF))
-  {
-    /* Set the default values */
-    i2sdiv = 2;
-    i2sodd = 0;
-  }
-
-  /* Write to SPIx I2SPR register the computed value */
-  hi2s->Instance->I2SPR = (uint16_t)((uint16_t)i2sdiv | (uint16_t)(i2sodd | (uint16_t)hi2s->Init.MCLKOutput));
-
-  /* Configure the I2S with the I2S_InitStruct values */
-  tmpreg |= (uint16_t)((uint16_t)SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD | (uint16_t)(hi2s->Init.Mode | \
-                       (uint16_t)(hi2s->Init.Standard | (uint16_t)(hi2s->Init.DataFormat | \
-                       (uint16_t)hi2s->Init.CPOL))));
-
-  /* Write to SPIx I2SCFGR */
-  hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR = tmpreg;
-
-  hi2s->ErrorCode = HAL_I2S_ERROR_NONE;
-  hi2s->State= HAL_I2S_STATE_READY;
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief DeInitializes the I2S peripheral
-  * @param  hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for I2S module
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_DeInit(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s)
-{
-  /* Check the I2S handle allocation */
-  if(hi2s == NULL)
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_I2S_ALL_INSTANCE(hi2s->Instance));
-
-  hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC... */
-  HAL_I2S_MspDeInit(hi2s);
-
-  hi2s->ErrorCode = HAL_I2S_ERROR_NONE;
-  hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_RESET;
-
-  /* Release Lock */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief I2S MSP Init
-  * @param  hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for I2S module
-  * @retval None
-  */
- __weak void HAL_I2S_MspInit(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_I2S_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief I2S MSP DeInit
-  * @param  hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for I2S module
-  * @retval None
-  */
- __weak void HAL_I2S_MspDeInit(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_I2S_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup I2S_Exported_Functions_Group2 Input and Output operation functions
-  *  @brief Data transfers functions
-  *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-                      ##### IO operation functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]
-    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the I2S data
-    transfers.
-
-    (#) There are two modes of transfer:
-       (++) Blocking mode : The communication is performed in the polling mode.
-            The status of all data processing is returned by the same function
-            after finishing transfer.
-       (++) No-Blocking mode : The communication is performed using Interrupts
-            or DMA. These functions return the status of the transfer startup.
-            The end of the data processing will be indicated through the
-            dedicated I2S IRQ when using Interrupt mode or the DMA IRQ when
-            using DMA mode.
-
-    (#) Blocking mode functions are :
-        (++) HAL_I2S_Transmit()
-        (++) HAL_I2S_Receive()
-
-    (#) No-Blocking mode functions with Interrupt are :
-        (++) HAL_I2S_Transmit_IT()
-        (++) HAL_I2S_Receive_IT()
-
-    (#) No-Blocking mode functions with DMA are :
-        (++) HAL_I2S_Transmit_DMA()
-        (++) HAL_I2S_Receive_DMA()
-
-    (#) A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in non Blocking mode:
-        (++) HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback()
-        (++) HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback()
-        (++) HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback()
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief Transmit an amount of data in blocking mode
-  * @param  hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for I2S module
-  * @param pData: a 16-bit pointer to data buffer.
-  * @param Size: number of data sample to be sent:
-  * @note When a 16-bit data frame or a 16-bit data frame extended is selected during the I2S
-  *       configuration phase, the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length
-  *       in the transaction and when a 24-bit data frame or a 32-bit data frame is selected
-  *       the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length.
-  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
-  * @note The I2S is kept enabled at the end of transaction to avoid the clock de-synchronization
-  *       between Master and Slave(example: audio streaming).
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_Transmit(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s, uint16_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0))
-  {
-    return  HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_READY)
-  {
-    if(((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & (SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN)) == I2S_DATAFORMAT_24B)||\
-       ((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & (SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN)) == I2S_DATAFORMAT_32B))
-    {
-      hi2s->TxXferSize = (Size << 1);
-      hi2s->TxXferCount = (Size << 1);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      hi2s->TxXferSize = Size;
-      hi2s->TxXferCount = Size;
-    }
-
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hi2s);
-
-    hi2s->ErrorCode = HAL_I2S_ERROR_NONE;
-    hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_TX;
-
-    /* Check if the I2S is already enabled */
-    if((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR &SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE) != SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE)
-    {
-      /* Enable I2S peripheral */
-      __HAL_I2S_ENABLE(hi2s);
-    }
-
-    while(hi2s->TxXferCount > 0)
-    {
-      hi2s->Instance->DR = (*pData++);
-      hi2s->TxXferCount--;
-      /* Wait until TXE flag is set */
-      if (I2S_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hi2s, I2S_FLAG_TXE, SET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-      {
-        /* Set the error code and execute error callback*/
-        hi2s->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2S_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
-        HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback(hi2s);
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-
-      /* Check if an underrun occurs */
-      if(__HAL_I2S_GET_FLAG(hi2s, I2S_FLAG_UDR) == SET)
-      {
-        /* Set the I2S State ready */
-        hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY;
-
-        /* Process Unlocked */
-        __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s);
-
-        /* Set the error code and execute error callback*/
-        hi2s->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2S_ERROR_UDR;
-        HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback(hi2s);
-
-        return HAL_ERROR;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Check if Slave mode is selected */
-    if(((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG) == I2S_MODE_SLAVE_TX) || ((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG) == I2S_MODE_SLAVE_RX))
-    {
-      /* Wait until Busy flag is reset */
-      if (I2S_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hi2s, I2S_FLAG_BSY, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-      {
-        /* Set the error code and execute error callback*/
-        hi2s->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2S_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
-        HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback(hi2s);
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-    }
-
-    hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY;
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s);
-
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Receive an amount of data in blocking mode
-  * @param  hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for I2S module
-  * @param pData: a 16-bit pointer to data buffer.
-  * @param Size: number of data sample to be sent:
-  * @note When a 16-bit data frame or a 16-bit data frame extended is selected during the I2S
-  *       configuration phase, the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length
-  *       in the transaction and when a 24-bit data frame or a 32-bit data frame is selected
-  *       the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length.
-  * @param Timeout: Timeout duration
-  * @note The I2S is kept enabled at the end of transaction to avoid the clock de-synchronization
-  *       between Master and Slave(example: audio streaming).
-  * @note In I2S Master Receiver mode, just after enabling the peripheral the clock will be generate
-  *       in continuous way and as the I2S is not disabled at the end of the I2S transaction.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_Receive(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s, uint16_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0))
-  {
-    return  HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_READY)
-  {
-    if(((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & (SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN)) == I2S_DATAFORMAT_24B)||\
-       ((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & (SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN)) == I2S_DATAFORMAT_32B))
-    {
-      hi2s->RxXferSize = (Size << 1);
-      hi2s->RxXferCount = (Size << 1);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      hi2s->RxXferSize = Size;
-      hi2s->RxXferCount = Size;
-    }
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hi2s);
-
-    hi2s->ErrorCode = HAL_I2S_ERROR_NONE;
-    hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_RX;
-
-    /* Check if the I2S is already enabled */
-    if((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE) != SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE)
-    {
-      /* Enable I2S peripheral */
-      __HAL_I2S_ENABLE(hi2s);
-    }
-
-    /* Check if Master Receiver mode is selected */
-    if((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG) == I2S_MODE_MASTER_RX)
-    {
-      /* Clear the Overrun Flag by a read operation on the SPI_DR register followed by a read
-      access to the SPI_SR register. */
-      __HAL_I2S_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hi2s);
-    }
-
-    /* Receive data */
-    while(hi2s->RxXferCount > 0)
-    {
-      /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */
-      if (I2S_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hi2s, I2S_FLAG_RXNE, SET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-      {
-        /* Set the error code and execute error callback*/
-        hi2s->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2S_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
-        HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback(hi2s);
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-
-      /* Check if an overrun occurs */
-      if(__HAL_I2S_GET_FLAG(hi2s, I2S_FLAG_OVR) == SET)
-      {
-        /* Set the I2S State ready */
-        hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY;
-
-        /* Process Unlocked */
-        __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s);
-
-        /* Set the error code and execute error callback*/
-        hi2s->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2S_ERROR_OVR;
-        HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback(hi2s);
-
-        return HAL_ERROR;
-      }
-
-      (*pData++) = hi2s->Instance->DR;
-      hi2s->RxXferCount--;
-    }
-
-    hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY;
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s);
-
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Transmit an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt
-  * @param  hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for I2S module
-  * @param pData: a 16-bit pointer to data buffer.
-  * @param Size: number of data sample to be sent:
-  * @note When a 16-bit data frame or a 16-bit data frame extended is selected during the I2S
-  *       configuration phase, the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length
-  *       in the transaction and when a 24-bit data frame or a 32-bit data frame is selected
-  *       the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length.
-  * @note The I2S is kept enabled at the end of transaction to avoid the clock de-synchronization
-  *       between Master and Slave(example: audio streaming).
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_Transmit_IT(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s, uint16_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
-{
-  if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_READY)
-  {
-    if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
-    {
-      return  HAL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    hi2s->pTxBuffPtr = pData;
-    if(((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & (SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN)) == I2S_DATAFORMAT_24B)||\
-      ((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & (SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN)) == I2S_DATAFORMAT_32B))
-    {
-      hi2s->TxXferSize = (Size << 1);
-      hi2s->TxXferCount = (Size << 1);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      hi2s->TxXferSize = Size;
-      hi2s->TxXferCount = Size;
-    }
-
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hi2s);
-
-    hi2s->ErrorCode = HAL_I2S_ERROR_NONE;
-    hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_TX;
-
-    /* Enable TXE and ERR interrupt */
-    __HAL_I2S_ENABLE_IT(hi2s, (I2S_IT_TXE | I2S_IT_ERR));
-
-    /* Check if the I2S is already enabled */
-    if((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR &SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE) != SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE)
-    {
-      /* Enable I2S peripheral */
-      __HAL_I2S_ENABLE(hi2s);
-    }
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s);
-
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt
-  * @param  hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for I2S module
-  * @param pData: a 16-bit pointer to the Receive data buffer.
-  * @param Size: number of data sample to be sent:
-  * @note When a 16-bit data frame or a 16-bit data frame extended is selected during the I2S
-  *       configuration phase, the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length
-  *       in the transaction and when a 24-bit data frame or a 32-bit data frame is selected
-  *       the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length.
-  * @note The I2S is kept enabled at the end of transaction to avoid the clock de-synchronization
-  *       between Master and Slave(example: audio streaming).
-  * @note It is recommended to use DMA for the I2S receiver to avoid de-synchronisation
-  * between Master and Slave otherwise the I2S interrupt should be optimized.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_Receive_IT(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s, uint16_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
-{
-  if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_READY)
-  {
-    if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
-    {
-      return  HAL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    hi2s->pRxBuffPtr = pData;
-    if(((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & (SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN)) == I2S_DATAFORMAT_24B)||\
-      ((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & (SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN)) == I2S_DATAFORMAT_32B))
-    {
-      hi2s->RxXferSize = (Size << 1);
-      hi2s->RxXferCount = (Size << 1);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      hi2s->RxXferSize = Size;
-      hi2s->RxXferCount = Size;
-    }
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hi2s);
-
-    hi2s->ErrorCode = HAL_I2S_ERROR_NONE;
-    hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_RX;
-
-    /* Enable TXE and ERR interrupt */
-    __HAL_I2S_ENABLE_IT(hi2s, (I2S_IT_RXNE | I2S_IT_ERR));
-
-    /* Check if the I2S is already enabled */
-    if((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR &SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE) != SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE)
-    {
-      /* Enable I2S peripheral */
-      __HAL_I2S_ENABLE(hi2s);
-    }
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s);
-
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Transmit an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA
-  * @param  hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for I2S module
-  * @param pData: a 16-bit pointer to the Transmit data buffer.
-  * @param Size: number of data sample to be sent:
-  * @note When a 16-bit data frame or a 16-bit data frame extended is selected during the I2S
-  *       configuration phase, the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length
-  *       in the transaction and when a 24-bit data frame or a 32-bit data frame is selected
-  *       the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length.
-  * @note The I2S is kept enabled at the end of transaction to avoid the clock de-synchronization
-  *       between Master and Slave(example: audio streaming).
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_Transmit_DMA(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s, uint16_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
-{
-  uint32_t *tmp;
-
-  if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
-  {
-    return  HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_READY)
-  {
-    hi2s->pTxBuffPtr = pData;
-    if(((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & (SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN)) == I2S_DATAFORMAT_24B)||\
-      ((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & (SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN)) == I2S_DATAFORMAT_32B))
-    {
-      hi2s->TxXferSize = (Size << 1);
-      hi2s->TxXferCount = (Size << 1);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      hi2s->TxXferSize = Size;
-      hi2s->TxXferCount = Size;
-    }
-
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hi2s);
-
-    hi2s->ErrorCode = HAL_I2S_ERROR_NONE;
-    hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_TX;
-
-    /* Set the I2S Tx DMA Half transfer complete callback */
-    hi2s->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = I2S_DMATxHalfCplt;
-
-    /* Set the I2S TxDMA transfer complete callback */
-    hi2s->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = I2S_DMATxCplt;
-
-    /* Set the DMA error callback */
-    hi2s->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = I2S_DMAError;
-
-    /* Enable the Tx DMA Channel */
-    tmp = (uint32_t*)&pData;
-    HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2s->hdmatx, *(uint32_t*)tmp, (uint32_t)&hi2s->Instance->DR, hi2s->TxXferSize);
-
-    /* Check if the I2S is already enabled */
-    if((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR &SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE) != SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE)
-    {
-      /* Enable I2S peripheral */
-      __HAL_I2S_ENABLE(hi2s);
-    }
-
-    /* Enable Tx DMA Request */
-    hi2s->Instance->CR2 |= SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN;
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s);
-
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode with DMA
-  * @param  hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for I2S module
-  * @param pData: a 16-bit pointer to the Receive data buffer.
-  * @param Size: number of data sample to be sent:
-  * @note When a 16-bit data frame or a 16-bit data frame extended is selected during the I2S
-  *       configuration phase, the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length
-  *       in the transaction and when a 24-bit data frame or a 32-bit data frame is selected
-  *       the Size parameter means the number of 16-bit data length.
-  * @note The I2S is kept enabled at the end of transaction to avoid the clock de-synchronization
-  *       between Master and Slave(example: audio streaming).
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_Receive_DMA(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s, uint16_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
-{
-  uint32_t *tmp;
-
-  if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
-  {
-    return  HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_READY)
-  {
-    hi2s->pRxBuffPtr = pData;
-    if(((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & (SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN)) == I2S_DATAFORMAT_24B)||\
-      ((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & (SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN)) == I2S_DATAFORMAT_32B))
-    {
-      hi2s->RxXferSize = (Size << 1);
-      hi2s->RxXferCount = (Size << 1);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      hi2s->RxXferSize = Size;
-      hi2s->RxXferCount = Size;
-    }
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hi2s);
-
-    hi2s->ErrorCode = HAL_I2S_ERROR_NONE;
-    hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_RX;
-
-    /* Set the I2S Rx DMA Half transfer complete callback */
-    hi2s->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = I2S_DMARxHalfCplt;
-
-    /* Set the I2S Rx DMA transfer complete callback */
-    hi2s->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = I2S_DMARxCplt;
-
-    /* Set the DMA error callback */
-    hi2s->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = I2S_DMAError;
-
-    /* Check if Master Receiver mode is selected */
-    if((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR & SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG) == I2S_MODE_MASTER_RX)
-    {
-      /* Clear the Overrun Flag by a read operation to the SPI_DR register followed by a read
-      access to the SPI_SR register. */
-      __HAL_I2S_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hi2s);
-    }
-
-    /* Enable the Rx DMA Channel */
-    tmp = (uint32_t*)&pData;
-    HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hi2s->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hi2s->Instance->DR, *(uint32_t*)tmp, hi2s->RxXferSize);
-
-    /* Check if the I2S is already enabled */
-    if((hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR &SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE) != SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE)
-    {
-      /* Enable I2S peripheral */
-      __HAL_I2S_ENABLE(hi2s);
-    }
-
-    /* Enable Rx DMA Request */
-    hi2s->Instance->CR2 |= SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN;
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s);
-
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Pauses the audio stream playing from the Media.
-  * @param  hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for I2S module
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_DMAPause(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s)
-{
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hi2s);
-
-  if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_TX)
-  {
-    /* Disable the I2S DMA Tx request */
-    hi2s->Instance->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN);
-  }
-  else if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_RX)
-  {
-    /* Disable the I2S DMA Rx request */
-    hi2s->Instance->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN);
-  }
-  else if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX)
-  {
-    if((hi2s->Init.Mode == I2S_MODE_SLAVE_TX)||(hi2s->Init.Mode == I2S_MODE_MASTER_TX))
-    {
-      /* Disable the I2S DMA Tx request */
-      hi2s->Instance->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      /* Disable the I2S DMA Rx request */
-      hi2s->Instance->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Resumes the audio stream playing from the Media.
-  * @param  hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for I2S module
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_DMAResume(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s)
-{
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hi2s);
-
-  if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_TX)
-  {
-    /* Enable the I2S DMA Tx request */
-    SET_BIT(hi2s->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN);
-  }
-  else if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_RX)
-  {
-    /* Enable the I2S DMA Rx request */
-    SET_BIT(hi2s->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN);
-  }
-
-  /* If the I2S peripheral is still not enabled, enable it */
-  if(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(hi2s->Instance->I2SCFGR, SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SE))
-  {
-    /* Enable I2S peripheral */
-    __HAL_I2S_ENABLE(hi2s);
-  }
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Stops the audio stream playing from the Media.
-  * @param  hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for I2S module
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2S_DMAStop(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s)
-{
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hi2s);
-
-  /* Disable the I2S Tx/Rx DMA requests */
-  CLEAR_BIT(hi2s->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN);
-  CLEAR_BIT(hi2s->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN);
-
-  /* Abort the I2S DMA Channel tx */
-  if(hi2s->hdmatx != NULL)
-  {
-    /* Disable the I2S DMA channel */
-    __HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hi2s->hdmatx);
-    HAL_DMA_Abort(hi2s->hdmatx);
-  }
-  /* Abort the I2S DMA Channel rx */
-  if(hi2s->hdmarx != NULL)
-  {
-    /* Disable the I2S DMA channel */
-    __HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hi2s->hdmarx);
-    HAL_DMA_Abort(hi2s->hdmarx);
-  }
-
-  /* Disable I2S peripheral */
-  __HAL_I2S_DISABLE(hi2s);
-
-  hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  This function handles I2S interrupt request.
-  * @param  hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for I2S module
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-void HAL_I2S_IRQHandler(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s)
-{
-  __IO uint32_t i2ssr = hi2s->Instance->SR;
-
-  if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_RX)
-  {
-    /* I2S in mode Receiver ----------------------------------------------------*/
-    if(((i2ssr & I2S_FLAG_RXNE) == I2S_FLAG_RXNE) && (__HAL_I2S_GET_IT_SOURCE(hi2s, I2S_IT_RXNE) != RESET))
-    {
-      I2S_Receive_IT(hi2s);
-    }
-
-    /* I2S Overrun error interrupt occurred -------------------------------------*/
-    if(((i2ssr & I2S_FLAG_OVR) == I2S_FLAG_OVR) && (__HAL_I2S_GET_IT_SOURCE(hi2s, I2S_IT_ERR) != RESET))
-    {
-      /* Disable RXNE and ERR interrupt */
-      __HAL_I2S_DISABLE_IT(hi2s, (I2S_IT_RXNE | I2S_IT_ERR));
-
-      /* Set the I2S State ready */
-      hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY;
-
-      /* Set the error code and execute error callback*/
-      hi2s->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2S_ERROR_OVR;
-      HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback(hi2s);
-    }
-  }
-  else if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_TX)
-  {
-    /* I2S in mode Transmitter ---------------------------------------------------*/
-    if(((i2ssr & I2S_FLAG_TXE) == I2S_FLAG_TXE) && (__HAL_I2S_GET_IT_SOURCE(hi2s, I2S_IT_TXE) != RESET))
-    {
-      I2S_Transmit_IT(hi2s);
-    }
-
-    /* I2S Underrun error interrupt occurred ------------------------------------*/
-    if(((i2ssr & I2S_FLAG_UDR) == I2S_FLAG_UDR) && (__HAL_I2S_GET_IT_SOURCE(hi2s, I2S_IT_ERR) != RESET))
-    {
-      /* Disable TXE and ERR interrupt */
-      __HAL_I2S_DISABLE_IT(hi2s, (I2S_IT_TXE | I2S_IT_ERR));
-
-      /* Set the I2S State ready */
-      hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY;
-
-      /* Set the error code and execute error callback*/
-      hi2s->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2S_ERROR_UDR;
-      HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback(hi2s);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @addtogroup I2S_Private_Functions I2S Private Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-/**
-  * @brief This function handles I2S Communication Timeout.
-  * @param  hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for I2S module
-  * @param Flag: Flag checked
-  * @param State: Value of the flag expected
-  * @param Timeout: Duration of the timeout
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef I2S_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s, uint32_t Flag,
-                                                       uint32_t State, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-
-  /* Get tick */
-  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-  /* Wait until flag is set */
-  if(State == RESET)
-  {
-    while(__HAL_I2S_GET_FLAG(hi2s, Flag) == RESET)
-    {
-      if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
-      {
-        if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
-        {
-          /* Set the I2S State ready */
-          hi2s->State= HAL_I2S_STATE_READY;
-
-          /* Process Unlocked */
-          __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s);
-
-          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    while(__HAL_I2S_GET_FLAG(hi2s, Flag) != RESET)
-    {
-      if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
-      {
-        if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
-        {
-          /* Set the I2S State ready */
-          hi2s->State= HAL_I2S_STATE_READY;
-
-          /* Process Unlocked */
-          __HAL_UNLOCK(hi2s);
-
-          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @addtogroup I2S_Exported_Functions I2S Exported Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @addtogroup  I2S_Exported_Functions_Group2 Input and Output operation functions
-  * @{
-  */
-/**
-  * @brief Tx Transfer Half completed callbacks
-  * @param  hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for I2S module
-  * @retval None
-  */
- __weak void HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Tx Transfer completed callbacks
-  * @param  hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for I2S module
-  * @retval None
-  */
- __weak void HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Rx Transfer half completed callbacks
-  * @param  hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for I2S module
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Rx Transfer completed callbacks
-  * @param  hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for I2S module
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief I2S error callbacks
-  * @param  hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for I2S module
-  * @retval None
-  */
- __weak void HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup I2S_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State and Errors functions
-  *  @brief   Peripheral State functions
-  *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-                      ##### Peripheral State and Errors functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]
-    This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral
-    and the data flow.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Return the I2S state
-  * @param  hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for I2S module
-  * @retval HAL state
-  */
-HAL_I2S_StateTypeDef HAL_I2S_GetState(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s)
-{
-  return hi2s->State;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Return the I2S error code
-  * @param  hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for I2S module
-  * @retval I2S Error Code
-  */
-uint32_t HAL_I2S_GetError(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s)
-{
-  return hi2s->ErrorCode;
-}
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-  /**
-  * @brief  Get I2S Input Clock based on I2S source clock selection
-  * @param  hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *               the configuration information for I2S module.
-  * @retval I2S Clock Input
-  */
-static uint32_t I2S_GetClockFreq(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s)
-{
-  uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
-  /* This variable used to store the VCO Input (value in Hz) */
-  uint32_t vcoinput = 0;
-  /* This variable used to store the I2S_CK_x (value in Hz) */
-  uint32_t i2sclocksource = 0;
-
-  /* Configure I2S Clock based on I2S source clock selection */
-
-  /* I2S_CLK_x : I2S Block Clock configuration for different clock sources selected */
-  switch(hi2s->Init.ClockSource)
-  {
-    case I2S_CLOCK_SYSCLK :
-    {
-      /* Configure the PLLI2S division factor */
-      /* PLLI2S_VCO Input  = PLL_SOURCE/PLLI2SM */
-      if((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC) == RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI)
-      {
-        /* In Case the PLL Source is HSI (Internal Clock) */
-        vcoinput = (HSI_VALUE / (uint32_t)(RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM));
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        /* In Case the PLL Source is HSE (External Clock) */
-        vcoinput = ((HSE_VALUE / (uint32_t)(RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM)));
-      }
-
-      /* PLLI2S_VCO Output = PLLI2S_VCO Input * PLLI2SN */
-      /* I2S_CLK(first level) = PLLI2S_VCO Output/PLLI2SR */
-      tmpreg = (RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SR) >> 28;
-      i2sclocksource = (vcoinput * ((RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SN) >> 6))/(tmpreg);
-
-      break;
-    }
-    case I2S_CLOCK_EXTERNAL :
-    {
-      i2sclocksource = EXTERNAL_CLOCK_VALUE;
-      break;
-    }
-    default :
-    {
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* the return result is the value of I2S clock */
-  return i2sclocksource;
-}
-
-/** @addtogroup I2S_Private_Functions I2S Private Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-/**
-  * @brief DMA I2S transmit process complete callback
-  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void I2S_DMATxCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  I2S_HandleTypeDef* hi2s = (I2S_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent;
-
-  if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CIRC) == 0)
-  {
-    hi2s->TxXferCount = 0;
-
-    /* Disable Tx DMA Request */
-    hi2s->Instance->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN);
-
-    if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX)
-    {
-      if(hi2s->RxXferCount == 0)
-      {
-        hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY;
-      }
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY;
-    }
-  }
-  HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback(hi2s);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief DMA I2S transmit process half complete callback
-  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void I2S_DMATxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  I2S_HandleTypeDef* hi2s = (I2S_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent;
-
-  HAL_I2S_TxHalfCpltCallback(hi2s);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief DMA I2S receive process complete callback
-  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void I2S_DMARxCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  I2S_HandleTypeDef* hi2s = (I2S_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent;
-
-  if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CIRC) == 0)
-  {
-    /* Disable Rx DMA Request */
-    hi2s->Instance->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN);
-
-    hi2s->RxXferCount = 0;
-    if(hi2s->State == HAL_I2S_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX)
-    {
-      if(hi2s->TxXferCount == 0)
-      {
-        hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY;
-      }
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY;
-    }
-  }
-  HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback(hi2s);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief DMA I2S receive process half complete callback
-  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void I2S_DMARxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  I2S_HandleTypeDef* hi2s = (I2S_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent;
-
-  HAL_I2S_RxHalfCpltCallback(hi2s);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief DMA I2S communication error callback
-  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void I2S_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  I2S_HandleTypeDef* hi2s = ( I2S_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
-
-  /* Disable Rx and Tx DMA Request */
-  hi2s->Instance->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~(SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN | SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN));
-  hi2s->TxXferCount = 0;
-  hi2s->RxXferCount = 0;
-
-  hi2s->State= HAL_I2S_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Set the error code and execute error callback*/
-  hi2s->ErrorCode |= HAL_I2S_ERROR_DMA;
-  HAL_I2S_ErrorCallback(hi2s);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Transmit an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt
-  * @param  hi2s: pointer to a I2S_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for I2S module
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void I2S_Transmit_IT(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s)
-{
-  /* Transmit data */
-  hi2s->Instance->DR = (*hi2s->pTxBuffPtr++);
-  hi2s->TxXferCount--;
-
-  if(hi2s->TxXferCount == 0)
-  {
-    /* Disable TXE and ERR interrupt */
-    __HAL_I2S_DISABLE_IT(hi2s, (I2S_IT_TXE | I2S_IT_ERR));
-
-    hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY;
-    HAL_I2S_TxCpltCallback(hi2s);
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode with Interrupt
-  * @param hi2s: I2S handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void I2S_Receive_IT(I2S_HandleTypeDef *hi2s)
-{
-  /* Receive data */
-  (*hi2s->pRxBuffPtr++) = hi2s->Instance->DR;
-  hi2s->RxXferCount--;
-
-  if(hi2s->RxXferCount == 0)
-  {
-    /* Disable RXNE and ERR interrupt */
-    __HAL_I2S_DISABLE_IT(hi2s, (I2S_IT_RXNE | I2S_IT_ERR));
-
-    hi2s->State = HAL_I2S_STATE_READY;
-    HAL_I2S_RxCpltCallback(hi2s);
-  }
-}
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-#endif /* HAL_I2S_MODULE_ENABLED */
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_irda.c b/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_irda.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 7b2283d7e2..0000000000
--- a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_irda.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1495 +0,0 @@
-/**
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @file    stm32f7xx_hal_irda.c
-  * @author  MCD Application Team
-  * @version V1.0.1
-  * @date    25-June-2015
-  * @brief   IRDA HAL module driver.
-  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
-  *          functionalities of the IrDA SIR ENDEC block (IrDA):
-  *           + Initialization and de-initialization methods
-  *           + IO operation methods
-  *           + Peripheral Control methods
-  *
-  @verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                        ##### How to use this driver #####
-  ==============================================================================
-  [..]
-    The IRDA HAL driver can be used as follows:
-
-    (#) Declare a IRDA_HandleTypeDef handle structure.
-    (#) Initialize the IRDA low level resources by implementing the HAL_IRDA_MspInit() API:
-        (##) Enable the USARTx interface clock.
-        (##) IRDA pins configuration:
-            (+++) Enable the clock for the IRDA GPIOs.
-            (+++) Configure these IRDA pins as alternate function pull-up.
-        (##) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process (HAL_IRDA_Transmit_IT()
-             and HAL_IRDA_Receive_IT() APIs):
-            (+++) Configure the USARTx interrupt priority.
-            (+++) Enable the NVIC USART IRQ handle.
-        (##) DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process (HAL_IRDA_Transmit_DMA()
-             and HAL_IRDA_Receive_DMA() APIs):
-            (+++) Declare a DMA handle structure for the Tx/Rx stream.
-            (+++) Enable the DMAx interface clock.
-            (+++) Configure the declared DMA handle structure with the required Tx/Rx parameters.
-            (+++) Configure the DMA Tx/Rx Stream.
-            (+++) Associate the initialized DMA handle to the IRDA DMA Tx/Rx handle.
-            (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete interrupt on the DMA Tx/Rx Stream.
-
-    (#) Program the Baud Rate, Word Length, Parity, IrDA Mode, Prescaler
-        and Mode(Receiver/Transmitter) in the hirda Init structure.
-
-    (#) Initialize the IRDA registers by calling the HAL_IRDA_Init() API:
-        (++) This API configures also the low level Hardware GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc)
-            by calling the customized HAL_IRDA_MspInit() API.
-    -@@- The specific IRDA interrupts (Transmission complete interrupt,
-        RXNE interrupt and Error Interrupts) will be managed using the macros
-        __HAL_IRDA_ENABLE_IT() and __HAL_IRDA_DISABLE_IT() inside the transmit and receive process.
-
-    (#) Three operation modes are available within this driver :
-
-    *** Polling mode IO operation ***
-    =================================
-    [..]
-      (+) Send an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_IRDA_Transmit()
-      (+) Receive an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_IRDA_Receive()
-
-    *** Interrupt mode IO operation ***
-    ===================================
-    [..]
-      (+) Send an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_IRDA_Transmit_IT()
-      (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback is executed and user can
-           add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback
-      (+) Receive an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_IRDA_Receive_IT()
-      (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback is executed and user can
-           add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback
-      (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
-           add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback
-
-    *** DMA mode IO operation ***
-    =============================
-    [..]
-      (+) Send an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using HAL_IRDA_Transmit_DMA()
-      (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback is executed and user can
-           add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback
-      (+) Receive an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using HAL_IRDA_Receive_DMA()
-      (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback is executed and user can
-           add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback
-      (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
-           add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback
-
-    *** IRDA HAL driver macros list ***
-    ===================================
-    [..]
-      Below the list of most used macros in IRDA HAL driver.
-
-     (+) __HAL_IRDA_ENABLE: Enable the IRDA peripheral
-     (+) __HAL_IRDA_DISABLE: Disable the IRDA peripheral
-     (+) __HAL_IRDA_GET_FLAG : Checks whether the specified IRDA flag is set or not
-     (+) __HAL_IRDA_CLEAR_FLAG : Clears the specified IRDA pending flag
-     (+) __HAL_IRDA_ENABLE_IT: Enables the specified IRDA interrupt
-     (+) __HAL_IRDA_DISABLE_IT: Disables the specified IRDA interrupt
-
-     (@) You can refer to the IRDA HAL driver header file for more useful macros
-
-  @endverbatim
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @attention
-  *
-  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
-  *
-  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
-  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
-  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
-  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
-  *      without specific prior written permission.
-  *
-  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
-  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
-  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
-  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
-  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
-  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
-  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
-  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
-  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
-  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-  *
-  ******************************************************************************
-  */
-
-/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
-
-/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup IRDA IRDA
-  * @brief HAL IRDA module driver
-  * @{
-  */
-#ifdef HAL_IRDA_MODULE_ENABLED
-
-/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/** @addtogroup IRDA_Private_Constants
-  * @{
-  */
-#define TEACK_REACK_TIMEOUT            1000
-#define HAL_IRDA_TXDMA_TIMEOUTVALUE    22000
-#define IRDA_CR1_FIELDS  ((uint32_t)(USART_CR1_M | USART_CR1_PCE \
-                                   | USART_CR1_PS | USART_CR1_TE | USART_CR1_RE))
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
-/** @addtogroup IRDA_Private_Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-static void IRDA_DMATransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
-static void IRDA_DMATransmitHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
-static void IRDA_DMAReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
-static void IRDA_DMAReceiveHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
-static void IRDA_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
-static void IRDA_SetConfig (IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda);
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef IRDA_CheckIdleState(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda);
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef IRDA_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status, uint32_t Timeout);
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef IRDA_Transmit_IT(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda);
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef IRDA_EndTransmit_IT(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda);
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef IRDA_Receive_IT(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda);
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
-/** @defgroup IRDA_Exported_Functions IrDA Exported Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup IRDA_Exported_Functions_Group1 IrDA Initialization and de-initialization functions
-  *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions
-  *
-@verbatim
-
-===============================================================================
-            ##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]
-    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the USARTx or the UARTy
-    in IrDA mode.
-      (+) For the asynchronous mode only these parameters can be configured:
-        (++) BaudRate
-        (++) WordLength
-        (++) Parity: If the parity is enabled, then the MSB bit of the data written
-             in the data register is transmitted but is changed by the parity bit.
-             Depending on the frame length defined by the M bit (8-bits or 9-bits),
-             please refer to Reference manual for possible IRDA frame formats.
-        (++) Prescaler: A pulse of width less than two and greater than one PSC period(s) may or may
-             not be rejected. The receiver set up time should be managed by software. The IrDA physical layer
-             specification specifies a minimum of 10 ms delay between transmission and
-             reception (IrDA is a half duplex protocol).
-        (++) Mode: Receiver/transmitter modes
-        (++) IrDAMode: the IrDA can operate in the Normal mode or in the Low power mode.
-    [..]
-    The HAL_IRDA_Init() API follows IRDA configuration procedures (details for the procedures
-    are available in reference manual).
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the IRDA mode according to the specified
-  *         parameters in the IRDA_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
-  * @param  hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified IRDA module.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_Init(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda)
-{
-  /* Check the IRDA handle allocation */
-  if(hirda == NULL)
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Check the USART/UART associated to the IRDA handle */
-  assert_param(IS_IRDA_INSTANCE(hirda->Instance));
-
-  if(hirda->State == HAL_IRDA_STATE_RESET)
-  {
-    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
-    hirda->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
-    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX */
-    HAL_IRDA_MspInit(hirda);
-  }
-
-  hirda->State = HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Disable the Peripheral to update the configuration registers */
-  __HAL_IRDA_DISABLE(hirda);
-
-  /* Set the IRDA Communication parameters */
-  IRDA_SetConfig(hirda);
-
-  /* In IRDA mode, the following bits must be kept cleared:
-  - LINEN, STOP and CLKEN bits in the USART_CR2 register,
-  - SCEN and HDSEL bits in the USART_CR3 register.*/
-  hirda->Instance->CR2 &= ~(USART_CR2_LINEN | USART_CR2_CLKEN | USART_CR2_STOP);
-  hirda->Instance->CR3 &= ~(USART_CR3_SCEN | USART_CR3_HDSEL);
-
-  /* set the UART/USART in IRDA mode */
-  hirda->Instance->CR3 |= USART_CR3_IREN;
-
-  /* Enable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_IRDA_ENABLE(hirda);
-
-  /* TEACK and/or REACK to check before moving hirda->State to Ready */
-  return (IRDA_CheckIdleState(hirda));
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  DeInitializes the IRDA peripheral
-  * @param  hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified IRDA module.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_DeInit(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda)
-{
-  /* Check the IRDA handle allocation */
-  if(hirda == NULL)
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_IRDA_INSTANCE(hirda->Instance));
-
-  hirda->State = HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* DeInit the low level hardware */
-  HAL_IRDA_MspDeInit(hirda);
-  /* Disable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_IRDA_DISABLE(hirda);
-
-  hirda->ErrorCode = HAL_IRDA_ERROR_NONE;
-  hirda->State = HAL_IRDA_STATE_RESET;
-
-  /* Release Lock */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hirda);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  IRDA MSP Init.
-  * @param  hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified IRDA module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
- __weak void HAL_IRDA_MspInit(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_IRDA_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  IRDA MSP DeInit.
-  * @param  hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified IRDA module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
- __weak void HAL_IRDA_MspDeInit(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_IRDA_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup IRDA_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
-  *  @brief   IRDA Transmit/Receive functions
-  *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-                      ##### IO operation functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the IRDA data transfers.
-    [..]
-    IrDA is a half duplex communication protocol. If the Transmitter is busy, any data
-    on the IrDA receive line will be ignored by the IrDA decoder and if the Receiver
-    is busy, data on the TX from the USART to IrDA will not be encoded by IrDA.
-    While receiving data, transmission should be avoided as the data to be transmitted
-    could be corrupted.
-
-    (#) There are two modes of transfer:
-       (++) Blocking mode: the communication is performed in polling mode.
-            The HAL status of all data processing is returned by the same function
-            after finishing transfer.
-       (++) No-Blocking mode: the communication is performed using Interrupts
-           or DMA, these API's return the HAL status.
-           The end of the data processing will be indicated through the
-           dedicated IRDA IRQ when using Interrupt mode or the DMA IRQ when
-           using DMA mode.
-           The HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback(), HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback() user callbacks
-           will be executed respectively at the end of the Transmit or Receive process
-           The HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback() user callback will be executed when a communication error is detected
-
-    (#) Blocking mode API's are :
-        (++) HAL_IRDA_Transmit()
-        (++) HAL_IRDA_Receive()
-
-    (#) Non-Blocking mode API's with Interrupt are :
-        (++) HAL_IRDA_Transmit_IT()
-        (++) HAL_IRDA_Receive_IT()
-        (++) HAL_IRDA_IRQHandler()
-        (++) IRDA_Transmit_IT()
-        (++) IRDA_Receive_IT()
-
-    (#) Non-Blocking mode functions with DMA are :
-        (++) HAL_IRDA_Transmit_DMA()
-        (++) HAL_IRDA_Receive_DMA()
-
-    (#) A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in No_Blocking mode:
-        (++) HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback()
-        (++) HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback()
-        (++) HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback()
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Sends an amount of data in blocking mode.
-  * @param  hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified IRDA module.
-  * @param  pData: Pointer to data buffer
-  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be sent
-  * @param  Timeout: Specify timeout value
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_Transmit(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-   uint16_t* tmp;
-
-  if ((hirda->State == HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY) || (hirda->State == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_RX))
-  {
-    if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
-    {
-      return  HAL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hirda);
-    hirda->ErrorCode = HAL_IRDA_ERROR_NONE;
-
-    if(hirda->State == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_RX)
-    {
-      hirda->State = HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      hirda->State = HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX;
-    }
-
-    hirda->TxXferSize = Size;
-    hirda->TxXferCount = Size;
-    while(hirda->TxXferCount > 0)
-    {
-      hirda->TxXferCount--;
-
-        if(IRDA_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hirda, IRDA_FLAG_TXE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-        {
-          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-        }
-      if ((hirda->Init.WordLength == IRDA_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (hirda->Init.Parity == IRDA_PARITY_NONE))
-        {
-          tmp = (uint16_t*) pData;
-          hirda->Instance->TDR = (*tmp & (uint16_t)0x01FF);
-          pData +=2;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          hirda->Instance->TDR = (*pData++ & (uint8_t)0xFF);
-        }
-      }
-
-    if(IRDA_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hirda, IRDA_FLAG_TC, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-    {
-      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-    }
-
-    if(hirda->State == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX)
-    {
-      hirda->State = HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_RX;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      hirda->State = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY;
-    }
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hirda);
-
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Receive an amount of data in blocking mode.
-  * @param  hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified IRDA module.
-  * @param  pData: Pointer to data buffer
-  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be received
-  * @param  Timeout: Specify timeout value
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_Receive(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  uint16_t* tmp;
-  uint16_t uhMask;
-
-  if ((hirda->State == HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY) || (hirda->State == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX))
-  {
-    if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
-    {
-      return  HAL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hirda);
-    hirda->ErrorCode = HAL_IRDA_ERROR_NONE;
-
-    if(hirda->State == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX)
-    {
-      hirda->State = HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      hirda->State = HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_RX;
-    }
-
-    hirda->RxXferSize = Size;
-    hirda->RxXferCount = Size;
-
-    /* Computation of the mask to apply to the RDR register
-       of the UART associated to the IRDA */
-    IRDA_MASK_COMPUTATION(hirda);
-    uhMask = hirda->Mask;
-
-    /* Check data remaining to be received */
-    while(hirda->RxXferCount > 0)
-    {
-      hirda->RxXferCount--;
-
-      if(IRDA_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hirda, IRDA_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-      {
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-      if ((hirda->Init.WordLength == IRDA_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (hirda->Init.Parity == IRDA_PARITY_NONE))
-      {
-        tmp = (uint16_t*) pData ;
-        *tmp = (uint16_t)(hirda->Instance->RDR & uhMask);
-        pData +=2;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        *pData++ = (uint8_t)(hirda->Instance->RDR & (uint8_t)uhMask);
-      }
-    }
-
-    if(hirda->State == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX)
-    {
-      hirda->State = HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      hirda->State = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY;
-    }
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hirda);
-
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Send an amount of data in non blocking mode.
-  * @param  hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified IRDA module.
-  * @param  pData: Pointer to data buffer
-  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be sent
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_Transmit_IT(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
-{
-  if ((hirda->State == HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY) || (hirda->State == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_RX))
-  {
-    if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
-    {
-      return HAL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hirda);
-
-    hirda->pTxBuffPtr = pData;
-    hirda->TxXferSize = Size;
-    hirda->TxXferCount = Size;
-
-    hirda->ErrorCode = HAL_IRDA_ERROR_NONE;
-    if(hirda->State == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_RX)
-    {
-      hirda->State = HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      hirda->State = HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX;
-    }
-
-    /* Enable the IRDA Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */
-    __HAL_IRDA_ENABLE_IT(hirda, IRDA_IT_ERR);
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hirda);
-
-    /* Enable the IRDA Transmit Complete Interrupt */
-    __HAL_IRDA_ENABLE_IT(hirda, IRDA_IT_TC);
-
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Receives an amount of data in non blocking mode.
-  * @param  hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified IRDA module.
-  * @param  pData: Pointer to data buffer
-  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be received
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_Receive_IT(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
-{
-  if ((hirda->State == HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY) || (hirda->State == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX))
-  {
-    if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
-    {
-      return HAL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hirda);
-
-    hirda->pRxBuffPtr = pData;
-    hirda->RxXferSize = Size;
-    hirda->RxXferCount = Size;
-
-    /* Computation of the mask to apply to the RDR register
-       of the UART associated to the IRDA */
-    IRDA_MASK_COMPUTATION(hirda);
-
-    hirda->ErrorCode = HAL_IRDA_ERROR_NONE;
-    if(hirda->State == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX)
-    {
-      hirda->State = HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      hirda->State = HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_RX;
-    }
-
-    /* Enable the IRDA Parity Error Interrupt */
-    __HAL_IRDA_ENABLE_IT(hirda, IRDA_IT_PE);
-
-    /* Enable the IRDA Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */
-    __HAL_IRDA_ENABLE_IT(hirda, IRDA_IT_ERR);
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hirda);
-
-    /* Enable the IRDA Data Register not empty Interrupt */
-    __HAL_IRDA_ENABLE_IT(hirda, IRDA_IT_RXNE);
-
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Sends an amount of data in non blocking mode.
-  * @param  hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified IRDA module.
-  * @param  pData: Pointer to data buffer
-  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be sent
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_Transmit_DMA(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
-{
-  uint32_t *tmp;
-
-  if ((hirda->State == HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY) || (hirda->State == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_RX))
-  {
-    if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
-    {
-      return HAL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hirda);
-
-    hirda->pTxBuffPtr = pData;
-    hirda->TxXferSize = Size;
-    hirda->TxXferCount = Size;
-
-    hirda->ErrorCode = HAL_IRDA_ERROR_NONE;
-
-    if(hirda->State == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_RX)
-    {
-      hirda->State = HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      hirda->State = HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX;
-    }
-
-    /* Set the IRDA DMA transfer complete callback */
-    hirda->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = IRDA_DMATransmitCplt;
-
-    /* Set the IRDA DMA half transfer complete callback */
-    hirda->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = IRDA_DMATransmitHalfCplt;
-
-    /* Set the DMA error callback */
-    hirda->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = IRDA_DMAError;
-
-    /* Enable the IRDA transmit DMA channel */
-    tmp = (uint32_t*)&pData;
-    HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hirda->hdmatx, *(uint32_t*)tmp, (uint32_t)&hirda->Instance->TDR, Size);
-
-    /* Clear the TC flag in the SR register by writing 0 to it */
-    __HAL_IRDA_CLEAR_IT(hirda, IRDA_FLAG_TC);
-
-    /* Enable the DMA transfer for transmit request by setting the DMAT bit
-       in the IRDA CR3 register */
-    hirda->Instance->CR3 |= USART_CR3_DMAT;
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hirda);
-
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Receives an amount of data in non blocking mode.
-  * @param  hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified IRDA module.
-  * @param  pData: Pointer to data buffer
-  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be received
-  * @note   When the IRDA parity is enabled (PCE = 1) the data received contain the parity bit.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_Receive_DMA(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
-{
-  uint32_t *tmp;
-
-  if ((hirda->State == HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY) || (hirda->State == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX))
-  {
-    if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
-    {
-      return HAL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hirda);
-
-    hirda->pRxBuffPtr = pData;
-    hirda->RxXferSize = Size;
-
-    hirda->ErrorCode = HAL_IRDA_ERROR_NONE;
-    if(hirda->State == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX)
-    {
-      hirda->State = HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      hirda->State = HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_RX;
-    }
-
-    /* Set the IRDA DMA transfer complete callback */
-    hirda->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = IRDA_DMAReceiveCplt;
-
-    /* Set the IRDA DMA half transfer complete callback */
-    hirda->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = IRDA_DMAReceiveHalfCplt;
-
-    /* Set the DMA error callback */
-    hirda->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = IRDA_DMAError;
-
-    /* Enable the DMA channel */
-    tmp = (uint32_t*)&pData;
-    HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hirda->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hirda->Instance->RDR, *(uint32_t*)tmp, Size);
-
-    /* Enable the DMA transfer for the receiver request by setting the DMAR bit
-       in the IRDA CR3 register */
-     hirda->Instance->CR3 |= USART_CR3_DMAR;
-
-     /* Process Unlocked */
-     __HAL_UNLOCK(hirda);
-
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Pauses the DMA Transfer.
-  * @param  hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified IRDA module.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_DMAPause(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda)
-{
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hirda);
-
-  if(hirda->State == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX)
-  {
-    /* Disable the UART DMA Tx request */
-    hirda->Instance->CR3 &= (uint32_t)(~USART_CR3_DMAT);
-  }
-  else if(hirda->State == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_RX)
-  {
-    /* Disable the UART DMA Rx request */
-    hirda->Instance->CR3 &= (uint32_t)(~USART_CR3_DMAR);
-  }
-  else if (hirda->State == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX)
-  {
-    /* Disable the UART DMA Tx & Rx requests */
-    hirda->Instance->CR3 &= (uint32_t)(~USART_CR3_DMAT);
-    hirda->Instance->CR3 &= (uint32_t)(~USART_CR3_DMAR);
-  }
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hirda);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Resumes the DMA Transfer.
-  * @param  hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified UART module.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_DMAResume(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda)
-{
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hirda);
-
-  if(hirda->State == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX)
-  {
-    /* Enable the UART DMA Tx request */
-    hirda->Instance->CR3 |= USART_CR3_DMAT;
-  }
-  else if(hirda->State == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_RX)
-  {
-    /* Clear the Overrun flag before resuming the Rx transfer*/
-    __HAL_IRDA_CLEAR_IT(hirda, IRDA_CLEAR_OREF);
-
-    /* Enable the UART DMA Rx request */
-    hirda->Instance->CR3 |= USART_CR3_DMAR;
-  }
-  else if(hirda->State == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX)
-  {
-    /* Clear the Overrun flag before resuming the Rx transfer*/
-    __HAL_IRDA_CLEAR_IT(hirda, IRDA_CLEAR_OREF);
-
-    /* Enable the UART DMA Tx & Rx request */
-    hirda->Instance->CR3 |= USART_CR3_DMAT;
-    hirda->Instance->CR3 |= USART_CR3_DMAR;
-  }
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hirda);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Stops the DMA Transfer.
-  * @param  hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified UART module.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IRDA_DMAStop(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda)
-{
-  /* The Lock is not implemented on this API to allow the user application
-     to call the HAL IRDA API under callbacks HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback() / HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback() /
-     HAL_IRDA_TxHalfCpltCallback / HAL_IRDA_RxHalfCpltCallback:
-     indeed, when HAL_DMA_Abort() API is called, the DMA TX/RX Transfer or Half Transfer complete
-     interrupt is generated if the DMA transfer interruption occurs at the middle or at the end of
-     the stream and the corresponding call back is executed. */
-
-  /* Disable the UART Tx/Rx DMA requests */
-  hirda->Instance->CR3 &= ~USART_CR3_DMAT;
-  hirda->Instance->CR3 &= ~USART_CR3_DMAR;
-
-  /* Abort the UART DMA tx channel */
-  if(hirda->hdmatx != NULL)
-  {
-    HAL_DMA_Abort(hirda->hdmatx);
-  }
-  /* Abort the UART DMA rx channel */
-  if(hirda->hdmarx != NULL)
-  {
-    HAL_DMA_Abort(hirda->hdmarx);
-  }
-
-  hirda->State = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY;
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  This function handles IRDA interrupt request.
-  * @param  hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified IRDA module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_IRDA_IRQHandler(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda)
-{
-  /* IRDA parity error interrupt occurred -------------------------------------*/
-  if((__HAL_IRDA_GET_IT(hirda, IRDA_IT_PE) != RESET) && (__HAL_IRDA_GET_IT_SOURCE(hirda, IRDA_IT_PE) != RESET))
-  {
-    __HAL_IRDA_CLEAR_IT(hirda, IRDA_CLEAR_PEF);
-
-    hirda->ErrorCode |= HAL_IRDA_ERROR_PE;
-    /* Set the IRDA state ready to be able to start again the process */
-    hirda->State = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY;
-  }
-
-  /* IRDA frame error interrupt occurred --------------------------------------*/
-  if((__HAL_IRDA_GET_IT(hirda, IRDA_IT_FE) != RESET) && (__HAL_IRDA_GET_IT_SOURCE(hirda, IRDA_IT_ERR) != RESET))
-  {
-    __HAL_IRDA_CLEAR_IT(hirda, IRDA_CLEAR_FEF);
-
-    hirda->ErrorCode |= HAL_IRDA_ERROR_FE;
-    /* Set the IRDA state ready to be able to start again the process */
-    hirda->State = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY;
-  }
-
-  /* IRDA noise error interrupt occurred --------------------------------------*/
-  if((__HAL_IRDA_GET_IT(hirda, IRDA_IT_NE) != RESET) && (__HAL_IRDA_GET_IT_SOURCE(hirda, IRDA_IT_ERR) != RESET))
-  {
-    __HAL_IRDA_CLEAR_IT(hirda, IRDA_CLEAR_NEF);
-
-    hirda->ErrorCode |= HAL_IRDA_ERROR_NE;
-    /* Set the IRDA state ready to be able to start again the process */
-    hirda->State = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY;
-  }
-
-  /* IRDA Over-Run interrupt occurred -----------------------------------------*/
-  if((__HAL_IRDA_GET_IT(hirda, IRDA_IT_ORE) != RESET) && (__HAL_IRDA_GET_IT_SOURCE(hirda, IRDA_IT_ERR) != RESET))
-  {
-    __HAL_IRDA_CLEAR_IT(hirda, IRDA_CLEAR_OREF);
-
-    hirda->ErrorCode |= HAL_IRDA_ERROR_ORE;
-    /* Set the IRDA state ready to be able to start again the process */
-    hirda->State = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY;
-  }
-
-  /* Call IRDA Error Call back function if need be --------------------------*/
-  if(hirda->ErrorCode != HAL_IRDA_ERROR_NONE)
-  {
-    HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback(hirda);
-  }
-
-  /* IRDA in mode Receiver ---------------------------------------------------*/
-  if((__HAL_IRDA_GET_IT(hirda, IRDA_IT_RXNE) != RESET) && (__HAL_IRDA_GET_IT_SOURCE(hirda, IRDA_IT_RXNE) != RESET))
-  {
-    IRDA_Receive_IT(hirda);
-    /* Clear RXNE interrupt flag */
-    __HAL_IRDA_SEND_REQ(hirda, IRDA_RXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST);
-  }
-
-  /* IRDA in mode Transmitter ------------------------------------------------*/
- if((__HAL_IRDA_GET_IT(hirda, IRDA_IT_TXE) != RESET) &&(__HAL_IRDA_GET_IT_SOURCE(hirda, IRDA_IT_TXE) != RESET))
-  {
-    IRDA_Transmit_IT(hirda);
-  }
-
-  /* IRDA in mode Transmitter (transmission end) -----------------------------*/
- if((__HAL_IRDA_GET_IT(hirda, IRDA_IT_TC) != RESET) &&(__HAL_IRDA_GET_IT_SOURCE(hirda, IRDA_IT_TC) != RESET))
-  {
-    IRDA_EndTransmit_IT(hirda);
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Tx Transfer complete callbacks.
-  * @param  hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified IRDA module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
- __weak void HAL_IRDA_TxHalfCpltCallback(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_IRDA_TxHalfCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Tx Half Transfer completed callbacks.
-  * @param  hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified USART module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
- __weak void HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Rx Transfer complete callbacks.
-  * @param  hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified IRDA module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_IRDA_RxHalfCpltCallback(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_IRDA_RxHalfCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Rx Half Transfer complete callbacks.
-  * @param  hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified IRDA module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief IRDA error callbacks.
-  * @param  hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified IRDA module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
- __weak void HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback can be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup IRDA_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions
-  *  @brief   IRDA control functions
-  *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-                      ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]
-    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the IRDA.
-     (+) HAL_IRDA_GetState() API can be helpful to check in run-time the state of the IRDA peripheral.
-     (+) IRDA_SetConfig() API is used to configure the IRDA communications parameters.
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Returns the IRDA state.
-  * @param  hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified IRDA module.
-  * @retval HAL state
-  */
-HAL_IRDA_StateTypeDef HAL_IRDA_GetState(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda)
-{
-  return hirda->State;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Return the IRDA error code
-  * @param  hirda : pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *              the configuration information for the specified IRDA.
-* @retval IRDA Error Code
-*/
-uint32_t HAL_IRDA_GetError(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda)
-{
-  return hirda->ErrorCode;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief Configure the IRDA peripheral
-  * @param hirda: irda handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void IRDA_SetConfig(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda)
-{
-  uint32_t tmpreg      = 0x00000000;
-  uint32_t clocksource = 0x00000000;
-
-  /* Check the communication parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_IRDA_BAUDRATE(hirda->Init.BaudRate));
-  assert_param(IS_IRDA_WORD_LENGTH(hirda->Init.WordLength));
-  assert_param(IS_IRDA_PARITY(hirda->Init.Parity));
-  assert_param(IS_IRDA_TX_RX_MODE(hirda->Init.Mode));
-  assert_param(IS_IRDA_PRESCALER(hirda->Init.Prescaler));
-  assert_param(IS_IRDA_POWERMODE(hirda->Init.PowerMode));
-  /*-------------------------- USART CR1 Configuration -----------------------*/
-  /* Configure the IRDA Word Length, Parity and transfer Mode:
-  Set the M bits according to hirda->Init.WordLength value
-  Set PCE and PS bits according to hirda->Init.Parity value
-  Set TE and RE bits according to hirda->Init.Mode value */
-  tmpreg = (uint32_t)hirda->Init.WordLength | hirda->Init.Parity | hirda->Init.Mode ;
-
-  MODIFY_REG(hirda->Instance->CR1, IRDA_CR1_FIELDS, tmpreg);
-
-  /*-------------------------- USART CR3 Configuration -----------------------*/
-  MODIFY_REG(hirda->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_IRLP, hirda->Init.PowerMode);
-
-  /*-------------------------- USART GTPR Configuration ----------------------*/
-  MODIFY_REG(hirda->Instance->GTPR, (uint32_t)USART_GTPR_PSC, hirda->Init.Prescaler);
-
-  /*-------------------------- USART BRR Configuration -----------------------*/
-  IRDA_GETCLOCKSOURCE(hirda, clocksource);
-  switch (clocksource)
-  {
-  case IRDA_CLOCKSOURCE_PCLK1:
-    hirda->Instance->BRR = (uint16_t)(HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq() / hirda->Init.BaudRate);
-    break;
-  case IRDA_CLOCKSOURCE_PCLK2:
-    hirda->Instance->BRR = (uint16_t)(HAL_RCC_GetPCLK2Freq() / hirda->Init.BaudRate);
-    break;
-  case IRDA_CLOCKSOURCE_HSI:
-    hirda->Instance->BRR = (uint16_t)(HSI_VALUE / hirda->Init.BaudRate);
-    break;
-  case IRDA_CLOCKSOURCE_SYSCLK:
-    hirda->Instance->BRR = (uint16_t)(HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq() / hirda->Init.BaudRate);
-    break;
-  case IRDA_CLOCKSOURCE_LSE:
-    hirda->Instance->BRR = (uint16_t)(LSE_VALUE / hirda->Init.BaudRate);
-    break;
-  default:
-    break;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Check the IRDA Idle State
-  * @param  hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified IRDA module.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef IRDA_CheckIdleState(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda)
-{
-  /* Initialize the IRDA ErrorCode */
-  hirda->ErrorCode = HAL_IRDA_ERROR_NONE;
-
-  /* Check if the Transmitter is enabled */
-  if((hirda->Instance->CR1 & USART_CR1_TE) == USART_CR1_TE)
-  {
-    /* Wait until TEACK flag is set */
-    if(IRDA_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hirda, USART_ISR_TEACK, RESET, TEACK_REACK_TIMEOUT) != HAL_OK)
-    {
-      hirda->State= HAL_IRDA_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-    }
-  }
-  /* Check if the Receiver is enabled */
-  if((hirda->Instance->CR1 & USART_CR1_RE) == USART_CR1_RE)
-  {
-    if(IRDA_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hirda, USART_ISR_REACK, RESET, TEACK_REACK_TIMEOUT) != HAL_OK)
-    {
-      hirda->State= HAL_IRDA_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-    }
-  }
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hirda);
-
-  /* Initialize the IRDA state*/
-  hirda->State= HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY;
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  This function handles IRDA Communication Timeout.
-  * @param  hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified IRDA module.
-  * @param  Flag: specifies the IRDA flag to check.
-  * @param  Status: The new Flag status (SET or RESET).
-  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef IRDA_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0x00;
-  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-  /* Wait until flag is set */
-  if(Status == RESET)
-  {
-    while(__HAL_IRDA_GET_FLAG(hirda, Flag) == RESET)
-    {
-      /* Check for the Timeout */
-      if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
-      {
-        if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
-        {
-          /* Disable TXE, RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts for the interrupt process */
-          __HAL_IRDA_DISABLE_IT(hirda, IRDA_IT_TXE);
-          __HAL_IRDA_DISABLE_IT(hirda, IRDA_IT_RXNE);
-          __HAL_IRDA_DISABLE_IT(hirda, IRDA_IT_PE);
-          __HAL_IRDA_DISABLE_IT(hirda, IRDA_IT_ERR);
-
-          hirda->State= HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY;
-
-          /* Process Unlocked */
-          __HAL_UNLOCK(hirda);
-
-          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    while(__HAL_IRDA_GET_FLAG(hirda, Flag) != RESET)
-    {
-      /* Check for the Timeout */
-      if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
-      {
-        if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
-        {
-          /* Disable TXE, RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts for the interrupt process */
-          __HAL_IRDA_DISABLE_IT(hirda, IRDA_IT_TXE);
-          __HAL_IRDA_DISABLE_IT(hirda, IRDA_IT_RXNE);
-          __HAL_IRDA_DISABLE_IT(hirda, IRDA_IT_PE);
-          __HAL_IRDA_DISABLE_IT(hirda, IRDA_IT_ERR);
-
-          hirda->State= HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY;
-
-          /* Process Unlocked */
-          __HAL_UNLOCK(hirda);
-
-          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Send an amount of data in non blocking mode.
-  * @param  hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified IRDA module.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef IRDA_Transmit_IT(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda)
-{
-  uint16_t* tmp;
-
-  if((hirda->State == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX) || (hirda->State == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX))
-  {
-    if(hirda->TxXferCount == 0)
-    {
-      /* Disable the IRDA Transmit Complete Interrupt */
-      __HAL_IRDA_DISABLE_IT(hirda, IRDA_IT_TXE);
-
-      if(hirda->State == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX)
-      {
-        hirda->State = HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_RX;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        /* Disable the IRDA Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */
-        __HAL_IRDA_DISABLE_IT(hirda, IRDA_IT_ERR);
-
-        hirda->State = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY;
-      }
-
-      HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback(hirda);
-
-      return HAL_OK;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      if ((hirda->Init.WordLength == IRDA_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (hirda->Init.Parity == IRDA_PARITY_NONE))
-      {
-        tmp = (uint16_t*) hirda->pTxBuffPtr;
-        hirda->Instance->TDR = (*tmp & (uint16_t)0x01FF);
-        hirda->pTxBuffPtr += 2;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        hirda->Instance->TDR = (uint8_t)(*hirda->pTxBuffPtr++ & (uint8_t)0xFF);
-      }
-      hirda->TxXferCount--;
-      return HAL_OK;
-    }
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Wraps up transmission in non blocking mode.
-  * @param  hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified IRDA module.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef IRDA_EndTransmit_IT(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda)
-{
-  /* Disable the IRDA Transmit Complete Interrupt */
-  __HAL_IRDA_DISABLE_IT(hirda, IRDA_IT_TC);
-
-  /* Check if a receive process is ongoing or not */
-  if(hirda->State == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX)
-  {
-    hirda->State = HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_RX;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    /* Disable the IRDA Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */
-    __HAL_IRDA_DISABLE_IT(hirda, IRDA_IT_ERR);
-
-    hirda->State = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY;
-  }
-
-  HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback(hirda);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Receive an amount of data in non blocking mode.
-  *         Function called under interruption only, once
-  *         interruptions have been enabled by HAL_IRDA_Receive_IT()
-  * @param  hirda: pointer to a IRDA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified IRDA module.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef IRDA_Receive_IT(IRDA_HandleTypeDef *hirda)
-{
-  uint16_t* tmp;
-  uint16_t uhMask = hirda->Mask;
-
-  if ((hirda->State == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_RX) || (hirda->State == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX))
-  {
-    if ((hirda->Init.WordLength == IRDA_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (hirda->Init.Parity == IRDA_PARITY_NONE))
-    {
-      tmp = (uint16_t*) hirda->pRxBuffPtr ;
-      *tmp = (uint16_t)(hirda->Instance->RDR & uhMask);
-      hirda->pRxBuffPtr  +=2;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      *hirda->pRxBuffPtr++ = (uint8_t)(hirda->Instance->RDR & (uint8_t)uhMask);
-    }
-
-    if(--hirda->RxXferCount == 0)
-    {
-      while(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hirda->Instance->ISR, IRDA_FLAG_RXNE))
-      {
-      }
-      __HAL_IRDA_DISABLE_IT(hirda, IRDA_IT_RXNE);
-
-      if(hirda->State == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX)
-      {
-        hirda->State = HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        /* Disable the IRDA Parity Error Interrupt */
-        __HAL_IRDA_DISABLE_IT(hirda, IRDA_IT_PE);
-
-        /* Disable the IRDA Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */
-        __HAL_IRDA_DISABLE_IT(hirda, IRDA_IT_ERR);
-
-        hirda->State = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY;
-      }
-
-      HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback(hirda);
-
-      return HAL_OK;
-    }
-
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief DMA IRDA Tx transfer completed callback
-  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void IRDA_DMATransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  IRDA_HandleTypeDef* hirda = ( IRDA_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
-
-  /* DMA Normal mode*/
-  if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CIRC) == 0)
-  {
-    hirda->TxXferCount = 0;
-
-    /* Disable the DMA transfer for transmit request by setting the DMAT bit
-       in the IRDA CR3 register */
-    hirda->Instance->CR3 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR3_DMAT);
-
-    /* Enable the IRDA Transmit Complete Interrupt */
-    __HAL_IRDA_ENABLE_IT(hirda, IRDA_IT_TC);
-  }
-  /* DMA Circular mode */
-  else
-  {
-   HAL_IRDA_TxCpltCallback(hirda);
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief DMA IRDA receive process half complete callback
-  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void IRDA_DMATransmitHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  IRDA_HandleTypeDef* hirda = ( IRDA_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
-
-  HAL_IRDA_TxHalfCpltCallback(hirda);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief DMA IRDA Rx Transfer completed callback
-  * @param hdma: DMA handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void IRDA_DMAReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  IRDA_HandleTypeDef* hirda = ( IRDA_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
-
-  /* DMA Normal mode */
-  if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CIRC) == 0)
-  {
-    hirda->RxXferCount = 0;
-
-    /* Disable the DMA transfer for the receiver request by setting the DMAR bit
-       in the IRDA CR3 register */
-    hirda->Instance->CR3 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)USART_CR3_DMAR);
-
-    if(hirda->State == HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX)
-    {
-      hirda->State = HAL_IRDA_STATE_BUSY_TX;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      hirda->State = HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY;
-    }
-  }
-
-  HAL_IRDA_RxCpltCallback(hirda);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief DMA IRDA receive process half complete callback
-  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void IRDA_DMAReceiveHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  IRDA_HandleTypeDef* hirda = ( IRDA_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
-
-  HAL_IRDA_RxHalfCpltCallback(hirda);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief DMA IRDA communication error callback
-  * @param hdma: DMA handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void IRDA_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  IRDA_HandleTypeDef* hirda = ( IRDA_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
-  hirda->RxXferCount = 0;
-  hirda->TxXferCount = 0;
-  hirda->State= HAL_IRDA_STATE_READY;
-  hirda->ErrorCode |= HAL_IRDA_ERROR_DMA;
-  HAL_IRDA_ErrorCallback(hirda);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-#endif /* HAL_IRDA_MODULE_ENABLED */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_iwdg.c b/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_iwdg.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 7d89d720e8..0000000000
--- a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_iwdg.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,423 +0,0 @@
-/**
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @file    stm32f7xx_hal_iwdg.c
-  * @author  MCD Application Team
-  * @version V1.0.1
-  * @date    25-June-2015
-  * @brief   IWDG HAL module driver.
-  *
-  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
-  *          functionalities of the Independent Watchdog (IWDG) peripheral:
-  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
-  *           + IO operation functions
-  *           + Peripheral State functions
-  *
-  @verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                    ##### IWDG Generic features #####
-  ==============================================================================
-    [..]
-    (+) The IWDG can be started by either software or hardware (configurable
-         through option byte).
-
-    (+) The IWDG is clocked by its own dedicated Low-Speed clock (LSI) and
-         thus stays active even if the main clock fails.
-         Once the IWDG is started, the LSI is forced ON and cannot be disabled
-         (LSI cannot be disabled too), and the counter starts counting down from
-         the reset value of 0xFFF. When it reaches the end of count value (0x000)
-         a system reset is generated.
-
-    (+) The IWDG counter should be refreshed at regular intervals, otherwise the
-         watchdog generates an MCU reset when the counter reaches 0.
-
-    (+) The IWDG is implemented in the VDD voltage domain that is still functional
-         in STOP and STANDBY mode (IWDG reset can wake-up from STANDBY).
-         IWDGRST flag in RCC_CSR register can be used to inform when an IWDG
-         reset occurs.
-
-    [..] Min-max timeout value @32KHz (LSI): ~125us / ~32.7s
-         The IWDG timeout may vary due to LSI frequency dispersion. STM32L4xx
-         devices provide the capability to measure the LSI frequency (LSI clock
-         connected internally to TIM16 CH1 input capture). The measured value
-         can be used to have an IWDG timeout with an acceptable accuracy.
-
-
-                     ##### How to use this driver #####
-  ==============================================================================
-    [..]
-    If Window option is disabled
-
-      (+) Use IWDG using HAL_IWDG_Init() function to :
-         (++) Enable write access to IWDG_PR, IWDG_RLR.
-         (++) Configure the IWDG prescaler, counter reload value.
-              This reload value will be loaded in the IWDG counter each time the counter
-              is reloaded, then the IWDG will start counting down from this value.
-      (+) Use IWDG using HAL_IWDG_Start() function to :
-         (++) Reload IWDG counter with value defined in the IWDG_RLR register.
-         (++) Start the IWDG, when the IWDG is used in software mode (no need
-              to enable the LSI, it will be enabled by hardware).
-      (+) Then the application program must refresh the IWDG counter at regular
-          intervals during normal operation to prevent an MCU reset, using
-          HAL_IWDG_Refresh() function.
-    [..]
-    if Window option is enabled:
-
-      (+) Use IWDG using HAL_IWDG_Start() function to enable IWDG downcounter
-      (+) Use IWDG using HAL_IWDG_Init() function to :
-         (++) Enable write access to IWDG_PR, IWDG_RLR and IWDG_WINR registers.
-         (++) Configure the IWDG prescaler, reload value and window value.
-      (+) Then the application program must refresh the IWDG counter at regular
-          intervals during normal operation to prevent an MCU reset, using
-          HAL_IWDG_Refresh() function.
-
-     *** IWDG HAL driver macros list ***
-     ====================================
-     [..]
-       Below the list of most used macros in IWDG HAL driver.
-
-      (+) __HAL_IWDG_START: Enable the IWDG peripheral
-      (+) __HAL_IWDG_RELOAD_COUNTER: Reloads IWDG counter with value defined in the reload register
-      (+) __HAL_IWDG_GET_FLAG: Get the selected IWDG's flag status
-      (+) IWDG_ENABLE_WRITE_ACCESS : Enable write access to IWDG_PR and IWDG_RLR registers
-      (+) IWDG_DISABLE_WRITE_ACCESS : Disable write access to IWDG_PR and IWDG_RLR registers
-
-  @endverbatim
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @attention
-  *
-  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
-  *
-  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
-  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
-  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
-  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
-  *      without specific prior written permission.
-  *
-  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
-  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
-  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
-  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
-  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
-  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
-  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
-  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
-  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
-  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-  *
-  ******************************************************************************
-  */
-
-/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
-
-/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup IWDG IWDG HAL module driver
-  * @brief IWDG HAL module driver.
-  * @{
-  */
-
-#ifdef HAL_IWDG_MODULE_ENABLED
-
-/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/** @defgroup IWDG_Private_Defines IWDG Private Defines
-  * @{
-  */
-
-#define HAL_IWDG_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT (uint32_t)1000
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
-/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/** @defgroup IWDG_Exported_Functions IWDG Exported Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup IWDG_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
- *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions.
- *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-          ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
-      (+) Initialize the IWDG according to the specified parameters
-          in the IWDG_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle
-      (+) Manage Window option
-      (+) Initialize the IWDG MSP
-      (+) DeInitialize IWDG MSP
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the IWDG according to the specified
-  *         parameters in the IWDG_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle.
-  * @param  hiwdg: pointer to a IWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified IWDG module.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IWDG_Init(IWDG_HandleTypeDef *hiwdg)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-
-  /* Check the IWDG handle allocation */
-  if(hiwdg == NULL)
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_IWDG_PRESCALER(hiwdg->Init.Prescaler));
-  assert_param(IS_IWDG_RELOAD(hiwdg->Init.Reload));
-  assert_param(IS_IWDG_WINDOW(hiwdg->Init.Window));
-
-  /* Check pending flag, if previous update not done, return error */
-  if((__HAL_IWDG_GET_FLAG(hiwdg, IWDG_FLAG_PVU) != RESET)
-     &&(__HAL_IWDG_GET_FLAG(hiwdg, IWDG_FLAG_RVU) != RESET)
-     &&(__HAL_IWDG_GET_FLAG(hiwdg, IWDG_FLAG_WVU) != RESET))
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if(hiwdg->State == HAL_IWDG_STATE_RESET)
-  {
-    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
-    hiwdg->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
-
-    /* Init the low level hardware */
-    HAL_IWDG_MspInit(hiwdg);
-  }
-
-  /* Change IWDG peripheral state */
-  hiwdg->State = HAL_IWDG_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Enable write access to IWDG_PR, IWDG_RLR and IWDG_WINR registers */
-  /* by writing 0x5555 in KR */
-  IWDG_ENABLE_WRITE_ACCESS(hiwdg);
-
-  /* Write to IWDG registers the IWDG_Prescaler & IWDG_Reload values to work with */
-  MODIFY_REG(hiwdg->Instance->PR, (uint32_t)IWDG_PR_PR, hiwdg->Init.Prescaler);
-  MODIFY_REG(hiwdg->Instance->RLR, (uint32_t)IWDG_RLR_RL, hiwdg->Init.Reload);
-
-  /* check if window option is enabled */
-  if (((hiwdg->Init.Window) != IWDG_WINDOW_DISABLE) || ((hiwdg->Instance->WINR) != IWDG_WINDOW_DISABLE))
-  {
-    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-     /* Wait for register to be updated */
-    while((uint32_t)(hiwdg->Instance->SR) != RESET)
-    {
-      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > HAL_IWDG_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT)
-      {
-        /* Set IWDG state */
-        hiwdg->State = HAL_IWDG_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Write to IWDG WINR the IWDG_Window value to compare with */
-    MODIFY_REG(hiwdg->Instance->WINR, (uint32_t)IWDG_WINR_WIN, hiwdg->Init.Window);
-  }
-
-  /* Change IWDG peripheral state */
-  hiwdg->State = HAL_IWDG_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the IWDG MSP.
-  * @param  hiwdg: pointer to a IWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified IWDG module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_IWDG_MspInit(IWDG_HandleTypeDef *hiwdg)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_IWDG_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup IWDG_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
- *  @brief   IO operation functions
- *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-                      ##### IO operation functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
-      (+) Start the IWDG.
-      (+) Refresh the IWDG.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Starts the IWDG.
-  * @param  hiwdg: pointer to a IWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified IWDG module.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IWDG_Start(IWDG_HandleTypeDef *hiwdg)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-
-  /* Process locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hiwdg);
-
-    /* Change IWDG peripheral state */
-  hiwdg->State = HAL_IWDG_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Reload IWDG counter with value defined in the RLR register */
-  if ((hiwdg->Init.Window) == IWDG_WINDOW_DISABLE)
-  {
-    __HAL_IWDG_RELOAD_COUNTER(hiwdg);
-  }
-
-  /* Start the IWDG peripheral */
-  __HAL_IWDG_START(hiwdg);
-
-  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-  /* Wait until PVU, RVU, WVU flag are RESET */
-  while( (__HAL_IWDG_GET_FLAG(hiwdg, IWDG_FLAG_PVU) != RESET)
-         &&(__HAL_IWDG_GET_FLAG(hiwdg, IWDG_FLAG_RVU) != RESET)
-         &&(__HAL_IWDG_GET_FLAG(hiwdg, IWDG_FLAG_WVU) != RESET) )
-  {
-
-    if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > HAL_IWDG_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT)
-    {
-      /* Set IWDG state */
-      hiwdg->State = HAL_IWDG_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-
-      /* Process unlocked */
-      __HAL_UNLOCK(hiwdg);
-
-      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Change IWDG peripheral state */
-  hiwdg->State = HAL_IWDG_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hiwdg);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Refreshes the IWDG.
-  * @param  hiwdg: pointer to a IWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified IWDG module.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IWDG_Refresh(IWDG_HandleTypeDef *hiwdg)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hiwdg);
-
-    /* Change IWDG peripheral state */
-  hiwdg->State = HAL_IWDG_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-  /* Wait until RVU flag is RESET */
-  while(__HAL_IWDG_GET_FLAG(hiwdg, IWDG_FLAG_RVU) != RESET)
-  {
-    if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > HAL_IWDG_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT)
-    {
-      /* Set IWDG state */
-      hiwdg->State = HAL_IWDG_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-
-       /* Process unlocked */
-      __HAL_UNLOCK(hiwdg);
-
-      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Reload IWDG counter with value defined in the reload register */
-  __HAL_IWDG_RELOAD_COUNTER(hiwdg);
-
-  /* Change IWDG peripheral state */
-  hiwdg->State = HAL_IWDG_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hiwdg);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup IWDG_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State functions
- *  @brief    Peripheral State functions.
- *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-                      ##### Peripheral State functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]
-    This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Returns the IWDG state.
-  * @param  hiwdg: pointer to a IWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified IWDG module.
-  * @retval HAL state
-  */
-HAL_IWDG_StateTypeDef HAL_IWDG_GetState(IWDG_HandleTypeDef *hiwdg)
-{
-  return hiwdg->State;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-#endif /* HAL_IWDG_MODULE_ENABLED */
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_lptim.c b/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_lptim.c
deleted file mode 100644
index a628492489..0000000000
--- a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_lptim.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1652 +0,0 @@
-/**
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @file    stm32f7xx_hal_lptim.c
-  * @author  MCD Application Team
-  * @version V1.0.1
-  * @date    25-June-2015
-  * @brief   LPTIM HAL module driver.
-  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
-  *          functionalities of the Low Power Timer (LPTIM) peripheral:
-  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions.
-  *           + Start/Stop operation functions in polling mode.
-  *           + Start/Stop operation functions in interrupt mode.
-  *           + Reading operation functions.
-  *           + Peripheral State functions.
-  *
-  @verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                     ##### How to use this driver #####
-  ==============================================================================
-    [..]
-      The LPTIM HAL driver can be used as follows:
-
-      (#)Initialize the LPTIM low level resources by implementing the
-        HAL_LPTIM_MspInit():
-         (##) Enable the LPTIM interface clock using __LPTIMx_CLK_ENABLE().
-         (##) In case of using interrupts (e.g. HAL_LPTIM_PWM_Start_IT()):
-             (+) Configure the LPTIM interrupt priority using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority().
-             (+) Enable the LPTIM IRQ handler using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ().
-             (+) In LPTIM IRQ handler, call HAL_LPTIM_IRQHandler().
-
-      (#)Initialize the LPTIM HAL using HAL_LPTIM_Init(). This function
-         configures mainly:
-         (##) The instance: LPTIM1.
-         (##) Clock: the counter clock.
-                 - Source   : it can be either the ULPTIM input (IN1) or one of
-                              the internal clock; (APB, LSE, LSI or MSI).
-                 - Prescaler: select the clock divider.
-         (##)  UltraLowPowerClock : To be used only if the ULPTIM is selected
-               as counter clock source.
-                 - Polarity:   polarity of the active edge for the counter unit
-                               if the ULPTIM input is selected.
-                 - SampleTime: clock sampling time to configure the clock glitch
-                               filter.
-         (##) Trigger: How the counter start.
-                 - Source: trigger can be software or one of the hardware triggers.
-                 - ActiveEdge : only for hardware trigger.
-                 - SampleTime : trigger sampling time to configure the trigger
-                                glitch filter.
-         (##) OutputPolarity : 2 opposite polarities are possibles.
-         (##) UpdateMode: specifies whether the update of the autoreload and
-              the compare values is done immediately or after the end of current
-              period.
-
-      (#)Six modes are available:
-
-         (##) PWM Mode: To generate a PWM signal with specified period and pulse,
-         call HAL_LPTIM_PWM_Start() or HAL_LPTIM_PWM_Start_IT() for interruption
-         mode.
-
-         (##) One Pulse Mode: To generate pulse with specified width in response
-         to a stimulus, call HAL_LPTIM_OnePulse_Start() or
-         HAL_LPTIM_OnePulse_Start_IT() for interruption mode.
-
-         (##) Set once Mode: In this mode, the output changes the level (from
-         low level to high level if the output polarity is configured high, else
-         the opposite) when a compare match occurs. To start this mode, call
-         HAL_LPTIM_SetOnce_Start() or HAL_LPTIM_SetOnce_Start_IT() for
-         interruption mode.
-
-         (##) Encoder Mode: To use the encoder interface call
-         HAL_LPTIM_Encoder_Start() or HAL_LPTIM_Encoder_Start_IT() for
-         interruption mode.
-
-         (##) Time out Mode: an active edge on one selected trigger input rests
-         the counter. The first trigger event will start the timer, any
-         successive trigger event will reset the counter and the timer will
-         restart. To start this mode call HAL_LPTIM_TimeOut_Start_IT() or
-         HAL_LPTIM_TimeOut_Start_IT() for interruption mode.
-
-         (##) Counter Mode: counter can be used to count external events on
-         the LPTIM Input1 or it can be used to count internal clock cycles.
-         To start this mode, call HAL_LPTIM_Counter_Start() or
-         HAL_LPTIM_Counter_Start_IT() for interruption mode.
-
-
-      (#) User can stop any process by calling the corresponding API:
-          HAL_LPTIM_Xxx_Stop() or HAL_LPTIM_Xxx_Stop_IT() if the process is
-          already started in interruption mode.
-
-       (#)Call HAL_LPTIM_DeInit() to deinitialize the LPTIM peripheral.
-
-  @endverbatim
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @attention
-  *
-  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
-  *
-  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
-  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
-  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
-  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
-  *      without specific prior written permission.
-  *
-  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
-  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
-  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
-  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
-  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
-  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
-  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
-  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
-  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
-  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-  *
-  ******************************************************************************
-  */
-
-/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
-
-/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup LPTIM LPTIM
-  * @brief LPTIM HAL module driver.
-  * @{
-  */
-
-#ifdef HAL_LPTIM_MODULE_ENABLED
-/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/** @defgroup LPTIM_Private_Types LPTIM Private Types
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/* Private defines -----------------------------------------------------------*/
-/** @defgroup LPTIM_Private_Defines LPTIM Private Defines
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/** @addtogroup LPTIM_Private_Variables LPTIM Private Variables
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/** @addtogroup LPTIM_Private_Constants LPTIM Private Constants
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/** @addtogroup LPTIM_Private_Macros LPTIM Private Macros
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
-/** @addtogroup LPTIM_Private_Functions_Prototypes LPTIM Private Functions Prototypes
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/** @addtogroup LPTIM_Private_Functions LPTIM Private Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/** @defgroup LPTIM_Exported_Functions LPTIM Exported Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup LPTIM_Group1 Initialization/de-initialization functions
- *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions.
- *
-@verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-              ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
-  ==============================================================================
-    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
-      (+) Initialize the LPTIM according to the specified parameters in the
-          LPTIM_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle.
-      (+) DeInitialize the LPTIM peripheral.
-      (+) Initialize the LPTIM MSP.
-      (+) DeInitialize LPTIM MSP.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the LPTIM according to the specified parameters in the
-  *         LPTIM_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle.
-  * @param  hlptim: LPTIM handle
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_Init(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef *hlptim)
-{
-  uint32_t tmpcfgr = 0;
-
-  /* Check the LPTIM handle allocation */
-  if(hlptim == NULL)
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_LPTIM_INSTANCE(hlptim->Instance));
-
-  assert_param(IS_LPTIM_CLOCK_SOURCE(hlptim->Init.Clock.Source));
-  assert_param(IS_LPTIM_CLOCK_PRESCALER(hlptim->Init.Clock.Prescaler));
-  if ((hlptim->Init.Clock.Source) ==  LPTIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ULPTIM)
-  {
-    assert_param(IS_LPTIM_CLOCK_POLARITY(hlptim->Init.UltraLowPowerClock.Polarity));
-    assert_param(IS_LPTIM_CLOCK_SAMPLE_TIME(hlptim->Init.UltraLowPowerClock.SampleTime));
-  }
-  assert_param(IS_LPTIM_TRG_SOURCE(hlptim->Init.Trigger.Source));
-  if ((hlptim->Init.Trigger.Source) !=  LPTIM_TRIGSOURCE_SOFTWARE)
-  {
-    assert_param(IS_LPTIM_TRIG_SAMPLE_TIME(hlptim->Init.Trigger.SampleTime));
-    assert_param(IS_LPTIM_EXT_TRG_POLARITY(hlptim->Init.Trigger.ActiveEdge));
-  }
-  assert_param(IS_LPTIM_OUTPUT_POLARITY(hlptim->Init.OutputPolarity));
-  assert_param(IS_LPTIM_UPDATE_MODE(hlptim->Init.UpdateMode));
-  assert_param(IS_LPTIM_COUNTER_SOURCE(hlptim->Init.CounterSource));
-
-  if(hlptim->State == HAL_LPTIM_STATE_RESET)
-  {
-    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
-    hlptim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
-    /* Init the low level hardware */
-    HAL_LPTIM_MspInit(hlptim);
-  }
-
-  /* Change the LPTIM state */
-  hlptim->State = HAL_LPTIM_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Get the LPTIMx CFGR value */
-  tmpcfgr = hlptim->Instance->CFGR;
-
-  if ((hlptim->Init.Clock.Source) ==  LPTIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ULPTIM)
-  {
-    tmpcfgr &= (uint32_t)(~(LPTIM_CFGR_CKPOL | LPTIM_CFGR_CKFLT));
-  }
-  if ((hlptim->Init.Trigger.Source) !=  LPTIM_TRIGSOURCE_SOFTWARE)
-  {
-    tmpcfgr &= (uint32_t)(~ (LPTIM_CFGR_TRGFLT | LPTIM_CFGR_TRIGSEL));
-  }
-
-  /* Clear CKSEL, PRESC, TRIGEN, TRGFLT, WAVPOL, PRELOAD & COUNTMODE bits */
-  tmpcfgr &= (uint32_t)(~(LPTIM_CFGR_CKSEL | LPTIM_CFGR_TRIGEN | LPTIM_CFGR_PRELOAD |
-                          LPTIM_CFGR_WAVPOL | LPTIM_CFGR_PRESC | LPTIM_CFGR_COUNTMODE ));
-
-  /* Set initialization parameters */
-  tmpcfgr |= (hlptim->Init.Clock.Source    |
-              hlptim->Init.Clock.Prescaler |
-              hlptim->Init.OutputPolarity  |
-              hlptim->Init.UpdateMode      |
-              hlptim->Init.CounterSource);
-
-  if ((hlptim->Init.Clock.Source) ==  LPTIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ULPTIM)
-  {
-    tmpcfgr |=  (hlptim->Init.UltraLowPowerClock.Polarity |
-                hlptim->Init.UltraLowPowerClock.SampleTime);
-  }
-
-  if ((hlptim->Init.Trigger.Source) !=  LPTIM_TRIGSOURCE_SOFTWARE)
-  {
-    /* Enable External trigger and set the trigger source */
-    tmpcfgr |= (hlptim->Init.Trigger.Source     |
-                hlptim->Init.Trigger.ActiveEdge |
-                hlptim->Init.Trigger.SampleTime);
-  }
-
-  /* Write to LPTIMx CFGR */
-  hlptim->Instance->CFGR = tmpcfgr;
-
-  /* Change the LPTIM state */
-  hlptim->State = HAL_LPTIM_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  DeInitializes the LPTIM peripheral.
-  * @param  hlptim: LPTIM handle
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_DeInit(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef *hlptim)
-{
-  /* Check the LPTIM handle allocation */
-  if(hlptim == NULL)
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Change the LPTIM state */
-  hlptim->State = HAL_LPTIM_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Disable the LPTIM Peripheral Clock */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_DISABLE(hlptim);
-
-  /* DeInit the low level hardware: CLOCK, NVIC.*/
-  HAL_LPTIM_MspDeInit(hlptim);
-
-  /* Change the LPTIM state */
-  hlptim->State = HAL_LPTIM_STATE_RESET;
-
-  /* Release Lock */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hlptim);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the LPTIM MSP.
-  * @param  hlptim: LPTIM handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_LPTIM_MspInit(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef *hlptim)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_LPTIM_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  DeInitializes LPTIM MSP.
-  * @param  hlptim: LPTIM handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_LPTIM_MspDeInit(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef *hlptim)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_LPTIM_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup LPTIM_Group2 LPTIM Start-Stop operation functions
- *  @brief   Start-Stop operation functions.
- *
-@verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                ##### LPTIM Start Stop operation functions #####
-  ==============================================================================
-    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
-      (+) Start the PWM mode.
-      (+) Stop the PWM mode.
-      (+) Start the One pulse mode.
-      (+) Stop the One pulse mode.
-      (+) Start the Set once mode.
-      (+) Stop the Set once mode.
-      (+) Start the Encoder mode.
-      (+) Stop the Encoder mode.
-      (+) Start the Timeout mode.
-      (+) Stop the Timeout mode.
-      (+) Start the Counter mode.
-      (+) Stop the Counter mode.
-
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Starts the LPTIM PWM generation.
-  * @param  hlptim : LPTIM handle
-  * @param  Period : Specifies the Autoreload value.
-  *         This parameter must be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF.
-  * @param  Pulse : Specifies the compare value.
-  *         This parameter must be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_PWM_Start(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef *hlptim, uint32_t Period, uint32_t Pulse)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_LPTIM_INSTANCE(hlptim->Instance));
-  assert_param(IS_LPTIM_PERIOD(Period));
-  assert_param(IS_LPTIM_PULSE(Pulse));
-
-  /* Set the LPTIM state */
-  hlptim->State= HAL_LPTIM_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Reset WAVE bit to set PWM mode */
-  hlptim->Instance->CFGR &= ~LPTIM_CFGR_WAVE;
-
-  /* Enable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_ENABLE(hlptim);
-
-  /* Load the period value in the autoreload register */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_AUTORELOAD_SET(hlptim, Period);
-
-  /* Load the pulse value in the compare register */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_COMPARE_SET(hlptim, Pulse);
-
-  /* Start timer in continuous mode */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_START_CONTINUOUS(hlptim);
-
-  /* Change the TIM state*/
-  hlptim->State= HAL_LPTIM_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Stops the LPTIM PWM generation.
-  * @param  hlptim : LPTIM handle
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_PWM_Stop(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef *hlptim)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_LPTIM_INSTANCE(hlptim->Instance));
-
-  /* Set the LPTIM state */
-  hlptim->State= HAL_LPTIM_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Disable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_DISABLE(hlptim);
-
-  /* Change the TIM state*/
-  hlptim->State= HAL_LPTIM_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Starts the LPTIM PWM generation in interrupt mode.
-  * @param  hlptim : LPTIM handle
-  * @param  Period : Specifies the Autoreload value.
-  *         This parameter must be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF
-  * @param  Pulse : Specifies the compare value.
-  *         This parameter must be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_PWM_Start_IT(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef *hlptim, uint32_t Period, uint32_t Pulse)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_LPTIM_INSTANCE(hlptim->Instance));
-  assert_param(IS_LPTIM_PERIOD(Period));
-  assert_param(IS_LPTIM_PULSE(Pulse));
-
-  /* Set the LPTIM state */
-  hlptim->State= HAL_LPTIM_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Reset WAVE bit to set PWM mode */
-  hlptim->Instance->CFGR &= ~LPTIM_CFGR_WAVE;
-
-  /* Enable Autoreload write complete interrupt */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_ENABLE_IT(hlptim, LPTIM_IT_ARROK);
-
-  /* Enable Compare write complete interrupt */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_ENABLE_IT(hlptim, LPTIM_IT_CMPOK);
-
-  /* Enable Autoreload match interrupt */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_ENABLE_IT(hlptim, LPTIM_IT_ARRM);
-
-  /* Enable Compare match interrupt */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_ENABLE_IT(hlptim, LPTIM_IT_CMPM);
-
-  /* If external trigger source is used, then enable external trigger interrupt */
-  if ((hlptim->Init.Trigger.Source) !=  LPTIM_TRIGSOURCE_SOFTWARE)
-  {
-    /* Enable external trigger interrupt */
-    __HAL_LPTIM_ENABLE_IT(hlptim, LPTIM_IT_EXTTRIG);
-  }
-
-  /* Enable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_ENABLE(hlptim);
-
-  /* Load the period value in the autoreload register */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_AUTORELOAD_SET(hlptim, Period);
-
-  /* Load the pulse value in the compare register */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_COMPARE_SET(hlptim, Pulse);
-
-  /* Start timer in continuous mode */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_START_CONTINUOUS(hlptim);
-
-  /* Change the TIM state*/
-  hlptim->State= HAL_LPTIM_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Stops the LPTIM PWM generation in interrupt mode.
-  * @param  hlptim : LPTIM handle
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_PWM_Stop_IT(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef *hlptim)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_LPTIM_INSTANCE(hlptim->Instance));
-
-  /* Set the LPTIM state */
-  hlptim->State= HAL_LPTIM_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Disable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_DISABLE(hlptim);
-
-    /* Disable Autoreload write complete interrupt */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_DISABLE_IT(hlptim, LPTIM_IT_ARROK);
-
-  /* Disable Compare write complete interrupt */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_DISABLE_IT(hlptim, LPTIM_IT_CMPOK);
-
-  /* Disable Autoreload match interrupt */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_DISABLE_IT(hlptim, LPTIM_IT_ARRM);
-
-  /* Disable Compare match interrupt */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_DISABLE_IT(hlptim, LPTIM_IT_CMPM);
-
-  /* If external trigger source is used, then disable external trigger interrupt */
-  if ((hlptim->Init.Trigger.Source) !=  LPTIM_TRIGSOURCE_SOFTWARE)
-  {
-    /* Disable external trigger interrupt */
-    __HAL_LPTIM_DISABLE_IT(hlptim, LPTIM_IT_EXTTRIG);
-  }
-
-  /* Change the TIM state*/
-  hlptim->State= HAL_LPTIM_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Starts the LPTIM One pulse generation.
-  * @param  hlptim : LPTIM handle
-  * @param  Period : Specifies the Autoreload value.
-  *         This parameter must be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF.
-  * @param  Pulse : Specifies the compare value.
-  *         This parameter must be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_OnePulse_Start(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef *hlptim, uint32_t Period, uint32_t Pulse)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_LPTIM_INSTANCE(hlptim->Instance));
-  assert_param(IS_LPTIM_PERIOD(Period));
-  assert_param(IS_LPTIM_PULSE(Pulse));
-
-  /* Set the LPTIM state */
-  hlptim->State= HAL_LPTIM_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Reset WAVE bit to set one pulse mode */
-  hlptim->Instance->CFGR &= ~LPTIM_CFGR_WAVE;
-
-  /* Enable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_ENABLE(hlptim);
-
-  /* Load the period value in the autoreload register */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_AUTORELOAD_SET(hlptim, Period);
-
-  /* Load the pulse value in the compare register */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_COMPARE_SET(hlptim, Pulse);
-
-  /* Start timer in continuous mode */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_START_SINGLE(hlptim);
-
-  /* Change the TIM state*/
-  hlptim->State= HAL_LPTIM_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Stops the LPTIM One pulse generation.
-  * @param  hlptim : LPTIM handle
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_OnePulse_Stop(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef *hlptim)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_LPTIM_INSTANCE(hlptim->Instance));
-
-  /* Set the LPTIM state */
-  hlptim->State= HAL_LPTIM_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Disable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_DISABLE(hlptim);
-
-  /* Change the TIM state*/
-  hlptim->State= HAL_LPTIM_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Starts the LPTIM One pulse generation in interrupt mode.
-  * @param  hlptim : LPTIM handle
-  * @param  Period : Specifies the Autoreload value.
-  *         This parameter must be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF.
-  * @param  Pulse : Specifies the compare value.
-  *         This parameter must be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_OnePulse_Start_IT(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef *hlptim, uint32_t Period, uint32_t Pulse)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_LPTIM_INSTANCE(hlptim->Instance));
-  assert_param(IS_LPTIM_PERIOD(Period));
-  assert_param(IS_LPTIM_PULSE(Pulse));
-
-  /* Set the LPTIM state */
-  hlptim->State= HAL_LPTIM_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Reset WAVE bit to set one pulse mode */
-  hlptim->Instance->CFGR &= ~LPTIM_CFGR_WAVE;
-
-  /* Enable Autoreload write complete interrupt */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_ENABLE_IT(hlptim, LPTIM_IT_ARROK);
-
-  /* Enable Compare write complete interrupt */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_ENABLE_IT(hlptim, LPTIM_IT_CMPOK);
-
-  /* Enable Autoreload match interrupt */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_ENABLE_IT(hlptim, LPTIM_IT_ARRM);
-
-  /* Enable Compare match interrupt */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_ENABLE_IT(hlptim, LPTIM_IT_CMPM);
-
-  /* If external trigger source is used, then enable external trigger interrupt */
-  if ((hlptim->Init.Trigger.Source) !=  LPTIM_TRIGSOURCE_SOFTWARE)
-  {
-    /* Enable external trigger interrupt */
-    __HAL_LPTIM_ENABLE_IT(hlptim, LPTIM_IT_EXTTRIG);
-  }
-
-  /* Enable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_ENABLE(hlptim);
-
-  /* Load the period value in the autoreload register */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_AUTORELOAD_SET(hlptim, Period);
-
-  /* Load the pulse value in the compare register */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_COMPARE_SET(hlptim, Pulse);
-
-  /* Start timer in continuous mode */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_START_SINGLE(hlptim);
-
-  /* Change the TIM state*/
-  hlptim->State= HAL_LPTIM_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Stops the LPTIM One pulse generation in interrupt mode.
-  * @param  hlptim : LPTIM handle
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_OnePulse_Stop_IT(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef *hlptim)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_LPTIM_INSTANCE(hlptim->Instance));
-
-  /* Set the LPTIM state */
-  hlptim->State= HAL_LPTIM_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Disable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_DISABLE(hlptim);
-
-  /* Disable Autoreload write complete interrupt */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_DISABLE_IT(hlptim, LPTIM_IT_ARROK);
-
-  /* Disable Compare write complete interrupt */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_DISABLE_IT(hlptim, LPTIM_IT_CMPOK);
-
-  /* Disable Autoreload match interrupt */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_DISABLE_IT(hlptim, LPTIM_IT_ARRM);
-
-  /* Disable Compare match interrupt */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_DISABLE_IT(hlptim, LPTIM_IT_CMPM);
-
-  /* If external trigger source is used, then disable external trigger interrupt */
-  if ((hlptim->Init.Trigger.Source) !=  LPTIM_TRIGSOURCE_SOFTWARE)
-  {
-    /* Disable external trigger interrupt */
-    __HAL_LPTIM_DISABLE_IT(hlptim, LPTIM_IT_EXTTRIG);
-  }
-
-  /* Change the TIM state*/
-  hlptim->State= HAL_LPTIM_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Starts the LPTIM in Set once mode.
-  * @param  hlptim : LPTIM handle
-  * @param  Period : Specifies the Autoreload value.
-  *         This parameter must be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF.
-  * @param  Pulse : Specifies the compare value.
-  *         This parameter must be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_SetOnce_Start(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef *hlptim, uint32_t Period, uint32_t Pulse)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_LPTIM_INSTANCE(hlptim->Instance));
-  assert_param(IS_LPTIM_PERIOD(Period));
-  assert_param(IS_LPTIM_PULSE(Pulse));
-
-  /* Set the LPTIM state */
-  hlptim->State= HAL_LPTIM_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Set WAVE bit to enable the set once mode */
-  hlptim->Instance->CFGR |= LPTIM_CFGR_WAVE;
-
-  /* Enable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_ENABLE(hlptim);
-
-  /* Load the period value in the autoreload register */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_AUTORELOAD_SET(hlptim, Period);
-
-  /* Load the pulse value in the compare register */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_COMPARE_SET(hlptim, Pulse);
-
-  /* Start timer in continuous mode */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_START_SINGLE(hlptim);
-
-  /* Change the TIM state*/
-  hlptim->State= HAL_LPTIM_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Stops the LPTIM Set once mode.
-  * @param  hlptim : LPTIM handle
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_SetOnce_Stop(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef *hlptim)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_LPTIM_INSTANCE(hlptim->Instance));
-
-  /* Set the LPTIM state */
-  hlptim->State= HAL_LPTIM_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Disable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_DISABLE(hlptim);
-
-  /* Change the TIM state*/
-  hlptim->State= HAL_LPTIM_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Starts the LPTIM Set once mode in interrupt mode.
-  * @param  hlptim : LPTIM handle
-  * @param  Period : Specifies the Autoreload value.
-  *         This parameter must be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF.
-  * @param  Pulse : Specifies the compare value.
-  *         This parameter must be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_SetOnce_Start_IT(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef *hlptim, uint32_t Period, uint32_t Pulse)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_LPTIM_INSTANCE(hlptim->Instance));
-  assert_param(IS_LPTIM_PERIOD(Period));
-  assert_param(IS_LPTIM_PULSE(Pulse));
-
-  /* Set the LPTIM state */
-  hlptim->State= HAL_LPTIM_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Set WAVE bit to enable the set once mode */
-  hlptim->Instance->CFGR |= LPTIM_CFGR_WAVE;
-
-  /* Enable Autoreload write complete interrupt */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_ENABLE_IT(hlptim, LPTIM_IT_ARROK);
-
-  /* Enable Compare write complete interrupt */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_ENABLE_IT(hlptim, LPTIM_IT_CMPOK);
-
-  /* Enable Autoreload match interrupt */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_ENABLE_IT(hlptim, LPTIM_IT_ARRM);
-
-  /* Enable Compare match interrupt */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_ENABLE_IT(hlptim, LPTIM_IT_CMPM);
-
-  /* If external trigger source is used, then enable external trigger interrupt */
-  if ((hlptim->Init.Trigger.Source) !=  LPTIM_TRIGSOURCE_SOFTWARE)
-  {
-    /* Enable external trigger interrupt */
-    __HAL_LPTIM_ENABLE_IT(hlptim, LPTIM_IT_EXTTRIG);
-  }
-
-  /* Enable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_ENABLE(hlptim);
-
-  /* Load the period value in the autoreload register */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_AUTORELOAD_SET(hlptim, Period);
-
-  /* Load the pulse value in the compare register */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_COMPARE_SET(hlptim, Pulse);
-
-  /* Start timer in continuous mode */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_START_SINGLE(hlptim);
-
-  /* Change the TIM state*/
-  hlptim->State= HAL_LPTIM_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Stops the LPTIM Set once mode in interrupt mode.
-  * @param  hlptim : LPTIM handle
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_SetOnce_Stop_IT(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef *hlptim)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_LPTIM_INSTANCE(hlptim->Instance));
-
-  /* Set the LPTIM state */
-  hlptim->State= HAL_LPTIM_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Disable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_DISABLE(hlptim);
-
-  /* Disable Autoreload write complete interrupt */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_DISABLE_IT(hlptim, LPTIM_IT_ARROK);
-
-  /* Disable Compare write complete interrupt */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_DISABLE_IT(hlptim, LPTIM_IT_CMPOK);
-
-  /* Disable Autoreload match interrupt */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_DISABLE_IT(hlptim, LPTIM_IT_ARRM);
-
-  /* Disable Compare match interrupt */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_DISABLE_IT(hlptim, LPTIM_IT_CMPM);
-
-  /* If external trigger source is used, then disable external trigger interrupt */
-  if ((hlptim->Init.Trigger.Source) !=  LPTIM_TRIGSOURCE_SOFTWARE)
-  {
-    /* Disable external trigger interrupt */
-    __HAL_LPTIM_DISABLE_IT(hlptim, LPTIM_IT_EXTTRIG);
-  }
-
-  /* Change the TIM state*/
-  hlptim->State= HAL_LPTIM_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Starts the Encoder interface.
-  * @param  hlptim : LPTIM handle
-  * @param  Period : Specifies the Autoreload value.
-  *         This parameter must be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_Encoder_Start(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef *hlptim, uint32_t Period)
-{
-  uint32_t tmpcfgr = 0;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_LPTIM_INSTANCE(hlptim->Instance));
-  assert_param(IS_LPTIM_PERIOD(Period));
-  assert_param(hlptim->Init.Clock.Source == LPTIM_CLOCKSOURCE_APBCLOCK_LPOSC);
-  assert_param(hlptim->Init.Clock.Prescaler == LPTIM_PRESCALER_DIV1);
-  assert_param(IS_LPTIM_CLOCK_POLARITY(hlptim->Init.UltraLowPowerClock.Polarity));
-
-  /* Set the LPTIM state */
-  hlptim->State= HAL_LPTIM_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Get the LPTIMx CFGR value */
-  tmpcfgr = hlptim->Instance->CFGR;
-
-  /* Clear CKPOL bits */
-  tmpcfgr &= (uint32_t)(~LPTIM_CFGR_CKPOL);
-
-  /* Set Input polarity */
-  tmpcfgr |=  hlptim->Init.UltraLowPowerClock.Polarity;
-
-  /* Write to LPTIMx CFGR */
-  hlptim->Instance->CFGR = tmpcfgr;
-
-  /* Set ENC bit to enable the encoder interface */
-  hlptim->Instance->CFGR |= LPTIM_CFGR_ENC;
-
-  /* Enable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_ENABLE(hlptim);
-
-  /* Load the period value in the autoreload register */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_AUTORELOAD_SET(hlptim, Period);
-
-  /* Start timer in continuous mode */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_START_CONTINUOUS(hlptim);
-
-  /* Change the TIM state*/
-  hlptim->State= HAL_LPTIM_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Stops the Encoder interface.
-  * @param  hlptim : LPTIM handle
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_Encoder_Stop(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef *hlptim)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_LPTIM_INSTANCE(hlptim->Instance));
-
-  /* Set the LPTIM state */
-  hlptim->State= HAL_LPTIM_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Disable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_DISABLE(hlptim);
-
-  /* Reset ENC bit to disable the encoder interface */
-  hlptim->Instance->CFGR &= ~LPTIM_CFGR_ENC;
-
-  /* Change the TIM state*/
-  hlptim->State= HAL_LPTIM_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Starts the Encoder interface in interrupt mode.
-  * @param  hlptim : LPTIM handle
-  * @param  Period : Specifies the Autoreload value.
-  *         This parameter must be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_Encoder_Start_IT(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef *hlptim, uint32_t Period)
-{
-  uint32_t tmpcfgr = 0;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_LPTIM_INSTANCE(hlptim->Instance));
-  assert_param(IS_LPTIM_PERIOD(Period));
-  assert_param(hlptim->Init.Clock.Source == LPTIM_CLOCKSOURCE_APBCLOCK_LPOSC);
-  assert_param(hlptim->Init.Clock.Prescaler == LPTIM_PRESCALER_DIV1);
-  assert_param(IS_LPTIM_CLOCK_POLARITY(hlptim->Init.UltraLowPowerClock.Polarity));
-
-  /* Set the LPTIM state */
-  hlptim->State= HAL_LPTIM_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Configure edge sensitivity for encoder mode */
-  /* Get the LPTIMx CFGR value */
-  tmpcfgr = hlptim->Instance->CFGR;
-
-  /* Clear CKPOL bits */
-  tmpcfgr &= (uint32_t)(~LPTIM_CFGR_CKPOL);
-
-  /* Set Input polarity */
-  tmpcfgr |=  hlptim->Init.UltraLowPowerClock.Polarity;
-
-  /* Write to LPTIMx CFGR */
-  hlptim->Instance->CFGR = tmpcfgr;
-
-  /* Set ENC bit to enable the encoder interface */
-  hlptim->Instance->CFGR |= LPTIM_CFGR_ENC;
-
-  /* Enable "switch to down direction" interrupt */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_ENABLE_IT(hlptim, LPTIM_IT_DOWN);
-
-  /* Enable "switch to up direction" interrupt */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_ENABLE_IT(hlptim, LPTIM_IT_UP);
-
-  /* Enable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_ENABLE(hlptim);
-
-  /* Load the period value in the autoreload register */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_AUTORELOAD_SET(hlptim, Period);
-
-  /* Start timer in continuous mode */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_START_CONTINUOUS(hlptim);
-
-  /* Change the TIM state*/
-  hlptim->State= HAL_LPTIM_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Stops the Encoder interface in interrupt mode.
-  * @param  hlptim : LPTIM handle
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_Encoder_Stop_IT(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef *hlptim)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_LPTIM_INSTANCE(hlptim->Instance));
-
-  /* Set the LPTIM state */
-  hlptim->State= HAL_LPTIM_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Disable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_DISABLE(hlptim);
-
-  /* Reset ENC bit to disable the encoder interface */
-  hlptim->Instance->CFGR &= ~LPTIM_CFGR_ENC;
-
-  /* Disable "switch to down direction" interrupt */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_DISABLE_IT(hlptim, LPTIM_IT_DOWN);
-
-  /* Disable "switch to up direction" interrupt */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_DISABLE_IT(hlptim, LPTIM_IT_UP);
-
-  /* Change the TIM state*/
-  hlptim->State= HAL_LPTIM_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Starts the Timeout function. The first trigger event will start the
-  *         timer, any successive trigger event will reset the counter and
-  *         the timer restarts.
-  * @param  hlptim : LPTIM handle
-  * @param  Period : Specifies the Autoreload value.
-  *         This parameter must be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF.
-  * @param  Timeout : Specifies the TimeOut value to rest the counter.
-  *         This parameter must be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_TimeOut_Start(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef *hlptim, uint32_t Period, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_LPTIM_INSTANCE(hlptim->Instance));
-  assert_param(IS_LPTIM_PERIOD(Period));
-  assert_param(IS_LPTIM_PULSE(Timeout));
-
-  /* Set the LPTIM state */
-  hlptim->State= HAL_LPTIM_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Set TIMOUT bit to enable the timeout function */
-  hlptim->Instance->CFGR |= LPTIM_CFGR_TIMOUT;
-
-  /* Enable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_ENABLE(hlptim);
-
-  /* Load the period value in the autoreload register */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_AUTORELOAD_SET(hlptim, Period);
-
-  /* Load the Timeout value in the compare register */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_COMPARE_SET(hlptim, Timeout);
-
-  /* Start timer in continuous mode */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_START_CONTINUOUS(hlptim);
-
-  /* Change the TIM state*/
-  hlptim->State= HAL_LPTIM_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Stops the Timeout function.
-  * @param  hlptim : LPTIM handle
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_TimeOut_Stop(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef *hlptim)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_LPTIM_INSTANCE(hlptim->Instance));
-
-  /* Set the LPTIM state */
-  hlptim->State= HAL_LPTIM_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Disable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_DISABLE(hlptim);
-
-  /* Reset TIMOUT bit to enable the timeout function */
-  hlptim->Instance->CFGR &= ~LPTIM_CFGR_TIMOUT;
-
-  /* Change the TIM state*/
-  hlptim->State= HAL_LPTIM_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Starts the Timeout function in interrupt mode. The first trigger
-  *         event will start the timer, any successive trigger event will reset
-  *         the counter and the timer restarts.
-  * @param  hlptim : LPTIM handle
-  * @param  Period : Specifies the Autoreload value.
-  *         This parameter must be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF.
-  * @param  Timeout : Specifies the TimeOut value to rest the counter.
-  *         This parameter must be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_TimeOut_Start_IT(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef *hlptim, uint32_t Period, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_LPTIM_INSTANCE(hlptim->Instance));
-  assert_param(IS_LPTIM_PERIOD(Period));
-  assert_param(IS_LPTIM_PULSE(Timeout));
-
-  /* Set the LPTIM state */
-  hlptim->State= HAL_LPTIM_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Set TIMOUT bit to enable the timeout function */
-  hlptim->Instance->CFGR |= LPTIM_CFGR_TIMOUT;
-
-  /* Enable Compare match interrupt */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_ENABLE_IT(hlptim, LPTIM_IT_CMPM);
-
-  /* Enable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_ENABLE(hlptim);
-
-  /* Load the period value in the autoreload register */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_AUTORELOAD_SET(hlptim, Period);
-
-  /* Load the Timeout value in the compare register */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_COMPARE_SET(hlptim, Timeout);
-
-  /* Start timer in continuous mode */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_START_CONTINUOUS(hlptim);
-
-  /* Change the TIM state*/
-  hlptim->State= HAL_LPTIM_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Stops the Timeout function in interrupt mode.
-  * @param  hlptim : LPTIM handle
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_TimeOut_Stop_IT(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef *hlptim)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_LPTIM_INSTANCE(hlptim->Instance));
-
-  /* Set the LPTIM state */
-  hlptim->State= HAL_LPTIM_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Disable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_DISABLE(hlptim);
-
-  /* Reset TIMOUT bit to enable the timeout function */
-  hlptim->Instance->CFGR &= ~LPTIM_CFGR_TIMOUT;
-
-  /* Disable Compare match interrupt */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_DISABLE_IT(hlptim, LPTIM_IT_CMPM);
-
-  /* Change the TIM state*/
-  hlptim->State= HAL_LPTIM_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Starts the Counter mode.
-  * @param  hlptim : LPTIM handle
-  * @param  Period : Specifies the Autoreload value.
-  *         This parameter must be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_Counter_Start(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef *hlptim, uint32_t Period)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_LPTIM_INSTANCE(hlptim->Instance));
-  assert_param(IS_LPTIM_PERIOD(Period));
-
-  /* Set the LPTIM state */
-  hlptim->State= HAL_LPTIM_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* If clock source is not ULPTIM clock and counter source is external, then it must not be prescaled */
-  if((hlptim->Init.Clock.Source != LPTIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ULPTIM) && (hlptim->Init.CounterSource == LPTIM_COUNTERSOURCE_EXTERNAL))
-  {
-    /* Check if clock is prescaled */
-    assert_param(IS_LPTIM_CLOCK_PRESCALERDIV1(hlptim->Init.Clock.Prescaler));
-    /* Set clock prescaler to 0 */
-    hlptim->Instance->CFGR &= ~LPTIM_CFGR_PRESC;
-  }
-
-  /* Enable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_ENABLE(hlptim);
-
-  /* Load the period value in the autoreload register */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_AUTORELOAD_SET(hlptim, Period);
-
-  /* Start timer in continuous mode */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_START_CONTINUOUS(hlptim);
-
-  /* Change the TIM state*/
-  hlptim->State= HAL_LPTIM_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Stops the Counter mode.
-  * @param  hlptim : LPTIM handle
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_Counter_Stop(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef *hlptim)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_LPTIM_INSTANCE(hlptim->Instance));
-
-  /* Set the LPTIM state */
-  hlptim->State= HAL_LPTIM_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Disable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_DISABLE(hlptim);
-
-  /* Change the TIM state*/
-  hlptim->State= HAL_LPTIM_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Starts the Counter mode in interrupt mode.
-  * @param  hlptim : LPTIM handle
-  * @param  Period : Specifies the Autoreload value.
-  *         This parameter must be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_Counter_Start_IT(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef *hlptim, uint32_t Period)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_LPTIM_INSTANCE(hlptim->Instance));
-  assert_param(IS_LPTIM_PERIOD(Period));
-
-  /* Set the LPTIM state */
-  hlptim->State= HAL_LPTIM_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* If clock source is not ULPTIM clock and counter source is external, then it must not be prescaled */
-  if((hlptim->Init.Clock.Source != LPTIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ULPTIM) && (hlptim->Init.CounterSource == LPTIM_COUNTERSOURCE_EXTERNAL))
-  {
-    /* Check if clock is prescaled */
-    assert_param(IS_LPTIM_CLOCK_PRESCALERDIV1(hlptim->Init.Clock.Prescaler));
-    /* Set clock prescaler to 0 */
-    hlptim->Instance->CFGR &= ~LPTIM_CFGR_PRESC;
-  }
-
-  /* Enable Autoreload write complete interrupt */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_ENABLE_IT(hlptim, LPTIM_IT_ARROK);
-
-  /* Enable Autoreload match interrupt */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_ENABLE_IT(hlptim, LPTIM_IT_ARRM);
-
-  /* Enable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_ENABLE(hlptim);
-
-  /* Load the period value in the autoreload register */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_AUTORELOAD_SET(hlptim, Period);
-
-  /* Start timer in continuous mode */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_START_CONTINUOUS(hlptim);
-
-  /* Change the TIM state*/
-  hlptim->State= HAL_LPTIM_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Stops the Counter mode in interrupt mode.
-  * @param  hlptim : LPTIM handle
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_Counter_Stop_IT(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef *hlptim)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_LPTIM_INSTANCE(hlptim->Instance));
-
-  /* Set the LPTIM state */
-  hlptim->State= HAL_LPTIM_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Disable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_DISABLE(hlptim);
-
-  /* Disable Autoreload write complete interrupt */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_DISABLE_IT(hlptim, LPTIM_IT_ARROK);
-
-  /* Disable Autoreload match interrupt */
-  __HAL_LPTIM_DISABLE_IT(hlptim, LPTIM_IT_ARRM);
-
-  /* Change the TIM state*/
-  hlptim->State= HAL_LPTIM_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup LPTIM_Group3 LPTIM Read operation functions
- *  @brief  Read operation functions.
- *
-@verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                  ##### LPTIM Read operation functions #####
-  ==============================================================================
-[..]  This section provides LPTIM Reading functions.
-      (+) Read the counter value.
-      (+) Read the period (Auto-reload) value.
-      (+) Read the pulse (Compare)value.
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  This function returns the current counter value.
-  * @param  hlptim: LPTIM handle
-  * @retval Counter value.
-  */
-uint32_t HAL_LPTIM_ReadCounter(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef *hlptim)
-{
-    /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_LPTIM_INSTANCE(hlptim->Instance));
-
-  return (hlptim->Instance->CNT);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  This function return the current Autoreload (Period) value.
-  * @param  hlptim: LPTIM handle
-  * @retval Autoreload value.
-  */
-uint32_t HAL_LPTIM_ReadAutoReload(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef *hlptim)
-{
-    /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_LPTIM_INSTANCE(hlptim->Instance));
-
-  return (hlptim->Instance->ARR);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  This function return the current Compare (Pulse) value.
-  * @param  hlptim: LPTIM handle
-  * @retval Compare value.
-  */
-uint32_t HAL_LPTIM_ReadCompare(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef *hlptim)
-{
-    /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_LPTIM_INSTANCE(hlptim->Instance));
-
-  return (hlptim->Instance->CMP);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-
-
-/** @defgroup LPTIM_Group4 LPTIM IRQ handler
- *  @brief  LPTIM  IRQ handler.
- *
-@verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                      ##### LPTIM IRQ handler  #####
-  ==============================================================================
-[..]  This section provides LPTIM IRQ handler function.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  This function handles LPTIM interrupt request.
-  * @param  hlptim: LPTIM handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_LPTIM_IRQHandler(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef *hlptim)
-{
-  /* Compare match interrupt */
-  if(__HAL_LPTIM_GET_FLAG(hlptim, LPTIM_FLAG_CMPM) != RESET)
-	{
-    if(__HAL_LPTIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(hlptim, LPTIM_IT_CMPM) !=RESET)
-		{
-      /* Clear Compare match flag */
-      __HAL_LPTIM_CLEAR_FLAG(hlptim, LPTIM_FLAG_CMPM);
-      /* Compare match Callback */
-      HAL_LPTIM_CompareMatchCallback(hlptim);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Autoreload match interrupt */
-  if(__HAL_LPTIM_GET_FLAG(hlptim, LPTIM_FLAG_ARRM) != RESET)
-	{
-    if(__HAL_LPTIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(hlptim, LPTIM_IT_ARRM) !=RESET)
-		{
-      /* Clear Autoreload match flag */
-      __HAL_LPTIM_CLEAR_FLAG(hlptim, LPTIM_FLAG_ARRM);
-      /* Autoreload match Callback */
-      HAL_LPTIM_AutoReloadMatchCallback(hlptim);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Trigger detected interrupt */
-  if(__HAL_LPTIM_GET_FLAG(hlptim, LPTIM_FLAG_EXTTRIG) != RESET)
-	{
-    if(__HAL_LPTIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(hlptim, LPTIM_IT_EXTTRIG) !=RESET)
-		{
-      /* Clear Trigger detected flag */
-      __HAL_LPTIM_CLEAR_FLAG(hlptim, LPTIM_FLAG_EXTTRIG);
-      /* Trigger detected callback */
-      HAL_LPTIM_TriggerCallback(hlptim);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Compare write interrupt */
-  if(__HAL_LPTIM_GET_FLAG(hlptim, LPTIM_FLAG_CMPOK) != RESET)
-	{
-    if(__HAL_LPTIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(hlptim, LPTIM_FLAG_CMPM) !=RESET)
-		{
-      /* Clear Compare write flag */
-      __HAL_LPTIM_CLEAR_FLAG(hlptim, LPTIM_FLAG_CMPOK);
-      /* Compare write Callback */
-      HAL_LPTIM_CompareWriteCallback(hlptim);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Autoreload write interrupt */
-  if(__HAL_LPTIM_GET_FLAG(hlptim, LPTIM_FLAG_ARROK) != RESET)
-	{
-    if(__HAL_LPTIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(hlptim, LPTIM_IT_ARROK) !=RESET)
-		{
-      /* Clear Autoreload write flag */
-      __HAL_LPTIM_CLEAR_FLAG(hlptim, LPTIM_FLAG_ARROK);
-      /* Autoreload write Callback */
-      HAL_LPTIM_AutoReloadWriteCallback(hlptim);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Direction counter changed from Down to Up interrupt */
-  if(__HAL_LPTIM_GET_FLAG(hlptim, LPTIM_FLAG_UP) != RESET)
-	{
-    if(__HAL_LPTIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(hlptim, LPTIM_IT_UP) !=RESET)
-		{
-      /* Clear Direction counter changed from Down to Up flag */
-      __HAL_LPTIM_CLEAR_FLAG(hlptim, LPTIM_FLAG_UP);
-      /* Direction counter changed from Down to Up Callback */
-      HAL_LPTIM_DirectionUpCallback(hlptim);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Direction counter changed from Up to Down interrupt */
-  if(__HAL_LPTIM_GET_FLAG(hlptim, LPTIM_FLAG_DOWN) != RESET)
-	{
-    if(__HAL_LPTIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(hlptim, LPTIM_IT_DOWN) !=RESET)
-		{
-      /* Clear Direction counter changed from Up to Down flag */
-      __HAL_LPTIM_CLEAR_FLAG(hlptim, LPTIM_FLAG_DOWN);
-      /* Direction counter changed from Up to Down Callback */
-      HAL_LPTIM_DirectionDownCallback(hlptim);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Compare match callback in non blocking mode
-  * @param  hlptim : LPTIM handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_LPTIM_CompareMatchCallback(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef *hlptim)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_LPTIM_CompareMatchCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Autoreload match callback in non blocking mode
-  * @param  hlptim : LPTIM handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_LPTIM_AutoReloadMatchCallback(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef *hlptim)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_LPTIM_AutoReloadMatchCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Trigger detected callback in non blocking mode
-  * @param  hlptim : LPTIM handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_LPTIM_TriggerCallback(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef *hlptim)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_LPTIM_TriggerCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Compare write callback in non blocking mode
-  * @param  hlptim : LPTIM handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_LPTIM_CompareWriteCallback(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef *hlptim)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_LPTIM_CompareWriteCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Autoreload write callback in non blocking mode
-  * @param  hlptim : LPTIM handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_LPTIM_AutoReloadWriteCallback(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef *hlptim)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_LPTIM_AutoReloadWriteCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Direction counter changed from Down to Up callback in non blocking mode
-  * @param  hlptim : LPTIM handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_LPTIM_DirectionUpCallback(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef *hlptim)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_LPTIM_DirectionUpCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Direction counter changed from Up to Down callback in non blocking mode
-  * @param  hlptim : LPTIM handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_LPTIM_DirectionDownCallback(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef *hlptim)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_LPTIM_DirectionDownCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup LPTIM_Group5 Peripheral State functions
- *  @brief   Peripheral State functions.
- *
-@verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                      ##### Peripheral State functions #####
-  ==============================================================================
-    [..]
-    This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Returns the LPTIM state.
-  * @param  hlptim: LPTIM handle
-  * @retval HAL state
-  */
-HAL_LPTIM_StateTypeDef HAL_LPTIM_GetState(LPTIM_HandleTypeDef *hlptim)
-{
-  return hlptim->State;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-#endif /* HAL_LPTIM_MODULE_ENABLED */
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_ltdc.c b/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_ltdc.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 1bb67f41b8..0000000000
--- a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_ltdc.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1193 +0,0 @@
-/**
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @file    stm32f7xx_hal_ltdc.c
-  * @author  MCD Application Team
-  * @version V1.0.1
-  * @date    25-June-2015
-  * @brief   LTDC HAL module driver.
-  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
-  *          functionalities of the LTDC peripheral:
-  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
-  *           + IO operation functions
-  *           + Peripheral Control functions
-  *           + Peripheral State and Errors functions
-  *
-  @verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                        ##### How to use this driver #####
-  ==============================================================================
-    [..]
-     (#) Program the required configuration through the following parameters:
-         the LTDC timing, the horizontal and vertical polarity,
-         the pixel clock polarity, Data Enable polarity and the LTDC background color value
-         using HAL_LTDC_Init() function
-
-     (#) Program the required configuration through the following parameters:
-         the pixel format, the blending factors, input alpha value, the window size
-         and the image size using HAL_LTDC_ConfigLayer() function for foreground
-         or/and background layer.
-
-     (#) Optionally, configure and enable the CLUT using HAL_LTDC_ConfigCLUT() and
-         HAL_LTDC_EnableCLUT functions.
-
-     (#) Optionally, enable the Dither using HAL_LTDC_EnableDither().
-
-     (#) Optionally, configure and enable the Color keying using HAL_LTDC_ConfigColorKeying()
-         and HAL_LTDC_EnableColorKeying functions.
-
-     (#) Optionally, configure LineInterrupt using HAL_LTDC_ProgramLineEvent()
-         function
-
-     (#) If needed, reconfigure and change the pixel format value, the alpha value
-         value, the window size, the window position and the layer start address
-         for foreground or/and background layer using respectively the following
-         functions: HAL_LTDC_SetPixelFormat(), HAL_LTDC_SetAlpha(), HAL_LTDC_SetWindowSize(),
-         HAL_LTDC_SetWindowPosition(), HAL_LTDC_SetAddress.
-
-     (#) To control LTDC state you can use the following function: HAL_LTDC_GetState()
-
-     *** LTDC HAL driver macros list ***
-     =============================================
-     [..]
-       Below the list of most used macros in LTDC HAL driver.
-
-      (+) __HAL_LTDC_ENABLE: Enable the LTDC.
-      (+) __HAL_LTDC_DISABLE: Disable the LTDC.
-      (+) __HAL_LTDC_LAYER_ENABLE: Enable the LTDC Layer.
-      (+) __HAL_LTDC_LAYER_DISABLE: Disable the LTDC Layer.
-      (+) __HAL_LTDC_RELOAD_CONFIG: Reload  Layer Configuration.
-      (+) __HAL_LTDC_GET_FLAG: Get the LTDC pending flags.
-      (+) __HAL_LTDC_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the LTDC pending flags.
-      (+) __HAL_LTDC_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified LTDC interrupts.
-      (+) __HAL_LTDC_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified LTDC interrupts.
-      (+) __HAL_LTDC_GET_IT_SOURCE: Check whether the specified LTDC interrupt has occurred or not.
-
-     [..]
-       (@) You can refer to the LTDC HAL driver header file for more useful macros
-
-  @endverbatim
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @attention
-  *
-  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
-  *
-  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
-  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
-  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
-  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
-  *      without specific prior written permission.
-  *
-  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
-  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
-  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
-  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
-  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
-  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
-  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
-  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
-  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
-  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-  *
-  ******************************************************************************
-  */
-
-/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
-
-/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
-  * @{
-  */
-#if defined(STM32F756xx) || defined(STM32F746xx)
-
-/** @defgroup LTDC LTDC
-  * @brief LTDC HAL module driver
-  * @{
-  */
-
-#ifdef HAL_LTDC_MODULE_ENABLED
-
-/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
-static void LTDC_SetConfig(LTDC_HandleTypeDef *hltdc, LTDC_LayerCfgTypeDef *pLayerCfg, uint32_t LayerIdx);
-/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/** @defgroup LTDC_Exported_Functions LTDC Exported Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup LTDC_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions
- *  @brief   Initialization and Configuration functions
- *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-                ##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
-      (+) Initialize and configure the LTDC
-      (+) De-initialize the LTDC
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the LTDC according to the specified
-  *         parameters in the LTDC_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
-  * @param  hltdc: pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the LTDC.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_Init(LTDC_HandleTypeDef *hltdc)
-{
-  uint32_t tmp = 0, tmp1 = 0;
-
-  /* Check the LTDC peripheral state */
-  if(hltdc == NULL)
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Check function parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_LTDC_ALL_INSTANCE(hltdc->Instance));
-  assert_param(IS_LTDC_HSYNC(hltdc->Init.HorizontalSync));
-  assert_param(IS_LTDC_VSYNC(hltdc->Init.VerticalSync));
-  assert_param(IS_LTDC_AHBP(hltdc->Init.AccumulatedHBP));
-  assert_param(IS_LTDC_AVBP(hltdc->Init.AccumulatedVBP));
-  assert_param(IS_LTDC_AAH(hltdc->Init.AccumulatedActiveH));
-  assert_param(IS_LTDC_AAW(hltdc->Init.AccumulatedActiveW));
-  assert_param(IS_LTDC_TOTALH(hltdc->Init.TotalHeigh));
-  assert_param(IS_LTDC_TOTALW(hltdc->Init.TotalWidth));
-  assert_param(IS_LTDC_HSPOL(hltdc->Init.HSPolarity));
-  assert_param(IS_LTDC_VSPOL(hltdc->Init.VSPolarity));
-  assert_param(IS_LTDC_DEPOL(hltdc->Init.DEPolarity));
-  assert_param(IS_LTDC_PCPOL(hltdc->Init.PCPolarity));
-
-  if(hltdc->State == HAL_LTDC_STATE_RESET)
-  {
-    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
-    hltdc->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
-    /* Init the low level hardware */
-    HAL_LTDC_MspInit(hltdc);
-  }
-
-  /* Change LTDC peripheral state */
-  hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Configures the HS, VS, DE and PC polarity */
-  hltdc->Instance->GCR &= ~(LTDC_GCR_HSPOL | LTDC_GCR_VSPOL | LTDC_GCR_DEPOL | LTDC_GCR_PCPOL);
-  hltdc->Instance->GCR |=  (uint32_t)(hltdc->Init.HSPolarity | hltdc->Init.VSPolarity | \
-  hltdc->Init.DEPolarity | hltdc->Init.PCPolarity);
-
-  /* Sets Synchronization size */
-  hltdc->Instance->SSCR &= ~(LTDC_SSCR_VSH | LTDC_SSCR_HSW);
-  tmp = (hltdc->Init.HorizontalSync << 16);
-  hltdc->Instance->SSCR |= (tmp | hltdc->Init.VerticalSync);
-
-  /* Sets Accumulated Back porch */
-  hltdc->Instance->BPCR &= ~(LTDC_BPCR_AVBP | LTDC_BPCR_AHBP);
-  tmp = (hltdc->Init.AccumulatedHBP << 16);
-  hltdc->Instance->BPCR |= (tmp | hltdc->Init.AccumulatedVBP);
-
-  /* Sets Accumulated Active Width */
-  hltdc->Instance->AWCR &= ~(LTDC_AWCR_AAH | LTDC_AWCR_AAW);
-  tmp = (hltdc->Init.AccumulatedActiveW << 16);
-  hltdc->Instance->AWCR |= (tmp | hltdc->Init.AccumulatedActiveH);
-
-  /* Sets Total Width */
-  hltdc->Instance->TWCR &= ~(LTDC_TWCR_TOTALH | LTDC_TWCR_TOTALW);
-  tmp = (hltdc->Init.TotalWidth << 16);
-  hltdc->Instance->TWCR |= (tmp | hltdc->Init.TotalHeigh);
-
-  /* Sets the background color value */
-  tmp = ((uint32_t)(hltdc->Init.Backcolor.Green) << 8);
-  tmp1 = ((uint32_t)(hltdc->Init.Backcolor.Red) << 16);
-  hltdc->Instance->BCCR &= ~(LTDC_BCCR_BCBLUE | LTDC_BCCR_BCGREEN | LTDC_BCCR_BCRED);
-  hltdc->Instance->BCCR |= (tmp1 | tmp | hltdc->Init.Backcolor.Blue);
-
-  /* Enable the transfer Error interrupt */
-  __HAL_LTDC_ENABLE_IT(hltdc, LTDC_IT_TE);
-
-  /* Enable the FIFO underrun interrupt */
-  __HAL_LTDC_ENABLE_IT(hltdc, LTDC_IT_FU);
-
-  /* Enable LTDC by setting LTDCEN bit */
-  __HAL_LTDC_ENABLE(hltdc);
-
-  /* Initialize the error code */
-  hltdc->ErrorCode = HAL_LTDC_ERROR_NONE;
-
-  /* Initialize the LTDC state*/
-  hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_READY;
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Deinitializes the LTDC peripheral registers to their default reset
-  *         values.
-  * @param  hltdc: pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the LTDC.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_DeInit(LTDC_HandleTypeDef *hltdc)
-{
-  /* DeInit the low level hardware */
-  HAL_LTDC_MspDeInit(hltdc);
-
-  /* Initialize the error code */
-  hltdc->ErrorCode = HAL_LTDC_ERROR_NONE;
-
-  /* Initialize the LTDC state*/
-  hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_RESET;
-
-  /* Release Lock */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hltdc);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the LTDC MSP.
-  * @param  hltdc : pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the LTDC.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_LTDC_MspInit(LTDC_HandleTypeDef* hltdc)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_LTDC_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  DeInitializes the LTDC MSP.
-  * @param  hltdc : pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the LTDC.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_LTDC_MspDeInit(LTDC_HandleTypeDef* hltdc)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_LTDC_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup LTDC_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
- *  @brief   IO operation functions
- *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-                      #####  IO operation functions  #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]  This section provides function allowing to:
-      (+) Handle LTDC interrupt request
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-/**
-  * @brief  Handles LTDC interrupt request.
-  * @param  hltdc: pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the LTDC.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-void HAL_LTDC_IRQHandler(LTDC_HandleTypeDef *hltdc)
-{
-  /* Transfer Error Interrupt management ***************************************/
-  if(__HAL_LTDC_GET_FLAG(hltdc, LTDC_FLAG_TE) != RESET)
-  {
-    if(__HAL_LTDC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hltdc, LTDC_IT_TE) != RESET)
-    {
-      /* Disable the transfer Error interrupt */
-      __HAL_LTDC_DISABLE_IT(hltdc, LTDC_IT_TE);
-
-      /* Clear the transfer error flag */
-      __HAL_LTDC_CLEAR_FLAG(hltdc, LTDC_FLAG_TE);
-
-      /* Update error code */
-      hltdc->ErrorCode |= HAL_LTDC_ERROR_TE;
-
-      /* Change LTDC state */
-      hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_ERROR;
-
-      /* Process unlocked */
-      __HAL_UNLOCK(hltdc);
-
-      /* Transfer error Callback */
-      HAL_LTDC_ErrorCallback(hltdc);
-    }
-  }
-  /* FIFO underrun Interrupt management ***************************************/
-  if(__HAL_LTDC_GET_FLAG(hltdc, LTDC_FLAG_FU) != RESET)
-  {
-    if(__HAL_LTDC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hltdc, LTDC_IT_FU) != RESET)
-    {
-      /* Disable the FIFO underrun interrupt */
-      __HAL_LTDC_DISABLE_IT(hltdc, LTDC_IT_FU);
-
-      /* Clear the FIFO underrun flag */
-      __HAL_LTDC_CLEAR_FLAG(hltdc, LTDC_FLAG_FU);
-
-      /* Update error code */
-      hltdc->ErrorCode |= HAL_LTDC_ERROR_FU;
-
-      /* Change LTDC state */
-      hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_ERROR;
-
-      /* Process unlocked */
-      __HAL_UNLOCK(hltdc);
-
-      /* Transfer error Callback */
-      HAL_LTDC_ErrorCallback(hltdc);
-    }
-  }
-  /* Line Interrupt management ************************************************/
-  if(__HAL_LTDC_GET_FLAG(hltdc, LTDC_FLAG_LI) != RESET)
-  {
-    if(__HAL_LTDC_GET_IT_SOURCE(hltdc, LTDC_IT_LI) != RESET)
-    {
-      /* Disable the Line interrupt */
-      __HAL_LTDC_DISABLE_IT(hltdc, LTDC_IT_LI);
-
-      /* Clear the Line interrupt flag */
-      __HAL_LTDC_CLEAR_FLAG(hltdc, LTDC_FLAG_LI);
-
-      /* Change LTDC state */
-      hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_READY;
-
-      /* Process unlocked */
-      __HAL_UNLOCK(hltdc);
-
-      /* Line interrupt Callback */
-      HAL_LTDC_LineEvenCallback(hltdc);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Error LTDC callback.
-  * @param  hltdc: pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the LTDC.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_LTDC_ErrorCallback(LTDC_HandleTypeDef *hltdc)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_LTDC_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Line Event callback.
-  * @param  hltdc: pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the LTDC.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_LTDC_LineEvenCallback(LTDC_HandleTypeDef *hltdc)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_LTDC_LineEvenCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup LTDC_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions
- *  @brief    Peripheral Control functions
- *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-                    ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
-      (+) Configure the LTDC foreground or/and background parameters.
-      (+) Set the active layer.
-      (+) Configure the color keying.
-      (+) Configure the C-LUT.
-      (+) Enable / Disable the color keying.
-      (+) Enable / Disable the C-LUT.
-      (+) Update the layer position.
-      (+) Update the layer size.
-      (+) Update pixel format on the fly.
-      (+) Update transparency on the fly.
-      (+) Update address on the fly.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Configure the LTDC Layer according to the specified
-  *         parameters in the LTDC_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
-  * @param  hltdc:     pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                    the configuration information for the LTDC.
-  * @param  pLayerCfg: pointer to a LTDC_LayerCfgTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                    the configuration information for the Layer.
-  * @param  LayerIdx:  LTDC Layer index.
-  *                    This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *                    0 or 1
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_ConfigLayer(LTDC_HandleTypeDef *hltdc, LTDC_LayerCfgTypeDef *pLayerCfg, uint32_t LayerIdx)
-{
-  /* Process locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hltdc);
-
-  /* Change LTDC peripheral state */
-  hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_LTDC_LAYER(LayerIdx));
-  assert_param(IS_LTDC_PIXEL_FORMAT(pLayerCfg->PixelFormat));
-  assert_param(IS_LTDC_BLENDING_FACTOR1(pLayerCfg->BlendingFactor1));
-  assert_param(IS_LTDC_BLENDING_FACTOR2(pLayerCfg->BlendingFactor2));
-  assert_param(IS_LTDC_HCONFIGST(pLayerCfg->WindowX0));
-  assert_param(IS_LTDC_HCONFIGSP(pLayerCfg->WindowX1));
-  assert_param(IS_LTDC_VCONFIGST(pLayerCfg->WindowY0));
-  assert_param(IS_LTDC_VCONFIGSP(pLayerCfg->WindowY1));
-  assert_param(IS_LTDC_ALPHA(pLayerCfg->Alpha0));
-  assert_param(IS_LTDC_CFBLL(pLayerCfg->ImageWidth));
-  assert_param(IS_LTDC_CFBLNBR(pLayerCfg->ImageHeight));
-
-  /* Copy new layer configuration into handle structure */
-  hltdc->LayerCfg[LayerIdx] = *pLayerCfg;
-
-  /* Configure the LTDC Layer */
-  LTDC_SetConfig(hltdc, pLayerCfg, LayerIdx);
-
-  /* Sets the Reload type */
-  hltdc->Instance->SRCR = LTDC_SRCR_IMR;
-
-  /* Initialize the LTDC state*/
-  hltdc->State  = HAL_LTDC_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hltdc);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Configure the color keying.
-  * @param  hltdc:    pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                   the configuration information for the LTDC.
-  * @param  RGBValue: the color key value
-  * @param  LayerIdx:  LTDC Layer index.
-  *                   This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *                   0 or 1
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_ConfigColorKeying(LTDC_HandleTypeDef *hltdc, uint32_t RGBValue, uint32_t LayerIdx)
-{
-  /* Process locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hltdc);
-
-  /* Change LTDC peripheral state */
-  hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_LTDC_LAYER(LayerIdx));
-
-  /* Configures the default color values */
-  LTDC_LAYER(hltdc, LayerIdx)->CKCR &=  ~(LTDC_LxCKCR_CKBLUE | LTDC_LxCKCR_CKGREEN | LTDC_LxCKCR_CKRED);
-  LTDC_LAYER(hltdc, LayerIdx)->CKCR  = RGBValue;
-
-  /* Sets the Reload type */
-  hltdc->Instance->SRCR = LTDC_SRCR_IMR;
-
-  /* Change the LTDC state*/
-  hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hltdc);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Load the color lookup table.
-  * @param  hltdc:    pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                   the configuration information for the LTDC.
-  * @param  pCLUT:    pointer to the color lookup table address.
-  * @param  CLUTSize: the color lookup table size.
-  * @param  LayerIdx:  LTDC Layer index.
-  *                   This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *                   0 or 1
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_ConfigCLUT(LTDC_HandleTypeDef *hltdc, uint32_t *pCLUT, uint32_t CLUTSize, uint32_t LayerIdx)
-{
-  uint32_t tmp = 0;
-  uint32_t counter = 0;
-  uint32_t pcounter = 0;
-
-  /* Process locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hltdc);
-
-  /* Change LTDC peripheral state */
-  hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_LTDC_LAYER(LayerIdx));
-
-  for(counter = 0; (counter < CLUTSize); counter++)
-  {
-    if(hltdc->LayerCfg[LayerIdx].PixelFormat == LTDC_PIXEL_FORMAT_AL44)
-    {
-      tmp  = (((counter + 16*counter) << 24) | ((uint32_t)(*pCLUT) & 0xFF) | ((uint32_t)(*pCLUT) & 0xFF00) | ((uint32_t)(*pCLUT) & 0xFF0000));
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      tmp  = ((counter << 24) | ((uint32_t)(*pCLUT) & 0xFF) | ((uint32_t)(*pCLUT) & 0xFF00) | ((uint32_t)(*pCLUT) & 0xFF0000));
-    }
-    pcounter = (uint32_t)pCLUT + sizeof(*pCLUT);
-    pCLUT = (uint32_t *)pcounter;
-
-    /* Specifies the C-LUT address and RGB value */
-    LTDC_LAYER(hltdc, LayerIdx)->CLUTWR  = tmp;
-  }
-
-  /* Change the LTDC state*/
-  hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hltdc);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Enable the color keying.
-  * @param  hltdc:    pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                   the configuration information for the LTDC.
-  * @param  LayerIdx:  LTDC Layer index.
-  *                   This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *                   0 or 1
-  * @retval  HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_EnableColorKeying(LTDC_HandleTypeDef *hltdc, uint32_t LayerIdx)
-{
-  /* Process locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hltdc);
-
-  /* Change LTDC peripheral state */
-  hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_LTDC_LAYER(LayerIdx));
-
-  /* Enable LTDC color keying by setting COLKEN bit */
-  LTDC_LAYER(hltdc, LayerIdx)->CR |= (uint32_t)LTDC_LxCR_COLKEN;
-
-  /* Sets the Reload type */
-  hltdc->Instance->SRCR = LTDC_SRCR_IMR;
-
-  /* Change the LTDC state*/
-  hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hltdc);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Disable the color keying.
-  * @param  hltdc:    pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                   the configuration information for the LTDC.
-  * @param  LayerIdx:  LTDC Layer index.
-  *                   This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *                   0 or 1
-  * @retval  HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_DisableColorKeying(LTDC_HandleTypeDef *hltdc, uint32_t LayerIdx)
-{
-  /* Process locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hltdc);
-
-  /* Change LTDC peripheral state */
-  hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_LTDC_LAYER(LayerIdx));
-
-  /* Disable LTDC color keying by setting COLKEN bit */
-  LTDC_LAYER(hltdc, LayerIdx)->CR &= ~(uint32_t)LTDC_LxCR_COLKEN;
-
-  /* Sets the Reload type */
-  hltdc->Instance->SRCR = LTDC_SRCR_IMR;
-
-  /* Change the LTDC state*/
-  hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hltdc);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Enable the color lookup table.
-  * @param  hltdc:    pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                   the configuration information for the LTDC.
-  * @param  LayerIdx:  LTDC Layer index.
-  *                   This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *                   0 or 1
-  * @retval  HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_EnableCLUT(LTDC_HandleTypeDef *hltdc, uint32_t LayerIdx)
-{
-
-  /* Process locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hltdc);
-
-  /* Change LTDC peripheral state */
-  hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_LTDC_LAYER(LayerIdx));
-
-  /* Disable LTDC color lookup table by setting CLUTEN bit */
-  LTDC_LAYER(hltdc, LayerIdx)->CR |= (uint32_t)LTDC_LxCR_CLUTEN;
-
-  /* Sets the Reload type */
-  hltdc->Instance->SRCR = LTDC_SRCR_IMR;
-
-  /* Change the LTDC state*/
-  hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hltdc);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Disable the color lookup table.
-  * @param  hltdc:    pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                   the configuration information for the LTDC.
-  * @param  LayerIdx:  LTDC Layer index.
-  *                   This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *                   0 or 1
-  * @retval  HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_DisableCLUT(LTDC_HandleTypeDef *hltdc, uint32_t LayerIdx)
-{
-
-  /* Process locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hltdc);
-
-  /* Change LTDC peripheral state */
-  hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_LTDC_LAYER(LayerIdx));
-
-  /* Disable LTDC color lookup table by setting CLUTEN bit */
-  LTDC_LAYER(hltdc, LayerIdx)->CR &= ~(uint32_t)LTDC_LxCR_CLUTEN;
-
-  /* Sets the Reload type */
-  hltdc->Instance->SRCR = LTDC_SRCR_IMR;
-
-  /* Change the LTDC state*/
-  hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hltdc);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Enables Dither.
-  * @param  hltdc: pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the LTDC.
-  * @retval  HAL status
-  */
-
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_EnableDither(LTDC_HandleTypeDef *hltdc)
-{
-  /* Process locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hltdc);
-
-  /* Change LTDC peripheral state */
-  hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Enable Dither by setting DTEN bit */
-  LTDC->GCR |= (uint32_t)LTDC_GCR_DTEN;
-
-  /* Change the LTDC state*/
-  hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hltdc);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Disables Dither.
-  * @param  hltdc: pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the LTDC.
-  * @retval  HAL status
-  */
-
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_DisableDither(LTDC_HandleTypeDef *hltdc)
-{
-  /* Process locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hltdc);
-
-  /* Change LTDC peripheral state */
-  hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Disable Dither by setting DTEN bit */
-  LTDC->GCR &= ~(uint32_t)LTDC_GCR_DTEN;
-
-  /* Change the LTDC state*/
-  hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hltdc);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Set the LTDC window size.
-  * @param  hltdc:    pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                   the configuration information for the LTDC.
-  * @param  XSize:    LTDC Pixel per line
-  * @param  YSize:    LTDC Line number
-  * @param  LayerIdx:  LTDC Layer index.
-  *                   This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *                   0 or 1
-  * @retval  HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_SetWindowSize(LTDC_HandleTypeDef *hltdc, uint32_t XSize, uint32_t YSize, uint32_t LayerIdx)
-{
-  LTDC_LayerCfgTypeDef *pLayerCfg;
-
-  /* Process locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hltdc);
-
-  /* Change LTDC peripheral state */
-  hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Get layer configuration from handle structure */
-  pLayerCfg = &hltdc->LayerCfg[LayerIdx];
-
-  /* Check the parameters (Layers parameters)*/
-  assert_param(IS_LTDC_LAYER(LayerIdx));
-  assert_param(IS_LTDC_HCONFIGST(pLayerCfg->WindowX0));
-  assert_param(IS_LTDC_HCONFIGSP(pLayerCfg->WindowX1));
-  assert_param(IS_LTDC_VCONFIGST(pLayerCfg->WindowY0));
-  assert_param(IS_LTDC_VCONFIGSP(pLayerCfg->WindowY1));
-  assert_param(IS_LTDC_CFBLL(XSize));
-  assert_param(IS_LTDC_CFBLNBR(YSize));
-
-  /* update horizontal start/stop */
-  pLayerCfg->WindowX0 = 0;
-  pLayerCfg->WindowX1 = XSize + pLayerCfg->WindowX0;
-
-  /* update vertical start/stop */
-  pLayerCfg->WindowY0 = 0;
-  pLayerCfg->WindowY1 = YSize + pLayerCfg->WindowY0;
-
-  /* Reconfigures the color frame buffer pitch in byte */
-  pLayerCfg->ImageWidth = XSize;
-
-  /* Reconfigures the frame buffer line number */
-  pLayerCfg->ImageHeight = YSize;
-
-  /* Set LTDC parameters */
-  LTDC_SetConfig(hltdc, pLayerCfg, LayerIdx);
-
-  /* Sets the Reload type */
-  hltdc->Instance->SRCR = LTDC_SRCR_IMR;
-
-  /* Change the LTDC state*/
-  hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hltdc);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Set the LTDC window position.
-  * @param  hltdc:    pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                   the configuration information for the LTDC.
-  * @param  X0:       LTDC window X offset
-  * @param  Y0:       LTDC window Y offset
-  * @param  LayerIdx:  LTDC Layer index.
-  *                         This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *                         0 or 1
-  * @retval  HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_SetWindowPosition(LTDC_HandleTypeDef *hltdc, uint32_t X0, uint32_t Y0, uint32_t LayerIdx)
-{
-  LTDC_LayerCfgTypeDef *pLayerCfg;
-
-  /* Process locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hltdc);
-
-  /* Change LTDC peripheral state */
-  hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Get layer configuration from handle structure */
-  pLayerCfg = &hltdc->LayerCfg[LayerIdx];
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_LTDC_LAYER(LayerIdx));
-  assert_param(IS_LTDC_HCONFIGST(pLayerCfg->WindowX0));
-  assert_param(IS_LTDC_HCONFIGSP(pLayerCfg->WindowX1));
-  assert_param(IS_LTDC_VCONFIGST(pLayerCfg->WindowY0));
-  assert_param(IS_LTDC_VCONFIGSP(pLayerCfg->WindowY1));
-
-  /* update horizontal start/stop */
-  pLayerCfg->WindowX0 = X0;
-  pLayerCfg->WindowX1 = X0 + pLayerCfg->ImageWidth;
-
-  /* update vertical start/stop */
-  pLayerCfg->WindowY0 = Y0;
-  pLayerCfg->WindowY1 = Y0 + pLayerCfg->ImageHeight;
-
-  /* Set LTDC parameters */
-  LTDC_SetConfig(hltdc, pLayerCfg, LayerIdx);
-
-  /* Sets the Reload type */
-  hltdc->Instance->SRCR = LTDC_SRCR_IMR;
-
-  /* Change the LTDC state*/
-  hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hltdc);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Reconfigure the pixel format.
-  * @param  hltdc:       pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                      the configuration information for the LTDC.
-  * @param  Pixelformat: new pixel format value.
-  * @param  LayerIdx:    LTDC Layer index.
-  *                      This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *                      0 or 1.
-  * @retval  HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_SetPixelFormat(LTDC_HandleTypeDef *hltdc, uint32_t Pixelformat, uint32_t LayerIdx)
-{
-  LTDC_LayerCfgTypeDef *pLayerCfg;
-
-  /* Process locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hltdc);
-
-  /* Change LTDC peripheral state */
-  hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_LTDC_LAYER(LayerIdx));
-  assert_param(IS_LTDC_PIXEL_FORMAT(Pixelformat));
-
-  /* Get layer configuration from handle structure */
-  pLayerCfg = &hltdc->LayerCfg[LayerIdx];
-
-  /* Reconfigure the pixel format */
-  pLayerCfg->PixelFormat = Pixelformat;
-
-  /* Set LTDC parameters */
-  LTDC_SetConfig(hltdc, pLayerCfg, LayerIdx);
-
-  /* Sets the Reload type */
-  hltdc->Instance->SRCR = LTDC_SRCR_IMR;
-
-  /* Change the LTDC state*/
-  hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hltdc);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Reconfigure the layer alpha value.
-  * @param  hltdc:    pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                   the configuration information for the LTDC.
-  * @param  Alpha:    new alpha value.
-  * @param  LayerIdx:  LTDC Layer index.
-  *                   This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *                   0 or 1
-  * @retval  HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_SetAlpha(LTDC_HandleTypeDef *hltdc, uint32_t Alpha, uint32_t LayerIdx)
-{
-  LTDC_LayerCfgTypeDef *pLayerCfg;
-
-  /* Process locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hltdc);
-
-  /* Change LTDC peripheral state */
-  hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_LTDC_ALPHA(Alpha));
-  assert_param(IS_LTDC_LAYER(LayerIdx));
-
-  /* Get layer configuration from handle structure */
-  pLayerCfg = &hltdc->LayerCfg[LayerIdx];
-
-  /* Reconfigure the Alpha value */
-  pLayerCfg->Alpha = Alpha;
-
-  /* Set LTDC parameters */
-  LTDC_SetConfig(hltdc, pLayerCfg, LayerIdx);
-
-  /* Sets the Reload type */
-  hltdc->Instance->SRCR = LTDC_SRCR_IMR;
-
-  /* Change the LTDC state*/
-  hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hltdc);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-/**
-  * @brief  Reconfigure the frame buffer Address.
-  * @param  hltdc:    pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                   the configuration information for the LTDC.
-  * @param  Address:  new address value.
-  * @param  LayerIdx: LTDC Layer index.
-  *                   This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *                   0 or 1.
-  * @retval  HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_SetAddress(LTDC_HandleTypeDef *hltdc, uint32_t Address, uint32_t LayerIdx)
-{
-  LTDC_LayerCfgTypeDef *pLayerCfg;
-
-  /* Process locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hltdc);
-
-  /* Change LTDC peripheral state */
-  hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_LTDC_LAYER(LayerIdx));
-
-  /* Get layer configuration from handle structure */
-  pLayerCfg = &hltdc->LayerCfg[LayerIdx];
-
-  /* Reconfigure the Address */
-  pLayerCfg->FBStartAdress = Address;
-
-  /* Set LTDC parameters */
-  LTDC_SetConfig(hltdc, pLayerCfg, LayerIdx);
-
-  /* Sets the Reload type */
-  hltdc->Instance->SRCR = LTDC_SRCR_IMR;
-
-  /* Change the LTDC state*/
-  hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hltdc);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Define the position of the line interrupt .
-  * @param  hltdc:             pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                            the configuration information for the LTDC.
-  * @param  Line:   Line Interrupt Position.
-  * @retval  HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_ProgramLineEvent(LTDC_HandleTypeDef *hltdc, uint32_t Line)
-{
-  /* Process locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hltdc);
-
-  /* Change LTDC peripheral state */
-  hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_LTDC_LIPOS(Line));
-
-  /* Enable the Line interrupt */
-  __HAL_LTDC_ENABLE_IT(hltdc, LTDC_IT_LI);
-
-  /* Sets the Line Interrupt position */
-  LTDC->LIPCR = (uint32_t)Line;
-
-  /* Change the LTDC state*/
-  hltdc->State = HAL_LTDC_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hltdc);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup LTDC_Exported_Functions_Group4 Peripheral State and Errors functions
- *  @brief    Peripheral State and Errors functions
- *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-                  ##### Peripheral State and Errors functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]
-    This subsection provides functions allowing to
-      (+) Check the LTDC state.
-      (+) Get error code.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Return the LTDC state
-  * @param  hltdc: pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the LTDC.
-  * @retval HAL state
-  */
-HAL_LTDC_StateTypeDef HAL_LTDC_GetState(LTDC_HandleTypeDef *hltdc)
-{
-  return hltdc->State;
-}
-
-/**
-* @brief  Return the LTDC error code
-* @param  hltdc : pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *               the configuration information for the LTDC.
-* @retval LTDC Error Code
-*/
-uint32_t HAL_LTDC_GetError(LTDC_HandleTypeDef *hltdc)
-{
-  return hltdc->ErrorCode;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Configures the LTDC peripheral
-  * @param  hltdc   :  Pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                   the configuration information for the LTDC.
-  * @param  pLayerCfg: Pointer LTDC Layer Configuration structure
-  * @param  LayerIdx:  LTDC Layer index.
-  *                    This parameter can be one of the following values: 0 or 1
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void LTDC_SetConfig(LTDC_HandleTypeDef *hltdc, LTDC_LayerCfgTypeDef *pLayerCfg, uint32_t LayerIdx)
-{
-  uint32_t tmp = 0;
-  uint32_t tmp1 = 0;
-  uint32_t tmp2 = 0;
-
-  /* Configures the horizontal start and stop position */
-  tmp = ((pLayerCfg->WindowX1 + ((hltdc->Instance->BPCR & LTDC_BPCR_AHBP) >> 16)) << 16);
-  LTDC_LAYER(hltdc, LayerIdx)->WHPCR &= ~(LTDC_LxWHPCR_WHSTPOS | LTDC_LxWHPCR_WHSPPOS);
-  LTDC_LAYER(hltdc, LayerIdx)->WHPCR = ((pLayerCfg->WindowX0 + ((hltdc->Instance->BPCR & LTDC_BPCR_AHBP) >> 16) + 1) | tmp);
-
-  /* Configures the vertical start and stop position */
-  tmp = ((pLayerCfg->WindowY1 + (hltdc->Instance->BPCR & LTDC_BPCR_AVBP)) << 16);
-  LTDC_LAYER(hltdc, LayerIdx)->WVPCR &= ~(LTDC_LxWVPCR_WVSTPOS | LTDC_LxWVPCR_WVSPPOS);
-  LTDC_LAYER(hltdc, LayerIdx)->WVPCR  = ((pLayerCfg->WindowY0 + (hltdc->Instance->BPCR & LTDC_BPCR_AVBP) + 1) | tmp);
-
-  /* Specifies the pixel format */
-  LTDC_LAYER(hltdc, LayerIdx)->PFCR &= ~(LTDC_LxPFCR_PF);
-  LTDC_LAYER(hltdc, LayerIdx)->PFCR = (pLayerCfg->PixelFormat);
-
-  /* Configures the default color values */
-  tmp = ((uint32_t)(pLayerCfg->Backcolor.Green) << 8);
-  tmp1 = ((uint32_t)(pLayerCfg->Backcolor.Red) << 16);
-  tmp2 = (pLayerCfg->Alpha0 << 24);
-  LTDC_LAYER(hltdc, LayerIdx)->DCCR &= ~(LTDC_LxDCCR_DCBLUE | LTDC_LxDCCR_DCGREEN | LTDC_LxDCCR_DCRED | LTDC_LxDCCR_DCALPHA);
-  LTDC_LAYER(hltdc, LayerIdx)->DCCR = (pLayerCfg->Backcolor.Blue | tmp | tmp1 | tmp2);
-
-  /* Specifies the constant alpha value */
-  LTDC_LAYER(hltdc, LayerIdx)->CACR &= ~(LTDC_LxCACR_CONSTA);
-  LTDC_LAYER(hltdc, LayerIdx)->CACR = (pLayerCfg->Alpha);
-
-  /* Specifies the blending factors */
-  LTDC_LAYER(hltdc, LayerIdx)->BFCR &= ~(LTDC_LxBFCR_BF2 | LTDC_LxBFCR_BF1);
-  LTDC_LAYER(hltdc, LayerIdx)->BFCR = (pLayerCfg->BlendingFactor1 | pLayerCfg->BlendingFactor2);
-
-  /* Configures the color frame buffer start address */
-  LTDC_LAYER(hltdc, LayerIdx)->CFBAR &= ~(LTDC_LxCFBAR_CFBADD);
-  LTDC_LAYER(hltdc, LayerIdx)->CFBAR = (pLayerCfg->FBStartAdress);
-
-  if(pLayerCfg->PixelFormat == LTDC_PIXEL_FORMAT_ARGB8888)
-  {
-    tmp = 4;
-  }
-  else if (pLayerCfg->PixelFormat == LTDC_PIXEL_FORMAT_RGB888)
-  {
-    tmp = 3;
-  }
-  else if((pLayerCfg->PixelFormat == LTDC_PIXEL_FORMAT_ARGB4444) || \
-    (pLayerCfg->PixelFormat == LTDC_PIXEL_FORMAT_RGB565)   || \
-      (pLayerCfg->PixelFormat == LTDC_PIXEL_FORMAT_ARGB1555) || \
-        (pLayerCfg->PixelFormat == LTDC_PIXEL_FORMAT_AL88))
-  {
-    tmp = 2;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    tmp = 1;
-  }
-
-  /* Configures the color frame buffer pitch in byte */
-  LTDC_LAYER(hltdc, LayerIdx)->CFBLR  &= ~(LTDC_LxCFBLR_CFBLL | LTDC_LxCFBLR_CFBP);
-  LTDC_LAYER(hltdc, LayerIdx)->CFBLR  = (((pLayerCfg->ImageWidth * tmp) << 16) | (((pLayerCfg->WindowX1 - pLayerCfg->WindowX0) * tmp)  + 3));
-
-  /* Configures the frame buffer line number */
-  LTDC_LAYER(hltdc, LayerIdx)->CFBLNR  &= ~(LTDC_LxCFBLNR_CFBLNBR);
-  LTDC_LAYER(hltdc, LayerIdx)->CFBLNR  = (pLayerCfg->ImageHeight);
-
-  /* Enable LTDC_Layer by setting LEN bit */
-  LTDC_LAYER(hltdc, LayerIdx)->CR |= (uint32_t)LTDC_LxCR_LEN;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-#endif /* HAL_LTDC_MODULE_ENABLED */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-#endif /* STM32F756xx || STM32F746xx */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_msp_template.c b/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_msp_template.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 5534a15243..0000000000
--- a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_msp_template.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,129 +0,0 @@
-/**
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @file    stm32f7xx_hal_msp_template.c
-  * @author  MCD Application Team
-  * @version V1.0.1
-  * @date    25-June-2015
-  * @brief   HAL MSP module.
-  *          This file template is located in the HAL folder and should be copied
-  *          to the user folder.
-  *
-  @verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-                     ##### How to use this driver #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]
-    This file is generated automatically by STM32CubeMX and eventually modified
-    by the user
-
-  @endverbatim
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @attention
-  *
-  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
-  *
-  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
-  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
-  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
-  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
-  *      without specific prior written permission.
-  *
-  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
-  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
-  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
-  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
-  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
-  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
-  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
-  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
-  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
-  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-  *
-  ******************************************************************************
-  */
-
-/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
-
-/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup HAL_MSP HAL MSP
-  * @brief HAL MSP module.
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/** @defgroup HAL_MSP_Private_Functions HAL MSP Private Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the Global MSP.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_MspInit(void)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function is generated automatically by STM32CubeMX and eventually
-            modified by the user
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  DeInitializes the Global MSP.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_MspDeInit(void)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function is generated automatically by STM32CubeMX and eventually
-            modified by the user
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the PPP MSP.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_PPP_MspInit(void)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function is generated automatically by STM32CubeMX and eventually
-            modified by the user
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  DeInitializes the PPP MSP.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_PPP_MspDeInit(void)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function is generated automatically by STM32CubeMX and eventually
-            modified by the user
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_nand.c b/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_nand.c
deleted file mode 100644
index f1a7b2b87a..0000000000
--- a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_nand.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1014 +0,0 @@
-/**
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @file    stm32f7xx_hal_nand.c
-  * @author  MCD Application Team
-  * @version V1.0.1
-  * @date    25-June-2015
-  * @brief   NAND HAL module driver.
-  *          This file provides a generic firmware to drive NAND memories mounted
-  *          as external device.
-  *
-  @verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                         ##### How to use this driver #####
-  ==============================================================================
-    [..]
-      This driver is a generic layered driver which contains a set of APIs used to
-      control NAND flash memories. It uses the FMC/FSMC layer functions to interface
-      with NAND devices. This driver is used as follows:
-
-      (+) NAND flash memory configuration sequence using the function HAL_NAND_Init()
-          with control and timing parameters for both common and attribute spaces.
-
-      (+) Read NAND flash memory maker and device IDs using the function
-          HAL_NAND_Read_ID(). The read information is stored in the NAND_ID_TypeDef
-          structure declared by the function caller.
-
-      (+) Access NAND flash memory by read/write operations using the functions
-          HAL_NAND_Read_Page()/HAL_NAND_Read_SpareArea(), HAL_NAND_Write_Page()/HAL_NAND_Write_SpareArea()
-          to read/write page(s)/spare area(s). These functions use specific device
-          information (Block, page size..) predefined by the user in the HAL_NAND_Info_TypeDef
-          structure. The read/write address information is contained by the Nand_Address_Typedef
-          structure passed as parameter.
-
-      (+) Perform NAND flash Reset chip operation using the function HAL_NAND_Reset().
-
-      (+) Perform NAND flash erase block operation using the function HAL_NAND_Erase_Block().
-          The erase block address information is contained in the Nand_Address_Typedef
-          structure passed as parameter.
-
-      (+) Read the NAND flash status operation using the function HAL_NAND_Read_Status().
-
-      (+) You can also control the NAND device by calling the control APIs HAL_NAND_ECC_Enable()/
-          HAL_NAND_ECC_Disable() to respectively enable/disable the ECC code correction
-          feature or the function HAL_NAND_GetECC() to get the ECC correction code.
-
-      (+) You can monitor the NAND device HAL state by calling the function
-          HAL_NAND_GetState()
-
-    [..]
-      (@) This driver is a set of generic APIs which handle standard NAND flash operations.
-          If a NAND flash device contains different operations and/or implementations,
-          it should be implemented separately.
-
-  @endverbatim
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @attention
-  *
-  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
-  *
-  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
-  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
-  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
-  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
-  *      without specific prior written permission.
-  *
-  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
-  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
-  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
-  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
-  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
-  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
-  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
-  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
-  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
-  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-  *
-  ******************************************************************************
-  */
-
-/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
-
-/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
-  * @{
-  */
-
-
-#ifdef HAL_NAND_MODULE_ENABLED
-
-/** @defgroup NAND NAND
-  * @brief NAND HAL module driver
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private Constants ------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
-/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/** @defgroup NAND_Exported_Functions NAND Exported Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup NAND_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
-  * @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions
-  *
-  @verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-            ##### NAND Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
-  ==============================================================================
-  [..]
-    This section provides functions allowing to initialize/de-initialize
-    the NAND memory
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Perform NAND memory Initialization sequence
-  * @param  hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for NAND module.
-  * @param  ComSpace_Timing: pointer to Common space timing structure
-  * @param  AttSpace_Timing: pointer to Attribute space timing structure
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef  HAL_NAND_Init(NAND_HandleTypeDef *hnand, FMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef *ComSpace_Timing, FMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef *AttSpace_Timing)
-{
-  /* Check the NAND handle state */
-  if(hnand == NULL)
-  {
-     return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if(hnand->State == HAL_NAND_STATE_RESET)
-  {
-    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
-    hnand->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
-    /* Initialize the low level hardware (MSP) */
-    HAL_NAND_MspInit(hnand);
-  }
-
-  /* Initialize NAND control Interface */
-  FMC_NAND_Init(hnand->Instance, &(hnand->Init));
-
-  /* Initialize NAND common space timing Interface */
-  FMC_NAND_CommonSpace_Timing_Init(hnand->Instance, ComSpace_Timing, hnand->Init.NandBank);
-
-  /* Initialize NAND attribute space timing Interface */
-  FMC_NAND_AttributeSpace_Timing_Init(hnand->Instance, AttSpace_Timing, hnand->Init.NandBank);
-
-  /* Enable the NAND device */
-  __FMC_NAND_ENABLE(hnand->Instance);
-
-  /* Update the NAND controller state */
-  hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_READY;
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Perform NAND memory De-Initialization sequence
-  * @param  hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for NAND module.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NAND_DeInit(NAND_HandleTypeDef *hnand)
-{
-  /* Initialize the low level hardware (MSP) */
-  HAL_NAND_MspDeInit(hnand);
-
-  /* Configure the NAND registers with their reset values */
-  FMC_NAND_DeInit(hnand->Instance, hnand->Init.NandBank);
-
-  /* Reset the NAND controller state */
-  hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_RESET;
-
-  /* Release Lock */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hnand);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  NAND MSP Init
-  * @param  hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for NAND module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_NAND_MspInit(NAND_HandleTypeDef *hnand)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_NAND_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  NAND MSP DeInit
-  * @param  hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for NAND module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_NAND_MspDeInit(NAND_HandleTypeDef *hnand)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_NAND_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-
-/**
-  * @brief  This function handles NAND device interrupt request.
-  * @param  hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for NAND module.
-  * @retval HAL status
-*/
-void HAL_NAND_IRQHandler(NAND_HandleTypeDef *hnand)
-{
-  /* Check NAND interrupt Rising edge flag */
-  if(__FMC_NAND_GET_FLAG(hnand->Instance, hnand->Init.NandBank, FMC_FLAG_RISING_EDGE))
-  {
-    /* NAND interrupt callback*/
-    HAL_NAND_ITCallback(hnand);
-
-    /* Clear NAND interrupt Rising edge pending bit */
-    __FMC_NAND_CLEAR_FLAG(hnand->Instance, FMC_FLAG_RISING_EDGE);
-  }
-
-  /* Check NAND interrupt Level flag */
-  if(__FMC_NAND_GET_FLAG(hnand->Instance, hnand->Init.NandBank, FMC_FLAG_LEVEL))
-  {
-    /* NAND interrupt callback*/
-    HAL_NAND_ITCallback(hnand);
-
-    /* Clear NAND interrupt Level pending bit */
-    __FMC_NAND_CLEAR_FLAG(hnand->Instance, FMC_FLAG_LEVEL);
-  }
-
-  /* Check NAND interrupt Falling edge flag */
-  if(__FMC_NAND_GET_FLAG(hnand->Instance, hnand->Init.NandBank, FMC_FLAG_FALLING_EDGE))
-  {
-    /* NAND interrupt callback*/
-    HAL_NAND_ITCallback(hnand);
-
-    /* Clear NAND interrupt Falling edge pending bit */
-    __FMC_NAND_CLEAR_FLAG(hnand->Instance, FMC_FLAG_FALLING_EDGE);
-  }
-
-  /* Check NAND interrupt FIFO empty flag */
-  if(__FMC_NAND_GET_FLAG(hnand->Instance, hnand->Init.NandBank, FMC_FLAG_FEMPT))
-  {
-    /* NAND interrupt callback*/
-    HAL_NAND_ITCallback(hnand);
-
-    /* Clear NAND interrupt FIFO empty pending bit */
-    __FMC_NAND_CLEAR_FLAG(hnand->Instance, FMC_FLAG_FEMPT);
-  }
-
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  NAND interrupt feature callback
-  * @param  hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for NAND module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_NAND_ITCallback(NAND_HandleTypeDef *hnand)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_NAND_ITCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup NAND_Exported_Functions_Group2 Input and Output functions
-  * @brief    Input Output and memory control functions
-  *
-  @verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                    ##### NAND Input and Output functions #####
-  ==============================================================================
-  [..]
-    This section provides functions allowing to use and control the NAND
-    memory
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Read the NAND memory electronic signature
-  * @param  hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for NAND module.
-  * @param  pNAND_ID: NAND ID structure
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NAND_Read_ID(NAND_HandleTypeDef *hnand, NAND_IDTypeDef *pNAND_ID)
-{
-  __IO uint32_t data = 0;
-  uint32_t deviceAddress = 0;
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hnand);
-
-  /* Check the NAND controller state */
-  if(hnand->State == HAL_NAND_STATE_BUSY)
-  {
-     return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-
-  /* Identify the device address */
-  deviceAddress = NAND_DEVICE;
-
-  /* Update the NAND controller state */
-  hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Send Read ID command sequence */
-  *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceAddress | CMD_AREA))  = NAND_CMD_READID;
-  *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceAddress | ADDR_AREA)) = 0x00;
-
-  /* Read the electronic signature from NAND flash */
-  data = *(__IO uint32_t *)deviceAddress;
-
-  /* Return the data read */
-  pNAND_ID->Maker_Id   = ADDR_1ST_CYCLE(data);
-  pNAND_ID->Device_Id  = ADDR_2ND_CYCLE(data);
-  pNAND_ID->Third_Id   = ADDR_3RD_CYCLE(data);
-  pNAND_ID->Fourth_Id  = ADDR_4TH_CYCLE(data);
-
-  /* Update the NAND controller state */
-  hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hnand);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  NAND memory reset
-  * @param  hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for NAND module.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NAND_Reset(NAND_HandleTypeDef *hnand)
-{
-  uint32_t deviceAddress = 0;
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hnand);
-
-  /* Check the NAND controller state */
-  if(hnand->State == HAL_NAND_STATE_BUSY)
-  {
-     return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-
-  /* Identify the device address */
-  deviceAddress = NAND_DEVICE;
-
-  /* Update the NAND controller state */
-  hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Send NAND reset command */
-  *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceAddress | CMD_AREA)) = 0xFF;
-
-
-  /* Update the NAND controller state */
-  hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hnand);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Read Page(s) from NAND memory block
-  * @param  hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for NAND module.
-  * @param  pAddress : pointer to NAND address structure
-  * @param  pBuffer : pointer to destination read buffer
-  * @param  NumPageToRead : number of pages to read from block
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NAND_Read_Page(NAND_HandleTypeDef *hnand, NAND_AddressTypeDef *pAddress, uint8_t *pBuffer, uint32_t NumPageToRead)
-{
-  __IO uint32_t index  = 0;
-  uint32_t deviceAddress = 0, size = 0, numPagesRead = 0, nandAddress = 0;
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hnand);
-
-  /* Check the NAND controller state */
-  if(hnand->State == HAL_NAND_STATE_BUSY)
-  {
-     return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-
-  /* Identify the device address */
-  deviceAddress = NAND_DEVICE;
-
-  /* Update the NAND controller state */
-  hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* NAND raw address calculation */
-  nandAddress = ARRAY_ADDRESS(pAddress, hnand);
-
-  /* Page(s) read loop */
-  while((NumPageToRead != 0) && (nandAddress < ((hnand->Info.BlockSize) * (hnand->Info.PageSize) * (hnand->Info.ZoneSize))))
-  {
-    /* update the buffer size */
-    size = (hnand->Info.PageSize) + ((hnand->Info.PageSize) * numPagesRead);
-
-    /* Send read page command sequence */
-    *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceAddress | CMD_AREA)) = NAND_CMD_AREA_A;
-
-    *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceAddress | ADDR_AREA)) = 0x00;
-    *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceAddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_1ST_CYCLE(nandAddress);
-    *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceAddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_2ND_CYCLE(nandAddress);
-    *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceAddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_3RD_CYCLE(nandAddress);
-
-    /* for 512 and 1 GB devices, 4th cycle is required */
-    if(hnand->Info.BlockNbr >= 1024)
-    {
-      *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceAddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_4TH_CYCLE(nandAddress);
-    }
-
-    *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceAddress | CMD_AREA))  = NAND_CMD_AREA_TRUE1;
-
-    /* Get Data into Buffer */
-    for(index = 0; index < size; index++)
-    {
-      *(uint8_t *)pBuffer++ = *(uint8_t *)deviceAddress;
-    }
-
-    /* Increment read pages number */
-    numPagesRead++;
-
-    /* Decrement pages to read */
-    NumPageToRead--;
-
-    /* Increment the NAND address */
-    nandAddress = (uint32_t)(nandAddress + (hnand->Info.PageSize * 8));
-
-  }
-
-  /* Update the NAND controller state */
-  hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hnand);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Write Page(s) to NAND memory block
-  * @param  hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for NAND module.
-  * @param  pAddress : pointer to NAND address structure
-  * @param  pBuffer : pointer to source buffer to write
-  * @param  NumPageToWrite  : number of pages to write to block
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NAND_Write_Page(NAND_HandleTypeDef *hnand, NAND_AddressTypeDef *pAddress, uint8_t *pBuffer, uint32_t NumPageToWrite)
-{
-  __IO uint32_t index = 0;
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-  uint32_t deviceAddress = 0, size = 0, numPagesWritten = 0, nandAddress = 0;
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hnand);
-
-  /* Check the NAND controller state */
-  if(hnand->State == HAL_NAND_STATE_BUSY)
-  {
-     return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-
-  /* Identify the device address */
-  deviceAddress = NAND_DEVICE;
-
-  /* Update the NAND controller state */
-  hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* NAND raw address calculation */
-  nandAddress = ARRAY_ADDRESS(pAddress, hnand);
-
-  /* Page(s) write loop */
-  while((NumPageToWrite != 0) && (nandAddress < ((hnand->Info.BlockSize) * (hnand->Info.PageSize) * (hnand->Info.ZoneSize))))
-  {
-    /* update the buffer size */
-    size = (hnand->Info.PageSize) + ((hnand->Info.PageSize) * numPagesWritten);
-
-    /* Send write page command sequence */
-    *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceAddress | CMD_AREA)) = NAND_CMD_AREA_A;
-    *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceAddress | CMD_AREA)) = NAND_CMD_WRITE0;
-
-    *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceAddress | ADDR_AREA)) = 0x00;
-    *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceAddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_1ST_CYCLE(nandAddress);
-    *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceAddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_2ND_CYCLE(nandAddress);
-    *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceAddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_3RD_CYCLE(nandAddress);
-    __DSB();
-
-    /* for 512 and 1 GB devices, 4th cycle is required */
-    if(hnand->Info.BlockNbr >= 1024)
-    {
-      *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceAddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_4TH_CYCLE(nandAddress);
-      __DSB();
-    }
-
-    /* Write data to memory */
-    for(index = 0; index < size; index++)
-    {
-      *(__IO uint8_t *)deviceAddress = *(uint8_t *)pBuffer++;
-      __DSB();
-    }
-
-    *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceAddress | CMD_AREA)) = NAND_CMD_WRITE_TRUE1;
-
-    /* Read status until NAND is ready */
-    while(HAL_NAND_Read_Status(hnand) != NAND_READY)
-    {
-      /* Get tick */
-      tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > NAND_WRITE_TIMEOUT)
-      {
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Increment written pages number */
-    numPagesWritten++;
-
-    /* Decrement pages to write */
-    NumPageToWrite--;
-
-    /* Increment the NAND address */
-    nandAddress = (uint32_t)(nandAddress + (hnand->Info.PageSize * 8));
-  }
-
-  /* Update the NAND controller state */
-  hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hnand);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Read Spare area(s) from NAND memory
-  * @param  hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for NAND module.
-  * @param  pAddress : pointer to NAND address structure
-  * @param  pBuffer: pointer to source buffer to write
-  * @param  NumSpareAreaToRead: Number of spare area to read
-  * @retval HAL status
-*/
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NAND_Read_SpareArea(NAND_HandleTypeDef *hnand, NAND_AddressTypeDef *pAddress, uint8_t *pBuffer, uint32_t NumSpareAreaToRead)
-{
-  __IO uint32_t index = 0;
-  uint32_t deviceAddress = 0, size = 0, numSpareAreaRead = 0, nandAddress = 0;
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hnand);
-
-  /* Check the NAND controller state */
-  if(hnand->State == HAL_NAND_STATE_BUSY)
-  {
-     return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-
-  /* Identify the device address */
-  deviceAddress = NAND_DEVICE;
-
-  /* Update the NAND controller state */
-  hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* NAND raw address calculation */
-  nandAddress = ARRAY_ADDRESS(pAddress, hnand);
-
-  /* Spare area(s) read loop */
-  while((NumSpareAreaToRead != 0) && (nandAddress < ((hnand->Info.BlockSize) * (hnand->Info.SpareAreaSize) * (hnand->Info.ZoneSize))))
-  {
-
-    /* update the buffer size */
-    size = (hnand->Info.SpareAreaSize) + ((hnand->Info.SpareAreaSize) * numSpareAreaRead);
-
-    /* Send read spare area command sequence */
-    *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceAddress | CMD_AREA)) = NAND_CMD_AREA_C;
-
-    *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceAddress | ADDR_AREA)) = 0x00;
-    *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceAddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_1ST_CYCLE(nandAddress);
-    *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceAddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_2ND_CYCLE(nandAddress);
-    *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceAddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_3RD_CYCLE(nandAddress);
-
-    /* for 512 and 1 GB devices, 4th cycle is required */
-    if(hnand->Info.BlockNbr >= 1024)
-    {
-      *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceAddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_4TH_CYCLE(nandAddress);
-    }
-
-    *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceAddress | CMD_AREA)) = NAND_CMD_AREA_TRUE1;
-
-    /* Get Data into Buffer */
-    for(index = 0; index < size; index++)
-    {
-      *(uint8_t *)pBuffer++ = *(uint8_t *)deviceAddress;
-    }
-
-    /* Increment read spare areas number */
-    numSpareAreaRead++;
-
-    /* Decrement spare areas to read */
-    NumSpareAreaToRead--;
-
-    /* Increment the NAND address */
-    nandAddress = (uint32_t)(nandAddress + (hnand->Info.SpareAreaSize));
-  }
-
-  /* Update the NAND controller state */
-  hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hnand);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Write Spare area(s) to NAND memory
-  * @param  hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for NAND module.
-  * @param  pAddress : pointer to NAND address structure
-  * @param  pBuffer : pointer to source buffer to write
-  * @param  NumSpareAreaTowrite  : number of spare areas to write to block
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NAND_Write_SpareArea(NAND_HandleTypeDef *hnand, NAND_AddressTypeDef *pAddress, uint8_t *pBuffer, uint32_t NumSpareAreaTowrite)
-{
-  __IO uint32_t index = 0;
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-  uint32_t deviceAddress = 0, size = 0, numSpareAreaWritten = 0, nandAddress = 0;
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hnand);
-
-  /* Check the NAND controller state */
-  if(hnand->State == HAL_NAND_STATE_BUSY)
-  {
-     return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-
-  /* Identify the device address */
-  deviceAddress = NAND_DEVICE;
-
-  /* Update the FMC_NAND controller state */
-  hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* NAND raw address calculation */
-  nandAddress = ARRAY_ADDRESS(pAddress, hnand);
-
-  /* Spare area(s) write loop */
-  while((NumSpareAreaTowrite != 0) && (nandAddress < ((hnand->Info.BlockSize) * (hnand->Info.SpareAreaSize) * (hnand->Info.ZoneSize))))
-  {
-    /* update the buffer size */
-    size = (hnand->Info.SpareAreaSize) + ((hnand->Info.SpareAreaSize) * numSpareAreaWritten);
-
-    /* Send write Spare area command sequence */
-    *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceAddress | CMD_AREA)) = NAND_CMD_AREA_C;
-    *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceAddress | CMD_AREA)) = NAND_CMD_WRITE0;
-
-    *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceAddress | ADDR_AREA)) = 0x00;
-    *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceAddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_1ST_CYCLE(nandAddress);
-    *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceAddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_2ND_CYCLE(nandAddress);
-    *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceAddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_3RD_CYCLE(nandAddress);
-    __DSB();
-    /* for 512 and 1 GB devices, 4th cycle is required */
-    if(hnand->Info.BlockNbr >= 1024)
-    {
-      *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceAddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_4TH_CYCLE(nandAddress);
-      __DSB();
-    }
-
-    /* Write data to memory */
-    for(index = 0; index < size; index++)
-    {
-      *(__IO uint8_t *)deviceAddress = *(uint8_t *)pBuffer++;
-      __DSB();
-    }
-
-    *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(deviceAddress | CMD_AREA)) = NAND_CMD_WRITE_TRUE1;
-    __DSB();
-
-    /* Read status until NAND is ready */
-    while(HAL_NAND_Read_Status(hnand) != NAND_READY)
-    {
-      /* Get tick */
-      tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > NAND_WRITE_TIMEOUT)
-      {
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Increment written spare areas number */
-    numSpareAreaWritten++;
-
-    /* Decrement spare areas to write */
-    NumSpareAreaTowrite--;
-
-    /* Increment the NAND address */
-    nandAddress = (uint32_t)(nandAddress + (hnand->Info.PageSize));
-  }
-
-  /* Update the NAND controller state */
-  hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hnand);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  NAND memory Block erase
-  * @param  hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for NAND module.
-  * @param  pAddress : pointer to NAND address structure
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NAND_Erase_Block(NAND_HandleTypeDef *hnand, NAND_AddressTypeDef *pAddress)
-{
-  uint32_t DeviceAddress = 0;
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hnand);
-
-  /* Check the NAND controller state */
-  if(hnand->State == HAL_NAND_STATE_BUSY)
-  {
-     return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-
-  /* Identify the device address */
-  DeviceAddress = NAND_DEVICE;
-
-  /* Update the NAND controller state */
-  hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Send Erase block command sequence */
-  *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(DeviceAddress | CMD_AREA)) = NAND_CMD_ERASE0;
-
-  *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(DeviceAddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_1ST_CYCLE(ARRAY_ADDRESS(pAddress, hnand));
-  *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(DeviceAddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_2ND_CYCLE(ARRAY_ADDRESS(pAddress, hnand));
-  *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(DeviceAddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_3RD_CYCLE(ARRAY_ADDRESS(pAddress, hnand));
-  __DSB();
-
-  /* for 512 and 1 GB devices, 4th cycle is required */
-  if(hnand->Info.BlockNbr >= 1024)
-  {
-    *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(DeviceAddress | ADDR_AREA)) = ADDR_4TH_CYCLE(ARRAY_ADDRESS(pAddress, hnand));
-    __DSB();
-  }
-
-  *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(DeviceAddress | CMD_AREA)) = NAND_CMD_ERASE1;
-  __DSB();
-
-  /* Update the NAND controller state */
-  hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hnand);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  NAND memory read status
-  * @param  hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for NAND module.
-  * @retval NAND status
-  */
-uint32_t HAL_NAND_Read_Status(NAND_HandleTypeDef *hnand)
-{
-  uint32_t data = 0;
-  uint32_t DeviceAddress = 0;
-
-  /* Identify the device address */
-   DeviceAddress = NAND_DEVICE;
-
-  /* Send Read status operation command */
-  *(__IO uint8_t *)((uint32_t)(DeviceAddress | CMD_AREA)) = NAND_CMD_STATUS;
-
-  /* Read status register data */
-  data = *(__IO uint8_t *)DeviceAddress;
-
-  /* Return the status */
-  if((data & NAND_ERROR) == NAND_ERROR)
-  {
-    return NAND_ERROR;
-  }
-  else if((data & NAND_READY) == NAND_READY)
-  {
-    return NAND_READY;
-  }
-
-  return NAND_BUSY;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Increment the NAND memory address
-  * @param  hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for NAND module.
-  * @param pAddress: pointer to NAND address structure
-  * @retval The new status of the increment address operation. It can be:
-  *           - NAND_VALID_ADDRESS: When the new address is valid address
-  *           - NAND_INVALID_ADDRESS: When the new address is invalid address
-  */
-uint32_t HAL_NAND_Address_Inc(NAND_HandleTypeDef *hnand, NAND_AddressTypeDef *pAddress)
-{
-  uint32_t status = NAND_VALID_ADDRESS;
-
-  /* Increment page address */
-  pAddress->Page++;
-
-  /* Check NAND address is valid */
-  if(pAddress->Page == hnand->Info.BlockSize)
-  {
-    pAddress->Page = 0;
-    pAddress->Block++;
-
-    if(pAddress->Block == hnand->Info.ZoneSize)
-    {
-      pAddress->Block = 0;
-      pAddress->Zone++;
-
-      if(pAddress->Zone == (hnand->Info.ZoneSize/ hnand->Info.BlockNbr))
-      {
-        status = NAND_INVALID_ADDRESS;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  return (status);
-}
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup NAND_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions
- *  @brief   management functions
- *
-@verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                         ##### NAND Control functions #####
-  ==============================================================================
-  [..]
-    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control dynamically
-    the NAND interface.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Enables dynamically NAND ECC feature.
-  * @param  hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for NAND module.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef  HAL_NAND_ECC_Enable(NAND_HandleTypeDef *hnand)
-{
-  /* Check the NAND controller state */
-  if(hnand->State == HAL_NAND_STATE_BUSY)
-  {
-     return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-
-  /* Update the NAND state */
-  hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Enable ECC feature */
-  FMC_NAND_ECC_Enable(hnand->Instance, hnand->Init.NandBank);
-
-  /* Update the NAND state */
-  hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_READY;
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Disables dynamically FMC_NAND ECC feature.
-  * @param  hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for NAND module.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef  HAL_NAND_ECC_Disable(NAND_HandleTypeDef *hnand)
-{
-  /* Check the NAND controller state */
-  if(hnand->State == HAL_NAND_STATE_BUSY)
-  {
-     return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-
-  /* Update the NAND state */
-  hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Disable ECC feature */
-  FMC_NAND_ECC_Disable(hnand->Instance, hnand->Init.NandBank);
-
-  /* Update the NAND state */
-  hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_READY;
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Disables dynamically NAND ECC feature.
-  * @param  hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for NAND module.
-  * @param  ECCval: pointer to ECC value
-  * @param  Timeout: maximum timeout to wait
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef  HAL_NAND_GetECC(NAND_HandleTypeDef *hnand, uint32_t *ECCval, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
-
-  /* Check the NAND controller state */
-  if(hnand->State == HAL_NAND_STATE_BUSY)
-  {
-     return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-
-  /* Update the NAND state */
-  hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Get NAND ECC value */
-  status = FMC_NAND_GetECC(hnand->Instance, ECCval, hnand->Init.NandBank, Timeout);
-
-  /* Update the NAND state */
-  hnand->State = HAL_NAND_STATE_READY;
-
-  return status;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-
-/** @defgroup NAND_Exported_Functions_Group4 Peripheral State functions
- *  @brief   Peripheral State functions
- *
-@verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                         ##### NAND State functions #####
-  ==============================================================================
-  [..]
-    This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the NAND controller
-    and the data flow.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  return the NAND state
-  * @param  hnand: pointer to a NAND_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for NAND module.
-  * @retval HAL state
-  */
-HAL_NAND_StateTypeDef HAL_NAND_GetState(NAND_HandleTypeDef *hnand)
-{
-  return hnand->State;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-#endif /* HAL_NAND_MODULE_ENABLED  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_nor.c b/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_nor.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 03e82f46fe..0000000000
--- a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_nor.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1014 +0,0 @@
-/**
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @file    stm32f7xx_hal_nor.c
-  * @author  MCD Application Team
-  * @version V1.0.1
-  * @date    25-June-2015
-  * @brief   NOR HAL module driver.
-  *          This file provides a generic firmware to drive NOR memories mounted
-  *          as external device.
-  *
-  @verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                     ##### How to use this driver #####
-  ==============================================================================
-    [..]
-      This driver is a generic layered driver which contains a set of APIs used to
-      control NOR flash memories. It uses the FMC layer functions to interface
-      with NOR devices. This driver is used as follows:
-
-      (+) NOR flash memory configuration sequence using the function HAL_NOR_Init()
-          with control and timing parameters for both normal and extended mode.
-
-      (+) Read NOR flash memory manufacturer code and device IDs using the function
-          HAL_NOR_Read_ID(). The read information is stored in the NOR_ID_TypeDef
-          structure declared by the function caller.
-
-      (+) Access NOR flash memory by read/write data unit operations using the functions
-          HAL_NOR_Read(), HAL_NOR_Program().
-
-      (+) Perform NOR flash erase block/chip operations using the functions
-          HAL_NOR_Erase_Block() and HAL_NOR_Erase_Chip().
-
-      (+) Read the NOR flash CFI (common flash interface) IDs using the function
-          HAL_NOR_Read_CFI(). The read information is stored in the NOR_CFI_TypeDef
-          structure declared by the function caller.
-
-      (+) You can also control the NOR device by calling the control APIs HAL_NOR_WriteOperation_Enable()/
-          HAL_NOR_WriteOperation_Disable() to respectively enable/disable the NOR write operation
-
-      (+) You can monitor the NOR device HAL state by calling the function
-          HAL_NOR_GetState()
-    [..]
-     (@) This driver is a set of generic APIs which handle standard NOR flash operations.
-         If a NOR flash device contains different operations and/or implementations,
-         it should be implemented separately.
-
-     *** NOR HAL driver macros list ***
-     =============================================
-     [..]
-       Below the list of most used macros in NOR HAL driver.
-
-      (+) NOR_WRITE : NOR memory write data to specified address
-
-  @endverbatim
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @attention
-  *
-  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
-  *
-  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
-  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
-  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
-  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
-  *      without specific prior written permission.
-  *
-  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
-  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
-  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
-  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
-  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
-  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
-  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
-  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
-  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
-  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-  *
-  ******************************************************************************
-  */
-
-/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
-
-/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup NOR NOR
-  * @brief NOR driver modules
-  * @{
-  */
-#ifdef HAL_NOR_MODULE_ENABLED
-
-/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/** @defgroup NOR_Private_Defines NOR Private Defines
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/* Constants to define address to set to write a command */
-#define NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_FIRST                 (uint16_t)0x0555
-#define NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_FIRST_CFI             (uint16_t)0x0055
-#define NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_SECOND                (uint16_t)0x02AA
-#define NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_THIRD                 (uint16_t)0x0555
-#define NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_FOURTH                (uint16_t)0x0555
-#define NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_FIFTH                 (uint16_t)0x02AA
-#define NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_SIXTH                 (uint16_t)0x0555
-
-/* Constants to define data to program a command */
-#define NOR_CMD_DATA_READ_RESET               (uint16_t)0x00F0
-#define NOR_CMD_DATA_FIRST                    (uint16_t)0x00AA
-#define NOR_CMD_DATA_SECOND                   (uint16_t)0x0055
-#define NOR_CMD_DATA_AUTO_SELECT              (uint16_t)0x0090
-#define NOR_CMD_DATA_PROGRAM                  (uint16_t)0x00A0
-#define NOR_CMD_DATA_CHIP_BLOCK_ERASE_THIRD   (uint16_t)0x0080
-#define NOR_CMD_DATA_CHIP_BLOCK_ERASE_FOURTH  (uint16_t)0x00AA
-#define NOR_CMD_DATA_CHIP_BLOCK_ERASE_FIFTH   (uint16_t)0x0055
-#define NOR_CMD_DATA_CHIP_ERASE               (uint16_t)0x0010
-#define NOR_CMD_DATA_CFI                      (uint16_t)0x0098
-
-#define NOR_CMD_DATA_BUFFER_AND_PROG          (uint8_t)0x25
-#define NOR_CMD_DATA_BUFFER_AND_PROG_CONFIRM  (uint8_t)0x29
-#define NOR_CMD_DATA_BLOCK_ERASE              (uint8_t)0x30
-
-/* Mask on NOR STATUS REGISTER */
-#define NOR_MASK_STATUS_DQ5                   (uint16_t)0x0020
-#define NOR_MASK_STATUS_DQ6                   (uint16_t)0x0040
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
-/** @defgroup NOR_Exported_Functions NOR Exported Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup NOR_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
-  * @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions
-  *
-  @verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-           ##### NOR Initialization and de_initialization functions #####
-  ==============================================================================
-  [..]
-    This section provides functions allowing to initialize/de-initialize
-    the NOR memory
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Perform the NOR memory Initialization sequence
-  * @param  hnor: pointer to a NOR_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for NOR module.
-  * @param  Timing: pointer to NOR control timing structure
-  * @param  ExtTiming: pointer to NOR extended mode timing structure
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_Init(NOR_HandleTypeDef *hnor, FMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef *Timing, FMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef *ExtTiming)
-{
-  /* Check the NOR handle parameter */
-  if(hnor == NULL)
-  {
-     return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if(hnor->State == HAL_NOR_STATE_RESET)
-  {
-    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
-    hnor->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
-    /* Initialize the low level hardware (MSP) */
-    HAL_NOR_MspInit(hnor);
-  }
-
-  /* Initialize NOR control Interface */
-  FMC_NORSRAM_Init(hnor->Instance, &(hnor->Init));
-
-  /* Initialize NOR timing Interface */
-  FMC_NORSRAM_Timing_Init(hnor->Instance, Timing, hnor->Init.NSBank);
-
-  /* Initialize NOR extended mode timing Interface */
-  FMC_NORSRAM_Extended_Timing_Init(hnor->Extended, ExtTiming, hnor->Init.NSBank, hnor->Init.ExtendedMode);
-
-  /* Enable the NORSRAM device */
-  __FMC_NORSRAM_ENABLE(hnor->Instance, hnor->Init.NSBank);
-
-  /* Check the NOR controller state */
-  hnor->State = HAL_NOR_STATE_READY;
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Perform NOR memory De-Initialization sequence
-  * @param  hnor: pointer to a NOR_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for NOR module.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_DeInit(NOR_HandleTypeDef *hnor)
-{
-  /* De-Initialize the low level hardware (MSP) */
-  HAL_NOR_MspDeInit(hnor);
-
-  /* Configure the NOR registers with their reset values */
-  FMC_NORSRAM_DeInit(hnor->Instance, hnor->Extended, hnor->Init.NSBank);
-
-  /* Update the NOR controller state */
-  hnor->State = HAL_NOR_STATE_RESET;
-
-  /* Release Lock */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hnor);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  NOR MSP Init
-  * @param  hnor: pointer to a NOR_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for NOR module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_NOR_MspInit(NOR_HandleTypeDef *hnor)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_NOR_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  NOR MSP DeInit
-  * @param  hnor: pointer to a NOR_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for NOR module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_NOR_MspDeInit(NOR_HandleTypeDef *hnor)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_NOR_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  NOR MSP Wait for Ready/Busy signal
-  * @param  hnor: pointer to a NOR_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for NOR module.
-  * @param  Timeout: Maximum timeout value
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_NOR_MspWait(NOR_HandleTypeDef *hnor, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_NOR_MspWait could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup NOR_Exported_Functions_Group2 Input and Output functions
-  * @brief    Input Output and memory control functions
-  *
-  @verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                ##### NOR Input and Output functions #####
-  ==============================================================================
-  [..]
-    This section provides functions allowing to use and control the NOR memory
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Read NOR flash IDs
-  * @param  hnor: pointer to a NOR_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for NOR module.
-  * @param  pNOR_ID : pointer to NOR ID structure
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_Read_ID(NOR_HandleTypeDef *hnor, NOR_IDTypeDef *pNOR_ID)
-{
-  uint32_t deviceaddress = 0;
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hnor);
-
-  /* Check the NOR controller state */
-  if(hnor->State == HAL_NOR_STATE_BUSY)
-  {
-     return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-
-  /* Select the NOR device address */
-  if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FMC_NORSRAM_BANK1)
-  {
-    deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS1;
-  }
-  else if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FMC_NORSRAM_BANK2)
-  {
-    deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS2;
-  }
-  else if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FMC_NORSRAM_BANK3)
-  {
-    deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS3;
-  }
-  else /* FMC_NORSRAM_BANK4 */
-  {
-    deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS4;
-  }
-
-  /* Update the NOR controller state */
-  hnor->State = HAL_NOR_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Send read ID command */
-  NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_FIRST), NOR_CMD_DATA_FIRST);
-  NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_SECOND), NOR_CMD_DATA_SECOND);
-  NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_THIRD), NOR_CMD_DATA_AUTO_SELECT);
-
-  /* Read the NOR IDs */
-  pNOR_ID->Manufacturer_Code = *(__IO uint16_t *) NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, MC_ADDRESS);
-  pNOR_ID->Device_Code1      = *(__IO uint16_t *) NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, DEVICE_CODE1_ADDR);
-  pNOR_ID->Device_Code2      = *(__IO uint16_t *) NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, DEVICE_CODE2_ADDR);
-  pNOR_ID->Device_Code3      = *(__IO uint16_t *) NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, DEVICE_CODE3_ADDR);
-
-  /* Check the NOR controller state */
-  hnor->State = HAL_NOR_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hnor);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Returns the NOR memory to Read mode.
-  * @param  hnor: pointer to a NOR_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for NOR module.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_ReturnToReadMode(NOR_HandleTypeDef *hnor)
-{
-  uint32_t deviceaddress = 0;
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hnor);
-
-  /* Check the NOR controller state */
-  if(hnor->State == HAL_NOR_STATE_BUSY)
-  {
-     return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-
-  /* Select the NOR device address */
-  if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FMC_NORSRAM_BANK1)
-  {
-    deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS1;
-  }
-  else if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FMC_NORSRAM_BANK2)
-  {
-    deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS2;
-  }
-  else if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FMC_NORSRAM_BANK3)
-  {
-    deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS3;
-  }
-  else /* FMC_NORSRAM_BANK4 */
-  {
-    deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS4;
-  }
-
-  NOR_WRITE(deviceaddress, NOR_CMD_DATA_READ_RESET);
-
-  /* Check the NOR controller state */
-  hnor->State = HAL_NOR_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hnor);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Read data from NOR memory
-  * @param  hnor: pointer to a NOR_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for NOR module.
-  * @param  pAddress: pointer to Device address
-  * @param  pData : pointer to read data
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_Read(NOR_HandleTypeDef *hnor, uint32_t *pAddress, uint16_t *pData)
-{
-  uint32_t deviceaddress = 0;
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hnor);
-
-  /* Check the NOR controller state */
-  if(hnor->State == HAL_NOR_STATE_BUSY)
-  {
-     return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-
-  /* Select the NOR device address */
-  if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FMC_NORSRAM_BANK1)
-  {
-    deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS1;
-  }
-  else if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FMC_NORSRAM_BANK2)
-  {
-    deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS2;
-  }
-  else if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FMC_NORSRAM_BANK3)
-  {
-    deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS3;
-  }
-  else /* FMC_NORSRAM_BANK4 */
-  {
-    deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS4;
-  }
-
-  /* Update the NOR controller state */
-  hnor->State = HAL_NOR_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Send read data command */
-  NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_FIRST), NOR_CMD_DATA_FIRST);
-  NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_SECOND), NOR_CMD_DATA_SECOND);
-  NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_THIRD), NOR_CMD_DATA_READ_RESET);
-
-  /* Read the data */
-  *pData = *(__IO uint32_t *)(uint32_t)pAddress;
-
-  /* Check the NOR controller state */
-  hnor->State = HAL_NOR_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hnor);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Program data to NOR memory
-  * @param  hnor: pointer to a NOR_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for NOR module.
-  * @param  pAddress: Device address
-  * @param  pData : pointer to the data to write
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_Program(NOR_HandleTypeDef *hnor, uint32_t *pAddress, uint16_t *pData)
-{
-  uint32_t deviceaddress = 0;
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hnor);
-
-  /* Check the NOR controller state */
-  if(hnor->State == HAL_NOR_STATE_BUSY)
-  {
-     return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-
-  /* Select the NOR device address */
-  if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FMC_NORSRAM_BANK1)
-  {
-    deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS1;
-  }
-  else if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FMC_NORSRAM_BANK2)
-  {
-    deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS2;
-  }
-  else if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FMC_NORSRAM_BANK3)
-  {
-    deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS3;
-  }
-  else /* FMC_NORSRAM_BANK4 */
-  {
-    deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS4;
-  }
-
-  /* Update the NOR controller state */
-  hnor->State = HAL_NOR_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Send program data command */
-  NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_FIRST), NOR_CMD_DATA_FIRST);
-  NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_SECOND), NOR_CMD_DATA_SECOND);
-  NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_THIRD), NOR_CMD_DATA_PROGRAM);
-
-  /* Write the data */
-  NOR_WRITE(pAddress, *pData);
-
-  /* Check the NOR controller state */
-  hnor->State = HAL_NOR_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hnor);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Reads a half-word buffer from the NOR memory.
-  * @param  hnor: pointer to the NOR handle
-  * @param  uwAddress: NOR memory internal address to read from.
-  * @param  pData: pointer to the buffer that receives the data read from the
-  *         NOR memory.
-  * @param  uwBufferSize : number of Half word to read.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_ReadBuffer(NOR_HandleTypeDef *hnor, uint32_t uwAddress, uint16_t *pData, uint32_t uwBufferSize)
-{
-  uint32_t deviceaddress = 0;
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hnor);
-
-  /* Check the NOR controller state */
-  if(hnor->State == HAL_NOR_STATE_BUSY)
-  {
-     return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-
-  /* Select the NOR device address */
-  if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FMC_NORSRAM_BANK1)
-  {
-    deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS1;
-  }
-  else if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FMC_NORSRAM_BANK2)
-  {
-    deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS2;
-  }
-  else if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FMC_NORSRAM_BANK3)
-  {
-    deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS3;
-  }
-  else /* FMC_NORSRAM_BANK4 */
-  {
-    deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS4;
-  }
-
-  /* Update the NOR controller state */
-  hnor->State = HAL_NOR_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Send read data command */
-  NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_FIRST), NOR_CMD_DATA_FIRST);
-  NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_SECOND), NOR_CMD_DATA_SECOND);
-  NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_THIRD), NOR_CMD_DATA_READ_RESET);
-
-  /* Read buffer */
-  while( uwBufferSize > 0)
-  {
-    *pData++ = *(__IO uint16_t *)uwAddress;
-    uwAddress += 2;
-    uwBufferSize--;
-  }
-
-  /* Check the NOR controller state */
-  hnor->State = HAL_NOR_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hnor);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Writes a half-word buffer to the NOR memory. This function must be used
-            only with S29GL128P NOR memory.
-  * @param  hnor: pointer to the NOR handle
-  * @param  uwAddress: NOR memory internal start write address
-  * @param  pData: pointer to source data buffer.
-  * @param  uwBufferSize: Size of the buffer to write
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_ProgramBuffer(NOR_HandleTypeDef *hnor, uint32_t uwAddress, uint16_t *pData, uint32_t uwBufferSize)
-{
-  uint16_t * p_currentaddress = (uint16_t *)NULL;
-  uint16_t * p_endaddress = (uint16_t *)NULL;
-  uint32_t lastloadedaddress = 0, deviceaddress = 0;
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hnor);
-
-  /* Check the NOR controller state */
-  if(hnor->State == HAL_NOR_STATE_BUSY)
-  {
-     return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-
-  /* Select the NOR device address */
-  if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FMC_NORSRAM_BANK1)
-  {
-    deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS1;
-  }
-  else if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FMC_NORSRAM_BANK2)
-  {
-    deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS2;
-  }
-  else if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FMC_NORSRAM_BANK3)
-  {
-    deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS3;
-  }
-  else /* FMC_NORSRAM_BANK4 */
-  {
-    deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS4;
-  }
-
-  /* Update the NOR controller state */
-  hnor->State = HAL_NOR_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Initialize variables */
-  p_currentaddress  = (uint16_t*)((uint32_t)(uwAddress));
-  p_endaddress      = p_currentaddress + (uwBufferSize-1);
-  lastloadedaddress = (uint32_t)(uwAddress);
-
-  /* Issue unlock command sequence */
-  NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_FIRST), NOR_CMD_DATA_FIRST);
-  NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_SECOND), NOR_CMD_DATA_SECOND);
-
-  /* Write Buffer Load Command */
-  NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, uwAddress), NOR_CMD_DATA_BUFFER_AND_PROG);
-  NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, uwAddress), (uwBufferSize - 1));
-
-  /* Load Data into NOR Buffer */
-  while(p_currentaddress <= p_endaddress)
-  {
-    /* Store last loaded address & data value (for polling) */
-     lastloadedaddress = (uint32_t)p_currentaddress;
-
-    NOR_WRITE(p_currentaddress, *pData++);
-
-    p_currentaddress ++;
-  }
-
-  NOR_WRITE((uint32_t)(lastloadedaddress), NOR_CMD_DATA_BUFFER_AND_PROG_CONFIRM);
-
-  /* Check the NOR controller state */
-  hnor->State = HAL_NOR_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hnor);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Erase the specified block of the NOR memory
-  * @param  hnor: pointer to a NOR_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for NOR module.
-  * @param  BlockAddress : Block to erase address
-  * @param  Address: Device address
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_Erase_Block(NOR_HandleTypeDef *hnor, uint32_t BlockAddress, uint32_t Address)
-{
-  uint32_t deviceaddress = 0;
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hnor);
-
-  /* Check the NOR controller state */
-  if(hnor->State == HAL_NOR_STATE_BUSY)
-  {
-     return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-
-  /* Select the NOR device address */
-  if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FMC_NORSRAM_BANK1)
-  {
-    deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS1;
-  }
-  else if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FMC_NORSRAM_BANK2)
-  {
-    deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS2;
-  }
-  else if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FMC_NORSRAM_BANK3)
-  {
-    deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS3;
-  }
-  else /* FMC_NORSRAM_BANK4 */
-  {
-    deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS4;
-  }
-
-  /* Update the NOR controller state */
-  hnor->State = HAL_NOR_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Send block erase command sequence */
-  NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_FIRST), NOR_CMD_DATA_FIRST);
-  NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_SECOND), NOR_CMD_DATA_SECOND);
-  NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_THIRD), NOR_CMD_DATA_CHIP_BLOCK_ERASE_THIRD);
-  NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_FOURTH), NOR_CMD_DATA_CHIP_BLOCK_ERASE_FOURTH);
-  NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_FIFTH), NOR_CMD_DATA_CHIP_BLOCK_ERASE_FIFTH);
-  NOR_WRITE((uint32_t)(BlockAddress + Address), NOR_CMD_DATA_BLOCK_ERASE);
-
-  /* Check the NOR memory status and update the controller state */
-  hnor->State = HAL_NOR_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hnor);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Erase the entire NOR chip.
-  * @param  hnor: pointer to a NOR_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for NOR module.
-  * @param  Address : Device address
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_Erase_Chip(NOR_HandleTypeDef *hnor, uint32_t Address)
-{
-  uint32_t deviceaddress = 0;
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hnor);
-
-  /* Check the NOR controller state */
-  if(hnor->State == HAL_NOR_STATE_BUSY)
-  {
-     return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-
-  /* Select the NOR device address */
-  if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FMC_NORSRAM_BANK1)
-  {
-    deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS1;
-  }
-  else if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FMC_NORSRAM_BANK2)
-  {
-    deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS2;
-  }
-  else if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FMC_NORSRAM_BANK3)
-  {
-    deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS3;
-  }
-  else /* FMC_NORSRAM_BANK4 */
-  {
-    deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS4;
-  }
-
-  /* Update the NOR controller state */
-  hnor->State = HAL_NOR_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Send NOR chip erase command sequence */
-  NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_FIRST), NOR_CMD_DATA_FIRST);
-  NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_SECOND), NOR_CMD_DATA_SECOND);
-  NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_THIRD), NOR_CMD_DATA_CHIP_BLOCK_ERASE_THIRD);
-  NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_FOURTH), NOR_CMD_DATA_CHIP_BLOCK_ERASE_FOURTH);
-  NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_FIFTH), NOR_CMD_DATA_CHIP_BLOCK_ERASE_FIFTH);
-  NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_SIXTH), NOR_CMD_DATA_CHIP_ERASE);
-
-  /* Check the NOR memory status and update the controller state */
-  hnor->State = HAL_NOR_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hnor);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Read NOR flash CFI IDs
-  * @param  hnor: pointer to a NOR_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for NOR module.
-  * @param  pNOR_CFI : pointer to NOR CFI IDs structure
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_Read_CFI(NOR_HandleTypeDef *hnor, NOR_CFITypeDef *pNOR_CFI)
-{
-  uint32_t deviceaddress = 0;
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hnor);
-
-  /* Check the NOR controller state */
-  if(hnor->State == HAL_NOR_STATE_BUSY)
-  {
-     return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-
-  /* Select the NOR device address */
-  if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FMC_NORSRAM_BANK1)
-  {
-    deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS1;
-  }
-  else if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FMC_NORSRAM_BANK2)
-  {
-    deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS2;
-  }
-  else if (hnor->Init.NSBank == FMC_NORSRAM_BANK3)
-  {
-    deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS3;
-  }
-  else /* FMC_NORSRAM_BANK4 */
-  {
-    deviceaddress = NOR_MEMORY_ADRESS4;
-  }
-
-  /* Update the NOR controller state */
-  hnor->State = HAL_NOR_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Send read CFI query command */
-  NOR_WRITE(NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, NOR_CMD_ADDRESS_FIRST_CFI), NOR_CMD_DATA_CFI);
-
-  /* read the NOR CFI information */
-  pNOR_CFI->CFI_1 = *(__IO uint16_t *) NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, CFI1_ADDRESS);
-  pNOR_CFI->CFI_2 = *(__IO uint16_t *) NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, CFI2_ADDRESS);
-  pNOR_CFI->CFI_3 = *(__IO uint16_t *) NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, CFI3_ADDRESS);
-  pNOR_CFI->CFI_4 = *(__IO uint16_t *) NOR_ADDR_SHIFT(deviceaddress, NOR_MEMORY_8B, CFI4_ADDRESS);
-
-  /* Check the NOR controller state */
-  hnor->State = HAL_NOR_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hnor);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup NOR_Exported_Functions_Group3 NOR Control functions
- *  @brief   management functions
- *
-@verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                        ##### NOR Control functions #####
-  ==============================================================================
-  [..]
-    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control dynamically
-    the NOR interface.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Enables dynamically NOR write operation.
-  * @param  hnor: pointer to a NOR_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for NOR module.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_WriteOperation_Enable(NOR_HandleTypeDef *hnor)
-{
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hnor);
-
-  /* Enable write operation */
-  FMC_NORSRAM_WriteOperation_Enable(hnor->Instance, hnor->Init.NSBank);
-
-  /* Update the NOR controller state */
-  hnor->State = HAL_NOR_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hnor);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Disables dynamically NOR write operation.
-  * @param  hnor: pointer to a NOR_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for NOR module.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_WriteOperation_Disable(NOR_HandleTypeDef *hnor)
-{
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hnor);
-
-  /* Update the SRAM controller state */
-  hnor->State = HAL_NOR_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Disable write operation */
-  FMC_NORSRAM_WriteOperation_Disable(hnor->Instance, hnor->Init.NSBank);
-
-  /* Update the NOR controller state */
-  hnor->State = HAL_NOR_STATE_PROTECTED;
-
-  /* Process unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hnor);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup NOR_Exported_Functions_Group4 NOR State functions
- *  @brief   Peripheral State functions
- *
-@verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                      ##### NOR State functions #####
-  ==============================================================================
-  [..]
-    This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the NOR controller
-    and the data flow.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  return the NOR controller state
-  * @param  hnor: pointer to a NOR_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for NOR module.
-  * @retval NOR controller state
-  */
-HAL_NOR_StateTypeDef HAL_NOR_GetState(NOR_HandleTypeDef *hnor)
-{
-  return hnor->State;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Returns the NOR operation status.
-  * @param  hnor: pointer to a NOR_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for NOR module.
-  * @param  Address: Device address
-  * @param  Timeout: NOR programming Timeout
-  * @retval NOR_Status: The returned value can be: HAL_NOR_STATUS_SUCCESS, HAL_NOR_STATUS_ERROR
-  *         or HAL_NOR_STATUS_TIMEOUT
-  */
-HAL_NOR_StatusTypeDef HAL_NOR_GetStatus(NOR_HandleTypeDef *hnor, uint32_t Address, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  HAL_NOR_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_NOR_STATUS_ONGOING;
-  uint16_t tmpSR1 = 0, tmpSR2 = 0;
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-
-  /* Poll on NOR memory Ready/Busy signal ------------------------------------*/
-  HAL_NOR_MspWait(hnor, Timeout);
-
-  /* Get the NOR memory operation status -------------------------------------*/
-
-  /* Get tick */
-  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-  while((status != HAL_NOR_STATUS_SUCCESS ) && (status != HAL_NOR_STATUS_TIMEOUT))
-  {
-    /* Check for the Timeout */
-    if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
-    {
-      if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
-      {
-        status = HAL_NOR_STATUS_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Read NOR status register (DQ6 and DQ5) */
-    tmpSR1 = *(__IO uint16_t *)Address;
-    tmpSR2 = *(__IO uint16_t *)Address;
-
-    /* If DQ6 did not toggle between the two reads then return HAL_NOR_STATUS_SUCCESS  */
-    if((tmpSR1 & NOR_MASK_STATUS_DQ6) == (tmpSR2 & NOR_MASK_STATUS_DQ6))
-    {
-      return HAL_NOR_STATUS_SUCCESS ;
-    }
-
-    if((tmpSR1 & NOR_MASK_STATUS_DQ5) == NOR_MASK_STATUS_DQ5)
-    {
-      status = HAL_NOR_STATUS_ONGOING;
-    }
-
-    tmpSR1 = *(__IO uint16_t *)Address;
-    tmpSR2 = *(__IO uint16_t *)Address;
-
-    /* If DQ6 did not toggle between the two reads then return HAL_NOR_STATUS_SUCCESS  */
-    if((tmpSR1 & NOR_MASK_STATUS_DQ6) == (tmpSR2 & NOR_MASK_STATUS_DQ6))
-    {
-      return HAL_NOR_STATUS_SUCCESS;
-    }
-    if((tmpSR1 & NOR_MASK_STATUS_DQ5) == NOR_MASK_STATUS_DQ5)
-    {
-      return HAL_NOR_STATUS_ERROR;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Return the operation status */
-  return status;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-#endif /* HAL_NOR_MODULE_ENABLED */
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_pcd.c b/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_pcd.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 1e132b9e82..0000000000
--- a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_pcd.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1202 +0,0 @@
-/**
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @file    stm32f7xx_hal_pcd.c
-  * @author  MCD Application Team
-  * @version V1.0.1
-  * @date    25-June-2015
-  * @brief   PCD HAL module driver.
-  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
-  *          functionalities of the USB Peripheral Controller:
-  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
-  *           + IO operation functions
-  *           + Peripheral Control functions
-  *           + Peripheral State functions
-  *
-  @verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                    ##### How to use this driver #####
-  ==============================================================================
-    [..]
-      The PCD HAL driver can be used as follows:
-
-     (#) Declare a PCD_HandleTypeDef handle structure, for example:
-         PCD_HandleTypeDef  hpcd;
-
-     (#) Fill parameters of Init structure in HCD handle
-
-     (#) Call HAL_PCD_Init() API to initialize the HCD peripheral (Core, Device core, ...)
-
-     (#) Initialize the PCD low level resources through the HAL_PCD_MspInit() API:
-         (##) Enable the PCD/USB Low Level interface clock using
-              (+++) __OTGFS-OTG_CLK_ENABLE()/__OTGHS-OTG_CLK_ENABLE();
-              (+++) __OTGHSULPI_CLK_ENABLE(); (For High Speed Mode)
-
-         (##) Initialize the related GPIO clocks
-         (##) Configure PCD pin-out
-         (##) Configure PCD NVIC interrupt
-
-     (#)Associate the Upper USB device stack to the HAL PCD Driver:
-         (##) hpcd.pData = pdev;
-
-     (#)Enable HCD transmission and reception:
-         (##) HAL_PCD_Start();
-
-  @endverbatim
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @attention
-  *
-  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
-  *
-  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
-  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
-  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
-  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
-  *      without specific prior written permission.
-  *
-  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
-  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
-  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
-  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
-  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
-  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
-  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
-  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
-  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
-  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-  *
-  ******************************************************************************
-  */
-
-/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
-
-/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup PCD PCD
-  * @brief PCD HAL module driver
-  * @{
-  */
-
-#ifdef HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED
-
-/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/** @defgroup PCD_Private_Macros PCD Private Macros
-  * @{
-  */
-#define PCD_MIN(a, b)  (((a) < (b)) ? (a) : (b))
-#define PCD_MAX(a, b)  (((a) > (b)) ? (a) : (b))
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/* Private functions prototypes ----------------------------------------------*/
-/** @defgroup PCD_Private_Functions PCD Private Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef PCD_WriteEmptyTxFifo(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint32_t epnum);
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
-/** @defgroup PCD_Exported_Functions PCD Exported Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup PCD_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
- *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions
- *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-            ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the PCD according to the specified
-  *         parameters in the PCD_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
-  * @param  hpcd: PCD handle
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_Init(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
-{
-  uint32_t i = 0;
-
-  /* Check the PCD handle allocation */
-  if(hpcd == NULL)
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_PCD_ALL_INSTANCE(hpcd->Instance));
-
-  hpcd->State = HAL_PCD_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC... */
-  HAL_PCD_MspInit(hpcd);
-
-  /* Disable the Interrupts */
- __HAL_PCD_DISABLE(hpcd);
-
- /*Init the Core (common init.) */
- USB_CoreInit(hpcd->Instance, hpcd->Init);
-
- /* Force Device Mode*/
- USB_SetCurrentMode(hpcd->Instance , USB_OTG_DEVICE_MODE);
-
- /* Init endpoints structures */
- for (i = 0; i < 15 ; i++)
- {
-   /* Init ep structure */
-   hpcd->IN_ep[i].is_in = 1;
-   hpcd->IN_ep[i].num = i;
-   hpcd->IN_ep[i].tx_fifo_num = i;
-   /* Control until ep is activated */
-   hpcd->IN_ep[i].type = EP_TYPE_CTRL;
-   hpcd->IN_ep[i].maxpacket =  0;
-   hpcd->IN_ep[i].xfer_buff = 0;
-   hpcd->IN_ep[i].xfer_len = 0;
- }
-
- for (i = 0; i < 15 ; i++)
- {
-   hpcd->OUT_ep[i].is_in = 0;
-   hpcd->OUT_ep[i].num = i;
-   hpcd->IN_ep[i].tx_fifo_num = i;
-   /* Control until ep is activated */
-   hpcd->OUT_ep[i].type = EP_TYPE_CTRL;
-   hpcd->OUT_ep[i].maxpacket = 0;
-   hpcd->OUT_ep[i].xfer_buff = 0;
-   hpcd->OUT_ep[i].xfer_len = 0;
-
-   hpcd->Instance->DIEPTXF[i] = 0;
- }
-
- /* Init Device */
- USB_DevInit(hpcd->Instance, hpcd->Init);
-
- hpcd->State= HAL_PCD_STATE_READY;
-
- /* Activate LPM */
- if (hpcd->Init.lpm_enable == 1)
- {
-   HAL_PCDEx_ActivateLPM(hpcd);
- }
-
- USB_DevDisconnect (hpcd->Instance);
- return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  DeInitializes the PCD peripheral
-  * @param  hpcd: PCD handle
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_DeInit(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
-{
-  /* Check the PCD handle allocation */
-  if(hpcd == NULL)
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  hpcd->State = HAL_PCD_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Stop Device */
-  HAL_PCD_Stop(hpcd);
-
-  /* DeInit the low level hardware */
-  HAL_PCD_MspDeInit(hpcd);
-
-  hpcd->State = HAL_PCD_STATE_RESET;
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the PCD MSP.
-  * @param  hpcd: PCD handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_PCD_MspInit(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_PCD_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  DeInitializes PCD MSP.
-  * @param  hpcd: PCD handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_PCD_MspDeInit(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_PCD_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup PCD_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
- *  @brief   Data transfers functions
- *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-                      ##### IO operation functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]
-    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the PCD data
-    transfers.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Start The USB OTG Device.
-  * @param  hpcd: PCD handle
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_Start(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
-{
-  __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
-  USB_DevConnect (hpcd->Instance);
-  __HAL_PCD_ENABLE(hpcd);
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Stop The USB OTG Device.
-  * @param  hpcd: PCD handle
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_Stop(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
-{
-  __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
-  __HAL_PCD_DISABLE(hpcd);
-  USB_StopDevice(hpcd->Instance);
-  USB_DevDisconnect (hpcd->Instance);
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  This function handles PCD interrupt request.
-  * @param  hpcd: PCD handle
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-void HAL_PCD_IRQHandler(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
-{
-  USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
-  uint32_t i = 0, ep_intr = 0, epint = 0, epnum = 0;
-  uint32_t fifoemptymsk = 0, temp = 0;
-  USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep;
-
-  /* ensure that we are in device mode */
-  if (USB_GetMode(hpcd->Instance) == USB_OTG_MODE_DEVICE)
-  {
-    /* avoid spurious interrupt */
-    if(__HAL_PCD_IS_INVALID_INTERRUPT(hpcd))
-    {
-      return;
-    }
-
-    if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_MMIS))
-    {
-     /* incorrect mode, acknowledge the interrupt */
-      __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_MMIS);
-    }
-
-    if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_OEPINT))
-    {
-      epnum = 0;
-
-      /* Read in the device interrupt bits */
-      ep_intr = USB_ReadDevAllOutEpInterrupt(hpcd->Instance);
-
-      while ( ep_intr )
-      {
-        if (ep_intr & 0x1)
-        {
-          epint = USB_ReadDevOutEPInterrupt(hpcd->Instance, epnum);
-
-          if(( epint & USB_OTG_DOEPINT_XFRC) == USB_OTG_DOEPINT_XFRC)
-          {
-            CLEAR_OUT_EP_INTR(epnum, USB_OTG_DOEPINT_XFRC);
-
-            if(hpcd->Init.dma_enable == 1)
-            {
-              hpcd->OUT_ep[epnum].xfer_count = hpcd->OUT_ep[epnum].maxpacket- (USBx_OUTEP(epnum)->DOEPTSIZ & USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ);
-              hpcd->OUT_ep[epnum].xfer_buff += hpcd->OUT_ep[epnum].maxpacket;
-            }
-
-            HAL_PCD_DataOutStageCallback(hpcd, epnum);
-            if(hpcd->Init.dma_enable == 1)
-            {
-              if((epnum == 0) && (hpcd->OUT_ep[epnum].xfer_len == 0))
-              {
-                 /* this is ZLP, so prepare EP0 for next setup */
-                USB_EP0_OutStart(hpcd->Instance, 1, (uint8_t *)hpcd->Setup);
-              }
-            }
-          }
-
-          if(( epint & USB_OTG_DOEPINT_STUP) == USB_OTG_DOEPINT_STUP)
-          {
-            /* Inform the upper layer that a setup packet is available */
-            HAL_PCD_SetupStageCallback(hpcd);
-            CLEAR_OUT_EP_INTR(epnum, USB_OTG_DOEPINT_STUP);
-          }
-
-          if(( epint & USB_OTG_DOEPINT_OTEPDIS) == USB_OTG_DOEPINT_OTEPDIS)
-          {
-            CLEAR_OUT_EP_INTR(epnum, USB_OTG_DOEPINT_OTEPDIS);
-          }
-        }
-        epnum++;
-        ep_intr >>= 1;
-      }
-    }
-
-    if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_IEPINT))
-    {
-      /* Read in the device interrupt bits */
-      ep_intr = USB_ReadDevAllInEpInterrupt(hpcd->Instance);
-
-      epnum = 0;
-
-      while ( ep_intr )
-      {
-        if (ep_intr & 0x1) /* In ITR */
-        {
-          epint = USB_ReadDevInEPInterrupt(hpcd->Instance, epnum);
-
-           if(( epint & USB_OTG_DIEPINT_XFRC) == USB_OTG_DIEPINT_XFRC)
-          {
-            fifoemptymsk = 0x1 << epnum;
-            USBx_DEVICE->DIEPEMPMSK &= ~fifoemptymsk;
-
-            CLEAR_IN_EP_INTR(epnum, USB_OTG_DIEPINT_XFRC);
-
-            if (hpcd->Init.dma_enable == 1)
-            {
-              hpcd->IN_ep[epnum].xfer_buff += hpcd->IN_ep[epnum].maxpacket;
-            }
-
-            HAL_PCD_DataInStageCallback(hpcd, epnum);
-
-            if (hpcd->Init.dma_enable == 1)
-            {
-              /* this is ZLP, so prepare EP0 for next setup */
-              if((epnum == 0) && (hpcd->IN_ep[epnum].xfer_len == 0))
-              {
-                /* prepare to rx more setup packets */
-                USB_EP0_OutStart(hpcd->Instance, 1, (uint8_t *)hpcd->Setup);
-              }
-            }
-          }
-           if(( epint & USB_OTG_DIEPINT_TOC) == USB_OTG_DIEPINT_TOC)
-          {
-            CLEAR_IN_EP_INTR(epnum, USB_OTG_DIEPINT_TOC);
-          }
-          if(( epint & USB_OTG_DIEPINT_ITTXFE) == USB_OTG_DIEPINT_ITTXFE)
-          {
-            CLEAR_IN_EP_INTR(epnum, USB_OTG_DIEPINT_ITTXFE);
-          }
-          if(( epint & USB_OTG_DIEPINT_INEPNE) == USB_OTG_DIEPINT_INEPNE)
-          {
-            CLEAR_IN_EP_INTR(epnum, USB_OTG_DIEPINT_INEPNE);
-          }
-          if(( epint & USB_OTG_DIEPINT_EPDISD) == USB_OTG_DIEPINT_EPDISD)
-          {
-            CLEAR_IN_EP_INTR(epnum, USB_OTG_DIEPINT_EPDISD);
-          }
-          if(( epint & USB_OTG_DIEPINT_TXFE) == USB_OTG_DIEPINT_TXFE)
-          {
-            PCD_WriteEmptyTxFifo(hpcd , epnum);
-          }
-        }
-        epnum++;
-        ep_intr >>= 1;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Handle Resume Interrupt */
-    if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_WKUINT))
-    {
-      /* Clear the Remote Wake-up Signaling */
-      USBx_DEVICE->DCTL &= ~USB_OTG_DCTL_RWUSIG;
-
-      if(hpcd->LPM_State == LPM_L1)
-      {
-        hpcd->LPM_State = LPM_L0;
-        HAL_PCDEx_LPM_Callback(hpcd, PCD_LPM_L0_ACTIVE);
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        HAL_PCD_ResumeCallback(hpcd);
-      }
-      __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_WKUINT);
-    }
-
-    /* Handle Suspend Interrupt */
-    if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_USBSUSP))
-    {
-
-      if((USBx_DEVICE->DSTS & USB_OTG_DSTS_SUSPSTS) == USB_OTG_DSTS_SUSPSTS)
-      {
-
-        HAL_PCD_SuspendCallback(hpcd);
-      }
-      __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_USBSUSP);
-    }
-
-    /* Handle LPM Interrupt */
-    if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_LPMINT))
-    {
-      __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_LPMINT);
-      if( hpcd->LPM_State == LPM_L0)
-      {
-        hpcd->LPM_State = LPM_L1;
-        hpcd->BESL = (hpcd->Instance->GLPMCFG & USB_OTG_GLPMCFG_BESL) >>2 ;
-        HAL_PCDEx_LPM_Callback(hpcd, PCD_LPM_L1_ACTIVE);
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        HAL_PCD_SuspendCallback(hpcd);
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Handle Reset Interrupt */
-    if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_USBRST))
-    {
-      USBx_DEVICE->DCTL &= ~USB_OTG_DCTL_RWUSIG;
-      USB_FlushTxFifo(hpcd->Instance ,  0 );
-
-      for (i = 0; i < hpcd->Init.dev_endpoints ; i++)
-      {
-        USBx_INEP(i)->DIEPINT = 0xFF;
-        USBx_OUTEP(i)->DOEPINT = 0xFF;
-      }
-      USBx_DEVICE->DAINT = 0xFFFFFFFF;
-      USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK |= 0x10001;
-
-      if(hpcd->Init.use_dedicated_ep1)
-      {
-        USBx_DEVICE->DOUTEP1MSK |= (USB_OTG_DOEPMSK_STUPM | USB_OTG_DOEPMSK_XFRCM | USB_OTG_DOEPMSK_EPDM);
-        USBx_DEVICE->DINEP1MSK |= (USB_OTG_DIEPMSK_TOM | USB_OTG_DIEPMSK_XFRCM | USB_OTG_DIEPMSK_EPDM);
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        USBx_DEVICE->DOEPMSK |= (USB_OTG_DOEPMSK_STUPM | USB_OTG_DOEPMSK_XFRCM | USB_OTG_DOEPMSK_EPDM);
-        USBx_DEVICE->DIEPMSK |= (USB_OTG_DIEPMSK_TOM | USB_OTG_DIEPMSK_XFRCM | USB_OTG_DIEPMSK_EPDM);
-      }
-
-      /* Set Default Address to 0 */
-      USBx_DEVICE->DCFG &= ~USB_OTG_DCFG_DAD;
-
-      /* setup EP0 to receive SETUP packets */
-      USB_EP0_OutStart(hpcd->Instance, hpcd->Init.dma_enable, (uint8_t *)hpcd->Setup);
-
-      __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_USBRST);
-    }
-
-    /* Handle Enumeration done Interrupt */
-    if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_ENUMDNE))
-    {
-      USB_ActivateSetup(hpcd->Instance);
-      hpcd->Instance->GUSBCFG &= ~USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_TRDT;
-
-      if ( USB_GetDevSpeed(hpcd->Instance) == USB_OTG_SPEED_HIGH)
-      {
-        hpcd->Init.speed            = USB_OTG_SPEED_HIGH;
-        hpcd->Init.ep0_mps          = USB_OTG_HS_MAX_PACKET_SIZE ;
-        hpcd->Instance->GUSBCFG |= (uint32_t)((USBD_HS_TRDT_VALUE << 10) & USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_TRDT);
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        hpcd->Init.speed            = USB_OTG_SPEED_FULL;
-        hpcd->Init.ep0_mps          = USB_OTG_FS_MAX_PACKET_SIZE ;
-        hpcd->Instance->GUSBCFG |= (uint32_t)((USBD_FS_TRDT_VALUE << 10) & USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_TRDT);
-      }
-
-      HAL_PCD_ResetCallback(hpcd);
-
-      __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_ENUMDNE);
-    }
-
-    /* Handle RxQLevel Interrupt */
-    if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_RXFLVL))
-    {
-      USB_MASK_INTERRUPT(hpcd->Instance, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_RXFLVL);
-      temp = USBx->GRXSTSP;
-      ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[temp & USB_OTG_GRXSTSP_EPNUM];
-
-      if(((temp & USB_OTG_GRXSTSP_PKTSTS) >> 17) ==  STS_DATA_UPDT)
-      {
-        if((temp & USB_OTG_GRXSTSP_BCNT) != 0)
-        {
-          USB_ReadPacket(USBx, ep->xfer_buff, (temp & USB_OTG_GRXSTSP_BCNT) >> 4);
-          ep->xfer_buff += (temp & USB_OTG_GRXSTSP_BCNT) >> 4;
-          ep->xfer_count += (temp & USB_OTG_GRXSTSP_BCNT) >> 4;
-        }
-      }
-      else if (((temp & USB_OTG_GRXSTSP_PKTSTS) >> 17) ==  STS_SETUP_UPDT)
-      {
-        USB_ReadPacket(USBx, (uint8_t *)hpcd->Setup, 8);
-        ep->xfer_count += (temp & USB_OTG_GRXSTSP_BCNT) >> 4;
-      }
-      USB_UNMASK_INTERRUPT(hpcd->Instance, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_RXFLVL);
-    }
-
-    /* Handle SOF Interrupt */
-    if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_SOF))
-    {
-      HAL_PCD_SOFCallback(hpcd);
-      __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_SOF);
-    }
-
-    /* Handle Incomplete ISO IN Interrupt */
-    if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_IISOIXFR))
-    {
-      HAL_PCD_ISOINIncompleteCallback(hpcd, epnum);
-      __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_IISOIXFR);
-    }
-
-    /* Handle Incomplete ISO OUT Interrupt */
-    if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_PXFR_INCOMPISOOUT))
-    {
-      HAL_PCD_ISOOUTIncompleteCallback(hpcd, epnum);
-      __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_PXFR_INCOMPISOOUT);
-    }
-
-    /* Handle Connection event Interrupt */
-    if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_SRQINT))
-    {
-      HAL_PCD_ConnectCallback(hpcd);
-      __HAL_PCD_CLEAR_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_SRQINT);
-    }
-
-    /* Handle Disconnection event Interrupt */
-    if(__HAL_PCD_GET_FLAG(hpcd, USB_OTG_GINTSTS_OTGINT))
-    {
-      temp = hpcd->Instance->GOTGINT;
-
-      if((temp & USB_OTG_GOTGINT_SEDET) == USB_OTG_GOTGINT_SEDET)
-      {
-        HAL_PCD_DisconnectCallback(hpcd);
-      }
-      hpcd->Instance->GOTGINT |= temp;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Data out stage callbacks
-  * @param  hpcd: PCD handle
-  * @param  epnum: endpoint number
-  * @retval None
-  */
- __weak void HAL_PCD_DataOutStageCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t epnum)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_PCD_DataOutStageCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Data IN stage callbacks
-  * @param  hpcd: PCD handle
-  * @param  epnum: endpoint number
-  * @retval None
-  */
- __weak void HAL_PCD_DataInStageCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t epnum)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_PCD_DataInStageCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-/**
-  * @brief  Setup stage callback
-  * @param  hpcd: PCD handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
- __weak void HAL_PCD_SetupStageCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_PCD_SetupStageCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  USB Start Of Frame callbacks
-  * @param  hpcd: PCD handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
- __weak void HAL_PCD_SOFCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_PCD_SOFCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  USB Reset callbacks
-  * @param  hpcd: PCD handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
- __weak void HAL_PCD_ResetCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_PCD_ResetCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Suspend event callbacks
-  * @param  hpcd: PCD handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
- __weak void HAL_PCD_SuspendCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_PCD_SuspendCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Resume event callbacks
-  * @param  hpcd: PCD handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
- __weak void HAL_PCD_ResumeCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_PCD_ResumeCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Incomplete ISO OUT callbacks
-  * @param  hpcd: PCD handle
-  * @param  epnum: endpoint number
-  * @retval None
-  */
- __weak void HAL_PCD_ISOOUTIncompleteCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t epnum)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_PCD_ISOOUTIncompleteCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Incomplete ISO IN  callbacks
-  * @param  hpcd: PCD handle
-  * @param  epnum: endpoint number
-  * @retval None
-  */
- __weak void HAL_PCD_ISOINIncompleteCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t epnum)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_PCD_ISOINIncompleteCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Connection event callbacks
-  * @param  hpcd: PCD handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
- __weak void HAL_PCD_ConnectCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_PCD_ConnectCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Disconnection event callbacks
-  * @param  hpcd: PCD handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
- __weak void HAL_PCD_DisconnectCallback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_PCD_DisconnectCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup PCD_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions
- *  @brief   management functions
- *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-                      ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]
-    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the PCD data
-    transfers.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Connect the USB device
-  * @param  hpcd: PCD handle
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_DevConnect(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
-{
-  __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
-  USB_DevConnect(hpcd->Instance);
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Disconnect the USB device
-  * @param  hpcd: PCD handle
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_DevDisconnect(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
-{
-  __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
-  USB_DevDisconnect(hpcd->Instance);
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Set the USB Device address
-  * @param  hpcd: PCD handle
-  * @param  address: new device address
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_SetAddress(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t address)
-{
-  __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
-  USB_SetDevAddress(hpcd->Instance, address);
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-/**
-  * @brief  Open and configure an endpoint
-  * @param  hpcd: PCD handle
-  * @param  ep_addr: endpoint address
-  * @param  ep_mps: endpoint max packet size
-  * @param  ep_type: endpoint type
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_Open(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr, uint16_t ep_mps, uint8_t ep_type)
-{
-  HAL_StatusTypeDef  ret = HAL_OK;
-  USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep;
-
-  if ((ep_addr & 0x80) == 0x80)
-  {
-    ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[ep_addr & 0x7F];
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[ep_addr & 0x7F];
-  }
-  ep->num   = ep_addr & 0x7F;
-
-  ep->is_in = (0x80 & ep_addr) != 0;
-  ep->maxpacket = ep_mps;
-  ep->type = ep_type;
-  if (ep->is_in)
-  {
-    /* Assign a Tx FIFO */
-    ep->tx_fifo_num = ep->num;
-  }
-  /* Set initial data PID. */
-  if (ep_type == EP_TYPE_BULK )
-  {
-    ep->data_pid_start = 0;
-  }
-
-  __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
-  USB_ActivateEndpoint(hpcd->Instance , ep);
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
-  return ret;
-}
-
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Deactivate an endpoint
-  * @param  hpcd: PCD handle
-  * @param  ep_addr: endpoint address
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_Close(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr)
-{
-  USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep;
-
-  if ((ep_addr & 0x80) == 0x80)
-  {
-    ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[ep_addr & 0x7F];
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[ep_addr & 0x7F];
-  }
-  ep->num   = ep_addr & 0x7F;
-
-  ep->is_in = (0x80 & ep_addr) != 0;
-
-  __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
-  USB_DeactivateEndpoint(hpcd->Instance , ep);
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Receive an amount of data
-  * @param  hpcd: PCD handle
-  * @param  ep_addr: endpoint address
-  * @param  pBuf: pointer to the reception buffer
-  * @param  len: amount of data to be received
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_Receive(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr, uint8_t *pBuf, uint32_t len)
-{
-  USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep;
-
-  ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[ep_addr & 0x7F];
-
-  /*setup and start the Xfer */
-  ep->xfer_buff = pBuf;
-  ep->xfer_len = len;
-  ep->xfer_count = 0;
-  ep->is_in = 0;
-  ep->num = ep_addr & 0x7F;
-
-  if (hpcd->Init.dma_enable == 1)
-  {
-    ep->dma_addr = (uint32_t)pBuf;
-  }
-
-  __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
-
-  if ((ep_addr & 0x7F) == 0 )
-  {
-    USB_EP0StartXfer(hpcd->Instance , ep, hpcd->Init.dma_enable);
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    USB_EPStartXfer(hpcd->Instance , ep, hpcd->Init.dma_enable);
-  }
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Get Received Data Size
-  * @param  hpcd: PCD handle
-  * @param  ep_addr: endpoint address
-  * @retval Data Size
-  */
-uint16_t HAL_PCD_EP_GetRxCount(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr)
-{
-  return hpcd->OUT_ep[ep_addr & 0x7F].xfer_count;
-}
-/**
-  * @brief  Send an amount of data
-  * @param  hpcd: PCD handle
-  * @param  ep_addr: endpoint address
-  * @param  pBuf: pointer to the transmission buffer
-  * @param  len: amount of data to be sent
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_Transmit(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr, uint8_t *pBuf, uint32_t len)
-{
-  USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep;
-
-  ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[ep_addr & 0x7F];
-
-  /*setup and start the Xfer */
-  ep->xfer_buff = pBuf;
-  ep->xfer_len = len;
-  ep->xfer_count = 0;
-  ep->is_in = 1;
-  ep->num = ep_addr & 0x7F;
-
-  if (hpcd->Init.dma_enable == 1)
-  {
-    ep->dma_addr = (uint32_t)pBuf;
-  }
-
-  __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
-
-  if ((ep_addr & 0x7F) == 0 )
-  {
-    USB_EP0StartXfer(hpcd->Instance , ep, hpcd->Init.dma_enable);
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    USB_EPStartXfer(hpcd->Instance , ep, hpcd->Init.dma_enable);
-  }
-
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Set a STALL condition over an endpoint
-  * @param  hpcd: PCD handle
-  * @param  ep_addr: endpoint address
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_SetStall(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr)
-{
-  USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep;
-
-  if ((0x80 & ep_addr) == 0x80)
-  {
-    ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[ep_addr & 0x7F];
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[ep_addr];
-  }
-
-  ep->is_stall = 1;
-  ep->num   = ep_addr & 0x7F;
-  ep->is_in = ((ep_addr & 0x80) == 0x80);
-
-
-  __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
-  USB_EPSetStall(hpcd->Instance , ep);
-  if((ep_addr & 0x7F) == 0)
-  {
-    USB_EP0_OutStart(hpcd->Instance, hpcd->Init.dma_enable, (uint8_t *)hpcd->Setup);
-  }
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Clear a STALL condition over in an endpoint
-  * @param  hpcd: PCD handle
-  * @param  ep_addr: endpoint address
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_ClrStall(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr)
-{
-  USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep;
-
-  if ((0x80 & ep_addr) == 0x80)
-  {
-    ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[ep_addr & 0x7F];
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    ep = &hpcd->OUT_ep[ep_addr];
-  }
-
-  ep->is_stall = 0;
-  ep->num   = ep_addr & 0x7F;
-  ep->is_in = ((ep_addr & 0x80) == 0x80);
-
-  __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
-  USB_EPClearStall(hpcd->Instance , ep);
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Flush an endpoint
-  * @param  hpcd: PCD handle
-  * @param  ep_addr: endpoint address
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_EP_Flush(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t ep_addr)
-{
-  __HAL_LOCK(hpcd);
-
-  if ((ep_addr & 0x80) == 0x80)
-  {
-    USB_FlushTxFifo(hpcd->Instance, ep_addr & 0x7F);
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    USB_FlushRxFifo(hpcd->Instance);
-  }
-
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hpcd);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  HAL_PCD_ActivateRemoteWakeup : Active remote wake-up signalling
-  * @param  hpcd: PCD handle
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_ActivateRemoteWakeup(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
-{
-  USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
-
-  if((USBx_DEVICE->DSTS & USB_OTG_DSTS_SUSPSTS) == USB_OTG_DSTS_SUSPSTS)
-  {
-    /* Activate Remote wake-up signaling */
-    USBx_DEVICE->DCTL |= USB_OTG_DCTL_RWUSIG;
-  }
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  HAL_PCD_DeActivateRemoteWakeup : de-active remote wake-up signalling
-  * @param  hpcd: PCD handle
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCD_DeActivateRemoteWakeup(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
-{
-  USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
-
-  /* De-activate Remote wake-up signaling */
-   USBx_DEVICE->DCTL &= ~(USB_OTG_DCTL_RWUSIG);
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup PCD_Exported_Functions_Group4 Peripheral State functions
- *  @brief   Peripheral State functions
- *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-                      ##### Peripheral State functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]
-    This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral
-    and the data flow.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Return the PCD state
-  * @param  hpcd: PCD handle
-  * @retval HAL state
-  */
-PCD_StateTypeDef HAL_PCD_GetState(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
-{
-  return hpcd->State;
-}
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/** @addtogroup PCD_Private_Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  DCD_WriteEmptyTxFifo
-  *         check FIFO for the next packet to be loaded
-  * @param  hpcd: PCD handle
-  * @param  epnum : endpoint number
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef PCD_WriteEmptyTxFifo(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint32_t epnum)
-{
-  USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
-  USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep;
-  int32_t len = 0;
-  uint32_t len32b;
-  uint32_t fifoemptymsk = 0;
-
-  ep = &hpcd->IN_ep[epnum];
-  len = ep->xfer_len - ep->xfer_count;
-
-  if (len > ep->maxpacket)
-  {
-    len = ep->maxpacket;
-  }
-
-
-  len32b = (len + 3) / 4;
-
-  while  ( (USBx_INEP(epnum)->DTXFSTS & USB_OTG_DTXFSTS_INEPTFSAV) > len32b &&
-          ep->xfer_count < ep->xfer_len &&
-            ep->xfer_len != 0)
-  {
-    /* Write the FIFO */
-    len = ep->xfer_len - ep->xfer_count;
-
-    if (len > ep->maxpacket)
-    {
-      len = ep->maxpacket;
-    }
-    len32b = (len + 3) / 4;
-
-    USB_WritePacket(USBx, ep->xfer_buff, epnum, len, hpcd->Init.dma_enable);
-
-    ep->xfer_buff  += len;
-    ep->xfer_count += len;
-  }
-
-  if(len <= 0)
-  {
-    fifoemptymsk = 0x1 << epnum;
-    USBx_DEVICE->DIEPEMPMSK &= ~fifoemptymsk;
-
-  }
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-#endif /* HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED */
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_pcd_ex.c b/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_pcd_ex.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 69b0d5ad13..0000000000
--- a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_pcd_ex.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,197 +0,0 @@
-/**
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @file    stm32f7xx_hal_pcd_ex.c
-  * @author  MCD Application Team
-  * @version V1.0.1
-  * @date    25-June-2015
-  * @brief   PCD HAL module driver.
-  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
-  *          functionalities of the USB Peripheral Controller:
-  *           + Extended features functions
-  *
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @attention
-  *
-  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
-  *
-  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
-  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
-  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
-  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
-  *      without specific prior written permission.
-  *
-  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
-  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
-  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
-  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
-  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
-  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
-  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
-  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
-  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
-  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-  *
-  ******************************************************************************
-  */
-
-/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
-
-/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup PCDEx PCDEx
-  * @brief PCD Extended HAL module driver
-  * @{
-  */
-#ifdef HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED
-
-/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/** @defgroup PCDEx_Exported_Functions PCDEx Exported Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup PCDEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Peripheral Control functions
-  * @brief    PCDEx control functions
- *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-                 ##### Extended features functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
-      (+) Update FIFO configuration
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Set Tx FIFO
-  * @param  hpcd: PCD handle
-  * @param  fifo: The number of Tx fifo
-  * @param  size: Fifo size
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_SetTxFiFo(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t fifo, uint16_t size)
-{
-  uint8_t i = 0;
-  uint32_t Tx_Offset = 0;
-
-  /*  TXn min size = 16 words. (n  : Transmit FIFO index)
-      When a TxFIFO is not used, the Configuration should be as follows:
-          case 1 :  n > m    and Txn is not used    (n,m  : Transmit FIFO indexes)
-         --> Txm can use the space allocated for Txn.
-         case2  :  n < m    and Txn is not used    (n,m  : Transmit FIFO indexes)
-         --> Txn should be configured with the minimum space of 16 words
-     The FIFO is used optimally when used TxFIFOs are allocated in the top
-         of the FIFO.Ex: use EP1 and EP2 as IN instead of EP1 and EP3 as IN ones.
-     When DMA is used 3n * FIFO locations should be reserved for internal DMA registers */
-
-  Tx_Offset = hpcd->Instance->GRXFSIZ;
-
-  if(fifo == 0)
-  {
-    hpcd->Instance->DIEPTXF0_HNPTXFSIZ = (size << 16) | Tx_Offset;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    Tx_Offset += (hpcd->Instance->DIEPTXF0_HNPTXFSIZ) >> 16;
-    for (i = 0; i < (fifo - 1); i++)
-    {
-      Tx_Offset += (hpcd->Instance->DIEPTXF[i] >> 16);
-    }
-
-    /* Multiply Tx_Size by 2 to get higher performance */
-    hpcd->Instance->DIEPTXF[fifo - 1] = (size << 16) | Tx_Offset;
-
-  }
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Set Rx FIFO
-  * @param  hpcd: PCD handle
-  * @param  size: Size of Rx fifo
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_SetRxFiFo(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint16_t size)
-{
-  hpcd->Instance->GRXFSIZ = size;
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  HAL_PCDEx_ActivateLPM : active LPM Feature
-  * @param  hpcd: PCD handle
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_ActivateLPM(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
-{
-  USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
-
-  hpcd->lpm_active = ENABLE;
-  hpcd->LPM_State = LPM_L0;
-  USBx->GINTMSK |= USB_OTG_GINTMSK_LPMINTM;
-  USBx->GLPMCFG |= (USB_OTG_GLPMCFG_LPMEN | USB_OTG_GLPMCFG_LPMACK | USB_OTG_GLPMCFG_ENBESL);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  HAL_PCDEx_DeActivateLPM : de-active LPM feature
-  * @param  hpcd: PCD handle
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_DeActivateLPM(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
-{
-  USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
-
-  hpcd->lpm_active = DISABLE;
-  USBx->GINTMSK &= ~USB_OTG_GINTMSK_LPMINTM;
-  USBx->GLPMCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_GLPMCFG_LPMEN | USB_OTG_GLPMCFG_LPMACK | USB_OTG_GLPMCFG_ENBESL);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  HAL_PCDEx_LPM_Callback : Send LPM message to user layer
-  * @param  hpcd: PCD handle
-  * @param  msg: LPM message
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-__weak void HAL_PCDEx_LPM_Callback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, PCD_LPM_MsgTypeDef msg)
-{
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-#endif /* HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED */
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_pwr.c b/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_pwr.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 6d7d5660b4..0000000000
--- a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_pwr.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,609 +0,0 @@
-/**
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @file    stm32f7xx_hal_pwr.c
-  * @author  MCD Application Team
-  * @version V1.0.1
-  * @date    25-June-2015
-  * @brief   PWR HAL module driver.
-  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
-  *          functionalities of the Power Controller (PWR) peripheral:
-  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
-  *           + Peripheral Control functions
-  *
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @attention
-  *
-  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
-  *
-  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
-  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
-  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
-  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
-  *      without specific prior written permission.
-  *
-  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
-  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
-  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
-  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
-  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
-  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
-  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
-  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
-  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
-  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-  *
-  ******************************************************************************
-  */
-
-/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
-
-/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup PWR PWR
-  * @brief PWR HAL module driver
-  * @{
-  */
-
-#ifdef HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED
-
-/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/** @addtogroup PWR_Private_Constants
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup PWR_PVD_Mode_Mask PWR PVD Mode Mask
-  * @{
-  */
-#define PVD_MODE_IT               ((uint32_t)0x00010000)
-#define PVD_MODE_EVT              ((uint32_t)0x00020000)
-#define PVD_RISING_EDGE           ((uint32_t)0x00000001)
-#define PVD_FALLING_EDGE          ((uint32_t)0x00000002)
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup PWR_ENABLE_WUP_Mask PWR Enable WUP Mask
-  * @{
-  */
-#define  PWR_EWUP_MASK                          ((uint32_t)0x00003F00)
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Functions PWR Exported Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
-  *  @brief    Initialization and de-initialization functions
-  *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-              ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]
-      After reset, the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC backup data
-      registers and backup SRAM) is protected against possible unwanted
-      write accesses.
-      To enable access to the RTC Domain and RTC registers, proceed as follows:
-        (+) Enable the Power Controller (PWR) APB1 interface clock using the
-            __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE() macro.
-        (+) Enable access to RTC domain using the HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess() function.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief Deinitializes the HAL PWR peripheral registers to their default reset values.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_PWR_DeInit(void)
-{
-  __HAL_RCC_PWR_FORCE_RESET();
-  __HAL_RCC_PWR_RELEASE_RESET();
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Enables access to the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC
-  *         backup data registers and backup SRAM).
-  * @note If the HSE divided by 2, 3, ..31 is used as the RTC clock, the
-  *         Backup Domain Access should be kept enabled.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess(void)
-{
-  /* Enable access to RTC and backup registers */
-  SET_BIT(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_DBP);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Disables access to the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC
-  *         backup data registers and backup SRAM).
-  * @note If the HSE divided by 2, 3, ..31 is used as the RTC clock, the
-  *         Backup Domain Access should be kept enabled.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_PWR_DisableBkUpAccess(void)
-{
-  /* Disable access to RTC and backup registers */
-	CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_DBP);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions
-  *  @brief Low Power modes configuration functions
-  *
-@verbatim
-
- ===============================================================================
-                 ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-
-    *** PVD configuration ***
-    =========================
-    [..]
-      (+) The PVD is used to monitor the VDD power supply by comparing it to a
-          threshold selected by the PVD Level (PLS[2:0] bits in the PWR_CR).
-      (+) A PVDO flag is available to indicate if VDD/VDDA is higher or lower
-          than the PVD threshold. This event is internally connected to the EXTI
-          line16 and can generate an interrupt if enabled. This is done through
-          __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_IT() macro.
-      (+) The PVD is stopped in Standby mode.
-
-    *** Wake-up pin configuration ***
-    ================================
-    [..]
-      (+) Wake-up pin is used to wake up the system from Standby mode. This pin is
-          forced in input pull-down configuration and is active on rising edges.
-      (+) There are to 6 Wake-up pin in the STM32F7 devices family
-
-    *** Low Power modes configuration ***
-    =====================================
-    [..]
-      The devices feature 3 low-power modes:
-      (+) Sleep mode: Cortex-M7 core stopped, peripherals kept running.
-      (+) Stop mode: all clocks are stopped, regulator running, regulator
-          in low power mode
-      (+) Standby mode: 1.2V domain powered off.
-
-   *** Sleep mode ***
-   ==================
-    [..]
-      (+) Entry:
-        The Sleep mode is entered by using the HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode(PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON, PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI)
-              functions with
-          (++) PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI: enter SLEEP mode with WFI instruction
-          (++) PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE: enter SLEEP mode with WFE instruction
-
-      -@@- The Regulator parameter is not used for the STM32F7 family
-              and is kept as parameter just to maintain compatibility with the
-              lower power families (STM32L).
-      (+) Exit:
-        Any peripheral interrupt acknowledged by the nested vectored interrupt
-              controller (NVIC) can wake up the device from Sleep mode.
-
-   *** Stop mode ***
-   =================
-    [..]
-      In Stop mode, all clocks in the 1.2V domain are stopped, the PLL, the HSI,
-      and the HSE RC oscillators are disabled. Internal SRAM and register contents
-      are preserved.
-      The voltage regulator can be configured either in normal or low-power mode.
-      To minimize the consumption In Stop mode, FLASH can be powered off before
-      entering the Stop mode using the HAL_PWREx_EnableFlashPowerDown() function.
-      It can be switched on again by software after exiting the Stop mode using
-      the HAL_PWREx_DisableFlashPowerDown() function.
-
-      (+) Entry:
-         The Stop mode is entered using the HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode(PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON)
-             function with:
-          (++) Main regulator ON.
-          (++) Low Power regulator ON.
-      (+) Exit:
-        Any EXTI Line (Internal or External) configured in Interrupt/Event mode.
-
-   *** Standby mode ***
-   ====================
-    [..]
-    (+)
-      The Standby mode allows to achieve the lowest power consumption. It is based
-      on the Cortex-M7 deep sleep mode, with the voltage regulator disabled.
-      The 1.2V domain is consequently powered off. The PLL, the HSI oscillator and
-      the HSE oscillator are also switched off. SRAM and register contents are lost
-      except for the RTC registers, RTC backup registers, backup SRAM and Standby
-      circuitry.
-
-      The voltage regulator is OFF.
-
-      (++) Entry:
-        (+++) The Standby mode is entered using the HAL_PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode() function.
-      (++) Exit:
-        (+++) WKUP pin rising or falling edge, RTC alarm (Alarm A and Alarm B), RTC
-             wakeup, tamper event, time stamp event, external reset in NRST pin, IWDG reset.
-
-   *** Auto-wakeup (AWU) from low-power mode ***
-   =============================================
-    [..]
-
-     (+) The MCU can be woken up from low-power mode by an RTC Alarm event, an RTC
-      Wakeup event, a tamper event or a time-stamp event, without depending on
-      an external interrupt (Auto-wakeup mode).
-
-      (+) RTC auto-wakeup (AWU) from the Stop and Standby modes
-
-        (++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC alarm event, it is necessary to
-              configure the RTC to generate the RTC alarm using the HAL_RTC_SetAlarm_IT() function.
-
-        (++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC Tamper or time stamp event, it
-             is necessary to configure the RTC to detect the tamper or time stamp event using the
-                HAL_RTCEx_SetTimeStamp_IT() or HAL_RTCEx_SetTamper_IT() functions.
-
-        (++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC WakeUp event, it is necessary to
-              configure the RTC to generate the RTC WakeUp event using the HAL_RTCEx_SetWakeUpTimer_IT() function.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief Configures the voltage threshold detected by the Power Voltage Detector(PVD).
-  * @param sConfigPVD: pointer to an PWR_PVDTypeDef structure that contains the configuration
-  *        information for the PVD.
-  * @note Refer to the electrical characteristics of your device datasheet for
-  *         more details about the voltage threshold corresponding to each
-  *         detection level.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_PWR_ConfigPVD(PWR_PVDTypeDef *sConfigPVD)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_PWR_PVD_LEVEL(sConfigPVD->PVDLevel));
-  assert_param(IS_PWR_PVD_MODE(sConfigPVD->Mode));
-
-  /* Set PLS[7:5] bits according to PVDLevel value */
-  MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_PLS, sConfigPVD->PVDLevel);
-
-  /* Clear any previous config. Keep it clear if no event or IT mode is selected */
-  __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_EVENT();
-  __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_IT();
-  __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_RISING_EDGE();
-  __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_FALLING_EDGE();
-
-  /* Configure interrupt mode */
-  if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_MODE_IT) == PVD_MODE_IT)
-  {
-    __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_IT();
-  }
-
-  /* Configure event mode */
-  if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_MODE_EVT) == PVD_MODE_EVT)
-  {
-    __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_EVENT();
-  }
-
-  /* Configure the edge */
-  if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_RISING_EDGE) == PVD_RISING_EDGE)
-  {
-    __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE();
-  }
-
-  if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_FALLING_EDGE) == PVD_FALLING_EDGE)
-  {
-    __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_FALLING_EDGE();
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Enables the Power Voltage Detector(PVD).
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_PWR_EnablePVD(void)
-{
-  /* Enable the power voltage detector */
-	SET_BIT(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_PVDE);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Disables the Power Voltage Detector(PVD).
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_PWR_DisablePVD(void)
-{
-  /* Disable the power voltage detector */
-	CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_PVDE);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Enable the WakeUp PINx functionality.
-  * @param WakeUpPinPolarity: Specifies which Wake-Up pin to enable.
-  *         This parameter can be one of the following legacy values, which sets the default polarity:
-  *         detection on high level (rising edge):
-  *           @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1, PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2, PWR_WAKEUP_PIN3, PWR_WAKEUP_PIN4, PWR_WAKEUP_PIN5, PWR_WAKEUP_PIN6
-  *         or one of the following value where the user can explicitly states the enabled pin and
-  *         the chosen polarity
-  *           @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1_HIGH or PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1_LOW
-  *           @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2_HIGH or PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2_LOW
-  *           @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN3_HIGH or PWR_WAKEUP_PIN3_LOW
-  *           @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN4_HIGH or PWR_WAKEUP_PIN4_LOW
-  *           @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN5_HIGH or PWR_WAKEUP_PIN5_LOW
-  *           @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN6_HIGH or PWR_WAKEUP_PIN6_LOW
-  * @note  PWR_WAKEUP_PINx and PWR_WAKEUP_PINx_HIGH are equivalent.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_PWR_EnableWakeUpPin(uint32_t WakeUpPinPolarity)
-{
-  assert_param(IS_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN(WakeUpPinPolarity));
-
-  /* Enable wake-up pin */
-  SET_BIT(PWR->CSR2, (PWR_EWUP_MASK & WakeUpPinPolarity));
-
-  /* Specifies the Wake-Up pin polarity for the event detection
-    (rising or falling edge) */
-  MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR2, (PWR_EWUP_MASK & WakeUpPinPolarity), (WakeUpPinPolarity >> 0x06));
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Disables the WakeUp PINx functionality.
-  * @param WakeUpPinx: Specifies the Power Wake-Up pin to disable.
-  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *           @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1
-  *           @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2
-  *           @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN3
-  *           @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN4
-  *           @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN5
-  *           @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN6
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_PWR_DisableWakeUpPin(uint32_t WakeUpPinx)
-{
-  assert_param(IS_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN(WakeUpPinx));
-
-  CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CSR2, WakeUpPinx);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Enters Sleep mode.
-  *
-  * @note In Sleep mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode.
-  *
-  * @note In Sleep mode, the systick is stopped to avoid exit from this mode with
-  *       systick interrupt when used as time base for Timeout
-  *
-  * @param Regulator: Specifies the regulator state in SLEEP mode.
-  *            This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON: SLEEP mode with regulator ON
-  *            @arg PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON: SLEEP mode with low power regulator ON
-  * @note This parameter is not used for the STM32F7 family and is kept as parameter
-  *       just to maintain compatibility with the lower power families.
-  * @param SLEEPEntry: Specifies if SLEEP mode in entered with WFI or WFE instruction.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI: enter SLEEP mode with WFI instruction
-  *            @arg PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE: enter SLEEP mode with WFE instruction
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode(uint32_t Regulator, uint8_t SLEEPEntry)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_PWR_REGULATOR(Regulator));
-  assert_param(IS_PWR_SLEEP_ENTRY(SLEEPEntry));
-
-  /* Clear SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
-  CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk));
-
-  /* Select SLEEP mode entry -------------------------------------------------*/
-  if(SLEEPEntry == PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI)
-  {
-    /* Request Wait For Interrupt */
-    __WFI();
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    /* Request Wait For Event */
-    __SEV();
-    __WFE();
-    __WFE();
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Enters Stop mode.
-  * @note In Stop mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode.
-  * @note When exiting Stop mode by issuing an interrupt or a wakeup event,
-  *         the HSI RC oscillator is selected as system clock.
-  * @note When the voltage regulator operates in low power mode, an additional
-  *         startup delay is incurred when waking up from Stop mode.
-  *         By keeping the internal regulator ON during Stop mode, the consumption
-  *         is higher although the startup time is reduced.
-  * @param Regulator: Specifies the regulator state in Stop mode.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON: Stop mode with regulator ON
-  *            @arg PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON: Stop mode with low power regulator ON
-  * @param STOPEntry: Specifies if Stop mode in entered with WFI or WFE instruction.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI: Enter Stop mode with WFI instruction
-  *            @arg PWR_STOPENTRY_WFE: Enter Stop mode with WFE instruction
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode(uint32_t Regulator, uint8_t STOPEntry)
-{
-  uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_PWR_REGULATOR(Regulator));
-  assert_param(IS_PWR_STOP_ENTRY(STOPEntry));
-
-  /* Select the regulator state in Stop mode ---------------------------------*/
-  tmpreg = PWR->CR1;
-  /* Clear PDDS and LPDS bits */
-  tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~(PWR_CR1_PDDS | PWR_CR1_LPDS);
-
-  /* Set LPDS, MRLVDS and LPLVDS bits according to Regulator value */
-  tmpreg |= Regulator;
-
-  /* Store the new value */
-  PWR->CR1 = tmpreg;
-
-  /* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
-  SCB->SCR |= SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk;
-
-  /* Select Stop mode entry --------------------------------------------------*/
-  if(STOPEntry == PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI)
-  {
-    /* Request Wait For Interrupt */
-    __WFI();
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    /* Request Wait For Event */
-    __SEV();
-    __WFE();
-    __WFE();
-  }
-  /* Reset SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
-  SCB->SCR &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Enters Standby mode.
-  * @note In Standby mode, all I/O pins are high impedance except for:
-  *          - Reset pad (still available)
-  *          - RTC_AF1 pin (PC13) if configured for tamper, time-stamp, RTC
-  *            Alarm out, or RTC clock calibration out.
-  *          - RTC_AF2 pin (PI8) if configured for tamper or time-stamp.
-  *          - WKUP pins if enabled.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode(void)
-{
-  /* Select Standby mode */
-  PWR->CR1 |= PWR_CR1_PDDS;
-
-  /* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
-  SCB->SCR |= SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk;
-
-  /* This option is used to ensure that store operations are completed */
-#if defined ( __CC_ARM)
-  __force_stores();
-#endif
-  /* Request Wait For Interrupt */
-  __WFI();
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief This function handles the PWR PVD interrupt request.
-  * @note This API should be called under the PVD_IRQHandler().
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_PWR_PVD_IRQHandler(void)
-{
-  /* Check PWR Exti flag */
-  if(__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_GET_FLAG() != RESET)
-  {
-    /* PWR PVD interrupt user callback */
-    HAL_PWR_PVDCallback();
-
-    /* Clear PWR Exti pending bit */
-    __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG();
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  PWR PVD interrupt callback
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_PWR_PVDCallback(void)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_PWR_PVDCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Indicates Sleep-On-Exit when returning from Handler mode to Thread mode.
-  * @note Set SLEEPONEXIT bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, the processor
-  *       re-enters SLEEP mode when an interruption handling is over.
-  *       Setting this bit is useful when the processor is expected to run only on
-  *       interruptions handling.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_PWR_EnableSleepOnExit(void)
-{
-  /* Set SLEEPONEXIT bit of Cortex System Control Register */
-  SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Msk));
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Disables Sleep-On-Exit feature when returning from Handler mode to Thread mode.
-  * @note Clears SLEEPONEXIT bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, the processor
-  *       re-enters SLEEP mode when an interruption handling is over.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_PWR_DisableSleepOnExit(void)
-{
-  /* Clear SLEEPONEXIT bit of Cortex System Control Register */
-  CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Msk));
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Enables CORTEX M4 SEVONPEND bit.
-  * @note Sets SEVONPEND bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, this causes
-  *       WFE to wake up when an interrupt moves from inactive to pended.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_PWR_EnableSEVOnPend(void)
-{
-  /* Set SEVONPEND bit of Cortex System Control Register */
-  SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Msk));
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Disables CORTEX M4 SEVONPEND bit.
-  * @note Clears SEVONPEND bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, this causes
-  *       WFE to wake up when an interrupt moves from inactive to pended.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_PWR_DisableSEVOnPend(void)
-{
-  /* Clear SEVONPEND bit of Cortex System Control Register */
-  CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Msk));
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-#endif /* HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED */
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_pwr_ex.c b/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_pwr_ex.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 19ca4c8ce3..0000000000
--- a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_pwr_ex.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,564 +0,0 @@
-/**
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @file    stm32f7xx_hal_pwr_ex.c
-  * @author  MCD Application Team
-  * @version V1.0.1
-  * @date    25-June-2015
-  * @brief   Extended PWR HAL module driver.
-  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
-  *          functionalities of PWR extension peripheral:
-  *           + Peripheral Extended features functions
-  *
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @attention
-  *
-  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
-  *
-  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
-  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
-  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
-  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
-  *      without specific prior written permission.
-  *
-  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
-  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
-  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
-  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
-  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
-  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
-  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
-  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
-  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
-  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-  *
-  ******************************************************************************
-  */
-
-/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
-
-/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup PWREx PWREx
-  * @brief PWR HAL module driver
-  * @{
-  */
-
-#ifdef HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED
-
-/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/** @addtogroup PWREx_Private_Constants
-  * @{
-  */
-#define PWR_OVERDRIVE_TIMEOUT_VALUE  1000
-#define PWR_UDERDRIVE_TIMEOUT_VALUE  1000
-#define PWR_BKPREG_TIMEOUT_VALUE     1000
-#define PWR_VOSRDY_TIMEOUT_VALUE     1000
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/** @defgroup PWREx_Exported_Functions PWREx Exported Functions
-  *  @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup PWREx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Peripheral Extended features functions
-  *  @brief Peripheral Extended features functions
-  *
-@verbatim
-
- ===============================================================================
-                 ##### Peripheral extended features functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-
-    *** Main and Backup Regulators configuration ***
-    ================================================
-    [..]
-      (+) The backup domain includes 4 Kbytes of backup SRAM accessible only from
-          the CPU, and address in 32-bit, 16-bit or 8-bit mode. Its content is
-          retained even in Standby or VBAT mode when the low power backup regulator
-          is enabled. It can be considered as an internal EEPROM when VBAT is
-          always present. You can use the HAL_PWREx_EnableBkUpReg() function to
-          enable the low power backup regulator.
-
-      (+) When the backup domain is supplied by VDD (analog switch connected to VDD)
-          the backup SRAM is powered from VDD which replaces the VBAT power supply to
-          save battery life.
-
-      (+) The backup SRAM is not mass erased by a tamper event. It is read
-          protected to prevent confidential data, such as cryptographic private
-          key, from being accessed. The backup SRAM can be erased only through
-          the Flash interface when a protection level change from level 1 to
-          level 0 is requested.
-      -@- Refer to the description of Read protection (RDP) in the Flash
-          programming manual.
-
-      (+) The main internal regulator can be configured to have a tradeoff between
-          performance and power consumption when the device does not operate at
-          the maximum frequency. This is done through __HAL_PWR_MAINREGULATORMODE_CONFIG()
-          macro which configure VOS bit in PWR_CR register
-
-        Refer to the product datasheets for more details.
-
-    *** FLASH Power Down configuration ****
-    =======================================
-    [..]
-      (+) By setting the FPDS bit in the PWR_CR register by using the
-          HAL_PWREx_EnableFlashPowerDown() function, the Flash memory also enters power
-          down mode when the device enters Stop mode. When the Flash memory
-          is in power down mode, an additional startup delay is incurred when
-          waking up from Stop mode.
-
-    *** Over-Drive and Under-Drive configuration ****
-    =================================================
-    [..]
-       (+) In Run mode: the main regulator has 2 operating modes available:
-        (++) Normal mode: The CPU and core logic operate at maximum frequency at a given
-             voltage scaling (scale 1, scale 2 or scale 3)
-        (++) Over-drive mode: This mode allows the CPU and the core logic to operate at a
-            higher frequency than the normal mode for a given voltage scaling (scale 1,
-            scale 2 or scale 3). This mode is enabled through HAL_PWREx_EnableOverDrive() function and
-            disabled by HAL_PWREx_DisableOverDrive() function, to enter or exit from Over-drive mode please follow
-            the sequence described in Reference manual.
-
-       (+) In Stop mode: the main regulator or low power regulator supplies a low power
-           voltage to the 1.2V domain, thus preserving the content of registers
-           and internal SRAM. 2 operating modes are available:
-         (++) Normal mode: the 1.2V domain is preserved in nominal leakage mode. This mode is only
-              available when the main regulator or the low power regulator is used in Scale 3 or
-              low voltage mode.
-         (++) Under-drive mode: the 1.2V domain is preserved in reduced leakage mode. This mode is only
-              available when the main regulator or the low power regulator is in low voltage mode.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief Enables the Backup Regulator.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_EnableBkUpReg(void)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-
-  /* Enable Backup regulator */
-  PWR->CSR1 |= PWR_CSR1_BRE;
-
-  /* Get tick */
-  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-  /* Wait till Backup regulator ready flag is set */
-  while(__HAL_PWR_GET_FLAG(PWR_FLAG_BRR) == RESET)
-  {
-    if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PWR_BKPREG_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
-    {
-      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-    }
-  }
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Disables the Backup Regulator.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_DisableBkUpReg(void)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-
-  /* Disable Backup regulator */
-  PWR->CSR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)PWR_CSR1_BRE);
-
-  /* Get tick */
-  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-  /* Wait till Backup regulator ready flag is set */
-  while(__HAL_PWR_GET_FLAG(PWR_FLAG_BRR) != RESET)
-  {
-    if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PWR_BKPREG_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
-    {
-      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-    }
-  }
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Enables the Flash Power Down in Stop mode.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_PWREx_EnableFlashPowerDown(void)
-{
-  /* Enable the Flash Power Down */
-  PWR->CR1 |= PWR_CR1_FPDS;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Disables the Flash Power Down in Stop mode.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_PWREx_DisableFlashPowerDown(void)
-{
-  /* Disable the Flash Power Down */
-  PWR->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)PWR_CR1_FPDS);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Enables Main Regulator low voltage mode.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_PWREx_EnableMainRegulatorLowVoltage(void)
-{
-  /* Enable Main regulator low voltage */
-  PWR->CR1 |= PWR_CR1_MRUDS;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Disables Main Regulator low voltage mode.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_PWREx_DisableMainRegulatorLowVoltage(void)
-{
-  /* Disable Main regulator low voltage */
-  PWR->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)PWR_CR1_MRUDS);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Enables Low Power Regulator low voltage mode.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_PWREx_EnableLowRegulatorLowVoltage(void)
-{
-  /* Enable low power regulator */
-  PWR->CR1 |= PWR_CR1_LPUDS;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Disables Low Power Regulator low voltage mode.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_PWREx_DisableLowRegulatorLowVoltage(void)
-{
-  /* Disable low power regulator */
-  PWR->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)PWR_CR1_LPUDS);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Activates the Over-Drive mode.
-  * @note   This mode allows the CPU and the core logic to operate at a higher frequency
-  *         than the normal mode for a given voltage scaling (scale 1, scale 2 or scale 3).
-  * @note   It is recommended to enter or exit Over-drive mode when the application is not running
-  *         critical tasks and when the system clock source is either HSI or HSE.
-  *         During the Over-drive switch activation, no peripheral clocks should be enabled.
-  *         The peripheral clocks must be enabled once the Over-drive mode is activated.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_EnableOverDrive(void)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-
-  __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE();
-
-  /* Enable the Over-drive to extend the clock frequency to 216 MHz */
-  __HAL_PWR_OVERDRIVE_ENABLE();
-
-  /* Get tick */
-  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-  while(!__HAL_PWR_GET_FLAG(PWR_FLAG_ODRDY))
-  {
-    if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PWR_OVERDRIVE_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
-    {
-      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Enable the Over-drive switch */
-  __HAL_PWR_OVERDRIVESWITCHING_ENABLE();
-
-  /* Get tick */
-  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-  while(!__HAL_PWR_GET_FLAG(PWR_FLAG_ODSWRDY))
-  {
-    if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PWR_OVERDRIVE_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
-    {
-      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-    }
-  }
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Deactivates the Over-Drive mode.
-  * @note   This mode allows the CPU and the core logic to operate at a higher frequency
-  *         than the normal mode for a given voltage scaling (scale 1, scale 2 or scale 3).
-  * @note   It is recommended to enter or exit Over-drive mode when the application is not running
-  *         critical tasks and when the system clock source is either HSI or HSE.
-  *         During the Over-drive switch activation, no peripheral clocks should be enabled.
-  *         The peripheral clocks must be enabled once the Over-drive mode is activated.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_DisableOverDrive(void)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-
-  __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE();
-
-  /* Disable the Over-drive switch */
-  __HAL_PWR_OVERDRIVESWITCHING_DISABLE();
-
-  /* Get tick */
-  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-  while(__HAL_PWR_GET_FLAG(PWR_FLAG_ODSWRDY))
-  {
-    if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PWR_OVERDRIVE_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
-    {
-      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Disable the Over-drive */
-  __HAL_PWR_OVERDRIVE_DISABLE();
-
-  /* Get tick */
-  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-  while(__HAL_PWR_GET_FLAG(PWR_FLAG_ODRDY))
-  {
-    if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PWR_OVERDRIVE_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
-    {
-      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-    }
-  }
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Enters in Under-Drive STOP mode.
-  *
-  * @note    This mode can be selected only when the Under-Drive is already active
-  *
-  * @note    This mode is enabled only with STOP low power mode.
-  *          In this mode, the 1.2V domain is preserved in reduced leakage mode. This
-  *          mode is only available when the main regulator or the low power regulator
-  *          is in low voltage mode
-  *
-  * @note   If the Under-drive mode was enabled, it is automatically disabled after
-  *         exiting Stop mode.
-  *         When the voltage regulator operates in Under-drive mode, an additional
-  *         startup delay is induced when waking up from Stop mode.
-  *
-  * @note   In Stop mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode.
-  *
-  * @note   When exiting Stop mode by issuing an interrupt or a wakeup event,
-  *         the HSI RC oscillator is selected as system clock.
-  *
-  * @note   When the voltage regulator operates in low power mode, an additional
-  *         startup delay is incurred when waking up from Stop mode.
-  *         By keeping the internal regulator ON during Stop mode, the consumption
-  *         is higher although the startup time is reduced.
-  *
-  * @param  Regulator: specifies the regulator state in STOP mode.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg PWR_MAINREGULATOR_UNDERDRIVE_ON:  Main Regulator in under-drive mode
-  *                 and Flash memory in power-down when the device is in Stop under-drive mode
-  *            @arg PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_UNDERDRIVE_ON:  Low Power Regulator in under-drive mode
-  *                and Flash memory in power-down when the device is in Stop under-drive mode
-  * @param  STOPEntry: specifies if STOP mode in entered with WFI or WFE instruction.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI: enter STOP mode with WFI instruction
-  *            @arg PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE: enter STOP mode with WFE instruction
-  * @retval None
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_EnterUnderDriveSTOPMode(uint32_t Regulator, uint8_t STOPEntry)
-{
-  uint32_t tempreg = 0;
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_PWR_REGULATOR_UNDERDRIVE(Regulator));
-  assert_param(IS_PWR_STOP_ENTRY(STOPEntry));
-
-  /* Enable Power ctrl clock */
-  __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE();
-  /* Enable the Under-drive Mode ---------------------------------------------*/
-  /* Clear Under-drive flag */
-  __HAL_PWR_CLEAR_ODRUDR_FLAG();
-
-  /* Enable the Under-drive */
-  __HAL_PWR_UNDERDRIVE_ENABLE();
-
-  /* Get tick */
-  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-  /* Wait for UnderDrive mode is ready */
-  while(__HAL_PWR_GET_FLAG(PWR_FLAG_UDRDY))
-  {
-    if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PWR_UDERDRIVE_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
-    {
-      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Select the regulator state in STOP mode ---------------------------------*/
-  tempreg = PWR->CR1;
-  /* Clear PDDS, LPDS, MRLUDS and LPLUDS bits */
-  tempreg &= (uint32_t)~(PWR_CR1_PDDS | PWR_CR1_LPDS | PWR_CR1_LPUDS | PWR_CR1_MRUDS);
-
-  /* Set LPDS, MRLUDS and LPLUDS bits according to PWR_Regulator value */
-  tempreg |= Regulator;
-
-  /* Store the new value */
-  PWR->CR1 = tempreg;
-
-  /* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
-  SCB->SCR |= SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk;
-
-  /* Select STOP mode entry --------------------------------------------------*/
-  if(STOPEntry == PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI)
-  {
-    /* Request Wait For Interrupt */
-    __WFI();
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    /* Request Wait For Event */
-    __WFE();
-  }
-  /* Reset SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
-  SCB->SCR &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Returns Voltage Scaling Range.
-  * @retval VOS bit field (PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1, PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE2 or
-  *            PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE3)PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1
-  */
-uint32_t HAL_PWREx_GetVoltageRange(void)
-{
-  return  (PWR->CR1 & PWR_CR1_VOS);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Configures the main internal regulator output voltage.
-  * @param  VoltageScaling: specifies the regulator output voltage to achieve
-  *         a tradeoff between performance and power consumption.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1: Regulator voltage output range 1 mode,
-  *                                                typical output voltage at 1.4 V,
-  *                                                system frequency up to 216 MHz.
-  *            @arg PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE2: Regulator voltage output range 2 mode,
-  *                                                typical output voltage at 1.2 V,
-  *                                                system frequency up to 180 MHz.
-  *            @arg PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE3: Regulator voltage output range 2 mode,
-  *                                                typical output voltage at 1.00 V,
-  *                                                system frequency up to 151 MHz.
-  * @note To update the system clock frequency(SYSCLK):
-  *        - Set the HSI or HSE as system clock frequency using the HAL_RCC_ClockConfig().
-  *        - Call the HAL_RCC_OscConfig() to configure the PLL.
-  *        - Call HAL_PWREx_ConfigVoltageScaling() API to adjust the voltage scale.
-  *        - Set the new system clock frequency using the HAL_RCC_ClockConfig().
-  * @note The scale can be modified only when the HSI or HSE clock source is selected
-  *        as system clock source, otherwise the API returns HAL_ERROR.
-  * @note When the PLL is OFF, the voltage scale 3 is automatically selected and the VOS bits
-  *       value in the PWR_CR1 register are not taken in account.
-  * @note This API forces the PLL state ON to allow the possibility to configure the voltage scale 1 or 2.
-  * @note The new voltage scale is active only when the PLL is ON.
-  * @retval HAL Status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_ControlVoltageScaling(uint32_t VoltageScaling)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-
-  assert_param(IS_PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE(VoltageScaling));
-
-  /* Enable Power ctrl clock */
-  __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE();
-
-  /* Check if the PLL is used as system clock or not */
-  if(__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() != RCC_CFGR_SWS_PLL)
-  {
-    /* Disable the main PLL */
-    __HAL_RCC_PLL_DISABLE();
-
-    /* Get Start Tick */
-    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-    /* Wait till PLL is disabled */
-    while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY) != RESET)
-    {
-      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLL_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
-      {
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Set Range */
-    __HAL_PWR_VOLTAGESCALING_CONFIG(VoltageScaling);
-
-    /* Enable the main PLL */
-    __HAL_RCC_PLL_ENABLE();
-
-    /* Get Start Tick */
-    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-    /* Wait till PLL is ready */
-    while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY) == RESET)
-    {
-      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLL_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
-      {
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Get Start Tick */
-    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-    while((__HAL_PWR_GET_FLAG(PWR_FLAG_VOSRDY) == RESET))
-    {
-      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PWR_VOSRDY_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
-      {
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-#endif /* HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED */
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_qspi.c b/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_qspi.c
deleted file mode 100644
index c1ad7da56b..0000000000
--- a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_qspi.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1934 +0,0 @@
-/**
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @file    stm32f7xx_hal_qspi.c
-  * @author  MCD Application Team
-  * @version V1.0.1
-  * @date    25-June-2015
-  * @brief   QSPI HAL module driver.
-  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
-  *          functionalities of the QuadSPI interface (QSPI).
-  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
-  *           + Indirect functional mode management
-  *           + Memory-mapped functional mode management
-  *           + Auto-polling functional mode management
-  *           + Interrupts and flags management
-  *           + DMA channel configuration for indirect functional mode
-  *           + Errors management and abort functionality
-  *
-  *
-  @verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-                        ##### How to use this driver #####
- ===============================================================================
-  [..]
-    *** Initialization ***
-    ======================
-    [..]
-      (#) As prerequisite, fill in the HAL_QSPI_MspInit() :
-        (++) Enable QuadSPI clock interface with __HAL_RCC_QSPI_CLK_ENABLE().
-        (++) Reset QuadSPI IP with __HAL_RCC_QSPI_FORCE_RESET() and __HAL_RCC_QSPI_RELEASE_RESET().
-        (++) Enable the clocks for the QuadSPI GPIOS with __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE().
-        (++) Configure these QuadSPI pins in alternate mode using HAL_GPIO_Init().
-        (++) If interrupt mode is used, enable and configure QuadSPI global
-            interrupt with HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() and HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ().
-        (++) If DMA mode is used, enable the clocks for the QuadSPI DMA channel
-            with __HAL_RCC_DMAx_CLK_ENABLE(), configure DMA with HAL_DMA_Init(),
-            link it with QuadSPI handle using __HAL_LINKDMA(), enable and configure
-            DMA channel global interrupt with HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() and HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ().
-      (#) Configure the flash size, the clock prescaler, the fifo threshold, the
-          clock mode, the sample shifting and the CS high time using the HAL_QSPI_Init() function.
-
-    *** Indirect functional mode ***
-    ================================
-    [..]
-      (#) Configure the command sequence using the HAL_QSPI_Command() or HAL_QSPI_Command_IT()
-          functions :
-         (++) Instruction phase : the mode used and if present the instruction opcode.
-         (++) Address phase : the mode used and if present the size and the address value.
-         (++) Alternate-bytes phase : the mode used and if present the size and the alternate
-             bytes values.
-         (++) Dummy-cycles phase : the number of dummy cycles (mode used is same as data phase).
-         (++) Data phase : the mode used and if present the number of bytes.
-         (++) Double Data Rate (DDR) mode : the activation (or not) of this mode and the delay
-             if activated.
-         (++) Sending Instruction Only Once (SIOO) mode : the activation (or not) of this mode.
-      (#) If no data is required for the command, it is sent directly to the memory :
-         (++) In polling mode, the output of the function is done when the transfer is complete.
-         (++) In interrupt mode, HAL_QSPI_CmdCpltCallback() will be called when the transfer is complete.
-      (#) For the indirect write mode, use HAL_QSPI_Transmit(), HAL_QSPI_Transmit_DMA() or
-          HAL_QSPI_Transmit_IT() after the command configuration :
-         (++) In polling mode, the output of the function is done when the transfer is complete.
-         (++) In interrupt mode, HAL_QSPI_FifoThresholdCallback() will be called when the fifo threshold
-             is reached and HAL_QSPI_TxCpltCallback() will be called when the transfer is complete.
-         (++) In DMA mode, HAL_QSPI_TxHalfCpltCallback() will be called at the half transfer and
-             HAL_QSPI_TxCpltCallback() will be called when the transfer is complete.
-      (#) For the indirect read mode, use HAL_QSPI_Receive(), HAL_QSPI_Receive_DMA() or
-          HAL_QSPI_Receive_IT() after the command configuration :
-         (++) In polling mode, the output of the function is done when the transfer is complete.
-         (++) In interrupt mode, HAL_QSPI_FifoThresholdCallback() will be called when the fifo threshold
-             is reached and HAL_QSPI_RxCpltCallback() will be called when the transfer is complete.
-         (++) In DMA mode, HAL_QSPI_RxHalfCpltCallback() will be called at the half transfer and
-             HAL_QSPI_RxCpltCallback() will be called when the transfer is complete.
-
-    *** Auto-polling functional mode ***
-    ====================================
-    [..]
-      (#) Configure the command sequence and the auto-polling functional mode using the
-          HAL_QSPI_AutoPolling() or HAL_QSPI_AutoPolling_IT() functions :
-         (++) Instruction phase : the mode used and if present the instruction opcode.
-         (++) Address phase : the mode used and if present the size and the address value.
-         (++) Alternate-bytes phase : the mode used and if present the size and the alternate
-             bytes values.
-         (++) Dummy-cycles phase : the number of dummy cycles (mode used is same as data phase).
-         (++) Data phase : the mode used.
-         (++) Double Data Rate (DDR) mode : the activation (or not) of this mode and the delay
-             if activated.
-         (++) Sending Instruction Only Once (SIOO) mode : the activation (or not) of this mode.
-         (++) The size of the status bytes, the match value, the mask used, the match mode (OR/AND),
-             the polling interval and the automatic stop activation.
-      (#) After the configuration :
-         (++) In polling mode, the output of the function is done when the status match is reached. The
-             automatic stop is activated to avoid an infinite loop.
-         (++) In interrupt mode, HAL_QSPI_StatusMatchCallback() will be called each time the status match is reached.
-
-    *** Memory-mapped functional mode ***
-    =====================================
-    [..]
-      (#) Configure the command sequence and the memory-mapped functional mode using the
-          HAL_QSPI_MemoryMapped() functions :
-         (++) Instruction phase : the mode used and if present the instruction opcode.
-         (++) Address phase : the mode used and the size.
-         (++) Alternate-bytes phase : the mode used and if present the size and the alternate
-             bytes values.
-         (++) Dummy-cycles phase : the number of dummy cycles (mode used is same as data phase).
-         (++) Data phase : the mode used.
-         (++) Double Data Rate (DDR) mode : the activation (or not) of this mode and the delay
-             if activated.
-         (++) Sending Instruction Only Once (SIOO) mode : the activation (or not) of this mode.
-         (++) The timeout activation and the timeout period.
-      (#) After the configuration, the QuadSPI will be used as soon as an access on the AHB is done on
-          the address range. HAL_QSPI_TimeOutCallback() will be called when the timeout expires.
-
-    *** Errors management and abort functionality ***
-    ==================================================
-    [..]
-      (#) HAL_QSPI_GetError() function gives the error raised during the last operation.
-      (#) HAL_QSPI_Abort() function aborts any on-going operation and flushes the fifo.
-      (#) HAL_QSPI_GetState() function gives the current state of the HAL QuadSPI driver.
-
-    *** Workarounds linked to Silicon Limitation ***
-    ====================================================
-    [..]
-      (#) Workarounds Implemented inside HAL Driver
-         (++) Extra data written in the FIFO at the end of a read transfer
-
-  @endverbatim
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @attention
-  *
-  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
-  *
-  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
-  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
-  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
-  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
-  *      without specific prior written permission.
-  *
-  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
-  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
-  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
-  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
-  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
-  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
-  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
-  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
-  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
-  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-  *
-  ******************************************************************************
-  */
-
-/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
-
-/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup QSPI QSPI
-  * @brief HAL QSPI module driver
-  * @{
-  */
-#ifdef HAL_QSPI_MODULE_ENABLED
-
-/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/** @addtogroup QSPI_Private_Constants
-  * @{
-  */
-#define QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_INDIRECT_WRITE ((uint32_t)0x00000000)          /*!<Indirect write mode*/
-#define QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_INDIRECT_READ  ((uint32_t)QUADSPI_CCR_FMODE_0) /*!<Indirect read mode*/
-#define QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_AUTO_POLLING   ((uint32_t)QUADSPI_CCR_FMODE_1) /*!<Automatic polling mode*/
-#define QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_MEMORY_MAPPED  ((uint32_t)QUADSPI_CCR_FMODE)   /*!<Memory-mapped mode*/
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/** @addtogroup QSPI_Private_Macros QSPI Private Macros
-  * @{
-  */
-#define IS_QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_INDIRECT_WRITE) || \
-                                       ((MODE) == QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_INDIRECT_READ)  || \
-                                       ((MODE) == QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_AUTO_POLLING)   || \
-                                       ((MODE) == QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_MEMORY_MAPPED))
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
-/** @addtogroup QSPI_Private_Functions QSPI Private Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-static void QSPI_DMARxCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
-static void QSPI_DMATxCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
-static void QSPI_DMARxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
-static void QSPI_DMATxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
-static void QSPI_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef QSPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus State, uint32_t Timeout);
-static void QSPI_Config(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi, QSPI_CommandTypeDef *cmd, uint32_t FunctionalMode);
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/** @defgroup QSPI_Exported_Functions QSPI Exported Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup QSPI_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization/de-initialization functions
-  *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions
-  *
-@verbatim
-===============================================================================
-            ##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]
-    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to :
-      (+) Initialize the QuadSPI.
-      (+) De-initialize the QuadSPI.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief Initializes the QSPI mode according to the specified parameters
-  *        in the QSPI_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle.
-  * @param hqspi: qspi handle
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_QSPI_Init(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi)
-{
-  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR;
-
-  /* Check the QSPI handle allocation */
-  if(hqspi == NULL)
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_QSPI_ALL_INSTANCE(hqspi->Instance));
-  assert_param(IS_QSPI_CLOCK_PRESCALER(hqspi->Init.ClockPrescaler));
-  assert_param(IS_QSPI_FIFO_THRESHOLD(hqspi->Init.FifoThreshold));
-  assert_param(IS_QSPI_SSHIFT(hqspi->Init.SampleShifting));
-  assert_param(IS_QSPI_FLASH_SIZE(hqspi->Init.FlashSize));
-  assert_param(IS_QSPI_CS_HIGH_TIME(hqspi->Init.ChipSelectHighTime));
-  assert_param(IS_QSPI_CLOCK_MODE(hqspi->Init.ClockMode));
-  assert_param(IS_QSPI_DUAL_FLASH_MODE(hqspi->Init.DualFlash));
-
-  if (hqspi->Init.DualFlash != QSPI_DUALFLASH_ENABLE )
-  {
-    assert_param(IS_QSPI_FLASH_ID(hqspi->Init.FlashID));
-  }
-
-  /* Process locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hqspi);
-
-  if(hqspi->State == HAL_QSPI_STATE_RESET)
-  {
-    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
-    hqspi->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
-
-    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK */
-    HAL_QSPI_MspInit(hqspi);
-
-    /* Configure the default timeout for the QSPI memory access */
-    HAL_QSPI_SetTimeout(hqspi, HAL_QPSI_TIMEOUT_DEFAULT_VALUE);
-  }
-
-  /* Configure QSPI FIFO Threshold */
-  MODIFY_REG(hqspi->Instance->CR, QUADSPI_CR_FTHRES, ((hqspi->Init.FifoThreshold - 1) << 8));
-
-  /* Wait till BUSY flag reset */
-  status = QSPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_BUSY, RESET, hqspi->Timeout);
-
-   if(status == HAL_OK)
-  {
-
-    /* Configure QSPI Clock Prescaler and Sample Shift */
-    MODIFY_REG(hqspi->Instance->CR,(QUADSPI_CR_PRESCALER | QUADSPI_CR_SSHIFT | QUADSPI_CR_FSEL | QUADSPI_CR_DFM), ((hqspi->Init.ClockPrescaler << 24)| hqspi->Init.SampleShifting | hqspi->Init.FlashID| hqspi->Init.DualFlash ));
-
-    /* Configure QSPI Flash Size, CS High Time and Clock Mode */
-    MODIFY_REG(hqspi->Instance->DCR, (QUADSPI_DCR_FSIZE | QUADSPI_DCR_CSHT | QUADSPI_DCR_CKMODE),
-               ((hqspi->Init.FlashSize << 16) | hqspi->Init.ChipSelectHighTime | hqspi->Init.ClockMode));
-
-    /* Enable the QSPI peripheral */
-    __HAL_QSPI_ENABLE(hqspi);
-
-    /* Set QSPI error code to none */
-    hqspi->ErrorCode = HAL_QSPI_ERROR_NONE;
-
-    /* Initialize the QSPI state */
-    hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY;
-  }
-
-  /* Release Lock */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hqspi);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return status;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief DeInitializes the QSPI peripheral
-  * @param hqspi: qspi handle
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_QSPI_DeInit(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi)
-{
-  /* Check the QSPI handle allocation */
-  if(hqspi == NULL)
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Process locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hqspi);
-
-  /* Disable the QSPI Peripheral Clock */
-  __HAL_QSPI_DISABLE(hqspi);
-
-  /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC... */
-  HAL_QSPI_MspDeInit(hqspi);
-
-  /* Set QSPI error code to none */
-  hqspi->ErrorCode = HAL_QSPI_ERROR_NONE;
-
-  /* Initialize the QSPI state */
-  hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_RESET;
-
-  /* Release Lock */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hqspi);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief QSPI MSP Init
-  * @param hqspi: QSPI handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
- __weak void HAL_QSPI_MspInit(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_QSPI_MspInit can be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief QSPI MSP DeInit
-  * @param hqspi: QSPI handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
- __weak void HAL_QSPI_MspDeInit(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_QSPI_MspDeInit can be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup QSPI_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
-  *  @brief QSPI Transmit/Receive functions
-  *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-                      ##### IO operation functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-       [..]
-    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to :
-      (+) Handle the interrupts.
-      (+) Handle the command sequence.
-      (+) Transmit data in blocking, interrupt or DMA mode.
-      (+) Receive data in blocking, interrupt or DMA mode.
-      (+) Manage the auto-polling functional mode.
-      (+) Manage the memory-mapped functional mode.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief This function handles QSPI interrupt request.
-  * @param hqspi: QSPI handle
-  * @retval None.
-  */
-void HAL_QSPI_IRQHandler(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi)
-{
-  __IO uint32_t *data_reg;
-  uint32_t flag = 0, itsource = 0;
-
-  /* QSPI FIFO Threshold interrupt occurred ----------------------------------*/
-  flag     = __HAL_QSPI_GET_FLAG(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_FT);
-  itsource = __HAL_QSPI_GET_IT_SOURCE(hqspi, QSPI_IT_FT);
-
-  if((flag != RESET) && (itsource != RESET))
-  {
-    data_reg = &hqspi->Instance->DR;
-
-    if(hqspi->State == HAL_QSPI_STATE_BUSY_INDIRECT_TX)
-    {
-      /* Transmission process */
-      while(__HAL_QSPI_GET_FLAG(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_FT) != 0)
-      {
-        if (hqspi->TxXferCount > 0)
-        {
-          /* Fill the FIFO until it is full */
-          *(__IO uint8_t *)data_reg = *hqspi->pTxBuffPtr++;
-          hqspi->TxXferCount--;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          /* No more data available for the transfer */
-          break;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-    else if(hqspi->State == HAL_QSPI_STATE_BUSY_INDIRECT_RX)
-    {
-      /* Receiving Process */
-      while(__HAL_QSPI_GET_FLAG(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_FT) != 0)
-      {
-        if (hqspi->RxXferCount > 0)
-        {
-          /* Read the FIFO until it is empty */
-          *hqspi->pRxBuffPtr++ = *(__IO uint8_t *)data_reg;
-          hqspi->RxXferCount--;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          /* All data have been received for the transfer */
-          break;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* FIFO Threshold callback */
-    HAL_QSPI_FifoThresholdCallback(hqspi);
-  }
-
-  /* QSPI Transfer Complete interrupt occurred -------------------------------*/
-  flag     = __HAL_QSPI_GET_FLAG(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_TC);
-  itsource = __HAL_QSPI_GET_IT_SOURCE(hqspi, QSPI_IT_TC);
-
-  if((flag != RESET) && (itsource != RESET))
-  {
-    /* Clear interrupt */
-    __HAL_QSPI_CLEAR_FLAG(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_TC);
-
-    /* Disable the QSPI FIFO Threshold, Transfer Error and Transfer complete Interrupts */
-    __HAL_QSPI_DISABLE_IT(hqspi, QSPI_IT_TC | QSPI_IT_TE | QSPI_IT_FT);
-
-    /* Transfer complete callback */
-    if(hqspi->State == HAL_QSPI_STATE_BUSY_INDIRECT_TX)
-    {
-      /* Clear Busy bit */
-      HAL_QSPI_Abort(hqspi);
-
-      /* TX Complete callback */
-      HAL_QSPI_TxCpltCallback(hqspi);
-    }
-    else if(hqspi->State == HAL_QSPI_STATE_BUSY_INDIRECT_RX)
-    {
-      data_reg = &hqspi->Instance->DR;
-      while(READ_BIT(hqspi->Instance->SR, QUADSPI_SR_FLEVEL) != 0)
-      {
-        if (hqspi->RxXferCount > 0)
-        {
-          /* Read the last data received in the FIFO until it is empty */
-          *hqspi->pRxBuffPtr++ = *(__IO uint8_t *)data_reg;
-          hqspi->RxXferCount--;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          /* All data have been received for the transfer */
-          break;
-        }
-      }
-
-      /* Workaround - Extra data written in the FIFO at the end of a read transfer */
-      HAL_QSPI_Abort(hqspi);
-
-      /* RX Complete callback */
-      HAL_QSPI_RxCpltCallback(hqspi);
-    }
-    else if(hqspi->State == HAL_QSPI_STATE_BUSY)
-    {
-      /* Command Complete callback */
-      HAL_QSPI_CmdCpltCallback(hqspi);
-    }
-
-    /* Change state of QSPI */
-    hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY;
-  }
-
-  /* QSPI Status Match interrupt occurred ------------------------------------*/
-  flag     = __HAL_QSPI_GET_FLAG(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_SM);
-  itsource = __HAL_QSPI_GET_IT_SOURCE(hqspi, QSPI_IT_SM);
-
-  if((flag != RESET) && (itsource != RESET))
-  {
-    /* Clear interrupt */
-    __HAL_QSPI_CLEAR_FLAG(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_SM);
-
-    /* Check if the automatic poll mode stop is activated */
-    if(READ_BIT(hqspi->Instance->CR, QUADSPI_CR_APMS) != 0)
-    {
-      /* Disable the QSPI FIFO Threshold, Transfer Error and Status Match Interrupts */
-      __HAL_QSPI_DISABLE_IT(hqspi, QSPI_IT_SM | QSPI_IT_FT | QSPI_IT_TE);
-
-      /* Change state of QSPI */
-      hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY;
-    }
-
-    /* Status match callback */
-    HAL_QSPI_StatusMatchCallback(hqspi);
-  }
-
-  /* QSPI Transfer Error interrupt occurred ----------------------------------*/
-  flag     = __HAL_QSPI_GET_FLAG(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_TE);
-  itsource = __HAL_QSPI_GET_IT_SOURCE(hqspi, QSPI_IT_TE);
-
-  if((flag != RESET) && (itsource != RESET))
-  {
-    /* Clear interrupt */
-    __HAL_QSPI_CLEAR_FLAG(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_TE);
-
-    /* Disable all the QSPI Interrupts */
-    __HAL_QSPI_DISABLE_IT(hqspi, QSPI_IT_SM | QSPI_IT_TC | QSPI_IT_TE | QSPI_IT_FT);
-
-    /* Set error code */
-    hqspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_QSPI_ERROR_TRANSFER;
-
-    /* Change state of QSPI */
-    hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_ERROR;
-
-    /* Error callback */
-    HAL_QSPI_ErrorCallback(hqspi);
-  }
-
-  /* QSPI Time out interrupt occurred -----------------------------------------*/
-  flag     = __HAL_QSPI_GET_FLAG(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_TO);
-  itsource = __HAL_QSPI_GET_IT_SOURCE(hqspi, QSPI_IT_TO);
-
-  if((flag != RESET) && (itsource != RESET))
-  {
-    /* Clear interrupt */
-    __HAL_QSPI_CLEAR_FLAG(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_TO);
-
-    /* Time out callback */
-    HAL_QSPI_TimeOutCallback(hqspi);
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Sets the command configuration.
-  * @param hqspi: QSPI handle
-  * @param cmd : structure that contains the command configuration information
-  * @param Timeout : Time out duration
-  * @note   This function is used only in Indirect Read or Write Modes
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_QSPI_Command(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi, QSPI_CommandTypeDef *cmd, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_QSPI_INSTRUCTION_MODE(cmd->InstructionMode));
-  if (cmd->InstructionMode != QSPI_INSTRUCTION_NONE)
-  {
-    assert_param(IS_QSPI_INSTRUCTION(cmd->Instruction));
-  }
-
-  assert_param(IS_QSPI_ADDRESS_MODE(cmd->AddressMode));
-  if (cmd->AddressMode != QSPI_ADDRESS_NONE)
-  {
-    assert_param(IS_QSPI_ADDRESS_SIZE(cmd->AddressSize));
-  }
-
-  assert_param(IS_QSPI_ALTERNATE_BYTES_MODE(cmd->AlternateByteMode));
-  if (cmd->AlternateByteMode != QSPI_ALTERNATE_BYTES_NONE)
-  {
-    assert_param(IS_QSPI_ALTERNATE_BYTES_SIZE(cmd->AlternateBytesSize));
-  }
-
-  assert_param(IS_QSPI_DUMMY_CYCLES(cmd->DummyCycles));
-  assert_param(IS_QSPI_DATA_MODE(cmd->DataMode));
-
-  assert_param(IS_QSPI_DDR_MODE(cmd->DdrMode));
-  assert_param(IS_QSPI_DDR_HHC(cmd->DdrHoldHalfCycle));
-  assert_param(IS_QSPI_SIOO_MODE(cmd->SIOOMode));
-
-  /* Process locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hqspi);
-
- if(hqspi->State == HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY)
-  {
-    hqspi->ErrorCode = HAL_QSPI_ERROR_NONE;
-
-    /* Update QSPI state */
-    hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_BUSY;
-
-    /* Wait till BUSY flag reset */
-    status = QSPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_BUSY, RESET, Timeout);
-
-    if (status == HAL_OK)
-    {
-      /* Call the configuration function */
-      QSPI_Config(hqspi, cmd, QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_INDIRECT_WRITE);
-
-      if (cmd->DataMode == QSPI_DATA_NONE)
-      {
-        /* When there is no data phase, the transfer start as soon as the configuration is done
-        so wait until TC flag is set to go back in idle state */
-        if(QSPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_TC, SET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-        {
-          status = HAL_TIMEOUT;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          __HAL_QSPI_CLEAR_FLAG(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_TC);
-
-          /* Update QSPI state */
-          hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY;
-        }
-
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        /* Update QSPI state */
-        hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    status = HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-
-  /* Process unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hqspi);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return status;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Sets the command configuration in interrupt mode.
-  * @param hqspi: QSPI handle
-  * @param cmd : structure that contains the command configuration information
-  * @note   This function is used only in Indirect Read or Write Modes
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_QSPI_Command_IT(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi, QSPI_CommandTypeDef *cmd)
-{
-  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_QSPI_INSTRUCTION_MODE(cmd->InstructionMode));
-  if (cmd->InstructionMode != QSPI_INSTRUCTION_NONE)
-  {
-    assert_param(IS_QSPI_INSTRUCTION(cmd->Instruction));
-  }
-
-  assert_param(IS_QSPI_ADDRESS_MODE(cmd->AddressMode));
-  if (cmd->AddressMode != QSPI_ADDRESS_NONE)
-  {
-    assert_param(IS_QSPI_ADDRESS_SIZE(cmd->AddressSize));
-  }
-
-  assert_param(IS_QSPI_ALTERNATE_BYTES_MODE(cmd->AlternateByteMode));
-  if (cmd->AlternateByteMode != QSPI_ALTERNATE_BYTES_NONE)
-  {
-    assert_param(IS_QSPI_ALTERNATE_BYTES_SIZE(cmd->AlternateBytesSize));
-  }
-
-  assert_param(IS_QSPI_DUMMY_CYCLES(cmd->DummyCycles));
-  assert_param(IS_QSPI_DATA_MODE(cmd->DataMode));
-
-  assert_param(IS_QSPI_DDR_MODE(cmd->DdrMode));
-  assert_param(IS_QSPI_DDR_HHC(cmd->DdrHoldHalfCycle));
-  assert_param(IS_QSPI_SIOO_MODE(cmd->SIOOMode));
-
-  /* Process locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hqspi);
-
-   if(hqspi->State == HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY)
-  {
-    hqspi->ErrorCode = HAL_QSPI_ERROR_NONE;
-
-    /* Update QSPI state */
-    hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_BUSY;
-
-    /* Wait till BUSY flag reset */
-    status = QSPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_BUSY, RESET, hqspi->Timeout);
-
-    if (status == HAL_OK)
-    {
-      if (cmd->DataMode == QSPI_DATA_NONE)
-      {
-        /* When there is no data phase, the transfer start as soon as the configuration is done
-        so activate TC and TE interrupts */
-        /* Enable the QSPI Transfer Error Interrupt */
-        __HAL_QSPI_ENABLE_IT(hqspi, QSPI_IT_TE | QSPI_IT_TC);
-      }
-
-      /* Call the configuration function */
-      QSPI_Config(hqspi, cmd, QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_INDIRECT_WRITE);
-
-      if (cmd->DataMode != QSPI_DATA_NONE)
-      {
-        /* Update QSPI state */
-        hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    status = HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-
-  /* Process unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hqspi);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return status;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Transmit an amount of data in blocking mode.
-  * @param hqspi: QSPI handle
-  * @param pData: pointer to data buffer
-  * @param Timeout : Time out duration
-  * @note   This function is used only in Indirect Write Mode
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_QSPI_Transmit(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi, uint8_t *pData, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
-  __IO uint32_t *data_reg = &hqspi->Instance->DR;
-
-  /* Process locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hqspi);
-
-  if(hqspi->State == HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY)
-  {
-    if(pData != NULL )
-    {
-      hqspi->ErrorCode = HAL_QSPI_ERROR_NONE;
-
-      /* Update state */
-      hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_BUSY_INDIRECT_TX;
-
-      /* Configure counters and size of the handle */
-      hqspi->TxXferCount = READ_REG(hqspi->Instance->DLR) + 1;
-      hqspi->TxXferSize = READ_REG(hqspi->Instance->DLR) + 1;
-      hqspi->pTxBuffPtr = pData;
-
-      /* Configure QSPI: CCR register with functional as indirect write */
-      MODIFY_REG(hqspi->Instance->CCR, QUADSPI_CCR_FMODE, QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_INDIRECT_WRITE);
-
-      while(hqspi->TxXferCount > 0)
-      {
-        /* Wait until FT flag is set to send data */
-        if(QSPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_FT, SET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-        {
-          status = HAL_TIMEOUT;
-          break;
-        }
-
-        *(__IO uint8_t *)data_reg = *hqspi->pTxBuffPtr++;
-        hqspi->TxXferCount--;
-      }
-
-      if (status == HAL_OK)
-      {
-        /* Wait until TC flag is set to go back in idle state */
-        if(QSPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_TC, SET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-        {
-          status = HAL_TIMEOUT;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          /* Clear Transfer Complete bit */
-          __HAL_QSPI_CLEAR_FLAG(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_TC);
-
-          /* Clear Busy bit */
-          status = HAL_QSPI_Abort(hqspi);
-        }
-      }
-
-      /* Update QSPI state */
-      hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      status = HAL_ERROR;
-    }
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    status = HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-
-  /* Process unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hqspi);
-
-  return status;
-}
-
-
-/**
-  * @brief Receive an amount of data in blocking mode
-  * @param hqspi: QSPI handle
-  * @param pData: pointer to data buffer
-  * @param Timeout : Time out duration
-  * @note   This function is used only in Indirect Read Mode
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_QSPI_Receive(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi, uint8_t *pData, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
-  uint32_t addr_reg = READ_REG(hqspi->Instance->AR);
-  __IO uint32_t *data_reg = &hqspi->Instance->DR;
-
-  /* Process locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hqspi);
-
-  if(hqspi->State == HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY)
-  {
-    if(pData != NULL )
-    {
-      hqspi->ErrorCode = HAL_QSPI_ERROR_NONE;
-
-      /* Update state */
-      hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_BUSY_INDIRECT_RX;
-
-      /* Configure counters and size of the handle */
-      hqspi->RxXferCount = READ_REG(hqspi->Instance->DLR) + 1;
-      hqspi->RxXferSize = READ_REG(hqspi->Instance->DLR) + 1;
-      hqspi->pRxBuffPtr = pData;
-
-      /* Configure QSPI: CCR register with functional as indirect read */
-      MODIFY_REG(hqspi->Instance->CCR, QUADSPI_CCR_FMODE, QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_INDIRECT_READ);
-
-      /* Start the transfer by re-writing the address in AR register */
-      WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->AR, addr_reg);
-
-      while(hqspi->RxXferCount > 0)
-      {
-        /* Wait until FT or TC flag is set to read received data */
-        if(QSPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hqspi, (QSPI_FLAG_FT | QSPI_FLAG_TC), SET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-        {
-          status = HAL_TIMEOUT;
-          break;
-        }
-
-        *hqspi->pRxBuffPtr++ = *(__IO uint8_t *)data_reg;
-        hqspi->RxXferCount--;
-      }
-
-      if (status == HAL_OK)
-      {
-        /* Wait until TC flag is set to go back in idle state */
-        if(QSPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_TC, SET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-        {
-          status = HAL_TIMEOUT;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          /* Clear Transfer Complete bit */
-          __HAL_QSPI_CLEAR_FLAG(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_TC);
-
-          /* Workaround - Extra data written in the FIFO at the end of a read transfer */
-          status = HAL_QSPI_Abort(hqspi);
-        }
-      }
-
-      /* Update QSPI state */
-      hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      status = HAL_ERROR;
-    }
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    status = HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-
-  /* Process unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hqspi);
-
-  return status;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Send an amount of data in interrupt mode
-  * @param  hqspi: QSPI handle
-  * @param  pData: pointer to data buffer
-  * @note   This function is used only in Indirect Write Mode
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_QSPI_Transmit_IT(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi, uint8_t *pData)
-{
-  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
-
-  /* Process locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hqspi);
-
-  if(hqspi->State == HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY)
-  {
-    if(pData != NULL )
-    {
-      hqspi->ErrorCode = HAL_QSPI_ERROR_NONE;
-
-      /* Update state */
-      hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_BUSY_INDIRECT_TX;
-
-      /* Configure counters and size of the handle */
-      hqspi->TxXferCount = READ_REG(hqspi->Instance->DLR) + 1;
-      hqspi->TxXferSize = READ_REG(hqspi->Instance->DLR) + 1;
-      hqspi->pTxBuffPtr = pData;
-
-      /* Configure QSPI: CCR register with functional as indirect write */
-      MODIFY_REG(hqspi->Instance->CCR, QUADSPI_CCR_FMODE, QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_INDIRECT_WRITE);
-
-      /* Enable the QSPI transfer error, FIFO threshold and transfer complete Interrupts */
-      __HAL_QSPI_ENABLE_IT(hqspi, QSPI_IT_TE | QSPI_IT_FT | QSPI_IT_TC);
-
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      status = HAL_ERROR;
-    }
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    status = HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-
-  /* Process unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hqspi);
-
-  return status;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Receive an amount of data in no-blocking mode with Interrupt
-  * @param  hqspi: QSPI handle
-  * @param  pData: pointer to data buffer
-  * @note   This function is used only in Indirect Read Mode
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_QSPI_Receive_IT(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi, uint8_t *pData)
-{
-  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
-  uint32_t addr_reg = READ_REG(hqspi->Instance->AR);
-
-  /* Process locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hqspi);
-
-  if(hqspi->State == HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY)
-  {
-    if(pData != NULL )
-    {
-      hqspi->ErrorCode = HAL_QSPI_ERROR_NONE;
-
-      /* Update state */
-      hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_BUSY_INDIRECT_RX;
-
-      /* Configure counters and size of the handle */
-      hqspi->RxXferCount = READ_REG(hqspi->Instance->DLR) + 1;
-      hqspi->RxXferSize = READ_REG(hqspi->Instance->DLR) + 1;
-      hqspi->pRxBuffPtr = pData;
-
-      /* Configure QSPI: CCR register with functional as indirect read */
-      MODIFY_REG(hqspi->Instance->CCR, QUADSPI_CCR_FMODE, QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_INDIRECT_READ);
-
-      /* Start the transfer by re-writing the address in AR register */
-      WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->AR, addr_reg);
-
-      /* Enable the QSPI transfer error, FIFO threshold and transfer complete Interrupts */
-      __HAL_QSPI_ENABLE_IT(hqspi, QSPI_IT_TE | QSPI_IT_FT | QSPI_IT_TC);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      status = HAL_ERROR;
-    }
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    status = HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-
-  /* Process unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hqspi);
-
-  return status;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Sends an amount of data in non blocking mode with DMA.
-  * @param  hqspi: QSPI handle
-  * @param  pData: pointer to data buffer
-  * @note   This function is used only in Indirect Write Mode
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_QSPI_Transmit_DMA(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi, uint8_t *pData)
-{
-  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
-  uint32_t *tmp;
-
-  /* Process locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hqspi);
-
-  if(hqspi->State == HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY)
-  {
-    if(pData != NULL )
-    {
-      hqspi->ErrorCode = HAL_QSPI_ERROR_NONE;
-
-      /* Update state */
-      hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_BUSY_INDIRECT_TX;
-
-      /* Configure counters and size of the handle */
-      hqspi->TxXferCount = READ_REG(hqspi->Instance->DLR) + 1;
-      hqspi->TxXferSize = READ_REG(hqspi->Instance->DLR) + 1;
-      hqspi->pTxBuffPtr = pData;
-
-      /* Configure QSPI: CCR register with functional mode as indirect write */
-      MODIFY_REG(hqspi->Instance->CCR, QUADSPI_CCR_FMODE, QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_INDIRECT_WRITE);
-
-      /* Set the QSPI DMA transfer complete callback */
-      hqspi->hdma->XferCpltCallback = QSPI_DMATxCplt;
-
-      /* Set the QSPI DMA Half transfer complete callback */
-      hqspi->hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback = QSPI_DMATxHalfCplt;
-
-      /* Set the DMA error callback */
-      hqspi->hdma->XferErrorCallback = QSPI_DMAError;
-
-      /* Configure the direction of the DMA */
-      hqspi->hdma->Init.Direction = DMA_MEMORY_TO_PERIPH;
-      MODIFY_REG(hqspi->hdma->Instance->CR, DMA_SxCR_DIR, hqspi->hdma->Init.Direction);
-
-      /* Enable the QSPI transmit DMA Channel */
-      tmp = (uint32_t*)&pData;
-      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hqspi->hdma, *(uint32_t*)tmp, (uint32_t)&hqspi->Instance->DR, hqspi->TxXferSize);
-
-      /* Enable the DMA transfer by setting the DMAEN bit in the QSPI CR register */
-      SET_BIT(hqspi->Instance->CR, QUADSPI_CR_DMAEN);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      status = HAL_OK;
-    }
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    status = HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-
-  /* Process unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hqspi);
-
-  return status;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Receives an amount of data in non blocking mode with DMA.
-  * @param  hqspi: QSPI handle
-  * @param  pData: pointer to data buffer.
-  * @note   This function is used only in Indirect Read Mode
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_QSPI_Receive_DMA(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi, uint8_t *pData)
-{
-  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
-  uint32_t *tmp;
-  uint32_t addr_reg = READ_REG(hqspi->Instance->AR);
-
-  /* Process locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hqspi);
-
-  if(hqspi->State == HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY)
-  {
-    if(pData != NULL )
-    {
-      hqspi->ErrorCode = HAL_QSPI_ERROR_NONE;
-
-      /* Update state */
-      hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_BUSY_INDIRECT_RX;
-
-      /* Configure counters and size of the handle */
-      hqspi->RxXferCount = READ_REG(hqspi->Instance->DLR) + 1;
-      hqspi->RxXferSize = READ_REG(hqspi->Instance->DLR) + 1;
-      hqspi->pRxBuffPtr = pData;
-
-      /* Set the QSPI DMA transfer complete callback */
-      hqspi->hdma->XferCpltCallback = QSPI_DMARxCplt;
-
-      /* Set the QSPI DMA Half transfer complete callback */
-      hqspi->hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback = QSPI_DMARxHalfCplt;
-
-      /* Set the DMA error callback */
-      hqspi->hdma->XferErrorCallback = QSPI_DMAError;
-
-      /* Configure the direction of the DMA */
-      hqspi->hdma->Init.Direction = DMA_PERIPH_TO_MEMORY;
-      MODIFY_REG(hqspi->hdma->Instance->CR, DMA_SxCR_DIR, hqspi->hdma->Init.Direction);
-
-      /* Enable the DMA Channel */
-      tmp = (uint32_t*)&pData;
-      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hqspi->hdma, (uint32_t)&hqspi->Instance->DR, *(uint32_t*)tmp, hqspi->RxXferSize);
-
-      /* Configure QSPI: CCR register with functional as indirect read */
-      MODIFY_REG(hqspi->Instance->CCR, QUADSPI_CCR_FMODE, QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_INDIRECT_READ);
-
-      /* Start the transfer by re-writing the address in AR register */
-      WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->AR, addr_reg);
-
-      /* Enable the DMA transfer by setting the DMAEN bit in the QSPI CR register */
-      SET_BIT(hqspi->Instance->CR, QUADSPI_CR_DMAEN);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      status = HAL_ERROR;
-    }
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    status = HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-
-  /* Process unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hqspi);
-
-  return status;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Configure the QSPI Automatic Polling Mode in blocking mode.
-  * @param  hqspi: QSPI handle
-  * @param  cmd: structure that contains the command configuration information.
-  * @param  cfg: structure that contains the polling configuration information.
-  * @param  Timeout : Time out duration
-  * @note   This function is used only in Automatic Polling Mode
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_QSPI_AutoPolling(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi, QSPI_CommandTypeDef *cmd, QSPI_AutoPollingTypeDef *cfg, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_QSPI_INSTRUCTION_MODE(cmd->InstructionMode));
-  if (cmd->InstructionMode != QSPI_INSTRUCTION_NONE)
-  {
-  assert_param(IS_QSPI_INSTRUCTION(cmd->Instruction));
-  }
-
-  assert_param(IS_QSPI_ADDRESS_MODE(cmd->AddressMode));
-  if (cmd->AddressMode != QSPI_ADDRESS_NONE)
-  {
-    assert_param(IS_QSPI_ADDRESS_SIZE(cmd->AddressSize));
-  }
-
-  assert_param(IS_QSPI_ALTERNATE_BYTES_MODE(cmd->AlternateByteMode));
-  if (cmd->AlternateByteMode != QSPI_ALTERNATE_BYTES_NONE)
-  {
-    assert_param(IS_QSPI_ALTERNATE_BYTES_SIZE(cmd->AlternateBytesSize));
-  }
-
-  assert_param(IS_QSPI_DUMMY_CYCLES(cmd->DummyCycles));
-  assert_param(IS_QSPI_DATA_MODE(cmd->DataMode));
-
-  assert_param(IS_QSPI_DDR_MODE(cmd->DdrMode));
-  assert_param(IS_QSPI_DDR_HHC(cmd->DdrHoldHalfCycle));
-  assert_param(IS_QSPI_SIOO_MODE(cmd->SIOOMode));
-
-  assert_param(IS_QSPI_INTERVAL(cfg->Interval));
-  assert_param(IS_QSPI_STATUS_BYTES_SIZE(cfg->StatusBytesSize));
-  assert_param(IS_QSPI_MATCH_MODE(cfg->MatchMode));
-
-  /* Process locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hqspi);
-
-  if(hqspi->State == HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY)
-  {
-
-  hqspi->ErrorCode = HAL_QSPI_ERROR_NONE;
-
-  /* Update state */
-  hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_BUSY_AUTO_POLLING;
-
-  /* Wait till BUSY flag reset */
-  status = QSPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_BUSY, RESET, Timeout);
-
-  if (status == HAL_OK)
-  {
-    /* Configure QSPI: PSMAR register with the status match value */
-    WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->PSMAR, cfg->Match);
-
-    /* Configure QSPI: PSMKR register with the status mask value */
-    WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->PSMKR, cfg->Mask);
-
-    /* Configure QSPI: PIR register with the interval value */
-    WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->PIR, cfg->Interval);
-
-    /* Configure QSPI: CR register with Match mode and Automatic stop enabled
-       (otherwise there will be an infinite loop in blocking mode) */
-    MODIFY_REG(hqspi->Instance->CR, (QUADSPI_CR_PMM | QUADSPI_CR_APMS),
-               (cfg->MatchMode | QSPI_AUTOMATIC_STOP_ENABLE));
-
-    /* Call the configuration function */
-    cmd->NbData = cfg->StatusBytesSize;
-    QSPI_Config(hqspi, cmd, QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_AUTO_POLLING);
-
-    /* Wait until SM flag is set to go back in idle state */
-    if(QSPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_SM, SET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-    {
-      status = HAL_TIMEOUT;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      __HAL_QSPI_CLEAR_FLAG(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_SM);
-
-      /* Update state */
-      hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY;
-    }
-  }
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    status = HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-  /* Process unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hqspi);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return status;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Configure the QSPI Automatic Polling Mode in non-blocking mode.
-  * @param  hqspi: QSPI handle
-  * @param  cmd: structure that contains the command configuration information.
-  * @param  cfg: structure that contains the polling configuration information.
-  * @note   This function is used only in Automatic Polling Mode
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_QSPI_AutoPolling_IT(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi, QSPI_CommandTypeDef *cmd, QSPI_AutoPollingTypeDef *cfg)
-{
-  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_QSPI_INSTRUCTION_MODE(cmd->InstructionMode));
-  if (cmd->InstructionMode != QSPI_INSTRUCTION_NONE)
-  {
-    assert_param(IS_QSPI_INSTRUCTION(cmd->Instruction));
-  }
-
-  assert_param(IS_QSPI_ADDRESS_MODE(cmd->AddressMode));
-  if (cmd->AddressMode != QSPI_ADDRESS_NONE)
-  {
-    assert_param(IS_QSPI_ADDRESS_SIZE(cmd->AddressSize));
-  }
-
-  assert_param(IS_QSPI_ALTERNATE_BYTES_MODE(cmd->AlternateByteMode));
-  if (cmd->AlternateByteMode != QSPI_ALTERNATE_BYTES_NONE)
-  {
-    assert_param(IS_QSPI_ALTERNATE_BYTES_SIZE(cmd->AlternateBytesSize));
-  }
-
-  assert_param(IS_QSPI_DUMMY_CYCLES(cmd->DummyCycles));
-  assert_param(IS_QSPI_DATA_MODE(cmd->DataMode));
-
-  assert_param(IS_QSPI_DDR_MODE(cmd->DdrMode));
-  assert_param(IS_QSPI_DDR_HHC(cmd->DdrHoldHalfCycle));
-  assert_param(IS_QSPI_SIOO_MODE(cmd->SIOOMode));
-
-  assert_param(IS_QSPI_INTERVAL(cfg->Interval));
-  assert_param(IS_QSPI_STATUS_BYTES_SIZE(cfg->StatusBytesSize));
-  assert_param(IS_QSPI_MATCH_MODE(cfg->MatchMode));
-  assert_param(IS_QSPI_AUTOMATIC_STOP(cfg->AutomaticStop));
-
-  /* Process locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hqspi);
-
-if(hqspi->State == HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY)
-  {
-    hqspi->ErrorCode = HAL_QSPI_ERROR_NONE;
-
-    /* Update state */
-    hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_BUSY_AUTO_POLLING;
-
-    /* Wait till BUSY flag reset */
-    status = QSPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_BUSY, RESET, hqspi->Timeout);
-
-  if (status == HAL_OK)
-  {
-    /* Configure QSPI: PSMAR register with the status match value */
-    WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->PSMAR, cfg->Match);
-
-    /* Configure QSPI: PSMKR register with the status mask value */
-    WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->PSMKR, cfg->Mask);
-
-    /* Configure QSPI: PIR register with the interval value */
-    WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->PIR, cfg->Interval);
-
-    /* Configure QSPI: CR register with Match mode and Automatic stop mode */
-    MODIFY_REG(hqspi->Instance->CR, (QUADSPI_CR_PMM | QUADSPI_CR_APMS),
-               (cfg->MatchMode | cfg->AutomaticStop));
-
-    /* Call the configuration function */
-    cmd->NbData = cfg->StatusBytesSize;
-    QSPI_Config(hqspi, cmd, QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_AUTO_POLLING);
-
-    /* Enable the QSPI Transfer Error, FIFO threshold and status match Interrupt */
-    __HAL_QSPI_ENABLE_IT(hqspi, (QSPI_IT_FT | QSPI_IT_SM | QSPI_IT_TE));
-        }
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    status = HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-
-  /* Process unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hqspi);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return status;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Configure the Memory Mapped mode.
-  * @param  hqspi: QSPI handle
-  * @param  cmd: structure that contains the command configuration information.
-  * @param  cfg: structure that contains the memory mapped configuration information.
-  * @note   This function is used only in Memory mapped Mode
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_QSPI_MemoryMapped(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi, QSPI_CommandTypeDef *cmd, QSPI_MemoryMappedTypeDef *cfg)
-{
-  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_QSPI_INSTRUCTION_MODE(cmd->InstructionMode));
-  if (cmd->InstructionMode != QSPI_INSTRUCTION_NONE)
-  {
-  assert_param(IS_QSPI_INSTRUCTION(cmd->Instruction));
-  }
-
-  assert_param(IS_QSPI_ADDRESS_MODE(cmd->AddressMode));
-  if (cmd->AddressMode != QSPI_ADDRESS_NONE)
-  {
-    assert_param(IS_QSPI_ADDRESS_SIZE(cmd->AddressSize));
-  }
-
-  assert_param(IS_QSPI_ALTERNATE_BYTES_MODE(cmd->AlternateByteMode));
-  if (cmd->AlternateByteMode != QSPI_ALTERNATE_BYTES_NONE)
-  {
-    assert_param(IS_QSPI_ALTERNATE_BYTES_SIZE(cmd->AlternateBytesSize));
-  }
-
-  assert_param(IS_QSPI_DUMMY_CYCLES(cmd->DummyCycles));
-  assert_param(IS_QSPI_DATA_MODE(cmd->DataMode));
-
-  assert_param(IS_QSPI_DDR_MODE(cmd->DdrMode));
-  assert_param(IS_QSPI_DDR_HHC(cmd->DdrHoldHalfCycle));
-  assert_param(IS_QSPI_SIOO_MODE(cmd->SIOOMode));
-
-  assert_param(IS_QSPI_TIMEOUT_ACTIVATION(cfg->TimeOutActivation));
-
-  /* Process locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hqspi);
-
-  if(hqspi->State == HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY)
-  {
-    hqspi->ErrorCode = HAL_QSPI_ERROR_NONE;
-
-    /* Update state */
-    hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_BUSY_MEM_MAPPED;
-
-    /* Wait till BUSY flag reset */
-    status = QSPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_BUSY, RESET, hqspi->Timeout);
-
-  if (status == HAL_OK)
-  {
-    /* Configure QSPI: CR register with time out counter enable */
-    MODIFY_REG(hqspi->Instance->CR, QUADSPI_CR_TCEN, cfg->TimeOutActivation);
-
-    if (cfg->TimeOutActivation == QSPI_TIMEOUT_COUNTER_ENABLE)
-    {
-      assert_param(IS_QSPI_TIMEOUT_PERIOD(cfg->TimeOutPeriod));
-
-      /* Configure QSPI: LPTR register with the low-power time out value */
-      WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->LPTR, cfg->TimeOutPeriod);
-
-      /* Enable the QSPI TimeOut Interrupt */
-      __HAL_QSPI_ENABLE_IT(hqspi, QSPI_IT_TO);
-    }
-
-    /* Call the configuration function */
-    QSPI_Config(hqspi, cmd, QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_MEMORY_MAPPED);
-
-    }
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    status = HAL_BUSY;
-
-  }
-
-  /* Process unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hqspi);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return status;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Transfer Error callbacks
-  * @param  hqspi: QSPI handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_QSPI_ErrorCallback(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_QSPI_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Command completed callbacks.
-  * @param  hqspi: QSPI handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_QSPI_CmdCpltCallback(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi)
-{
-  /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-           the HAL_QSPI_CmdCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Rx Transfer completed callbacks.
-  * @param  hqspi: QSPI handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_QSPI_RxCpltCallback(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi)
-{
-  /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-           the HAL_QSPI_RxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Tx Transfer completed callbacks.
-  * @param  hqspi: QSPI handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
- __weak void HAL_QSPI_TxCpltCallback(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi)
-{
-  /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-           the HAL_QSPI_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Rx Half Transfer completed callbacks.
-  * @param  hqspi: QSPI handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_QSPI_RxHalfCpltCallback(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi)
-{
-  /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-           the HAL_QSPI_RxHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Tx Half Transfer completed callbacks.
-  * @param  hqspi: QSPI handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
- __weak void HAL_QSPI_TxHalfCpltCallback(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi)
-{
-  /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-           the HAL_QSPI_TxHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  FIFO Threshold callbacks
-  * @param  hqspi: QSPI handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_QSPI_FifoThresholdCallback(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_QSPI_FIFOThresholdCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Status Match callbacks
-  * @param  hqspi: QSPI handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_QSPI_StatusMatchCallback(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_QSPI_StatusMatchCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Timeout callbacks
-  * @param  hqspi: QSPI handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_QSPI_TimeOutCallback(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_QSPI_TimeOutCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup QSPI_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control and State functions
-  *  @brief   QSPI control and State functions
-  *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-                  ##### Peripheral Control and State functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]
-    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to :
-      (+) Check in run-time the state of the driver.
-      (+) Check the error code set during last operation.
-      (+) Abort any operation.
-.....
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Return the QSPI state.
-  * @param  hqspi: QSPI handle
-  * @retval HAL state
-  */
-HAL_QSPI_StateTypeDef HAL_QSPI_GetState(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi)
-{
-  return hqspi->State;
-}
-
-/**
-* @brief  Return the QSPI error code
-* @param  hqspi: QSPI handle
-* @retval QSPI Error Code
-*/
-uint32_t HAL_QSPI_GetError(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi)
-{
-  return hqspi->ErrorCode;
-}
-
-/**
-* @brief  Abort the current transmission
-* @param  hqspi: QSPI handle
-* @retval HAL status
-*/
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_QSPI_Abort(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi)
-{
-  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR;
-
-  /* Configure QSPI: CR register with Abort request */
-  SET_BIT(hqspi->Instance->CR, QUADSPI_CR_ABORT);
-
-  /* Wait until TC flag is set to go back in idle state */
-  if(QSPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_TC, SET, hqspi->Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-  {
-    status = HAL_TIMEOUT;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    __HAL_QSPI_CLEAR_FLAG(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_TC);
-
-    /* Wait until BUSY flag is reset */
-    status = QSPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_BUSY, RESET, hqspi->Timeout);
-
-    /* Update state */
-    hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY;
-  }
-
-  return status;
-}
-
-/** @brief Set QSPI timeout
-  * @param  hqspi: QSPI handle.
-  * @param  Timeout: Timeout for the QSPI memory access.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_QSPI_SetTimeout(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  hqspi->Timeout = Timeout;
-}
-
-/**
-* @}
-*/
-
-/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/**
-  * @brief  DMA QSPI receive process complete callback.
-  * @param  hdma: DMA handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void QSPI_DMARxCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  QSPI_HandleTypeDef* hqspi = ( QSPI_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
-  hqspi->RxXferCount = 0;
-
-  /* Wait for QSPI TC Flag */
-  if(QSPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_TC, SET, hqspi->Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-  {
-    /* Time out Occurred */
-    HAL_QSPI_ErrorCallback(hqspi);
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    /* Disable the DMA transfer by clearing the DMAEN bit in the QSPI CR register */
-    CLEAR_BIT(hqspi->Instance->CR, QUADSPI_CR_DMAEN);
-
-    /* Disable the DMA channel */
-    HAL_DMA_Abort(hdma);
-
-    /* Clear Transfer Complete bit */
-    __HAL_QSPI_CLEAR_FLAG(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_TC);
-
-    /* Workaround - Extra data written in the FIFO at the end of a read transfer */
-    HAL_QSPI_Abort(hqspi);
-
-    /* Update state */
-    hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY;
-
-    HAL_QSPI_RxCpltCallback(hqspi);
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  DMA QSPI transmit process complete callback.
-  * @param  hdma: DMA handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void QSPI_DMATxCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  QSPI_HandleTypeDef* hqspi = ( QSPI_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
-  hqspi->TxXferCount = 0;
-
-  /* Wait for QSPI TC Flag */
-  if(QSPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_TC, SET, hqspi->Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-  {
-    /* Time out Occurred */
-    HAL_QSPI_ErrorCallback(hqspi);
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    /* Disable the DMA transfer by clearing the DMAEN bit in the QSPI CR register */
-    CLEAR_BIT(hqspi->Instance->CR, QUADSPI_CR_DMAEN);
-
-    /* Disable the DMA channel */
-    HAL_DMA_Abort(hdma);
-
-    /* Clear Transfer Complete bit */
-    __HAL_QSPI_CLEAR_FLAG(hqspi, QSPI_FLAG_TC);
-
-    /* Clear Busy bit */
-    HAL_QSPI_Abort(hqspi);
-
-    /* Update state */
-    hqspi->State = HAL_QSPI_STATE_READY;
-
-    HAL_QSPI_TxCpltCallback(hqspi);
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  DMA QSPI receive process half complete callback
-  * @param  hdma : DMA handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void QSPI_DMARxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  QSPI_HandleTypeDef* hqspi = (QSPI_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent;
-
-  HAL_QSPI_RxHalfCpltCallback(hqspi);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  DMA QSPI transmit process half complete callback
-  * @param  hdma : DMA handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void QSPI_DMATxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  QSPI_HandleTypeDef* hqspi = (QSPI_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent;
-
-  HAL_QSPI_TxHalfCpltCallback(hqspi);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  DMA QSPI communication error callback.
-  * @param  hdma: DMA handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void QSPI_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  QSPI_HandleTypeDef* hqspi = ( QSPI_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
-
-  hqspi->RxXferCount = 0;
-  hqspi->TxXferCount = 0;
-  hqspi->State       = HAL_QSPI_STATE_ERROR;
-  hqspi->ErrorCode   |= HAL_QSPI_ERROR_DMA;
-
-  HAL_QSPI_ErrorCallback(hqspi);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  This function wait a flag state until time out.
-  * @param  hqspi: QSPI handle
-  * @param  Flag: Flag checked
-  * @param  State: Value of the flag expected
-  * @param  Timeout: Duration of the time out
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef QSPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi, uint32_t Flag,
-                                                        FlagStatus State, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-  /* Wait until flag is in expected state */
-  while((FlagStatus)(__HAL_QSPI_GET_FLAG(hqspi, Flag)) != State)
-  {
-    /* Check for the Timeout */
-    if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
-    {
-      if((Timeout == 0) || ((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout))
-      {
-        hqspi->State     = HAL_QSPI_STATE_ERROR;
-        hqspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_QSPI_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
-
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  This function configures the communication registers
-  * @param  hqspi: QSPI handle
-  * @param  cmd: structure that contains the command configuration information
-  * @param  FunctionalMode: functional mode to configured
-  *           This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_INDIRECT_WRITE: Indirect write mode
-  *            @arg QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_INDIRECT_READ: Indirect read mode
-  *            @arg QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_AUTO_POLLING: Automatic polling mode
-  *            @arg QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_MEMORY_MAPPED: Memory-mapped mode
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void QSPI_Config(QSPI_HandleTypeDef *hqspi, QSPI_CommandTypeDef *cmd, uint32_t FunctionalMode)
-{
-  assert_param(IS_QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE(FunctionalMode));
-
-  if ((cmd->DataMode != QSPI_DATA_NONE) && (FunctionalMode != QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_MEMORY_MAPPED))
-  {
-    /* Configure QSPI: DLR register with the number of data to read or write */
-    WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->DLR, (cmd->NbData - 1));
-  }
-
-  if (cmd->InstructionMode != QSPI_INSTRUCTION_NONE)
-  {
-    if (cmd->AlternateByteMode != QSPI_ALTERNATE_BYTES_NONE)
-    {
-      /* Configure QSPI: ABR register with alternate bytes value */
-      WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->ABR, cmd->AlternateBytes);
-
-      if (cmd->AddressMode != QSPI_ADDRESS_NONE)
-      {
-        /*---- Command with instruction, address and alternate bytes ----*/
-        /* Configure QSPI: CCR register with all communications parameters */
-        WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->CCR, (cmd->DdrMode | cmd->DdrHoldHalfCycle | cmd->SIOOMode |
-                                         cmd->DataMode | (cmd->DummyCycles << 18) | cmd->AlternateBytesSize |
-                                         cmd->AlternateByteMode | cmd->AddressSize | cmd->AddressMode |
-                                         cmd->InstructionMode | cmd->Instruction | FunctionalMode));
-
-        if (FunctionalMode != QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_MEMORY_MAPPED)
-        {
-          /* Configure QSPI: AR register with address value */
-          WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->AR, cmd->Address);
-        }
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        /*---- Command with instruction and alternate bytes ----*/
-        /* Configure QSPI: CCR register with all communications parameters */
-        WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->CCR, (cmd->DdrMode | cmd->DdrHoldHalfCycle | cmd->SIOOMode |
-                                         cmd->DataMode | (cmd->DummyCycles << 18) | cmd->AlternateBytesSize |
-                                         cmd->AlternateByteMode | cmd->AddressMode | cmd->InstructionMode |
-                                         cmd->Instruction | FunctionalMode));
-      }
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      if (cmd->AddressMode != QSPI_ADDRESS_NONE)
-      {
-        /*---- Command with instruction and address ----*/
-        /* Configure QSPI: CCR register with all communications parameters */
-        WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->CCR, (cmd->DdrMode | cmd->DdrHoldHalfCycle | cmd->SIOOMode |
-                                         cmd->DataMode | (cmd->DummyCycles << 18) | cmd->AlternateByteMode |
-                                         cmd->AddressSize | cmd->AddressMode | cmd->InstructionMode |
-                                         cmd->Instruction | FunctionalMode));
-
-        if (FunctionalMode != QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_MEMORY_MAPPED)
-        {
-          /* Configure QSPI: AR register with address value */
-          WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->AR, cmd->Address);
-        }
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        /*---- Command with only instruction ----*/
-        /* Configure QSPI: CCR register with all communications parameters */
-        WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->CCR, (cmd->DdrMode | cmd->DdrHoldHalfCycle | cmd->SIOOMode |
-                                         cmd->DataMode | (cmd->DummyCycles << 18) | cmd->AlternateByteMode |
-                                         cmd->AddressMode | cmd->InstructionMode | cmd->Instruction  |
-                                         FunctionalMode));
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    if (cmd->AlternateByteMode != QSPI_ALTERNATE_BYTES_NONE)
-    {
-      /* Configure QSPI: ABR register with alternate bytes value */
-      WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->ABR, cmd->AlternateBytes);
-
-      if (cmd->AddressMode != QSPI_ADDRESS_NONE)
-      {
-        /*---- Command with address and alternate bytes ----*/
-        /* Configure QSPI: CCR register with all communications parameters */
-        WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->CCR, (cmd->DdrMode | cmd->DdrHoldHalfCycle | cmd->SIOOMode |
-                                         cmd->DataMode | (cmd->DummyCycles << 18) | cmd->AlternateBytesSize |
-                                         cmd->AlternateByteMode | cmd->AddressSize | cmd->AddressMode |
-                                         cmd->InstructionMode | FunctionalMode));
-
-        if (FunctionalMode != QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_MEMORY_MAPPED)
-        {
-          /* Configure QSPI: AR register with address value */
-          WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->AR, cmd->Address);
-        }
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        /*---- Command with only alternate bytes ----*/
-        /* Configure QSPI: CCR register with all communications parameters */
-        WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->CCR, (cmd->DdrMode | cmd->DdrHoldHalfCycle | cmd->SIOOMode |
-                                         cmd->DataMode | (cmd->DummyCycles << 18) | cmd->AlternateBytesSize |
-                                         cmd->AlternateByteMode | cmd->AddressMode | cmd->InstructionMode |
-                                         FunctionalMode));
-      }
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      if (cmd->AddressMode != QSPI_ADDRESS_NONE)
-      {
-        /*---- Command with only address ----*/
-        /* Configure QSPI: CCR register with all communications parameters */
-        WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->CCR, (cmd->DdrMode | cmd->DdrHoldHalfCycle | cmd->SIOOMode |
-                                         cmd->DataMode | (cmd->DummyCycles << 18) | cmd->AlternateByteMode |
-                                         cmd->AddressSize | cmd->AddressMode | cmd->InstructionMode |
-                                         FunctionalMode));
-
-        if (FunctionalMode != QSPI_FUNCTIONAL_MODE_MEMORY_MAPPED)
-        {
-          /* Configure QSPI: AR register with address value */
-          WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->AR, cmd->Address);
-        }
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        /*---- Command with only data phase ----*/
-        if (cmd->DataMode != QSPI_DATA_NONE)
-        {
-          /* Configure QSPI: CCR register with all communications parameters */
-          WRITE_REG(hqspi->Instance->CCR, (cmd->DdrMode | cmd->DdrHoldHalfCycle | cmd->SIOOMode |
-                                           cmd->DataMode | (cmd->DummyCycles << 18) | cmd->AlternateByteMode |
-                                           cmd->AddressMode | cmd->InstructionMode | FunctionalMode));
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-}
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-#endif /* HAL_QSPI_MODULE_ENABLED */
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_rcc.c b/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_rcc.c
deleted file mode 100644
index e131f4ef11..0000000000
--- a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_rcc.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1197 +0,0 @@
-/**
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @file    stm32f7xx_hal_rcc.c
-  * @author  MCD Application Team
-  * @version V1.0.1
-  * @date    25-June-2015
-  * @brief   RCC HAL module driver.
-  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
-  *          functionalities of the Reset and Clock Control (RCC) peripheral:
-  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
-  *           + Peripheral Control functions
-  *
-  @verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                      ##### RCC specific features #####
-  ==============================================================================
-    [..]
-      After reset the device is running from Internal High Speed oscillator
-      (HSI 16MHz) with Flash 0 wait state, Flash prefetch buffer, D-Cache
-      and I-Cache are disabled, and all peripherals are off except internal
-      SRAM, Flash and JTAG.
-      (+) There is no prescaler on High speed (AHB) and Low speed (APB) busses;
-          all peripherals mapped on these busses are running at HSI speed.
-      (+) The clock for all peripherals is switched off, except the SRAM and FLASH.
-      (+) All GPIOs are in input floating state, except the JTAG pins which
-          are assigned to be used for debug purpose.
-
-    [..]
-      Once the device started from reset, the user application has to:
-      (+) Configure the clock source to be used to drive the System clock
-          (if the application needs higher frequency/performance)
-      (+) Configure the System clock frequency and Flash settings
-      (+) Configure the AHB and APB busses prescalers
-      (+) Enable the clock for the peripheral(s) to be used
-      (+) Configure the clock source(s) for peripherals which clocks are not
-          derived from the System clock (I2S, RTC, ADC, USB OTG FS/SDIO/RNG)
-
-                      ##### RCC Limitations #####
-  ==============================================================================
-    [..]
-      A delay between an RCC peripheral clock enable and the effective peripheral
-      enabling should be taken into account in order to manage the peripheral read/write
-      from/to registers.
-      (+) This delay depends on the peripheral mapping.
-      (+) If peripheral is mapped on AHB: the delay is 2 AHB clock cycle
-          after the clock enable bit is set on the hardware register
-      (+) If peripheral is mapped on APB: the delay is 2 APB clock cycle
-          after the clock enable bit is set on the hardware register
-
-    [..]
-      Implemented Workaround:
-      (+) For AHB & APB peripherals, a dummy read to the peripheral register has been
-          inserted in each __HAL_RCC_PPP_CLK_ENABLE() macro.
-
-  @endverbatim
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @attention
-  *
-  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
-  *
-  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
-  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
-  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
-  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
-  *      without specific prior written permission.
-  *
-  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
-  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
-  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
-  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
-  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
-  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
-  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
-  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
-  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
-  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-  *
-  ******************************************************************************
-  */
-
-/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
-
-/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup RCC RCC
-  * @brief RCC HAL module driver
-  * @{
-  */
-
-#ifdef HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED
-
-/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/** @defgroup RCC_Private_Macros RCC Private Macros
-  * @{
-  */
-
-#define MCO1_CLK_ENABLE()   __HAL_RCC_GPIOA_CLK_ENABLE()
-#define MCO1_GPIO_PORT        GPIOA
-#define MCO1_PIN              GPIO_PIN_8
-
-#define MCO2_CLK_ENABLE()   __HAL_RCC_GPIOC_CLK_ENABLE()
-#define MCO2_GPIO_PORT         GPIOC
-#define MCO2_PIN               GPIO_PIN_9
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/** @defgroup RCC_Private_Variables RCC Private Variables
-  * @{
-  */
-const uint8_t APBAHBPrescTable[16] = {0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9};
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
-/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/** @defgroup RCC_Exported_Functions RCC Exported Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup RCC_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
-  *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions
-  *
-  @verbatim
-  ===============================================================================
-##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
-  ===============================================================================
-    [..]
-      This section provides functions allowing to configure the internal/external oscillators
-      (HSE, HSI, LSE, LSI, PLL, CSS and MCO) and the System buses clocks (SYSCLK, AHB, APB1
-      and APB2).
-
-    [..] Internal/external clock and PLL configuration
-      (#) HSI (high-speed internal), 16 MHz factory-trimmed RC used directly or through
-          the PLL as System clock source.
-
-      (#) LSI (low-speed internal), 32 KHz low consumption RC used as IWDG and/or RTC
-          clock source.
-
-      (#) HSE (high-speed external), 4 to 26 MHz crystal oscillator used directly or
-          through the PLL as System clock source. Can be used also as RTC clock source.
-
-      (#) LSE (low-speed external), 32 KHz oscillator used as RTC clock source.
-
-      (#) PLL (clocked by HSI or HSE), featuring two different output clocks:
-        (++) The first output is used to generate the high speed system clock (up to 216 MHz)
-        (++) The second output is used to generate the clock for the USB OTG FS (48 MHz),
-             the random analog generator (<=48 MHz) and the SDIO (<= 48 MHz).
-
-      (#) CSS (Clock security system), once enable using the function HAL_RCC_EnableCSS()
-          and if a HSE clock failure occurs(HSE used directly or through PLL as System
-          clock source), the System clock is automatically switched to HSI and an interrupt
-          is generated if enabled. The interrupt is linked to the Cortex-M7 NMI
-          (Non-Maskable Interrupt) exception vector.
-
-      (#) MCO1 (microcontroller clock output), used to output HSI, LSE, HSE or PLL
-          clock (through a configurable prescaler) on PA8 pin.
-
-      (#) MCO2 (microcontroller clock output), used to output HSE, PLL, SYSCLK or PLLI2S
-          clock (through a configurable prescaler) on PC9 pin.
-
-    [..] System, AHB and APB busses clocks configuration
-      (#) Several clock sources can be used to drive the System clock (SYSCLK): HSI,
-          HSE and PLL.
-          The AHB clock (HCLK) is derived from System clock through configurable
-          prescaler and used to clock the CPU, memory and peripherals mapped
-          on AHB bus (DMA, GPIO...). APB1 (PCLK1) and APB2 (PCLK2) clocks are derived
-          from AHB clock through configurable prescalers and used to clock
-          the peripherals mapped on these busses. You can use
-          "HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq()" function to retrieve the frequencies of these clocks.
-
-      -@- All the peripheral clocks are derived from the System clock (SYSCLK) except:
-          (+@) I2S: the I2S clock can be derived either from a specific PLL (PLLI2S) or
-              from an external clock mapped on the I2S_CKIN pin.
-              You have to use __HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_CONFIG() macro to configure this clock.
-          (+@)  SAI: the SAI clock can be derived either from a specific PLL (PLLI2S) or (PLLSAI) or
-              from an external clock mapped on the I2S_CKIN pin.
-               You have to use __HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_CONFIG() macro to configure this clock.
-          (+@) RTC: the RTC clock can be derived either from the LSI, LSE or HSE clock
-              divided by 2 to 31. You have to use __HAL_RCC_RTC_CONFIG() and __HAL_RCC_RTC_ENABLE()
-              macros to configure this clock.
-          (+@) USB OTG FS, SDIO and RTC: USB OTG FS require a frequency equal to 48 MHz
-              to work correctly, while the SDIO require a frequency equal or lower than
-              to 48. This clock is derived of the main PLL through PLLQ divider.
-          (+@) IWDG clock which is always the LSI clock.
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Resets the RCC clock configuration to the default reset state.
-  * @note   The default reset state of the clock configuration is given below:
-  *            - HSI ON and used as system clock source
-  *            - HSE, PLL and PLLI2S OFF
-  *            - AHB, APB1 and APB2 prescaler set to 1.
-  *            - CSS, MCO1 and MCO2 OFF
-  *            - All interrupts disabled
-  * @note   This function doesn't modify the configuration of the
-  *            - Peripheral clocks
-  *            - LSI, LSE and RTC clocks
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_RCC_DeInit(void)
-{
-  /* Set HSION bit */
-  SET_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSION | RCC_CR_HSITRIM_4);
-
-  /* Reset CFGR register */
-  CLEAR_REG(RCC->CFGR);
-
-  /* Reset HSEON, CSSON, PLLON, PLLI2S */
-  CLEAR_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSEON | RCC_CR_CSSON | RCC_CR_PLLON| RCC_CR_PLLI2SON);
-
-  /* Reset PLLCFGR register */
-  CLEAR_REG(RCC->PLLCFGR);
-  SET_BIT(RCC->PLLCFGR, RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM_4 | RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN_6 | RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN_7 | RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLQ_2);
-
-  /* Reset PLLI2SCFGR register */
-  CLEAR_REG(RCC->PLLI2SCFGR);
-  SET_BIT(RCC->PLLI2SCFGR,  RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SN_6 | RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SN_7 | RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SR_1);
-
-  /* Reset HSEBYP bit */
-  CLEAR_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSEBYP);
-
-  /* Disable all interrupts */
-  CLEAR_REG(RCC->CIR);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the RCC Oscillators according to the specified parameters in the
-  *         RCC_OscInitTypeDef.
-  * @param  RCC_OscInitStruct: pointer to an RCC_OscInitTypeDef structure that
-  *         contains the configuration information for the RCC Oscillators.
-  * @note   The PLL is not disabled when used as system clock.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCC_OscConfig(RCC_OscInitTypeDef  *RCC_OscInitStruct)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE(RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType));
-
-  /*------------------------------- HSE Configuration ------------------------*/
-  if(((RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType) & RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSE) == RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSE)
-  {
-    /* Check the parameters */
-    assert_param(IS_RCC_HSE(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState));
-    /* When the HSE is used as system clock or clock source for PLL, It can not be disabled */
-    if((__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSE)
-       || ((__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLLCLK) && ((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC) == RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC_HSE)))
-    {
-	  if((__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSERDY) != RESET) && (RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState == RCC_HSE_OFF))
-      {
-        return HAL_ERROR;
-      }
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      /* Reset HSEON and HSEBYP bits before configuring the HSE --------------*/
-      __HAL_RCC_HSE_CONFIG(RCC_HSE_OFF);
-
-      /* Get Start Tick*/
-      tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-      /* Wait till HSE is disabled */
-      while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSERDY) != RESET)
-      {
-        if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > HSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
-        {
-          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-        }
-      }
-
-      /* Set the new HSE configuration ---------------------------------------*/
-      __HAL_RCC_HSE_CONFIG(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState);
-
-      /* Check the HSE State */
-      if(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState != RCC_HSE_OFF)
-      {
-        /* Get Start Tick*/
-        tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-        /* Wait till HSE is ready */
-        while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSERDY) == RESET)
-        {
-          if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > HSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
-          {
-            return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-          }
-        }
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        /* Get Start Tick*/
-        tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-        /* Wait till HSE is bypassed or disabled */
-        while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSERDY) != RESET)
-        {
-           if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > HSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
-          {
-            return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-          }
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  /*----------------------------- HSI Configuration --------------------------*/
-  if(((RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType) & RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI) == RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI)
-  {
-    /* Check the parameters */
-    assert_param(IS_RCC_HSI(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSIState));
-    assert_param(IS_RCC_CALIBRATION_VALUE(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSICalibrationValue));
-
-    /* Check if HSI is used as system clock or as PLL source when PLL is selected as system clock */
-    if((__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSI)
-       || ((__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLLCLK) && ((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC) == RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC_HSI)))
-    {
-      /* When HSI is used as system clock it will not disabled */
-      if((__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSIRDY) != RESET) && (RCC_OscInitStruct->HSIState != RCC_HSI_ON))
-      {
-        return HAL_ERROR;
-      }
-      /* Otherwise, just the calibration is allowed */
-      else
-      {
-        /* Adjusts the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI) calibration value.*/
-        __HAL_RCC_HSI_CALIBRATIONVALUE_ADJUST(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSICalibrationValue);
-      }
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      /* Check the HSI State */
-      if((RCC_OscInitStruct->HSIState)!= RCC_HSI_OFF)
-      {
-        /* Enable the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI). */
-        __HAL_RCC_HSI_ENABLE();
-
-        /* Get Start Tick*/
-        tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-        /* Wait till HSI is ready */
-        while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSIRDY) == RESET)
-        {
-          if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > HSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
-          {
-            return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-          }
-        }
-
-        /* Adjusts the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI) calibration value.*/
-        __HAL_RCC_HSI_CALIBRATIONVALUE_ADJUST(RCC_OscInitStruct->HSICalibrationValue);
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        /* Disable the Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI). */
-        __HAL_RCC_HSI_DISABLE();
-
-        /* Get Start Tick*/
-        tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-        /* Wait till HSI is ready */
-        while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSIRDY) != RESET)
-        {
-          if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > HSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
-          {
-            return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-          }
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  /*------------------------------ LSI Configuration -------------------------*/
-  if(((RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType) & RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSI) == RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSI)
-  {
-    /* Check the parameters */
-    assert_param(IS_RCC_LSI(RCC_OscInitStruct->LSIState));
-
-    /* Check the LSI State */
-    if((RCC_OscInitStruct->LSIState)!= RCC_LSI_OFF)
-    {
-      /* Enable the Internal Low Speed oscillator (LSI). */
-      __HAL_RCC_LSI_ENABLE();
-
-      /* Get Start Tick*/
-      tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-      /* Wait till LSI is ready */
-      while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_LSIRDY) == RESET)
-      {
-        if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > LSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
-        {
-          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      /* Disable the Internal Low Speed oscillator (LSI). */
-      __HAL_RCC_LSI_DISABLE();
-
-      /* Get Start Tick*/
-      tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-      /* Wait till LSI is ready */
-      while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_LSIRDY) != RESET)
-      {
-        if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > LSI_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
-        {
-          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  /*------------------------------ LSE Configuration -------------------------*/
-  if(((RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType) & RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSE) == RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSE)
-  {
-    /* Check the parameters */
-    assert_param(IS_RCC_LSE(RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState));
-
-    /* Enable Power Clock*/
-    __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE();
-
-    /* Enable write access to Backup domain */
-    PWR->CR1 |= PWR_CR1_DBP;
-
-    /* Wait for Backup domain Write protection disable */
-    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-    while((PWR->CR1 & PWR_CR1_DBP) == RESET)
-    {
-      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RCC_DBP_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
-      {
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Reset LSEON and LSEBYP bits before configuring the LSE ----------------*/
-    __HAL_RCC_LSE_CONFIG(RCC_LSE_OFF);
-
-    /* Get Start Tick*/
-    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-    /* Wait till LSE is ready */
-    while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_LSERDY) != RESET)
-    {
-      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RCC_LSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
-      {
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Set the new LSE configuration -----------------------------------------*/
-    __HAL_RCC_LSE_CONFIG(RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState);
-    /* Check the LSE State */
-    if((RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState) != RCC_LSE_OFF)
-    {
-      /* Get Start Tick*/
-      tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-      /* Wait till LSE is ready */
-      while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_LSERDY) == RESET)
-      {
-        if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RCC_LSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
-        {
-          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      /* Get Start Tick*/
-      tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-      /* Wait till LSE is ready */
-      while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_LSERDY) != RESET)
-      {
-        if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RCC_LSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
-        {
-          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  /*-------------------------------- PLL Configuration -----------------------*/
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_RCC_PLL(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLState));
-  if ((RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLState) != RCC_PLL_NONE)
-  {
-    /* Check if the PLL is used as system clock or not */
-    if(__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() != RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLLCLK)
-    {
-      if((RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLState) == RCC_PLL_ON)
-      {
-        /* Check the parameters */
-        assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSOURCE(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLSource));
-        assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLM_VALUE(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLM));
-        assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLN_VALUE(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLN));
-        assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLP_VALUE(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLP));
-        assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLQ_VALUE(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLQ));
-
-        /* Disable the main PLL. */
-        __HAL_RCC_PLL_DISABLE();
-
-        /* Get Start Tick*/
-        tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-        /* Wait till PLL is ready */
-        while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY) != RESET)
-        {
-          if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLL_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
-          {
-            return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-          }
-        }
-
-        /* Configure the main PLL clock source, multiplication and division factors. */
-        __HAL_RCC_PLL_CONFIG(RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLSource,
-                             RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLM,
-                             RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLN,
-                             RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLP,
-                             RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLQ);
-        /* Enable the main PLL. */
-        __HAL_RCC_PLL_ENABLE();
-
-        /* Get Start Tick*/
-        tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-        /* Wait till PLL is ready */
-        while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY) == RESET)
-        {
-          if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLL_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
-          {
-            return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-          }
-        }
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        /* Disable the main PLL. */
-        __HAL_RCC_PLL_DISABLE();
-
-        /* Get Start Tick*/
-        tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-        /* Wait till PLL is ready */
-        while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY) != RESET)
-        {
-          if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLL_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
-          {
-            return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-          }
-        }
-      }
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      return HAL_ERROR;
-    }
-  }
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the CPU, AHB and APB busses clocks according to the specified
-  *         parameters in the RCC_ClkInitStruct.
-  * @param  RCC_ClkInitStruct: pointer to an RCC_OscInitTypeDef structure that
-  *         contains the configuration information for the RCC peripheral.
-  * @param  FLatency: FLASH Latency, this parameter depend on device selected
-  *
-  * @note   The SystemCoreClock CMSIS variable is used to store System Clock Frequency
-  *         and updated by HAL_RCC_GetHCLKFreq() function called within this function
-  *
-  * @note   The HSI is used (enabled by hardware) as system clock source after
-  *         startup from Reset, wake-up from STOP and STANDBY mode, or in case
-  *         of failure of the HSE used directly or indirectly as system clock
-  *         (if the Clock Security System CSS is enabled).
-  *
-  * @note   A switch from one clock source to another occurs only if the target
-  *         clock source is ready (clock stable after startup delay or PLL locked).
-  *         If a clock source which is not yet ready is selected, the switch will
-  *         occur when the clock source will be ready.
-  *         You can use HAL_RCC_GetClockConfig() function to know which clock is
-  *         currently used as system clock source.
-  * @note   Depending on the device voltage range, the software has to set correctly
-  *         HPRE[3:0] bits to ensure that HCLK not exceed the maximum allowed frequency
-  *         (for more details refer to section above "Initialization/de-initialization functions")
-  * @retval None
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCC_ClockConfig(RCC_ClkInitTypeDef  *RCC_ClkInitStruct, uint32_t FLatency)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_RCC_CLOCKTYPE(RCC_ClkInitStruct->ClockType));
-  assert_param(IS_FLASH_LATENCY(FLatency));
-
-  /* To correctly read data from FLASH memory, the number of wait states (LATENCY)
-     must be correctly programmed according to the frequency of the CPU clock
-     (HCLK) and the supply voltage of the device. */
-
-  /* Increasing the CPU frequency */
-  if(FLatency > (FLASH->ACR & FLASH_ACR_LATENCY))
-  {
-    /* Program the new number of wait states to the LATENCY bits in the FLASH_ACR register */
-    __HAL_FLASH_SET_LATENCY(FLatency);
-
-    /* Check that the new number of wait states is taken into account to access the Flash
-    memory by reading the FLASH_ACR register */
-    if((FLASH->ACR & FLASH_ACR_LATENCY) != FLatency)
-    {
-      return HAL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    /*-------------------------- HCLK Configuration --------------------------*/
-    if(((RCC_ClkInitStruct->ClockType) & RCC_CLOCKTYPE_HCLK) == RCC_CLOCKTYPE_HCLK)
-    {
-      assert_param(IS_RCC_HCLK(RCC_ClkInitStruct->AHBCLKDivider));
-      MODIFY_REG(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_HPRE, RCC_ClkInitStruct->AHBCLKDivider);
-    }
-
-    /*------------------------- SYSCLK Configuration ---------------------------*/
-    if(((RCC_ClkInitStruct->ClockType) & RCC_CLOCKTYPE_SYSCLK) == RCC_CLOCKTYPE_SYSCLK)
-    {
-      assert_param(IS_RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource));
-
-      /* HSE is selected as System Clock Source */
-      if(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_HSE)
-      {
-        /* Check the HSE ready flag */
-        if(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSERDY) == RESET)
-        {
-          return HAL_ERROR;
-        }
-      }
-      /* PLL is selected as System Clock Source */
-      else if(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_PLLCLK)
-      {
-        /* Check the PLL ready flag */
-        if(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY) == RESET)
-        {
-          return HAL_ERROR;
-        }
-      }
-      /* HSI is selected as System Clock Source */
-      else
-      {
-        /* Check the HSI ready flag */
-        if(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSIRDY) == RESET)
-        {
-          return HAL_ERROR;
-        }
-      }
-
-      __HAL_RCC_SYSCLK_CONFIG(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource);
-      /* Get Start Tick*/
-      tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-      if(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_HSE)
-      {
-        while (__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() != RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSE)
-        {
-          if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CLOCKSWITCH_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
-          {
-            return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-          }
-        }
-      }
-      else if(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_PLLCLK)
-      {
-        while (__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() != RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLLCLK)
-        {
-          if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CLOCKSWITCH_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
-          {
-            return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-          }
-        }
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        while(__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() != RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSI)
-        {
-          if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CLOCKSWITCH_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
-          {
-            return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-          }
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  /* Decreasing the CPU frequency */
-  else
-  {
-    /*-------------------------- HCLK Configuration --------------------------*/
-    if(((RCC_ClkInitStruct->ClockType) & RCC_CLOCKTYPE_HCLK) == RCC_CLOCKTYPE_HCLK)
-    {
-      assert_param(IS_RCC_HCLK(RCC_ClkInitStruct->AHBCLKDivider));
-      MODIFY_REG(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_HPRE, RCC_ClkInitStruct->AHBCLKDivider);
-    }
-
-    /*------------------------- SYSCLK Configuration -------------------------*/
-    if(((RCC_ClkInitStruct->ClockType) & RCC_CLOCKTYPE_SYSCLK) == RCC_CLOCKTYPE_SYSCLK)
-    {
-      assert_param(IS_RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource));
-
-      /* HSE is selected as System Clock Source */
-      if(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_HSE)
-      {
-        /* Check the HSE ready flag */
-        if(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSERDY) == RESET)
-        {
-          return HAL_ERROR;
-        }
-      }
-      /* PLL is selected as System Clock Source */
-      else if(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_PLLCLK)
-      {
-        /* Check the PLL ready flag */
-        if(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY) == RESET)
-        {
-          return HAL_ERROR;
-        }
-      }
-      /* HSI is selected as System Clock Source */
-      else
-      {
-        /* Check the HSI ready flag */
-        if(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_HSIRDY) == RESET)
-        {
-          return HAL_ERROR;
-        }
-      }
-      __HAL_RCC_SYSCLK_CONFIG(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource);
-      /* Get Start Tick*/
-      tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-      if(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_HSE)
-      {
-        while (__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() != RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSE)
-        {
-          if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CLOCKSWITCH_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
-          {
-            return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-          }
-        }
-      }
-      else if(RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource == RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_PLLCLK)
-      {
-        while (__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() != RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLLCLK)
-        {
-          if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CLOCKSWITCH_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
-          {
-            return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-          }
-        }
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        while(__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() != RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSI)
-        {
-          if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > CLOCKSWITCH_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
-          {
-            return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-          }
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Program the new number of wait states to the LATENCY bits in the FLASH_ACR register */
-    __HAL_FLASH_SET_LATENCY(FLatency);
-
-    /* Check that the new number of wait states is taken into account to access the Flash
-    memory by reading the FLASH_ACR register */
-    if((FLASH->ACR & FLASH_ACR_LATENCY) != FLatency)
-    {
-      return HAL_ERROR;
-    }
- }
-
-  /*-------------------------- PCLK1 Configuration ---------------------------*/
-  if(((RCC_ClkInitStruct->ClockType) & RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK1) == RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK1)
-  {
-    assert_param(IS_RCC_PCLK(RCC_ClkInitStruct->APB1CLKDivider));
-    MODIFY_REG(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_PPRE1, RCC_ClkInitStruct->APB1CLKDivider);
-  }
-
-  /*-------------------------- PCLK2 Configuration ---------------------------*/
-  if(((RCC_ClkInitStruct->ClockType) & RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK2) == RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK2)
-  {
-    assert_param(IS_RCC_PCLK(RCC_ClkInitStruct->APB2CLKDivider));
-    MODIFY_REG(RCC->CFGR, RCC_CFGR_PPRE2, ((RCC_ClkInitStruct->APB2CLKDivider) << 3));
-  }
-
-  /* Configure the source of time base considering new system clocks settings*/
-  HAL_InitTick (TICK_INT_PRIORITY);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup RCC_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions
-  *  @brief   RCC clocks control functions
-  *
-  @verbatim
-  ===============================================================================
-                  ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
-  ===============================================================================
-    [..]
-    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the RCC Clocks
-    frequencies.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Selects the clock source to output on MCO1 pin(PA8) or on MCO2 pin(PC9).
-  * @note   PA8/PC9 should be configured in alternate function mode.
-  * @param  RCC_MCOx: specifies the output direction for the clock source.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg RCC_MCO1: Clock source to output on MCO1 pin(PA8).
-  *            @arg RCC_MCO2: Clock source to output on MCO2 pin(PC9).
-  * @param  RCC_MCOSource: specifies the clock source to output.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg RCC_MCO1SOURCE_HSI: HSI clock selected as MCO1 source
-  *            @arg RCC_MCO1SOURCE_LSE: LSE clock selected as MCO1 source
-  *            @arg RCC_MCO1SOURCE_HSE: HSE clock selected as MCO1 source
-  *            @arg RCC_MCO1SOURCE_PLLCLK: main PLL clock selected as MCO1 source
-  *            @arg RCC_MCO2SOURCE_SYSCLK: System clock (SYSCLK) selected as MCO2 source
-  *            @arg RCC_MCO2SOURCE_PLLI2SCLK: PLLI2S clock selected as MCO2 source
-  *            @arg RCC_MCO2SOURCE_HSE: HSE clock selected as MCO2 source
-  *            @arg RCC_MCO2SOURCE_PLLCLK: main PLL clock selected as MCO2 source
-  * @param  RCC_MCODiv: specifies the MCOx prescaler.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg RCC_MCODIV_1: no division applied to MCOx clock
-  *            @arg RCC_MCODIV_2: division by 2 applied to MCOx clock
-  *            @arg RCC_MCODIV_3: division by 3 applied to MCOx clock
-  *            @arg RCC_MCODIV_4: division by 4 applied to MCOx clock
-  *            @arg RCC_MCODIV_5: division by 5 applied to MCOx clock
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_RCC_MCOConfig(uint32_t RCC_MCOx, uint32_t RCC_MCOSource, uint32_t RCC_MCODiv)
-{
-  GPIO_InitTypeDef GPIO_InitStruct;
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_RCC_MCO(RCC_MCOx));
-  assert_param(IS_RCC_MCODIV(RCC_MCODiv));
-  /* RCC_MCO1 */
-  if(RCC_MCOx == RCC_MCO1)
-  {
-    assert_param(IS_RCC_MCO1SOURCE(RCC_MCOSource));
-
-    /* MCO1 Clock Enable */
-    MCO1_CLK_ENABLE();
-
-    /* Configure the MCO1 pin in alternate function mode */
-    GPIO_InitStruct.Pin = MCO1_PIN;
-    GPIO_InitStruct.Mode = GPIO_MODE_AF_PP;
-    GPIO_InitStruct.Speed = GPIO_SPEED_HIGH;
-    GPIO_InitStruct.Pull = GPIO_NOPULL;
-    GPIO_InitStruct.Alternate = GPIO_AF0_MCO;
-    HAL_GPIO_Init(MCO1_GPIO_PORT, &GPIO_InitStruct);
-
-    /* Mask MCO1 and MCO1PRE[2:0] bits then Select MCO1 clock source and prescaler */
-    MODIFY_REG(RCC->CFGR, (RCC_CFGR_MCO1 | RCC_CFGR_MCO1PRE), (RCC_MCOSource | RCC_MCODiv));
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    assert_param(IS_RCC_MCO2SOURCE(RCC_MCOSource));
-
-    /* MCO2 Clock Enable */
-    MCO2_CLK_ENABLE();
-
-    /* Configure the MCO2 pin in alternate function mode */
-    GPIO_InitStruct.Pin = MCO2_PIN;
-    GPIO_InitStruct.Mode = GPIO_MODE_AF_PP;
-    GPIO_InitStruct.Speed = GPIO_SPEED_HIGH;
-    GPIO_InitStruct.Pull = GPIO_NOPULL;
-    GPIO_InitStruct.Alternate = GPIO_AF0_MCO;
-    HAL_GPIO_Init(MCO2_GPIO_PORT, &GPIO_InitStruct);
-
-    /* Mask MCO2 and MCO2PRE[2:0] bits then Select MCO2 clock source and prescaler */
-    MODIFY_REG(RCC->CFGR, (RCC_CFGR_MCO2 | RCC_CFGR_MCO2PRE), (RCC_MCOSource | (RCC_MCODiv << 3)));
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Enables the Clock Security System.
-  * @note   If a failure is detected on the HSE oscillator clock, this oscillator
-  *         is automatically disabled and an interrupt is generated to inform the
-  *         software about the failure (Clock Security System Interrupt, CSSI),
-  *         allowing the MCU to perform rescue operations. The CSSI is linked to
-  *         the Cortex-M7 NMI (Non-Maskable Interrupt) exception vector.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_RCC_EnableCSS(void)
-{
-  SET_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_CSSON);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Disables the Clock Security System.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_RCC_DisableCSS(void)
-{
-  CLEAR_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_CSSON);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Returns the SYSCLK frequency
-  *
-  * @note   The system frequency computed by this function is not the real
-  *         frequency in the chip. It is calculated based on the predefined
-  *         constant and the selected clock source:
-  * @note     If SYSCLK source is HSI, function returns values based on HSI_VALUE(*)
-  * @note     If SYSCLK source is HSE, function returns values based on HSE_VALUE(**)
-  * @note     If SYSCLK source is PLL, function returns values based on HSE_VALUE(**)
-  *           or HSI_VALUE(*) multiplied/divided by the PLL factors.
-  * @note     (*) HSI_VALUE is a constant defined in stm32f7xx_hal_conf.h file (default value
-  *               16 MHz) but the real value may vary depending on the variations
-  *               in voltage and temperature.
-  * @note     (**) HSE_VALUE is a constant defined in stm32f7xx_hal_conf.h file (default value
-  *                25 MHz), user has to ensure that HSE_VALUE is same as the real
-  *                frequency of the crystal used. Otherwise, this function may
-  *                have wrong result.
-  *
-  * @note   The result of this function could be not correct when using fractional
-  *         value for HSE crystal.
-  *
-  * @note   This function can be used by the user application to compute the
-  *         baudrate for the communication peripherals or configure other parameters.
-  *
-  * @note   Each time SYSCLK changes, this function must be called to update the
-  *         right SYSCLK value. Otherwise, any configuration based on this function will be incorrect.
-  *
-  *
-  * @retval SYSCLK frequency
-  */
-uint32_t HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq(void)
-{
-  uint32_t pllm = 0, pllvco = 0, pllp = 0;
-  uint32_t sysclockfreq = 0;
-
-  /* Get SYSCLK source -------------------------------------------------------*/
-  switch (RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_SWS)
-  {
-    case RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSI:  /* HSI used as system clock source */
-    {
-      sysclockfreq = HSI_VALUE;
-       break;
-    }
-    case RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_HSE:  /* HSE used as system clock  source */
-    {
-      sysclockfreq = HSE_VALUE;
-      break;
-    }
-    case RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLLCLK:  /* PLL used as system clock  source */
-    {
-      /* PLL_VCO = (HSE_VALUE or HSI_VALUE / PLLM) * PLLN
-      SYSCLK = PLL_VCO / PLLP */
-      pllm = RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM;
-      if (__HAL_RCC_GET_PLL_OSCSOURCE() != RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC_HSI)
-      {
-        /* HSE used as PLL clock source */
-        pllvco = ((HSE_VALUE / pllm) * ((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN)));
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        /* HSI used as PLL clock source */
-        pllvco = ((HSI_VALUE / pllm) * ((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN)));
-      }
-      pllp = ((((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLP) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLP)) + 1 ) *2);
-
-      sysclockfreq = pllvco/pllp;
-      break;
-    }
-    default:
-    {
-      sysclockfreq = HSI_VALUE;
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-  return sysclockfreq;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Returns the HCLK frequency
-  * @note   Each time HCLK changes, this function must be called to update the
-  *         right HCLK value. Otherwise, any configuration based on this function will be incorrect.
-  *
-  * @note   The SystemCoreClock CMSIS variable is used to store System Clock Frequency
-  *         and updated within this function
-  * @retval HCLK frequency
-  */
-uint32_t HAL_RCC_GetHCLKFreq(void)
-{
-  SystemCoreClock = HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq() >> APBAHBPrescTable[(RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_HPRE)>> POSITION_VAL(RCC_CFGR_HPRE)];
-  return SystemCoreClock;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Returns the PCLK1 frequency
-  * @note   Each time PCLK1 changes, this function must be called to update the
-  *         right PCLK1 value. Otherwise, any configuration based on this function will be incorrect.
-  * @retval PCLK1 frequency
-  */
-uint32_t HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq(void)
-{
-  /* Get HCLK source and Compute PCLK1 frequency ---------------------------*/
-  return (HAL_RCC_GetHCLKFreq() >> APBAHBPrescTable[(RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PPRE1)>> POSITION_VAL(RCC_CFGR_PPRE1)]);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Returns the PCLK2 frequency
-  * @note   Each time PCLK2 changes, this function must be called to update the
-  *         right PCLK2 value. Otherwise, any configuration based on this function will be incorrect.
-  * @retval PCLK2 frequency
-  */
-uint32_t HAL_RCC_GetPCLK2Freq(void)
-{
-  /* Get HCLK source and Compute PCLK2 frequency ---------------------------*/
-  return (HAL_RCC_GetHCLKFreq()>> APBAHBPrescTable[(RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PPRE2)>> POSITION_VAL(RCC_CFGR_PPRE2)]);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Configures the RCC_OscInitStruct according to the internal
-  * RCC configuration registers.
-  * @param  RCC_OscInitStruct: pointer to an RCC_OscInitTypeDef structure that
-  * will be configured.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_RCC_GetOscConfig(RCC_OscInitTypeDef  *RCC_OscInitStruct)
-{
-  /* Set all possible values for the Oscillator type parameter ---------------*/
-  RCC_OscInitStruct->OscillatorType = RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSE | RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI | RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSE | RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSI;
-
-  /* Get the HSE configuration -----------------------------------------------*/
-  if((RCC->CR &RCC_CR_HSEBYP) == RCC_CR_HSEBYP)
-  {
-    RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState = RCC_HSE_BYPASS;
-  }
-  else if((RCC->CR &RCC_CR_HSEON) == RCC_CR_HSEON)
-  {
-    RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState = RCC_HSE_ON;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    RCC_OscInitStruct->HSEState = RCC_HSE_OFF;
-  }
-
-  /* Get the HSI configuration -----------------------------------------------*/
-  if((RCC->CR &RCC_CR_HSION) == RCC_CR_HSION)
-  {
-    RCC_OscInitStruct->HSIState = RCC_HSI_ON;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    RCC_OscInitStruct->HSIState = RCC_HSI_OFF;
-  }
-
-  RCC_OscInitStruct->HSICalibrationValue = (uint32_t)((RCC->CR &RCC_CR_HSITRIM) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_CR_HSITRIM));
-
-  /* Get the LSE configuration -----------------------------------------------*/
-  if((RCC->BDCR &RCC_BDCR_LSEBYP) == RCC_BDCR_LSEBYP)
-  {
-    RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState = RCC_LSE_BYPASS;
-  }
-  else if((RCC->BDCR &RCC_BDCR_LSEON) == RCC_BDCR_LSEON)
-  {
-    RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState = RCC_LSE_ON;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    RCC_OscInitStruct->LSEState = RCC_LSE_OFF;
-  }
-
-  /* Get the LSI configuration -----------------------------------------------*/
-  if((RCC->CSR &RCC_CSR_LSION) == RCC_CSR_LSION)
-  {
-    RCC_OscInitStruct->LSIState = RCC_LSI_ON;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    RCC_OscInitStruct->LSIState = RCC_LSI_OFF;
-  }
-
-  /* Get the PLL configuration -----------------------------------------------*/
-  if((RCC->CR &RCC_CR_PLLON) == RCC_CR_PLLON)
-  {
-    RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLState = RCC_PLL_ON;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLState = RCC_PLL_OFF;
-  }
-  RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLSource = (uint32_t)(RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC);
-  RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLM = (uint32_t)(RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM);
-  RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLN = (uint32_t)((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN));
-  RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLP = (uint32_t)((((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLP) + RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLP_0) << 1) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLP));
-  RCC_OscInitStruct->PLL.PLLQ = (uint32_t)((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLQ) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLQ));
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Configures the RCC_ClkInitStruct according to the internal
-  * RCC configuration registers.
-  * @param  RCC_ClkInitStruct: pointer to an RCC_ClkInitTypeDef structure that
-  * will be configured.
-  * @param  pFLatency: Pointer on the Flash Latency.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_RCC_GetClockConfig(RCC_ClkInitTypeDef  *RCC_ClkInitStruct, uint32_t *pFLatency)
-{
-  /* Set all possible values for the Clock type parameter --------------------*/
-  RCC_ClkInitStruct->ClockType = RCC_CLOCKTYPE_SYSCLK | RCC_CLOCKTYPE_HCLK | RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK1 | RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK2;
-
-  /* Get the SYSCLK configuration --------------------------------------------*/
-  RCC_ClkInitStruct->SYSCLKSource = (uint32_t)(RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_SW);
-
-  /* Get the HCLK configuration ----------------------------------------------*/
-  RCC_ClkInitStruct->AHBCLKDivider = (uint32_t)(RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_HPRE);
-
-  /* Get the APB1 configuration ----------------------------------------------*/
-  RCC_ClkInitStruct->APB1CLKDivider = (uint32_t)(RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PPRE1);
-
-  /* Get the APB2 configuration ----------------------------------------------*/
-  RCC_ClkInitStruct->APB2CLKDivider = (uint32_t)((RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PPRE2) >> 3);
-
-  /* Get the Flash Wait State (Latency) configuration ------------------------*/
-  *pFLatency = (uint32_t)(FLASH->ACR & FLASH_ACR_LATENCY);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief This function handles the RCC CSS interrupt request.
-  * @note This API should be called under the NMI_Handler().
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_RCC_NMI_IRQHandler(void)
-{
-  /* Check RCC CSSF flag  */
-  if(__HAL_RCC_GET_IT(RCC_IT_CSS))
-  {
-    /* RCC Clock Security System interrupt user callback */
-    HAL_RCC_CSSCallback();
-
-    /* Clear RCC CSS pending bit */
-    __HAL_RCC_CLEAR_IT(RCC_IT_CSS);
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  RCC Clock Security System interrupt callback
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_RCC_CSSCallback(void)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_RCC_CSSCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-#endif /* HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED */
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_rcc_ex.c b/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_rcc_ex.c
deleted file mode 100644
index e04960d33e..0000000000
--- a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_rcc_ex.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,861 +0,0 @@
-/**
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @file    stm32f7xx_hal_rcc_ex.c
-  * @author  MCD Application Team
-  * @version V1.0.1
-  * @date    25-June-2015
-  * @brief   Extension RCC HAL module driver.
-  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
-  *          functionalities RCC extension peripheral:
-  *           + Extended Peripheral Control functions
-  *
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @attention
-  *
-  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
-  *
-  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
-  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
-  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
-  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
-  *      without specific prior written permission.
-  *
-  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
-  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
-  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
-  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
-  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
-  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
-  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
-  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
-  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
-  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-  *
-  ******************************************************************************
-  */
-
-/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
-
-/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup RCCEx RCCEx
-  * @brief RCCEx HAL module driver
-  * @{
-  */
-
-#ifdef HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED
-
-/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/** @defgroup RCCEx_Private_Defines RCCEx Private Defines
-  * @{
-  */
-
-#define PLLI2S_TIMEOUT_VALUE    100 /* Timeout value fixed to 100 ms  */
-#define PLLSAI_TIMEOUT_VALUE    100 /* Timeout value fixed to 100 ms  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/** @defgroup RCCEx_Private_Macros RCCEx Private Macros
- * @{
- */
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup RCCEx_Private_Macros RCCEx Private Macros
- * @{
- */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-
-/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/** @defgroup RCCEx_Exported_Functions RCCEx Exported Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup RCCEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended Peripheral Control functions
- *  @brief  Extended Peripheral Control functions
- *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-                ##### Extended Peripheral Control functions  #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]
-    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the RCC Clocks
-    frequencies.
-    [..]
-    (@) Important note: Care must be taken when HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig() is used to
-        select the RTC clock source; in this case the Backup domain will be reset in
-        order to modify the RTC Clock source, as consequence RTC registers (including
-        the backup registers) and RCC_BDCR register will be set to their reset values.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the RCC extended peripherals clocks according to the specified
-  *         parameters in the RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef.
-  * @param  PeriphClkInit: pointer to an RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef structure that
-  *         contains the configuration information for the Extended Peripherals
-  *         clocks(I2S, SAI, LTDC RTC, TIM, UARTs, USARTs, LTPIM, SDMMC...).
-  *
-  * @note   Care must be taken when HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig() is used to select
-  *         the RTC clock source; in this case the Backup domain will be reset in
-  *         order to modify the RTC Clock source, as consequence RTC registers (including
-  *         the backup registers) and RCC_BDCR register are set to their reset values.
-  *
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig(RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef  *PeriphClkInit)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-  uint32_t tmpreg0 = 0;
-  uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0;
-  uint32_t plli2sused = 0;
-  uint32_t pllsaiused = 0;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_RCC_PERIPHCLOCK(PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection));
-
-  /*----------------------------------- I2S configuration ----------------------------------*/
-  if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S) == (RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S))
-  {
-    /* Check the parameters */
-    assert_param(IS_RCC_I2SCLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->I2sClockSelection));
-
-    /* Configure I2S Clock source */
-    __HAL_RCC_I2S_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->I2sClockSelection);
-
-    /* Enable the PLLI2S when it's used as clock source for I2S */
-    if(PeriphClkInit->I2sClockSelection == RCC_I2SCLKSOURCE_PLLI2S)
-    {
-      plli2sused = 1;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /*------------------------------------ SAI1 configuration --------------------------------------*/
-  if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1) == (RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1))
-  {
-    /* Check the parameters */
-    assert_param(IS_RCC_SAI1CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->Sai1ClockSelection));
-
-    /* Configure SAI1 Clock source */
-    __HAL_RCC_SAI1_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->Sai1ClockSelection);
-    /* Enable the PLLI2S when it's used as clock source for SAI */
-    if(PeriphClkInit->Sai1ClockSelection == RCC_SAI1CLKSOURCE_PLLI2S)
-    {
-      plli2sused = 1;
-    }
-    /* Enable the PLLSAI when it's used as clock source for SAI */
-    if(PeriphClkInit->Sai1ClockSelection == RCC_SAI1CLKSOURCE_PLLSAI)
-    {
-      pllsaiused = 1;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /*------------------------------------ SAI2 configuration --------------------------------------*/
-  if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2) == (RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2))
-  {
-    /* Check the parameters */
-    assert_param(IS_RCC_SAI2CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->Sai2ClockSelection));
-
-    /* Configure SAI2 Clock source */
-    __HAL_RCC_SAI2_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->Sai2ClockSelection);
-
-    /* Enable the PLLI2S when it's used as clock source for SAI */
-    if(PeriphClkInit->Sai2ClockSelection == RCC_SAI2CLKSOURCE_PLLI2S)
-    {
-      plli2sused = 1;
-    }
-    /* Enable the PLLSAI when it's used as clock source for SAI */
-    if(PeriphClkInit->Sai2ClockSelection == RCC_SAI2CLKSOURCE_PLLSAI)
-    {
-      pllsaiused = 1;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /*-------------------------------------- SPDIF-RX Configuration -----------------------------------*/
-  if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_SPDIFRX) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_SPDIFRX)
-  {
-      plli2sused = 1;
-  }
-
-  /*------------------------------------ RTC configuration --------------------------------------*/
-  if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC) == (RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC))
-  {
-    /* Reset the Backup domain only if the RTC Clock source selection is modified */
-    if((RCC->BDCR & RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL) != (PeriphClkInit->RTCClockSelection & RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL))
-    {
-      /* Enable Power Clock*/
-      __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE();
-
-      /* Enable write access to Backup domain */
-      PWR->CR1 |= PWR_CR1_DBP;
-
-      /* Get Start Tick*/
-      tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-      /* Wait for Backup domain Write protection disable */
-      while((PWR->CR1 & PWR_CR1_DBP) == RESET)
-      {
-        if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > RCC_DBP_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
-        {
-          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-        }
-      }
-
-      /* Store the content of BDCR register before the reset of Backup Domain */
-      tmpreg0 = (RCC->BDCR & ~(RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL));
-
-      /* RTC Clock selection can be changed only if the Backup Domain is reset */
-      __HAL_RCC_BACKUPRESET_FORCE();
-      __HAL_RCC_BACKUPRESET_RELEASE();
-
-      /* Restore the Content of BDCR register */
-      RCC->BDCR = tmpreg0;
-
-      /* If LSE is selected as RTC clock source, wait for LSE reactivation */
-      if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(tmpreg0, RCC_BDCR_LSERDY))
-      {
-        /* Get Start Tick*/
-        tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-        /* Wait till LSE is ready */
-        while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_LSERDY) == RESET)
-        {
-          if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RCC_LSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
-          {
-            return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-          }
-        }
-      }
-      __HAL_RCC_RTC_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->RTCClockSelection);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /*------------------------------------ TIM configuration --------------------------------------*/
-  if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_TIM) == (RCC_PERIPHCLK_TIM))
-  {
-    /* Check the parameters */
-    assert_param(IS_RCC_TIMPRES(PeriphClkInit->TIMPresSelection));
-
-    /* Configure Timer Prescaler */
-    __HAL_RCC_TIMCLKPRESCALER(PeriphClkInit->TIMPresSelection);
-  }
-
-  /*-------------------------------------- I2C1 Configuration -----------------------------------*/
-  if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C1) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C1)
-  {
-    /* Check the parameters */
-    assert_param(IS_RCC_I2C1CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->I2c1ClockSelection));
-
-    /* Configure the I2C1 clock source */
-    __HAL_RCC_I2C1_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->I2c1ClockSelection);
-  }
-
-  /*-------------------------------------- I2C2 Configuration -----------------------------------*/
-  if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C2) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C2)
-  {
-    /* Check the parameters */
-    assert_param(IS_RCC_I2C2CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->I2c2ClockSelection));
-
-    /* Configure the I2C2 clock source */
-    __HAL_RCC_I2C2_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->I2c2ClockSelection);
-  }
-
-  /*-------------------------------------- I2C3 Configuration -----------------------------------*/
-  if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C3) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C3)
-  {
-    /* Check the parameters */
-    assert_param(IS_RCC_I2C3CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->I2c3ClockSelection));
-
-    /* Configure the I2C3 clock source */
-    __HAL_RCC_I2C3_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->I2c3ClockSelection);
-  }
-
-  /*-------------------------------------- I2C4 Configuration -----------------------------------*/
-  if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C4) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C4)
-  {
-    /* Check the parameters */
-    assert_param(IS_RCC_I2C4CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->I2c4ClockSelection));
-
-    /* Configure the I2C4 clock source */
-    __HAL_RCC_I2C4_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->I2c4ClockSelection);
-  }
-
-  /*-------------------------------------- USART1 Configuration -----------------------------------*/
-  if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART1) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART1)
-  {
-    /* Check the parameters */
-    assert_param(IS_RCC_USART1CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->Usart1ClockSelection));
-
-    /* Configure the USART1 clock source */
-    __HAL_RCC_USART1_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->Usart1ClockSelection);
-  }
-
-  /*-------------------------------------- USART2 Configuration -----------------------------------*/
-  if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2)
-  {
-    /* Check the parameters */
-    assert_param(IS_RCC_USART2CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->Usart2ClockSelection));
-
-    /* Configure the USART2 clock source */
-    __HAL_RCC_USART2_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->Usart2ClockSelection);
-  }
-
-  /*-------------------------------------- USART3 Configuration -----------------------------------*/
-  if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART3) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART3)
-  {
-    /* Check the parameters */
-    assert_param(IS_RCC_USART3CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->Usart3ClockSelection));
-
-    /* Configure the USART3 clock source */
-    __HAL_RCC_USART3_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->Usart3ClockSelection);
-  }
-
-  /*-------------------------------------- UART4 Configuration -----------------------------------*/
-  if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART4) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART4)
-  {
-    /* Check the parameters */
-    assert_param(IS_RCC_UART4CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->Uart4ClockSelection));
-
-    /* Configure the UART4 clock source */
-    __HAL_RCC_UART4_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->Uart4ClockSelection);
-  }
-
-  /*-------------------------------------- UART5 Configuration -----------------------------------*/
-  if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART5) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART5)
-  {
-    /* Check the parameters */
-    assert_param(IS_RCC_UART5CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->Uart5ClockSelection));
-
-    /* Configure the UART5 clock source */
-    __HAL_RCC_UART5_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->Uart5ClockSelection);
-  }
-
-  /*-------------------------------------- USART6 Configuration -----------------------------------*/
-  if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART6) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART6)
-  {
-    /* Check the parameters */
-    assert_param(IS_RCC_USART6CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->Usart6ClockSelection));
-
-    /* Configure the USART6 clock source */
-    __HAL_RCC_USART6_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->Usart6ClockSelection);
-  }
-
-  /*-------------------------------------- UART7 Configuration -----------------------------------*/
-  if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART7) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART7)
-  {
-    /* Check the parameters */
-    assert_param(IS_RCC_UART7CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->Uart7ClockSelection));
-
-    /* Configure the UART7 clock source */
-    __HAL_RCC_UART7_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->Uart7ClockSelection);
-  }
-
-  /*-------------------------------------- UART8 Configuration -----------------------------------*/
-  if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART8) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART8)
-  {
-    /* Check the parameters */
-    assert_param(IS_RCC_UART8CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->Uart8ClockSelection));
-
-    /* Configure the UART8 clock source */
-    __HAL_RCC_UART8_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->Uart8ClockSelection);
-  }
-
-  /*--------------------------------------- CEC Configuration -----------------------------------*/
-  if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_CEC) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_CEC)
-  {
-    /* Check the parameters */
-    assert_param(IS_RCC_CECCLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->CecClockSelection));
-
-    /* Configure the CEC clock source */
-    __HAL_RCC_CEC_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->CecClockSelection);
-  }
-
-  /*-------------------------------------- CK48 Configuration -----------------------------------*/
-  if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_CLK48) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_CLK48)
-  {
-    /* Check the parameters */
-    assert_param(IS_RCC_CLK48SOURCE(PeriphClkInit->Clk48ClockSelection));
-
-    /* Configure the CLK48 source */
-    __HAL_RCC_CLK48_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->Clk48ClockSelection);
-
-    /* Enable the PLLSAI when it's used as clock source for CK48 */
-    if(PeriphClkInit->Clk48ClockSelection == RCC_CLK48SOURCE_PLLSAIP)
-    {
-      pllsaiused = 1;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /*-------------------------------------- LTDC Configuration -----------------------------------*/
-#if defined(STM32F756xx) || defined(STM32F746xx)
-  if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_LTDC) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_LTDC)
-  {
-    pllsaiused = 1;
-  }
-#endif /* STM32F756xx || STM32F746xx */
-  /*-------------------------------------- LPTIM1 Configuration -----------------------------------*/
-  if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM1) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM1)
-  {
-    /* Check the parameters */
-    assert_param(IS_RCC_LPTIM1CLK(PeriphClkInit->Lptim1ClockSelection));
-
-    /* Configure the LTPIM1 clock source */
-    __HAL_RCC_LPTIM1_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->Lptim1ClockSelection);
-   }
-
-  /*------------------------------------- SDMMC Configuration ------------------------------------*/
-  if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_SDMMC1) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_SDMMC1)
-  {
-    /* Check the parameters */
-    assert_param(IS_RCC_SDMMC1CLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->Sdmmc1ClockSelection));
-
-    /* Configure the SDMMC1 clock source */
-    __HAL_RCC_SDMMC1_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->Sdmmc1ClockSelection);
-  }
-
-  /*-------------------------------------- PLLI2S Configuration ---------------------------------*/
-  /* PLLI2S is configured when a peripheral will use it as source clock : SAI1, SAI2, I2S or SPDIF-RX */
-  if((plli2sused == 1) || (PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection == RCC_PERIPHCLK_PLLI2S))
-  {
-    /* Disable the PLLI2S */
-    __HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_DISABLE();
-
-    /* Get Start Tick*/
-    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-    /* Wait till PLLI2S is disabled */
-    while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLI2SRDY)  != RESET)
-    {
-      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > PLLI2S_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
-      {
-        /* return in case of Timeout detected */
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* check for common PLLI2S Parameters */
-    assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2SN_VALUE(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SN));
-
-    /*----------------- In Case of PLLI2S is selected as source clock for I2S -------------------*/
-    if(((((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S) && (PeriphClkInit->I2sClockSelection == RCC_I2SCLKSOURCE_PLLI2S)))
-    {
-      /* check for Parameters */
-      assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2SR_VALUE(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SR));
-
-      /* Read PLLI2SP and PLLI2SQ value from PLLI2SCFGR register (this value is not needed for I2S configuration) */
-      tmpreg0 = ((RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SP) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SP));
-      tmpreg1 = ((RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SQ) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SQ));
-      /* Configure the PLLI2S division factors */
-      /* PLLI2S_VCO = f(VCO clock) = f(PLLI2S clock input) x (PLLI2SN/PLLM) */
-      /* I2SCLK = f(PLLI2S clock output) = f(VCO clock) / PLLI2SR */
-      __HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SN , tmpreg0, tmpreg1, PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SR);
-    }
-
-    /*----------------- In Case of PLLI2S is selected as source clock for SAI -------------------*/
-    if(((((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1) && (PeriphClkInit->Sai1ClockSelection == RCC_SAI1CLKSOURCE_PLLI2S)) ||
-       ((((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2) && (PeriphClkInit->Sai2ClockSelection == RCC_SAI2CLKSOURCE_PLLI2S)))
-    {
-      /* Check for PLLI2S Parameters */
-      assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2SQ_VALUE(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SQ));
-      /* Check for PLLI2S/DIVQ parameters */
-      assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2S_DIVQ_VALUE(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2SDivQ));
-
-      /* Read PLLI2SP and PLLI2SR values from PLLI2SCFGR register (this value is not needed for SAI configuration) */
-      tmpreg0 = ((RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SP) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SP));
-      tmpreg1 = ((RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SR) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SR));
-      /* Configure the PLLI2S division factors */
-      /* PLLI2S_VCO Input  = PLL_SOURCE/PLLM */
-      /* PLLI2S_VCO Output = PLLI2S_VCO Input * PLLI2SN */
-      /* SAI_CLK(first level) = PLLI2S_VCO Output/PLLI2SQ */
-      __HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SN, tmpreg0, PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SQ, tmpreg1);
-
-      /* SAI_CLK_x = SAI_CLK(first level)/PLLI2SDIVQ */
-      __HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_PLLSAICLKDIVQ_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2SDivQ);
-    }
-
-    /*----------------- In Case of PLLI2S is selected as source clock for SPDIF-RX -------------------*/
-    if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_SPDIFRX) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_SPDIFRX)
-    {
-      /* check for Parameters */
-      assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2SP_VALUE(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SP));
-
-     /* Read PLLI2SR value from PLLI2SCFGR register (this value is not needed for SPDIF-RX configuration) */
-      tmpreg0 = ((RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SQ) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SQ));
-      tmpreg1 = ((RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SR) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SR));
-      /* Configure the PLLI2S division factors */
-      /* PLLI2S_VCO = f(VCO clock) = f(PLLI2S clock input) x (PLLI2SN/PLLM) */
-      /* SPDIFCLK = f(PLLI2S clock output) = f(VCO clock) / PLLI2SP */
-      __HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SN , PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SP, tmpreg0, tmpreg1);
-    }
-
-    /*----------------- In Case of PLLI2S is just selected  -----------------*/
-    if((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection & RCC_PERIPHCLK_PLLI2S) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_PLLI2S)
-    {
-      /* Check for Parameters */
-      assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2SN_VALUE(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SN));
-      assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2SP_VALUE(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SP));
-      assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2SR_VALUE(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SR));
-      assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLI2SQ_VALUE(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SQ));
-
-      /* Configure the PLLI2S division factors */
-      /* PLLI2S_VCO = f(VCO clock) = f(PLLI2S clock input) x (PLLI2SN/PLLI2SM) */
-      /* SPDIFRXCLK = f(PLLI2S clock output) = f(VCO clock) / PLLI2SP */
-      __HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SN , PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SP, PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SQ, PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SR);
-    }
-
-    /* Enable the PLLI2S */
-    __HAL_RCC_PLLI2S_ENABLE();
-
-    /* Get Start Tick*/
-    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-    /* Wait till PLLI2S is ready */
-    while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLI2SRDY)  == RESET)
-    {
-      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > PLLI2S_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
-      {
-        /* return in case of Timeout detected */
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /*-------------------------------------- PLLSAI Configuration ---------------------------------*/
-  /* PLLSAI is configured when a peripheral will use it as source clock : SAI1, SAI2, LTDC or CK48 */
-  if(pllsaiused == 1)
-  {
-    /* Disable PLLSAI Clock */
-    __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI_DISABLE();
-
-    /* Get Start Tick*/
-    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-    /* Wait till PLLSAI is disabled */
-    while(__HAL_RCC_PLLSAI_GET_FLAG() != RESET)
-    {
-      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > PLLSAI_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
-      {
-        /* return in case of Timeout detected */
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Check the PLLSAI division factors */
-    assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAIN_VALUE(PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI.PLLSAIN));
-
-    /*----------------- In Case of PLLSAI is selected as source clock for SAI -------------------*/
-    if(((((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1) && (PeriphClkInit->Sai1ClockSelection == RCC_SAI1CLKSOURCE_PLLSAI)) ||
-       ((((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2) && (PeriphClkInit->Sai2ClockSelection == RCC_SAI2CLKSOURCE_PLLSAI)))
-    {
-      /* check for PLLSAIQ Parameter */
-      assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAIQ_VALUE(PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI.PLLSAIQ));
-      /* check for PLLSAI/DIVQ Parameter */
-      assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI_DIVQ_VALUE(PeriphClkInit->PLLSAIDivQ));
-
-      /* Read PLLSAIP value from PLLSAICFGR register (this value is not needed for SAI configuration) */
-      tmpreg0 = ((RCC->PLLSAICFGR & RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIP) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIP));
-      tmpreg1 = ((RCC->PLLSAICFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SR) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIR));
-      /* PLLSAI_VCO Input  = PLL_SOURCE/PLLM */
-      /* PLLSAI_VCO Output = PLLSAI_VCO Input * PLLSAIN */
-      /* SAI_CLK(first level) = PLLSAI_VCO Output/PLLSAIQ */
-      __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI.PLLSAIN , tmpreg0, PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI.PLLSAIQ, tmpreg1);
-
-      /* SAI_CLK_x = SAI_CLK(first level)/PLLSAIDIVQ */
-      __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI_PLLSAICLKDIVQ_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->PLLSAIDivQ);
-    }
-
-    /*----------------- In Case of PLLSAI is selected as source clock for CLK48 -------------------*/
-    /* In Case of PLLI2S is selected as source clock for CK48 */
-    if((((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_CLK48) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_CLK48) && (PeriphClkInit->Clk48ClockSelection == RCC_CLK48SOURCE_PLLSAIP))
-    {
-      /* check for Parameters */
-      assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAIP_VALUE(PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI.PLLSAIP));
-      /* Read PLLSAIQ and PLLSAIR value from PLLSAICFGR register (this value is not needed for CK48 configuration) */
-      tmpreg0 = ((RCC->PLLSAICFGR & RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIQ) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIQ));
-      tmpreg1 = ((RCC->PLLSAICFGR & RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIR) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIR));
-
-      /* Configure the PLLSAI division factors */
-      /* PLLSAI_VCO = f(VCO clock) = f(PLLSAI clock input) x (PLLI2SN/PLLM) */
-      /* 48CLK = f(PLLSAI clock output) = f(VCO clock) / PLLSAIP */
-      __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI.PLLSAIN , PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI.PLLSAIP, tmpreg0, tmpreg1);
-    }
-
-#if defined(STM32F756xx) || defined(STM32F746xx)
-    /*---------------------------- LTDC configuration -------------------------------*/
-    if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_LTDC) == (RCC_PERIPHCLK_LTDC))
-    {
-      assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAIR_VALUE(PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI.PLLSAIR));
-      assert_param(IS_RCC_PLLSAI_DIVR_VALUE(PeriphClkInit->PLLSAIDivR));
-
-      /* Read PLLSAIP and PLLSAIQ value from PLLSAICFGR register (these value are not needed for LTDC configuration) */
-      tmpreg0 = ((RCC->PLLSAICFGR & RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIQ) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIQ));
-      tmpreg1 = ((RCC->PLLSAICFGR & RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIP) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIP));
-
-      /* PLLSAI_VCO Input  = PLL_SOURCE/PLLM */
-      /* PLLSAI_VCO Output = PLLSAI_VCO Input * PLLSAIN */
-      /* LTDC_CLK(first level) = PLLSAI_VCO Output/PLLSAIR */
-      __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI.PLLSAIN , tmpreg1, tmpreg0, PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI.PLLSAIR);
-
-      /* LTDC_CLK = LTDC_CLK(first level)/PLLSAIDIVR */
-      __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI_PLLSAICLKDIVR_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->PLLSAIDivR);
-    }
-#endif /* STM32F756xx || STM32F746xx */
-
-    /* Enable PLLSAI Clock */
-    __HAL_RCC_PLLSAI_ENABLE();
-
-    /* Get Start Tick*/
-    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-    /* Wait till PLLSAI is ready */
-    while(__HAL_RCC_PLLSAI_GET_FLAG() == RESET)
-    {
-      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > PLLSAI_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
-      {
-        /* return in case of Timeout detected */
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Get the RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef according to the internal
-  *         RCC configuration registers.
-  * @param  PeriphClkInit: pointer to the configured RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef structure
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_RCCEx_GetPeriphCLKConfig(RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef  *PeriphClkInit)
-{
-  uint32_t tempreg = 0;
-
-  /* Set all possible values for the extended clock type parameter------------*/
-  PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection = RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2S      | RCC_PERIPHCLK_LPTIM1 |\
-                                        RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1     | RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2     |\
-                                        RCC_PERIPHCLK_TIM      | RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC      |\
-                                        RCC_PERIPHCLK_CEC      | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C4     |\
-                                        RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C1     | RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C2     |\
-                                        RCC_PERIPHCLK_I2C3     | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART1   |\
-                                        RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART2   | RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART3   |\
-                                        RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART4    | RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART5    |\
-                                        RCC_PERIPHCLK_USART6   | RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART7    |\
-                                        RCC_PERIPHCLK_UART8    | RCC_PERIPHCLK_SDMMC1    |\
-                                        RCC_PERIPHCLK_CLK48;
-
-  /* Get the PLLI2S Clock configuration -----------------------------------------------*/
-  PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SN = (uint32_t)((RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SN) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SN));
-  PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SP = (uint32_t)((RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SP) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SP));
-  PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SQ = (uint32_t)((RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SQ) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SQ));
-  PeriphClkInit->PLLI2S.PLLI2SR = (uint32_t)((RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SR) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SR));
-
-  /* Get the PLLSAI Clock configuration -----------------------------------------------*/
-  PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI.PLLSAIN = (uint32_t)((RCC->PLLSAICFGR & RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIN) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIN));
-  PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI.PLLSAIP = (uint32_t)((RCC->PLLSAICFGR & RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIP) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIP));
-  PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI.PLLSAIQ = (uint32_t)((RCC->PLLSAICFGR & RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIQ) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIQ));
-  PeriphClkInit->PLLSAI.PLLSAIR = (uint32_t)((RCC->PLLSAICFGR & RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIR) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIR));
-
-  /* Get the PLLSAI/PLLI2S division factors -------------------------------------------*/
-  PeriphClkInit->PLLI2SDivQ = (uint32_t)((RCC->DCKCFGR1 & RCC_DCKCFGR1_PLLI2SDIVQ) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_DCKCFGR1_PLLI2SDIVQ));
-  PeriphClkInit->PLLSAIDivQ = (uint32_t)((RCC->DCKCFGR1 & RCC_DCKCFGR1_PLLSAIDIVQ) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_DCKCFGR1_PLLSAIDIVQ));
-  PeriphClkInit->PLLSAIDivR = (uint32_t)((RCC->DCKCFGR1 & RCC_DCKCFGR1_PLLSAIDIVR) >> POSITION_VAL(RCC_DCKCFGR1_PLLSAIDIVR));
-
-  /* Get the SAI1 clock configuration ----------------------------------------------*/
-  PeriphClkInit->Sai1ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_SAI1_SOURCE();
-
-  /* Get the SAI2 clock configuration ----------------------------------------------*/
-  PeriphClkInit->Sai2ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_SAI2_SOURCE();
-
-  /* Get the I2S clock configuration ------------------------------------------*/
-  PeriphClkInit->I2sClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_I2SCLKSOURCE();
-
-  /* Get the I2C1 clock configuration ------------------------------------------*/
-  PeriphClkInit->I2c1ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_I2C1_SOURCE();
-
-  /* Get the I2C2 clock configuration ------------------------------------------*/
-  PeriphClkInit->I2c2ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_I2C2_SOURCE();
-
-  /* Get the I2C3 clock configuration ------------------------------------------*/
-  PeriphClkInit->I2c3ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_I2C3_SOURCE();
-
-  /* Get the I2C4 clock configuration ------------------------------------------*/
-  PeriphClkInit->I2c4ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_I2C4_SOURCE();
-
-  /* Get the USART1 clock configuration ------------------------------------------*/
-  PeriphClkInit->Usart1ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_USART1_SOURCE();
-
-  /* Get the USART2 clock configuration ------------------------------------------*/
-  PeriphClkInit->Usart2ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_USART2_SOURCE();
-
-  /* Get the USART3 clock configuration ------------------------------------------*/
-  PeriphClkInit->Usart3ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_USART3_SOURCE();
-
-  /* Get the UART4 clock configuration ------------------------------------------*/
-  PeriphClkInit->Uart4ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_UART4_SOURCE();
-
-  /* Get the UART5 clock configuration ------------------------------------------*/
-  PeriphClkInit->Uart5ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_UART5_SOURCE();
-
-  /* Get the USART6 clock configuration ------------------------------------------*/
-  PeriphClkInit->Usart6ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_USART6_SOURCE();
-
-  /* Get the UART7 clock configuration ------------------------------------------*/
-  PeriphClkInit->Uart7ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_UART7_SOURCE();
-
-  /* Get the UART8 clock configuration ------------------------------------------*/
-  PeriphClkInit->Uart8ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_UART8_SOURCE();
-
-  /* Get the LPTIM1 clock configuration ------------------------------------------*/
-  PeriphClkInit->Lptim1ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_LPTIM1_SOURCE();
-
-  /* Get the CEC clock configuration -----------------------------------------------*/
-  PeriphClkInit->CecClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_CEC_SOURCE();
-
-  /* Get the CK48 clock configuration -----------------------------------------------*/
-  PeriphClkInit->Clk48ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_CLK48_SOURCE();
-
-  /* Get the SDMMC clock configuration -----------------------------------------------*/
-  PeriphClkInit->Sdmmc1ClockSelection = __HAL_RCC_GET_SDMMC1_SOURCE();
-
-  /* Get the RTC Clock configuration -----------------------------------------------*/
-  tempreg = (RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_RTCPRE);
-  PeriphClkInit->RTCClockSelection = (uint32_t)((tempreg) | (RCC->BDCR & RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL));
-
-  /* Get the TIM Prescaler configuration --------------------------------------------*/
-  if ((RCC->DCKCFGR1 & RCC_DCKCFGR1_TIMPRE) == RESET)
-  {
-    PeriphClkInit->TIMPresSelection = RCC_TIMPRES_DESACTIVATED;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    PeriphClkInit->TIMPresSelection = RCC_TIMPRES_ACTIVATED;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Return the peripheral clock frequency for a given peripheral(SAI..)
-  * @note   Return 0 if peripheral clock identifier not managed by this API
-  * @param  PeriphClk: Peripheral clock identifier
-  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1: SAI1 peripheral clock
-  *            @arg RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2: SAI2 peripheral clock
-  * @retval Frequency in KHz
-  */
-uint32_t HAL_RCCEx_GetPeriphCLKFreq(uint32_t PeriphClk)
-{
-  uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
-  /* This variable used to store the SAI clock frequency (value in Hz) */
-  uint32_t frequency = 0;
-  /* This variable used to store the VCO Input (value in Hz) */
-  uint32_t vcoinput = 0;
-  /* This variable used to store the SAI clock source */
-  uint32_t saiclocksource = 0;
-  if ((PeriphClk == RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1) || (PeriphClk == RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2))
-  {
-    saiclocksource = RCC->DCKCFGR1;
-    saiclocksource &= (RCC_DCKCFGR1_SAI1SEL | RCC_DCKCFGR1_SAI2SEL);
-    switch (saiclocksource)
-    {
-    case 0: /* PLLSAI is the clock source for SAI*/
-      {
-        /* Configure the PLLSAI division factor */
-        /* PLLSAI_VCO Input  = PLL_SOURCE/PLLM */
-        if((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC) == RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI)
-        {
-          /* In Case the PLL Source is HSI (Internal Clock) */
-          vcoinput = (HSI_VALUE / (uint32_t)(RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM));
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          /* In Case the PLL Source is HSE (External Clock) */
-          vcoinput = ((HSE_VALUE / (uint32_t)(RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM)));
-        }
-        /* PLLSAI_VCO Output = PLLSAI_VCO Input * PLLSAIN */
-        /* SAI_CLK(first level) = PLLSAI_VCO Output/PLLSAIQ */
-        tmpreg = (RCC->PLLSAICFGR & RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIQ) >> 24;
-        frequency = (vcoinput * ((RCC->PLLSAICFGR & RCC_PLLSAICFGR_PLLSAIN) >> 6))/(tmpreg);
-
-        /* SAI_CLK_x = SAI_CLK(first level)/PLLSAIDIVQ */
-        tmpreg = (((RCC->DCKCFGR1 & RCC_DCKCFGR1_PLLSAIDIVQ) >> 8) + 1);
-        frequency = frequency/(tmpreg);
-        break;
-      }
-    case RCC_DCKCFGR1_SAI1SEL_0: /* PLLI2S is the clock source for SAI*/
-    case RCC_DCKCFGR1_SAI2SEL_0: /* PLLI2S is the clock source for SAI*/
-      {
-        /* Configure the PLLI2S division factor */
-        /* PLLI2S_VCO Input  = PLL_SOURCE/PLLM */
-        if((RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLSRC) == RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI)
-        {
-          /* In Case the PLL Source is HSI (Internal Clock) */
-          vcoinput = (HSI_VALUE / (uint32_t)(RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM));
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          /* In Case the PLL Source is HSE (External Clock) */
-          vcoinput = ((HSE_VALUE / (uint32_t)(RCC->PLLCFGR & RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM)));
-        }
-
-        /* PLLI2S_VCO Output = PLLI2S_VCO Input * PLLI2SN */
-        /* SAI_CLK(first level) = PLLI2S_VCO Output/PLLI2SQ */
-        tmpreg = (RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SQ) >> 24;
-        frequency = (vcoinput * ((RCC->PLLI2SCFGR & RCC_PLLI2SCFGR_PLLI2SN) >> 6))/(tmpreg);
-
-        /* SAI_CLK_x = SAI_CLK(first level)/PLLI2SDIVQ */
-        tmpreg = ((RCC->DCKCFGR1 & RCC_DCKCFGR1_PLLI2SDIVQ) + 1);
-        frequency = frequency/(tmpreg);
-        break;
-      }
-    case RCC_DCKCFGR1_SAI1SEL_1: /* External clock is the clock source for SAI*/
-    case RCC_DCKCFGR1_SAI2SEL_1: /* External clock is the clock source for SAI*/
-      {
-        frequency = EXTERNAL_CLOCK_VALUE;
-        break;
-      }
-    default :
-      {
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return frequency;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-#endif /* HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED */
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_rng.c b/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_rng.c
deleted file mode 100644
index e4b3d20380..0000000000
--- a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_rng.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,510 +0,0 @@
-/**
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @file    stm32f7xx_hal_rng.c
-  * @author  MCD Application Team
-  * @version V1.0.1
-  * @date    25-June-2015
-  * @brief   RNG HAL module driver.
-  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
-  *          functionalities of the Random Number Generator (RNG) peripheral:
-  *           + Initialization/de-initialization functions
-  *           + Peripheral Control functions
-  *           + Peripheral State functions
-  *
-  @verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                     ##### How to use this driver #####
-  ==============================================================================
-  [..]
-      The RNG HAL driver can be used as follows:
-
-      (#) Enable the RNG controller clock using __HAL_RCC_RNG_CLK_ENABLE() macro
-          in HAL_RNG_MspInit().
-      (#) Activate the RNG peripheral using HAL_RNG_Init() function.
-      (#) Wait until the 32 bit Random Number Generator contains a valid
-          random data using (polling/interrupt) mode.
-      (#) Get the 32 bit random number using HAL_RNG_GenerateRandomNumber() function.
-
-  @endverbatim
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @attention
-  *
-  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
-  *
-  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
-  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
-  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
-  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
-  *      without specific prior written permission.
-  *
-  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
-  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
-  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
-  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
-  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
-  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
-  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
-  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
-  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
-  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-  *
-  ******************************************************************************
-  */
-
-/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
-
-/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @addtogroup RNG
-  * @{
-  */
-
-#ifdef HAL_RNG_MODULE_ENABLED
-
-/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private defines -----------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/** @addtogroup RNG_Private_Constants
-  * @{
-  */
-#define RNG_TIMEOUT_VALUE     2
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private functions prototypes ----------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/** @addtogroup RNG_Exported_Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @addtogroup RNG_Exported_Functions_Group1
- *  @brief   Initialization and de-initialization functions
- *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-          ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
-      (+) Initialize the RNG according to the specified parameters
-          in the RNG_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle
-      (+) DeInitialize the RNG peripheral
-      (+) Initialize the RNG MSP
-      (+) DeInitialize RNG MSP
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the RNG peripheral and creates the associated handle.
-  * @param  hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for RNG.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RNG_Init(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
-{
-  /* Check the RNG handle allocation */
-  if(hrng == NULL)
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  __HAL_LOCK(hrng);
-
-  if(hrng->State == HAL_RNG_STATE_RESET)
-  {
-    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
-    hrng->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
-
-    /* Init the low level hardware */
-    HAL_RNG_MspInit(hrng);
-  }
-
-  /* Change RNG peripheral state */
-  hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Enable the RNG Peripheral */
-  __HAL_RNG_ENABLE(hrng);
-
-  /* Initialize the RNG state */
-  hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_READY;
-
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hrng);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  DeInitializes the RNG peripheral.
-  * @param  hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for RNG.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RNG_DeInit(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
-{
-  /* Check the RNG handle allocation */
-  if(hrng == NULL)
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-  /* Disable the RNG Peripheral */
-  CLEAR_BIT(hrng->Instance->CR, RNG_CR_IE | RNG_CR_RNGEN);
-
-  /* Clear RNG interrupt status flags */
-  CLEAR_BIT(hrng->Instance->SR, RNG_SR_CEIS | RNG_SR_SEIS);
-
-  /* DeInit the low level hardware */
-  HAL_RNG_MspDeInit(hrng);
-
-  /* Update the RNG state */
-  hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_RESET;
-
-  /* Release Lock */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hrng);
-
-  /* Return the function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the RNG MSP.
-  * @param  hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for RNG.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_RNG_MspInit(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified. When the callback is needed,
-            function HAL_RNG_MspInit must be implemented in the user file.
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  DeInitializes the RNG MSP.
-  * @param  hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for RNG.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_RNG_MspDeInit(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified. When the callback is needed,
-            function HAL_RNG_MspDeInit must be implemented in the user file.
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @addtogroup RNG_Exported_Functions_Group2
- *  @brief   Peripheral Control functions
- *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-                      ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
-      (+) Get the 32 bit Random number
-      (+) Get the 32 bit Random number with interrupt enabled
-      (+) Handle RNG interrupt request
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Generates a 32-bit random number.
-  * @note   Each time the random number data is read the RNG_FLAG_DRDY flag
-  *         is automatically cleared.
-  * @param  hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for RNG.
-  * @param  random32bit: pointer to generated random number variable if successful.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RNG_GenerateRandomNumber(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng, uint32_t *random32bit)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hrng);
-
-  /* Check RNG peripheral state */
-  if(hrng->State == HAL_RNG_STATE_READY)
-  {
-    /* Change RNG peripheral state */
-    hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_BUSY;
-
-    /* Get tick */
-    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-    /* Check if data register contains valid random data */
-    while(__HAL_RNG_GET_FLAG(hrng, RNG_FLAG_DRDY) == RESET)
-    {
-      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RNG_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
-      {
-        hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_ERROR;
-
-        /* Process Unlocked */
-        __HAL_UNLOCK(hrng);
-
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Get a 32bit Random number */
-    hrng->RandomNumber = hrng->Instance->DR;
-    *random32bit = hrng->RandomNumber;
-
-    hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_READY;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    status = HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hrng);
-
-  return status;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Generates a 32-bit random number in interrupt mode.
-  * @param  hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for RNG.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RNG_GenerateRandomNumber_IT(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
-{
-  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hrng);
-
-  /* Check RNG peripheral state */
-  if(hrng->State == HAL_RNG_STATE_READY)
-  {
-    /* Change RNG peripheral state */
-    hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_BUSY;
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hrng);
-
-    /* Enable the RNG Interrupts: Data Ready, Clock error, Seed error */
-    __HAL_RNG_ENABLE_IT(hrng);
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hrng);
-
-    status = HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  return status;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Handles RNG interrupt request.
-  * @note   In the case of a clock error, the RNG is no more able to generate
-  *         random numbers because the PLL48CLK clock is not correct. User has
-  *         to check that the clock controller is correctly configured to provide
-  *         the RNG clock and clear the CEIS bit using __HAL_RNG_CLEAR_IT().
-  *         The clock error has no impact on the previously generated
-  *         random numbers, and the RNG_DR register contents can be used.
-  * @note   In the case of a seed error, the generation of random numbers is
-  *         interrupted as long as the SECS bit is '1'. If a number is
-  *         available in the RNG_DR register, it must not be used because it may
-  *         not have enough entropy. In this case, it is recommended to clear the
-  *         SEIS bit using __HAL_RNG_CLEAR_IT(), then disable and enable
-  *         the RNG peripheral to reinitialize and restart the RNG.
-  * @note   User-written HAL_RNG_ErrorCallback() API is called once whether SEIS
-  *         or CEIS are set.
-  * @param  hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for RNG.
-  * @retval None
-
-  */
-void HAL_RNG_IRQHandler(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
-{
-  /* RNG clock error interrupt occurred */
-  if((__HAL_RNG_GET_IT(hrng, RNG_IT_CEI) != RESET) ||  (__HAL_RNG_GET_IT(hrng, RNG_IT_SEI) != RESET))
-  {
-    /* Change RNG peripheral state */
-    hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_ERROR;
-
-    HAL_RNG_ErrorCallback(hrng);
-
-    /* Clear the clock error flag */
-    __HAL_RNG_CLEAR_IT(hrng, RNG_IT_CEI|RNG_IT_SEI);
-
-  }
-
-  /* Check RNG data ready interrupt occurred */
-  if(__HAL_RNG_GET_IT(hrng, RNG_IT_DRDY) != RESET)
-  {
-    /* Generate random number once, so disable the IT */
-    __HAL_RNG_DISABLE_IT(hrng);
-
-    /* Get the 32bit Random number (DRDY flag automatically cleared) */
-    hrng->RandomNumber = hrng->Instance->DR;
-
-    if(hrng->State != HAL_RNG_STATE_ERROR)
-    {
-      /* Change RNG peripheral state */
-      hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_READY;
-
-      /* Data Ready callback */
-      HAL_RNG_ReadyDataCallback(hrng, hrng->RandomNumber);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Returns generated random number in polling mode (Obsolete)
-  *         Use HAL_RNG_GenerateRandomNumber() API instead.
-  * @param  hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for RNG.
-  * @retval Random value
-  */
-uint32_t HAL_RNG_GetRandomNumber(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
-{
-  if(HAL_RNG_GenerateRandomNumber(hrng, &(hrng->RandomNumber)) == HAL_OK)
-  {
-    return hrng->RandomNumber;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return 0;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Returns a 32-bit random number with interrupt enabled (Obsolete),
-  *         Use HAL_RNG_GenerateRandomNumber_IT() API instead.
-  * @param  hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for RNG.
-  * @retval 32-bit random number
-  */
-uint32_t HAL_RNG_GetRandomNumber_IT(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
-{
-  uint32_t random32bit = 0;
-
-  /* Process locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hrng);
-
-  /* Change RNG peripheral state */
-  hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Get a 32bit Random number */
-  random32bit = hrng->Instance->DR;
-
-  /* Enable the RNG Interrupts: Data Ready, Clock error, Seed error */
-  __HAL_RNG_ENABLE_IT(hrng);
-
-  /* Return the 32 bit random number */
-  return random32bit;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Read latest generated random number.
-  * @param  hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for RNG.
-  * @retval random value
-  */
-uint32_t HAL_RNG_ReadLastRandomNumber(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
-{
-  return(hrng->RandomNumber);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Data Ready callback in non-blocking mode.
-  * @param  hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for RNG.
-  * @param  random32bit: generated random number.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_RNG_ReadyDataCallback(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng, uint32_t random32bit)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified. When the callback is needed,
-            function HAL_RNG_ReadyDataCallback must be implemented in the user file.
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  RNG error callbacks.
-  * @param  hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for RNG.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_RNG_ErrorCallback(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified. When the callback is needed,
-            function HAL_RNG_ErrorCallback must be implemented in the user file.
-   */
-}
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-
-/** @addtogroup RNG_Exported_Functions_Group3
- *  @brief   Peripheral State functions
- *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-                      ##### Peripheral State functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]
-    This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral
-    and the data flow.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Returns the RNG state.
-  * @param  hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for RNG.
-  * @retval HAL state
-  */
-HAL_RNG_StateTypeDef HAL_RNG_GetState(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
-{
-  return hrng->State;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-#endif /* HAL_RNG_MODULE_ENABLED */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_rtc.c b/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_rtc.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 83bfcc6589..0000000000
--- a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_rtc.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1555 +0,0 @@
-/**
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @file    stm32f7xx_hal_rtc.c
-  * @author  MCD Application Team
-  * @version V1.0.1
-  * @date    25-June-2015
-  * @brief   RTC HAL module driver.
-  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
-  *          functionalities of the Real Time Clock (RTC) peripheral:
-  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
-  *           + RTC Time and Date functions
-  *           + RTC Alarm functions
-  *           + Peripheral Control functions
-  *           + Peripheral State functions
-  *
-  @verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-              ##### Backup Domain Operating Condition #####
-  ==============================================================================
-  [..] The real-time clock (RTC), the RTC backup registers, and the backup
-       SRAM (BKP SRAM) can be powered from the VBAT voltage when the main
-       VDD supply is powered off.
-       To retain the content of the RTC backup registers, backup SRAM, and supply
-       the RTC when VDD is turned off, VBAT pin can be connected to an optional
-       standby voltage supplied by a battery or by another source.
-
-  [..] To allow the RTC operating even when the main digital supply (VDD) is turned
-       off, the VBAT pin powers the following blocks:
-    (#) The RTC
-    (#) The LSE oscillator
-    (#) The backup SRAM when the low power backup regulator is enabled
-    (#) PC13 to PC15 I/Os, plus PI8 I/O (when available)
-
-  [..] When the backup domain is supplied by VDD (analog switch connected to VDD),
-       the following pins are available:
-    (#) PC14 and PC15 can be used as either GPIO or LSE pins
-    (#) PC13 can be used as a GPIO or as the RTC_AF1 pin
-    (#) PI8 can be used as a GPIO or as the RTC_AF2 pin
-
-  [..] When the backup domain is supplied by VBAT (analog switch connected to VBAT
-       because VDD is not present), the following pins are available:
-    (#) PC14 and PC15 can be used as LSE pins only
-    (#) PC13 can be used as the RTC_AF1 pin
-    (#) PI8 can be used as the RTC_AF2 pin
-    (#) PC1 can be used as the RTC_AF3 pin
-
-                   ##### Backup Domain Reset #####
-  ==================================================================
-  [..] The backup domain reset sets all RTC registers and the RCC_BDCR register
-       to their reset values. The BKPSRAM is not affected by this reset. The only
-       way to reset the BKPSRAM is through the Flash interface by requesting
-       a protection level change from 1 to 0.
-  [..] A backup domain reset is generated when one of the following events occurs:
-    (#) Software reset, triggered by setting the BDRST bit in the
-        RCC Backup domain control register (RCC_BDCR).
-    (#) VDD or VBAT power on, if both supplies have previously been powered off.
-
-                   ##### Backup Domain Access #####
-  ==================================================================
-  [..] After reset, the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC backup data
-       registers and backup SRAM) is protected against possible unwanted write
-       accesses.
-  [..] To enable access to the RTC Domain and RTC registers, proceed as follows:
-    (+) Enable the Power Controller (PWR) APB1 interface clock using the
-        __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE() function.
-    (+) Enable access to RTC domain using the HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess() function.
-    (+) Select the RTC clock source using the __HAL_RCC_RTC_CONFIG() function.
-    (+) Enable RTC Clock using the __HAL_RCC_RTC_ENABLE() function.
-
-
-                  ##### How to use this driver #####
-  ==================================================================
-  [..]
-    (+) Enable the RTC domain access (see description in the section above).
-    (+) Configure the RTC Prescaler (Asynchronous and Synchronous) and RTC hour
-        format using the HAL_RTC_Init() function.
-
-  *** Time and Date configuration ***
-  ===================================
-  [..]
-    (+) To configure the RTC Calendar (Time and Date) use the HAL_RTC_SetTime()
-        and HAL_RTC_SetDate() functions.
-    (+) To read the RTC Calendar, use the HAL_RTC_GetTime() and HAL_RTC_GetDate() functions.
-
-  *** Alarm configuration ***
-  ===========================
-  [..]
-    (+) To configure the RTC Alarm use the HAL_RTC_SetAlarm() function.
-        You can also configure the RTC Alarm with interrupt mode using the HAL_RTC_SetAlarm_IT() function.
-    (+) To read the RTC Alarm, use the HAL_RTC_GetAlarm() function.
-
-                  ##### RTC and low power modes #####
-  ==================================================================
-  [..] The MCU can be woken up from a low power mode by an RTC alternate
-       function.
-  [..] The RTC alternate functions are the RTC alarms (Alarm A and Alarm B),
-       RTC wakeup, RTC tamper event detection and RTC time stamp event detection.
-       These RTC alternate functions can wake up the system from the Stop and
-       Standby low power modes.
-  [..] The system can also wake up from low power modes without depending
-       on an external interrupt (Auto-wakeup mode), by using the RTC alarm
-       or the RTC wakeup events.
-  [..] The RTC provides a programmable time base for waking up from the
-       Stop or Standby mode at regular intervals.
-       Wakeup from STOP and STANDBY modes is possible only when the RTC clock source
-       is LSE or LSI.
-
-   @endverbatim
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @attention
-  *
-  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
-  *
-  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
-  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
-  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
-  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
-  *      without specific prior written permission.
-  *
-  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
-  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
-  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
-  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
-  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
-  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
-  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
-  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
-  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
-  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-  *
-  ******************************************************************************
-  */
-
-/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
-
-/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup RTC RTC
-  * @brief RTC HAL module driver
-  * @{
-  */
-
-#ifdef HAL_RTC_MODULE_ENABLED
-
-/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/** @defgroup RTC_Exported_Functions RTC Exported Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup RTC_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
- *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions
- *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-              ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-   [..] This section provides functions allowing to initialize and configure the
-         RTC Prescaler (Synchronous and Asynchronous), RTC Hour format, disable
-         RTC registers Write protection, enter and exit the RTC initialization mode,
-         RTC registers synchronization check and reference clock detection enable.
-         (#) The RTC Prescaler is programmed to generate the RTC 1Hz time base.
-             It is split into 2 programmable prescalers to minimize power consumption.
-             (++) A 7-bit asynchronous prescaler and a 13-bit synchronous prescaler.
-             (++) When both prescalers are used, it is recommended to configure the
-                 asynchronous prescaler to a high value to minimize power consumption.
-         (#) All RTC registers are Write protected. Writing to the RTC registers
-             is enabled by writing a key into the Write Protection register, RTC_WPR.
-         (#) To configure the RTC Calendar, user application should enter
-             initialization mode. In this mode, the calendar counter is stopped
-             and its value can be updated. When the initialization sequence is
-             complete, the calendar restarts counting after 4 RTCCLK cycles.
-         (#) To read the calendar through the shadow registers after Calendar
-             initialization, calendar update or after wakeup from low power modes
-             the software must first clear the RSF flag. The software must then
-             wait until it is set again before reading the calendar, which means
-             that the calendar registers have been correctly copied into the
-             RTC_TR and RTC_DR shadow registers.The HAL_RTC_WaitForSynchro() function
-             implements the above software sequence (RSF clear and RSF check).
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the RTC peripheral
-  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for RTC.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_Init(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc)
-{
-  /* Check the RTC peripheral state */
-  if(hrtc == NULL)
-  {
-     return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(hrtc->Instance));
-  assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR_FORMAT(hrtc->Init.HourFormat));
-  assert_param(IS_RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV(hrtc->Init.AsynchPrediv));
-  assert_param(IS_RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV(hrtc->Init.SynchPrediv));
-  assert_param (IS_RTC_OUTPUT(hrtc->Init.OutPut));
-  assert_param (IS_RTC_OUTPUT_POL(hrtc->Init.OutPutPolarity));
-  assert_param(IS_RTC_OUTPUT_TYPE(hrtc->Init.OutPutType));
-
-  if(hrtc->State == HAL_RTC_STATE_RESET)
-  {
-    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
-    hrtc->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
-    /* Initialize RTC MSP */
-    HAL_RTC_MspInit(hrtc);
-  }
-
-  /* Set RTC state */
-  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
-  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc);
-
-  /* Set Initialization mode */
-  if(RTC_EnterInitMode(hrtc) != HAL_OK)
-  {
-    /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
-    __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
-
-    /* Set RTC state */
-    hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR;
-
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    /* Clear RTC_CR FMT, OSEL and POL Bits */
-    hrtc->Instance->CR &= ((uint32_t)~(RTC_CR_FMT | RTC_CR_OSEL | RTC_CR_POL));
-    /* Set RTC_CR register */
-    hrtc->Instance->CR |= (uint32_t)(hrtc->Init.HourFormat | hrtc->Init.OutPut | hrtc->Init.OutPutPolarity);
-
-    /* Configure the RTC PRER */
-    hrtc->Instance->PRER = (uint32_t)(hrtc->Init.SynchPrediv);
-    hrtc->Instance->PRER |= (uint32_t)(hrtc->Init.AsynchPrediv << 16);
-
-    /* Exit Initialization mode */
-    hrtc->Instance->ISR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_ISR_INIT;
-
-    hrtc->Instance->OR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_OR_ALARMTYPE;
-    hrtc->Instance->OR |= (uint32_t)(hrtc->Init.OutPutType);
-
-    /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
-    __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
-
-    /* Set RTC state */
-    hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
-
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  DeInitializes the RTC peripheral
-  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for RTC.
-  * @note   This function doesn't reset the RTC Backup Data registers.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_DeInit(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(hrtc->Instance));
-
-  /* Set RTC state */
-  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
-  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc);
-
-  /* Set Initialization mode */
-  if(RTC_EnterInitMode(hrtc) != HAL_OK)
-  {
-    /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
-    __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
-
-    /* Set RTC state */
-    hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR;
-
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    /* Reset TR, DR and CR registers */
-    hrtc->Instance->TR = (uint32_t)0x00000000;
-    hrtc->Instance->DR = (uint32_t)0x00002101;
-    /* Reset All CR bits except CR[2:0] */
-    hrtc->Instance->CR &= (uint32_t)0x00000007;
-
-    /* Get tick */
-    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-    /* Wait till WUTWF flag is set and if Time out is reached exit */
-    while(((hrtc->Instance->ISR) & RTC_ISR_WUTWF) == (uint32_t)RESET)
-    {
-      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RTC_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
-      {
-        /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
-        __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
-
-        /* Set RTC state */
-        hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Reset all RTC CR register bits */
-    hrtc->Instance->CR &= (uint32_t)0x00000000;
-    hrtc->Instance->WUTR = (uint32_t)0x0000FFFF;
-    hrtc->Instance->PRER = (uint32_t)0x007F00FF;
-    hrtc->Instance->ALRMAR = (uint32_t)0x00000000;
-    hrtc->Instance->ALRMBR = (uint32_t)0x00000000;
-    hrtc->Instance->SHIFTR = (uint32_t)0x00000000;
-    hrtc->Instance->CALR = (uint32_t)0x00000000;
-    hrtc->Instance->ALRMASSR = (uint32_t)0x00000000;
-    hrtc->Instance->ALRMBSSR = (uint32_t)0x00000000;
-
-    /* Reset ISR register and exit initialization mode */
-    hrtc->Instance->ISR = (uint32_t)0x00000000;
-
-    /* Reset Tamper and alternate functions configuration register */
-    hrtc->Instance->TAMPCR = 0x00000000;
-
-    /* Reset Option register */
-    hrtc->Instance->OR = 0x00000000;
-
-    /* If  RTC_CR_BYPSHAD bit = 0, wait for synchro else this check is not needed */
-    if((hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_CR_BYPSHAD) == RESET)
-    {
-      if(HAL_RTC_WaitForSynchro(hrtc) != HAL_OK)
-      {
-        /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
-        __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
-
-        hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR;
-
-        return HAL_ERROR;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
-  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
-
-  /* De-Initialize RTC MSP */
-  HAL_RTC_MspDeInit(hrtc);
-
-  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_RESET;
-
-  /* Release Lock */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the RTC MSP.
-  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for RTC.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_RTC_MspInit(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_RTC_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  DeInitializes the RTC MSP.
-  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for RTC.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_RTC_MspDeInit(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_RTC_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup RTC_Group2 RTC Time and Date functions
- *  @brief   RTC Time and Date functions
- *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-                 ##### RTC Time and Date functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-
- [..] This section provides functions allowing to configure Time and Date features
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Sets RTC current time.
-  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for RTC.
-  * @param  sTime: Pointer to Time structure
-  * @param  Format: Specifies the format of the entered parameters.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg FORMAT_BIN: Binary data format
-  *            @arg FORMAT_BCD: BCD data format
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_SetTime(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, RTC_TimeTypeDef *sTime, uint32_t Format)
-{
-  uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
-
- /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(Format));
-  assert_param(IS_RTC_DAYLIGHT_SAVING(sTime->DayLightSaving));
-  assert_param(IS_RTC_STORE_OPERATION(sTime->StoreOperation));
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hrtc);
-
-  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  if(Format == RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
-  {
-    if((hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_CR_FMT) != (uint32_t)RESET)
-    {
-      assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR12(sTime->Hours));
-      assert_param(IS_RTC_HOURFORMAT12(sTime->TimeFormat));
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      sTime->TimeFormat = 0x00;
-      assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR24(sTime->Hours));
-    }
-    assert_param(IS_RTC_MINUTES(sTime->Minutes));
-    assert_param(IS_RTC_SECONDS(sTime->Seconds));
-
-    tmpreg = (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(sTime->Hours) << 16) | \
-                        ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(sTime->Minutes) << 8) | \
-                        ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(sTime->Seconds)) | \
-                        (((uint32_t)sTime->TimeFormat) << 16));
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    if((hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_CR_FMT) != (uint32_t)RESET)
-    {
-      tmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sTime->Hours);
-      assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR12(tmpreg));
-      assert_param(IS_RTC_HOURFORMAT12(sTime->TimeFormat));
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      sTime->TimeFormat = 0x00;
-      assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR24(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sTime->Hours)));
-    }
-    assert_param(IS_RTC_MINUTES(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sTime->Minutes)));
-    assert_param(IS_RTC_SECONDS(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sTime->Seconds)));
-    tmpreg = (((uint32_t)(sTime->Hours) << 16) | \
-              ((uint32_t)(sTime->Minutes) << 8) | \
-              ((uint32_t)sTime->Seconds) | \
-              ((uint32_t)(sTime->TimeFormat) << 16));
-  }
-
-  /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
-  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc);
-
-  /* Set Initialization mode */
-  if(RTC_EnterInitMode(hrtc) != HAL_OK)
-  {
-    /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
-    __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
-
-    /* Set RTC state */
-    hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR;
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
-
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    /* Set the RTC_TR register */
-    hrtc->Instance->TR = (uint32_t)(tmpreg & RTC_TR_RESERVED_MASK);
-
-    /* Clear the bits to be configured */
-    hrtc->Instance->CR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_CR_BCK;
-
-    /* Configure the RTC_CR register */
-    hrtc->Instance->CR |= (uint32_t)(sTime->DayLightSaving | sTime->StoreOperation);
-
-    /* Exit Initialization mode */
-    hrtc->Instance->ISR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_ISR_INIT;
-
-    /* If  CR_BYPSHAD bit = 0, wait for synchro else this check is not needed */
-    if((hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_CR_BYPSHAD) == RESET)
-    {
-      if(HAL_RTC_WaitForSynchro(hrtc) != HAL_OK)
-      {
-        /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
-        __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
-
-        hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR;
-
-        /* Process Unlocked */
-        __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
-
-        return HAL_ERROR;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
-    __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
-
-   hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
-
-   __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
-
-   return HAL_OK;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Gets RTC current time.
-  * @param  hrtc: RTC handle
-  * @param  sTime: Pointer to Time structure with Hours, Minutes and Seconds fields returned
-  *                with input format (BIN or BCD), also SubSeconds field returning the
-  *                RTC_SSR register content and SecondFraction field the Synchronous pre-scaler
-  *                factor to be used for second fraction ratio computation.
-  * @param  Format: Specifies the format of the entered parameters.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg RTC_FORMAT_BIN: Binary data format
-  *            @arg RTC_FORMAT_BCD: BCD data format
-  * @note  You can use SubSeconds and SecondFraction (sTime structure fields returned) to convert SubSeconds
-  *        value in second fraction ratio with time unit following generic formula:
-  *        Second fraction ratio * time_unit= [(SecondFraction-SubSeconds)/(SecondFraction+1)] * time_unit
-  *        This conversion can be performed only if no shift operation is pending (ie. SHFP=0) when PREDIV_S >= SS
-  * @note  You must call HAL_RTC_GetDate() after HAL_RTC_GetTime() to unlock the values
-  *        in the higher-order calendar shadow registers to ensure consistency between the time and date values.
-  *        Reading RTC current time locks the values in calendar shadow registers until Current date is read
-  *        to ensure consistency between the time and date values.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_GetTime(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, RTC_TimeTypeDef *sTime, uint32_t Format)
-{
-  uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(Format));
-
-  /* Get subseconds values from the correspondent registers*/
-  sTime->SubSeconds = (uint32_t)(hrtc->Instance->SSR);
-
-  /* Get the TR register */
-  tmpreg = (uint32_t)(hrtc->Instance->TR & RTC_TR_RESERVED_MASK);
-
-  /* Fill the structure fields with the read parameters */
-  sTime->Hours = (uint8_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_TR_HT | RTC_TR_HU)) >> 16);
-  sTime->Minutes = (uint8_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_TR_MNT | RTC_TR_MNU)) >>8);
-  sTime->Seconds = (uint8_t)(tmpreg & (RTC_TR_ST | RTC_TR_SU));
-  sTime->TimeFormat = (uint8_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_TR_PM)) >> 16);
-
-  /* Check the input parameters format */
-  if(Format == RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
-  {
-    /* Convert the time structure parameters to Binary format */
-    sTime->Hours = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sTime->Hours);
-    sTime->Minutes = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sTime->Minutes);
-    sTime->Seconds = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sTime->Seconds);
-  }
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Sets RTC current date.
-  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for RTC.
-  * @param  sDate: Pointer to date structure
-  * @param  Format: specifies the format of the entered parameters.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg RTC_FORMAT_BIN: Binary data format
-  *            @arg RTC_FORMAT_BCD: BCD data format
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_SetDate(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, RTC_DateTypeDef *sDate, uint32_t Format)
-{
-  uint32_t datetmpreg = 0;
-
- /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(Format));
-
- /* Process Locked */
- __HAL_LOCK(hrtc);
-
-  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  if((Format == RTC_FORMAT_BIN) && ((sDate->Month & 0x10) == 0x10))
-  {
-    sDate->Month = (uint8_t)((sDate->Month & (uint8_t)~(0x10)) + (uint8_t)0x0A);
-  }
-
-  assert_param(IS_RTC_WEEKDAY(sDate->WeekDay));
-
-  if(Format == RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
-  {
-    assert_param(IS_RTC_YEAR(sDate->Year));
-    assert_param(IS_RTC_MONTH(sDate->Month));
-    assert_param(IS_RTC_DATE(sDate->Date));
-
-   datetmpreg = (((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(sDate->Year) << 16) | \
-                 ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(sDate->Month) << 8) | \
-                 ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(sDate->Date)) | \
-                 ((uint32_t)sDate->WeekDay << 13));
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    assert_param(IS_RTC_YEAR(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sDate->Year)));
-    datetmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sDate->Month);
-    assert_param(IS_RTC_MONTH(datetmpreg));
-    datetmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sDate->Date);
-    assert_param(IS_RTC_DATE(datetmpreg));
-
-    datetmpreg = ((((uint32_t)sDate->Year) << 16) | \
-                  (((uint32_t)sDate->Month) << 8) | \
-                  ((uint32_t)sDate->Date) | \
-                  (((uint32_t)sDate->WeekDay) << 13));
-  }
-
-  /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
-  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc);
-
-  /* Set Initialization mode */
-  if(RTC_EnterInitMode(hrtc) != HAL_OK)
-  {
-    /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
-    __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
-
-    /* Set RTC state*/
-    hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR;
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
-
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    /* Set the RTC_DR register */
-    hrtc->Instance->DR = (uint32_t)(datetmpreg & RTC_DR_RESERVED_MASK);
-
-    /* Exit Initialization mode */
-    hrtc->Instance->ISR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_ISR_INIT;
-
-    /* If  CR_BYPSHAD bit = 0, wait for synchro else this check is not needed */
-    if((hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_CR_BYPSHAD) == RESET)
-    {
-      if(HAL_RTC_WaitForSynchro(hrtc) != HAL_OK)
-      {
-        /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
-        __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
-
-        hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR;
-
-        /* Process Unlocked */
-        __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
-
-        return HAL_ERROR;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
-    __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
-
-    hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY ;
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
-
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Gets RTC current date.
-  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for RTC.
-  * @param  sDate: Pointer to Date structure
-  * @param  Format: Specifies the format of the entered parameters.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg RTC_FORMAT_BIN:  Binary data format
-  *            @arg RTC_FORMAT_BCD:  BCD data format
-  * @note You must call HAL_RTC_GetDate() after HAL_RTC_GetTime() to unlock the values
-  * in the higher-order calendar shadow registers to ensure consistency between the time and date values.
-  * Reading RTC current time locks the values in calendar shadow registers until Current date is read.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_GetDate(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, RTC_DateTypeDef *sDate, uint32_t Format)
-{
-  uint32_t datetmpreg = 0;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(Format));
-
-  /* Get the DR register */
-  datetmpreg = (uint32_t)(hrtc->Instance->DR & RTC_DR_RESERVED_MASK);
-
-  /* Fill the structure fields with the read parameters */
-  sDate->Year = (uint8_t)((datetmpreg & (RTC_DR_YT | RTC_DR_YU)) >> 16);
-  sDate->Month = (uint8_t)((datetmpreg & (RTC_DR_MT | RTC_DR_MU)) >> 8);
-  sDate->Date = (uint8_t)(datetmpreg & (RTC_DR_DT | RTC_DR_DU));
-  sDate->WeekDay = (uint8_t)((datetmpreg & (RTC_DR_WDU)) >> 13);
-
-  /* Check the input parameters format */
-  if(Format == RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
-  {
-    /* Convert the date structure parameters to Binary format */
-    sDate->Year = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sDate->Year);
-    sDate->Month = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sDate->Month);
-    sDate->Date = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sDate->Date);
-  }
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup RTC_Group3 RTC Alarm functions
- *  @brief   RTC Alarm functions
- *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-                 ##### RTC Alarm functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-
- [..] This section provides functions allowing to configure Alarm feature
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-/**
-  * @brief  Sets the specified RTC Alarm.
-  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for RTC.
-  * @param  sAlarm: Pointer to Alarm structure
-  * @param  Format: Specifies the format of the entered parameters.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *             @arg FORMAT_BIN: Binary data format
-  *             @arg FORMAT_BCD: BCD data format
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_SetAlarm(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, RTC_AlarmTypeDef *sAlarm, uint32_t Format)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-  uint32_t tmpreg = 0, subsecondtmpreg = 0;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(Format));
-  assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM(sAlarm->Alarm));
-  assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_MASK(sAlarm->AlarmMask));
-  assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_SEL(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDaySel));
-  assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_SUB_SECOND_VALUE(sAlarm->AlarmTime.SubSeconds));
-  assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_SUB_SECOND_MASK(sAlarm->AlarmSubSecondMask));
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hrtc);
-
-  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  if(Format == RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
-  {
-    if((hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_CR_FMT) != (uint32_t)RESET)
-    {
-      assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR12(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours));
-      assert_param(IS_RTC_HOURFORMAT12(sAlarm->AlarmTime.TimeFormat));
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      sAlarm->AlarmTime.TimeFormat = 0x00;
-      assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR24(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours));
-    }
-    assert_param(IS_RTC_MINUTES(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Minutes));
-    assert_param(IS_RTC_SECONDS(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Seconds));
-
-    if(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDaySel == RTC_ALARMDATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE)
-    {
-      assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_DATE(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDay));
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_WEEKDAY(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDay));
-    }
-
-    tmpreg = (((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours) << 16) | \
-              ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Minutes) << 8) | \
-              ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Seconds)) | \
-              ((uint32_t)(sAlarm->AlarmTime.TimeFormat) << 16) | \
-              ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDay) << 24) | \
-              ((uint32_t)sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDaySel) | \
-              ((uint32_t)sAlarm->AlarmMask));
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    if((hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_CR_FMT) != (uint32_t)RESET)
-    {
-      tmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours);
-      assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR12(tmpreg));
-      assert_param(IS_RTC_HOURFORMAT12(sAlarm->AlarmTime.TimeFormat));
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      sAlarm->AlarmTime.TimeFormat = 0x00;
-      assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR24(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours)));
-    }
-
-    assert_param(IS_RTC_MINUTES(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Minutes)));
-    assert_param(IS_RTC_SECONDS(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Seconds)));
-
-    if(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDaySel == RTC_ALARMDATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE)
-    {
-      tmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDay);
-      assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_DATE(tmpreg));
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      tmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDay);
-      assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_WEEKDAY(tmpreg));
-    }
-
-    tmpreg = (((uint32_t)(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours) << 16) | \
-              ((uint32_t)(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Minutes) << 8) | \
-              ((uint32_t) sAlarm->AlarmTime.Seconds) | \
-              ((uint32_t)(sAlarm->AlarmTime.TimeFormat) << 16) | \
-              ((uint32_t)(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDay) << 24) | \
-              ((uint32_t)sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDaySel) | \
-              ((uint32_t)sAlarm->AlarmMask));
-  }
-
-  /* Configure the Alarm A or Alarm B Sub Second registers */
-  subsecondtmpreg = (uint32_t)((uint32_t)(sAlarm->AlarmTime.SubSeconds) | (uint32_t)(sAlarm->AlarmSubSecondMask));
-
-  /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
-  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc);
-
-  /* Configure the Alarm register */
-  if(sAlarm->Alarm == RTC_ALARM_A)
-  {
-    /* Disable the Alarm A interrupt */
-    __HAL_RTC_ALARMA_DISABLE(hrtc);
-
-    /* In case of interrupt mode is used, the interrupt source must disabled */
-    __HAL_RTC_ALARM_DISABLE_IT(hrtc, RTC_IT_ALRA);
-
-    /* Get tick */
-    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-    /* Wait till RTC ALRAWF flag is set and if Time out is reached exit */
-    while(__HAL_RTC_ALARM_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_ALRAWF) == RESET)
-    {
-      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RTC_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
-      {
-        /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
-        __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
-
-        hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-
-        /* Process Unlocked */
-        __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
-
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-    }
-
-    hrtc->Instance->ALRMAR = (uint32_t)tmpreg;
-    /* Configure the Alarm A Sub Second register */
-    hrtc->Instance->ALRMASSR = subsecondtmpreg;
-    /* Configure the Alarm state: Enable Alarm */
-    __HAL_RTC_ALARMA_ENABLE(hrtc);
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    /* Disable the Alarm B interrupt */
-    __HAL_RTC_ALARMB_DISABLE(hrtc);
-
-    /* In case of interrupt mode is used, the interrupt source must disabled */
-    __HAL_RTC_ALARM_DISABLE_IT(hrtc, RTC_IT_ALRB);
-
-    /* Get tick */
-    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-    /* Wait till RTC ALRBWF flag is set and if Time out is reached exit */
-    while(__HAL_RTC_ALARM_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_ALRBWF) == RESET)
-    {
-      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RTC_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
-      {
-        /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
-        __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
-
-        hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-
-        /* Process Unlocked */
-        __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
-
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-    }
-
-    hrtc->Instance->ALRMBR = (uint32_t)tmpreg;
-    /* Configure the Alarm B Sub Second register */
-    hrtc->Instance->ALRMBSSR = subsecondtmpreg;
-    /* Configure the Alarm state: Enable Alarm */
-    __HAL_RTC_ALARMB_ENABLE(hrtc);
-  }
-
-  /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
-  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
-
-  /* Change RTC state */
-  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Sets the specified RTC Alarm with Interrupt
-  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for RTC.
-  * @param  sAlarm: Pointer to Alarm structure
-  * @param  Format: Specifies the format of the entered parameters.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *             @arg FORMAT_BIN: Binary data format
-  *             @arg FORMAT_BCD: BCD data format
-  * @note   The Alarm register can only be written when the corresponding Alarm
-  *         is disabled (Use the HAL_RTC_DeactivateAlarm()).
-  * @note   The HAL_RTC_SetTime() must be called before enabling the Alarm feature.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_SetAlarm_IT(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, RTC_AlarmTypeDef *sAlarm, uint32_t Format)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-  uint32_t tmpreg = 0, subsecondtmpreg = 0;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(Format));
-  assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM(sAlarm->Alarm));
-  assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_MASK(sAlarm->AlarmMask));
-  assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_SEL(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDaySel));
-  assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_SUB_SECOND_VALUE(sAlarm->AlarmTime.SubSeconds));
-  assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_SUB_SECOND_MASK(sAlarm->AlarmSubSecondMask));
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hrtc);
-
-  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  if(Format == RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
-  {
-    if((hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_CR_FMT) != (uint32_t)RESET)
-    {
-      assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR12(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours));
-      assert_param(IS_RTC_HOURFORMAT12(sAlarm->AlarmTime.TimeFormat));
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      sAlarm->AlarmTime.TimeFormat = 0x00;
-      assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR24(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours));
-    }
-    assert_param(IS_RTC_MINUTES(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Minutes));
-    assert_param(IS_RTC_SECONDS(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Seconds));
-
-    if(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDaySel == RTC_ALARMDATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE)
-    {
-      assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_DATE(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDay));
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_WEEKDAY(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDay));
-    }
-    tmpreg = (((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours) << 16) | \
-              ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Minutes) << 8) | \
-              ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Seconds)) | \
-              ((uint32_t)(sAlarm->AlarmTime.TimeFormat) << 16) | \
-              ((uint32_t)RTC_ByteToBcd2(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDay) << 24) | \
-              ((uint32_t)sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDaySel) | \
-              ((uint32_t)sAlarm->AlarmMask));
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    if((hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_CR_FMT) != (uint32_t)RESET)
-    {
-      tmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours);
-      assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR12(tmpreg));
-      assert_param(IS_RTC_HOURFORMAT12(sAlarm->AlarmTime.TimeFormat));
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      sAlarm->AlarmTime.TimeFormat = 0x00;
-      assert_param(IS_RTC_HOUR24(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours)));
-    }
-
-    assert_param(IS_RTC_MINUTES(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Minutes)));
-    assert_param(IS_RTC_SECONDS(RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Seconds)));
-
-    if(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDaySel == RTC_ALARMDATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE)
-    {
-      tmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDay);
-      assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_DATE(tmpreg));
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      tmpreg = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDay);
-      assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM_DATE_WEEKDAY_WEEKDAY(tmpreg));
-    }
-    tmpreg = (((uint32_t)(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours) << 16) | \
-              ((uint32_t)(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Minutes) << 8) | \
-              ((uint32_t) sAlarm->AlarmTime.Seconds) | \
-              ((uint32_t)(sAlarm->AlarmTime.TimeFormat) << 16) | \
-              ((uint32_t)(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDay) << 24) | \
-              ((uint32_t)sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDaySel) | \
-              ((uint32_t)sAlarm->AlarmMask));
-  }
-  /* Configure the Alarm A or Alarm B Sub Second registers */
-  subsecondtmpreg = (uint32_t)((uint32_t)(sAlarm->AlarmTime.SubSeconds) | (uint32_t)(sAlarm->AlarmSubSecondMask));
-
-  /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
-  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc);
-
-  /* Configure the Alarm register */
-  if(sAlarm->Alarm == RTC_ALARM_A)
-  {
-    /* Disable the Alarm A interrupt */
-    __HAL_RTC_ALARMA_DISABLE(hrtc);
-
-    /* Clear flag alarm A */
-    __HAL_RTC_ALARM_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_ALRAF);
-
-    /* Get tick */
-    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-    /* Wait till RTC ALRAWF flag is set and if Time out is reached exit */
-    while(__HAL_RTC_ALARM_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_ALRAWF) == RESET)
-    {
-      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RTC_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
-      {
-        /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
-        __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
-
-        hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-
-        /* Process Unlocked */
-        __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
-
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-    }
-
-    hrtc->Instance->ALRMAR = (uint32_t)tmpreg;
-    /* Configure the Alarm A Sub Second register */
-    hrtc->Instance->ALRMASSR = subsecondtmpreg;
-    /* Configure the Alarm state: Enable Alarm */
-    __HAL_RTC_ALARMA_ENABLE(hrtc);
-    /* Configure the Alarm interrupt */
-    __HAL_RTC_ALARM_ENABLE_IT(hrtc,RTC_IT_ALRA);
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    /* Disable the Alarm B interrupt */
-    __HAL_RTC_ALARMB_DISABLE(hrtc);
-
-    /* Clear flag alarm B */
-    __HAL_RTC_ALARM_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_ALRBF);
-
-    /* Get tick */
-    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-    /* Wait till RTC ALRBWF flag is set and if Time out is reached exit */
-    while(__HAL_RTC_ALARM_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_ALRBWF) == RESET)
-    {
-      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RTC_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
-      {
-        /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
-        __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
-
-        hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-
-        /* Process Unlocked */
-        __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
-
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-    }
-
-    hrtc->Instance->ALRMBR = (uint32_t)tmpreg;
-    /* Configure the Alarm B Sub Second register */
-    hrtc->Instance->ALRMBSSR = subsecondtmpreg;
-    /* Configure the Alarm state: Enable Alarm */
-    __HAL_RTC_ALARMB_ENABLE(hrtc);
-    /* Configure the Alarm interrupt */
-    __HAL_RTC_ALARM_ENABLE_IT(hrtc, RTC_IT_ALRB);
-  }
-
-  /* RTC Alarm Interrupt Configuration: EXTI configuration */
-  __HAL_RTC_ALARM_EXTI_ENABLE_IT();
-
-  EXTI->RTSR |= RTC_EXTI_LINE_ALARM_EVENT;
-
-  /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
-  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
-
-  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Deactive the specified RTC Alarm
-  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for RTC.
-  * @param  Alarm: Specifies the Alarm.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg RTC_ALARM_A:  AlarmA
-  *            @arg RTC_ALARM_B:  AlarmB
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_DeactivateAlarm(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t Alarm)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM(Alarm));
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hrtc);
-
-  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
-  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc);
-
-  if(Alarm == RTC_ALARM_A)
-  {
-    /* AlarmA */
-    __HAL_RTC_ALARMA_DISABLE(hrtc);
-
-    /* In case of interrupt mode is used, the interrupt source must disabled */
-    __HAL_RTC_ALARM_DISABLE_IT(hrtc, RTC_IT_ALRA);
-
-    /* Get tick */
-    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-    /* Wait till RTC ALRxWF flag is set and if Time out is reached exit */
-    while(__HAL_RTC_ALARM_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_ALRAWF) == RESET)
-    {
-      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RTC_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
-      {
-        /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
-        __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
-
-        hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-
-        /* Process Unlocked */
-        __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
-
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    /* AlarmB */
-    __HAL_RTC_ALARMB_DISABLE(hrtc);
-
-    /* In case of interrupt mode is used, the interrupt source must disabled */
-    __HAL_RTC_ALARM_DISABLE_IT(hrtc,RTC_IT_ALRB);
-
-    /* Get tick */
-    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-    /* Wait till RTC ALRxWF flag is set and if Time out is reached exit */
-    while(__HAL_RTC_ALARM_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_ALRBWF) == RESET)
-    {
-      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RTC_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
-      {
-        /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
-        __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
-
-        hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-
-        /* Process Unlocked */
-        __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
-
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
-  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
-
-  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Gets the RTC Alarm value and masks.
-  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for RTC.
-  * @param  sAlarm: Pointer to Date structure
-  * @param  Alarm: Specifies the Alarm.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *             @arg RTC_ALARM_A: AlarmA
-  *             @arg RTC_ALARM_B: AlarmB
-  * @param  Format: Specifies the format of the entered parameters.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *             @arg RTC_FORMAT_BIN: Binary data format
-  *             @arg RTC_FORMAT_BCD: BCD data format
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_GetAlarm(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, RTC_AlarmTypeDef *sAlarm, uint32_t Alarm, uint32_t Format)
-{
-  uint32_t tmpreg = 0, subsecondtmpreg = 0;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(Format));
-  assert_param(IS_RTC_ALARM(Alarm));
-
-  if(Alarm == RTC_ALARM_A)
-  {
-    /* AlarmA */
-    sAlarm->Alarm = RTC_ALARM_A;
-
-    tmpreg = (uint32_t)(hrtc->Instance->ALRMAR);
-    subsecondtmpreg = (uint32_t)((hrtc->Instance->ALRMASSR ) & RTC_ALRMASSR_SS);
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    sAlarm->Alarm = RTC_ALARM_B;
-
-    tmpreg = (uint32_t)(hrtc->Instance->ALRMBR);
-    subsecondtmpreg = (uint32_t)((hrtc->Instance->ALRMBSSR) & RTC_ALRMBSSR_SS);
-  }
-
-  /* Fill the structure with the read parameters */
-  sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours = (uint32_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_ALRMAR_HT | RTC_ALRMAR_HU)) >> 16);
-  sAlarm->AlarmTime.Minutes = (uint32_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_ALRMAR_MNT | RTC_ALRMAR_MNU)) >> 8);
-  sAlarm->AlarmTime.Seconds = (uint32_t)(tmpreg & (RTC_ALRMAR_ST | RTC_ALRMAR_SU));
-  sAlarm->AlarmTime.TimeFormat = (uint32_t)((tmpreg & RTC_ALRMAR_PM) >> 16);
-  sAlarm->AlarmTime.SubSeconds = (uint32_t) subsecondtmpreg;
-  sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDay = (uint32_t)((tmpreg & (RTC_ALRMAR_DT | RTC_ALRMAR_DU)) >> 24);
-  sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDaySel = (uint32_t)(tmpreg & RTC_ALRMAR_WDSEL);
-  sAlarm->AlarmMask = (uint32_t)(tmpreg & RTC_ALARMMASK_ALL);
-
-  if(Format == RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
-  {
-    sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Hours);
-    sAlarm->AlarmTime.Minutes = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Minutes);
-    sAlarm->AlarmTime.Seconds = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmTime.Seconds);
-    sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDay = RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sAlarm->AlarmDateWeekDay);
-  }
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  This function handles Alarm interrupt request.
-  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for RTC.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_RTC_AlarmIRQHandler(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc)
-{
-  if(__HAL_RTC_ALARM_GET_IT(hrtc, RTC_IT_ALRA))
-  {
-    /* Get the status of the Interrupt */
-    if((uint32_t)(hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_IT_ALRA) != (uint32_t)RESET)
-    {
-      /* AlarmA callback */
-      HAL_RTC_AlarmAEventCallback(hrtc);
-
-      /* Clear the Alarm interrupt pending bit */
-      __HAL_RTC_ALARM_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc,RTC_FLAG_ALRAF);
-    }
-  }
-
-  if(__HAL_RTC_ALARM_GET_IT(hrtc, RTC_IT_ALRB))
-  {
-    /* Get the status of the Interrupt */
-    if((uint32_t)(hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_IT_ALRB) != (uint32_t)RESET)
-    {
-      /* AlarmB callback */
-      HAL_RTCEx_AlarmBEventCallback(hrtc);
-
-      /* Clear the Alarm interrupt pending bit */
-      __HAL_RTC_ALARM_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc,RTC_FLAG_ALRBF);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Clear the EXTI's line Flag for RTC Alarm */
-  __HAL_RTC_ALARM_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG();
-
-  /* Change RTC state */
-  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Alarm A callback.
-  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for RTC.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_RTC_AlarmAEventCallback(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_RTC_AlarmAEventCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  This function handles AlarmA Polling request.
-  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for RTC.
-  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_PollForAlarmAEvent(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-
-    /* Get tick */
-    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-  while(__HAL_RTC_ALARM_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_ALRAF) == RESET)
-  {
-    if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
-    {
-      if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
-      {
-        hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Clear the Alarm interrupt pending bit */
-  __HAL_RTC_ALARM_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_ALRAF);
-
-  /* Change RTC state */
-  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup RTC_Group4 Peripheral Control functions
- *  @brief   Peripheral Control functions
- *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-                     ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]
-    This subsection provides functions allowing to
-      (+) Wait for RTC Time and Date Synchronization
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Waits until the RTC Time and Date registers (RTC_TR and RTC_DR) are
-  *         synchronized with RTC APB clock.
-  * @note   The RTC Resynchronization mode is write protected, use the
-  *         __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE() before calling this function.
-  * @note   To read the calendar through the shadow registers after Calendar
-  *         initialization, calendar update or after wakeup from low power modes
-  *         the software must first clear the RSF flag.
-  *         The software must then wait until it is set again before reading
-  *         the calendar, which means that the calendar registers have been
-  *         correctly copied into the RTC_TR and RTC_DR shadow registers.
-  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for RTC.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTC_WaitForSynchro(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-
-  /* Clear RSF flag */
-  hrtc->Instance->ISR &= (uint32_t)RTC_RSF_MASK;
-
-    /* Get tick */
-    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-  /* Wait the registers to be synchronised */
-  while((hrtc->Instance->ISR & RTC_ISR_RSF) == (uint32_t)RESET)
-  {
-    if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RTC_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
-    {
-      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-    }
-  }
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup RTC_Group5 Peripheral State functions
- *  @brief   Peripheral State functions
- *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-                     ##### Peripheral State functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]
-    This subsection provides functions allowing to
-      (+) Get RTC state
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-/**
-  * @brief  Returns the RTC state.
-  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for RTC.
-  * @retval HAL state
-  */
-HAL_RTCStateTypeDef HAL_RTC_GetState(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc)
-{
-  return hrtc->State;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Enters the RTC Initialization mode.
-  * @note   The RTC Initialization mode is write protected, use the
-  *         __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE() before calling this function.
-  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for RTC.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef RTC_EnterInitMode(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-
-  /* Check if the Initialization mode is set */
-  if((hrtc->Instance->ISR & RTC_ISR_INITF) == (uint32_t)RESET)
-  {
-    /* Set the Initialization mode */
-    hrtc->Instance->ISR = (uint32_t)RTC_INIT_MASK;
-
-    /* Get tick */
-    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-    /* Wait till RTC is in INIT state and if Time out is reached exit */
-    while((hrtc->Instance->ISR & RTC_ISR_INITF) == (uint32_t)RESET)
-    {
-      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RTC_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
-      {
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Converts a 2 digit decimal to BCD format.
-  * @param  Value: Byte to be converted
-  * @retval Converted byte
-  */
-uint8_t RTC_ByteToBcd2(uint8_t Value)
-{
-  uint32_t bcdhigh = 0;
-
-  while(Value >= 10)
-  {
-    bcdhigh++;
-    Value -= 10;
-  }
-
-  return  ((uint8_t)(bcdhigh << 4) | Value);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Converts from 2 digit BCD to Binary.
-  * @param  Value: BCD value to be converted
-  * @retval Converted word
-  */
-uint8_t RTC_Bcd2ToByte(uint8_t Value)
-{
-  uint32_t tmp = 0;
-  tmp = ((uint8_t)(Value & (uint8_t)0xF0) >> (uint8_t)0x4) * 10;
-  return (tmp + (Value & (uint8_t)0x0F));
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-#endif /* HAL_RTC_MODULE_ENABLED */
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_rtc_ex.c b/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_rtc_ex.c
deleted file mode 100644
index c541b7b29d..0000000000
--- a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_rtc_ex.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1813 +0,0 @@
-/**
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @file    stm32f7xx_hal_rtc_ex.c
-  * @author  MCD Application Team
-  * @version V1.0.1
-  * @date    25-June-2015
-  * @brief   RTC HAL module driver.
-  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
-  *          functionalities of the Real Time Clock (RTC) Extension peripheral:
-  *           + RTC Time Stamp functions
-  *           + RTC Tamper functions
-  *           + RTC Wake-up functions
-  *           + Extension Control functions
-  *           + Extension RTC features functions
-  *
-  @verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                  ##### How to use this driver #####
-  ==============================================================================
-  [..]
-    (+) Enable the RTC domain access.
-    (+) Configure the RTC Prescaler (Asynchronous and Synchronous) and RTC hour
-        format using the HAL_RTC_Init() function.
-
-  *** RTC Wakeup configuration ***
-  ================================
-  [..]
-    (+) To configure the RTC Wakeup Clock source and Counter use the HAL_RTC_SetWakeUpTimer()
-        function. You can also configure the RTC Wakeup timer in interrupt mode
-        using the HAL_RTC_SetWakeUpTimer_IT() function.
-    (+) To read the RTC WakeUp Counter register, use the HAL_RTC_GetWakeUpTimer()
-        function.
-
-  *** TimeStamp configuration ***
-  ===============================
-  [..]
-    (+) Enables the RTC TimeStamp using the HAL_RTC_SetTimeStamp() function.
-        You can also configure the RTC TimeStamp with interrupt mode using the
-        HAL_RTC_SetTimeStamp_IT() function.
-    (+) To read the RTC TimeStamp Time and Date register, use the HAL_RTC_GetTimeStamp()
-        function.
-
-  *** Internal TimeStamp configuration ***
-  ===============================
-  [..]
-    (+) Enables the RTC internal TimeStamp using the HAL_RTC_SetInternalTimeStamp() function.
-    (+) To read the RTC TimeStamp Time and Date register, use the HAL_RTC_GetTimeStamp()
-        function.
-
-  *** Tamper configuration ***
-  ============================
-  [..]
-    (+) Enable the RTC Tamper and Configure the Tamper filter count, trigger Edge
-        or Level according to the Tamper filter (if equal to 0 Edge else Level)
-        value, sampling frequency, NoErase, MaskFlag,  precharge or discharge and
-        Pull-UP using the HAL_RTC_SetTamper() function. You can configure RTC Tamper
-        with interrupt mode using HAL_RTC_SetTamper_IT() function.
-    (+) The default configuration of the Tamper erases the backup registers. To avoid
-        erase, enable the NoErase field on the RTC_TAMPCR register.
-
-  *** Backup Data Registers configuration ***
-  ===========================================
-  [..]
-    (+) To write to the RTC Backup Data registers, use the HAL_RTC_BKUPWrite()
-        function.
-    (+) To read the RTC Backup Data registers, use the HAL_RTC_BKUPRead()
-        function.
-
-   @endverbatim
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @attention
-  *
-  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
-  *
-  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
-  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
-  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
-  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
-  *      without specific prior written permission.
-  *
-  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
-  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
-  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
-  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
-  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
-  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
-  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
-  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
-  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
-  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-  *
-  ******************************************************************************
-  */
-
-/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
-
-/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup RTCEx RTCEx
-  * @brief RTC Extended HAL module driver
-  * @{
-  */
-
-#ifdef HAL_RTC_MODULE_ENABLED
-
-/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/** @defgroup RTCEx_Exported_Functions RTCEx Exported Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-
-
-/** @defgroup RTCEx_Group1 RTC TimeStamp and Tamper functions
- *  @brief   RTC TimeStamp and Tamper functions
- *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-                 ##### RTC TimeStamp and Tamper functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-
- [..] This section provides functions allowing to configure TimeStamp feature
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Sets TimeStamp.
-  * @note   This API must be called before enabling the TimeStamp feature.
-  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for RTC.
-  * @param  TimeStampEdge: Specifies the pin edge on which the TimeStamp is
-  *         activated.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *             @arg RTC_TIMESTAMPEDGE_RISING: the Time stamp event occurs on the
-  *                                        rising edge of the related pin.
-  *             @arg RTC_TIMESTAMPEDGE_FALLING: the Time stamp event occurs on the
-  *                                         falling edge of the related pin.
-  * @param  RTC_TimeStampPin: specifies the RTC TimeStamp Pin.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *             @arg RTC_TIMESTAMPPIN_PC13: PC13 is selected as RTC TimeStamp Pin.
-  *             @arg RTC_TIMESTAMPPIN_PI8: PI8 is selected as RTC TimeStamp Pin.
-  *             @arg RTC_TIMESTAMPPIN_PC1: PC1 is selected as RTC TimeStamp Pin.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetTimeStamp(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t TimeStampEdge, uint32_t RTC_TimeStampPin)
-{
-  uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIMESTAMP_EDGE(TimeStampEdge));
-  assert_param(IS_RTC_TIMESTAMP_PIN(RTC_TimeStampPin));
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hrtc);
-
-  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Get the RTC_CR register and clear the bits to be configured */
-  tmpreg = (uint32_t)(hrtc->Instance->CR & (uint32_t)~(RTC_CR_TSEDGE | RTC_CR_TSE));
-
-  tmpreg|= TimeStampEdge;
-
-  /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
-  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc);
-
-  hrtc->Instance->OR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_OR_TSINSEL;
-  hrtc->Instance->OR |= (uint32_t)(RTC_TimeStampPin);
-
-  /* Configure the Time Stamp TSEDGE and Enable bits */
-  hrtc->Instance->CR = (uint32_t)tmpreg;
-
-  __HAL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_ENABLE(hrtc);
-
-  /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
-  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
-
-  /* Change RTC state */
-  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Sets TimeStamp with Interrupt.
-  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for RTC.
-  * @note   This API must be called before enabling the TimeStamp feature.
-  * @param  TimeStampEdge: Specifies the pin edge on which the TimeStamp is
-  *         activated.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *             @arg RTC_TIMESTAMPEDGE_RISING: the Time stamp event occurs on the
-  *                                        rising edge of the related pin.
-  *             @arg RTC_TIMESTAMPEDGE_FALLING: the Time stamp event occurs on the
-  *                                         falling edge of the related pin.
-  * @param  RTC_TimeStampPin: Specifies the RTC TimeStamp Pin.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *             @arg RTC_TIMESTAMPPIN_PC13: PC13 is selected as RTC TimeStamp Pin.
-  *             @arg RTC_TIMESTAMPPIN_PI8: PI8 is selected as RTC TimeStamp Pin.
-  *             @arg RTC_TIMESTAMPPIN_PC1: PC1 is selected as RTC TimeStamp Pin.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetTimeStamp_IT(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t TimeStampEdge, uint32_t RTC_TimeStampPin)
-{
-  uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIMESTAMP_EDGE(TimeStampEdge));
-  assert_param(IS_RTC_TIMESTAMP_PIN(RTC_TimeStampPin));
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hrtc);
-
-  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Get the RTC_CR register and clear the bits to be configured */
-  tmpreg = (uint32_t)(hrtc->Instance->CR & (uint32_t)~(RTC_CR_TSEDGE | RTC_CR_TSE));
-
-  tmpreg |= TimeStampEdge;
-
-  /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
-  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc);
-
-  /* Configure the Time Stamp TSEDGE and Enable bits */
-  hrtc->Instance->CR = (uint32_t)tmpreg;
-
-  hrtc->Instance->OR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_OR_TSINSEL;
-  hrtc->Instance->OR |= (uint32_t)(RTC_TimeStampPin);
-
-  __HAL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_ENABLE(hrtc);
-
-  /* Enable IT timestamp */
-  __HAL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_ENABLE_IT(hrtc,RTC_IT_TS);
-
-  /* RTC timestamp Interrupt Configuration: EXTI configuration */
-  __HAL_RTC_TAMPER_TIMESTAMP_EXTI_ENABLE_IT();
-
-  EXTI->RTSR |= RTC_EXTI_LINE_TAMPER_TIMESTAMP_EVENT;
-
-  /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
-  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
-
-  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Deactivates TimeStamp.
-  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for RTC.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateTimeStamp(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc)
-{
-  uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hrtc);
-
-  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
-  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc);
-
-  /* In case of interrupt mode is used, the interrupt source must disabled */
-  __HAL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_DISABLE_IT(hrtc, RTC_IT_TS);
-
-  /* Get the RTC_CR register and clear the bits to be configured */
-  tmpreg = (uint32_t)(hrtc->Instance->CR & (uint32_t)~(RTC_CR_TSEDGE | RTC_CR_TSE));
-
-  /* Configure the Time Stamp TSEDGE and Enable bits */
-  hrtc->Instance->CR = (uint32_t)tmpreg;
-
-  /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
-  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
-
-  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Sets Internal TimeStamp.
-  * @note   This API must be called before enabling the internal TimeStamp feature.
-  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for RTC.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetInternalTimeStamp(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc)
-{
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hrtc);
-
-  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
-  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc);
-
-  /* Configure the internal Time Stamp Enable bits */
-  __HAL_RTC_INTERNAL_TIMESTAMP_ENABLE(hrtc);
-
-  /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
-  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
-
-  /* Change RTC state */
-  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Deactivates internal TimeStamp.
-  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for RTC.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateInternalTimeStamp(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc)
-{
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hrtc);
-
-  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
-  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc);
-
-  /* Configure the internal Time Stamp Enable bits */
-  __HAL_RTC_INTERNAL_TIMESTAMP_DISABLE(hrtc);
-
-  /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
-  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
-
-  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Gets the RTC TimeStamp value.
-  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for RTC.
-  * @param  sTimeStamp: Pointer to Time structure
-  * @param  sTimeStampDate: Pointer to Date structure
-  * @param  Format: specifies the format of the entered parameters.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *             FORMAT_BIN: Binary data format
-  *             FORMAT_BCD: BCD data format
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_GetTimeStamp(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, RTC_TimeTypeDef* sTimeStamp, RTC_DateTypeDef* sTimeStampDate, uint32_t Format)
-{
-  uint32_t tmptime = 0, tmpdate = 0;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_RTC_FORMAT(Format));
-
-  /* Get the TimeStamp time and date registers values */
-  tmptime = (uint32_t)(hrtc->Instance->TSTR & RTC_TR_RESERVED_MASK);
-  tmpdate = (uint32_t)(hrtc->Instance->TSDR & RTC_DR_RESERVED_MASK);
-
-  /* Fill the Time structure fields with the read parameters */
-  sTimeStamp->Hours = (uint8_t)((tmptime & (RTC_TR_HT | RTC_TR_HU)) >> 16);
-  sTimeStamp->Minutes = (uint8_t)((tmptime & (RTC_TR_MNT | RTC_TR_MNU)) >> 8);
-  sTimeStamp->Seconds = (uint8_t)(tmptime & (RTC_TR_ST | RTC_TR_SU));
-  sTimeStamp->TimeFormat = (uint8_t)((tmptime & (RTC_TR_PM)) >> 16);
-  sTimeStamp->SubSeconds = (uint32_t) hrtc->Instance->TSSSR;
-
-  /* Fill the Date structure fields with the read parameters */
-  sTimeStampDate->Year = 0;
-  sTimeStampDate->Month = (uint8_t)((tmpdate & (RTC_DR_MT | RTC_DR_MU)) >> 8);
-  sTimeStampDate->Date = (uint8_t)(tmpdate & (RTC_DR_DT | RTC_DR_DU));
-  sTimeStampDate->WeekDay = (uint8_t)((tmpdate & (RTC_DR_WDU)) >> 13);
-
-  /* Check the input parameters format */
-  if(Format == RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
-  {
-    /* Convert the TimeStamp structure parameters to Binary format */
-    sTimeStamp->Hours = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sTimeStamp->Hours);
-    sTimeStamp->Minutes = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sTimeStamp->Minutes);
-    sTimeStamp->Seconds = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sTimeStamp->Seconds);
-
-    /* Convert the DateTimeStamp structure parameters to Binary format */
-    sTimeStampDate->Month = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sTimeStampDate->Month);
-    sTimeStampDate->Date = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sTimeStampDate->Date);
-    sTimeStampDate->WeekDay = (uint8_t)RTC_Bcd2ToByte(sTimeStampDate->WeekDay);
-  }
-
-  /* Clear the TIMESTAMP Flag */
-  __HAL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_TSF);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Sets Tamper
-  * @note   By calling this API we disable the tamper interrupt for all tampers.
-  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for RTC.
-  * @param  sTamper: Pointer to Tamper Structure.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetTamper(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, RTC_TamperTypeDef* sTamper)
-{
-  uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER(sTamper->Tamper));
-  assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_TRIGGER(sTamper->Trigger));
-  assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_ERASE_MODE(sTamper->NoErase));
-  assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_MASKFLAG_STATE(sTamper->MaskFlag));
-  assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_FILTER(sTamper->Filter));
-  assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_SAMPLING_FREQ(sTamper->SamplingFrequency));
-  assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_PRECHARGE_DURATION(sTamper->PrechargeDuration));
-  assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_PULLUP_STATE(sTamper->TamperPullUp));
-  assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_TIMESTAMPONTAMPER_DETECTION(sTamper->TimeStampOnTamperDetection));
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hrtc);
-
-  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  if(sTamper->Trigger != RTC_TAMPERTRIGGER_RISINGEDGE)
-  {
-    sTamper->Trigger = (uint32_t)(sTamper->Tamper << 1);
-  }
-
-  if(sTamper->NoErase != RTC_TAMPER_ERASE_BACKUP_ENABLE)
-  {
-    sTamper->NoErase = 0;
-    if((sTamper->Tamper & RTC_TAMPER_1) != 0)
-    {
-      sTamper->NoErase |= RTC_TAMPCR_TAMP1NOERASE;
-    }
-    if((sTamper->Tamper & RTC_TAMPER_2) != 0)
-    {
-      sTamper->NoErase |= RTC_TAMPCR_TAMP2NOERASE;
-    }
-    if((sTamper->Tamper & RTC_TAMPER_3) != 0)
-    {
-      sTamper->NoErase |= RTC_TAMPCR_TAMP3NOERASE;
-    }
-  }
-
-  if(sTamper->MaskFlag != RTC_TAMPERMASK_FLAG_DISABLE)
-  {
-    sTamper->MaskFlag = 0;
-    if((sTamper->Tamper & RTC_TAMPER_1) != 0)
-    {
-      sTamper->MaskFlag |= RTC_TAMPCR_TAMP1MF;
-    }
-    if((sTamper->Tamper & RTC_TAMPER_2) != 0)
-    {
-      sTamper->MaskFlag |= RTC_TAMPCR_TAMP2MF;
-    }
-    if((sTamper->Tamper & RTC_TAMPER_3) != 0)
-    {
-      sTamper->MaskFlag |= RTC_TAMPCR_TAMP3MF;
-    }
-  }
-
-  tmpreg = ((uint32_t)sTamper->Tamper | (uint32_t)sTamper->Trigger  | (uint32_t)sTamper->NoErase |\
-            (uint32_t)sTamper->MaskFlag | (uint32_t)sTamper->Filter | (uint32_t)sTamper->SamplingFrequency |\
-            (uint32_t)sTamper->PrechargeDuration | (uint32_t)sTamper->TamperPullUp | sTamper->TimeStampOnTamperDetection);
-
-  hrtc->Instance->TAMPCR &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)sTamper->Tamper | (uint32_t)(sTamper->Tamper << 1) | (uint32_t)RTC_TAMPCR_TAMPTS |\
-                                       (uint32_t)RTC_TAMPCR_TAMPFREQ | (uint32_t)RTC_TAMPCR_TAMPFLT | (uint32_t)RTC_TAMPCR_TAMPPRCH |\
-                                       (uint32_t)RTC_TAMPCR_TAMPPUDIS | (uint32_t)RTC_TAMPCR_TAMPIE | (uint32_t)RTC_TAMPCR_TAMP1IE |\
-                                       (uint32_t)RTC_TAMPCR_TAMP2IE | (uint32_t)RTC_TAMPCR_TAMP3IE | (uint32_t)RTC_TAMPCR_TAMP1NOERASE |\
-                                       (uint32_t)RTC_TAMPCR_TAMP2NOERASE | (uint32_t)RTC_TAMPCR_TAMP3NOERASE | (uint32_t)RTC_TAMPCR_TAMP1MF |\
-                                       (uint32_t)RTC_TAMPCR_TAMP2MF | (uint32_t)RTC_TAMPCR_TAMP3MF);
-
-  hrtc->Instance->TAMPCR |= tmpreg;
-
-  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Sets Tamper with interrupt.
-  * @note   By calling this API we force the tamper interrupt for all tampers.
-  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for RTC.
-  * @param  sTamper: Pointer to RTC Tamper.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetTamper_IT(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, RTC_TamperTypeDef* sTamper)
-{
-  uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER(sTamper->Tamper));
-  assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_INTERRUPT(sTamper->Interrupt));
-  assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_TRIGGER(sTamper->Trigger));
-  assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_ERASE_MODE(sTamper->NoErase));
-  assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_MASKFLAG_STATE(sTamper->MaskFlag));
-  assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_FILTER(sTamper->Filter));
-  assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_SAMPLING_FREQ(sTamper->SamplingFrequency));
-  assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_PRECHARGE_DURATION(sTamper->PrechargeDuration));
-  assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_PULLUP_STATE(sTamper->TamperPullUp));
-  assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER_TIMESTAMPONTAMPER_DETECTION(sTamper->TimeStampOnTamperDetection));
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hrtc);
-
-  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Configure the tamper trigger */
-  if(sTamper->Trigger != RTC_TAMPERTRIGGER_RISINGEDGE)
-  {
-    sTamper->Trigger = (uint32_t)(sTamper->Tamper << 1);
-  }
-
-  if(sTamper->NoErase != RTC_TAMPER_ERASE_BACKUP_ENABLE)
-  {
-    sTamper->NoErase = 0;
-    if((sTamper->Tamper & RTC_TAMPER_1) != 0)
-    {
-      sTamper->NoErase |= RTC_TAMPCR_TAMP1NOERASE;
-    }
-    if((sTamper->Tamper & RTC_TAMPER_2) != 0)
-    {
-      sTamper->NoErase |= RTC_TAMPCR_TAMP2NOERASE;
-    }
-    if((sTamper->Tamper & RTC_TAMPER_3) != 0)
-    {
-      sTamper->NoErase |= RTC_TAMPCR_TAMP3NOERASE;
-    }
-  }
-
-  if(sTamper->MaskFlag != RTC_TAMPERMASK_FLAG_DISABLE)
-  {
-    sTamper->MaskFlag = 0;
-    if((sTamper->Tamper & RTC_TAMPER_1) != 0)
-    {
-      sTamper->MaskFlag |= RTC_TAMPCR_TAMP1MF;
-    }
-    if((sTamper->Tamper & RTC_TAMPER_2) != 0)
-    {
-      sTamper->MaskFlag |= RTC_TAMPCR_TAMP2MF;
-    }
-    if((sTamper->Tamper & RTC_TAMPER_3) != 0)
-    {
-      sTamper->MaskFlag |= RTC_TAMPCR_TAMP3MF;
-    }
-  }
-
-  tmpreg = ((uint32_t)sTamper->Tamper | (uint32_t)sTamper->Interrupt | (uint32_t)sTamper->Trigger  | (uint32_t)sTamper->NoErase |\
-            (uint32_t)sTamper->MaskFlag | (uint32_t)sTamper->Filter | (uint32_t)sTamper->SamplingFrequency |\
-            (uint32_t)sTamper->PrechargeDuration | (uint32_t)sTamper->TamperPullUp | sTamper->TimeStampOnTamperDetection);
-
-  hrtc->Instance->TAMPCR &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)sTamper->Tamper | (uint32_t)(sTamper->Tamper << 1) | (uint32_t)RTC_TAMPCR_TAMPTS |\
-                                       (uint32_t)RTC_TAMPCR_TAMPFREQ | (uint32_t)RTC_TAMPCR_TAMPFLT | (uint32_t)RTC_TAMPCR_TAMPPRCH |\
-                                       (uint32_t)RTC_TAMPCR_TAMPPUDIS | (uint32_t)RTC_TAMPCR_TAMPIE | (uint32_t)RTC_TAMPCR_TAMP1IE |\
-                                       (uint32_t)RTC_TAMPCR_TAMP2IE | (uint32_t)RTC_TAMPCR_TAMP3IE | (uint32_t)RTC_TAMPCR_TAMP1NOERASE |\
-                                       (uint32_t)RTC_TAMPCR_TAMP2NOERASE | (uint32_t)RTC_TAMPCR_TAMP3NOERASE | (uint32_t)RTC_TAMPCR_TAMP1MF |\
-                                       (uint32_t)RTC_TAMPCR_TAMP2MF | (uint32_t)RTC_TAMPCR_TAMP3MF);
-
-  hrtc->Instance->TAMPCR |= tmpreg;
-
-  /* RTC Tamper Interrupt Configuration: EXTI configuration */
-  __HAL_RTC_TAMPER_TIMESTAMP_EXTI_ENABLE_IT();
-
-  EXTI->RTSR |= RTC_EXTI_LINE_TAMPER_TIMESTAMP_EVENT;
-
-  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Deactivates Tamper.
-  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for RTC.
-  * @param  Tamper: Selected tamper pin.
-  *          This parameter can be RTC_Tamper_1 and/or RTC_TAMPER_2.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateTamper(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t Tamper)
-{
-  assert_param(IS_RTC_TAMPER(Tamper));
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hrtc);
-
-  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY;
-
-/* Disable the selected Tamper pin */
-  hrtc->Instance->TAMPCR &= (uint32_t)~Tamper;
-
-  if ((Tamper & RTC_TAMPER_1) != 0)
-  {
-    /* Disable the Tamper1 interrupt */
-    hrtc->Instance->TAMPCR &= (uint32_t)~(RTC_IT_TAMP | RTC_IT_TAMP1);
-  }
-  if ((Tamper & RTC_TAMPER_2) != 0)
-  {
-    /* Disable the Tamper2 interrupt */
-    hrtc->Instance->TAMPCR &= (uint32_t)~(RTC_IT_TAMP | RTC_IT_TAMP2);
-  }
-  if ((Tamper & RTC_TAMPER_3) != 0)
-  {
-    /* Disable the Tamper2 interrupt */
-    hrtc->Instance->TAMPCR &= (uint32_t)~(RTC_IT_TAMP | RTC_IT_TAMP3);
-  }
-
-  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  This function handles TimeStamp interrupt request.
-  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for RTC.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_RTCEx_TamperTimeStampIRQHandler(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc)
-{
-  if(__HAL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_GET_IT(hrtc, RTC_IT_TS))
-  {
-    /* Get the status of the Interrupt */
-    if((uint32_t)(hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_IT_TS) != (uint32_t)RESET)
-    {
-       /* TIMESTAMP callback */
-        HAL_RTCEx_TimeStampEventCallback(hrtc);
-
-      /* Clear the TIMESTAMP interrupt pending bit */
-      __HAL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc,RTC_FLAG_TSF);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Get the status of the Interrupt */
-  if(__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_TAMP1F)== SET)
-  {
-    /* Get the TAMPER Interrupt enable bit and pending bit */
-    if((((hrtc->Instance->TAMPCR & RTC_TAMPCR_TAMPIE)) != (uint32_t)RESET) || \
-       (((hrtc->Instance->TAMPCR & RTC_TAMPCR_TAMP1IE)) != (uint32_t)RESET))
-    {
-      /* Tamper callback */
-      HAL_RTCEx_Tamper1EventCallback(hrtc);
-
-      /* Clear the Tamper interrupt pending bit */
-      __HAL_RTC_TAMPER_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc,RTC_FLAG_TAMP1F);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Get the status of the Interrupt */
-  if(__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_TAMP2F)== SET)
-  {
-    /* Get the TAMPER Interrupt enable bit and pending bit */
-    if((((hrtc->Instance->TAMPCR & RTC_TAMPCR_TAMPIE)) != (uint32_t)RESET) || \
-       (((hrtc->Instance->TAMPCR & RTC_TAMPCR_TAMP2IE)) != (uint32_t)RESET))
-    {
-      /* Tamper callback */
-      HAL_RTCEx_Tamper2EventCallback(hrtc);
-
-      /* Clear the Tamper interrupt pending bit */
-      __HAL_RTC_TAMPER_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_TAMP2F);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Get the status of the Interrupt */
-  if(__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_TAMP3F)== SET)
-  {
-    /* Get the TAMPER Interrupt enable bit and pending bit */
-    if((((hrtc->Instance->TAMPCR & RTC_TAMPCR_TAMPIE)) != (uint32_t)RESET) || \
-       (((hrtc->Instance->TAMPCR & RTC_TAMPCR_TAMP3IE)) != (uint32_t)RESET))
-    {
-      /* Tamper callback */
-      HAL_RTCEx_Tamper3EventCallback(hrtc);
-
-      /* Clear the Tamper interrupt pending bit */
-      __HAL_RTC_TAMPER_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_TAMP3F);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Clear the EXTI's Flag for RTC TimeStamp and Tamper */
-  __HAL_RTC_TAMPER_TIMESTAMP_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG();
-
-  /* Change RTC state */
-  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  TimeStamp callback.
-  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for RTC.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_RTCEx_TimeStampEventCallback(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_RTC_TimeStampEventCallback could be implemented in the user file
-  */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Tamper 1 callback.
-  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for RTC.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_RTCEx_Tamper1EventCallback(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_RTC_Tamper1EventCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Tamper 2 callback.
-  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for RTC.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_RTCEx_Tamper2EventCallback(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_RTC_Tamper2EventCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Tamper 3 callback.
-  * @param  hrtc: RTC handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_RTCEx_Tamper3EventCallback(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_RTCEx_Tamper3EventCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  This function handles TimeStamp polling request.
-  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for RTC.
-  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_PollForTimeStampEvent(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-
-  /* Get tick */
-  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-  while(__HAL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_TSF) == RESET)
-  {
-    if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
-    {
-      if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
-      {
-        hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  if(__HAL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_TSOVF) != RESET)
-  {
-    /* Clear the TIMESTAMP OverRun Flag */
-    __HAL_RTC_TIMESTAMP_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_TSOVF);
-
-    /* Change TIMESTAMP state */
-    hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR;
-
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-   }
-
-  /* Change RTC state */
-  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  This function handles Tamper1 Polling.
-  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for RTC.
-  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_PollForTamper1Event(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-
-  /* Get tick */
-  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-  /* Get the status of the Interrupt */
-  while(__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_TAMP1F)== RESET)
-  {
-    if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
-    {
-      if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
-      {
-        hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Clear the Tamper Flag */
-  __HAL_RTC_TAMPER_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc,RTC_FLAG_TAMP1F);
-
-  /* Change RTC state */
-  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  This function handles Tamper2 Polling.
-  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for RTC.
-  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_PollForTamper2Event(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-
-  /* Get tick */
-  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-  /* Get the status of the Interrupt */
-  while(__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_TAMP2F) == RESET)
-  {
-    if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
-    {
-      if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
-      {
-        hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Clear the Tamper Flag */
-  __HAL_RTC_TAMPER_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc,RTC_FLAG_TAMP2F);
-
-  /* Change RTC state */
-  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  This function handles Tamper3 Polling.
-  * @param  hrtc: RTC handle
-  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_PollForTamper3Event(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-  /* Get the status of the Interrupt */
-  while(__HAL_RTC_TAMPER_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_TAMP3F) == RESET)
-  {
-    if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
-    {
-      if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
-      {
-        hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Clear the Tamper Flag */
-  __HAL_RTC_TAMPER_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc,RTC_FLAG_TAMP3F);
-
-  /* Change RTC state */
-  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup RTCEx_Group2 RTC Wake-up functions
- *  @brief   RTC Wake-up functions
- *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-                        ##### RTC Wake-up functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-
- [..] This section provides functions allowing to configure Wake-up feature
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Sets wake up timer.
-  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for RTC.
-  * @param  WakeUpCounter: Wake up counter
-  * @param  WakeUpClock: Wake up clock
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetWakeUpTimer(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t WakeUpCounter, uint32_t WakeUpClock)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_RTC_WAKEUP_CLOCK(WakeUpClock));
-  assert_param(IS_RTC_WAKEUP_COUNTER(WakeUpCounter));
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hrtc);
-
-  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
-  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc);
-
-  __HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_DISABLE(hrtc);
-
-  /* Get tick */
-  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-  /*Check RTC WUTWF flag is reset only when wake up timer enabled*/
-  if((hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_CR_WUTE) != RESET)
-  {
-    /* Wait till RTC WUTWF flag is set and if Time out is reached exit */
-    while(__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_WUTWF) == RESET)
-    {
-      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RTC_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
-      {
-        /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
-        __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
-
-        hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-
-        /* Process Unlocked */
-        __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
-
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Clear the Wakeup Timer clock source bits in CR register */
-  hrtc->Instance->CR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_CR_WUCKSEL;
-
-  /* Configure the clock source */
-  hrtc->Instance->CR |= (uint32_t)WakeUpClock;
-
-  /* Configure the Wakeup Timer counter */
-  hrtc->Instance->WUTR = (uint32_t)WakeUpCounter;
-
-   /* Enable the Wakeup Timer */
-  __HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_ENABLE(hrtc);
-
-  /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
-  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
-
-  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Sets wake up timer with interrupt
-  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for RTC.
-  * @param  WakeUpCounter: Wake up counter
-  * @param  WakeUpClock: Wake up clock
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetWakeUpTimer_IT(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t WakeUpCounter, uint32_t WakeUpClock)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_RTC_WAKEUP_CLOCK(WakeUpClock));
-  assert_param(IS_RTC_WAKEUP_COUNTER(WakeUpCounter));
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hrtc);
-
-  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
-  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc);
-
-  __HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_DISABLE(hrtc);
-
-  /* Get tick */
-  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-    /*Check RTC WUTWF flag is reset only when wake up timer enabled*/
-  if((hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_CR_WUTE) != RESET)
-  {
-    /* Wait till RTC WUTWF flag is set and if Time out is reached exit */
-    while(__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_WUTWF) == RESET)
-    {
-      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RTC_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
-      {
-        /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
-        __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
-
-        hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-
-        /* Process Unlocked */
-        __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
-
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Configure the Wakeup Timer counter */
-  hrtc->Instance->WUTR = (uint32_t)WakeUpCounter;
-
-  /* Clear the Wakeup Timer clock source bits in CR register */
-  hrtc->Instance->CR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_CR_WUCKSEL;
-
-  /* Configure the clock source */
-  hrtc->Instance->CR |= (uint32_t)WakeUpClock;
-
-  /* RTC WakeUpTimer Interrupt Configuration: EXTI configuration */
-  __HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_EXTI_ENABLE_IT();
-
-  EXTI->RTSR |= RTC_EXTI_LINE_WAKEUPTIMER_EVENT;
-
-  /* Configure the Interrupt in the RTC_CR register */
-  __HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_ENABLE_IT(hrtc,RTC_IT_WUT);
-
-  /* Enable the Wakeup Timer */
-  __HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_ENABLE(hrtc);
-
-  /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
-  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
-
-  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Deactivates wake up timer counter.
-  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for RTC.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-uint32_t HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateWakeUpTimer(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hrtc);
-
-  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
-  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc);
-
-  /* Disable the Wakeup Timer */
-  __HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_DISABLE(hrtc);
-
-  /* In case of interrupt mode is used, the interrupt source must disabled */
-  __HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_DISABLE_IT(hrtc,RTC_IT_WUT);
-
-  /* Get tick */
-  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-  /* Wait till RTC WUTWF flag is set and if Time out is reached exit */
-  while(__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_WUTWF) == RESET)
-  {
-    if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RTC_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
-    {
-      /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
-      __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
-
-      hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-
-      /* Process Unlocked */
-      __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
-
-      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
-  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
-
-  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Gets wake up timer counter.
-  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for RTC.
-  * @retval Counter value
-  */
-uint32_t HAL_RTCEx_GetWakeUpTimer(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc)
-{
-  /* Get the counter value */
-  return ((uint32_t)(hrtc->Instance->WUTR & RTC_WUTR_WUT));
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  This function handles Wake Up Timer interrupt request.
-  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for RTC.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_RTCEx_WakeUpTimerIRQHandler(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc)
-{
-  if(__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_GET_IT(hrtc, RTC_IT_WUT))
-  {
-    /* Get the status of the Interrupt */
-    if((uint32_t)(hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_IT_WUT) != (uint32_t)RESET)
-    {
-      /* WAKEUPTIMER callback */
-      HAL_RTCEx_WakeUpTimerEventCallback(hrtc);
-
-      /* Clear the WAKEUPTIMER interrupt pending bit */
-      __HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_WUTF);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Clear the EXTI's line Flag for RTC WakeUpTimer */
-  __HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG();
-
-  /* Change RTC state */
-  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Wake Up Timer callback.
-  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for RTC.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_RTCEx_WakeUpTimerEventCallback(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_RTC_WakeUpTimerEventCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  This function handles Wake Up Timer Polling.
-  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for RTC.
-  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_PollForWakeUpTimerEvent(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-
-  /* Get tick */
-  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-  while(__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_WUTF) == RESET)
-  {
-    if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
-    {
-      if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
-      {
-        hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Clear the WAKEUPTIMER Flag */
-  __HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_WUTF);
-
-  /* Change RTC state */
-  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-
-/** @defgroup RTCEx_Group3 Extension Peripheral Control functions
- *  @brief   Extension Peripheral Control functions
- *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-              ##### Extension Peripheral Control functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]
-    This subsection provides functions allowing to
-      (+) Write a data in a specified RTC Backup data register
-      (+) Read a data in a specified RTC Backup data register
-      (+) Set the Coarse calibration parameters.
-      (+) Deactivate the Coarse calibration parameters
-      (+) Set the Smooth calibration parameters.
-      (+) Configure the Synchronization Shift Control Settings.
-      (+) Configure the Calibration Pinout (RTC_CALIB) Selection (1Hz or 512Hz).
-      (+) Deactivate the Calibration Pinout (RTC_CALIB) Selection (1Hz or 512Hz).
-      (+) Enable the RTC reference clock detection.
-      (+) Disable the RTC reference clock detection.
-      (+) Enable the Bypass Shadow feature.
-      (+) Disable the Bypass Shadow feature.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Writes a data in a specified RTC Backup data register.
-  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for RTC.
-  * @param  BackupRegister: RTC Backup data Register number.
-  *          This parameter can be: RTC_BKP_DRx where x can be from 0 to 19 to
-  *                                 specify the register.
-  * @param  Data: Data to be written in the specified RTC Backup data register.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_RTCEx_BKUPWrite(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t BackupRegister, uint32_t Data)
-{
-  uint32_t tmp = 0;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_RTC_BKP(BackupRegister));
-
-  tmp = (uint32_t)&(hrtc->Instance->BKP0R);
-  tmp += (BackupRegister * 4);
-
-  /* Write the specified register */
-  *(__IO uint32_t *)tmp = (uint32_t)Data;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Reads data from the specified RTC Backup data Register.
-  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for RTC.
-  * @param  BackupRegister: RTC Backup data Register number.
-  *          This parameter can be: RTC_BKP_DRx where x can be from 0 to 19 to
-  *                                 specify the register.
-  * @retval Read value
-  */
-uint32_t HAL_RTCEx_BKUPRead(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t BackupRegister)
-{
-  uint32_t tmp = 0;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_RTC_BKP(BackupRegister));
-
-  tmp = (uint32_t)&(hrtc->Instance->BKP0R);
-  tmp += (BackupRegister * 4);
-
-  /* Read the specified register */
-  return (*(__IO uint32_t *)tmp);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Sets the Smooth calibration parameters.
-  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for RTC.
-  * @param  SmoothCalibPeriod: Select the Smooth Calibration Period.
-  *          This parameter can be can be one of the following values :
-  *             @arg RTC_SMOOTHCALIB_PERIOD_32SEC: The smooth calibration period is 32s.
-  *             @arg RTC_SMOOTHCALIB_PERIOD_16SEC: The smooth calibration period is 16s.
-  *             @arg RTC_SMOOTHCALIB_PERIOD_8SEC: The smooth calibration period is 8s.
-  * @param  SmoothCalibPlusPulses: Select to Set or reset the CALP bit.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *             @arg RTC_SMOOTHCALIB_PLUSPULSES_SET: Add one RTCCLK pulses every 2*11 pulses.
-  *             @arg RTC_SMOOTHCALIB_PLUSPULSES_RESET: No RTCCLK pulses are added.
-  * @param  SmouthCalibMinusPulsesValue: Select the value of CALM[8:0] bits.
-  *          This parameter can be one any value from 0 to 0x000001FF.
-  * @note   To deactivate the smooth calibration, the field SmoothCalibPlusPulses
-  *         must be equal to SMOOTHCALIB_PLUSPULSES_RESET and the field
-  *         SmouthCalibMinusPulsesValue must be equal to 0.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetSmoothCalib(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc, uint32_t SmoothCalibPeriod, uint32_t SmoothCalibPlusPulses, uint32_t SmouthCalibMinusPulsesValue)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_RTC_SMOOTH_CALIB_PERIOD(SmoothCalibPeriod));
-  assert_param(IS_RTC_SMOOTH_CALIB_PLUS(SmoothCalibPlusPulses));
-  assert_param(IS_RTC_SMOOTH_CALIB_MINUS(SmouthCalibMinusPulsesValue));
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hrtc);
-
-  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
-  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc);
-
-  /* check if a calibration is pending*/
-  if((hrtc->Instance->ISR & RTC_ISR_RECALPF) != RESET)
-  {
-  /* Get tick */
-  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-    /* check if a calibration is pending*/
-    while((hrtc->Instance->ISR & RTC_ISR_RECALPF) != RESET)
-    {
-      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RTC_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
-      {
-        /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
-        __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
-
-        /* Change RTC state */
-        hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-
-        /* Process Unlocked */
-        __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
-
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Configure the Smooth calibration settings */
-  hrtc->Instance->CALR = (uint32_t)((uint32_t)SmoothCalibPeriod | (uint32_t)SmoothCalibPlusPulses | (uint32_t)SmouthCalibMinusPulsesValue);
-
-  /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
-  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
-
-  /* Change RTC state */
-  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Configures the Synchronization Shift Control Settings.
-  * @note   When REFCKON is set, firmware must not write to Shift control register.
-  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for RTC.
-  * @param  ShiftAdd1S: Select to add or not 1 second to the time calendar.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values :
-  *             @arg RTC_SHIFTADD1S_SET: Add one second to the clock calendar.
-  *             @arg RTC_SHIFTADD1S_RESET: No effect.
-  * @param  ShiftSubFS: Select the number of Second Fractions to substitute.
-  *          This parameter can be one any value from 0 to 0x7FFF.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetSynchroShift(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc, uint32_t ShiftAdd1S, uint32_t ShiftSubFS)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_RTC_SHIFT_ADD1S(ShiftAdd1S));
-  assert_param(IS_RTC_SHIFT_SUBFS(ShiftSubFS));
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hrtc);
-
-  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
-  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc);
-
-  /* Get tick */
-  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-    /* Wait until the shift is completed*/
-    while((hrtc->Instance->ISR & RTC_ISR_SHPF) != RESET)
-    {
-      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RTC_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
-      {
-        /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
-        __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
-
-        hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-
-        /* Process Unlocked */
-        __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
-
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Check if the reference clock detection is disabled */
-    if((hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_CR_REFCKON) == RESET)
-    {
-      /* Configure the Shift settings */
-      hrtc->Instance->SHIFTR = (uint32_t)(uint32_t)(ShiftSubFS) | (uint32_t)(ShiftAdd1S);
-
-      /* If  RTC_CR_BYPSHAD bit = 0, wait for synchro else this check is not needed */
-      if((hrtc->Instance->CR & RTC_CR_BYPSHAD) == RESET)
-      {
-        if(HAL_RTC_WaitForSynchro(hrtc) != HAL_OK)
-        {
-          /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
-          __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
-
-          hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR;
-
-          /* Process Unlocked */
-          __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
-
-          return HAL_ERROR;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
-      __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
-
-      /* Change RTC state */
-      hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR;
-
-      /* Process Unlocked */
-      __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
-
-      return HAL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-  /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
-  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
-
-  /* Change RTC state */
-  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Configures the Calibration Pinout (RTC_CALIB) Selection (1Hz or 512Hz).
-  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for RTC.
-  * @param  CalibOutput: Select the Calibration output Selection .
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *             @arg RTC_CALIBOUTPUT_512HZ: A signal has a regular waveform at 512Hz.
-  *             @arg RTC_CALIBOUTPUT_1HZ: A signal has a regular waveform at 1Hz.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetCalibrationOutPut(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc, uint32_t CalibOutput)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_RTC_CALIB_OUTPUT(CalibOutput));
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hrtc);
-
-  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
-  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc);
-
-  /* Clear flags before config */
-  hrtc->Instance->CR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_CR_COSEL;
-
-  /* Configure the RTC_CR register */
-  hrtc->Instance->CR |= (uint32_t)CalibOutput;
-
-  __HAL_RTC_CALIBRATION_OUTPUT_ENABLE(hrtc);
-
-  /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
-  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
-
-  /* Change RTC state */
-  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Deactivates the Calibration Pinout (RTC_CALIB) Selection (1Hz or 512Hz).
-  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for RTC.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateCalibrationOutPut(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc)
-{
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hrtc);
-
-  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
-  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc);
-
-  __HAL_RTC_CALIBRATION_OUTPUT_DISABLE(hrtc);
-
-  /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
-  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
-
-  /* Change RTC state */
-  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Enables the RTC reference clock detection.
-  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for RTC.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_SetRefClock(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc)
-{
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hrtc);
-
-  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
-  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc);
-
-  /* Set Initialization mode */
-  if(RTC_EnterInitMode(hrtc) != HAL_OK)
-  {
-    /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
-    __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
-
-    /* Set RTC state*/
-    hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR;
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
-
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    __HAL_RTC_CLOCKREF_DETECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
-
-    /* Exit Initialization mode */
-    hrtc->Instance->ISR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_ISR_INIT;
-  }
-
-  /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
-  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
-
-   /* Change RTC state */
-  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Disable the RTC reference clock detection.
-  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for RTC.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_DeactivateRefClock(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc)
-{
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hrtc);
-
-  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
-  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc);
-
-  /* Set Initialization mode */
-  if(RTC_EnterInitMode(hrtc) != HAL_OK)
-  {
-    /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
-    __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
-
-    /* Set RTC state*/
-    hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_ERROR;
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
-
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    __HAL_RTC_CLOCKREF_DETECTION_DISABLE(hrtc);
-
-    /* Exit Initialization mode */
-    hrtc->Instance->ISR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_ISR_INIT;
-  }
-
-  /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
-  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
-
-  /* Change RTC state */
-  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Enables the Bypass Shadow feature.
-  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for RTC.
-  * @note   When the Bypass Shadow is enabled the calendar value are taken
-  *         directly from the Calendar counter.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_EnableBypassShadow(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc)
-{
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hrtc);
-
-  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
-  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc);
-
-  /* Set the BYPSHAD bit */
-  hrtc->Instance->CR |= (uint8_t)RTC_CR_BYPSHAD;
-
-  /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
-  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
-
-  /* Change RTC state */
-  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Disables the Bypass Shadow feature.
-  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for RTC.
-  * @note   When the Bypass Shadow is enabled the calendar value are taken
-  *         directly from the Calendar counter.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_DisableBypassShadow(RTC_HandleTypeDef* hrtc)
-{
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hrtc);
-
-  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
-  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc);
-
-  /* Reset the BYPSHAD bit */
-  hrtc->Instance->CR &= (uint8_t)~RTC_CR_BYPSHAD;
-
-  /* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
-  __HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
-
-  /* Change RTC state */
-  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hrtc);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-  /** @defgroup RTCEx_Group4 Extended features functions
- *  @brief    Extended features functions
- *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-                 ##### Extended features functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
-      (+) RTC Alram B callback
-      (+) RTC Poll for Alarm B request
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Alarm B callback.
-  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for RTC.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_RTCEx_AlarmBEventCallback(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_RTC_AlarmBEventCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  This function handles AlarmB Polling request.
-  * @param  hrtc: pointer to a RTC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for RTC.
-  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RTCEx_PollForAlarmBEvent(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-
-  /* Get tick */
-  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-  while(__HAL_RTC_ALARM_GET_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_ALRBF) == RESET)
-  {
-    if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
-    {
-      if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
-      {
-        hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Clear the Alarm Flag */
-  __HAL_RTC_ALARM_CLEAR_FLAG(hrtc, RTC_FLAG_ALRBF);
-
-  /* Change RTC state */
-  hrtc->State = HAL_RTC_STATE_READY;
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-#endif /* HAL_RTC_MODULE_ENABLED */
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_sai.c b/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_sai.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 525348c8d1..0000000000
--- a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_sai.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1900 +0,0 @@
-/**
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @file    stm32f7xx_hal_sai.c
-  * @author  MCD Application Team
-  * @version V1.0.1
-  * @date    25-June-2015
-  * @brief   SAI HAL module driver.
-  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
-  *          functionalities of the Serial Audio Interface (SAI) peripheral:
-  *           + Initialization/de-initialization functions
-  *           + I/O operation functions
-  *           + Peripheral Control functions
-  *           + Peripheral State functions
-  *
-  @verbatim
- ==============================================================================
-                  ##### How to use this driver #####
-  ==============================================================================
-
-  [..]
-    The SAI HAL driver can be used as follows:
-
-    (#) Declare a SAI_HandleTypeDef handle structure.
-    (#) Initialize the SAI low level resources by implementing the HAL_SAI_MspInit() API:
-        (##) Enable the SAI interface clock.
-        (##) SAI pins configuration:
-            (+++) Enable the clock for the SAI GPIOs.
-            (+++) Configure these SAI pins as alternate function pull-up.
-        (##) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process (HAL_SAI_Transmit_IT()
-             and HAL_SAI_Receive_IT() APIs):
-            (+++) Configure the SAI interrupt priority.
-            (+++) Enable the NVIC SAI IRQ handle.
-
-        (##) DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process (HAL_SAI_Transmit_DMA()
-             and HAL_SAI_Receive_DMA() APIs):
-            (+++) Declare a DMA handle structure for the Tx/Rx stream.
-            (+++) Enable the DMAx interface clock.
-            (+++) Configure the declared DMA handle structure with the required Tx/Rx parameters.
-            (+++) Configure the DMA Tx/Rx Stream.
-            (+++) Associate the initialized DMA handle to the SAI DMA Tx/Rx handle.
-            (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete interrupt on the
-                DMA Tx/Rx Stream.
-
-   (#) Program the SAI Mode, Standard, Data Format, MCLK Output, Audio frequency and Polarity
-       using HAL_SAI_Init() function.
-
-   -@- The specific SAI interrupts (FIFO request and Overrun underrun interrupt)
-       will be managed using the macros __SAI_ENABLE_IT() and __SAI_DISABLE_IT()
-       inside the transmit and receive process.
-
-  [..]
-   (@) SAI Clock Source, the configuration is managed through RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig()
-            function in the HAL RCC drivers
-  [..]
-   (@) Make sure that either:
-       (+@) I2S PLL is configured or
-       (+@) SAI PLL is configured or
-       (+@) External clock source is configured after setting correctly
-            the define constant EXTERNAL_CLOCK_VALUE in the stm32f7xx_hal_conf.h file.
-
-  [..]
-    (@) In master Tx mode: enabling the audio block immediately generates the bit clock
-        for the external slaves even if there is no data in the FIFO, However FS signal
-        generation is conditioned by the presence of data in the FIFO.
-
-  [..]
-    (@) In master Rx mode: enabling the audio block immediately generates the bit clock
-        and FS signal for the external slaves.
-
-  [..]
-    (@) It is mandatory to respect the following conditions in order to avoid bad SAI behavior:
-        (+@)  First bit Offset <= (SLOT size - Data size)
-        (+@)  Data size <= SLOT size
-        (+@)  Number of SLOT x SLOT size = Frame length
-        (+@)  The number of slots should be even when SAI_FS_CHANNEL_IDENTIFICATION is selected.
-
-  [..]
-     Three operation modes are available within this driver :
-
-   *** Polling mode IO operation ***
-   =================================
-   [..]
-     (+) Send an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_SAI_Transmit()
-     (+) Receive an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_SAI_Receive()
-
-   *** Interrupt mode IO operation ***
-   ===================================
-   [..]
-     (+) Send an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_SAI_Transmit_IT()
-     (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_SAI_TxCpltCallback is executed and user can
-         add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_SAI_TxCpltCallback
-     (+) Receive an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_SAI_Receive_IT()
-     (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_SAI_RxCpltCallback is executed and user can
-         add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_SAI_RxCpltCallback
-     (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_SAI_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
-         add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_SAI_ErrorCallback
-
-   *** DMA mode IO operation ***
-   ==============================
-   [..]
-     (+) Send an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using HAL_SAI_Transmit_DMA()
-     (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_SAI_TxCpltCallback is executed and user can
-         add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_SAI_TxCpltCallback
-     (+) Receive an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using HAL_SAI_Receive_DMA()
-     (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_SAI_RxCpltCallback is executed and user can
-         add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_SAI_RxCpltCallback
-     (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_SAI_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
-         add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_SAI_ErrorCallback
-     (+) Pause the DMA Transfer using HAL_SAI_DMAPause()
-     (+) Resume the DMA Transfer using HAL_SAI_DMAResume()
-     (+) Stop the DMA Transfer using HAL_SAI_DMAStop()
-
-   *** SAI HAL driver macros list ***
-   =============================================
-   [..]
-     Below the list of most used macros in USART HAL driver :
-
-      (+) __HAL_SAI_ENABLE: Enable the SAI peripheral
-      (+) __HAL_SAI_DISABLE: Disable the SAI peripheral
-      (+) __HAL_SAI_ENABLE_IT : Enable the specified SAI interrupts
-      (+) __HAL_SAI_DISABLE_IT : Disable the specified SAI interrupts
-      (+) __HAL_SAI_GET_IT_SOURCE: Check if the specified SAI interrupt source is
-          enabled or disabled
-      (+) __HAL_SAI_GET_FLAG: Check whether the specified SAI flag is set or not
-
-  @endverbatim
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @attention
-  *
-  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
-  *
-  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
-  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
-  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
-  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
-  *      without specific prior written permission.
-  *
-  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
-  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
-  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
-  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
-  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
-  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
-  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
-  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
-  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
-  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-  *
-  ******************************************************************************
-  */
-
-/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
-
-/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup SAI SAI
-  * @brief SAI HAL module driver
-  * @{
-  */
-
-#ifdef HAL_SAI_MODULE_ENABLED
-
-/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
-/** @defgroup SAI_Private_Typedefs  SAI Private Typedefs
-  * @{
-  */
-typedef enum {
-  SAI_MODE_DMA,
-  SAI_MODE_IT
-}SAI_ModeTypedef;
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/** @defgroup SAI_Private_Constants  SAI Private Constants
-  * @{
-  */
-#define SAI_FIFO_SIZE       8
-#define SAI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT 4
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/* SAI registers Masks */
-#define CR1_CLEAR_MASK            ((uint32_t)0xFF04C010)
-#define FRCR_CLEAR_MASK           ((uint32_t)0xFFF88000)
-#define SLOTR_CLEAR_MASK          ((uint32_t)0x0000F020)
-
-#define SAI_TIMEOUT_VALUE         10
-/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
-static void SAI_FillFifo(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai);
-static uint32_t SAI_InterruptFlag(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai, uint32_t mode);
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef SAI_InitI2S(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai, uint32_t protocol, uint32_t datasize, uint32_t nbslot);
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef SAI_InitPCM(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai, uint32_t protocol, uint32_t datasize, uint32_t nbslot);
-
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef SAI_Disable(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai);
-static void SAI_Transmit_IT8Bit(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai);
-static void SAI_Transmit_IT16Bit(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai);
-static void SAI_Transmit_IT32Bit(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai);
-static void SAI_Receive_IT8Bit(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai);
-static void SAI_Receive_IT16Bit(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai);
-static void SAI_Receive_IT32Bit(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai);
-
-static void SAI_DMATxCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
-static void SAI_DMATxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
-static void SAI_DMARxCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
-static void SAI_DMARxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
-static void SAI_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
-
-/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/** @defgroup SAI_Exported_Functions  SAI Exported Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup SAI_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
- *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions
- *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-              ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]  This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize and
-          de-initialize the SAIx peripheral:
-
-      (+) User must implement HAL_SAI_MspInit() function in which he configures
-          all related peripherals resources (CLOCK, GPIO, DMA, IT and NVIC ).
-
-      (+) Call the function HAL_SAI_Init() to configure the selected device with
-          the selected configuration:
-        (++) Mode (Master/slave TX/RX)
-        (++) Protocol
-        (++) Data Size
-        (++) MCLK Output
-        (++) Audio frequency
-        (++) FIFO Threshold
-        (++) Frame Config
-        (++) Slot Config
-
-      (+) Call the function HAL_SAI_DeInit() to restore the default configuration
-          of the selected SAI peripheral.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the structure FrameInit, SlotInit and the low part of
-  *         Init according to the specified parameters and call the function
-  *         HAL_SAI_Init to initialize the SAI block.
-  * @param  hsai : pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *               the configuration information for SAI module.
-  * @param  protocol : one of the supported protocol @ref SAI_Protocol
-  * @param  datasize : one of the supported datasize @ref SAI_Protocol_DataSize
-  *                the configuration information for SAI module.
-  * @param  nbslot   : Number of slot.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SAI_InitProtocol(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai, uint32_t protocol, uint32_t datasize, uint32_t nbslot)
-{
-  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_SAI_SUPPORTED_PROTOCOL(protocol));
-  assert_param(IS_SAI_PROTOCOL_DATASIZE(datasize));
-
-  switch(protocol)
-  {
-  case SAI_I2S_STANDARD :
-  case SAI_I2S_MSBJUSTIFIED :
-  case SAI_I2S_LSBJUSTIFIED :
-    status = SAI_InitI2S(hsai, protocol, datasize, nbslot);
-    break;
-  case SAI_PCM_LONG :
-  case SAI_PCM_SHORT :
-    status = SAI_InitPCM(hsai, protocol, datasize, nbslot);
-    break;
-  default :
-    status = HAL_ERROR;
-    break;
-  }
-
-  if(status == HAL_OK)
-  {
-    status = HAL_SAI_Init(hsai);
-  }
-
-  return status;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the SAI according to the specified parameters
-  *         in the SAI_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
-  * @param  hsai: pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for SAI module.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SAI_Init(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai)
-{
-  uint32_t tmpclock = 0;
-
-  /* This variable used to store the SAI_CK_x (value in Hz) */
-  uint32_t freq = 0;
-
-  /* Check the SAI handle allocation */
-  if(hsai == NULL)
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Check the SAI Block parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_SAI_AUDIO_FREQUENCY(hsai->Init.AudioFrequency));
-  assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_PROTOCOL(hsai->Init.Protocol));
-  assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_MODE(hsai->Init.AudioMode));
-  assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_SYNCEXT(hsai->Init.SynchroExt));
-  assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_DATASIZE(hsai->Init.DataSize));
-  assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_FIRST_BIT(hsai->Init.FirstBit));
-  assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_CLOCK_STROBING(hsai->Init.ClockStrobing));
-  assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_SYNCHRO(hsai->Init.Synchro));
-  assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_OUTPUT_DRIVE(hsai->Init.OutputDrive));
-  assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_NODIVIDER(hsai->Init.NoDivider));
-  assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_FIFO_THRESHOLD(hsai->Init.FIFOThreshold));
-  assert_param(IS_SAI_MONO_STEREO_MODE(hsai->Init.MonoStereoMode));
-  assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_COMPANDING_MODE(hsai->Init.CompandingMode));
-  assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_TRISTATE_MANAGEMENT(hsai->Init.TriState));
-
-  /* Check the SAI Block Frame parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_FRAME_LENGTH(hsai->FrameInit.FrameLength));
-  assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_ACTIVE_FRAME(hsai->FrameInit.ActiveFrameLength));
-  assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_FS_DEFINITION(hsai->FrameInit.FSDefinition));
-  assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_FS_POLARITY(hsai->FrameInit.FSPolarity));
-  assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_FS_OFFSET(hsai->FrameInit.FSOffset));
-
-  /* Check the SAI Block Slot parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_FIRSTBIT_OFFSET(hsai->SlotInit.FirstBitOffset));
-  assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_SLOT_SIZE(hsai->SlotInit.SlotSize));
-  assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_SLOT_NUMBER(hsai->SlotInit.SlotNumber));
-  assert_param(IS_SAI_SLOT_ACTIVE(hsai->SlotInit.SlotActive));
-
-  if(hsai->State == HAL_SAI_STATE_RESET)
-  {
-    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
-    hsai->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
-
-    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */
-    HAL_SAI_MspInit(hsai);
-  }
-
-  hsai->State = HAL_SAI_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Disable the selected SAI peripheral */
-  SAI_Disable(hsai);
-
-  /* SAI Block Synchro Configuration -----------------------------------------*/
-  SAI_BlockSynchroConfig(hsai);
-
-  /* Configure Master Clock using the following formula :
-     MCLK_x = SAI_CK_x / (MCKDIV[3:0] * 2) with MCLK_x = 256 * FS
-     FS = SAI_CK_x / (MCKDIV[3:0] * 2) * 256
-     MCKDIV[3:0] = SAI_CK_x / FS * 512 */
-  if(hsai->Init.AudioFrequency != SAI_AUDIO_FREQUENCY_MCKDIV)
-  {
-  /* Get SAI clock source based on Source clock selection from RCC */
-  freq = SAI_GetInputClock(hsai);
-
-    /* (saiclocksource x 10) to keep Significant digits */
-    tmpclock = (((freq * 10) / ((hsai->Init.AudioFrequency) * 512)));
-
-    hsai->Init.Mckdiv = tmpclock / 10;
-
-        /* Round result to the nearest integer */
-    if((tmpclock % 10) > 8)
-    {
-      hsai->Init.Mckdiv+= 1;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* SAI Block Configuration ------------------------------------------------------------*/
-  /* SAI CR1 Configuration */
-  hsai->Instance->CR1&=~(SAI_xCR1_MODE | SAI_xCR1_PRTCFG |  SAI_xCR1_DS |      \
-                         SAI_xCR1_LSBFIRST | SAI_xCR1_CKSTR | SAI_xCR1_SYNCEN |\
-                         SAI_xCR1_MONO | SAI_xCR1_OUTDRIV  | SAI_xCR1_DMAEN |  \
-                         SAI_xCR1_NODIV | SAI_xCR1_MCKDIV);
-
-  hsai->Instance->CR1|= (hsai->Init.AudioMode | hsai->Init.Protocol |           \
-                        hsai->Init.DataSize | hsai->Init.FirstBit  |           \
-                        hsai->Init.ClockStrobing | hsai->Init.Synchro |        \
-                        hsai->Init.MonoStereoMode | hsai->Init.OutputDrive |   \
-                        hsai->Init.NoDivider | (hsai->Init.Mckdiv << 20) | hsai->Init.CompandingMode);
-
-  /* SAI CR2 Configuration */
-  hsai->Instance->CR2&= ~(SAI_xCR2_FTH | SAI_xCR2_FFLUSH | SAI_xCR2_COMP);
-  hsai->Instance->CR2|=  (hsai->Init.FIFOThreshold | hsai->Init.CompandingMode | hsai->Init.TriState);
-
-
-  /* SAI Frame Configuration -----------------------------------------*/
-  hsai->Instance->FRCR&=(~(SAI_xFRCR_FRL | SAI_xFRCR_FSALL | SAI_xFRCR_FSDEF | \
-                           SAI_xFRCR_FSPO | SAI_xFRCR_FSOFF));
-  hsai->Instance->FRCR|=((hsai->FrameInit.FrameLength - 1)  |
-                            hsai->FrameInit.FSOffset |
-                            hsai->FrameInit.FSDefinition |
-                            hsai->FrameInit.FSPolarity   |
-                            ((hsai->FrameInit.ActiveFrameLength - 1) << 8));
-
-  /* SAI Block_x SLOT Configuration ------------------------------------------*/
-  /* This register has no meaning in AC 97 and SPDIF audio protocol */
-  hsai->Instance->SLOTR&= (~(SAI_xSLOTR_FBOFF | SAI_xSLOTR_SLOTSZ |            \
-                             SAI_xSLOTR_NBSLOT | SAI_xSLOTR_SLOTEN ));
-
-  hsai->Instance->SLOTR|=  hsai->SlotInit.FirstBitOffset |  hsai->SlotInit.SlotSize
-                          | hsai->SlotInit.SlotActive | ((hsai->SlotInit.SlotNumber - 1) <<  8);
-
-  /* Initialise the error code */
-  hsai->ErrorCode = HAL_SAI_ERROR_NONE;
-
-  /* Initialize the SAI state */
-  hsai->State= HAL_SAI_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Release Lock */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hsai);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  DeInitializes the SAI peripheral.
-  * @param  hsai: pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for SAI module.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SAI_DeInit(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai)
-{
-  /* Check the SAI handle allocation */
-  if(hsai == NULL)
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  hsai->State = HAL_SAI_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Disabled All interrupt and clear all the flag */
-  hsai->Instance->IMR = 0;
-  hsai->Instance->CLRFR = 0xFFFFFFFF;
-
-  /* Disable the SAI */
-  SAI_Disable(hsai);
-
-  /* Flush the fifo */
-  SET_BIT(hsai->Instance->CR2, SAI_xCR2_FFLUSH);
-
-  /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */
-  HAL_SAI_MspDeInit(hsai);
-
-  /* Initialize the error code */
-  hsai->ErrorCode = HAL_SAI_ERROR_NONE;
-
-  /* Initialize the SAI state */
-  hsai->State = HAL_SAI_STATE_RESET;
-
-  /* Release Lock */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hsai);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief SAI MSP Init.
-  * @param  hsai: pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for SAI module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_SAI_MspInit(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_SAI_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief SAI MSP DeInit.
-  * @param  hsai: pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for SAI module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_SAI_MspDeInit(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_SAI_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup SAI_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
- *  @brief   Data transfers functions
- *
-@verbatim
-  ===============================================================================
-                      ##### IO operation functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]
-    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the SAI data
-    transfers.
-
-    (+) There are two modes of transfer:
-       (++) Blocking mode : The communication is performed in the polling mode.
-            The status of all data processing is returned by the same function
-            after finishing transfer.
-       (++) No-Blocking mode : The communication is performed using Interrupts
-            or DMA. These functions return the status of the transfer startup.
-            The end of the data processing will be indicated through the
-            dedicated SAI IRQ when using Interrupt mode or the DMA IRQ when
-            using DMA mode.
-
-    (+) Blocking mode functions are :
-        (++) HAL_SAI_Transmit()
-        (++) HAL_SAI_Receive()
-        (++) HAL_SAI_TransmitReceive()
-
-    (+) Non Blocking mode functions with Interrupt are :
-        (++) HAL_SAI_Transmit_IT()
-        (++) HAL_SAI_Receive_IT()
-        (++) HAL_SAI_TransmitReceive_IT()
-
-    (+) Non Blocking mode functions with DMA are :
-        (++) HAL_SAI_Transmit_DMA()
-        (++) HAL_SAI_Receive_DMA()
-        (++) HAL_SAI_TransmitReceive_DMA()
-
-    (+) A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in non Blocking mode:
-        (++) HAL_SAI_TxCpltCallback()
-        (++) HAL_SAI_RxCpltCallback()
-        (++) HAL_SAI_ErrorCallback()
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Transmits an amount of data in blocking mode.
-  * @param  hsai: pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for SAI module.
-  * @param  pData: Pointer to data buffer
-  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be sent
-  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SAI_Transmit(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai, uint8_t* pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-
-  if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0))
-  {
-    return  HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if(hsai->State == HAL_SAI_STATE_READY)
-  {
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hsai);
-
-    hsai->State = HAL_SAI_STATE_BUSY_TX;
-    hsai->ErrorCode = HAL_SAI_ERROR_NONE;
-    hsai->XferSize = Size;
-    hsai->XferCount = Size;
-    hsai->pBuffPtr = pData;
-
-    /* Check if the SAI is already enabled */
-    if((hsai->Instance->CR1 & SAI_xCR1_SAIEN) != SAI_xCR1_SAIEN)
-    {
-      /* fill the fifo with data before to enabled the SAI */
-      SAI_FillFifo(hsai);
-      /* Enable SAI peripheral */
-      __HAL_SAI_ENABLE(hsai);
-    }
-
-    while(hsai->XferCount > 0)
-    {
-      /* Write data if the FIFO is not full */
-      if((hsai->Instance->SR & SAI_xSR_FLVL) != SAI_FIFOSTATUS_FULL)
-      {
-        if((hsai->Init.DataSize == SAI_DATASIZE_8) && (hsai->Init.CompandingMode == SAI_NOCOMPANDING))
-        {
-          hsai->Instance->DR = (*hsai->pBuffPtr++);
-        }
-        else if(hsai->Init.DataSize <= SAI_DATASIZE_16)
-        {
-          hsai->Instance->DR = *((uint16_t *)hsai->pBuffPtr);
-          hsai->pBuffPtr+= 2;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          hsai->Instance->DR = *((uint32_t *)hsai->pBuffPtr);
-          hsai->pBuffPtr+= 4;
-        }
-        hsai->XferCount--;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        /* Get tick */
-        tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-        /* Check for the Timeout */
-        if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
-        {
-          if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
-          {
-            /* Update error code */
-            hsai->ErrorCode |= HAL_SAI_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
-
-            /* Process Unlocked */
-            __HAL_UNLOCK(hsai);
-
-            /* Change the SAI state */
-            hsai->State = HAL_SAI_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-
-            return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-          }
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    hsai->State = HAL_SAI_STATE_READY;
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hsai);
-
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Receives an amount of data in blocking mode.
-  * @param  hsai: pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for SAI module.
-  * @param  pData: Pointer to data buffer
-  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be received
-  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SAI_Receive(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-
-  if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0))
-  {
-    return  HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if(hsai->State == HAL_SAI_STATE_READY)
-  {
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hsai);
-
-    hsai->State = HAL_SAI_STATE_BUSY_RX;
-    hsai->ErrorCode = HAL_SAI_ERROR_NONE;
-    hsai->pBuffPtr = pData;
-    hsai->XferSize = Size;
-    hsai->XferCount = Size;
-
-    /* Check if the SAI is already enabled */
-    if((hsai->Instance->CR1 & SAI_xCR1_SAIEN) != SAI_xCR1_SAIEN)
-    {
-      /* Enable SAI peripheral */
-      __HAL_SAI_ENABLE(hsai);
-    }
-
-    /* Receive data */
-    while(hsai->XferCount > 0)
-    {
-
-      if((hsai->Instance->SR & SAI_xSR_FLVL) != SAI_FIFOSTATUS_EMPTY)
-      {
-        if((hsai->Init.DataSize == SAI_DATASIZE_8) && (hsai->Init.CompandingMode == SAI_NOCOMPANDING))
-        {
-          (*hsai->pBuffPtr++) = hsai->Instance->DR;
-        }
-        else if(hsai->Init.DataSize <= SAI_DATASIZE_16)
-        {
-          *((uint16_t*)hsai->pBuffPtr) = hsai->Instance->DR;
-          hsai->pBuffPtr+= 2;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          *((uint32_t*)hsai->pBuffPtr) = hsai->Instance->DR;
-          hsai->pBuffPtr+= 4;
-        }
-        hsai->XferCount--;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        /* Get tick */
-        tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-        /* Check for the Timeout */
-        if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
-        {
-          if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
-          {
-            /* Update error code */
-            hsai->ErrorCode |= HAL_SAI_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
-
-            /* Process Unlocked */
-            __HAL_UNLOCK(hsai);
-
-            /* Change the SAI state */
-            hsai->State = HAL_SAI_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-
-            return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-          }
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    hsai->State = HAL_SAI_STATE_READY;
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hsai);
-
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Transmits an amount of data in no-blocking mode with Interrupt.
-  * @param  hsai: pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for SAI module.
-  * @param  pData: Pointer to data buffer
-  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be sent
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SAI_Transmit_IT(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
-{
-  if(hsai->State == HAL_SAI_STATE_READY)
-  {
-    if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
-    {
-      return  HAL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    hsai->pBuffPtr = pData;
-    hsai->XferSize = Size;
-    hsai->XferCount = Size;
-
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hsai);
-
-    hsai->State = HAL_SAI_STATE_BUSY_TX;
-
-    if((hsai->Init.DataSize == SAI_DATASIZE_8) && (hsai->Init.CompandingMode == SAI_NOCOMPANDING))
-    {
-      hsai->InterruptServiceRoutine = SAI_Transmit_IT8Bit;
-    }
-    else if(hsai->Init.DataSize <= SAI_DATASIZE_16)
-    {
-      hsai->InterruptServiceRoutine = SAI_Transmit_IT16Bit;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      hsai->InterruptServiceRoutine = SAI_Transmit_IT32Bit;
-    }
-
-    /* Enable FRQ and OVRUDR interrupts */
-    __HAL_SAI_ENABLE_IT(hsai, SAI_InterruptFlag(hsai, SAI_MODE_IT));
-
-    /* Check if the SAI is already enabled */
-    if((hsai->Instance->CR1 & SAI_xCR1_SAIEN) != SAI_xCR1_SAIEN)
-    {
-      /* Fill the fifo before starting the communication */
-      SAI_FillFifo(hsai);
-
-      /* Enable SAI peripheral */
-      __HAL_SAI_ENABLE(hsai);
-    }
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hsai);
-
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Receives an amount of data in no-blocking mode with Interrupt.
-  * @param  hsai: pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for SAI module.
-  * @param  pData: Pointer to data buffer
-  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be received
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SAI_Receive_IT(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
-{
-
-  if(hsai->State == HAL_SAI_STATE_READY)
-  {
-    if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
-    {
-      return  HAL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    hsai->pBuffPtr = pData;
-    hsai->XferSize = Size;
-    hsai->XferCount = Size;
-
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hsai);
-
-    hsai->State = HAL_SAI_STATE_BUSY_RX;
-
-    if((hsai->Init.DataSize == SAI_DATASIZE_8) && (hsai->Init.CompandingMode == SAI_NOCOMPANDING))
-    {
-      hsai->InterruptServiceRoutine = SAI_Receive_IT8Bit;
-    }
-    else if(hsai->Init.DataSize <= SAI_DATASIZE_16)
-    {
-      hsai->InterruptServiceRoutine = SAI_Receive_IT16Bit;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      hsai->InterruptServiceRoutine = SAI_Receive_IT32Bit;
-    }
-    /* Enable TXE and OVRUDR interrupts */
-    __HAL_SAI_ENABLE_IT(hsai, SAI_InterruptFlag(hsai, SAI_MODE_IT));
-
-    /* Check if the SAI is already enabled */
-    if((hsai->Instance->CR1 & SAI_xCR1_SAIEN) != SAI_xCR1_SAIEN)
-    {
-      /* Enable SAI peripheral */
-      __HAL_SAI_ENABLE(hsai);
-    }
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hsai);
-
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Pauses the audio stream playing from the Media.
-  * @param  hsai: pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for SAI module.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SAI_DMAPause(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai)
-{
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hsai);
-
-  /* Pause the audio file playing by disabling the SAI DMA requests */
-  hsai->Instance->CR1 &= ~SAI_xCR1_DMAEN;
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hsai);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Resumes the audio stream playing from the Media.
-  * @param  hsai: pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for SAI module.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SAI_DMAResume(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai)
-{
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hsai);
-
-  /* Enable the SAI DMA requests */
-  hsai->Instance->CR1 |= SAI_xCR1_DMAEN;
-
-  /* If the SAI peripheral is still not enabled, enable it */
-  if ((hsai->Instance->CR1 & SAI_xCR1_SAIEN) == RESET)
-  {
-    /* Enable SAI peripheral */
-    __HAL_SAI_ENABLE(hsai);
-  }
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hsai);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Stops the audio stream playing from the Media.
-  * @param  hsai : pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for SAI module.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SAI_DMAStop(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai)
-{
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hsai);
-
-  /* Disable the SAI DMA request */
-  hsai->Instance->CR1 &= ~SAI_xCR1_DMAEN;
-
-  /* Abort the SAI DMA Tx Stream */
-  if(hsai->hdmatx != NULL)
-  {
-    HAL_DMA_Abort(hsai->hdmatx);
-  }
-  /* Abort the SAI DMA Rx Stream */
-  if(hsai->hdmarx != NULL)
-  {
-    HAL_DMA_Abort(hsai->hdmarx);
-  }
-
-  /* Disable SAI peripheral */
-  SAI_Disable(hsai);
-
-  hsai->State = HAL_SAI_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hsai);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Abort the current transfer and disbaled the SAI.
-  * @param  hsai : pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for SAI module.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SAI_Abort(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai)
-{
-  /* Disable the SAI DMA request */
-  hsai->Instance->CR1 &= ~SAI_xCR1_DMAEN;
-
-  /* Abort the SAI DMA Tx Stream */
-  if(hsai->hdmatx != NULL)
-  {
-    HAL_DMA_Abort(hsai->hdmatx);
-  }
-  /* Abort the SAI DMA Rx Stream */
-  if(hsai->hdmarx != NULL)
-  {
-    HAL_DMA_Abort(hsai->hdmarx);
-  }
-
-  /* Disabled All interrupt and clear all the flag */
-  hsai->Instance->IMR = 0;
-  hsai->Instance->CLRFR = 0xFFFFFFFF;
-
-  /* Disable SAI peripheral */
-  SAI_Disable(hsai);
-
-  /* Flush the fifo */
-  SET_BIT(hsai->Instance->CR2, SAI_xCR2_FFLUSH);
-
-  hsai->State = HAL_SAI_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hsai);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Transmits an amount of data in no-blocking mode with DMA.
-  * @param  hsai: pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for SAI module.
-  * @param  pData: Pointer to data buffer
-  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be sent
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SAI_Transmit_DMA(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
-{
-  uint32_t *tmp;
-
-  if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
-  {
-    return  HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if(hsai->State == HAL_SAI_STATE_READY)
-  {
-    hsai->pBuffPtr = pData;
-    hsai->XferSize = Size;
-    hsai->XferCount = Size;
-
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hsai);
-
-    hsai->State = HAL_SAI_STATE_BUSY_TX;
-
-    /* Set the SAI Tx DMA Half transfer complete callback */
-    hsai->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = SAI_DMATxHalfCplt;
-
-    /* Set the SAI TxDMA transfer complete callback */
-    hsai->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = SAI_DMATxCplt;
-
-    /* Set the DMA error callback */
-    hsai->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = SAI_DMAError;
-
-    /* Enable the Tx DMA Stream */
-    tmp = (uint32_t*)&pData;
-    HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hsai->hdmatx, *(uint32_t*)tmp, (uint32_t)&hsai->Instance->DR, hsai->XferSize);
-
-    /* Check if the SAI is already enabled */
-    if((hsai->Instance->CR1 & SAI_xCR1_SAIEN) != SAI_xCR1_SAIEN)
-    {
-      /* Enable SAI peripheral */
-      __HAL_SAI_ENABLE(hsai);
-    }
-
-    /* Enable the interrupts for error handling */
-    __HAL_SAI_ENABLE_IT(hsai, SAI_InterruptFlag(hsai, SAI_MODE_DMA));
-
-    /* Enable SAI Tx DMA Request */
-    hsai->Instance->CR1 |= SAI_xCR1_DMAEN;
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hsai);
-
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Receives an amount of data in no-blocking mode with DMA.
-  * @param  hsai: pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for SAI module.
-  * @param  pData: Pointer to data buffer
-  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be received
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SAI_Receive_DMA(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
-{
-  uint32_t *tmp;
-
-  if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
-  {
-    return  HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if(hsai->State == HAL_SAI_STATE_READY)
-  {
-    hsai->pBuffPtr = pData;
-    hsai->XferSize = Size;
-    hsai->XferCount = Size;
-
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hsai);
-
-    hsai->State = HAL_SAI_STATE_BUSY_RX;
-
-    /* Set the SAI Rx DMA Half transfer complete callback */
-    hsai->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = SAI_DMARxHalfCplt;
-
-    /* Set the SAI Rx DMA transfer complete callback */
-    hsai->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = SAI_DMARxCplt;
-
-    /* Set the DMA error callback */
-    hsai->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = SAI_DMAError;
-
-    /* Enable the Rx DMA Stream */
-    tmp = (uint32_t*)&pData;
-    HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hsai->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hsai->Instance->DR, *(uint32_t*)tmp, hsai->XferSize);
-
-    /* Check if the SAI is already enabled */
-    if((hsai->Instance->CR1 & SAI_xCR1_SAIEN) != SAI_xCR1_SAIEN)
-    {
-      /* Enable SAI peripheral */
-      __HAL_SAI_ENABLE(hsai);
-    }
-
-    /* Enable the interrupts for error handling */
-    __HAL_SAI_ENABLE_IT(hsai, SAI_InterruptFlag(hsai, SAI_MODE_DMA));
-
-    /* Enable SAI Rx DMA Request */
-    hsai->Instance->CR1 |= SAI_xCR1_DMAEN;
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hsai);
-
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Enable the tx mute mode.
-  * @param  hsai : pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for SAI module.
-  * @param  val :  value sent during the mute @ref SAI_Block_Mute_Value
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SAI_EnableTxMuteMode(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai, uint16_t val)
-{
-  assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_MUTE_VALUE(val));
-
-  if(hsai->State != HAL_SAI_STATE_RESET)
-  {
-    CLEAR_BIT(hsai->Instance->CR2, SAI_xCR2_MUTEVAL | SAI_xCR2_MUTE);
-    SET_BIT(hsai->Instance->CR2, SAI_xCR2_MUTE | val);
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  return HAL_ERROR;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Disable the tx mute mode.
-  * @param  hsai : pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for SAI module.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SAI_DisableTxMuteMode(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai)
-{
-  if(hsai->State != HAL_SAI_STATE_RESET)
-  {
-    CLEAR_BIT(hsai->Instance->CR2, SAI_xCR2_MUTEVAL | SAI_xCR2_MUTE);
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  return HAL_ERROR;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Enable the rx mute detection.
-  * @param  hsai : pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for SAI module.
-  * @param  callback : function called when the mute is detected
-  * @param  counter : number a data before mute detection max 63.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SAI_EnableRxMuteMode(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai, SAIcallback callback, uint16_t counter)
-{
-  assert_param(IS_SAI_BLOCK_MUTE_COUNTER(counter));
-
-  if(hsai->State != HAL_SAI_STATE_RESET)
-  {
-    /* set the mute counter */
-    CLEAR_BIT(hsai->Instance->CR2, SAI_xCR2_MUTECNT);
-    SET_BIT(hsai->Instance->CR2, (uint32_t)((uint32_t)counter << 6));
-    hsai->mutecallback = callback;
-    /* enable the IT interrupt */
-    __HAL_SAI_ENABLE_IT(hsai, SAI_IT_MUTEDET);
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  return HAL_ERROR;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Disable the rx mute detection.
-  * @param  hsai : pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for SAI module.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SAI_DisableRxMuteMode(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai)
-{
-  if(hsai->State != HAL_SAI_STATE_RESET)
-  {
-    /* set the mutecallback to NULL */
-    hsai->mutecallback = (SAIcallback)NULL;
-    /* enable the IT interrupt */
-    __HAL_SAI_DISABLE_IT(hsai, SAI_IT_MUTEDET);
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  return HAL_ERROR;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  This function handles SAI interrupt request.
-  * @param  hsai: pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for SAI module.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-void HAL_SAI_IRQHandler(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai)
-{
-  if(hsai->State != HAL_SAI_STATE_RESET)
-  {
-    uint32_t tmpFlag = hsai->Instance->SR;
-    uint32_t tmpItSource = hsai->Instance->IMR;
-
-    if(((tmpFlag & SAI_xSR_FREQ) == SAI_xSR_FREQ) && ((tmpItSource & SAI_IT_FREQ) == SAI_IT_FREQ))
-    {
-      hsai->InterruptServiceRoutine(hsai);
-    }
-
-    /* check the flag only if one of them is set */
-    if(tmpFlag != 0x00000000)
-    {
-      /* SAI Overrun error interrupt occurred ----------------------------------*/
-      if(((tmpFlag & SAI_FLAG_OVRUDR) == SAI_FLAG_OVRUDR) && ((tmpItSource & SAI_IT_OVRUDR) == SAI_IT_OVRUDR))
-      {
-        /* Clear the SAI Overrun flag */
-        __HAL_SAI_CLEAR_FLAG(hsai, SAI_FLAG_OVRUDR);
-        /* Change the SAI error code */
-        hsai->ErrorCode = ((hsai->State == HAL_SAI_STATE_BUSY_RX) ? HAL_SAI_ERROR_OVR : HAL_SAI_ERROR_UDR);
-        /* the transfer is not stopped, we will forward the information to the user and we let the user decide what needs to be done */
-        HAL_SAI_ErrorCallback(hsai);
-      }
-
-      /* SAI mutedet interrupt occurred ----------------------------------*/
-      if(((tmpFlag & SAI_FLAG_MUTEDET) == SAI_FLAG_MUTEDET) && ((tmpItSource & SAI_IT_MUTEDET) == SAI_IT_MUTEDET))
-      {
-        /* Clear the SAI mutedet flag */
-        __HAL_SAI_CLEAR_FLAG(hsai, SAI_FLAG_MUTEDET);
-        /* call the call back function */
-        if(hsai->mutecallback != (SAIcallback)NULL)
-        {
-          /* inform the user that an RX mute event has been detected */
-          hsai->mutecallback();
-        }
-      }
-
-      /* SAI AFSDET interrupt occurred ----------------------------------*/
-      if(((tmpFlag & SAI_FLAG_AFSDET) == SAI_FLAG_AFSDET) && ((tmpItSource & SAI_IT_AFSDET) == SAI_IT_AFSDET))
-      {
-        /* Change the SAI error code */
-        hsai->ErrorCode = HAL_SAI_ERROR_AFSDET;
-        HAL_SAI_Abort(hsai);
-        HAL_SAI_ErrorCallback(hsai);
-      }
-
-      /* SAI LFSDET interrupt occurred ----------------------------------*/
-      if(((tmpFlag & SAI_FLAG_LFSDET) == SAI_FLAG_LFSDET) && ((tmpItSource & SAI_IT_LFSDET) == SAI_IT_LFSDET))
-      {
-        /* Change the SAI error code */
-        hsai->ErrorCode = HAL_SAI_ERROR_LFSDET;
-        HAL_SAI_Abort(hsai);
-        HAL_SAI_ErrorCallback(hsai);
-      }
-
-      /* SAI WCKCFG interrupt occurred ----------------------------------*/
-      if(((tmpFlag & SAI_FLAG_WCKCFG) == SAI_FLAG_WCKCFG) && ((tmpItSource & SAI_IT_WCKCFG) == SAI_IT_WCKCFG))
-      {
-        /* Change the SAI error code */
-        hsai->ErrorCode = HAL_SAI_ERROR_WCKCFG;
-        HAL_SAI_Abort(hsai);
-        HAL_SAI_ErrorCallback(hsai);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Tx Transfer completed callbacks.
-  * @param  hsai: pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for SAI module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
- __weak void HAL_SAI_TxCpltCallback(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_SAI_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Tx Transfer Half completed callbacks
-  * @param  hsai: pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for SAI module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
- __weak void HAL_SAI_TxHalfCpltCallback(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_SAI_TxHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Rx Transfer completed callbacks.
-  * @param  hsai: pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for SAI module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_SAI_RxCpltCallback(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_SAI_RxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Rx Transfer half completed callbacks
-  * @param  hsai: pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for SAI module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_SAI_RxHalfCpltCallback(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_SAI_RxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief SAI error callbacks.
-  * @param  hsai: pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for SAI module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_SAI_ErrorCallback(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_SAI_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-
-/** @defgroup SAI_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State functions
- *  @brief   Peripheral State functions
- *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-                ##### Peripheral State and Errors functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]
-    This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral
-    and the data flow.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Returns the SAI state.
-  * @param  hsai: pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for SAI module.
-  * @retval HAL state
-  */
-HAL_SAI_StateTypeDef HAL_SAI_GetState(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai)
-{
-  return hsai->State;
-}
-
-/**
-* @brief  Return the SAI error code
-* @param  hsai : pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *              the configuration information for the specified SAI Block.
-* @retval SAI Error Code
-*/
-uint32_t HAL_SAI_GetError(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai)
-{
-  return hsai->ErrorCode;
-}
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the SAI I2S protocol according to the specified parameters
-  *         in the SAI_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
-  * @param  hsai : pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for SAI module.
-  * @param  protocol : one of the supported protocol
-  * @param  datasize : one of the supported datasize @ref SAI_Protocol_DataSize
-  *                the configuration information for SAI module.
-  * @param  nbslot : number of slot minimum value is 2 and max is 16.
-  *                    the value must be a multiple of 2.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef SAI_InitI2S(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai, uint32_t protocol, uint32_t datasize, uint32_t nbslot)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_SAI_SUPPORTED_PROTOCOL(protocol));
-  assert_param(IS_SAI_PROTOCOL_DATASIZE(datasize));
-
-  hsai->Init.Protocol            = SAI_FREE_PROTOCOL;
-  hsai->Init.FirstBit            = SAI_FIRSTBIT_MSB;
-  hsai->Init.ClockStrobing       = SAI_CLOCKSTROBING_FALLINGEDGE;
-  hsai->FrameInit.FSDefinition   = SAI_FS_CHANNEL_IDENTIFICATION;
-  hsai->SlotInit.SlotActive      = SAI_SLOTACTIVE_ALL;
-  hsai->SlotInit.FirstBitOffset  = 0;
-  hsai->SlotInit.SlotNumber      = nbslot;
-
-  /* in IS2 the number of slot must be even */
-  if((nbslot & 0x1) != 0 )
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  switch(protocol)
-  {
-  case SAI_I2S_STANDARD :
-    hsai->FrameInit.FSPolarity = SAI_FS_ACTIVE_LOW;
-    hsai->FrameInit.FSOffset   = SAI_FS_BEFOREFIRSTBIT;
-    break;
-  case SAI_I2S_MSBJUSTIFIED :
-  case SAI_I2S_LSBJUSTIFIED :
-    hsai->FrameInit.FSPolarity = SAI_FS_ACTIVE_HIGH;
-    hsai->FrameInit.FSOffset   = SAI_FS_FIRSTBIT;
-    break;
-  default :
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Frame definition */
-  hsai->Init.DataSize = 0xFFFFFFFF;
-  switch(datasize)
-  {
-  case SAI_PROTOCOL_DATASIZE_16BIT:
-    hsai->Init.DataSize = SAI_DATASIZE_16;
-    hsai->FrameInit.FrameLength = 32*(nbslot/2);
-    hsai->FrameInit.ActiveFrameLength = 16*(nbslot/2);
-    hsai->SlotInit.SlotSize = SAI_SLOTSIZE_16B;
-    break;
-  case SAI_PROTOCOL_DATASIZE_16BITEXTENDED :
-    if(hsai->Init.DataSize == 0xFFFFFFFF)
-    {
-      hsai->Init.DataSize = SAI_DATASIZE_16;
-    }
-    break;
-  case SAI_PROTOCOL_DATASIZE_24BIT:
-    if(hsai->Init.DataSize == 0xFFFFFFFF)
-    {
-      hsai->Init.DataSize = SAI_DATASIZE_24;
-    }
-    break;
-  case SAI_PROTOCOL_DATASIZE_32BIT:
-    if(hsai->Init.DataSize == 0xFFFFFFFF)
-    {
-      hsai->Init.DataSize = SAI_DATASIZE_32;
-    }
-    hsai->FrameInit.FrameLength = 64*(nbslot/2);
-    hsai->FrameInit.ActiveFrameLength = 32*(nbslot/2);
-    hsai->SlotInit.SlotSize = SAI_SLOTSIZE_32B;
-    if(protocol == SAI_I2S_LSBJUSTIFIED)
-    {
-      if (datasize == SAI_PROTOCOL_DATASIZE_16BITEXTENDED)
-      {
-        hsai->SlotInit.FirstBitOffset = 16;
-      }
-      if (datasize == SAI_PROTOCOL_DATASIZE_24BIT)
-      {
-        hsai->SlotInit.FirstBitOffset = 8;
-      }
-    }
-    break;
-  default :
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the SAI PCM protocol according to the specified parameters
-  *         in the SAI_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
-  * @param  hsai : pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for SAI module.
-  * @param  protocol : one of the supported protocol
-  * @param  datasize : one of the supported datasize @ref SAI_Protocol_DataSize
-  * @param  nbslot : number of slot minimum value is 1 and the max is 16.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef SAI_InitPCM(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai, uint32_t protocol, uint32_t datasize, uint32_t nbslot)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_SAI_SUPPORTED_PROTOCOL(protocol));
-  assert_param(IS_SAI_PROTOCOL_DATASIZE(datasize));
-
-  hsai->Init.Protocol            = SAI_FREE_PROTOCOL;
-  hsai->Init.FirstBit            = SAI_FIRSTBIT_MSB;
-  hsai->Init.ClockStrobing       = SAI_CLOCKSTROBING_FALLINGEDGE;
-  hsai->FrameInit.FSDefinition   = SAI_FS_STARTFRAME;
-  hsai->FrameInit.FSPolarity     = SAI_FS_ACTIVE_HIGH;
-  hsai->FrameInit.FSOffset       = SAI_FS_BEFOREFIRSTBIT;
-  hsai->SlotInit.FirstBitOffset  = 0;
-  hsai->SlotInit.SlotNumber      = nbslot;
-  hsai->SlotInit.SlotActive      = SAI_SLOTACTIVE_ALL;
-
-  switch(protocol)
-  {
-  case SAI_PCM_SHORT :
-    hsai->FrameInit.ActiveFrameLength = 1;
-    break;
-  case SAI_PCM_LONG :
-    hsai->FrameInit.ActiveFrameLength = 13;
-    break;
-  default :
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  switch(datasize)
-  {
-  case SAI_PROTOCOL_DATASIZE_16BIT:
-    hsai->Init.DataSize = SAI_DATASIZE_16;
-    hsai->FrameInit.FrameLength = 16 * nbslot;
-    hsai->SlotInit.SlotSize = SAI_SLOTSIZE_16B;
-    break;
-  case SAI_PROTOCOL_DATASIZE_16BITEXTENDED :
-    hsai->Init.DataSize = SAI_DATASIZE_16;
-    hsai->FrameInit.FrameLength = 32 * nbslot;
-    hsai->SlotInit.SlotSize = SAI_SLOTSIZE_32B;
-    break;
-
-  case SAI_PROTOCOL_DATASIZE_32BIT:
-    hsai->Init.DataSize = SAI_DATASIZE_32;
-    hsai->FrameInit.FrameLength = 32 * nbslot;
-    hsai->SlotInit.SlotSize = SAI_SLOTSIZE_32B;
-    break;
-  default :
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Fill the fifo
-  * @param  hsai : pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for SAI module.
-  * @retval None.
-  */
-static void SAI_FillFifo(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai)
-{
-  /* fill the fifo with data before to enabled the SAI */
-  while((hsai->Instance->SR & SAI_xSR_FLVL) != SAI_FIFOSTATUS_FULL)
-  {
-    if((hsai->Init.DataSize == SAI_DATASIZE_8) && (hsai->Init.CompandingMode == SAI_NOCOMPANDING))
-    {
-      hsai->Instance->DR = (*hsai->pBuffPtr++);
-    }
-    else if(hsai->Init.DataSize <= SAI_DATASIZE_16)
-    {
-      hsai->Instance->DR = *((uint32_t *)hsai->pBuffPtr);
-      hsai->pBuffPtr+= 2;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      hsai->Instance->DR = *((uint32_t *)hsai->pBuffPtr);
-      hsai->pBuffPtr+= 4;
-    }
-    hsai->XferCount--;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  return the interrupt flag to set according the SAI setup
-  * @param  hsai : pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for SAI module.
-  * @param  mode : SAI_MODE_DMA or SAI_MODE_IT
-  * @retval the list of the IT flag to enable
- */
-static uint32_t SAI_InterruptFlag(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai, uint32_t mode)
-{
-  uint32_t tmpIT = SAI_IT_OVRUDR;
-
-  if(mode == SAI_MODE_IT)
-  {
-    tmpIT|= SAI_IT_FREQ;
-  }
-
-  if((hsai->Init.AudioMode == SAI_MODESLAVE_RX) || (hsai->Init.AudioMode == SAI_MODESLAVE_TX))
-  {
-    tmpIT|= SAI_IT_AFSDET | SAI_IT_LFSDET;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    /* hsai has been configured in master mode */
-    tmpIT|= SAI_IT_WCKCFG;
-  }
-  return tmpIT;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  disable the SAI and wait the disabling
-  * @param  hsai : pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for SAI module.
-  * @retval None.
-  */
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef SAI_Disable(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
-
-  __HAL_SAI_DISABLE(hsai);
-  while((hsai->Instance->CR1 & SAI_xCR1_SAIEN) != RESET)
-  {
-    /* Check for the Timeout */
-    if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > SAI_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
-    {
-      /* Update error code */
-      hsai->ErrorCode |= HAL_SAI_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
-
-      status = HAL_TIMEOUT;
-
-      /* Change the SAI state */
-      HAL_SAI_ErrorCallback(hsai);
-    }
-  }
-  return status;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Tx Handler for Transmit in Interrupt mode 8Bit transfer
-  * @param  hsai : pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for SAI module.
-  * @retval None.
-  */
-static void SAI_Transmit_IT8Bit(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai)
-{
-  /* Write data on DR register */
-  hsai->Instance->DR = (*hsai->pBuffPtr++);
-  hsai->XferCount--;
-
-  /* Handle the end of the transmission */
-  if(hsai->XferCount == 0)
-  {
-    /* Disable FREQ and OVRUDR interrupts */
-    __HAL_SAI_DISABLE_IT(hsai, SAI_InterruptFlag(hsai, SAI_MODE_IT));
-    hsai->State = HAL_SAI_STATE_READY;
-    HAL_SAI_TxCpltCallback(hsai);
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Tx Handler for Transmit in Interrupt mode for 16Bit transfer
-  * @param  hsai : pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for SAI module.
-  * @retval None.
-  */
-static void SAI_Transmit_IT16Bit(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai)
-{
-  /* Write data on DR register */
-  hsai->Instance->DR = *(uint16_t *)hsai->pBuffPtr;
-  hsai->pBuffPtr+=2;
-  hsai->XferCount--;
-
-  /* Handle the end of the transmission */
-  if(hsai->XferCount == 0)
-  {
-    /* Disable FREQ and OVRUDR interrupts */
-    __HAL_SAI_DISABLE_IT(hsai, SAI_InterruptFlag(hsai, SAI_MODE_IT));
-    hsai->State = HAL_SAI_STATE_READY;
-    HAL_SAI_TxCpltCallback(hsai);
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Tx Handler for Transmit in Interrupt mode for 32Bit transfer
-  * @param  hsai : pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for SAI module.
-  * @retval None.
-  */
-static void SAI_Transmit_IT32Bit(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai)
-{
-  /* Write data on DR register */
-  hsai->Instance->DR = *(uint32_t *)hsai->pBuffPtr;
-  hsai->pBuffPtr+=4;
-  hsai->XferCount--;
-
-  /* Handle the end of the transmission */
-  if(hsai->XferCount == 0)
-  {
-    /* Disable FREQ and OVRUDR interrupts */
-    __HAL_SAI_DISABLE_IT(hsai, SAI_InterruptFlag(hsai, SAI_MODE_IT));
-    hsai->State = HAL_SAI_STATE_READY;
-    HAL_SAI_TxCpltCallback(hsai);
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Rx Handler for Receive in Interrupt mode 8Bit transfer
-  * @param  hsai : pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for SAI module.
-  * @retval None.
-  */
-static void SAI_Receive_IT8Bit(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai)
-{
-  /* Receive data */
-  (*hsai->pBuffPtr++) = hsai->Instance->DR;
-  hsai->XferCount--;
-
-  /* Check end of the transfer */
-  if(hsai->XferCount == 0)
-  {
-    /* Disable TXE and OVRUDR interrupts */
-    __HAL_SAI_DISABLE_IT(hsai, SAI_InterruptFlag(hsai, SAI_MODE_IT));
-
-    /* Clear the SAI Overrun flag */
-    __HAL_SAI_CLEAR_FLAG(hsai, SAI_FLAG_OVRUDR);
-
-    hsai->State = HAL_SAI_STATE_READY;
-    HAL_SAI_RxCpltCallback(hsai);
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Rx Handler for Receive in Interrupt mode for 16Bit transfer
-  * @param  hsai : pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for SAI module.
-  * @retval None.
-  */
-static void SAI_Receive_IT16Bit(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai)
-{
-  /* Receive data */
-  *(uint16_t*)hsai->pBuffPtr = hsai->Instance->DR;
-  hsai->pBuffPtr+=2;
-  hsai->XferCount--;
-
-  /* Check end of the transfer */
-  if(hsai->XferCount == 0)
-  {
-    /* Disable TXE and OVRUDR interrupts */
-    __HAL_SAI_DISABLE_IT(hsai, SAI_InterruptFlag(hsai, SAI_MODE_IT));
-
-    /* Clear the SAI Overrun flag */
-    __HAL_SAI_CLEAR_FLAG(hsai, SAI_FLAG_OVRUDR);
-
-    hsai->State = HAL_SAI_STATE_READY;
-    HAL_SAI_RxCpltCallback(hsai);
-  }
-}
-/**
-  * @brief  Rx Handler for Receive in Interrupt mode for 32Bit transfer
-  * @param  hsai : pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for SAI module.
-  * @retval None.
-  */
-static void SAI_Receive_IT32Bit(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai)
-{
-  /* Receive data */
-  *(uint32_t*)hsai->pBuffPtr = hsai->Instance->DR;
-  hsai->pBuffPtr+=4;
-  hsai->XferCount--;
-
-  /* Check end of the transfer */
-  if(hsai->XferCount == 0)
-  {
-    /* Disable TXE and OVRUDR interrupts */
-    __HAL_SAI_DISABLE_IT(hsai, SAI_InterruptFlag(hsai, SAI_MODE_IT));
-
-    /* Clear the SAI Overrun flag */
-    __HAL_SAI_CLEAR_FLAG(hsai, SAI_FLAG_OVRUDR);
-
-    hsai->State = HAL_SAI_STATE_READY;
-    HAL_SAI_RxCpltCallback(hsai);
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief DMA SAI transmit process complete callback.
-  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void SAI_DMATxCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-
-  SAI_HandleTypeDef* hsai = (SAI_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
-
-  if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CIRC) == 0)
-  {
-    hsai->XferCount = 0;
-
-    /* Disable SAI Tx DMA Request */
-    hsai->Instance->CR1 &= (uint32_t)(~SAI_xCR1_DMAEN);
-
-    /* Get tick */
-    tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-    /* Set timeout: 10 is the max delay to send the remaining data in the SAI FIFO */
-    /* Wait until FIFO is empty */
-    while(__HAL_SAI_GET_FLAG(hsai, SAI_xSR_FLVL) != RESET)
-    {
-      /* Check for the Timeout */
-      if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > SAI_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
-      {
-        /* Update error code */
-        hsai->ErrorCode |= HAL_SAI_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
-
-        /* Change the SAI state */
-        HAL_SAI_ErrorCallback(hsai);
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Stop the interrupts error handling */
-    __HAL_SAI_DISABLE_IT(hsai, SAI_InterruptFlag(hsai, SAI_MODE_DMA));
-
-    hsai->State= HAL_SAI_STATE_READY;
-  }
-  HAL_SAI_TxCpltCallback(hsai);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief DMA SAI transmit process half complete callback
-  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void SAI_DMATxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  SAI_HandleTypeDef* hsai = (SAI_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent;
-
-  HAL_SAI_TxHalfCpltCallback(hsai);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief DMA SAI receive process complete callback.
-  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void SAI_DMARxCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  SAI_HandleTypeDef* hsai = ( SAI_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
-  if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CIRC) == 0)
-  {
-    /* Disable Rx DMA Request */
-    hsai->Instance->CR1 &= (uint32_t)(~SAI_xCR1_DMAEN);
-    hsai->XferCount = 0;
-
-    /* Stop the interrupts error handling */
-    __HAL_SAI_DISABLE_IT(hsai, SAI_InterruptFlag(hsai, SAI_MODE_DMA));
-
-    hsai->State = HAL_SAI_STATE_READY;
-  }
-  HAL_SAI_RxCpltCallback(hsai);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief DMA SAI receive process half complete callback
-  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void SAI_DMARxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  SAI_HandleTypeDef* hsai = (SAI_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent;
-
-  HAL_SAI_RxHalfCpltCallback(hsai);
-}
-/**
-  * @brief DMA SAI communication error callback.
-  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void SAI_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  SAI_HandleTypeDef* hsai = ( SAI_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
-
-  /* Stop the DMA transfer */
-  HAL_SAI_DMAStop(hsai);
-
-  /* Set the SAI state ready to be able to start again the process */
-  hsai->State= HAL_SAI_STATE_READY;
-  HAL_SAI_ErrorCallback(hsai);
-
-  hsai->XferCount = 0;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-#endif /* HAL_SAI_MODULE_ENABLED */
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_sai_ex.c b/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_sai_ex.c
deleted file mode 100644
index d01a94f968..0000000000
--- a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_sai_ex.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,179 +0,0 @@
-/**
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @file    stm32f7xx_hal_sai_ex.c
-  * @author  MCD Application Team
-  * @version V1.0.1
-  * @date    25-June-2015
-  * @brief   SAI Extension HAL module driver.
-  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
-  *          functionalities of SAI extension peripheral:
-  *           + Extension features functions
-  *
-  @verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-               ##### SAI peripheral extension features  #####
-  ==============================================================================
-
-                     ##### How to use this driver #####
-  ==============================================================================
-  [..] This driver provides functions to manage several sources to clock SAI
-
-  @endverbatim
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @attention
-  *
-  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
-  *
-  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
-  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
-  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
-  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
-  *      without specific prior written permission.
-  *
-  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
-  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
-  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
-  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
-  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
-  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
-  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
-  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
-  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
-  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-  *
-  ******************************************************************************
-  */
-
-/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
-
-/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup SAIEx SAIEx
-  * @brief SAI Extension HAL module driver
-  * @{
-  */
-
-#ifdef HAL_SAI_MODULE_ENABLED
-
-/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* SAI registers Masks */
-/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/** @defgroup SAI_Private_Functions  SAI Private Functions
-  * @{
-  */
- /**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
-/** @defgroup SAIEx_Exported_Functions SAI Extended Exported Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup SAIEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extension features functions
-  *  @brief   Extension features functions
-  *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-                       ##### Extension features Functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]
-    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the possible
-    SAI clock sources.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Configure SAI Block synchronization mode
-  * @param  hsai: pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *               the configuration information for SAI module.
-  * @retval SAI Clock Input
-  */
-void SAI_BlockSynchroConfig(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai)
-{
-  uint32_t tmpregisterGCR = 0;
-
-  /* This setting must be done with both audio block (A & B) disabled     */
-  switch(hsai->Init.SynchroExt)
-  {
-  case SAI_SYNCEXT_DISABLE :
-    tmpregisterGCR = 0;
-    break;
-  case SAI_SYNCEXT_IN_ENABLE :
-    tmpregisterGCR = SAI_GCR_SYNCIN_0;
-    break;
-  case SAI_SYNCEXT_OUTBLOCKA_ENABLE :
-    tmpregisterGCR = SAI_GCR_SYNCOUT_0;
-    break;
-  case SAI_SYNCEXT_OUTBLOCKB_ENABLE :
-    tmpregisterGCR = SAI_GCR_SYNCOUT_1;
-    break;
-  default :
-    break;
-  }
-
-  if((hsai->Instance == SAI1_Block_A) || (hsai->Instance == SAI1_Block_B))
-  {
-    SAI1->GCR = tmpregisterGCR;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    SAI2->GCR = tmpregisterGCR;
-  }
-}
-  /**
-  * @brief  Get SAI Input Clock based on SAI source clock selection
-  * @param  hsai: pointer to a SAI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *               the configuration information for SAI module.
-  * @retval SAI Clock Input
-  */
-uint32_t SAI_GetInputClock(SAI_HandleTypeDef *hsai)
-{
-  /* This variable used to store the SAI_CK_x (value in Hz) */
-  uint32_t saiclocksource = 0;
-
-  if ((hsai->Instance == SAI1_Block_A) || (hsai->Instance == SAI1_Block_B))
-  {
-    saiclocksource = HAL_RCCEx_GetPeriphCLKFreq(RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI1);
-  }
-  else /* SAI2_Block_A || SAI2_Block_B*/
-  {
-    saiclocksource = HAL_RCCEx_GetPeriphCLKFreq(RCC_PERIPHCLK_SAI2);
-  }
-  /* the return result is the value of SAI clock */
-  return saiclocksource;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-#endif /* HAL_SAI_MODULE_ENABLED */
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_sd.c b/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_sd.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 4aa28dbfdf..0000000000
--- a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_sd.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3381 +0,0 @@
-/**
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @file    stm32f7xx_hal_sd.c
-  * @author  MCD Application Team
-  * @version V1.0.1
-  * @date    25-June-2015
-  * @brief   SD card HAL module driver.
-  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
-  *          functionalities of the Secure Digital (SD) peripheral:
-  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
-  *           + IO operation functions
-  *           + Peripheral Control functions
-  *           + Peripheral State functions
-  *
-  @verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                        ##### How to use this driver #####
-  ==============================================================================
-  [..]
-    This driver implements a high level communication layer for read and write from/to
-    this memory. The needed STM32 hardware resources (SDMMC and GPIO) are performed by
-    the user in HAL_SD_MspInit() function (MSP layer).
-    Basically, the MSP layer configuration should be the same as we provide in the
-    examples.
-    You can easily tailor this configuration according to hardware resources.
-
-  [..]
-    This driver is a generic layered driver for SDMMC memories which uses the HAL
-    SDMMC driver functions to interface with SD and uSD cards devices.
-    It is used as follows:
-
-    (#)Initialize the SDMMC low level resources by implement the HAL_SD_MspInit() API:
-        (##) Enable the SDMMC interface clock using __HAL_RCC_SDMMC_CLK_ENABLE();
-        (##) SDMMC pins configuration for SD card
-            (+++) Enable the clock for the SDMMC GPIOs using the functions __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE();
-            (+++) Configure these SDMMC pins as alternate function pull-up using HAL_GPIO_Init()
-                  and according to your pin assignment;
-        (##) DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process (HAL_SD_ReadBlocks_DMA()
-             and HAL_SD_WriteBlocks_DMA() APIs).
-            (+++) Enable the DMAx interface clock using __HAL_RCC_DMAx_CLK_ENABLE();
-            (+++) Configure the DMA using the function HAL_DMA_Init() with predeclared and filled.
-        (##) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process when using DMA transfer.
-            (+++) Configure the SDMMC and DMA interrupt priorities using functions
-                  HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(); DMA priority is superior to SDMMC's priority
-            (+++) Enable the NVIC DMA and SDMMC IRQs using function HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ()
-            (+++) SDMMC interrupts are managed using the macros __HAL_SD_SDMMC_ENABLE_IT()
-                  and __HAL_SD_SDMMC_DISABLE_IT() inside the communication process.
-            (+++) SDMMC interrupts pending bits are managed using the macros __HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_IT()
-                  and __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_IT()
-    (#) At this stage, you can perform SD read/write/erase operations after SD card initialization
-
-
-  *** SD Card Initialization and configuration ***
-  ================================================
-  [..]
-    To initialize the SD Card, use the HAL_SD_Init() function.  It Initializes
-    the SD Card and put it into StandBy State (Ready for data transfer).
-    This function provide the following operations:
-
-    (#) Apply the SD Card initialization process at 400KHz and check the SD Card
-        type (Standard Capacity or High Capacity). You can change or adapt this
-        frequency by adjusting the "ClockDiv" field.
-        The SD Card frequency (SDMMC_CK) is computed as follows:
-
-           SDMMC_CK = SDMMCCLK / (ClockDiv + 2)
-
-        In initialization mode and according to the SD Card standard,
-        make sure that the SDMMC_CK frequency doesn't exceed 400KHz.
-
-    (#) Get the SD CID and CSD data. All these information are managed by the SDCardInfo
-        structure. This structure provide also ready computed SD Card capacity
-        and Block size.
-
-        -@- These information are stored in SD handle structure in case of future use.
-
-    (#) Configure the SD Card Data transfer frequency. By Default, the card transfer
-        frequency is set to 24MHz. You can change or adapt this frequency by adjusting
-        the "ClockDiv" field.
-        In transfer mode and according to the SD Card standard, make sure that the
-        SDMMC_CK frequency doesn't exceed 25MHz and 50MHz in High-speed mode switch.
-        To be able to use a frequency higher than 24MHz, you should use the SDMMC
-        peripheral in bypass mode. Refer to the corresponding reference manual
-        for more details.
-
-    (#) Select the corresponding SD Card according to the address read with the step 2.
-
-    (#) Configure the SD Card in wide bus mode: 4-bits data.
-
-  *** SD Card Read operation ***
-  ==============================
-  [..]
-    (+) You can read from SD card in polling mode by using function HAL_SD_ReadBlocks().
-        This function support only 512-bytes block length (the block size should be
-        chosen as 512 bytes).
-        You can choose either one block read operation or multiple block read operation
-        by adjusting the "NumberOfBlocks" parameter.
-
-    (+) You can read from SD card in DMA mode by using function HAL_SD_ReadBlocks_DMA().
-        This function support only 512-bytes block length (the block size should be
-        chosen as 512 bytes).
-        You can choose either one block read operation or multiple block read operation
-        by adjusting the "NumberOfBlocks" parameter.
-        After this, you have to call the function HAL_SD_CheckReadOperation(), to insure
-        that the read transfer is done correctly in both DMA and SD sides.
-
-  *** SD Card Write operation ***
-  ===============================
-  [..]
-    (+) You can write to SD card in polling mode by using function HAL_SD_WriteBlocks().
-        This function support only 512-bytes block length (the block size should be
-        chosen as 512 bytes).
-        You can choose either one block read operation or multiple block read operation
-        by adjusting the "NumberOfBlocks" parameter.
-
-    (+) You can write to SD card in DMA mode by using function HAL_SD_WriteBlocks_DMA().
-        This function support only 512-bytes block length (the block size should be
-        chosen as 512 byte).
-        You can choose either one block read operation or multiple block read operation
-        by adjusting the "NumberOfBlocks" parameter.
-        After this, you have to call the function HAL_SD_CheckWriteOperation(), to insure
-        that the write transfer is done correctly in both DMA and SD sides.
-
-  *** SD card status ***
-  ======================
-  [..]
-    (+) At any time, you can check the SD Card status and get the SD card state
-        by using the HAL_SD_GetStatus() function. This function checks first if the
-        SD card is still connected and then get the internal SD Card transfer state.
-    (+) You can also get the SD card SD Status register by using the HAL_SD_SendSDStatus()
-        function.
-
-  *** SD HAL driver macros list ***
-  ==================================
-  [..]
-    Below the list of most used macros in SD HAL driver.
-
-    (+) __HAL_SD_SDMMC_ENABLE : Enable the SD device
-    (+) __HAL_SD_SDMMC_DISABLE : Disable the SD device
-    (+) __HAL_SD_SDMMC_DMA_ENABLE: Enable the SDMMC DMA transfer
-    (+) __HAL_SD_SDMMC_DMA_DISABLE: Disable the SDMMC DMA transfer
-    (+) __HAL_SD_SDMMC_ENABLE_IT: Enable the SD device interrupt
-    (+) __HAL_SD_SDMMC_DISABLE_IT: Disable the SD device interrupt
-    (+) __HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG:Check whether the specified SD flag is set or not
-    (+) __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the SD's pending flags
-
-    (@) You can refer to the SD HAL driver header file for more useful macros
-
-  @endverbatim
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @attention
-  *
-  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
-  *
-  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
-  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
-  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
-  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
-  *      without specific prior written permission.
-  *
-  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
-  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
-  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
-  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
-  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
-  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
-  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
-  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
-  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
-  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-  *
-  ******************************************************************************
-  */
-
-/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
-
-/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @addtogroup SD
-  * @{
-  */
-
-#ifdef HAL_SD_MODULE_ENABLED
-
-/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/** @addtogroup SD_Private_Defines
-  * @{
-  */
-/**
-  * @brief  SDMMC Data block size
-  */
-#define DATA_BLOCK_SIZE                  ((uint32_t)(9 << 4))
-/**
-  * @brief  SDMMC Static flags, Timeout, FIFO Address
-  */
-#define SDMMC_STATIC_FLAGS               ((uint32_t)(SDMMC_FLAG_CCRCFAIL | SDMMC_FLAG_DCRCFAIL | SDMMC_FLAG_CTIMEOUT |\
-                                                    SDMMC_FLAG_DTIMEOUT | SDMMC_FLAG_TXUNDERR | SDMMC_FLAG_RXOVERR  |\
-                                                    SDMMC_FLAG_CMDREND  | SDMMC_FLAG_CMDSENT  | SDMMC_FLAG_DATAEND  |\
-                                                    SDMMC_FLAG_DBCKEND))
-
-#define SDMMC_CMD0TIMEOUT                ((uint32_t)0x00010000)
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Mask for errors Card Status R1 (OCR Register)
-  */
-#define SD_OCR_ADDR_OUT_OF_RANGE        ((uint32_t)0x80000000)
-#define SD_OCR_ADDR_MISALIGNED          ((uint32_t)0x40000000)
-#define SD_OCR_BLOCK_LEN_ERR            ((uint32_t)0x20000000)
-#define SD_OCR_ERASE_SEQ_ERR            ((uint32_t)0x10000000)
-#define SD_OCR_BAD_ERASE_PARAM          ((uint32_t)0x08000000)
-#define SD_OCR_WRITE_PROT_VIOLATION     ((uint32_t)0x04000000)
-#define SD_OCR_LOCK_UNLOCK_FAILED       ((uint32_t)0x01000000)
-#define SD_OCR_COM_CRC_FAILED           ((uint32_t)0x00800000)
-#define SD_OCR_ILLEGAL_CMD              ((uint32_t)0x00400000)
-#define SD_OCR_CARD_ECC_FAILED          ((uint32_t)0x00200000)
-#define SD_OCR_CC_ERROR                 ((uint32_t)0x00100000)
-#define SD_OCR_GENERAL_UNKNOWN_ERROR    ((uint32_t)0x00080000)
-#define SD_OCR_STREAM_READ_UNDERRUN     ((uint32_t)0x00040000)
-#define SD_OCR_STREAM_WRITE_OVERRUN     ((uint32_t)0x00020000)
-#define SD_OCR_CID_CSD_OVERWRITE        ((uint32_t)0x00010000)
-#define SD_OCR_WP_ERASE_SKIP            ((uint32_t)0x00008000)
-#define SD_OCR_CARD_ECC_DISABLED        ((uint32_t)0x00004000)
-#define SD_OCR_ERASE_RESET              ((uint32_t)0x00002000)
-#define SD_OCR_AKE_SEQ_ERROR            ((uint32_t)0x00000008)
-#define SD_OCR_ERRORBITS                ((uint32_t)0xFDFFE008)
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Masks for R6 Response
-  */
-#define SD_R6_GENERAL_UNKNOWN_ERROR     ((uint32_t)0x00002000)
-#define SD_R6_ILLEGAL_CMD               ((uint32_t)0x00004000)
-#define SD_R6_COM_CRC_FAILED            ((uint32_t)0x00008000)
-
-#define SD_VOLTAGE_WINDOW_SD            ((uint32_t)0x80100000)
-#define SD_HIGH_CAPACITY                ((uint32_t)0x40000000)
-#define SD_STD_CAPACITY                 ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
-#define SD_CHECK_PATTERN                ((uint32_t)0x000001AA)
-
-#define SD_MAX_VOLT_TRIAL               ((uint32_t)0x0000FFFF)
-#define SD_ALLZERO                      ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
-
-#define SD_WIDE_BUS_SUPPORT             ((uint32_t)0x00040000)
-#define SD_SINGLE_BUS_SUPPORT           ((uint32_t)0x00010000)
-#define SD_CARD_LOCKED                  ((uint32_t)0x02000000)
-
-#define SD_DATATIMEOUT                  ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFFFF)
-#define SD_0TO7BITS                     ((uint32_t)0x000000FF)
-#define SD_8TO15BITS                    ((uint32_t)0x0000FF00)
-#define SD_16TO23BITS                   ((uint32_t)0x00FF0000)
-#define SD_24TO31BITS                   ((uint32_t)0xFF000000)
-#define SD_MAX_DATA_LENGTH              ((uint32_t)0x01FFFFFF)
-
-#define SD_HALFFIFO                     ((uint32_t)0x00000008)
-#define SD_HALFFIFOBYTES                ((uint32_t)0x00000020)
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Command Class Supported
-  */
-#define SD_CCCC_LOCK_UNLOCK             ((uint32_t)0x00000080)
-#define SD_CCCC_WRITE_PROT              ((uint32_t)0x00000040)
-#define SD_CCCC_ERASE                   ((uint32_t)0x00000020)
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Following commands are SD Card Specific commands.
-  *         SDMMC_APP_CMD should be sent before sending these commands.
-  */
-#define SD_SDMMC_SEND_IF_COND            ((uint32_t)SD_CMD_HS_SEND_EXT_CSD)
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/** @defgroup SD_Private_Functions SD Private Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_Initialize_Cards(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd);
-static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_Select_Deselect(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint64_t addr);
-static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_PowerON(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd);
-static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_PowerOFF(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd);
-static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_SendStatus(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint32_t *pCardStatus);
-static HAL_SD_CardStateTypedef SD_GetState(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd);
-static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_IsCardProgramming(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint8_t *pStatus);
-static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_CmdError(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd);
-static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_CmdResp1Error(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint8_t SD_CMD);
-static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_CmdResp7Error(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd);
-static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_CmdResp3Error(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd);
-static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_CmdResp2Error(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd);
-static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_CmdResp6Error(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint8_t SD_CMD, uint16_t *pRCA);
-static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_WideBus_Enable(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd);
-static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_WideBus_Disable(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd);
-static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_FindSCR(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint32_t *pSCR);
-static void SD_DMA_RxCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
-static void SD_DMA_RxError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
-static void SD_DMA_TxCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
-static void SD_DMA_TxError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
-/** @addtogroup SD_Exported_Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @addtogroup SD_Exported_Functions_Group1
- *  @brief   Initialization and de-initialization functions
- *
-@verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-          ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
-  ==============================================================================
-  [..]
-    This section provides functions allowing to initialize/de-initialize the SD
-    card device to be ready for use.
-
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the SD card according to the specified parameters in the
-            SD_HandleTypeDef and create the associated handle.
-  * @param  hsd: SD handle
-  * @param  SDCardInfo: HAL_SD_CardInfoTypedef structure for SD card information
-  * @retval HAL SD error state
-  */
-HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef HAL_SD_Init(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, HAL_SD_CardInfoTypedef *SDCardInfo)
-{
-  __IO HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK;
-  SD_InitTypeDef tmpinit;
-
-  /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
-  hsd->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
-
-  /* Initialize the low level hardware (MSP) */
-  HAL_SD_MspInit(hsd);
-
-  /* Default SDMMC peripheral configuration for SD card initialization */
-  tmpinit.ClockEdge           = SDMMC_CLOCK_EDGE_RISING;
-  tmpinit.ClockBypass         = SDMMC_CLOCK_BYPASS_DISABLE;
-  tmpinit.ClockPowerSave      = SDMMC_CLOCK_POWER_SAVE_DISABLE;
-  tmpinit.BusWide             = SDMMC_BUS_WIDE_1B;
-  tmpinit.HardwareFlowControl = SDMMC_HARDWARE_FLOW_CONTROL_DISABLE;
-  tmpinit.ClockDiv            = SDMMC_INIT_CLK_DIV;
-
-  /* Initialize SDMMC peripheral interface with default configuration */
-  SDMMC_Init(hsd->Instance, tmpinit);
-
-  /* Identify card operating voltage */
-  errorstate = SD_PowerON(hsd);
-
-  if(errorstate != SD_OK)
-  {
-    return errorstate;
-  }
-
-  /* Initialize the present SDMMC card(s) and put them in idle state */
-  errorstate = SD_Initialize_Cards(hsd);
-
-  if (errorstate != SD_OK)
-  {
-    return errorstate;
-  }
-
-  /* Read CSD/CID MSD registers */
-  errorstate = HAL_SD_Get_CardInfo(hsd, SDCardInfo);
-
-  if (errorstate == SD_OK)
-  {
-    /* Select the Card */
-    errorstate = SD_Select_Deselect(hsd, (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)SDCardInfo->RCA) << 16));
-  }
-
-  /* Configure SDMMC peripheral interface */
-  SDMMC_Init(hsd->Instance, hsd->Init);
-
-  return errorstate;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  De-Initializes the SD card.
-  * @param  hsd: SD handle
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SD_DeInit(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd)
-{
-
-  /* Set SD power state to off */
-  SD_PowerOFF(hsd);
-
-  /* De-Initialize the MSP layer */
-  HAL_SD_MspDeInit(hsd);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the SD MSP.
-  * @param  hsd: SD handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_SD_MspInit(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_SD_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  De-Initialize SD MSP.
-  * @param  hsd: SD handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_SD_MspDeInit(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_SD_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @addtogroup SD_Exported_Functions_Group2
- *  @brief   Data transfer functions
- *
-@verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                        ##### IO operation functions #####
-  ==============================================================================
-  [..]
-    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the data
-    transfer from/to SD card.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Reads block(s) from a specified address in a card. The Data transfer
-  *         is managed by polling mode.
-  * @param  hsd: SD handle
-  * @param  pReadBuffer: pointer to the buffer that will contain the received data
-  * @param  ReadAddr: Address from where data is to be read
-  * @param  BlockSize: SD card Data block size
-  *   @note BlockSize must be 512 bytes.
-  * @param  NumberOfBlocks: Number of SD blocks to read
-  * @retval SD Card error state
-  */
-HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef HAL_SD_ReadBlocks(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint32_t *pReadBuffer, uint64_t ReadAddr, uint32_t BlockSize, uint32_t NumberOfBlocks)
-{
-  SDMMC_CmdInitTypeDef  sdmmc_cmdinitstructure;
-  SDMMC_DataInitTypeDef sdmmc_datainitstructure;
-  HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK;
-  uint32_t count = 0, *tempbuff = (uint32_t *)pReadBuffer;
-
-  /* Initialize data control register */
-  hsd->Instance->DCTRL = 0;
-
-  if (hsd->CardType == HIGH_CAPACITY_SD_CARD)
-  {
-    BlockSize = 512;
-    ReadAddr /= 512;
-  }
-
-  /* Set Block Size for Card */
-  sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Argument         = (uint32_t) BlockSize;
-  sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex         = SD_CMD_SET_BLOCKLEN;
-  sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Response         = SDMMC_RESPONSE_SHORT;
-  sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.WaitForInterrupt = SDMMC_WAIT_NO;
-  sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CPSM             = SDMMC_CPSM_ENABLE;
-  SDMMC_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdmmc_cmdinitstructure);
-
-  /* Check for error conditions */
-  errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_SET_BLOCKLEN);
-
-  if (errorstate != SD_OK)
-  {
-    return errorstate;
-  }
-
-  /* Configure the SD DPSM (Data Path State Machine) */
-  sdmmc_datainitstructure.DataTimeOut   = SD_DATATIMEOUT;
-  sdmmc_datainitstructure.DataLength    = NumberOfBlocks * BlockSize;
-  sdmmc_datainitstructure.DataBlockSize = DATA_BLOCK_SIZE;
-  sdmmc_datainitstructure.TransferDir   = SDMMC_TRANSFER_DIR_TO_SDMMC;
-  sdmmc_datainitstructure.TransferMode  = SDMMC_TRANSFER_MODE_BLOCK;
-  sdmmc_datainitstructure.DPSM          = SDMMC_DPSM_ENABLE;
-  SDMMC_DataConfig(hsd->Instance, &sdmmc_datainitstructure);
-
-  if(NumberOfBlocks > 1)
-  {
-    /* Send CMD18 READ_MULT_BLOCK with argument data address */
-    sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_READ_MULT_BLOCK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    /* Send CMD17 READ_SINGLE_BLOCK */
-    sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_READ_SINGLE_BLOCK;
-  }
-
-  sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Argument         = (uint32_t)ReadAddr;
-  SDMMC_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdmmc_cmdinitstructure);
-
-  /* Read block(s) in polling mode */
-  if(NumberOfBlocks > 1)
-  {
-    /* Check for error conditions */
-    errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_READ_MULT_BLOCK);
-
-    if (errorstate != SD_OK)
-    {
-      return errorstate;
-    }
-
-    /* Poll on SDMMC flags */
-    while(!__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_RXOVERR | SDMMC_FLAG_DCRCFAIL | SDMMC_FLAG_DTIMEOUT | SDMMC_FLAG_DATAEND))
-    {
-      if (__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_RXFIFOHF))
-      {
-        /* Read data from SDMMC Rx FIFO */
-        for (count = 0; count < 8; count++)
-        {
-          *(tempbuff + count) = SDMMC_ReadFIFO(hsd->Instance);
-        }
-
-        tempbuff += 8;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    /* Check for error conditions */
-    errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_READ_SINGLE_BLOCK);
-
-    if (errorstate != SD_OK)
-    {
-      return errorstate;
-    }
-
-    /* In case of single block transfer, no need of stop transfer at all */
-    while(!__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_RXOVERR | SDMMC_FLAG_DCRCFAIL | SDMMC_FLAG_DTIMEOUT | SDMMC_FLAG_DBCKEND))
-    {
-      if (__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_RXFIFOHF))
-      {
-        /* Read data from SDMMC Rx FIFO */
-        for (count = 0; count < 8; count++)
-        {
-          *(tempbuff + count) = SDMMC_ReadFIFO(hsd->Instance);
-        }
-
-        tempbuff += 8;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Send stop transmission command in case of multiblock read */
-  if (__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_DATAEND) && (NumberOfBlocks > 1))
-  {
-    if ((hsd->CardType == STD_CAPACITY_SD_CARD_V1_1) ||\
-      (hsd->CardType == STD_CAPACITY_SD_CARD_V2_0) ||\
-        (hsd->CardType == HIGH_CAPACITY_SD_CARD))
-    {
-      /* Send stop transmission command */
-      errorstate = HAL_SD_StopTransfer(hsd);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Get error state */
-  if (__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_DTIMEOUT))
-  {
-    __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_DTIMEOUT);
-
-    errorstate = SD_DATA_TIMEOUT;
-
-    return errorstate;
-  }
-  else if (__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_DCRCFAIL))
-  {
-    __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_DCRCFAIL);
-
-    errorstate = SD_DATA_CRC_FAIL;
-
-    return errorstate;
-  }
-  else if (__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_RXOVERR))
-  {
-    __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_RXOVERR);
-
-    errorstate = SD_RX_OVERRUN;
-
-    return errorstate;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    /* No error flag set */
-  }
-
-  count = SD_DATATIMEOUT;
-
-  /* Empty FIFO if there is still any data */
-  while ((__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_RXDAVL)) && (count > 0))
-  {
-    *tempbuff = SDMMC_ReadFIFO(hsd->Instance);
-    tempbuff++;
-    count--;
-  }
-
-  /* Clear all the static flags */
-  __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_STATIC_FLAGS);
-
-  return errorstate;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Allows to write block(s) to a specified address in a card. The Data
-  *         transfer is managed by polling mode.
-  * @param  hsd: SD handle
-  * @param  pWriteBuffer: pointer to the buffer that will contain the data to transmit
-  * @param  WriteAddr: Address from where data is to be written
-  * @param  BlockSize: SD card Data block size
-  * @note   BlockSize must be 512 bytes.
-  * @param  NumberOfBlocks: Number of SD blocks to write
-  * @retval SD Card error state
-  */
-HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef HAL_SD_WriteBlocks(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint32_t *pWriteBuffer, uint64_t WriteAddr, uint32_t BlockSize, uint32_t NumberOfBlocks)
-{
-  SDMMC_CmdInitTypeDef sdmmc_cmdinitstructure;
-  SDMMC_DataInitTypeDef sdmmc_datainitstructure;
-  HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK;
-  uint32_t totalnumberofbytes = 0, bytestransferred = 0, count = 0, restwords = 0;
-  uint32_t *tempbuff = (uint32_t *)pWriteBuffer;
-  uint8_t cardstate  = 0;
-
-  /* Initialize data control register */
-  hsd->Instance->DCTRL = 0;
-
-  if (hsd->CardType == HIGH_CAPACITY_SD_CARD)
-  {
-    BlockSize = 512;
-    WriteAddr /= 512;
-  }
-
-  /* Set Block Size for Card */
-  sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Argument         = (uint32_t)BlockSize;
-  sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex         = SD_CMD_SET_BLOCKLEN;
-  sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Response         = SDMMC_RESPONSE_SHORT;
-  sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.WaitForInterrupt = SDMMC_WAIT_NO;
-  sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CPSM             = SDMMC_CPSM_ENABLE;
-  SDMMC_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdmmc_cmdinitstructure);
-
-  /* Check for error conditions */
-  errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_SET_BLOCKLEN);
-
-  if (errorstate != SD_OK)
-  {
-    return errorstate;
-  }
-
-  if(NumberOfBlocks > 1)
-  {
-    /* Send CMD25 WRITE_MULT_BLOCK with argument data address */
-    sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_WRITE_MULT_BLOCK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    /* Send CMD24 WRITE_SINGLE_BLOCK */
-    sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_WRITE_SINGLE_BLOCK;
-  }
-
-  sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Argument         = (uint32_t)WriteAddr;
-  SDMMC_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdmmc_cmdinitstructure);
-
-  /* Check for error conditions */
-  if(NumberOfBlocks > 1)
-  {
-    errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_WRITE_MULT_BLOCK);
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_WRITE_SINGLE_BLOCK);
-  }
-
-  if (errorstate != SD_OK)
-  {
-    return errorstate;
-  }
-
-  /* Set total number of bytes to write */
-  totalnumberofbytes = NumberOfBlocks * BlockSize;
-
-  /* Configure the SD DPSM (Data Path State Machine) */
-  sdmmc_datainitstructure.DataTimeOut   = SD_DATATIMEOUT;
-  sdmmc_datainitstructure.DataLength    = NumberOfBlocks * BlockSize;
-  sdmmc_datainitstructure.DataBlockSize = SDMMC_DATABLOCK_SIZE_512B;
-  sdmmc_datainitstructure.TransferDir   = SDMMC_TRANSFER_DIR_TO_CARD;
-  sdmmc_datainitstructure.TransferMode  = SDMMC_TRANSFER_MODE_BLOCK;
-  sdmmc_datainitstructure.DPSM          = SDMMC_DPSM_ENABLE;
-  SDMMC_DataConfig(hsd->Instance, &sdmmc_datainitstructure);
-
-  /* Write block(s) in polling mode */
-  if(NumberOfBlocks > 1)
-  {
-    while(!__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_TXUNDERR | SDMMC_FLAG_DCRCFAIL | SDMMC_FLAG_DTIMEOUT | SDMMC_FLAG_DATAEND))
-    {
-      if (__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_TXFIFOHE))
-      {
-        if ((totalnumberofbytes - bytestransferred) < 32)
-        {
-          restwords = ((totalnumberofbytes - bytestransferred) % 4 == 0) ? ((totalnumberofbytes - bytestransferred) / 4) : (( totalnumberofbytes -  bytestransferred) / 4 + 1);
-
-          /* Write data to SDMMC Tx FIFO */
-          for (count = 0; count < restwords; count++)
-          {
-            SDMMC_WriteFIFO(hsd->Instance, tempbuff);
-            tempbuff++;
-            bytestransferred += 4;
-          }
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          /* Write data to SDMMC Tx FIFO */
-          for (count = 0; count < 8; count++)
-          {
-            SDMMC_WriteFIFO(hsd->Instance, (tempbuff + count));
-          }
-
-          tempbuff += 8;
-          bytestransferred += 32;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    /* In case of single data block transfer no need of stop command at all */
-    while(!__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_TXUNDERR | SDMMC_FLAG_DCRCFAIL | SDMMC_FLAG_DTIMEOUT | SDMMC_FLAG_DBCKEND))
-    {
-      if (__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_TXFIFOHE))
-      {
-        if ((totalnumberofbytes - bytestransferred) < 32)
-        {
-          restwords = ((totalnumberofbytes - bytestransferred) % 4 == 0) ? ((totalnumberofbytes - bytestransferred) / 4) : (( totalnumberofbytes -  bytestransferred) / 4 + 1);
-
-          /* Write data to SDMMC Tx FIFO */
-          for (count = 0; count < restwords; count++)
-          {
-            SDMMC_WriteFIFO(hsd->Instance, tempbuff);
-            tempbuff++;
-            bytestransferred += 4;
-          }
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          /* Write data to SDMMC Tx FIFO */
-          for (count = 0; count < 8; count++)
-          {
-            SDMMC_WriteFIFO(hsd->Instance, (tempbuff + count));
-          }
-
-          tempbuff += 8;
-          bytestransferred += 32;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Send stop transmission command in case of multiblock write */
-  if (__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_DATAEND) && (NumberOfBlocks > 1))
-  {
-    if ((hsd->CardType == STD_CAPACITY_SD_CARD_V1_1) || (hsd->CardType == STD_CAPACITY_SD_CARD_V2_0) ||\
-      (hsd->CardType == HIGH_CAPACITY_SD_CARD))
-    {
-      /* Send stop transmission command */
-      errorstate = HAL_SD_StopTransfer(hsd);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Get error state */
-  if (__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_DTIMEOUT))
-  {
-    __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_DTIMEOUT);
-
-    errorstate = SD_DATA_TIMEOUT;
-
-    return errorstate;
-  }
-  else if (__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_DCRCFAIL))
-  {
-    __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_DCRCFAIL);
-
-    errorstate = SD_DATA_CRC_FAIL;
-
-    return errorstate;
-  }
-  else if (__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_TXUNDERR))
-  {
-    __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_TXUNDERR);
-
-    errorstate = SD_TX_UNDERRUN;
-
-    return errorstate;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    /* No error flag set */
-  }
-
-  /* Clear all the static flags */
-  __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_STATIC_FLAGS);
-
-  /* Wait till the card is in programming state */
-  errorstate = SD_IsCardProgramming(hsd, &cardstate);
-
-  while ((errorstate == SD_OK) && ((cardstate == SD_CARD_PROGRAMMING) || (cardstate == SD_CARD_RECEIVING)))
-  {
-    errorstate = SD_IsCardProgramming(hsd, &cardstate);
-  }
-
-  return errorstate;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Reads block(s) from a specified address in a card. The Data transfer
-  *         is managed by DMA mode.
-  * @note   This API should be followed by the function HAL_SD_CheckReadOperation()
-  *         to check the completion of the read process
-  * @param  hsd: SD handle
-  * @param  pReadBuffer: Pointer to the buffer that will contain the received data
-  * @param  ReadAddr: Address from where data is to be read
-  * @param  BlockSize: SD card Data block size
-  * @note   BlockSize must be 512 bytes.
-  * @param  NumberOfBlocks: Number of blocks to read.
-  * @retval SD Card error state
-  */
-HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef HAL_SD_ReadBlocks_DMA(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint32_t *pReadBuffer, uint64_t ReadAddr, uint32_t BlockSize, uint32_t NumberOfBlocks)
-{
-  SDMMC_CmdInitTypeDef sdmmc_cmdinitstructure;
-  SDMMC_DataInitTypeDef sdmmc_datainitstructure;
-  HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK;
-
-  /* Initialize data control register */
-  hsd->Instance->DCTRL = 0;
-
-  /* Initialize handle flags */
-  hsd->SdTransferCplt  = 0;
-  hsd->DmaTransferCplt = 0;
-  hsd->SdTransferErr   = SD_OK;
-
-  /* Initialize SD Read operation */
-  if(NumberOfBlocks > 1)
-  {
-    hsd->SdOperation = SD_READ_MULTIPLE_BLOCK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    hsd->SdOperation = SD_READ_SINGLE_BLOCK;
-  }
-
-  /* Enable transfer interrupts */
-  __HAL_SD_SDMMC_ENABLE_IT(hsd, (SDMMC_IT_DCRCFAIL |\
-                                 SDMMC_IT_DTIMEOUT |\
-                                 SDMMC_IT_DATAEND  |\
-                                 SDMMC_IT_RXOVERR));
-
-  /* Enable SDMMC DMA transfer */
-  __HAL_SD_SDMMC_DMA_ENABLE(hsd);
-
-  /* Configure DMA user callbacks */
-  hsd->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback  = SD_DMA_RxCplt;
-  hsd->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = SD_DMA_RxError;
-
-  /* Enable the DMA Channel */
-  HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hsd->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hsd->Instance->FIFO, (uint32_t)pReadBuffer, (uint32_t)(BlockSize * NumberOfBlocks)/4);
-
-  if (hsd->CardType == HIGH_CAPACITY_SD_CARD)
-  {
-    BlockSize = 512;
-    ReadAddr /= 512;
-  }
-
-  /* Set Block Size for Card */
-  sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Argument         = (uint32_t)BlockSize;
-  sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex         = SD_CMD_SET_BLOCKLEN;
-  sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Response         = SDMMC_RESPONSE_SHORT;
-  sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.WaitForInterrupt = SDMMC_WAIT_NO;
-  sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CPSM             = SDMMC_CPSM_ENABLE;
-  SDMMC_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdmmc_cmdinitstructure);
-
-  /* Check for error conditions */
-  errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_SET_BLOCKLEN);
-
-  if (errorstate != SD_OK)
-  {
-    return errorstate;
-  }
-
-  /* Configure the SD DPSM (Data Path State Machine) */
-  sdmmc_datainitstructure.DataTimeOut   = SD_DATATIMEOUT;
-  sdmmc_datainitstructure.DataLength    = BlockSize * NumberOfBlocks;
-  sdmmc_datainitstructure.DataBlockSize = SDMMC_DATABLOCK_SIZE_512B;
-  sdmmc_datainitstructure.TransferDir   = SDMMC_TRANSFER_DIR_TO_SDMMC;
-  sdmmc_datainitstructure.TransferMode  = SDMMC_TRANSFER_MODE_BLOCK;
-  sdmmc_datainitstructure.DPSM          = SDMMC_DPSM_ENABLE;
-  SDMMC_DataConfig(hsd->Instance, &sdmmc_datainitstructure);
-
-  /* Check number of blocks command */
-  if(NumberOfBlocks > 1)
-  {
-    /* Send CMD18 READ_MULT_BLOCK with argument data address */
-    sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_READ_MULT_BLOCK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    /* Send CMD17 READ_SINGLE_BLOCK */
-    sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_READ_SINGLE_BLOCK;
-  }
-
-  sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Argument         = (uint32_t)ReadAddr;
-  SDMMC_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdmmc_cmdinitstructure);
-
-  /* Check for error conditions */
-  if(NumberOfBlocks > 1)
-  {
-    errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_READ_MULT_BLOCK);
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_READ_SINGLE_BLOCK);
-  }
-
-  /* Update the SD transfer error in SD handle */
-  hsd->SdTransferErr = errorstate;
-
-  return errorstate;
-}
-
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Writes block(s) to a specified address in a card. The Data transfer
-  *         is managed by DMA mode.
-  * @note   This API should be followed by the function HAL_SD_CheckWriteOperation()
-  *         to check the completion of the write process (by SD current status polling).
-  * @param  hsd: SD handle
-  * @param  pWriteBuffer: pointer to the buffer that will contain the data to transmit
-  * @param  WriteAddr: Address from where data is to be read
-  * @param  BlockSize: the SD card Data block size
-  * @note   BlockSize must be 512 bytes.
-  * @param  NumberOfBlocks: Number of blocks to write
-  * @retval SD Card error state
-  */
-HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef HAL_SD_WriteBlocks_DMA(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint32_t *pWriteBuffer, uint64_t WriteAddr, uint32_t BlockSize, uint32_t NumberOfBlocks)
-{
-  SDMMC_CmdInitTypeDef sdmmc_cmdinitstructure;
-  SDMMC_DataInitTypeDef sdmmc_datainitstructure;
-  HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK;
-
-  /* Initialize data control register */
-  hsd->Instance->DCTRL = 0;
-
-  /* Initialize handle flags */
-  hsd->SdTransferCplt  = 0;
-  hsd->DmaTransferCplt = 0;
-  hsd->SdTransferErr   = SD_OK;
-
-  /* Initialize SD Write operation */
-  if(NumberOfBlocks > 1)
-  {
-    hsd->SdOperation = SD_WRITE_MULTIPLE_BLOCK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    hsd->SdOperation = SD_WRITE_SINGLE_BLOCK;
-  }
-
-  /* Enable transfer interrupts */
-  __HAL_SD_SDMMC_ENABLE_IT(hsd, (SDMMC_IT_DCRCFAIL |\
-                                 SDMMC_IT_DTIMEOUT |\
-                                 SDMMC_IT_DATAEND  |\
-                                 SDMMC_IT_TXUNDERR));
-
-  /* Configure DMA user callbacks */
-  hsd->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback  = SD_DMA_TxCplt;
-  hsd->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = SD_DMA_TxError;
-
-  /* Enable the DMA Channel */
-  HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hsd->hdmatx, (uint32_t)pWriteBuffer, (uint32_t)&hsd->Instance->FIFO, (uint32_t)(BlockSize * NumberOfBlocks)/4);
-
-  /* Enable SDMMC DMA transfer */
-  __HAL_SD_SDMMC_DMA_ENABLE(hsd);
-
-  if (hsd->CardType == HIGH_CAPACITY_SD_CARD)
-  {
-    BlockSize = 512;
-    WriteAddr /= 512;
-  }
-
-  /* Set Block Size for Card */
-  sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Argument         = (uint32_t)BlockSize;
-  sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex         = SD_CMD_SET_BLOCKLEN;
-  sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Response         = SDMMC_RESPONSE_SHORT;
-  sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.WaitForInterrupt = SDMMC_WAIT_NO;
-  sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CPSM             = SDMMC_CPSM_ENABLE;
-  SDMMC_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdmmc_cmdinitstructure);
-
-  /* Check for error conditions */
-  errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_SET_BLOCKLEN);
-
-  if (errorstate != SD_OK)
-  {
-    return errorstate;
-  }
-
-  /* Check number of blocks command */
-  if(NumberOfBlocks <= 1)
-  {
-    /* Send CMD24 WRITE_SINGLE_BLOCK */
-    sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_WRITE_SINGLE_BLOCK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    /* Send CMD25 WRITE_MULT_BLOCK with argument data address */
-    sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex = SD_CMD_WRITE_MULT_BLOCK;
-  }
-
-  sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Argument         = (uint32_t)WriteAddr;
-  SDMMC_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdmmc_cmdinitstructure);
-
-  /* Check for error conditions */
-  if(NumberOfBlocks > 1)
-  {
-    errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_WRITE_MULT_BLOCK);
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_WRITE_SINGLE_BLOCK);
-  }
-
-  if (errorstate != SD_OK)
-  {
-    return errorstate;
-  }
-
-  /* Configure the SD DPSM (Data Path State Machine) */
-  sdmmc_datainitstructure.DataTimeOut   = SD_DATATIMEOUT;
-  sdmmc_datainitstructure.DataLength    = BlockSize * NumberOfBlocks;
-  sdmmc_datainitstructure.DataBlockSize = SDMMC_DATABLOCK_SIZE_512B;
-  sdmmc_datainitstructure.TransferDir   = SDMMC_TRANSFER_DIR_TO_CARD;
-  sdmmc_datainitstructure.TransferMode  = SDMMC_TRANSFER_MODE_BLOCK;
-  sdmmc_datainitstructure.DPSM          = SDMMC_DPSM_ENABLE;
-  SDMMC_DataConfig(hsd->Instance, &sdmmc_datainitstructure);
-
-  hsd->SdTransferErr = errorstate;
-
-  return errorstate;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  This function waits until the SD DMA data read transfer is finished.
-  *         This API should be called after HAL_SD_ReadBlocks_DMA() function
-  *         to insure that all data sent by the card is already transferred by the
-  *         DMA controller.
-  * @param  hsd: SD handle
-  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
-  * @retval SD Card error state
-  */
-HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef HAL_SD_CheckReadOperation(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK;
-  uint32_t timeout = Timeout;
-  uint32_t tmp1, tmp2;
-  HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef tmp3;
-
-  /* Wait for DMA/SD transfer end or SD error variables to be in SD handle */
-  tmp1 = hsd->DmaTransferCplt;
-  tmp2 = hsd->SdTransferCplt;
-  tmp3 = (HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef)hsd->SdTransferErr;
-
-  while (((tmp1 & tmp2) == 0) && (tmp3 == SD_OK) && (timeout > 0))
-  {
-    tmp1 = hsd->DmaTransferCplt;
-    tmp2 = hsd->SdTransferCplt;
-    tmp3 = (HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef)hsd->SdTransferErr;
-    timeout--;
-  }
-
-  timeout = Timeout;
-
-  /* Wait until the Rx transfer is no longer active */
-  while((__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_RXACT)) && (timeout > 0))
-  {
-    timeout--;
-  }
-
-  /* Send stop command in multiblock read */
-  if (hsd->SdOperation == SD_READ_MULTIPLE_BLOCK)
-  {
-    errorstate = HAL_SD_StopTransfer(hsd);
-  }
-
-  if ((timeout == 0) && (errorstate == SD_OK))
-  {
-    errorstate = SD_DATA_TIMEOUT;
-  }
-
-  /* Clear all the static flags */
-  __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_STATIC_FLAGS);
-
-  /* Return error state */
-  if (hsd->SdTransferErr != SD_OK)
-  {
-    return (HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef)(hsd->SdTransferErr);
-  }
-
-  return errorstate;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  This function waits until the SD DMA data write transfer is finished.
-  *         This API should be called after HAL_SD_WriteBlocks_DMA() function
-  *         to insure that all data sent by the card is already transferred by the
-  *         DMA controller.
-  * @param  hsd: SD handle
-  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
-  * @retval SD Card error state
-  */
-HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef HAL_SD_CheckWriteOperation(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK;
-  uint32_t timeout = Timeout;
-  uint32_t tmp1, tmp2;
-  HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef tmp3;
-
-  /* Wait for DMA/SD transfer end or SD error variables to be in SD handle */
-  tmp1 = hsd->DmaTransferCplt;
-  tmp2 = hsd->SdTransferCplt;
-  tmp3 = (HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef)hsd->SdTransferErr;
-
-  while (((tmp1 & tmp2) == 0) && (tmp3 == SD_OK) && (timeout > 0))
-  {
-    tmp1 = hsd->DmaTransferCplt;
-    tmp2 = hsd->SdTransferCplt;
-    tmp3 = (HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef)hsd->SdTransferErr;
-    timeout--;
-  }
-
-  timeout = Timeout;
-
-  /* Wait until the Tx transfer is no longer active */
-  while((__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_TXACT))  && (timeout > 0))
-  {
-    timeout--;
-  }
-
-  /* Send stop command in multiblock write */
-  if (hsd->SdOperation == SD_WRITE_MULTIPLE_BLOCK)
-  {
-    errorstate = HAL_SD_StopTransfer(hsd);
-  }
-
-  if ((timeout == 0) && (errorstate == SD_OK))
-  {
-    errorstate = SD_DATA_TIMEOUT;
-  }
-
-  /* Clear all the static flags */
-  __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_STATIC_FLAGS);
-
-  /* Return error state */
-  if (hsd->SdTransferErr != SD_OK)
-  {
-    return (HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef)(hsd->SdTransferErr);
-  }
-
-  /* Wait until write is complete */
-  while(HAL_SD_GetStatus(hsd) != SD_TRANSFER_OK)
-  {
-  }
-
-  return errorstate;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Erases the specified memory area of the given SD card.
-  * @param  hsd: SD handle
-  * @param  startaddr: Start byte address
-  * @param  endaddr: End byte address
-  * @retval SD Card error state
-  */
-HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef HAL_SD_Erase(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint64_t startaddr, uint64_t endaddr)
-{
-  HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK;
-  SDMMC_CmdInitTypeDef sdmmc_cmdinitstructure;
-
-  uint32_t delay         = 0;
-  __IO uint32_t maxdelay = 0;
-  uint8_t cardstate      = 0;
-
-  /* Check if the card command class supports erase command */
-  if (((hsd->CSD[1] >> 20) & SD_CCCC_ERASE) == 0)
-  {
-    errorstate = SD_REQUEST_NOT_APPLICABLE;
-
-    return errorstate;
-  }
-
-  /* Get max delay value */
-  maxdelay = 120000 / (((hsd->Instance->CLKCR) & 0xFF) + 2);
-
-  if((SDMMC_GetResponse(hsd->Instance, SDMMC_RESP1) & SD_CARD_LOCKED) == SD_CARD_LOCKED)
-  {
-    errorstate = SD_LOCK_UNLOCK_FAILED;
-
-    return errorstate;
-  }
-
-  /* Get start and end block for high capacity cards */
-  if (hsd->CardType == HIGH_CAPACITY_SD_CARD)
-  {
-    startaddr /= 512;
-    endaddr   /= 512;
-  }
-
-  /* According to sd-card spec 1.0 ERASE_GROUP_START (CMD32) and erase_group_end(CMD33) */
-  if ((hsd->CardType == STD_CAPACITY_SD_CARD_V1_1) || (hsd->CardType == STD_CAPACITY_SD_CARD_V2_0) ||\
-    (hsd->CardType == HIGH_CAPACITY_SD_CARD))
-  {
-    /* Send CMD32 SD_ERASE_GRP_START with argument as addr  */
-    sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Argument         =(uint32_t)startaddr;
-    sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex         = SD_CMD_SD_ERASE_GRP_START;
-    sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Response         = SDMMC_RESPONSE_SHORT;
-    sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.WaitForInterrupt = SDMMC_WAIT_NO;
-    sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CPSM             = SDMMC_CPSM_ENABLE;
-    SDMMC_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdmmc_cmdinitstructure);
-
-    /* Check for error conditions */
-    errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_SD_ERASE_GRP_START);
-
-    if (errorstate != SD_OK)
-    {
-      return errorstate;
-    }
-
-    /* Send CMD33 SD_ERASE_GRP_END with argument as addr  */
-    sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Argument         = (uint32_t)endaddr;
-    sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex         = SD_CMD_SD_ERASE_GRP_END;
-    SDMMC_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdmmc_cmdinitstructure);
-
-    /* Check for error conditions */
-    errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_SD_ERASE_GRP_END);
-
-    if (errorstate != SD_OK)
-    {
-      return errorstate;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Send CMD38 ERASE */
-  sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Argument         = 0;
-  sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex         = SD_CMD_ERASE;
-  SDMMC_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdmmc_cmdinitstructure);
-
-  /* Check for error conditions */
-  errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_ERASE);
-
-  if (errorstate != SD_OK)
-  {
-    return errorstate;
-  }
-
-  for (; delay < maxdelay; delay++)
-  {
-  }
-
-  /* Wait until the card is in programming state */
-  errorstate = SD_IsCardProgramming(hsd, &cardstate);
-
-  delay = SD_DATATIMEOUT;
-
-  while ((delay > 0) && (errorstate == SD_OK) && ((cardstate == SD_CARD_PROGRAMMING) || (cardstate == SD_CARD_RECEIVING)))
-  {
-    errorstate = SD_IsCardProgramming(hsd, &cardstate);
-    delay--;
-  }
-
-  return errorstate;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  This function handles SD card interrupt request.
-  * @param  hsd: SD handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_SD_IRQHandler(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd)
-{
-  /* Check for SDMMC interrupt flags */
-  if (__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_IT_DATAEND))
-  {
-    __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_IT_DATAEND);
-
-    /* SD transfer is complete */
-    hsd->SdTransferCplt = 1;
-
-    /* No transfer error */
-    hsd->SdTransferErr  = SD_OK;
-
-    HAL_SD_XferCpltCallback(hsd);
-  }
-  else if (__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_IT_DCRCFAIL))
-  {
-    __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_DCRCFAIL);
-
-    hsd->SdTransferErr = SD_DATA_CRC_FAIL;
-
-    HAL_SD_XferErrorCallback(hsd);
-
-  }
-  else if (__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_IT_DTIMEOUT))
-  {
-    __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_DTIMEOUT);
-
-    hsd->SdTransferErr = SD_DATA_TIMEOUT;
-
-    HAL_SD_XferErrorCallback(hsd);
-  }
-  else if (__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_IT_RXOVERR))
-  {
-    __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_RXOVERR);
-
-    hsd->SdTransferErr = SD_RX_OVERRUN;
-
-    HAL_SD_XferErrorCallback(hsd);
-  }
-  else if (__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_IT_TXUNDERR))
-  {
-    __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_TXUNDERR);
-
-    hsd->SdTransferErr = SD_TX_UNDERRUN;
-
-    HAL_SD_XferErrorCallback(hsd);
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    /* No error flag set */
-  }
-
-  /* Disable all SDMMC peripheral interrupt sources */
-  __HAL_SD_SDMMC_DISABLE_IT(hsd, SDMMC_IT_DCRCFAIL | SDMMC_IT_DTIMEOUT | SDMMC_IT_DATAEND  |\
-                                 SDMMC_IT_TXFIFOHE | SDMMC_IT_RXFIFOHF | SDMMC_IT_TXUNDERR |\
-                                 SDMMC_IT_RXOVERR);
-}
-
-
-/**
-  * @brief  SD end of transfer callback.
-  * @param  hsd: SD handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_SD_XferCpltCallback(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_SD_XferCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  SD Transfer Error callback.
-  * @param  hsd: SD handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_SD_XferErrorCallback(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_SD_XferErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  SD Transfer complete Rx callback in non blocking mode.
-  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_SD_DMA_RxCpltCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_SD_DMA_RxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  SD DMA transfer complete Rx error callback.
-  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_SD_DMA_RxErrorCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_SD_DMA_RxErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  SD Transfer complete Tx callback in non blocking mode.
-  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_SD_DMA_TxCpltCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_SD_DMA_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  SD DMA transfer complete error Tx callback.
-  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_SD_DMA_TxErrorCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_SD_DMA_TxErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @addtogroup SD_Exported_Functions_Group3
- *  @brief   management functions
- *
-@verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                      ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
-  ==============================================================================
-  [..]
-    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the SD card
-    operations.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Returns information about specific card.
-  * @param  hsd: SD handle
-  * @param  pCardInfo: Pointer to a HAL_SD_CardInfoTypedef structure that
-  *         contains all SD cardinformation
-  * @retval SD Card error state
-  */
-HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef HAL_SD_Get_CardInfo(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, HAL_SD_CardInfoTypedef *pCardInfo)
-{
-  HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK;
-  uint32_t tmp = 0;
-
-  pCardInfo->CardType = (uint8_t)(hsd->CardType);
-  pCardInfo->RCA      = (uint16_t)(hsd->RCA);
-
-  /* Byte 0 */
-  tmp = (hsd->CSD[0] & 0xFF000000) >> 24;
-  pCardInfo->SD_csd.CSDStruct      = (uint8_t)((tmp & 0xC0) >> 6);
-  pCardInfo->SD_csd.SysSpecVersion = (uint8_t)((tmp & 0x3C) >> 2);
-  pCardInfo->SD_csd.Reserved1      = tmp & 0x03;
-
-  /* Byte 1 */
-  tmp = (hsd->CSD[0] & 0x00FF0000) >> 16;
-  pCardInfo->SD_csd.TAAC = (uint8_t)tmp;
-
-  /* Byte 2 */
-  tmp = (hsd->CSD[0] & 0x0000FF00) >> 8;
-  pCardInfo->SD_csd.NSAC = (uint8_t)tmp;
-
-  /* Byte 3 */
-  tmp = hsd->CSD[0] & 0x000000FF;
-  pCardInfo->SD_csd.MaxBusClkFrec = (uint8_t)tmp;
-
-  /* Byte 4 */
-  tmp = (hsd->CSD[1] & 0xFF000000) >> 24;
-  pCardInfo->SD_csd.CardComdClasses = (uint16_t)(tmp << 4);
-
-  /* Byte 5 */
-  tmp = (hsd->CSD[1] & 0x00FF0000) >> 16;
-  pCardInfo->SD_csd.CardComdClasses |= (uint16_t)((tmp & 0xF0) >> 4);
-  pCardInfo->SD_csd.RdBlockLen       = (uint8_t)(tmp & 0x0F);
-
-  /* Byte 6 */
-  tmp = (hsd->CSD[1] & 0x0000FF00) >> 8;
-  pCardInfo->SD_csd.PartBlockRead   = (uint8_t)((tmp & 0x80) >> 7);
-  pCardInfo->SD_csd.WrBlockMisalign = (uint8_t)((tmp & 0x40) >> 6);
-  pCardInfo->SD_csd.RdBlockMisalign = (uint8_t)((tmp & 0x20) >> 5);
-  pCardInfo->SD_csd.DSRImpl         = (uint8_t)((tmp & 0x10) >> 4);
-  pCardInfo->SD_csd.Reserved2       = 0; /*!< Reserved */
-
-  if ((hsd->CardType == STD_CAPACITY_SD_CARD_V1_1) || (hsd->CardType == STD_CAPACITY_SD_CARD_V2_0))
-  {
-    pCardInfo->SD_csd.DeviceSize = (tmp & 0x03) << 10;
-
-    /* Byte 7 */
-    tmp = (uint8_t)(hsd->CSD[1] & 0x000000FF);
-    pCardInfo->SD_csd.DeviceSize |= (tmp) << 2;
-
-    /* Byte 8 */
-    tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CSD[2] & 0xFF000000) >> 24);
-    pCardInfo->SD_csd.DeviceSize |= (tmp & 0xC0) >> 6;
-
-    pCardInfo->SD_csd.MaxRdCurrentVDDMin = (tmp & 0x38) >> 3;
-    pCardInfo->SD_csd.MaxRdCurrentVDDMax = (tmp & 0x07);
-
-    /* Byte 9 */
-    tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CSD[2] & 0x00FF0000) >> 16);
-    pCardInfo->SD_csd.MaxWrCurrentVDDMin = (tmp & 0xE0) >> 5;
-    pCardInfo->SD_csd.MaxWrCurrentVDDMax = (tmp & 0x1C) >> 2;
-    pCardInfo->SD_csd.DeviceSizeMul      = (tmp & 0x03) << 1;
-    /* Byte 10 */
-    tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CSD[2] & 0x0000FF00) >> 8);
-    pCardInfo->SD_csd.DeviceSizeMul |= (tmp & 0x80) >> 7;
-
-    pCardInfo->CardCapacity  = (pCardInfo->SD_csd.DeviceSize + 1) ;
-    pCardInfo->CardCapacity *= (1 << (pCardInfo->SD_csd.DeviceSizeMul + 2));
-    pCardInfo->CardBlockSize = 1 << (pCardInfo->SD_csd.RdBlockLen);
-    pCardInfo->CardCapacity *= pCardInfo->CardBlockSize;
-  }
-  else if (hsd->CardType == HIGH_CAPACITY_SD_CARD)
-  {
-    /* Byte 7 */
-    tmp = (uint8_t)(hsd->CSD[1] & 0x000000FF);
-    pCardInfo->SD_csd.DeviceSize = (tmp & 0x3F) << 16;
-
-    /* Byte 8 */
-    tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CSD[2] & 0xFF000000) >> 24);
-
-    pCardInfo->SD_csd.DeviceSize |= (tmp << 8);
-
-    /* Byte 9 */
-    tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CSD[2] & 0x00FF0000) >> 16);
-
-    pCardInfo->SD_csd.DeviceSize |= (tmp);
-
-    /* Byte 10 */
-    tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CSD[2] & 0x0000FF00) >> 8);
-
-    pCardInfo->CardCapacity  = ((pCardInfo->SD_csd.DeviceSize + 1)) * 512 * 1024;
-    pCardInfo->CardBlockSize = 512;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    /* Not supported card type */
-    errorstate = SD_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  pCardInfo->SD_csd.EraseGrSize = (tmp & 0x40) >> 6;
-  pCardInfo->SD_csd.EraseGrMul  = (tmp & 0x3F) << 1;
-
-  /* Byte 11 */
-  tmp = (uint8_t)(hsd->CSD[2] & 0x000000FF);
-  pCardInfo->SD_csd.EraseGrMul     |= (tmp & 0x80) >> 7;
-  pCardInfo->SD_csd.WrProtectGrSize = (tmp & 0x7F);
-
-  /* Byte 12 */
-  tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CSD[3] & 0xFF000000) >> 24);
-  pCardInfo->SD_csd.WrProtectGrEnable = (tmp & 0x80) >> 7;
-  pCardInfo->SD_csd.ManDeflECC        = (tmp & 0x60) >> 5;
-  pCardInfo->SD_csd.WrSpeedFact       = (tmp & 0x1C) >> 2;
-  pCardInfo->SD_csd.MaxWrBlockLen     = (tmp & 0x03) << 2;
-
-  /* Byte 13 */
-  tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CSD[3] & 0x00FF0000) >> 16);
-  pCardInfo->SD_csd.MaxWrBlockLen      |= (tmp & 0xC0) >> 6;
-  pCardInfo->SD_csd.WriteBlockPaPartial = (tmp & 0x20) >> 5;
-  pCardInfo->SD_csd.Reserved3           = 0;
-  pCardInfo->SD_csd.ContentProtectAppli = (tmp & 0x01);
-
-  /* Byte 14 */
-  tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CSD[3] & 0x0000FF00) >> 8);
-  pCardInfo->SD_csd.FileFormatGrouop = (tmp & 0x80) >> 7;
-  pCardInfo->SD_csd.CopyFlag         = (tmp & 0x40) >> 6;
-  pCardInfo->SD_csd.PermWrProtect    = (tmp & 0x20) >> 5;
-  pCardInfo->SD_csd.TempWrProtect    = (tmp & 0x10) >> 4;
-  pCardInfo->SD_csd.FileFormat       = (tmp & 0x0C) >> 2;
-  pCardInfo->SD_csd.ECC              = (tmp & 0x03);
-
-  /* Byte 15 */
-  tmp = (uint8_t)(hsd->CSD[3] & 0x000000FF);
-  pCardInfo->SD_csd.CSD_CRC   = (tmp & 0xFE) >> 1;
-  pCardInfo->SD_csd.Reserved4 = 1;
-
-  /* Byte 0 */
-  tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CID[0] & 0xFF000000) >> 24);
-  pCardInfo->SD_cid.ManufacturerID = tmp;
-
-  /* Byte 1 */
-  tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CID[0] & 0x00FF0000) >> 16);
-  pCardInfo->SD_cid.OEM_AppliID = tmp << 8;
-
-  /* Byte 2 */
-  tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CID[0] & 0x000000FF00) >> 8);
-  pCardInfo->SD_cid.OEM_AppliID |= tmp;
-
-  /* Byte 3 */
-  tmp = (uint8_t)(hsd->CID[0] & 0x000000FF);
-  pCardInfo->SD_cid.ProdName1 = tmp << 24;
-
-  /* Byte 4 */
-  tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CID[1] & 0xFF000000) >> 24);
-  pCardInfo->SD_cid.ProdName1 |= tmp << 16;
-
-  /* Byte 5 */
-  tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CID[1] & 0x00FF0000) >> 16);
-  pCardInfo->SD_cid.ProdName1 |= tmp << 8;
-
-  /* Byte 6 */
-  tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CID[1] & 0x0000FF00) >> 8);
-  pCardInfo->SD_cid.ProdName1 |= tmp;
-
-  /* Byte 7 */
-  tmp = (uint8_t)(hsd->CID[1] & 0x000000FF);
-  pCardInfo->SD_cid.ProdName2 = tmp;
-
-  /* Byte 8 */
-  tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CID[2] & 0xFF000000) >> 24);
-  pCardInfo->SD_cid.ProdRev = tmp;
-
-  /* Byte 9 */
-  tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CID[2] & 0x00FF0000) >> 16);
-  pCardInfo->SD_cid.ProdSN = tmp << 24;
-
-  /* Byte 10 */
-  tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CID[2] & 0x0000FF00) >> 8);
-  pCardInfo->SD_cid.ProdSN |= tmp << 16;
-
-  /* Byte 11 */
-  tmp = (uint8_t)(hsd->CID[2] & 0x000000FF);
-  pCardInfo->SD_cid.ProdSN |= tmp << 8;
-
-  /* Byte 12 */
-  tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CID[3] & 0xFF000000) >> 24);
-  pCardInfo->SD_cid.ProdSN |= tmp;
-
-  /* Byte 13 */
-  tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CID[3] & 0x00FF0000) >> 16);
-  pCardInfo->SD_cid.Reserved1   |= (tmp & 0xF0) >> 4;
-  pCardInfo->SD_cid.ManufactDate = (tmp & 0x0F) << 8;
-
-  /* Byte 14 */
-  tmp = (uint8_t)((hsd->CID[3] & 0x0000FF00) >> 8);
-  pCardInfo->SD_cid.ManufactDate |= tmp;
-
-  /* Byte 15 */
-  tmp = (uint8_t)(hsd->CID[3] & 0x000000FF);
-  pCardInfo->SD_cid.CID_CRC   = (tmp & 0xFE) >> 1;
-  pCardInfo->SD_cid.Reserved2 = 1;
-
-  return errorstate;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Enables wide bus operation for the requested card if supported by
-  *         card.
-  * @param  hsd: SD handle
-  * @param  WideMode: Specifies the SD card wide bus mode
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg SDMMC_BUS_WIDE_8B: 8-bit data transfer (Only for MMC)
-  *            @arg SDMMC_BUS_WIDE_4B: 4-bit data transfer
-  *            @arg SDMMC_BUS_WIDE_1B: 1-bit data transfer
-  * @retval SD Card error state
-  */
-HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef HAL_SD_WideBusOperation_Config(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint32_t WideMode)
-{
-  HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK;
-  SDMMC_InitTypeDef tmpinit;
-
-  /* MMC Card does not support this feature */
-  if (hsd->CardType == MULTIMEDIA_CARD)
-  {
-    errorstate = SD_UNSUPPORTED_FEATURE;
-
-    return errorstate;
-  }
-  else if ((hsd->CardType == STD_CAPACITY_SD_CARD_V1_1) || (hsd->CardType == STD_CAPACITY_SD_CARD_V2_0) ||\
-    (hsd->CardType == HIGH_CAPACITY_SD_CARD))
-  {
-    if (WideMode == SDMMC_BUS_WIDE_8B)
-    {
-      errorstate = SD_UNSUPPORTED_FEATURE;
-    }
-    else if (WideMode == SDMMC_BUS_WIDE_4B)
-    {
-      errorstate = SD_WideBus_Enable(hsd);
-    }
-    else if (WideMode == SDMMC_BUS_WIDE_1B)
-    {
-      errorstate = SD_WideBus_Disable(hsd);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      /* WideMode is not a valid argument*/
-      errorstate = SD_INVALID_PARAMETER;
-    }
-
-    if (errorstate == SD_OK)
-    {
-      /* Configure the SDMMC peripheral */
-      tmpinit.ClockEdge           = hsd->Init.ClockEdge;
-      tmpinit.ClockBypass         = hsd->Init.ClockBypass;
-      tmpinit.ClockPowerSave      = hsd->Init.ClockPowerSave;
-      tmpinit.BusWide             = WideMode;
-      tmpinit.HardwareFlowControl = hsd->Init.HardwareFlowControl;
-      tmpinit.ClockDiv            = hsd->Init.ClockDiv;
-      SDMMC_Init(hsd->Instance, tmpinit);
-    }
-  }
-
-  return errorstate;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Aborts an ongoing data transfer.
-  * @param  hsd: SD handle
-  * @retval SD Card error state
-  */
-HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef HAL_SD_StopTransfer(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd)
-{
-  SDMMC_CmdInitTypeDef sdmmc_cmdinitstructure;
-  HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK;
-
-  /* Send CMD12 STOP_TRANSMISSION  */
-  sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Argument         = 0;
-  sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex         = SD_CMD_STOP_TRANSMISSION;
-  sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Response         = SDMMC_RESPONSE_SHORT;
-  sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.WaitForInterrupt = SDMMC_WAIT_NO;
-  sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CPSM             = SDMMC_CPSM_ENABLE;
-  SDMMC_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdmmc_cmdinitstructure);
-
-  /* Check for error conditions */
-  errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_STOP_TRANSMISSION);
-
-  return errorstate;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Switches the SD card to High Speed mode.
-  *         This API must be used after "Transfer State"
-  * @note   This operation should be followed by the configuration
-  *         of PLL to have SDMMCCK clock between 67 and 75 MHz
-  * @param  hsd: SD handle
-  * @retval SD Card error state
-  */
-HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef HAL_SD_HighSpeed (SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd)
-{
-  HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK;
-  SDMMC_CmdInitTypeDef sdmmc_cmdinitstructure;
-  SDMMC_DataInitTypeDef sdmmc_datainitstructure;
-
-  uint8_t SD_hs[64]  = {0};
-  uint32_t SD_scr[2] = {0, 0};
-  uint32_t SD_SPEC   = 0 ;
-  uint32_t count = 0, *tempbuff = (uint32_t *)SD_hs;
-
-  /* Initialize the Data control register */
-  hsd->Instance->DCTRL = 0;
-
-  /* Get SCR Register */
-  errorstate = SD_FindSCR(hsd, SD_scr);
-
-  if (errorstate != SD_OK)
-  {
-    return errorstate;
-  }
-
-  /* Test the Version supported by the card*/
-  SD_SPEC = (SD_scr[1]  & 0x01000000) | (SD_scr[1]  & 0x02000000);
-
-  if (SD_SPEC != SD_ALLZERO)
-  {
-    /* Set Block Size for Card */
-    sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Argument         = (uint32_t)64;
-    sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex         = SD_CMD_SET_BLOCKLEN;
-    sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Response         = SDMMC_RESPONSE_SHORT;
-    sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.WaitForInterrupt = SDMMC_WAIT_NO;
-    sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CPSM             = SDMMC_CPSM_ENABLE;
-    SDMMC_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdmmc_cmdinitstructure);
-
-    /* Check for error conditions */
-    errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_SET_BLOCKLEN);
-
-    if (errorstate != SD_OK)
-    {
-      return errorstate;
-    }
-
-    /* Configure the SD DPSM (Data Path State Machine) */
-    sdmmc_datainitstructure.DataTimeOut   = SD_DATATIMEOUT;
-    sdmmc_datainitstructure.DataLength    = 64;
-    sdmmc_datainitstructure.DataBlockSize = SDMMC_DATABLOCK_SIZE_64B ;
-    sdmmc_datainitstructure.TransferDir   = SDMMC_TRANSFER_DIR_TO_SDMMC;
-    sdmmc_datainitstructure.TransferMode  = SDMMC_TRANSFER_MODE_BLOCK;
-    sdmmc_datainitstructure.DPSM          = SDMMC_DPSM_ENABLE;
-    SDMMC_DataConfig(hsd->Instance, &sdmmc_datainitstructure);
-
-    /* Send CMD6 switch mode */
-    sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Argument         = 0x80FFFF01;
-    sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex         = SD_CMD_HS_SWITCH;
-    SDMMC_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdmmc_cmdinitstructure);
-
-    /* Check for error conditions */
-    errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_HS_SWITCH);
-
-    if (errorstate != SD_OK)
-    {
-      return errorstate;
-    }
-
-    while(!__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_RXOVERR | SDMMC_FLAG_DCRCFAIL | SDMMC_FLAG_DTIMEOUT | SDMMC_FLAG_DBCKEND))
-    {
-      if (__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_RXFIFOHF))
-      {
-        for (count = 0; count < 8; count++)
-        {
-          *(tempbuff + count) = SDMMC_ReadFIFO(hsd->Instance);
-        }
-
-        tempbuff += 8;
-      }
-    }
-
-    if (__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_DTIMEOUT))
-    {
-      __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_DTIMEOUT);
-
-      errorstate = SD_DATA_TIMEOUT;
-
-      return errorstate;
-    }
-    else if (__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_DCRCFAIL))
-    {
-      __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_DCRCFAIL);
-
-      errorstate = SD_DATA_CRC_FAIL;
-
-      return errorstate;
-    }
-    else if (__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_RXOVERR))
-    {
-      __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_RXOVERR);
-
-      errorstate = SD_RX_OVERRUN;
-
-      return errorstate;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      /* No error flag set */
-    }
-
-    count = SD_DATATIMEOUT;
-
-    while ((__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_RXDAVL)) && (count > 0))
-    {
-      *tempbuff = SDMMC_ReadFIFO(hsd->Instance);
-      tempbuff++;
-      count--;
-    }
-
-    /* Clear all the static flags */
-    __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_STATIC_FLAGS);
-
-    /* Test if the switch mode HS is ok */
-    if ((SD_hs[13]& 2) != 2)
-    {
-      errorstate = SD_UNSUPPORTED_FEATURE;
-    }
-  }
-
-  return errorstate;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @addtogroup SD_Exported_Functions_Group4
- *  @brief   Peripheral State functions
- *
-@verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                      ##### Peripheral State functions #####
-  ==============================================================================
-  [..]
-    This subsection permits to get in runtime the status of the peripheral
-    and the data flow.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Returns the current SD card's status.
-  * @param  hsd: SD handle
-  * @param  pSDstatus: Pointer to the buffer that will contain the SD card status
-  *         SD Status register)
-  * @retval SD Card error state
-  */
-HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef HAL_SD_SendSDStatus(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint32_t *pSDstatus)
-{
-  SDMMC_CmdInitTypeDef  sdmmc_cmdinitstructure;
-  SDMMC_DataInitTypeDef sdmmc_datainitstructure;
-  HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK;
-  uint32_t count = 0;
-
-  /* Check SD response */
-  if ((SDMMC_GetResponse(hsd->Instance, SDMMC_RESP1) & SD_CARD_LOCKED) == SD_CARD_LOCKED)
-  {
-    errorstate = SD_LOCK_UNLOCK_FAILED;
-
-    return errorstate;
-  }
-
-  /* Set block size for card if it is not equal to current block size for card */
-  sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Argument         = 64;
-  sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex         = SD_CMD_SET_BLOCKLEN;
-  sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Response         = SDMMC_RESPONSE_SHORT;
-  sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.WaitForInterrupt = SDMMC_WAIT_NO;
-  sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CPSM             = SDMMC_CPSM_ENABLE;
-  SDMMC_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdmmc_cmdinitstructure);
-
-  /* Check for error conditions */
-  errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_SET_BLOCKLEN);
-
-  if (errorstate != SD_OK)
-  {
-    return errorstate;
-  }
-
-  /* Send CMD55 */
-  sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Argument         = (uint32_t)(hsd->RCA << 16);
-  sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex         = SD_CMD_APP_CMD;
-  SDMMC_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdmmc_cmdinitstructure);
-
-  /* Check for error conditions */
-  errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_APP_CMD);
-
-  if (errorstate != SD_OK)
-  {
-    return errorstate;
-  }
-
-  /* Configure the SD DPSM (Data Path State Machine) */
-  sdmmc_datainitstructure.DataTimeOut   = SD_DATATIMEOUT;
-  sdmmc_datainitstructure.DataLength    = 64;
-  sdmmc_datainitstructure.DataBlockSize = SDMMC_DATABLOCK_SIZE_64B;
-  sdmmc_datainitstructure.TransferDir   = SDMMC_TRANSFER_DIR_TO_SDMMC;
-  sdmmc_datainitstructure.TransferMode  = SDMMC_TRANSFER_MODE_BLOCK;
-  sdmmc_datainitstructure.DPSM          = SDMMC_DPSM_ENABLE;
-  SDMMC_DataConfig(hsd->Instance, &sdmmc_datainitstructure);
-
-  /* Send ACMD13 (SD_APP_STAUS)  with argument as card's RCA */
-  sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Argument         = 0;
-  sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex         = SD_CMD_SD_APP_STATUS;
-  SDMMC_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdmmc_cmdinitstructure);
-
-  /* Check for error conditions */
-  errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_SD_APP_STATUS);
-
-  if (errorstate != SD_OK)
-  {
-    return errorstate;
-  }
-
-  /* Get status data */
-  while(!__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_RXOVERR | SDMMC_FLAG_DCRCFAIL | SDMMC_FLAG_DTIMEOUT | SDMMC_FLAG_DBCKEND))
-  {
-    if (__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_RXFIFOHF))
-    {
-      for (count = 0; count < 8; count++)
-      {
-        *(pSDstatus + count) = SDMMC_ReadFIFO(hsd->Instance);
-      }
-
-      pSDstatus += 8;
-    }
-  }
-
-  if (__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_DTIMEOUT))
-  {
-    __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_DTIMEOUT);
-
-    errorstate = SD_DATA_TIMEOUT;
-
-    return errorstate;
-  }
-  else if (__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_DCRCFAIL))
-  {
-    __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_DCRCFAIL);
-
-    errorstate = SD_DATA_CRC_FAIL;
-
-    return errorstate;
-  }
-  else if (__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_RXOVERR))
-  {
-    __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_RXOVERR);
-
-    errorstate = SD_RX_OVERRUN;
-
-    return errorstate;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    /* No error flag set */
-  }
-
-  count = SD_DATATIMEOUT;
-  while ((__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_RXDAVL)) && (count > 0))
-  {
-    *pSDstatus = SDMMC_ReadFIFO(hsd->Instance);
-    pSDstatus++;
-    count--;
-  }
-
-  /* Clear all the static status flags*/
-  __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_STATIC_FLAGS);
-
-  return errorstate;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Gets the current sd card data status.
-  * @param  hsd: SD handle
-  * @retval Data Transfer state
-  */
-HAL_SD_TransferStateTypedef HAL_SD_GetStatus(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd)
-{
-  HAL_SD_CardStateTypedef cardstate =  SD_CARD_TRANSFER;
-
-  /* Get SD card state */
-  cardstate = SD_GetState(hsd);
-
-  /* Find SD status according to card state*/
-  if (cardstate == SD_CARD_TRANSFER)
-  {
-    return SD_TRANSFER_OK;
-  }
-  else if(cardstate == SD_CARD_ERROR)
-  {
-    return SD_TRANSFER_ERROR;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return SD_TRANSFER_BUSY;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Gets the SD card status.
-  * @param  hsd: SD handle
-  * @param  pCardStatus: Pointer to the HAL_SD_CardStatusTypedef structure that
-  *         will contain the SD card status information
-  * @retval SD Card error state
-  */
-HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef HAL_SD_GetCardStatus(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, HAL_SD_CardStatusTypedef *pCardStatus)
-{
-  HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK;
-  uint32_t tmp = 0;
-  uint32_t sd_status[16];
-
-  errorstate = HAL_SD_SendSDStatus(hsd, sd_status);
-
-  if (errorstate  != SD_OK)
-  {
-    return errorstate;
-  }
-
-  /* Byte 0 */
-  tmp = (sd_status[0] & 0xC0) >> 6;
-  pCardStatus->DAT_BUS_WIDTH = (uint8_t)tmp;
-
-  /* Byte 0 */
-  tmp = (sd_status[0] & 0x20) >> 5;
-  pCardStatus->SECURED_MODE = (uint8_t)tmp;
-
-  /* Byte 2 */
-  tmp = (sd_status[2] & 0xFF);
-  pCardStatus->SD_CARD_TYPE = (uint8_t)(tmp << 8);
-
-  /* Byte 3 */
-  tmp = (sd_status[3] & 0xFF);
-  pCardStatus->SD_CARD_TYPE |= (uint8_t)tmp;
-
-  /* Byte 4 */
-  tmp = (sd_status[4] & 0xFF);
-  pCardStatus->SIZE_OF_PROTECTED_AREA = (uint8_t)(tmp << 24);
-
-  /* Byte 5 */
-  tmp = (sd_status[5] & 0xFF);
-  pCardStatus->SIZE_OF_PROTECTED_AREA |= (uint8_t)(tmp << 16);
-
-  /* Byte 6 */
-  tmp = (sd_status[6] & 0xFF);
-  pCardStatus->SIZE_OF_PROTECTED_AREA |= (uint8_t)(tmp << 8);
-
-  /* Byte 7 */
-  tmp = (sd_status[7] & 0xFF);
-  pCardStatus->SIZE_OF_PROTECTED_AREA |= (uint8_t)tmp;
-
-  /* Byte 8 */
-  tmp = (sd_status[8] & 0xFF);
-  pCardStatus->SPEED_CLASS = (uint8_t)tmp;
-
-  /* Byte 9 */
-  tmp = (sd_status[9] & 0xFF);
-  pCardStatus->PERFORMANCE_MOVE = (uint8_t)tmp;
-
-  /* Byte 10 */
-  tmp = (sd_status[10] & 0xF0) >> 4;
-  pCardStatus->AU_SIZE = (uint8_t)tmp;
-
-  /* Byte 11 */
-  tmp = (sd_status[11] & 0xFF);
-  pCardStatus->ERASE_SIZE = (uint8_t)(tmp << 8);
-
-  /* Byte 12 */
-  tmp = (sd_status[12] & 0xFF);
-  pCardStatus->ERASE_SIZE |= (uint8_t)tmp;
-
-  /* Byte 13 */
-  tmp = (sd_status[13] & 0xFC) >> 2;
-  pCardStatus->ERASE_TIMEOUT = (uint8_t)tmp;
-
-  /* Byte 13 */
-  tmp = (sd_status[13] & 0x3);
-  pCardStatus->ERASE_OFFSET = (uint8_t)tmp;
-
-  return errorstate;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/* Private function ----------------------------------------------------------*/
-/** @addtogroup SD_Private_Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  SD DMA transfer complete Rx callback.
-  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void SD_DMA_RxCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd = (SD_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent;
-
-  /* DMA transfer is complete */
-  hsd->DmaTransferCplt = 1;
-
-  /* Wait until SD transfer is complete */
-  while(hsd->SdTransferCplt == 0)
-  {
-  }
-
-  /* Disable the DMA channel */
-  HAL_DMA_Abort(hdma);
-
-  /* Transfer complete user callback */
-  HAL_SD_DMA_RxCpltCallback(hsd->hdmarx);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  SD DMA transfer Error Rx callback.
-  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void SD_DMA_RxError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd = (SD_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent;
-
-  /* Transfer complete user callback */
-  HAL_SD_DMA_RxErrorCallback(hsd->hdmarx);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  SD DMA transfer complete Tx callback.
-  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void SD_DMA_TxCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd = (SD_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent;
-
-  /* DMA transfer is complete */
-  hsd->DmaTransferCplt = 1;
-
-  /* Wait until SD transfer is complete */
-  while(hsd->SdTransferCplt == 0)
-  {
-  }
-
-  /* Disable the DMA channel */
-  HAL_DMA_Abort(hdma);
-
-  /* Transfer complete user callback */
-  HAL_SD_DMA_TxCpltCallback(hsd->hdmatx);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  SD DMA transfer Error Tx callback.
-  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void SD_DMA_TxError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd = ( SD_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
-
-  /* Transfer complete user callback */
-  HAL_SD_DMA_TxErrorCallback(hsd->hdmatx);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Returns the SD current state.
-  * @param  hsd: SD handle
-  * @retval SD card current state
-  */
-static HAL_SD_CardStateTypedef SD_GetState(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd)
-{
-  uint32_t resp1 = 0;
-
-  if (SD_SendStatus(hsd, &resp1) != SD_OK)
-  {
-    return SD_CARD_ERROR;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return (HAL_SD_CardStateTypedef)((resp1 >> 9) & 0x0F);
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes all cards or single card as the case may be Card(s) come
-  *         into standby state.
-  * @param  hsd: SD handle
-  * @retval SD Card error state
-  */
-static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_Initialize_Cards(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd)
-{
-  SDMMC_CmdInitTypeDef sdmmc_cmdinitstructure;
-  HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK;
-  uint16_t sd_rca = 1;
-
-  if(SDMMC_GetPowerState(hsd->Instance) == 0) /* Power off */
-  {
-    errorstate = SD_REQUEST_NOT_APPLICABLE;
-
-    return errorstate;
-  }
-
-  if(hsd->CardType != SECURE_DIGITAL_IO_CARD)
-  {
-    /* Send CMD2 ALL_SEND_CID */
-    sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Argument         = 0;
-    sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex         = SD_CMD_ALL_SEND_CID;
-    sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Response         = SDMMC_RESPONSE_LONG;
-    sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.WaitForInterrupt = SDMMC_WAIT_NO;
-    sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CPSM             = SDMMC_CPSM_ENABLE;
-    SDMMC_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdmmc_cmdinitstructure);
-
-    /* Check for error conditions */
-    errorstate = SD_CmdResp2Error(hsd);
-
-    if(errorstate != SD_OK)
-    {
-      return errorstate;
-    }
-
-    /* Get Card identification number data */
-    hsd->CID[0] = SDMMC_GetResponse(hsd->Instance, SDMMC_RESP1);
-    hsd->CID[1] = SDMMC_GetResponse(hsd->Instance, SDMMC_RESP2);
-    hsd->CID[2] = SDMMC_GetResponse(hsd->Instance, SDMMC_RESP3);
-    hsd->CID[3] = SDMMC_GetResponse(hsd->Instance, SDMMC_RESP4);
-  }
-
-  if((hsd->CardType == STD_CAPACITY_SD_CARD_V1_1)    || (hsd->CardType == STD_CAPACITY_SD_CARD_V2_0) ||\
-     (hsd->CardType == SECURE_DIGITAL_IO_COMBO_CARD) || (hsd->CardType == HIGH_CAPACITY_SD_CARD))
-  {
-    /* Send CMD3 SET_REL_ADDR with argument 0 */
-    /* SD Card publishes its RCA. */
-    sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex         = SD_CMD_SET_REL_ADDR;
-    sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Response         = SDMMC_RESPONSE_SHORT;
-    SDMMC_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdmmc_cmdinitstructure);
-
-    /* Check for error conditions */
-    errorstate = SD_CmdResp6Error(hsd, SD_CMD_SET_REL_ADDR, &sd_rca);
-
-    if(errorstate != SD_OK)
-    {
-      return errorstate;
-    }
-  }
-
-  if (hsd->CardType != SECURE_DIGITAL_IO_CARD)
-  {
-    /* Get the SD card RCA */
-    hsd->RCA = sd_rca;
-
-    /* Send CMD9 SEND_CSD with argument as card's RCA */
-    sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Argument         = (uint32_t)(hsd->RCA << 16);
-    sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex         = SD_CMD_SEND_CSD;
-    sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Response         = SDMMC_RESPONSE_LONG;
-    SDMMC_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdmmc_cmdinitstructure);
-
-    /* Check for error conditions */
-    errorstate = SD_CmdResp2Error(hsd);
-
-    if(errorstate != SD_OK)
-    {
-      return errorstate;
-    }
-
-    /* Get Card Specific Data */
-    hsd->CSD[0] = SDMMC_GetResponse(hsd->Instance, SDMMC_RESP1);
-    hsd->CSD[1] = SDMMC_GetResponse(hsd->Instance, SDMMC_RESP2);
-    hsd->CSD[2] = SDMMC_GetResponse(hsd->Instance, SDMMC_RESP3);
-    hsd->CSD[3] = SDMMC_GetResponse(hsd->Instance, SDMMC_RESP4);
-  }
-
-  /* All cards are initialized */
-  return errorstate;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Selects od Deselects the corresponding card.
-  * @param  hsd: SD handle
-  * @param  addr: Address of the card to be selected
-  * @retval SD Card error state
-  */
-static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_Select_Deselect(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint64_t addr)
-{
-  SDMMC_CmdInitTypeDef sdmmc_cmdinitstructure;
-  HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK;
-
-  /* Send CMD7 SDMMC_SEL_DESEL_CARD */
-  sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Argument         = (uint32_t)addr;
-  sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex         = SD_CMD_SEL_DESEL_CARD;
-  sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Response         = SDMMC_RESPONSE_SHORT;
-  sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.WaitForInterrupt = SDMMC_WAIT_NO;
-  sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CPSM             = SDMMC_CPSM_ENABLE;
-  SDMMC_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdmmc_cmdinitstructure);
-
-  /* Check for error conditions */
-  errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_SEL_DESEL_CARD);
-
-  return errorstate;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Enquires cards about their operating voltage and configures clock
-  *         controls and stores SD information that will be needed in future
-  *         in the SD handle.
-  * @param  hsd: SD handle
-  * @retval SD Card error state
-  */
-static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_PowerON(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd)
-{
-  SDMMC_CmdInitTypeDef sdmmc_cmdinitstructure;
-  __IO HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK;
-  uint32_t response = 0, count = 0, validvoltage = 0;
-  uint32_t sdtype = SD_STD_CAPACITY;
-
-  /* Power ON Sequence -------------------------------------------------------*/
-  /* Disable SDMMC Clock */
-  __HAL_SD_SDMMC_DISABLE(hsd);
-
-  /* Set Power State to ON */
-  SDMMC_PowerState_ON(hsd->Instance);
-
-  /* 1ms: required power up waiting time before starting the SD initialization
-     sequence */
-  HAL_Delay(1);
-
-  /* Enable SDMMC Clock */
-  __HAL_SD_SDMMC_ENABLE(hsd);
-
-  /* CMD0: GO_IDLE_STATE -----------------------------------------------------*/
-  /* No CMD response required */
-  sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Argument         = 0;
-  sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex         = SD_CMD_GO_IDLE_STATE;
-  sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Response         = SDMMC_RESPONSE_NO;
-  sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.WaitForInterrupt = SDMMC_WAIT_NO;
-  sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CPSM             = SDMMC_CPSM_ENABLE;
-  SDMMC_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdmmc_cmdinitstructure);
-
-  /* Check for error conditions */
-  errorstate = SD_CmdError(hsd);
-
-  if(errorstate != SD_OK)
-  {
-    /* CMD Response Timeout (wait for CMDSENT flag) */
-    return errorstate;
-  }
-
-  /* CMD8: SEND_IF_COND ------------------------------------------------------*/
-  /* Send CMD8 to verify SD card interface operating condition */
-  /* Argument: - [31:12]: Reserved (shall be set to '0')
-  - [11:8]: Supply Voltage (VHS) 0x1 (Range: 2.7-3.6 V)
-  - [7:0]: Check Pattern (recommended 0xAA) */
-  /* CMD Response: R7 */
-  sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Argument         = SD_CHECK_PATTERN;
-  sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex         = SD_SDMMC_SEND_IF_COND;
-  sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Response         = SDMMC_RESPONSE_SHORT;
-  SDMMC_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdmmc_cmdinitstructure);
-
-  /* Check for error conditions */
-  errorstate = SD_CmdResp7Error(hsd);
-
-  if (errorstate == SD_OK)
-  {
-    /* SD Card 2.0 */
-    hsd->CardType = STD_CAPACITY_SD_CARD_V2_0;
-    sdtype        = SD_HIGH_CAPACITY;
-  }
-
-  /* Send CMD55 */
-  sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Argument         = 0;
-  sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex         = SD_CMD_APP_CMD;
-  SDMMC_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdmmc_cmdinitstructure);
-
-  /* Check for error conditions */
-  errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_APP_CMD);
-
-  /* If errorstate is Command Timeout, it is a MMC card */
-  /* If errorstate is SD_OK it is a SD card: SD card 2.0 (voltage range mismatch)
-     or SD card 1.x */
-  if(errorstate == SD_OK)
-  {
-    /* SD CARD */
-    /* Send ACMD41 SD_APP_OP_COND with Argument 0x80100000 */
-    while((!validvoltage) && (count < SD_MAX_VOLT_TRIAL))
-    {
-
-      /* SEND CMD55 APP_CMD with RCA as 0 */
-      sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Argument         = 0;
-      sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex         = SD_CMD_APP_CMD;
-      sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Response         = SDMMC_RESPONSE_SHORT;
-      sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.WaitForInterrupt = SDMMC_WAIT_NO;
-      sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CPSM             = SDMMC_CPSM_ENABLE;
-      SDMMC_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdmmc_cmdinitstructure);
-
-      /* Check for error conditions */
-      errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_APP_CMD);
-
-      if(errorstate != SD_OK)
-      {
-        return errorstate;
-      }
-
-      /* Send CMD41 */
-      sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Argument         = SD_VOLTAGE_WINDOW_SD | sdtype;
-      sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex         = SD_CMD_SD_APP_OP_COND;
-      sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Response         = SDMMC_RESPONSE_SHORT;
-      sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.WaitForInterrupt = SDMMC_WAIT_NO;
-      sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CPSM             = SDMMC_CPSM_ENABLE;
-      SDMMC_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdmmc_cmdinitstructure);
-
-      /* Check for error conditions */
-      errorstate = SD_CmdResp3Error(hsd);
-
-      if(errorstate != SD_OK)
-      {
-        return errorstate;
-      }
-
-      /* Get command response */
-      response = SDMMC_GetResponse(hsd->Instance, SDMMC_RESP1);
-
-      /* Get operating voltage*/
-      validvoltage = (((response >> 31) == 1) ? 1 : 0);
-
-      count++;
-    }
-
-    if(count >= SD_MAX_VOLT_TRIAL)
-    {
-      errorstate = SD_INVALID_VOLTRANGE;
-
-      return errorstate;
-    }
-
-    if((response & SD_HIGH_CAPACITY) == SD_HIGH_CAPACITY) /* (response &= SD_HIGH_CAPACITY) */
-    {
-      hsd->CardType = HIGH_CAPACITY_SD_CARD;
-    }
-
-  } /* else MMC Card */
-
-  return errorstate;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Turns the SDMMC output signals off.
-  * @param  hsd: SD handle
-  * @retval SD Card error state
-  */
-static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_PowerOFF(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd)
-{
-  HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK;
-
-  /* Set Power State to OFF */
-  SDMMC_PowerState_OFF(hsd->Instance);
-
-  return errorstate;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Returns the current card's status.
-  * @param  hsd: SD handle
-  * @param  pCardStatus: pointer to the buffer that will contain the SD card
-  *         status (Card Status register)
-  * @retval SD Card error state
-  */
-static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_SendStatus(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint32_t *pCardStatus)
-{
-  SDMMC_CmdInitTypeDef sdmmc_cmdinitstructure;
-  HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK;
-
-  if(pCardStatus == NULL)
-  {
-    errorstate = SD_INVALID_PARAMETER;
-
-    return errorstate;
-  }
-
-  /* Send Status command */
-  sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Argument         = (uint32_t)(hsd->RCA << 16);
-  sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex         = SD_CMD_SEND_STATUS;
-  sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Response         = SDMMC_RESPONSE_SHORT;
-  sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.WaitForInterrupt = SDMMC_WAIT_NO;
-  sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CPSM             = SDMMC_CPSM_ENABLE;
-  SDMMC_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdmmc_cmdinitstructure);
-
-  /* Check for error conditions */
-  errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_SEND_STATUS);
-
-  if(errorstate != SD_OK)
-  {
-    return errorstate;
-  }
-
-  /* Get SD card status */
-  *pCardStatus = SDMMC_GetResponse(hsd->Instance, SDMMC_RESP1);
-
-  return errorstate;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Checks for error conditions for CMD0.
-  * @param  hsd: SD handle
-  * @retval SD Card error state
-  */
-static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_CmdError(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd)
-{
-  HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK;
-  uint32_t timeout, tmp;
-
-  timeout = SDMMC_CMD0TIMEOUT;
-
-  tmp = __HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_CMDSENT);
-
-  while((timeout > 0) && (!tmp))
-  {
-    tmp = __HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_CMDSENT);
-    timeout--;
-  }
-
-  if(timeout == 0)
-  {
-    errorstate = SD_CMD_RSP_TIMEOUT;
-    return errorstate;
-  }
-
-  /* Clear all the static flags */
-  __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_STATIC_FLAGS);
-
-  return errorstate;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Checks for error conditions for R7 response.
-  * @param  hsd: SD handle
-  * @retval SD Card error state
-  */
-static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_CmdResp7Error(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd)
-{
-  HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_ERROR;
-  uint32_t timeout = SDMMC_CMD0TIMEOUT, tmp;
-
-  tmp = __HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_CCRCFAIL | SDMMC_FLAG_CMDREND | SDMMC_FLAG_CTIMEOUT);
-
-  while((!tmp) && (timeout > 0))
-  {
-    tmp = __HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_CCRCFAIL | SDMMC_FLAG_CMDREND | SDMMC_FLAG_CTIMEOUT);
-    timeout--;
-  }
-
-  tmp = __HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_CTIMEOUT);
-
-  if((timeout == 0) || tmp)
-  {
-    /* Card is not V2.0 compliant or card does not support the set voltage range */
-    errorstate = SD_CMD_RSP_TIMEOUT;
-
-    __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_CTIMEOUT);
-
-    return errorstate;
-  }
-
-  if(__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_CMDREND))
-  {
-    /* Card is SD V2.0 compliant */
-    errorstate = SD_OK;
-
-    __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_CMDREND);
-
-    return errorstate;
-  }
-
-  return errorstate;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Checks for error conditions for R1 response.
-  * @param  hsd: SD handle
-  * @param  SD_CMD: The sent command index
-  * @retval SD Card error state
-  */
-static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_CmdResp1Error(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint8_t SD_CMD)
-{
-  HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK;
-  uint32_t response_r1;
-
-  while(!__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_CCRCFAIL | SDMMC_FLAG_CMDREND | SDMMC_FLAG_CTIMEOUT))
-  {
-  }
-
-  if(__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_CTIMEOUT))
-  {
-    errorstate = SD_CMD_RSP_TIMEOUT;
-
-    __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_CTIMEOUT);
-
-    return errorstate;
-  }
-  else if(__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_CCRCFAIL))
-  {
-    errorstate = SD_CMD_CRC_FAIL;
-
-    __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_CCRCFAIL);
-
-    return errorstate;
-  }
-
-  /* Check response received is of desired command */
-  if(SDMMC_GetCommandResponse(hsd->Instance) != SD_CMD)
-  {
-    errorstate = SD_ILLEGAL_CMD;
-
-    return errorstate;
-  }
-
-  /* Clear all the static flags */
-  __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_STATIC_FLAGS);
-
-  /* We have received response, retrieve it for analysis  */
-  response_r1 = SDMMC_GetResponse(hsd->Instance, SDMMC_RESP1);
-
-  if((response_r1 & SD_OCR_ERRORBITS) == SD_ALLZERO)
-  {
-    return errorstate;
-  }
-
-  if((response_r1 & SD_OCR_ADDR_OUT_OF_RANGE) == SD_OCR_ADDR_OUT_OF_RANGE)
-  {
-    return(SD_ADDR_OUT_OF_RANGE);
-  }
-
-  if((response_r1 & SD_OCR_ADDR_MISALIGNED) == SD_OCR_ADDR_MISALIGNED)
-  {
-    return(SD_ADDR_MISALIGNED);
-  }
-
-  if((response_r1 & SD_OCR_BLOCK_LEN_ERR) == SD_OCR_BLOCK_LEN_ERR)
-  {
-    return(SD_BLOCK_LEN_ERR);
-  }
-
-  if((response_r1 & SD_OCR_ERASE_SEQ_ERR) == SD_OCR_ERASE_SEQ_ERR)
-  {
-    return(SD_ERASE_SEQ_ERR);
-  }
-
-  if((response_r1 & SD_OCR_BAD_ERASE_PARAM) == SD_OCR_BAD_ERASE_PARAM)
-  {
-    return(SD_BAD_ERASE_PARAM);
-  }
-
-  if((response_r1 & SD_OCR_WRITE_PROT_VIOLATION) == SD_OCR_WRITE_PROT_VIOLATION)
-  {
-    return(SD_WRITE_PROT_VIOLATION);
-  }
-
-  if((response_r1 & SD_OCR_LOCK_UNLOCK_FAILED) == SD_OCR_LOCK_UNLOCK_FAILED)
-  {
-    return(SD_LOCK_UNLOCK_FAILED);
-  }
-
-  if((response_r1 & SD_OCR_COM_CRC_FAILED) == SD_OCR_COM_CRC_FAILED)
-  {
-    return(SD_COM_CRC_FAILED);
-  }
-
-  if((response_r1 & SD_OCR_ILLEGAL_CMD) == SD_OCR_ILLEGAL_CMD)
-  {
-    return(SD_ILLEGAL_CMD);
-  }
-
-  if((response_r1 & SD_OCR_CARD_ECC_FAILED) == SD_OCR_CARD_ECC_FAILED)
-  {
-    return(SD_CARD_ECC_FAILED);
-  }
-
-  if((response_r1 & SD_OCR_CC_ERROR) == SD_OCR_CC_ERROR)
-  {
-    return(SD_CC_ERROR);
-  }
-
-  if((response_r1 & SD_OCR_GENERAL_UNKNOWN_ERROR) == SD_OCR_GENERAL_UNKNOWN_ERROR)
-  {
-    return(SD_GENERAL_UNKNOWN_ERROR);
-  }
-
-  if((response_r1 & SD_OCR_STREAM_READ_UNDERRUN) == SD_OCR_STREAM_READ_UNDERRUN)
-  {
-    return(SD_STREAM_READ_UNDERRUN);
-  }
-
-  if((response_r1 & SD_OCR_STREAM_WRITE_OVERRUN) == SD_OCR_STREAM_WRITE_OVERRUN)
-  {
-    return(SD_STREAM_WRITE_OVERRUN);
-  }
-
-  if((response_r1 & SD_OCR_CID_CSD_OVERWRITE) == SD_OCR_CID_CSD_OVERWRITE)
-  {
-    return(SD_CID_CSD_OVERWRITE);
-  }
-
-  if((response_r1 & SD_OCR_WP_ERASE_SKIP) == SD_OCR_WP_ERASE_SKIP)
-  {
-    return(SD_WP_ERASE_SKIP);
-  }
-
-  if((response_r1 & SD_OCR_CARD_ECC_DISABLED) == SD_OCR_CARD_ECC_DISABLED)
-  {
-    return(SD_CARD_ECC_DISABLED);
-  }
-
-  if((response_r1 & SD_OCR_ERASE_RESET) == SD_OCR_ERASE_RESET)
-  {
-    return(SD_ERASE_RESET);
-  }
-
-  if((response_r1 & SD_OCR_AKE_SEQ_ERROR) == SD_OCR_AKE_SEQ_ERROR)
-  {
-    return(SD_AKE_SEQ_ERROR);
-  }
-
-  return errorstate;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Checks for error conditions for R3 (OCR) response.
-  * @param  hsd: SD handle
-  * @retval SD Card error state
-  */
-static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_CmdResp3Error(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd)
-{
-  HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK;
-
-  while (!__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_CCRCFAIL | SDMMC_FLAG_CMDREND | SDMMC_FLAG_CTIMEOUT))
-  {
-  }
-
-  if (__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_CTIMEOUT))
-  {
-    errorstate = SD_CMD_RSP_TIMEOUT;
-
-    __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_CTIMEOUT);
-
-    return errorstate;
-  }
-
-  /* Clear all the static flags */
-  __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_STATIC_FLAGS);
-
-  return errorstate;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Checks for error conditions for R2 (CID or CSD) response.
-  * @param  hsd: SD handle
-  * @retval SD Card error state
-  */
-static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_CmdResp2Error(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd)
-{
-  HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK;
-
-  while (!__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_CCRCFAIL | SDMMC_FLAG_CMDREND | SDMMC_FLAG_CTIMEOUT))
-  {
-  }
-
-  if (__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_CTIMEOUT))
-  {
-    errorstate = SD_CMD_RSP_TIMEOUT;
-
-    __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_CTIMEOUT);
-
-    return errorstate;
-  }
-  else if (__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_CCRCFAIL))
-  {
-    errorstate = SD_CMD_CRC_FAIL;
-
-    __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_CCRCFAIL);
-
-    return errorstate;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    /* No error flag set */
-  }
-
-  /* Clear all the static flags */
-  __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_STATIC_FLAGS);
-
-  return errorstate;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Checks for error conditions for R6 (RCA) response.
-  * @param  hsd: SD handle
-  * @param  SD_CMD: The sent command index
-  * @param  pRCA: Pointer to the variable that will contain the SD card relative
-  *         address RCA
-  * @retval SD Card error state
-  */
-static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_CmdResp6Error(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint8_t SD_CMD, uint16_t *pRCA)
-{
-  HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK;
-  uint32_t response_r1;
-
-  while(!__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_CCRCFAIL | SDMMC_FLAG_CMDREND | SDMMC_FLAG_CTIMEOUT))
-  {
-  }
-
-  if(__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_CTIMEOUT))
-  {
-    errorstate = SD_CMD_RSP_TIMEOUT;
-
-    __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_CTIMEOUT);
-
-    return errorstate;
-  }
-  else if(__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_CCRCFAIL))
-  {
-    errorstate = SD_CMD_CRC_FAIL;
-
-    __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_CCRCFAIL);
-
-    return errorstate;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    /* No error flag set */
-  }
-
-  /* Check response received is of desired command */
-  if(SDMMC_GetCommandResponse(hsd->Instance) != SD_CMD)
-  {
-    errorstate = SD_ILLEGAL_CMD;
-
-    return errorstate;
-  }
-
-  /* Clear all the static flags */
-  __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_STATIC_FLAGS);
-
-  /* We have received response, retrieve it.  */
-  response_r1 = SDMMC_GetResponse(hsd->Instance, SDMMC_RESP1);
-
-  if((response_r1 & (SD_R6_GENERAL_UNKNOWN_ERROR | SD_R6_ILLEGAL_CMD | SD_R6_COM_CRC_FAILED)) == SD_ALLZERO)
-  {
-    *pRCA = (uint16_t) (response_r1 >> 16);
-
-    return errorstate;
-  }
-
-  if((response_r1 & SD_R6_GENERAL_UNKNOWN_ERROR) == SD_R6_GENERAL_UNKNOWN_ERROR)
-  {
-    return(SD_GENERAL_UNKNOWN_ERROR);
-  }
-
-  if((response_r1 & SD_R6_ILLEGAL_CMD) == SD_R6_ILLEGAL_CMD)
-  {
-    return(SD_ILLEGAL_CMD);
-  }
-
-  if((response_r1 & SD_R6_COM_CRC_FAILED) == SD_R6_COM_CRC_FAILED)
-  {
-    return(SD_COM_CRC_FAILED);
-  }
-
-  return errorstate;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Enables the SDMMC wide bus mode.
-  * @param  hsd: SD handle
-  * @retval SD Card error state
-  */
-static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_WideBus_Enable(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd)
-{
-  SDMMC_CmdInitTypeDef sdmmc_cmdinitstructure;
-  HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK;
-
-  uint32_t scr[2] = {0, 0};
-
-  if((SDMMC_GetResponse(hsd->Instance, SDMMC_RESP1) & SD_CARD_LOCKED) == SD_CARD_LOCKED)
-  {
-    errorstate = SD_LOCK_UNLOCK_FAILED;
-
-    return errorstate;
-  }
-
-  /* Get SCR Register */
-  errorstate = SD_FindSCR(hsd, scr);
-
-  if(errorstate != SD_OK)
-  {
-    return errorstate;
-  }
-
-  /* If requested card supports wide bus operation */
-  if((scr[1] & SD_WIDE_BUS_SUPPORT) != SD_ALLZERO)
-  {
-    /* Send CMD55 APP_CMD with argument as card's RCA.*/
-    sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Argument         = (uint32_t)(hsd->RCA << 16);
-    sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex         = SD_CMD_APP_CMD;
-    sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Response         = SDMMC_RESPONSE_SHORT;
-    sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.WaitForInterrupt = SDMMC_WAIT_NO;
-    sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CPSM             = SDMMC_CPSM_ENABLE;
-    SDMMC_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdmmc_cmdinitstructure);
-
-    /* Check for error conditions */
-    errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_APP_CMD);
-
-    if(errorstate != SD_OK)
-    {
-      return errorstate;
-    }
-
-    /* Send ACMD6 APP_CMD with argument as 2 for wide bus mode */
-    sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Argument         = 2;
-    sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex         = SD_CMD_APP_SD_SET_BUSWIDTH;
-    SDMMC_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdmmc_cmdinitstructure);
-
-    /* Check for error conditions */
-    errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_APP_SD_SET_BUSWIDTH);
-
-    if(errorstate != SD_OK)
-    {
-      return errorstate;
-    }
-
-    return errorstate;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    errorstate = SD_REQUEST_NOT_APPLICABLE;
-
-    return errorstate;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Disables the SDMMC wide bus mode.
-  * @param  hsd: SD handle
-  * @retval SD Card error state
-  */
-static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_WideBus_Disable(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd)
-{
-  SDMMC_CmdInitTypeDef sdmmc_cmdinitstructure;
-  HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK;
-
-  uint32_t scr[2] = {0, 0};
-
-  if((SDMMC_GetResponse(hsd->Instance, SDMMC_RESP1) & SD_CARD_LOCKED) == SD_CARD_LOCKED)
-  {
-    errorstate = SD_LOCK_UNLOCK_FAILED;
-
-    return errorstate;
-  }
-
-  /* Get SCR Register */
-  errorstate = SD_FindSCR(hsd, scr);
-
-  if(errorstate != SD_OK)
-  {
-    return errorstate;
-  }
-
-  /* If requested card supports 1 bit mode operation */
-  if((scr[1] & SD_SINGLE_BUS_SUPPORT) != SD_ALLZERO)
-  {
-    /* Send CMD55 APP_CMD with argument as card's RCA */
-    sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Argument         = (uint32_t)(hsd->RCA << 16);
-    sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex         = SD_CMD_APP_CMD;
-    sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Response         = SDMMC_RESPONSE_SHORT;
-    sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.WaitForInterrupt = SDMMC_WAIT_NO;
-    sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CPSM             = SDMMC_CPSM_ENABLE;
-    SDMMC_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdmmc_cmdinitstructure);
-
-    /* Check for error conditions */
-    errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_APP_CMD);
-
-    if(errorstate != SD_OK)
-    {
-      return errorstate;
-    }
-
-    /* Send ACMD6 APP_CMD with argument as 0 for single bus mode */
-    sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Argument         = 0;
-    sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex         = SD_CMD_APP_SD_SET_BUSWIDTH;
-    SDMMC_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdmmc_cmdinitstructure);
-
-    /* Check for error conditions */
-    errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_APP_SD_SET_BUSWIDTH);
-
-    if(errorstate != SD_OK)
-    {
-      return errorstate;
-    }
-
-    return errorstate;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    errorstate = SD_REQUEST_NOT_APPLICABLE;
-
-    return errorstate;
-  }
-}
-
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Finds the SD card SCR register value.
-  * @param  hsd: SD handle
-  * @param  pSCR: pointer to the buffer that will contain the SCR value
-  * @retval SD Card error state
-  */
-static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_FindSCR(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint32_t *pSCR)
-{
-  SDMMC_CmdInitTypeDef  sdmmc_cmdinitstructure;
-  SDMMC_DataInitTypeDef sdmmc_datainitstructure;
-  HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK;
-  uint32_t index = 0;
-  uint32_t tempscr[2] = {0, 0};
-
-  /* Set Block Size To 8 Bytes */
-  /* Send CMD55 APP_CMD with argument as card's RCA */
-  sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Argument         = (uint32_t)8;
-  sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex         = SD_CMD_SET_BLOCKLEN;
-  sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Response         = SDMMC_RESPONSE_SHORT;
-  sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.WaitForInterrupt = SDMMC_WAIT_NO;
-  sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CPSM             = SDMMC_CPSM_ENABLE;
-  SDMMC_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdmmc_cmdinitstructure);
-
-  /* Check for error conditions */
-  errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_SET_BLOCKLEN);
-
-  if(errorstate != SD_OK)
-  {
-    return errorstate;
-  }
-
-  /* Send CMD55 APP_CMD with argument as card's RCA */
-  sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Argument         = (uint32_t)((hsd->RCA) << 16);
-  sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex         = SD_CMD_APP_CMD;
-  SDMMC_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdmmc_cmdinitstructure);
-
-  /* Check for error conditions */
-  errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_APP_CMD);
-
-  if(errorstate != SD_OK)
-  {
-    return errorstate;
-  }
-  sdmmc_datainitstructure.DataTimeOut   = SD_DATATIMEOUT;
-  sdmmc_datainitstructure.DataLength    = 8;
-  sdmmc_datainitstructure.DataBlockSize = SDMMC_DATABLOCK_SIZE_8B;
-  sdmmc_datainitstructure.TransferDir   = SDMMC_TRANSFER_DIR_TO_SDMMC;
-  sdmmc_datainitstructure.TransferMode  = SDMMC_TRANSFER_MODE_BLOCK;
-  sdmmc_datainitstructure.DPSM          = SDMMC_DPSM_ENABLE;
-  SDMMC_DataConfig(hsd->Instance, &sdmmc_datainitstructure);
-
-  /* Send ACMD51 SD_APP_SEND_SCR with argument as 0 */
-  sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Argument         = 0;
-  sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex         = SD_CMD_SD_APP_SEND_SCR;
-  SDMMC_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdmmc_cmdinitstructure);
-
-  /* Check for error conditions */
-  errorstate = SD_CmdResp1Error(hsd, SD_CMD_SD_APP_SEND_SCR);
-
-  if(errorstate != SD_OK)
-  {
-    return errorstate;
-  }
-
-  while(!__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_RXOVERR | SDMMC_FLAG_DCRCFAIL | SDMMC_FLAG_DTIMEOUT | SDMMC_FLAG_DBCKEND))
-  {
-    if(__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_RXDAVL))
-    {
-      *(tempscr + index) = SDMMC_ReadFIFO(hsd->Instance);
-      index++;
-    }
-  }
-
-  if(__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_DTIMEOUT))
-  {
-    __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_DTIMEOUT);
-
-    errorstate = SD_DATA_TIMEOUT;
-
-    return errorstate;
-  }
-  else if(__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_DCRCFAIL))
-  {
-    __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_DCRCFAIL);
-
-    errorstate = SD_DATA_CRC_FAIL;
-
-    return errorstate;
-  }
-  else if(__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_RXOVERR))
-  {
-    __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_RXOVERR);
-
-    errorstate = SD_RX_OVERRUN;
-
-    return errorstate;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    /* No error flag set */
-  }
-
-  /* Clear all the static flags */
-  __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_STATIC_FLAGS);
-
-  *(pSCR + 1) = ((tempscr[0] & SD_0TO7BITS) << 24)  | ((tempscr[0] & SD_8TO15BITS) << 8) |\
-    ((tempscr[0] & SD_16TO23BITS) >> 8) | ((tempscr[0] & SD_24TO31BITS) >> 24);
-
-  *(pSCR) = ((tempscr[1] & SD_0TO7BITS) << 24)  | ((tempscr[1] & SD_8TO15BITS) << 8) |\
-    ((tempscr[1] & SD_16TO23BITS) >> 8) | ((tempscr[1] & SD_24TO31BITS) >> 24);
-
-  return errorstate;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Checks if the SD card is in programming state.
-  * @param  hsd: SD handle
-  * @param  pStatus: pointer to the variable that will contain the SD card state
-  * @retval SD Card error state
-  */
-static HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef SD_IsCardProgramming(SD_HandleTypeDef *hsd, uint8_t *pStatus)
-{
-  SDMMC_CmdInitTypeDef sdmmc_cmdinitstructure;
-  HAL_SD_ErrorTypedef errorstate = SD_OK;
-  __IO uint32_t responseR1 = 0;
-
-  sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Argument         = (uint32_t)(hsd->RCA << 16);
-  sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CmdIndex         = SD_CMD_SEND_STATUS;
-  sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.Response         = SDMMC_RESPONSE_SHORT;
-  sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.WaitForInterrupt = SDMMC_WAIT_NO;
-  sdmmc_cmdinitstructure.CPSM             = SDMMC_CPSM_ENABLE;
-  SDMMC_SendCommand(hsd->Instance, &sdmmc_cmdinitstructure);
-
-  while(!__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_CCRCFAIL | SDMMC_FLAG_CMDREND | SDMMC_FLAG_CTIMEOUT))
-  {
-  }
-
-  if(__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_CTIMEOUT))
-  {
-    errorstate = SD_CMD_RSP_TIMEOUT;
-
-    __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_CTIMEOUT);
-
-    return errorstate;
-  }
-  else if(__HAL_SD_SDMMC_GET_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_CCRCFAIL))
-  {
-    errorstate = SD_CMD_CRC_FAIL;
-
-    __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_FLAG_CCRCFAIL);
-
-    return errorstate;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    /* No error flag set */
-  }
-
-  /* Check response received is of desired command */
-  if((uint32_t)SDMMC_GetCommandResponse(hsd->Instance) != SD_CMD_SEND_STATUS)
-  {
-    errorstate = SD_ILLEGAL_CMD;
-
-    return errorstate;
-  }
-
-  /* Clear all the static flags */
-  __HAL_SD_SDMMC_CLEAR_FLAG(hsd, SDMMC_STATIC_FLAGS);
-
-
-  /* We have received response, retrieve it for analysis */
-  responseR1 = SDMMC_GetResponse(hsd->Instance, SDMMC_RESP1);
-
-  /* Find out card status */
-  *pStatus = (uint8_t)((responseR1 >> 9) & 0x0000000F);
-
-  if((responseR1 & SD_OCR_ERRORBITS) == SD_ALLZERO)
-  {
-    return errorstate;
-  }
-
-  if((responseR1 & SD_OCR_ADDR_OUT_OF_RANGE) == SD_OCR_ADDR_OUT_OF_RANGE)
-  {
-    return(SD_ADDR_OUT_OF_RANGE);
-  }
-
-  if((responseR1 & SD_OCR_ADDR_MISALIGNED) == SD_OCR_ADDR_MISALIGNED)
-  {
-    return(SD_ADDR_MISALIGNED);
-  }
-
-  if((responseR1 & SD_OCR_BLOCK_LEN_ERR) == SD_OCR_BLOCK_LEN_ERR)
-  {
-    return(SD_BLOCK_LEN_ERR);
-  }
-
-  if((responseR1 & SD_OCR_ERASE_SEQ_ERR) == SD_OCR_ERASE_SEQ_ERR)
-  {
-    return(SD_ERASE_SEQ_ERR);
-  }
-
-  if((responseR1 & SD_OCR_BAD_ERASE_PARAM) == SD_OCR_BAD_ERASE_PARAM)
-  {
-    return(SD_BAD_ERASE_PARAM);
-  }
-
-  if((responseR1 & SD_OCR_WRITE_PROT_VIOLATION) == SD_OCR_WRITE_PROT_VIOLATION)
-  {
-    return(SD_WRITE_PROT_VIOLATION);
-  }
-
-  if((responseR1 & SD_OCR_LOCK_UNLOCK_FAILED) == SD_OCR_LOCK_UNLOCK_FAILED)
-  {
-    return(SD_LOCK_UNLOCK_FAILED);
-  }
-
-  if((responseR1 & SD_OCR_COM_CRC_FAILED) == SD_OCR_COM_CRC_FAILED)
-  {
-    return(SD_COM_CRC_FAILED);
-  }
-
-  if((responseR1 & SD_OCR_ILLEGAL_CMD) == SD_OCR_ILLEGAL_CMD)
-  {
-    return(SD_ILLEGAL_CMD);
-  }
-
-  if((responseR1 & SD_OCR_CARD_ECC_FAILED) == SD_OCR_CARD_ECC_FAILED)
-  {
-    return(SD_CARD_ECC_FAILED);
-  }
-
-  if((responseR1 & SD_OCR_CC_ERROR) == SD_OCR_CC_ERROR)
-  {
-    return(SD_CC_ERROR);
-  }
-
-  if((responseR1 & SD_OCR_GENERAL_UNKNOWN_ERROR) == SD_OCR_GENERAL_UNKNOWN_ERROR)
-  {
-    return(SD_GENERAL_UNKNOWN_ERROR);
-  }
-
-  if((responseR1 & SD_OCR_STREAM_READ_UNDERRUN) == SD_OCR_STREAM_READ_UNDERRUN)
-  {
-    return(SD_STREAM_READ_UNDERRUN);
-  }
-
-  if((responseR1 & SD_OCR_STREAM_WRITE_OVERRUN) == SD_OCR_STREAM_WRITE_OVERRUN)
-  {
-    return(SD_STREAM_WRITE_OVERRUN);
-  }
-
-  if((responseR1 & SD_OCR_CID_CSD_OVERWRITE) == SD_OCR_CID_CSD_OVERWRITE)
-  {
-    return(SD_CID_CSD_OVERWRITE);
-  }
-
-  if((responseR1 & SD_OCR_WP_ERASE_SKIP) == SD_OCR_WP_ERASE_SKIP)
-  {
-    return(SD_WP_ERASE_SKIP);
-  }
-
-  if((responseR1 & SD_OCR_CARD_ECC_DISABLED) == SD_OCR_CARD_ECC_DISABLED)
-  {
-    return(SD_CARD_ECC_DISABLED);
-  }
-
-  if((responseR1 & SD_OCR_ERASE_RESET) == SD_OCR_ERASE_RESET)
-  {
-    return(SD_ERASE_RESET);
-  }
-
-  if((responseR1 & SD_OCR_AKE_SEQ_ERROR) == SD_OCR_AKE_SEQ_ERROR)
-  {
-    return(SD_AKE_SEQ_ERROR);
-  }
-
-  return errorstate;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-#endif /* HAL_SD_MODULE_ENABLED */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_sdram.c b/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_sdram.c
deleted file mode 100644
index b83b7045ba..0000000000
--- a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_sdram.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,844 +0,0 @@
-/**
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @file    stm32f7xx_hal_sdram.c
-  * @author  MCD Application Team
-  * @version V1.0.1
-  * @date    25-June-2015
-  * @brief   SDRAM HAL module driver.
-  *          This file provides a generic firmware to drive SDRAM memories mounted
-  *          as external device.
-  *
-  @verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                       ##### How to use this driver #####
-  ==============================================================================
-  [..]
-    This driver is a generic layered driver which contains a set of APIs used to
-    control SDRAM memories. It uses the FMC layer functions to interface
-    with SDRAM devices.
-    The following sequence should be followed to configure the FMC to interface
-    with SDRAM memories:
-
-   (#) Declare a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef handle structure, for example:
-          SDRAM_HandleTypeDef  hdsram
-
-       (++) Fill the SDRAM_HandleTypeDef handle "Init" field with the allowed
-            values of the structure member.
-
-       (++) Fill the SDRAM_HandleTypeDef handle "Instance" field with a predefined
-            base register instance for NOR or SDRAM device
-
-   (#) Declare a FMC_SDRAM_TimingTypeDef structure; for example:
-          FMC_SDRAM_TimingTypeDef  Timing;
-      and fill its fields with the allowed values of the structure member.
-
-   (#) Initialize the SDRAM Controller by calling the function HAL_SDRAM_Init(). This function
-       performs the following sequence:
-
-       (##) MSP hardware layer configuration using the function HAL_SDRAM_MspInit()
-       (##) Control register configuration using the FMC SDRAM interface function
-            FMC_SDRAM_Init()
-       (##) Timing register configuration using the FMC SDRAM interface function
-            FMC_SDRAM_Timing_Init()
-       (##) Program the SDRAM external device by applying its initialization sequence
-            according to the device plugged in your hardware. This step is mandatory
-            for accessing the SDRAM device.
-
-   (#) At this stage you can perform read/write accesses from/to the memory connected
-       to the SDRAM Bank. You can perform either polling or DMA transfer using the
-       following APIs:
-       (++) HAL_SDRAM_Read()/HAL_SDRAM_Write() for polling read/write access
-       (++) HAL_SDRAM_Read_DMA()/HAL_SDRAM_Write_DMA() for DMA read/write transfer
-
-   (#) You can also control the SDRAM device by calling the control APIs HAL_SDRAM_WriteOperation_Enable()/
-       HAL_SDRAM_WriteOperation_Disable() to respectively enable/disable the SDRAM write operation or
-       the function HAL_SDRAM_SendCommand() to send a specified command to the SDRAM
-       device. The command to be sent must be configured with the FMC_SDRAM_CommandTypeDef
-       structure.
-
-   (#) You can continuously monitor the SDRAM device HAL state by calling the function
-       HAL_SDRAM_GetState()
-
-  @endverbatim
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @attention
-  *
-  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
-  *
-  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
-  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
-  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
-  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
-  *      without specific prior written permission.
-  *
-  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
-  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
-  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
-  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
-  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
-  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
-  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
-  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
-  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
-  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-  *
-  ******************************************************************************
-  */
-
-/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
-
-/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup SDRAM SDRAM
-  * @brief SDRAM driver modules
-  * @{
-  */
-#ifdef HAL_SDRAM_MODULE_ENABLED
-
-/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
-/** @defgroup SDRAM_Exported_Functions SDRAM Exported Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup SDRAM_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
-  * @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions
-  *
-  @verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-           ##### SDRAM Initialization and de_initialization functions #####
-  ==============================================================================
-  [..]
-    This section provides functions allowing to initialize/de-initialize
-    the SDRAM memory
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Performs the SDRAM device initialization sequence.
-  * @param  hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for SDRAM module.
-  * @param  Timing: Pointer to SDRAM control timing structure
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_Init(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram, FMC_SDRAM_TimingTypeDef *Timing)
-{
-  /* Check the SDRAM handle parameter */
-  if(hsdram == NULL)
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if(hsdram->State == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_RESET)
-  {
-    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
-    hsdram->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
-    /* Initialize the low level hardware (MSP) */
-    HAL_SDRAM_MspInit(hsdram);
-  }
-
-  /* Initialize the SDRAM controller state */
-  hsdram->State = HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Initialize SDRAM control Interface */
-  FMC_SDRAM_Init(hsdram->Instance, &(hsdram->Init));
-
-  /* Initialize SDRAM timing Interface */
-  FMC_SDRAM_Timing_Init(hsdram->Instance, Timing, hsdram->Init.SDBank);
-
-  /* Update the SDRAM controller state */
-  hsdram->State = HAL_SDRAM_STATE_READY;
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Perform the SDRAM device initialization sequence.
-  * @param  hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for SDRAM module.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_DeInit(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram)
-{
-  /* Initialize the low level hardware (MSP) */
-  HAL_SDRAM_MspDeInit(hsdram);
-
-  /* Configure the SDRAM registers with their reset values */
-  FMC_SDRAM_DeInit(hsdram->Instance, hsdram->Init.SDBank);
-
-  /* Reset the SDRAM controller state */
-  hsdram->State = HAL_SDRAM_STATE_RESET;
-
-  /* Release Lock */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hsdram);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  SDRAM MSP Init.
-  * @param  hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for SDRAM module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_SDRAM_MspInit(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram)
-{
-  /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_SDRAM_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  SDRAM MSP DeInit.
-  * @param  hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for SDRAM module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_SDRAM_MspDeInit(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram)
-{
-  /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_SDRAM_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  This function handles SDRAM refresh error interrupt request.
-  * @param  hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for SDRAM module.
-  * @retval HAL status
-*/
-void HAL_SDRAM_IRQHandler(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram)
-{
-  /* Check SDRAM interrupt Rising edge flag */
-  if(__FMC_SDRAM_GET_FLAG(hsdram->Instance, FMC_SDRAM_FLAG_REFRESH_IT))
-  {
-    /* SDRAM refresh error interrupt callback */
-    HAL_SDRAM_RefreshErrorCallback(hsdram);
-
-    /* Clear SDRAM refresh error interrupt pending bit */
-    __FMC_SDRAM_CLEAR_FLAG(hsdram->Instance, FMC_SDRAM_FLAG_REFRESH_ERROR);
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  SDRAM Refresh error callback.
-  * @param  hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for SDRAM module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_SDRAM_RefreshErrorCallback(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram)
-{
-  /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_SDRAM_RefreshErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  DMA transfer complete callback.
-  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_SDRAM_DMA_XferCpltCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_SDRAM_DMA_XferCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  DMA transfer complete error callback.
-  * @param  hdma: DMA handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_SDRAM_DMA_XferErrorCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_SDRAM_DMA_XferErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup SDRAM_Exported_Functions_Group2 Input and Output functions
-  * @brief    Input Output and memory control functions
-  *
-  @verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                    ##### SDRAM Input and Output functions #####
-  ==============================================================================
-  [..]
-    This section provides functions allowing to use and control the SDRAM memory
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Reads 8-bit data buffer from the SDRAM memory.
-  * @param  hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for SDRAM module.
-  * @param  pAddress: Pointer to read start address
-  * @param  pDstBuffer: Pointer to destination buffer
-  * @param  BufferSize: Size of the buffer to read from memory
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_Read_8b(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint8_t *pDstBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
-{
-  __IO uint8_t *pSdramAddress = (uint8_t *)pAddress;
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hsdram);
-
-  /* Check the SDRAM controller state */
-  if(hsdram->State == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY)
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-  else if(hsdram->State == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_PRECHARGED)
-  {
-    return  HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Read data from source */
-  for(; BufferSize != 0; BufferSize--)
-  {
-    *pDstBuffer = *(__IO uint8_t *)pSdramAddress;
-    pDstBuffer++;
-    pSdramAddress++;
-  }
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hsdram);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Writes 8-bit data buffer to SDRAM memory.
-  * @param  hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for SDRAM module.
-  * @param  pAddress: Pointer to write start address
-  * @param  pSrcBuffer: Pointer to source buffer to write
-  * @param  BufferSize: Size of the buffer to write to memory
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_Write_8b(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint8_t *pSrcBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
-{
-  __IO uint8_t *pSdramAddress = (uint8_t *)pAddress;
-  uint32_t tmp = 0;
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hsdram);
-
-  /* Check the SDRAM controller state */
-  tmp = hsdram->State;
-
-  if(tmp == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY)
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-  else if((tmp == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_PRECHARGED) || (tmp == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_WRITE_PROTECTED))
-  {
-    return  HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Write data to memory */
-  for(; BufferSize != 0; BufferSize--)
-  {
-    *(__IO uint8_t *)pSdramAddress = *pSrcBuffer;
-    pSrcBuffer++;
-    pSdramAddress++;
-  }
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hsdram);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Reads 16-bit data buffer from the SDRAM memory.
-  * @param  hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for SDRAM module.
-  * @param  pAddress: Pointer to read start address
-  * @param  pDstBuffer: Pointer to destination buffer
-  * @param  BufferSize: Size of the buffer to read from memory
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_Read_16b(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint16_t *pDstBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
-{
-  __IO uint16_t *pSdramAddress = (uint16_t *)pAddress;
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hsdram);
-
-  /* Check the SDRAM controller state */
-  if(hsdram->State == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY)
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-  else if(hsdram->State == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_PRECHARGED)
-  {
-    return  HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Read data from source */
-  for(; BufferSize != 0; BufferSize--)
-  {
-    *pDstBuffer = *(__IO uint16_t *)pSdramAddress;
-    pDstBuffer++;
-    pSdramAddress++;
-  }
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hsdram);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Writes 16-bit data buffer to SDRAM memory.
-  * @param  hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for SDRAM module.
-  * @param  pAddress: Pointer to write start address
-  * @param  pSrcBuffer: Pointer to source buffer to write
-  * @param  BufferSize: Size of the buffer to write to memory
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_Write_16b(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint16_t *pSrcBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
-{
-  __IO uint16_t *pSdramAddress = (uint16_t *)pAddress;
-  uint32_t tmp = 0;
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hsdram);
-
-  /* Check the SDRAM controller state */
-  tmp = hsdram->State;
-
-  if(tmp == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY)
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-  else if((tmp == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_PRECHARGED) || (tmp == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_WRITE_PROTECTED))
-  {
-    return  HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Write data to memory */
-  for(; BufferSize != 0; BufferSize--)
-  {
-    *(__IO uint16_t *)pSdramAddress = *pSrcBuffer;
-    pSrcBuffer++;
-    pSdramAddress++;
-  }
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hsdram);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Reads 32-bit data buffer from the SDRAM memory.
-  * @param  hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for SDRAM module.
-  * @param  pAddress: Pointer to read start address
-  * @param  pDstBuffer: Pointer to destination buffer
-  * @param  BufferSize: Size of the buffer to read from memory
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_Read_32b(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint32_t *pDstBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
-{
-  __IO uint32_t *pSdramAddress = (uint32_t *)pAddress;
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hsdram);
-
-  /* Check the SDRAM controller state */
-  if(hsdram->State == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY)
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-  else if(hsdram->State == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_PRECHARGED)
-  {
-    return  HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Read data from source */
-  for(; BufferSize != 0; BufferSize--)
-  {
-    *pDstBuffer = *(__IO uint32_t *)pSdramAddress;
-    pDstBuffer++;
-    pSdramAddress++;
-  }
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hsdram);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Writes 32-bit data buffer to SDRAM memory.
-  * @param  hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for SDRAM module.
-  * @param  pAddress: Pointer to write start address
-  * @param  pSrcBuffer: Pointer to source buffer to write
-  * @param  BufferSize: Size of the buffer to write to memory
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_Write_32b(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint32_t *pSrcBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
-{
-  __IO uint32_t *pSdramAddress = (uint32_t *)pAddress;
-  uint32_t tmp = 0;
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hsdram);
-
-  /* Check the SDRAM controller state */
-  tmp = hsdram->State;
-
-  if(tmp == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY)
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-  else if((tmp == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_PRECHARGED) || (tmp == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_WRITE_PROTECTED))
-  {
-    return  HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Write data to memory */
-  for(; BufferSize != 0; BufferSize--)
-  {
-    *(__IO uint32_t *)pSdramAddress = *pSrcBuffer;
-    pSrcBuffer++;
-    pSdramAddress++;
-  }
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hsdram);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Reads a Words data from the SDRAM memory using DMA transfer.
-  * @param  hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for SDRAM module.
-  * @param  pAddress: Pointer to read start address
-  * @param  pDstBuffer: Pointer to destination buffer
-  * @param  BufferSize: Size of the buffer to read from memory
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_Read_DMA(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint32_t *pDstBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
-{
-  uint32_t tmp = 0;
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hsdram);
-
-  /* Check the SDRAM controller state */
-  tmp = hsdram->State;
-
-  if(tmp == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY)
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-  else if(tmp == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_PRECHARGED)
-  {
-    return  HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Configure DMA user callbacks */
-  hsdram->hdma->XferCpltCallback  = HAL_SDRAM_DMA_XferCpltCallback;
-  hsdram->hdma->XferErrorCallback = HAL_SDRAM_DMA_XferErrorCallback;
-
-  /* Enable the DMA Stream */
-  HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hsdram->hdma, (uint32_t)pAddress, (uint32_t)pDstBuffer, (uint32_t)BufferSize);
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hsdram);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Writes a Words data buffer to SDRAM memory using DMA transfer.
-  * @param  hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for SDRAM module.
-  * @param  pAddress: Pointer to write start address
-  * @param  pSrcBuffer: Pointer to source buffer to write
-  * @param  BufferSize: Size of the buffer to write to memory
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_Write_DMA(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint32_t *pSrcBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
-{
-  uint32_t tmp = 0;
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hsdram);
-
-  /* Check the SDRAM controller state */
-  tmp = hsdram->State;
-
-  if(tmp == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY)
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-  else if((tmp == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_PRECHARGED) || (tmp == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_WRITE_PROTECTED))
-  {
-    return  HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Configure DMA user callbacks */
-  hsdram->hdma->XferCpltCallback  = HAL_SDRAM_DMA_XferCpltCallback;
-  hsdram->hdma->XferErrorCallback = HAL_SDRAM_DMA_XferErrorCallback;
-
-  /* Enable the DMA Stream */
-  HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hsdram->hdma, (uint32_t)pSrcBuffer, (uint32_t)pAddress, (uint32_t)BufferSize);
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hsdram);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup SDRAM_Exported_Functions_Group3 Control functions
- *  @brief   management functions
- *
-@verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                         ##### SDRAM Control functions #####
-  ==============================================================================
-  [..]
-    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control dynamically
-    the SDRAM interface.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Enables dynamically SDRAM write protection.
-  * @param  hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for SDRAM module.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_WriteProtection_Enable(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram)
-{
-  /* Check the SDRAM controller state */
-  if(hsdram->State == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY)
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-
-  /* Update the SDRAM state */
-  hsdram->State = HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Enable write protection */
-  FMC_SDRAM_WriteProtection_Enable(hsdram->Instance, hsdram->Init.SDBank);
-
-  /* Update the SDRAM state */
-  hsdram->State = HAL_SDRAM_STATE_WRITE_PROTECTED;
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Disables dynamically SDRAM write protection.
-  * @param  hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for SDRAM module.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_WriteProtection_Disable(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram)
-{
-  /* Check the SDRAM controller state */
-  if(hsdram->State == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY)
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-
-  /* Update the SDRAM state */
-  hsdram->State = HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Disable write protection */
-  FMC_SDRAM_WriteProtection_Disable(hsdram->Instance, hsdram->Init.SDBank);
-
-  /* Update the SDRAM state */
-  hsdram->State = HAL_SDRAM_STATE_READY;
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Sends Command to the SDRAM bank.
-  * @param  hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for SDRAM module.
-  * @param  Command: SDRAM command structure
-  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_SendCommand(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram, FMC_SDRAM_CommandTypeDef *Command, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  /* Check the SDRAM controller state */
-  if(hsdram->State == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY)
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-
-  /* Update the SDRAM state */
-  hsdram->State = HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Send SDRAM command */
-  FMC_SDRAM_SendCommand(hsdram->Instance, Command, Timeout);
-
-  /* Update the SDRAM controller state state */
-  if(Command->CommandMode == FMC_SDRAM_CMD_PALL)
-  {
-    hsdram->State = HAL_SDRAM_STATE_PRECHARGED;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    hsdram->State = HAL_SDRAM_STATE_READY;
-  }
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Programs the SDRAM Memory Refresh rate.
-  * @param  hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for SDRAM module.
-  * @param  RefreshRate: The SDRAM refresh rate value
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_ProgramRefreshRate(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram, uint32_t RefreshRate)
-{
-  /* Check the SDRAM controller state */
-  if(hsdram->State == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY)
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-
-  /* Update the SDRAM state */
-  hsdram->State = HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Program the refresh rate */
-  FMC_SDRAM_ProgramRefreshRate(hsdram->Instance ,RefreshRate);
-
-  /* Update the SDRAM state */
-  hsdram->State = HAL_SDRAM_STATE_READY;
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Sets the Number of consecutive SDRAM Memory auto Refresh commands.
-  * @param  hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for SDRAM module.
-  * @param  AutoRefreshNumber: The SDRAM auto Refresh number
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_SetAutoRefreshNumber(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram, uint32_t AutoRefreshNumber)
-{
-  /* Check the SDRAM controller state */
-  if(hsdram->State == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY)
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-
-  /* Update the SDRAM state */
-  hsdram->State = HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Set the Auto-Refresh number */
-  FMC_SDRAM_SetAutoRefreshNumber(hsdram->Instance ,AutoRefreshNumber);
-
-  /* Update the SDRAM state */
-  hsdram->State = HAL_SDRAM_STATE_READY;
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Returns the SDRAM memory current mode.
-  * @param  hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for SDRAM module.
-  * @retval The SDRAM memory mode.
-  */
-uint32_t HAL_SDRAM_GetModeStatus(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram)
-{
-  /* Return the SDRAM memory current mode */
-  return(FMC_SDRAM_GetModeStatus(hsdram->Instance, hsdram->Init.SDBank));
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup SDRAM_Exported_Functions_Group4 State functions
- *  @brief   Peripheral State functions
- *
-@verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                      ##### SDRAM State functions #####
-  ==============================================================================
-  [..]
-    This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the SDRAM controller
-    and the data flow.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Returns the SDRAM state.
-  * @param  hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for SDRAM module.
-  * @retval HAL state
-  */
-HAL_SDRAM_StateTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_GetState(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram)
-{
-  return hsdram->State;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-#endif /* HAL_SDRAM_MODULE_ENABLED */
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_smartcard.c b/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_smartcard.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 4a599699f6..0000000000
--- a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_smartcard.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1324 +0,0 @@
-/**
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @file    stm32f7xx_hal_smartcard.c
-  * @author  MCD Application Team
-  * @version V1.0.1
-  * @date    25-June-2015
-  * @brief   SMARTCARD HAL module driver.
-  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
-  *          functionalities of the SMARTCARD peripheral:
-  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
-  *           + IO operation functions
-  *           + Peripheral State and Errors functions
-  *
-  @verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                     ##### How to use this driver #####
-  ==============================================================================
-  [..]
-    The SMARTCARD HAL driver can be used as follow:
-
-    (#) Declare a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef handle structure.
-    (#) Associate a USART to the SMARTCARD handle hsc.
-    (#) Initialize the SMARTCARD low level resources by implementing the HAL_SMARTCARD_MspInit() API:
-        (##) Enable the USARTx interface clock.
-        (##) SMARTCARD pins configuration:
-            (+++) Enable the clock for the SMARTCARD GPIOs.
-            (+++) Configure these SMARTCARD pins as alternate function pull-up.
-        (##) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process (HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit_IT()
-             and HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive_IT() APIs):
-            (+++) Configure the USARTx interrupt priority.
-            (+++) Enable the NVIC USART IRQ handle.
-            (+++) The specific USART interrupts (Transmission complete interrupt,
-                  RXNE interrupt and Error Interrupts) will be managed using the macros
-                  __HAL_SMARTCARD_ENABLE_IT() and __HAL_SMARTCARD_DISABLE_IT() inside the transmit and receive process.
-        (##) DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process (HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit_DMA()
-             and HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive_DMA() APIs):
-            (+++) Declare a DMA handle structure for the Tx/Rx stream.
-            (+++) Enable the DMAx interface clock.
-            (+++) Configure the declared DMA handle structure with the required Tx/Rx parameters.
-            (+++) Configure the DMA Tx/Rx Stream.
-            (+++) Associate the initialized DMA handle to the SMARTCARD DMA Tx/Rx handle.
-            (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete interrupt on the DMA Tx/Rx Stream.
-
-    (#) Program the Baud Rate, Parity, Mode(Receiver/Transmitter), clock enabling/disabling and accordingly,
-        the clock parameters (parity, phase, last bit), prescaler value, guard time and NACK on transmission
-        error enabling or disabling in the hsc Init structure.
-
-    (#) If required, program SMARTCARD advanced features (TX/RX pins swap, TimeOut, auto-retry counter,...)
-        in the hsc AdvancedInit structure.
-
-    (#) Initialize the SMARTCARD associated USART registers by calling
-        the HAL_SMARTCARD_Init() API.
-
-  [..]
-    (@) HAL_SMARTCARD_Init() API also configure also the low level Hardware GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc) by
-        calling the customized HAL_SMARTCARD_MspInit() API.
-
-  @endverbatim
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @attention
-  *
-  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
-  *
-  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
-  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
-  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
-  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
-  *      without specific prior written permission.
-  *
-  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
-  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
-  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
-  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
-  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
-  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
-  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
-  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
-  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
-  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-  *
-  ******************************************************************************
-  */
-
-/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
-
-/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup SMARTCARD SMARTCARD
-  * @brief HAL USART SMARTCARD module driver
-  * @{
-  */
-#ifdef HAL_SMARTCARD_MODULE_ENABLED
-/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/** @defgroup SMARTCARD_Private_Constants SMARTCARD Private Constants
- * @{
- */
-#define TEACK_REACK_TIMEOUT               1000
-#define HAL_SMARTCARD_TXDMA_TIMEOUTVALUE  22000
-#define USART_CR1_FIELDS      ((uint32_t)(USART_CR1_M | USART_CR1_PCE | USART_CR1_PS | \
-                                          USART_CR1_TE | USART_CR1_RE | USART_CR1_OVER8))
-#define USART_CR2_CLK_FIELDS  ((uint32_t)(USART_CR2_CLKEN|USART_CR2_CPOL|USART_CR2_CPHA|USART_CR2_LBCL))
-#define USART_CR2_FIELDS      ((uint32_t)(USART_CR2_RTOEN|USART_CR2_CLK_FIELDS|USART_CR2_STOP))
-#define USART_CR3_FIELDS      ((uint32_t)(USART_CR3_ONEBIT|USART_CR3_NACK|USART_CR3_SCARCNT))
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-/* Private macros -------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
-/** @addtogroup SMARTCARD_Private_Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-static void SMARTCARD_DMATransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
-static void SMARTCARD_DMAReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
-static void SMARTCARD_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
-static void SMARTCARD_SetConfig(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc);
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef SMARTCARD_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status, uint32_t Timeout);
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef SMARTCARD_CheckIdleState(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc);
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef SMARTCARD_Transmit_IT(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc);
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef SMARTCARD_Receive_IT(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc);
-static void SMARTCARD_AdvFeatureConfig(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc);
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
-/** @defgroup SMARTCARD_Exported_Functions SMARTCARD Exported Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup SMARTCARD_Exported_Functions_Group1 SmartCard Initialization and de-initialization functions
-  *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions
-  *
-@verbatim
-===============================================================================
-            ##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-  [..]
-  This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the USART
-  associated to the SmartCard.
-      (+) These parameters can be configured:
-        (++) Baud Rate
-        (++) Parity: parity should be enabled,
-             Frame Length is fixed to 8 bits plus parity:
-             the USART frame format is given in the following table:
-
-        (+++) +---------------------------------------------------------------+
-        (+++) | M1M0 bits |  PCE bit  |            USART frame                |
-        (+++) |-----------------------|---------------------------------------|
-        (+++) |     01    |    1      |    | SB | 8 bit data | PB | STB |     |
-        (+++) +---------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-        (++) Receiver/transmitter modes
-        (++) Synchronous mode (and if enabled, phase, polarity and last bit parameters)
-        (++) Prescaler value
-        (++) Guard bit time
-        (++) NACK enabling or disabling on transmission error
-
-      (+) The following advanced features can be configured as well:
-        (++) TX and/or RX pin level inversion
-        (++) data logical level inversion
-        (++) RX and TX pins swap
-        (++) RX overrun detection disabling
-        (++) DMA disabling on RX error
-        (++) MSB first on communication line
-        (++) Time out enabling (and if activated, timeout value)
-        (++) Block length
-        (++) Auto-retry counter
-
-    [..]
-    The HAL_SMARTCARD_Init() API follow respectively the USART (a)synchronous configuration procedures
-    (details for the procedures are available in reference manual).
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief Initializes the SMARTCARD mode according to the specified
-  *         parameters in the SMARTCARD_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle .
-  * @param hsc: SMARTCARD handle
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_Init(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc)
-{
-  /* Check the SMARTCARD handle allocation */
-  if(hsc == NULL)
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_INSTANCE(hsc->Instance));
-
-  if(hsc->State == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_RESET)
-  {
-    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
-    hsc->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
-    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX */
-    HAL_SMARTCARD_MspInit(hsc);
-  }
-
-  hsc->State = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Disable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_SMARTCARD_DISABLE(hsc);
-
-  /* Set the SMARTCARD Communication parameters */
-  SMARTCARD_SetConfig(hsc);
-
-  if(hsc->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit != SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_NO_INIT)
-  {
-    SMARTCARD_AdvFeatureConfig(hsc);
-  }
-
-  /* In SmartCard mode, the following bits must be kept cleared:
-  - LINEN in the USART_CR2 register,
-  - HDSEL and IREN  bits in the USART_CR3 register.*/
-  hsc->Instance->CR2 &= ~(USART_CR2_LINEN);
-  hsc->Instance->CR3 &= ~(USART_CR3_HDSEL | USART_CR3_IREN);
-
-  /* set the USART in SMARTCARD mode */
-  hsc->Instance->CR3 |= USART_CR3_SCEN;
-
-  /* Enable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_SMARTCARD_ENABLE(hsc);
-
-  /* TEACK and/or REACK to check before moving hsc->State to Ready */
-  return (SMARTCARD_CheckIdleState(hsc));
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief DeInitializes the SMARTCARD peripheral
-  * @param hsc: SMARTCARD handle
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_DeInit(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc)
-{
-  /* Check the SMARTCARD handle allocation */
-  if(hsc == NULL)
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_INSTANCE(hsc->Instance));
-
-  hsc->State = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* DeInit the low level hardware */
-  HAL_SMARTCARD_MspDeInit(hsc);
-
-  hsc->ErrorCode = HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_NONE;
-  hsc->State = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_RESET;
-
-  /* Release Lock */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hsc);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief SMARTCARD MSP Init
-  * @param hsc: SMARTCARD handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
- __weak void HAL_SMARTCARD_MspInit(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_SMARTCARD_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief SMARTCARD MSP DeInit
-  * @param hsc: SMARTCARD handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
- __weak void HAL_SMARTCARD_MspDeInit(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_SMARTCARD_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup SMARTCARD_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
-  *  @brief   SMARTCARD Transmit and Receive functions
-  *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-                      ##### IO operation functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the SMARTCARD data transfers.
-
-    (#) There are two modes of transfer:
-       (+) Blocking mode: The communication is performed in polling mode.
-            The HAL status of all data processing is returned by the same function
-            after finishing transfer.
-       (+) No-Blocking mode: The communication is performed using Interrupts
-           or DMA, These API's return the HAL status.
-           The end of the data processing will be indicated through the
-           dedicated SMARTCARD IRQ when using Interrupt mode or the DMA IRQ when
-           using DMA mode.
-           The HAL_SMARTCARD_TxCpltCallback(), HAL_SMARTCARD_RxCpltCallback() user callbacks
-           will be executed respectively at the end of the Transmit or Receive process
-           The HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback()user callback will be executed when a communication error is detected
-
-    (#) Blocking mode API's are :
-        (+) HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit()
-        (+) HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive()
-
-    (#) Non-Blocking mode API's with Interrupt are :
-        (+) HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit_IT()
-        (+) HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive_IT()
-        (+) HAL_SMARTCARD_IRQHandler()
-        (+) SMARTCARD_Transmit_IT()
-        (+) SMARTCARD_Receive_IT()
-
-    (#) No-Blocking mode functions with DMA are :
-        (+) HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit_DMA()
-        (+) HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive_DMA()
-
-    (#) A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in No_Blocking mode:
-        (+) HAL_SMARTCARD_TxCpltCallback()
-        (+) HAL_SMARTCARD_RxCpltCallback()
-        (+) HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback()
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief Send an amount of data in blocking mode
-  * @param hsc: SMARTCARD handle
-  * @param pData: pointer to data buffer
-  * @param Size: amount of data to be sent
-  * @param Timeout: Timeout duration
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  if((hsc->State == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY) || (hsc->State == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_RX))
-  {
-    if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
-    {
-      return  HAL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hsc);
-    hsc->ErrorCode = HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_NONE;
-    /* Check if a non-blocking receive process is ongoing or not */
-    if(hsc->State == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_RX)
-    {
-      hsc->State = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      hsc->State = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX;
-    }
-
-    hsc->TxXferSize = Size;
-    hsc->TxXferCount = Size;
-    while(hsc->TxXferCount > 0)
-    {
-      hsc->TxXferCount--;
-      if(SMARTCARD_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hsc, SMARTCARD_FLAG_TXE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-      {
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-      hsc->Instance->TDR = (*pData++ & (uint8_t)0xFF);
-    }
-    if(SMARTCARD_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hsc, SMARTCARD_FLAG_TC, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-    {
-      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-    }
-    /* Check if a non-blocking receive Process is ongoing or not */
-    if(hsc->State == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX)
-    {
-      hsc->State = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_RX;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      hsc->State = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
-    }
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hsc);
-
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Receive an amount of data in blocking mode
-  * @param hsc: SMARTCARD handle
-  * @param pData: pointer to data buffer
-  * @param Size: amount of data to be received
-  * @param Timeout: Timeout duration
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  if((hsc->State == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY) || (hsc->State == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX))
-  {
-    if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
-    {
-      return  HAL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hsc);
-
-    hsc->ErrorCode = HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_NONE;
-    /* Check if a non-blocking transmit process is ongoing or not */
-    if(hsc->State == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX)
-    {
-      hsc->State = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      hsc->State = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_RX;
-    }
-
-    hsc->RxXferSize = Size;
-    hsc->RxXferCount = Size;
-    /* Check the remain data to be received */
-    while(hsc->RxXferCount > 0)
-    {
-      hsc->RxXferCount--;
-      if(SMARTCARD_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hsc, SMARTCARD_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-      {
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-      *pData++ = (uint8_t)(hsc->Instance->RDR & (uint8_t)0x00FF);
-    }
-
-    /* Check if a non-blocking transmit process is ongoing or not */
-    if(hsc->State == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX)
-    {
-      hsc->State = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      hsc->State = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
-    }
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hsc);
-
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Send an amount of data in interrupt mode
-  * @param hsc: SMARTCARD handle
-  * @param pData: pointer to data buffer
-  * @param Size: amount of data to be sent
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit_IT(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
-{
-  if((hsc->State == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY) || (hsc->State == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_RX))
-  {
-    if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
-    {
-      return HAL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hsc);
-
-    hsc->pTxBuffPtr = pData;
-    hsc->TxXferSize = Size;
-    hsc->TxXferCount = Size;
-
-    hsc->ErrorCode = HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_NONE;
-    /* Check if a receive process is ongoing or not */
-    if(hsc->State == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_RX)
-    {
-      hsc->State = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      hsc->State = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX;
-    }
-
-    /* Enable the SMARTCARD Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */
-    __HAL_SMARTCARD_ENABLE_IT(hsc, SMARTCARD_IT_ERR);
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hsc);
-
-    /* Enable the SMARTCARD Transmit Complete Interrupt */
-    __HAL_SMARTCARD_ENABLE_IT(hsc, SMARTCARD_IT_TC);
-
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Receive an amount of data in interrupt mode
-  * @param hsc: SMARTCARD handle
-  * @param pData: pointer to data buffer
-  * @param Size: amount of data to be received
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive_IT(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
-{
-  if((hsc->State == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY) || (hsc->State == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX))
-  {
-    if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
-    {
-      return HAL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hsc);
-
-    hsc->pRxBuffPtr = pData;
-    hsc->RxXferSize = Size;
-    hsc->RxXferCount = Size;
-
-    hsc->ErrorCode = HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_NONE;
-    /* Check if a transmit process is ongoing or not */
-    if(hsc->State == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX)
-    {
-      hsc->State = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      hsc->State = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_RX;
-    }
-
-    /* Enable the SMARTCARD Parity Error Interrupt */
-    __HAL_SMARTCARD_ENABLE_IT(hsc, SMARTCARD_IT_PE);
-
-    /* Enable the SMARTCARD Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */
-    __HAL_SMARTCARD_ENABLE_IT(hsc, SMARTCARD_IT_ERR);
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hsc);
-
-    /* Enable the SMARTCARD Data Register not empty Interrupt */
-    __HAL_SMARTCARD_ENABLE_IT(hsc, SMARTCARD_IT_RXNE);
-
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Send an amount of data in DMA mode
-  * @param hsc: SMARTCARD handle
-  * @param pData: pointer to data buffer
-  * @param Size: amount of data to be sent
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit_DMA(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
-{
-  uint32_t *tmp;
-
-  if((hsc->State == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY) || (hsc->State == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_RX))
-  {
-    if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
-    {
-      return HAL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hsc);
-
-    hsc->pTxBuffPtr = pData;
-    hsc->TxXferSize = Size;
-    hsc->TxXferCount = Size;
-
-    hsc->ErrorCode = HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_NONE;
-    /* Check if a receive process is ongoing or not */
-    if(hsc->State == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_RX)
-    {
-      hsc->State = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      hsc->State = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX;
-    }
-
-    /* Set the SMARTCARD DMA transfer complete callback */
-    hsc->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = SMARTCARD_DMATransmitCplt;
-
-    /* Set the SMARTCARD error callback */
-    hsc->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = SMARTCARD_DMAError;
-
-    /* Enable the SMARTCARD transmit DMA Stream */
-    tmp = (uint32_t*)&pData;
-    HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hsc->hdmatx, *(uint32_t*)tmp, (uint32_t)&hsc->Instance->TDR, Size);
-
-	/* Clear the TC flag in the SR register by writing 0 to it */
-    __HAL_SMARTCARD_CLEAR_IT(hsc, SMARTCARD_FLAG_TC);
-
-    /* Enable the DMA transfer for transmit request by setting the DMAT bit
-       in the SMARTCARD associated USART CR3 register */
-    hsc->Instance->CR3 |= USART_CR3_DMAT;
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hsc);
-
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Receive an amount of data in DMA mode
-  * @param hsc: SMARTCARD handle
-  * @param pData: pointer to data buffer
-  * @param Size: amount of data to be received
-  * @note   The SMARTCARD-associated USART parity is enabled (PCE = 1),
-  *         the received data contain the parity bit (MSB position)
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive_DMA(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
-{
-  uint32_t *tmp;
-
-  if((hsc->State == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY) || (hsc->State == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX))
-  {
-    if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
-    {
-      return HAL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hsc);
-
-    hsc->pRxBuffPtr = pData;
-    hsc->RxXferSize = Size;
-
-    hsc->ErrorCode = HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_NONE;
-    /* Check if a transmit process is ongoing or not */
-    if(hsc->State == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX)
-    {
-      hsc->State = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      hsc->State = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_RX;
-    }
-
-    /* Set the SMARTCARD DMA transfer complete callback */
-    hsc->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = SMARTCARD_DMAReceiveCplt;
-
-    /* Set the SMARTCARD DMA error callback */
-    hsc->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = SMARTCARD_DMAError;
-
-    /* Enable the DMA Stream */
-    tmp = (uint32_t*)&pData;
-    HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hsc->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hsc->Instance->RDR, *(uint32_t*)tmp, Size);
-
-    /* Enable the DMA transfer for the receiver request by setting the DMAR bit
-    in the SMARTCARD associated USART CR3 register */
-    hsc->Instance->CR3 |= USART_CR3_DMAR;
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hsc);
-
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief SMARTCARD interrupt requests handling.
-  * @param hsc: SMARTCARD handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_SMARTCARD_IRQHandler(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc)
-{
-  /* SMARTCARD parity error interrupt occurred -------------------------------*/
-  if((__HAL_SMARTCARD_GET_IT(hsc, SMARTCARD_IT_PE) != RESET) && (__HAL_SMARTCARD_GET_IT_SOURCE(hsc, SMARTCARD_IT_PE) != RESET))
-  {
-    __HAL_SMARTCARD_CLEAR_IT(hsc, SMARTCARD_CLEAR_PEF);
-    hsc->ErrorCode |= HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_PE;
-    /* Set the SMARTCARD state ready to be able to start again the process */
-    hsc->State = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
-  }
-
-  /* SMARTCARD frame error interrupt occurred ---------------------------------*/
-  if((__HAL_SMARTCARD_GET_IT(hsc, SMARTCARD_IT_FE) != RESET) && (__HAL_SMARTCARD_GET_IT_SOURCE(hsc, SMARTCARD_IT_ERR) != RESET))
-  {
-    __HAL_SMARTCARD_CLEAR_IT(hsc, SMARTCARD_CLEAR_FEF);
-    hsc->ErrorCode |= HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_FE;
-    /* Set the SMARTCARD state ready to be able to start again the process */
-    hsc->State = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
-  }
-
-  /* SMARTCARD noise error interrupt occurred ---------------------------------*/
-  if((__HAL_SMARTCARD_GET_IT(hsc, SMARTCARD_IT_NE) != RESET) && (__HAL_SMARTCARD_GET_IT_SOURCE(hsc, SMARTCARD_IT_ERR) != RESET))
-  {
-    __HAL_SMARTCARD_CLEAR_IT(hsc, SMARTCARD_CLEAR_NEF);
-    hsc->ErrorCode |= HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_NE;
-    /* Set the SMARTCARD state ready to be able to start again the process */
-    hsc->State = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
-  }
-
-  /* SMARTCARD Over-Run interrupt occurred ------------------------------------*/
-  if((__HAL_SMARTCARD_GET_IT(hsc, SMARTCARD_IT_ORE) != RESET) && (__HAL_SMARTCARD_GET_IT_SOURCE(hsc, SMARTCARD_IT_ERR) != RESET))
-  {
-    __HAL_SMARTCARD_CLEAR_IT(hsc, SMARTCARD_CLEAR_OREF);
-    hsc->ErrorCode |= HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_ORE;
-    /* Set the SMARTCARD state ready to be able to start again the process */
-    hsc->State = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
-  }
-
-  /* SMARTCARD receiver timeout interrupt occurred ----------------------------*/
-  if((__HAL_SMARTCARD_GET_IT(hsc, SMARTCARD_IT_RTO) != RESET) && (__HAL_SMARTCARD_GET_IT_SOURCE(hsc, SMARTCARD_IT_RTO) != RESET))
-  {
-    __HAL_SMARTCARD_CLEAR_IT(hsc, SMARTCARD_CLEAR_RTOF);
-    hsc->ErrorCode |= HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_RTO;
-    /* Set the SMARTCARD state ready to be able to start again the process */
-    hsc->State = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
-  }
-
-  /* Call SMARTCARD Error Call back function if need be ----------------------*/
-  if(hsc->ErrorCode != HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_NONE)
-  {
-    HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback(hsc);
-  }
-
-  /* SMARTCARD in mode Receiver ----------------------------------------------*/
-  if((__HAL_SMARTCARD_GET_IT(hsc, SMARTCARD_IT_RXNE) != RESET) && (__HAL_SMARTCARD_GET_IT_SOURCE(hsc, SMARTCARD_IT_RXNE) != RESET))
-  {
-    SMARTCARD_Receive_IT(hsc);
-    /* Clear RXNE interrupt flag */
-    __HAL_SMARTCARD_SEND_REQ(hsc, SMARTCARD_RXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST);
-  }
-
-  /* SMARTCARD in mode Receiver, end of block interruption -------------------*/
-  if((__HAL_SMARTCARD_GET_IT(hsc, SMARTCARD_IT_EOB) != RESET) && (__HAL_SMARTCARD_GET_IT_SOURCE(hsc, SMARTCARD_IT_EOB) != RESET))
-  {
-    hsc->State = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
-    HAL_SMARTCARD_RxCpltCallback(hsc);
-    /* Clear EOBF interrupt after HAL_SMARTCARD_RxCpltCallback() call for the End of Block information
-    * to be available during HAL_SMARTCARD_RxCpltCallback() processing */
-    __HAL_SMARTCARD_CLEAR_IT(hsc, SMARTCARD_CLEAR_EOBF);
-  }
-
-  /* SMARTCARD in mode Transmitter -------------------------------------------*/
-  if((__HAL_SMARTCARD_GET_IT(hsc, SMARTCARD_IT_TC) != RESET) && (__HAL_SMARTCARD_GET_IT_SOURCE(hsc, SMARTCARD_IT_TC) != RESET))
-  {
-    SMARTCARD_Transmit_IT(hsc);
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Tx Transfer completed callbacks
-  * @param hsc: SMARTCARD handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
- __weak void HAL_SMARTCARD_TxCpltCallback(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_SMARTCARD_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Rx Transfer completed callbacks
-  * @param hsc: SMARTCARD handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_SMARTCARD_RxCpltCallback(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_SMARTCARD_TxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief SMARTCARD error callbacks
-  * @param hsc: SMARTCARD handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
- __weak void HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup SMARTCARD_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State functions
-  *  @brief   SMARTCARD State functions
-  *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-                ##### Peripheral State and Errors functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]
-    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the SMARTCARD.
-     (+) HAL_SMARTCARD_GetState() API is helpful to check in run-time the state of the SMARTCARD peripheral
-     (+) SMARTCARD_SetConfig() API configures the SMARTCARD peripheral
-     (+) SMARTCARD_CheckIdleState() API ensures that TEACK and/or REACK are set after initialization
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-
-/**
-  * @brief return the SMARTCARD state
-  * @param hsc: SMARTCARD handle
-  * @retval HAL state
-  */
-HAL_SMARTCARD_StateTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARD_GetState(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc)
-{
-  return hsc->State;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Return the SMARTCARD error code
-  * @param  hsc : pointer to a SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *              the configuration information for the specified SMARTCARD.
-  * @retval SMARTCARD Error Code
-  */
-uint32_t HAL_SMARTCARD_GetError(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc)
-{
-  return hsc->ErrorCode;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief Send an amount of data in non blocking mode
-  * @param hsc: SMARTCARD handle.
-  *         Function called under interruption only, once
-  *         interruptions have been enabled by HAL_SMARTCARD_Transmit_IT()
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef SMARTCARD_Transmit_IT(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc)
-{
-  if((hsc->State == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX) || (hsc->State == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX))
-  {
-    if(hsc->TxXferCount == 0)
-    {
-      /* Disable the SMARTCARD Transmit Complete Interrupt */
-      __HAL_SMARTCARD_DISABLE_IT(hsc, SMARTCARD_IT_TC);
-
-      /* Check if a receive Process is ongoing or not */
-      if(hsc->State == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX)
-      {
-        hsc->State = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_RX;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        /* Disable the SMARTCARD Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */
-        __HAL_SMARTCARD_DISABLE_IT(hsc, SMARTCARD_IT_ERR);
-
-        hsc->State = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
-      }
-
-      HAL_SMARTCARD_TxCpltCallback(hsc);
-
-      return HAL_OK;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      hsc->Instance->TDR = (*hsc->pTxBuffPtr++ & (uint8_t)0xFF);
-      hsc->TxXferCount--;
-
-      return HAL_OK;
-    }
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Receive an amount of data in non blocking mode
-  * @param hsc: SMARTCARD handle.
-  *         Function called under interruption only, once
-  *         interruptions have been enabled by HAL_SMARTCARD_Receive_IT()
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef SMARTCARD_Receive_IT(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc)
-{
-  if((hsc->State == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_RX) || (hsc->State == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX))
-  {
-    *hsc->pRxBuffPtr++ = (uint8_t)(hsc->Instance->RDR & (uint8_t)0xFF);
-
-    if(--hsc->RxXferCount == 0)
-    {
-      while(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hsc->Instance->ISR, SMARTCARD_FLAG_RXNE))
-      {
-      }
-      __HAL_SMARTCARD_DISABLE_IT(hsc, SMARTCARD_IT_RXNE);
-
-      /* Check if a transmit Process is ongoing or not */
-      if(hsc->State == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX)
-      {
-        hsc->State = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        /* Disable the SMARTCARD Parity Error Interrupt */
-        __HAL_SMARTCARD_DISABLE_IT(hsc, SMARTCARD_IT_PE);
-
-        /* Disable the SMARTCARD Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */
-        __HAL_SMARTCARD_DISABLE_IT(hsc, SMARTCARD_IT_ERR);
-
-        hsc->State = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
-      }
-
-      HAL_SMARTCARD_RxCpltCallback(hsc);
-
-      return HAL_OK;
-    }
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Configure the SMARTCARD associated USART peripheral
-  * @param hsc: SMARTCARD handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void SMARTCARD_SetConfig(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc)
-{
-  uint32_t tmpreg = 0x00000000;
-  uint32_t clocksource = 0x00000000;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_INSTANCE(hsc->Instance));
-  assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_BAUDRATE(hsc->Init.BaudRate));
-  assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_WORD_LENGTH(hsc->Init.WordLength));
-  assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_STOPBITS(hsc->Init.StopBits));
-  assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_PARITY(hsc->Init.Parity));
-  assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_MODE(hsc->Init.Mode));
-  assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_POLARITY(hsc->Init.CLKPolarity));
-  assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_PHASE(hsc->Init.CLKPhase));
-  assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_LASTBIT(hsc->Init.CLKLastBit));
-  assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_ONE_BIT_SAMPLE(hsc->Init.OneBitSampling));
-  assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_NACK(hsc->Init.NACKState));
-  assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_TIMEOUT(hsc->Init.TimeOutEnable));
-  assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_AUTORETRY_COUNT(hsc->Init.AutoRetryCount));
-
-  /*-------------------------- USART CR1 Configuration -----------------------*/
-  /* In SmartCard mode, M and PCE are forced to 1 (8 bits + parity).
-   * Oversampling is forced to 16 (OVER8 = 0).
-   * Configure the Parity and Mode:
-   *  set PS bit according to hsc->Init.Parity value
-   *  set TE and RE bits according to hsc->Init.Mode value */
-  tmpreg = (uint32_t) hsc->Init.Parity | hsc->Init.Mode;
-  /* in case of TX-only mode, if NACK is enabled, the USART must be able to monitor
-     the bidirectional line to detect a NACK signal in case of parity error.
-     Therefore, the receiver block must be enabled as well (RE bit must be set). */
-  if((hsc->Init.Mode == SMARTCARD_MODE_TX) && (hsc->Init.NACKState == SMARTCARD_NACK_ENABLE))
-  {
-    tmpreg |= USART_CR1_RE;
-  }
-  tmpreg |= (uint32_t) hsc->Init.WordLength;
-  MODIFY_REG(hsc->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_FIELDS, tmpreg);
-
-  /*-------------------------- USART CR2 Configuration -----------------------*/
-  /* Stop bits are forced to 1.5 (STOP = 11) */
-  tmpreg = hsc->Init.StopBits;
-  /* Synchronous mode is activated by default */
-  tmpreg |= (uint32_t) USART_CR2_CLKEN | hsc->Init.CLKPolarity;
-  tmpreg |= (uint32_t) hsc->Init.CLKPhase | hsc->Init.CLKLastBit;
-  tmpreg |= (uint32_t) hsc->Init.TimeOutEnable;
-  MODIFY_REG(hsc->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_FIELDS, tmpreg);
-
-  /*-------------------------- USART CR3 Configuration -----------------------*/
-  /* Configure
-   * - one-bit sampling method versus three samples' majority rule
-   *   according to hsc->Init.OneBitSampling
-   * - NACK transmission in case of parity error according
-   *   to hsc->Init.NACKEnable
-   * - autoretry counter according to hsc->Init.AutoRetryCount     */
-  tmpreg =  (uint32_t) hsc->Init.OneBitSampling | hsc->Init.NACKState;
-  tmpreg |= (uint32_t) (hsc->Init.AutoRetryCount << SMARTCARD_CR3_SCARCNT_LSB_POS);
-  MODIFY_REG(hsc->Instance-> CR3,USART_CR3_FIELDS, tmpreg);
-
-  /*-------------------------- USART GTPR Configuration ----------------------*/
-  tmpreg = (uint32_t) (hsc->Init.Prescaler | (hsc->Init.GuardTime << SMARTCARD_GTPR_GT_LSB_POS));
-  MODIFY_REG(hsc->Instance->GTPR, (uint32_t)(USART_GTPR_GT|USART_GTPR_PSC), tmpreg);
-
-  /*-------------------------- USART RTOR Configuration ----------------------*/
-  tmpreg =   (uint32_t) (hsc->Init.BlockLength << SMARTCARD_RTOR_BLEN_LSB_POS);
-  if(hsc->Init.TimeOutEnable == SMARTCARD_TIMEOUT_ENABLE)
-  {
-    assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_TIMEOUT_VALUE(hsc->Init.TimeOutValue));
-    tmpreg |=  (uint32_t) hsc->Init.TimeOutValue;
-  }
-  MODIFY_REG(hsc->Instance->RTOR, (USART_RTOR_RTO|USART_RTOR_BLEN), tmpreg);
-
-  /*-------------------------- USART BRR Configuration -----------------------*/
-  SMARTCARD_GETCLOCKSOURCE(hsc, clocksource);
-  switch (clocksource)
-  {
-  case SMARTCARD_CLOCKSOURCE_PCLK1:
-    hsc->Instance->BRR = (uint16_t)(HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq() / hsc->Init.BaudRate);
-    break;
-  case SMARTCARD_CLOCKSOURCE_PCLK2:
-    hsc->Instance->BRR = (uint16_t)(HAL_RCC_GetPCLK2Freq() / hsc->Init.BaudRate);
-    break;
-  case SMARTCARD_CLOCKSOURCE_HSI:
-    hsc->Instance->BRR = (uint16_t)(HSI_VALUE / hsc->Init.BaudRate);
-    break;
-  case SMARTCARD_CLOCKSOURCE_SYSCLK:
-    hsc->Instance->BRR = (uint16_t)(HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq() / hsc->Init.BaudRate);
-    break;
-  case SMARTCARD_CLOCKSOURCE_LSE:
-    hsc->Instance->BRR = (uint16_t)(LSE_VALUE / hsc->Init.BaudRate);
-    break;
-  default:
-    break;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Check the SMARTCARD Idle State
-  * @param hsc: SMARTCARD handle
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef SMARTCARD_CheckIdleState(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc)
-{
-
-  /* Initialize the SMARTCARD ErrorCode */
-  hsc->ErrorCode = HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_NONE;
-
-  /* Check if the Transmitter is enabled */
-  if((hsc->Instance->CR1 & USART_CR1_TE) == USART_CR1_TE)
-  {
-    /* Wait until TEACK flag is set */
-    if(SMARTCARD_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hsc, USART_ISR_TEACK, RESET, TEACK_REACK_TIMEOUT) != HAL_OK)
-    {
-      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-    }
-  }
-  /* Check if the Receiver is enabled */
-  if((hsc->Instance->CR1 & USART_CR1_RE) == USART_CR1_RE)
-  {
-    /* Wait until REACK flag is set */
-    if(SMARTCARD_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hsc, USART_ISR_REACK, RESET, TEACK_REACK_TIMEOUT) != HAL_OK)
-    {
-      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hsc);
-
-  /* Initialize the SMARTCARD state*/
-  hsc->State= HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Configure the SMARTCARD associated USART peripheral advanced features
-  * @param hsc: SMARTCARD handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void SMARTCARD_AdvFeatureConfig(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc)
-{
-  /* Check whether the set of advanced features to configure is properly set */
-  assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_INIT(hsc->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit));
-
-  /* if required, configure TX pin active level inversion */
-  if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hsc->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit, SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_TXINVERT_INIT))
-  {
-    assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_TXINV(hsc->AdvancedInit.TxPinLevelInvert));
-    MODIFY_REG(hsc->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_TXINV, hsc->AdvancedInit.TxPinLevelInvert);
-  }
-
-  /* if required, configure RX pin active level inversion */
-  if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hsc->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit, SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_RXINVERT_INIT))
-  {
-    assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_RXINV(hsc->AdvancedInit.RxPinLevelInvert));
-    MODIFY_REG(hsc->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_RXINV, hsc->AdvancedInit.RxPinLevelInvert);
-  }
-
-  /* if required, configure data inversion */
-  if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hsc->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit, SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_DATAINVERT_INIT))
-  {
-    assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_DATAINV(hsc->AdvancedInit.DataInvert));
-    MODIFY_REG(hsc->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_DATAINV, hsc->AdvancedInit.DataInvert);
-  }
-
-  /* if required, configure RX/TX pins swap */
-  if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hsc->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit, SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_SWAP_INIT))
-  {
-    assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_SWAP(hsc->AdvancedInit.Swap));
-    MODIFY_REG(hsc->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_SWAP, hsc->AdvancedInit.Swap);
-  }
-
-  /* if required, configure RX overrun detection disabling */
-  if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hsc->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit, SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_RXOVERRUNDISABLE_INIT))
-  {
-    assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_OVERRUN(hsc->AdvancedInit.OverrunDisable));
-    MODIFY_REG(hsc->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_OVRDIS, hsc->AdvancedInit.OverrunDisable);
-  }
-
-  /* if required, configure DMA disabling on reception error */
-  if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hsc->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit, SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_DMADISABLEONERROR_INIT))
-  {
-    assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_DMAONRXERROR(hsc->AdvancedInit.DMADisableonRxError));
-    MODIFY_REG(hsc->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DDRE, hsc->AdvancedInit.DMADisableonRxError);
-  }
-
-  /* if required, configure MSB first on communication line */
-  if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(hsc->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit, SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_MSBFIRST_INIT))
-  {
-    assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_ADVFEATURE_MSBFIRST(hsc->AdvancedInit.MSBFirst));
-    MODIFY_REG(hsc->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_MSBFIRST, hsc->AdvancedInit.MSBFirst);
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  This function handles SMARTCARD Communication Timeout.
-  * @param  hsc: SMARTCARD handle
-  * @param  Flag: specifies the SMARTCARD flag to check.
-  * @param  Status: The new Flag status (SET or RESET).
-  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef SMARTCARD_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0x00;
-
-  /* Get tick */
-  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-  /* Wait until flag is set */
-  if(Status == RESET)
-  {
-    while(__HAL_SMARTCARD_GET_FLAG(hsc, Flag) == RESET)
-    {
-      /* Check for the Timeout */
-      if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
-      {
-        if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
-        {
-          /* Disable TXE, RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts for the interrupt process */
-          __HAL_SMARTCARD_DISABLE_IT(hsc, SMARTCARD_IT_TXE);
-          __HAL_SMARTCARD_DISABLE_IT(hsc, SMARTCARD_IT_RXNE);
-          __HAL_SMARTCARD_DISABLE_IT(hsc, SMARTCARD_IT_PE);
-          __HAL_SMARTCARD_DISABLE_IT(hsc, SMARTCARD_IT_ERR);
-
-          hsc->State= HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
-
-          /* Process Unlocked */
-          __HAL_UNLOCK(hsc);
-
-          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    while(__HAL_SMARTCARD_GET_FLAG(hsc, Flag) != RESET)
-    {
-      /* Check for the Timeout */
-      if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
-      {
-        if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
-        {
-          /* Disable TXE, RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts for the interrupt process */
-          __HAL_SMARTCARD_DISABLE_IT(hsc, SMARTCARD_IT_TXE);
-          __HAL_SMARTCARD_DISABLE_IT(hsc, SMARTCARD_IT_RXNE);
-          __HAL_SMARTCARD_DISABLE_IT(hsc, SMARTCARD_IT_PE);
-          __HAL_SMARTCARD_DISABLE_IT(hsc, SMARTCARD_IT_ERR);
-
-          hsc->State= HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
-
-          /* Process Unlocked */
-          __HAL_UNLOCK(hsc);
-
-          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief DMA SMARTCARD transmit process complete callback
-  * @param hdma: DMA handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void SMARTCARD_DMATransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef* hsc = ( SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
-  hsc->TxXferCount = 0;
-
-  /* Disable the DMA transfer for transmit request by setting the DMAT bit
-  in the SMARTCARD associated USART CR3 register */
-  hsc->Instance->CR3 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)USART_CR3_DMAT);
-
-  /* Wait for SMARTCARD TC Flag */
-  if(SMARTCARD_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hsc, SMARTCARD_FLAG_TC, RESET, HAL_SMARTCARD_TXDMA_TIMEOUTVALUE) != HAL_OK)
-  {
-    /* Timeout Occurred */
-    hsc->State = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-    HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback(hsc);
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    /* No Timeout */
-    /* Check if a receive Process is ongoing or not */
-    if(hsc->State == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX)
-    {
-      hsc->State = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_RX;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      hsc->State = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
-    }
-    HAL_SMARTCARD_TxCpltCallback(hsc);
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief DMA SMARTCARD receive process complete callback
-  * @param hdma: DMA handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void SMARTCARD_DMAReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef* hsc = ( SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
-  hsc->RxXferCount = 0;
-
-  /* Disable the DMA transfer for the receiver request by setting the DMAR bit
-     in the SMARTCARD associated USART CR3 register */
-  hsc->Instance->CR3 &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)USART_CR3_DMAR);
-
-  /* Check if a transmit Process is ongoing or not */
-  if(hsc->State == HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX)
-  {
-    hsc->State = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY_TX;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    hsc->State = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
-  }
-
-  HAL_SMARTCARD_RxCpltCallback(hsc);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief DMA SMARTCARD communication error callback
-  * @param hdma: DMA handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void SMARTCARD_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef* hsc = ( SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
-  hsc->RxXferCount = 0;
-  hsc->TxXferCount = 0;
-  hsc->State= HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
-  hsc->ErrorCode |= HAL_SMARTCARD_ERROR_DMA;
-  HAL_SMARTCARD_ErrorCallback(hsc);
-}
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-#endif /* HAL_SMARTCARD_MODULE_ENABLED */
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_smartcard_ex.c b/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_smartcard_ex.c
deleted file mode 100644
index cc6eb81d3a..0000000000
--- a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_smartcard_ex.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,184 +0,0 @@
-/**
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @file    stm32f7xx_hal_smartcard_ex.c
-  * @author  MCD Application Team
-  * @version V1.0.1
-  * @date    25-June-2015
-  * @brief   SMARTCARD HAL module driver.
-  *
-  *          This file provides extended firmware functions to manage the following
-  *          functionalities of the SmartCard.
-  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
-  *           + Peripheral Control functions
-  @verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-                        ##### How to use this driver #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]
-    The Extended SMARTCARD HAL driver can be used as follow:
-
-    (#) After having configured the SMARTCARD basic features with HAL_SMARTCARD_Init(),
-        then if required, program SMARTCARD advanced features (TX/RX pins swap, TimeOut,
-        auto-retry counter,...) in the hsc AdvancedInit structure.
-
-  @endverbatim
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @attention
-  *
-  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
-  *
-  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
-  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
-  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
-  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
-  *      without specific prior written permission.
-  *
-  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
-  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
-  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
-  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
-  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
-  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
-  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
-  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
-  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
-  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-  *
-  ******************************************************************************
-  */
-
-/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
-
-/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup SMARTCARDEx SMARTCARDEx
-  * @brief SMARTCARD Extended HAL module driver
-  * @{
-  */
-#ifdef HAL_SMARTCARD_MODULE_ENABLED
-
-/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/** @defgroup SMARTCARDEx_Exported_Functions SMARTCARDEx Exported Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup SMARTCARDEx_Group1 Extended Peripheral Control functions
-  * @brief    Extended control functions
-  *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-                      ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]
-    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the SMARTCARD.
-     (+) HAL_SMARTCARDEx_BlockLength_Config() API allows to configure the Block Length on the fly
-     (+) HAL_SMARTCARDEx_TimeOut_Config() API allows to configure the receiver timeout value on the fly
-     (+) HAL_SMARTCARDEx_EnableReceiverTimeOut() API enables the receiver timeout feature
-     (+) HAL_SMARTCARDEx_DisableReceiverTimeOut() API disables the receiver timeout feature
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief Update on the fly the SMARTCARD block length in RTOR register
-  * @param hsc: SMARTCARD handle
-  * @param BlockLength: SMARTCARD block length (8-bit long at most)
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_SMARTCARDEx_BlockLength_Config(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc, uint8_t BlockLength)
-{
-  MODIFY_REG(hsc->Instance->RTOR, USART_RTOR_BLEN, ((uint32_t)BlockLength << SMARTCARD_RTOR_BLEN_LSB_POS));
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Update on the fly the receiver timeout value in RTOR register
-  * @param hsc: SMARTCARD handle
-  * @param TimeOutValue: receiver timeout value in number of baud blocks. The timeout
-  *                     value must be less or equal to 0x0FFFFFFFF.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_SMARTCARDEx_TimeOut_Config(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc, uint32_t TimeOutValue)
-{
-  assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_TIMEOUT_VALUE(hsc->Init.TimeOutValue));
-  MODIFY_REG(hsc->Instance->RTOR, USART_RTOR_RTO, TimeOutValue);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Enable the SMARTCARD receiver timeout feature
-  * @param hsc: SMARTCARD handle
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARDEx_EnableReceiverTimeOut(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc)
-{
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hsc);
-
-  hsc->State = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Set the USART RTOEN bit */
-  hsc->Instance->CR2 |= USART_CR2_RTOEN;
-
-  hsc->State = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hsc);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Disable the SMARTCARD receiver timeout feature
-  * @param hsc: SMARTCARD handle
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARDEx_DisableReceiverTimeOut(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc)
-{
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hsc);
-
-  hsc->State = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Clear the USART RTOEN bit */
-  hsc->Instance->CR2 &= ~(USART_CR2_RTOEN);
-
-  hsc->State = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hsc);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-#endif /* HAL_SMARTCARD_MODULE_ENABLED */
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_spdifrx.c b/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_spdifrx.c
deleted file mode 100644
index e7676a89e2..0000000000
--- a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_spdifrx.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1208 +0,0 @@
-/**
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @file    stm32f7xx_hal_spdifrx.c
-  * @author  MCD Application Team
-  * @version V1.0.1
-  * @date    25-June-2015
-  * @brief   This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
-  *          functionalities of the SPDIFRX audio interface:
-  *           + Initialization and Configuration
-  *           + Data transfers functions
-  *           + DMA transfers management
-  *           + Interrupts and flags management
-  @verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-                  ##### How to use this driver #####
- ===============================================================================
- [..]
-    The SPDIFRX HAL driver can be used as follow:
-
-    (#) Declare SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef handle structure.
-    (#) Initialize the SPDIFRX low level resources by implement the HAL_SPDIFRX_MspInit() API:
-        (##) Enable the SPDIFRX interface clock.
-        (##) SPDIFRX pins configuration:
-            (+++) Enable the clock for the SPDIFRX GPIOs.
-            (+++) Configure these SPDIFRX pins as alternate function pull-up.
-        (##) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process (HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveControlFlow_IT() and HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveDataFlow_IT() API's).
-            (+++) Configure the SPDIFRX interrupt priority.
-            (+++) Enable the NVIC SPDIFRX IRQ handle.
-        (##) DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process (HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveDataFlow_DMA() and HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveControlFlow_DMA() API's).
-            (+++) Declare a DMA handle structure for the reception of the Data Flow channel.
-            (+++) Declare a DMA handle structure for the reception of the Control Flow channel.
-            (+++) Enable the DMAx interface clock.
-            (+++) Configure the declared DMA handle structure CtrlRx/DataRx with the required parameters.
-            (+++) Configure the DMA Channel.
-            (+++) Associate the initialized DMA handle to the SPDIFRX DMA CtrlRx/DataRx handle.
-            (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete interrupt on the
-                DMA CtrlRx/DataRx channel.
-
-   (#) Program the input selection, re-tries number, wait for activity, channel status selection, data format, stereo mode and masking of user bits
-       using HAL_SPDIFRX_Init() function.
-
-   -@- The specific SPDIFRX interrupts (RXNE/CSRNE and Error Interrupts) will be managed using the macros
-       __SPDIFRX_ENABLE_IT() and __SPDIFRX_DISABLE_IT() inside the receive process.
-   -@- Make sure that ck_spdif clock is configured.
-
-   (#) Three operation modes are available within this driver :
-
-   *** Polling mode for reception operation (for debug purpose) ***
-   ================================================================
-   [..]
-     (+) Receive data flow in blocking mode using HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveDataFlow()
-         (+) Receive control flow of data in blocking mode using HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveControlFlow()
-
-   *** Interrupt mode for reception operation ***
-   =========================================
-   [..]
-     (+) Receive an amount of data (Data Flow) in non blocking mode using HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveDataFlow_IT()
-         (+) Receive an amount of data (Control Flow) in non blocking mode using HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveControlFlow_IT()
-     (+) At reception end of half transfer HAL_SPDIFRX_RxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user can
-         add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_SPDIFRX_RxHalfCpltCallback
-     (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_SPDIFRX_RxCpltCallback is executed and user can
-         add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_SPDIFRX_RxCpltCallback
-     (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_SPDIFRX_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
-         add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_SPDIFRX_ErrorCallback
-
-   *** DMA mode for reception operation ***
-   ========================================
-   [..]
-     (+) Receive an amount of data (Data Flow) in non blocking mode (DMA) using HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveDataFlow_DMA()
-         (+) Receive an amount of data (Control Flow) in non blocking mode (DMA) using HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveControlFlow_DMA()
-     (+) At reception end of half transfer HAL_SPDIFRX_RxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user can
-         add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_SPDIFRX_RxHalfCpltCallback
-     (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_SPDIFRX_RxCpltCallback is executed and user can
-         add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_SPDIFRX_RxCpltCallback
-     (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_SPDIFRX_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
-         add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_SPDIFRX_ErrorCallback
-     (+) Stop the DMA Transfer using HAL_SPDIFRX_DMAStop()
-
-   *** SPDIFRX HAL driver macros list ***
-   =============================================
-   [..]
-     Below the list of most used macros in USART HAL driver.
-      (+) __HAL_SPDIFRX_IDLE: Disable the specified SPDIFRX peripheral (IDEL State)
-      (+) __HAL_SPDIFRX_SYNC: Enable the synchronization state of the specified SPDIFRX peripheral (SYNC State)
-      (+) __HAL_SPDIFRX_RCV: Enable the receive state of the specified SPDIFRX peripheral (RCV State)
-      (+) __HAL_SPDIFRX_ENABLE_IT : Enable the specified SPDIFRX interrupts
-      (+) __HAL_SPDIFRX_DISABLE_IT : Disable the specified SPDIFRX interrupts
-      (+) __HAL_SPDIFRX_GET_FLAG: Check whether the specified SPDIFRX flag is set or not.
-
-    [..]
-      (@) You can refer to the SPDIFRX HAL driver header file for more useful macros
-
-  @endverbatim
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @attention
-  *
-  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
-  *
-  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
-  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
-  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
-  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
-  *      without specific prior written permission.
-  *
-  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
-  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
-  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
-  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
-  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
-  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
-  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
-  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
-  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
-  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-  *
-  ******************************************************************************
-  */
-
-/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
-
-/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
-  * @{
-  */
-/** @defgroup SPDIFRX SPDIFRX
-* @brief SPDIFRX HAL module driver
-* @{
-*/
-
-#ifdef HAL_SPDIFRX_MODULE_ENABLED
-
-/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
-#define SPDIFRX_TIMEOUT_VALUE  0xFFFF
-
-/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
-/** @addtogroup SPDIFRX_Private_Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-static void  SPDIFRX_DMARxCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
-static void  SPDIFRX_DMARxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
-static void  SPDIFRX_DMACxCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
-static void  SPDIFRX_DMACxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
-static void  SPDIFRX_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
-static void  SPDIFRX_ReceiveControlFlow_IT(SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef *hspdif);
-static void  SPDIFRX_ReceiveDataFlow_IT(SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef *hspdif);
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef  SPDIFRX_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef *hspdif, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status, uint32_t Timeout);
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/** @defgroup SPDIFRX_Exported_Functions SPDIFRX Exported Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup  SPDIFRX_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
-  *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions
-  *
-  @verbatim
-  ===============================================================================
-  ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
-  ===============================================================================
-  [..]  This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize and
-  de-initialize the SPDIFRX peripheral:
-
-  (+) User must Implement HAL_SPDIFRX_MspInit() function in which he configures
-  all related peripherals resources (CLOCK, GPIO, DMA, IT and NVIC ).
-
-  (+) Call the function HAL_SPDIFRX_Init() to configure the SPDIFRX peripheral with
-  the selected configuration:
-  (++) Input Selection (IN0, IN1,...)
-  (++) Maximum allowed re-tries during synchronization phase
-  (++) Wait for activity on SPDIF selected input
-  (++) Channel status selection (from channel A or B)
-  (++) Data format (LSB, MSB, ...)
-  (++) Stereo mode
-  (++) User bits masking (PT,C,U,V,...)
-
-  (+) Call the function HAL_SPDIFRX_DeInit() to restore the default configuration
-  of the selected SPDIFRXx peripheral.
-  @endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief Initializes the SPDIFRX according to the specified parameters
-  *        in the SPDIFRX_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
-  * @param hspdif: SPDIFRX handle
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPDIFRX_Init(SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef *hspdif)
-{
-  uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
-
-  /* Check the SPDIFRX handle allocation */
-  if(hspdif == NULL)
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Check the SPDIFRX parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_STEREO_MODE(hspdif->Init.StereoMode));
-  assert_param(IS_SPDIFRX_INPUT_SELECT(hspdif->Init.InputSelection));
-  assert_param(IS_SPDIFRX_MAX_RETRIES(hspdif->Init.Retries));
-  assert_param(IS_SPDIFRX_WAIT_FOR_ACTIVITY(hspdif->Init.WaitForActivity));
-  assert_param(IS_SPDIFRX_CHANNEL(hspdif->Init.ChannelSelection));
-  assert_param(IS_SPDIFRX_DATA_FORMAT(hspdif->Init.DataFormat));
-  assert_param(IS_PREAMBLE_TYPE_MASK(hspdif->Init.PreambleTypeMask));
-  assert_param(IS_CHANNEL_STATUS_MASK(hspdif->Init.ChannelStatusMask));
-  assert_param(IS_VALIDITY_MASK(hspdif->Init.ValidityBitMask));
-  assert_param(IS_PARITY_ERROR_MASK(hspdif->Init.ParityErrorMask));
-
-  if(hspdif->State == HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_RESET)
-  {
-    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
-    hspdif->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
-    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc */
-    HAL_SPDIFRX_MspInit(hspdif);
-  }
-
-     /* SPDIFRX peripheral state is BUSY*/
-   hspdif->State = HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Disable SPDIFRX interface (IDLE State) */
-  __HAL_SPDIFRX_IDLE(hspdif);
-
-  /* Reset the old SPDIFRX CR configuration */
-  tmpreg = hspdif->Instance->CR;
-
-  tmpreg &= ~((uint16_t) SPDIFRX_CR_RXSTEO  | SPDIFRX_CR_DRFMT  | SPDIFRX_CR_PMSK |
-                         SPDIFRX_CR_VMSK | SPDIFRX_CR_CUMSK | SPDIFRX_CR_PTMSK  |
-                         SPDIFRX_CR_CHSEL | SPDIFRX_CR_NBTR | SPDIFRX_CR_WFA |
-                         SPDIFRX_CR_INSEL);
-
-  /* Sets the new configuration of the SPDIFRX peripheral */
-  tmpreg |= ((uint16_t) hspdif->Init.StereoMode |
-                        hspdif->Init.InputSelection |
-                        hspdif->Init.Retries |
-                        hspdif->Init.WaitForActivity |
-                        hspdif->Init.ChannelSelection |
-                        hspdif->Init.DataFormat |
-                        hspdif->Init.PreambleTypeMask |
-                        hspdif->Init.ChannelStatusMask |
-                        hspdif->Init.ValidityBitMask |
-                        hspdif->Init.ParityErrorMask);
-
-  hspdif->Instance->CR = tmpreg;
-
-  hspdif->ErrorCode = HAL_SPDIFRX_ERROR_NONE;
-
-    /* SPDIFRX peripheral state is READY*/
-  hspdif->State = HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_READY;
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief DeInitializes the SPDIFRX peripheral
-  * @param hspdif: SPDIFRX handle
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPDIFRX_DeInit(SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef *hspdif)
-{
-  /* Check the SPDIFRX handle allocation */
-  if(hspdif == NULL)
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_SPDIFRX_ALL_INSTANCE(hspdif->Instance));
-
-  hspdif->State = HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Disable SPDIFRX interface (IDLE state) */
-  __HAL_SPDIFRX_IDLE(hspdif);
-
-  /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC... */
-  HAL_SPDIFRX_MspDeInit(hspdif);
-
-  hspdif->ErrorCode = HAL_SPDIFRX_ERROR_NONE;
-
-    /* SPDIFRX peripheral state is RESET*/
-  hspdif->State = HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_RESET;
-
-  /* Release Lock */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hspdif);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief SPDIFRX MSP Init
-  * @param hspdif: SPDIFRX handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_SPDIFRX_MspInit(SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef *hspdif)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-  the HAL_SPDIFRX_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
-  */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief SPDIFRX MSP DeInit
-  * @param hspdif: SPDIFRX handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_SPDIFRX_MspDeInit(SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef *hspdif)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-  the HAL_SPDIFRX_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
-  */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Sets the SPDIFRX  dtat format according to the specified parameters
-  *        in the SPDIFRX_InitTypeDef.
-  * @param hspdif: SPDIFRX handle
-  * @param sDataFormat: SPDIFRX data format
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPDIFRX_SetDataFormat(SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef *hspdif, SPDIFRX_SetDataFormatTypeDef  sDataFormat)
-{
-  uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
-
-  /* Check the SPDIFRX handle allocation */
-  if(hspdif == NULL)
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Check the SPDIFRX parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_STEREO_MODE(sDataFormat.StereoMode));
-  assert_param(IS_SPDIFRX_DATA_FORMAT(sDataFormat.DataFormat));
-  assert_param(IS_PREAMBLE_TYPE_MASK(sDataFormat.PreambleTypeMask));
-  assert_param(IS_CHANNEL_STATUS_MASK(sDataFormat.ChannelStatusMask));
-  assert_param(IS_VALIDITY_MASK(sDataFormat.ValidityBitMask));
-  assert_param(IS_PARITY_ERROR_MASK(sDataFormat.ParityErrorMask));
-
-  /* Reset the old SPDIFRX CR configuration */
-  tmpreg = hspdif->Instance->CR;
-
-  if(((tmpreg & SPDIFRX_STATE_RCV) == SPDIFRX_STATE_RCV) &&
-    (((tmpreg & SPDIFRX_CR_DRFMT) != sDataFormat.DataFormat) ||
-    ((tmpreg & SPDIFRX_CR_RXSTEO) != sDataFormat.StereoMode)))
-  {
-      return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  tmpreg &= ~((uint16_t) SPDIFRX_CR_RXSTEO  | SPDIFRX_CR_DRFMT  | SPDIFRX_CR_PMSK |
-                         SPDIFRX_CR_VMSK | SPDIFRX_CR_CUMSK | SPDIFRX_CR_PTMSK);
-
-  /* Sets the new configuration of the SPDIFRX peripheral */
-  tmpreg |= ((uint16_t) sDataFormat.StereoMode |
-                        sDataFormat.DataFormat |
-                        sDataFormat.PreambleTypeMask |
-                        sDataFormat.ChannelStatusMask |
-                        sDataFormat.ValidityBitMask |
-                        sDataFormat.ParityErrorMask);
-
-  hspdif->Instance->CR = tmpreg;
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup SPDIFRX_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
-  *  @brief Data transfers functions
-  *
-@verbatim
-===============================================================================
-                     ##### IO operation functions #####
-===============================================================================
-    [..]
-    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the SPDIFRX data
-    transfers.
-
-    (#) There is two mode of transfer:
-        (++) Blocking mode : The communication is performed in the polling mode.
-             The status of all data processing is returned by the same function
-             after finishing transfer.
-        (++) No-Blocking mode : The communication is performed using Interrupts
-             or DMA. These functions return the status of the transfer start-up.
-             The end of the data processing will be indicated through the
-             dedicated SPDIFRX IRQ when using Interrupt mode or the DMA IRQ when
-             using DMA mode.
-
-    (#) Blocking mode functions are :
-        (++) HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveDataFlow()
-        (++) HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveControlFlow()
-                (+@) Do not use blocking mode to receive both control and data flow at the same time.
-
-    (#) No-Blocking mode functions with Interrupt are :
-        (++) HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveControlFlow_IT()
-        (++) HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveDataFlow_IT()
-
-    (#) No-Blocking mode functions with DMA are :
-        (++) HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveControlFlow_DMA()
-        (++) HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveDataFlow_DMA()
-
-    (#) A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in No_Blocking mode:
-        (++) HAL_SPDIFRX_RxCpltCallback()
-        (++) HAL_SPDIFRX_ErrorCallback()
-
-@endverbatim
-* @{
-*/
-
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Receives an amount of data (Data Flow) in blocking mode.
-  * @param  hspdif: pointer to SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                 the configuration information for SPDIFRX module.
-  * @param  pData: Pointer to data buffer
-  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be received
-  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveDataFlow(SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef *hspdif, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-
-  if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0))
-  {
-    return  HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if(hspdif->State == HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_READY)
-  {
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hspdif);
-
-     hspdif->State = HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_BUSY;
-
-        /* Start synchronisation */
-        __HAL_SPDIFRX_SYNC(hspdif);
-
-            /* Wait until SYNCD flag is set */
-      if(SPDIFRX_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hspdif, SPDIFRX_FLAG_SYNCD, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-      {
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-
-            /* Start reception */
-      __HAL_SPDIFRX_RCV(hspdif);
-
-    /* Receive data flow */
-    while(Size > 0)
-    {
-      /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */
-      if(SPDIFRX_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hspdif, SPDIFRX_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-      {
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-
-      (*pData++) = hspdif->Instance->DR;
-      Size--;
-    }
-
-    /* SPDIFRX ready */
-    hspdif->State = HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_READY;
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hspdif);
-
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Receives an amount of data (Control Flow) in blocking mode.
-  * @param  hspdif: pointer to a SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                 the configuration information for SPDIFRX module.
-  * @param  pData: Pointer to data buffer
-  * @param  Size: Amount of data to be received
-  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveControlFlow(SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef *hspdif, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-
-  if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0))
-  {
-    return  HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if(hspdif->State == HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_READY)
-  {
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hspdif);
-
-     hspdif->State = HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_BUSY;
-
-        /* Start synchronization */
-        __HAL_SPDIFRX_SYNC(hspdif);
-
-        /* Wait until SYNCD flag is set */
-      if(SPDIFRX_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hspdif, SPDIFRX_FLAG_SYNCD, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-      {
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-
-        /* Start reception */
-      __HAL_SPDIFRX_RCV(hspdif);
-
-        /* Receive control flow */
-    while(Size > 0)
-    {
-      /* Wait until CSRNE flag is set */
-      if(SPDIFRX_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hspdif, SPDIFRX_FLAG_CSRNE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-      {
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-
-      (*pData++) = hspdif->Instance->CSR;
-      Size--;
-    }
-
-    /* SPDIFRX ready */
-    hspdif->State = HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_READY;
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hspdif);
-
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-}
-/**
-  * @brief Receive an amount of data (Data Flow) in non-blocking mode with Interrupt
-  * @param hspdif: SPDIFRX handle
-  * @param pData: a 32-bit pointer to the Receive data buffer.
-  * @param Size: number of data sample to be received .
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveDataFlow_IT(SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef *hspdif, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
-{
- if((hspdif->State == HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_READY) || (hspdif->State == HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_BUSY_CX))
-  {
-    if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
-    {
-      return HAL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hspdif);
-
-    hspdif->pRxBuffPtr = pData;
-    hspdif->RxXferSize = Size;
-    hspdif->RxXferCount = Size;
-
-    hspdif->ErrorCode = HAL_SPDIFRX_ERROR_NONE;
-
-    /* Check if a receive process is ongoing or not */
-     hspdif->State = HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_BUSY_RX;
-
-
-    /* Enable the SPDIFRX  PE Error Interrupt */
-    __HAL_SPDIFRX_ENABLE_IT(hspdif, SPDIFRX_IT_PERRIE);
-
-    /* Enable the SPDIFRX  OVR Error Interrupt */
-    __HAL_SPDIFRX_ENABLE_IT(hspdif, SPDIFRX_IT_OVRIE);
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hspdif);
-
-    /* Enable the SPDIFRX RXNE interrupt */
-    __HAL_SPDIFRX_ENABLE_IT(hspdif, SPDIFRX_IT_RXNE);
-
-        if (((SPDIFRX->CR & SPDIFRX_CR_SPDIFEN) != SPDIFRX_STATE_SYNC) || ((SPDIFRX->CR & SPDIFRX_CR_SPDIFEN) != 0x00))
-        {
-        /* Start synchronization */
-        __HAL_SPDIFRX_SYNC(hspdif);
-
-        /* Wait until SYNCD flag is set */
-      if(SPDIFRX_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hspdif, SPDIFRX_FLAG_SYNCD, RESET, SPDIFRX_TIMEOUT_VALUE) != HAL_OK)
-      {
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-
-        /* Start reception */
-      __HAL_SPDIFRX_RCV(hspdif);
-        }
-
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Receive an amount of data (Control Flow) with Interrupt
-  * @param hspdif: SPDIFRX handle
-  * @param pData: a 32-bit pointer to the Receive data buffer.
-  * @param Size: number of data sample (Control Flow) to be received :
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveControlFlow_IT(SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef *hspdif, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
-{
- if((hspdif->State == HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_READY) || (hspdif->State == HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_BUSY_RX))
-  {
-    if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0))
-    {
-      return HAL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hspdif);
-
-    hspdif->pCsBuffPtr = pData;
-    hspdif->CsXferSize = Size;
-    hspdif->CsXferCount = Size;
-
-    hspdif->ErrorCode = HAL_SPDIFRX_ERROR_NONE;
-
-    /* Check if a receive process is ongoing or not */
-     hspdif->State = HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_BUSY_CX;
-
-
-    /* Enable the SPDIFRX PE Error Interrupt */
-     __HAL_SPDIFRX_ENABLE_IT(hspdif, SPDIFRX_IT_PERRIE);
-
-    /* Enable the SPDIFRX OVR Error Interrupt */
-     __HAL_SPDIFRX_ENABLE_IT(hspdif, SPDIFRX_IT_OVRIE);
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hspdif);
-
-    /* Enable the SPDIFRX CSRNE interrupt */
-    __HAL_SPDIFRX_ENABLE_IT(hspdif, SPDIFRX_IT_CSRNE);
-
-        if (((SPDIFRX->CR & SPDIFRX_CR_SPDIFEN) != SPDIFRX_STATE_SYNC) || ((SPDIFRX->CR & SPDIFRX_CR_SPDIFEN) != 0x00))
-        {
-        /* Start synchronization */
-        __HAL_SPDIFRX_SYNC(hspdif);
-
-        /* Wait until SYNCD flag is set */
-      if(SPDIFRX_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hspdif, SPDIFRX_FLAG_SYNCD, RESET, SPDIFRX_TIMEOUT_VALUE) != HAL_OK)
-      {
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-
-        /* Start reception */
-      __HAL_SPDIFRX_RCV(hspdif);
-      }
-
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Receive an amount of data (Data Flow) mode with DMA
-  * @param hspdif: SPDIFRX handle
-  * @param pData: a 32-bit pointer to the Receive data buffer.
-  * @param Size: number of data sample to be received :
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveDataFlow_DMA(SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef *hspdif, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
-{
-
-  if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
-  {
-    return  HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if((hspdif->State == HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_READY) || (hspdif->State == HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_BUSY_CX))
-  {
-    hspdif->pRxBuffPtr = pData;
-    hspdif->RxXferSize = Size;
-    hspdif->RxXferCount = Size;
-
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hspdif);
-
-    hspdif->ErrorCode = HAL_SPDIFRX_ERROR_NONE;
-    hspdif->State = HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_BUSY_RX;
-
-    /* Set the SPDIFRX Rx DMA Half transfer complete callback */
-    hspdif->hdmaDrRx->XferHalfCpltCallback = SPDIFRX_DMARxHalfCplt;
-
-    /* Set the SPDIFRX Rx DMA transfer complete callback */
-    hspdif->hdmaDrRx->XferCpltCallback = SPDIFRX_DMARxCplt;
-
-    /* Set the DMA error callback */
-    hspdif->hdmaDrRx->XferErrorCallback = SPDIFRX_DMAError;
-
-    /* Enable the DMA request */
-    HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hspdif->hdmaDrRx, (uint32_t)&hspdif->Instance->DR, (uint32_t)hspdif->pRxBuffPtr, Size);
-
-    /* Enable RXDMAEN bit in SPDIFRX CR register for data flow reception*/
-     hspdif->Instance->CR |= SPDIFRX_CR_RXDMAEN;
-
-        if (((SPDIFRX->CR & SPDIFRX_CR_SPDIFEN) != SPDIFRX_STATE_SYNC) || ((SPDIFRX->CR & SPDIFRX_CR_SPDIFEN) != 0x00))
-        {
-        /* Start synchronization */
-        __HAL_SPDIFRX_SYNC(hspdif);
-
-        /* Wait until SYNCD flag is set */
-      if(SPDIFRX_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hspdif, SPDIFRX_FLAG_SYNCD, RESET, SPDIFRX_TIMEOUT_VALUE) != HAL_OK)
-      {
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-
-        /* Start reception */
-      __HAL_SPDIFRX_RCV(hspdif);
-        }
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hspdif);
-
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Receive an amount of data (Control Flow) with DMA
-  * @param hspdif: SPDIFRX handle
-  * @param pData: a 32-bit pointer to the Receive data buffer.
-  * @param Size: number of data (Control Flow) sample to be received :
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPDIFRX_ReceiveControlFlow_DMA(SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef *hspdif, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
-{
-
-  if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
-  {
-    return  HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
- if((hspdif->State == HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_READY) || (hspdif->State == HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_BUSY_RX))
-  {
-    hspdif->pCsBuffPtr = pData;
-    hspdif->CsXferSize = Size;
-    hspdif->CsXferCount = Size;
-
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hspdif);
-
-    hspdif->ErrorCode = HAL_SPDIFRX_ERROR_NONE;
-    hspdif->State = HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_BUSY_CX;
-
-    /* Set the SPDIFRX Rx DMA Half transfer complete callback */
-    hspdif->hdmaCsRx->XferHalfCpltCallback = SPDIFRX_DMACxHalfCplt;
-
-    /* Set the SPDIFRX Rx DMA transfer complete callback */
-    hspdif->hdmaCsRx->XferCpltCallback = SPDIFRX_DMACxCplt;
-
-    /* Set the DMA error callback */
-    hspdif->hdmaCsRx->XferErrorCallback = SPDIFRX_DMAError;
-
-    /* Enable the DMA request */
-    HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hspdif->hdmaCsRx, (uint32_t)&hspdif->Instance->CSR, (uint32_t)hspdif->pCsBuffPtr, Size);
-
-    /* Enable CBDMAEN bit in SPDIFRX CR register for control flow reception*/
-    hspdif->Instance->CR |= SPDIFRX_CR_CBDMAEN;
-
-        if (((SPDIFRX->CR & SPDIFRX_CR_SPDIFEN) != SPDIFRX_STATE_SYNC) || ((SPDIFRX->CR & SPDIFRX_CR_SPDIFEN) != 0x00))
-        {
-        /* Start synchronization */
-        __HAL_SPDIFRX_SYNC(hspdif);
-
-        /* Wait until SYNCD flag is set */
-      if(SPDIFRX_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(hspdif, SPDIFRX_FLAG_SYNCD, RESET, SPDIFRX_TIMEOUT_VALUE) != HAL_OK)
-      {
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-
-        /* Start reception */
-      __HAL_SPDIFRX_RCV(hspdif);
-        }
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hspdif);
-
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief stop the audio stream receive from the Media.
-  * @param hspdif: SPDIFRX handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPDIFRX_DMAStop(SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef *hspdif)
-{
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hspdif);
-
-  /* Disable the SPDIFRX DMA requests */
-  hspdif->Instance->CR &= (uint16_t)(~SPDIFRX_CR_RXDMAEN);
-  hspdif->Instance->CR &= (uint16_t)(~SPDIFRX_CR_CBDMAEN);
-
-  /* Disable the SPDIFRX DMA channel */
-  __HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hspdif->hdmaDrRx);
-  __HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hspdif->hdmaCsRx);
-
-  /* Disable SPDIFRX peripheral */
-  __HAL_SPDIFRX_IDLE(hspdif);
-
-  hspdif->State = HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hspdif);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  This function handles SPDIFRX interrupt request.
-  * @param  hspdif: SPDIFRX handle
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-void HAL_SPDIFRX_IRQHandler(SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef *hspdif)
-{
-  /* SPDIFRX in mode Data Flow Reception ------------------------------------------------*/
-  if((__HAL_SPDIFRX_GET_FLAG(hspdif, SPDIFRX_FLAG_RXNE) != RESET) && (__HAL_SPDIFRX_GET_IT_SOURCE(hspdif, SPDIFRX_IT_RXNE) != RESET))
-  {
-      __HAL_SPDIFRX_CLEAR_IT(hspdif, SPDIFRX_IT_RXNE);
-    SPDIFRX_ReceiveDataFlow_IT(hspdif);
-  }
-
-   /* SPDIFRX in mode Control Flow Reception ------------------------------------------------*/
-  if((__HAL_SPDIFRX_GET_FLAG(hspdif, SPDIFRX_FLAG_CSRNE) != RESET) && (__HAL_SPDIFRX_GET_IT_SOURCE(hspdif, SPDIFRX_IT_CSRNE) != RESET))
-  {
-        __HAL_SPDIFRX_CLEAR_IT(hspdif, SPDIFRX_IT_CSRNE);
-    SPDIFRX_ReceiveControlFlow_IT(hspdif);
-  }
-
-  /* SPDIFRX Overrun error interrupt occurred ---------------------------------*/
-  if((__HAL_SPDIFRX_GET_FLAG(hspdif, SPDIFRX_FLAG_OVR) != RESET) && (__HAL_SPDIFRX_GET_IT_SOURCE(hspdif, SPDIFRX_IT_OVRIE) != RESET))
-  {
-    __HAL_SPDIFRX_CLEAR_IT(hspdif, SPDIFRX_FLAG_OVR);
-
-        /* Change the SPDIFRX error code */
-    hspdif->ErrorCode |= HAL_SPDIFRX_ERROR_OVR;
-
-        /* the transfer is not stopped */
-    HAL_SPDIFRX_ErrorCallback(hspdif);
-  }
-
-      /* SPDIFRX Parity error interrupt occurred ---------------------------------*/
-  if((__HAL_SPDIFRX_GET_FLAG(hspdif, SPDIFRX_FLAG_PERR) != RESET) && (__HAL_SPDIFRX_GET_IT_SOURCE(hspdif, SPDIFRX_IT_PERRIE) != RESET))
-  {
-    __HAL_SPDIFRX_CLEAR_IT(hspdif, SPDIFRX_FLAG_PERR);
-
-        /* Change the SPDIFRX error code */
-    hspdif->ErrorCode |= HAL_SPDIFRX_ERROR_PE;
-
-        /* the transfer is not stopped */
-    HAL_SPDIFRX_ErrorCallback(hspdif);
-  }
-
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Rx Transfer (Data flow) half completed callbacks
-  * @param hspdif: SPDIFRX handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_SPDIFRX_RxHalfCpltCallback(SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef *hspdif)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-  the HAL_SPDIFRX_RxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
-  */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Rx Transfer (Data flow) completed callbacks
-  * @param hspdif: SPDIFRX handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_SPDIFRX_RxCpltCallback(SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef *hspdif)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-  the HAL_SPDIFRX_RxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
-  */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Rx (Control flow) Transfer half completed callbacks
-  * @param hspdif: SPDIFRX handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_SPDIFRX_CxHalfCpltCallback(SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef *hspdif)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-  the HAL_SPDIFRX_RxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
-  */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Rx Transfer (Control flow) completed callbacks
-  * @param hspdif: SPDIFRX handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_SPDIFRX_CxCpltCallback(SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef *hspdif)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-  the HAL_SPDIFRX_RxCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
-  */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief SPDIFRX error callbacks
-  * @param hspdif: SPDIFRX handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_SPDIFRX_ErrorCallback(SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef *hspdif)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-  the HAL_SPDIFRX_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
-  */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup SPDIFRX_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State and Errors functions
-  *  @brief   Peripheral State functions
-  *
-@verbatim
-===============================================================================
-##### Peripheral State and Errors functions #####
-===============================================================================
-[..]
-This subsection permit to get in run-time the status of the peripheral
-and the data flow.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Return the SPDIFRX state
-  * @param  hspdif : SPDIFRX handle
-  * @retval HAL state
-  */
-HAL_SPDIFRX_StateTypeDef HAL_SPDIFRX_GetState(SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef *hspdif)
-{
-  return hspdif->State;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Return the SPDIFRX error code
-  * @param  hspdif : SPDIFRX handle
-  * @retval SPDIFRX Error Code
-  */
-uint32_t HAL_SPDIFRX_GetError(SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef *hspdif)
-{
-  return hspdif->ErrorCode;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief DMA SPDIFRX receive process (Data flow) complete callback
-  * @param hdma : DMA handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void SPDIFRX_DMARxCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef* hspdif = ( SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
-
-  /* Disable Rx DMA Request */
-  hspdif->Instance->CR &= (uint16_t)(~SPDIFRX_CR_RXDMAEN);
-  hspdif->RxXferCount = 0;
-
-  hspdif->State = HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_READY;
-  HAL_SPDIFRX_RxCpltCallback(hspdif);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief DMA SPDIFRX receive process (Data flow) half complete callback
-  * @param hdma : DMA handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void SPDIFRX_DMARxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef* hspdif = (SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent;
-
-  HAL_SPDIFRX_RxHalfCpltCallback(hspdif);
-}
-
-
-/**
-  * @brief DMA SPDIFRX receive process (Control flow) complete callback
-  * @param hdma : DMA handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void SPDIFRX_DMACxCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef* hspdif = ( SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
-
-  /* Disable Cb DMA Request */
-  hspdif->Instance->CR &= (uint16_t)(~SPDIFRX_CR_CBDMAEN);
-  hspdif->CsXferCount = 0;
-
-  hspdif->State = HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_READY;
-  HAL_SPDIFRX_CxCpltCallback(hspdif);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief DMA SPDIFRX receive process (Control flow) half complete callback
-  * @param hdma : DMA handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void SPDIFRX_DMACxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef* hspdif = (SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent;
-
-  HAL_SPDIFRX_CxHalfCpltCallback(hspdif);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief DMA SPDIFRX communication error callback
-  * @param hdma : DMA handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void SPDIFRX_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef* hspdif = ( SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
-
-  /* Disable Rx and Cb DMA Request */
-  hspdif->Instance->CR &= (uint16_t)(~(SPDIFRX_CR_RXDMAEN | SPDIFRX_CR_CBDMAEN));
-  hspdif->RxXferCount = 0;
-
-  hspdif->State= HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Set the error code and execute error callback*/
-  hspdif->ErrorCode |= HAL_SPDIFRX_ERROR_DMA;
-  HAL_SPDIFRX_ErrorCallback(hspdif);
-}
-
-
-/**
-  * @brief Receive an amount of data (Data Flow) with Interrupt
-  * @param hspdif: SPDIFRX handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void SPDIFRX_ReceiveDataFlow_IT(SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef *hspdif)
-{
-    /* Receive data */
-    (*hspdif->pRxBuffPtr++) = hspdif->Instance->DR;
-    hspdif->RxXferCount--;
-
-    if(hspdif->RxXferCount == 0)
-    {
-      /* Disable RXNE/PE and OVR interrupts */
-      __HAL_SPDIFRX_DISABLE_IT(hspdif, SPDIFRX_IT_OVRIE | SPDIFRX_IT_PERRIE | SPDIFRX_IT_RXNE);
-
-      hspdif->State = HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_READY;
-
-      /* Process Unlocked */
-      __HAL_UNLOCK(hspdif);
-
-      HAL_SPDIFRX_RxCpltCallback(hspdif);
-    }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Receive an amount of data (Control Flow) with Interrupt
-  * @param hspdif: SPDIFRX handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void SPDIFRX_ReceiveControlFlow_IT(SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef *hspdif)
-{
-    /* Receive data */
-    (*hspdif->pCsBuffPtr++) = hspdif->Instance->CSR;
-    hspdif->CsXferCount--;
-
-    if(hspdif->CsXferCount == 0)
-    {
-      /* Disable CSRNE interrupt */
-      __HAL_SPDIFRX_DISABLE_IT(hspdif, SPDIFRX_IT_CSRNE);
-
-       hspdif->State = HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_READY;
-
-      /* Process Unlocked */
-      __HAL_UNLOCK(hspdif);
-
-      HAL_SPDIFRX_CxCpltCallback(hspdif);
-    }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief This function handles SPDIFRX Communication Timeout.
-  * @param hspdif: SPDIFRX handle
-  * @param Flag: Flag checked
-  * @param Status: Value of the flag expected
-  * @param Timeout: Duration of the timeout
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef SPDIFRX_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(SPDIFRX_HandleTypeDef *hspdif, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-
-  /* Get tick */
-  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-  /* Wait until flag is set */
-  if(Status == RESET)
-  {
-    while(__HAL_SPDIFRX_GET_FLAG(hspdif, Flag) == RESET)
-    {
-      /* Check for the Timeout */
-      if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
-      {
-        if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
-        {
-          /* Disable TXE, RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts for the interrupt process */
-          __HAL_SPDIFRX_DISABLE_IT(hspdif, SPDIFRX_IT_RXNE);
-          __HAL_SPDIFRX_DISABLE_IT(hspdif, SPDIFRX_IT_CSRNE);
-          __HAL_SPDIFRX_DISABLE_IT(hspdif, SPDIFRX_IT_PERRIE);
-          __HAL_SPDIFRX_DISABLE_IT(hspdif, SPDIFRX_IT_OVRIE);
-          __HAL_SPDIFRX_DISABLE_IT(hspdif, SPDIFRX_IT_SBLKIE);
-          __HAL_SPDIFRX_DISABLE_IT(hspdif, SPDIFRX_IT_SYNCDIE);
-          __HAL_SPDIFRX_DISABLE_IT(hspdif, SPDIFRX_IT_IFEIE);
-
-          hspdif->State= HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_READY;
-
-          /* Process Unlocked */
-          __HAL_UNLOCK(hspdif);
-
-          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    while(__HAL_SPDIFRX_GET_FLAG(hspdif, Flag) != RESET)
-    {
-      /* Check for the Timeout */
-      if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
-      {
-        if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
-        {
-          /* Disable TXE, RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts for the interrupt process */
-          __HAL_SPDIFRX_DISABLE_IT(hspdif, SPDIFRX_IT_RXNE);
-          __HAL_SPDIFRX_DISABLE_IT(hspdif, SPDIFRX_IT_CSRNE);
-          __HAL_SPDIFRX_DISABLE_IT(hspdif, SPDIFRX_IT_PERRIE);
-          __HAL_SPDIFRX_DISABLE_IT(hspdif, SPDIFRX_IT_OVRIE);
-                    __HAL_SPDIFRX_DISABLE_IT(hspdif, SPDIFRX_IT_SBLKIE);
-          __HAL_SPDIFRX_DISABLE_IT(hspdif, SPDIFRX_IT_SYNCDIE);
-          __HAL_SPDIFRX_DISABLE_IT(hspdif, SPDIFRX_IT_IFEIE);
-
-          hspdif->State= HAL_SPDIFRX_STATE_READY;
-
-          /* Process Unlocked */
-          __HAL_UNLOCK(hspdif);
-
-          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-* @}
-*/
-
-#endif /* HAL_SPDIFRX_MODULE_ENABLED */
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_spi.c b/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_spi.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 3442ab7695..0000000000
--- a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_spi.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2728 +0,0 @@
-/**
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @file    stm32f7xx_hal_spi.c
-  * @author  MCD Application Team
-  * @version V1.0.1
-  * @date    25-June-2015
-  * @brief   SPI HAL module driver.
-  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
-  *          functionalities of the Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) peripheral:
-  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
-  *           + IO operation functions
-  *           + Peripheral Control functions
-  *           + Peripheral State functions
-  @verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                        ##### How to use this driver #####
-  ==============================================================================
-    [..]
-      The SPI HAL driver can be used as follows:
-
-      (#) Declare a SPI_HandleTypeDef handle structure, for example:
-          SPI_HandleTypeDef  hspi;
-
-      (#)Initialize the SPI low level resources by implementing the HAL_SPI_MspInit ()API:
-          (##) Enable the SPIx interface clock
-          (##) SPI pins configuration
-              (+++) Enable the clock for the SPI GPIOs
-              (+++) Configure these SPI pins as alternate function push-pull
-          (##) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process
-              (+++) Configure the SPIx interrupt priority
-              (+++) Enable the NVIC SPI IRQ handle
-          (##) DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process
-              (+++) Declare a DMA_HandleTypeDef handle structure for the transmit or receive channel
-              (+++) Enable the DMAx clock
-              (+++) Configure the DMA handle parameters
-              (+++) Configure the DMA Tx or Rx channel
-              (+++) Associate the initialized hdma_tx handle to the hspi DMA Tx or Rx handle
-              (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete interrupt on the DMA Tx or Rx channel
-
-      (#) Program the Mode, BidirectionalMode , Data size, Baudrate Prescaler, NSS
-          management, Clock polarity and phase, FirstBit and CRC configuration in the hspi Init structure.
-
-      (#) Initialize the SPI registers by calling the HAL_SPI_Init() API:
-          (++) This API configures also the low level Hardware GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc)
-              by calling the customised HAL_SPI_MspInit() API.
-     [..]
-       Circular mode restriction:
-      (#) The DMA circular mode cannot be used when the SPI is configured in these modes:
-          (##) Master 2Lines RxOnly
-          (##) Master 1Line Rx
-      (#) The CRC feature is not managed when the DMA circular mode is enabled
-      (#) When the SPI DMA Pause/Stop features are used, we must use the following APIs
-          the HAL_SPI_DMAPause()/ HAL_SPI_DMAStop() only under the SPI callbacks
-
-  @endverbatim
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @attention
-  *
-  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
-  *
-  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
-  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
-  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
-  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
-  *      without specific prior written permission.
-  *
-  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
-  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
-  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
-  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
-  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
-  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
-  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
-  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
-  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
-  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-  *
-  ******************************************************************************
-  */
-
-/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
-
-/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup SPI SPI
-  * @brief SPI HAL module driver
-  * @{
-  */
-#ifdef HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED
-
-/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private defines -----------------------------------------------------------*/
-/** @defgroup SPI_Private_Constants SPI Private Constants
-  * @{
-  */
-#define SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT 50
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
-/** @addtogroup SPI_Private_Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-static void SPI_DMATransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
-static void SPI_DMAReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
-static void SPI_DMATransmitReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
-static void SPI_DMAHalfTransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
-static void SPI_DMAHalfReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
-static void SPI_DMAHalfTransmitReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
-static void SPI_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint32_t Flag, uint32_t State, uint32_t Timeout);
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef SPI_WaitFifoStateUntilTimeout(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint32_t Fifo, uint32_t State, uint32_t Timeout);
-static void SPI_TxISR_8BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
-static void SPI_TxISR_16BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
-static void SPI_RxISR_8BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
-static void SPI_RxISR_8BITCRC(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
-static void SPI_RxISR_16BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
-static void SPI_RxISR_16BITCRC(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
-static void SPI_2linesRxISR_8BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
-static void SPI_2linesRxISR_8BITCRC(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
-static void SPI_2linesTxISR_8BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
-static void SPI_2linesTxISR_16BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
-static void SPI_2linesRxISR_16BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
-static void SPI_2linesRxISR_16BITCRC(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
-static void SPI_CloseRxTx_ISR(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
-static void SPI_CloseRx_ISR(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
-static void SPI_CloseTx_ISR(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef SPI_EndRxTransaction(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint32_t Timeout);
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef SPI_EndRxTxTransaction(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint32_t Timeout);
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/** @defgroup SPI_Exported_Functions SPI Exported Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup SPI_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
- *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions
- *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-              ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]  This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize and
-          de-initialize the SPIx peripheral:
-
-      (+) User must implement HAL_SPI_MspInit() function in which he configures
-          all related peripherals resources (CLOCK, GPIO, DMA, IT and NVIC ).
-
-      (+) Call the function HAL_SPI_Init() to configure the selected device with
-          the selected configuration:
-        (++) Mode
-        (++) Direction
-        (++) Data Size
-        (++) Clock Polarity and Phase
-        (++) NSS Management
-        (++) BaudRate Prescaler
-        (++) FirstBit
-        (++) TIMode
-        (++) CRC Calculation
-        (++) CRC Polynomial if CRC enabled
-        (++) CRC Length, used only with Data8 and Data16
-        (++) FIFO reception threshold
-
-      (+) Call the function HAL_SPI_DeInit() to restore the default configuration
-          of the selected SPIx peripheral.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the SPI according to the specified parameters
-  *         in the SPI_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
-  * @param  hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *               the configuration information for SPI module.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Init(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
-{
-  uint32_t frxth;
-
-  /* Check the SPI handle allocation */
-  if(hspi == NULL)
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_INSTANCE(hspi->Instance));
-  assert_param(IS_SPI_MODE(hspi->Init.Mode));
-  assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION(hspi->Init.Direction));
-  assert_param(IS_SPI_DATASIZE(hspi->Init.DataSize));
-  assert_param(IS_SPI_CPOL(hspi->Init.CLKPolarity));
-  assert_param(IS_SPI_CPHA(hspi->Init.CLKPhase));
-  assert_param(IS_SPI_NSS(hspi->Init.NSS));
-  assert_param(IS_SPI_NSSP(hspi->Init.NSSPMode));
-  assert_param(IS_SPI_BAUDRATE_PRESCALER(hspi->Init.BaudRatePrescaler));
-  assert_param(IS_SPI_FIRST_BIT(hspi->Init.FirstBit));
-  assert_param(IS_SPI_TIMODE(hspi->Init.TIMode));
-  assert_param(IS_SPI_CRC_CALCULATION(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation));
-  assert_param(IS_SPI_CRC_POLYNOMIAL(hspi->Init.CRCPolynomial));
-  assert_param(IS_SPI_CRC_LENGTH(hspi->Init.CRCLength));
-
-  if(hspi->State == HAL_SPI_STATE_RESET)
-  {
-    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
-    hspi->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
-
-    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC... */
-    HAL_SPI_MspInit(hspi);
-  }
-
-  hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Disable the selected SPI peripheral */
-  __HAL_SPI_DISABLE(hspi);
-
-  /* Align by default the rs fifo threshold on the data size */
-  if(hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT)
-  {
-    frxth = SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD_HF;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    frxth = SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD_QF;
-  }
-
-  /* CRC calculation is valid only for 16Bit and 8 Bit */
-  if(( hspi->Init.DataSize != SPI_DATASIZE_16BIT ) && ( hspi->Init.DataSize != SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT ))
-  {
-    /* CRC must be disabled */
-    hspi->Init.CRCCalculation = SPI_CRCCALCULATION_DISABLE;
-  }
-
-  /* Align the CRC Length on the data size */
-  if( hspi->Init.CRCLength == SPI_CRC_LENGTH_DATASIZE)
-  {
-    /* CRC Length aligned on the data size : value set by default */
-    if(hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT)
-    {
-      hspi->Init.CRCLength = SPI_CRC_LENGTH_16BIT;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      hspi->Init.CRCLength = SPI_CRC_LENGTH_8BIT;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /*---------------------------- SPIx CR1 & CR2 Configuration ------------------------*/
-  /* Configure : SPI Mode, Communication Mode, Clock polarity and phase, NSS management,
-  Communication speed, First bit, CRC calculation state, CRC Length */
-  hspi->Instance->CR1 = (hspi->Init.Mode | hspi->Init.Direction |
-                         hspi->Init.CLKPolarity | hspi->Init.CLKPhase | (hspi->Init.NSS & SPI_CR1_SSM) |
-                         hspi->Init.BaudRatePrescaler | hspi->Init.FirstBit  | hspi->Init.CRCCalculation);
-
-  if( hspi->Init.CRCLength == SPI_CRC_LENGTH_16BIT)
-  {
-    hspi->Instance->CR1|= SPI_CR1_CRCL;
-  }
-
-  /* Configure : NSS management */
-  /* Configure : Rx Fifo Threshold */
-  hspi->Instance->CR2 = (((hspi->Init.NSS >> 16) & SPI_CR2_SSOE) | hspi->Init.TIMode | hspi->Init.NSSPMode |
-                         hspi->Init.DataSize ) | frxth;
-
-  /*---------------------------- SPIx CRCPOLY Configuration --------------------*/
-  /* Configure : CRC Polynomial */
-  hspi->Instance->CRCPR = hspi->Init.CRCPolynomial;
-
-  hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE;
-  hspi->State= HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  DeInitializes the SPI peripheral
-  * @param  hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *               the configuration information for SPI module.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_DeInit(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
-{
-  /* Check the SPI handle allocation */
-  if(hspi == NULL)
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_INSTANCE(hspi->Instance));
-
-  hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* check flag before the SPI disable */
-  SPI_WaitFifoStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_FTLVL, SPI_FTLVL_EMPTY, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT);
-  SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_BSY, RESET, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT);
-  SPI_WaitFifoStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_FRLVL, SPI_FRLVL_EMPTY, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT);
-
-  /* Disable the SPI Peripheral Clock */
-  __HAL_SPI_DISABLE(hspi);
-
-  /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC... */
-  HAL_SPI_MspDeInit(hspi);
-
-  hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE;
-  hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_RESET;
-
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief SPI MSP Init
-  * @param  hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *               the configuration information for SPI module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
- __weak void HAL_SPI_MspInit(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
- {
-   /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_SPI_MspInit should be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief SPI MSP DeInit
-  * @param  hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *               the configuration information for SPI module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
- __weak void HAL_SPI_MspDeInit(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_SPI_MspDeInit should be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup SPI_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
- *  @brief   Data transfers functions
- *
-@verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                      ##### IO operation functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the SPI
-    data transfers.
-
-    [..] The SPI supports master and slave mode :
-
-    (#) There are two modes of transfer:
-       (++) Blocking mode: The communication is performed in polling mode.
-            The HAL status of all data processing is returned by the same function
-            after finishing transfer.
-       (++) No-Blocking mode: The communication is performed using Interrupts
-           or DMA, These APIs return the HAL status.
-           The end of the data processing will be indicated through the
-           dedicated SPI IRQ when using Interrupt mode or the DMA IRQ when
-           using DMA mode.
-           The HAL_SPI_TxCpltCallback(), HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback() and HAL_SPI_TxRxCpltCallback() user callbacks
-           will be executed respectively at the end of the transmit or Receive process
-           The HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback()user callback will be executed when a communication error is detected
-
-    (#) APIs provided for these 2 transfer modes (Blocking mode or Non blocking mode using either Interrupt or DMA)
-        exist for 1Line (simplex) and 2Lines (full duplex) modes.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Transmit an amount of data in blocking mode
-  * @param  hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *               the configuration information for SPI module.
-  * @param  pData: pointer to data buffer
-  * @param  Size: amount of data to be sent
-  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Transmit(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES_OR_1LINE(hspi->Init.Direction));
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hspi);
-
-  if(hspi->State != HAL_SPI_STATE_READY)
-  {
-    hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
-   /* Process Unlocked */
-   __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
-   return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-
-  if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0))
-  {
-    hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
-   /* Process Unlocked */
-   __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Set the transaction information */
-  hspi->State       = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_TX;
-  hspi->ErrorCode   = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE;
-  hspi->pTxBuffPtr  = pData;
-  hspi->TxXferSize  = Size;
-  hspi->TxXferCount = Size;
-  hspi->pRxBuffPtr  = (uint8_t *)NULL;
-  hspi->RxXferSize  = 0;
-  hspi->RxXferCount = 0;
-
-  /* Configure communication direction : 1Line */
-  if(hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE)
-  {
-    SPI_1LINE_TX(hspi);
-  }
-
-  /* Reset CRC Calculation */
-  if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
-  {
-    SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi);
-  }
-
-  /* Check if the SPI is already enabled */
-  if((hspi->Instance->CR1 & SPI_CR1_SPE) != SPI_CR1_SPE)
-  {
-    /* Enable SPI peripheral */
-    __HAL_SPI_ENABLE(hspi);
-  }
-
-  /* Transmit data in 16 Bit mode */
-  if(hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT)
-  {
-    /* Transmit data in 16 Bit mode */
-    while (hspi->TxXferCount > 0)
-    {
-      /* Wait until TXE flag is set to send data */
-      if(SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi,SPI_FLAG_TXE,SPI_FLAG_TXE,Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-      {
-        hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
-        /* Process Unlocked */
-       __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-      hspi->Instance->DR = *((uint16_t *)hspi->pTxBuffPtr);
-      hspi->pTxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t);
-      hspi->TxXferCount--;
-    }
-  }
-  /* Transmit data in 8 Bit mode */
-  else
-  {
-    while (hspi->TxXferCount > 0)
-    {
-      if(hspi->TxXferCount != 0x1)
-      {
-        /* Wait until TXE flag is set to send data */
-        if(SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi,SPI_FLAG_TXE,SPI_FLAG_TXE,Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-        {
-          hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
-          /* Process Unlocked */
-          __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
-          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-        }
-        hspi->Instance->DR = *((uint16_t*)hspi->pTxBuffPtr);
-        hspi->pTxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t);
-        hspi->TxXferCount -= 2;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        /* Wait until TXE flag is set to send data */
-        if(SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi,SPI_FLAG_TXE,SPI_FLAG_TXE,Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-        {
-          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-        }
-        *((__IO uint8_t*)&hspi->Instance->DR) = (*hspi->pTxBuffPtr++);
-        hspi->TxXferCount--;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Enable CRC Transmission */
-  if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
-  {
-     hspi->Instance->CR1|= SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT;
-  }
-
-  /* Check the end of the transaction */
-  if(SPI_EndRxTxTransaction(hspi,Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-  {
-    return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-  }
-
-  /* Clear OVERUN flag in 2 Lines communication mode because received is not read */
-  if(hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES)
-  {
-    __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hspi);
-  }
-
-  hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
-
-  if(hspi->ErrorCode != HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE)
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Receive an amount of data in blocking mode
-  * @param  hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *               the configuration information for SPI module.
-  * @param  pData: pointer to data buffer
-  * @param  Size: amount of data to be received
-  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Receive(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  __IO uint16_t tmpreg;
-
-  if(hspi->State != HAL_SPI_STATE_READY)
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-
-  if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0))
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if((hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER) && (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES))
-  {
-    /* the receive process is not supported in 2Lines direction master mode */
-    /* in this case we call the transmitReceive process                     */
-    return HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive(hspi,pData,pData,Size,Timeout);
-  }
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hspi);
-
-  hspi->State       = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX;
-  hspi->ErrorCode   = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE;
-  hspi->pRxBuffPtr  = pData;
-  hspi->RxXferSize  = Size;
-  hspi->RxXferCount = Size;
-  hspi->pTxBuffPtr  = (uint8_t *)NULL;
-  hspi->TxXferSize  = 0;
-  hspi->TxXferCount = 0;
-
-  /* Reset CRC Calculation */
-  if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
-  {
-    SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi);
-    /* this is done to handle the CRCNEXT before the latest data */
-    hspi->RxXferCount--;
-  }
-
-  /* Set the Rx Fido threshold */
-  if(hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT)
-  {
-    /* set fiforxthreshold according the reception data length: 16bit */
-    CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD);
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    /* set fiforxthreshold according the reception data length: 8bit */
-    SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD);
-  }
-
-  /* Configure communication direction 1Line and enabled SPI if needed */
-  if(hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE)
-  {
-    SPI_1LINE_RX(hspi);
-  }
-
-  /* Check if the SPI is already enabled */
-  if((hspi->Instance->CR1 & SPI_CR1_SPE) != SPI_CR1_SPE)
-  {
-    /* Enable SPI peripheral */
-    __HAL_SPI_ENABLE(hspi);
-  }
-
-  /* Receive data in 8 Bit mode */
-  if(hspi->Init.DataSize <= SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT)
-  {
-    while(hspi->RxXferCount > 1)
-    {
-      /* Wait until the RXNE flag */
-      if(SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-      {
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-      (*hspi->pRxBuffPtr++)= *(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR;
-      hspi->RxXferCount--;
-    }
-  }
-  else /* Receive data in 16 Bit mode */
-  {
-    while(hspi->RxXferCount > 1 )
-    {
-      /* Wait until RXNE flag is reset to read data */
-      if(SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-      {
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-      *((uint16_t*)hspi->pRxBuffPtr) = hspi->Instance->DR;
-      hspi->pRxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t);
-      hspi->RxXferCount--;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Enable CRC Transmission */
-  if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
-  {
-    hspi->Instance->CR1 |= SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT;
-  }
-
-  /* Wait until RXNE flag is set */
-  if(SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-  {
-    return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-  }
-
-  /* Receive last data in 16 Bit mode */
-  if(hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT)
-  {
-    *((uint16_t*)hspi->pRxBuffPtr) = hspi->Instance->DR;
-    hspi->pRxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t);
-  }
-  /* Receive last data in 8 Bit mode */
-  else
-  {
-    (*hspi->pRxBuffPtr++) = *(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR;
-  }
-  hspi->RxXferCount--;
-
-  /* Read CRC from DR to close CRC calculation process */
-  if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
-  {
-    /* Wait until TXE flag */
-    if(SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-    {
-      /* Error on the CRC reception */
-      hspi->ErrorCode|= HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC;
-    }
-    if(hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT)
-    {
-      tmpreg = hspi->Instance->DR;
-      UNUSED(tmpreg); /* To avoid GCC warning */
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      tmpreg = *(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR;
-      UNUSED(tmpreg); /* To avoid GCC warning */
-
-      if((hspi->Init.DataSize == SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) && (hspi->Init.CRCLength == SPI_CRC_LENGTH_16BIT))
-      {
-        if(SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-        {
-          /* Error on the CRC reception */
-          hspi->ErrorCode|= HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG;
-        }
-        tmpreg = *(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR;
-        UNUSED(tmpreg); /* To avoid GCC warning */
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Check the end of the transaction */
-  if(SPI_EndRxTransaction(hspi,Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-  {
-    return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-  }
-
-  hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Check if CRC error occurred */
-  if(__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_CRCERR) != RESET)
-  {
-    hspi->ErrorCode|= HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC;
-    __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_CRCERRFLAG(hspi);
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
-
-  if(hspi->ErrorCode != HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE)
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Transmit and Receive an amount of data in blocking mode
-  * @param  hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *               the configuration information for SPI module.
-  * @param  pTxData: pointer to transmission data buffer
-  * @param  pRxData: pointer to reception data buffer
-  * @param  Size: amount of data to be sent and received
-  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pTxData, uint8_t *pRxData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  __IO uint16_t tmpreg = 0;
-  uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-  assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES(hspi->Init.Direction));
-
-  if(hspi->State != HAL_SPI_STATE_READY)
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-
-  if((pTxData == NULL) || (pRxData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hspi);
-
-  hspi->State       = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX;
-  hspi->ErrorCode   = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE;
-  hspi->pRxBuffPtr  = pRxData;
-  hspi->RxXferCount = Size;
-  hspi->RxXferSize  = Size;
-  hspi->pTxBuffPtr  = pTxData;
-  hspi->TxXferCount = Size;
-  hspi->TxXferSize  = Size;
-
-  /* Reset CRC Calculation */
-  if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
-  {
-    SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi);
-  }
-
-  /* Set the Rx Fido threshold */
-  if((hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) || (hspi->RxXferCount > 1))
-  {
-    /* set fiforxthreshold according the reception data length: 16bit */
-    CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD);
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    /* set fiforxthreshold according the reception data length: 8bit */
-    SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD);
-  }
-
-  /* Check if the SPI is already enabled */
-  if((hspi->Instance->CR1 &SPI_CR1_SPE) != SPI_CR1_SPE)
-  {
-    /* Enable SPI peripheral */
-    __HAL_SPI_ENABLE(hspi);
-  }
-
-  /* Transmit and Receive data in 16 Bit mode */
-  if(hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT)
-  {
-    while ((hspi->TxXferCount > 0 ) || (hspi->RxXferCount > 0))
-    {
-      /* Check TXE flag */
-      if((hspi->TxXferCount > 0) && ((hspi->Instance->SR & SPI_FLAG_TXE) == SPI_FLAG_TXE))
-      {
-        hspi->Instance->DR = *((uint16_t *)hspi->pTxBuffPtr);
-        hspi->pTxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t);
-        hspi->TxXferCount--;
-
-        /* Enable CRC Transmission */
-        if((hspi->TxXferCount == 0) && (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE))
-        {
-          SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR1, SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT);
-        }
-      }
-
-      /* Check RXNE flag */
-      if((hspi->RxXferCount > 0) && ((hspi->Instance->SR & SPI_FLAG_RXNE) == SPI_FLAG_RXNE))
-      {
-        *((uint16_t *)hspi->pRxBuffPtr) = hspi->Instance->DR;
-        hspi->pRxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t);
-        hspi->RxXferCount--;
-      }
-      if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
-      {
-        if((Timeout == 0) || ((HAL_GetTick()-tickstart) > Timeout))
-        {
-          hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
-          __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
-          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  /* Transmit and Receive data in 8 Bit mode */
-  else
-  {
-    while((hspi->TxXferCount > 0) || (hspi->RxXferCount > 0))
-    {
-      /* check TXE flag */
-      if((hspi->TxXferCount > 0) && ((hspi->Instance->SR & SPI_FLAG_TXE) == SPI_FLAG_TXE))
-      {
-        if(hspi->TxXferCount > 1)
-        {
-          hspi->Instance->DR = *((uint16_t*)hspi->pTxBuffPtr);
-          hspi->pTxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t);
-          hspi->TxXferCount -= 2;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          *(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR = (*hspi->pTxBuffPtr++);
-          hspi->TxXferCount--;
-        }
-
-        /* Enable CRC Transmission */
-        if((hspi->TxXferCount == 0) && (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE))
-        {
-          SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR1, SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT);
-        }
-      }
-
-      /* Wait until RXNE flag is reset */
-      if((hspi->RxXferCount > 0) && ((hspi->Instance->SR & SPI_FLAG_RXNE) == SPI_FLAG_RXNE))
-      {
-        if(hspi->RxXferCount > 1)
-        {
-          *((uint16_t*)hspi->pRxBuffPtr) = hspi->Instance->DR;
-          hspi->pRxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t);
-          hspi->RxXferCount -= 2;
-          if(hspi->RxXferCount <= 1)
-          {
-            /* set fiforxthreshold before to switch on 8 bit data size */
-            SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD);
-          }
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          (*hspi->pRxBuffPtr++) =  *(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR;
-          hspi->RxXferCount--;
-        }
-      }
-      if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
-      {
-        if((Timeout == 0) || ((HAL_GetTick()-tickstart) > Timeout))
-        {
-          hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
-          __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
-          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Read CRC from DR to close CRC calculation process */
-  if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
-  {
-    /* Wait until TXE flag */
-    if(SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-    {
-      /* Error on the CRC reception */
-      hspi->ErrorCode|= HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC;
-    }
-
-    if(hspi->Init.DataSize == SPI_DATASIZE_16BIT)
-    {
-      tmpreg = hspi->Instance->DR;
-      UNUSED(tmpreg); /* To avoid GCC warning */
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      tmpreg = *(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR;
-      UNUSED(tmpreg); /* To avoid GCC warning */
-
-      if(hspi->Init.CRCLength == SPI_CRC_LENGTH_16BIT)
-      {
-        if(SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-        {
-          /* Error on the CRC reception */
-          hspi->ErrorCode|= HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC;
-        }
-        tmpreg = *(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR;
-        UNUSED(tmpreg); /* To avoid GCC warning */
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Check the end of the transaction */
-  if(SPI_EndRxTxTransaction(hspi,Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-  {
-    return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-  }
-
-  hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Check if CRC error occurred */
-  if(__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_CRCERR) != RESET)
-  {
-    hspi->ErrorCode|= HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC;
-    /* Clear CRC Flag */
-    __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_CRCERRFLAG(hspi);
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
-
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
-
-  if(hspi->ErrorCode != HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE)
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Transmit an amount of data in no-blocking mode with Interrupt
-  * @param  hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *               the configuration information for SPI module.
-  * @param  pData: pointer to data buffer
-  * @param  Size: amount of data to be sent
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Transmit_IT(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
-{
-  assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES_OR_1LINE(hspi->Init.Direction));
-
-  if(hspi->State == HAL_SPI_STATE_READY)
-  {
-    if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
-    {
-      return  HAL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hspi);
-
-    hspi->State       = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_TX;
-    hspi->ErrorCode   = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE;
-    hspi->pTxBuffPtr  = pData;
-    hspi->TxXferSize  = Size;
-    hspi->TxXferCount = Size;
-    hspi->pRxBuffPtr  = NULL;
-    hspi->RxXferSize  = 0;
-    hspi->RxXferCount = 0;
-
-    /* Set the function for IT treatement */
-    if(hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT )
-    {
-      hspi->RxISR = NULL;
-      hspi->TxISR = SPI_TxISR_16BIT;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      hspi->RxISR = NULL;
-      hspi->TxISR = SPI_TxISR_8BIT;
-    }
-
-    /* Configure communication direction : 1Line */
-    if(hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE)
-    {
-      SPI_1LINE_TX(hspi);
-    }
-
-    /* Reset CRC Calculation */
-    if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
-    {
-      SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi);
-    }
-
-    /* Enable TXE and ERR interrupt */
-    __HAL_SPI_ENABLE_IT(hspi,(SPI_IT_TXE));
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
-
-    /* Note : The SPI must be enabled after unlocking current process
-              to avoid the risk of SPI interrupt handle execution before current
-              process unlock */
-
-    /* Check if the SPI is already enabled */
-    if((hspi->Instance->CR1 &SPI_CR1_SPE) != SPI_CR1_SPE)
-    {
-      /* Enable SPI peripheral */
-      __HAL_SPI_ENABLE(hspi);
-    }
-
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Receive an amount of data in no-blocking mode with Interrupt
-  * @param  hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *               the configuration information for SPI module.
-  * @param  pData: pointer to data buffer
-  * @param  Size: amount of data to be sent
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Receive_IT(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
-{
-  if(hspi->State == HAL_SPI_STATE_READY)
-  {
-    if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
-    {
-      return  HAL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hspi);
-
-    /* Configure communication */
-    hspi->State       = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX;
-    hspi->ErrorCode   = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE;
-    hspi->pRxBuffPtr  = pData;
-    hspi->RxXferSize  = Size;
-    hspi->RxXferCount = Size;
-    hspi->pTxBuffPtr  = NULL;
-    hspi->TxXferSize  = 0;
-    hspi->TxXferCount = 0;
-
-    if((hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER) && (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES))
-    {
-      /* Process Unlocked */
-      __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
-      /* the receive process is not supported in 2Lines direction master mode */
-      /* in this we call the transmitReceive process          */
-      return HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive_IT(hspi,pData,pData,Size);
-    }
-
-    if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
-    {
-      hspi->CRCSize = 1;
-      if((hspi->Init.DataSize <= SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) && (hspi->Init.CRCLength == SPI_CRC_LENGTH_16BIT))
-      {
-        hspi->CRCSize = 2;
-      }
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      hspi->CRCSize = 0;
-    }
-
-    /* check the data size to adapt Rx threshold and the set the function for IT treatment */
-    if(hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT )
-    {
-      /* set fiforxthreshold according the reception data length: 16 bit */
-      CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD);
-      hspi->RxISR = SPI_RxISR_16BIT;
-      hspi->TxISR = NULL;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      /* set fiforxthreshold according the reception data length: 8 bit */
-      SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD);
-      hspi->RxISR = SPI_RxISR_8BIT;
-      hspi->TxISR = NULL;
-    }
-
-    /* Configure communication direction : 1Line */
-    if(hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE)
-    {
-      SPI_1LINE_RX(hspi);
-    }
-
-    /* Reset CRC Calculation */
-    if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
-    {
-      SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi);
-    }
-
-    /* Enable TXE and ERR interrupt */
-    __HAL_SPI_ENABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_RXNE | SPI_IT_ERR));
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
-
-    /* Note : The SPI must be enabled after unlocking current process
-    to avoid the risk of SPI interrupt handle execution before current
-    process unlock */
-
-    /* Check if the SPI is already enabled */
-    if((hspi->Instance->CR1 & SPI_CR1_SPE) != SPI_CR1_SPE)
-    {
-      /* Enable SPI peripheral */
-      __HAL_SPI_ENABLE(hspi);
-    }
-
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Transmit and Receive an amount of data in no-blocking mode with Interrupt
-  * @param  hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *               the configuration information for SPI module.
-  * @param  pTxData: pointer to transmission data buffer
-  * @param  pRxData: pointer to reception data buffer
-  * @param  Size: amount of data to be sent and received
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive_IT(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pTxData, uint8_t *pRxData, uint16_t Size)
-{
-  assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES(hspi->Init.Direction));
-
-  if((hspi->State == HAL_SPI_STATE_READY) || \
-     ((hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER) && (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES) && (hspi->State == HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX)))
-  {
-    if((pTxData == NULL ) || (pRxData == NULL ) || (Size == 0))
-    {
-      return  HAL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    /* Process locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hspi);
-
-    hspi->CRCSize = 0;
-    if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
-    {
-      hspi->CRCSize = 1;
-      if((hspi->Init.DataSize <= SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) && (hspi->Init.CRCLength == SPI_CRC_LENGTH_16BIT))
-      {
-        hspi->CRCSize = 2;
-      }
-    }
-
-    if(hspi->State != HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX)
-    {
-      hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX;
-    }
-
-    hspi->ErrorCode   = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE;
-    hspi->pTxBuffPtr  = pTxData;
-    hspi->TxXferSize  = Size;
-    hspi->TxXferCount = Size;
-    hspi->pRxBuffPtr  = pRxData;
-    hspi->RxXferSize  = Size;
-    hspi->RxXferCount = Size;
-
-    /* Set the function for IT treatement */
-    if(hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT )
-    {
-      hspi->RxISR = SPI_2linesRxISR_16BIT;
-      hspi->TxISR = SPI_2linesTxISR_16BIT;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      hspi->RxISR = SPI_2linesRxISR_8BIT;
-      hspi->TxISR = SPI_2linesTxISR_8BIT;
-    }
-
-    /* Reset CRC Calculation */
-    if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
-    {
-      SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi);
-    }
-
-    /* check if packing mode is enabled and if there is more than 2 data to receive */
-    if((hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) || (hspi->RxXferCount >= 2))
-    {
-      /* set fiforxthreshold according the reception data length: 16 bit */
-      CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      /* set fiforxthreshold according the reception data length: 8 bit */
-      SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD);
-    }
-
-    /* Enable TXE, RXNE and ERR interrupt */
-    __HAL_SPI_ENABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_TXE | SPI_IT_RXNE | SPI_IT_ERR));
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
-
-    /* Check if the SPI is already enabled */
-    if((hspi->Instance->CR1 & SPI_CR1_SPE) != SPI_CR1_SPE)
-    {
-      /* Enable SPI peripheral */
-      __HAL_SPI_ENABLE(hspi);
-    }
-
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Transmit an amount of data in no-blocking mode with DMA
-  * @param  hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *               the configuration information for SPI module.
-  * @param  pData: pointer to data buffer
-  * @param  Size: amount of data to be sent
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Transmit_DMA(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
-{
-  assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES_OR_1LINE(hspi->Init.Direction));
-
-  if(hspi->State != HAL_SPI_STATE_READY)
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-
-  if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hspi);
-
-  hspi->State       = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_TX;
-  hspi->ErrorCode   = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE;
-  hspi->pTxBuffPtr  = pData;
-  hspi->TxXferSize  = Size;
-  hspi->TxXferCount = Size;
-  hspi->pRxBuffPtr  = (uint8_t *)NULL;
-  hspi->RxXferSize  = 0;
-  hspi->RxXferCount = 0;
-
-  /* Configure communication direction : 1Line */
-  if(hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE)
-  {
-    SPI_1LINE_TX(hspi);
-  }
-
-  /* Reset CRC Calculation */
-  if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
-  {
-    SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi);
-  }
-
-  /* Set the SPI TxDMA Half transfer complete callback */
-  hspi->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = SPI_DMAHalfTransmitCplt;
-
-  /* Set the SPI TxDMA transfer complete callback */
-  hspi->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = SPI_DMATransmitCplt;
-
-  /* Set the DMA error callback */
-  hspi->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = SPI_DMAError;
-
-  CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_LDMATX);
-  /* packing mode is enabled only if the DMA setting is HALWORD */
-  if((hspi->Init.DataSize <= SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) && (hspi->hdmatx->Init.MemDataAlignment == DMA_MDATAALIGN_HALFWORD))
-  {
-    /* Check the even/odd of the data size + crc if enabled */
-    if((hspi->TxXferCount & 0x1) == 0)
-    {
-      CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_LDMATX);
-      hspi->TxXferCount = (hspi->TxXferCount >> 1);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_LDMATX);
-      hspi->TxXferCount = (hspi->TxXferCount >> 1) + 1;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Enable the Tx DMA channel */
-  HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hspi->hdmatx, (uint32_t)hspi->pTxBuffPtr, (uint32_t)&hspi->Instance->DR, hspi->TxXferCount);
-
-  /* Check if the SPI is already enabled */
-  if((hspi->Instance->CR1 &SPI_CR1_SPE) != SPI_CR1_SPE)
-  {
-    /* Enable SPI peripheral */
-    __HAL_SPI_ENABLE(hspi);
-  }
-
-  /* Enable Tx DMA Request */
-  hspi->Instance->CR2 |= SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN;
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-* @brief  Receive an amount of data in no-blocking mode with DMA
-* @param  hspi: SPI handle
-* @param  pData: pointer to data buffer
-* @param  Size: amount of data to be sent
-* @retval HAL status
-*/
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Receive_DMA(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
-{
-  if(hspi->State != HAL_SPI_STATE_READY)
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-
-  if((pData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hspi);
-
-  hspi->State       = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX;
-  hspi->ErrorCode   = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE;
-  hspi->pRxBuffPtr  = pData;
-  hspi->RxXferSize  = Size;
-  hspi->RxXferCount = Size;
-  hspi->pTxBuffPtr  = (uint8_t *)NULL;
-  hspi->TxXferSize  = 0;
-  hspi->TxXferCount = 0;
-
-  if((hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER) && (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES))
-  {
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
-    /* the receive process is not supported in 2Lines direction master mode */
-    /* in this case we call the transmitReceive process                     */
-    return HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive_DMA(hspi,pData,pData,Size);
-  }
-
-  /* Configure communication direction : 1Line */
-  if(hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE)
-  {
-    SPI_1LINE_RX(hspi);
-  }
-
-  /* Reset CRC Calculation */
-  if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
-  {
-    SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi);
-  }
-
-  /* packing mode management is enabled by the DMA settings */
-  if((hspi->Init.DataSize <= SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) && (hspi->hdmarx->Init.MemDataAlignment == DMA_MDATAALIGN_HALFWORD))
-  {
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
-    /* Restriction the DMA data received is not allowed in this mode */
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_LDMARX);
-  if( hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT)
-  {
-    /* set fiforxthreshold according the reception data length: 16bit */
-    CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD);
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    /* set fiforxthreshold according the reception data length: 8bit */
-    SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD);
-  }
-
-  /* Set the SPI RxDMA Half transfer complete callback */
-  hspi->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = SPI_DMAHalfReceiveCplt;
-
-  /* Set the SPI Rx DMA transfer complete callback */
-  hspi->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = SPI_DMAReceiveCplt;
-
-  /* Set the DMA error callback */
-  hspi->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = SPI_DMAError;
-
-  /* Enable Rx DMA Request */
-  hspi->Instance->CR2 |= SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN;
-
-  /* Enable the Rx DMA channel */
-  HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hspi->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hspi->Instance->DR, (uint32_t)hspi->pRxBuffPtr, hspi->RxXferCount);
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
-
-  /* Check if the SPI is already enabled */
-  if((hspi->Instance->CR1 & SPI_CR1_SPE) != SPI_CR1_SPE)
-  {
-    /* Enable SPI peripheral */
-    __HAL_SPI_ENABLE(hspi);
-  }
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Transmit and Receive an amount of data in no-blocking mode with DMA
-  * @param  hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *               the configuration information for SPI module.
-  * @param  pTxData: pointer to transmission data buffer
-  * @param  pRxData: pointer to reception data buffer
-  * @note  When the CRC feature is enabled the pRxData Length must be Size + 1
-  * @param  Size: amount of data to be sent
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive_DMA(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pTxData, uint8_t *pRxData, uint16_t Size)
-{
-  assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES(hspi->Init.Direction));
-
-  if((hspi->State == HAL_SPI_STATE_READY) ||
-     ((hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER) && (hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES) && (hspi->State == HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX)))
-  {
-    if((pTxData == NULL ) || (pRxData == NULL ) || (Size == 0))
-    {
-      return  HAL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    /* Process locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(hspi);
-
-    /* check if the transmit Receive function is not called by a receive master */
-    if(hspi->State != HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX)
-    {
-      hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX;
-    }
-
-    hspi->ErrorCode   = HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE;
-    hspi->pTxBuffPtr  = (uint8_t *)pTxData;
-    hspi->TxXferSize  = Size;
-    hspi->TxXferCount = Size;
-    hspi->pRxBuffPtr  = (uint8_t *)pRxData;
-    hspi->RxXferSize  = Size;
-    hspi->RxXferCount = Size;
-
-    /* Reset CRC Calculation + increase the rxsize */
-    if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
-    {
-      SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi);
-    }
-
-    /* Reset the threshold bit */
-    CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_LDMATX);
-    CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_LDMARX);
-
-    /* the packing mode management is enabled by the DMA settings according the spi data size */
-    if(hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT)
-    {
-      /* set fiforxthreshold according the reception data length: 16bit */
-      CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      /* set fiforxthreshold according the reception data length: 8bit */
-      SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD);
-
-      if(hspi->hdmatx->Init.MemDataAlignment == DMA_MDATAALIGN_HALFWORD)
-      {
-        if((hspi->TxXferSize & 0x1) == 0x0 )
-        {
-          CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_LDMATX);
-          hspi->TxXferCount = hspi->TxXferCount >> 1;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_LDMATX);
-          hspi->TxXferCount = (hspi->TxXferCount >> 1) + 1;
-        }
-      }
-
-      if(hspi->hdmarx->Init.MemDataAlignment == DMA_MDATAALIGN_HALFWORD)
-      {
-        /* set fiforxthreshold according the reception data length: 16bit */
-        CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD);
-
-        /* Size must include the CRC length */
-        if((hspi->RxXferCount & 0x1) == 0x0 )
-        {
-          CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_LDMARX);
-          hspi->RxXferCount = hspi->RxXferCount >> 1;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_LDMARX);
-          hspi->RxXferCount = (hspi->RxXferCount >> 1) + 1;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Set the SPI Rx DMA transfer complete callback because the last generated transfer request is
-    the reception request (RXNE) */
-    if(hspi->State == HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX)
-    {
-      hspi->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = SPI_DMAHalfReceiveCplt;
-      hspi->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = SPI_DMAReceiveCplt;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-       hspi->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = SPI_DMAHalfTransmitReceiveCplt;
-      hspi->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = SPI_DMATransmitReceiveCplt;
-    }
-    /* Set the DMA error callback */
-    hspi->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = SPI_DMAError;
-
-    /* Enable Rx DMA Request */
-    hspi->Instance->CR2 |= SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN;
-
-    /* Enable the Rx DMA channel */
-    HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hspi->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&hspi->Instance->DR, (uint32_t) hspi->pRxBuffPtr, hspi->RxXferCount);
-
-    /* Set the SPI Tx DMA transfer complete callback as NULL because the communication closing
-    is performed in DMA reception complete callback  */
-    hspi->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL;
-    hspi->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = NULL;
-
-    if(hspi->State == HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX)
-    {
-      /* Set the DMA error callback */
-      hspi->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = SPI_DMAError;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      hspi->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = NULL;
-    }
-
-    /* Enable the Tx DMA channel */
-    HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hspi->hdmatx, (uint32_t)hspi->pTxBuffPtr, (uint32_t)&hspi->Instance->DR, hspi->TxXferCount);
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
-
-    /* Check if the SPI is already enabled */
-    if((hspi->Instance->CR1 &SPI_CR1_SPE) != SPI_CR1_SPE)
-    {
-      /* Enable SPI peripheral */
-      __HAL_SPI_ENABLE(hspi);
-    }
-
-    /* Enable Tx DMA Request */
-    hspi->Instance->CR2 |= SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN;
-
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Pauses the DMA Transfer.
-  * @param  hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *               the configuration information for the specified SPI module.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_DMAPause(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
-{
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hspi);
-
-  /* Disable the SPI DMA Tx & Rx requests */
-  CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN | SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN);
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Resumes the DMA Transfer.
-  * @param  hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *               the configuration information for the specified SPI module.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_DMAResume(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
-{
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hspi);
-
-  /* Enable the SPI DMA Tx & Rx requests */
-  SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN | SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN);
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Stops the DMA Transfer.
-  * @param  hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *               the configuration information for the specified SPI module.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_DMAStop(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
-{
-  /* The Lock is not implemented on this API to allow the user application
-     to call the HAL SPI API under callbacks HAL_SPI_TxCpltCallback() or HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback() or HAL_SPI_TxRxCpltCallback():
-     when calling HAL_DMA_Abort() API the DMA TX/RX Transfer complete interrupt is generated
-     and the correspond call back is executed HAL_SPI_TxCpltCallback() or HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback() or HAL_SPI_TxRxCpltCallback()
-     */
-
-  /* Abort the SPI DMA tx Stream */
-  if(hspi->hdmatx != NULL)
-  {
-    HAL_DMA_Abort(hspi->hdmatx);
-  }
-  /* Abort the SPI DMA rx Stream */
-  if(hspi->hdmarx != NULL)
-  {
-    HAL_DMA_Abort(hspi->hdmarx);
-  }
-
-  /* Disable the SPI DMA Tx & Rx requests */
-  CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN | SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN);
-  hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  This function handles SPI interrupt request.
-  * @param  hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *               the configuration information for the specified SPI module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_SPI_IRQHandler(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
-{
-  /* SPI in mode Receiver ----------------------------------------------------*/
-  if((__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_OVR) == RESET) &&
-     (__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE) != RESET) && (__HAL_SPI_GET_IT_SOURCE(hspi, SPI_IT_RXNE) != RESET))
-  {
-    hspi->RxISR(hspi);
-    return;
-  }
-
-  /* SPI in mode Transmitter ---------------------------------------------------*/
-  if((__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_TXE) != RESET) && (__HAL_SPI_GET_IT_SOURCE(hspi, SPI_IT_TXE) != RESET))
-  {
-    hspi->TxISR(hspi);
-    return;
-  }
-
-  /* SPI in ERROR Treatment ---------------------------------------------------*/
-  if((hspi->Instance->SR & (SPI_FLAG_MODF | SPI_FLAG_OVR | SPI_FLAG_FRE)) != RESET)
-  {
-    /* SPI Overrun error interrupt occurred -------------------------------------*/
-    if(__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_OVR) != RESET)
-    {
-      if(hspi->State != HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_TX)
-      {
-        hspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_SPI_ERROR_OVR;
-        __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hspi);
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        return;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* SPI Mode Fault error interrupt occurred -------------------------------------*/
-    if(__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_MODF) != RESET)
-    {
-      hspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_SPI_ERROR_MODF;
-      __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_MODFFLAG(hspi);
-    }
-
-    /* SPI Frame error interrupt occurred ----------------------------------------*/
-    if(__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_FRE) != RESET)
-    {
-      hspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_SPI_ERROR_FRE;
-      __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_FREFLAG(hspi);
-    }
-
-    __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, SPI_IT_RXNE | SPI_IT_TXE | SPI_IT_ERR);
-    hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
-    HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi);
-
-    return;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Tx Transfer completed callback
-  * @param  hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *               the configuration information for SPI module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_SPI_TxCpltCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_SPI_TxCpltCallback should be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Rx Transfer completed callbacks
-  * @param  hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *               the configuration information for SPI module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback should be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Tx and Rx Transfer completed callback
-  * @param  hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *               the configuration information for SPI module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_SPI_TxRxCpltCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_SPI_TxRxCpltCallback should be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Tx Half Transfer completed callback
-  * @param  hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *               the configuration information for SPI module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_SPI_TxHalfCpltCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_SPI_TxHalfCpltCallback should be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Rx Half Transfer completed callback
-  * @param  hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *               the configuration information for SPI module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_SPI_RxHalfCpltCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_SPI_RxHalfCpltCallback() should be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Tx and Rx Half Transfer callback
-  * @param  hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *               the configuration information for SPI module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_SPI_TxRxHalfCpltCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_SPI_TxRxHalfCpltCallback() should be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief SPI error callback
-  * @param  hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *               the configuration information for SPI module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
- __weak void HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback should be implemented in the user file
-   */
-  /* NOTE : The ErrorCode parameter in the hspi handle is updated by the SPI processes
-            and user can use HAL_SPI_GetError() API to check the latest error occurred
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup SPI_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State and Errors functions
-  *  @brief   SPI control functions
-  *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-                      ##### Peripheral State and Errors functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]
-    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the SPI.
-     (+) HAL_SPI_GetState() API can be helpful to check in run-time the state of the SPI peripheral
-     (+) HAL_SPI_GetError() check in run-time Errors occurring during communication
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Return the SPI state
-  * @param  hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *               the configuration information for SPI module.
-  * @retval SPI state
-  */
-HAL_SPI_StateTypeDef HAL_SPI_GetState(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
-{
-  return hspi->State;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Return the SPI error code
-  * @param  hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *               the configuration information for SPI module.
-  * @retval SPI error code in bitmap format
-  */
-uint32_t HAL_SPI_GetError(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
-{
-  return hspi->ErrorCode;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup SPI_Private_Functions SPI Private Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief DMA SPI transmit process complete callback
-  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *               the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void SPI_DMATransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  SPI_HandleTypeDef* hspi = ( SPI_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
-
-  /* DMA Normal Mode */
-  if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CIRC) == 0)
-  {
-    /* Disable Tx DMA Request */
-    CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN);
-
-    /* Clear OVERUN flag in 2 Lines communication mode because received data is not read */
-    if(hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES)
-    {
-      __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hspi);
-    }
-
-    hspi->TxXferCount = 0;
-    hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
-
-    if(hspi->ErrorCode != HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE)
-    {
-      HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi);
-      return;
-    }
-  }
-  HAL_SPI_TxCpltCallback(hspi);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief DMA SPI receive process complete callback
-  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *               the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void SPI_DMAReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  __IO uint16_t tmpreg;
-  SPI_HandleTypeDef* hspi = ( SPI_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
-
-  /* DMA Normal mode */
-  if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CIRC) == 0)
-  {
-    /* CRC handling */
-    if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
-    {
-      /* Wait until TXE flag */
-      if(SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT) != HAL_OK)
-      {
-        /* Error on the CRC reception */
-        hspi->ErrorCode|= HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC;
-      }
-      if(hspi->Init.DataSize > SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT)
-      {
-        tmpreg = hspi->Instance->DR;
-        UNUSED(tmpreg); /* To avoid GCC warning */
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        tmpreg = *(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR;
-        UNUSED(tmpreg); /* To avoid GCC warning */
-
-        if(hspi->Init.CRCLength == SPI_CRC_LENGTH_16BIT)
-        {
-          if(SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, SPI_FLAG_RXNE, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT) != HAL_OK)
-          {
-            /* Error on the CRC reception */
-            hspi->ErrorCode|= HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC;
-          }
-          tmpreg = *(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR;
-          UNUSED(tmpreg); /* To avoid GCC warning */
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Disable Rx DMA Request */
-    hspi->Instance->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN);
-    /* Disable Tx DMA Request (done by default to handle the case master rx direction 2 lines) */
-    hspi->Instance->CR2 &= (uint32_t)(~SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN);
-
-    /* Check the end of the transaction */
-    SPI_EndRxTransaction(hspi,SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT);
-
-    hspi->RxXferCount = 0;
-    hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
-
-    /* Check if CRC error occurred */
-    if(__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_CRCERR) != RESET)
-    {
-      hspi->ErrorCode|= HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC;
-      __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_CRCERRFLAG(hspi);
-      HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback(hspi);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      if(hspi->ErrorCode == HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE)
-      {
-        HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback(hspi);
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback(hspi);
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief DMA SPI transmit receive process complete callback
-  * @param  hdma : pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *               the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void SPI_DMATransmitReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  __IO int16_t tmpreg;
-  SPI_HandleTypeDef* hspi = ( SPI_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
-
-  /* CRC handling */
-  if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
-  {
-    if((hspi->Init.DataSize == SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT) && (hspi->Init.CRCLength == SPI_CRC_LENGTH_8BIT))
-    {
-      if(SPI_WaitFifoStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_FRLVL, SPI_FRLVL_QUARTER_FULL, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT) != HAL_OK)
-      {
-        /* Error on the CRC reception */
-        hspi->ErrorCode|= HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC;
-      }
-      tmpreg = *(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR;
-      UNUSED(tmpreg); /* To avoid GCC warning */
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      if(SPI_WaitFifoStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_FRLVL, SPI_FRLVL_HALF_FULL, SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT) != HAL_OK)
-      {
-        /* Error on the CRC reception */
-        hspi->ErrorCode|= HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC;
-      }
-      tmpreg = hspi->Instance->DR;
-      UNUSED(tmpreg); /* To avoid GCC warning */
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Check the end of the transaction */
-  SPI_EndRxTxTransaction(hspi,SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT);
-
-  /* Disable Tx DMA Request */
-  CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN);
-
-  /* Disable Rx DMA Request */
-  CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN);
-
-  hspi->TxXferCount = 0;
-  hspi->RxXferCount = 0;
-  hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Check if CRC error occurred */
-  if(__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_CRCERR) != RESET)
-  {
-    hspi->ErrorCode = HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC;
-    __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_CRCERRFLAG(hspi);
-    HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi);
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    if(hspi->ErrorCode == HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE)
-    {
-      HAL_SPI_TxRxCpltCallback(hspi);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief DMA SPI half transmit process complete callback
-  * @param  hdma : pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *               the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void SPI_DMAHalfTransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  SPI_HandleTypeDef* hspi = ( SPI_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
-
-  HAL_SPI_TxHalfCpltCallback(hspi);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief DMA SPI half receive process complete callback
-  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *               the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void SPI_DMAHalfReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  SPI_HandleTypeDef* hspi = ( SPI_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
-
-  HAL_SPI_RxHalfCpltCallback(hspi);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief DMA SPI Half transmit receive process complete callback
-  * @param  hdma : pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *               the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void SPI_DMAHalfTransmitReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  SPI_HandleTypeDef* hspi = ( SPI_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
-
-  HAL_SPI_TxRxHalfCpltCallback(hspi);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief DMA SPI communication error callback
-  * @param  hdma : pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *               the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void SPI_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  SPI_HandleTypeDef* hspi = ( SPI_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
-
-  /* Stop the disable DMA transfer on SPI side */
-  CLEAR_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_CR2_TXDMAEN | SPI_CR2_RXDMAEN);
-
-  hspi->ErrorCode|= HAL_SPI_ERROR_DMA;
-  hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
-  HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Rx Handler for Transmit and Receive in Interrupt mode
-  * @param  hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *               the configuration information for SPI module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void SPI_2linesRxISR_8BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
-{
-  /* Receive data in packing mode */
-  if(hspi->RxXferCount > 1)
-  {
-    *((uint16_t*)hspi->pRxBuffPtr) = hspi->Instance->DR;
-    hspi->pRxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t);
-    hspi->RxXferCount -= 2;
-    if(hspi->RxXferCount == 1)
-    {
-      /* set fiforxthreshold according the reception data length: 8bit */
-      SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD);
-    }
-  }
-  /* Receive data in 8 Bit mode */
-  else
-  {
-    *hspi->pRxBuffPtr++ = *((__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR);
-    hspi->RxXferCount--;
-  }
-
-  /* check end of the reception */
-  if(hspi->RxXferCount == 0)
-  {
-    if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
-    {
-      SET_BIT(hspi->Instance->CR2, SPI_RXFIFO_THRESHOLD);
-      hspi->RxISR =  SPI_2linesRxISR_8BITCRC;
-      return;
-    }
-
-    /* Disable RXNE interrupt */
-    __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, SPI_IT_RXNE);
-
-    if(hspi->TxXferCount == 0)
-    {
-      SPI_CloseRxTx_ISR(hspi);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Rx Handler for Transmit and Receive in Interrupt mode
-  * @param  hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *               the configuration information for SPI module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void SPI_2linesRxISR_8BITCRC(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
-{
-  __IO uint8_t tmpreg;
-
-  tmpreg = *((__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR);
-  UNUSED(tmpreg); /* To avoid GCC warning */
-
-  hspi->CRCSize--;
-
-  /* check end of the reception */
-  if(hspi->CRCSize == 0)
-  {
-    /* Disable RXNE interrupt */
-    __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, SPI_IT_RXNE);
-
-    if(hspi->TxXferCount == 0)
-    {
-      SPI_CloseRxTx_ISR(hspi);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Tx Handler for Transmit and Receive in Interrupt mode
-  * @param  hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *               the configuration information for SPI module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void SPI_2linesTxISR_8BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
-{
-  /* Transmit data in packing Bit mode */
-  if(hspi->TxXferCount >= 2)
-  {
-    hspi->Instance->DR = *((uint16_t *)hspi->pTxBuffPtr);
-    hspi->pTxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t);
-    hspi->TxXferCount -= 2;
-  }
-  /* Transmit data in 8 Bit mode */
-  else
-  {
-    *(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR = (*hspi->pTxBuffPtr++);
-    hspi->TxXferCount--;
-  }
-
-  /* check the end of the transmission */
-  if(hspi->TxXferCount == 0)
-  {
-    if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
-    {
-      hspi->Instance->CR1 |= SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT;
-    }
-    /* Disable TXE interrupt */
-    __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, SPI_IT_TXE);
-
-    if(hspi->RxXferCount == 0)
-    {
-      SPI_CloseRxTx_ISR(hspi);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Rx 16Bit Handler for Transmit and Receive in Interrupt mode
-  * @param  hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *               the configuration information for SPI module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void SPI_2linesRxISR_16BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
-{
-  /* Receive data in 16 Bit mode */
-  *((uint16_t*)hspi->pRxBuffPtr) = hspi->Instance->DR;
-  hspi->pRxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t);
-  hspi->RxXferCount--;
-
-  if(hspi->RxXferCount == 0)
-  {
-    if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
-    {
-      hspi->RxISR =  SPI_2linesRxISR_16BITCRC;
-      return;
-    }
-
-    /* Disable RXNE interrupt */
-    __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, SPI_IT_RXNE);
-
-    if(hspi->TxXferCount == 0)
-    {
-      SPI_CloseRxTx_ISR(hspi);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Manage the CRC 16bit receive for Transmit and Receive in Interrupt mode
-  * @param  hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *               the configuration information for SPI module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void SPI_2linesRxISR_16BITCRC(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
-{
-  /* Receive data in 16 Bit mode */
-  __IO uint16_t tmpreg = hspi->Instance->DR;
-  UNUSED(tmpreg); /* To avoid GCC warning */
-
-  /* Disable RXNE interrupt */
-  __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, SPI_IT_RXNE);
-
-  SPI_CloseRxTx_ISR(hspi);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Tx Handler for Transmit and Receive in Interrupt mode
-  * @param  hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *               the configuration information for SPI module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void SPI_2linesTxISR_16BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
-{
-  /* Transmit data in 16 Bit mode */
-  hspi->Instance->DR = *((uint16_t *)hspi->pTxBuffPtr);
-  hspi->pTxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t);
-  hspi->TxXferCount--;
-
-  /* Enable CRC Transmission */
-  if(hspi->TxXferCount == 0)
-  {
-    if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
-    {
-      hspi->Instance->CR1 |= SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT;
-    }
-    /* Disable TXE interrupt */
-    __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, SPI_IT_TXE);
-
-    if(hspi->RxXferCount == 0)
-    {
-      SPI_CloseRxTx_ISR(hspi);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Manage the CRC receive in Interrupt context
-  * @param  hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *               the configuration information for SPI module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void SPI_RxISR_8BITCRC(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
-{
-  __IO uint8_t tmpreg;
-  tmpreg = *((__IO uint8_t*)&hspi->Instance->DR);
-  UNUSED(tmpreg); /* To avoid GCC warning */
-
-  hspi->CRCSize--;
-
-  if(hspi->CRCSize == 0)
-  {
-    SPI_CloseRx_ISR(hspi);
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Manage the receive in Interrupt context
-  * @param  hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *               the configuration information for SPI module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void SPI_RxISR_8BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
-{
-  *hspi->pRxBuffPtr++ = (*(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR);
-  hspi->RxXferCount--;
-
-  /* Enable CRC Transmission */
-  if((hspi->RxXferCount == 1) && (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE))
-  {
-    hspi->Instance->CR1 |= SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT;
-  }
-
-  if(hspi->RxXferCount == 0)
-  {
-    if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
-    {
-      hspi->RxISR =  SPI_RxISR_8BITCRC;
-      return;
-    }
-    SPI_CloseRx_ISR(hspi);
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Manage the CRC 16bit receive in Interrupt context
-  * @param  hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *               the configuration information for SPI module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void SPI_RxISR_16BITCRC(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
-{
-  __IO uint16_t tmpreg;
-
-  tmpreg = hspi->Instance->DR;
-  UNUSED(tmpreg); /* To avoid GCC warning */
-
-  /* Disable RXNE and ERR interrupt */
-  __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_RXNE | SPI_IT_ERR));
-
-  SPI_CloseRx_ISR(hspi);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Manage the 16Bit receive in Interrupt context
-  * @param  hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *               the configuration information for SPI module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void SPI_RxISR_16BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
-{
-  *((uint16_t *)hspi->pRxBuffPtr) = hspi->Instance->DR;
-  hspi->pRxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t);
-  hspi->RxXferCount--;
-
-  /* Enable CRC Transmission */
-  if((hspi->RxXferCount == 1) && (hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE))
-  {
-    hspi->Instance->CR1 |= SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT;
-  }
-
-  if(hspi->RxXferCount == 0)
-  {
-    if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
-    {
-      hspi->RxISR = SPI_RxISR_16BITCRC;
-      return;
-    }
-    SPI_CloseRx_ISR(hspi);
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Handle the data 8Bit transmit in Interrupt mode
-  * @param  hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *               the configuration information for SPI module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void SPI_TxISR_8BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
-{
-  *(__IO uint8_t *)&hspi->Instance->DR = (*hspi->pTxBuffPtr++);
-  hspi->TxXferCount--;
-
-  if(hspi->TxXferCount == 0)
-  {
-    if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
-    {
-      /* Enable CRC Transmission */
-      hspi->Instance->CR1 |= SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT;
-    }
-    SPI_CloseTx_ISR(hspi);
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Handle the data 16Bit transmit in Interrupt mode
-  * @param  hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *               the configuration information for SPI module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void SPI_TxISR_16BIT(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
-{
-  /* Transmit data in 16 Bit mode */
-  hspi->Instance->DR = *((uint16_t *)hspi->pTxBuffPtr);
-  hspi->pTxBuffPtr += sizeof(uint16_t);
-  hspi->TxXferCount--;
-
-  if(hspi->TxXferCount == 0)
-  {
-    if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
-    {
-      /* Enable CRC Transmission */
-      hspi->Instance->CR1 |= SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT;
-    }
-    SPI_CloseTx_ISR(hspi);
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief This function handles SPI Communication Timeout.
-  * @param  hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *               the configuration information for SPI module.
-  * @param Flag : SPI flag to check
-  * @param State : flag state to check
-  * @param Timeout : Timeout duration
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint32_t Flag, uint32_t State, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-  while((hspi->Instance->SR & Flag) != State)
-  {
-    if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
-    {
-      if((Timeout == 0) || ((HAL_GetTick()-tickstart) >= Timeout))
-      {
-        /* Disable the SPI and reset the CRC: the CRC value should be cleared
-        on both master and slave sides in order to resynchronize the master
-        and slave for their respective CRC calculation */
-
-        /* Disable TXE, RXNE and ERR interrupts for the interrupt process */
-        __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_TXE | SPI_IT_RXNE | SPI_IT_ERR));
-
-        if((hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER)&&((hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE)||(hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES_RXONLY)))
-        {
-          /* Disable SPI peripheral */
-          __HAL_SPI_DISABLE(hspi);
-        }
-
-        /* Reset CRC Calculation */
-        if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
-        {
-          SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi);
-        }
-
-        hspi->State= HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
-
-        /* Process Unlocked */
-        __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
-
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief This function handles SPI Communication Timeout.
-  * @param  hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *               the configuration information for SPI module.
-  * @param Fifo : Fifo to check
-  * @param State : Fifo state to check
-  * @param Timeout : Timeout duration
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef SPI_WaitFifoStateUntilTimeout(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint32_t Fifo, uint32_t State, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  __IO uint8_t tmpreg;
-  uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-  while((hspi->Instance->SR & Fifo) != State)
-  {
-    if((Fifo == SPI_SR_FRLVL) && (State == SPI_FRLVL_EMPTY))
-    {
-      tmpreg = *((__IO uint8_t*)&hspi->Instance->DR);
-      UNUSED(tmpreg); /* To avoid GCC warning */
-    }
-
-    if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
-    {
-      if((Timeout == 0) || ((HAL_GetTick()-tickstart) >= Timeout))
-      {
-        /* Disable the SPI and reset the CRC: the CRC value should be cleared
-                  on both master and slave sides in order to resynchronize the master
-                 and slave for their respective CRC calculation */
-
-        /* Disable TXE, RXNE and ERR interrupts for the interrupt process */
-        __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_TXE | SPI_IT_RXNE | SPI_IT_ERR));
-
-        if((hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER)&&((hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE)||(hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES_RXONLY)))
-        {
-          /* Disable SPI peripheral */
-          __HAL_SPI_DISABLE(hspi);
-        }
-
-        /* Reset CRC Calculation */
-        if(hspi->Init.CRCCalculation == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
-        {
-          SPI_RESET_CRC(hspi);
-        }
-
-        hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
-
-        /* Process Unlocked */
-        __HAL_UNLOCK(hspi);
-
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief This function handles the check of the RX transaction complete.
-  * @param  hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *               the configuration information for SPI module.
-  * @param Timeout : Timeout duration
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef SPI_EndRxTransaction(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi,  uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  if((hspi->Init.Mode == SPI_MODE_MASTER)&&((hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE)||(hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES_RXONLY)))
-  {
-    /* Disable SPI peripheral */
-    __HAL_SPI_DISABLE(hspi);
-  }
-  if(SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_BSY, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-  {
-    hspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG;
-    return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-  }
-  if(SPI_WaitFifoStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_FRLVL, SPI_FRLVL_EMPTY, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-  {
-    hspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG;
-    return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-  }
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief This function handles the check of the RXTX or TX transaction complete.
-  * @param hspi: SPI handle
-  * @param Timeout : Timeout duration
-  */
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef SPI_EndRxTxTransaction(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  /* Procedure to check the transaction complete */
-  if(SPI_WaitFifoStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_FTLVL, SPI_FTLVL_EMPTY, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-  {
-    hspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG;
-    return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-  }
-  if(SPI_WaitFlagStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_BSY, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-  {
-    hspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG;
-    return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-  }
-  if(SPI_WaitFifoStateUntilTimeout(hspi, SPI_FLAG_FRLVL, SPI_FRLVL_EMPTY, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-  {
-    hspi->ErrorCode |= HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG;
-    return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-  }
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief This function handles the close of the RXTX transaction.
-  * @param  hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *               the configuration information for SPI module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void SPI_CloseRxTx_ISR(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
-{
-  /* Disable ERR interrupt */
-  __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, SPI_IT_ERR);
-
-  /* Check if CRC error occurred */
-  if(__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_CRCERR) != RESET)
-  {
-    hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
-    hspi->ErrorCode|= HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC;
-    __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_CRCERRFLAG(hspi);
-    HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi);
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    if(hspi->ErrorCode == HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE)
-    {
-      if(hspi->State == HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX)
-      {
-	hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
-        HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback(hspi);
-      }
-      else
-      {
-	hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
-        HAL_SPI_TxRxCpltCallback(hspi);
-      }
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
-      HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief This function handles the close of the RX transaction.
-  * @param  hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *               the configuration information for SPI module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void SPI_CloseRx_ISR(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
-{
-    /* Disable RXNE and ERR interrupt */
-    __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_RXNE | SPI_IT_ERR));
-
-    /* Check the end of the transaction */
-    SPI_EndRxTransaction(hspi,SPI_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT);
-
-    hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
-
-    /* Check if CRC error occurred */
-    if(__HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(hspi, SPI_FLAG_CRCERR) != RESET)
-    {
-      hspi->ErrorCode|= HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC;
-      __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_CRCERRFLAG(hspi);
-      HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      if(hspi->ErrorCode == HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE)
-      {
-        HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback(hspi);
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi);
-      }
-    }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief This function handles the close of the TX transaction.
-  * @param  hspi: pointer to a SPI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *               the configuration information for SPI module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void SPI_CloseTx_ISR(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi)
-{
-  /* Disable TXE and ERR interrupt */
-  __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(hspi, (SPI_IT_TXE | SPI_IT_ERR));
-
-  /* Clear OVERUN flag in 2 Lines communication mode because received is not read */
-  if(hspi->Init.Direction == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES)
-  {
-    __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(hspi);
-  }
-
-  hspi->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_READY;
-  if(hspi->ErrorCode != HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE)
-  {
-    HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(hspi);
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    HAL_SPI_TxCpltCallback(hspi);
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-#endif /* HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED */
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_sram.c b/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_sram.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 471829e129..0000000000
--- a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_sram.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,678 +0,0 @@
-/**
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @file    stm32f7xx_hal_sram.c
-  * @author  MCD Application Team
-  * @version V1.0.1
-  * @date    25-June-2015
-  * @brief   SRAM HAL module driver.
-  *          This file provides a generic firmware to drive SRAM memories
-  *          mounted as external device.
-  *
-  @verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                          ##### How to use this driver #####
-  ==============================================================================
-  [..]
-    This driver is a generic layered driver which contains a set of APIs used to
-    control SRAM memories. It uses the FMC layer functions to interface
-    with SRAM devices.
-    The following sequence should be followed to configure the FMC to interface
-    with SRAM/PSRAM memories:
-
-   (#) Declare a SRAM_HandleTypeDef handle structure, for example:
-          SRAM_HandleTypeDef  hsram; and:
-
-       (++) Fill the SRAM_HandleTypeDef handle "Init" field with the allowed
-            values of the structure member.
-
-       (++) Fill the SRAM_HandleTypeDef handle "Instance" field with a predefined
-            base register instance for NOR or SRAM device
-
-       (++) Fill the SRAM_HandleTypeDef handle "Extended" field with a predefined
-            base register instance for NOR or SRAM extended mode
-
-   (#) Declare two FMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef structures, for both normal and extended
-       mode timings; for example:
-          FMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef  Timing and FMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef  ExTiming;
-      and fill its fields with the allowed values of the structure member.
-
-   (#) Initialize the SRAM Controller by calling the function HAL_SRAM_Init(). This function
-       performs the following sequence:
-
-       (##) MSP hardware layer configuration using the function HAL_SRAM_MspInit()
-       (##) Control register configuration using the FMC NORSRAM interface function
-            FMC_NORSRAM_Init()
-       (##) Timing register configuration using the FMC NORSRAM interface function
-            FMC_NORSRAM_Timing_Init()
-       (##) Extended mode Timing register configuration using the FMC NORSRAM interface function
-            FMC_NORSRAM_Extended_Timing_Init()
-       (##) Enable the SRAM device using the macro __FMC_NORSRAM_ENABLE()
-
-   (#) At this stage you can perform read/write accesses from/to the memory connected
-       to the NOR/SRAM Bank. You can perform either polling or DMA transfer using the
-       following APIs:
-       (++) HAL_SRAM_Read()/HAL_SRAM_Write() for polling read/write access
-       (++) HAL_SRAM_Read_DMA()/HAL_SRAM_Write_DMA() for DMA read/write transfer
-
-   (#) You can also control the SRAM device by calling the control APIs HAL_SRAM_WriteOperation_Enable()/
-       HAL_SRAM_WriteOperation_Disable() to respectively enable/disable the SRAM write operation
-
-   (#) You can continuously monitor the SRAM device HAL state by calling the function
-       HAL_SRAM_GetState()
-
-  @endverbatim
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @attention
-  *
-  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
-  *
-  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
-  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
-  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
-  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
-  *      without specific prior written permission.
-  *
-  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
-  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
-  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
-  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
-  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
-  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
-  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
-  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
-  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
-  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-  *
-  ******************************************************************************
-  */
-
-/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
-
-/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup SRAM SRAM
-  * @brief SRAM driver modules
-  * @{
-  */
-#ifdef HAL_SRAM_MODULE_ENABLED
-/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
-/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/** @defgroup SRAM_Exported_Functions SRAM Exported Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup SRAM_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
-  * @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions.
-  *
-  @verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-           ##### SRAM Initialization and de_initialization functions #####
-  ==============================================================================
-    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to initialize/de-initialize
-          the SRAM memory
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Performs the SRAM device initialization sequence
-  * @param  hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for SRAM module.
-  * @param  Timing: Pointer to SRAM control timing structure
-  * @param  ExtTiming: Pointer to SRAM extended mode timing structure
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_Init(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram, FMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef *Timing, FMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef *ExtTiming)
-{
-  /* Check the SRAM handle parameter */
-  if(hsram == NULL)
-  {
-     return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if(hsram->State == HAL_SRAM_STATE_RESET)
-  {
-    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
-    hsram->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
-    /* Initialize the low level hardware (MSP) */
-    HAL_SRAM_MspInit(hsram);
-  }
-
-  /* Initialize SRAM control Interface */
-  FMC_NORSRAM_Init(hsram->Instance, &(hsram->Init));
-
-  /* Initialize SRAM timing Interface */
-  FMC_NORSRAM_Timing_Init(hsram->Instance, Timing, hsram->Init.NSBank);
-
-  /* Initialize SRAM extended mode timing Interface */
-  FMC_NORSRAM_Extended_Timing_Init(hsram->Extended, ExtTiming, hsram->Init.NSBank,  hsram->Init.ExtendedMode);
-
-  /* Enable the NORSRAM device */
-  __FMC_NORSRAM_ENABLE(hsram->Instance, hsram->Init.NSBank);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Performs the SRAM device De-initialization sequence.
-  * @param  hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for SRAM module.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef  HAL_SRAM_DeInit(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram)
-{
-  /* De-Initialize the low level hardware (MSP) */
-  HAL_SRAM_MspDeInit(hsram);
-
-  /* Configure the SRAM registers with their reset values */
-  FMC_NORSRAM_DeInit(hsram->Instance, hsram->Extended, hsram->Init.NSBank);
-
-  hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_RESET;
-
-  /* Release Lock */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hsram);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  SRAM MSP Init.
-  * @param  hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for SRAM module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_SRAM_MspInit(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_SRAM_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  SRAM MSP DeInit.
-  * @param  hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for SRAM module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_SRAM_MspDeInit(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_SRAM_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  DMA transfer complete callback.
-  * @param  hdma: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for SRAM module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_SRAM_DMA_XferCpltCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_SRAM_DMA_XferCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  DMA transfer complete error callback.
-  * @param  hdma: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for SRAM module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_SRAM_DMA_XferErrorCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_SRAM_DMA_XferErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup SRAM_Exported_Functions_Group2 Input Output and memory control functions
-  * @brief    Input Output and memory control functions
-  *
-  @verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                  ##### SRAM Input and Output functions #####
-  ==============================================================================
-  [..]
-    This section provides functions allowing to use and control the SRAM memory
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Reads 8-bit buffer from SRAM memory.
-  * @param  hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for SRAM module.
-  * @param  pAddress: Pointer to read start address
-  * @param  pDstBuffer: Pointer to destination buffer
-  * @param  BufferSize: Size of the buffer to read from memory
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_Read_8b(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint8_t *pDstBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
-{
-  __IO uint8_t * psramaddress = (uint8_t *)pAddress;
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hsram);
-
-  /* Update the SRAM controller state */
-  hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Read data from memory */
-  for(; BufferSize != 0; BufferSize--)
-  {
-    *pDstBuffer = *(__IO uint8_t *)psramaddress;
-    pDstBuffer++;
-    psramaddress++;
-  }
-
-  /* Update the SRAM controller state */
-  hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hsram);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Writes 8-bit buffer to SRAM memory.
-  * @param  hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for SRAM module.
-  * @param  pAddress: Pointer to write start address
-  * @param  pSrcBuffer: Pointer to source buffer to write
-  * @param  BufferSize: Size of the buffer to write to memory
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_Write_8b(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint8_t *pSrcBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
-{
-  __IO uint8_t * psramaddress = (uint8_t *)pAddress;
-
-  /* Check the SRAM controller state */
-  if(hsram->State == HAL_SRAM_STATE_PROTECTED)
-  {
-    return  HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hsram);
-
-  /* Update the SRAM controller state */
-  hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Write data to memory */
-  for(; BufferSize != 0; BufferSize--)
-  {
-    *(__IO uint8_t *)psramaddress = *pSrcBuffer;
-    pSrcBuffer++;
-    psramaddress++;
-  }
-
-  /* Update the SRAM controller state */
-  hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hsram);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Reads 16-bit buffer from SRAM memory.
-  * @param  hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for SRAM module.
-  * @param  pAddress: Pointer to read start address
-  * @param  pDstBuffer: Pointer to destination buffer
-  * @param  BufferSize: Size of the buffer to read from memory
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_Read_16b(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint16_t *pDstBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
-{
-  __IO uint16_t * psramaddress = (uint16_t *)pAddress;
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hsram);
-
-  /* Update the SRAM controller state */
-  hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Read data from memory */
-  for(; BufferSize != 0; BufferSize--)
-  {
-    *pDstBuffer = *(__IO uint16_t *)psramaddress;
-    pDstBuffer++;
-    psramaddress++;
-  }
-
-  /* Update the SRAM controller state */
-  hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hsram);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Writes 16-bit buffer to SRAM memory.
-  * @param  hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for SRAM module.
-  * @param  pAddress: Pointer to write start address
-  * @param  pSrcBuffer: Pointer to source buffer to write
-  * @param  BufferSize: Size of the buffer to write to memory
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_Write_16b(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint16_t *pSrcBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
-{
-  __IO uint16_t * psramaddress = (uint16_t *)pAddress;
-
-  /* Check the SRAM controller state */
-  if(hsram->State == HAL_SRAM_STATE_PROTECTED)
-  {
-    return  HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hsram);
-
-  /* Update the SRAM controller state */
-  hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Write data to memory */
-  for(; BufferSize != 0; BufferSize--)
-  {
-    *(__IO uint16_t *)psramaddress = *pSrcBuffer;
-    pSrcBuffer++;
-    psramaddress++;
-  }
-
-  /* Update the SRAM controller state */
-  hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hsram);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Reads 32-bit buffer from SRAM memory.
-  * @param  hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for SRAM module.
-  * @param  pAddress: Pointer to read start address
-  * @param  pDstBuffer: Pointer to destination buffer
-  * @param  BufferSize: Size of the buffer to read from memory
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_Read_32b(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint32_t *pDstBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
-{
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hsram);
-
-  /* Update the SRAM controller state */
-  hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Read data from memory */
-  for(; BufferSize != 0; BufferSize--)
-  {
-    *pDstBuffer = *(__IO uint32_t *)pAddress;
-    pDstBuffer++;
-    pAddress++;
-  }
-
-  /* Update the SRAM controller state */
-  hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hsram);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Writes 32-bit buffer to SRAM memory.
-  * @param  hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for SRAM module.
-  * @param  pAddress: Pointer to write start address
-  * @param  pSrcBuffer: Pointer to source buffer to write
-  * @param  BufferSize: Size of the buffer to write to memory
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_Write_32b(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint32_t *pSrcBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
-{
-  /* Check the SRAM controller state */
-  if(hsram->State == HAL_SRAM_STATE_PROTECTED)
-  {
-    return  HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hsram);
-
-  /* Update the SRAM controller state */
-  hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Write data to memory */
-  for(; BufferSize != 0; BufferSize--)
-  {
-    *(__IO uint32_t *)pAddress = *pSrcBuffer;
-    pSrcBuffer++;
-    pAddress++;
-  }
-
-  /* Update the SRAM controller state */
-  hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hsram);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Reads a Words data from the SRAM memory using DMA transfer.
-  * @param  hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for SRAM module.
-  * @param  pAddress: Pointer to read start address
-  * @param  pDstBuffer: Pointer to destination buffer
-  * @param  BufferSize: Size of the buffer to read from memory
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_Read_DMA(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint32_t *pDstBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
-{
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hsram);
-
-  /* Update the SRAM controller state */
-  hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Configure DMA user callbacks */
-  hsram->hdma->XferCpltCallback  = HAL_SRAM_DMA_XferCpltCallback;
-  hsram->hdma->XferErrorCallback = HAL_SRAM_DMA_XferErrorCallback;
-
-  /* Enable the DMA Stream */
-  HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hsram->hdma, (uint32_t)pAddress, (uint32_t)pDstBuffer, (uint32_t)BufferSize);
-
-  /* Update the SRAM controller state */
-  hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hsram);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Writes a Words data buffer to SRAM memory using DMA transfer.
-  * @param  hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for SRAM module.
-  * @param  pAddress: Pointer to write start address
-  * @param  pSrcBuffer: Pointer to source buffer to write
-  * @param  BufferSize: Size of the buffer to write to memory
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_Write_DMA(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint32_t *pSrcBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
-{
-  /* Check the SRAM controller state */
-  if(hsram->State == HAL_SRAM_STATE_PROTECTED)
-  {
-    return  HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hsram);
-
-  /* Update the SRAM controller state */
-  hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Configure DMA user callbacks */
-  hsram->hdma->XferCpltCallback  = HAL_SRAM_DMA_XferCpltCallback;
-  hsram->hdma->XferErrorCallback = HAL_SRAM_DMA_XferErrorCallback;
-
-  /* Enable the DMA Stream */
-  HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hsram->hdma, (uint32_t)pSrcBuffer, (uint32_t)pAddress, (uint32_t)BufferSize);
-
-  /* Update the SRAM controller state */
-  hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hsram);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup SRAM_Exported_Functions_Group3 Control functions
- *  @brief   Control functions
- *
-@verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                        ##### SRAM Control functions #####
-  ==============================================================================
-  [..]
-    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control dynamically
-    the SRAM interface.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Enables dynamically SRAM write operation.
-  * @param  hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for SRAM module.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_WriteOperation_Enable(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram)
-{
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hsram);
-
-  /* Enable write operation */
-  FMC_NORSRAM_WriteOperation_Enable(hsram->Instance, hsram->Init.NSBank);
-
-  /* Update the SRAM controller state */
-  hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hsram);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Disables dynamically SRAM write operation.
-  * @param  hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for SRAM module.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_WriteOperation_Disable(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram)
-{
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hsram);
-
-  /* Update the SRAM controller state */
-  hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Disable write operation */
-  FMC_NORSRAM_WriteOperation_Disable(hsram->Instance, hsram->Init.NSBank);
-
-  /* Update the SRAM controller state */
-  hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_PROTECTED;
-
-  /* Process unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hsram);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup SRAM_Exported_Functions_Group4 Peripheral State functions
- *  @brief   Peripheral State functions
- *
-@verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                      ##### SRAM State functions #####
-  ==============================================================================
-  [..]
-    This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the SRAM controller
-    and the data flow.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Returns the SRAM controller state
-  * @param  hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for SRAM module.
-  * @retval HAL state
-  */
-HAL_SRAM_StateTypeDef HAL_SRAM_GetState(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram)
-{
-  return hsram->State;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-#endif /* HAL_SRAM_MODULE_ENABLED */
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_tim.c b/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_tim.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 147cd670fb..0000000000
--- a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_tim.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,5459 +0,0 @@
-/**
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @file    stm32f7xx_hal_tim.c
-  * @author  MCD Application Team
-  * @version V1.0.1
-  * @date    25-June-2015
-  * @brief   TIM HAL module driver.
-  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
-  *          functionalities of the Timer (TIM) peripheral:
-  *           + Time Base Initialization
-  *           + Time Base Start
-  *           + Time Base Start Interruption
-  *           + Time Base Start DMA
-  *           + Time Output Compare/PWM Initialization
-  *           + Time Output Compare/PWM Channel Configuration
-  *           + Time Output Compare/PWM  Start
-  *           + Time Output Compare/PWM  Start Interruption
-  *           + Time Output Compare/PWM Start DMA
-  *           + Time Input Capture Initialization
-  *           + Time Input Capture Channel Configuration
-  *           + Time Input Capture Start
-  *           + Time Input Capture Start Interruption
-  *           + Time Input Capture Start DMA
-  *           + Time One Pulse Initialization
-  *           + Time One Pulse Channel Configuration
-  *           + Time One Pulse Start
-  *           + Time Encoder Interface Initialization
-  *           + Time Encoder Interface Start
-  *           + Time Encoder Interface Start Interruption
-  *           + Time Encoder Interface Start DMA
-  *           + Commutation Event configuration with Interruption and DMA
-  *           + Time OCRef clear configuration
-  *           + Time External Clock configuration
-  @verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                      ##### TIMER Generic features #####
-  ==============================================================================
-  [..] The Timer features include:
-       (#) 16-bit up, down, up/down auto-reload counter.
-       (#) 16-bit programmable prescaler allowing dividing (also on the fly) the
-           counter clock frequency either by any factor between 1 and 65536.
-       (#) Up to 4 independent channels for:
-           (++) Input Capture
-           (++) Output Compare
-           (++) PWM generation (Edge and Center-aligned Mode)
-           (++) One-pulse mode output
-
-                        ##### How to use this driver #####
-  ==============================================================================
-    [..]
-     (#) Initialize the TIM low level resources by implementing the following functions
-         depending from feature used :
-           (++) Time Base : HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit()
-           (++) Input Capture : HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit()
-           (++) Output Compare : HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit()
-           (++) PWM generation : HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit()
-           (++) One-pulse mode output : HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit()
-           (++) Encoder mode output : HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit()
-
-     (#) Initialize the TIM low level resources :
-        (##) Enable the TIM interface clock using __TIMx_CLK_ENABLE();
-        (##) TIM pins configuration
-            (+++) Enable the clock for the TIM GPIOs using the following function:
-                 __GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE();
-            (+++) Configure these TIM pins in Alternate function mode using HAL_GPIO_Init();
-
-     (#) The external Clock can be configured, if needed (the default clock is the
-         internal clock from the APBx), using the following function:
-         HAL_TIM_ConfigClockSource, the clock configuration should be done before
-         any start function.
-
-     (#) Configure the TIM in the desired functioning mode using one of the
-         initialization function of this driver:
-         (++) HAL_TIM_Base_Init: to use the Timer to generate a simple time base
-         (++) HAL_TIM_OC_Init and HAL_TIM_OC_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer to generate an
-              Output Compare signal.
-         (++) HAL_TIM_PWM_Init and HAL_TIM_PWM_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer to generate a
-              PWM signal.
-         (++) HAL_TIM_IC_Init and HAL_TIM_IC_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer to measure an
-              external signal.
-         (++) HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Init and HAL_TIM_OnePulse_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer
-              in One Pulse Mode.
-         (++) HAL_TIM_Encoder_Init: to use the Timer Encoder Interface.
-
-     (#) Activate the TIM peripheral using one of the start functions depending from the feature used:
-           (++) Time Base : HAL_TIM_Base_Start(), HAL_TIM_Base_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_Base_Start_IT()
-           (++) Input Capture :  HAL_TIM_IC_Start(), HAL_TIM_IC_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_IC_Start_IT()
-           (++) Output Compare : HAL_TIM_OC_Start(), HAL_TIM_OC_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_OC_Start_IT()
-           (++) PWM generation : HAL_TIM_PWM_Start(), HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_IT()
-           (++) One-pulse mode output : HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start(), HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start_IT()
-           (++) Encoder mode output : HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start(), HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_IT().
-
-     (#) The DMA Burst is managed with the two following functions:
-         HAL_TIM_DMABurst_WriteStart()
-         HAL_TIM_DMABurst_ReadStart()
-
-  @endverbatim
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @attention
-  *
-  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
-  *
-  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
-  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
-  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
-  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
-  *      without specific prior written permission.
-  *
-  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
-  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
-  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
-  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
-  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
-  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
-  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
-  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
-  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
-  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-  *
-  ******************************************************************************
-  */
-
-/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
-
-/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup TIM TIM
-  * @brief TIM HAL module driver
-  * @{
-  */
-
-#ifdef HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED
-
-/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/** @addtogroup TIM_Private_Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
-static void TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICFilter);
-static void TIM_TI2_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection,
-                       uint32_t TIM_ICFilter);
-static void TIM_TI2_ConfigInputStage(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICFilter);
-static void TIM_TI3_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection,
-                       uint32_t TIM_ICFilter);
-static void TIM_TI4_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection,
-                       uint32_t TIM_ICFilter);
-
-static void TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ITRx);
-static void TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
-static void TIM_DMATriggerCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
-static void TIM_SlaveTimer_SetConfig(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim,
-                                     TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef * sSlaveConfig);
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
-/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions TIM Exported Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group1 Time Base functions
- *  @brief    Time Base functions
- *
-@verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-              ##### Time Base functions #####
-  ==============================================================================
-  [..]
-    This section provides functions allowing to:
-    (+) Initialize and configure the TIM base.
-    (+) De-initialize the TIM base.
-    (+) Start the Time Base.
-    (+) Stop the Time Base.
-    (+) Start the Time Base and enable interrupt.
-    (+) Stop the Time Base and disable interrupt.
-    (+) Start the Time Base and enable DMA transfer.
-    (+) Stop the Time Base and disable DMA transfer.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the TIM Time base Unit according to the specified
-  *         parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and create the associated handle.
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
-{
-  /* Check the TIM handle allocation */
-  if(htim == NULL)
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision));
-
-  if(htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET)
-  {
-    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */
-    HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit(htim);
-  }
-
-  /* Set the TIM state */
-  htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Set the Time Base configuration */
-  TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init);
-
-  /* Initialize the TIM state*/
-  htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  DeInitializes the TIM Base peripheral
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-
-  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */
-  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
-
-  /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */
-  HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit(htim);
-
-  /* Change TIM state */
-  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET;
-
-  /* Release Lock */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the TIM Base MSP.
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  DeInitializes TIM Base MSP.
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Starts the TIM Base generation.
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-
-  /* Set the TIM state */
-  htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Enable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
-
-  /* Change the TIM state*/
-  htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Stops the TIM Base generation.
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-
-  /* Set the TIM state */
-  htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Disable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
-
-  /* Change the TIM state*/
-  htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Starts the TIM Base generation in interrupt mode.
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-
-  /* Enable the TIM Update interrupt */
-  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_UPDATE);
-
-  /* Enable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Stops the TIM Base generation in interrupt mode.
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-  /* Disable the TIM Update interrupt */
-  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_UPDATE);
-
-  /* Disable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Starts the TIM Base generation in DMA mode.
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @param  pData: The source Buffer address.
-  * @param  Length: The length of data to be transferred from memory to peripheral.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-
-  if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY))
-  {
-     return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-  else if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY))
-  {
-    if((pData == 0 ) && (Length > 0))
-    {
-      return HAL_ERROR;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
-    }
-  }
-  /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */
-  htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt;
-
-  /* Set the DMA error callback */
-  htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_DMAError ;
-
-  /* Enable the DMA Stream */
-  HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->ARR, Length);
-
-  /* Enable the TIM Update DMA request */
-  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_UPDATE);
-
-  /* Enable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Stops the TIM Base generation in DMA mode.
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-
-  /* Disable the TIM Update DMA request */
-  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_UPDATE);
-
-  /* Disable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
-
-  /* Change the htim state */
-  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group2 Time Output Compare functions
- *  @brief    Time Output Compare functions
- *
-@verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                  ##### Time Output Compare functions #####
-  ==============================================================================
-  [..]
-    This section provides functions allowing to:
-    (+) Initialize and configure the TIM Output Compare.
-    (+) De-initialize the TIM Output Compare.
-    (+) Start the Time Output Compare.
-    (+) Stop the Time Output Compare.
-    (+) Start the Time Output Compare and enable interrupt.
-    (+) Stop the Time Output Compare and disable interrupt.
-    (+) Start the Time Output Compare and enable DMA transfer.
-    (+) Stop the Time Output Compare and disable DMA transfer.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the TIM Output Compare according to the specified
-  *         parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and create the associated handle.
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim)
-{
-  /* Check the TIM handle allocation */
-  if(htim == NULL)
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision));
-
-  if(htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET)
-  {
-    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
-    htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
-    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */
-    HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit(htim);
-  }
-
-  /* Set the TIM state */
-  htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Init the base time for the Output Compare */
-  TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance,  &htim->Init);
-
-  /* Initialize the TIM state*/
-  htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  DeInitializes the TIM peripheral
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-
-   htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */
-  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
-
-  /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */
-  HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit(htim);
-
-  /* Change TIM state */
-  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET;
-
-  /* Release Lock */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the TIM Output Compare MSP.
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  DeInitializes TIM Output Compare MSP.
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation.
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @param  Channel: TIM Channel to be enabled.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
-
-  /* Enable the Output compare channel */
-  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
-
-  if(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
-  {
-    /* Enable the main output */
-    __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
-  }
-
-  /* Enable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation.
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @param  Channel: TIM Channel to be disabled.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
-
-  /* Disable the Output compare channel */
-  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
-
-  if(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
-  {
-    /* Disable the Main Output */
-    __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
-  }
-
-  /* Disable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation in interrupt mode.
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @param  Channel: TIM Channel to be enabled.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
-
-  switch (Channel)
-  {
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
-    {
-      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */
-      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
-    {
-      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */
-      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
-    {
-      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */
-      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
-    {
-      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */
-      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    default:
-    break;
-  }
-
-  /* Enable the Output compare channel */
-  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
-
-  if(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
-  {
-    /* Enable the main output */
-    __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
-  }
-
-  /* Enable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation in interrupt mode.
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @param  Channel: TIM Channel to be disabled.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
-
-  switch (Channel)
-  {
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
-    {
-      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */
-      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
-    {
-      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */
-      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
-    {
-      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */
-      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
-    {
-      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */
-      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    default:
-    break;
-  }
-
-  /* Disable the Output compare channel */
-  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
-
-  if(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
-  {
-    /* Disable the Main Output */
-    __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
-  }
-
-  /* Disable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation in DMA mode.
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @param  Channel: TIM Channel to be enabled.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
-  * @param  pData: The source Buffer address.
-  * @param  Length: The length of data to be transferred from memory to TIM peripheral
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
-
-  if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY))
-  {
-     return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-  else if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY))
-  {
-    if(((uint32_t)pData == 0 ) && (Length > 0))
-    {
-      return HAL_ERROR;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
-    }
-  }
-  switch (Channel)
-  {
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
-    {
-      /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */
-      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
-
-      /* Set the DMA error callback */
-      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_DMAError ;
-
-      /* Enable the DMA Stream */
-      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, Length);
-
-      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */
-      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
-    {
-      /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */
-      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
-
-      /* Set the DMA error callback */
-      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_DMAError ;
-
-      /* Enable the DMA Stream */
-      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, Length);
-
-      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */
-      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
-    {
-      /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */
-      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
-
-      /* Set the DMA error callback */
-      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_DMAError ;
-
-      /* Enable the DMA Stream */
-      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR3,Length);
-
-      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */
-      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
-    {
-     /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */
-      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
-
-      /* Set the DMA error callback */
-      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_DMAError ;
-
-      /* Enable the DMA Stream */
-      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR4, Length);
-
-      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 DMA request */
-      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    default:
-    break;
-  }
-
-  /* Enable the Output compare channel */
-  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
-
-  if(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
-  {
-    /* Enable the main output */
-    __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
-  }
-
-  /* Enable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation in DMA mode.
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @param  Channel: TIM Channel to be disabled.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
-
-  switch (Channel)
-  {
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
-    {
-      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */
-      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
-    {
-      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */
-      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
-    {
-      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */
-      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
-    {
-      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */
-      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    default:
-    break;
-  }
-
-  /* Disable the Output compare channel */
-  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
-
-  if(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
-  {
-    /* Disable the Main Output */
-    __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
-  }
-
-  /* Disable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
-
-  /* Change the htim state */
-  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group3 Time PWM functions
- *  @brief    Time PWM functions
- *
-@verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                          ##### Time PWM functions #####
-  ==============================================================================
-  [..]
-    This section provides functions allowing to:
-    (+) Initialize and configure the TIM OPWM.
-    (+) De-initialize the TIM PWM.
-    (+) Start the Time PWM.
-    (+) Stop the Time PWM.
-    (+) Start the Time PWM and enable interrupt.
-    (+) Stop the Time PWM and disable interrupt.
-    (+) Start the Time PWM and enable DMA transfer.
-    (+) Stop the Time PWM and disable DMA transfer.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the TIM PWM Time Base according to the specified
-  *         parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and create the associated handle.
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
-{
-  /* Check the TIM handle allocation */
-  if(htim == NULL)
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision));
-
-  if(htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET)
-  {
-    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
-    htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
-    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */
-    HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit(htim);
-  }
-
-  /* Set the TIM state */
-  htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Init the base time for the PWM */
-  TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init);
-
-  /* Initialize the TIM state*/
-  htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  DeInitializes the TIM peripheral
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-
-  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */
-  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
-
-  /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */
-  HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit(htim);
-
-  /* Change TIM state */
-  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET;
-
-  /* Release Lock */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the TIM PWM MSP.
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  DeInitializes TIM PWM MSP.
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Starts the PWM signal generation.
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @param  Channel: TIM Channels to be enabled.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
-
-  /* Enable the Capture compare channel */
-  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
-
-  if(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
-  {
-    /* Enable the main output */
-    __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
-  }
-
-  /* Enable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Stops the PWM signal generation.
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @param  Channel: TIM Channels to be disabled.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
-
-  /* Disable the Capture compare channel */
-  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
-
-  if(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
-  {
-    /* Disable the Main Output */
-    __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
-  }
-
-  /* Disable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
-
-  /* Change the htim state */
-  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Starts the PWM signal generation in interrupt mode.
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @param  Channel: TIM Channel to be disabled.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
-
-  switch (Channel)
-  {
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
-    {
-      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */
-      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
-    {
-      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */
-      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
-    {
-      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */
-      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
-    {
-      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */
-      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    default:
-    break;
-  }
-
-  /* Enable the Capture compare channel */
-  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
-
-  if(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
-  {
-    /* Enable the main output */
-    __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
-  }
-
-  /* Enable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Stops the PWM signal generation in interrupt mode.
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @param  Channel: TIM Channels to be disabled.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Stop_IT (TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
-
-  switch (Channel)
-  {
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
-    {
-      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */
-      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
-    {
-      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */
-      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
-    {
-      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */
-      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
-    {
-      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */
-      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    default:
-    break;
-  }
-
-  /* Disable the Capture compare channel */
-  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
-
-  if(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
-  {
-    /* Disable the Main Output */
-    __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
-  }
-
-  /* Disable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Starts the TIM PWM signal generation in DMA mode.
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @param  Channel: TIM Channels to be enabled.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
-  * @param  pData: The source Buffer address.
-  * @param  Length: The length of data to be transferred from memory to TIM peripheral
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
-
-  if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY))
-  {
-     return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-  else if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY))
-  {
-    if(((uint32_t)pData == 0 ) && (Length > 0))
-    {
-      return HAL_ERROR;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
-    }
-  }
-  switch (Channel)
-  {
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
-    {
-      /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */
-      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
-
-      /* Set the DMA error callback */
-      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_DMAError ;
-
-      /* Enable the DMA Stream */
-      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, Length);
-
-      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */
-      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
-    {
-      /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */
-      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
-
-      /* Set the DMA error callback */
-      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_DMAError ;
-
-      /* Enable the DMA Stream */
-      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, Length);
-
-      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */
-      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
-    {
-      /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */
-      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
-
-      /* Set the DMA error callback */
-      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_DMAError ;
-
-      /* Enable the DMA Stream */
-      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR3,Length);
-
-      /* Enable the TIM Output Capture/Compare 3 request */
-      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
-    {
-     /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */
-      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
-
-      /* Set the DMA error callback */
-      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_DMAError ;
-
-      /* Enable the DMA Stream */
-      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR4, Length);
-
-      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 DMA request */
-      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    default:
-    break;
-  }
-
-  /* Enable the Capture compare channel */
-  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
-
-  if(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
-  {
-    /* Enable the main output */
-    __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
-  }
-
-  /* Enable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Stops the TIM PWM signal generation in DMA mode.
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @param  Channel: TIM Channels to be disabled.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
-
-  switch (Channel)
-  {
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
-    {
-      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */
-      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
-    {
-      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */
-      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
-    {
-      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */
-      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
-    {
-      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */
-      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    default:
-    break;
-  }
-
-  /* Disable the Capture compare channel */
-  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
-
-  if(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
-  {
-    /* Disable the Main Output */
-    __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
-  }
-
-  /* Disable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
-
-  /* Change the htim state */
-  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group4 Time Input Capture functions
- *  @brief    Time Input Capture functions
- *
-@verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-              ##### Time Input Capture functions #####
-  ==============================================================================
- [..]
-   This section provides functions allowing to:
-   (+) Initialize and configure the TIM Input Capture.
-   (+) De-initialize the TIM Input Capture.
-   (+) Start the Time Input Capture.
-   (+) Stop the Time Input Capture.
-   (+) Start the Time Input Capture and enable interrupt.
-   (+) Stop the Time Input Capture and disable interrupt.
-   (+) Start the Time Input Capture and enable DMA transfer.
-   (+) Stop the Time Input Capture and disable DMA transfer.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the TIM Input Capture Time base according to the specified
-  *         parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and create the associated handle.
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
-{
-  /* Check the TIM handle allocation */
-  if(htim == NULL)
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision));
-
-  if(htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET)
-  {
-    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
-    htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
-    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */
-    HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit(htim);
-  }
-
-  /* Set the TIM state */
-  htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Init the base time for the input capture */
-  TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init);
-
-  /* Initialize the TIM state*/
-  htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  DeInitializes the TIM peripheral
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-
-  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */
-  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
-
-  /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */
-  HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit(htim);
-
-  /* Change TIM state */
-  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET;
-
-  /* Release Lock */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the TIM INput Capture MSP.
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  DeInitializes TIM Input Capture MSP.
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Starts the TIM Input Capture measurement.
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @param  Channel: TIM Channels to be enabled.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Start (TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
-
-  /* Enable the Input Capture channel */
-  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
-
-  /* Enable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Stops the TIM Input Capture measurement.
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @param  Channel: TIM Channels to be disabled.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
-
-  /* Disable the Input Capture channel */
-  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
-
-  /* Disable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Starts the TIM Input Capture measurement in interrupt mode.
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @param  Channel: TIM Channels to be enabled.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Start_IT (TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
-
-  switch (Channel)
-  {
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
-    {
-      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */
-      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
-    {
-      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */
-      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
-    {
-      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */
-      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
-    {
-      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */
-      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    default:
-    break;
-  }
-  /* Enable the Input Capture channel */
-  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
-
-  /* Enable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Stops the TIM Input Capture measurement in interrupt mode.
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @param  Channel: TIM Channels to be disabled.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
-
-  switch (Channel)
-  {
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
-    {
-      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */
-      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
-    {
-      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */
-      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
-    {
-      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */
-      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
-    {
-      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */
-      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    default:
-    break;
-  }
-
-  /* Disable the Input Capture channel */
-  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
-
-  /* Disable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Starts the TIM Input Capture measurement on in DMA mode.
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @param  Channel: TIM Channels to be enabled.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
-  * @param  pData: The destination Buffer address.
-  * @param  Length: The length of data to be transferred from TIM peripheral to memory.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_CC_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-
-  if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY))
-  {
-     return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-  else if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY))
-  {
-    if((pData == 0 ) && (Length > 0))
-    {
-      return HAL_ERROR;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
-    }
-  }
-
-  switch (Channel)
-  {
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
-    {
-      /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */
-      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
-
-      /* Set the DMA error callback */
-      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_DMAError ;
-
-      /* Enable the DMA Stream */
-      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, (uint32_t)pData, Length);
-
-      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */
-      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
-    {
-      /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */
-      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
-
-      /* Set the DMA error callback */
-      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_DMAError ;
-
-      /* Enable the DMA Stream */
-      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, (uint32_t)pData, Length);
-
-      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2  DMA request */
-      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
-    {
-      /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */
-      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
-
-      /* Set the DMA error callback */
-      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_DMAError ;
-
-      /* Enable the DMA Stream */
-      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR3, (uint32_t)pData, Length);
-
-      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3  DMA request */
-      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
-    {
-      /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */
-      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
-
-      /* Set the DMA error callback */
-      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_DMAError ;
-
-      /* Enable the DMA Stream */
-      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR4, (uint32_t)pData, Length);
-
-      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4  DMA request */
-      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    default:
-    break;
-  }
-
-  /* Enable the Input Capture channel */
-  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
-
-  /* Enable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Stops the TIM Input Capture measurement on in DMA mode.
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @param  Channel: TIM Channels to be disabled.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_CC_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-
-  switch (Channel)
-  {
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
-    {
-      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */
-      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
-    {
-      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */
-      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
-    {
-      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3  DMA request */
-      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
-    {
-      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4  DMA request */
-      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    default:
-    break;
-  }
-
-  /* Disable the Input Capture channel */
-  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
-
-  /* Disable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
-
-  /* Change the htim state */
-  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group5 Time One Pulse functions
- *  @brief    Time One Pulse functions
- *
-@verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                        ##### Time One Pulse functions #####
-  ==============================================================================
-  [..]
-    This section provides functions allowing to:
-    (+) Initialize and configure the TIM One Pulse.
-    (+) De-initialize the TIM One Pulse.
-    (+) Start the Time One Pulse.
-    (+) Stop the Time One Pulse.
-    (+) Start the Time One Pulse and enable interrupt.
-    (+) Stop the Time One Pulse and disable interrupt.
-    (+) Start the Time One Pulse and enable DMA transfer.
-    (+) Stop the Time One Pulse and disable DMA transfer.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the TIM One Pulse Time Base according to the specified
-  *         parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and create the associated handle.
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @param  OnePulseMode: Select the One pulse mode.
-  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg TIM_OPMODE_SINGLE: Only one pulse will be generated.
-  *            @arg TIM_OPMODE_REPETITIVE: Repetitive pulses will be generated.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OnePulseMode)
-{
-  /* Check the TIM handle allocation */
-  if(htim == NULL)
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_OPM_MODE(OnePulseMode));
-
-  if(htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET)
-  {
-    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
-    htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
-    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */
-    HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit(htim);
-  }
-
-  /* Set the TIM state */
-  htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Configure the Time base in the One Pulse Mode */
-  TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init);
-
-  /* Reset the OPM Bit */
-  htim->Instance->CR1 &= ~TIM_CR1_OPM;
-
-  /* Configure the OPM Mode */
-  htim->Instance->CR1 |= OnePulseMode;
-
-  /* Initialize the TIM state*/
-  htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  DeInitializes the TIM One Pulse
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-
-  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */
-  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
-
-  /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */
-  HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit(htim);
-
-  /* Change TIM state */
-  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET;
-
-  /* Release Lock */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the TIM One Pulse MSP.
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  DeInitializes TIM One Pulse MSP.
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Starts the TIM One Pulse signal generation.
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @param  OutputChannel : TIM Channels to be enabled.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel)
-{
-  /* Enable the Capture compare and the Input Capture channels
-    (in the OPM Mode the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2)
-    if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as output, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as input and
-    if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as input, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as output
-    in all combinations, the TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2 should be enabled together
-
-    No need to enable the counter, it's enabled automatically by hardware
-    (the counter starts in response to a stimulus and generate a pulse */
-
-  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
-  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
-
-  if(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
-  {
-    /* Enable the main output */
-    __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
-  }
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Stops the TIM One Pulse signal generation.
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @param  OutputChannel : TIM Channels to be disable.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel)
-{
-  /* Disable the Capture compare and the Input Capture channels
-  (in the OPM Mode the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2)
-  if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as output, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as input and
-  if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as input, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as output
-  in all combinations, the TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2 should be disabled together */
-
-  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
-  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
-
-  if(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
-  {
-    /* Disable the Main Output */
-    __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
-  }
-
-  /* Disable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Starts the TIM One Pulse signal generation in interrupt mode.
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @param  OutputChannel : TIM Channels to be enabled.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel)
-{
-  /* Enable the Capture compare and the Input Capture channels
-    (in the OPM Mode the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2)
-    if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as output, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as input and
-    if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as input, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as output
-    in all combinations, the TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2 should be enabled together
-
-    No need to enable the counter, it's enabled automatically by hardware
-    (the counter starts in response to a stimulus and generate a pulse */
-
-  /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */
-  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
-
-  /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */
-  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
-
-  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
-  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
-
-  if(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
-  {
-    /* Enable the main output */
-    __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
-  }
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Stops the TIM One Pulse signal generation in interrupt mode.
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @param  OutputChannel : TIM Channels to be enabled.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel)
-{
-  /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */
-  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
-
-  /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */
-  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
-
-  /* Disable the Capture compare and the Input Capture channels
-  (in the OPM Mode the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2)
-  if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as output, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as input and
-  if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as input, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as output
-  in all combinations, the TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2 should be disabled together */
-  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
-  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
-
-  if(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(htim->Instance) != RESET)
-  {
-    /* Disable the Main Output */
-    __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
-  }
-
-  /* Disable the Peripheral */
-   __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group6 Time Encoder functions
- *  @brief    Time Encoder functions
- *
-@verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                          ##### Time Encoder functions #####
-  ==============================================================================
-  [..]
-    This section provides functions allowing to:
-    (+) Initialize and configure the TIM Encoder.
-    (+) De-initialize the TIM Encoder.
-    (+) Start the Time Encoder.
-    (+) Stop the Time Encoder.
-    (+) Start the Time Encoder and enable interrupt.
-    (+) Stop the Time Encoder and disable interrupt.
-    (+) Start the Time Encoder and enable DMA transfer.
-    (+) Stop the Time Encoder and disable DMA transfer.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the TIM Encoder Interface and create the associated handle.
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @param  sConfig: TIM Encoder Interface configuration structure
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim,  TIM_Encoder_InitTypeDef* sConfig)
-{
-  uint32_t tmpsmcr = 0;
-  uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0;
-  uint32_t tmpccer = 0;
-
-  /* Check the TIM handle allocation */
-  if(htim == NULL)
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_MODE(sConfig->EncoderMode));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_SELECTION(sConfig->IC1Selection));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_SELECTION(sConfig->IC2Selection));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(sConfig->IC1Polarity));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(sConfig->IC2Polarity));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(sConfig->IC1Prescaler));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(sConfig->IC2Prescaler));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(sConfig->IC1Filter));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(sConfig->IC2Filter));
-
-  if(htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET)
-  {
-    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
-    htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
-    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */
-    HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit(htim);
-  }
-
-  /* Set the TIM state */
-  htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Reset the SMS bits */
-  htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS;
-
-  /* Configure the Time base in the Encoder Mode */
-  TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init);
-
-  /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */
-  tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR;
-
-  /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */
-  tmpccmr1 = htim->Instance->CCMR1;
-
-  /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */
-  tmpccer = htim->Instance->CCER;
-
-  /* Set the encoder Mode */
-  tmpsmcr |= sConfig->EncoderMode;
-
-  /* Select the Capture Compare 1 and the Capture Compare 2 as input */
-  tmpccmr1 &= ~(TIM_CCMR1_CC1S | TIM_CCMR1_CC2S);
-  tmpccmr1 |= (sConfig->IC1Selection | (sConfig->IC2Selection << 8));
-
-  /* Set the Capture Compare 1 and the Capture Compare 2 prescalers and filters */
-  tmpccmr1 &= ~(TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC | TIM_CCMR1_IC2PSC);
-  tmpccmr1 &= ~(TIM_CCMR1_IC1F | TIM_CCMR1_IC2F);
-  tmpccmr1 |= sConfig->IC1Prescaler | (sConfig->IC2Prescaler << 8);
-  tmpccmr1 |= (sConfig->IC1Filter << 4) | (sConfig->IC2Filter << 12);
-
-  /* Set the TI1 and the TI2 Polarities */
-  tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC2P);
-  tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC1NP | TIM_CCER_CC2NP);
-  tmpccer |= sConfig->IC1Polarity | (sConfig->IC2Polarity << 4);
-
-  /* Write to TIMx SMCR */
-  htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr;
-
-  /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */
-  htim->Instance->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1;
-
-  /* Write to TIMx CCER */
-  htim->Instance->CCER = tmpccer;
-
-  /* Initialize the TIM state*/
-  htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  DeInitializes the TIM Encoder interface
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-
-  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */
-  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
-
-  /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */
-  HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit(htim);
-
-  /* Change TIM state */
-  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET;
-
-  /* Release Lock */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the TIM Encoder Interface MSP.
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  DeInitializes TIM Encoder Interface MSP.
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Starts the TIM Encoder Interface.
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @param  Channel: TIM Channels to be enabled.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-
-  /* Enable the encoder interface channels */
-  switch (Channel)
-  {
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
-    {
-      TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
-      break;
-    }
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
-    {
-      TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
-      break;
-    }
-    default :
-    {
-     TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
-     TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
-     break;
-    }
-  }
-  /* Enable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Stops the TIM Encoder Interface.
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @param  Channel: TIM Channels to be disabled.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-    assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-
-   /* Disable the Input Capture channels 1 and 2
-    (in the EncoderInterface the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) */
-  switch (Channel)
-  {
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
-    {
-      TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
-      break;
-    }
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
-    {
-      TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
-      break;
-    }
-    default :
-    {
-     TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
-     TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
-     break;
-    }
-  }
-  /* Disable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Starts the TIM Encoder Interface in interrupt mode.
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @param  Channel: TIM Channels to be enabled.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-
-  /* Enable the encoder interface channels */
-  /* Enable the capture compare Interrupts 1 and/or 2 */
-  switch (Channel)
-  {
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
-    {
-      TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
-      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
-      break;
-    }
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
-    {
-      TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
-      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
-      break;
-    }
-    default :
-    {
-     TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
-     TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
-     __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
-     __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
-     break;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Enable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Stops the TIM Encoder Interface in interrupt mode.
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @param  Channel: TIM Channels to be disabled.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-
-  /* Disable the Input Capture channels 1 and 2
-    (in the EncoderInterface the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) */
-  if(Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1)
-  {
-    TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
-
-    /* Disable the capture compare Interrupts 1 */
-  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
-  }
-  else if(Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2)
-  {
-    TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
-
-    /* Disable the capture compare Interrupts 2 */
-  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
-    TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
-
-    /* Disable the capture compare Interrupts 1 and 2 */
-    __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
-    __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
-  }
-
-  /* Disable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
-
-  /* Change the htim state */
-  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Starts the TIM Encoder Interface in DMA mode.
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @param  Channel: TIM Channels to be enabled.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected
-  * @param  pData1: The destination Buffer address for IC1.
-  * @param  pData2: The destination Buffer address for IC2.
-  * @param  Length: The length of data to be transferred from TIM peripheral to memory.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData1, uint32_t *pData2, uint16_t Length)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_CC_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-
-  if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY))
-  {
-     return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-  else if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY))
-  {
-    if((((pData1 == 0) || (pData2 == 0) )) && (Length > 0))
-    {
-      return HAL_ERROR;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
-    }
-  }
-
-  switch (Channel)
-  {
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
-    {
-      /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */
-      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
-
-      /* Set the DMA error callback */
-      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_DMAError ;
-
-      /* Enable the DMA Stream */
-      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, (uint32_t )pData1, Length);
-
-      /* Enable the TIM Input Capture DMA request */
-      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
-
-      /* Enable the Peripheral */
-      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
-
-      /* Enable the Capture compare channel */
-      TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
-    {
-      /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */
-      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
-
-      /* Set the DMA error callback */
-      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_DMAError;
-      /* Enable the DMA Stream */
-      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, (uint32_t)pData2, Length);
-
-      /* Enable the TIM Input Capture  DMA request */
-      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
-
-      /* Enable the Peripheral */
-      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
-
-      /* Enable the Capture compare channel */
-      TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_ALL:
-    {
-      /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */
-      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
-
-      /* Set the DMA error callback */
-      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_DMAError ;
-
-      /* Enable the DMA Stream */
-      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, (uint32_t)pData1, Length);
-
-      /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */
-      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
-
-      /* Set the DMA error callback */
-      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_DMAError ;
-
-      /* Enable the DMA Stream */
-      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, (uint32_t)pData2, Length);
-
-     /* Enable the Peripheral */
-      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
-
-      /* Enable the Capture compare channel */
-      TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
-      TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
-
-      /* Enable the TIM Input Capture  DMA request */
-      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
-      /* Enable the TIM Input Capture  DMA request */
-      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    default:
-    break;
-  }
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Stops the TIM Encoder Interface in DMA mode.
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @param  Channel: TIM Channels to be enabled.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_CC_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-
-  /* Disable the Input Capture channels 1 and 2
-    (in the EncoderInterface the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) */
-  if(Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1)
-  {
-    TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
-
-    /* Disable the capture compare DMA Request 1 */
-    __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
-  }
-  else if(Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2)
-  {
-    TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
-
-    /* Disable the capture compare DMA Request 2 */
-    __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
-    TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
-
-    /* Disable the capture compare DMA Request 1 and 2 */
-    __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
-    __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
-  }
-
-  /* Disable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
-
-  /* Change the htim state */
-  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group7 TIM IRQ handler management
- *  @brief    IRQ handler management
- *
-@verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                        ##### IRQ handler management #####
-  ==============================================================================
-  [..]
-    This section provides Timer IRQ handler function.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-/**
-  * @brief  This function handles TIM interrupts requests.
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_TIM_IRQHandler(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
-{
-  /* Capture compare 1 event */
-  if(__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_CC1) != RESET)
-  {
-    if(__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_CC1) !=RESET)
-    {
-      {
-        __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
-        htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1;
-
-        /* Input capture event */
-        if((htim->Instance->CCMR1 & TIM_CCMR1_CC1S) != 0x00)
-        {
-          HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim);
-        }
-        /* Output compare event */
-        else
-        {
-          HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim);
-          HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim);
-        }
-        htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  /* Capture compare 2 event */
-  if(__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_CC2) != RESET)
-  {
-    if(__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_CC2) !=RESET)
-    {
-      __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
-      htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2;
-      /* Input capture event */
-      if((htim->Instance->CCMR1 & TIM_CCMR1_CC2S) != 0x00)
-      {
-        HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim);
-      }
-      /* Output compare event */
-      else
-      {
-        HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim);
-        HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim);
-      }
-      htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED;
-    }
-  }
-  /* Capture compare 3 event */
-  if(__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_CC3) != RESET)
-  {
-    if(__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_CC3) !=RESET)
-    {
-      __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3);
-      htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3;
-      /* Input capture event */
-      if((htim->Instance->CCMR2 & TIM_CCMR2_CC3S) != 0x00)
-      {
-        HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim);
-      }
-      /* Output compare event */
-      else
-      {
-        HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim);
-        HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim);
-      }
-      htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED;
-    }
-  }
-  /* Capture compare 4 event */
-  if(__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_CC4) != RESET)
-  {
-    if(__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_CC4) !=RESET)
-    {
-      __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4);
-      htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4;
-      /* Input capture event */
-      if((htim->Instance->CCMR2 & TIM_CCMR2_CC4S) != 0x00)
-      {
-        HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim);
-      }
-      /* Output compare event */
-      else
-      {
-        HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim);
-        HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim);
-      }
-      htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED;
-    }
-  }
-  /* TIM Update event */
-  if(__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_UPDATE) != RESET)
-  {
-    if(__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_UPDATE) !=RESET)
-    {
-      __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_UPDATE);
-      HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback(htim);
-    }
-  }
-  /* TIM Break input event */
-  if(__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_BREAK) != RESET)
-  {
-    if(__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_BREAK) !=RESET)
-    {
-      __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_BREAK);
-      HAL_TIMEx_BreakCallback(htim);
-    }
-  }
-
-    /* TIM Break input event */
-  if(__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_BREAK2) != RESET)
-  {
-    if(__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_BREAK) !=RESET)
-    {
-      __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_BREAK);
-      HAL_TIMEx_BreakCallback(htim);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* TIM Trigger detection event */
-  if(__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_TRIGGER) != RESET)
-  {
-    if(__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_TRIGGER) !=RESET)
-    {
-      __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_TRIGGER);
-      HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback(htim);
-    }
-  }
-  /* TIM commutation event */
-  if(__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_COM) != RESET)
-  {
-    if(__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_COM) !=RESET)
-    {
-      __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_FLAG_COM);
-      HAL_TIMEx_CommutationCallback(htim);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group8 Peripheral Control functions
- *  @brief   	Peripheral Control functions
- *
-@verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                   ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
-  ==============================================================================
- [..]
-   This section provides functions allowing to:
-   (+) Configure The Input Output channels for OC, PWM, IC or One Pulse mode.
-   (+) Configure External Clock source.
-   (+) Configure Complementary channels, break features and dead time.
-   (+) Configure Master and the Slave synchronization.
-   (+) Configure the DMA Burst Mode.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the TIM Output Compare Channels according to the specified
-  *         parameters in the TIM_OC_InitTypeDef.
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @param  sConfig: TIM Output Compare configuration structure
-  * @param  Channel: TIM Channels to be enabled.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-__weak HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef* sConfig, uint32_t Channel)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNELS(Channel));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_MODE(sConfig->OCMode));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(sConfig->OCPolarity));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(sConfig->OCNPolarity));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(sConfig->OCNIdleState));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(sConfig->OCIdleState));
-
-  /* Check input state */
-  __HAL_LOCK(htim);
-
-  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  switch (Channel)
-  {
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
-    {
-      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-      /* Configure the TIM Channel 1 in Output Compare */
-      TIM_OC1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
-    {
-      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-      /* Configure the TIM Channel 2 in Output Compare */
-      TIM_OC2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
-    {
-       assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-      /* Configure the TIM Channel 3 in Output Compare */
-      TIM_OC3_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
-    {
-      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-      /* Configure the TIM Channel 4 in Output Compare */
-      TIM_OC4_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    default:
-    break;
-  }
-  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
-
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the TIM Input Capture Channels according to the specified
-  *         parameters in the TIM_IC_InitTypeDef.
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @param  sConfig: TIM Input Capture configuration structure
-  * @param  Channel: TIM Channels to be enabled.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_IC_InitTypeDef* sConfig, uint32_t Channel)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(sConfig->ICPolarity));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_SELECTION(sConfig->ICSelection));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(sConfig->ICPrescaler));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(sConfig->ICFilter));
-
-  __HAL_LOCK(htim);
-
-  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1)
-  {
-    /* TI1 Configuration */
-    TIM_TI1_SetConfig(htim->Instance,
-               sConfig->ICPolarity,
-               sConfig->ICSelection,
-               sConfig->ICFilter);
-
-    /* Reset the IC1PSC Bits */
-    htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC;
-
-    /* Set the IC1PSC value */
-    htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= sConfig->ICPrescaler;
-  }
-  else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2)
-  {
-    /* TI2 Configuration */
-    assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-
-    TIM_TI2_SetConfig(htim->Instance,
-                      sConfig->ICPolarity,
-                      sConfig->ICSelection,
-                      sConfig->ICFilter);
-
-    /* Reset the IC2PSC Bits */
-    htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC2PSC;
-
-    /* Set the IC2PSC value */
-    htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= (sConfig->ICPrescaler << 8);
-  }
-  else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_3)
-  {
-    /* TI3 Configuration */
-    assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-
-    TIM_TI3_SetConfig(htim->Instance,
-               sConfig->ICPolarity,
-               sConfig->ICSelection,
-               sConfig->ICFilter);
-
-    /* Reset the IC3PSC Bits */
-    htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_IC3PSC;
-
-    /* Set the IC3PSC value */
-    htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= sConfig->ICPrescaler;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    /* TI4 Configuration */
-    assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-
-    TIM_TI4_SetConfig(htim->Instance,
-               sConfig->ICPolarity,
-               sConfig->ICSelection,
-               sConfig->ICFilter);
-
-    /* Reset the IC4PSC Bits */
-    htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_IC4PSC;
-
-    /* Set the IC4PSC value */
-    htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= (sConfig->ICPrescaler << 8);
-  }
-
-  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
-
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the TIM PWM  channels according to the specified
-  *         parameters in the TIM_OC_InitTypeDef.
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @param  sConfig: TIM PWM configuration structure
-  * @param  Channel: TIM Channels to be enabled.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-__weak HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef* sConfig, uint32_t Channel)
-{
-  __HAL_LOCK(htim);
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNELS(Channel));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_PWM_MODE(sConfig->OCMode));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(sConfig->OCPolarity));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(sConfig->OCNPolarity));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(sConfig->OCNIdleState));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(sConfig->OCIdleState));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_FAST_STATE(sConfig->OCFastMode));
-
-  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  switch (Channel)
-  {
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
-    {
-      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-      /* Configure the Channel 1 in PWM mode */
-      TIM_OC1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig);
-
-      /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel1 */
-      htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= TIM_CCMR1_OC1PE;
-
-      /* Configure the Output Fast mode */
-      htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC1FE;
-      htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= sConfig->OCFastMode;
-    }
-    break;
-
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
-    {
-      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-      /* Configure the Channel 2 in PWM mode */
-      TIM_OC2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig);
-
-      /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel2 */
-      htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= TIM_CCMR1_OC2PE;
-
-      /* Configure the Output Fast mode */
-      htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC2FE;
-      htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= sConfig->OCFastMode << 8;
-    }
-    break;
-
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
-    {
-      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-      /* Configure the Channel 3 in PWM mode */
-      TIM_OC3_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig);
-
-      /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel3 */
-      htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= TIM_CCMR2_OC3PE;
-
-     /* Configure the Output Fast mode */
-      htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC3FE;
-      htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= sConfig->OCFastMode;
-    }
-    break;
-
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
-    {
-      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-      /* Configure the Channel 4 in PWM mode */
-      TIM_OC4_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig);
-
-      /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel4 */
-      htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= TIM_CCMR2_OC4PE;
-
-     /* Configure the Output Fast mode */
-      htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC4FE;
-      htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= sConfig->OCFastMode << 8;
-    }
-    break;
-
-    default:
-    break;
-  }
-
-  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
-
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the TIM One Pulse Channels according to the specified
-  *         parameters in the TIM_OnePulse_InitTypeDef.
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @param  sConfig: TIM One Pulse configuration structure
-  * @param  OutputChannel: TIM Channels to be enabled.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
-  * @param  InputChannel: TIM Channels to be enabled.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim,  TIM_OnePulse_InitTypeDef* sConfig, uint32_t OutputChannel,  uint32_t InputChannel)
-{
-  TIM_OC_InitTypeDef temp1;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_OPM_CHANNELS(OutputChannel));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_OPM_CHANNELS(InputChannel));
-
-  if(OutputChannel != InputChannel)
-  {
-    __HAL_LOCK(htim);
-
-    htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
-
-    /* Extract the Output compare configuration from sConfig structure */
-    temp1.OCMode = sConfig->OCMode;
-    temp1.Pulse = sConfig->Pulse;
-    temp1.OCPolarity = sConfig->OCPolarity;
-    temp1.OCNPolarity = sConfig->OCNPolarity;
-    temp1.OCIdleState = sConfig->OCIdleState;
-    temp1.OCNIdleState = sConfig->OCNIdleState;
-
-    switch (OutputChannel)
-    {
-      case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
-      {
-        assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-
-        TIM_OC1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &temp1);
-      }
-      break;
-      case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
-      {
-        assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-
-        TIM_OC2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &temp1);
-      }
-      break;
-      default:
-      break;
-    }
-    switch (InputChannel)
-    {
-      case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
-      {
-        assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-
-        TIM_TI1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig->ICPolarity,
-                        sConfig->ICSelection, sConfig->ICFilter);
-
-        /* Reset the IC1PSC Bits */
-        htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC;
-
-        /* Select the Trigger source */
-        htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS;
-        htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_TS_TI1FP1;
-
-        /* Select the Slave Mode */
-        htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS;
-        htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER;
-      }
-      break;
-      case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
-      {
-        assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-
-        TIM_TI2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig->ICPolarity,
-                 sConfig->ICSelection, sConfig->ICFilter);
-
-        /* Reset the IC2PSC Bits */
-        htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC2PSC;
-
-        /* Select the Trigger source */
-        htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS;
-        htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_TS_TI2FP2;
-
-        /* Select the Slave Mode */
-        htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS;
-        htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER;
-      }
-      break;
-
-      default:
-      break;
-    }
-
-    htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
-
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
-
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Configure the DMA Burst to transfer Data from the memory to the TIM peripheral
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @param  BurstBaseAddress: TIM Base address from when the DMA will starts the Data write.
-  *         This parameters can be on of the following values:
-  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR1
-  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR2
-  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_SMCR
-  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_DIER
-  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_SR
-  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_EGR
-  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR1
-  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR2
-  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCER
-  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CNT
-  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_PSC
-  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_ARR
-  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_RCR
-  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR1
-  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR2
-  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR3
-  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR4
-  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_BDTR
-  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_DCR
-  * @param  BurstRequestSrc: TIM DMA Request sources.
-  *         This parameters can be on of the following values:
-  *            @arg TIM_DMA_UPDATE: TIM update Interrupt source
-  *            @arg TIM_DMA_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 DMA source
-  *            @arg TIM_DMA_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 DMA source
-  *            @arg TIM_DMA_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 DMA source
-  *            @arg TIM_DMA_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 DMA source
-  *            @arg TIM_DMA_COM: TIM Commutation DMA source
-  *            @arg TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: TIM Trigger DMA source
-  * @param  BurstBuffer: The Buffer address.
-  * @param  BurstLength: DMA Burst length. This parameter can be one value
-  *         between TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_1TRANSFER and TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_18TRANSFERS.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_WriteStart(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstBaseAddress, uint32_t BurstRequestSrc,
-                                              uint32_t* BurstBuffer, uint32_t  BurstLength)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_DMABURST_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_BASE(BurstBaseAddress));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(BurstRequestSrc));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_LENGTH(BurstLength));
-
-  if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY))
-  {
-     return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-  else if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY))
-  {
-    if((BurstBuffer == 0 ) && (BurstLength > 0))
-    {
-      return HAL_ERROR;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
-    }
-  }
-  switch(BurstRequestSrc)
-  {
-    case TIM_DMA_UPDATE:
-    {
-      /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */
-      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt;
-
-      /* Set the DMA error callback */
-      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_DMAError ;
-
-      /* Enable the DMA Stream */
-      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, ((BurstLength) >> 8) + 1);
-    }
-    break;
-    case TIM_DMA_CC1:
-    {
-      /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */
-      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
-
-      /* Set the DMA error callback */
-      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_DMAError ;
-
-      /* Enable the DMA Stream */
-      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, ((BurstLength) >> 8) + 1);
-    }
-    break;
-    case TIM_DMA_CC2:
-    {
-      /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */
-      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
-
-      /* Set the DMA error callback */
-      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_DMAError ;
-
-      /* Enable the DMA Stream */
-      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, ((BurstLength) >> 8) + 1);
-    }
-    break;
-    case TIM_DMA_CC3:
-    {
-      /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */
-      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
-
-      /* Set the DMA error callback */
-      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_DMAError ;
-
-      /* Enable the DMA Stream */
-      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, ((BurstLength) >> 8) + 1);
-    }
-    break;
-    case TIM_DMA_CC4:
-    {
-      /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */
-      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
-
-      /* Set the DMA error callback */
-      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_DMAError ;
-
-      /* Enable the DMA Stream */
-      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, ((BurstLength) >> 8) + 1);
-    }
-    break;
-    case TIM_DMA_COM:
-    {
-      /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */
-      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferCpltCallback = HAL_TIMEx_DMACommutationCplt;
-
-      /* Set the DMA error callback */
-      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_DMAError ;
-
-      /* Enable the DMA Stream */
-      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, ((BurstLength) >> 8) + 1);
-    }
-    break;
-    case TIM_DMA_TRIGGER:
-    {
-      /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */
-      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMATriggerCplt;
-
-      /* Set the DMA error callback */
-      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_DMAError ;
-
-      /* Enable the DMA Stream */
-      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, ((BurstLength) >> 8) + 1);
-    }
-    break;
-    default:
-    break;
-  }
-   /* configure the DMA Burst Mode */
-   htim->Instance->DCR = BurstBaseAddress | BurstLength;
-
-   /* Enable the TIM DMA Request */
-   __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, BurstRequestSrc);
-
-   htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Stops the TIM DMA Burst mode
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @param  BurstRequestSrc: TIM DMA Request sources to disable
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_WriteStop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstRequestSrc)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(BurstRequestSrc));
-
-  /* Abort the DMA transfer (at least disable the DMA channel) */
-  switch(BurstRequestSrc)
-  {
-    case TIM_DMA_UPDATE:
-    {
-      HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]);
-    }
-    break;
-    case TIM_DMA_CC1:
-    {
-      HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]);
-    }
-    break;
-    case TIM_DMA_CC2:
-    {
-      HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]);
-    }
-    break;
-    case TIM_DMA_CC3:
-    {
-      HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]);
-    }
-    break;
-    case TIM_DMA_CC4:
-    {
-      HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]);
-    }
-    break;
-    case TIM_DMA_COM:
-    {
-      HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]);
-    }
-    break;
-    case TIM_DMA_TRIGGER:
-    {
-      HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]);
-    }
-    break;
-    default:
-    break;
-  }
-
-  /* Disable the TIM Update DMA request */
-  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, BurstRequestSrc);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Configure the DMA Burst to transfer Data from the TIM peripheral to the memory
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @param  BurstBaseAddress: TIM Base address from when the DMA will starts the Data read.
-  *         This parameters can be on of the following values:
-  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR1
-  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR2
-  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_SMCR
-  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_DIER
-  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_SR
-  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_EGR
-  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR1
-  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR2
-  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCER
-  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CNT
-  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_PSC
-  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_ARR
-  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_RCR
-  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR1
-  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR2
-  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR3
-  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR4
-  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_BDTR
-  *            @arg TIM_DMABASE_DCR
-  * @param  BurstRequestSrc: TIM DMA Request sources.
-  *         This parameters can be on of the following values:
-  *            @arg TIM_DMA_UPDATE: TIM update Interrupt source
-  *            @arg TIM_DMA_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 DMA source
-  *            @arg TIM_DMA_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 DMA source
-  *            @arg TIM_DMA_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 DMA source
-  *            @arg TIM_DMA_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 DMA source
-  *            @arg TIM_DMA_COM: TIM Commutation DMA source
-  *            @arg TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: TIM Trigger DMA source
-  * @param  BurstBuffer: The Buffer address.
-  * @param  BurstLength: DMA Burst length. This parameter can be one value
-  *         between TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_1TRANSFER and TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_18TRANSFERS.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_ReadStart(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstBaseAddress, uint32_t BurstRequestSrc,
-                                             uint32_t  *BurstBuffer, uint32_t  BurstLength)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_DMABURST_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_BASE(BurstBaseAddress));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(BurstRequestSrc));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_LENGTH(BurstLength));
-
-  if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY))
-  {
-     return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-  else if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY))
-  {
-    if((BurstBuffer == 0 ) && (BurstLength > 0))
-    {
-      return HAL_ERROR;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
-    }
-  }
-  switch(BurstRequestSrc)
-  {
-    case TIM_DMA_UPDATE:
-    {
-      /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */
-      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt;
-
-      /* Set the DMA error callback */
-      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_DMAError ;
-
-      /* Enable the DMA Stream */
-       HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, ((BurstLength) >> 8) + 1);
-    }
-    break;
-    case TIM_DMA_CC1:
-    {
-      /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */
-      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
-
-      /* Set the DMA error callback */
-      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_DMAError ;
-
-      /* Enable the DMA Stream */
-      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, ((BurstLength) >> 8) + 1);
-    }
-    break;
-    case TIM_DMA_CC2:
-    {
-      /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */
-      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
-
-      /* Set the DMA error callback */
-      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_DMAError ;
-
-      /* Enable the DMA Stream */
-      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, ((BurstLength) >> 8) + 1);
-    }
-    break;
-    case TIM_DMA_CC3:
-    {
-      /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */
-      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
-
-      /* Set the DMA error callback */
-      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_DMAError ;
-
-      /* Enable the DMA Stream */
-      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, ((BurstLength) >> 8) + 1);
-    }
-    break;
-    case TIM_DMA_CC4:
-    {
-      /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */
-      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
-
-      /* Set the DMA error callback */
-      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_DMAError ;
-
-      /* Enable the DMA Stream */
-      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, ((BurstLength) >> 8) + 1);
-    }
-    break;
-    case TIM_DMA_COM:
-    {
-      /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */
-      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferCpltCallback = HAL_TIMEx_DMACommutationCplt;
-
-      /* Set the DMA error callback */
-      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_DMAError ;
-
-      /* Enable the DMA Stream */
-      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, ((BurstLength) >> 8) + 1);
-    }
-    break;
-    case TIM_DMA_TRIGGER:
-    {
-      /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */
-      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMATriggerCplt;
-
-      /* Set the DMA error callback */
-      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_DMAError ;
-
-      /* Enable the DMA Stream */
-      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, ((BurstLength) >> 8) + 1);
-    }
-    break;
-    default:
-    break;
-  }
-
-  /* configure the DMA Burst Mode */
-  htim->Instance->DCR = BurstBaseAddress | BurstLength;
-
-  /* Enable the TIM DMA Request */
-  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, BurstRequestSrc);
-
-  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Stop the DMA burst reading
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @param  BurstRequestSrc: TIM DMA Request sources to disable.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_ReadStop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstRequestSrc)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(BurstRequestSrc));
-
-  /* Abort the DMA transfer (at least disable the DMA channel) */
-  switch(BurstRequestSrc)
-  {
-    case TIM_DMA_UPDATE:
-    {
-      HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]);
-    }
-    break;
-    case TIM_DMA_CC1:
-    {
-      HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]);
-    }
-    break;
-    case TIM_DMA_CC2:
-    {
-      HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]);
-    }
-    break;
-    case TIM_DMA_CC3:
-    {
-      HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]);
-    }
-    break;
-    case TIM_DMA_CC4:
-    {
-      HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]);
-    }
-    break;
-    case TIM_DMA_COM:
-    {
-      HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]);
-    }
-    break;
-    case TIM_DMA_TRIGGER:
-    {
-      HAL_DMA_Abort(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]);
-    }
-    break;
-    default:
-    break;
-  }
-
-  /* Disable the TIM Update DMA request */
-  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, BurstRequestSrc);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Generate a software event
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @param  EventSource: specifies the event source.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_UPDATE: Timer update Event source
-  *            @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC1: Timer Capture Compare 1 Event source
-  *            @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC2: Timer Capture Compare 2 Event source
-  *            @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC3: Timer Capture Compare 3 Event source
-  *            @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC4: Timer Capture Compare 4 Event source
-  *            @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_COM: Timer COM event source
-  *            @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_TRIGGER: Timer Trigger Event source
-  *            @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_BREAK: Timer Break event source
-  *            @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_BREAK2: Timer Break2 event source
-  * @note   TIM6 and TIM7 can only generate an update event.
-  * @note   TIM_EVENTSOURCE_COM, TIM_EVENTSOURCE_BREAK and TIM_EVENTSOURCE_BREAK2 are used only with TIM1 and TIM8.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_GenerateEvent(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t EventSource)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_EVENT_SOURCE(EventSource));
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(htim);
-
-  /* Change the TIM state */
-  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Set the event sources */
-  htim->Instance->EGR = EventSource;
-
-  /* Change the TIM state */
-  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
-
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Configures the OCRef clear feature
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @param  sClearInputConfig: pointer to a TIM_ClearInputConfigTypeDef structure that
-  *         contains the OCREF clear feature and parameters for the TIM peripheral.
-  * @param  Channel: specifies the TIM Channel.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-__weak HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_ConfigOCrefClear(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_ClearInputConfigTypeDef * sClearInputConfig, uint32_t Channel)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNELS(Channel));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_SOURCE(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputSource));
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(htim);
-
-  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  if(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputSource == TIM_CLEARINPUTSOURCE_ETR)
-  {
-    assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_POLARITY(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPolarity));
-    assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_PRESCALER(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPrescaler));
-    assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_FILTER(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputFilter));
-
-    TIM_ETR_SetConfig(htim->Instance,
-                      sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPrescaler,
-                      sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPolarity,
-                      sClearInputConfig->ClearInputFilter);
-  }
-
-  switch (Channel)
-  {
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
-    {
-      if(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != RESET)
-      {
-        /* Enable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 1 */
-        htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= TIM_CCMR1_OC1CE;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        /* Disable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 1 */
-        htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC1CE;
-      }
-    }
-    break;
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
-    {
-      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-      if(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != RESET)
-      {
-        /* Enable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 2 */
-        htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= TIM_CCMR1_OC2CE;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        /* Disable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 2 */
-        htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC2CE;
-      }
-    }
-    break;
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
-    {
-      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-      if(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != RESET)
-      {
-        /* Enable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 3 */
-        htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= TIM_CCMR2_OC3CE;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        /* Disable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 3 */
-        htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC3CE;
-      }
-    }
-    break;
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
-    {
-      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-      if(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != RESET)
-      {
-        /* Enable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 4 */
-        htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= TIM_CCMR2_OC4CE;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        /* Disable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 4 */
-        htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC4CE;
-      }
-    }
-    break;
-    default:
-    break;
-  }
-
-  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
-
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief   Configures the clock source to be used
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @param  sClockSourceConfig: pointer to a TIM_ClockConfigTypeDef structure that
-  *         contains the clock source information for the TIM peripheral.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_ConfigClockSource(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_ClockConfigTypeDef * sClockSourceConfig)
-{
-  uint32_t tmpsmcr = 0;
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(htim);
-
-  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE(sClockSourceConfig->ClockSource));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPRESCALER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPrescaler));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter));
-
-  /* Reset the SMS, TS, ECE, ETPS and ETRF bits */
-  tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR;
-  tmpsmcr &= ~(TIM_SMCR_SMS | TIM_SMCR_TS);
-  tmpsmcr &= ~(TIM_SMCR_ETF | TIM_SMCR_ETPS | TIM_SMCR_ECE | TIM_SMCR_ETP);
-  htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr;
-
-  switch (sClockSourceConfig->ClockSource)
-  {
-    case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_INTERNAL:
-    {
-      assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-      /* Disable slave mode to clock the prescaler directly with the internal clock */
-      htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS;
-    }
-    break;
-
-    case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE1:
-    {
-      assert_param(IS_TIM_ETR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-      /* Configure the ETR Clock source */
-      TIM_ETR_SetConfig(htim->Instance,
-                        sClockSourceConfig->ClockPrescaler,
-                        sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity,
-                        sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter);
-      /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */
-      tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR;
-      /* Reset the SMS and TS Bits */
-      tmpsmcr &= ~(TIM_SMCR_SMS | TIM_SMCR_TS);
-      /* Select the External clock mode1 and the ETRF trigger */
-      tmpsmcr |= (TIM_SLAVEMODE_EXTERNAL1 | TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE1);
-      /* Write to TIMx SMCR */
-      htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr;
-    }
-    break;
-
-    case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE2:
-    {
-      assert_param(IS_TIM_ETR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-      /* Configure the ETR Clock source */
-      TIM_ETR_SetConfig(htim->Instance,
-                        sClockSourceConfig->ClockPrescaler,
-                        sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity,
-                        sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter);
-      /* Enable the External clock mode2 */
-      htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_SMCR_ECE;
-    }
-    break;
-
-    case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1:
-    {
-      assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TIX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-      TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance,
-                        sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity,
-                        sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter);
-      TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1);
-    }
-    break;
-    case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI2:
-    {
-      assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TIX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-      TIM_TI2_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance,
-                        sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity,
-                        sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter);
-      TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI2);
-    }
-    break;
-    case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1ED:
-    {
-      assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TIX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-      TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance,
-                        sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity,
-                        sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter);
-      TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1ED);
-    }
-    break;
-    case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR0:
-    {
-      assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITRX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-      TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR0);
-    }
-    break;
-    case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR1:
-    {
-      assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITRX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-      TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR1);
-    }
-    break;
-    case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR2:
-    {
-      assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITRX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-      TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR2);
-    }
-    break;
-    case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR3:
-    {
-      assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITRX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-      TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR3);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    default:
-    break;
-  }
-  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
-
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Selects the signal connected to the TI1 input: direct from CH1_input
-  *         or a XOR combination between CH1_input, CH2_input & CH3_input
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @param  TI1_Selection: Indicate whether or not channel 1 is connected to the
-  *         output of a XOR gate.
-  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg TIM_TI1SELECTION_CH1: The TIMx_CH1 pin is connected to TI1 input
-  *            @arg TIM_TI1SELECTION_XORCOMBINATION: The TIMx_CH1, CH2 and CH3
-  *            pins are connected to the TI1 input (XOR combination)
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_ConfigTI1Input(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t TI1_Selection)
-{
-  uint32_t tmpcr2 = 0;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_TI1SELECTION(TI1_Selection));
-
-  /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */
-  tmpcr2 = htim->Instance->CR2;
-
-  /* Reset the TI1 selection */
-  tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_TI1S;
-
-  /* Set the TI1 selection */
-  tmpcr2 |= TI1_Selection;
-
-  /* Write to TIMxCR2 */
-  htim->Instance->CR2 = tmpcr2;
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Configures the TIM in Slave mode
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @param  sSlaveConfig: pointer to a TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef structure that
-  *         contains the selected trigger (internal trigger input, filtered
-  *         timer input or external trigger input) and the ) and the Slave
-  *         mode (Disable, Reset, Gated, Trigger, External clock mode 1).
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_SlaveConfigSynchronization(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef * sSlaveConfig)
-{
-  uint32_t tmpsmcr  = 0;
-  uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0;
-  uint32_t tmpccer = 0;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_MODE(sSlaveConfig->SlaveMode));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGER_SELECTION(sSlaveConfig->InputTrigger));
-
-  __HAL_LOCK(htim);
-
-  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */
-  tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR;
-
-  /* Reset the Trigger Selection Bits */
-  tmpsmcr &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS;
-  /* Set the Input Trigger source */
-  tmpsmcr |= sSlaveConfig->InputTrigger;
-
-  /* Reset the slave mode Bits */
-  tmpsmcr &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS;
-  /* Set the slave mode */
-  tmpsmcr |= sSlaveConfig->SlaveMode;
-
-  /* Write to TIMx SMCR */
-  htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr;
-
-  /* Configure the trigger prescaler, filter, and polarity */
-  switch (sSlaveConfig->InputTrigger)
-  {
-  case TIM_TS_ETRF:
-    {
-      /* Check the parameters */
-      assert_param(IS_TIM_ETR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-      assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPRESCALER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPrescaler));
-      assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity));
-      assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter));
-      /* Configure the ETR Trigger source */
-      TIM_ETR_SetConfig(htim->Instance,
-                        sSlaveConfig->TriggerPrescaler,
-                        sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity,
-                        sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter);
-    }
-    break;
-
-  case TIM_TS_TI1F_ED:
-    {
-      /* Check the parameters */
-      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-      assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter));
-
-      /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */
-      tmpccer = htim->Instance->CCER;
-      htim->Instance->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1E;
-      tmpccmr1 = htim->Instance->CCMR1;
-
-      /* Set the filter */
-      tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1F;
-      tmpccmr1 |= ((sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter) << 4);
-
-      /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */
-      htim->Instance->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1;
-      htim->Instance->CCER = tmpccer;
-
-    }
-    break;
-
-  case TIM_TS_TI1FP1:
-    {
-      /* Check the parameters */
-      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-      assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity));
-      assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter));
-
-      /* Configure TI1 Filter and Polarity */
-      TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance,
-                               sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity,
-                               sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter);
-    }
-    break;
-
-  case TIM_TS_TI2FP2:
-    {
-      /* Check the parameters */
-      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-      assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity));
-      assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter));
-
-      /* Configure TI2 Filter and Polarity */
-      TIM_TI2_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance,
-                                sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity,
-                                sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter);
-    }
-    break;
-
-  case TIM_TS_ITR0:
-    {
-      /* Check the parameter */
-      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-    }
-    break;
-
-  case TIM_TS_ITR1:
-    {
-      /* Check the parameter */
-      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-    }
-    break;
-
-  case TIM_TS_ITR2:
-    {
-      /* Check the parameter */
-      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-    }
-    break;
-
-  case TIM_TS_ITR3:
-    {
-      /* Check the parameter */
-      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-    }
-    break;
-
-  default:
-    break;
-  }
-
-  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
-
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Configures the TIM in Slave mode in interrupt mode
-  * @param  htim: TIM handle.
-  * @param  sSlaveConfig: pointer to a TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef structure that
-  *         contains the selected trigger (internal trigger input, filtered
-  *         timer input or external trigger input) and the ) and the Slave
-  *         mode (Disable, Reset, Gated, Trigger, External clock mode 1).
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_SlaveConfigSynchronization_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim,
-                                                        TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef * sSlaveConfig)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_MODE(sSlaveConfig->SlaveMode));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGER_SELECTION(sSlaveConfig->InputTrigger));
-
-  __HAL_LOCK(htim);
-
-  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  TIM_SlaveTimer_SetConfig(htim, sSlaveConfig);
-
-  /* Enable Trigger Interrupt */
-  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_TRIGGER);
-
-  /* Disable Trigger DMA request */
-  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_TRIGGER);
-
-  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
-
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Read the captured value from Capture Compare unit
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @param  Channel: TIM Channels to be enabled.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
-  * @retval Captured value
-  */
-uint32_t HAL_TIM_ReadCapturedValue(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
-{
-  uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
-
-  __HAL_LOCK(htim);
-
-  switch (Channel)
-  {
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
-    {
-      /* Check the parameters */
-      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-
-      /* Return the capture 1 value */
-      tmpreg = htim->Instance->CCR1;
-
-      break;
-    }
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
-    {
-      /* Check the parameters */
-      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-
-      /* Return the capture 2 value */
-      tmpreg = htim->Instance->CCR2;
-
-      break;
-    }
-
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
-    {
-      /* Check the parameters */
-      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-
-      /* Return the capture 3 value */
-      tmpreg = htim->Instance->CCR3;
-
-      break;
-    }
-
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
-    {
-      /* Check the parameters */
-      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-
-      /* Return the capture 4 value */
-      tmpreg = htim->Instance->CCR4;
-
-      break;
-    }
-
-    default:
-    break;
-  }
-
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
-  return tmpreg;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group9 TIM Callbacks functions
- *  @brief    TIM Callbacks functions
- *
-@verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                        ##### TIM Callbacks functions #####
-  ==============================================================================
- [..]
-   This section provides TIM callback functions:
-   (+) Timer Period elapsed callback
-   (+) Timer Output Compare callback
-   (+) Timer Input capture callback
-   (+) Timer Trigger callback
-   (+) Timer Error callback
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Period elapsed callback in non blocking mode
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the __HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-
-}
-/**
-  * @brief  Output Compare callback in non blocking mode
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the __HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-/**
-  * @brief  Input Capture callback in non blocking mode
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the __HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  PWM Pulse finished callback in non blocking mode
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the __HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Hall Trigger detection callback in non blocking mode
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Timer error callback in non blocking mode
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group10 Peripheral State functions
- *  @brief   Peripheral State functions
- *
-@verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                        ##### Peripheral State functions #####
-  ==============================================================================
-  [..]
-    This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral
-    and the data flow.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Return the TIM Base state
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @retval HAL state
-  */
-HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
-{
-  return htim->State;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Return the TIM OC state
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @retval HAL state
-  */
-HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
-{
-  return htim->State;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Return the TIM PWM state
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @retval HAL state
-  */
-HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
-{
-  return htim->State;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Return the TIM Input Capture state
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @retval HAL state
-  */
-HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
-{
-  return htim->State;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Return the TIM One Pulse Mode state
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @retval HAL state
-  */
-HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
-{
-  return htim->State;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Return the TIM Encoder Mode state
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @retval HAL state
-  */
-HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
-{
-  return htim->State;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  TIM DMA error callback
-  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_TIM_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim = ( TIM_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
-
-  htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
-
-  HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback(htim);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  TIM DMA Delay Pulse complete callback.
-  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim = ( TIM_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
-
-  htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
-
-  if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1])
-  {
-    htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1;
-  }
-  else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2])
-  {
-    htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2;
-  }
-  else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3])
-  {
-    htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3;
-  }
-  else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4])
-  {
-    htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4;
-  }
-
-  HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim);
-
-  htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED;
-}
-/**
-  * @brief  TIM DMA Capture complete callback.
-  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_TIM_DMACaptureCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim = ( TIM_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
-
-   htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
-
-  if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1])
-  {
-    htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1;
-  }
-  else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2])
-  {
-    htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2;
-  }
-  else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3])
-  {
-    htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3;
-  }
-  else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4])
-  {
-    htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4;
-  }
-
-  HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim);
-
-  htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED;
-
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  TIM DMA Period Elapse complete callback.
-  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim = ( TIM_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
-
-  htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
-
-  HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback(htim);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  TIM DMA Trigger callback.
-  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void TIM_DMATriggerCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim = ( TIM_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
-
-  htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
-
-  HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback(htim);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Time Base configuration
-  * @param  TIMx: TIM peripheral
-  * @param  Structure: pointer on TIM Time Base required parameters
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void TIM_Base_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_Base_InitTypeDef *Structure)
-{
-  uint32_t tmpcr1 = 0;
-  tmpcr1 = TIMx->CR1;
-
-  /* Set TIM Time Base Unit parameters ---------------------------------------*/
-  if(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(TIMx) != RESET)
-  {
-    /* Select the Counter Mode */
-    tmpcr1 &= ~(TIM_CR1_DIR | TIM_CR1_CMS);
-    tmpcr1 |= Structure->CounterMode;
-  }
-
-  if(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(TIMx) != RESET)
-  {
-    /* Set the clock division */
-    tmpcr1 &= ~TIM_CR1_CKD;
-    tmpcr1 |= (uint32_t)Structure->ClockDivision;
-  }
-
-  TIMx->CR1 = tmpcr1;
-
-  /* Set the Auto-reload value */
-  TIMx->ARR = (uint32_t)Structure->Period ;
-
-  /* Set the Prescaler value */
-  TIMx->PSC = (uint32_t)Structure->Prescaler;
-
-  if(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(TIMx) != RESET)
-  {
-    /* Set the Repetition Counter value */
-    TIMx->RCR = Structure->RepetitionCounter;
-  }
-
-  /* Generate an update event to reload the Prescaler
-     and the repetition counter(only for TIM1 and TIM8) value immediately */
-  TIMx->EGR = TIM_EGR_UG;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Time Output Compare 1 configuration
-  * @param  TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
-  * @param  OC_Config: The output configuration structure
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void TIM_OC1_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config)
-{
-  uint32_t tmpccmrx = 0;
-  uint32_t tmpccer = 0;
-  uint32_t tmpcr2 = 0;
-
-  /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */
-  TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1E;
-
-  /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */
-  tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
-  /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */
-  tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2;
-
-  /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */
-  tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR1;
-
-  /* Reset the Output Compare Mode Bits */
-  tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC1M;
-  tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR1_CC1S;
-  /* Select the Output Compare Mode */
-  tmpccmrx |= OC_Config->OCMode;
-
-  /* Reset the Output Polarity level */
-  tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1P;
-  /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */
-  tmpccer |= OC_Config->OCPolarity;
-
-
-  if(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(TIMx) != RESET)
-  {
-    /* Reset the Output N Polarity level */
-    tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1NP;
-    /* Set the Output N Polarity */
-    tmpccer |= OC_Config->OCNPolarity;
-    /* Reset the Output N State */
-    tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1NE;
-
-    /* Reset the Output Compare and Output Compare N IDLE State */
-    tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS1;
-    tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS1N;
-    /* Set the Output Idle state */
-    tmpcr2 |= OC_Config->OCIdleState;
-    /* Set the Output N Idle state */
-    tmpcr2 |= OC_Config->OCNIdleState;
-  }
-  /* Write to TIMx CR2 */
-  TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2;
-
-  /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */
-  TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmrx;
-
-  /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */
-  TIMx->CCR1 = OC_Config->Pulse;
-
-  /* Write to TIMx CCER */
-  TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Time Output Compare 2 configuration
-  * @param  TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
-  * @param  OC_Config: The output configuration structure
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void TIM_OC2_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config)
-{
-  uint32_t tmpccmrx = 0;
-  uint32_t tmpccer = 0;
-  uint32_t tmpcr2 = 0;
-
-  /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */
-  TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2E;
-
-  /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */
-  tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
-  /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */
-  tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2;
-
-  /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */
-  tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR1;
-
-  /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */
-  tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC2M;
-  tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR1_CC2S;
-
-  /* Select the Output Compare Mode */
-  tmpccmrx |= (OC_Config->OCMode << 8);
-
-  /* Reset the Output Polarity level */
-  tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2P;
-  /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */
-  tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCPolarity << 4);
-
-  if(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(TIMx) != RESET)
-  {
-    assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(OC_Config->OCNPolarity));
-    assert_param(IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCNIdleState));
-    assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCIdleState));
-
-    /* Reset the Output N Polarity level */
-    tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2NP;
-    /* Set the Output N Polarity */
-    tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCNPolarity << 4);
-    /* Reset the Output N State */
-    tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2NE;
-
-    /* Reset the Output Compare and Output Compare N IDLE State */
-    tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS2;
-    tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS2N;
-    /* Set the Output Idle state */
-    tmpcr2 |= (OC_Config->OCIdleState << 2);
-    /* Set the Output N Idle state */
-    tmpcr2 |= (OC_Config->OCNIdleState << 2);
-  }
-  /* Write to TIMx CR2 */
-  TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2;
-
-  /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */
-  TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmrx;
-
-  /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */
-  TIMx->CCR2 = OC_Config->Pulse;
-
-  /* Write to TIMx CCER */
-  TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Time Output Compare 3 configuration
-  * @param  TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
-  * @param  OC_Config: The output configuration structure
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void TIM_OC3_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config)
-{
-  uint32_t tmpccmrx = 0;
-  uint32_t tmpccer = 0;
-  uint32_t tmpcr2 = 0;
-
-  /* Disable the Channel 3: Reset the CC2E Bit */
-  TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3E;
-
-  /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */
-  tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
-  /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */
-  tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2;
-
-  /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */
-  tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR2;
-
-  /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */
-  tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC3M;
-  tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR2_CC3S;
-  /* Select the Output Compare Mode */
-  tmpccmrx |= OC_Config->OCMode;
-
-  /* Reset the Output Polarity level */
-  tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3P;
-  /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */
-  tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCPolarity << 8);
-
-  if(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(TIMx) != RESET)
-  {
-    assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(OC_Config->OCNPolarity));
-    assert_param(IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCNIdleState));
-    assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCIdleState));
-
-    /* Reset the Output N Polarity level */
-    tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3NP;
-    /* Set the Output N Polarity */
-    tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCNPolarity << 8);
-    /* Reset the Output N State */
-    tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3NE;
-
-    /* Reset the Output Compare and Output Compare N IDLE State */
-    tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS3;
-    tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS3N;
-    /* Set the Output Idle state */
-    tmpcr2 |= (OC_Config->OCIdleState << 4);
-    /* Set the Output N Idle state */
-    tmpcr2 |= (OC_Config->OCNIdleState << 4);
-  }
-  /* Write to TIMx CR2 */
-  TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2;
-
-  /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */
-  TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmrx;
-
-  /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */
-  TIMx->CCR3 = OC_Config->Pulse;
-
-  /* Write to TIMx CCER */
-  TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Time Output Compare 4 configuration
-  * @param  TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
-  * @param  OC_Config: The output configuration structure
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void TIM_OC4_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config)
-{
-  uint32_t tmpccmrx = 0;
-  uint32_t tmpccer = 0;
-  uint32_t tmpcr2 = 0;
-
-  /* Disable the Channel 4: Reset the CC4E Bit */
-  TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC4E;
-
-  /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */
-  tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
-  /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */
-  tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2;
-
-  /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */
-  tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR2;
-
-  /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */
-  tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC4M;
-  tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR2_CC4S;
-
-  /* Select the Output Compare Mode */
-  tmpccmrx |= (OC_Config->OCMode << 8);
-
-  /* Reset the Output Polarity level */
-  tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC4P;
-  /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */
-  tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCPolarity << 12);
-
-  /*if((TIMx == TIM1) || (TIMx == TIM8))*/
-  if(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(TIMx) != RESET)
-  {
-    assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(OC_Config->OCIdleState));
-    /* Reset the Output Compare IDLE State */
-    tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS4;
-    /* Set the Output Idle state */
-    tmpcr2 |= (OC_Config->OCIdleState << 6);
-  }
-  /* Write to TIMx CR2 */
-  TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2;
-
-  /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */
-  TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmrx;
-
-  /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */
-  TIMx->CCR4 = OC_Config->Pulse;
-
-  /* Write to TIMx CCER */
-  TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Time Output Compare 4 configuration
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @param  sSlaveConfig: The slave configuration structure
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void TIM_SlaveTimer_SetConfig(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim,
-                              TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef * sSlaveConfig)
-{
-  uint32_t tmpsmcr = 0;
-  uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0;
-  uint32_t tmpccer = 0;
-
- /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */
-  tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR;
-
-  /* Reset the Trigger Selection Bits */
-  tmpsmcr &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS;
-  /* Set the Input Trigger source */
-  tmpsmcr |= sSlaveConfig->InputTrigger;
-
-  /* Reset the slave mode Bits */
-  tmpsmcr &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS;
-  /* Set the slave mode */
-  tmpsmcr |= sSlaveConfig->SlaveMode;
-
-  /* Write to TIMx SMCR */
-  htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr;
-
-  /* Configure the trigger prescaler, filter, and polarity */
-  switch (sSlaveConfig->InputTrigger)
-  {
-  case TIM_TS_ETRF:
-    {
-      /* Check the parameters */
-      assert_param(IS_TIM_ETR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-      assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPRESCALER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPrescaler));
-      assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity));
-      assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter));
-      /* Configure the ETR Trigger source */
-      TIM_ETR_SetConfig(htim->Instance,
-                        sSlaveConfig->TriggerPrescaler,
-                        sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity,
-                        sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter);
-    }
-    break;
-
-  case TIM_TS_TI1F_ED:
-    {
-      /* Check the parameters */
-      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-      assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity));
-      assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter));
-
-      /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */
-      tmpccer = htim->Instance->CCER;
-      htim->Instance->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1E;
-      tmpccmr1 = htim->Instance->CCMR1;
-
-      /* Set the filter */
-      tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1F;
-      tmpccmr1 |= ((sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter) << 4);
-
-      /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */
-      htim->Instance->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1;
-      htim->Instance->CCER = tmpccer;
-
-    }
-    break;
-
-  case TIM_TS_TI1FP1:
-    {
-      /* Check the parameters */
-      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-      assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity));
-      assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter));
-
-      /* Configure TI1 Filter and Polarity */
-      TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance,
-                               sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity,
-                               sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter);
-    }
-    break;
-
-  case TIM_TS_TI2FP2:
-    {
-      /* Check the parameters */
-      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-      assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity));
-      assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter));
-
-      /* Configure TI2 Filter and Polarity */
-      TIM_TI2_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance,
-                                sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity,
-                                sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter);
-    }
-    break;
-
-  case TIM_TS_ITR0:
-    {
-      /* Check the parameter */
-      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-    }
-    break;
-
-  case TIM_TS_ITR1:
-    {
-      /* Check the parameter */
-      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-    }
-    break;
-
-  case TIM_TS_ITR2:
-    {
-      /* Check the parameter */
-      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-    }
-    break;
-
-  case TIM_TS_ITR3:
-    {
-      /* Check the parameter */
-      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-    }
-    break;
-
-  default:
-    break;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Configure the TI1 as Input.
-  * @param  TIMx to select the TIM peripheral.
-  * @param  TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising
-  *            @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling
-  *            @arg TIM_ICPolarity_BothEdge
-  * @param  TIM_ICSelection: specifies the input to be used.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to IC1.
-  *            @arg TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to IC2.
-  *            @arg TIM_ICSelection_TRC: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to TRC.
-  * @param  TIM_ICFilter: Specifies the Input Capture Filter.
-  *          This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F.
-  * @retval None
-  * @note TIM_ICFilter and TIM_ICPolarity are not used in INDIRECT mode as TI2FP1
-  *       (on channel2 path) is used as the input signal. Therefore CCMR1 must be
-  *        protected against un-initialized filter and polarity values.
-  */
-void TIM_TI1_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection,
-                       uint32_t TIM_ICFilter)
-{
-  uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0;
-  uint32_t tmpccer = 0;
-
-  /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */
-  TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1E;
-  tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1;
-  tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
-
-  /* Select the Input */
-  if(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(TIMx) != RESET)
-  {
-    tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_CC1S;
-    tmpccmr1 |= TIM_ICSelection;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    tmpccmr1 |= TIM_CCMR1_CC1S_0;
-  }
-
-  /* Set the filter */
-  tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1F;
-  tmpccmr1 |= ((TIM_ICFilter << 4) & TIM_CCMR1_IC1F);
-
-  /* Select the Polarity and set the CC1E Bit */
-  tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC1NP);
-  tmpccer |= (TIM_ICPolarity & (TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC1NP));
-
-  /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */
-  TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1;
-  TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Configure the Polarity and Filter for TI1.
-  * @param  TIMx to select the TIM peripheral.
-  * @param  TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising
-  *            @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling
-  *            @arg TIM_ICPolarity_BothEdge
-  * @param  TIM_ICFilter: Specifies the Input Capture Filter.
-  *          This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICFilter)
-{
-  uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0;
-  uint32_t tmpccer = 0;
-
-  /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */
-  tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
-  TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1E;
-  tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1;
-
-  /* Set the filter */
-  tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1F;
-  tmpccmr1 |= (TIM_ICFilter << 4);
-
-  /* Select the Polarity and set the CC1E Bit */
-  tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC1NP);
-  tmpccer |= TIM_ICPolarity;
-
-  /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */
-  TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1;
-  TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Configure the TI2 as Input.
-  * @param  TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
-  * @param  TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising
-  *            @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling
-  *            @arg TIM_ICPolarity_BothEdge
-  * @param  TIM_ICSelection: specifies the input to be used.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to IC2.
-  *            @arg TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to IC1.
-  *            @arg TIM_ICSelection_TRC: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to TRC.
-  * @param  TIM_ICFilter: Specifies the Input Capture Filter.
-  *          This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F.
-  * @retval None
-  * @note TIM_ICFilter and TIM_ICPolarity are not used in INDIRECT mode as TI1FP2
-  *       (on channel1 path) is used as the input signal. Therefore CCMR1 must be
-  *        protected against un-initialized filter and polarity values.
-  */
-static void TIM_TI2_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection,
-                       uint32_t TIM_ICFilter)
-{
-  uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0;
-  uint32_t tmpccer = 0;
-
-  /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */
-  TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2E;
-  tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1;
-  tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
-
-  /* Select the Input */
-  tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_CC2S;
-  tmpccmr1 |= (TIM_ICSelection << 8);
-
-  /* Set the filter */
-  tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC2F;
-  tmpccmr1 |= ((TIM_ICFilter << 12) & TIM_CCMR1_IC2F);
-
-  /* Select the Polarity and set the CC2E Bit */
-  tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC2P | TIM_CCER_CC2NP);
-  tmpccer |= ((TIM_ICPolarity << 4) & (TIM_CCER_CC2P | TIM_CCER_CC2NP));
-
-  /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */
-  TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1 ;
-  TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Configure the Polarity and Filter for TI2.
-  * @param  TIMx to select the TIM peripheral.
-  * @param  TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising
-  *            @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling
-  *            @arg TIM_ICPolarity_BothEdge
-  * @param  TIM_ICFilter: Specifies the Input Capture Filter.
-  *          This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void TIM_TI2_ConfigInputStage(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICFilter)
-{
-uint32_t tmpccmr1 = 0;
-  uint32_t tmpccer = 0;
-
-  /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */
-  TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2E;
-  tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1;
-  tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
-
-  /* Set the filter */
-  tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC2F;
-  tmpccmr1 |= (TIM_ICFilter << 12);
-
-  /* Select the Polarity and set the CC2E Bit */
-  tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC2P | TIM_CCER_CC2NP);
-  tmpccer |= (TIM_ICPolarity << 4);
-
-  /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */
-  TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1 ;
-  TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Configure the TI3 as Input.
-  * @param  TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
-  * @param  TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising
-  *            @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling
-  *            @arg TIM_ICPolarity_BothEdge
-  * @param  TIM_ICSelection: specifies the input to be used.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to IC3.
-  *            @arg TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to IC4.
-  *            @arg TIM_ICSelection_TRC: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to TRC.
-  * @param  TIM_ICFilter: Specifies the Input Capture Filter.
-  *          This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F.
-  * @retval None
-  * @note TIM_ICFilter and TIM_ICPolarity are not used in INDIRECT mode as TI3FP4
-  *       (on channel1 path) is used as the input signal. Therefore CCMR2 must be
-  *        protected against un-initialized filter and polarity values.
-  */
-static void TIM_TI3_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection,
-                       uint32_t TIM_ICFilter)
-{
-  uint32_t tmpccmr2 = 0;
-  uint32_t tmpccer = 0;
-
-  /* Disable the Channel 3: Reset the CC3E Bit */
-  TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3E;
-  tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2;
-  tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
-
-  /* Select the Input */
-  tmpccmr2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_CC3S;
-  tmpccmr2 |= TIM_ICSelection;
-
-  /* Set the filter */
-  tmpccmr2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_IC3F;
-  tmpccmr2 |= ((TIM_ICFilter << 4) & TIM_CCMR2_IC3F);
-
-  /* Select the Polarity and set the CC3E Bit */
-  tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC3P | TIM_CCER_CC3NP);
-  tmpccer |= ((TIM_ICPolarity << 8) & (TIM_CCER_CC3P | TIM_CCER_CC3NP));
-
-  /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 and CCER registers */
-  TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2;
-  TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Configure the TI4 as Input.
-  * @param  TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
-  * @param  TIM_ICPolarity : The Input Polarity.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Rising
-  *            @arg TIM_ICPolarity_Falling
-  *            @arg TIM_ICPolarity_BothEdge
-  * @param  TIM_ICSelection: specifies the input to be used.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg TIM_ICSelection_DirectTI: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to IC4.
-  *            @arg TIM_ICSelection_IndirectTI: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to IC3.
-  *            @arg TIM_ICSelection_TRC: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to TRC.
-  * @param  TIM_ICFilter: Specifies the Input Capture Filter.
-  *          This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F.
-  * @retval None
-  * @note TIM_ICFilter and TIM_ICPolarity are not used in INDIRECT mode as TI4FP3
-  *       (on channel1 path) is used as the input signal. Therefore CCMR2 must be
-  *        protected against un-initialized filter and polarity values.
-  */
-static void TIM_TI4_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection,
-                       uint32_t TIM_ICFilter)
-{
-  uint32_t tmpccmr2 = 0;
-  uint32_t tmpccer = 0;
-
-  /* Disable the Channel 4: Reset the CC4E Bit */
-  TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC4E;
-  tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2;
-  tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
-
-  /* Select the Input */
-  tmpccmr2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_CC4S;
-  tmpccmr2 |= (TIM_ICSelection << 8);
-
-  /* Set the filter */
-  tmpccmr2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_IC4F;
-  tmpccmr2 |= ((TIM_ICFilter << 12) & TIM_CCMR2_IC4F);
-
-  /* Select the Polarity and set the CC4E Bit */
-  tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC4P | TIM_CCER_CC4NP);
-  tmpccer |= ((TIM_ICPolarity << 12) & (TIM_CCER_CC4P | TIM_CCER_CC4NP));
-
-  /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 and CCER registers */
-  TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2;
-  TIMx->CCER = tmpccer ;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Selects the Input Trigger source
-  * @param  TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
-  * @param  TIM_ITRx: The Input Trigger source.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg TIM_TS_ITR0: Internal Trigger 0
-  *            @arg TIM_TS_ITR1: Internal Trigger 1
-  *            @arg TIM_TS_ITR2: Internal Trigger 2
-  *            @arg TIM_TS_ITR3: Internal Trigger 3
-  *            @arg TIM_TS_TI1F_ED: TI1 Edge Detector
-  *            @arg TIM_TS_TI1FP1: Filtered Timer Input 1
-  *            @arg TIM_TS_TI2FP2: Filtered Timer Input 2
-  *            @arg TIM_TS_ETRF: External Trigger input
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint16_t TIM_ITRx)
-{
-  uint32_t tmpsmcr = 0;
-
-   /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */
-   tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR;
-   /* Reset the TS Bits */
-   tmpsmcr &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS;
-   /* Set the Input Trigger source and the slave mode*/
-   tmpsmcr |= TIM_ITRx | TIM_SLAVEMODE_EXTERNAL1;
-   /* Write to TIMx SMCR */
-   TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Configures the TIMx External Trigger (ETR).
-  * @param  TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
-  * @param  TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler: The external Trigger Prescaler.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV1: ETRP Prescaler OFF.
-  *            @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV2: ETRP frequency divided by 2.
-  *            @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV4: ETRP frequency divided by 4.
-  *            @arg TIM_ExtTRGPSC_DIV8: ETRP frequency divided by 8.
-  * @param  TIM_ExtTRGPolarity: The external Trigger Polarity.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_Inverted: active low or falling edge active.
-  *            @arg TIM_ExtTRGPolarity_NonInverted: active high or rising edge active.
-  * @param  ExtTRGFilter: External Trigger Filter.
-  *          This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void TIM_ETR_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler,
-                       uint32_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, uint32_t ExtTRGFilter)
-{
-  uint32_t tmpsmcr = 0;
-
-  tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR;
-
-  /* Reset the ETR Bits */
-  tmpsmcr &= ~(TIM_SMCR_ETF | TIM_SMCR_ETPS | TIM_SMCR_ECE | TIM_SMCR_ETP);
-
-  /* Set the Prescaler, the Filter value and the Polarity */
-  tmpsmcr |= (uint32_t)(TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler | (TIM_ExtTRGPolarity | (ExtTRGFilter << 8)));
-
-  /* Write to TIMx SMCR */
-  TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Enables or disables the TIM Capture Compare Channel x.
-  * @param  TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
-  * @param  Channel: specifies the TIM Channel
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg TIM_Channel_1: TIM Channel 1
-  *            @arg TIM_Channel_2: TIM Channel 2
-  *            @arg TIM_Channel_3: TIM Channel 3
-  *            @arg TIM_Channel_4: TIM Channel 4
-  * @param  ChannelState: specifies the TIM Channel CCxE bit new state.
-  *          This parameter can be: TIM_CCx_ENABLE or TIM_CCx_Disable.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void TIM_CCxChannelCmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t ChannelState)
-{
-  uint32_t tmp = 0;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(TIMx));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNELS(Channel));
-
-  tmp = TIM_CCER_CC1E << Channel;
-
-  /* Reset the CCxE Bit */
-  TIMx->CCER &= ~tmp;
-
-  /* Set or reset the CCxE Bit */
-  TIMx->CCER |= (uint32_t)(ChannelState << Channel);
-}
-
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-#endif /* HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED */
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_tim_ex.c b/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_tim_ex.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 0252db920f..0000000000
--- a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_tim_ex.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2481 +0,0 @@
-/**
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @file    stm32f7xx_hal_tim_ex.c
-  * @author  MCD Application Team
-  * @version V1.0.1
-  * @date    25-June-2015
-  * @brief   TIM HAL module driver.
-  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
-  *          functionalities of the Timer extension peripheral:
-  *           + Time Hall Sensor Interface Initialization
-  *           + Time Hall Sensor Interface Start
-  *           + Time Complementary signal bread and dead time configuration
-  *           + Time Master and Slave synchronization configuration
-  *           + Time Output Compare/PWM Channel Configuration (for channels 5 and 6)
-  *           + Time OCRef clear configuration
-  *           + Timer remapping capabilities configuration
-  @verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                      ##### TIMER Extended features #####
-  ==============================================================================
-  [..]
-    The Timer Extension features include:
-    (#) Complementary outputs with programmable dead-time for :
-        (++) Input Capture
-        (++) Output Compare
-        (++) PWM generation (Edge and Center-aligned Mode)
-        (++) One-pulse mode output
-    (#) Synchronization circuit to control the timer with external signals and to
-        interconnect several timers together.
-    (#) Break input to put the timer output signals in reset state or in a known state.
-    (#) Supports incremental (quadrature) encoder and hall-sensor circuitry for
-        positioning purposes
-
-                        ##### How to use this driver #####
-  ==============================================================================
-  [..]
-     (#) Initialize the TIM low level resources by implementing the following functions
-         depending from feature used :
-           (++) Complementary Output Compare : HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit()
-           (++) Complementary PWM generation : HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit()
-           (++) Complementary One-pulse mode output : HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit()
-           (++) Hall Sensor output : HAL_TIM_HallSensor_MspInit()
-
-     (#) Initialize the TIM low level resources :
-        (##) Enable the TIM interface clock using __TIMx_CLK_ENABLE();
-        (##) TIM pins configuration
-            (+++) Enable the clock for the TIM GPIOs using the following function:
-                 __GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE();
-            (+++) Configure these TIM pins in Alternate function mode using HAL_GPIO_Init();
-
-     (#) The external Clock can be configured, if needed (the default clock is the
-         internal clock from the APBx), using the following function:
-         HAL_TIM_ConfigClockSource, the clock configuration should be done before
-         any start function.
-
-    (#) Configure the TIM in the desired functioning mode using one of the
-        initialization function of this driver:
-        (++) HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Init and HAL_TIMEx_ConfigCommutationEvent: to use the
-             Timer Hall Sensor Interface and the commutation event with the corresponding
-             Interrupt and DMA request if needed (Note that One Timer is used to interface
-             with the Hall sensor Interface and another Timer should be used to use
-             the commutation event).
-
-    (#) Activate the TIM peripheral using one of the start functions:
-           (++) Complementary Output Compare : HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start(), HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIMEx_OC_Start_IT()
-           (++) Complementary PWM generation : HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start(), HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start_IT()
-           (++) Complementary One-pulse mode output : HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Start(), HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Start_IT()
-           (++) Hall Sensor output : HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start(), HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start_IT().
-
-
-  @endverbatim
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @attention
-  *
-  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
-  *
-  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
-  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
-  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
-  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
-  *      without specific prior written permission.
-  *
-  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
-  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
-  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
-  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
-  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
-  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
-  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
-  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
-  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
-  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-  *
-  ******************************************************************************
-  */
-
-/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
-
-/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup TIMEx TIMEx
-  * @brief TIM Extended HAL module driver
-  * @{
-  */
-
-#ifdef HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED
-
-/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
-#define BDTR_BKF_SHIFT  (16)
-#define BDTR_BK2F_SHIFT (20)
-/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
-/** @addtogroup TIMEx_Private_Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-static void TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t ChannelNState);
-static void TIM_OC5_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config);
-static void TIM_OC6_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config);
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions TIMEx Exported Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended Timer Hall Sensor functions
- *  @brief    Timer Hall Sensor functions
- *
-@verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                      ##### Timer Hall Sensor functions #####
-  ==============================================================================
-  [..]
-    This section provides functions allowing to:
-    (+) Initialize and configure TIM HAL Sensor.
-    (+) De-initialize TIM HAL Sensor.
-    (+) Start the Hall Sensor Interface.
-    (+) Stop the Hall Sensor Interface.
-    (+) Start the Hall Sensor Interface and enable interrupts.
-    (+) Stop the Hall Sensor Interface and disable interrupts.
-    (+) Start the Hall Sensor Interface and enable DMA transfers.
-    (+) Stop the Hall Sensor Interface and disable DMA transfers.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the TIM Hall Sensor Interface and create the associated handle.
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @param  sConfig: TIM Hall Sensor configuration structure
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_HallSensor_InitTypeDef* sConfig)
-{
-  TIM_OC_InitTypeDef OC_Config;
-
-  /* Check the TIM handle allocation */
-  if(htim == NULL)
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(sConfig->IC1Polarity));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(sConfig->IC1Prescaler));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(sConfig->IC1Filter));
-
-  /* Set the TIM state */
-  htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */
-  HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspInit(htim);
-
-  /* Configure the Time base in the Encoder Mode */
-  TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init);
-
-  /* Configure the Channel 1 as Input Channel to interface with the three Outputs of the  Hall sensor */
-  TIM_TI1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig->IC1Polarity, TIM_ICSELECTION_TRC, sConfig->IC1Filter);
-
-  /* Reset the IC1PSC Bits */
-  htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC;
-  /* Set the IC1PSC value */
-  htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= sConfig->IC1Prescaler;
-
-  /* Enable the Hall sensor interface (XOR function of the three inputs) */
-  htim->Instance->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_TI1S;
-
-  /* Select the TIM_TS_TI1F_ED signal as Input trigger for the TIM */
-  htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS;
-  htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_TS_TI1F_ED;
-
-  /* Use the TIM_TS_TI1F_ED signal to reset the TIM counter each edge detection */
-  htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS;
-  htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_SLAVEMODE_RESET;
-
-  /* Program channel 2 in PWM 2 mode with the desired Commutation_Delay*/
-  OC_Config.OCFastMode = TIM_OCFAST_DISABLE;
-  OC_Config.OCIdleState = TIM_OCIDLESTATE_RESET;
-  OC_Config.OCMode = TIM_OCMODE_PWM2;
-  OC_Config.OCNIdleState = TIM_OCNIDLESTATE_RESET;
-  OC_Config.OCNPolarity = TIM_OCNPOLARITY_HIGH;
-  OC_Config.OCPolarity = TIM_OCPOLARITY_HIGH;
-  OC_Config.Pulse = sConfig->Commutation_Delay;
-
-  TIM_OC2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &OC_Config);
-
-  /* Select OC2REF as trigger output on TRGO: write the MMS bits in the TIMx_CR2
-    register to 101 */
-  htim->Instance->CR2 &= ~TIM_CR2_MMS;
-  htim->Instance->CR2 |= TIM_TRGO_OC2REF;
-
-  /* Initialize the TIM state*/
-  htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  DeInitializes the TIM Hall Sensor interface
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-
-  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */
-  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
-
-  /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */
-  HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspDeInit(htim);
-
-  /* Change TIM state */
-  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET;
-
-  /* Release Lock */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the TIM Hall Sensor MSP.
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  DeInitializes TIM Hall Sensor MSP.
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Starts the TIM Hall Sensor Interface.
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-
-  /* Enable the Input Capture channels 1
-    (in the Hall Sensor Interface the Three possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CHANNEL_2 and TIM_CHANNEL_3) */
-  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
-
-  /* Enable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Stops the TIM Hall sensor Interface.
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-
-  /* Disable the Input Capture channels 1, 2 and 3
-    (in the Hall Sensor Interface the Three possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CHANNEL_2 and TIM_CHANNEL_3) */
-  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
-
-  /* Disable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Starts the TIM Hall Sensor Interface in interrupt mode.
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-
-  /* Enable the capture compare Interrupts 1 event */
-  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
-
-  /* Enable the Input Capture channels 1
-    (in the Hall Sensor Interface the Three possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CHANNEL_2 and TIM_CHANNEL_3) */
-  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
-
-  /* Enable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Stops the TIM Hall Sensor Interface in interrupt mode.
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-
-  /* Disable the Input Capture channels 1
-    (in the Hall Sensor Interface the Three possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CHANNEL_2 and TIM_CHANNEL_3) */
-  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
-
-  /* Disable the capture compare Interrupts event */
-  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
-
-  /* Disable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Starts the TIM Hall Sensor Interface in DMA mode.
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @param  pData: The destination Buffer address.
-  * @param  Length: The length of data to be transferred from TIM peripheral to memory.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-
-   if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY))
-  {
-     return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-  else if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY))
-  {
-    if(((uint32_t)pData == 0 ) && (Length > 0))
-    {
-      return HAL_ERROR;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
-    }
-  }
-  /* Enable the Input Capture channels 1
-    (in the Hall Sensor Interface the Three possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CHANNEL_2 and TIM_CHANNEL_3) */
-  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE);
-
-  /* Set the DMA Input Capture 1 Callback */
-  htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_DMACaptureCplt;
-  /* Set the DMA error callback */
-  htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_DMAError ;
-
-  /* Enable the DMA Stream for Capture 1*/
-  HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, (uint32_t)pData, Length);
-
-  /* Enable the capture compare 1 Interrupt */
-  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
-
-  /* Enable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Stops the TIM Hall Sensor Interface in DMA mode.
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-
-  /* Disable the Input Capture channels 1
-    (in the Hall Sensor Interface the Three possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CHANNEL_2 and TIM_CHANNEL_3) */
-  TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE);
-
-
-  /* Disable the capture compare Interrupts 1 event */
-  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
-
-  /* Disable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group2 Extended Timer Complementary Output Compare functions
- *  @brief    Timer Complementary Output Compare functions
- *
-@verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-              ##### Timer Complementary Output Compare functions #####
-  ==============================================================================
-  [..]
-    This section provides functions allowing to:
-    (+) Start the Complementary Output Compare/PWM.
-    (+) Stop the Complementary Output Compare/PWM.
-    (+) Start the Complementary Output Compare/PWM and enable interrupts.
-    (+) Stop the Complementary Output Compare/PWM and disable interrupts.
-    (+) Start the Complementary Output Compare/PWM and enable DMA transfers.
-    (+) Stop the Complementary Output Compare/PWM and disable DMA transfers.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation on the complementary
-  *         output.
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @param  Channel: TIM Channel to be enabled.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
-
-     /* Enable the Capture compare channel N */
-     TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE);
-
-  /* Enable the Main Output */
-    __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
-
-  /* Enable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation on the complementary
-  *         output.
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @param  Channel: TIM Channel to be disabled.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
-
-    /* Disable the Capture compare channel N */
-  TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE);
-
-  /* Disable the Main Output */
-    __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
-
-  /* Disable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation in interrupt mode
-  *         on the complementary output.
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @param  Channel: TIM Channel to be enabled.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
-
-  switch (Channel)
-  {
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
-    {
-      /* Enable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */
-      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
-    {
-      /* Enable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */
-      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
-    {
-      /* Enable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */
-      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
-    {
-      /* Enable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */
-      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    default:
-    break;
-  }
-
-  /* Enable the TIM Break interrupt */
-  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_BREAK);
-
-  /* Enable the Capture compare channel N */
-  TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE);
-
-  /* Enable the Main Output */
- __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
-
-  /* Enable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation in interrupt mode
-  *         on the complementary output.
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @param  Channel: TIM Channel to be disabled.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
-{
-  uint32_t tmpccer = 0;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
-
-  switch (Channel)
-  {
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
-    {
-      /* Disable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */
-      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
-    {
-      /* Disable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */
-      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
-    {
-      /* Disable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */
-      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
-    {
-      /* Disable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */
-      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    default:
-    break;
-  }
-
-  /* Disable the Capture compare channel N */
-  TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE);
-
-  /* Disable the TIM Break interrupt (only if no more channel is active) */
-  tmpccer = htim->Instance->CCER;
-  if ((tmpccer & (TIM_CCER_CC1NE | TIM_CCER_CC2NE | TIM_CCER_CC3NE)) == RESET)
-  {
-    __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_BREAK);
-  }
-
-  /* Disable the Main Output */
-  __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
-
-  /* Disable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation in DMA mode
-  *         on the complementary output.
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @param  Channel: TIM Channel to be enabled.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
-  * @param  pData: The source Buffer address.
-  * @param  Length: The length of data to be transferred from memory to TIM peripheral
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
-
-  if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY))
-  {
-     return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-  else if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY))
-  {
-    if(((uint32_t)pData == 0 ) && (Length > 0))
-    {
-      return HAL_ERROR;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
-    }
-  }
-  switch (Channel)
-  {
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
-    {
-      /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */
-      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
-
-      /* Set the DMA error callback */
-      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_DMAError ;
-
-      /* Enable the DMA Stream */
-      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, Length);
-
-      /* Enable the TIM Output Compare DMA request */
-      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
-    {
-      /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */
-      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
-
-      /* Set the DMA error callback */
-      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_DMAError ;
-
-      /* Enable the DMA Stream */
-      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, Length);
-
-      /* Enable the TIM Output Compare DMA request */
-      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
-{
-      /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */
-      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
-
-      /* Set the DMA error callback */
-      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_DMAError ;
-
-      /* Enable the DMA Stream */
-      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR3,Length);
-
-      /* Enable the TIM Output Compare DMA request */
-      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
-    {
-     /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */
-      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
-
-      /* Set the DMA error callback */
-      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_DMAError ;
-
-      /* Enable the DMA Stream */
-      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR4, Length);
-
-      /* Enable the TIM Output Compare DMA request */
-      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    default:
-    break;
-  }
-
-  /* Enable the Capture compare channel N */
-  TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE);
-
-  /* Enable the Main Output */
-  __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
-
-  /* Enable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation in DMA mode
-  *         on the complementary output.
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @param  Channel: TIM Channel to be disabled.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OCN_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
-
-  switch (Channel)
-  {
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
-    {
-      /* Disable the TIM Output Compare DMA request */
-      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
-    {
-      /* Disable the TIM Output Compare DMA request */
-      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
-    {
-      /* Disable the TIM Output Compare DMA request */
-      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
-    {
-      /* Disable the TIM Output Compare interrupt */
-      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    default:
-    break;
-  }
-
-  /* Disable the Capture compare channel N */
-  TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE);
-
-  /* Disable the Main Output */
-  __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
-
-  /* Disable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
-
-  /* Change the htim state */
-  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group3 Extended Timer Complementary PWM functions
- *  @brief    Timer Complementary PWM functions
- *
-@verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                 ##### Timer Complementary PWM functions #####
-  ==============================================================================
-  [..]
-    This section provides functions allowing to:
-    (+) Start the Complementary PWM.
-    (+) Stop the Complementary PWM.
-    (+) Start the Complementary PWM and enable interrupts.
-    (+) Stop the Complementary PWM and disable interrupts.
-    (+) Start the Complementary PWM and enable DMA transfers.
-    (+) Stop the Complementary PWM and disable DMA transfers.
-    (+) Start the Complementary Input Capture measurement.
-    (+) Stop the Complementary Input Capture.
-    (+) Start the Complementary Input Capture and enable interrupts.
-    (+) Stop the Complementary Input Capture and disable interrupts.
-    (+) Start the Complementary Input Capture and enable DMA transfers.
-    (+) Stop the Complementary Input Capture and disable DMA transfers.
-    (+) Start the Complementary One Pulse generation.
-    (+) Stop the Complementary One Pulse.
-    (+) Start the Complementary One Pulse and enable interrupts.
-    (+) Stop the Complementary One Pulse and disable interrupts.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Starts the PWM signal generation on the complementary output.
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @param  Channel: TIM Channel to be enabled.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
-
-  /* Enable the complementary PWM output  */
-  TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE);
-
-  /* Enable the Main Output */
-  __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
-
-  /* Enable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Stops the PWM signal generation on the complementary output.
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @param  Channel: TIM Channel to be disabled.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
-
-  /* Disable the complementary PWM output  */
-  TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE);
-
-  /* Disable the Main Output */
-  __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
-
-  /* Disable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Starts the PWM signal generation in interrupt mode on the
-  *         complementary output.
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @param  Channel: TIM Channel to be disabled.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
-
-  switch (Channel)
-  {
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
-    {
-      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */
-      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
-    {
-      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */
-      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
-    {
-      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */
-      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
-    {
-      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */
-      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    default:
-    break;
-  }
-
-  /* Enable the TIM Break interrupt */
-  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_BREAK);
-
-  /* Enable the complementary PWM output  */
-  TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE);
-
-  /* Enable the Main Output */
-  __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
-
-  /* Enable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Stops the PWM signal generation in interrupt mode on the
-  *         complementary output.
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @param  Channel: TIM Channel to be disabled.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Stop_IT (TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
-{
-  uint32_t tmpccer = 0;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
-
-  switch (Channel)
-  {
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
-    {
-      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */
-      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
-    {
-      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */
-      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
-    {
-      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */
-      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
-    {
-      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */
-      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    default:
-    break;
-  }
-
-  /* Disable the complementary PWM output  */
-  TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE);
-
-  /* Disable the TIM Break interrupt (only if no more channel is active) */
-  tmpccer = htim->Instance->CCER;
-  if ((tmpccer & (TIM_CCER_CC1NE | TIM_CCER_CC2NE | TIM_CCER_CC3NE)) == RESET)
-  {
-    __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_BREAK);
-  }
-
-  /* Disable the Main Output */
-  __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
-
-  /* Disable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Starts the TIM PWM signal generation in DMA mode on the
-  *         complementary output
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @param  Channel: TIM Channel to be enabled.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
-  * @param  pData: The source Buffer address.
-  * @param  Length: The length of data to be transferred from memory to TIM peripheral
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
-
-  if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY))
-  {
-     return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-  else if((htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY))
-  {
-    if(((uint32_t)pData == 0 ) && (Length > 0))
-    {
-      return HAL_ERROR;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
-    }
-  }
-  switch (Channel)
-  {
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
-    {
-      /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */
-      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
-
-      /* Set the DMA error callback */
-      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_DMAError ;
-
-      /* Enable the DMA Stream */
-      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, Length);
-
-      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */
-      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
-    {
-      /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */
-      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
-
-      /* Set the DMA error callback */
-      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_DMAError ;
-
-      /* Enable the DMA Stream */
-      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, Length);
-
-      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */
-      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
-    {
-      /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */
-      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
-
-      /* Set the DMA error callback */
-      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_DMAError ;
-
-      /* Enable the DMA Stream */
-      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR3,Length);
-
-      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */
-      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
-    {
-     /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callback */
-      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt;
-
-      /* Set the DMA error callback */
-      htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_DMAError ;
-
-      /* Enable the DMA Stream */
-      HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR4, Length);
-
-      /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 DMA request */
-      __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    default:
-    break;
-  }
-
-  /* Enable the complementary PWM output  */
-     TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE);
-
-  /* Enable the Main Output */
-    __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
-
-  /* Enable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Stops the TIM PWM signal generation in DMA mode on the complementary
-  *         output
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @param  Channel: TIM Channel to be disabled.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_PWMN_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel));
-
-  switch (Channel)
-  {
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
-    {
-      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */
-      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
-    {
-      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */
-      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
-    {
-      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */
-      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
-    {
-      /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 DMA request */
-      __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    default:
-    break;
-  }
-
-  /* Disable the complementary PWM output */
-    TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE);
-
-  /* Disable the Main Output */
-    __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
-
-  /* Disable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
-
-  /* Change the htim state */
-  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group4 Extended Timer Complementary One Pulse functions
- *  @brief    Timer Complementary One Pulse functions
- *
-@verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                ##### Timer Complementary One Pulse functions #####
-  ==============================================================================
-  [..]
-    This section provides functions allowing to:
-    (+) Start the Complementary One Pulse generation.
-    (+) Stop the Complementary One Pulse.
-    (+) Start the Complementary One Pulse and enable interrupts.
-    (+) Stop the Complementary One Pulse and disable interrupts.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Starts the TIM One Pulse signal generation on the complemetary
-  *         output.
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @param  OutputChannel: TIM Channel to be enabled.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel)
-  {
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, OutputChannel));
-
-  /* Enable the complementary One Pulse output */
-  TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, OutputChannel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE);
-
-  /* Enable the Main Output */
-  __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Stops the TIM One Pulse signal generation on the complementary
-  *         output.
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @param  OutputChannel: TIM Channel to be disabled.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel)
-{
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, OutputChannel));
-
-  /* Disable the complementary One Pulse output */
-    TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, OutputChannel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE);
-
-  /* Disable the Main Output */
-    __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
-
-  /* Disable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Starts the TIM One Pulse signal generation in interrupt mode on the
-  *         complementary channel.
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @param  OutputChannel: TIM Channel to be enabled.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, OutputChannel));
-
-  /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */
-  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
-
-  /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */
-  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
-
-  /* Enable the complementary One Pulse output */
-  TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, OutputChannel, TIM_CCxN_ENABLE);
-
-  /* Enable the Main Output */
-  __HAL_TIM_MOE_ENABLE(htim);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-  }
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Stops the TIM One Pulse signal generation in interrupt mode on the
-  *         complementary channel.
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @param  OutputChannel: TIM Channel to be disabled.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_OnePulseN_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_CCXN_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, OutputChannel));
-
-  /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */
-  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1);
-
-  /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */
-  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2);
-
-  /* Disable the complementary One Pulse output */
-  TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(htim->Instance, OutputChannel, TIM_CCxN_DISABLE);
-
-  /* Disable the Main Output */
-  __HAL_TIM_MOE_DISABLE(htim);
-
-  /* Disable the Peripheral */
-   __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group5 Extended Peripheral Control functions
- *  @brief   	Peripheral Control functions
- *
-@verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                    ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
-  ==============================================================================
-  [..]
-    This section provides functions allowing to:
-    (+) Configure The Input Output channels for OC, PWM, IC or One Pulse mode.
-    (+) Configure External Clock source.
-    (+) Configure Complementary channels, break features and dead time.
-    (+) Configure Master and the Slave synchronization.
-    (+) Configure the commutation event in case of use of the Hall sensor interface.
-    (+) Configure the DMA Burst Mode.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-/**
-  * @brief  Configure the TIM commutation event sequence.
-  * @note  This function is mandatory to use the commutation event in order to
-  *        update the configuration at each commutation detection on the TRGI input of the Timer,
-  *        the typical use of this feature is with the use of another Timer(interface Timer)
-  *        configured in Hall sensor interface, this interface Timer will generate the
-  *        commutation at its TRGO output (connected to Timer used in this function) each time
-  *        the TI1 of the Interface Timer detect a commutation at its input TI1.
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @param  InputTrigger: the Internal trigger corresponding to the Timer Interfacing with the Hall sensor.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg TIM_TS_ITR0: Internal trigger 0 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_TS_ITR1: Internal trigger 1 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_TS_ITR2: Internal trigger 2 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_TS_ITR3: Internal trigger 3 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_TS_NONE: No trigger is needed
-  * @param  CommutationSource: the Commutation Event source.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg TIM_COMMUTATION_TRGI: Commutation source is the TRGI of the Interface Timer
-  *            @arg TIM_COMMUTATION_SOFTWARE:  Commutation source is set by software using the COMG bit
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_ConfigCommutationEvent(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t  InputTrigger, uint32_t  CommutationSource)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_INTERNAL_TRIGGEREVENT_SELECTION(InputTrigger));
-
-  __HAL_LOCK(htim);
-
-  if ((InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR0) || (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR1) ||
-      (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR2) || (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR3))
-  {
-    /* Select the Input trigger */
-    htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS;
-    htim->Instance->SMCR |= InputTrigger;
-  }
-
-  /* Select the Capture Compare preload feature */
-  htim->Instance->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_CCPC;
-  /* Select the Commutation event source */
-  htim->Instance->CR2 &= ~TIM_CR2_CCUS;
-  htim->Instance->CR2 |= CommutationSource;
-
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Configure the TIM commutation event sequence with interrupt.
-  * @note  This function is mandatory to use the commutation event in order to
-  *        update the configuration at each commutation detection on the TRGI input of the Timer,
-  *        the typical use of this feature is with the use of another Timer(interface Timer)
-  *        configured in Hall sensor interface, this interface Timer will generate the
-  *        commutation at its TRGO output (connected to Timer used in this function) each time
-  *        the TI1 of the Interface Timer detect a commutation at its input TI1.
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @param  InputTrigger: the Internal trigger corresponding to the Timer Interfacing with the Hall sensor.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg TIM_TS_ITR0: Internal trigger 0 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_TS_ITR1: Internal trigger 1 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_TS_ITR2: Internal trigger 2 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_TS_ITR3: Internal trigger 3 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_TS_NONE: No trigger is needed
-  * @param  CommutationSource: the Commutation Event source.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg TIM_COMMUTATION_TRGI: Commutation source is the TRGI of the Interface Timer
-  *            @arg TIM_COMMUTATION_SOFTWARE:  Commutation source is set by software using the COMG bit
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_ConfigCommutationEvent_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t  InputTrigger, uint32_t  CommutationSource)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_INTERNAL_TRIGGEREVENT_SELECTION(InputTrigger));
-
-  __HAL_LOCK(htim);
-
-  if ((InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR0) || (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR1) ||
-      (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR2) || (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR3))
-  {
-    /* Select the Input trigger */
-    htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS;
-    htim->Instance->SMCR |= InputTrigger;
-  }
-
-  /* Select the Capture Compare preload feature */
-  htim->Instance->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_CCPC;
-  /* Select the Commutation event source */
-  htim->Instance->CR2 &= ~TIM_CR2_CCUS;
-  htim->Instance->CR2 |= CommutationSource;
-
-  /* Enable the Commutation Interrupt Request */
-  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_COM);
-
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Configure the TIM commutation event sequence with DMA.
-  * @note  This function is mandatory to use the commutation event in order to
-  *        update the configuration at each commutation detection on the TRGI input of the Timer,
-  *        the typical use of this feature is with the use of another Timer(interface Timer)
-  *        configured in Hall sensor interface, this interface Timer will generate the
-  *        commutation at its TRGO output (connected to Timer used in this function) each time
-  *        the TI1 of the Interface Timer detect a commutation at its input TI1.
-  * @note: The user should configure the DMA in his own software, in This function only the COMDE bit is set
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @param  InputTrigger: the Internal trigger corresponding to the Timer Interfacing with the Hall sensor.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg TIM_TS_ITR0: Internal trigger 0 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_TS_ITR1: Internal trigger 1 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_TS_ITR2: Internal trigger 2 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_TS_ITR3: Internal trigger 3 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_TS_NONE: No trigger is needed
-  * @param  CommutationSource: the Commutation Event source.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg TIM_COMMUTATION_TRGI: Commutation source is the TRGI of the Interface Timer
-  *            @arg TIM_COMMUTATION_SOFTWARE:  Commutation source is set by software using the COMG bit
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_ConfigCommutationEvent_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t  InputTrigger, uint32_t  CommutationSource)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_INTERNAL_TRIGGEREVENT_SELECTION(InputTrigger));
-
-  __HAL_LOCK(htim);
-
-  if ((InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR0) || (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR1) ||
-      (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR2) || (InputTrigger == TIM_TS_ITR3))
-  {
-    /* Select the Input trigger */
-    htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS;
-    htim->Instance->SMCR |= InputTrigger;
-  }
-
-  /* Select the Capture Compare preload feature */
-  htim->Instance->CR2 |= TIM_CR2_CCPC;
-  /* Select the Commutation event source */
-  htim->Instance->CR2 &= ~TIM_CR2_CCUS;
-  htim->Instance->CR2 |= CommutationSource;
-
-  /* Enable the Commutation DMA Request */
-  /* Set the DMA Commutation Callback */
-  htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferCpltCallback = HAL_TIMEx_DMACommutationCplt;
-  /* Set the DMA error callback */
-  htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_COMMUTATION]->XferErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_DMAError;
-
-  /* Enable the Commutation DMA Request */
-  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_COM);
-
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the TIM Output Compare Channels according to the specified
-  *         parameters in the TIM_OC_InitTypeDef.
-  * @param  htim: TIM Output Compare handle
-  * @param  sConfig: TIM Output Compare configuration structure
-  * @param  Channel : TIM Channels to configure
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_5: TIM Channel 5 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_6: TIM Channel 6 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: all output channels supported by the timer instance selected
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef* sConfig, uint32_t Channel)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNELS(Channel));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_MODE(sConfig->OCMode));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(sConfig->OCPolarity));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(sConfig->OCNPolarity));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(sConfig->OCNIdleState));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(sConfig->OCIdleState));
-
-  /* Check input state */
-  __HAL_LOCK(htim);
-
-  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  switch (Channel)
-  {
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
-    {
-      /* Check the parameters */
-      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-
-     /* Configure the TIM Channel 1 in Output Compare */
-      TIM_OC1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
-    {
-      /* Check the parameters */
-      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-
-      /* Configure the TIM Channel 2 in Output Compare */
-      TIM_OC2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
-    {
-      /* Check the parameters */
-      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-
-      /* Configure the TIM Channel 3 in Output Compare */
-      TIM_OC3_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
-    {
-      /* Check the parameters */
-      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-
-       /* Configure the TIM Channel 4 in Output Compare */
-       TIM_OC4_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_5:
-    {
-      /* Check the parameters */
-      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC5_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-
-       /* Configure the TIM Channel 5 in Output Compare */
-       TIM_OC5_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_6:
-    {
-      /* Check the parameters */
-      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC6_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-
-       /* Configure the TIM Channel 6 in Output Compare */
-       TIM_OC6_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig);
-    }
-    break;
-
-    default:
-    break;
-  }
-
-  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
-
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the TIM PWM  channels according to the specified
-  *         parameters in the TIM_OC_InitTypeDef.
-  * @param  htim: TIM PWM handle
-  * @param  sConfig: TIM PWM configuration structure
-  * @param  Channel : TIM Channels to be configured
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_5: TIM Channel 5 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_6: TIM Channel 6 selected
-  *            @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: all PWM channels supported by the timer instance selected
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim,
-                                            TIM_OC_InitTypeDef* sConfig,
-                                            uint32_t Channel)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNELS(Channel));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_PWM_MODE(sConfig->OCMode));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(sConfig->OCPolarity));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_OCN_POLARITY(sConfig->OCNPolarity));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_FAST_STATE(sConfig->OCFastMode));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_OCNIDLE_STATE(sConfig->OCNIdleState));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_OCIDLE_STATE(sConfig->OCIdleState));
-
-  /* Check input state */
-  __HAL_LOCK(htim);
-
-  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  switch (Channel)
-  {
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
-    {
-      /* Check the parameters */
-      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-
-      /* Configure the Channel 1 in PWM mode */
-      TIM_OC1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig);
-
-      /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel1 */
-      htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= TIM_CCMR1_OC1PE;
-
-      /* Configure the Output Fast mode */
-      htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC1FE;
-      htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= sConfig->OCFastMode;
-    }
-    break;
-
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
-    {
-      /* Check the parameters */
-      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-
-      /* Configure the Channel 2 in PWM mode */
-      TIM_OC2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig);
-
-      /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel2 */
-      htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= TIM_CCMR1_OC2PE;
-
-      /* Configure the Output Fast mode */
-      htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC2FE;
-      htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= sConfig->OCFastMode << 8;
-    }
-    break;
-
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
-    {
-      /* Check the parameters */
-      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-
-      /* Configure the Channel 3 in PWM mode */
-      TIM_OC3_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig);
-
-      /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel3 */
-      htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= TIM_CCMR2_OC3PE;
-
-     /* Configure the Output Fast mode */
-      htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC3FE;
-      htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= sConfig->OCFastMode;
-    }
-    break;
-
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
-    {
-      /* Check the parameters */
-      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-
-      /* Configure the Channel 4 in PWM mode */
-      TIM_OC4_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig);
-
-      /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel4 */
-      htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= TIM_CCMR2_OC4PE;
-
-     /* Configure the Output Fast mode */
-      htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC4FE;
-      htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= sConfig->OCFastMode << 8;
-    }
-    break;
-
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_5:
-    {
-       /* Check the parameters */
-      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC5_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-
-     /* Configure the Channel 5 in PWM mode */
-      TIM_OC5_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig);
-
-      /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel5*/
-      htim->Instance->CCMR3 |= TIM_CCMR3_OC5PE;
-
-     /* Configure the Output Fast mode */
-      htim->Instance->CCMR3 &= ~TIM_CCMR3_OC5FE;
-      htim->Instance->CCMR3 |= sConfig->OCFastMode;
-    }
-    break;
-
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_6:
-    {
-       /* Check the parameters */
-      assert_param(IS_TIM_CC6_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-
-     /* Configure the Channel 5 in PWM mode */
-      TIM_OC6_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig);
-
-      /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel6 */
-      htim->Instance->CCMR3 |= TIM_CCMR3_OC6PE;
-
-     /* Configure the Output Fast mode */
-      htim->Instance->CCMR3 &= ~TIM_CCMR3_OC6FE;
-      htim->Instance->CCMR3 |= sConfig->OCFastMode << 8;
-    }
-    break;
-
-    default:
-    break;
-  }
-
-  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
-
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Configures the OCRef clear feature
-  * @param  htim: TIM handle
-  * @param  sClearInputConfig: pointer to a TIM_ClearInputConfigTypeDef structure that
-  *         contains the OCREF clear feature and parameters for the TIM peripheral.
-  * @param  Channel: specifies the TIM Channel
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg TIM_Channel_1: TIM Channel 1
-  *            @arg TIM_Channel_2: TIM Channel 2
-  *            @arg TIM_Channel_3: TIM Channel 3
-  *            @arg TIM_Channel_4: TIM Channel 4
-  *            @arg TIM_Channel_5: TIM Channel 5
-  *            @arg TIM_Channel_6: TIM Channel 6
-  * @retval None
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_ConfigOCrefClear(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim,
-                                           TIM_ClearInputConfigTypeDef *sClearInputConfig,
-                                           uint32_t Channel)
-{
-  uint32_t tmpsmcr = 0;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_OCXREF_CLEAR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_SOURCE(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputSource));
-
-  /* Check input state */
-  __HAL_LOCK(htim);
-
-  switch (sClearInputConfig->ClearInputSource)
-  {
-    case TIM_CLEARINPUTSOURCE_NONE:
-    {
-      /* Clear the OCREF clear selection bit */
-      tmpsmcr &= ~TIM_SMCR_OCCS;
-
-      /* Clear the ETR Bits */
-      tmpsmcr &= ~(TIM_SMCR_ETF | TIM_SMCR_ETPS | TIM_SMCR_ECE | TIM_SMCR_ETP);
-
-      /* Set TIMx_SMCR */
-      htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr;
-   }
-    break;
-
-    case TIM_CLEARINPUTSOURCE_OCREFCLR:
-    {
-      /* Clear the OCREF clear selection bit */
-      htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_OCCS;
-    }
-    break;
-
-    case TIM_CLEARINPUTSOURCE_ETR:
-    {
-      /* Check the parameters */
-      assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_POLARITY(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPolarity));
-      assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_PRESCALER(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPrescaler));
-      assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_FILTER(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputFilter));
-
-      TIM_ETR_SetConfig(htim->Instance,
-                        sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPrescaler,
-                        sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPolarity,
-                        sClearInputConfig->ClearInputFilter);
-
-      /* Set the OCREF clear selection bit */
-      htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_SMCR_OCCS;
-    }
-    break;
-    default:
-    break;
-  }
-
-  switch (Channel)
-  {
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_1:
-      {
-        if(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != RESET)
-        {
-          /* Enable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 1 */
-          htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= TIM_CCMR1_OC1CE;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          /* Disable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 1 */
-          htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC1CE;
-        }
-      }
-      break;
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_2:
-      {
-        if(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != RESET)
-        {
-          /* Enable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 2 */
-          htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= TIM_CCMR1_OC2CE;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          /* Disable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 2 */
-          htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC2CE;
-        }
-      }
-    break;
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_3:
-      {
-        if(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != RESET)
-        {
-          /* Enable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 3 */
-          htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= TIM_CCMR2_OC3CE;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          /* Disable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 3 */
-          htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC3CE;
-        }
-      }
-    break;
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_4:
-      {
-        if(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != RESET)
-        {
-          /* Enable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 4 */
-          htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= TIM_CCMR2_OC4CE;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          /* Disable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 4 */
-          htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC4CE;
-        }
-      }
-    break;
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_5:
-      {
-        if(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != RESET)
-        {
-          /* Enable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 1 */
-          htim->Instance->CCMR3 |= TIM_CCMR3_OC5CE;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          /* Disable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 1 */
-          htim->Instance->CCMR3 &= ~TIM_CCMR3_OC5CE;
-        }
-      }
-    break;
-    case TIM_CHANNEL_6:
-      {
-        if(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != RESET)
-        {
-          /* Enable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 1 */
-          htim->Instance->CCMR3 |= TIM_CCMR3_OC6CE;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          /* Disable the Ocref clear feature for Channel 1 */
-          htim->Instance->CCMR3 &= ~TIM_CCMR3_OC6CE;
-        }
-      }
-    break;
-    default:
-    break;
-  }
-
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Configures the TIM in master mode.
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @param  sMasterConfig: pointer to a TIM_MasterConfigTypeDef structure that
-  *         contains the selected trigger output (TRGO) and the Master/Slave
-  *         mode.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_MasterConfigSynchronization(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_MasterConfigTypeDef * sMasterConfig)
-{
-  uint32_t tmpcr2;
-  uint32_t tmpsmcr;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_SYNCHRO_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_TRGO_SOURCE(sMasterConfig->MasterOutputTrigger));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_MSM_STATE(sMasterConfig->MasterSlaveMode));
-
-  /* Check input state */
-  __HAL_LOCK(htim);
-
- /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */
-  tmpcr2 = htim->Instance->CR2;
-
-  /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */
-  tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR;
-
-  /* If the timer supports ADC synchronization through TRGO2, set the master mode selection 2 */
-  if (IS_TIM_TRGO2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance))
-  {
-    /* Check the parameters */
-    assert_param(IS_TIM_TRGO2_SOURCE(sMasterConfig->MasterOutputTrigger2));
-
-    /* Clear the MMS2 bits */
-    tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_MMS2;
-    /* Select the TRGO2 source*/
-    tmpcr2 |= sMasterConfig->MasterOutputTrigger2;
-  }
-
-  /* Reset the MMS Bits */
-  tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_MMS;
-  /* Select the TRGO source */
-  tmpcr2 |=  sMasterConfig->MasterOutputTrigger;
-
-  /* Reset the MSM Bit */
-  tmpsmcr &= ~TIM_SMCR_MSM;
-  /* Set master mode */
-  tmpsmcr |= sMasterConfig->MasterSlaveMode;
-
-  /* Update TIMx CR2 */
-  htim->Instance->CR2 = tmpcr2;
-
-  /* Update TIMx SMCR */
-  htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr;
-
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief   Configures the Break feature, dead time, Lock level, OSSI/OSSR State
-  *         and the AOE(automatic output enable).
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @param  sBreakDeadTimeConfig: pointer to a TIM_ConfigBreakDeadConfig_TypeDef structure that
-  *         contains the BDTR Register configuration  information for the TIM peripheral.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_ConfigBreakDeadTime(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim,
-                                              TIM_BreakDeadTimeConfigTypeDef * sBreakDeadTimeConfig)
-{
-  uint32_t tmpbdtr = 0;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_OSSR_STATE(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->OffStateRunMode));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_OSSI_STATE(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->OffStateIDLEMode));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_LOCK_LEVEL(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->LockLevel));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_DEADTIME(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->DeadTime));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAK_STATE(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->BreakState));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAK_POLARITY(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->BreakPolarity));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAK_FILTER(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->BreakFilter));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTOMATIC_OUTPUT_STATE(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->AutomaticOutput));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAK2_STATE(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->Break2State));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAK2_POLARITY(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->Break2Polarity));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_BREAK_FILTER(sBreakDeadTimeConfig->Break2Filter));
-
-  /* Check input state */
-  __HAL_LOCK(htim);
-
-  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Set the Lock level, the Break enable Bit and the Polarity, the OSSR State,
-     the OSSI State, the dead time value and the Automatic Output Enable Bit */
-
-  /* Clear the BDTR bits */
-  tmpbdtr &= ~(TIM_BDTR_DTG | TIM_BDTR_LOCK |  TIM_BDTR_OSSI |
-               TIM_BDTR_OSSR | TIM_BDTR_BKE | TIM_BDTR_BKP |
-               TIM_BDTR_AOE | TIM_BDTR_MOE | TIM_BDTR_BKF |
-               TIM_BDTR_BK2F | TIM_BDTR_BK2E | TIM_BDTR_BK2P);
-
-  /* Set the BDTR bits */
-  tmpbdtr |= sBreakDeadTimeConfig->DeadTime;
-  tmpbdtr |= sBreakDeadTimeConfig->LockLevel;
-  tmpbdtr |= sBreakDeadTimeConfig->OffStateIDLEMode;
-  tmpbdtr |= sBreakDeadTimeConfig->OffStateRunMode;
-  tmpbdtr |= sBreakDeadTimeConfig->BreakState;
-  tmpbdtr |= sBreakDeadTimeConfig->BreakPolarity;
-  tmpbdtr |= sBreakDeadTimeConfig->AutomaticOutput;
-  tmpbdtr |= (sBreakDeadTimeConfig->BreakFilter << BDTR_BKF_SHIFT);
-  tmpbdtr |= (sBreakDeadTimeConfig->Break2Filter << BDTR_BK2F_SHIFT);
-  tmpbdtr |= sBreakDeadTimeConfig->Break2State;
-  tmpbdtr |= sBreakDeadTimeConfig->Break2Polarity;
-
-  /* Set TIMx_BDTR */
-  htim->Instance->BDTR = tmpbdtr;
-
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Configures the TIM2, TIM5 and TIM11 Remapping input capabilities.
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @param  Remap: specifies the TIM input remapping source.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg TIM_TIM2_TIM8_TRGO: TIM2 ITR1 input is connected to TIM8 Trigger output(default)
-  *            @arg TIM_TIM2_ETH_PTP:   TIM2 ITR1 input is connected to ETH PTP trigger output.
-  *            @arg TIM_TIM2_USBFS_SOF: TIM2 ITR1 input is connected to USB FS SOF.
-  *            @arg TIM_TIM2_USBHS_SOF: TIM2 ITR1 input is connected to USB HS SOF.
-  *            @arg TIM_TIM5_GPIO:      TIM5 CH4 input is connected to dedicated Timer pin(default)
-  *            @arg TIM_TIM5_LSI:       TIM5 CH4 input is connected to LSI clock.
-  *            @arg TIM_TIM5_LSE:       TIM5 CH4 input is connected to LSE clock.
-  *            @arg TIM_TIM5_RTC:       TIM5 CH4 input is connected to RTC Output event.
-  *            @arg TIM_TIM11_GPIO:     TIM11 CH4 input is connected to dedicated Timer pin(default)
-  *            @arg TIM_TIM11_SPDIF:    SPDIF Frame synchronous
-  *            @arg TIM_TIM11_HSE:      TIM11 CH4 input is connected to HSE_RTC clock
-  *                                     (HSE divided by a programmable prescaler)
-  *            @arg TIM_TIM11_MCO1:     TIM11 CH1 input is connected to MCO1
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_RemapConfig(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Remap)
-{
-  __HAL_LOCK(htim);
-
-  /* Check parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_REMAP_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_REMAP(Remap));
-
-  /* Set the Timer remapping configuration */
-  htim->Instance->OR = Remap;
-
-  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
-
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Group channel 5 and channel 1, 2 or 3
-  * @param  htim: TIM handle.
-  * @param  OCRef: specifies the reference signal(s) the OC5REF is combined with.
-  *         This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
-  *         TIM_GROUPCH5_NONE: No effect of OC5REF on OC1REFC, OC2REFC and OC3REFC
-  *         TIM_GROUPCH5_OC1REFC: OC1REFC is the logical AND of OC1REFC and OC5REF
-  *         TIM_GROUPCH5_OC2REFC: OC2REFC is the logical AND of OC2REFC and OC5REF
-  *         TIM_GROUPCH5_OC3REFC: OC3REFC is the logical AND of OC3REFC and OC5REF
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_GroupChannel5(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OCRef)
-{
-  /* Check parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_COMBINED3PHASEPWM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_GROUPCH5(OCRef));
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(htim);
-
-  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Clear GC5Cx bit fields */
-  htim->Instance->CCR5 &= ~(TIM_CCR5_GC5C3|TIM_CCR5_GC5C2|TIM_CCR5_GC5C1);
-
-  /* Set GC5Cx bit fields */
-  htim->Instance->CCR5 |= OCRef;
-
-  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
-
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group6 Extended Callbacks functions
-  * @brief    Extended Callbacks functions
- *
-@verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                    ##### Extension Callbacks functions #####
-  ==============================================================================
-  [..]
-    This section provides Extension TIM callback functions:
-    (+) Timer Commutation callback
-    (+) Timer Break callback
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Hall commutation changed callback in non blocking mode
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_TIMEx_CommutationCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_TIMEx_CommutationCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Hall Break detection callback in non blocking mode
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_TIMEx_BreakCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_TIMEx_BreakCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group7 Extended Peripheral State functions
- *  @brief    Extended Peripheral State functions
- *
-@verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                ##### Extension Peripheral State functions #####
-  ==============================================================================
-  [..]
-    This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral
-    and the data flow.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Return the TIM Hall Sensor interface state
-  * @param  htim: pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for TIM module.
-  * @retval HAL state
-  */
-HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_HallSensor_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
-{
-  return htim->State;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  TIM DMA Commutation callback.
-  * @param  hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_TIMEx_DMACommutationCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  TIM_HandleTypeDef* htim = ( TIM_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
-
-  htim->State= HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
-
-  HAL_TIMEx_CommutationCallback(htim);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Enables or disables the TIM Capture Compare Channel xN.
-  * @param  TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
-  * @param  Channel: specifies the TIM Channel
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg TIM_Channel_1: TIM Channel 1
-  *            @arg TIM_Channel_2: TIM Channel 2
-  *            @arg TIM_Channel_3: TIM Channel 3
-  * @param  ChannelNState: specifies the TIM Channel CCxNE bit new state.
-  *          This parameter can be: TIM_CCxN_ENABLE or TIM_CCxN_Disable.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void TIM_CCxNChannelCmd(TIM_TypeDef* TIMx, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t ChannelNState)
-{
-  uint32_t tmp = 0;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_ADVANCED_INSTANCE(TIMx));
-  assert_param(IS_TIM_COMPLEMENTARY_CHANNELS(Channel));
-
-  tmp = TIM_CCER_CC1NE << Channel;
-
-  /* Reset the CCxNE Bit */
-  TIMx->CCER &= ~tmp;
-
-  /* Set or reset the CCxNE Bit */
-  TIMx->CCER |= (uint32_t)(ChannelNState << Channel);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Timer Output Compare 5 configuration
-  * @param  TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
-  * @param  OC_Config: The output configuration structure
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void TIM_OC5_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config)
-{
-  uint32_t tmpccmrx = 0;
-  uint32_t tmpccer = 0;
-  uint32_t tmpcr2 = 0;
-
-  /* Disable the output: Reset the CCxE Bit */
-  TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC5E;
-
-  /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */
-  tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
-  /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */
-  tmpcr2 =  TIMx->CR2;
-  /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */
-  tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR3;
-
-  /* Reset the Output Compare Mode Bits */
-  tmpccmrx &= ~(TIM_CCMR3_OC5M);
-  /* Select the Output Compare Mode */
-  tmpccmrx |= OC_Config->OCMode;
-
-  /* Reset the Output Polarity level */
-  tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC5P;
-  /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */
-  tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCPolarity << 16);
-
-  if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(TIMx))
-  {
-    /* Reset the Output Compare IDLE State */
-    tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS5;
-    /* Set the Output Idle state */
-    tmpcr2 |= (OC_Config->OCIdleState << 8);
-  }
-  /* Write to TIMx CR2 */
-  TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2;
-
-  /* Write to TIMx CCMR3 */
-  TIMx->CCMR3 = tmpccmrx;
-
-  /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */
-  TIMx->CCR5 = OC_Config->Pulse;
-
-  /* Write to TIMx CCER */
-  TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Timer Output Compare 6 configuration
-  * @param  TIMx to select the TIM peripheral
-  * @param  OC_Config: The output configuration structure
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void TIM_OC6_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config)
-{
-  uint32_t tmpccmrx = 0;
-  uint32_t tmpccer = 0;
-  uint32_t tmpcr2 = 0;
-
-  /* Disable the output: Reset the CCxE Bit */
-  TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC6E;
-
-  /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */
-  tmpccer = TIMx->CCER;
-  /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */
-  tmpcr2 =  TIMx->CR2;
-  /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */
-  tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR3;
-
-  /* Reset the Output Compare Mode Bits */
-  tmpccmrx &= ~(TIM_CCMR3_OC6M);
-  /* Select the Output Compare Mode */
-  tmpccmrx |= (OC_Config->OCMode << 8);
-
-  /* Reset the Output Polarity level */
-  tmpccer &= (uint32_t)~TIM_CCER_CC6P;
-  /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */
-  tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCPolarity << 20);
-
-  if(IS_TIM_BREAK_INSTANCE(TIMx))
-  {
-    /* Reset the Output Compare IDLE State */
-    tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_OIS6;
-    /* Set the Output Idle state */
-    tmpcr2 |= (OC_Config->OCIdleState << 10);
-  }
-
-  /* Write to TIMx CR2 */
-  TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2;
-
-  /* Write to TIMx CCMR3 */
-  TIMx->CCMR3 = tmpccmrx;
-
-  /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */
-  TIMx->CCR6 = OC_Config->Pulse;
-
-  /* Write to TIMx CCER */
-  TIMx->CCER = tmpccer;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-#endif /* HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED */
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_uart.c b/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_uart.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 3f3b06f539..0000000000
--- a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_uart.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1996 +0,0 @@
-/**
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @file    stm32f7xx_hal_uart.c
-  * @author  MCD Application Team
-  * @version V1.0.1
-  * @date    25-June-2015
-  * @brief   UART HAL module driver.
-  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
-  *          functionalities of the Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter (UART) peripheral:
-  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
-  *           + IO operation functions
-  *           + Peripheral Control functions
-  *           + Peripheral State and Errors functions
-  *
-  @verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                        ##### How to use this driver #####
-  ==============================================================================
-  [..]
-    The UART HAL driver can be used as follows:
-
-    (#) Declare a UART_HandleTypeDef handle structure.
-
-    (#) Initialize the UART low level resources by implementing the HAL_UART_MspInit() API:
-        (##) Enable the USARTx interface clock.
-        (##) UART pins configuration:
-            (+++) Enable the clock for the UART GPIOs.
-            (+++) Configure these UART pins as alternate function pull-up.
-        (##) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process (HAL_UART_Transmit_IT()
-             and HAL_UART_Receive_IT() APIs):
-            (+++) Configure the USARTx interrupt priority.
-            (+++) Enable the NVIC USART IRQ handle.
-        (##) DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process (HAL_UART_Transmit_DMA()
-             and HAL_UART_Receive_DMA() APIs):
-            (+++) Declare a DMA handle structure for the Tx/Rx stream.
-            (+++) Enable the DMAx interface clock.
-            (+++) Configure the declared DMA handle structure with the required
-                  Tx/Rx parameters.
-            (+++) Configure the DMA Tx/Rx Stream.
-            (+++) Associate the initialized DMA handle to the UART DMA Tx/Rx handle.
-            (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete
-                  interrupt on the DMA Tx/Rx Stream.
-
-    (#) Program the Baud Rate, Word Length, Stop Bit, Parity, Hardware
-        flow control and Mode(Receiver/Transmitter) in the Init structure.
-
-    (#) For the UART asynchronous mode, initialize the UART registers by calling
-        the HAL_UART_Init() API.
-
-    (#) For the UART Half duplex mode, initialize the UART registers by calling
-        the HAL_HalfDuplex_Init() API.
-
-    (#) For the LIN mode, initialize the UART registers by calling the HAL_LIN_Init() API.
-
-    (#) For the Multi-Processor mode, initialize the UART registers by calling
-        the HAL_MultiProcessor_Init() API.
-
-     [..]
-       (@) The specific UART interrupts (Transmission complete interrupt,
-            RXNE interrupt and Error Interrupts) will be managed using the macros
-            __HAL_UART_ENABLE_IT() and __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT() inside the transmit
-            and receive process.
-
-     [..]
-       (@) These APIs (HAL_UART_Init() and HAL_HalfDuplex_Init()) configure also the
-            low level Hardware GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc) by calling the customized
-            HAL_UART_MspInit() API.
-
-     [..]
-        Three operation modes are available within this driver :
-
-     *** Polling mode IO operation ***
-     =================================
-     [..]
-       (+) Send an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_UART_Transmit()
-       (+) Receive an amount of data in blocking mode using HAL_UART_Receive()
-
-     *** Interrupt mode IO operation ***
-     ===================================
-     [..]
-       (+) Send an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_UART_Transmit_IT()
-       (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback is executed and user can
-            add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback
-       (+) Receive an amount of data in non blocking mode using HAL_UART_Receive_IT()
-       (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback is executed and user can
-            add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback
-       (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_UART_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
-            add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_UART_ErrorCallback
-
-     *** DMA mode IO operation ***
-     ==============================
-     [..]
-       (+) Send an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using HAL_UART_Transmit_DMA()
-       (+) At transmission end of half transfer HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user can
-            add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback
-       (+) At transmission end of transfer HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback is executed and user can
-            add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback
-       (+) Receive an amount of data in non blocking mode (DMA) using HAL_UART_Receive_DMA()
-       (+) At reception end of half transfer HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback is executed and user can
-            add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback
-       (+) At reception end of transfer HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback is executed and user can
-            add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback
-       (+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_UART_ErrorCallback() function is executed and user can
-            add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_UART_ErrorCallback
-       (+) Pause the DMA Transfer using HAL_UART_DMAPause()
-       (+) Resume the DMA Transfer using HAL_UART_DMAResume()
-       (+) Stop the DMA Transfer using HAL_UART_DMAStop()
-
-     *** UART HAL driver macros list ***
-     =============================================
-     [..]
-       Below the list of most used macros in UART HAL driver.
-
-      (+) __HAL_UART_ENABLE: Enable the UART peripheral
-      (+) __HAL_UART_DISABLE: Disable the UART peripheral
-      (+) __HAL_UART_GET_FLAG : Check whether the specified UART flag is set or not
-      (+) __HAL_UART_CLEAR_IT : Clears the specified UART ISR flag
-      (+) __HAL_UART_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified UART interrupt
-      (+) __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified UART interrupt
-      (+) __HAL_UART_GET_IT_SOURCE: Check whether the specified UART interrupt has occurred or not
-
-     [..]
-       (@) You can refer to the UART HAL driver header file for more useful macros
-
-  @endverbatim
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @attention
-  *
-  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
-  *
-  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
-  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
-  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
-  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
-  *      without specific prior written permission.
-  *
-  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
-  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
-  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
-  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
-  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
-  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
-  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
-  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
-  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
-  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-  *
-  ******************************************************************************
-  */
-
-/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
-
-/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup UART UART
-  * @brief HAL UART module driver
-  * @{
-  */
-#ifdef HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED
-
-/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
-#define HAL_UART_TXDMA_TIMEOUTVALUE                      22000
-#define UART_CR1_FIELDS  ((uint32_t)(USART_CR1_M | USART_CR1_PCE | USART_CR1_PS | \
-                                     USART_CR1_TE | USART_CR1_RE | USART_CR1_OVER8))
-/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
-static void UART_DMATransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
-static void UART_DMAReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
-static void UART_DMARxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
-static void UART_DMATxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
-static void UART_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_Transmit_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart);
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_EndTransmit_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart);
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_Receive_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart);
-/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/** @defgroup UART_Exported_Functions UART Exported Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup UART_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
-  *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions
-  *
-@verbatim
-===============================================================================
-            ##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]
-    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the USARTx or the UARTy
-    in asynchronous mode.
-      (+) For the asynchronous mode only these parameters can be configured:
-        (++) Baud Rate
-        (++) Word Length
-        (++) Stop Bit
-        (++) Parity: If the parity is enabled, then the MSB bit of the data written
-             in the data register is transmitted but is changed by the parity bit.
-             Depending on the frame length defined by the M bit (8-bits or 9-bits),
-             please refer to Reference manual for possible UART frame formats.
-        (++) Hardware flow control
-        (++) Receiver/transmitter modes
-        (++) Over Sampling Method
-    [..]
-    The HAL_UART_Init(), HAL_HalfDuplex_Init(), HAL_LIN_Init() and HAL_MultiProcessor_Init() APIs
-    follow respectively the UART asynchronous, UART Half duplex, LIN and Multi-Processor
-    configuration procedures (details for the procedures are available in reference manual (RM0329)).
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief Initializes the UART mode according to the specified
-  *         parameters in the UART_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle .
-  * @param huart: uart handle
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Init(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
-{
-  /* Check the UART handle allocation */
-  if(huart == NULL)
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if(huart->Init.HwFlowCtl != UART_HWCONTROL_NONE)
-  {
-    /* Check the parameters */
-    assert_param(IS_UART_HWFLOW_INSTANCE(huart->Instance));
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    /* Check the parameters */
-    assert_param(IS_UART_INSTANCE(huart->Instance));
-  }
-
-  if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_RESET)
-  {
-    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
-    huart->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
-
-    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK */
-    HAL_UART_MspInit(huart);
-  }
-
-  huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Disable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart);
-
-  /* Set the UART Communication parameters */
-  if (UART_SetConfig(huart) == HAL_ERROR)
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if (huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit != UART_ADVFEATURE_NO_INIT)
-  {
-    UART_AdvFeatureConfig(huart);
-  }
-
-  /* In asynchronous mode, the following bits must be kept cleared:
-  - LINEN and CLKEN bits in the USART_CR2 register,
-  - SCEN, HDSEL and IREN  bits in the USART_CR3 register.*/
-  huart->Instance->CR2 &= ~(USART_CR2_LINEN | USART_CR2_CLKEN);
-  huart->Instance->CR3 &= ~(USART_CR3_SCEN | USART_CR3_HDSEL | USART_CR3_IREN);
-
-  /* Enable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart);
-
-  /* TEACK and/or REACK to check before moving huart->State to Ready */
-  return (UART_CheckIdleState(huart));
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Initializes the half-duplex mode according to the specified
-  *         parameters in the UART_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle .
-  * @param huart: UART handle
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HalfDuplex_Init(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
-{
-  /* Check the UART handle allocation */
-  if(huart == NULL)
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_RESET)
-  {
-    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
-    huart->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
-    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK */
-    HAL_UART_MspInit(huart);
-  }
-
-  huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Disable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart);
-
-  /* Set the UART Communication parameters */
-  if (UART_SetConfig(huart) == HAL_ERROR)
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if (huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit != UART_ADVFEATURE_NO_INIT)
-  {
-    UART_AdvFeatureConfig(huart);
-  }
-
-  /* In half-duplex mode, the following bits must be kept cleared:
-  - LINEN and CLKEN bits in the USART_CR2 register,
-  - SCEN and IREN bits in the USART_CR3 register.*/
-  huart->Instance->CR2 &= ~(USART_CR2_LINEN | USART_CR2_CLKEN);
-  huart->Instance->CR3 &= ~(USART_CR3_IREN | USART_CR3_SCEN);
-
-  /* Enable the Half-Duplex mode by setting the HDSEL bit in the CR3 register */
-  huart->Instance->CR3 |= USART_CR3_HDSEL;
-
-  /* Enable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart);
-
-  /* TEACK and/or REACK to check before moving huart->State to Ready */
-  return (UART_CheckIdleState(huart));
-}
-
-
-/**
-  * @brief Initializes the LIN mode according to the specified
-  *         parameters in the UART_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle .
-  * @param huart: uart handle
-  * @param BreakDetectLength: specifies the LIN break detection length.
-  *        This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *          @arg UART_LINBREAKDETECTLENGTH_10B: 10-bit break detection
-  *          @arg UART_LINBREAKDETECTLENGTH_11B: 11-bit break detection
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LIN_Init(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint32_t BreakDetectLength)
-{
-  /* Check the UART handle allocation */
-  if(huart == NULL)
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_UART_INSTANCE(huart->Instance));
-  assert_param(IS_UART_LIN_BREAK_DETECT_LENGTH(BreakDetectLength));
-  assert_param(IS_LIN_WORD_LENGTH(huart->Init.WordLength));
-
-  if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_RESET)
-  {
-    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
-    huart->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
-    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK */
-    HAL_UART_MspInit(huart);
-  }
-
-  huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Disable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart);
-
-  /* Set the UART Communication parameters */
-  if (UART_SetConfig(huart) == HAL_ERROR)
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if (huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit != UART_ADVFEATURE_NO_INIT)
-  {
-    UART_AdvFeatureConfig(huart);
-  }
-
-  /* In LIN mode, the following bits must be kept cleared:
-  - LINEN and CLKEN bits in the USART_CR2 register,
-  - SCEN and IREN bits in the USART_CR3 register.*/
-  huart->Instance->CR2 &= ~(USART_CR2_CLKEN);
-  huart->Instance->CR3 &= ~(USART_CR3_HDSEL | USART_CR3_IREN | USART_CR3_SCEN);
-
-  /* Enable the LIN mode by setting the LINEN bit in the CR2 register */
-  huart->Instance->CR2 |= USART_CR2_LINEN;
-
-  /* Set the USART LIN Break detection length. */
-  MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_LBDL, BreakDetectLength);
-
-    /* Enable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart);
-
-  /* TEACK and/or REACK to check before moving huart->State to Ready */
-  return (UART_CheckIdleState(huart));
-}
-
-
-
-/**
-  * @brief Initializes the multiprocessor mode according to the specified
-  *         parameters in the UART_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle.
-  * @param huart: UART handle
-  * @param Address: UART node address (4-, 6-, 7- or 8-bit long)
-  * @param WakeUpMethod: specifies the UART wakeup method.
-  *        This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *          @arg UART_WAKEUPMETHOD_IDLELINE: WakeUp by an idle line detection
-  *          @arg UART_WAKEUPMETHOD_ADDRESSMARK: WakeUp by an address mark
-  * @note  If the user resorts to idle line detection wake up, the Address parameter
-  *        is useless and ignored by the initialization function.
-  * @note  If the user resorts to address mark wake up, the address length detection
-  *        is configured by default to 4 bits only. For the UART to be able to
-  *        manage 6-, 7- or 8-bit long addresses detection
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MultiProcessor_Init(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t Address, uint32_t WakeUpMethod)
-{
-  /* Check the UART handle allocation */
-  if(huart == NULL)
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Check the wake up method parameter */
-  assert_param(IS_UART_WAKEUPMETHOD(WakeUpMethod));
-
-  if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_RESET)
-  {
-    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
-    huart->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
-    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK */
-    HAL_UART_MspInit(huart);
-  }
-
-  huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Disable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart);
-
-  /* Set the UART Communication parameters */
-  if (UART_SetConfig(huart) == HAL_ERROR)
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  if (huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit != UART_ADVFEATURE_NO_INIT)
-  {
-    UART_AdvFeatureConfig(huart);
-  }
-
-  /* In multiprocessor mode, the following bits must be kept cleared:
-  - LINEN and CLKEN bits in the USART_CR2 register,
-  - SCEN, HDSEL and IREN  bits in the USART_CR3 register. */
-  huart->Instance->CR2 &= ~(USART_CR2_LINEN | USART_CR2_CLKEN);
-  huart->Instance->CR3 &= ~(USART_CR3_SCEN | USART_CR3_HDSEL | USART_CR3_IREN);
-
-  if (WakeUpMethod == UART_WAKEUPMETHOD_ADDRESSMARK)
-  {
-    /* If address mark wake up method is chosen, set the USART address node */
-    MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_ADD, ((uint32_t)Address << UART_CR2_ADDRESS_LSB_POS));
-  }
-
-  /* Set the wake up method by setting the WAKE bit in the CR1 register */
-  MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_WAKE, WakeUpMethod);
-
-  /* Enable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart);
-
-  /* TEACK and/or REACK to check before moving huart->State to Ready */
-  return (UART_CheckIdleState(huart));
-}
-
-
-
-
-/**
-  * @brief DeInitializes the UART peripheral
-  * @param huart: uart handle
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_DeInit(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
-{
-  /* Check the UART handle allocation */
-  if(huart == NULL)
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_UART_INSTANCE(huart->Instance));
-
-  huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Disable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_UART_DISABLE(huart);
-
-  huart->Instance->CR1 = 0x0;
-  huart->Instance->CR2 = 0x0;
-  huart->Instance->CR3 = 0x0;
-
-  /* DeInit the low level hardware */
-  HAL_UART_MspDeInit(huart);
-
-  huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE;
-  huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_RESET;
-
-  /* Process Unlock */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief UART MSP Init
-  * @param huart: uart handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
- __weak void HAL_UART_MspInit(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_UART_MspInit can be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief UART MSP DeInit
-  * @param huart: uart handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
- __weak void HAL_UART_MspDeInit(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_UART_MspDeInit can be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup UART_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
-  *  @brief UART Transmit/Receive functions
-  *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-                      ##### IO operation functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the UART asynchronous
-    and Half duplex data transfers.
-
-    (#) There are two mode of transfer:
-       (+) Blocking mode: The communication is performed in polling mode.
-            The HAL status of all data processing is returned by the same function
-            after finishing transfer.
-       (+) No-Blocking mode: The communication is performed using Interrupts
-           or DMA, These API's return the HAL status.
-           The end of the data processing will be indicated through the
-           dedicated UART IRQ when using Interrupt mode or the DMA IRQ when
-           using DMA mode.
-           The HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback(), HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback() user callbacks
-           will be executed respectively at the end of the transmit or Receive process
-           The HAL_UART_ErrorCallback()user callback will be executed when a communication error is detected
-
-    (#) Blocking mode API's are :
-        (+) HAL_UART_Transmit()
-        (+) HAL_UART_Receive()
-
-    (#) Non-Blocking mode API's with Interrupt are :
-        (+) HAL_UART_Transmit_IT()
-        (+) HAL_UART_Receive_IT()
-        (+) HAL_UART_IRQHandler()
-        (+) UART_Transmit_IT()
-        (+) UART_Receive_IT()
-
-    (#) No-Blocking mode API's with DMA are :
-        (+) HAL_UART_Transmit_DMA()
-        (+) HAL_UART_Receive_DMA()
-        (+) HAL_UART_DMAPause()
-        (+) HAL_UART_DMAResume()
-        (+) HAL_UART_DMAStop()
-
-    (#) A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in No_Blocking mode:
-        (+) HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback()
-        (+) HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback()
-        (+) HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback()
-        (+) HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback()
-        (+) HAL_UART_ErrorCallback()
-
-
-    -@- In the Half duplex communication, it is forbidden to run the transmit
-        and receive process in parallel, the UART state HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX can't be useful.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief Send an amount of data in blocking mode
-  * @param huart: uart handle
-  * @param pData: pointer to data buffer
-  * @param Size: amount of data to be sent
-  * @param Timeout : Timeout duration
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Transmit(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-   uint16_t* tmp;
-
-  if((huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_READY) || (huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX))
-  {
-    if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0))
-    {
-      return  HAL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(huart);
-
-    huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE;
-    /* Check if a non-blocking receive process is ongoing or not */
-    if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX)
-    {
-      huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX;
-    }
-
-    huart->TxXferSize = Size;
-    huart->TxXferCount = Size;
-    while(huart->TxXferCount > 0)
-    {
-      huart->TxXferCount--;
-        if(UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(huart, UART_FLAG_TXE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-        {
-          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-        }
-      if ((huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE))
-      {
-        tmp = (uint16_t*) pData;
-        huart->Instance->TDR = (*tmp & (uint16_t)0x01FF);
-        pData += 2;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        huart->Instance->TDR = (*pData++ & (uint8_t)0xFF);
-      }
-    }
-    if(UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(huart, UART_FLAG_TC, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-    {
-      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-    }
-    /* Check if a non-blocking receive Process is ongoing or not */
-    if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX)
-    {
-      huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
-    }
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
-
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Receive an amount of data in blocking mode
-  * @param huart: uart handle
-  * @param pData: pointer to data buffer
-  * @param Size: amount of data to be received
-  * @param Timeout : Timeout duration
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Receive(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  uint16_t* tmp;
-  uint16_t uhMask;
-
-  if((huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_READY) || (huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX))
-  {
-    if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0))
-    {
-      return  HAL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(huart);
-
-    huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE;
-    /* Check if a non-blocking transmit process is ongoing or not */
-    if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX)
-    {
-      huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX;
-    }
-
-    huart->RxXferSize = Size;
-    huart->RxXferCount = Size;
-
-    /* Computation of UART mask to apply to RDR register */
-    UART_MASK_COMPUTATION(huart);
-    uhMask = huart->Mask;
-
-    /* as long as data have to be received */
-    while(huart->RxXferCount > 0)
-    {
-      huart->RxXferCount--;
-        if(UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(huart, UART_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-        {
-          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-        }
-      if ((huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE))
-      {
-        tmp = (uint16_t*) pData ;
-        *tmp = (uint16_t)(huart->Instance->RDR & uhMask);
-        pData +=2;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        *pData++ = (uint8_t)(huart->Instance->RDR & (uint8_t)uhMask);
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Check if a non-blocking transmit Process is ongoing or not */
-    if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX)
-    {
-      huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
-    }
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
-
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Send an amount of data in interrupt mode
-  * @param huart: uart handle
-  * @param pData: pointer to data buffer
-  * @param Size: amount of data to be sent
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Transmit_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
-{
-  if((huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_READY) || (huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX))
-  {
-    if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0))
-    {
-      return HAL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(huart);
-
-    huart->pTxBuffPtr = pData;
-    huart->TxXferSize = Size;
-    huart->TxXferCount = Size;
-
-    huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE;
-    /* Check if a receive process is ongoing or not */
-    if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX)
-    {
-      huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX;
-    }
-
-    /* Enable the UART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */
-    __HAL_UART_ENABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_ERR);
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
-
-    /* Enable the UART Transmit Data Register Empty Interrupt */
-    __HAL_UART_ENABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_TXE);
-
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Receive an amount of data in interrupt mode
-  * @param huart: uart handle
-  * @param pData: pointer to data buffer
-  * @param Size: amount of data to be received
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Receive_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
-{
-  if((huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_READY) || (huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX))
-  {
-    if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0))
-    {
-      return HAL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(huart);
-
-    huart->pRxBuffPtr = pData;
-    huart->RxXferSize = Size;
-    huart->RxXferCount = Size;
-
-    /* Computation of UART mask to apply to RDR register */
-    UART_MASK_COMPUTATION(huart);
-
-    huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE;
-    /* Check if a transmit process is ongoing or not */
-    if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX)
-    {
-      huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX;
-    }
-
-    /* Enable the UART Parity Error Interrupt */
-    __HAL_UART_ENABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_PE);
-
-    /* Enable the UART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */
-    __HAL_UART_ENABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_ERR);
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
-
-    /* Enable the UART Data Register not empty Interrupt */
-    __HAL_UART_ENABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_RXNE);
-
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Send an amount of data in DMA mode
-  * @param huart: uart handle
-  * @param pData: pointer to data buffer
-  * @param Size: amount of data to be sent
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Transmit_DMA(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
-{
-  uint32_t *tmp;
-
-  if((huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_READY) || (huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX))
-  {
-    if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0))
-    {
-      return HAL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(huart);
-
-    huart->pTxBuffPtr = pData;
-    huart->TxXferSize = Size;
-    huart->TxXferCount = Size;
-
-    huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE;
-    /* Check if a receive process is ongoing or not */
-    if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX)
-    {
-      huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX;
-    }
-
-    /* Set the UART DMA transfer complete callback */
-    huart->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = UART_DMATransmitCplt;
-
-    /* Set the UART DMA Half transfer complete callback */
-    huart->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = UART_DMATxHalfCplt;
-
-    /* Set the DMA error callback */
-    huart->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = UART_DMAError;
-
-    /* Enable the UART transmit DMA channel */
-    tmp = (uint32_t*)&pData;
-    HAL_DMA_Start_IT(huart->hdmatx, *(uint32_t*)tmp, (uint32_t)&huart->Instance->TDR, Size);
-
-    /* Clear the TC flag in the SR register by writing 0 to it */
-    __HAL_UART_CLEAR_IT(huart, UART_FLAG_TC);
-
-
-    /* Enable the DMA transfer for transmit request by setting the DMAT bit
-       in the UART CR3 register */
-    huart->Instance->CR3 |= USART_CR3_DMAT;
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
-
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Receive an amount of data in DMA mode
-  * @param huart: uart handle
-  * @param pData: pointer to data buffer
-  * @param Size: amount of data to be received
-  * @note   When the UART parity is enabled (PCE = 1), the received data contain
-  *         the parity bit (MSB position)
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_Receive_DMA(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size)
-{
-  uint32_t *tmp;
-
-  if((huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_READY) || (huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX))
-  {
-    if((pData == NULL ) || (Size == 0))
-    {
-      return HAL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(huart);
-
-    huart->pRxBuffPtr = pData;
-    huart->RxXferSize = Size;
-
-    huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE;
-    /* Check if a transmit process is ongoing or not */
-    if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX)
-    {
-      huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX;
-    }
-
-    /* Set the UART DMA transfer complete callback */
-    huart->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = UART_DMAReceiveCplt;
-
-    /* Set the UART DMA Half transfer complete callback */
-    huart->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = UART_DMARxHalfCplt;
-
-    /* Set the DMA error callback */
-    huart->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = UART_DMAError;
-
-    /* Enable the DMA channel */
-    tmp = (uint32_t*)&pData;
-    HAL_DMA_Start_IT(huart->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&huart->Instance->RDR, *(uint32_t*)tmp, Size);
-
-    /* Enable the DMA transfer for the receiver request by setting the DMAR bit
-       in the UART CR3 register */
-     huart->Instance->CR3 |= USART_CR3_DMAR;
-
-     /* Process Unlocked */
-     __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
-
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Pauses the DMA Transfer.
-  * @param huart: UART handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_DMAPause(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
-{
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(huart);
-
-  if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX)
-  {
-    /* Disable the UART DMA Tx request */
-    huart->Instance->CR3 &= (uint32_t)(~USART_CR3_DMAT);
-  }
-  else if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX)
-  {
-    /* Disable the UART DMA Rx request */
-    huart->Instance->CR3 &= (uint32_t)(~USART_CR3_DMAR);
-  }
-  else if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX)
-  {
-    /* Disable the UART DMA Tx request */
-    huart->Instance->CR3 &= (uint32_t)(~USART_CR3_DMAT);
-    /* Disable the UART DMA Rx request */
-    huart->Instance->CR3 &= (uint32_t)(~USART_CR3_DMAR);
-  }
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Resumes the DMA Transfer.
-  * @param huart: UART handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_DMAResume(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
-{
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(huart);
-
-  if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX)
-  {
-    /* Enable the UART DMA Tx request */
-    huart->Instance->CR3 |= USART_CR3_DMAT;
-  }
-  else if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX)
-  {
-		/* Clear the Overrun flag before resuming the Rx transfer*/
-    __HAL_UART_CLEAR_IT(huart, UART_CLEAR_OREF);
-
-    /* Enable the UART DMA Rx request */
-    huart->Instance->CR3 |= USART_CR3_DMAR;
-  }
-  else if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX)
-  {
-		/* Clear the Overrun flag before resuming the Rx transfer*/
-    __HAL_UART_CLEAR_IT(huart, UART_CLEAR_OREF);
-
-    /* Enable the UART DMA Rx request  before the DMA Tx request */
-    huart->Instance->CR3 |= USART_CR3_DMAR;
-
-    /* Enable the UART DMA Tx request */
-    huart->Instance->CR3 |= USART_CR3_DMAT;
-  }
-
-  /* If the UART peripheral is still not enabled, enable it */
-  if ((huart->Instance->CR1 & USART_CR1_UE) == 0)
-  {
-    /* Enable UART peripheral */
-    __HAL_UART_ENABLE(huart);
-  }
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Stops the DMA Transfer.
-  * @param huart: UART handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_UART_DMAStop(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
-{
-  /* The Lock is not implemented on this API to allow the user application
-     to call the HAL UART API under callbacks HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback() / HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback() /
-     HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback / HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback:
-     indeed, when HAL_DMA_Abort() API is called, the DMA TX/RX Transfer or Half Transfer complete
-     interrupt is generated if the DMA transfer interruption occurs at the middle or at the end of
-     the stream and the corresponding call back is executed. */
-
-  /* Disable the UART Tx/Rx DMA requests */
-  huart->Instance->CR3 &= ~USART_CR3_DMAT;
-  huart->Instance->CR3 &= ~USART_CR3_DMAR;
-
-  /* Abort the UART DMA tx channel */
-  if(huart->hdmatx != NULL)
-  {
-    HAL_DMA_Abort(huart->hdmatx);
-  }
-  /* Abort the UART DMA rx channel */
-  if(huart->hdmarx != NULL)
-  {
-    HAL_DMA_Abort(huart->hdmarx);
-  }
-
-  huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief This function handles UART interrupt request.
-  * @param huart: uart handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_UART_IRQHandler(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
-{
-  /* UART parity error interrupt occurred -------------------------------------*/
-  if((__HAL_UART_GET_IT(huart, UART_IT_PE) != RESET) && (__HAL_UART_GET_IT_SOURCE(huart, UART_IT_PE) != RESET))
-  {
-		__HAL_UART_CLEAR_PEFLAG(huart);
-
-    huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_PE;
-    /* Set the UART state ready to be able to start again the process */
-    huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
-  }
-
-  /* UART frame error interrupt occurred --------------------------------------*/
-  if((__HAL_UART_GET_IT(huart, UART_IT_FE) != RESET) && (__HAL_UART_GET_IT_SOURCE(huart, UART_IT_ERR) != RESET))
-  {
-    __HAL_UART_CLEAR_FEFLAG(huart);
-
-    huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_FE;
-    /* Set the UART state ready to be able to start again the process */
-    huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
-  }
-
-  /* UART noise error interrupt occurred --------------------------------------*/
-  if((__HAL_UART_GET_IT(huart, UART_IT_NE) != RESET) && (__HAL_UART_GET_IT_SOURCE(huart, UART_IT_ERR) != RESET))
-  {
-    __HAL_UART_CLEAR_NEFLAG(huart);
-
-    huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_NE;
-    /* Set the UART state ready to be able to start again the process */
-    huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
-  }
-
-  /* UART Over-Run interrupt occurred -----------------------------------------*/
-  if((__HAL_UART_GET_IT(huart, UART_IT_ORE) != RESET) && (__HAL_UART_GET_IT_SOURCE(huart, UART_IT_ERR) != RESET))
-  {
-    __HAL_UART_CLEAR_OREFLAG(huart);
-
-    huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_ORE;
-    /* Set the UART state ready to be able to start again the process */
-    huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
-  }
-
-   /* Call UART Error Call back function if need be --------------------------*/
-  if(huart->ErrorCode != HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE)
-  {
-    HAL_UART_ErrorCallback(huart);
-  }
-
-  /* UART in mode Receiver ---------------------------------------------------*/
-  if((__HAL_UART_GET_IT(huart, UART_IT_RXNE) != RESET) && (__HAL_UART_GET_IT_SOURCE(huart, UART_IT_RXNE) != RESET))
-  {
-    UART_Receive_IT(huart);
-    /* Clear RXNE interrupt flag */
-    __HAL_UART_SEND_REQ(huart, UART_RXDATA_FLUSH_REQUEST);
-  }
-
-
-  /* UART in mode Transmitter ------------------------------------------------*/
- if((__HAL_UART_GET_IT(huart, UART_IT_TXE) != RESET) &&(__HAL_UART_GET_IT_SOURCE(huart, UART_IT_TXE) != RESET))
-  {
-    UART_Transmit_IT(huart);
-  }
-
-  /* UART in mode Transmitter (transmission end) -----------------------------*/
- if((__HAL_UART_GET_IT(huart, UART_IT_TC) != RESET) &&(__HAL_UART_GET_IT_SOURCE(huart, UART_IT_TC) != RESET))
-  {
-    UART_EndTransmit_IT(huart);
-  }
-
-}
-
-
-/**
-  * @brief  This function handles UART Communication Timeout.
-  * @param  huart: UART handle
-  * @param  Flag: specifies the UART flag to check.
-  * @param  Status: The new Flag status (SET or RESET).
-  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-  /* Wait until flag is set */
-  if(Status == RESET)
-  {
-    while(__HAL_UART_GET_FLAG(huart, Flag) == RESET)
-    {
-      /* Check for the Timeout */
-      if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
-      {
-        if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick()-tickstart) >=  Timeout))
-        {
-          /* Disable TXE, RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts for the interrupt process */
-          __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_TXE);
-          __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_RXNE);
-          __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_PE);
-          __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_ERR);
-
-          huart->State= HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
-
-          /* Process Unlocked */
-          __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
-
-          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    while(__HAL_UART_GET_FLAG(huart, Flag) != RESET)
-    {
-      /* Check for the Timeout */
-      if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
-      {
-        if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick()-tickstart) >=  Timeout))
-        {
-          /* Disable TXE, RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts for the interrupt process */
-          __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_TXE);
-          __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_RXNE);
-          __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_PE);
-          __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_ERR);
-
-          huart->State= HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
-
-          /* Process Unlocked */
-          __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
-
-          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-
-
-/**
-  * @brief DMA UART transmit process complete callback
-  * @param hdma: DMA handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void UART_DMATransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  UART_HandleTypeDef* huart = ( UART_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
-
-  /* DMA Normal mode*/
-  if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CIRC) == 0)
-  {
-    huart->TxXferCount = 0;
-
-    /* Disable the DMA transfer for transmit request by setting the DMAT bit
-       in the UART CR3 register */
-    huart->Instance->CR3 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR3_DMAT);
-
-    /* Enable the UART Transmit Complete Interrupt */
-    __HAL_UART_ENABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_TC);
-  }
-  /* DMA Circular mode */
-  else
-  {
-    HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback(huart);
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief DMA UART transmit process half complete callback
-  * @param hdma : DMA handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void UART_DMATxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  UART_HandleTypeDef* huart = (UART_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent;
-
-  HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback(huart);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief DMA UART receive process complete callback
-  * @param hdma: DMA handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void UART_DMAReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  UART_HandleTypeDef* huart = ( UART_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
-
-  /* DMA Normal mode */
-  if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CIRC) == 0)
-  {
-    huart->RxXferCount = 0;
-
-    /* Disable the DMA transfer for the receiver request by setting the DMAR bit
-    in the UART CR3 register */
-    huart->Instance->CR3 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR3_DMAR);
-
-    /* Check if a transmit Process is ongoing or not */
-    if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX)
-    {
-      huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
-    }
-  }
-  HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback(huart);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief DMA UART receive process half complete callback
-  * @param hdma : DMA handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void UART_DMARxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  UART_HandleTypeDef* huart = (UART_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent;
-
-  HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback(huart);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief DMA UART communication error callback
-  * @param hdma: DMA handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void UART_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  UART_HandleTypeDef* huart = ( UART_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
-  huart->RxXferCount = 0;
-  huart->TxXferCount = 0;
-  huart->State= HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
-  huart->ErrorCode |= HAL_UART_ERROR_DMA;
-  HAL_UART_ErrorCallback(huart);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Tx Transfer completed callbacks
-  * @param huart: uart handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
- __weak void HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Tx Half Transfer completed callbacks.
-  * @param  huart: UART handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
- __weak void HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
-{
-  /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-           the HAL_UART_TxHalfCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Rx Transfer completed callbacks
-  * @param huart: uart handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Rx Half Transfer completed callbacks.
-  * @param  huart: UART handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
-{
-  /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-           the HAL_UART_RxHalfCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief UART error callbacks
-  * @param huart: uart handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
- __weak void HAL_UART_ErrorCallback(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_UART_ErrorCallback can be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Send an amount of data in interrupt mode
-  *         Function called under interruption only, once
-  *         interruptions have been enabled by HAL_UART_Transmit_IT()
-  * @param  huart: UART handle
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_Transmit_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
-{
-  uint16_t* tmp;
-
-  if ((huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX) || (huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX))
-  {
-
-    if(huart->TxXferCount == 0)
-    {
-      /* Disable the UART Transmit Data Register Empty Interrupt */
-      __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_TXE);
-
-      /* Check if a receive Process is ongoing or not */
-      if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX)
-      {
-        huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        /* Disable the UART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */
-        __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_ERR);
-
-        huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
-      }
-
-      /* Wait on TC flag to be able to start a second transfer */
-      if(UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(huart, UART_FLAG_TC, RESET, HAL_UART_TIMEOUT_VALUE) != HAL_OK)
-      {
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-
-      HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback(huart);
-
-      return HAL_OK;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      if ((huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE))
-      {
-        tmp = (uint16_t*) huart->pTxBuffPtr;
-        huart->Instance->TDR = (*tmp & (uint16_t)0x01FF);
-        huart->pTxBuffPtr += 2;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        huart->Instance->TDR = (uint8_t)(*huart->pTxBuffPtr++ & (uint8_t)0xFF);
-      }
-
-      huart->TxXferCount--;
-
-      return HAL_OK;
-    }
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Wrap up transmission in non-blocking mode.
-  * @param  huart: pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified UART module.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_EndTransmit_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
-{
-  /* Disable the UART Transmit Complete Interrupt */
-  __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_TC);
-
-  /* Check if a receive process is ongoing or not */
-  if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX)
-  {
-    huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    /* Disable the UART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */
-    __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_ERR);
-
-    huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
-  }
-
-  HAL_UART_TxCpltCallback(huart);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Receive an amount of data in interrupt mode
-  *         Function called under interruption only, once
-  *         interruptions have been enabled by HAL_UART_Receive_IT()
-  * @param  huart: UART handle
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_Receive_IT(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
-{
-  uint16_t* tmp;
-  uint16_t uhMask = huart->Mask;
-
-  if((huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_RX) || (huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX))
-  {
-
-    if ((huart->Init.WordLength == UART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (huart->Init.Parity == UART_PARITY_NONE))
-    {
-      tmp = (uint16_t*) huart->pRxBuffPtr ;
-      *tmp = (uint16_t)(huart->Instance->RDR & uhMask);
-      huart->pRxBuffPtr +=2;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      *huart->pRxBuffPtr++ = (uint8_t)(huart->Instance->RDR & (uint8_t)uhMask);
-    }
-
-    if(--huart->RxXferCount == 0)
-    {
-      __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_RXNE);
-
-      /* Check if a transmit Process is ongoing or not */
-      if(huart->State == HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX)
-      {
-        huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY_TX;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        /* Disable the UART Parity Error Interrupt */
-        __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_PE);
-
-        /* Disable the UART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */
-        __HAL_UART_DISABLE_IT(huart, UART_IT_ERR);
-
-        huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
-      }
-
-      HAL_UART_RxCpltCallback(huart);
-
-      return HAL_OK;
-    }
-
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup UART_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions
-  *  @brief   UART control functions
-  *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-                      ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]
-    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the UART.
-     (+) HAL_UART_GetState() API is helpful to check in run-time the state of the UART peripheral.
-     (+) HAL_MultiProcessor_EnableMuteMode() API enables mute mode
-     (+) HAL_MultiProcessor_DisableMuteMode() API disables mute mode
-     (+) HAL_MultiProcessor_EnterMuteMode() API enters mute mode
-     (+) HAL_MultiProcessor_EnableMuteMode() API enables mute mode
-     (+) UART_SetConfig() API configures the UART peripheral
-     (+) UART_AdvFeatureConfig() API optionally configures the UART advanced features
-     (+) UART_CheckIdleState() API ensures that TEACK and/or REACK are set after initialization
-     (+) HAL_HalfDuplex_EnableTransmitter() API disables receiver and enables transmitter
-     (+) HAL_HalfDuplex_EnableReceiver() API disables transmitter and enables receiver
-     (+) HAL_LIN_SendBreak() API transmits the break characters
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief Enable UART in mute mode (doesn't mean UART enters mute mode;
-  * to enter mute mode, HAL_MultiProcessor_EnterMuteMode() API must be called)
-  * @param huart: UART handle
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MultiProcessor_EnableMuteMode(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
-{
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(huart);
-
-  huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Enable USART mute mode by setting the MME bit in the CR1 register */
-  huart->Instance->CR1 |= USART_CR1_MME;
-
-  huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
-
-  return (UART_CheckIdleState(huart));
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Disable UART mute mode (doesn't mean it actually wakes up the software,
-  * as it may not have been in mute mode at this very moment).
-  * @param huart: uart handle
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MultiProcessor_DisableMuteMode(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
-{
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(huart);
-
-  huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
-
-   /* Disable USART mute mode by clearing the MME bit in the CR1 register */
-  huart->Instance->CR1 &= ~(USART_CR1_MME);
-
-  huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
-
-  return (UART_CheckIdleState(huart));
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Enter UART mute mode (means UART actually enters mute mode).
-  * To exit from mute mode, HAL_MultiProcessor_DisableMuteMode() API must be called.
-  * @param huart: uart handle
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-void HAL_MultiProcessor_EnterMuteMode(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
-{
-  __HAL_UART_SEND_REQ(huart, UART_MUTE_MODE_REQUEST);
-}
-
-
-
-/**
-  * @brief return the UART state
-  * @param huart: uart handle
-  * @retval HAL state
-  */
-HAL_UART_StateTypeDef HAL_UART_GetState(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
-{
-  return huart->State;
-}
-
-/**
-* @brief  Return the UART error code
-* @param  huart : pointer to a UART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *              the configuration information for the specified UART.
-* @retval UART Error Code
-*/
-uint32_t HAL_UART_GetError(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
-{
-  return huart->ErrorCode;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Configure the UART peripheral
-  * @param huart: uart handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_SetConfig(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
-{
-  uint32_t tmpreg                     = 0x00000000;
-  UART_ClockSourceTypeDef clocksource = UART_CLOCKSOURCE_UNDEFINED;
-  uint16_t brrtemp                    = 0x0000;
-  uint16_t usartdiv                   = 0x0000;
-  HAL_StatusTypeDef ret               = HAL_OK;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_UART_BAUDRATE(huart->Init.BaudRate));
-  assert_param(IS_UART_WORD_LENGTH(huart->Init.WordLength));
-  assert_param(IS_UART_STOPBITS(huart->Init.StopBits));
-  assert_param(IS_UART_PARITY(huart->Init.Parity));
-  assert_param(IS_UART_MODE(huart->Init.Mode));
-  assert_param(IS_UART_HARDWARE_FLOW_CONTROL(huart->Init.HwFlowCtl));
-  assert_param(IS_UART_ONE_BIT_SAMPLE(huart->Init.OneBitSampling));
-
-
-  /*-------------------------- USART CR1 Configuration -----------------------*/
-  /* Clear M, PCE, PS, TE, RE and OVER8 bits and configure
-   *  the UART Word Length, Parity, Mode and oversampling:
-   *  set the M bits according to huart->Init.WordLength value
-   *  set PCE and PS bits according to huart->Init.Parity value
-   *  set TE and RE bits according to huart->Init.Mode value
-   *  set OVER8 bit according to huart->Init.OverSampling value */
-  tmpreg = (uint32_t)huart->Init.WordLength | huart->Init.Parity | huart->Init.Mode | huart->Init.OverSampling ;
-  MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR1, UART_CR1_FIELDS, tmpreg);
-
-  /*-------------------------- USART CR2 Configuration -----------------------*/
-  /* Configure the UART Stop Bits: Set STOP[13:12] bits according
-   * to huart->Init.StopBits value */
-  MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_STOP, huart->Init.StopBits);
-
-  /*-------------------------- USART CR3 Configuration -----------------------*/
-  /* Configure
-   * - UART HardWare Flow Control: set CTSE and RTSE bits according
-   *   to huart->Init.HwFlowCtl value
-   * - one-bit sampling method versus three samples' majority rule according
-   *   to huart->Init.OneBitSampling */
-  tmpreg = (uint32_t)huart->Init.HwFlowCtl | huart->Init.OneBitSampling ;
-  MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR3, (USART_CR3_RTSE | USART_CR3_CTSE | USART_CR3_ONEBIT), tmpreg);
-
-  /*-------------------------- USART BRR Configuration -----------------------*/
-  UART_GETCLOCKSOURCE(huart, clocksource);
-
-  /* Check UART Over Sampling to set Baud Rate Register */
-  if (huart->Init.OverSampling == UART_OVERSAMPLING_8)
-  {
-    switch (clocksource)
-    {
-    case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_PCLK1:
-        usartdiv = (uint16_t)(UART_DIV_SAMPLING8(HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq(), huart->Init.BaudRate));
-      break;
-    case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_PCLK2:
-        usartdiv = (uint16_t)(UART_DIV_SAMPLING8(HAL_RCC_GetPCLK2Freq(), huart->Init.BaudRate));
-      break;
-    case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_HSI:
-        usartdiv = (uint16_t)(UART_DIV_SAMPLING8(HSI_VALUE, huart->Init.BaudRate));
-      break;
-    case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_SYSCLK:
-        usartdiv = (uint16_t)(UART_DIV_SAMPLING8(HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq(), huart->Init.BaudRate));
-      break;
-    case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_LSE:
-        usartdiv = (uint16_t)(UART_DIV_SAMPLING8(LSE_VALUE, huart->Init.BaudRate));
-      break;
-      case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_UNDEFINED:
-    default:
-        ret = HAL_ERROR;
-      break;
-    }
-
-    brrtemp = usartdiv & 0xFFF0;
-    brrtemp |= (uint16_t)((usartdiv & (uint16_t)0x000F) >> 1U);
-    huart->Instance->BRR = brrtemp;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    switch (clocksource)
-    {
-    case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_PCLK1:
-        huart->Instance->BRR = (uint16_t)(UART_DIV_SAMPLING16(HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq(), huart->Init.BaudRate));
-      break;
-    case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_PCLK2:
-        huart->Instance->BRR = (uint16_t)(UART_DIV_SAMPLING16(HAL_RCC_GetPCLK2Freq(), huart->Init.BaudRate));
-      break;
-    case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_HSI:
-        huart->Instance->BRR = (uint16_t)(UART_DIV_SAMPLING16(HSI_VALUE, huart->Init.BaudRate));
-      break;
-    case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_SYSCLK:
-        huart->Instance->BRR = (uint16_t)(UART_DIV_SAMPLING16(HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq(), huart->Init.BaudRate));
-      break;
-    case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_LSE:
-        huart->Instance->BRR = (uint16_t)(UART_DIV_SAMPLING16(LSE_VALUE, huart->Init.BaudRate));
-      break;
-      case UART_CLOCKSOURCE_UNDEFINED:
-    default:
-        ret = HAL_ERROR;
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-
-  return ret;
-
-}
-
-
-/**
-  * @brief Configure the UART peripheral advanced features
-  * @param huart: uart handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void UART_AdvFeatureConfig(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
-{
-  /* Check whether the set of advanced features to configure is properly set */
-  assert_param(IS_UART_ADVFEATURE_INIT(huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit));
-
-  /* if required, configure TX pin active level inversion */
-  if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit, UART_ADVFEATURE_TXINVERT_INIT))
-  {
-    assert_param(IS_UART_ADVFEATURE_TXINV(huart->AdvancedInit.TxPinLevelInvert));
-    MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_TXINV, huart->AdvancedInit.TxPinLevelInvert);
-  }
-
-  /* if required, configure RX pin active level inversion */
-  if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit, UART_ADVFEATURE_RXINVERT_INIT))
-  {
-    assert_param(IS_UART_ADVFEATURE_RXINV(huart->AdvancedInit.RxPinLevelInvert));
-    MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_RXINV, huart->AdvancedInit.RxPinLevelInvert);
-  }
-
-  /* if required, configure data inversion */
-  if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit, UART_ADVFEATURE_DATAINVERT_INIT))
-  {
-    assert_param(IS_UART_ADVFEATURE_DATAINV(huart->AdvancedInit.DataInvert));
-    MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_DATAINV, huart->AdvancedInit.DataInvert);
-  }
-
-  /* if required, configure RX/TX pins swap */
-  if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit, UART_ADVFEATURE_SWAP_INIT))
-  {
-    assert_param(IS_UART_ADVFEATURE_SWAP(huart->AdvancedInit.Swap));
-    MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_SWAP, huart->AdvancedInit.Swap);
-  }
-
-  /* if required, configure RX overrun detection disabling */
-  if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit, UART_ADVFEATURE_RXOVERRUNDISABLE_INIT))
-  {
-    assert_param(IS_UART_OVERRUN(huart->AdvancedInit.OverrunDisable));
-    MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_OVRDIS, huart->AdvancedInit.OverrunDisable);
-  }
-
-  /* if required, configure DMA disabling on reception error */
-  if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit, UART_ADVFEATURE_DMADISABLEONERROR_INIT))
-  {
-    assert_param(IS_UART_ADVFEATURE_DMAONRXERROR(huart->AdvancedInit.DMADisableonRxError));
-    MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR3, USART_CR3_DDRE, huart->AdvancedInit.DMADisableonRxError);
-  }
-
-  /* if required, configure auto Baud rate detection scheme */
-  if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit, UART_ADVFEATURE_AUTOBAUDRATE_INIT))
-  {
-    assert_param(IS_UART_ADVFEATURE_AUTOBAUDRATE(huart->AdvancedInit.AutoBaudRateEnable));
-    MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_ABREN, huart->AdvancedInit.AutoBaudRateEnable);
-    /* set auto Baudrate detection parameters if detection is enabled */
-    if(huart->AdvancedInit.AutoBaudRateEnable == UART_ADVFEATURE_AUTOBAUDRATE_ENABLE)
-    {
-      assert_param(IS_UART_ADVFEATURE_AUTOBAUDRATEMODE(huart->AdvancedInit.AutoBaudRateMode));
-      MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_ABRMODE, huart->AdvancedInit.AutoBaudRateMode);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* if required, configure MSB first on communication line */
-  if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(huart->AdvancedInit.AdvFeatureInit, UART_ADVFEATURE_MSBFIRST_INIT))
-  {
-    assert_param(IS_UART_ADVFEATURE_MSBFIRST(huart->AdvancedInit.MSBFirst));
-    MODIFY_REG(huart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_MSBFIRST, huart->AdvancedInit.MSBFirst);
-  }
-}
-
-
-
-/**
-  * @brief Check the UART Idle State
-  * @param huart: uart handle
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef UART_CheckIdleState(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
-{
-  /* Initialize the UART ErrorCode */
-  huart->ErrorCode = HAL_UART_ERROR_NONE;
-
-  /* Check if the Transmitter is enabled */
-  if((huart->Instance->CR1 & USART_CR1_TE) == USART_CR1_TE)
-  {
-    /* Wait until TEACK flag is set */
-    if(UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(huart, USART_ISR_TEACK, RESET, HAL_UART_TIMEOUT_VALUE) != HAL_OK)
-    {
-      /* Timeout Occurred */
-      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-    }
-  }
-  /* Check if the Receiver is enabled */
-  if((huart->Instance->CR1 & USART_CR1_RE) == USART_CR1_RE)
-  {
-    /* Wait until REACK flag is set */
-    if(UART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(huart, USART_ISR_REACK, RESET,  HAL_UART_TIMEOUT_VALUE) != HAL_OK)
-    {
-      /* Timeout Occurred */
-      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Initialize the UART State */
-  huart->State= HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Enables the UART transmitter and disables the UART receiver.
-  * @param  huart: UART handle
-  * @retval HAL status
-  * @retval None
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HalfDuplex_EnableTransmitter(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
-{
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(huart);
-  huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Clear TE and RE bits */
-  CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_TE | USART_CR1_RE));
-  /* Enable the USART's transmit interface by setting the TE bit in the USART CR1 register */
-  SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_TE);
-
-  huart->State= HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Enables the UART receiver and disables the UART transmitter.
-  * @param  huart: UART handle
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_HalfDuplex_EnableReceiver(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
-{
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(huart);
-  huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Clear TE and RE bits */
-  CLEAR_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, (USART_CR1_TE | USART_CR1_RE));
-  /* Enable the USART's receive interface by setting the RE bit in the USART CR1 register */
-  SET_BIT(huart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_RE);
-
-  huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Transmits break characters.
-  * @param  huart: UART handle
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LIN_SendBreak(UART_HandleTypeDef *huart)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_UART_INSTANCE(huart->Instance));
-
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(huart);
-
-  huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Send break characters */
-  huart->Instance->RQR |= UART_SENDBREAK_REQUEST;
-
-  huart->State = HAL_UART_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(huart);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-#endif /* HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED */
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_usart.c b/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_usart.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 6a93cec953..0000000000
--- a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_usart.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1796 +0,0 @@
-/**
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @file    stm32f7xx_hal_usart.c
-  * @author  MCD Application Team
-  * @version V1.0.1
-  * @date    25-June-2015
-  * @brief   USART HAL module driver.
-  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
-  *          functionalities of the Universal Synchronous/Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter
-  *          Peripheral (USART).
-  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
-  *           + IO operation functions
-  *           + Peripheral Control functions
-  *
-  @verbatim
-  ===============================================================================
-                        ##### How to use this driver #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]
-      The USART HAL driver can be used as follows:
-
-      (#) Declare a USART_HandleTypeDef handle structure.
-      (#) Initialize the USART low level resources by implement the HAL_USART_MspInit ()API:
-          (##) Enable the USARTx interface clock.
-          (##) USART pins configuration:
-            (+++) Enable the clock for the USART GPIOs.
-            (+++) Configure these USART pins as alternate function pull-up.
-          (##) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process (HAL_USART_Transmit_IT(),
-                HAL_USART_Receive_IT() and HAL_USART_TransmitReceive_IT() APIs):
-            (+++) Configure the USARTx interrupt priority.
-            (+++) Enable the NVIC USART IRQ handle.
-            (+++) The specific USART interrupts (Transmission complete interrupt,
-                  RXNE interrupt and Error Interrupts) will be managed using the macros
-                  __HAL_USART_ENABLE_IT() and __HAL_USART_DISABLE_IT() inside the transmit and receive process.
-          (##) DMA Configuration if you need to use DMA process (HAL_USART_Transmit_DMA()
-               HAL_USART_Receive_IT() and HAL_USART_TransmitReceive_IT() APIs):
-            (+++) Declare a DMA handle structure for the Tx/Rx stream.
-            (+++) Enable the DMAx interface clock.
-            (+++) Configure the declared DMA handle structure with the required Tx/Rx parameters.
-            (+++) Configure the DMA Tx/Rx Stream.
-            (+++) Associate the initialized DMA handle to the USART DMA Tx/Rx handle.
-            (+++) Configure the priority and enable the NVIC for the transfer complete interrupt on the DMA Tx/Rx Stream.
-
-      (#) Program the Baud Rate, Word Length, Stop Bit, Parity, Hardware
-          flow control and Mode(Receiver/Transmitter) in the husart Init structure.
-
-      (#) Initialize the USART registers by calling the HAL_USART_Init() API:
-          (++) These API's configures also the low level Hardware (GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc)
-               by calling the customed HAL_USART_MspInit(&husart) API.
-
-  @endverbatim
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @attention
-  *
-  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
-  *
-  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
-  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
-  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
-  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
-  *      without specific prior written permission.
-  *
-  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
-  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
-  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
-  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
-  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
-  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
-  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
-  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
-  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
-  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-  *
-  ******************************************************************************
-  */
-
-/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
-
-/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup USART USART
-  * @brief HAL USART Synchronous module driver
-  * @{
-  */
-
-#ifdef HAL_USART_MODULE_ENABLED
-
-/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/** @addtogroup USART_Private_Constants
-  * @{
-  */
-#define DUMMY_DATA                             ((uint16_t) 0xFFFF)
-#define TEACK_REACK_TIMEOUT                    ((uint32_t) 1000)
-#define USART_TXDMA_TIMEOUTVALUE            22000
-#define USART_TIMEOUT_VALUE                 22000
-#define USART_CR1_FIELDS  ((uint32_t)(USART_CR1_M | USART_CR1_PCE | USART_CR1_PS | \
-                                     USART_CR1_TE | USART_CR1_RE  | USART_CR1_OVER8))
-#define USART_CR2_FIELDS       ((uint32_t)(USART_CR2_CPHA | USART_CR2_CPOL | \
-                            USART_CR2_CLKEN | USART_CR2_LBCL | USART_CR2_STOP))
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/** @addtogroup USART_Private_Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-static void USART_DMATransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
-static void USART_DMAReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
-static void USART_DMATxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
-static void USART_DMARxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
-static void USART_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef USART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status, uint32_t Timeout);
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef USART_SetConfig(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart);
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef USART_CheckIdleState(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart);
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef USART_Transmit_IT(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart);
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef USART_EndTransmit_IT(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart);
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef USART_Receive_IT(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart);
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef USART_TransmitReceive_IT(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart);
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/** @defgroup USART_Exported_Functions USART Exported Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup USART_Exported_Functions_Group1 USART Initialization and de-initialization functions
-  *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions
-  *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-            ##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]
-    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the USART
-    in asynchronous and in synchronous modes.
-      (+) For the asynchronous mode only these parameters can be configured:
-        (++) Baud Rate
-        (++) Word Length
-        (++) Stop Bit
-        (++) Parity: If the parity is enabled, then the MSB bit of the data written
-             in the data register is transmitted but is changed by the parity bit.
-             Depending on the frame length defined by the M1 and M0 bits (7-bit,
-             8-bit or 9-bit), the possible USART frame formats are as listed in the
-             following table:
-
-   (+++) +---------------------------------------------------------------+
-   (+++) | M1M0 bits |  PCE bit  |            USART frame                |
-   (+++) |-----------------------|---------------------------------------|
-   (+++) |     10    |     0     |    | SB | 7-bit data | STB |          |
-   (+++) |-----------|-----------|---------------------------------------|
-   (+++) |     10    |     1     |    | SB | 6-bit data | PB | STB |     |
-   (+++) +---------------------------------------------------------------+
-
-        (++) USART polarity
-        (++) USART phase
-        (++) USART LastBit
-        (++) Receiver/transmitter modes
-
-    [..]
-    The HAL_USART_Init() function follows the USART  synchronous configuration
-    procedure (details for the procedure are available in reference manual).
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the USART mode according to the specified
-  *         parameters in the USART_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
-  * @param husart: USART handle
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_Init(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
-{
-  /* Check the USART handle allocation */
-  if(husart == NULL)
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_USART_INSTANCE(husart->Instance));
-
-  if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_RESET)
-  {
-    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
-    husart->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
-    /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK */
-    HAL_USART_MspInit(husart);
-  }
-
-  husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Disable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_USART_DISABLE(husart);
-
-  /* Set the Usart Communication parameters */
-  if (USART_SetConfig(husart) == HAL_ERROR)
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* In Synchronous mode, the following bits must be kept cleared:
-  - LINEN bit in the USART_CR2 register
-  - HDSEL, SCEN and IREN bits in the USART_CR3 register.*/
-  husart->Instance->CR2 &= ~USART_CR2_LINEN;
-  husart->Instance->CR3 &= ~(USART_CR3_SCEN | USART_CR3_HDSEL | USART_CR3_IREN);
-
-  /* Enable the Peripheral */
-  __HAL_USART_ENABLE(husart);
-
-  /* TEACK and/or REACK to check before moving husart->State to Ready */
-  return (USART_CheckIdleState(husart));
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief DeInitializes the USART peripheral
-  * @param husart: USART handle
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_DeInit(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
-{
-   /* Check the USART handle allocation */
-  if(husart == NULL)
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_USART_INSTANCE(husart->Instance));
-
-  husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  husart->Instance->CR1 = 0x0;
-  husart->Instance->CR2 = 0x0;
-  husart->Instance->CR3 = 0x0;
-
-  /* DeInit the low level hardware */
-  HAL_USART_MspDeInit(husart);
-
-  husart->ErrorCode = HAL_USART_ERROR_NONE;
-  husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_RESET;
-
-  /* Process Unlock */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(husart);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief USART MSP Init
-  * @param husart: USART handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
- __weak void HAL_USART_MspInit(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_USART_MspInit can be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief USART MSP DeInit
-  * @param husart: USART handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
- __weak void HAL_USART_MspDeInit(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_USART_MspDeInit can be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup USART_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
-  *  @brief   USART Transmit and Receive functions
-  *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-                      ##### IO operation functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the USART synchronous
-    data transfers.
-
-    [..] The USART supports master mode only: it cannot receive or send data related to an input
-         clock (SCLK is always an output).
-
-    (#) There are two mode of transfer:
-       (++) Blocking mode: The communication is performed in polling mode.
-            The HAL status of all data processing is returned by the same function
-            after finishing transfer.
-       (++) No-Blocking mode: The communication is performed using Interrupts
-           or DMA, These API's return the HAL status.
-           The end of the data processing will be indicated through the
-           dedicated USART IRQ when using Interrupt mode or the DMA IRQ when
-           using DMA mode.
-           The HAL_USART_TxCpltCallback(), HAL_USART_RxCpltCallback() and HAL_USART_TxRxCpltCallback() user callbacks
-           will be executed respectively at the end of the transmit or Receive process
-           The HAL_USART_ErrorCallback()user callback will be executed when a communication error is detected
-
-    (#) Blocking mode API's are :
-        (++) HAL_USART_Transmit()in simplex mode
-        (++) HAL_USART_Receive() in full duplex receive only
-        (++) HAL_USART_TransmitReceive() in full duplex mode
-
-    (#) Non-Blocking mode API's with Interrupt are :
-        (++) HAL_USART_Transmit_IT()in simplex mode
-        (++) HAL_USART_Receive_IT() in full duplex receive only
-        (++) HAL_USART_TransmitReceive_IT()in full duplex mode
-        (++) HAL_USART_IRQHandler()
-
-    (#) No-Blocking mode functions with DMA are :
-        (++) HAL_USART_Transmit_DMA()in simplex mode
-        (++) HAL_USART_Receive_DMA() in full duplex receive only
-        (++) HAL_USART_TransmitReceive_DMA() in full duplex mode
-        (++) HAL_USART_DMAPause()
-        (++) HAL_USART_DMAResume()
-        (++) HAL_USART_DMAStop()
-
-    (#) A set of Transfer Complete Callbacks are provided in No_Blocking mode:
-        (++) HAL_USART_TxCpltCallback()
-        (++) HAL_USART_RxCpltCallback()
-        (++) HAL_USART_TxHalfCpltCallback()
-        (++) HAL_USART_RxHalfCpltCallback()
-        (++) HAL_USART_ErrorCallback()
-        (++) HAL_USART_TxRxCpltCallback()
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Simplex Send an amount of data in blocking mode
-  * @param  husart: USART handle
-  * @param pTxData: pointer to data buffer
-  * @param Size: amount of data to be sent
-  * @param Timeout : Timeout duration
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_Transmit(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart, uint8_t *pTxData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  uint16_t* tmp;
-
-  if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_READY)
-  {
-    if((pTxData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
-    {
-      return  HAL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(husart);
-
-    husart->ErrorCode = HAL_USART_ERROR_NONE;
-    husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_TX;
-
-    husart->TxXferSize = Size;
-    husart->TxXferCount = Size;
-
-    /* Check the remaining data to be sent */
-    while(husart->TxXferCount > 0)
-    {
-      husart->TxXferCount--;
-      if(USART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(husart, USART_FLAG_TC, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-        {
-          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-        }
-      if((husart->Init.WordLength == USART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (husart->Init.Parity == USART_PARITY_NONE))
-      {
-        tmp = (uint16_t*) pTxData;
-        husart->Instance->TDR = (*tmp & (uint16_t)0x01FF);
-        pTxData += 2;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        husart->Instance->TDR = (*pTxData++ & (uint8_t)0xFF);
-      }
-    }
-
-    if(USART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(husart, USART_FLAG_TC, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-    {
-      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-    }
-
-    husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY;
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(husart);
-
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Receive an amount of data in blocking mode
-  * @note To receive synchronous data, dummy data are simultaneously transmitted
-  * @param husart: USART handle
-  * @param pRxData: pointer to data buffer
-  * @param Size: amount of data to be received
-  * @param Timeout : Timeout duration
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_Receive(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart, uint8_t *pRxData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  uint16_t* tmp;
-  uint16_t uhMask;
-
-  if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_READY)
-  {
-    if((pRxData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
-    {
-      return  HAL_ERROR;
-    }
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(husart);
-
-    husart->ErrorCode = HAL_USART_ERROR_NONE;
-    husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_RX;
-
-    husart->RxXferSize = Size;
-    husart->RxXferCount = Size;
-
-    /* Computation of USART mask to apply to RDR register */
-    __HAL_USART_MASK_COMPUTATION(husart);
-    uhMask = husart->Mask;
-
-    /* as long as data have to be received */
-    while(husart->RxXferCount > 0)
-    {
-      husart->RxXferCount--;
-
-      /* Wait until TC flag is set to send dummy byte in order to generate the
-      * clock for the slave to send data.
-       * Whatever the frame length (7, 8 or 9-bit long), the same dummy value
-       * can be written for all the cases. */
-      if(USART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(husart, USART_FLAG_TC, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-      {
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-      husart->Instance->TDR = (DUMMY_DATA & (uint16_t)0x0FF);
-
-      /* Wait for RXNE Flag */
-      if(USART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(husart, USART_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-      {
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-
-      if((husart->Init.WordLength == USART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (husart->Init.Parity == USART_PARITY_NONE))
-      {
-        tmp = (uint16_t*) pRxData ;
-        *tmp = (uint16_t)(husart->Instance->RDR & uhMask);
-        pRxData +=2;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        *pRxData++ = (uint8_t)(husart->Instance->RDR & (uint8_t)uhMask);
-      }
-    }
-
-    husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY;
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(husart);
-
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Full-Duplex Send and Receive an amount of data in blocking mode
-  * @param husart: USART handle
-  * @param pTxData: pointer to TX data buffer
-  * @param pRxData: pointer to RX data buffer
-  * @param Size: amount of data to be sent (same amount to be received)
-  * @param Timeout : Timeout duration
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_TransmitReceive(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart, uint8_t *pTxData, uint8_t *pRxData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  uint16_t* tmp;
-  uint16_t uhMask;
-
-  if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_READY)
-  {
-    if((pTxData == NULL) || (pRxData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
-    {
-      return  HAL_ERROR;
-    }
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(husart);
-
-    husart->ErrorCode = HAL_USART_ERROR_NONE;
-    husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_RX;
-
-    husart->RxXferSize = Size;
-    husart->TxXferSize = Size;
-    husart->TxXferCount = Size;
-    husart->RxXferCount = Size;
-
-    /* Computation of USART mask to apply to RDR register */
-    __HAL_USART_MASK_COMPUTATION(husart);
-    uhMask = husart->Mask;
-
-    /* Check the remain data to be sent */
-    while(husart->TxXferCount > 0)
-    {
-      husart->TxXferCount--;
-      husart->RxXferCount--;
-
-      /* Wait until TC flag is set to send data */
-      if(USART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(husart, USART_FLAG_TC, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-      {
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-      if((husart->Init.WordLength == USART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (husart->Init.Parity == USART_PARITY_NONE))
-      {
-        tmp = (uint16_t*) pTxData;
-        husart->Instance->TDR = (*tmp & uhMask);
-        pTxData += 2;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        husart->Instance->TDR = (*pTxData++ & (uint8_t)uhMask);
-      }
-
-      /* Wait for RXNE Flag */
-      if(USART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(husart, USART_FLAG_RXNE, RESET, Timeout) != HAL_OK)
-      {
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-
-      if((husart->Init.WordLength == USART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (husart->Init.Parity == USART_PARITY_NONE))
-      {
-        tmp = (uint16_t*) pRxData ;
-        *tmp = (uint16_t)(husart->Instance->RDR & uhMask);
-        pRxData +=2;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        *pRxData++ = (uint8_t)(husart->Instance->RDR & (uint8_t)uhMask);
-      }
-    }
-
-    husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY;
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(husart);
-
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Send an amount of data in interrupt mode
-  * @param  husart: USART handle
-  * @param pTxData: pointer to data buffer
-  * @param Size: amount of data to be sent
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_Transmit_IT(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart, uint8_t *pTxData, uint16_t Size)
-{
-  if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_READY)
-  {
-    if((pTxData == NULL ) || (Size == 0))
-    {
-      return HAL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(husart);
-
-    husart->pTxBuffPtr = pTxData;
-    husart->TxXferSize = Size;
-    husart->TxXferCount = Size;
-
-    husart->ErrorCode = HAL_USART_ERROR_NONE;
-    husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_TX;
-
-    /* The USART Error Interrupts: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error)
-    are not managed by the USART Transmit Process to avoid the overrun interrupt
-    when the usart mode is configured for transmit and receive "USART_MODE_TX_RX"
-    to benefit for the frame error and noise interrupts the usart mode should be
-    configured only for transmit "USART_MODE_TX" */
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(husart);
-
-    /* Enable the USART Transmit Data Register Empty Interrupt */
-    __HAL_USART_ENABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_TXE);
-
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Receive an amount of data in blocking mode
-  *        To receive synchronous data, dummy data are simultaneously transmitted
-  * @param husart: USART handle
-  * @param pRxData: pointer to data buffer
-  * @param Size: amount of data to be received
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_Receive_IT(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart, uint8_t *pRxData, uint16_t Size)
-{
-  if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_READY)
-  {
-    if((pRxData == NULL ) || (Size == 0))
-    {
-      return HAL_ERROR;
-    }
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(husart);
-
-    husart->pRxBuffPtr = pRxData;
-    husart->RxXferSize = Size;
-    husart->RxXferCount = Size;
-
-    __HAL_USART_MASK_COMPUTATION(husart);
-
-    husart->ErrorCode = HAL_USART_ERROR_NONE;
-    husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_RX;
-
-    /* Enable the USART Parity Error Interrupt */
-    __HAL_USART_ENABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_PE);
-
-    /* Enable the USART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */
-    __HAL_USART_ENABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_ERR);
-
-    /* Enable the USART Data Register not empty Interrupt */
-    __HAL_USART_ENABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_RXNE);
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(husart);
-
-
-    /* Send dummy byte in order to generate the clock for the Slave to send the next data */
-    if(husart->Init.WordLength == USART_WORDLENGTH_9B)
-    {
-      husart->Instance->TDR = (DUMMY_DATA & (uint16_t)0x01FF);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      husart->Instance->TDR = (DUMMY_DATA & (uint16_t)0x00FF);
-    }
-
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Full-Duplex Send and Receive an amount of data in interrupt mode
-  * @param husart: USART handle
-  * @param pTxData: pointer to TX data buffer
-  * @param pRxData: pointer to RX data buffer
-  * @param Size: amount of data to be sent (same amount to be received)
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_TransmitReceive_IT(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart, uint8_t *pTxData, uint8_t *pRxData,  uint16_t Size)
-{
-
-  if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_READY)
-  {
-    if((pTxData == NULL) || (pRxData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
-    {
-      return HAL_ERROR;
-    }
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(husart);
-
-    husart->pRxBuffPtr = pRxData;
-    husart->RxXferSize = Size;
-    husart->RxXferCount = Size;
-    husart->pTxBuffPtr = pTxData;
-    husart->TxXferSize = Size;
-    husart->TxXferCount = Size;
-
-    /* Computation of USART mask to apply to RDR register */
-    __HAL_USART_MASK_COMPUTATION(husart);
-
-    husart->ErrorCode = HAL_USART_ERROR_NONE;
-    husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX;
-
-    /* Enable the USART Data Register not empty Interrupt */
-    __HAL_USART_ENABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_RXNE);
-
-    /* Enable the USART Parity Error Interrupt */
-    __HAL_USART_ENABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_PE);
-
-    /* Enable the USART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */
-    __HAL_USART_ENABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_ERR);
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(husart);
-
-    /* Enable the USART Transmit Data Register Empty Interrupt */
-    __HAL_USART_ENABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_TXE);
-
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Send an amount of data in DMA mode
-  * @param husart: USART handle
-  * @param pTxData: pointer to data buffer
-  * @param Size: amount of data to be sent
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_Transmit_DMA(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart, uint8_t *pTxData, uint16_t Size)
-{
-  uint32_t *tmp;
-
-  if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_READY)
-  {
-    if((pTxData == NULL ) || (Size == 0))
-    {
-      return HAL_ERROR;
-    }
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(husart);
-
-    husart->pTxBuffPtr = pTxData;
-    husart->TxXferSize = Size;
-    husart->TxXferCount = Size;
-
-    husart->ErrorCode = HAL_USART_ERROR_NONE;
-    husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_TX;
-
-    /* Set the USART DMA transfer complete callback */
-    husart->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = USART_DMATransmitCplt;
-
-    /* Set the USART DMA Half transfer complete callback */
-    husart->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = USART_DMATxHalfCplt;
-
-    /* Set the DMA error callback */
-    husart->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = USART_DMAError;
-
-    /* Enable the USART transmit DMA channel */
-    tmp = (uint32_t*)&pTxData;
-    HAL_DMA_Start_IT(husart->hdmatx, *(uint32_t*)tmp, (uint32_t)&husart->Instance->TDR, Size);
-
-
-    /* Clear the TC flag in the SR register by writing 0 to it */
-    __HAL_USART_CLEAR_IT(husart, USART_FLAG_TC);
-
-    /* Enable the DMA transfer for transmit request by setting the DMAT bit
-       in the USART CR3 register */
-    husart->Instance->CR3 |= USART_CR3_DMAT;
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(husart);
-
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Receive an amount of data in DMA mode
-  * @param husart: USART handle
-  * @param pRxData: pointer to data buffer
-  * @param Size: amount of data to be received
-  * @note   When the USART parity is enabled (PCE = 1), the received data contain
-  *         the parity bit (MSB position)
-  * @retval HAL status
-  * @note The USART DMA transmit stream must be configured in order to generate the clock for the slave.
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_Receive_DMA(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart, uint8_t *pRxData, uint16_t Size)
-{
-  uint32_t *tmp;
-
-  if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_READY)
-  {
-    if((pRxData == NULL ) || (Size == 0))
-    {
-      return HAL_ERROR;
-    }
-
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(husart);
-
-    husart->pRxBuffPtr = pRxData;
-    husart->RxXferSize = Size;
-    husart->pTxBuffPtr = pRxData;
-    husart->TxXferSize = Size;
-
-    husart->ErrorCode = HAL_USART_ERROR_NONE;
-    husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_RX;
-
-    /* Set the USART DMA Rx transfer complete callback */
-    husart->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = USART_DMAReceiveCplt;
-
-    /* Set the USART DMA Half transfer complete callback */
-    husart->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = USART_DMARxHalfCplt;
-
-    /* Set the USART DMA Rx transfer error callback */
-    husart->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = USART_DMAError;
-
-    /* Enable the USART receive DMA channel */
-    tmp = (uint32_t*)&pRxData;
-    HAL_DMA_Start_IT(husart->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&husart->Instance->RDR, *(uint32_t*)tmp, Size);
-
-    /* Enable the USART transmit DMA channel: the transmit stream is used in order
-       to generate in the non-blocking mode the clock to the slave device,
-       this mode isn't a simplex receive mode but a full-duplex receive mode */
-    tmp = (uint32_t*)&pRxData;
-    HAL_DMA_Start_IT(husart->hdmatx, *(uint32_t*)tmp, (uint32_t)&husart->Instance->TDR, Size);
-
-    /* Enable the DMA transfer for the receiver request by setting the DMAR bit
-       in the USART CR3 register */
-    husart->Instance->CR3 |= USART_CR3_DMAR;
-
-    /* Enable the DMA transfer for transmit request by setting the DMAT bit
-       in the USART CR3 register */
-    husart->Instance->CR3 |= USART_CR3_DMAT;
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(husart);
-
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Full-Duplex Transmit Receive an amount of data in non blocking mode
-  * @param husart: USART handle
-  * @param pTxData: pointer to TX data buffer
-  * @param pRxData: pointer to RX data buffer
-  * @param Size: amount of data to be received/sent
-  * @note   When the USART parity is enabled (PCE = 1) the data received contain the parity bit.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_TransmitReceive_DMA(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart, uint8_t *pTxData, uint8_t *pRxData, uint16_t Size)
-{
-  uint32_t *tmp;
-
-  if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_READY)
-  {
-    if((pTxData == NULL) || (pRxData == NULL) || (Size == 0))
-    {
-      return HAL_ERROR;
-    }
-    /* Process Locked */
-    __HAL_LOCK(husart);
-
-    husart->pRxBuffPtr = pRxData;
-    husart->RxXferSize = Size;
-    husart->pTxBuffPtr = pTxData;
-    husart->TxXferSize = Size;
-
-    husart->ErrorCode = HAL_USART_ERROR_NONE;
-    husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX;
-
-    /* Set the USART DMA Rx transfer complete callback */
-    husart->hdmarx->XferCpltCallback = USART_DMAReceiveCplt;
-
-    /* Set the USART DMA Half transfer complete callback */
-    husart->hdmarx->XferHalfCpltCallback = USART_DMARxHalfCplt;
-
-    /* Set the USART DMA Tx transfer complete callback */
-    husart->hdmatx->XferCpltCallback = USART_DMATransmitCplt;
-
-    /* Set the USART DMA Half transfer complete callback */
-    husart->hdmatx->XferHalfCpltCallback = USART_DMATxHalfCplt;
-
-    /* Set the USART DMA Tx transfer error callback */
-    husart->hdmatx->XferErrorCallback = USART_DMAError;
-
-    /* Set the USART DMA Rx transfer error callback */
-    husart->hdmarx->XferErrorCallback = USART_DMAError;
-
-    /* Enable the USART receive DMA channel */
-    tmp = (uint32_t*)&pRxData;
-    HAL_DMA_Start_IT(husart->hdmarx, (uint32_t)&husart->Instance->RDR, *(uint32_t*)tmp, Size);
-
-    /* Enable the USART transmit DMA channel */
-    tmp = (uint32_t*)&pTxData;
-    HAL_DMA_Start_IT(husart->hdmatx, *(uint32_t*)tmp, (uint32_t)&husart->Instance->TDR, Size);
-
-    /* Clear the TC flag in the SR register by writing 0 to it */
-    __HAL_USART_CLEAR_IT(husart, USART_FLAG_TC);
-
-    /* Enable the DMA transfer for the receiver request by setting the DMAR bit
-       in the USART CR3 register */
-    husart->Instance->CR3 |= USART_CR3_DMAR;
-
-    /* Enable the DMA transfer for transmit request by setting the DMAT bit
-       in the USART CR3 register */
-    husart->Instance->CR3 |= USART_CR3_DMAT;
-
-    /* Process Unlocked */
-    __HAL_UNLOCK(husart);
-
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Pauses the DMA Transfer.
-  * @param husart: USART handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_DMAPause(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
-{
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(husart);
-
-  if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_TX)
-  {
-    /* Disable the USART DMA Tx request */
-    husart->Instance->CR3 &= (uint32_t)(~USART_CR3_DMAT);
-  }
-  else if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_RX)
-  {
-    /* Disable the USART DMA Rx request */
-    husart->Instance->CR3 &= (uint32_t)(~USART_CR3_DMAR);
-  }
-  else if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX)
-  {
-    /* Disable the USART DMA Tx request */
-    husart->Instance->CR3 &= (uint32_t)(~USART_CR3_DMAT);
-    /* Disable the USART DMA Rx request */
-    husart->Instance->CR3 &= (uint32_t)(~USART_CR3_DMAR);
-  }
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(husart);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Resumes the DMA Transfer.
-  * @param husart: USART handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_DMAResume(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
-{
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(husart);
-
-  if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_TX)
-  {
-    /* Enable the USART DMA Tx request */
-    husart->Instance->CR3 |= USART_CR3_DMAT;
-  }
-  else if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_RX)
-  {
-    /* Clear the Overrun flag before resuming the Rx transfer*/
-    __HAL_USART_CLEAR_IT(husart, USART_CLEAR_OREF);
-
-    /* Enable the USART DMA Rx request */
-    husart->Instance->CR3 |= USART_CR3_DMAR;
-  }
-  else if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX)
-  {
-    /* Clear the Overrun flag before resuming the Rx transfer*/
-    __HAL_USART_CLEAR_IT(husart, USART_CLEAR_OREF);
-
-    /* Enable the USART DMA Rx request  before the DMA Tx request */
-    husart->Instance->CR3 |= USART_CR3_DMAR;
-
-    /* Enable the USART DMA Tx request */
-    husart->Instance->CR3 |= USART_CR3_DMAT;
-  }
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(husart);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Stops the DMA Transfer.
-  * @param husart: USART handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_USART_DMAStop(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
-{
-  /* The Lock is not implemented on this API to allow the user application
-     to call the HAL USART API under callbacks HAL_USART_TxCpltCallback() / HAL_USART_RxCpltCallback() /
-     HAL_USART_TxHalfCpltCallback / HAL_USART_RxHalfCpltCallback:
-     indeed, when HAL_DMA_Abort() API is called, the DMA TX/RX Transfer or Half Transfer complete
-     interrupt is generated if the DMA transfer interruption occurs at the middle or at the end of
-     the stream and the corresponding call back is executed. */
-
-  /* Disable the USART Tx/Rx DMA requests */
-  husart->Instance->CR3 &= ~USART_CR3_DMAT;
-  husart->Instance->CR3 &= ~USART_CR3_DMAR;
-
-  /* Abort the USART DMA tx Stream */
-  if(husart->hdmatx != NULL)
-  {
-    HAL_DMA_Abort(husart->hdmatx);
-  }
-  /* Abort the USART DMA rx Stream */
-  if(husart->hdmarx != NULL)
-  {
-    HAL_DMA_Abort(husart->hdmarx);
-  }
-
-  husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY;
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  This function handles USART interrupt request.
-  * @param  husart: USART handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_USART_IRQHandler(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
-{
-
-  /* USART parity error interrupt occurred ------------------------------------*/
-  if((__HAL_USART_GET_IT(husart, USART_IT_PE) != RESET) && (__HAL_USART_GET_IT_SOURCE(husart, USART_IT_PE) != RESET))
-  {
-    __HAL_USART_CLEAR_IT(husart, USART_CLEAR_PEF);
-    husart->ErrorCode |= HAL_USART_ERROR_PE;
-    /* Set the USART state ready to be able to start again the process */
-    husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY;
-  }
-
-  /* USART frame error interrupt occurred -------------------------------------*/
-  if((__HAL_USART_GET_IT(husart, USART_IT_FE) != RESET) && (__HAL_USART_GET_IT_SOURCE(husart, USART_IT_ERR) != RESET))
-  {
-    __HAL_USART_CLEAR_IT(husart, USART_CLEAR_FEF);
-    husart->ErrorCode |= HAL_USART_ERROR_FE;
-    /* Set the USART state ready to be able to start again the process */
-    husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY;
-  }
-
-  /* USART noise error interrupt occurred -------------------------------------*/
-  if((__HAL_USART_GET_IT(husart, USART_IT_NE) != RESET) && (__HAL_USART_GET_IT_SOURCE(husart, USART_IT_ERR) != RESET))
-  {
-    __HAL_USART_CLEAR_IT(husart, USART_CLEAR_NEF);
-    husart->ErrorCode |= HAL_USART_ERROR_NE;
-    /* Set the USART state ready to be able to start again the process */
-    husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY;
-  }
-
-  /* USART Over-Run interrupt occurred ----------------------------------------*/
-  if((__HAL_USART_GET_IT(husart, USART_IT_ORE) != RESET) && (__HAL_USART_GET_IT_SOURCE(husart, USART_IT_ERR) != RESET))
-  {
-    __HAL_USART_CLEAR_IT(husart, USART_CLEAR_OREF);
-    husart->ErrorCode |= HAL_USART_ERROR_ORE;
-    /* Set the USART state ready to be able to start again the process */
-    husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY;
-  }
-
-   /* Call USART Error Call back function if need be --------------------------*/
-  if(husart->ErrorCode != HAL_USART_ERROR_NONE)
-  {
-    HAL_USART_ErrorCallback(husart);
-  }
-
-  /* USART in mode Receiver --------------------------------------------------*/
-  if((__HAL_USART_GET_IT(husart, USART_IT_RXNE) != RESET) && (__HAL_USART_GET_IT_SOURCE(husart, USART_IT_RXNE) != RESET))
-  {
-    if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_RX)
-    {
-      USART_Receive_IT(husart);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      USART_TransmitReceive_IT(husart);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* USART in mode Transmitter -----------------------------------------------*/
-  if((__HAL_USART_GET_IT(husart, USART_IT_TXE) != RESET) &&(__HAL_USART_GET_IT_SOURCE(husart, USART_IT_TXE) != RESET))
-  {
-    if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_TX)
-    {
-      USART_Transmit_IT(husart);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      USART_TransmitReceive_IT(husart);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* USART in mode Transmitter (transmission end) -----------------------------*/
-  if((__HAL_USART_GET_IT(husart, USART_IT_TC) != RESET) &&(__HAL_USART_GET_IT_SOURCE(husart, USART_IT_TC) != RESET))
-  {
-    USART_EndTransmit_IT(husart);
-  }
-
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Tx Transfer completed callbacks
-  * @param husart: USART handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_USART_TxCpltCallback(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_USART_TxCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Tx Half Transfer completed callbacks.
-  * @param  husart: USART handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
- __weak void HAL_USART_TxHalfCpltCallback(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
-{
-  /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-           the HAL_USART_TxHalfCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Rx Transfer completed callbacks.
-  * @param  husart: USART handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_USART_RxCpltCallback(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
-{
-  /* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-           the HAL_USART_RxCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Rx Half Transfer completed callbacks
-  * @param husart: usart handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_USART_RxHalfCpltCallback(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_USART_RxHalfCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Tx/Rx Transfers completed callback for the non-blocking process
-  * @param husart: USART handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_USART_TxRxCpltCallback(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_USART_TxRxCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief USART error callbacks
-  * @param husart: USART handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_USART_ErrorCallback(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
-{
-  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-            the HAL_USART_ErrorCallback can be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup USART_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State and Errors functions
-  *  @brief   USART State and Errors functions
-  *
-@verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                  ##### Peripheral State and Errors functions #####
-  ==============================================================================
-  [..]
-    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to return the State of
-    USART communication
-    process, return Peripheral Errors occurred during communication process
-     (+) HAL_USART_GetState() API can be helpful to check in run-time the state
-         of the USART peripheral.
-     (+) HAL_USART_GetError() check in run-time errors that could be occurred during
-         communication.
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief return the USART state
-  * @param husart: USART handle
-  * @retval HAL state
-  */
-HAL_USART_StateTypeDef HAL_USART_GetState(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
-{
-  return husart->State;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Return the USART error code
-  * @param  husart : pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *              the configuration information for the specified USART.
-  * @retval USART Error Code
-  */
-uint32_t HAL_USART_GetError(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
-{
-  return husart->ErrorCode;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Simplex Send an amount of data in non-blocking mode.
-  * @note   Function called under interruption only, once
-  *         interruptions have been enabled by HAL_USART_Transmit_IT().
-  * @param  husart: USART handle
-  * @retval HAL status
-  * @note   The USART errors are not managed to avoid the overrun error.
-  */
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef USART_Transmit_IT(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
-{
-  uint16_t* tmp;
-
-  if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_TX)
-  {
-
-    if(husart->TxXferCount == 0)
-    {
-      /* Disable the USART Transmit Complete Interrupt */
-      __HAL_USART_DISABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_TXE);
-
-      /* Enable the USART Transmit Complete Interrupt */
-      __HAL_USART_ENABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_TC);
-
-      return HAL_OK;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      if((husart->Init.WordLength == USART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (husart->Init.Parity == USART_PARITY_NONE))
-      {
-        tmp = (uint16_t*) husart->pTxBuffPtr;
-        husart->Instance->TDR = (*tmp & (uint16_t)0x01FF);
-        husart->pTxBuffPtr += 2;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        husart->Instance->TDR = (uint8_t)(*husart->pTxBuffPtr++ & (uint8_t)0xFF);
-      }
-
-      husart->TxXferCount--;
-
-      return HAL_OK;
-    }
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Wraps up transmission in non-blocking mode.
-  * @param  husart: pointer to a USART_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *                the configuration information for the specified USART module.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef USART_EndTransmit_IT(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
-{
-  /* Disable the USART Transmit Complete Interrupt */
-  __HAL_USART_DISABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_TC);
-
-  /* Disable the USART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */
-  __HAL_USART_DISABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_ERR);
-
-  husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY;
-
-  HAL_USART_TxCpltCallback(husart);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Simplex Receive an amount of data in non-blocking mode.
-  *         Function called under interruption only, once
-  *         interruptions have been enabled by HAL_USART_Receive_IT()
-  * @param  husart: USART handle
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef USART_Receive_IT(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
-{
-  uint16_t* tmp;
-  uint16_t uhMask = husart->Mask;
-
-  if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_RX)
-  {
-
-    if((husart->Init.WordLength == USART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (husart->Init.Parity == USART_PARITY_NONE))
-    {
-      tmp = (uint16_t*) husart->pRxBuffPtr;
-      *tmp = (uint16_t)(husart->Instance->RDR & uhMask);
-      husart->pRxBuffPtr += 2;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      *husart->pRxBuffPtr++ = (uint8_t)(husart->Instance->RDR & (uint8_t)uhMask);
-    }
-      /* Send dummy byte in order to generate the clock for the Slave to Send the next data */
-      husart->Instance->TDR = (DUMMY_DATA & (uint16_t)0x00FF);
-
-    if(--husart->RxXferCount == 0)
-    {
-      __HAL_USART_DISABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_RXNE);
-
-      /* Disable the USART Parity Error Interrupt */
-      __HAL_USART_DISABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_PE);
-
-      /* Disable the USART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */
-      __HAL_USART_DISABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_ERR);
-
-      husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY;
-
-      HAL_USART_RxCpltCallback(husart);
-
-      return HAL_OK;
-    }
-
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Full-Duplex Send receive an amount of data in full-duplex mode (non-blocking).
-  *         Function called under interruption only, once
-  *         interruptions have been enabled by HAL_USART_TransmitReceive_IT()
-  * @param  husart: USART handle
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef USART_TransmitReceive_IT(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
-{
-  uint16_t* tmp;
-  uint16_t uhMask = husart->Mask;
-
-  if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX)
-  {
-    if(husart->TxXferCount != 0x00)
-    {
-      if(__HAL_USART_GET_FLAG(husart, USART_FLAG_TXE) != RESET)
-      {
-        if((husart->Init.WordLength == USART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (husart->Init.Parity == USART_PARITY_NONE))
-        {
-          tmp = (uint16_t*) husart->pTxBuffPtr;
-          husart->Instance->TDR = (uint16_t)(*tmp & uhMask);
-          husart->pTxBuffPtr += 2;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          husart->Instance->TDR = (uint8_t)(*husart->pTxBuffPtr++ & (uint8_t)uhMask);
-        }
-        husart->TxXferCount--;
-
-        /* Check the latest data transmitted */
-        if(husart->TxXferCount == 0)
-        {
-           __HAL_USART_DISABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_TXE);
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    if(husart->RxXferCount != 0x00)
-    {
-      if(__HAL_USART_GET_FLAG(husart, USART_FLAG_RXNE) != RESET)
-      {
-        if((husart->Init.WordLength == USART_WORDLENGTH_9B) && (husart->Init.Parity == USART_PARITY_NONE))
-        {
-          tmp = (uint16_t*) husart->pRxBuffPtr;
-          *tmp = (uint16_t)(husart->Instance->RDR & uhMask);
-          husart->pRxBuffPtr += 2;
-        }
-        else
-        {
-          *husart->pRxBuffPtr++ = (uint8_t)(husart->Instance->RDR & (uint8_t)uhMask);
-        }
-        husart->RxXferCount--;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Check the latest data received */
-    if(husart->RxXferCount == 0)
-    {
-      __HAL_USART_DISABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_RXNE);
-
-      /* Disable the USART Parity Error Interrupt */
-      __HAL_USART_DISABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_PE);
-
-      /* Disable the USART Error Interrupt: (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) */
-      __HAL_USART_DISABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_ERR);
-
-      husart->State = HAL_USART_STATE_READY;
-
-      HAL_USART_TxRxCpltCallback(husart);
-
-      return HAL_OK;
-    }
-
-    return HAL_OK;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    return HAL_BUSY;
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  This function handles USART Communication Timeout.
-  * @param  husart: USART handle
-  * @param  Flag: specifies the USART flag to check.
-  * @param  Status: The new Flag status (SET or RESET).
-  * @param  Timeout: Timeout duration
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef USART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart, uint32_t Flag, FlagStatus Status, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-  /* Wait until flag is set */
-  if(Status == RESET)
-  {
-    while(__HAL_USART_GET_FLAG(husart, Flag) == RESET)
-    {
-      /* Check for the Timeout */
-      if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
-      {
-        if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick()-tickstart) >=  Timeout))
-        {
-          /* Disable TXE, RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts for the interrupt process */
-          __HAL_USART_DISABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_TXE);
-          __HAL_USART_DISABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_RXNE);
-          __HAL_USART_DISABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_PE);
-          __HAL_USART_DISABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_ERR);
-
-          husart->State= HAL_USART_STATE_READY;
-
-          /* Process Unlocked */
-          __HAL_UNLOCK(husart);
-
-          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    while(__HAL_USART_GET_FLAG(husart, Flag) != RESET)
-    {
-      /* Check for the Timeout */
-      if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
-      {
-        if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick()-tickstart) >=  Timeout))
-        {
-          /* Disable TXE, RXNE, PE and ERR (Frame error, noise error, overrun error) interrupts for the interrupt process */
-          __HAL_USART_DISABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_TXE);
-          __HAL_USART_DISABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_RXNE);
-          __HAL_USART_DISABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_PE);
-          __HAL_USART_DISABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_ERR);
-
-          husart->State= HAL_USART_STATE_READY;
-
-          /* Process Unlocked */
-          __HAL_UNLOCK(husart);
-
-          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-
-/**
-  * @brief DMA USART transmit process complete callback
-  * @param  hdma: DMA handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void USART_DMATransmitCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  USART_HandleTypeDef* husart = ( USART_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
-
-  /* DMA Normal mode */
-  if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CIRC) == 0)
-  {
-    husart->TxXferCount = 0;
-
-    if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_TX)
-    {
-      /* Disable the DMA transfer for transmit request by resetting the DMAT bit
-         in the USART CR3 register */
-      husart->Instance->CR3 &= ~(USART_CR3_DMAT);
-
-      /* Enable the USART Transmit Complete Interrupt */
-      __HAL_USART_ENABLE_IT(husart, USART_IT_TC);
-    }
-  }
-  /* DMA Circular mode */
-  else
-  {
-    if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_TX)
-    {
-    HAL_USART_TxCpltCallback(husart);
-   }
- }
-}
-
-
-/**
-  * @brief DMA USART transmit process half complete callback
-  * @param hdma : DMA handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void USART_DMATxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  USART_HandleTypeDef* husart = (USART_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent;
-
-  HAL_USART_TxHalfCpltCallback(husart);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief DMA USART receive process complete callback
-  * @param  hdma: DMA handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void USART_DMAReceiveCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  USART_HandleTypeDef* husart = ( USART_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
-
-  /* DMA Normal mode */
-  if((hdma->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CIRC) == 0)
-  {
-    husart->RxXferCount = 0;
-
-    /* Disable the DMA RX transfer for the receiver request by resetting the DMAR bit
-    in USART CR3 register */
-    husart->Instance->CR3 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR3_DMAR);
-    /* similarly, disable the DMA TX transfer that was started to provide the
-       clock to the slave device */
-    husart->Instance->CR3 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)USART_CR3_DMAT);
-
-      if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_RX)
-      {
-        HAL_USART_RxCpltCallback(husart);
-      }
-      /* The USART state is HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX */
-      else
-      {
-        HAL_USART_TxRxCpltCallback(husart);
-      }
-    husart->State= HAL_USART_STATE_READY;
-  }
-  /* DMA circular mode */
-  else
-  {
-    if(husart->State == HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_RX)
-    {
-      HAL_USART_RxCpltCallback(husart);
-    }
-    /* The USART state is HAL_USART_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX */
-    else
-    {
-      HAL_USART_TxRxCpltCallback(husart);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief DMA USART receive process half complete callback
-  * @param hdma : DMA handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void USART_DMARxHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  USART_HandleTypeDef* husart = (USART_HandleTypeDef*)((DMA_HandleTypeDef*)hdma)->Parent;
-
-  HAL_USART_RxHalfCpltCallback(husart);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief DMA USART communication error callback
-  * @param  hdma: DMA handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static void USART_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
-{
-  USART_HandleTypeDef* husart = ( USART_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
-
-  husart->RxXferCount = 0;
-  husart->TxXferCount = 0;
-  husart->ErrorCode |= HAL_USART_ERROR_DMA;
-  husart->State= HAL_USART_STATE_READY;
-
-  HAL_USART_ErrorCallback(husart);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Configure the USART peripheral
-  * @param husart: USART handle
-  * @retval None
-  */
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef USART_SetConfig(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
-{
-  uint32_t tmpreg      = 0x0;
-  USART_ClockSourceTypeDef clocksource = USART_CLOCKSOURCE_UNDEFINED;
-  HAL_StatusTypeDef ret                = HAL_OK;
-  uint16_t brrtemp                     = 0x0000;
-  uint16_t usartdiv                    = 0x0000;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_USART_POLARITY(husart->Init.CLKPolarity));
-  assert_param(IS_USART_PHASE(husart->Init.CLKPhase));
-  assert_param(IS_USART_LASTBIT(husart->Init.CLKLastBit));
-  assert_param(IS_USART_BAUDRATE(husart->Init.BaudRate));
-  assert_param(IS_USART_WORD_LENGTH(husart->Init.WordLength));
-  assert_param(IS_USART_STOPBITS(husart->Init.StopBits));
-  assert_param(IS_USART_PARITY(husart->Init.Parity));
-  assert_param(IS_USART_MODE(husart->Init.Mode));
-  assert_param(IS_USART_OVERSAMPLING(husart->Init.OverSampling));
-
-
-  /*-------------------------- USART CR1 Configuration -----------------------*/
-   /* Clear M, PCE, PS, TE and RE bits and configure
-   *  the USART Word Length, Parity, Mode and OverSampling:
-   *  set the M bits according to husart->Init.WordLength value
-   *  set PCE and PS bits according to husart->Init.Parity value
-   *  set TE and RE bits according to husart->Init.Mode value
-   *  force OVER8 to 1 to allow to reach the maximum speed (Fclock/8) */
-  tmpreg = (uint32_t)husart->Init.WordLength | husart->Init.Parity | husart->Init.Mode | USART_CR1_OVER8;
-  MODIFY_REG(husart->Instance->CR1, USART_CR1_FIELDS, tmpreg);
-
-  /*---------------------------- USART CR2 Configuration ---------------------*/
-  /* Clear and configure the USART Clock, CPOL, CPHA, LBCL and STOP bits:
-   * set CPOL bit according to husart->Init.CLKPolarity value
-   * set CPHA bit according to husart->Init.CLKPhase value
-   * set LBCL bit according to husart->Init.CLKLastBit value
-   * set STOP[13:12] bits according to husart->Init.StopBits value */
-  tmpreg = (uint32_t)(USART_CLOCK_ENABLE);
-  tmpreg |= ((uint32_t)husart->Init.CLKPolarity | (uint32_t)husart->Init.CLKPhase);
-  tmpreg |= ((uint32_t)husart->Init.CLKLastBit | (uint32_t)husart->Init.StopBits);
-  MODIFY_REG(husart->Instance->CR2, USART_CR2_FIELDS, tmpreg);
-
-  /*-------------------------- USART CR3 Configuration -----------------------*/
-  /* no CR3 register configuration                                            */
-
-  /*-------------------------- USART BRR Configuration -----------------------*/
-  /* BRR is filled-up according to OVER8 bit setting which is forced to 1     */
-  USART_GETCLOCKSOURCE(husart, clocksource);
-  switch (clocksource)
-  {
-    case USART_CLOCKSOURCE_PCLK1:
-      usartdiv = (uint16_t)((2*HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq()) / husart->Init.BaudRate);
-      break;
-    case USART_CLOCKSOURCE_PCLK2:
-      usartdiv = (uint16_t)((2*HAL_RCC_GetPCLK2Freq()) / husart->Init.BaudRate);
-      break;
-    case USART_CLOCKSOURCE_HSI:
-      usartdiv = (uint16_t)((2*HSI_VALUE) / husart->Init.BaudRate);
-      break;
-    case USART_CLOCKSOURCE_SYSCLK:
-      usartdiv = (uint16_t)((2*HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq()) / husart->Init.BaudRate);
-      break;
-    case USART_CLOCKSOURCE_LSE:
-      usartdiv = (uint16_t)((2*LSE_VALUE) / husart->Init.BaudRate);
-      break;
-    case USART_CLOCKSOURCE_UNDEFINED:
-    default:
-      ret = HAL_ERROR;
-      break;
-  }
-
-  brrtemp = usartdiv & 0xFFF0;
-  brrtemp |= (uint16_t)((usartdiv & (uint16_t)0x000F) >> 1U);
-  husart->Instance->BRR = brrtemp;
-
-  return ret;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Check the USART Idle State
-  * @param husart: USART handle
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef USART_CheckIdleState(USART_HandleTypeDef *husart)
-{
-   /* Initialize the USART ErrorCode */
-  husart->ErrorCode = HAL_USART_ERROR_NONE;
-
-  /* Check if the Transmitter is enabled */
-  if((husart->Instance->CR1 & USART_CR1_TE) == USART_CR1_TE)
-  {
-    /* Wait until TEACK flag is set */
-    if(USART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(husart, USART_ISR_TEACK, RESET, TEACK_REACK_TIMEOUT) != HAL_OK)
-    {
-      husart->State= HAL_USART_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-    }
-  }
-  /* Check if the Receiver is enabled */
-  if((husart->Instance->CR1 & USART_CR1_RE) == USART_CR1_RE)
-  {
-    /* Wait until REACK flag is set */
-    if(USART_WaitOnFlagUntilTimeout(husart, USART_ISR_REACK, RESET, TEACK_REACK_TIMEOUT) != HAL_OK)
-    {
-      husart->State= HAL_USART_STATE_TIMEOUT;
-      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Initialize the USART state*/
-  husart->State= HAL_USART_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(husart);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-#endif /* HAL_USART_MODULE_ENABLED */
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_wwdg.c b/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_wwdg.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 950052f00a..0000000000
--- a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_wwdg.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,454 +0,0 @@
-/**
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @file    stm32f7xx_hal_wwdg.c
-  * @author  MCD Application Team
-  * @version V1.0.1
-  * @date    25-June-2015
-  * @brief   WWDG HAL module driver.
-  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
-  *          functionalities of the Window Watchdog (WWDG) peripheral:
-  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
-  *           + IO operation functions
-  *           + Peripheral State functions
-  @verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                      ##### WWDG specific features #####
-  ==============================================================================
-  [..]
-    Once enabled the WWDG generates a system reset on expiry of a programmed
-    time period, unless the program refreshes the counter (downcounter)
-    before reaching 0x3F value (i.e. a reset is generated when the counter
-    value rolls over from 0x40 to 0x3F).
-
-    (+) An MCU reset is also generated if the counter value is refreshed
-        before the counter has reached the refresh window value. This
-        implies that the counter must be refreshed in a limited window.
-    (+) Once enabled the WWDG cannot be disabled except by a system reset.
-    (+) WWDGRST flag in RCC_CSR register can be used to inform when a WWDG
-        reset occurs.
-    (+) The WWDG counter input clock is derived from the APB clock divided
-        by a programmable prescaler.
-    (+) WWDG clock (Hz) = PCLK1 / (4096 * Prescaler)
-    (+) WWDG timeout (mS) = 1000 * Counter / WWDG clock
-    (+) WWDG Counter refresh is allowed between the following limits :
-        (++) min time (mS) = 1000 * (Counter - Window) / WWDG clock
-        (++) max time (mS) = 1000 * (Counter - 0x40) / WWDG clock
-
-    (+) Min-max timeout value at 50 MHz(PCLK1): 81.9 us / 41.9 ms
-
-
-                     ##### How to use this driver #####
-  ==============================================================================
-  [..]
-    (+) Enable WWDG APB1 clock using __HAL_RCC_WWDG_CLK_ENABLE().
-    (+) Set the WWDG prescaler, refresh window and counter value
-        using HAL_WWDG_Init() function.
-    (+) Start the WWDG using HAL_WWDG_Start() function.
-        When the WWDG is enabled the counter value should be configured to
-        a value greater than 0x40 to prevent generating an immediate reset.
-    (+) Optionally you can enable the Early Wakeup Interrupt (EWI) which is
-        generated when the counter reaches 0x40, and then start the WWDG using
-        HAL_WWDG_Start_IT(). At EWI HAL_WWDG_WakeupCallback is executed and user can
-        add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_WWDG_WakeupCallback
-        Once enabled, EWI interrupt cannot be disabled except by a system reset.
-    (+) Then the application program must refresh the WWDG counter at regular
-        intervals during normal operation to prevent an MCU reset, using
-        HAL_WWDG_Refresh() function. This operation must occur only when
-        the counter is lower than the refresh window value already programmed.
-
-     *** WWDG HAL driver macros list ***
-     ==================================
-     [..]
-       Below the list of most used macros in WWDG HAL driver.
-
-      (+) __HAL_WWDG_ENABLE: Enable the WWDG peripheral
-      (+) __HAL_WWDG_GET_FLAG: Get the selected WWDG's flag status
-      (+) __HAL_WWDG_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the WWDG's pending flags
-      (+) __HAL_WWDG_ENABLE_IT:  Enables the WWDG early wake-up interrupt
-
-  @endverbatim
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @attention
-  *
-  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
-  *
-  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
-  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
-  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
-  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
-  *      without specific prior written permission.
-  *
-  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
-  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
-  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
-  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
-  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
-  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
-  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
-  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
-  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
-  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-  *
-  ******************************************************************************
-  */
-
-/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
-
-/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup WWDG WWDG
-  * @brief WWDG HAL module driver.
-  * @{
-  */
-
-#ifdef HAL_WWDG_MODULE_ENABLED
-
-/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
-/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
-/** @defgroup WWDG_Exported_Functions WWDG Exported Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup WWDG_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
- *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions.
- *
-@verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-          ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
-  ==============================================================================
-  [..]
-    This section provides functions allowing to:
-    (+) Initialize the WWDG according to the specified parameters
-        in the WWDG_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle
-    (+) DeInitialize the WWDG peripheral
-    (+) Initialize the WWDG MSP
-    (+) DeInitialize the WWDG MSP
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the WWDG according to the specified
-  *         parameters in the WWDG_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle.
-  * @param  hwwdg: pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *              the configuration information for the specified WWDG module.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_WWDG_Init(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg)
-{
-  /* Check the WWDG handle allocation */
-  if(hwwdg == NULL)
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_WWDG_ALL_INSTANCE(hwwdg->Instance));
-  assert_param(IS_WWDG_PRESCALER(hwwdg->Init.Prescaler));
-  assert_param(IS_WWDG_WINDOW(hwwdg->Init.Window));
-  assert_param(IS_WWDG_COUNTER(hwwdg->Init.Counter));
-
-  if(hwwdg->State == HAL_WWDG_STATE_RESET)
-  {
-    /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
-    hwwdg->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
-    /* Init the low level hardware */
-    HAL_WWDG_MspInit(hwwdg);
-  }
-
-  /* Change WWDG peripheral state */
-  hwwdg->State = HAL_WWDG_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Set WWDG Prescaler and Window */
-  MODIFY_REG(hwwdg->Instance->CFR, (WWDG_CFR_WDGTB | WWDG_CFR_W), (hwwdg->Init.Prescaler | hwwdg->Init.Window));
-  /* Set WWDG Counter */
-  MODIFY_REG(hwwdg->Instance->CR, WWDG_CR_T, hwwdg->Init.Counter);
-
-  /* Change WWDG peripheral state */
-  hwwdg->State = HAL_WWDG_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  DeInitializes the WWDG peripheral.
-  * @param  hwwdg: pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *              the configuration information for the specified WWDG module.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_WWDG_DeInit(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg)
-{
-  /* Check the WWDG handle allocation */
-  if(hwwdg == NULL)
-  {
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_WWDG_ALL_INSTANCE(hwwdg->Instance));
-
-  /* Change WWDG peripheral state */
-  hwwdg->State = HAL_WWDG_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* DeInit the low level hardware */
-  HAL_WWDG_MspDeInit(hwwdg);
-
-  /* Reset WWDG Control register */
-  hwwdg->Instance->CR  = (uint32_t)0x0000007F;
-
-  /* Reset WWDG Configuration register */
-  hwwdg->Instance->CFR = (uint32_t)0x0000007F;
-
-  /* Reset WWDG Status register */
-  hwwdg->Instance->SR  = 0;
-
-  /* Change WWDG peripheral state */
-  hwwdg->State = HAL_WWDG_STATE_RESET;
-
-  /* Release Lock */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hwwdg);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the WWDG MSP.
-  * @param  hwwdg: pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *              the configuration information for the specified WWDG module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_WWDG_MspInit(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg)
-{
-  /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-           the HAL_WWDG_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  DeInitializes the WWDG MSP.
-  * @param  hwwdg: pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *              the configuration information for the specified WWDG module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_WWDG_MspDeInit(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg)
-{
-  /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-           the HAL_WWDG_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup WWDG_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
- *  @brief    IO operation functions
- *
-@verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                       ##### IO operation functions #####
-  ==============================================================================
-  [..]
-    This section provides functions allowing to:
-    (+) Start the WWDG.
-    (+) Refresh the WWDG.
-    (+) Handle WWDG interrupt request.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Starts the WWDG.
-  * @param  hwwdg: pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *              the configuration information for the specified WWDG module.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_WWDG_Start(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg)
-{
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hwwdg);
-
-  /* Change WWDG peripheral state */
-  hwwdg->State = HAL_WWDG_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Enable the peripheral */
-  __HAL_WWDG_ENABLE(hwwdg);
-
-  /* Change WWDG peripheral state */
-  hwwdg->State = HAL_WWDG_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hwwdg);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Starts the WWDG with interrupt enabled.
-  * @param  hwwdg: pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *              the configuration information for the specified WWDG module.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_WWDG_Start_IT(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg)
-{
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hwwdg);
-
-  /* Change WWDG peripheral state */
-  hwwdg->State = HAL_WWDG_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Enable the Early Wakeup Interrupt */
-  __HAL_WWDG_ENABLE_IT(hwwdg, WWDG_IT_EWI);
-
-  /* Enable the peripheral */
-  __HAL_WWDG_ENABLE(hwwdg);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Refreshes the WWDG.
-  * @param  hwwdg: pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *              the configuration information for the specified WWDG module.
-  * @param  Counter: value of counter to put in WWDG counter
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_WWDG_Refresh(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg, uint32_t Counter)
-{
-  /* Process Locked */
-  __HAL_LOCK(hwwdg);
-
-  /* Change WWDG peripheral state */
-  hwwdg->State = HAL_WWDG_STATE_BUSY;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_WWDG_COUNTER(Counter));
-
-  /* Write to WWDG CR the WWDG Counter value to refresh with */
-  MODIFY_REG(hwwdg->Instance->CR, (uint32_t)WWDG_CR_T, Counter);
-
-  /* Change WWDG peripheral state */
-  hwwdg->State = HAL_WWDG_STATE_READY;
-
-  /* Process Unlocked */
-  __HAL_UNLOCK(hwwdg);
-
-  /* Return function status */
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Handles WWDG interrupt request.
-  * @note   The Early Wakeup Interrupt (EWI) can be used if specific safety operations
-  *         or data logging must be performed before the actual reset is generated.
-  *         The EWI interrupt is enabled using __HAL_WWDG_ENABLE_IT() macro.
-  *         When the downcounter reaches the value 0x40, and EWI interrupt is
-  *         generated and the corresponding Interrupt Service Routine (ISR) can
-  *         be used to trigger specific actions (such as communications or data
-  *         logging), before resetting the device.
-  * @param  hwwdg: pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *              the configuration information for the specified WWDG module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void HAL_WWDG_IRQHandler(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg)
-{
-  /* Check if Early Wakeup Interrupt is enable */
-  if(__HAL_WWDG_GET_IT_SOURCE(hwwdg, WWDG_IT_EWI) != RESET)
-  {
-    /* Check if WWDG Early Wakeup Interrupt occurred */
-    if(__HAL_WWDG_GET_FLAG(hwwdg, WWDG_FLAG_EWIF) != RESET)
-    {
-      /* Early Wakeup callback */
-      HAL_WWDG_WakeupCallback(hwwdg);
-
-      /* Change WWDG peripheral state */
-      hwwdg->State = HAL_WWDG_STATE_READY;
-
-      /* Clear the WWDG Early Wakeup flag */
-      __HAL_WWDG_CLEAR_FLAG(hwwdg, WWDG_FLAG_EWIF);
-
-      /* Process Unlocked */
-      __HAL_UNLOCK(hwwdg);
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Early Wakeup WWDG callback.
-  * @param  hwwdg: pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *              the configuration information for the specified WWDG module.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-__weak void HAL_WWDG_WakeupCallback(WWDG_HandleTypeDef* hwwdg)
-{
-  /* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
-           the HAL_WWDG_WakeupCallback could be implemented in the user file
-   */
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup WWDG_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State functions
- *  @brief    Peripheral State functions.
- *
-@verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                        ##### Peripheral State functions #####
-  ==============================================================================
-  [..]
-    This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral
-    and the data flow.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Returns the WWDG state.
-  * @param  hwwdg: pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
-  *              the configuration information for the specified WWDG module.
-  * @retval HAL state
-  */
-HAL_WWDG_StateTypeDef HAL_WWDG_GetState(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg)
-{
-  return hwwdg->State;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-#endif /* HAL_WWDG_MODULE_ENABLED */
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_ll_fmc.c b/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_ll_fmc.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 84ff08e3b7..0000000000
--- a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_ll_fmc.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1123 +0,0 @@
-/**
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @file    stm32f7xx_ll_fmc.c
-  * @author  MCD Application Team
-  * @version V1.0.1
-  * @date    25-June-2015
-  * @brief   FMC Low Layer HAL module driver.
-  *
-  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
-  *          functionalities of the Flexible Memory Controller (FMC) peripheral memories:
-  *           + Initialization/de-initialization functions
-  *           + Peripheral Control functions
-  *           + Peripheral State functions
-  *
-  @verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                        ##### FMC peripheral features #####
-  ==============================================================================
-  [..] The Flexible memory controller (FMC) includes three memory controllers:
-       (+) The NOR/PSRAM memory controller
-       (+) The NAND memory controller
-       (+) The Synchronous DRAM (SDRAM) controller
-
-  [..] The FMC functional block makes the interface with synchronous and asynchronous static
-       memories, SDRAM memories, and 16-bit PC memory cards. Its main purposes are:
-       (+) to translate AHB transactions into the appropriate external device protocol
-       (+) to meet the access time requirements of the external memory devices
-
-  [..] All external memories share the addresses, data and control signals with the controller.
-       Each external device is accessed by means of a unique Chip Select. The FMC performs
-       only one access at a time to an external device.
-       The main features of the FMC controller are the following:
-        (+) Interface with static-memory mapped devices including:
-           (++) Static random access memory (SRAM)
-           (++) Read-only memory (ROM)
-           (++) NOR Flash memory/OneNAND Flash memory
-           (++) PSRAM (4 memory banks)
-           (++) 16-bit PC Card compatible devices
-           (++) Two banks of NAND Flash memory with ECC hardware to check up to 8 Kbytes of
-                data
-        (+) Interface with synchronous DRAM (SDRAM) memories
-        (+) Independent Chip Select control for each memory bank
-        (+) Independent configuration for each memory bank
-
-  @endverbatim
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @attention
-  *
-  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
-  *
-  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
-  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
-  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
-  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
-  *      without specific prior written permission.
-  *
-  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
-  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
-  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
-  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
-  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
-  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
-  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
-  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
-  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
-  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-  *
-  ******************************************************************************
-  */
-
-/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
-
-/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup FMC_LL  FMC Low Layer
-  * @brief FMC driver modules
-  * @{
-  */
-
-#if defined (HAL_SRAM_MODULE_ENABLED) || defined(HAL_NOR_MODULE_ENABLED) || defined(HAL_NAND_MODULE_ENABLED) || defined(HAL_SDRAM_MODULE_ENABLED)
-
-/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
-/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/** @defgroup FMC_LL_Exported_Functions FMC Low Layer Exported Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup FMC_LL_Exported_Functions_NORSRAM FMC Low Layer NOR SRAM Exported Functions
-  * @brief  NORSRAM Controller functions
-  *
-  @verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                   ##### How to use NORSRAM device driver #####
-  ==============================================================================
-
-  [..]
-    This driver contains a set of APIs to interface with the FMC NORSRAM banks in order
-    to run the NORSRAM external devices.
-
-    (+) FMC NORSRAM bank reset using the function FMC_NORSRAM_DeInit()
-    (+) FMC NORSRAM bank control configuration using the function FMC_NORSRAM_Init()
-    (+) FMC NORSRAM bank timing configuration using the function FMC_NORSRAM_Timing_Init()
-    (+) FMC NORSRAM bank extended timing configuration using the function
-        FMC_NORSRAM_Extended_Timing_Init()
-    (+) FMC NORSRAM bank enable/disable write operation using the functions
-        FMC_NORSRAM_WriteOperation_Enable()/FMC_NORSRAM_WriteOperation_Disable()
-
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup FMC_LL_NORSRAM_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
-  * @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions
-  *
-  @verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-              ##### Initialization and de_initialization functions #####
-  ==============================================================================
-  [..]
-    This section provides functions allowing to:
-    (+) Initialize and configure the FMC NORSRAM interface
-    (+) De-initialize the FMC NORSRAM interface
-    (+) Configure the FMC clock and associated GPIOs
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initialize the FMC_NORSRAM device according to the specified
-  *         control parameters in the FMC_NORSRAM_InitTypeDef
-  * @param  Device: Pointer to NORSRAM device instance
-  * @param  Init: Pointer to NORSRAM Initialization structure
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef  FMC_NORSRAM_Init(FMC_NORSRAM_TypeDef *Device, FMC_NORSRAM_InitTypeDef* Init)
-{
-  uint32_t tmpr = 0;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_NORSRAM_DEVICE(Device));
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_NORSRAM_BANK(Init->NSBank));
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_MUX(Init->DataAddressMux));
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_MEMORY(Init->MemoryType));
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_NORSRAM_MEMORY_WIDTH(Init->MemoryDataWidth));
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_BURSTMODE(Init->BurstAccessMode));
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_WAIT_POLARITY(Init->WaitSignalPolarity));
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_WAIT_SIGNAL_ACTIVE(Init->WaitSignalActive));
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_WRITE_OPERATION(Init->WriteOperation));
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_WAITE_SIGNAL(Init->WaitSignal));
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_EXTENDED_MODE(Init->ExtendedMode));
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_ASYNWAIT(Init->AsynchronousWait));
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_WRITE_BURST(Init->WriteBurst));
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_CONTINOUS_CLOCK(Init->ContinuousClock));
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_WRITE_FIFO(Init->WriteFifo));
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_PAGESIZE(Init->PageSize));
-
-  /* Get the BTCR register value */
-  tmpr = Device->BTCR[Init->NSBank];
-
-  /* Clear MBKEN, MUXEN, MTYP, MWID, FACCEN, BURSTEN, WAITPOL, WAITCFG, WREN,
-           WAITEN, EXTMOD, ASYNCWAIT, CBURSTRW and CCLKEN bits */
-  tmpr &= ((uint32_t)~(FMC_BCR1_MBKEN     | FMC_BCR1_MUXEN    | FMC_BCR1_MTYP     | \
-                       FMC_BCR1_MWID      | FMC_BCR1_FACCEN   | FMC_BCR1_BURSTEN  | \
-                       FMC_BCR1_WAITPOL   | FMC_BCR1_CPSIZE    | FMC_BCR1_WAITCFG  | \
-                       FMC_BCR1_WREN      | FMC_BCR1_WAITEN   | FMC_BCR1_EXTMOD   | \
-                       FMC_BCR1_ASYNCWAIT | FMC_BCR1_CBURSTRW | FMC_BCR1_CCLKEN | FMC_BCR1_WFDIS));
-
-  /* Set NORSRAM device control parameters */
-  tmpr |= (uint32_t)(Init->DataAddressMux       |\
-                    Init->MemoryType           |\
-                    Init->MemoryDataWidth      |\
-                    Init->BurstAccessMode      |\
-                    Init->WaitSignalPolarity   |\
-                    Init->WaitSignalActive     |\
-                    Init->WriteOperation       |\
-                    Init->WaitSignal           |\
-                    Init->ExtendedMode         |\
-                    Init->AsynchronousWait     |\
-                    Init->WriteBurst           |\
-                    Init->ContinuousClock      |\
-                    Init->PageSize             |\
-                    Init->WriteFifo);
-
-  if(Init->MemoryType == FMC_MEMORY_TYPE_NOR)
-  {
-    tmpr |= (uint32_t)FMC_NORSRAM_FLASH_ACCESS_ENABLE;
-  }
-
-  Device->BTCR[Init->NSBank] = tmpr;
-
-  /* Configure synchronous mode when Continuous clock is enabled for bank2..4 */
-  if((Init->ContinuousClock == FMC_CONTINUOUS_CLOCK_SYNC_ASYNC) && (Init->NSBank != FMC_NORSRAM_BANK1))
-  {
-    Init->BurstAccessMode = FMC_BURST_ACCESS_MODE_ENABLE;
-    Device->BTCR[FMC_NORSRAM_BANK1] |= (uint32_t)(Init->BurstAccessMode  |\
-                                                  Init->ContinuousClock);
-  }
-  if(Init->NSBank != FMC_NORSRAM_BANK1)
-  {
-    Device->BTCR[FMC_NORSRAM_BANK1] |= (uint32_t)(Init->WriteFifo);
-  }
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-
-/**
-  * @brief  DeInitialize the FMC_NORSRAM peripheral
-  * @param  Device: Pointer to NORSRAM device instance
-  * @param  ExDevice: Pointer to NORSRAM extended mode device instance
-  * @param  Bank: NORSRAM bank number
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_NORSRAM_DeInit(FMC_NORSRAM_TypeDef *Device, FMC_NORSRAM_EXTENDED_TypeDef *ExDevice, uint32_t Bank)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_NORSRAM_DEVICE(Device));
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_NORSRAM_EXTENDED_DEVICE(ExDevice));
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_NORSRAM_BANK(Bank));
-
-  /* Disable the FMC_NORSRAM device */
-  __FMC_NORSRAM_DISABLE(Device, Bank);
-
-  /* De-initialize the FMC_NORSRAM device */
-  /* FMC_NORSRAM_BANK1 */
-  if(Bank == FMC_NORSRAM_BANK1)
-  {
-    Device->BTCR[Bank] = 0x000030DB;
-  }
-  /* FMC_NORSRAM_BANK2, FMC_NORSRAM_BANK3 or FMC_NORSRAM_BANK4 */
-  else
-  {
-    Device->BTCR[Bank] = 0x000030D2;
-  }
-
-  Device->BTCR[Bank + 1] = 0x0FFFFFFF;
-  ExDevice->BWTR[Bank]   = 0x0FFFFFFF;
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initialize the FMC_NORSRAM Timing according to the specified
-  *         parameters in the FMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef
-  * @param  Device: Pointer to NORSRAM device instance
-  * @param  Timing: Pointer to NORSRAM Timing structure
-  * @param  Bank: NORSRAM bank number
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_NORSRAM_Timing_Init(FMC_NORSRAM_TypeDef *Device, FMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef *Timing, uint32_t Bank)
-{
-  uint32_t tmpr = 0;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_NORSRAM_DEVICE(Device));
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_ADDRESS_SETUP_TIME(Timing->AddressSetupTime));
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_ADDRESS_HOLD_TIME(Timing->AddressHoldTime));
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_DATASETUP_TIME(Timing->DataSetupTime));
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_TURNAROUND_TIME(Timing->BusTurnAroundDuration));
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_CLK_DIV(Timing->CLKDivision));
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_DATA_LATENCY(Timing->DataLatency));
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_ACCESS_MODE(Timing->AccessMode));
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_NORSRAM_BANK(Bank));
-
-  /* Get the BTCR register value */
-  tmpr = Device->BTCR[Bank + 1];
-
-  /* Clear ADDSET, ADDHLD, DATAST, BUSTURN, CLKDIV, DATLAT and ACCMOD bits */
-  tmpr &= ((uint32_t)~(FMC_BTR1_ADDSET  | FMC_BTR1_ADDHLD | FMC_BTR1_DATAST | \
-                       FMC_BTR1_BUSTURN | FMC_BTR1_CLKDIV | FMC_BTR1_DATLAT | \
-                       FMC_BTR1_ACCMOD));
-
-  /* Set FMC_NORSRAM device timing parameters */
-  tmpr |= (uint32_t)(Timing->AddressSetupTime                  |\
-                   ((Timing->AddressHoldTime) << 4)          |\
-                   ((Timing->DataSetupTime) << 8)            |\
-                   ((Timing->BusTurnAroundDuration) << 16)   |\
-                   (((Timing->CLKDivision)-1) << 20)         |\
-                   (((Timing->DataLatency)-2) << 24)         |\
-                    (Timing->AccessMode)
-                    );
-
-  Device->BTCR[Bank + 1] = tmpr;
-
-  /* Configure Clock division value (in NORSRAM bank 1) when continuous clock is enabled */
-  if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(Device->BTCR[FMC_NORSRAM_BANK1], FMC_BCR1_CCLKEN))
-  {
-    tmpr = (uint32_t)(Device->BTCR[FMC_NORSRAM_BANK1 + 1] & ~(((uint32_t)0x0F) << 20));
-    tmpr |= (uint32_t)(((Timing->CLKDivision)-1) << 20);
-    Device->BTCR[FMC_NORSRAM_BANK1 + 1] = tmpr;
-  }
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initialize the FMC_NORSRAM Extended mode Timing according to the specified
-  *         parameters in the FMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef
-  * @param  Device: Pointer to NORSRAM device instance
-  * @param  Timing: Pointer to NORSRAM Timing structure
-  * @param  Bank: NORSRAM bank number
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef  FMC_NORSRAM_Extended_Timing_Init(FMC_NORSRAM_EXTENDED_TypeDef *Device, FMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef *Timing, uint32_t Bank, uint32_t ExtendedMode)
-{
-  uint32_t tmpr = 0;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_EXTENDED_MODE(ExtendedMode));
-
-  /* Set NORSRAM device timing register for write configuration, if extended mode is used */
-  if(ExtendedMode == FMC_EXTENDED_MODE_ENABLE)
-  {
-    /* Check the parameters */
-    assert_param(IS_FMC_NORSRAM_EXTENDED_DEVICE(Device));
-    assert_param(IS_FMC_ADDRESS_SETUP_TIME(Timing->AddressSetupTime));
-    assert_param(IS_FMC_ADDRESS_HOLD_TIME(Timing->AddressHoldTime));
-    assert_param(IS_FMC_DATASETUP_TIME(Timing->DataSetupTime));
-    assert_param(IS_FMC_TURNAROUND_TIME(Timing->BusTurnAroundDuration));
-    assert_param(IS_FMC_CLK_DIV(Timing->CLKDivision));
-    assert_param(IS_FMC_DATA_LATENCY(Timing->DataLatency));
-    assert_param(IS_FMC_ACCESS_MODE(Timing->AccessMode));
-    assert_param(IS_FMC_NORSRAM_BANK(Bank));
-
-    /* Get the BWTR register value */
-    tmpr = Device->BWTR[Bank];
-
-    /* Clear ADDSET, ADDHLD, DATAST, BUSTURN, CLKDIV, DATLAT and ACCMOD bits */
-    tmpr &= ((uint32_t)~(FMC_BWTR1_ADDSET  | FMC_BWTR1_ADDHLD | FMC_BWTR1_DATAST | \
-                         FMC_BWTR1_BUSTURN | FMC_BWTR1_ACCMOD));
-
-    tmpr |= (uint32_t)(Timing->AddressSetupTime                 |\
-                      ((Timing->AddressHoldTime) << 4)          |\
-                      ((Timing->DataSetupTime) << 8)            |\
-                      ((Timing->BusTurnAroundDuration) << 16)   |\
-                      (Timing->AccessMode));
-
-    Device->BWTR[Bank] = tmpr;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    Device->BWTR[Bank] = 0x0FFFFFFF;
-  }
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @addtogroup FMC_LL_NORSRAM_Private_Functions_Group2
- *  @brief   management functions
- *
-@verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                      ##### FMC_NORSRAM Control functions #####
-  ==============================================================================
-  [..]
-    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control dynamically
-    the FMC NORSRAM interface.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Enables dynamically FMC_NORSRAM write operation.
-  * @param  Device: Pointer to NORSRAM device instance
-  * @param  Bank: NORSRAM bank number
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_NORSRAM_WriteOperation_Enable(FMC_NORSRAM_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t Bank)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_NORSRAM_DEVICE(Device));
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_NORSRAM_BANK(Bank));
-
-  /* Enable write operation */
-  Device->BTCR[Bank] |= FMC_WRITE_OPERATION_ENABLE;
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Disables dynamically FMC_NORSRAM write operation.
-  * @param  Device: Pointer to NORSRAM device instance
-  * @param  Bank: NORSRAM bank number
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_NORSRAM_WriteOperation_Disable(FMC_NORSRAM_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t Bank)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_NORSRAM_DEVICE(Device));
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_NORSRAM_BANK(Bank));
-
-  /* Disable write operation */
-  Device->BTCR[Bank] &= ~FMC_WRITE_OPERATION_ENABLE;
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup FMC_LL_Exported_Functions_NAND FMC Low Layer NAND Exported Functions
-  * @brief    NAND Controller functions
-  *
-  @verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                    ##### How to use NAND device driver #####
-  ==============================================================================
-  [..]
-    This driver contains a set of APIs to interface with the FMC NAND banks in order
-    to run the NAND external devices.
-
-    (+) FMC NAND bank reset using the function FMC_NAND_DeInit()
-    (+) FMC NAND bank control configuration using the function FMC_NAND_Init()
-    (+) FMC NAND bank common space timing configuration using the function
-        FMC_NAND_CommonSpace_Timing_Init()
-    (+) FMC NAND bank attribute space timing configuration using the function
-        FMC_NAND_AttributeSpace_Timing_Init()
-    (+) FMC NAND bank enable/disable ECC correction feature using the functions
-        FMC_NAND_ECC_Enable()/FMC_NAND_ECC_Disable()
-    (+) FMC NAND bank get ECC correction code using the function FMC_NAND_GetECC()
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup FMC_LL_NAND_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
- *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions
- *
-@verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-              ##### Initialization and de_initialization functions #####
-  ==============================================================================
-  [..]
-    This section provides functions allowing to:
-    (+) Initialize and configure the FMC NAND interface
-    (+) De-initialize the FMC NAND interface
-    (+) Configure the FMC clock and associated GPIOs
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the FMC_NAND device according to the specified
-  *         control parameters in the FMC_NAND_HandleTypeDef
-  * @param  Device: Pointer to NAND device instance
-  * @param  Init: Pointer to NAND Initialization structure
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_NAND_Init(FMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device, FMC_NAND_InitTypeDef *Init)
-{
-  uint32_t tmpr  = 0;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_DEVICE(Device));
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_BANK(Init->NandBank));
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_WAIT_FEATURE(Init->Waitfeature));
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_MEMORY_WIDTH(Init->MemoryDataWidth));
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_ECC_STATE(Init->EccComputation));
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_ECCPAGE_SIZE(Init->ECCPageSize));
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_TCLR_TIME(Init->TCLRSetupTime));
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_TAR_TIME(Init->TARSetupTime));
-
-  /* Get the NAND bank 3 register value */
-  tmpr = Device->PCR;
-
-  /* Clear PWAITEN, PBKEN, PTYP, PWID, ECCEN, TCLR, TAR and ECCPS bits */
-  tmpr &= ((uint32_t)~(FMC_PCR_PWAITEN  | FMC_PCR_PBKEN | FMC_PCR_PTYP | \
-                       FMC_PCR_PWID | FMC_PCR_ECCEN | FMC_PCR_TCLR | \
-                       FMC_PCR_TAR | FMC_PCR_ECCPS));
-  /* Set NAND device control parameters */
-  tmpr |= (uint32_t)(Init->Waitfeature                |\
-                      FMC_PCR_MEMORY_TYPE_NAND         |\
-                      Init->MemoryDataWidth            |\
-                      Init->EccComputation             |\
-                      Init->ECCPageSize                |\
-                      ((Init->TCLRSetupTime) << 9)     |\
-                      ((Init->TARSetupTime) << 13));
-
-    /* NAND bank 3 registers configuration */
-    Device->PCR  = tmpr;
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the FMC_NAND Common space Timing according to the specified
-  *         parameters in the FMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef
-  * @param  Device: Pointer to NAND device instance
-  * @param  Timing: Pointer to NAND timing structure
-  * @param  Bank: NAND bank number
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_NAND_CommonSpace_Timing_Init(FMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device, FMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef *Timing, uint32_t Bank)
-{
-  uint32_t tmpr = 0;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_DEVICE(Device));
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_SETUP_TIME(Timing->SetupTime));
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_WAIT_TIME(Timing->WaitSetupTime));
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_HOLD_TIME(Timing->HoldSetupTime));
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_HIZ_TIME(Timing->HiZSetupTime));
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_BANK(Bank));
-
-  /* Get the NAND bank 3 register value */
-  tmpr = Device->PMEM;
-
-  /* Clear MEMSETx, MEMWAITx, MEMHOLDx and MEMHIZx bits */
-  tmpr &= ((uint32_t)~(FMC_PMEM_MEMSET3  | FMC_PMEM_MEMWAIT3 | FMC_PMEM_MEMHOLD3 | \
-                       FMC_PMEM_MEMHIZ3));
-  /* Set FMC_NAND device timing parameters */
-  tmpr |= (uint32_t)(Timing->SetupTime                  |\
-                       ((Timing->WaitSetupTime) << 8)     |\
-                       ((Timing->HoldSetupTime) << 16)    |\
-                       ((Timing->HiZSetupTime) << 24)
-                       );
-
-    /* NAND bank 3 registers configuration */
-    Device->PMEM = tmpr;
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the FMC_NAND Attribute space Timing according to the specified
-  *         parameters in the FMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef
-  * @param  Device: Pointer to NAND device instance
-  * @param  Timing: Pointer to NAND timing structure
-  * @param  Bank: NAND bank number
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_NAND_AttributeSpace_Timing_Init(FMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device, FMC_NAND_PCC_TimingTypeDef *Timing, uint32_t Bank)
-{
-  uint32_t tmpr = 0;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_DEVICE(Device));
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_SETUP_TIME(Timing->SetupTime));
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_WAIT_TIME(Timing->WaitSetupTime));
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_HOLD_TIME(Timing->HoldSetupTime));
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_HIZ_TIME(Timing->HiZSetupTime));
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_BANK(Bank));
-
-  /* Get the NAND bank 3 register value */
-  tmpr = Device->PATT;
-
-  /* Clear ATTSETx, ATTWAITx, ATTHOLDx and ATTHIZx bits */
-  tmpr &= ((uint32_t)~(FMC_PATT_ATTSET3  | FMC_PATT_ATTWAIT3 | FMC_PATT_ATTHOLD3 | \
-                       FMC_PATT_ATTHIZ3));
-  /* Set FMC_NAND device timing parameters */
-  tmpr |= (uint32_t)(Timing->SetupTime                  |\
-                   ((Timing->WaitSetupTime) << 8)     |\
-                   ((Timing->HoldSetupTime) << 16)    |\
-                   ((Timing->HiZSetupTime) << 24));
-
-    /* NAND bank 3 registers configuration */
-    Device->PATT = tmpr;
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  DeInitializes the FMC_NAND device
-  * @param  Device: Pointer to NAND device instance
-  * @param  Bank: NAND bank number
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_NAND_DeInit(FMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t Bank)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_DEVICE(Device));
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_BANK(Bank));
-
-  /* Disable the NAND Bank */
-  __FMC_NAND_DISABLE(Device);
-
-    /* Set the FMC_NAND_BANK3 registers to their reset values */
-    Device->PCR  = 0x00000018;
-    Device->SR   = 0x00000040;
-    Device->PMEM = 0xFCFCFCFC;
-    Device->PATT = 0xFCFCFCFC;
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup HAL_FMC_NAND_Group3 Control functions
-  *  @brief   management functions
-  *
-@verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                       ##### FMC_NAND Control functions #####
-  ==============================================================================
-  [..]
-    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control dynamically
-    the FMC NAND interface.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Enables dynamically FMC_NAND ECC feature.
-  * @param  Device: Pointer to NAND device instance
-  * @param  Bank: NAND bank number
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_NAND_ECC_Enable(FMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t Bank)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_DEVICE(Device));
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_BANK(Bank));
-
-  /* Enable ECC feature */
-    Device->PCR |= FMC_PCR_ECCEN;
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Disables dynamically FMC_NAND ECC feature.
-  * @param  Device: Pointer to NAND device instance
-  * @param  Bank: NAND bank number
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_NAND_ECC_Disable(FMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t Bank)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_DEVICE(Device));
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_BANK(Bank));
-
-  /* Disable ECC feature */
-    Device->PCR &= ~FMC_PCR_ECCEN;
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Disables dynamically FMC_NAND ECC feature.
-  * @param  Device: Pointer to NAND device instance
-  * @param  ECCval: Pointer to ECC value
-  * @param  Bank: NAND bank number
-  * @param  Timeout: Timeout wait value
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_NAND_GetECC(FMC_NAND_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t *ECCval, uint32_t Bank, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_DEVICE(Device));
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_NAND_BANK(Bank));
-
-  /* Get tick */
-  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-  /* Wait until FIFO is empty */
-  while(__FMC_NAND_GET_FLAG(Device, Bank, FMC_FLAG_FEMPT) == RESET)
-  {
-    /* Check for the Timeout */
-    if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
-    {
-      if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
-      {
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Get the ECCR register value */
-  *ECCval = (uint32_t)Device->ECCR;
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup FMC_LL_SDRAM
-  * @brief    SDRAM Controller functions
-  *
-  @verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                     ##### How to use SDRAM device driver #####
-  ==============================================================================
-  [..]
-    This driver contains a set of APIs to interface with the FMC SDRAM banks in order
-    to run the SDRAM external devices.
-
-    (+) FMC SDRAM bank reset using the function FMC_SDRAM_DeInit()
-    (+) FMC SDRAM bank control configuration using the function FMC_SDRAM_Init()
-    (+) FMC SDRAM bank timing configuration using the function FMC_SDRAM_Timing_Init()
-    (+) FMC SDRAM bank enable/disable write operation using the functions
-        FMC_SDRAM_WriteOperation_Enable()/FMC_SDRAM_WriteOperation_Disable()
-    (+) FMC SDRAM bank send command using the function FMC_SDRAM_SendCommand()
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @addtogroup FMC_LL_SDRAM_Private_Functions_Group1
-  *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions
-  *
-@verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-              ##### Initialization and de_initialization functions #####
-  ==============================================================================
-  [..]
-    This section provides functions allowing to:
-    (+) Initialize and configure the FMC SDRAM interface
-    (+) De-initialize the FMC SDRAM interface
-    (+) Configure the FMC clock and associated GPIOs
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the FMC_SDRAM device according to the specified
-  *         control parameters in the FMC_SDRAM_InitTypeDef
-  * @param  Device: Pointer to SDRAM device instance
-  * @param  Init: Pointer to SDRAM Initialization structure
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_SDRAM_Init(FMC_SDRAM_TypeDef *Device, FMC_SDRAM_InitTypeDef *Init)
-{
-  uint32_t tmpr1 = 0;
-  uint32_t tmpr2 = 0;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_SDRAM_DEVICE(Device));
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_SDRAM_BANK(Init->SDBank));
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_COLUMNBITS_NUMBER(Init->ColumnBitsNumber));
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_ROWBITS_NUMBER(Init->RowBitsNumber));
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_SDMEMORY_WIDTH(Init->MemoryDataWidth));
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_INTERNALBANK_NUMBER(Init->InternalBankNumber));
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_CAS_LATENCY(Init->CASLatency));
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_WRITE_PROTECTION(Init->WriteProtection));
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_SDCLOCK_PERIOD(Init->SDClockPeriod));
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_READ_BURST(Init->ReadBurst));
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_READPIPE_DELAY(Init->ReadPipeDelay));
-
-  /* Set SDRAM bank configuration parameters */
-  if (Init->SDBank != FMC_SDRAM_BANK2)
-  {
-    tmpr1 = Device->SDCR[FMC_SDRAM_BANK1];
-
-    /* Clear NC, NR, MWID, NB, CAS, WP, SDCLK, RBURST, and RPIPE bits */
-    tmpr1 &= ((uint32_t)~(FMC_SDCR1_NC  | FMC_SDCR1_NR | FMC_SDCR1_MWID | \
-                         FMC_SDCR1_NB  | FMC_SDCR1_CAS | FMC_SDCR1_WP | \
-                         FMC_SDCR1_SDCLK | FMC_SDCR1_RBURST | FMC_SDCR1_RPIPE));
-
-    tmpr1 |= (uint32_t)(Init->ColumnBitsNumber   |\
-                        Init->RowBitsNumber      |\
-                        Init->MemoryDataWidth    |\
-                        Init->InternalBankNumber |\
-                        Init->CASLatency         |\
-                        Init->WriteProtection    |\
-                        Init->SDClockPeriod      |\
-                        Init->ReadBurst          |\
-                        Init->ReadPipeDelay
-                        );
-    Device->SDCR[FMC_SDRAM_BANK1] = tmpr1;
-  }
-  else /* FMC_Bank2_SDRAM */
-  {
-    tmpr1 = Device->SDCR[FMC_SDRAM_BANK1];
-
-    /* Clear NC, NR, MWID, NB, CAS, WP, SDCLK, RBURST, and RPIPE bits */
-    tmpr1 &= ((uint32_t)~(FMC_SDCR1_NC  | FMC_SDCR1_NR | FMC_SDCR1_MWID | \
-                          FMC_SDCR1_NB  | FMC_SDCR1_CAS | FMC_SDCR1_WP | \
-                          FMC_SDCR1_SDCLK | FMC_SDCR1_RBURST | FMC_SDCR1_RPIPE));
-
-    tmpr1 |= (uint32_t)(Init->SDClockPeriod      |\
-                        Init->ReadBurst          |\
-                        Init->ReadPipeDelay);
-
-    tmpr2 = Device->SDCR[FMC_SDRAM_BANK2];
-
-    /* Clear NC, NR, MWID, NB, CAS, WP, SDCLK, RBURST, and RPIPE bits */
-    tmpr2 &= ((uint32_t)~(FMC_SDCR1_NC  | FMC_SDCR1_NR | FMC_SDCR1_MWID | \
-                          FMC_SDCR1_NB  | FMC_SDCR1_CAS | FMC_SDCR1_WP | \
-                          FMC_SDCR1_SDCLK | FMC_SDCR1_RBURST | FMC_SDCR1_RPIPE));
-
-    tmpr2 |= (uint32_t)(Init->ColumnBitsNumber   |\
-                       Init->RowBitsNumber      |\
-                       Init->MemoryDataWidth    |\
-                       Init->InternalBankNumber |\
-                       Init->CASLatency         |\
-                       Init->WriteProtection);
-
-    Device->SDCR[FMC_SDRAM_BANK1] = tmpr1;
-    Device->SDCR[FMC_SDRAM_BANK2] = tmpr2;
-  }
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the FMC_SDRAM device timing according to the specified
-  *         parameters in the FMC_SDRAM_TimingTypeDef
-  * @param  Device: Pointer to SDRAM device instance
-  * @param  Timing: Pointer to SDRAM Timing structure
-  * @param  Bank: SDRAM bank number
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_SDRAM_Timing_Init(FMC_SDRAM_TypeDef *Device, FMC_SDRAM_TimingTypeDef *Timing, uint32_t Bank)
-{
-  uint32_t tmpr1 = 0;
-  uint32_t tmpr2 = 0;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_SDRAM_DEVICE(Device));
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_LOADTOACTIVE_DELAY(Timing->LoadToActiveDelay));
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_EXITSELFREFRESH_DELAY(Timing->ExitSelfRefreshDelay));
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_SELFREFRESH_TIME(Timing->SelfRefreshTime));
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_ROWCYCLE_DELAY(Timing->RowCycleDelay));
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_WRITE_RECOVERY_TIME(Timing->WriteRecoveryTime));
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_RP_DELAY(Timing->RPDelay));
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_RCD_DELAY(Timing->RCDDelay));
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_SDRAM_BANK(Bank));
-
-  /* Set SDRAM device timing parameters */
-  if (Bank != FMC_SDRAM_BANK2)
-  {
-    tmpr1 = Device->SDTR[FMC_SDRAM_BANK1];
-
-    /* Clear TMRD, TXSR, TRAS, TRC, TWR, TRP and TRCD bits */
-    tmpr1 &= ((uint32_t)~(FMC_SDTR1_TMRD  | FMC_SDTR1_TXSR | FMC_SDTR1_TRAS | \
-                          FMC_SDTR1_TRC  | FMC_SDTR1_TWR | FMC_SDTR1_TRP | \
-                          FMC_SDTR1_TRCD));
-
-    tmpr1 |= (uint32_t)(((Timing->LoadToActiveDelay)-1)           |\
-                       (((Timing->ExitSelfRefreshDelay)-1) << 4) |\
-                       (((Timing->SelfRefreshTime)-1) << 8)      |\
-                       (((Timing->RowCycleDelay)-1) << 12)       |\
-                       (((Timing->WriteRecoveryTime)-1) <<16)    |\
-                       (((Timing->RPDelay)-1) << 20)             |\
-                       (((Timing->RCDDelay)-1) << 24));
-    Device->SDTR[FMC_SDRAM_BANK1] = tmpr1;
-  }
-  else /* FMC_Bank2_SDRAM */
-  {
-    tmpr1 = Device->SDTR[FMC_SDRAM_BANK2];
-
-    /* Clear TMRD, TXSR, TRAS, TRC, TWR, TRP and TRCD bits */
-    tmpr1 &= ((uint32_t)~(FMC_SDTR1_TMRD  | FMC_SDTR1_TXSR | FMC_SDTR1_TRAS | \
-                          FMC_SDTR1_TRC  | FMC_SDTR1_TWR | FMC_SDTR1_TRP | \
-                          FMC_SDTR1_TRCD));
-
-    tmpr1 |= (uint32_t)(((Timing->LoadToActiveDelay)-1)           |\
-                       (((Timing->ExitSelfRefreshDelay)-1) << 4) |\
-                       (((Timing->SelfRefreshTime)-1) << 8)      |\
-                       (((Timing->WriteRecoveryTime)-1) <<16)    |\
-                       (((Timing->RCDDelay)-1) << 24));
-
-    tmpr2 = Device->SDTR[FMC_SDRAM_BANK1];
-
-    /* Clear TMRD, TXSR, TRAS, TRC, TWR, TRP and TRCD bits */
-    tmpr2 &= ((uint32_t)~(FMC_SDTR1_TMRD  | FMC_SDTR1_TXSR | FMC_SDTR1_TRAS | \
-                          FMC_SDTR1_TRC  | FMC_SDTR1_TWR | FMC_SDTR1_TRP | \
-                          FMC_SDTR1_TRCD));
-    tmpr2 |= (uint32_t)((((Timing->RowCycleDelay)-1) << 12)       |\
-                        (((Timing->RPDelay)-1) << 20));
-
-    Device->SDTR[FMC_SDRAM_BANK2] = tmpr1;
-    Device->SDTR[FMC_SDRAM_BANK1] = tmpr2;
-  }
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  DeInitializes the FMC_SDRAM peripheral
-  * @param  Device: Pointer to SDRAM device instance
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_SDRAM_DeInit(FMC_SDRAM_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t Bank)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_SDRAM_DEVICE(Device));
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_SDRAM_BANK(Bank));
-
-  /* De-initialize the SDRAM device */
-  Device->SDCR[Bank] = 0x000002D0;
-  Device->SDTR[Bank] = 0x0FFFFFFF;
-  Device->SDCMR      = 0x00000000;
-  Device->SDRTR      = 0x00000000;
-  Device->SDSR       = 0x00000000;
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @addtogroup FMC_LL_SDRAMPrivate_Functions_Group2
-  *  @brief   management functions
-  *
-@verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                      ##### FMC_SDRAM Control functions #####
-  ==============================================================================
-  [..]
-    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control dynamically
-    the FMC SDRAM interface.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Enables dynamically FMC_SDRAM write protection.
-  * @param  Device: Pointer to SDRAM device instance
-  * @param  Bank: SDRAM bank number
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_SDRAM_WriteProtection_Enable(FMC_SDRAM_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t Bank)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_SDRAM_DEVICE(Device));
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_SDRAM_BANK(Bank));
-
-  /* Enable write protection */
-  Device->SDCR[Bank] |= FMC_SDRAM_WRITE_PROTECTION_ENABLE;
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Disables dynamically FMC_SDRAM write protection.
-  * @param  hsdram: FMC_SDRAM handle
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_SDRAM_WriteProtection_Disable(FMC_SDRAM_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t Bank)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_SDRAM_DEVICE(Device));
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_SDRAM_BANK(Bank));
-
-  /* Disable write protection */
-  Device->SDCR[Bank] &= ~FMC_SDRAM_WRITE_PROTECTION_ENABLE;
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Send Command to the FMC SDRAM bank
-  * @param  Device: Pointer to SDRAM device instance
-  * @param  Command: Pointer to SDRAM command structure
-  * @param  Timing: Pointer to SDRAM Timing structure
-  * @param  Timeout: Timeout wait value
-  * @retval HAL state
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_SDRAM_SendCommand(FMC_SDRAM_TypeDef *Device, FMC_SDRAM_CommandTypeDef *Command, uint32_t Timeout)
-{
-  __IO uint32_t tmpr = 0;
-  uint32_t tickstart = 0;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_SDRAM_DEVICE(Device));
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_COMMAND_MODE(Command->CommandMode));
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_COMMAND_TARGET(Command->CommandTarget));
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_AUTOREFRESH_NUMBER(Command->AutoRefreshNumber));
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_MODE_REGISTER(Command->ModeRegisterDefinition));
-
-  /* Set command register */
-  tmpr = (uint32_t)((Command->CommandMode)                  |\
-                    (Command->CommandTarget)                |\
-                    (((Command->AutoRefreshNumber)-1) << 5) |\
-                    ((Command->ModeRegisterDefinition) << 9)
-                    );
-
-  Device->SDCMR = tmpr;
-
-  /* Get tick */
-  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
-
-  /* wait until command is send */
-  while(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(Device->SDSR, FMC_SDSR_BUSY))
-  {
-    /* Check for the Timeout */
-    if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
-    {
-      if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
-      {
-        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-      }
-    }
-
-    return HAL_ERROR;
-  }
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Program the SDRAM Memory Refresh rate.
-  * @param  Device: Pointer to SDRAM device instance
-  * @param  RefreshRate: The SDRAM refresh rate value.
-  * @retval HAL state
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_SDRAM_ProgramRefreshRate(FMC_SDRAM_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t RefreshRate)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_SDRAM_DEVICE(Device));
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_REFRESH_RATE(RefreshRate));
-
-  /* Set the refresh rate in command register */
-  Device->SDRTR |= (RefreshRate<<1);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Set the Number of consecutive SDRAM Memory auto Refresh commands.
-  * @param  Device: Pointer to SDRAM device instance
-  * @param  AutoRefreshNumber: Specifies the auto Refresh number.
-  * @retval None
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef FMC_SDRAM_SetAutoRefreshNumber(FMC_SDRAM_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t AutoRefreshNumber)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_SDRAM_DEVICE(Device));
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_AUTOREFRESH_NUMBER(AutoRefreshNumber));
-
-  /* Set the Auto-refresh number in command register */
-  Device->SDCMR |= (AutoRefreshNumber << 5);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Returns the indicated FMC SDRAM bank mode status.
-  * @param  Device: Pointer to SDRAM device instance
-  * @param  Bank: Defines the FMC SDRAM bank. This parameter can be
-  *                     FMC_Bank1_SDRAM or FMC_Bank2_SDRAM.
-  * @retval The FMC SDRAM bank mode status, could be on of the following values:
-  *         FMC_SDRAM_NORMAL_MODE, FMC_SDRAM_SELF_REFRESH_MODE or
-  *         FMC_SDRAM_POWER_DOWN_MODE.
-  */
-uint32_t FMC_SDRAM_GetModeStatus(FMC_SDRAM_TypeDef *Device, uint32_t Bank)
-{
-  uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_SDRAM_DEVICE(Device));
-  assert_param(IS_FMC_SDRAM_BANK(Bank));
-
-  /* Get the corresponding bank mode */
-  if(Bank == FMC_SDRAM_BANK1)
-  {
-    tmpreg = (uint32_t)(Device->SDSR & FMC_SDSR_MODES1);
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    tmpreg = ((uint32_t)(Device->SDSR & FMC_SDSR_MODES2) >> 2);
-  }
-
-  /* Return the mode status */
-  return tmpreg;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-#endif /* HAL_SRAM_MODULE_ENABLED || HAL_NOR_MODULE_ENABLED || HAL_NAND_MODULE_ENABLED || HAL_SDRAM_MODULE_ENABLED */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_ll_sdmmc.c b/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_ll_sdmmc.c
deleted file mode 100644
index b14445c686..0000000000
--- a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_ll_sdmmc.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,510 +0,0 @@
-/**
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @file    stm32f7xx_ll_sdmmc.c
-  * @author  MCD Application Team
-  * @version V1.0.1
-  * @date    25-June-2015
-  * @brief   SDMMC Low Layer HAL module driver.
-  *
-  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
-  *          functionalities of the SDMMC peripheral:
-  *           + Initialization/de-initialization functions
-  *           + I/O operation functions
-  *           + Peripheral Control functions
-  *           + Peripheral State functions
-  *
-  @verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                       ##### SDMMC peripheral features #####
-  ==============================================================================
-    [..] The SD/SDMMC MMC card host interface (SDMMC) provides an interface between the APB2
-         peripheral bus and MultiMedia cards (MMCs), SD memory cards, SDMMC cards and CE-ATA
-         devices.
-
-    [..] The SDMMC features include the following:
-         (+) Full compliance with MultiMedia Card System Specification Version 4.2. Card support
-             for three different databus modes: 1-bit (default), 4-bit and 8-bit
-         (+) Full compatibility with previous versions of MultiMedia Cards (forward compatibility)
-         (+) Full compliance with SD Memory Card Specifications Version 2.0
-         (+) Full compliance with SD I/O Card Specification Version 2.0: card support for two
-             different data bus modes: 1-bit (default) and 4-bit
-         (+) Full support of the CE-ATA features (full compliance with CE-ATA digital protocol
-             Rev1.1)
-         (+) Data transfer up to 48 MHz for the 8 bit mode
-         (+) Data and command output enable signals to control external bidirectional drivers.
-
-
-                           ##### How to use this driver #####
-  ==============================================================================
-    [..]
-      This driver is a considered as a driver of service for external devices drivers
-      that interfaces with the SDMMC peripheral.
-      According to the device used (SD card/ MMC card / SDMMC card ...), a set of APIs
-      is used in the device's driver to perform SDMMC operations and functionalities.
-
-      This driver is almost transparent for the final user, it is only used to implement other
-      functionalities of the external device.
-
-    [..]
-      (+) The SDMMC clock (SDMMCCLK = 48 MHz) is coming from a specific output of PLL
-          (PLL48CLK). Before start working with SDMMC peripheral make sure that the
-          PLL is well configured.
-          The SDMMC peripheral uses two clock signals:
-          (++) SDMMC adapter clock (SDMMCCLK = 48 MHz)
-          (++) APB2 bus clock (PCLK2)
-
-          -@@- PCLK2 and SDMMC_CK clock frequencies must respect the following condition:
-               Frequency(PCLK2) >= (3 / 8 x Frequency(SDMMC_CK))
-
-      (+) Enable/Disable peripheral clock using RCC peripheral macros related to SDMMC
-          peripheral.
-
-      (+) Enable the Power ON State using the SDMMC_PowerState_ON(SDMMCx)
-          function and disable it using the function SDMMC_PowerState_OFF(SDMMCx).
-
-      (+) Enable/Disable the clock using the __SDMMC_ENABLE()/__SDMMC_DISABLE() macros.
-
-      (+) Enable/Disable the peripheral interrupts using the macros __SDMMC_ENABLE_IT(hSDMMC, IT)
-          and __SDMMC_DISABLE_IT(hSDMMC, IT) if you need to use interrupt mode.
-
-      (+) When using the DMA mode
-          (++) Configure the DMA in the MSP layer of the external device
-          (++) Active the needed channel Request
-          (++) Enable the DMA using __SDMMC_DMA_ENABLE() macro or Disable it using the macro
-               __SDMMC_DMA_DISABLE().
-
-      (+) To control the CPSM (Command Path State Machine) and send
-          commands to the card use the SDMMC_SendCommand(SDMMCx),
-          SDMMC_GetCommandResponse() and SDMMC_GetResponse() functions. First, user has
-          to fill the command structure (pointer to SDMMC_CmdInitTypeDef) according
-          to the selected command to be sent.
-          The parameters that should be filled are:
-           (++) Command Argument
-           (++) Command Index
-           (++) Command Response type
-           (++) Command Wait
-           (++) CPSM Status (Enable or Disable).
-
-          -@@- To check if the command is well received, read the SDMMC_CMDRESP
-              register using the SDMMC_GetCommandResponse().
-              The SDMMC responses registers (SDMMC_RESP1 to SDMMC_RESP2), use the
-              SDMMC_GetResponse() function.
-
-      (+) To control the DPSM (Data Path State Machine) and send/receive
-           data to/from the card use the SDMMC_DataConfig(), SDMMC_GetDataCounter(),
-          SDMMC_ReadFIFO(), DIO_WriteFIFO() and SDMMC_GetFIFOCount() functions.
-
-    *** Read Operations ***
-    =======================
-    [..]
-      (#) First, user has to fill the data structure (pointer to
-          SDMMC_DataInitTypeDef) according to the selected data type to be received.
-          The parameters that should be filled are:
-           (++) Data TimeOut
-           (++) Data Length
-           (++) Data Block size
-           (++) Data Transfer direction: should be from card (To SDMMC)
-           (++) Data Transfer mode
-           (++) DPSM Status (Enable or Disable)
-
-      (#) Configure the SDMMC resources to receive the data from the card
-          according to selected transfer mode (Refer to Step 8, 9 and 10).
-
-      (#) Send the selected Read command (refer to step 11).
-
-      (#) Use the SDMMC flags/interrupts to check the transfer status.
-
-    *** Write Operations ***
-    ========================
-    [..]
-     (#) First, user has to fill the data structure (pointer to
-         SDMMC_DataInitTypeDef) according to the selected data type to be received.
-         The parameters that should be filled are:
-          (++) Data TimeOut
-          (++) Data Length
-          (++) Data Block size
-          (++) Data Transfer direction:  should be to card (To CARD)
-          (++) Data Transfer mode
-          (++) DPSM Status (Enable or Disable)
-
-     (#) Configure the SDMMC resources to send the data to the card according to
-         selected transfer mode.
-
-     (#) Send the selected Write command.
-
-     (#) Use the SDMMC flags/interrupts to check the transfer status.
-
-  @endverbatim
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @attention
-  *
-  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
-  *
-  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
-  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
-  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
-  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
-  *      without specific prior written permission.
-  *
-  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
-  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
-  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
-  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
-  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
-  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
-  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
-  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
-  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
-  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-  *
-  ******************************************************************************
-  */
-
-/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
-
-/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup SDMMC_LL SDMMC Low Layer
-  * @brief Low layer module for SD
-  * @{
-  */
-
-#if defined (HAL_SD_MODULE_ENABLED) || defined(HAL_MMC_MODULE_ENABLED)
-
-/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
-/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
-
-/** @defgroup SDMMC_LL_Exported_Functions SDMMC Low Layer Exported Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup HAL_SDMMC_LL_Group1 Initialization de-initialization functions
- *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions
- *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-              ##### Initialization/de-initialization functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the SDMMC according to the specified
-  *         parameters in the SDMMC_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
-  * @param  SDMMCx: Pointer to SDMMC register base
-  * @param  Init: SDMMC initialization structure
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef SDMMC_Init(SDMMC_TypeDef *SDMMCx, SDMMC_InitTypeDef Init)
-{
-  uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_SDMMC_ALL_INSTANCE(SDMMCx));
-  assert_param(IS_SDMMC_CLOCK_EDGE(Init.ClockEdge));
-  assert_param(IS_SDMMC_CLOCK_BYPASS(Init.ClockBypass));
-  assert_param(IS_SDMMC_CLOCK_POWER_SAVE(Init.ClockPowerSave));
-  assert_param(IS_SDMMC_BUS_WIDE(Init.BusWide));
-  assert_param(IS_SDMMC_HARDWARE_FLOW_CONTROL(Init.HardwareFlowControl));
-  assert_param(IS_SDMMC_CLKDIV(Init.ClockDiv));
-
-  /* Set SDMMC configuration parameters */
-  tmpreg |= (Init.ClockEdge           |\
-             Init.ClockBypass         |\
-             Init.ClockPowerSave      |\
-             Init.BusWide             |\
-             Init.HardwareFlowControl |\
-             Init.ClockDiv
-             );
-
-  /* Write to SDMMC CLKCR */
-  MODIFY_REG(SDMMCx->CLKCR, CLKCR_CLEAR_MASK, tmpreg);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup HAL_SDMMC_LL_Group2 IO operation functions
- *  @brief   Data transfers functions
- *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-                      ##### I/O operation functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]
-    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the SDMMC data
-    transfers.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Read data (word) from Rx FIFO in blocking mode (polling)
-  * @param  SDMMCx: Pointer to SDMMC register base
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-uint32_t SDMMC_ReadFIFO(SDMMC_TypeDef *SDMMCx)
-{
-  /* Read data from Rx FIFO */
-  return (SDMMCx->FIFO);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Write data (word) to Tx FIFO in blocking mode (polling)
-  * @param  SDMMCx: Pointer to SDMMC register base
-  * @param  pWriteData: pointer to data to write
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef SDMMC_WriteFIFO(SDMMC_TypeDef *SDMMCx, uint32_t *pWriteData)
-{
-  /* Write data to FIFO */
-  SDMMCx->FIFO = *pWriteData;
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup HAL_SDMMC_LL_Group3 Peripheral Control functions
- *  @brief   management functions
- *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-                      ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]
-    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the SDMMC data
-    transfers.
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Set SDMMC Power state to ON.
-  * @param  SDMMCx: Pointer to SDMMC register base
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef SDMMC_PowerState_ON(SDMMC_TypeDef *SDMMCx)
-{
-  /* Set power state to ON */
-  SDMMCx->POWER = SDMMC_POWER_PWRCTRL;
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Set SDMMC Power state to OFF.
-  * @param  SDMMCx: Pointer to SDMMC register base
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef SDMMC_PowerState_OFF(SDMMC_TypeDef *SDMMCx)
-{
-  /* Set power state to OFF */
-  SDMMCx->POWER = (uint32_t)0x00000000;
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Get SDMMC Power state.
-  * @param  SDMMCx: Pointer to SDMMC register base
-  * @retval Power status of the controller. The returned value can be one of the
-  *         following values:
-  *            - 0x00: Power OFF
-  *            - 0x02: Power UP
-  *            - 0x03: Power ON
-  */
-uint32_t SDMMC_GetPowerState(SDMMC_TypeDef *SDMMCx)
-{
-  return (SDMMCx->POWER & SDMMC_POWER_PWRCTRL);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Configure the SDMMC command path according to the specified parameters in
-  *         SDMMC_CmdInitTypeDef structure and send the command
-  * @param  SDMMCx: Pointer to SDMMC register base
-  * @param  Command: pointer to a SDMMC_CmdInitTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for the SDMMC command
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef SDMMC_SendCommand(SDMMC_TypeDef *SDMMCx, SDMMC_CmdInitTypeDef *Command)
-{
-  uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_SDMMC_CMD_INDEX(Command->CmdIndex));
-  assert_param(IS_SDMMC_RESPONSE(Command->Response));
-  assert_param(IS_SDMMC_WAIT(Command->WaitForInterrupt));
-  assert_param(IS_SDMMC_CPSM(Command->CPSM));
-
-  /* Set the SDMMC Argument value */
-  SDMMCx->ARG = Command->Argument;
-
-  /* Set SDMMC command parameters */
-  tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(Command->CmdIndex         |\
-                       Command->Response         |\
-                       Command->WaitForInterrupt |\
-                       Command->CPSM);
-
-  /* Write to SDMMC CMD register */
-  MODIFY_REG(SDMMCx->CMD, CMD_CLEAR_MASK, tmpreg);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Return the command index of last command for which response received
-  * @param  SDMMCx: Pointer to SDMMC register base
-  * @retval Command index of the last command response received
-  */
-uint8_t SDMMC_GetCommandResponse(SDMMC_TypeDef *SDMMCx)
-{
-  return (uint8_t)(SDMMCx->RESPCMD);
-}
-
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Return the response received from the card for the last command
-  * @param  SDMMCx: Pointer to SDMMC register base
-  * @param  Response: Specifies the SDMMC response register.
-  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
-  *            @arg SDMMC_RESP1: Response Register 1
-  *            @arg SDMMC_RESP2: Response Register 2
-  *            @arg SDMMC_RESP3: Response Register 3
-  *            @arg SDMMC_RESP4: Response Register 4
-  * @retval The Corresponding response register value
-  */
-uint32_t SDMMC_GetResponse(SDMMC_TypeDef *SDMMCx, uint32_t Response)
-{
-  __IO uint32_t tmp = 0;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_SDMMC_RESP(Response));
-
-  /* Get the response */
-  tmp = (uint32_t)&(SDMMCx->RESP1) + Response;
-
-  return (*(__IO uint32_t *) tmp);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Configure the SDMMC data path according to the specified
-  *         parameters in the SDMMC_DataInitTypeDef.
-  * @param  SDMMCx: Pointer to SDMMC register base
-  * @param  Data : pointer to a SDMMC_DataInitTypeDef structure
-  *         that contains the configuration information for the SDMMC data.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef SDMMC_DataConfig(SDMMC_TypeDef *SDMMCx, SDMMC_DataInitTypeDef* Data)
-{
-  uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
-
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_SDMMC_DATA_LENGTH(Data->DataLength));
-  assert_param(IS_SDMMC_BLOCK_SIZE(Data->DataBlockSize));
-  assert_param(IS_SDMMC_TRANSFER_DIR(Data->TransferDir));
-  assert_param(IS_SDMMC_TRANSFER_MODE(Data->TransferMode));
-  assert_param(IS_SDMMC_DPSM(Data->DPSM));
-
-  /* Set the SDMMC Data TimeOut value */
-  SDMMCx->DTIMER = Data->DataTimeOut;
-
-  /* Set the SDMMC DataLength value */
-  SDMMCx->DLEN = Data->DataLength;
-
-  /* Set the SDMMC data configuration parameters */
-  tmpreg |= (uint32_t)(Data->DataBlockSize |\
-                       Data->TransferDir   |\
-                       Data->TransferMode  |\
-                       Data->DPSM);
-
-  /* Write to SDMMC DCTRL */
-  MODIFY_REG(SDMMCx->DCTRL, DCTRL_CLEAR_MASK, tmpreg);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Returns number of remaining data bytes to be transferred.
-  * @param  SDMMCx: Pointer to SDMMC register base
-  * @retval Number of remaining data bytes to be transferred
-  */
-uint32_t SDMMC_GetDataCounter(SDMMC_TypeDef *SDMMCx)
-{
-  return (SDMMCx->DCOUNT);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Get the FIFO data
-  * @param  SDMMCx: Pointer to SDMMC register base
-  * @retval Data received
-  */
-uint32_t SDMMC_GetFIFOCount(SDMMC_TypeDef *SDMMCx)
-{
-  return (SDMMCx->FIFO);
-}
-
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Sets one of the two options of inserting read wait interval.
-  * @param  SDMMCx: Pointer to SDMMC register base
-  * @param  SDMMC_ReadWaitMode: SDMMC Read Wait operation mode.
-  *          This parameter can be:
-  *            @arg SDMMC_READ_WAIT_MODE_CLK: Read Wait control by stopping SDMMCCLK
-  *            @arg SDMMC_READ_WAIT_MODE_DATA2: Read Wait control using SDMMC_DATA2
-  * @retval None
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef SDMMC_SetSDMMCReadWaitMode(SDMMC_TypeDef *SDMMCx, uint32_t SDMMC_ReadWaitMode)
-{
-  /* Check the parameters */
-  assert_param(IS_SDMMC_READWAIT_MODE(SDMMC_ReadWaitMode));
-
-  /* Set SDMMC read wait mode */
-  SDMMCx->DCTRL |= SDMMC_ReadWaitMode;
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-#endif /* (HAL_SD_MODULE_ENABLED) || (HAL_MMC_MODULE_ENABLED) */
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
diff --git a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_ll_usb.c b/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_ll_usb.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 8266b09a7a..0000000000
--- a/c/src/lib/libbsp/arm/stm32f7x/hal/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_ll_usb.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1696 +0,0 @@
-/**
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @file    stm32f7xx_ll_usb.c
-  * @author  MCD Application Team
-  * @version V1.0.1
-  * @date    25-June-2015
-  * @brief   USB Low Layer HAL module driver.
-  *
-  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
-  *          functionalities of the USB Peripheral Controller:
-  *           + Initialization/de-initialization functions
-  *           + I/O operation functions
-  *           + Peripheral Control functions
-  *           + Peripheral State functions
-  *
-  @verbatim
-  ==============================================================================
-                    ##### How to use this driver #####
-  ==============================================================================
-    [..]
-      (#) Fill parameters of Init structure in USB_OTG_CfgTypeDef structure.
-
-      (#) Call USB_CoreInit() API to initialize the USB Core peripheral.
-
-      (#) The upper HAL HCD/PCD driver will call the right routines for its internal processes.
-
-  @endverbatim
-  ******************************************************************************
-  * @attention
-  *
-  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2015 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
-  *
-  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
-  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
-  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
-  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
-  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
-  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
-  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
-  *      without specific prior written permission.
-  *
-  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
-  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
-  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
-  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
-  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
-  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
-  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
-  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
-  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
-  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-  *
-  ******************************************************************************
-  */
-
-/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
-#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
-
-/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_LL_USB_DRIVER
-  * @{
-  */
-
-#if defined (HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED) || defined (HAL_HCD_MODULE_ENABLED)
-
-/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
-/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_CoreReset(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx);
-
-/** @defgroup PCD_Private_Functions
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/** @defgroup LL_USB_Group1 Initialization/de-initialization functions
- *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions
- *
-@verbatim
- ===============================================================================
-              ##### Initialization/de-initialization functions #####
- ===============================================================================
-    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
-
-@endverbatim
-  * @{
-  */
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initializes the USB Core
-  * @param  USBx: USB Instance
-  * @param  cfg : pointer to a USB_OTG_CfgTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for the specified USBx peripheral.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_CoreInit(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, USB_OTG_CfgTypeDef cfg)
-{
-  if (cfg.phy_itface == USB_OTG_ULPI_PHY)
-  {
-
-    USBx->GCCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_GCCFG_PWRDWN);
-
-    /* Init The ULPI Interface */
-    USBx->GUSBCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_TSDPS | USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_ULPIFSLS | USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_PHYSEL);
-
-    /* Select vbus source */
-    USBx->GUSBCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_ULPIEVBUSD | USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_ULPIEVBUSI);
-    if(cfg.use_external_vbus == 1)
-    {
-      USBx->GUSBCFG |= USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_ULPIEVBUSD;
-    }
-    /* Reset after a PHY select  */
-    USB_CoreReset(USBx);
-  }
-  else /* FS interface (embedded Phy) */
-  {
-
-    /* Select FS Embedded PHY */
-    USBx->GUSBCFG |= USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_PHYSEL;
-
-    /* Reset after a PHY select and set Host mode */
-    USB_CoreReset(USBx);
-
-    /* Deactivate the power down*/
-    USBx->GCCFG = USB_OTG_GCCFG_PWRDWN;
-  }
-
-  if(cfg.dma_enable == ENABLE)
-  {
-    USBx->GAHBCFG |= (USB_OTG_GAHBCFG_HBSTLEN_1 | USB_OTG_GAHBCFG_HBSTLEN_2);
-    USBx->GAHBCFG |= USB_OTG_GAHBCFG_DMAEN;
-  }
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  USB_EnableGlobalInt
-  *         Enables the controller's Global Int in the AHB Config reg
-  * @param  USBx : Selected device
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_EnableGlobalInt(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx)
-{
-  USBx->GAHBCFG |= USB_OTG_GAHBCFG_GINT;
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-
-/**
-  * @brief  USB_DisableGlobalInt
-  *         Disable the controller's Global Int in the AHB Config reg
-  * @param  USBx : Selected device
-  * @retval HAL status
-*/
-HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DisableGlobalInt(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx)
-{
-  USBx->GAHBCFG &= ~USB_OTG_GAHBCFG_GINT;
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  USB_SetCurrentMode : Set functional mode
-  * @param  USBx : Selected device
-  * @param  mode :  current core mode
-  *          This parameter can be one of the these values:
-  *            @arg USB_OTG_DEVICE_MODE: Peripheral mode
-  *            @arg USB_OTG_HOST_MODE: Host mode
-  *            @arg USB_OTG_DRD_MODE: Dual Role Device mode
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_SetCurrentMode(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx , USB_OTG_ModeTypeDef mode)
-{
-  USBx->GUSBCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_FHMOD | USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_FDMOD);
-
-  if ( mode == USB_OTG_HOST_MODE)
-  {
-    USBx->GUSBCFG |= USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_FHMOD;
-  }
-  else if ( mode == USB_OTG_DEVICE_MODE)
-  {
-    USBx->GUSBCFG |= USB_OTG_GUSBCFG_FDMOD;
-  }
-  HAL_Delay(50);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  USB_DevInit : Initializes the USB_OTG controller registers
-  *         for device mode
-  * @param  USBx : Selected device
-  * @param  cfg  : pointer to a USB_OTG_CfgTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for the specified USBx peripheral.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DevInit (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, USB_OTG_CfgTypeDef cfg)
-{
-  uint32_t i = 0;
-
-  /*Activate VBUS Sensing B */
-  USBx->GCCFG |= USB_OTG_GCCFG_VBDEN;
-
-  if (cfg.vbus_sensing_enable == 0)
-  {
-    /*Desactivate VBUS Sensing B */
-    USBx->GCCFG &= ~ USB_OTG_GCCFG_VBDEN;
-
-    /* B-peripheral session valid override enable*/
-    USBx->GOTGCTL |= USB_OTG_GOTGCTL_BVALOEN;
-    USBx->GOTGCTL |= USB_OTG_GOTGCTL_BVALOVAL;
-  }
-
-  /* Restart the Phy Clock */
-  USBx_PCGCCTL = 0;
-
-  /* Device mode configuration */
-  USBx_DEVICE->DCFG |= DCFG_FRAME_INTERVAL_80;
-
-  if(cfg.phy_itface  == USB_OTG_ULPI_PHY)
-  {
-    if(cfg.speed == USB_OTG_SPEED_HIGH)
-    {
-      /* Set High speed phy */
-      USB_SetDevSpeed (USBx , USB_OTG_SPEED_HIGH);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      /* set High speed phy in Full speed mode */
-      USB_SetDevSpeed (USBx , USB_OTG_SPEED_HIGH_IN_FULL);
-    }
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    /* Set Full speed phy */
-    USB_SetDevSpeed (USBx , USB_OTG_SPEED_FULL);
-  }
-
-  /* Flush the FIFOs */
-  USB_FlushTxFifo(USBx , 0x10); /* all Tx FIFOs */
-  USB_FlushRxFifo(USBx);
-
-
-  /* Clear all pending Device Interrupts */
-  USBx_DEVICE->DIEPMSK = 0;
-  USBx_DEVICE->DOEPMSK = 0;
-  USBx_DEVICE->DAINT = 0xFFFFFFFF;
-  USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK = 0;
-
-  for (i = 0; i < cfg.dev_endpoints; i++)
-  {
-    if ((USBx_INEP(i)->DIEPCTL & USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_EPENA) == USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_EPENA)
-    {
-      USBx_INEP(i)->DIEPCTL = (USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_EPDIS | USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_SNAK);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      USBx_INEP(i)->DIEPCTL = 0;
-    }
-
-    USBx_INEP(i)->DIEPTSIZ = 0;
-    USBx_INEP(i)->DIEPINT  = 0xFF;
-  }
-
-  for (i = 0; i < cfg.dev_endpoints; i++)
-  {
-    if ((USBx_OUTEP(i)->DOEPCTL & USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_EPENA) == USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_EPENA)
-    {
-      USBx_OUTEP(i)->DOEPCTL = (USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_EPDIS | USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_SNAK);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      USBx_OUTEP(i)->DOEPCTL = 0;
-    }
-
-    USBx_OUTEP(i)->DOEPTSIZ = 0;
-    USBx_OUTEP(i)->DOEPINT  = 0xFF;
-  }
-
-  USBx_DEVICE->DIEPMSK &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPMSK_TXFURM);
-
-  if (cfg.dma_enable == 1)
-  {
-    /*Set threshold parameters */
-    USBx_DEVICE->DTHRCTL = (USB_OTG_DTHRCTL_TXTHRLEN_6 | USB_OTG_DTHRCTL_RXTHRLEN_6);
-    USBx_DEVICE->DTHRCTL |= (USB_OTG_DTHRCTL_RXTHREN | USB_OTG_DTHRCTL_ISOTHREN | USB_OTG_DTHRCTL_NONISOTHREN);
-
-    i= USBx_DEVICE->DTHRCTL;
-  }
-
-  /* Disable all interrupts. */
-  USBx->GINTMSK = 0;
-
-  /* Clear any pending interrupts */
-  USBx->GINTSTS = 0xBFFFFFFF;
-
-  /* Enable the common interrupts */
-  if (cfg.dma_enable == DISABLE)
-  {
-    USBx->GINTMSK |= USB_OTG_GINTMSK_RXFLVLM;
-  }
-
-  /* Enable interrupts matching to the Device mode ONLY */
-  USBx->GINTMSK |= (USB_OTG_GINTMSK_USBSUSPM | USB_OTG_GINTMSK_USBRST |\
-                    USB_OTG_GINTMSK_ENUMDNEM | USB_OTG_GINTMSK_IEPINT |\
-                    USB_OTG_GINTMSK_OEPINT   | USB_OTG_GINTMSK_IISOIXFRM|\
-                    USB_OTG_GINTMSK_PXFRM_IISOOXFRM | USB_OTG_GINTMSK_WUIM);
-
-  if(cfg.Sof_enable)
-  {
-    USBx->GINTMSK |= USB_OTG_GINTMSK_SOFM;
-  }
-
-  if (cfg.vbus_sensing_enable == ENABLE)
-  {
-    USBx->GINTMSK |= (USB_OTG_GINTMSK_SRQIM | USB_OTG_GINTMSK_OTGINT);
-  }
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-
-/**
-  * @brief  USB_OTG_FlushTxFifo : Flush a Tx FIFO
-  * @param  USBx : Selected device
-  * @param  num : FIFO number
-  *         This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15
-            15 means Flush all Tx FIFOs
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_FlushTxFifo (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, uint32_t num )
-{
-  uint32_t count = 0;
-
-  USBx->GRSTCTL = ( USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_TXFFLSH |(uint32_t)( num << 6));
-
-  do
-  {
-    if (++count > 200000)
-    {
-      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-    }
-  }
-  while ((USBx->GRSTCTL & USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_TXFFLSH) == USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_TXFFLSH);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-
-/**
-  * @brief  USB_FlushRxFifo : Flush Rx FIFO
-  * @param  USBx : Selected device
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_FlushRxFifo(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx)
-{
-  uint32_t count = 0;
-
-  USBx->GRSTCTL = USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_RXFFLSH;
-
-  do
-  {
-    if (++count > 200000)
-    {
-      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-    }
-  }
-  while ((USBx->GRSTCTL & USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_RXFFLSH) == USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_RXFFLSH);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  USB_SetDevSpeed :Initializes the DevSpd field of DCFG register
-  *         depending the PHY type and the enumeration speed of the device.
-  * @param  USBx : Selected device
-  * @param  speed : device speed
-  *          This parameter can be one of the these values:
-  *            @arg USB_OTG_SPEED_HIGH: High speed mode
-  *            @arg USB_OTG_SPEED_HIGH_IN_FULL: High speed core in Full Speed mode
-  *            @arg USB_OTG_SPEED_FULL: Full speed mode
-  *            @arg USB_OTG_SPEED_LOW: Low speed mode
-  * @retval  Hal status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_SetDevSpeed(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx , uint8_t speed)
-{
-  USBx_DEVICE->DCFG |= speed;
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  USB_GetDevSpeed :Return the  Dev Speed
-  * @param  USBx : Selected device
-  * @retval speed : device speed
-  *          This parameter can be one of the these values:
-  *            @arg USB_OTG_SPEED_HIGH: High speed mode
-  *            @arg USB_OTG_SPEED_FULL: Full speed mode
-  *            @arg USB_OTG_SPEED_LOW: Low speed mode
-  */
-uint8_t USB_GetDevSpeed(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx)
-{
-  uint8_t speed = 0;
-
-  if((USBx_DEVICE->DSTS & USB_OTG_DSTS_ENUMSPD) == DSTS_ENUMSPD_HS_PHY_30MHZ_OR_60MHZ)
-  {
-    speed = USB_OTG_SPEED_HIGH;
-  }
-  else if (((USBx_DEVICE->DSTS & USB_OTG_DSTS_ENUMSPD) == DSTS_ENUMSPD_FS_PHY_30MHZ_OR_60MHZ)||
-           ((USBx_DEVICE->DSTS & USB_OTG_DSTS_ENUMSPD) == DSTS_ENUMSPD_FS_PHY_48MHZ))
-  {
-    speed = USB_OTG_SPEED_FULL;
-  }
-  else if((USBx_DEVICE->DSTS & USB_OTG_DSTS_ENUMSPD) == DSTS_ENUMSPD_LS_PHY_6MHZ)
-  {
-    speed = USB_OTG_SPEED_LOW;
-  }
-
-  return speed;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Activate and configure an endpoint
-  * @param  USBx : Selected device
-  * @param  ep: pointer to endpoint structure
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_ActivateEndpoint(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep)
-{
-  if (ep->is_in == 1)
-  {
-   USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK |= USB_OTG_DAINTMSK_IEPM & ((1 << (ep->num)));
-
-    if (((USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL) & USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_USBAEP) == 0)
-    {
-      USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL |= ((ep->maxpacket & USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_MPSIZ ) | (ep->type << 18 ) |\
-        ((ep->num) << 22 ) | (USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_SD0PID_SEVNFRM) | (USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_USBAEP));
-    }
-
-  }
-  else
-  {
-     USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK |= USB_OTG_DAINTMSK_OEPM & ((1 << (ep->num)) << 16);
-
-    if (((USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL) & USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_USBAEP) == 0)
-    {
-      USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL |= ((ep->maxpacket & USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_MPSIZ ) | (ep->type << 18 ) |\
-       (USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_SD0PID_SEVNFRM)| (USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_USBAEP));
-    }
-  }
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-/**
-  * @brief  Activate and configure a dedicated endpoint
-  * @param  USBx : Selected device
-  * @param  ep: pointer to endpoint structure
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_ActivateDedicatedEndpoint(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep)
-{
-  static __IO uint32_t debug = 0;
-
-  /* Read DEPCTLn register */
-  if (ep->is_in == 1)
-  {
-    if (((USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL) & USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_USBAEP) == 0)
-    {
-      USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL |= ((ep->maxpacket & USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_MPSIZ ) | (ep->type << 18 ) |\
-        ((ep->num) << 22 ) | (USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_SD0PID_SEVNFRM) | (USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_USBAEP));
-    }
-
-
-    debug  |= ((ep->maxpacket & USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_MPSIZ ) | (ep->type << 18 ) |\
-        ((ep->num) << 22 ) | (USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_SD0PID_SEVNFRM) | (USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_USBAEP));
-
-   USBx_DEVICE->DEACHMSK |= USB_OTG_DAINTMSK_IEPM & ((1 << (ep->num)));
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    if (((USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL) & USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_USBAEP) == 0)
-    {
-      USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL |= ((ep->maxpacket & USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_MPSIZ ) | (ep->type << 18 ) |\
-        ((ep->num) << 22 ) | (USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_USBAEP));
-
-      debug = (uint32_t)(((uint32_t )USBx) + USB_OTG_OUT_ENDPOINT_BASE + (0)*USB_OTG_EP_REG_SIZE);
-      debug = (uint32_t )&USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL;
-      debug |= ((ep->maxpacket & USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_MPSIZ ) | (ep->type << 18 ) |\
-        ((ep->num) << 22 ) | (USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_USBAEP));
-    }
-
-     USBx_DEVICE->DEACHMSK |= USB_OTG_DAINTMSK_OEPM & ((1 << (ep->num)) << 16);
-  }
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-/**
-  * @brief  De-activate and de-initialize an endpoint
-  * @param  USBx : Selected device
-  * @param  ep: pointer to endpoint structure
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DeactivateEndpoint(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep)
-{
-  /* Read DEPCTLn register */
-  if (ep->is_in == 1)
-  {
-   USBx_DEVICE->DEACHMSK &= ~(USB_OTG_DAINTMSK_IEPM & ((1 << (ep->num))));
-   USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK &= ~(USB_OTG_DAINTMSK_IEPM & ((1 << (ep->num))));
-   USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL &= ~ USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_USBAEP;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-
-     USBx_DEVICE->DEACHMSK &= ~(USB_OTG_DAINTMSK_OEPM & ((1 << (ep->num)) << 16));
-     USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK &= ~(USB_OTG_DAINTMSK_OEPM & ((1 << (ep->num)) << 16));
-     USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL &= ~USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_USBAEP;
-  }
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  De-activate and de-initialize a dedicated endpoint
-  * @param  USBx : Selected device
-  * @param  ep: pointer to endpoint structure
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DeactivateDedicatedEndpoint(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep)
-{
-  /* Read DEPCTLn register */
-  if (ep->is_in == 1)
-  {
-   USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL &= ~ USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_USBAEP;
-   USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK &= ~(USB_OTG_DAINTMSK_IEPM & ((1 << (ep->num))));
-  }
-  else
-  {
-     USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL &= ~USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_USBAEP;
-     USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK &= ~(USB_OTG_DAINTMSK_OEPM & ((1 << (ep->num)) << 16));
-  }
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  USB_EPStartXfer : setup and starts a transfer over an EP
-  * @param  USBx : Selected device
-  * @param  ep: pointer to endpoint structure
-  * @param  dma: USB dma enabled or disabled
-  *          This parameter can be one of the these values:
-  *           0 : DMA feature not used
-  *           1 : DMA feature used
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_EPStartXfer(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx , USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep, uint8_t dma)
-{
-  uint16_t pktcnt = 0;
-
-  /* IN endpoint */
-  if (ep->is_in == 1)
-  {
-    /* Zero Length Packet? */
-    if (ep->xfer_len == 0)
-    {
-      USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_PKTCNT);
-      USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_PKTCNT & (1 << 19)) ;
-      USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      /* Program the transfer size and packet count
-      * as follows: xfersize = N * maxpacket +
-      * short_packet pktcnt = N + (short_packet
-      * exist ? 1 : 0)
-      */
-      USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ);
-      USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_PKTCNT);
-      USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_PKTCNT & (((ep->xfer_len + ep->maxpacket -1)/ ep->maxpacket) << 19)) ;
-      USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ & ep->xfer_len);
-
-      if (ep->type == EP_TYPE_ISOC)
-      {
-        USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_MULCNT);
-        USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_MULCNT & (1 << 29));
-      }
-    }
-
-    if (dma == 1)
-    {
-      USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPDMA = (uint32_t)(ep->dma_addr);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      if (ep->type != EP_TYPE_ISOC)
-      {
-        /* Enable the Tx FIFO Empty Interrupt for this EP */
-        if (ep->xfer_len > 0)
-        {
-          USBx_DEVICE->DIEPEMPMSK |= 1 << ep->num;
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    if (ep->type == EP_TYPE_ISOC)
-    {
-      if ((USBx_DEVICE->DSTS & ( 1 << 8 )) == 0)
-      {
-        USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL |= USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_SODDFRM;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL |= USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_SD0PID_SEVNFRM;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* EP enable, IN data in FIFO */
-    USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL |= (USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_CNAK | USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_EPENA);
-
-    if (ep->type == EP_TYPE_ISOC)
-    {
-      USB_WritePacket(USBx, ep->xfer_buff, ep->num, ep->xfer_len, dma);
-    }
-  }
-  else /* OUT endpoint */
-  {
-    /* Program the transfer size and packet count as follows:
-    * pktcnt = N
-    * xfersize = N * maxpacket
-    */
-    USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ);
-    USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_PKTCNT);
-
-    if (ep->xfer_len == 0)
-    {
-      USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ & ep->maxpacket);
-      USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_PKTCNT & (1 << 19)) ;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      pktcnt = (ep->xfer_len + ep->maxpacket -1)/ ep->maxpacket;
-      USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_PKTCNT & (pktcnt << 19));
-      USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ & (ep->maxpacket * pktcnt));
-    }
-
-    if (dma == 1)
-    {
-      USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPDMA = (uint32_t)ep->xfer_buff;
-    }
-
-    if (ep->type == EP_TYPE_ISOC)
-    {
-      if ((USBx_DEVICE->DSTS & ( 1 << 8 )) == 0)
-      {
-        USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL |= USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_SODDFRM;
-      }
-      else
-      {
-        USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL |= USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_SD0PID_SEVNFRM;
-      }
-    }
-    /* EP enable */
-    USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL |= (USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_CNAK | USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_EPENA);
-  }
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  USB_EP0StartXfer : setup and starts a transfer over the EP  0
-  * @param  USBx : Selected device
-  * @param  ep: pointer to endpoint structure
-  * @param  dma: USB dma enabled or disabled
-  *          This parameter can be one of the these values:
-  *           0 : DMA feature not used
-  *           1 : DMA feature used
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_EP0StartXfer(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx , USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep, uint8_t dma)
-{
-  /* IN endpoint */
-  if (ep->is_in == 1)
-  {
-    /* Zero Length Packet? */
-    if (ep->xfer_len == 0)
-    {
-      USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_PKTCNT);
-      USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_PKTCNT & (1 << 19)) ;
-      USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      /* Program the transfer size and packet count
-      * as follows: xfersize = N * maxpacket +
-      * short_packet pktcnt = N + (short_packet
-      * exist ? 1 : 0)
-      */
-      USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ);
-      USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_PKTCNT);
-
-      if(ep->xfer_len > ep->maxpacket)
-      {
-        ep->xfer_len = ep->maxpacket;
-      }
-      USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_PKTCNT & (1 << 19)) ;
-      USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DIEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ & ep->xfer_len);
-
-    }
-
-    if (dma == 1)
-    {
-      USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPDMA = (uint32_t)(ep->dma_addr);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      /* Enable the Tx FIFO Empty Interrupt for this EP */
-      if (ep->xfer_len > 0)
-      {
-        USBx_DEVICE->DIEPEMPMSK |= 1 << (ep->num);
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* EP enable, IN data in FIFO */
-    USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL |= (USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_CNAK | USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_EPENA);
-  }
-  else /* OUT endpoint */
-  {
-    /* Program the transfer size and packet count as follows:
-    * pktcnt = N
-    * xfersize = N * maxpacket
-    */
-    USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ);
-    USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPTSIZ &= ~(USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_PKTCNT);
-
-    if (ep->xfer_len > 0)
-    {
-      ep->xfer_len = ep->maxpacket;
-    }
-
-    USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_PKTCNT & (1 << 19));
-    USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_XFRSIZ & (ep->maxpacket));
-
-
-    if (dma == 1)
-    {
-      USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPDMA = (uint32_t)(ep->xfer_buff);
-    }
-
-    /* EP enable */
-    USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL |= (USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_CNAK | USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_EPENA);
-  }
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  USB_WritePacket : Writes a packet into the Tx FIFO associated
-  *         with the EP/channel
-  * @param  USBx : Selected device
-  * @param  src :  pointer to source buffer
-  * @param  ch_ep_num : endpoint or host channel number
-  * @param  len : Number of bytes to write
-  * @param  dma: USB dma enabled or disabled
-  *          This parameter can be one of the these values:
-  *           0 : DMA feature not used
-  *           1 : DMA feature used
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_WritePacket(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, uint8_t *src, uint8_t ch_ep_num, uint16_t len, uint8_t dma)
-{
-  uint32_t count32b= 0 , i= 0;
-
-  if (dma == 0)
-  {
-    count32b =  (len + 3) / 4;
-    for (i = 0; i < count32b; i++, src += 4)
-    {
-      USBx_DFIFO(ch_ep_num) = *((__packed uint32_t *)src);
-    }
-  }
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  USB_ReadPacket : read a packet from the Tx FIFO associated
-  *         with the EP/channel
-  * @param  USBx : Selected device
-  * @param  src : source pointer
-  * @param  ch_ep_num : endpoint or host channel number
-  * @param  len : Number of bytes to read
-  * @param  dma: USB dma enabled or disabled
-  *          This parameter can be one of the these values:
-  *           0 : DMA feature not used
-  *           1 : DMA feature used
-  * @retval pointer to destination buffer
-  */
-void *USB_ReadPacket(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, uint8_t *dest, uint16_t len)
-{
-  uint32_t i=0;
-  uint32_t count32b = (len + 3) / 4;
-
-  for ( i = 0; i < count32b; i++, dest += 4 )
-  {
-    *(__packed uint32_t *)dest = USBx_DFIFO(0);
-
-  }
-  return ((void *)dest);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  USB_EPSetStall : set a stall condition over an EP
-  * @param  USBx : Selected device
-  * @param  ep: pointer to endpoint structure
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_EPSetStall(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx , USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep)
-{
-  if (ep->is_in == 1)
-  {
-    if (((USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL) & USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_EPENA) == 0)
-    {
-      USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL &= ~(USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_EPDIS);
-    }
-    USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL |= USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_STALL;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    if (((USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL) & USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_EPENA) == 0)
-    {
-      USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL &= ~(USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_EPDIS);
-    }
-    USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL |= USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_STALL;
-  }
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-
-/**
-  * @brief  USB_EPClearStall : Clear a stall condition over an EP
-  * @param  USBx : Selected device
-  * @param  ep: pointer to endpoint structure
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_EPClearStall(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, USB_OTG_EPTypeDef *ep)
-{
-  if (ep->is_in == 1)
-  {
-    USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL &= ~USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_STALL;
-    if (ep->type == EP_TYPE_INTR || ep->type == EP_TYPE_BULK)
-    {
-       USBx_INEP(ep->num)->DIEPCTL |= USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_SD0PID_SEVNFRM; /* DATA0 */
-    }
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL &= ~USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_STALL;
-    if (ep->type == EP_TYPE_INTR || ep->type == EP_TYPE_BULK)
-    {
-      USBx_OUTEP(ep->num)->DOEPCTL |= USB_OTG_DOEPCTL_SD0PID_SEVNFRM; /* DATA0 */
-    }
-  }
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  USB_StopDevice : Stop the usb device mode
-  * @param  USBx : Selected device
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_StopDevice(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx)
-{
-  uint32_t i;
-
-  /* Clear Pending interrupt */
-  for (i = 0; i < 15 ; i++)
-  {
-    USBx_INEP(i)->DIEPINT  = 0xFF;
-    USBx_OUTEP(i)->DOEPINT  = 0xFF;
-  }
-  USBx_DEVICE->DAINT = 0xFFFFFFFF;
-
-  /* Clear interrupt masks */
-  USBx_DEVICE->DIEPMSK  = 0;
-  USBx_DEVICE->DOEPMSK  = 0;
-  USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK = 0;
-
-  /* Flush the FIFO */
-  USB_FlushRxFifo(USBx);
-  USB_FlushTxFifo(USBx ,  0x10 );
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  USB_SetDevAddress : Stop the usb device mode
-  * @param  USBx : Selected device
-  * @param  address : new device address to be assigned
-  *          This parameter can be a value from 0 to 255
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef  USB_SetDevAddress (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, uint8_t address)
-{
-  USBx_DEVICE->DCFG &= ~ (USB_OTG_DCFG_DAD);
-  USBx_DEVICE->DCFG |= (address << 4) & USB_OTG_DCFG_DAD ;
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  USB_DevConnect : Connect the USB device by enabling the pull-up/pull-down
-  * @param  USBx : Selected device
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef  USB_DevConnect (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx)
-{
-  USBx_DEVICE->DCTL &= ~USB_OTG_DCTL_SDIS ;
-  HAL_Delay(3);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  USB_DevDisconnect : Disconnect the USB device by disabling the pull-up/pull-down
-  * @param  USBx : Selected device
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef  USB_DevDisconnect (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx)
-{
-  USBx_DEVICE->DCTL |= USB_OTG_DCTL_SDIS ;
-  HAL_Delay(3);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  USB_ReadInterrupts: return the global USB interrupt status
-  * @param  USBx : Selected device
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-uint32_t  USB_ReadInterrupts (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx)
-{
-  uint32_t v = 0;
-
-  v = USBx->GINTSTS;
-  v &= USBx->GINTMSK;
-  return v;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  USB_ReadDevAllOutEpInterrupt: return the USB device OUT endpoints interrupt status
-  * @param  USBx : Selected device
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-uint32_t USB_ReadDevAllOutEpInterrupt (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx)
-{
-  uint32_t v;
-  v  = USBx_DEVICE->DAINT;
-  v &= USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK;
-  return ((v & 0xffff0000) >> 16);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  USB_ReadDevAllInEpInterrupt: return the USB device IN endpoints interrupt status
-  * @param  USBx : Selected device
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-uint32_t USB_ReadDevAllInEpInterrupt (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx)
-{
-  uint32_t v;
-  v  = USBx_DEVICE->DAINT;
-  v &= USBx_DEVICE->DAINTMSK;
-  return ((v & 0xFFFF));
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Returns Device OUT EP Interrupt register
-  * @param  USBx : Selected device
-  * @param  epnum : endpoint number
-  *          This parameter can be a value from 0 to 15
-  * @retval Device OUT EP Interrupt register
-  */
-uint32_t USB_ReadDevOutEPInterrupt (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx , uint8_t epnum)
-{
-  uint32_t v;
-  v  = USBx_OUTEP(epnum)->DOEPINT;
-  v &= USBx_DEVICE->DOEPMSK;
-  return v;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Returns Device IN EP Interrupt register
-  * @param  USBx : Selected device
-  * @param  epnum : endpoint number
-  *          This parameter can be a value from 0 to 15
-  * @retval Device IN EP Interrupt register
-  */
-uint32_t USB_ReadDevInEPInterrupt (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx , uint8_t epnum)
-{
-  uint32_t v, msk, emp;
-
-  msk = USBx_DEVICE->DIEPMSK;
-  emp = USBx_DEVICE->DIEPEMPMSK;
-  msk |= ((emp >> epnum) & 0x1) << 7;
-  v = USBx_INEP(epnum)->DIEPINT & msk;
-  return v;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  USB_ClearInterrupts: clear a USB interrupt
-  * @param  USBx : Selected device
-  * @param  interrupt : interrupt flag
-  * @retval None
-  */
-void  USB_ClearInterrupts (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, uint32_t interrupt)
-{
-  USBx->GINTSTS |= interrupt;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Returns USB core mode
-  * @param  USBx : Selected device
-  * @retval return core mode : Host or Device
-  *          This parameter can be one of the these values:
-  *           0 : Host
-  *           1 : Device
-  */
-uint32_t USB_GetMode(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx)
-{
-  return ((USBx->GINTSTS ) & 0x1);
-}
-
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Activate EP0 for Setup transactions
-  * @param  USBx : Selected device
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef  USB_ActivateSetup (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx)
-{
-  /* Set the MPS of the IN EP based on the enumeration speed */
-  USBx_INEP(0)->DIEPCTL &= ~USB_OTG_DIEPCTL_MPSIZ;
-
-  if((USBx_DEVICE->DSTS & USB_OTG_DSTS_ENUMSPD) == DSTS_ENUMSPD_LS_PHY_6MHZ)
-  {
-    USBx_INEP(0)->DIEPCTL |= 3;
-  }
-  USBx_DEVICE->DCTL |= USB_OTG_DCTL_CGINAK;
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Prepare the EP0 to start the first control setup
-  * @param  USBx : Selected device
-  * @param  dma: USB dma enabled or disabled
-  *          This parameter can be one of the these values:
-  *           0 : DMA feature not used
-  *           1 : DMA feature used
-  * @param  psetup : pointer to setup packet
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_EP0_OutStart(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, uint8_t dma, uint8_t *psetup)
-{
-  USBx_OUTEP(0)->DOEPTSIZ = 0;
-  USBx_OUTEP(0)->DOEPTSIZ |= (USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_PKTCNT & (1 << 19)) ;
-  USBx_OUTEP(0)->DOEPTSIZ |= (3 * 8);
-  USBx_OUTEP(0)->DOEPTSIZ |=  USB_OTG_DOEPTSIZ_STUPCNT;
-
-  if (dma == 1)
-  {
-    USBx_OUTEP(0)->DOEPDMA = (uint32_t)psetup;
-    /* EP enable */
-    USBx_OUTEP(0)->DOEPCTL = 0x80008000;
-  }
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Reset the USB Core (needed after USB clock settings change)
-  * @param  USBx : Selected device
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-static HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_CoreReset(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx)
-{
-  uint32_t count = 0;
-
-  /* Wait for AHB master IDLE state. */
-  do
-  {
-    if (++count > 200000)
-    {
-      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-    }
-  }
-  while ((USBx->GRSTCTL & USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_AHBIDL) == 0);
-
-  /* Core Soft Reset */
-  count = 0;
-  USBx->GRSTCTL |= USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_CSRST;
-
-  do
-  {
-    if (++count > 200000)
-    {
-      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
-    }
-  }
-  while ((USBx->GRSTCTL & USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_CSRST) == USB_OTG_GRSTCTL_CSRST);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-
-/**
-  * @brief  USB_HostInit : Initializes the USB OTG controller registers
-  *         for Host mode
-  * @param  USBx : Selected device
-  * @param  cfg  : pointer to a USB_OTG_CfgTypeDef structure that contains
-  *         the configuration information for the specified USBx peripheral.
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_HostInit (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, USB_OTG_CfgTypeDef cfg)
-{
-  uint32_t i;
-
-  /* Restart the Phy Clock */
-  USBx_PCGCCTL = 0;
-
-  /*Activate VBUS Sensing B */
-  USBx->GCCFG |= USB_OTG_GCCFG_VBDEN;
-
-  /* Disable the FS/LS support mode only */
-  if((cfg.speed == USB_OTG_SPEED_FULL)&&
-     (USBx != USB_OTG_FS))
-  {
-    USBx_HOST->HCFG |= USB_OTG_HCFG_FSLSS;
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    USBx_HOST->HCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_HCFG_FSLSS);
-  }
-
-  /* Make sure the FIFOs are flushed. */
-  USB_FlushTxFifo(USBx, 0x10 ); /* all Tx FIFOs */
-  USB_FlushRxFifo(USBx);
-
-  /* Clear all pending HC Interrupts */
-  for (i = 0; i < cfg.Host_channels; i++)
-  {
-    USBx_HC(i)->HCINT = 0xFFFFFFFF;
-    USBx_HC(i)->HCINTMSK = 0;
-  }
-
-  /* Enable VBUS driving */
-  USB_DriveVbus(USBx, 1);
-
-  HAL_Delay(200);
-
-  /* Disable all interrupts. */
-  USBx->GINTMSK = 0;
-
-  /* Clear any pending interrupts */
-  USBx->GINTSTS = 0xFFFFFFFF;
-
-
-  if(USBx == USB_OTG_FS)
-  {
-    /* set Rx FIFO size */
-    USBx->GRXFSIZ  = (uint32_t )0x80;
-    USBx->DIEPTXF0_HNPTXFSIZ = (uint32_t )(((0x60 << 16)& USB_OTG_NPTXFD) | 0x80);
-    USBx->HPTXFSIZ = (uint32_t )(((0x40 << 16)& USB_OTG_HPTXFSIZ_PTXFD) | 0xE0);
-
-  }
-
-  else
-  {
-    /* set Rx FIFO size */
-    USBx->GRXFSIZ  = (uint32_t )0x200;
-    USBx->DIEPTXF0_HNPTXFSIZ = (uint32_t )(((0x100 << 16)& USB_OTG_NPTXFD) | 0x200);
-    USBx->HPTXFSIZ = (uint32_t )(((0xE0 << 16)& USB_OTG_HPTXFSIZ_PTXFD) | 0x300);
-  }
-
-  /* Enable the common interrupts */
-  if (cfg.dma_enable == DISABLE)
-  {
-    USBx->GINTMSK |= USB_OTG_GINTMSK_RXFLVLM;
-  }
-
-  /* Enable interrupts matching to the Host mode ONLY */
-  USBx->GINTMSK |= (USB_OTG_GINTMSK_PRTIM            | USB_OTG_GINTMSK_HCIM |\
-                    USB_OTG_GINTMSK_SOFM             |USB_OTG_GINTSTS_DISCINT|\
-                    USB_OTG_GINTMSK_PXFRM_IISOOXFRM  | USB_OTG_GINTMSK_WUIM);
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  USB_InitFSLSPClkSel : Initializes the FSLSPClkSel field of the
-  *         HCFG register on the PHY type and set the right frame interval
-  * @param  USBx : Selected device
-  * @param  freq : clock frequency
-  *          This parameter can be one of the these values:
-  *           HCFG_48_MHZ : Full Speed 48 MHz Clock
-  *           HCFG_6_MHZ : Low Speed 6 MHz Clock
-  * @retval HAL status
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_InitFSLSPClkSel(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx , uint8_t freq)
-{
-  USBx_HOST->HCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_HCFG_FSLSPCS);
-  USBx_HOST->HCFG |= (freq & USB_OTG_HCFG_FSLSPCS);
-
-  if (freq ==  HCFG_48_MHZ)
-  {
-    USBx_HOST->HFIR = (uint32_t)48000;
-  }
-  else if (freq ==  HCFG_6_MHZ)
-  {
-    USBx_HOST->HFIR = (uint32_t)6000;
-  }
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-* @brief  USB_OTG_ResetPort : Reset Host Port
-  * @param  USBx : Selected device
-  * @retval HAL status
-  * @note : (1)The application must wait at least 10 ms
-  *   before clearing the reset bit.
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_ResetPort(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx)
-{
-  __IO uint32_t hprt0;
-
-  hprt0 = USBx_HPRT0;
-
-  hprt0 &= ~(USB_OTG_HPRT_PENA    | USB_OTG_HPRT_PCDET |\
-    USB_OTG_HPRT_PENCHNG | USB_OTG_HPRT_POCCHNG );
-
-  USBx_HPRT0 = (USB_OTG_HPRT_PRST | hprt0);
-  HAL_Delay (10);                                /* See Note #1 */
-  USBx_HPRT0 = ((~USB_OTG_HPRT_PRST) & hprt0);
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  USB_DriveVbus : activate or de-activate vbus
-  * @param  state : VBUS state
-  *          This parameter can be one of the these values:
-  *           0 : VBUS Active
-  *           1 : VBUS Inactive
-  * @retval HAL status
-*/
-HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DriveVbus (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, uint8_t state)
-{
-  __IO uint32_t hprt0;
-
-  hprt0 = USBx_HPRT0;
-  hprt0 &= ~(USB_OTG_HPRT_PENA    | USB_OTG_HPRT_PCDET |\
-                         USB_OTG_HPRT_PENCHNG | USB_OTG_HPRT_POCCHNG );
-
-  if (((hprt0 & USB_OTG_HPRT_PPWR) == 0 ) && (state == 1 ))
-  {
-    USBx_HPRT0 = (USB_OTG_HPRT_PPWR | hprt0);
-  }
-  if (((hprt0 & USB_OTG_HPRT_PPWR) == USB_OTG_HPRT_PPWR) && (state == 0 ))
-  {
-    USBx_HPRT0 = ((~USB_OTG_HPRT_PPWR) & hprt0);
-  }
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Return Host Core speed
-  * @param  USBx : Selected device
-  * @retval speed : Host speed
-  *          This parameter can be one of the these values:
-  *            @arg USB_OTG_SPEED_HIGH: High speed mode
-  *            @arg USB_OTG_SPEED_FULL: Full speed mode
-  *            @arg USB_OTG_SPEED_LOW: Low speed mode
-  */
-uint32_t USB_GetHostSpeed (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx)
-{
-  __IO uint32_t hprt0;
-
-  hprt0 = USBx_HPRT0;
-  return ((hprt0 & USB_OTG_HPRT_PSPD) >> 17);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Return Host Current Frame number
-  * @param  USBx : Selected device
-  * @retval current frame number
-*/
-uint32_t USB_GetCurrentFrame (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx)
-{
-  return (USBx_HOST->HFNUM & USB_OTG_HFNUM_FRNUM);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initialize a host channel
-  * @param  USBx : Selected device
-  * @param  ch_num : Channel number
-  *         This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15
-  * @param  epnum : Endpoint number
-  *          This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15
-  * @param  dev_address : Current device address
-  *          This parameter can be a value from 0 to 255
-  * @param  speed : Current device speed
-  *          This parameter can be one of the these values:
-  *            @arg USB_OTG_SPEED_HIGH: High speed mode
-  *            @arg USB_OTG_SPEED_FULL: Full speed mode
-  *            @arg USB_OTG_SPEED_LOW: Low speed mode
-  * @param  ep_type : Endpoint Type
-  *          This parameter can be one of the these values:
-  *            @arg EP_TYPE_CTRL: Control type
-  *            @arg EP_TYPE_ISOC: Isochronous type
-  *            @arg EP_TYPE_BULK: Bulk type
-  *            @arg EP_TYPE_INTR: Interrupt type
-  * @param  mps : Max Packet Size
-  *          This parameter can be a value from 0 to32K
-  * @retval HAL state
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_HC_Init(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx,
-                              uint8_t ch_num,
-                              uint8_t epnum,
-                              uint8_t dev_address,
-                              uint8_t speed,
-                              uint8_t ep_type,
-                              uint16_t mps)
-{
-
-  /* Clear old interrupt conditions for this host channel. */
-  USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCINT = 0xFFFFFFFF;
-
-  /* Enable channel interrupts required for this transfer. */
-  switch (ep_type)
-  {
-  case EP_TYPE_CTRL:
-  case EP_TYPE_BULK:
-
-    USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCINTMSK = USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_XFRCM  |\
-                                USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_STALLM |\
-                                USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_TXERRM |\
-                                USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_DTERRM |\
-                                USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_AHBERR |\
-                                USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_NAKM ;
-
-    if (epnum & 0x80)
-    {
-      USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCINTMSK |= USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_BBERRM;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      if(USBx != USB_OTG_FS)
-      {
-        USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCINTMSK |= (USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_NYET | USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_ACKM);
-      }
-    }
-    break;
-  case EP_TYPE_INTR:
-
-    USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCINTMSK = USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_XFRCM  |\
-                                USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_STALLM |\
-                                USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_TXERRM |\
-                                USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_DTERRM |\
-                                USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_NAKM   |\
-                                USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_AHBERR |\
-                                USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_FRMORM ;
-
-    if (epnum & 0x80)
-    {
-      USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCINTMSK |= USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_BBERRM;
-    }
-
-    break;
-  case EP_TYPE_ISOC:
-
-    USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCINTMSK = USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_XFRCM  |\
-                                USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_ACKM   |\
-                                USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_AHBERR |\
-                                USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_FRMORM ;
-
-    if (epnum & 0x80)
-    {
-      USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCINTMSK |= (USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_TXERRM | USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_BBERRM);
-    }
-    break;
-  }
-
-  /* Enable the top level host channel interrupt. */
-  USBx_HOST->HAINTMSK |= (1 << ch_num);
-
-  /* Make sure host channel interrupts are enabled. */
-  USBx->GINTMSK |= USB_OTG_GINTMSK_HCIM;
-
-  /* Program the HCCHAR register */
-  USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCCHAR = (((dev_address << 22) & USB_OTG_HCCHAR_DAD)  |\
-                             (((epnum & 0x7F)<< 11) & USB_OTG_HCCHAR_EPNUM)|\
-                             ((((epnum & 0x80) == 0x80)<< 15) & USB_OTG_HCCHAR_EPDIR)|\
-                             (((speed == HPRT0_PRTSPD_LOW_SPEED)<< 17) & USB_OTG_HCCHAR_LSDEV)|\
-                             ((ep_type << 18) & USB_OTG_HCCHAR_EPTYP)|\
-                             (mps & USB_OTG_HCCHAR_MPSIZ));
-
-  if (ep_type == EP_TYPE_INTR)
-  {
-    USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCCHAR |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_ODDFRM ;
-  }
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Start a transfer over a host channel
-  * @param  USBx : Selected device
-  * @param  hc : pointer to host channel structure
-  * @param  dma: USB dma enabled or disabled
-  *          This parameter can be one of the these values:
-  *           0 : DMA feature not used
-  *           1 : DMA feature used
-  * @retval HAL state
-  */
-#if defined   (__CC_ARM) /*!< ARM Compiler */
-#pragma O0
-#elif defined (__GNUC__) /*!< GNU Compiler */
-#pragma GCC optimize ("O0")
-#endif /* __CC_ARM */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_HC_StartXfer(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx, USB_OTG_HCTypeDef *hc, uint8_t dma)
-{
-  uint8_t  is_oddframe = 0;
-  uint16_t len_words = 0;
-  uint16_t num_packets = 0;
-  uint16_t max_hc_pkt_count = 256;
-  uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
-
-  if((USBx != USB_OTG_FS) && (hc->speed == USB_OTG_SPEED_HIGH))
-  {
-    if((dma == 0) && (hc->do_ping == 1))
-    {
-      USB_DoPing(USBx, hc->ch_num);
-      return HAL_OK;
-    }
-    else if(dma == 1)
-    {
-      USBx_HC(hc->ch_num)->HCINTMSK &= ~(USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_NYET | USB_OTG_HCINTMSK_ACKM);
-      hc->do_ping = 0;
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* Compute the expected number of packets associated to the transfer */
-  if (hc->xfer_len > 0)
-  {
-    num_packets = (hc->xfer_len + hc->max_packet - 1) / hc->max_packet;
-
-    if (num_packets > max_hc_pkt_count)
-    {
-      num_packets = max_hc_pkt_count;
-      hc->xfer_len = num_packets * hc->max_packet;
-    }
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    num_packets = 1;
-  }
-  if (hc->ep_is_in)
-  {
-    hc->xfer_len = num_packets * hc->max_packet;
-  }
-
-
-
-  /* Initialize the HCTSIZn register */
-  USBx_HC(hc->ch_num)->HCTSIZ = (((hc->xfer_len) & USB_OTG_HCTSIZ_XFRSIZ)) |\
-    ((num_packets << 19) & USB_OTG_HCTSIZ_PKTCNT) |\
-      (((hc->data_pid) << 29) & USB_OTG_HCTSIZ_DPID);
-
-  if (dma)
-  {
-    /* xfer_buff MUST be 32-bits aligned */
-    USBx_HC(hc->ch_num)->HCDMA = (uint32_t)hc->xfer_buff;
-  }
-
-  is_oddframe = (USBx_HOST->HFNUM & 0x01) ? 0 : 1;
-  USBx_HC(hc->ch_num)->HCCHAR &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_ODDFRM;
-  USBx_HC(hc->ch_num)->HCCHAR |= (is_oddframe << 29);
-
-  /* Set host channel enable */
-  tmpreg = USBx_HC(hc->ch_num)->HCCHAR;
-  tmpreg &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHDIS;
-  tmpreg |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA;
-  USBx_HC(hc->ch_num)->HCCHAR = tmpreg;
-
-  if (dma == 0) /* Slave mode */
-  {
-    if((hc->ep_is_in == 0) && (hc->xfer_len > 0))
-    {
-      switch(hc->ep_type)
-      {
-        /* Non periodic transfer */
-      case EP_TYPE_CTRL:
-      case EP_TYPE_BULK:
-
-        len_words = (hc->xfer_len + 3) / 4;
-
-        /* check if there is enough space in FIFO space */
-        if(len_words > (USBx->HNPTXSTS & 0xFFFF))
-        {
-          /* need to process data in nptxfempty interrupt */
-          USBx->GINTMSK |= USB_OTG_GINTMSK_NPTXFEM;
-        }
-        break;
-        /* Periodic transfer */
-      case EP_TYPE_INTR:
-      case EP_TYPE_ISOC:
-        len_words = (hc->xfer_len + 3) / 4;
-        /* check if there is enough space in FIFO space */
-        if(len_words > (USBx_HOST->HPTXSTS & 0xFFFF)) /* split the transfer */
-        {
-          /* need to process data in ptxfempty interrupt */
-          USBx->GINTMSK |= USB_OTG_GINTMSK_PTXFEM;
-        }
-        break;
-
-      default:
-        break;
-      }
-
-      /* Write packet into the Tx FIFO. */
-      USB_WritePacket(USBx, hc->xfer_buff, hc->ch_num, hc->xfer_len, 0);
-    }
-  }
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief Read all host channel interrupts status
-  * @param  USBx : Selected device
-  * @retval HAL state
-  */
-uint32_t USB_HC_ReadInterrupt (USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx)
-{
-  return ((USBx_HOST->HAINT) & 0xFFFF);
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Halt a host channel
-  * @param  USBx : Selected device
-  * @param  hc_num : Host Channel number
-  *         This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15
-  * @retval HAL state
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_HC_Halt(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx , uint8_t hc_num)
-{
-  uint32_t count = 0;
-
-  /* Check for space in the request queue to issue the halt. */
-  if (((USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR) & (HCCHAR_CTRL << 18)) || ((USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR) & (HCCHAR_BULK << 18)))
-  {
-    USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHDIS;
-
-    if ((USBx->HNPTXSTS & 0xFFFF) == 0)
-    {
-      USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA;
-      USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA;
-      USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_EPDIR;
-      do
-      {
-        if (++count > 1000)
-        {
-          break;
-        }
-      }
-      while ((USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR & USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA) == USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-      USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA;
-    }
-  }
-  else
-  {
-    USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHDIS;
-
-    if ((USBx_HOST->HPTXSTS & 0xFFFF) == 0)
-    {
-      USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA;
-      USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA;
-      USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_EPDIR;
-      do
-      {
-        if (++count > 1000)
-        {
-          break;
-        }
-      }
-      while ((USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR & USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA) == USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-       USBx_HC(hc_num)->HCCHAR |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA;
-    }
-  }
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Initiate Do Ping protocol
-  * @param  USBx : Selected device
-  * @param  hc_num : Host Channel number
-  *         This parameter can be a value from 1 to 15
-  * @retval HAL state
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_DoPing(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx , uint8_t ch_num)
-{
-  uint8_t  num_packets = 1;
-  uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
-
-  USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCTSIZ = ((num_packets << 19) & USB_OTG_HCTSIZ_PKTCNT) |\
-                                USB_OTG_HCTSIZ_DOPING;
-
-  /* Set host channel enable */
-  tmpreg = USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCCHAR;
-  tmpreg &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHDIS;
-  tmpreg |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA;
-  USBx_HC(ch_num)->HCCHAR = tmpreg;
-
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-
-/**
-  * @brief  Stop Host Core
-  * @param  USBx : Selected device
-  * @retval HAL state
-  */
-HAL_StatusTypeDef USB_StopHost(USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx)
-{
-  uint8_t i;
-  uint32_t count = 0;
-  uint32_t value;
-
-  USB_DisableGlobalInt(USBx);
-
-    /* Flush FIFO */
-  USB_FlushTxFifo(USBx, 0x10);
-  USB_FlushRxFifo(USBx);
-
-  /* Flush out any leftover queued requests. */
-  for (i = 0; i <= 15; i++)
-  {
-
-    value = USBx_HC(i)->HCCHAR ;
-    value |=  USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHDIS;
-    value &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA;
-    value &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_EPDIR;
-    USBx_HC(i)->HCCHAR = value;
-  }
-
-  /* Halt all channels to put them into a known state. */
-  for (i = 0; i <= 15; i++)
-  {
-
-    value = USBx_HC(i)->HCCHAR ;
-
-    value |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHDIS;
-    value |= USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA;
-    value &= ~USB_OTG_HCCHAR_EPDIR;
-
-    USBx_HC(i)->HCCHAR = value;
-    do
-    {
-      if (++count > 1000)
-      {
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-    while ((USBx_HC(i)->HCCHAR & USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA) == USB_OTG_HCCHAR_CHENA);
-  }
-
-  /* Clear any pending Host interrupts */
-  USBx_HOST->HAINT = 0xFFFFFFFF;
-  USBx->GINTSTS = 0xFFFFFFFF;
-  USB_EnableGlobalInt(USBx);
-  return HAL_OK;
-}
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-#endif /* defined (HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED) || defined (HAL_HCD_MODULE_ENABLED) */
-
-/**
-  * @}
-  */
-
-/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/